BUILDING

CANADIAN COMMISSION ON BUILDING AND FIRE CODES

National Building Code of Canada 2020

Volume 1

National Building Code of Canada

2020

Volume 1

Issued by the

Canadian Commission on Building and Fire Codes National Research Council of Canada

‌© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022

First Edition 1941

Second Edition 1953

Third Edition 1960

Fourth Edition 1965

Fifth Edition 1970

Sixth Edition 1975

Seventh Edition 1977

Eighth Edition 1980

Ninth Edition 1985

Tenth Edition 1990

Eleventh Edition 1995

Twelfth Edition 2005

Thirteenth Edition 2010

Fourteenth Edition 2015

Fifteenth Edition 2020

Paper: ISBN 978-0-660-37913-5 NR24-28/2020E PDF: ISBN 978-0-660-37912-8 NR24-28/2020E-PDF

NRCC-CONST-56435E

Printed in Canada First Printing

Aussi disponible en français :

Code national du bâtiment – Canada 2020 NRCC-CONST-56435F

Papier : ISBN 978-0-660-37915-9 PDF : ISBN 978-0-660-37914-2

© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022

Preface

Volume 1

Relationship of the NBC to Standards Development and Conformity Assessment Canadian Commission on Building and Fire Codes and Standing Committees

Division A Compliance, Objectives and Functional Statements

Part 1 Compliance

Part 2 Objectives

Part 3 Functional Statements

Division B Acceptable Solutions

Part 1 General

Part 2 Farm Buildings

Part 3 Fire Protection, Occupant Safety and Accessibility Part 4 Structural Design

Part 5 Environmental Separation

Part 6 Heating, Ventilating and Air-conditioning Part 7 Plumbing Services

Part 8 Safety Measures at Construction and Demolition Sites Appendix C Climatic and Seismic Information

Appendix D Fire-Performance Ratings

Division C Administrative Provisions

Part 1 General

Part 2 Administrative Provisions

Index

Volume 2

Division B Acceptable Solutions

Part 9 Housing and Small Buildings

Index

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

‌Preface‌

The National Building Code of Canada 2020 (NBC), together with the National Plumbing Code of Canada 2020 (NPC), the National Fire Code of Canada 2020 (NFC) and the National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020 (NECB), has been developed by the Canadian Commission on Building and Fire Codes (CCBFC) as an objective-based national model code that can be adopted by provincial and territorial governments.

In Canada, provincial and territorial governments have the authority to enact legislation that regulates building design and construction within their jurisdictions. This may involve the adoption of the NBC without change or with modifications to suit local needs, and

the enactment of other laws and regulations regarding building design and construction, including requirements for professional involvement.

The NBC is a model code in the sense that it helps promote consistency among provincial and territorial building codes. Persons involved in the design or construction of a building should consult the provincial or territorial jurisdiction concerned to find out which building code is applicable.

This edition of the NBC succeeds the 2015 edition.

Development of the National Model Codes

The CCBFC, an independent committee established by the National Research Council of Canada (NRC), is responsible for the content of the National Model Codes. The CCBFC is made up of volunteers from across the country and from all facets of the Codes-user

community. Members of the CCBFC and its standing committees include builders, engineers, skilled trade workers, architects, building owners, building operators, fire and building officials, manufacturers, and representatives of general interests.

The CCBFC is advised on scope, policy and technical issues pertaining to the Codes by the Provincial/Territorial Policy Advisory Committee on Codes (PTPACC), which is a committee of senior representatives from provincial/territorial ministries responsible for building,

fire, plumbing and energy regulation in their jurisdictions. The PTPACC was created by the provinces and territories, with provision of guidance to the CCBFC as one of its main

functions. Through the PTPACC, the provinces and territories are engaged in every phase of the Codes development process.

Codes Canada staff within the Construction Research Centre at the NRC provide technical and administrative support to the CCBFC and its standing committees, and coordinate the provision of evidence-based research to inform Codes development. The NRC publishes the National Model Codes and periodic revisions to the Codes to address pressing issues.

The broader Codes-user community also makes significant contributions to the Codes development process by submitting requests for changes or additions to the Codes and by commenting on the proposed changes during the public reviews that precede each new edition.

The CCBFC takes into consideration the advice received from the provinces and territories as well as Codes users' comments at each stage of Codes development. The scope and content of the National Model Codes are determined on a consensus basis, which involves the review of technical, policy and practical concerns and discussion of the implications of these concerns.

More information on the Codes development process is available on the NRC's website.

‌National Building Code of Canada 2020

The NBC sets out technical provisions for the design and construction of new buildings. It also applies to the alteration, change of use and demolition of existing buildings.

The NBC establishes requirements to address the following five objectives:

safety
health
accessibility
fire and structural protection of buildings
environment

Code provisions do not necessarily address all the characteristics of buildings that might be considered to have a bearing on the Code's objectives. Through the extensive consensus process used to develop and maintain the National Model Codes (see the section entitled Development of the National Model Codes), the Codes-user community has decided which characteristics should be regulated through the NBC.

The provisions of the NBC can be considered as the minimum acceptable measures required to adequately achieve the above-listed objectives, as recommended by the CCBFC. Once they are adopted into law or regulation by an authority having jurisdiction, the provisions become minimum acceptable requirements representing the minimum level of performance required to achieve the objectives that is acceptable to the adopting authority.

The NBC is a model code which, when adopted or adapted by a province or territory, becomes a regulation. It is not a guideline on building design or construction. The design of a technically sound building depends upon many factors beyond compliance with building regulations. Such factors include the availability of knowledgeable practitioners who have received appropriate education, training and experience and who are familiar with the principles of good building practice and experience using reference manuals and technical guides.

The NBC does not list acceptable proprietary building products. It establishes the criteria that building materials, products and assemblies must meet. Some of these criteria are explicitly stated in the NBC while others are incorporated by reference to material or product standards published by standards development organizations. Only those portions of the standards related to the objectives of this Code are mandatory parts of the NBC.

‌Relationship between the NBC and the NFC

The NBC and NFC each contain provisions that relate to the safety of persons in buildings in the event of a fire and the protection of buildings from the effects of fire.(1) These two model codes are developed as complementary and coordinated documents to minimize the possibility of their containing conflicting provisions. It is expected that buildings comply with both the NBC and the NFC.

The NBC covers the fire safety and fire protection features that are required to be incorporated in a building at the time of its original construction. Building codes typically no longer apply once a building is occupied, unless the building is undergoing alteration or change of use, or being demolished.

The NFC covers:

the ongoing maintenance and use of the fire safety and fire protection features incorporated in buildings
the conduct of activities that might cause fire hazards in and around buildings

The NFC also applies to other types of facilities besides buildings (e.g. tank farms and storage yards). Those applications are not discussed here.
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
- limitations on hazardous contents in and around buildings
- the establishment of fire safety plans
- fire safety at construction and demolition sites
  In addition, the NFC contains provisions regarding fire safety and fire protection features that must be added to existing buildings when certain hazardous activities or processes are introduced into these buildings.
  
  Some of the NFC's provisions are incorporated by reference in the NBC and, thus, may apply to original construction, alterations, or changes in use.
  ‌Relationship between the NBC and the NECB
  
  The provisions in Section 9.36. of Division B of the NBC are tied to the environment objective. These provisions, which apply to housing and small buildings, have a similar scope to that of the NECB, except that they do not address lighting and electrical power systems. The NECB is referenced in NBC Section 9.36. as an acceptable solution.
  ‌Code Requirements
  
  Most NBC requirements address at least one of the Code's five stated objectives (safety, health, accessibility, fire and structural protection of buildings, and environment).
  
  In processing proposed changes or additions to any of the National Model Codes, the CCBFC considers many issues such as the following:
- Does the proposed requirement provide the minimum level of performance—and no more than the minimum—needed to achieve the Code's objectives?
- Will persons responsible for Code compliance be able to act on or implement the requirement using commonly accepted practices?
- Will enforcement agencies be able to enforce the requirement?
- Are the costs of implementing the requirement justifiable?
- Have the potential policy implications of the requirement been identified and addressed?
- Is there broad consensus on this requirement among Code users representing all facets of the design and construction industries as well as among provincial and territorial governments?

Guidelines for requesting changes to the NBC are available on the NRC's website.

‌Objective-Based Code Format

The NBC has been published in an objective-based code format since 2005.

As described in more detail in the section entitled Structure of the NBC, the Code comprises three Divisions:

Division A, which defines the scope of the Code and contains the objectives, the functional statements and the conditions necessary to achieve compliance;
Division B, which contains acceptable solutions (commonly referred to as “technical requirements”) deemed to satisfy the objectives and functional statements listed in Division A; and
Division C, which contains administrative provisions.
Most of the requirements in Division B are linked to three types of information:
objectives (Code objectives, such as safety or health, which individual requirements help to address),
functional statements (statements of the functions of the building that a particular requirement helps to achieve), and
intent statements (detailed statements of the specific intent of the requirement).

‌Objectives

The NBC's objectives are fully defined in Section 2.2. of Division A.

The objectives describe, in broad terms, the overall goals that the NBC's requirements are intended to achieve. They serve to define the boundaries of the subject areas the Code addresses. However, the Code does not address all the issues that might be considered to fall within those boundaries.

The objectives describe undesirable situations and their consequences, which the Code aims to prevent from occurring in buildings. The wording of most of the definitions of the objectives includes two key phrases: “limit the probability” and “unacceptable risk.” The phrase “limit the probability” is used to acknowledge that the NBC cannot entirely prevent those undesirable situations from happening. The phrase “unacceptable risk” acknowledges that the NBC cannot eliminate all risk: the “acceptable risk” is the risk remaining once compliance with the Code has been achieved.

The objectives are entirely qualitative and are not intended to be used on their own in the design and approval processes.

The objectives attributed to the requirements or portions of requirements in Division B are listed in a table following the provisions in each Part of Division B.

‌Functional Statements

The NBC's functional statements are listed in Section 3.2. of Division A.

The functional statements are more detailed than the objectives. They describe conditions in the building that help satisfy the objectives. The functional statements and the objectives are interconnected. There may be several functional statements related to any one objective, and a given functional statement may describe a function of the building that serves to achieve more than one objective.

Like objectives, functional statements are entirely qualitative and are not intended to be used on their own in the design and approval processes.

The functional statements attributed to the requirements or portions of requirements in Division B are listed in a table following the provisions in each Part of Division B.

‌Intent Statements

Intent statements explain the basic thinking behind each Code provision contained in Division B. Intent statements, each of which is unique to the provision with which it is associated, explain how requirements help to achieve their attributed objectives and functional statements. Like the objectives, the intent statements are expressed in terms of risk avoidance and expected performance. They offer insight into the views of the responsible standing committees on what the Code provisions are intended to achieve.

The intent statements serve explanatory purposes only and do not form an integral part of the Code provisions. As such, they are similar in function to the explanatory Notes at the end of each Part. Due to the sheer volume of intent statements—thousands for the NBC alone—they are made available as a separate electronic document entitled “Supplement to the NBC 2020: Intent Statements,” which is posted on the NRC's website.

All this additional information—objectives, functional statements and intent statements—is intended to facilitate the implementation of the Code in two ways:

Clarity of intent: The objectives, functional statements and intent statements linked to a Code requirement clarify the reasoning behind that requirement and facilitate
understanding of what must be done to satisfy that requirement. This added information may also help avoid disputes between practitioners and officials over these types
of issues.
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
- Flexibility: The additional information allows for flexibility in Code compliance. A person seeking to propose a new method or material not described or covered in the Code will be able to use the added information to understand the expected level of performance that their alternative solution must achieve to satisfy the Code.

‌Structure of the NBC

The NBC is organized into three Divisions, which are distributed across two volumes.

‌Division A: Compliance, Objectives and Functional Statements

Division A defines the scope of the NBC and presents the objectives that the Code addresses and the functions the building must perform to help to satisfy those objectives.

Division A cannot be used on its own as a basis for designing and constructing a building, or for evaluating a building's compliance with the Code.

‌Division B: Acceptable Solutions

The term “acceptable solutions” refers to the technical requirements contained in the Code. It reflects the principle that building codes establish an acceptable level of risk or performance and underlines the fact that a code cannot describe all possible valid design and construction options. Acceptable solutions represent the minimum level of performance that will satisfy the NBC's objectives and that is acceptable to an authority that adopts the NBC into law or regulation.

Most of the requirements in Division B—the acceptable solutions—are linked to at least one objective and functional statement found in Division A. These linkages play an important role in allowing objective-based codes to accommodate innovation.

It is expected that the majority of Code users will primarily follow the acceptable solutions presented in Division B and that they will consult Division A only when seeking clarification on the application of Division B's requirements to a particular situation, when considering an alternative solution, or when looking up the definition of selected terms in the context of the NBC.

‌Division C: Administrative Provisions

Division C contains administrative provisions relating to the application of the Code. Many provinces and territories establish their own administrative provisions upon adopting or adapting the NBC; having all the administrative provisions in one Division facilitates their customization to suit jurisdictional needs.

In addition, a separate document entitled Administrative Requirements for Use with the National Building Code of Canada 1985 is automatically adopted, in accordance with Article 2.2.1.1. of Division C, if the authority having jurisdiction does not provide other administrative requirements.

‌Relationship between Division A and Division B

Sentence 1.2.1.1.(1) of Division A is a very important sentence: it is a precise statement of the relationship between Divisions A and B and is central to the concept of objective-based codes.

Compliance with this Code shall be achieved by
1. complying with the applicable acceptable solutions in Division B (see Note A-1.2.1.1.(1)(a)), or
2. using alternative solutions that will achieve at least the minimum level of performance required by Division B in the areas defined by the objectives and functional statements attributed to the applicable acceptable solutions (see Note A-1.2.1.1.(1)(b)).

Clause (a) makes it clear that the acceptable solutions in Division B are automatically deemed to satisfy the linked objectives and functional statements of Division A.

Clause (b) makes it clear that alternative solutions can be used in lieu of compliance with the acceptable solutions. However, to do something different from the acceptable solutions described in Division B, a proponent must show that their proposed alternative solution will perform at least as well as the acceptable solution(s) it is replacing. The objectives and functional statements attributed to the acceptable solution(s) identify the areas of performance where this equivalence must be demonstrated.

‌Parts in Division B and Professional Disciplines

Division B is organized into Parts that are largely related to professional disciplines. However, this does not mean that a person belonging to a certain profession who is executing the design or construction of a particular building component can necessarily work with only one Part of the Code in isolation since provisions related to that building component may be found in more than one Part.

For example:

Provisions pertaining to fire safety issues related to heating, ventilating and
air-conditioning (HVAC) systems are located in Part 3, Fire Protection, Occupant Safety and Accessibility, and not in Part 6, Heating, Ventilating and Air-conditioning.
Structural requirements related to loads on handrails and grab bars are located in Part 3, Fire Protection, Occupant Safety and Accessibility, while structural requirements related to loads on guards and handrails are located in Part 4, Structural Design.

For this reason, the Part-based structure of Division B is not well suited for use as the basis for allocating responsibilities to different professions or as the basis for contractual arrangements.

‌What's New in the 2020 Edition

‌New Part 2

New Part 2 of Division B, Farm Buildings, has been added to introduce technical requirements for large farm buildings into the NBC, including requirements related to fire protection and occupant safety, structural loads and procedures, and HVAC.

‌Additional Information

‌Numbering System

A consistent numbering system has been used throughout the National Model Codes. The first number indicates the Part of the Code; the second, the Section in the Part; the third, the Subsection; and the fourth, the Article in the Subsection. The detailed provisions are found at the Sentence level (indicated by numbers in brackets), and Sentences may be broken down into Clauses and Subclauses. This structure is illustrated as follows:

Part
1. Section
  1. Subsection
    1. Article

3.5.2.1.(2) Sentence

3.5.2.1.(2)(a) Clause

3.5.2.1.(2)(a)(i) Subclause

‌Meaning of the Words “And” and “Or” between the Clauses and Subclauses of a Sentence

Multiple Clauses and Subclauses are connected by the word “and” or “or” at the end of the second last Clause or Subclause in the series. Although this connecting word appears only once, it is meant to apply to all the preceding Clauses or Subclauses within that series.

For example, in a series of five Clauses—(a) to (e)—in a Sentence, the appearance of the word “and” at the end of Clause (d) means that all Clauses in the Sentence are connected to each other with the word “and.” Similarly, in a series of five Clauses—(a) to (e)—in a Sentence, the appearance of the word “or” at the end of Clause (d) means that all Clauses in the Sentence are connected to each other with the word “or.”

In all cases, it is important to note that a Clause (and its Subclauses, if any) must always be read in conjunction with its introductory text appearing at the beginning of the Sentence. Moreover, the connecting words “and” and “or” must be read in the context of the Sentence. In particular, the use of the word “and” as a connecting word does not necessarily mean that all Clauses (or Subclauses) are applicable for compliance with the Sentence.

‌Change Indication

As a courtesy to Code users, efforts have been made to identify technical changes relative to the 2015 edition. Where a technical addition or revision has been made, a vertical line has been added in the margin next to the affected provision to indicate the approximate location of the new or revised content. No change indication is provided for editorial revisions or for renumbered or deleted content.

‌Units

All values in the NBC are given in metric units. Some of the metric values in the Code have been converted and rounded from imperial values. A conversion table of imperial equivalents for the most common units used in building design and construction is located at the end of the Code.

‌Complementary Publications

The following publications are referenced in the NBC 2020 or facilitate the application of its requirements:

National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020 National Farm Building Code of Canada 1995 National Fire Code of Canada 2020

National Plumbing Code of Canada 2020

Illustrated User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 9 of Division B, Housing and Small Buildings Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)

Supplement to the NBC 2020: Intent Statements

These and other Code documents published by the NRC are made available in free electronic format on the NRC's website.

‌Commercial Reproduction

Copyright for the NBC is owned by the NRC. All rights are reserved. Commercial reproduction by any means of the NRC's copyright material is prohibited without the written consent of the NRC. To request permission to reproduce the NBC, please contact:

Production and Marketing Manager Codes Canada

National Research Council of Canada 1200 Montreal Road

Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0R6

E-mail: Codes@nrc-cnrc.gc.ca

‌Contact Information

The CCBFC welcomes comments and suggestions for improvements to the NBC. Persons interested in requesting a change to an NBC provision should refer to the guidelines available on the NRC's website.

To submit comments or suggestions, please contact: The Secretary

Canadian Commission on Building and Fire Codes 1200 Montreal Road

Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0R6

E-mail: CCBFCSecretary-SecretaireCCCBPI@nrc-cnrc.gc.ca

Relationship of the NBC to Standards Development and Conformity Assessment

‌The development of many provisions in the NBC and the assessment of conformity to those provisions are supported by several of the member organizations of Canada's National Standards System (NSS).

The NSS is a network of accredited organizations concerned with standards development, certification, testing and inspection that is established under the auspices of the Standards Council of Canada Act. Activities of the NSS are coordinated by the Standards Council of Canada (SCC), which accredits standards development organizations, certification bodies, testing and calibration laboratories, and inspection bodies, among others.

The SCC is a non-profit federal Crown corporation responsible for the coordination of voluntary standardization in Canada. It also coordinates Canadian participation in voluntary international standardization activities.

‌Canadian Standards

Many of the standards referenced in the NBC are published by standards development organizations accredited in Canada. As part of the accreditation requirements, these organizations adhere to the principle of consensus, which generally means substantial majority agreement of a committee comprising a balance of producer, user and general interest members, and the consideration of all negative comments. The standards development organizations also have formal procedures for the balloting and second-level review of standards prepared under their oversight.

The following organizations are accredited as standards development organizations in Canada:

Air-Conditioning, Heating and Refrigeration Institute (AHRI)
ASTM International
Bureau de normalisation du Québec (BNQ)
Canadian General Standards Board (CGSB)
CSA Group
International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (IAPMO)
ULC Standards
Underwriters' Laboratories Inc. (UL)

Tables 1.3.1.2. and D-1.1.2. of Division B list the standards referenced in the NBC. Standards proposed to be referenced in the NBC are reviewed to ensure that their content is compatible with the Code. Thereafter, referenced standards are reviewed as needed during each Code cycle. Standards development organizations are asked to provide information on any changes in the status of their standards referenced in the NBC—withdrawals, amendments, new editions, etc. This information is passed on to the CCBFC, its standing committees, the provinces and territories, and interested stakeholders, all of whom are given the opportunity to identify any problems associated with the changes. These bodies do not necessarily review in detail the revised standards; rather, the approach relies on the consensus process involved in the maintenance of the standards and on the extensive knowledge and experience of committee members, provincial or territorial staff, NRC staff, and consulted stakeholders to identify changes in the standards that might create problems in the Code.

‌Non-Canadian Standards

A number of subject areas for which the standards development organizations accredited in Canada have not developed standards are covered in the NBC. In these cases, the Code often references standards developed by organizations in other countries, such as the American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE) and the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). These standards are developed using processes that may differ from those used by the standards development organizations accredited in Canada; nevertheless, the standards have been reviewed by the relevant standing committees and found to be acceptable.

‌Conformity Assessment

The NBC establishes minimum measures, which are set out within its own text or within referenced standards. However, the NBC does not set out who is responsible for assessing conformity to the measures or how those with this responsibility might carry it out. This responsibility is usually established by the governing legislation of the adopting provinces and territories. Provincial or territorial authorities should be consulted to determine who is responsible for conformity assessment within their jurisdiction.

Those persons responsible for ensuring that materials, appliances, systems and equipment meet the requirements of this Code have several means available to assist them, ranging from on-site inspection to the use of certification services provided by accredited third-party organizations. Test reports or mill certificates provided by manufacturers or suppliers can also assist in the acceptance of products. Engineering reports may be required for more complex products.

‌Testing

The SCC accredits testing and calibration laboratories that are capable of reliably testing products to specified standards. The test results produced by these organizations can be used in the certification, evaluation and qualification of products for compliance with Code provisions. The SCC's website (www.scc.ca) lists accredited testing and calibration laboratories, along with their scope of accreditation.

‌Certification

Certification is the confirmation by an independent organization that a product, process, service or system meets a requirement. Certification may entail physical examination, testing as specified in appropriate standards, an initial plant inspection, and/or follow-up unannounced plant inspections. This procedure leads to the issuing of a formal assurance or declaration, by means of a certification mark or certificate, that the product, process, service or system is in full conformity with specified provisions.

In some cases, a product for which no standard exists can be certified using procedures and criteria developed by an accredited certification body and specifically designed to measure the performance of that product.

Certification bodies publish lists of certified products and companies. The SCC's website (www.scc.ca) lists accredited certification bodies, along with their scope of accreditation. Several organizations, including the Canadian Construction Materials Centre (CCMC) at the NRC, offer product certification services.

‌Evaluation

An evaluation is a written opinion by an independent professional organization that a product will perform its intended function. An evaluation is often done to determine the ability of an innovative product, for which no standards exist, to satisfy the intent of a Code requirement. Follow-up plant inspections are not normally part of the evaluation process.

‌Qualification

Qualification evaluates the ability of a product to perform its intended function by verifying that it meets the requirements of a standard. Qualification normally includes some follow-up plant inspection. Some organizations publish lists of qualified products that meet the specified requirements. Some organizations qualify product manufacturing and/or testing facilities for compliance with the Code and relevant standards.

xvi

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

Canadian Commission on Building and Fire Codes and Standing Committees

‌Canadian Commission on Building and Fire Codes

D. Crawford (Chair) C. Gray T. Ross

R. Arsenault H. Griffin R. Rymell

K. Block K. Griffiths B. Sim

Codes Canada staff

who provided assistance to the Commission

A. Borooah	T. Harper	S. Stinson	M. Dumoulin
R. Brooks	L. Holmen	D. Sullivan	G. Gosselin
J. Chauvin	C. Joseph(1)	A. Tabet	A. Gribbon
M. Cianchetti	K. Lee	P. Thorkelsson	P. Jago
T. Cochren	B. Lorne	M. Tovey	A. Laroche
V. de Passillé	D. MacKinnon	C. Tye	F. Lohmann
R. Dulmage	M. McSweeney	E. Whalen	P. Rizcallah
C. Fillingham	G. Morinville	G. Yoshida	R. Tremblay
S. Garcia K. Gloge	S. Ottens R. Richard

Standing Committee on Earthquake Design

J. Sherstobitoff (Chair) J. Montgomery

P. Adebar B. Neville

T. Allen T. Onur

D. Carson C. Sewell

H. Dutrisac R. Tremblay

L. Finn C. Ventura

J. Humar J. Wang

J. Hutchinson A. Wong

Standing Committee on Energy Efficiency in Buildings(2)

A. Pride (Chair) A. Pape-Salmon

D. Bailey J. Pockar

Bartel M. Roy
N. Brisson T. Ryce
A. Cameron P. Sectakof
R. Cardinal M. Slivar
J. Comtois A. Syed
L. Dalgleish
R. Jonkman T. Yang
Kisilewicz
B. Darrell
Genest
Codes Canada staff
who provided assistance
Krsmanovic
Codes Canada staff
Hayne

to the Committee

R. Mayfield

J.B.-W. McFadden

who provided assistance to the Committee

C. Kahramanoglu E. Girgis

M. Kelly M. Mihailovic

R. McGrath J. Singh

A. Metten

D. Mitchell

T. Lau P. Tardif

N. Lessard R. Ullah

Rd. Marshall M. Zeghal Rt. Marshall

Standing Committee on Energy Efficiency(3)

A. Pride (Chair) A. Oding

P. Andres C. O'keefe

D. Bailey M. Peer

R. Bortolussi J. Pockar

J. Comtois D. Rambaruth

S. Crowell M. Roy

L. Dalgleish L. Wynder

Standing Committee on Fire Protection

R. Brown (Chair) R. Nielsen

K. Bailey A. Pelletier

M. Bodnar B. Schultz

C. Campbell P. Shinkoda

R. Cheung E. Sopeju

A. Crimi J. Zorko

G. Frater

B. Deeks

S. Dueck

L. Hasan

Codes Canada staff

who provided assistance

P. Gautreau

L. Hamre

A. Harmsworth

Codes Canada staff

who provided assistance to the Committee

T. Imhoff

to the Committee

R. Jacobs D. Esposito

S. Kemp Y. Carrier

D. Krauel S. Gibb

C. Kuruluk E. Girgis

T. Lau R. Hassan

N. Lessard H. Martin

W. Leung M. Nazim

J. Mantyla R. Ullah

Rd. Marshall M. Zeghal

Z. May

Standing Committee on Environmental Separation

D. Watts (Chair) R. Rocheleau

R. Baker B. Stamatopoulos

M. Ball D. Stones

S. Ciarlo G. Sturgeon

F. Jeffers M. Fortin

J. Jeske S. Hyde-Clarke

N. Khan A. Laroche

M. Kohli G.-L. Porcari

M.-A. Langevin B. Potvin

H. Locke A. Robbins

R. McGrath S. Shalabi

R. McPhee S. Yu

Standing Committee on Hazardous Materials and Activities

A. MacLellan-Bonnell (Chair)

P. Chamberland J. Selann

R. Croome R. Stephenson

D. Edgecombe B. Trussler

T. Espejo

M. Gumienny J. Wade

D. Ionescu J. Wells

R. Jutras

G. Fawcett

E. Fernandes

M. Gagné

Codes Canada staff

who provided assistance to the Committee

T. Lee

D. MacDonald

R. MacMillan

Codes Canada staff

who provided assistance to the Committee

P. Gauthier D. Esposito

K. Jess M. Fortin

M. Mailvaganam S. Hyde-Clarke

Rd. Marshall R. Hassan

M. Zeghal

M. Ng A. Laroche

P. Parent G.-L. Porcari

M. Parker B. Potvin

S. Porter A. Robbins

P. Richards S. Shalabi

W. Rodger S. Yu

Standing Committee on Housing and Small Buildings

H. Bromberg (Chair) J. Mantyla

M. Baker Z. May

C. Bélanger C. McLellan

R. Bortolussi W. McLeod

M. Brown L. McQuade

Y. Chui R. Monsour

S. Crowell L.-A. Robertson

L. Dalgleish F. Scrafield

B. Deeks L. Semko

A. Doyle G. Sharp

S. Dueck M. Stiller

J. Fontaine L. Strobl

R. Gratton

Standing Committee on Structural Design

M. Allen (Chair) R. McGrath

R. Baynit G. Newfield

M. Braiter A. Nicolajsen

M. Buckley M. Rosseker

J. Collins S. Salem

G. Doudak P. Shek

K.R. Drysdale J. Sherstobitoff

D. Dundas I. Smith

A. El Aghoury A. Steen

G. Fenton C. Tollett

J. Galsworthy A. Wong

H. Hong

R. Jonkman

S. Grbac

L. Hasan

J. Hockman

Codes Canada staff

who provided assistance to the Committee

R. Klassen

K. Kooner

G. McClure

Codes Canada staff

who provided assistance to the Committee

K. Hykawy N. Belrechid

R. Jonkman C. Carson

R. Kadulski B. Craig

K. Koo G. Fairthorne

A. Lanteigne F. Lohmann

M. Lasalle M. Mihailovic

B. Maling G.-L. Porcari

B. Maltby J. Urquhart

J.B.-W. McFadden A. Attar

Standing Committee on Use and Egress

E. Domingo (Chair) R. Strickland

S. Bourdeau R. Thompson

K. Calder B. Topping

A. Cavers

Standing Committee on HVAC and Plumbing

S. Destroismaisons

B. Dupuis

E. Esselink

Codes Canada staff

who provided assistance to the Committee

T. White (Chair) R. Roberts

H. Bouchard C. Roy

F. Di Folco A. Spurrell

Y. Duchesne G. Stasynec

L. Gill S. Steele

R. Gill K. Wong

X. Hao

B. Everton M. Fortin

R. Fraser S. Hyde-Clarke

W. Johnston C. Joseph

W. Kuffner G.-L. Porcari

I. MacDonald B. Potvin

J. Redmond A. Robbins

J. Rubes S. Yu

E. Howard

D. Hui

D. Lima

Codes Canada staff

who provided assistance to the Committee

U. Seward

S. Manning T. Achour

R. Moulton D. Green

E. Piecuch P. Tardif

T. Pringle

Technical Translation Verification Committee

G. Harvey (Chair)

F. Genest

B. Lagueux

Codes Canada staff

who provided assistance to the Committee

N. Lessard I. Bastien

‌I. Wagner M. Gingras

K. Le Van

G. Mougeot-Lemay

S. Veilleux

(1) Resigned on September 23, 2016, due to employment opportunity with Codes Canada.

(2) Term ended on June 4, 2018.

(3) Term started on May 10, 2018.

Division A

Compliance, Objectives and Functional Statements

Division A

Part 1 Compliance

General
1. Application of this Code 1-1
Compliance
1. Compliance with this Code 1-1
2. Materials, Appliances, Systems
  and Equipment 1-1
Divisions A, B and C of
this Code
1. General 1-2
2. Application of Division A 1-2
3. Application of Division B 1-2
4. Application of Division C 1-3
Terms and Abbreviations
1. Definitions of Words and Phrases 1-4
2. Symbols and Other
  Abbreviations 1-14
Referenced Documents
and Organizations
1. Referenced Documents 1-15
2. Organizations 1-15

Notes to Part 1 1-17

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

‌Division A

Part 1 Compliance

‌Section 1.1. General‌‌

‌Application of this Code
1. ‌Application of this Code
  1. Except as provided in Sentence (3), this Code applies to the design, construction and occupancy of all new buildings, and the alteration, reconstruction, demolition, removal, relocation and occupancy of all existing buildings. (See Note A-1.1.1.1.(1).)
  2. Except as provided in Sentence (3), this Code applies to both site-built and factory-constructed buildings. (See Note A-1.1.1.1.(2).)
  3. Farm buildings not more than 3 storeys in building height and not more than 600 m² in building area used for major occupancies classified as Group G, Division 1, 2, or 3 agricultural occupancies shall conform to the requirements of the National Farm Building Code of Canada 1995.

‌Section 1.2. Compliance‌‌

‌Compliance with this Code‌
1. ‌Compliance with this Code
  1. ‌Compliance with this Code shall be achieved by
    1. complying with the applicable acceptable solutions in Division B (see Note A-1.2.1.1.(1)(a)), or
    2. using alternative solutions that will achieve at least the minimum level of performance required by Division B in the areas defined by the objectives and functional statements attributed to the applicable acceptable solutions (see Note A-1.2.1.1.(1)(b)).
  2. ‌For the purposes of compliance with this Code as required in
    Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b), the objectives and functional statements attributed to the acceptable solutions in Division B shall be the objectives and functional statements referred to in Subsection 1.1.2. of Division B.
‌Materials, Appliances, Systems and Equipment
1. ‌Characteristics of Materials, Appliances, Systems and Equipment
  1. All materials, appliances, systems and equipment installed to meet the requirements of this Code shall possess the necessary characteristics to perform their intended functions when installed in a building.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
2. ‌Division A

‌Storage on the Building Site‌
1. All building materials, appliances and equipment on the building site shall be stored in such a way as to prevent the deterioration or impairment of their essential properties.
‌Used Materials, Appliances and Equipment
1. Unless otherwise specified, used materials, appliances and equipment are permitted to be reused when they meet the requirements of this Code for new materials and are satisfactory for the intended use.‌

‌Section 1.3. Divisions A, B and C of this Code

‌General
1. ‌Scope of Division A
  1. Division A contains the compliance and application provisions, objectives and functional statements of this Code.
2. ‌Scope of Division B
  1. Division B contains the acceptable solutions of this Code.
3. ‌Scope of Division C
  1. Division C contains the administrative provisions of this Code.
4. ‌Internal Cross-references‌
  1. Where the Division of a referenced provision is not specified in this Code, it shall mean that the referenced provision is in the same Division as the referencing provision.
‌Application of Division A
1. ‌Application of Parts 1, 2 and 3‌
  1. Parts 1, 2 and 3 of Division A apply to all buildings covered in this Code. (See Article 1.1.1.1.)
‌Application of Division B
1. ‌Application of Parts 1, 7 and 8‌
  1. Parts 1, 7 and 8 of Division B apply to all buildings covered in this Code. (See Article 1.1.1.1.)
2. ‌Application of Parts 3, 4, 5 and 6
  1. Parts 3, 4, 5, and 6 of Division B apply to all buildings described in Article 1.1.1.1. and
    1. classified as post-disaster buildings,
    2. used for major occupancies classified as
      1. Group A, assembly occupancies,
      2. Group B, care, treatment or detention occupancies, or
      3. Group F, Division 1, high-hazard industrial occupancies, or
    3. exceeding 600 m2 in building area or exceeding 3 storeys in building height
      used for major occupancies classified as
      1. Group C, residential occupancies,
      2. Group D, business and personal services occupancies,
      3. Group E, mercantile occupancies, or
      4. Group F, Divisions 2 and 3, medium- and low-hazard industrial occupancies.
        © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
        ‌Division A 1.3.4.1.
3. ‌Application of Part 9
  1. Part 9 of Division B applies to all buildings described in Article 1.1.1.1. of 3 storeys or less in building height, having a building area not exceeding 600 m2, and used for major occupancies classified as
    1. Group B, Division 4, home-type care occupancies,
    2. Group C, residential occupancies (see Note A-9.1.1.1.(1) of Division B),
    3. Group D, business and personal services occupancies,
    4. Group E, mercantile occupancies, or
    5. Group F, Divisions 2 and 3, medium- and low-hazard industrial occupancies.
4. ‌Building Size Determination
  1. Where a firewall divides a building, each portion of the building so divided shall be considered as a separate building, except when this requirement is specifically modified in other parts of this Code. (See Note A-1.3.3.4.(1).)
  2. Except as permitted in Sentence (3), where portions of a building are completely separated by a vertical fire separation that has a fire-resistance rating of not less than
    1 h and extends through all storeys and service spaces of the separated portions, each separated portion is permitted to be considered as a separate building for the purpose of determining building height, provided
    1. each separated portion is not more than 4 storeys in building height and is used only for assembly, residential, and business and personal services occupancies, and
    2. the unobstructed path of travel for a firefighter from the nearest street to one entrance of each separated portion is not more than 45 m.
      (See Note A-1.3.3.4.(2).)
  3. The vertical fire separation referred to in Sentence (2) may terminate at the floor assembly immediately above a basement provided the basement conforms to Article 3.2.1.2. of Division B.
5. ‌Application of Part 2
  1. Part 2 of Division B applies to all buildings that are
    1. ‌more than 600 m2 in building area or more than 3 storeys in building height used for major occupancies classified as Group G, Division 1, 2 or 3 agricultural occupancies, or
    2. used for major occupancies classified as Group G, Division 4, agricultural occupancies with no human occupants.
6. ‌Classification of Buildings Containing Agricultural Occupancies
  1. ‌Buildings or parts of buildings containing an agricultural occupancy that has an occupant load of not more than one person per 40 m2 shall be classified according to their major occupancy as belonging to Group G, Division 1, 2, 3 or 4.
  2. Buildings or parts of buildings containing an agricultural occupancy that has an occupant load of more than one person per 40 m2 shall be classified according to their major occupancy as belonging to one of the Groups and Divisions listed in Table 3.1.2.1. of Division B.
  3. For the purposes of Sentences (1) and (2), the occupant load shall be determined based on the floor area or the part of the floor area that contains the agricultural occupancy.
  4. A building intended for use by more than one major occupancy shall be classified according to all the major occupancies for which it is used or intended to be used.
‌Application of Division C
1. ‌Application of Parts 1 and 2
  1. Parts 1 and 2 of Division C apply to all buildings covered in this Code. (See Article 1.1.1.1.)

‌1.4.1.1. Division A

‌Section 1.4. Terms and Abbreviations

‌Definitions of Words and Phrases
1. ‌Non-defined Terms
  1. Words and phrases used in this Code that are not included in the list of definitions in Article 1.4.1.2. shall have the meanings that are commonly assigned to them in the context in which they are used, taking into account the specialized use of terms by the various trades and professions to which the terminology applies.
  2. Where objectives and functional statements are referred to in this Code, they shall be the objectives and functional statements described in Parts 2 and 3.
  3. ‌Where acceptable solutions are referred to in this Code, they shall be the provisions stated in Parts 2 to 9 of Division B.
  4. Where alternative solutions are referred to in this Code, they shall be the alternative solutions mentioned in Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b).
2. ‌Defined Terms‌
  1. ‌The words and terms in italics in this Code shall have the following meanings:
    ‌Access to exit means that part of a means of egress within a floor area that provides access to an exit serving the floor area.
    Adfreezing means the adhesion of soil to a foundation unit resulting from the freezing of
    soil water. (Also referred to as “frost grip.”)
    ‌Agricultural occupancy (Group G) means the occupancy of a building or part thereof that is located on land that is associated with and devoted to the practice of farming, and is used for the purpose of producing crops, raising farm animals, or preparing, marketing, storing or processing agricultural products. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
    ‌Agricultural occupancy with no human occupants (Group G, Division 4) means an agricultural occupancy that is not intended to be occupied by persons under normal use and is generally used for the storage of agricultural materials and by-products. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)‌
    ‌Air barrier system means the assembly installed to provide a continuous barrier to the movement of air.
    ‌Air-supported structure means a structure consisting of a pliable membrane that achieves and maintains its shape and support by internal air pressure.
    ‌Alarm signal means an audible signal transmitted throughout a zone or zones or throughout a building to advise occupants that a fire emergency exists.
    ‌Alert signal means an audible signal to advise designated persons of a fire emergency.
    Alteration means a change or extension to any matter or thing or to any occupancy
    regulated by this Code.
    ‌Apparent sound transmission class (ASTC) means a single number rating of the airborne sound attenuation of building assemblies separating two adjoining spaces, taking into account both the direct and flanking sound transmission paths. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).) (See also Note A-9.11. of Division B.)‌
    ‌Appliance means a device to convert fuel into energy and includes all components, controls, wiring and piping required to be part of the device by the applicable standard referred to in this Code.
    ‌Artesian groundwater means a confined body of water under pressure in the ground.
    Assembly occupancy (Group A) means the occupancy or the use of a building or part thereof by a gathering of persons for civic, political, travel, religious, social, educational, recreational or like purposes, or for the consumption of food or drink.
    Attic or roof space means the space between the roof and the ceiling of the top storey or between a dwarf wall and a sloping roof.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division A 1.4.1.2.
    
    ‌Authority having jurisdiction means the governmental body responsible for the enforcement of any part of this Code or the official or agency designated by that body to exercise such a function.‌
    ‌Barrier-free means that a building and its facilities can be approached, entered, and used by persons with physical or sensory disabilities.
    ‌Basement means a storey or storeys of a building located below the first storey.
    ‌Bearing surface means the contact surface between a foundation unit and the soil or rock
    upon which it bears.
    ‌Boiler means an appliance intended to supply hot water or steam for space heating, processing or power purposes.
    ‌Braced wall band means an imaginary continuous straight band extending vertically and horizontally through the building or part of the building, within which braced wall panels are constructed.
    ‌Braced wall panel means a portion of a wood-frame wall where bracing, sheathing, cladding or interior finish is designed and installed to provide the required resistance to lateral loads due to wind or earthquake.
    ‌Breeching means a flue pipe or chamber for receiving flue gases from one or more flue
    connections and for discharging these gases through a single flue connection.
    ‌Building means any structure used or intended for supporting or sheltering any use or occupancy.
    ‌Building area means the greatest horizontal area of a building above grade within the outside surface of exterior walls or within the outside surface of exterior walls and the centre line of firewalls.
    ‌Building height (in storeys) means the number of storeys contained between the roof and the floor of the first storey.
    ‌Business and personal services occupancy (Group D) means the occupancy or use of a building or part thereof for the transaction of business or the rendering or receiving of professional or personal services.
    Caisson (see Pile).
    ‌Care means the provision of services other than treatment by or through care facility management to residents who require these services because of cognitive, physical or behavioural limitations.
    ‌Care occupancy (Group B, Division 3) means the occupancy or use of a building or part thereof, other than a home-type care occupancy, where care is provided to residents. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)‌
    ‌Cavity wall means a construction of masonry units laid with a cavity between the wythes. The wythes are tied together with metal ties or bonding units, and are relied on to act together in resisting lateral loads.
    ‌Chimney means a primarily vertical shaft enclosing at least one flue for conducting flue
    gases to the outdoors.
    ‌Chimney liner means a conduit containing a chimney flue used as a lining of a masonry or concrete chimney.
    ‌Closure means a device or assembly for closing an opening through a fire separation or an exterior wall, such as a door, a shutter, a damper, wired glass or glass block, and includes all components such as hardware, closing devices, frames and anchors.
    ‌Combustible means that a material fails to meet the acceptance criteria of CAN/ULC-S114, “Standard Method of Test for Determination of Non-Combustibility in Building Materials.”
    Combustible construction means that type of construction that does not meet the requirements for noncombustible construction or encapsulated mass timber construction.
    Combustible dusts means dusts and particles that are ignitable and liable to produce an explosion.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌1.4.1.2. Division A
    
    ‌Combustible fibres means finely divided, combustible vegetable or animal fibres and thin sheets or flakes of such materials which, in a loose, unbaled condition, present a flash fire hazard, including cotton, wool, hemp, sisal, jute, kapok, paper and cloth.‌
    Combustible liquid means a liquid having a flash point at or above 37.8°C and below 93.3°C.
    ‌Conditioned space means any space within a building, the temperature of which is controlled to limit variation in response to the exterior ambient temperature by the provision, either directly or indirectly, of heating or cooling over substantial portions of the year.‌
    ‌Constructor means a person who contracts with an owner or their authorized agent to undertake a project, and includes an owner who contracts with more than one person for the work on a project or undertakes the work on a project or any part thereof.
    ‌Contained use area means a supervised area containing one or more rooms in which occupant movement is restricted to a single room by security measures not under the control of the occupant.
    Cooktop means a cooking surface having one or more burners or heating elements.
    Dangerous goods means products, materials or substances that are
    1. regulated by TC SOR/2001-286, “Transportation of Dangerous Goods Regulations (TDGR)” (see Table 3.2.7.1. of Division B of the NFC), or
    2. classified as controlled products under HC SOR/2015-17, “Hazardous Products Regulations” (see Note A-Table 3.2.7.1. of Division B of the NFC).
    (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
    Dead load means the weight of all permanent structural and non-structural components of a building.
    ‌Deep foundation means a foundation unit that provides support for a building by transferring loads either by end-bearing to soil or rock at considerable depth below the building, or by adhesion or friction, or both, in the soil or rock in which it is placed. Piles are the most common type of deep foundation.‌
    ‌Designer means the person responsible for the design.
    Detention occupancy (Group B, Division 1) means the occupancy by persons who are restrained from or are incapable of evacuating to a safe location without the assistance of another person because of security measures not under their control.
    ‌Direct-vented (as applying to a fuel-fired space- or water-heating appliance) means an appliance and its venting system in which all the combustion air is supplied directly from the outdoors and the products of combustion are vented directly to
    the outdoors via independent, totally enclosed passageways connected directly to the appliance.
    ‌Distilled beverage alcohol means a beverage that is produced by fermentation and contains more than 20% by volume of water-miscible alcohol.
    ‌Distillery means a process plant where distilled beverage alcohols are produced, concentrated or otherwise processed, and includes facilities on the same site where the concentrated products may be blended, mixed, stored or packaged.
    Dwelling unit means a suite operated as a housekeeping unit, used or intended to be used by one or more persons and usually containing cooking, eating, living, sleeping and sanitary facilities.
    ‌Encapsulated mass timber construction means that type of construction in which a degree of fire safety is attained by the use of encapsulated mass timber elements with an encapsulation rating and minimum dimensions for structural members and other building assemblies.
    ‌Encapsulation rating means the time in minutes that a material or assembly of materials will delay the ignition and combustion of encapsulated mass timber elements when it is exposed to fire under specified conditions of test and performance criteria, or as otherwise prescribed by this Code.
    Excavation means the space created by the removal of soil, rock or fill for the purposes of construction.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division A 1.4.1.2.
    
    ‌Exhaust duct means a duct through which air is conveyed from a room or space to the outdoors.
    ‌Exit means that part of a means of egress, including doorways, that leads from the floor area it serves to a separate building, an open public thoroughfare, or an exterior open space protected from fire exposure from the building and having access to an open public thoroughfare. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)‌
    ‌Exit level means the level of an exit stairway at which an exterior exit door or exit
    passageway leads to the exterior.
    Exit storey (as applying to Subsection 3.2.6. of Division B) means a storey having an exterior exit door.
    ‌Exposing building face means that part of the exterior wall of a building that faces one direction and is located between ground level and the ceiling of its top storey
    or, where a building is divided into fire compartments, the exterior wall of a fire compartment that faces one direction.
    ‌Factory-built chimney means a chimney consisting entirely of factory-made parts, each designed to be assembled with the other without requiring fabrication on site.
    ‌Farm building means a building or part thereof that contains an agricultural occupancy. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
    ‌Fill means soil, rock, rubble, industrial waste such as slag, organic material or a combination of these that is transported and placed on the natural surface of soil or rock or organic terrain. It may or may not be compacted.
    ‌Fire block means a material, component or system that restricts the spread of fire within a concealed space or from a concealed space to an adjacent space.
    Fire compartment means an enclosed space in a building that is separated from all other parts of the building by enclosing construction providing a fire separation having a required fire-resistance rating.
    ‌Fire damper means a closure consisting of a damper that is installed in an air distribution system or a wall or floor assembly and that is normally held open but designed
    to close automatically in the event of a fire in order to maintain the integrity of the fire separation.
    Fire detector means a device that detects a fire condition and automatically initiates an electrical signal to actuate an alert signal or alarm signal and includes heat detectors and smoke detectors.
    ‌Fire load (as applying to an occupancy) means the combustible contents of a room or floor area expressed in terms of the average weight of combustible materials per unit area, from which the potential heat liberation may be calculated based on the calorific value of the materials, and includes the furnishings, finished floor, wall and ceiling finishes, trim and temporary and movable partitions.‌
    Fire-protection rating means the time in minutes or hours that a closure will withstand the passage of flame when exposed to fire under specified conditions of test and performance criteria, or as otherwise prescribed in this Code.
    ‌Fire-resistance rating means the time in minutes or hours that a material or assembly of materials will withstand the passage of flame and the transmission of heat when exposed to fire under specified conditions of test and performance criteria, or as determined by extension or interpretation of information derived therefrom as prescribed in this Code. (See Sentence D-1.2.1.(2) in Appendix D of Division B.)‌
    Fire-retardant-treated wood means wood or a wood product that has had its
    ‌surface-burning characteristics, such as flame spread, rate of fuel contribution and density of smoke developed, reduced by impregnation with fire-retardant chemicals.
    Fire separation means a construction assembly that acts as a barrier against the spread of fire. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
    Firestop means a system consisting of a material, component and means of support used to fill gaps between fire separations or between fire separations and other assemblies, or used around items that wholly or partially penetrate a fire separation.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌1.4.1.2. Division A
    
    ‌Fire stop flap means a device intended for use in horizontal assemblies required to have a fire-resistance rating and incorporating protective ceiling membranes that operates to close off a duct opening through the membrane in the event of a fire.
    ‌Firewall means a type of fire separation of noncombustible construction that subdivides a building or separates adjoining buildings to resist the spread of fire and that has a fire-resistance rating as prescribed in this Code and has structural stability to remain intact under fire conditions for the required fire-rated time.‌
    First storey means the uppermost storey having its floor level not more than 2 m above
    grade.
    ‌Flame-spread rating means an index or classification indicating the extent of spread-of-flame on the surface of a material or an assembly of materials as determined in a standard fire test as prescribed in this Code.‌
    ‌Flammable liquid means a liquid having a flash point below 37.8°C and having a vapour pressure not more than 275.8 kPa (absolute) at 37.8°C as determined by ASTM D323, “Standard Test Method for Vapor Pressure of Petroleum Products (Reid Method).”
    ‌Flash point means the minimum temperature at which a liquid within a container gives off vapour in sufficient concentration to form an ignitable mixture with air near the surface of the liquid.
    Flight means a series of steps between landings. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
    ‌Floor area means the space on any storey of a building between exterior walls and required firewalls, including the space occupied by interior walls and partitions, but not including exits, vertical service spaces, and their enclosing assemblies.‌
    ‌Flue means an enclosed passageway for conveying flue gases.
    Flue collar means the portion of a fuel-fired appliance designed for the attachment of the flue pipe or breeching.
    ‌Flue pipe means the pipe connecting the flue collar of an appliance to a chimney.
    ‌Forced-air furnace means a furnace equipped with a fan that provides the primary means for the circulation of air.
    ‌Foundation means a system or arrangement of foundation units through which the loads from a building are transferred to supporting soil or rock.
    Foundation unit means one of the structural members of the foundation of a building
    such as a footing, raft or pile.
    ‌Frost action means the phenomenon that occurs when water in soil is subjected to freezing which, because of the water/ice phase change or ice lens growth, results in a total volume increase or the build-up of expansive forces under confined conditions or both, and the subsequent thawing that leads to loss of soil strength and increased compressibility.‌
    ‌Furnace means a space-heating appliance using warm air as the heating medium and usually having provision for the attachment of ducts.
    Gas vent means that portion of a venting system designed to convey vent gases to the outdoors from the vent connector of a gas-fired appliance or directly from the appliance when a vent connector is not used.
    ‌Grade means the lowest of the average levels of finished ground adjoining each exterior wall of a building, except that localized depressions need not be considered in the determination of average levels of finished ground. (See First storey and Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
    ‌Greenhouse agricultural occupancy (Group G, Division 3) means an agricultural occupancy ‌
    where plants are grown in a building or part thereof that is primarily constructed of roofs and walls designed to transmit natural light.
    Groundwater means a free standing body of water in the ground.
    Groundwater level (groundwater table) means the top surface of a free standing body of water in the ground.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division A 1.4.1.2.
    
    ‌Guard means a protective barrier around openings in floors or at the open sides of stairs, landings, balconies, mezzanines, galleries, raised walkways or other locations to prevent accidental falls from one level to another. Such a barrier may or may not have openings through it.‌
    Heat detector means a fire detector designed to operate at a predetermined temperature or rate of temperature rise.
    ‌Heavy timber construction means that type of combustible construction in which a degree of fire safety is attained by placing limitations on the sizes of wood structural members and on the thickness and composition of wood floors and roofs and by the avoidance of concealed spaces under floors and roofs.
    ‌High-hazard agricultural occupancy (Group G, Division 1) means an agricultural occupancy containing sufficient quantities of highly combustible and flammable or explosive materials which, because of their inherent characteristics, constitute a special fire hazard.
    ‌High-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 1) means an industrial occupancy containing sufficient quantities of highly combustible and flammable or explosive materials which, because of their inherent characteristics, constitute a special fire hazard.
    ‌Home-type care occupancy (Group B, Division 4) means the occupancy or use of a building consisting of a single detached housekeeping unit where care is provided to residents and may include the living space of the caregiver and their family. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)‌
    ‌Horizontal exit means an exit from one building to another by means of a doorway, vestibule, walkway, bridge or balcony.
    Horizontal service space means a space such as an attic, duct, ceiling, roof or crawl space oriented essentially in a horizontal plane, concealed and generally inaccessible, through which building service facilities such as pipes, ducts and wiring may pass.
    ‌Impeded egress zone means a supervised area in which occupants have free movement but require the release, by security personnel, of security doors at the boundary before they are able to leave the area, but does not include a contained use area.
    ‌Indirect service water heater means a service water heater that derives its heat from a heating medium such as warm air, steam or hot water.
    Industrial occupancy (Group F) means the occupancy or use of a building or part thereof for the assembling, fabricating, manufacturing, processing, repairing or storing
    ‌of goods and materials.
    Interconnected floor space means superimposed floor areas or parts of floor areas in which floor assemblies that are required to be fire separations are penetrated by openings that are not provided with closures.
    ‌Limiting distance means the distance from an exposing building face to a property line, the centre line of a street, lane or public thoroughfare, or to an imaginary line between
    2 buildings or fire compartments on the same property, measured at right angles to the exposing building face.
    ‌Live load means a variable load due to the intended use and occupancy that is to be assumed in the design of the structural members of a building. It includes loads due to cranes and the pressure of liquids in containers.
    ‌Loadbearing (as applying to a building element) means subjected to or designed to carry loads in addition to its own dead load, excepting a wall element subjected only to wind or earthquake loads in addition to its own dead load.
    Low-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 3) means an industrial occupancy in which the combustible content is not more than 50 kg/m2 or 1 200 MJ/m2 of floor area.
    Major occupancy means the principal occupancy for which a building or part thereof is used or intended to be used, and shall be deemed to include the subsidiary
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    1.4.1.2. Division A
    
    occupancies that are an integral part of the principal occupancy. The major occupancy
    classifications used in this Code are as follows:
    A1 – Assembly occupancies intended for the production and viewing of the performing arts
    A2 – Assembly occupancies not elsewhere classified in Group A A3 – Assembly occupancies of the arena type
    A4 – Assembly occupancies in which the occupants are gathered in the open air B1 – Detention occupancies in which persons are under restraint or are incapable
    of self-preservation because of security measures not under their control
    B2 – Treatment occupancies
    B3 – Care occupancies
    B4 – Home-type care occupancies
    F1 – High-hazard industrial occupancies
    F2 – Medium-hazard industrial occupancies
    F3 – Low-hazard industrial occupancies
    G1 – High-hazard agricultural occupancies
    G2 – Agricultural occupancies not elsewhere classified in Group G G3 – Greenhouse agricultural occupancies
    G4 – Agricultural occupancies with no human occupants
    Masonry or concrete chimney means a chimney of brick, stone, concrete or masonry units constructed on site.
    ‌Means of egress means a continuous path of travel provided for the escape of persons from any point in a building or contained open space to a separate building, an open public thoroughfare, or an exterior open space protected from fire exposure from the building and having access to an open public thoroughfare. Means of egress includes exits and access to exits.
    ‌Mechanically vented (as applying to a fuel-fired space- or water-heating appliance) means an appliance and its combustion venting system in which the products of combustion are entirely exhausted to the outdoors by a mechanical device, such as a fan, blower or aspirator, upstream or downstream from the combustion zone of the appliance, and the portion of the combustion venting system that is downstream of the fan, blower or aspirator is sealed and does not include draft hoods or draft control devices. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)‌
    ‌Medium-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 2) means an industrial occupancy in which the combustible content is more than 50 kg/m2 or 1 200 MJ/m 2 of floor area and not classified as a high-hazard industrial occupancy.
    ‌Mercantile occupancy (Group E) means the occupancy or use of a building or part thereof for the displaying or selling of retail goods, wares or merchandise.
    ‌Mezzanine means an intermediate floor assembly between the floor and ceiling of any room or storey and includes an interior balcony.
    ‌Noncombustible means that a material meets the acceptance criteria of CAN/ULC-S114, “Standard Method of Test for Determination of Non-Combustibility in Building Materials.”
    Noncombustible construction means that type of construction in which a degree of fire safety is attained by the use of noncombustible materials for structural members and other building assemblies.
    Occupancy means the use or intended use of a building or part thereof for the shelter or support of persons, animals or property.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division A 1.4.1.2.
    
    ‌Occupant load means the number of persons for which a building or part thereof is designed.‌
    ‌Open-air storey means a storey in which at least 25% of the total area of its perimeter walls is open to the outdoors in a manner that will provide cross-ventilation to the entire storey.
    ‌Owner means any person, firm or corporation controlling the property under consideration.
    Partition means an interior wall 1 storey or part-storey in height that is not loadbearing.
    ‌Party wall means a wall jointly owned and jointly used by 2 parties under easement agreement or by right in law, and erected at or upon a line separating 2 parcels of land each of which is, or is capable of being, a separate real-estate entity.‌
    Perched groundwater means a free standing body of water in the ground extending to a limited depth.
    ‌Pile means a slender deep foundation unit made of materials such as wood, steel or concrete or a combination thereof, that is either premanufactured and placed by driving, jacking, jetting or screwing, or cast-in-place in a hole formed by driving, excavating or boring. (Cast-in-place bored piles are often referred to as caissons in Canada.)‌
    ‌Plenum means a chamber forming part of an air duct system.
    Plumbing system means a drainage system, a venting system and a water system or parts thereof.
    Post-disaster building means a building that is necessary for the provision of essential services to the general public in the event of a disaster and includes
    - hospitals, emergency treatment facilities and blood banks,
    - telephone exchanges,
    - power generating stations and electrical substations,
    - control centres for natural gas distribution,
    - control centres for air, land and marine transportation,
    - water treatment facilities,
    - water storage facilities,
    - water and sewage pumping stations,
    - sewage treatment facilities,
    - buildings having critical national defence functions, and
    - buildings of the following types, unless exempted from this designation by the
      authority having jurisdiction:
      - emergency response facilities,
      - ‌fire, rescue and police stations and housing for vehicles, aircraft or boats used for such purposes, and
      - communications facilities, including radio and television stations. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
    Private sewage disposal system means a privately owned plant for the treatment and disposal of sewage (such as a septic tank with an absorption field).
    ‌Process plant means an industrial occupancy where materials, including flammable liquids, combustible liquids or gases, are produced or used in a process. (See Table 3.2.7.1. of Division B of the NFC.)‌
    ‌Protected floor space means that part of a floor area protected from the effects of fire and used as part of a means of egress from an interconnected floor space.
    ‌Public corridor means a corridor that provides access to exit from more than one suite. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
    ‌Public way means a sidewalk, street, highway, square or other open space to which the public has access, as of right or by invitation, expressed or implied.
    Ramp means a path of travel having a slope steeper than 1 in 20.
    Repair garage means a building or part thereof where facilities are provided for the repair or servicing of motor vehicles.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌1.4.1.2. Division A
    
    ‌Residential occupancy (Group C) means the occupancy or use of a building or part thereof by persons for whom sleeping accommodation is provided but who are not harboured for the purpose of receiving care or treatment and are not involuntarily detained.‌
    ‌Return duct means a duct for conveying air from a space being heated, ventilated or air-conditioned back to the heating, ventilating or air-conditioning appliance.
    ‌Rim joist means the outermost member in floor framing, other than blocking, be it parallel, perpendicular or on an angle to the floor joists. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
    ‌Rock means that portion of the earth's crust that is consolidated, coherent and relatively hard and is a naturally formed, solidly bonded, mass of mineral matter that cannot readily be broken by hand.
    ‌Run means the horizontal distance between two adjacent tread nosings on a stair. (See Figure A-9.8.4.-B in Note A-9.8.4. of Division B.)
    Sanitary drainage system means a drainage system that conducts sewage.
    ‌Secondary suite means a self-contained dwelling unit with a prescribed floor area located in a building or portion of a building of only residential occupancy that contains only one other dwelling unit and common spaces, and where both dwelling units constitute a single real estate entity. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1) and Article 9.1.2.1. of Division B.)‌
    ‌Service room means a room provided in a building to contain equipment associated with
    building services. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
    ‌Service space means space provided in a building to facilitate or conceal the installation of building service facilities such as chutes, ducts, pipes, shafts or wires.
    ‌Service water heater means a device for heating water for plumbing services.
    Shallow foundation means a foundation unit that derives its support from soil or rock
    located close to the lowest part of the building that it supports.
    ‌Smoke alarm means a combined smoke detector and audible alarm device designed to sound an alarm within the room or suite in which it is located upon the detection of smoke within that room or suite.
    ‌Smoke detector means a fire detector designed to operate when the concentration of airborne combustion products exceeds a predetermined level.
    Soil means that portion of the earth's crust that is fragmentary, or such that some individual particles of a dried sample may be readily separated by agitation in water; it includes boulders, cobbles, gravel, sand, silt, clay and organic matter.
    ‌Solid masonry means a single wythe or multi-wythe construction made of solid masonry units or semi-solid, cored, or hollow masonry units, the cells of which may or may not be filled with mortar or grout. In multi-wythe masonry construction, the space between the wythes consists of a mortar-filled collar joint or grout-filled space and the wythes may or may not be constructed of the same masonry materials.‌
    Solid masonry unit means a concrete block or brick unit, a clay brick unit, or calcium silicate brick unit whose net solid area is at least 75% of its gross area. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
    ‌Sound transmission class (STC) means a single number rating of the airborne sound attenuation of a building assembly separating two adjoining spaces, taking into account the direct sound transmission path. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).) (See also Note A-9.11. of Division B.)‌
    ‌Space heater means a space-heating appliance for heating the room or space within which it is located, without the use of ducts.
    ‌Space-heating appliance means an appliance intended for the supplying of heat to a room or space directly, such as a space heater, fireplace or unit heater, or to rooms or spaces of a building through a heating system such as a central furnace or boiler.
    Sprinklered (as applying to a building or part thereof) means that the building or part thereof is equipped with a system of automatic sprinklers.
    Stage means a space that is designed primarily for theatrical performances with provision for quick change scenery and overhead lighting, including environmental
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    Division A 1.4.1.2.
    
    ‌control for a wide range of lighting and sound effects and that is traditionally, but not necessarily, separated from the audience by a proscenium wall and curtain opening.‌
    ‌Storage garage means a building or part thereof intended for the storage or parking of motor vehicles and containing no provision for the repair or servicing of such vehicles. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
    ‌Storage-type service water heater means a service water heater with an integral hot water storage tank.
    ‌Storey means that portion of a building that is situated between the top of any floor and the top of the floor next above it, and if there is no floor above it, that portion between the top of such floor and the ceiling above it.
    ‌Stove means an appliance intended for cooking and space heating.
    Street means any highway, road, boulevard, square or other improved thoroughfare 9 m or more in width, that has been dedicated or deeded for public use and is accessible to fire department vehicles and equipment.
    ‌Subsurface investigation means the appraisal of the general subsurface conditions at a building site by analysis of information gained by such methods as geological
    surveys, in situ testing, sampling, visual inspection, laboratory testing of samples of the subsurface materials and groundwater observations and measurements.
    ‌Suite means a single room or series of rooms of complementary use, operated under a single tenancy, and includes dwelling units, individual guest rooms in motels, hotels, boarding houses, rooming houses and dormitories as well as individual stores and individual or complementary rooms for business and personal services occupancies. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)‌
    ‌Supply duct means a duct for conveying air from a heating, ventilating or
    air-conditioning appliance to a space to be heated, ventilated or air-conditioned.
    Tapered tread means a tread with non-parallel edges that increases or decreases its
    run uniformly over its width.
    ‌Theatre means a place of public assembly intended for the production and viewing of the performing arts or the screening and viewing of motion pictures, and consisting of an auditorium with permanently fixed seats intended solely for a viewing audience.
    ‌Treatment means the provision of medical or other health-related intervention to persons, where the administration or lack of administration of these interventions may render them incapable of evacuating to a safe location without the assistance of another person. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)‌
    ‌Treatment occupancy (Group B, Division 2) means the occupancy or use of a building or part thereof for the provision of treatment, and where overnight accommodation is available to facilitate the treatment. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
    Unit heater means a suspended space heater with an integral air-circulating fan.
    Unprotected opening (as applying to exposing building face) means a doorway, window or opening other than one equipped with a closure having the required fire-protection rating, or any part of a wall forming part of the exposing building face that has a
    fire-resistance rating less than that required for the exposing building face.
    Unsafe condition means any condition that could cause undue hazard to the life, limb or health of any person authorized or expected to be on or about the premises.
    ‌Unstable liquid means a liquid, including flammable liquids and combustible liquids, that is chemically reactive to the extent that it will vigorously react or decompose at or near normal temperature and pressure conditions or that is chemically unstable when subjected to impact.‌
    Vapour barrier means the elements installed to control the diffusion of water vapour. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
    Vent connector (as applying to heating or cooling systems) means the part of a venting system that conducts the flue gases or vent gases from the flue collar of a gas appliance to the chimney or gas vent, and may include a draft control device.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌1.4.2.1. Division A
    
    ‌Vertical service space means a shaft oriented essentially vertically that is provided in a building to facilitate the installation of building services including mechanical, electrical and plumbing installations and facilities such as elevators, refuse chutes and linen chutes.‌
    ‌Walkway means a covered or roofed pedestrian thoroughfare used to connect 2 or more buildings.
‌Symbols and Other Abbreviations
1. ‌Symbols and Other Abbreviations
  1. The symbols and other abbreviations in this Code shall have the meanings assigned to them in this Article and Article 1.3.2.1. of Division B.

1 in 2 slope of 1 vertical to 2 horizontal

cm centimetre(s)

° degree(s)

°C degree(s) Celsius

dBA A-weighted sound level

diam diameter

g gram(s)

h hour(s)

HDD heating degree-day(s)

HVAC heating, ventilating and air-conditioning

Hz hertz

J joule(s)

K degree(s) Kelvin

kg kilogram(s)

kN kilonewton(s)

kPa kilopascal(s)

kW kilowatt(s)

L litre(s)

lx lux

m metre(s)

M metric nomenclature for reinforcing bars

max. maximum

min. minimum

min minute(s)

MJ megajoule(s)

mm millimetre(s)

MPa megapascal(s)

N newton

n/a not applicable

ng nanogram(s)

No. number(s)

o.c. on centre

OSB oriented strandboard

PM particulate matter

ppb part(s) per billion

Division A 1.5.2.1.

ppm part(s) per million

R thermal resistance value (imperial unit)

RSI thermal resistance value (metric unit)

s second(s)

W watt(s)

% percent

‌µg microgram(s)

µm micrometre(s)

U-value overall thermal transmittance

‌Section 1.5. Referenced Documents and Organizations‌

‌Referenced Documents‌
1. ‌Application of Referenced Documents
  1. Except as provided in Sentence (2), the provisions of documents referenced in this Code, and of any documents referenced within those documents, apply only
    to the extent that they relate to
    1. ‌buildings, and
    2. the objectives and functional statements attributed to the applicable acceptable solutions in Division B where the documents are referenced.
      (See Note A-1.5.1.1.(1).)
  2. Where a provision of this Code references another National Model Code, the applicable objectives and functional statements shall include those found in that referenced National Model Code. (See Note A-2.1.1.2.(6).)‌
2. ‌Conflicting Requirements
  1. In case of conflict between the provisions of this Code and those of a referenced document, the provisions of this Code shall govern.
3. ‌Applicable Editions‌
  1. Where documents are referenced in this Code, they shall be the editions designated in Subsection 1.3.1. of Division B.
‌Organizations
1. ‌Abbreviations of Proper Names
  1. The abbreviations of proper names in this Code shall have the meanings assigned to them in Article 1.3.2.1. of Division B.

1-16 Division A

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

‌Division A

‌Notes to Part 1 Compliance

A-1.1.1.1.(1) Application to Existing Buildings. This Code is most often applied to existing or relocated buildings when an owner wishes to rehabilitate a building, change its use, or build an addition, or when an enforcement authority decrees that a building or class of buildings be altered for reasons of public safety. It is not intended that the NBC be used to enforce the retrospective application of new requirements to existing buildings or existing portions of relocated buildings, unless specifically required by local regulations or bylaws. For example, although the NFC could be interpreted to require the installation of fire alarm, standpipe and hose, and automatic sprinkler systems in an existing building for which there were no requirements at

the time of construction, it is the intent of the CCBFC that the NFC not be applied in this manner to these buildings unless the authority having jurisdiction has determined that there is an inherent threat to occupant safety and has issued an order to eliminate the unsafe condition, or where substantial changes or additions are being made to an existing building or the occupancy has been changed. (See also Note A-1.1.1.1.(1) of Division A of the NFC.)

Relocated buildings that have been in use in another location for a number of years can be considered as existing buildings, in part, and the same analytical process can be applied as for existing buildings. It should be noted, however, that a change in occupancy may affect some requirements (e.g. loads and fire separations) and relocation to an area with different wind, snow or earthquake loads will require the application of current code requirements. Depending on the construction of the building and the changes in load, structural modifications may be required. Similarly, parts of a relocated or existing building that are reconstructed, such as foundations and basements, or parts being modified are required to be built to current codes.

Whatever the reason, Code application to existing or relocated buildings requires careful consideration of the level of safety needed for that building. This consideration involves an analytical process similar to that required to assess alternative design proposals for new construction. See Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) for information on achieving compliance with the Code using alternative solutions.

In developing Code requirements for new buildings, consideration has been given to the cost they impose on a design in relation to the perceived benefits in terms of safety. The former is definable; the latter difficult to

establish on a quantitative basis. In applying the Code requirements to an existing building, the benefits derived are the same as in new buildings. On the other hand, the increased cost of implementing in an existing building a design solution that would normally be intended for a new building may be prohibitive.

The successful application of Code requirements to existing construction becomes a matter of balancing the cost of implementing a requirement with the relative importance of that requirement to the overall Code objectives. The degree to which any particular requirement can be relaxed without affecting the intended level of safety of the Code requires considerable judgment on the part of both the designer and the authority having jurisdiction.

Further information on the application of Code requirements to existing or relocated buildings can be found in the following publications:

“User's Guide – NBC 1995 Fire Protection, Occupant Safety and Accessibility (Part 3)”
“Guidelines for Application of Part 3 of the National Building Code of Canada to Existing Buildings”
Commentary entitled “Application of NBC Part 4 of Division B for the Structural Evaluation and Upgrading of Existing Buildings” of the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)”
“User's Guide – NBC 1995, Application of Part 9 to Existing Buildings”
CBD 230, “A pplying building codes to existing buildings”

These Notes are included for explanatory purposes only and do not form part of the requirements. The number that introduces each Note corresponds to the applicable requirement in this Part.

‌A-1.1.1.1.(2) Division A

These publications can be accessed through the NRC Publications Archive at https://nrc-publications.canada.ca.

A-1.1.1.1.(2) Factory-Constructed Buildings. The NBC applies the same requirements to site-built and factory-constructed buildings. However, it can often be difficult to determine whether a factory-constructed building complies with the Code once it has been delivered to the construction site because many of the wall, roof and floor assemblies are closed in and so their components cannot be inspected. CSA A277, “Procedure for certification of prefabricated buildings, modules, and panels,” was developed to address this problem with regard to residential, commercial and industrial buildings. This standard describes a procedure whereby an independent certification agency can review the quality control procedures of a factory and make periodic unannounced inspections of its products. The standard is not a building code, only a procedure for certifying compliance of factory-constructed components with a building code or other standard. If a factory-constructed building bears the label of an accredited certification agency indicating that compliance with the National Building Code has been certified using the CSA A277 procedure, the accepting authority will have some assurance that the concealed components do not require re-inspection on site.

On the other hand, standards in the CSA Z240 MH Series, “Manufactured homes,” do resemble a building code. Most of the individual standards in the series contain requirements regarding many issues also covered in the NBC. Some of these Z240 MH Series provisions are performance requirements with no quantitative criteria, some simply reference the applicable NBC requirements, while others contain requirements that differ from those in the NBC. Because it would be illogical to have two different sets of requirements for buildings—one set that applies to site-built buildings and one set that applies to factory-constructed buildings—the NBC does not reference these Z240 MH Series standards. One of the individual standards in the Z240 MH Series deals with special requirements for manufactured homes related to the fact that these houses must be moved over roads, which is an issue the NBC does not address. Therefore, labeling that indicates that a factory-constructed house complies with the Z240 MH Series standards can NOT be taken as an indication that the house necessarily complies with the building code in effect for the location where the house will be sited.

The NBC does reference CSA Z240.10.1, “Site preparation, foundation, and installation of buildings,” which is not actually part of the CSA Z240 MH Series. This standard contains requirements for surface foundations where buildings—not just houses—comply with the deformation resistance test provided in CSA Z240.2.1, “Structural requirements for manufactured homes.”

‌A-1.2.1.1.(1)(a) Code Compliance via Acceptable Solutions. If a building design (e.g. material, component, assembly or system) can be shown to meet all provisions of the applicable acceptable solutions in Division B (e.g. it complies with the applicable provisions of a referenced standard), it is deemed to have satisfied the objectives and functional statements linked to those provisions and thus to have complied with

that part of the Code. In fact, if it can be determined that a design meets all the applicable acceptable solutions in Division B, there is no need to consult the objectives and functional statements in Division A to determine its compliance.

A-1.2.1.1.(1)(b) Code Compliance via Alternative Solutions. Where a design differs from the acceptable solutions in Division B, then it should be treated as an “alternative solution.” A proponent of an alternative solution must demonstrate that the alternative solution addresses the same issues as the applicable acceptable solutions in Division B and their attributed objectives and functional statements. However, because the objectives and functional statements are entirely qualitative, demonstrating compliance with them in isolation is not possible. Therefore, Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) identifies the principle that Division B establishes the quantitative performance targets that alternative solutions must meet. In many cases, these targets are not defined very precisely by the acceptable solutions—certainly far less precisely than would be the case with

a true performance code, which would have quantitative performance targets and prescribed methods of performance measurement for all aspects of building performance. Nevertheless, Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) makes it clear that an effort must be made to demonstrate that an alternative solution will perform as well as a design that would satisfy the applicable acceptable solutions in Division B—not “well enough” but “as well as.”

In this sense, it is Division B that defines the boundaries between acceptable risks and the “unacceptable” risks referred to in the statements of the Code's objectives, i.e. the risk remaining once the applicable acceptable solutions in Division B have been implemented represents the residual level of risk deemed to be acceptable by the broad base of Canadians who have taken part in the consensus process used to develop the Code.

Level of Performance

Where Division B offers a choice between several possible designs, it is likely that these designs may not all provide exactly the same level of performance. Among a number of possible designs satisfying

Division A A-1.3.3.4.(2)

acceptable solutions in Division B, the design providing the lowest level of performance should generally be considered to establish the minimum acceptable level of performance to be used in evaluating alternative solutions for compliance with the Code.

Sometimes a single design will be used as an alternative solution to several sets of acceptable solutions in Division B. In this case, the level of performance required of the alternative solution should be at least

equivalent to the overall level of performance established by all the applicable sets of acceptable solutions taken as a whole.

Each provision in Division B has been analyzed to determine what it is intended to achieve. The resultant intent statements clarify what undesirable results each provision seeks to preclude. These statements

are not a legal component of the Code, but are advisory in nature, and can help Code users establish performance targets for alternative solutions. They are published as a separate electronic document entitled “Supplement to the NBC 2020: Intent Statements,” which is available on the NRC's website.

Areas of Performance

A subset of the acceptable solutions in Division B may establish criteria for particular types of designs (e.g. certain types of materials, components, assemblies, or systems). Often such subsets of acceptable solutions are all attributed to the same objective: OS1, Fire Safety, for example. In some cases, the designs that are normally used to satisfy this subset of acceptable solutions might also provide some benefits that could be related to some other objective: OP1, Fire Protection of the Building, for example. However, if none of the applicable acceptable solutions are linked to Objective OP1, it is not necessary that alternative solutions proposed to replace these acceptable solutions provide a similar benefit related to Fire Protection of the Building. In other words, the acceptable solutions in Division B establish acceptable levels of performance for compliance with the Code only in those areas defined by the objectives and functional statements attributed to the acceptable solutions.

Applicable Acceptable Solutions

‌In demonstrating that an alternative solution will perform as well as a design that would satisfy the applicable acceptable solutions in Division B, its evaluation should not be limited to comparison with the acceptable solutions to which an alternative is proposed. It is possible that acceptable solutions elsewhere in the Code also apply. The proposed alternative solution may be shown to perform as well as the most apparent acceptable solution which it is replacing but may not perform as well as other relevant acceptable solutions. For example, an innovative sheathing material may perform adequately as sheathing in a wall system that is braced by other means but may not perform adequately as sheathing in a wall system where the sheathing must provide the structural bracing. All applicable acceptable solutions should be taken into consideration in demonstrating the compliance of an alternative solution.

‌A-1.3.3.4.(1) Buildings Divided by Firewalls. This concept relates to the provisions directly regulated by this Code and does not apply to electrical service entrance requirements, which are regulated by other documents.

A-1.3.3.4.(2) Buildings on Sloping Sites. Application of the definition of grade to stepped buildings on sloping sites often results in such buildings being designated as being greater than 4 storeys in building height even though there may be only 2, 3 or 4 storeys at any one location. Figure A-1.3.3.4.(2) illustrates this application compared to a similar building on a flat site.

Under Sentence 1.3.3.4.(2), Building A can be considered as being 4 storeys in building height instead of 7 storeys in building height. Both Building A and B are comparable with regard to fire safety and egress.

This relaxation applies to the determination of building height only. All other requirements continue to apply as appropriate.

A-1.4.1.2.(1) Division A

grade for each stepped portion

1 h fire separation at each stepped portion

Building A

grade for entire building

Building B

EG00907B

‌Figure A-1.3.3.4.(2)

‌Application of the definition of grade

A-1.4.1.2.(1) Defined Terms.

‌Agricultural Occupancy

The term “processing” refers to activities carried out for the purpose of maintaining the quality of agricultural products or to the minimum amount of activity necessary to produce a saleable product.

‌Agricultural Occupancy with No Human Occupants

Group G, Division 4 occupancies may be accessed on a temporary basis during maintenance, cleaning or emptying operations.

ASTC and STC

The higher the ASTC or STC rating, the more the assembly or the system of assemblies protects occupants from noise in adjacent spaces.

These ratings, which are determined in accordance with ASTM E413, “Classification for Rating Sound Insulation,” roughly describe the noise reduction provided by the separating floor or wall, or in the case of the ASTC rating, by the system of separating and adjoining walls and floors.

Care Occupancy

Support services rendered by or through care facility management refer to services provided by the organization that is responsible for the care for a period exceeding 24 consecutive hours. They do not refer to services provided by residents of dwelling units or suites, or to services arranged directly by residents of dwelling units or suites with outside agencies.

In the context of care occupancies, these services may include a daily assessment of the resident's functioning, awareness of their whereabouts, the making of appointments for residents and reminding them of those appointments, the ability and readiness to intervene if a crisis arises for a resident, supervision in areas of nutrition or medication, and provision of transient medical services. Services may also include activities of daily living such as bathing, dressing, feeding, and assistance in the use of washroom facilities, etc. No actual treatment is provided by or through care facility management.

‌Division A A-1.4.1.2.(1)

Dangerous Goods

Prior to the 2015 edition of the NBC, the terminology used to identify dangerous goods came from “Transportation of Dangerous Goods Regulations (TDGR).” The TDGR apply solely to the adequate identification of hazards related to dangerous goods in the contexts of transportation and emergency response.

Dangerous goods in the workplace are identified in accordance with the “Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System (WHMIS),” established in accordance with the “Hazardous Products Act.” The WHMIS identification system is specifically designed with the users of the product in mind.

Since the 2015 edition, the NBC identifies dangerous goods as products regulated by the TDGR or classified under the WHMIS. In order to harmonize these two nomenclatures for dangerous goods, class descriptors were developed taking into consideration both the TDGR and WHMIS classification systems. The NBC nomenclature uses a descriptive approach to classifying dangerous goods, which is similar to the one used by the Globally Harmonized System of Classification and Labelling of Chemicals (GHS) developed by the United Nations (UN). Canada has actively participated in the development of the GHS and has committed to its implementation through the TDGR and WHMIS regulations.

‌The NBC nomenclature takes a common sense approach that corresponds more closely to how people refer to dangerous goods on a daily basis, blending TDGR and WHMIS terminology without using nondescript numbers and letters as previously found in the NBC, TDGR and WHMIS.

Table A-1.4.1.2.(1)

TDGR, WHMIS and NBC Class Descriptors for Dangerous Goods

TDGR		WHMIS	NBC
Class	Descriptor	WHMIS	NBC
1	Explosives Gases Flammable gases Non-flammable, non-toxic gases — Toxic gases Flammable liquids Flammable solids Substances liable to spontaneous combustion Water-reactive substances ‌Oxidizing substances Organic peroxides Toxic substances Infectious substances Radioactive materials Corrosives‌ Miscellaneous products, substances, or organisms —	Explosives Gases under pressure Flammable gases; Flammable aerosols Gases under pressure Oxidizing gases — Flammable liquids Flammable solids Pyrophoric liquids; pyrophoric solids Substances and mixtures which, in contact with water, emit flammable gases Oxidizing liquids; oxidizing solids Organic peroxides (1) (1) Not covered by WHMIS (2) (2) Previously Class F	Explosives
2			Compressed gases
2.1			Flammable gases; Flammable aerosols
2.2			Non-flammable, non-toxic gases
2.2 (5.1)			Oxidizing gases
2.3			Toxic gases
3			Flammable liquids
4.1			Flammable solids
4.2			Pyrophoric materials
4.3			Water-reactive substances
5.1			Oxidizers
5.2			Organic peroxides
6.1			Toxic substances
6.2			Infectious materials
7			Radioactive materials
8			Corrosives
9			Miscellaneous dangerous goods
—			Dangerously reactive materials

Notes to Table A-1.4.1.2.(1):

(1) The WHMIS has various descriptors for this Class of products based on their toxicity.

(2) The WHMIS has various descriptors for this Class of products based on the nature of the danger presented by the product.

‌A-1.4.1.2.(1) Division A

‌Exit

Exits include doors or doorways leading directly into an exit stair or directly to the outside. In the case of an exit leading to a separate building, exits also include vestibules, walkways, bridges or balconies.

Farm Building

Farm buildings as defined in Article 1.4.1.2. include, but are not limited to, produce storage and packing facilities, livestock and poultry housing, milking centres, manure storage facilities, grain bins, silos, feed preparation centres, farm workshops, greenhouses, farm retail centres, and horse riding, exercise and training facilities. Farm buildings may be classified as low or high human occupancy, depending on

the occupant load.

Examples of farm buildings that may be classified as low human occupancy are livestock and poultry housing, manure and machinery storage facilities and horse exercise and training facilities where no bleachers or viewing area are provided.

Examples of farm buildings that may be classified as other than low human occupancy include farm retail centres for feeds, horticultural and livestock produce, auction barns and show areas where bleachers or other public facilities are provided. Farm work centres where the number of workers frequently exceeds the limit for low human occupancy will also be in this category.

‌It is possible to have areas of both high and low human occupancy in the same building provided that the structural safety and fire separation requirements for high human occupancy are met in the part thus designated.

Fire Separation

‌It is generally understood that the term “fire” refers to all products of combustion, including heat and smoke. Although a fire separation is not always required to have a fire-resistance rating, it should act as a barrier to the spread of smoke and fire until some type of response is initiated. If the fire-resistance rating of a fire separation is permitted to be waived on the basis of the presence of an automatic sprinkler system, it is nonetheless the intent of the Code that the fire separation be constructed so that it will remain in place and act as a barrier against the spread of smoke until the sprinklers have actuated.

Flight

Stair with one flight

Stair with two flights

landing

flight

landing

flight

landing

EG01395A

‌Figure A-1.4.1.2.(1)-A

Flight

Grade

Localized depressions that need not be considered in the determination of the elevation of grade include such features as vehicle and pedestrian entrances and other minor depressions that do not affect accessibility for firefighting or evacuation.

‌Division A A-1.4.1.2.(1)

Home-Type Care Occupancy

Support services rendered to the residents of a home-type care occupancy refer to services provided at a cost by caregivers who are responsible for the care for a period exceeding 24 consecutive hours. They do not refer to services provided by family members of the residents, or to services arranged directly by residents with outside agencies.

‌In the context of home-type care occupancies, these services may include a daily assessment of the resident's functioning, awareness of their whereabouts, the making of appointments for residents and reminding them of those appointments, the ability and readiness to intervene if a crisis arises for a resident, supervision in areas of nutrition or medication, and provision of transient medical services. Services

may also include activities of daily living such as bathing, dressing, feeding, and assistance in the use of washroom facilities, etc. No actual treatment is provided by the caregivers.

Mechanically Vented

‌The definition of this term is intended to include all types of appliances and venting systems that rely entirely on fans to evacuate the products of combustion. Systems variously referred to as “forced draft,” “power vented” and “induced draft” in standards and industry terminology may be covered by this definition. The key characteristic of such systems is that they are more resistant to depressurization-induced spillage of combustion products into the building in which they are housed because the combustion venting system downstream of the fan is “sealed,” i.e. includes no draft hood or draft control device.

Post-Disaster Building

There may be circumstances where the authority having jurisdiction would choose to exempt certain types of buildings or parts thereof from being designated as post-disaster buildings. Such is the case in the following examples: a volunteer paramedic's residence where an ambulance is stored, or a police station in a shopping mall or in a residential complex.

Some municipalities have emergency management plans that specify which buildings are to be used for the provision of essential services after a disaster. Municipalities normally coordinate their requirements with provincial or territorial emergency management protocols, which may or may not be mandatory. If in doubt about whether a building should be designated as a post-disaster building, designers should consult with the authority having jurisdiction.

‌The inclusion of control centres for natural gas distribution as examples of post-disaster buildings is intended to ensure that, following a disaster, control is maintained over large fuel distribution networks that supply a commodity essential to the health and safety of a significant proportion of the Canadian population. In contrast, the localized failure of a single fuel supply point does not jeopardize the entire fuel distribution system.

Buildings with rooftop telecommunication or cellular network equipment need not be designated as post-disaster buildings.

‌Public Corridor

A covered mall is considered to be a public corridor and, as such, is subject to the same requirements as a public corridor.

‌Rim Joist

In the field, rim joists may also be referred to as rim boards, headers or header joists.

Secondary Suite

A secondary suite is a self-contained dwelling unit of a prescribed maximum total floor area that is part of a building containing not more than two dwelling units (including the secondary suite) and any common spaces such as common storage, common service rooms, common laundry facilities or common areas used for egress. Secondary suites are typically created within an existing single dwelling unit—commonly called a “house”—either constructed as an addition to an existing house or incorporated during the construction of a new house. A secondary suite may have more than one storey and may be on the same level as the principal dwelling unit of the house or be above or below it.

A-1.4.1.2.(1) Division A

Examples of buildings where secondary suites are permitted include individual detached houses, or where the secondary suite is located in a portion of a building, semi-detached houses (half of a double) and freehold row houses.

Where a building has multiple occupancies, the secondary suite can only be created in a portion of the building that is of residential occupancy. Apartment buildings have more than two dwelling units and are therefore not permitted to have secondary suites.

‌Neither dwelling unit in a house can be strata-titled or otherwise subdivided from the remainder of the house under provincial or territorial legislation. This means that both dwelling units are registered under the same title.

Secondary suites are also referred to as “accessory suites” or “secondary units” by various jurisdictions.

Service Room

‌Typical examples of service rooms include boiler rooms, furnace rooms, incinerator rooms, garbage handling rooms and rooms to accommodate air-conditioning or heating appliances, pumps, compressors and electrical equipment. Rooms such as elevator machine rooms and common laundry rooms are not considered to be service rooms.

Solid Masonry Units

The net solid area of a masonry unit is calculated by determining the gross area of the bed face of the unit (L × T) and subtracting the cumulative areas of the hollow portions. As long as the total area of the hollow portions is 25% or less of the gross area, the unit is considered to be a solid masonry unit.

gross area = length × thickness net solid area = shaded area

EG01325A

bed face

face

end

‌Figure A-1.4.1.2.(1)-B

Net solid area of masonry unit

‌Storage Garage

Entrances at which vehicles stop for a short time beneath an unenclosed canopy to pick up and drop off passengers are not considered as storage garages.

Suite

Tenancy in the context of the term “suite” applies to both rental and ownership tenure. In a condominium arrangement, for example, dwelling units are considered separate suites even though they are individually owned. In order to be of complementary use, a series of rooms that constitute a suite must be in reasonably

Division A A-1.5.1.1.(1)

close proximity to each other and have access to each other either directly by means of a common doorway or indirectly by a corridor, vestibule or other similar arrangement.

The term “suite” does not apply to rooms such as service rooms, common laundry rooms and common recreational rooms that are not leased or under a separate tenure in the context of the Code. Similarly, the term “suite” is not normally applied in the context of buildings such as schools and hospitals, since the entire building is under a single tenure. However, a room that is individually rented is considered a suite. A warehousing unit in a mini-warehouse is a suite. A rented room in a nursing home could be considered as a suite if the room was under a separate tenure. A hospital bedroom on the other hand is not considered to be under a separate tenure, since the patient has little control of that space, even though he pays the hospital a per diem rate for the privilege of using the hospital facilities, which include the sleeping areas.

‌For certain requirements in the Code, the expression “room or suite” is used (e.g., travel distance). This means that the requirement applies within the rooms of suites as well as to the suite itself and to rooms that may be located outside the suite. In other places the expression “suite, and rooms not located within a suite” is used (e.g., for the installation of smoke and heat detectors). This means that the requirement applies to individual suites as defined, but not to each room within the suite. The rooms “not within a suite” would include common laundry rooms, common recreational rooms and service rooms, which are not considered as tenant-occupied space.

Treatment

‌The ability to evacuate unassisted implies that a person is capable of recognizing and responding to an emergency given their physical, cognitive and behavioural abilities, and able to move to a safe location without the assistance of another person. For example, such persons must be able to arise and walk, or transfer from a bed or chair to a means of mobility, and leave the building or move to a safe location on their own.

Treatment Occupancy

‌“Treatments” may include such things as surgery, intensive care, and emergency medical intervention. Treatment services differ from the services provided by care occupancies like personal care assistance or the administration of medication, and from those provided by business and personal services occupancies like dentistry or day procedures.

Vapour Barrier

‌It is important to understand the difference between the functions of a vapour barrier and an air barrier. Vapour barrier materials and assemblies are intended to restrict the movement of water vapour due to vapour pressure differentials, while air barrier materials and assemblies are intended to restrict the movement of air due to air pressure differentials.

Note that a vapour barrier is also referred to as a “vapour diffusion retarder.”

A-1.5.1.1.(1) Application of Referenced Documents. Documents referenced in the NBC may contain provisions covering a wide range of issues, including issues that are unrelated to the objectives and functional statements stated in Parts 2 and 3 of Division A respectively; e.g. aesthetic issues such as colour-fastness or uniformity. Sentence 1.5.1.1.(1) is intended to make it clear that, whereas referencing a document in the NBC generally has the effect of making the provisions of that document part of the Code, provisions that are unrelated to buildings or to the objectives and functional statements attributed to the provisions in Division B where the document is referenced are excluded.

Furthermore, many documents referenced in the NBC contain references to other documents, which may also, in turn, refer to other documents. These secondary and tertiary referenced documents may contain provisions that are unrelated to buildings or to the objectives and functional statements of the NBC: such provisions—no matter how far down the chain of references they occur—are not included in the intent of Sentence 1.5.1.1.(1).

1-26 Division A

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

Division A

Part 2 Objectives

Application
1. Application 2-1
Objectives
1. Objectives 2-2

Notes to Part 2 2-7

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

‌Division A

Part 2 Objectives

‌Section 2.1. Application‌

‌Application
1. ‌Application‌
  1. This Part applies to all buildings covered in this Code. (See Article 1.1.1.1.)
2. ‌Application of Objectives
  (See Note A-2.2.1.1.(1).)
  1. Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (6), the objectives described in this Part apply
    1. to all buildings covered in this Code (see Article 1.1.1.1.), and
    2. only to the extent that they relate to compliance with this Code as required in Article 1.2.1.1.
  2. Objective OS4, Resistance to Unwanted Entry, applies only to dwelling units in
    buildings covered in Part 9 of Division B. (See Article 1.3.3.3.)
  3. Objective OH3, Noise Protection, applies only to dwelling units.
  4. ‌Objective OH5, Hazardous Substances Containment, applies only to the extent defined in
    1. the National Plumbing Code, and
    2. the National Fire Code.
  5. Objective OA, Accessibility (including Objectives OA1, Barrier-Free Path of Travel, and OA2, Barrier-Free Facilities), does not apply to
    1. detached houses, semi-detached houses, houses with a secondary suite, duplexes, triplexes, townhouses, row houses and boarding houses (see Note A-1.4.1.2.(1), Secondary Suite),
    2. buildings of Group F, Division 1 major occupancy, and
    3. ‌buildings that are not intended to be occupied on a daily or full-time basis, including automatic telephone exchanges, pumphouses and substations.
  6. ‌Objective OE, Environment (including Objectives OE1, Resources, and OE1.1,
    Excessive Use of Energy), applies only to
    1. buildings of residential occupancy to which Part 9 of Division B applies,
    2. buildings containing business and personal services, mercantile or low-hazard industrial occupancies to which Part 9 of Division B applies whose combined total floor area does not exceed 300 m2, and
    3. buildings containing a mix of the residential and non-residential occupancies

described in Clauses (a) and (b).

(See Note A-2.1.1.2.(6).) (See also Article 1.3.3.3.)

‌2.2.1.1. Division A‌

‌Section 2.2. Objectives‌

‌Objectives
1. ‌Objectives
  1. The objectives of this Code are as follows (see Note A-2.2.1.1.(1)):

‌OS Safety

An objective of this Code is to limit the probability that, as a result of the design, construction or demolition of the building, a person in or adjacent to the building will be exposed to an unacceptable risk of injury.

‌OS1 Fire Safety

An objective of this Code is to limit the probability that, as a result of the design or construction of the building, a person in or adjacent to the building will be exposed to an unacceptable risk of injury due to fire. The risks of injury due to fire addressed in this Code are those caused by—‌

‌OS1.1 – fire or explosion occurring

‌OS1.2 – fire or explosion impacting areas beyond its point of origin‌

OS1.3 – collapse of physical elements due to a fire or explosion

OS1.4 – fire safety systems failing to function as expected

OS1.5 – persons being delayed in or impeded from moving to a safe place during a fire emergency

‌OS2 Structural Safety

An objective of this Code is to limit the probability that, as a result of the design or construction of the building, a person in or adjacent to the building will be exposed to an unacceptable risk of injury due to structural failure. The risks of injury due to structural failure addressed in this Code are those caused by—‌

‌OS2.1 – loads bearing on the building elements that exceed their loadbearing capacity‌

‌OS2.2 – loads bearing on the building that exceed the

‌loadbearing properties of the supporting medium OS2.3 – damage to or deterioration of building elements OS2.4 – vibration or deflection of building elements OS2.5 – instability of the building or part thereof

OS2.6 – collapse of the excavation

‌OS3 Safety in Use

An objective of this Code is to limit the probability that, as a result of the design or construction of the building, a person in or adjacent to the building will be exposed to an unacceptable risk of injury due to hazards. The risks of injury due to hazards addressed in this Code are those caused by—‌

‌OS3.1 – tripping, slipping, falling, contact, drowning or collision‌‌

‌OS3.2 – contact with hot surfaces or substances OS3.3 – contact with energized equipment OS3.4 – exposure to hazardous substances‌

OS3.5 – exposure to high levels of sound from fire alarm systems

OS3.6 – persons becoming trapped in confined spaces

OS3.7 – persons being delayed in or impeded from moving to a safe place during an emergency (see Note A-2.2.1.1.(1))

Division A 2.2.1.1.

‌OS4 Resistance to Unwanted Entry

An objective of this Code is to limit the probability that, as a result of the design or construction of the building, a person in the building will be exposed to an unacceptable risk of injury due to the building's low level of resistance to unwanted entry (see Sentence 2.1.1.2.(2) for application limitation). The risks of injury due to unwanted entry addressed in this Code are those caused by—‌

OS4.1 – intruders being able to force their way through locked doors or windows

OS4.2 – occupants being unable to identify potential intruders as such

‌OS5 Safety at Construction and Demolition Sites

An objective of this Code is to limit the probability that, as a result of the construction or demolition of the building, the public adjacent to a construction or demolition site will be exposed to an unacceptable risk of injury due to hazards. The risks of injury due to construction and demolition hazards addressed in this Code are those caused by—‌‌‌

‌OS5.1 – objects projected onto public ways OS5.2 – vehicular accidents on public ways OS5.3 – damage to or obstruction of public ways OS5.4 – water accumulated in excavations OS5.5 – entry into the site‌‌‌

OS5.6 – exposure to hazardous substances and activities

OS5.7 – loads bearing on a covered way that exceed its

loadbearing capacity

OS5.8 – collapse of the excavation

OS5.9 – persons being delayed in or impeded from moving to a safe place during an emergency (see Note A-2.2.1.1.(1))

‌OH Health

An objective of this Code is to limit the probability that, asa result of the design or construction of the building, a person will be exposed to an unacceptable risk of illness.

‌OH1 Indoor Conditions

An objective of this Code is to limit the probability that, as a result of the design or construction of the building, a person in the building will be exposed to an unacceptable risk of illness due to indoor conditions. The risks of illness due to indoor conditions addressed in this Code are those caused by—‌‌

OH1.1 – inadequate indoor air quality OH1.2 – inadequate thermal comfort OH1.3 – contact with moisture

‌OH2 Sanitation

An objective of this Code is to limit the probability that, as a result of the design or construction of the building, a person in the building will be exposed to an unacceptable risk of illness due

‌to unsanitary conditions. The risks of illness due to unsanitary conditions addressed in this Code are those caused by—‌

‌OH2.1 – exposure to human or domestic waste OH2.2 – consumption of contaminated water OH2.3 – inadequate facilities for personal hygiene OH2.4 – contact with contaminated surfaces OH2.5 – contact with vermin and insects‌

2.2.1.1. Division A

‌OH3 Noise Protection

An objective of this Code is to limit the probability that, as a result of the design or construction of the building, a person in the building will be exposed to an unacceptable risk of illness due to high levels of sound originating in adjacent spaces in the building (see Sentence 2.1.1.2.(3) for application limitation). The risks of illness due to high levels of sound addressed in this Code are those caused by—‌

OH3.1 – exposure to airborne sound transmitted through assemblies separating dwelling units from adjacent spaces in the building

‌OH4 Vibration and Deflection Limitation

‌OH5 Hazardous Substances Containment

An objective of this Code is to limit the probability that, as a result of the design or construction of the building, the public will be exposed to an unacceptable risk of illness due to the release of hazardous substances from the building (see Sentence 2.1.1.2.(4) for application limitation).

‌OA Accessibility

An objective of this Code is to limit the probability that, as a result of the design or construction of the building, a person with a physical or sensory limitation will be unacceptably impeded from accessing or using the building or its facilities (see Sentence 2.1.1.2.(5) for application limitations).

‌OA1 Barrier-Free Path of Travel

An objective of this Code is to limit the probability that, as a result of the design or construction of the building, a person with a physical or sensory limitation will be unacceptably impeded from accessing the building or circulating within it (see Sentence 2.1.1.2.(5) for application limitations).

‌OA2 Barrier-Free Facilities

An objective of this Code is to limit the probability that, as a result of the design or construction of the building, a person with a physical or sensory limitation will be unacceptably impeded from using the building's facilities (see Sentence 2.1.1.2.(5) for application limitations).

‌OP Fire and Structural Protection of Buildings

An objective of this Code is to limit the probability that, as a result of the design, construction or demolition of the building, the building or adjacent buildings will be exposed to an unacceptable risk of damage due to fire or structural insufficiency, or the building or part thereof will be exposed to an unacceptable risk of loss of use also due to structural insufficiency.

Division A 2.2.1.1.

‌OP1 Fire Protection of the Building

An objective of this Code is to limit the probability that, as a result of its design or construction, the building will be exposed to an unacceptable risk of damage due to fire. The risks of damage due to fire addressed in this Code are those caused by—‌

‌OP1.1 – fire or explosion occurring

‌OP1.2 – fire or explosion impacting areas beyond its point of origin

OP1.3 – collapse of physical elements due to a fire or explosion

OP1.4 – fire safety systems failing to function as expected

‌OP2 Structural Sufficiency of the Building

An objective of this Code is to limit the probability that, as a result of its design or construction, the building or part thereof will be exposed to an unacceptable risk of damage or loss of use due to structural failure or lack of structural serviceability. The risks of damage and of loss of use due to structural failure or lack of structural serviceability addressed in this Code are those caused by—‌

‌OP2.1 – loads bearing on the building elements that exceed their loadbearing capacity‌

‌OP2.2 – loads bearing on the building that exceed the

‌loadbearing properties of the supporting medium OP2.3 – damage to or deterioration of building elements OP2.4 – vibration or deflection of building elements OP2.5 – instability of the building or part thereof

OP2.6 – instability or movement of the supporting medium

‌OP3 Protection of Adjacent Buildings from Fire

An objective of this Code is to limit the probability that, as a result of the design or construction of the building, adjacent buildings will be exposed to an unacceptable risk of damage due to fire. The risks of damage to adjacent buildings due to fire addressed in this Code are those caused by—

OP3.1 – fire or explosion impacting areas beyond the building

of origin

‌OP4 Protection of Adjacent Buildings from Structural Damage An objective of this Code is to limit the probability that, as a result of the design, construction or demolition of the building, adjacent buildings will be exposed to an unacceptable risk of structural damage. The risks of structural damage to adjacent buildings addressed in this Code are those caused by—‌

‌OP4.1 – settlement of the medium supporting adjacent‌

buildings

OP4.2 – collapse of the building or portion thereof onto adjacent buildings

OP4.3 – impact of the building on adjacent buildings

OP4.4 – collapse of the excavation

‌OE Environment

An objective of this Code is to limit the probability that, asa result of the design or construction of the building, the environment will be affected in an unacceptable manner.

2.2.1.1. Division A

‌OE1 Resources

An objective of this Code is to limit the probability that, as a result of the design or construction of the building, resources will be used in a manner that will have an unacceptable effect on the environment. The risks of unacceptable effect on the environment due to use of resources addressed in this Code are those caused by –

OE1.1 – excessive use of energy

‌Division A

‌Notes to Part 2 Objectives

‌A-2.1.1.2.(6) Application of Environment Objective. Objective OE, Environment (including its sub-objectives), is attributed to the requirements in Section 9.36. of Division B, which address energy efficiency for small residential buildings and certain small non-residential and mixed-use buildings (see

Article 9.36.1.3. of Division B). The objectives, functional statements and energy efficiency requirements for larger Part 9 residential buildings as well as for non-residential buildings whose combined total floor area exceeds 300 m2 and some mixed-use buildings are addressed in the National Energy Code for Buildings.

A-2.2.1.1.(1) Objectives.

Listing of objectives

Any gaps in the numbering sequence of the objectives are due to the fact that there is a master list of objectives covering the four principal National Code Documents—the National Building Code, the National Fire Code, the National Plumbing Code and the National Energy Code for Buildings—but not all objectives are pertinent to all Codes.

‌The building

Where the term “the building” is used in the wording of the objectives, it refers to the building for which compliance with the National Building Code is being assessed.

Emergency

The term “emergency”—in the context of safety in buildings—is often equated to the term “fire emergency;” however, the wording of objectives OS3.7 and OS5.9 makes it clear that the Code addresses any type of emergency that would require the rapid evacuation of the building, such as a bomb threat or the presence of intruders.

Fire Safety

In the definition of Objective OS1, Fire Safety, the term “person” refers to any individual in or adjacent to the building, including the occupants, the public, and emergency responders including firefighters when performing their duties.

Certain technical requirements in the National Model Codes are intended to address the safety of emergency responders, including firefighters, when performing their duties.

These Notes are included for explanatory purposes only and do not form part of the requirements. The number that introduces each Note corresponds to the applicable requirement in this Part.

2-8 Division A

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

Division A

Part 3 Functional Statements

Application
1. Application 3-1
Functional Statements
1. Functional Statements 3-1

Notes to Part 3 3-5

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

‌Division A

‌Part 3

Functional Statements

‌Section 3.1. Application‌

‌Application

‌Application
1. This Part applies to all buildings covered in this Code. (See Article 1.1.1.1.)

‌Application of Functional Statements

Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (4), the functional statements described in this Part apply
1. to all buildings covered in this Code (see Article 1.1.1.1.), and
2. only to the extent that they relate to compliance with this Code as required in Article 1.2.1.1.
Functional Statement F56 applies only to dwelling units.
Functional Statements F73 and F74 do not apply to
1. detached houses, semi-detached houses, houses with a secondary suite, duplexes, triplexes, townhouses, row houses and boarding houses (see Note A-1.4.1.2.(1), Secondary Suite),
2. buildings of Group F, Division 1 major occupancy, and
3. ‌buildings that are not intended to be occupied on a daily or full-time basis, including automatic telephone exchanges, pumphouses and substations.‌

Functional Statements F90 to F93, F95, F96 and F98 to F100 apply only to

buildings of residential occupancy to which Part 9 of Division B applies,
‌buildings containing business and personal services, mercantile or low-hazard industrial occupancies to which Part 9 of Division B applies whose combined total floor area does not exceed 300 m2, and

buildings containing a mix of the residential and non-residential occupancies

described in Clauses (a) and (b). (See also Article 1.3.3.3.)

‌Section 3.2. Functional Statements

‌Functional Statements
1. ‌Functional Statements
  1. The objectives of this Code are achieved by measures, such as those described in the acceptable solutions in Division B, that are intended to allow the building or its elements to perform the following functions (see Note A-3.2.1.1.(1)):‌‌

F01 To minimize the risk of accidental ignition.

F02 To limit the severity and effects of fire or explosions.

F03 To retard the effects of fire on areas beyond its point of origin.

‌3.2.1.1. Division A‌

‌F04 To retard failure or collapse due to the effects of fire.

‌F05 To retard the effects of fire on emergency egress facilities.

‌F06 To retard the effects of fire on facilities for notification, suppression and emergency response.

‌F10 To facilitate the timely movement of persons to a safe place in an emergency.

‌F11 To notify persons, in a timely manner, of the need to take action in an emergency.

‌F12 To facilitate emergency response.

‌F13 To notify emergency responders, in a timely manner, of the need to take action in an emergency.‌

‌F20 To support and withstand expected loads and forces.

‌F21 To limit or accommodate dimensional change.

F22 To limit movement under expected loads and forces.

‌F23 To maintain equipment in place during structural movement.

‌F30 To minimize the risk of injury to persons as a result of tripping, slipping, falling, contact, drowning or collision.

‌F31 To minimize the risk of injury to persons as a result of contact with hot surfaces or substances.

‌F32 To minimize the risk of injury to persons as a result of contact with energized equipment.‌

‌F33 To limit the level of sound of a fire alarm system. F34 To resist or discourage unwanted access or entry. F35 To facilitate the identification of potential intruders.‌

‌F36 To minimize the risk that persons will be trapped in confined spaces.‌

‌F40 To limit the level of contaminants.

‌F41 To minimize the risk of generation of contaminants.

F42 To resist the entry of vermin and insects.

‌F43 To minimize the risk of release of hazardous substances.

‌F44 To limit the spread of hazardous substances beyond their point of release.‌

‌F46 To minimize the risk of contamination of potable water.

‌F50 To provide air suitable for breathing.

‌F51 To maintain appropriate air and surface temperatures.

‌F52 To maintain appropriate relative humidity.

‌F53 To maintain appropriate indoor/outdoor air pressure differences.

F54 To limit drafts.

‌F55 To resist the transfer of air through environmental separators.

‌F56 To limit the transmission of airborne sound into a dwelling unit from spaces elsewhere in the building (see Sentence 3.1.1.2.(2) for application limitation).

F60 To control the accumulation and pressure of water on and in the ground.

F61 To resist the ingress of precipitation, water or moisture from the exterior or from the ground.

3-2 Division A National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

‌Division A 3.2.1.1.

‌F62 To facilitate the dissipation of water and moisture from the‌

‌building.

‌F63 To limit moisture condensation.

F70 To provide potable water.

‌F71 To provide facilities for personal hygiene.

‌F72 To provide facilities for the sanitary disposal of human and domestic wastes.

‌F73 To facilitate access to and circulation in the building and its facilities by persons with physical or sensory limitations (see Sentence 3.1.1.2.(3) for application limitation).

‌F74 To facilitate the use of the building's facilities by persons with physical or sensory limitations (see Sentence 3.1.1.2.(3) for application limitation).

‌F80 To resist deterioration resulting from expected service conditions.

‌F81 To minimize the risk of malfunction, interference, damage, tampering, lack of use or misuse.

‌F82 To minimize the risk of inadequate performance due to improper maintenance or lack of maintenance.

‌F90 To limit the amount of uncontrolled air leakage through the

building envelope.

‌F91 To limit the amount of uncontrolled air leakage through system components.

‌F92 To limit the amount of uncontrolled thermal transfer through the

building envelope.

‌F93 To limit the amount of uncontrolled thermal transfer through system components.

‌F95 To limit the unnecessary demand and/or consumption of energy for heating and cooling.

‌F96 To limit the unnecessary demand and/or consumption of energy for service water heating.‌

F98 To limit the inefficiency of equipment.

F99 To limit the inefficiency of systems.

F100 To limit the unnecessary rejection of reusable waste energy.

3-4 Division A

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

‌Division A

‌Notes to Part 3 Functional Statements

A-3.2.1.1.(1) Listing of Functional Statements. The numbered functional statements are grouped according to functions that deal with closely related subjects. For example, the first group deals with fire risks, the second group deals with emergency egress and response, etc. There may be gaps in the numbering sequence for the following reasons:

Each group has unused numbers which allows for the possible future creation of additional functional statements within any one group.
There is a master list of functional statements covering the four principal National Code Documents—the National Building Code, the National Fire Code, the National Plumbing Code and the National Energy Code for Buildings—but not all functional statements are pertinent to all Codes.

These Notes are included for explanatory purposes only and do not form part of the requirements. The number that introduces each Note corresponds to the applicable requirement in this Part.

3-6 Division A

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

Division B

Acceptable Solutions

Division B

Part 1 General

General
1. Application 1-1
2. Objectives and Functional
  Statements 1-1
3. Climatic and Seismic Data 1-1
4. Fire Safety Plan 1-1
Terms and Abbreviations
1. Definitions of Words and Phrases 1-2
2. Symbols and Other Abbreviations 1-2
Referenced Documents
and Organizations
1. Referenced Documents 1-2
2. Organizations 1-30

Notes to Part 1 1-33

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

‌Division B

Part 1 General

‌Section 1.1. General‌

‌Application
1. ‌Application‌
  1. This Part applies to all buildings covered in this Code. (See Article 1.1.1.1. of Division A.)
‌Objectives and Functional Statements
1. ‌Attributions to Acceptable Solutions
  1. For the purpose of compliance with this Code as required in
    Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) of Division A, the objectives and functional statements attributed to the acceptable solutions in Division B shall be the objectives and functional statements identified in Sections 2.5., 3.10., 4.5., 5.10., 6.10., 7.2., 8.3. and 9.37. (See Note A-1.1.2.1.(1).)‌
‌Climatic and Seismic Data‌
1. ‌Climatic and Seismic Values
  1. Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (4), the climatic and seismic values required for the design of buildings under this Code shall be in conformance with the values established by the authority having jurisdiction.
  2. Where they have not been established by the authority having jurisdiction, the climatic values required for the design of buildings shall be in conformance with Sentence (3) and the values listed in Appendix C. (See Note A-1.1.3.1.(2).)‌
  3. The outside winter design temperatures determined from Appendix C shall be those listed for the January 2.5% values. (See Note A-1.1.3.1.(3).)
  4. Where they have not been established by the authority having jurisdiction, the seismic values required for the design of buildings under Part 4 and Part 9 shall be in conformance with Appendix C. (See Note A-1.1.3.1.(4).)
2. ‌Depth of Frost Penetration‌
  1. Depth of frost penetration shall be established on the basis of local experience.
‌Fire Safety Plan‌
1. ‌Fire Safety Plan
  1. Where a fire safety plan is required, it shall conform to Section 2.8. of Division B of the NFC.

‌1.2.1.1. Division B

‌Section 1.2. Terms and Abbreviations

‌Definitions of Words and Phrases
1. ‌Non-defined Terms
  1. Words and phrases used in Division B that are not included in the list of definitions in Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A shall have the meanings that are commonly assigned to them in the context in which they are used, taking into account the specialized use of terms by the various trades and professions to which the terminology applies.
  2. Where objectives and functional statements are referred to in Division B, they shall be the objectives and functional statements described in Parts 2 and 3 of Division A.
  3. Where acceptable solutions are referred to in Division B, they shall be the provisions stated in Parts 2 to 9.
2. ‌Defined Terms‌
  1. The words and terms in italics in Division B shall have the meanings assigned to them in Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A.
‌Symbols and Other Abbreviations
1. ‌Symbols and Other Abbreviations
  1. The symbols and other abbreviations in Division B shall have the meanings assigned to them in Article 1.4.2.1. of Division A and Article 1.3.2.1.

‌Section 1.3. Referenced Documents and Organizations‌

‌Referenced Documents

‌Effective Date
1. ‌Unless otherwise specified herein, the documents referenced in this Code shall include all amendments, revisions, reaffirmations, reapprovals, addenda and supplements effective to 15 July 2019.

‌Applicable Editions‌

Where documents are referenced in this Code, they shall be the editions designated in Table 1.3.1.2.

Table 1.3.1.2.

Documents Referenced in the National Building Code of Canada 2020(1)(2)

Forming Part of Sentence 1.3.1.2.(1)

‌Issuing Agency	Document Number(3)	Title of Document	Code Reference
AAMA	501-05	Methods of Test for Exterior Walls	A-5.9.3.
‌AAMA	501.1-05	Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Windows, Curtain Walls and Doors Using Dynamic Pressure	A-5.9.3.
AAMA	501.2-09	Quality Assurance and Diagnostic Water Leakage Field Check of Installed Storefronts, Curtain Walls, and Sloped Glazing Systems	A-5.9.3.

Division B 1.3.1.2.

Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

Issuing Agency

Document Number(3)

Title of Document

Code Reference

‌AAMA

‌AAMA AAMA‌

501.4-09

501.5-07

501.6-09

Recommended Static Test Method for Evaluating Curtain Wall and Storefront Systems Subjected to Seismic and Wind-Induced Inter-Story Drifts

Test Method for Thermal Cycling of Exterior Walls

Recommended Dynamic Test Method for Determining the Seismic Drift Causing Glass Fallout from a Wall System

A-5.9.3.

A-5.9.3.3.(1)

A-4.1.8.18.(14) and (15) A-5.9.3.

ACGIH

28th Edition

‌Industrial Ventilation: A Manual of Recommended Practice for Design

‌ACI

355.2-19

355.4M-19

Qualification of Post-Installed Mechanical Anchors in Concrete (ACI 355.2-19) and Commentary

Qualification of Post-Installed Adhesive Anchors in Concrete (ACI 355.4M-19) and Commentary

4.1.8.18.(7)

‌AHRI

‌AHRI AHRI‌

ANSI/AHRI 210/240-2008 1060 (I-P/2013)

ANSI/AHRI 1500 (2015)

Performance Rating of Unitary Air-Conditioning and Air-Source Heat Pump Equipment

Performance Rating of Air-to-Air Exchangers for Energy Recovery Ventilation Equipment

Performance Rating of Commercial Space Heating Boilers

Table 9.36.3.10.

9.36.3.8.(4)

Table 9.36.3.10.

‌AISI

S201-12

North American Standard for Cold-Formed Steel Framing - Product Data 2012 Edition

9.24.1.2.(1)

‌ANSI ANSI‌

A135.6-2012 A208.1-2009

Engineered Wood Siding Particleboard

‌ANSI/CSA

‌ANSI/CSA ANSI/CSA ANSI/CSA ANSI/CSA‌‌‌

ANSI Z21.10.3-2017/CSA 4.3-2017

ANSI Z21.47-2016/CSA 2.3-2016

ANSI Z21.50-2016/CSA 2.22-2016

ANSI Z21.56-2017/CSA 4.7-2017

ANSI Z83.8-2016/CSA 2.6-2016

Gas-fired water heaters, volume III, storage water heaters with input ratings above 75,000 Btu per hour, circulating and instantaneous

Gas-fired central furnaces Vented decorative gas appliances Gas-fired pool heaters

‌Gas unit heaters, gas packaged heaters, gas utility heaters and gas-fired duct furnaces

APA

ANSI/APA PRG 320-2018

Standard for Performance-Rated Cross-Laminated Timber

3.1.6.3.(3)

‌ASCE ASCE‌

‌ASCE‌

ASCE/SEI (7-10)

ASCE/SEI (8-02)

ASCE/SEI (49-12)

Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures

Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Stainless Steel Structural Members

Wind Tunnel Testing for Buildings and Other Structures

A-4.1.8.18.(14) and (15)

A-9.4.2.1. and 9.4.2.2.

A-4.3.4.2.(1)

4.1.7.14.(1)

‌ASHRAE ASHRAE ASHRAE‌

‌ASHRAE

ASHRAE

1997

2011

2013

Guideline 12-2000

ANSI/ASHRAE 62-2001

ASHRAE Handbook – Fundamentals ASHRAE Handbook – HVAC Applications ASHRAE Handbook – Fundamentals

Minimizing the Risk of Legionellosis Associated with Building Water Systems

Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality (except Addendum n)

A-9.32.3.11.

A-2.4.2.1.(1)

A-9.36.2.4.(1)

Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)-D

1.3.1.2. Division B

Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

Issuing Agency	Document Number(3)	Title of Document	Code Reference
‌ASHRAE ‌ASHRAE ASHRAE‌	ANSI/ASHRAE 62.1-2016 ANSI/ASHRAE 140-2011 ANSI/ASHRAE 188-2015	Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality Standard Method of Test for the Evaluation of Building Energy Analysis Computer Programs Legionellosis: Risk Management for Building Water Systems	6.3.1.1.(2) 6.3.1.1.(3) 6.3.2.2.(1) 9.36.5.4.(8) A-6.2.1.1.
‌ASME	B18.6.1-1981	Wood Screws (Inch Series)	Table 5.9.1.1. 9.23.3.1.(3) A-9.23.3.1.(3)
ASME/CSA	ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16	Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators	3.2.6.7.(2) 3.5.2.1.(1) 3.5.2.1.(2) 3.5.2.1.(3) 3.5.4.1.(2) 3.5.4.2.(1) A-3.5.2.1.(1) Table 4.1.5.11. Table 4.1.8.18.
‌ASTM ASTM‌ ‌ASTM ASTM ASTM ASTM‌‌‌ ‌ASTM ASTM ‌ASTM ‌ASTM ASTM ASTM ASTM ASTM‌‌‌‌	A123/A123M-17 A153/A153M-16a A252-10 A283/A283M-18 A390-06 A653/A653M-18 A792/A792M-10 A1008/A1008M-18 A1011/A1011M-18a C4-04 C27-98 C73-17 C126-13 C177-19	Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware Standard Specification for Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe Piles Standard Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Poultry Fence Fabric (Hexagonal and Straight Line) Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, 55% Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, Solution Hardened, and Bake Hardenable Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, and Ultra-High Strength Standard Specification for Clay Drain Tile and Perforated Clay Drain Tile Standard Classification of Fireclay and High-Alumina Refractory Brick Standard Specification for Calcium Silicate Brick (Sand-Lime Brick) Ceramic Glazed Structural Clay Facing Tile, Facing Brick, and Solid Masonry Units Standard Test Method for Steady-State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded-Hot-Plate Apparatus	Table 5.9.1.1. Table 9.20.16.1. Table 5.9.1.1. Table 9.20.16.1. 9.23.2.4.(2) 4.2.3.8.(1) 4.2.3.8.(1) Table 9.10.3.1.-B Table 5.9.1.1. 9.3.3.2.(1) 9.23.2.4.(1) 9.3.3.2.(1) 4.2.3.8.(1) 4.2.3.8.(1) Table 5.9.1.1. 9.14.3.1.(1) 9.21.3.4.(1) Table 5.9.1.1. 9.20.2.1.(1) Table 5.9.1.1. 9.20.2.1.(1) 9.36.2.2.(1)

Division B 1.3.1.2.

Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

Issuing Agency

Document Number(3)

Title of Document

Code Reference

‌ASTM ASTM ASTM‌

‌ASTM ASTM ASTM ASTM ASTM‌‌‌‌‌

‌ASTM ASTM ASTM ASTM ASTM‌‌‌

‌ASTM ASTM‌

‌ASTM ASTM‌‌

ASTM

C212-17 C260/C260M-10a C411-19

C412M-15 C444M-17 C494/C494M-17 C516-08e1 C518-17

C553-13 C612-14 C700-18 C726-17 C754-18

C834-17 C840-18b

C920-18 C954-18

C991-16 C1002-07

C1055-03

Standard Specification for Structural Clay Facing Tile

Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete

Standard Specification for Hot-Surface Performance of High-Temperature Thermal Insulation

Standard Specification for Concrete Drain Tile Standard Specification for Perforated Concrete Pipe

Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete

Standard Specification for Vermiculite Loose Fill Thermal Insulation

Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus

Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Commercial and Industrial Applications

Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation

Standard Specification for Vitrified Clay Pipe, Extra Strength, Standard Strength, and Perforated

Standard Specification for Mineral Wool Roof Insulation Board

Standard Specification for Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw-Attached Gypsum Panel Products

Standard Specification for Latex Sealants

Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board

Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants

Standard Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Steel Studs from 0.033 in. (0.84 mm) to 0.112 in. (2.84 mm) in Thickness

Standard Specification for Flexible Fibrous Glass Insulation for Metal Buildings

Standard Specification for Steel Self-Piercing Tapping Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs or Steel Studs

Standard Guide for Heated System Surface Conditions that Produce Contact Burn Injuries

1.3.1.2. Division B

Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

Issuing Agency

Document Number(3)

Title of Document

Code Reference

ASTM

‌ASTM

‌ASTM ASTM ASTM ASTM ASTM ASTM ASTM‌‌‌‌‌‌‌

ASTM

‌ASTM ASTM ASTM ASTM ASTM ASTM‌‌‌‌‌‌

‌ASTM

ASTM

C1177/C1177M-17

C1178/C1178M-18

C1184-18e1 C1193-16 C1280-13 C1299-03 C1311-14 C1330-18 C1363-11

C1396/C1396M-17

C1472-16 C1658/C1658M-18 D323-15a

D1037-12 D1143/D1143M-07 D1227/D1227M-13

D1761-12

D2178/D2178M-13a

Standard Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum Substrate for Use as Sheathing

Standard Specification for Coated Glass Mat Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Panel

Standard Specification for Structural Silicone Sealants Standard Specification for Use of Joint Sealants

Standard Specification for Application of Exterior Gypsum Panel Products for Use as Sheathing

Standard Guide for Use in Selection of Liquid-Applied Sealants

Standard Specification for Solvent Release Sealants

Standard Specification for Cylindrical Sealant Backing for Use with Cold Liquid-Applied Sealants

Standard Test Method for Thermal Performance of Building Materials and Envelope Assemblies by Means of a Hot Box Apparatus

Standard Specification for Gypsum Board

Standard Guide for Calculating Movement and Other Effects When Establishing Sealant Joint Width

Standard Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum Panels

Standard Test Method for Vapor Pressure of Petroleum Products (Reid Method)

Standard Test Methods for Evaluating Properties of Wood-Base Fiber and Particle Panel Materials

Standard Test Methods for Deep Foundations Under Static Axial Compressive Load

Standard Specification for Emulsified Asphalt Used as a Protective Coating for Roofing

Standard Test Methods for Mechanical Fasteners in Wood and Wood-Based Materials

Standard Specification for Asphalt Glass Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing

3.1.5.14.(6)

3.1.5.15.(4)

Table 5.9.1.1. Table 9.23.17.2.-A A-9.27.14.2.(2)(a)

Table 5.9.1.1. A-9.27.4.2.(1)

Table 5.9.1.1. Table 9.23.17.2.-A 9.29.5.2.(1)

1.4.1.2.(1)(4)

Division B 1.3.1.2.

Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

Issuing Agency

Document Number(3)

Title of Document

Code Reference

ASTM

‌ASTM‌

‌ASTM ASTM ASTM‌

‌ASTM‌

‌ASTM

‌ASTM ASTM‌

‌ASTM ASTM ASTM‌‌

‌ASTM

ASTM

‌ASTM

‌ASTM‌

ASTM

D2898-10

D3019/D3019M-17

D3679-17 D4477-16

D4479/D4479M-07e1

D4637/D4637M-15

D4811/D4811M-16

D5456-19 D6878/D6878M-11a

D7254-17 D7793-17

D8052/D8052M-17 E90-09

E96/E96M-16

E283-04

E330/E330M-14

E331-00

Standard Practice for Accelerated Weathering of Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood for Fire Testing

Standard Specification for Lap Cement Used with Asphalt Roll Roofing, Non-Fibered, and Fibered

Standard Specification for Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Siding

Standard Specification for Rigid (Unplasticized) Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Soffit

Standard Specification for Asphalt Roof Coatings – Asbestos-Free

Standard Specification for EPDM Sheet Used In Single-Ply Roof Membrane

Standard Specification for Nonvulcanized (Uncured) Rubber Sheet Used as Roof Flashing

Standard Specification for Evaluation of Structural Composite Lumber Products

Standard Specification for Thermoplastic Polyolefin Based Sheet Roofing

Standard Specification for Polypropylene (PP) Siding Standard Specification for Insulated Vinyl Siding

Standard Test Method for Quantification of Air Leakage in Low-Sloped Membrane Roof Assemblies

Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements

Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials

Standard Test Method for Determining Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen

Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Doors, Skylights and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference

Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference

1.3.1.2. Division B

Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

Issuing Agency

Document Number(3)

Title of Document

Code Reference

ASTM

‌ASTM

‌ASTM‌

‌ASTM

‌ASTM ASTM‌

‌ASTM

ASTM

‌ASTM ASTM ASTM ASTM‌‌‌‌

‌ASTM

‌ASTM ASTM‌

‌ASTM

E336-11

E413-16

E492-09e1

E547-00

E597-95

E736/E736M-17 E783-02

E1007-19

E1105-15

E1186-17 E1300-16 E2190-19 E2307-15b

E2357-18

F476-14 F1667-18a

F2090-17

G115-10

Standard Test Method for Measurement of Airborne Sound Attenuation between Rooms in Buildings

Classification for Rating Sound Insulation

Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Impact Sound Transmission Through Floor-Ceiling Assemblies Using the Tapping Machine

Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by Cyclic Static Air Pressure Difference

Practice for Determining a Single Number Rating of Airborne Sound Insulation for Use in Multi-Unit Building Specifications

Standard Test Method for Cohesion/Adhesion of Sprayed Fire-Resistive Materials Applied to Structural Members

Standard Test Method for Field Measurement of Air Leakage Through Installed Exterior Windows and Doors

Standard Test Method for Field Measurement of Tapping Machine Impact Sound Transmission Through Floor-Ceiling Assemblies and Associated Support Structures

Standard Test Method for Field Determination of Water Penetration of Installed Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls, by Uniform or Cyclic Static Air Pressure Difference

Standard Practices for Air Leakage Site Detection in Building Envelopes and Air Barrier Systems

Standard Practice for Determining Load Resistance of Glass in Buildings

Standard Specification for Insulating Glass Unit Performance and Evaluation

Standard Test Method for Determining Fire Resistance of Perimeter Fire Barriers Using Intermediate-Scale, Multi-storey Test Apparatus

Standard Test Method for Determining Air Leakage Rate of Air Barrier Assemblies

Standard Test Methods for Security of Swinging Door Assemblies

Standard Specification for Driven Fasteners: Nails, Spikes, and Staples

Standard Specification for Window Fall Prevention Devices With Emergency Escape (Egress) Release Mechanisms

Standard Guide for Measuring and Reporting Friction Coefficients

5.8.1.2.(2)

5.8.1.4.(7)

9.11.1.2.(2) A-9.11.

A-1.4.1.2.(1)(4) 5.8.1.2.(1)

A-5.9.3.5.(2) A-9.11.

Table 9.10.3.1.-B

A-5.4.1.2.(2)

A-5.9.2.3.(1)

A-5.9.3.4.(2) A-9.11.

BNQ

BNQ 3624-115/2016

Polyethylene (PE) Pipe and Fittings for Soil and Foundation Drainage

Table 5.9.1.1.

9.14.3.1.(1)

Division B 1.3.1.2.

Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

Issuing Agency

Document Number(3)

Title of Document

Code Reference

‌CCBFC CCBFC CCBFC CCBFC CCBFC CCBFC CCBFC‌‌‌‌‌

‌CCBFC

NRCC 35951

NRCC 38730

NRCC 38732

NRCC 40383

NRCC 43963

NRCC 56190

NRCC-CONST-56436E

NRCC-CONST-56437E

Guidelines for Application of Part 3 of the National Building Code of Canada to Existing Buildings

Model National Energy Code of Canada for Houses 1997 National Farm Building Code of Canada 1995

User's Guide – NBC 1995, Fire Protection, Occupant Safety and Accessibility (Part 3)

User's Guide – NBC 1995, Application of Part 9 to Existing Buildings

National Building Code of Canada 2015 National Plumbing Code of Canada 2020

National Fire Code of Canada 2020

A-1.1.1.1.(1)(4)

A-1.1.1.1.(1)(4)

A-3.2.1.1.(1)(4) 1.1.4.1.(1)

A-3.2.4.6.(2) A-3.2.6.

A-3.2.7.8.(3)

1.3.1.2. Division B

Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

Issuing Agency

Document Number(3)

Title of Document

Code Reference

‌CCBFC

NRCC-CONST-56438E

NRCC-CONST-56529E

National Fire Code of Canada 2020 (continued)

National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020

Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)

A-3.2.1.1.(1)(4) A-5.4.1.

A-2.2.8.1.(1)(5) 9.36.1.3.(1)

A-2.3.1.1.(1) A-2.3.4.

Division B 1.3.1.2.

Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

Issuing Agency

Document Number(3)

Title of Document

Code Reference

Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B) (continued)

A-4.1.8.3.(7)(b) and (c) A-4.1.8.3.(8)

A-4.1.8.4.(2) and (3)

A-4.1.8.10.(5) and (6)

A-4.1.8.18.(14) and (15)

1.3.1.2. Division B

Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

Issuing Agency

Document Number(3)

Title of Document

Code Reference

‌CGSB CGSB CGSB‌‌

‌CGSB

CGSB

‌CGSB CGSB CGSB CGSB CGSB‌‌‌‌‌

‌CGSB CGSB

‌CGSB‌

‌CGSB CGSB‌

‌CGSB

‌CGSB CGSB‌

CGSB

CAN/CGSB-1.501-M89 CAN/CGSB-7.2-94 CAN/CGSB-10.3-92

CAN/CGSB-11.3-M87

CAN/CGSB-12.1-2017

CAN/CGSB-12.2-M91 CAN/CGSB-12.3-M91 CAN/CGSB-12.4-M91 CAN/CGSB-12.8-97 CAN/CGSB-12.9-M91

CAN/CGSB-12.10-M76 CAN/CGSB-12.11-M90

CAN/CGSB-12.20-M89

CAN/CGSB-19.22-M89 37-GP-9Ma-1983

CAN/CGSB-37.50-M89

CAN/CGSB-37.51-M90 CAN/CGSB-37.54-95

37-GP-55M-1979

Method for Permeance of Coated Wallboard Adjustable Steel Columns

Air Setting Refractory Mortar

Hardboard

Safety Glazing

Flat, Clear Sheet Glass Flat, Clear Float Glass Heat Absorbing Glass Insulating glass units Spandrel glass

Glass, Light and Heat Reflecting Wired Safety Glass

Structural Design of Glass for Buildings

Mildew-Resistant Sealing Compound for Tubs and Tiles

Primer, Asphalt, Unfilled, for Asphalt Roofing, Dampproofing and Waterproofing

Hot-Applied, Rubberized Asphalt for Roofing and Waterproofing

Application for Hot-Applied Rubberized Asphalt for Roofing and Waterproofing

Polyvinyl Chloride Roofing and Waterproofing Membrane

Application of Sheet Applied Flexible Polyvinyl Chloride Roofing Membrane

Division B 1.3.1.2.

Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

Issuing Agency

Document Number(3)

Title of Document

Code Reference

‌CGSB CGSB‌

‌CGSB CGSB

‌CGSB‌

CGSB

‌CGSB CGSB‌‌

‌CGSB CGSB‌

CGSB

‌CGSB‌

37-GP-56M-1985 CAN/CGSB-37.58-M86

CAN/CGSB-41.24-95 CAN/CGSB-51.25-M87

51-GP-27M-1979 CAN/CGSB-51.32-M77

CAN/CGSB-51.33-M89

CAN/CGSB-51.34-M86

CAN/CGSB-51.71-2005 CAN/CGSB-71.26-M88

CAN/CGSB-82.6-M86 CAN/CGSB-93.1-M85

CAN/CGSB-93.2-M91

CAN/CGSB-149.10-2019

Membrane, Modified, Bituminous, Prefabricated, and Reinforced for Roofing

Membrane, Elastomeric, Cold-Applied Liquid, for Non-Exposed Use in Roofing and Waterproofing

Rigid Vinyl Siding, Soffits and Fascia Thermal Insulation, Phenolic, Faced

Thermal Insulation, Polystyrene, Loose Fill Sheathing, Membrane, Breather Type

Vapour Barrier Sheet, Excluding Polyethylene, for Use in Building Construction

Vapour Barrier, Polyethylene Sheet for Use in Building Construction

Depressurization Test

Adhesive for Field-Gluing Plywood to Lumber Framing for Floor Systems

Doors, Mirrored Glass, Sliding or Folding, Wardrobe Sheet, Aluminum Alloy, Prefinished, Residential

Prefinished Aluminum Siding, Soffits, and Fascia, for Residential Use

Determination of the airtightness of building envelopes by the fan depressurization method

Table 9.23.17.2.-A 9.25.2.2.(1)

Table A-9.23.4.2.(2)-C

A-9.27.11.1.(2) and (3)

A-9.27.11.1.(2) and (3)

9.36.6.3.(1)

9.36.6.3.(2)

‌CISC/ICCA

2018

‌Crane-Supporting Steel Structures: Design Guide (Third Edition)

A-4.1.3.2.(2)

‌CMHC

CMHC

1988

1993

Air Permeance of Building Materials

Testing of Fresh Air Mixing Devices

Table A-9.25.5.1.(1)

A-9.32.3.4.

‌CSA

CSA

6.19-01

A23.1:19

Residential carbon monoxide alarming devices

Concrete materials and methods of concrete construction

1.3.1.2. Division B

Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

Issuing Agency

Document Number(3)

Title of Document

Code Reference

CSA

‌CSA CSA‌‌

CSA

‌CSA CSA‌

‌CSA CSA‌‌

‌CSA CSA

‌CSA CSA CSA‌‌‌

‌CSA CSA‌

‌CSA

CSA

A23.3:19

A23.4-16 CAN/CSA-A82:14

CAN/CSA A82.27-M91

A82.30-M1980 A82.31-M1980

CAN3-A93-M82 CAN/CSA-A123.2-03

A123.3-05 CAN/CSA-A123.4-04

A123.5:16

CAN/CSA-A123.16:04 A123.17-05

CAN/CSA-A123.21:14 A123.22-08

A123.23-15

A123.51-14

Design of concrete structures

Precast concrete – Materials and construction Fired masonry brick made from clay or shale

Gypsum Board

Interior Furring, Lathing and Gypsum Plastering Gypsum Board Application

Natural Airflow Ventilators for Buildings Asphalt-Coated Roofing Sheets

Asphalt Saturated Organic Roofing Felt

Asphalt for Constructing Built-Up Roof Coverings and Waterproofing Systems

Asphalt shingles made from glass felt and surfaced with mineral granules

Asphalt-coated glass-base sheets

Asphalt Glass Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing

Standard test method for the dynamic wind uplift resistance of membrane-roofing systems

Self-Adhering Polymer Modified Bituminous Sheet Materials Used as Steep Roofing Underlayment for Ice Dam Protection

Product specification for polymer-modified bitumen sheet, prefabricated and reinforced

Asphalt shingle application on roof slopes 1:6 and steeper

Division B 1.3.1.2.

Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

Issuing Agency

Document Number(3)

Title of Document

Code Reference

CSA

‌CSA CSA CSA‌‌‌

‌CSA

‌CSA CSA CSA‌

‌CSA

‌CSA‌

CSA

‌CSA

A165.1-14

A165.2-14 A165.3-14

CAN/CSA-A179-14

CAN/CSA-A220 Series-06

A277-16

CAN/CSA-A324-M88 CAN/CSA-A370:14 CAN/CSA-A371-14

CAN/CSA-A405-M87

AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440-17

A440S1:19

A440.2:19/A440.3:19

A440.2:19

A440.3:19

Concrete block masonry units

Concrete brick masonry units Prefaced concrete masonry units Mortar and Grout for Unit Masonry

Concrete Roof Tiles

Procedure for certification of prefabricated buildings, modules, and panels

Clay Flue Liners Connectors for masonry

Masonry Construction for Buildings

Design and Construction of Masonry Chimneys and Fireplaces

North American Fenestration Standard/Specification for windows, doors, and skylights

Canadian Supplement to AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440-17, North American Fenestration Standard/Specification for windows, doors, and skylights

Fenestration energy performance/User guide to CSA A440.2:19, Fenestration energy performance

Fenestration energy performance

User guide to CSA A440.2:19, Fenestration energy performance

9.26.17.1.(1) A-1.1.1.1.(2)(4)

A-5.9.3.3.(1) Table 9.36.8.6. A-9.7.4.2.(1)

A-5.3.1.2.

1.3.1.2. Division B

Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

Issuing Agency

Document Number(3)

Title of Document

Code Reference

‌CSA

‌CSA CSA‌

‌CSA

‌CSA CSA

‌CSA‌

‌CSA CSA‌

CSA

‌CSA‌

‌CSA

‌CSA CSA‌

‌CSA CSA

‌CSA

A440.4:19

A660-10 A3001-18

B51:19

B52:18 B55.1:15

CAN/CSA-B72-M87 B111-1974

B139 Series:19

B140.4:04 B140.12-03

B149.1-15

ANSI/CSA-B149.6-15 B182.1-18

CAN/CSA-B211-00 B214-16

B355:19 B365-17

B415.1-10

Window, door, and skylight installation

Certification of manufacturers of steel building systems Cementitious Materials for Use in Concrete

Boiler, pressure vessel, and pressure piping code

Mechanical refrigeration code

Test method for measuring efficiency and pressure loss of drain water heat recovery units

Installation Code for Lightning Protection Systems Wire Nails, Spikes and Staples

Installation code for oil-burning equipment

Oil-Fired Warm Air Furnaces

Oil-Burning Equipment: Service Water Heaters for Domestic Hot Water, Space Heating, and Swimming Pools

Natural gas and propane installation code

Code for digester gas, landfill gas, and biogas generation and utilization

Plastic drain and sewer pipe and pipe fittings

Energy Efficiency of Oil-Fired Storage Tank Water Heaters Installation code for hydronic heating systems

Platform lifts and stair lifts for barrier-free access

Installation code for solid-fuel-burning appliances and equipment

Performance Testing of Solid-Fuel-Burning Heating Appliances

9.33.5.2.(1) A-9.10.22.

A-9.33.5.3. Table 9.36.3.10.

Division B 1.3.1.2.

Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

Issuing Agency

Document Number(3)

Title of Document

Code Reference

CSA

‌CSA

‌CSA CSA‌

‌CSA CSA‌‌

‌CSA CSA CSA‌‌

‌CSA CSA CSA‌

‌CSA CSA‌‌

‌CSA

CSA

B651-18

C22.1-18

C22.2 No. 0.3-09

C22.2 No. 113-10

C22.2 No. 141:15

CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 150-M89 C22.2 No. 211.0-03

CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 262-04 CAN/CSA-C191-04 CAN/CSA-C260-M90

C282-15 C368.1:14 CAN/CSA-C439-09

CAN/CSA-C448 Series-13 C656-14

CAN/CSA-C745-03

CAN/CSA-C746-06

Accessible design for the built environment

Canadian Electrical Code, Part I (24th edition), Safety Standard for Electrical Installations

Test methods for electrical wires and cables

Fans and Ventilators Emergency lighting equipment

Microwave Ovens

General Requirements and Methods of Testing for Nonmetallic Conduit

Optical Fiber Cable and Communication Cable Raceway Systems

Performance of Electric Storage Tank Water Heaters for Domestic Hot Water Service

Rating the Performance of Residential Mechanical Ventilating Equipment

Emergency electrical power supply for buildings Energy performance of room air conditioners

Standard laboratory methods of test for rating the performance of heat/energy-recovery ventilators

Design and installation of earth energy systems

Performance standard for split-system and single-package air conditioners and heat pumps

Energy Efficiency of Electric Storage Tank Water Heaters and Heat Pump Water Heaters

Performance Standard for Rating Large and Single Packaged Vertical Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps

9.34.1.1.(1) A-9.10.22.

9.9.12.3.(7) A-9.10.22. 3.1.5.23.(1)

3.1.5.23.(1)

Table 9.36.4.2.

9.32.3.10.(1)

9.32.3.10.(2) Table 9.32.3.10.-B

1.3.1.2. Division B

Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

Issuing Agency

Document Number(3)

Title of Document

Code Reference

‌CSA

‌CSA CSA‌

CSA

‌CSA

‌CSA‌

CSA

‌CSA CSA‌‌

‌CSA CSA‌

‌CSA CSA CSA‌

‌CSA CSA CSA‌‌‌

CSA

C748-13

CAN/CSA-C749-07 CAN/CSA-C828-13

CAN/CSA-C13256-1-01

CAN/CSA-C13256-2-01

F280-12

CAN/CSA-F326-M91

G30.18-09 G40.21-13

CAN/CSA-G401-14 CAN/CSA-O80 Series-15

CAN/CSA-O80.0-15 CAN/CSA-O80.1-15

CAN/CSA-O80.2-15 CAN/CSA-O80.3-15 O86:19

O112.9:10 O112.10-08 O118.1-08

O118.2-08

Performance of direct-expansion (DX) ground-source heat pumps

Performance of Dehumidifiers

Performance requirements for thermostats used with individual room electric space heating devices

Water-Source Heat Pumps - Testing and Rating for Performance - Part 1: Water-to-Air and Brine-to-Air Heat Pumps (Adopted ISO 13256-1:1998, first edition, 1998-08-15, with Canadian Deviations)

Water-Source Heat Pumps - Testing and Rating for Performance - Part 2: Water-to-Water and Brine-to-Water Heat Pumps (Adopted ISO 13256-2:1998, first edition, 1998-08-15, with Canadian Deviations)

Determining the required capacity of residential space heating and cooling appliances

Residential Mechanical Ventilation Systems

Carbon steel bars for concrete reinforcement Structural quality steel

Corrugated steel pipe products Wood preservation

General requirements for wood preservation Specification of treated wood

Processing and treatment Preservative formulations Engineering design in wood

Evaluation of adhesives for structural wood products (exterior exposure)

Evaluation of Adhesives for Structural Wood Products (Limited Moisture Exposure)

Western Red Cedar Shakes and Shingles

Eastern White Cedar Shingles

A-5.1.4.1.(6)(b) and (c) A-9.15.2.4.(1)

Division B 1.3.1.2.

Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

Issuing Agency

Document Number(3)

Title of Document

Code Reference

CSA

‌CSA‌

‌CSA CSA‌

CSA

‌CSA

‌CSA‌

CSA

‌CSA

O121-17

CAN/CSA-O122-16

CAN/CSA-O132.2 Series-90 O141:05

O151-17

O153-13

O177-06

O325-16

O437.0-93

Douglas fir plywood

Structural glued-laminated timber Wood Flush Doors

Softwood Lumber

Canadian softwood plywood

Poplar plywood

Qualification Code for Manufacturers of Structural Glued-Laminated Timber

Construction sheathing

OSB and Waferboard

Table 5.9.1.1.

9.23.15.2.(1)

9.23.16.2.(1) Table 9.23.17.2.-A 9.27.8.1.(1)

9.30.2.2.(1)

Table 9.23.12.3.-A Table 9.23.12.3.-B Table 9.23.12.3.-C

Table 9.23.4.2.-K Table 9.23.12.3.-D

9.23.16.2.(1) Table 9.23.17.2.-A 9.27.8.1.(1)

9.30.2.2.(1)

Table 9.23.12.3.-A Table 9.23.12.3.-B Table 9.23.12.3.-C

Table 5.9.1.1.

9.23.15.2.(1)

9.23.16.2.(1) Table 9.23.17.2.-A 9.27.8.1.(1)

9.30.2.2.(1)

4.3.1.2.(1)

Table 9.23.4.2.-K Table 9.23.12.3.-D

Table 9.23.12.3.-A Table 9.23.12.3.-B Table 9.23.12.3.-C

9.23.16.3.(2) Table 9.23.17.2.-A 9.27.10.1.(1)

9.29.9.1.(2)

9.30.2.2.(1)

Table 9.23.12.3.-A Table 9.23.12.3.-B Table 9.23.12.3.-C A-9.23.15.4.(2)

1.3.1.2. Division B

Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

Issuing Agency

Document Number(3)

Title of Document

Code Reference

‌CSA

‌CSA CSA‌

‌CSA CSA

‌CSA

‌CSA CSA CSA‌‌

‌CSA CSA‌‌

‌CSA CSA‌

‌CSA CSA CSA‌‌

‌CSA CSA‌

‌CSA

‌CSA CSA

CAN/CSA-P.2-13

CAN/CSA-P.3-15

CAN/CSA-P.4.1-15 P.6-09

CAN/CSA-P.8-09 CAN/CSA-P.9-11

P.10-07

CAN/CSA-P.11-07 S6-14

S16:19

CAN/CSA-S37-18 S136-16

S157-17/S157.1-17 S269.1-16

S269.2-16

CAN/CSA-S269.3-M92 S304-14

S367-12 S406-16

S413-14

S478:19 S832:14

Testing method for measuring the annual fuel utilization efficiency of residential gas-fired or oil-fired furnaces and boilers

Testing method for measuring energy consumption and determining efficiencies of gas-fired and fuel oil-fired water heaters

Testing method for measuring annual fireplace efficiency

Test method for measuring thermal efficiency of gas-fired pool heaters

Thermal efficiencies of industrial and commercial gas-fired package furnaces

Test method for determining the performance of combined space and water heating systems (combos)

Performance of Integrated Mechanical Systems for Residential Heating and Ventilation

Testing Method for Measuring Efficiency and Energy Consumption of Gas-Fired Unit Heaters

Canadian Highway Bridge Design Code Design of steel structures

Antennas, towers, and antenna-supporting structures

North American specification for the design of cold-formed steel structural members (using the Appendix B provisions applicable to Canada)

Strength design in aluminum/Commentary on CSA S157-17, Strength design in aluminum

Falsework and formwork

Access scaffolding for construction purposes Concrete Formwork

Design of masonry structures

Air-, cable-, and frame-supported membrane structures

Specification of permanent wood foundations for housing and small buildings

Parking structures Durability in buildings

Seismic risk reduction of operational and functional components (OFCs) of buildings

Table 9.36.4.2. Table 9.36.5.15.-C

9.36.3.9.(2)

Table 9.36.3.10.

Table 9.36.4.2. Table 9.36.5.15.-C

A-9.15.1.1.(1)(c) and

A-5.1.4.1.(6)(b) and (c) 4.4.1.1.(1)

Division B 1.3.1.2.

Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

Issuing Agency	Document Number(3)	Title of Document	Code Reference
‌CSA ‌CSA CSA‌ ‌CSA ‌CSA ‌CSA CSA‌	Z32-15 Z240 MH Series-16 Z240.2.1-16 Z240.10.1:19 CAN/CSA-Z317.2-15 CAN/CSA-Z662-15 Z7396.1-17	Electrical safety and essential electrical systems in health care facilities Manufactured homes Structural requirements for manufactured homes Site preparation, foundation, and installation of buildings Special requirements for heating, ventilation, and air-conditioning (HVAC) systems in health care facilities Oil and gas pipeline systems Medical gas pipeline systems – Part 1: Pipelines for medical gases, medical vacuum, medical support gases, and anaesthetic gas scavenging systems	3.2.7.3.(4) 3.2.7.6.(1) A-3.2.7.6.(1) A-1.1.1.1.(2)(4) A-1.1.1.1.(2)(4) 9.12.2.2.(6) 9.15.1.3.(1) A-1.1.1.1.(2)(4) 9.15.1.3.(1) 9.23.6.3.(1) 6.2.1.1.(1) 6.3.2.15.(6) 3.2.3.22.(1) 3.7.3.1.(1)
‌CSSBI	23M-2016	Standard for Residential Steel Cladding	9.27.11.1.(1) A-9.27.11.1.(1)
‌CWC CWC CWC CWC‌	1997 2000 2009 2014	Introduction to Wood Building Technology Wood Reference Handbook The Span Book Engineering Guide for Wood Frame Construction	A-9.27.3.8.(4) A-9.27.3.8.(4) A-9.23.4.2. 9.4.1.1.(1) 9.23.13.1.(2) 9.23.13.2.(2) 9.23.13.3.(2) A-9.4.1.1. A-9.23.13.1.
DIN	EN 303-5:2012	‌Heating boilers – Part 5: Heating boilers for solid fuels, manually and automatically stoked, nominal heat output of up to 500 kW – Terminology, requirements, testing and marking; German version EN 303-5:2012	Table 9.36.3.10.
‌DOE ‌DOE	10 CFR, Part 430-2011 10 CFR, Part 431-2011	Energy, Energy Conservation Program for Consumer Products Energy, Energy Efficiency Program for Certain Commercial and Industrial Equipment	Table 9.36.4.2. Table 9.36.3.10. Table 9.36.4.2.
‌ECC	2013	EIFS Practice Manual	A-5.9.4.1.(1) A-9.27.14.1.(1)
‌EPA ‌EPA	40 CFR, Part 60-2008 625/R-92/016 (1994)	Protection of Environment, Standards of Performance for New Stationary Sources Radon Prevention in the Design and Construction of Schools and Other Large Buildings	Table 9.36.3.10. A-5.4.1.1. 6.2.1.1.(1)
‌FEMA ‌FEMA	450-1-2003 P-750-2009	NEHRP Recommended Provisions for Seismic Regulations for New Buildings and Other Structures NEHRP Recommended Seismic Provisions for New Buildings and Other Structures	A-4.1.8.18.(14) and (15) A-4.1.8.18.(14) and (15)
‌FLL	2008	‌Guidelines for the Planning, Construction and Maintenance of Green Roofing	A-5.6.1.2.(2)
FPI	Project 43-10C-024 (1988)	Deflection Serviceability Criteria for Residential Floors	A-9.23.4.2.(2)
HC	2004	Fungal Contamination in Public Buildings: Health Effects and Investigation Methods	A-5.5.1.1.

1.3.1.2. Division B

Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

Issuing Agency	Document Number(3)	Title of Document	Code Reference
‌HC ‌HC HC HC HC HC‌‌‌‌ ‌HC	2007 2008 2008 H46-2/90-156E R.S.C. 1985, c. H-3 WHMIS 1988 SOR/2015-17	Radon: A Guide for Canadian Homeowners Guide for Radon Measurements in Public Buildings (Schools, Hospitals, Care Facilities, Detention Centres) Guide for Radon Measurements in Residential Dwellings (Homes) Exposure Guidelines for Residential Indoor Air Quality Hazardous Products Act Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System (WHMIS) Hazardous Products Regulations	A-5.4.1.1. A-6.2.1.1. A-9.13.4.3. A-5.4.1.1. A-6.2.1.1. A-9.13.4.3. A-6.3.1.5. A-9.25.5.2. A-1.4.1.2.(1)(4) A-9.25.2.2.(2) A-1.4.1.2.(1)(4) A-3.3.1.2.(1) 1.4.1.2.(1)(4) A-3.3.1.2.(1)
‌HPVA	ANSI/HPVA HP-1-2009	American National Standard for Hardwood and Decorative Plywood	Table 5.9.1.1. 9.27.8.1.(1) 9.30.2.2.(1)
HRAI	2017 Edition	HRAI Digest	6.2.1.1.(1) 9.32.2.3.(4) 9.32.3.2.(1) 9.33.4.1.(1) A-9.36.3.2.(1) A-9.36.3.2.(2) A-9.36.3.4.(1)
‌HVI HVI ‌HVI	HVI Publication 911 HVI Publication 915-2013 HVI Publication 916-2013	Certified Home Ventilating Products Directory Loudness Testing and Rating Procedure Airflow Test Procedure	A-9.36.3.9.(3) 9.32.3.10.(2) Table 9.32.3.10.-B 9.32.3.10.(1)
‌ICC	400-2012	Standard on the Design and Construction of Log Structures	9.36.2.2.(5) A-9.36.2.2.(5)
‌IEC	60268-16:2011	Sound system equipment – Part 16: Objective rating of speech intelligibility by speech transmission index	A-3.2.4.22.(1)(b)
‌ISO ISO‌ ‌ISO ‌ISO ISO ISO‌	3864-1:2011 7010:2011 7240-19:2007 7731:2003 8201:1987 10848-1:2006	Graphical symbols – Safety colours and safety signs – Part 1: Design principles for safety signs and safety markings Graphical symbols – Safety colours and safety signs – Registered safety signs Fire detection and alarm systems – Part 19: Design, installation, commissioning and service of sound systems for emergency purposes Ergonomics – Danger signals for public and work areas – Auditory danger signals Acoustics – Audible emergency evacuation signal Acoustics – Laboratory measurement of the flanking transmission of airborne and impact sound between adjoining rooms – Part 1: Frame document	3.4.5.1.(2) 9.9.11.3.(2) 3.4.5.1.(2) A-3.4.5.1.(2)(c) 9.9.11.3.(2) A-3.2.4.22.(1)(b) A-3.2.4.22.(1)(b) 3.2.4.18.(2) A-3.2.4.18.(2) 5.8.1.4.(2) 5.8.1.4.(3) 5.8.1.5.(2) 5.8.1.5.(3)

Division B 1.3.1.2.

Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

Issuing Agency	Document Number(3)	Title of Document	Code Reference
ISO	15712-1:2005	Building acoustics - Estimation of acoustic performance of buildings from the performance of elements - Part 1: Airborne sound insulation between rooms	5.8.1.4.(1) 5.8.1.4.(2) 5.8.1.4.(4) 5.8.1.4.(5) 5.8.1.4.(6) 5.8.1.5.(1) 5.8.1.5.(2) 5.8.1.5.(5) 5.8.1.5.(6)
‌NEMA	SB 50:2008	‌Emergency Communications Audio Intelligibility Applications Guide	A-3.2.4.22.(1)(b)
‌NFPA NFPA NFPA ‌NFPA ‌NFPA ‌NFPA NFPA‌‌ ‌NFPA NFPA‌ ‌NFPA NFPA‌ ‌NFPA ‌NFPA NFPA	2010 Edition 2008 13-2019(6) 13D-2016 13R-2019(7) 14-2013 20-2016 30-2018 30A-2018 32-2016 33-2018 34-2018 35-2016 36-2017	Fire Protection Guide to Hazardous Materials Fire Protection Handbook, Twentieth Edition Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems in One- and Two-Family Dwellings and Manufactured Homes Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems in Low-Rise Residential Occupancies Standard for the Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems Standard for the Installation of Stationary Pumps for Fire Protection Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code Code for Motor Fuel Dispensing Facilities and Repair Garages Standard for Drycleaning Facilities Standard for Spray Application Using Flammable or Combustible Materials Standard for Dipping, Coating, and Printing Processes Using Flammable or Combustible Liquids Standard for Manufacture of Organic Coatings Standard for Solvent Extraction Plants	A-6.9.1.2.(1) A-3.2.2.2.(1) A-3.6.2.7.(5) 3.1.9.1.(4) 3.2.4.8.(2) 3.2.4.15.(1) 3.2.5.12.(1) 3.2.5.12.(9) 3.2.8.2.(5) 3.2.8.3.(2) 3.3.2.14.(3) A-3.1.11.5.(3) and (4) A-3.2.4.9.(3)(f) A-3.2.5.12.(1) A-3.2.5.12.(6) A-3.2.5.13.(1) A-3.2.8.2.(3) 9.10.9.9.(4) 3.2.4.1.(2) 3.2.5.12.(3) 3.2.7.9.(4) A-3.2.5.12.(2) A-3.2.5.12.(6) A-3.2.5.13.(1) 9.10.2.2.(2) 9.10.18.2.(3) 3.2.5.12.(2) A-3.2.5.12.(2) A-3.2.5.12.(6) A-3.2.5.13.(1) 3.2.5.9.(1) 3.2.5.10.(1) 3.2.4.9.(4) 3.2.5.18.(1) A-3.2.4.9.(3)(f) A-6.9.1.2.(1) A-6.9.1.2.(1) A-6.9.1.2.(1) A-6.9.1.2.(1) A-6.9.1.2.(1) A-6.9.1.2.(1) A-6.9.1.2.(1)

1.3.1.2. Division B

Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

Issuing Agency

Document Number(3)

Title of Document

Code Reference

‌NFPA NFPA‌

‌NFPA NFPA NFPA‌‌

‌NFPA

‌NFPA NFPA

‌NFPA NFPA‌‌

‌NFPA NFPA NFPA NFPA‌‌‌

NFPA

‌NFPA‌

‌NFPA

‌NFPA NFPA‌

‌NFPA NFPA

40-2019

51-2018

51A-2012

55-2020

61-2017

68-2013

69-2014

72-2019

80-2013

80A-2012

82-2014

85-2019

86-2019

88A-2019

91-2015

96-2014

101-2018

105-2013

204-2018

211-2019

303-2016

307-2016

409-2016

415-2016

Standard for the Storage and Handling of Cellulose Nitrate Film

Standard for the Design and Installation of Oxygen-Fuel Gas Systems for Welding, Cutting, and Allied Processes

Standard for Acetylene Cylinder Charging Plants Compressed Gases and Cryogenic Fluids Code

Standard for the Prevention of Fires and Dust Explosions in Agricultural and Food Processing Facilities

Standard on Explosion Protection by Deflagration Venting

Standard on Explosion Prevention Systems National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code

Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives

Recommended Practice for Protection of Buildings from Exterior Fire Exposures

Standard on Incinerators and Waste and Linen Handling Systems and Equipment

Boiler and Combustion Systems Hazards Code Standard for Ovens and Furnaces

Standard for Parking Structures

Standard for Exhaust Systems for Air Conveying of Vapors, Gases, Mists, and Particulate Solids

Standard for Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations

Life Safety Code

Standard for Smoke Door Assemblies and Other Opening Protectives

Standard for Smoke and Heat Venting

Standard for Chimneys, Fireplaces, Vents, and Solid Fuel-Burning Appliances

Fire Protection Standard for Marinas and Boatyards

Standard for the Construction and Fire Protection of Marine Terminals, Piers, and Wharves

Standard on Aircraft Hangars

Standard on Airport Terminal Buildings, Fueling Ramp Drainage, and Loading Walkways

A-3.2.4.22.(1)(b) 3.1.8.5.(2)

Division B 1.3.1.2.

Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

‌Issuing Agency	Document Number(3)	Title of Document	Code Reference
‌NFPA NFPA ‌NFPA NFPA‌ NFPA	484-2019 654-2017 655-2017 664-2017 1710-2010	Standard for Combustible Metals Standard for the Prevention of Fire and Dust Explosions from the Manufacturing, Processing, and Handling of Combustible Particulate Solids Standard for Prevention of Sulfur Fires and Explosions Standard for the Prevention of Fires and Explosions in Wood Processing and Woodworking Facilities ‌Standard for the Organization and Deployment of Fire Suppression Operations, Emergency Medical Operations, and Special Operations to the Public by Career Fire Departments‌	A-6.9.1.2.(1) A-6.9.1.2.(1) A-6.9.1.2.(1) A-6.9.1.2.(1) A-3.2.3.1.(8)
‌NFRC NFRC	100-2010 200-2010	Procedure for Determining Fenestration Product U-factors Procedure for Determining Fenestration Product Solar Heat Gain Coefficient and Visible Transmittance at Normal Incidence	9.36.2.2.(3) 9.36.2.2.(3)
NLGA ‌NLGA NLGA‌‌	2017 SPS-1-2017 SPS-3-2017	Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber Fingerjoined Structural Lumber Fingerjoined “Vertical Stud Use Only” Lumber	9.3.2.1.(1) A-9.3.2.1.(1) Table A-9.3.2.1.(1)-A A-Table 9.3.2.1. A-9.3.2.8.(1) A-9.23.10.4.(1) Table 9.10.3.1.-A A-9.23.10.4.(1) Table 9.10.3.1.-A A-9.23.10.4.(1)
‌NRC NRC NRC‌‌ ‌NRC NRC NRC NRC NRC‌‌‌‌ ‌NRC ‌NRC	1988 2005 17808-2005 BPN 54-85 CBD 222 CBD 230 CBD 231 CRBCPI-Y2-R19 NRCC 49677-2007 RR-331-2017	Performance and acceptability of wood floors – Forintek studies A Guide for the Wind Design of Mechanically Attached Flexible Membrane Roofs Performance Guidelines for Basement Envelope Systems and Materials: Final Research Report The difference between a vapour barrier and an air barrier Airtight houses and carbon monoxide poisoning Applying building codes to existing buildings Moisture problems in houses Guideline on Design for Durability of Building Envelopes Best Practice Guide on Fire Stops and Fire Blocks and their Impact on Sound Transmission ‌Guide to Calculating Airborne Sound Transmission in Buildings	A-9.23.4.2.(2) A-5.2.2.2.(4) A-9.25.5.1. A-9.25.1.1.(2) A-9.33.1.1.(2) A-1.1.1.1.(1)(4) A-9.25.3.1.(1) A-5.1.4.2. A-5.4.1.1.(3) A-9.11. A-5.8.1.4. A-5.8.1.4.(4)(b)
‌NRCA	3rd Edition, 2017	The NRCA Vegetative Roof Systems Manual	A-5.6.1.2.(2)
‌NRCan NRCan	R.S.C. 1985, c. E-17 SOR/2016-311	Explosives Act Energy Efficiency Regulations, 2016	3.3.6.2.(3) Table 9.36.4.2.
‌NYCDH	2008	Guidelines on Assessment and Remediation of Fungi in Indoor Environments	A-5.5.1.1.
‌OMMAH	2012	2012 Building Code Compendium, Volume 2, Supplementary Standard SB-7, Guards for Housing and Small Buildings	A-9.8.8.2.
SMACNA	ANSI/SMACNA 006-2006	HVAC Duct Construction Standards – Metal and Flexible	9.33.6.5.(2) A-9.36.3.2.(2)

1.3.1.2. Division B

Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

Issuing Agency	Document Number(3)	Title of Document	Code Reference
‌SPRI ‌SPRI‌	ANSI/GRHC/SPRI VR-1-2018 ANSI/SPRI WD-1-2014	Procedure for Investigating Resistance to Root or Rhizome Penetration on Vegetative Roofs Wind Design Standard Practice for Roofing Assemblies	5.6.1.2.(2) A-5.2.2.2.(4)
‌TC TC	SOR/96-433 SOR/2001-286	Canadian Aviation Regulations – Part III Transportation of Dangerous Goods Regulations (TDGR)	4.1.5.13.(1) 1.4.1.2.(1)(4) A-1.4.1.2.(1)(4) A-3.3.1.2.(1)
TIAC	2013	Mechanical Insulation Best Practices Guide	A-6.3.2.5.
‌TPIC	2019	‌Truss Design Procedures and Specifications for Light Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses	9.23.14.11.(1)
TWC	1993	Details of Air Barrier Systems for Houses	Table A-9.25.5.1.(1)
‌UL ‌UL	ANSI/CAN/UL/ULC 300-2019 ANSI/UL 1784-2015	Standard for Fire Testing of Fire Extinguishing Systems for Protection of Commercial Cooking Equipment Standard for Air Leakage Tests of Door Assemblies and Other Opening Protectives	6.9.1.3.(1) 3.1.8.4.(4)
ULC ‌ULC ‌ULC ‌ULC ULC‌‌ ‌ULC ULC ULC‌‌ ‌ULC ULC	CAN/ULC-S101-14 CAN/ULC-S102-10 CAN/ULC-S102.2:2018 CAN/ULC-S102.3:2018 CAN/ULC-S102.4:2017 CAN/ULC-S104-15 CAN/ULC-S105:2016 CAN/ULC-S106-15 CAN/ULC-S107:2019 CAN/ULC-S109-14	Standard Method of Fire Endurance Tests of Building Construction and Materials Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials and Assemblies Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Flooring, Floor Coverings, and Miscellaneous Materials and Assemblies Standard Method of Fire Test of Light Diffusers and Lenses Standard Method of Test for Fire and Smoke Characteristics of Electrical Wiring, Cables and Non-Metallic Raceways Standard Method for Fire Tests of Door Assemblies Standard Specification for Fire Door Frames Meeting the Performance Required by CAN/ULC-S104 Standard Method for Fire Tests of Window and Glass Block Assemblies Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Roof Coverings Standard Method for Flame Tests of Flame-Resistant Fabrics and Films	2.2.1.8.(4) 2.2.1.10.(1) 3.1.5.7.(2) 3.1.5.14.(5) 3.1.5.14.(6) 3.1.5.15.(3) 3.1.5.15.(4) 3.1.7.1.(1) 3.1.11.7.(1) 3.2.3.8.(1) A-3.1.5.14.(5)(d) 9.10.16.3.(1) Table 9.10.3.1.-B 3.1.5.24.(1) 3.1.12.1.(1) Table 5.9.1.1. Table 9.23.17.2.-A 9.29.5.2.(1) 3.1.12.1.(2) 3.1.13.4.(1) 9.27.12.1.(4) 9.27.13.1.(2) 3.1.13.4.(1) 3.1.4.3.(2) 3.1.5.21.(2) 3.1.5.23.(2) 3.1.8.4.(1) 3.2.6.5.(3) 9.10.13.6.(1) 3.1.8.4.(1) 3.1.15.1.(1) 2.2.1.14.(1) 3.1.16.1.(1) 3.1.18.5.(1) 3.6.5.2.(2) 3.6.5.3.(1) 9.33.6.3.(1)

Division B 1.3.1.2.

Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

Issuing Agency

Document Number(3)

Title of Document

Code Reference

ULC

‌ULC ULC ULC ULC ULC‌‌‌‌‌

‌ULC ULC

‌ULC ULC ULC‌‌

‌ULC‌

‌ULC ULC‌

‌ULC

ULC

CAN/ULC-S110-13

CAN/ULC-S111-13 CAN/ULC-S112-10 CAN/ULC-S112.1-10 CAN/ULC-S112.2-07 CAN/ULC-S113:2016

CAN/ULC-S114:2018 CAN/ULC-S115-11

CAN/ULC-S124-06 CAN/ULC-S126-14 CAN/ULC-S134-13

ULC-S135-04

CAN/ULC-S138-06 CAN/ULC-S139:2017

CAN/ULC-S143-14

CAN/ULC-S144-12

Standard Methods of Test for Air Ducts

Standard Method of Fire Tests for Air Filter Units Standard Method of Fire Test of Fire Damper Assemblies

Standard for Leakage Rated Dampers for Use in Smoke Control Systems

Standard Method of Fire Test of Ceiling Firestop Flap Assemblies

Standard Specification for Wood Core Doors Meeting the Performance Required by CAN/ULC-S104 for Twenty Minute Fire Rated Closure Assemblies

Standard Method of Test for Determination of Non-Combustibility in Building Materials

Standard Method of Fire Tests of Firestop Systems

Standard Method of Test for the Evaluation of Protective Coverings for Foamed Plastic

Standard Method of Test for Fire Spread Under Roof-Deck Assemblies

Standard Method of Fire Test of Exterior Wall Assemblies

Standard Test Method for the Determination of Combustibility Parameters of Building Materials Using an Oxygen Consumption Calorimeter (Cone Calorimeter)

Standard Method of Test for Fire Growth of Insulated Building Panels in a Full-Scale Room Configuration

Standard for Fire Test for Circuit Integrity of Fire-Resistive Power, Instrumentation, Control and Data Cables

Standard Method of Fire Tests for Non-Metallic Electrical and Optical Fibre Cable Raceway Systems

Standard Method of Fire Resistance Test – Grease Duct Assemblies

1.4.1.2.(1)(4)

1.3.1.2. Division B

Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

Issuing Agency

Document Number(3)

Title of Document

Code Reference

‌ULC

‌ULC ULC ULC‌

‌ULC‌

‌ULC

‌ULC ULC

‌ULC ULC ULC‌‌

‌ULC ULC ULC ULC‌‌‌‌

ULC

‌ULC

CAN/ULC-S146-19

ULC-S332-93 ULC-S505-74

CAN/ULC-S524:2019

CAN/ULC-S526-2016

CAN/ULC-S531:2019

CAN/ULC-S537:2019 CAN/ULC-S540-13

CAN/ULC-S553-14 CAN/ULC-S561-13 CAN/ULC-S572:2017

CAN/ULC-S610:2018 ULC-S628-93 CAN/ULC-S629:2016 CAN/ULC-S639-M87

CAN/ULC-S701.1:2017

CAN/ULC-S702.1-14

CAN/ULC-S703-09

Standard Method of Test for the Evaluation of Encapsulation Materials and Assemblies of Materials for the Protection of Structural Timber Elements

Standard for Burglary Resisting Glazing Material Standard for Fusible Links for Fire Protection Services Standard for Installation of Fire Alarm Systems

Visible Signaling Devices for Fire Alarm and Signaling Systems, Including Accessories

Standard for Smoke Alarms

Standard for Verification of Fire Alarm Systems Standard for Residential Fire and Life Safety Warning

Systems: Installation, Inspection, Testing and Maintenance

Standard for the Installation of Smoke Alarms

Standard for Installation and Services for Fire Signal Receiving Centres and Systems

Standard for Photoluminescent and Self-Luminous Exit Signs and Path Marking Systems

Standard for Factory-Built Fireplace Systems Standard for Fireplace Inserts

Standard for 650°C Factory-Built Chimneys

Standard for Steel Liner Assemblies for Solid-Fuel Burning Masonry Fireplaces

Standard for Thermal Insulation, Polystyrene Boards

Standard for Mineral Fibre Thermal Insulation for Buildings, Part 1: Material Specification

Standard for Cellulose Fibre Insulation (CFI) for Buildings

A-3.2.4.18.(9) and (10)

Table 5.9.1.1. Table 9.23.17.2.-A 9.25.2.2.(1)

Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)-D

3.1.6.3.(4)

Table 5.9.1.1. A-5.9.1.1.(1)

9.10.9.8.(3)

Table 9.23.17.2.-A 9.25.2.2.(1)

Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)-D

Table 5.9.1.1.

9.25.2.2.(1)

Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)-D

Division B 1.3.1.2.

Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

Issuing Agency

Document Number(3)

Title of Document

Code Reference

ULC

‌ULC‌

‌ULC ULC

‌ULC ULC ULC‌‌‌

ULC

‌ULC‌

‌ULC ULC ULC ULC‌‌

‌ULC‌

‌ULC

‌ULC ULC

CAN/ULC-S704.1:2017

CAN/ULC-S705.1-18

CAN/ULC-S705.2-05 CAN/ULC-S706.1:2016

CAN/ULC-S710.1:2019 CAN/ULC-S711.1:2019 CAN/ULC-S712.1:2017

CAN/ULC-S716.1-12

CAN/ULC-S716.2-12

CAN/ULC-S716.3-12 CAN/ULC-S717.1:2017 CAN/ULC-S741-08 CAN/ULC-S742-11

CAN/ULC-S770-15

CAN/ULC-S1001-11

ULC/ORD-C199P-02 ULC/ORD-C1254.6-95

Standard for Thermal Insulation, Polyurethane and Polyisocyanurate, Boards, Faced

Standard for Thermal Insulation – Spray Applied Rigid Polyurethane Foam, Medium Density – Material Specification

Standard for Thermal Insulation – Spray Applied Rigid Polyurethane Foam, Medium Density – Application

Standard for Wood Fibre Insulating Boards for Buildings

Standard for Bead-Applied One Component Polyurethane Air Sealant Foam, Part 1: Material Specification

Standard for Bead-Applied Two Component Polyurethane Air Sealant Foam, Part 1: Material Specification

Standard for Thermal Insulation - Light Density, Open Cell Spray Applied Semi-Rigid Polyurethane Foam - Material Specification

Standard for Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS)

Standard for Exterior Insulation and Finish System (EIFS)

Standard for Flat Wall Insulating Concrete Form (ICF) Units – Material Properties

Standard for Air Barrier Materials – Specification Standard for Air Barrier Assemblies – Specification

Standard Test Method for Determination of Long-Term Thermal Resistance of Closed-Cell Thermal Insulating Foams

Standard for Integrated Systems Testing of Fire Protection and Life Safety Systems

Combustible Piping for Sprinkler Systems

Fire Testing of Restaurant Cooking Area Fire Extinguishing System Units

Table 5.9.1.1. Table 9.23.17.2.-A 9.25.2.2.(1)

Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)-D

Table 5.9.1.1.

9.25.2.2.(1)

Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)-D

Table 5.9.1.1.

9.25.2.5.(1)

Table 5.9.1.1.

9.23.16.7.(3) Table 9.23.17.2.-A 9.25.2.2.(1)

Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)-D

Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)-D

Materials and Systems
Installation of EIFS Components and Water Resistive Barrier
Design Application

1.3.2.1. Division B

Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

Issuing Agency	Document Number(3)	Title of Document	Code Reference
‌U.S. Congress		National Appliance Energy Conservation Act of 1987	Table 9.36.4.2. Table 9.36.5.16.
WCLIB	No. 17 (2004)	Grading Rules for West Coast Lumber	A-Table 9.3.2.1.
WWPA	2017	Western Lumber Grading Rules 2017	A-Table 9.3.2.1.

Notes to Table 1.3.1.2.:

(1) While every effort was made to ensure the accuracy of the information in this Table, the NRC is not responsible for the accuracy, timeliness or reliability of the content presented therein. For all purposes of interpreting and applying the referenced standards, Code users should refer to the most recent official versions of the referenced editions.

(2) See Table D-1.1.2. of Appendix D for the list of standards referenced therein.

(3) Some documents may have been reaffirmed or reapproved. Check with the applicable issuing agency for up-to-date information.

‌(4) Code reference is in Division A.

(5) Code reference is in Division C.

(6) Subsection 9.3.15, Sprinkler-Protected Glazing, does not apply in the context of Division B.

‌(7) Subsection 6.5.3, Sprinkler-Protected Glazing, does not apply in the context of Division B.

‌Organizations
1. ‌Abbreviations of Proper Names
  1. The abbreviations of proper names in this Code shall have the meanings assigned to them in this Article.

AAMA Fenestration and Glazing Industry Alliance (formerly American

Architectural Manufacturers Association) (www.fgiaonline.org)

ACGIH American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists

(www.acgih.org)

ACI American Concrete Institute (www.concrete.org)

AHRI Air-Conditioning, Heating and Refrigeration Institute

(www.ahrinet.org)

AISI American Iron and Steel Institute (www.steel.org)

ANSI American National Standards Institute (www.ansi.org)

APA APA — The Engineered Wood Association (www.apawood.org)

ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers (www.asce.org)

ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning

Engineers (www.ashrae.org)

ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers (www.asme.org)

ASTM ASTM International (www.astm.org)

BNQ .................. Bureau de normalisation du Québec (www.bnq.qc.ca/en)

CAN National Standard of Canada designation (www.scc.ca) (The number

or name following the CAN designation represents the agency under whose auspices the standard is issued.)

CAN3 designates CSA

CCBFC Canadian Commission on Building and Fire Codes (see NRC)

CCME Canadian Council of Ministers of the Environment (www.ccme.ca)

CGSB Canadian General Standards Board

(www.tpsgc-pwgsc.gc.ca/ongc-cgsb/index-eng.html)

CHC .................. Canadian Hydronics Council (www.chchydro.com)

CISC .................. Canadian Institute of Steel Construction (www.cisc-icca.ca) CMHC Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation (www.cmhc.ca)

CRCA Canadian Roofing Contractors' Association (www.roofingcanada.com)

Division B 1.3.2.1.

CSA CSA Group (www.csagroup.org)

CSSBI ................ Canadian Sheet Steel Building Institute (www.cssbi.ca) CWC Canadian Wood Council (www.cwc.ca)

DOE .................. U.S. Department of Energy (www.energy.gov)

EC Environment and Climate Change Canada (www.ec.gc.ca)

ECC EIFS Council of Canada (www.eifscouncil.org)

EPA Environmental Protection Agency (U.S.) (www.epa.gov)

FEMA ............... Federal Emergency Management Agency (U.S.) (www.fema.gov)

FLL German Landscape Research, Development and Construction Society

(shop.fll.de/en)

FPI FPInnovations – Wood Products (formerly FCC – Forintek Canada

Corporation) (www.fpinnovations.ca)

GRHC Green Roofs for Healthy Cities (www.greenroofs.org)

HC ..................... Health Canada (www.hc-sc.gc.ca)

HPVA Decorative Hardwoods Association (formerly Hardwood Plywood &

Veneer Association) (www.decorativehardwoods.org)

HRAI Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Institute of Canada

(www.hrai.ca)

HVI Home Ventilating Institute (www.hvi.org)

ICC International Code Council (www.iccsafe.org)

IEC International Electrotechnical Commission (www.iec.ch)

ISO International Organization for Standardization (www.iso.org)

NBC National Building Code of Canada 2020

NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association (www.ncma.org)

NECB National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020

NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association (www.nema.org)

NFC National Fire Code of Canada 2020

NFPA National Fire Protection Association (www.nfpa.org)

NFRC National Fenestration Rating Council (www.nfrc.org)

NLGA ............... National Lumber Grades Authority (www.nlga.org)

NPC National Plumbing Code of Canada 2020

NRC National Research Council of Canada (nrc.canada.ca)

NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association (www.nrca.net)

NRCan .............. Natural Resources Canada (www.nrcan.gc.ca)

NYCDH New York City Department of Health and Mental Hygiene

(www.nyc.gov/health)

OMMAH Ontario Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing

(www.mah.gov.on.ca)

SEI Structural Engineering Institute

(www.asce.org/structural-engineering/structural-engineering)

SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association

(www.smacna.org)

SPRI Single Ply Roofing Industry (www.spri.org)

TC Transport Canada (tc.canada.ca)

TIAC Thermal Insulation Association of Canada (www.tiac.ca)

TPIC Truss Plate Institute of Canada (www.tpic.ca)

1.3.2.1. Division B

TWC Tarion Warranty Corporation (formerly Ontario New Home Warranty

Program) (www.tarion.com)

UL ..................... Underwriters' Laboratories Inc. (www.ul.com)

ULC ULC Standards (canada.ul.com/ulcstandards)

WCLIB Pacific Lumber Inspection Bureau (formerly West Coast Lumber

Inspection Bureau) (www.plib.org)

WWPA Western Wood Products Association (www.wwpa.org)

‌Division B

‌Notes to Part 1 General

A-1.1.2.1.(1) Objectives and Functional Statements Attributed to Acceptable Solutions. The objectives and functional statements attributed to each Code provision are listed in a table following the provisions in each Part.

Many provisions in Division B serve as modifiers of or pointers to other provisions, or serve other clarification or explanatory purposes. In most cases, no objectives and functional statements have been attributed to such provisions, which therefore do not appear in the above-mentioned tables.

‌For provisions that serve as modifiers of or pointers to other referenced provisions and that do not have any objectives and functional statements attributed to them, the objectives and functional statements that should be used are those attributed to the provisions they reference.

‌A-1.1.3.1.(2) Climatic Values. Climatic values for municipalities not listed in Appendix C can be obtained at www.climate.weather.gc.ca or by e-mail from the Engineering Climate Services Unit of Environment and Climate Change Canada at scg-ecs@ec.gc.ca.

‌A-1.1.3.1.(3) Winter Design Temperatures. The 2.5% values referred to in Sentence 1.1.3.1.(3) are the least restrictive temperatures that can be used. A designer may choose to use the 1% values given in Appendix C, which are in excess of the Code minimums but are considered acceptable.‌

A-1.1.3.1.(4) Seismic Values. Figure A-1.1.3.1.(4) illustrates how to determine the seismic hazard values to be used in the application of the Part 4 and Part 9 seismic provisions.

These Notes are included for explanatory purposes only and do not form part of the requirements. The number that introduces each Note corresponds to the applicable requirement in this Part.

Seismic Hazard Values for Use with NBC 2020

Part 4(2)

Part 9(3)

Are the values provided by the AHJ?

Yes

Use AHJ values

Are the values provided by the AHJ?

Yes

Use AHJ values

Refer to Appendix C

Are the site's latitude and longitude among the locations listed on NPARC(4)?

Yes

Is the location listed in Table C-3?

Yes

Use the values on NPARC (refer to the 2020 NBC Seismic Hazard Tool(5) for additional information)

Use the values in Table C-3

Determine the appropriate values using the 2020 NBC Seismic Hazard Tool(5)

Refer to the values on the Earthquakes Canada website(6) by selecting “2015” from the “Building code year” pull-down menu

EG02820A

Refer to Appendix C

A-1.1.3.1.(4) Division B

Figure A-1.1.3.1.(4)

Determining seismic hazard values for use in Part 4 and Part 9

Notes to Figure A-1.1.3.1.(4):

The abbreviations used in the figure have the following meanings: AHJ = authority having jurisdiction
NPARC = NRC Publications Archive
See also the section entitled “Seismic Hazard for Part 4” in Appendix C.
See also the section entitled “Seismic Hazard for Part 9” in Appendix C.
The seismic hazard values available on NPARC at https://doi.org/10.4224/nqzr-dz38 were generated from the 2020 National Building Code of Canada Seismic Hazard Tool. This subset of values on NPARC is provided as a static, archival record for Code users.
The 2020 National Building Code of Canada Seismic Hazard Tool is available at https://doi.org/10.23687/b1bd3cf0-0672-47f4-8bfa-290ae75fde9b.
Refer to the “2015 – 2005 National Building Code of Canada seismic hazard values” page on NRCan's Earthquakes Canada website.

Division B

‌Part 2

Farm Buildings

General
1. Scope 2-1
2. Application 2-1
3. Definitions 2-1
4. Classification of Farm Buildings
  by Major Occupancy 2-1
Fire Protection and Occupant Safety
1. General 2-2
2. Building Size and Construction Relative to Major Occupancy 2-5
3. Fire Alarm and Detection Systems 2-7
4. Provisions for Firefighting 2-8
5. Emergency Lighting 2-8
6. Safety within Farm Buildings 2-9
7. Exits 2-11
8. Hazardous Substances,
  Processes and Equipment 2-13
Structural Loads and Procedures
1. Structural Design Requirements 2-15
2. Loads Due to Use and
  Occupancy 2-15
3. Loads Due to Snow 2-17
4. Loads Due to Earthquakes 2-17
Heating, Ventilating and Air-Conditioning
1. General 2-18
2. Ventilation 2-18
3. Heating Appliances 2-19
Objectives and Functional Statements
1. Objectives and Functional

Statements 2-19

Notes to Part 2 2-23

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

‌Division B

Part 2 Farm Buildings

(See Note A-2.)

‌Section 2.1. General‌

‌Scope
1. ‌Scope
  1. ‌This Part is concerned with the fire, structural, heating, ventilating and
    air-conditioning performance of farm buildings, as well as processes and operations carried out therein that involve a risk of explosion, high flammability or related conditions that create a hazard to life safety. (See Note A-2.1.1.1.(1).)
‌Application
1. ‌Application‌
  1. Except as provided in Sentence (2), this Part applies to all farm buildings as described in Article 1.3.3.5. and Sentence 1.3.3.6.(1) of Division A.
  2. Subsections 2.2.6. and 2.2.7. do not apply to Group G, Division 4 major occupancies.
‌Definitions
1. ‌Defined Terms‌
  1. Words that appear in italics are defined in Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A.
‌Classification of Farm Buildings by Major Occupancy‌‌
(See Note A-3.1.2.)
1. ‌Classification
  1. Every farm building or part of a farm building shall be classified according to its major occupancy as belonging to one of the Divisions of Group G described in Table 2.1.4.1. (See Note A-2.1.4.1.(1).) (See also Note A-2.2.8.3.)

Table 2.1.4.1.

Classification of Agricultural Major Occupancies

Forming Part of Sentence 2.1.4.1.(1)

Group	Division	Description of Agricultural Major Occupancies
G	1	High-hazard agricultural occupancies
G	2	Agricultural occupancies not elsewhere classified in Group G
G	3	Greenhouse agricultural occupancies
G	4	Agricultural occupancies with no human occupants

‌2.2.1.1. Division B

‌Section 2.2. Fire Protection and Occupant Safety

‌General

‌Classification
1. Every farm building or part of a farm building shall be classified in accordance with Subsection 2.1.4.
2. Portions of farm buildings that do not contain Group G, Division 1, 2, 3 or 4 major occupancies shall be classified according to their major occupancy as belonging to one of the Groups or Divisions described in Table 3.1.2.1. and those portions shall conform‌
  to the requirements in Part 3. (See Note A-2.2.1.1.(2).)
‌Prohibition of Occupancy Combinations‌
1. Buildings classified as a Group G, Division 1 or 4 major occupancy shall not contain a Group A, B or C occupancy.
2. Buildings classified as a Group G, Division 2 or 3 major occupancy shall not contain a Group A, Division 1 or 3, or Group B occupancy.
‌Exceptions for Major Occupancies
1. In a farm building in which the aggregate area of all major occupancies in a particular Group or Division is not more than 10% of the floor area of the storey in which they are located, these major occupancies need not be considered as major occupancies for the purposes of Subsection 2.2.2., provided they are not classified as Group F, Division 1 or Group G, Division 1 occupancies.‌

‌Separation of Occupancies‌

Except as provided in Sentence (2), major occupancies shall be separated from adjoining major occupancies by fire separations having fire-resistance ratings conforming to Table 2.2.1.4.
If one major occupancy is located above another major occupancy, the fire-resistance rating of the floor assembly between the major occupancies shall be determined on the basis of the requirements of this Section for the lower major occupancy.

‌Occupancies other than major occupancies shall be separated from adjoining occupancies belonging to a different Group or Division by fire separations having fire-resistance ratings that conform to Table 2.2.1.4., but need not be more than 1 h.

Table 2.2.1.4.

Major Occupancy Fire Separations(1)

Forming Part of Sentences 2.2.1.4.(1) and (3)

Major Occupancy ‌	Minimum Fire-Resistance Rating of Fire Separation, h
	Adjoining Major Occupancy
	G-1	G-2	G-3	G-4
A-1	(2)	(3)	(3)	(2)
A-2	(2)	1	1	(2)
A-3	(2)	(3)	(3)	(2)
A-4	(2)	1	1	(2)
B	(2)	(3)	(3)	(2)
C	(2)	1	1	(2)
D	1	–	–	–
E	1	–	–	–
F-1	–	2	2	–

Division B 2.2.1.8.

Table 2.2.1.4. (Continued)

Major Occupancy	Minimum Fire-Resistance Rating of Fire Separation, h
	Adjoining Major Occupancy
	G-1	G-2	G-3	G-4
F-2	–	–	–	–
F-3	–	–	–	–
G-1	–	2	2	–
G-2	2	–	–	–
G-3	2	–	–	–
G-4	–	–	–	–

‌Notes to Table 2.2.1.4.:

(1) Article 2.2.1.9. contains requirements for other fire separations that are in addition to the requirements for the separation of major occupancies.

(2) See Sentence 2.2.1.2.(1).

(3) See Sentence 2.2.1.2.(2).

‌Fire Separations and Closures‌
(See Note A-2.2.1.5.)
1. Any wall, partition or floor assembly required to be a fire separation shall
  1. except as permitted by Sentence (2), be constructed as a continuous element, and
  2. as required in this Section, have a fire-resistance rating as specified (see Note A-3.1.8.1.(1)(b)).
2. Openings in a fire separation shall be protected with closures, shafts or other means in conformance with Articles 3.1.8. 3. to 3.1.8.19.
‌Penetrations in Fire Separations and Fire-Rated Assemblies‌
1. Penetrations of a fire separation or a membrane forming part of an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating shall conform to Articles 3.1.9. 1. to 3.1.9.4.
‌Firewalls
1. A firewall that separates a building or buildings with floor areas containing a Group G, Division 1 major occupancy shall be constructed as a fire separation of noncombustible construction having a fire-resistance rating not less than 4 h.
2. A firewall that separates a building or buildings with floor areas containing a Group G major occupancy and a major occupancy prohibited by Article 2.2.1.2. shall be constructed as a fire separation of noncombustible construction having a fire-resistance rating not less than 4 h.
3. ‌Firewalls shall conform to the requirements of Articles 3.1.10 1. and 3.1.10.3.
  to 3.1.10.7., and Sentence 3.1.10.2.(3).
‌Fire Blocks‌
1. Concealed spaces in interior wall, ceiling and crawl spaces shall be separated from concealed spaces in exterior walls and attic or roof spaces by fire blocks. (See Note A-2.2.1.8.(1).)
2. Concealed spaces in walls and partitions shall be separated by fire blocks into compartments not more than 3 m in height and 20 m in length.
3. Horizontal concealed spaces within a floor assembly or roof assembly of combustible construction, in which sprinklers are not installed, shall be separated by fire blocks into compartments not more than 900 m2 in area.
4. Except as permitted by Sentence (5), fire blocks shall be constructed of materials that will remain in place and prevent the passage of flames for not less than 15 min
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
Division B

when subjected to the standard fire exposure in CAN/ULC-S101, “Standard Method of Fire Endurance Tests of Building Construction and Materials.”

‌Building Size and Construction Relative to Major Occupancy
1. ‌Farm Buildings with Multiple Agricultural Major Occupancies
  1. In a farm building containing more than one agricultural major occupancy classified in more than one Division, the building height and building area of the entire farm building shall be used in determining the construction requirements and the fire safety requirements for each of the major occupancies.
2. ‌Exceptions in Determining Building Height
  1. The space above a mezzanine need not be considered as a storey, provided the conditions of Sentence 3.2.1.1.(3), (4), (5) or (7) are met.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
3. Division B
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  ‌Division B 2.2.3.5.‌
‌Fire Alarm and Detection Systems‌
1. ‌Determination of Requirement for a Fire Alarm System
  1. A fire alarm system complying with Sentence (2) shall be installed in a building
    that is not sprinklered throughout and that
    1. contains a Group G, Division 1 major occupancy with an occupant load more than 25, or
    2. contains a Group G, Division 2 or 3 major occupancy
      1. with an occupant load more than 150,
      2. in a building more than 1 storey in building height, or
      3. in a building with a basement used for a purpose other than the housing of service equipment.
  2. Except as otherwise provided in this Section, the fire alarm system required by Sentence (1) shall comply with Articles 3.2.4.2., 3.2.4.4., 3.2.4.5. and 3.2.4.17. and‌
    Sentences 3.2.4.9.(1) and (4).
2. ‌Types of Fire Alarm Systems
  1. The fire alarm system required by Sentence 2.2.3.1.(1) shall be
    1. a single-stage system in a Group G, Division 1 major occupancy, and
    2. a single- or 2-stage system in a Group G, Division 2 or 3 major occupancy.
3. ‌Design of Fire Alarm Systems‌
  1. Where a fire alarm system is required by Sentence 2.2.3.1.(1),
    1. the air-handling system, where provided, shall be designed to prevent the circulation of smoke upon a signal from a duct-type smoke detector if the air-handling system serves more than 1 storey, and‌
    2. a manual station shall be installed in every floor area near every exit.
4. ‌Fire Alarm Signals‌
  1. Except as provided in Sentence (3), the fire alarm system required by Sentence 2.2.3.1.(1) shall include
    1. audible signal devices conforming to Sentences 3.2.4.18.(1) to (4), (7) and (11),
    2. an audible alarm signal device with a sound pressure level not less than 110 dBA installed on the exterior of the farm building, and
    3. visible signal devices installed in any floor area in which
      1. the ambient noise level is more than 87 dBA,
      2. the occupants use ear protection devices, or
      3. the occupants are located in sound-insulating enclosures.
  2. The visible signal devices required by Clause (1)(c) shall be installed so that the signal from at least one device is visible throughout the floor area or portion thereof in which they are installed. (See Note A-3.2.4.19.(3).)
  3. The audible alarm signal devices referred to in Clauses (1)(a) and (b) need not be provided in areas where animals are present, provided that visible signal devices are installed in accordance with Sentence (2).‌
5. ‌Silencing of Alarm Signals
  1. The fire alarm system required by Sentence 2.2.3.1.(1) shall
    1. be designed so that when an alarm signal is actuated, it cannot be silenced automatically before a period of time has elapsed that is not less than
      20 min, and
    2. not incorporate manual silencing switches other than those installed inside the fire alarm control unit.
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
6. ‌Division B‌
‌Provisions for Firefighting‌
1. ‌Fire Department Access to Buildings‌
  1. Access for fire department equipment shall be provided to each farm building by means of a street, private roadway or yard.
  2. Where access to a farm building as required in Sentence (1) is provided by means of a roadway or yard, the design and location of such roadway or yard shall take into account connection with public thoroughfares, weight of firefighting equipment, width of roadway, radius of curves, overhead clearance, location of fire hydrants, location‌
    of fire department connections and vehicular parking.
2. ‌Automatic Sprinkler Systems
  1. Where an automatic sprinkler system is provided, it shall conform to Article 3.2.5.12.
  2. Where a fire pump is installed as part of the automatic sprinkler system referred to in Sentence (1), it shall conform to Article 3.2.5.18.
  3. The automatic sprinkler system referred to in Sentence (1) shall be equipped with waterflow-detecting devices that are
    1. installed in accordance with Sentence 3.2.4.15.(1), and
    2. connected to
      1. the fire alarm system, where provided, so that, upon its actuation, an alert signal or an alarm signal is initiated, or
      2. ‌an audible signal device, where a fire alarm system is not provided.
3. ‌Portable Fire Extinguishers‌‌
  1. Portable extinguishers shall be provided and installed in accordance with
    1. ‌provincial or territorial regulations or municipal bylaws, or
    2. the NFC, in the absence of the regulations or bylaws referred to in Clause (a).
‌Emergency Lighting‌
1. ‌Minimum Lighting Requirements
  1. Where lighting is provided in a farm building, emergency lighting shall be provided to an average level of illumination not less than 10 lx at floor or tread level in
    1. ‌exits, and
    2. principal routes providing access to exit in open floor areas and in service rooms.
  2. The minimum value of the illumination required by Sentence (1) shall be 1 lx.
  3. An emergency power supply shall be
    1. provided to maintain the emergency lighting required by Sentence (1) from a power source such as batteries or generators that will continue to supply
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
      Division B 2.2.6.4.
      
      power in the event that the regular power supply to the farm building is interrupted, and
    2. ‌designed and installed such that, upon failure of the regular power, it will assume the electrical load automatically for a period of 30 min.
‌Safety within Farm Buildings
1. ‌Means of Egress
  1. Means of egress complying with this Subsection shall be provided from every
    floor area containing a Group G, Division 1, 2 or 3 major occupancy.
  2. If a platform or contained open space is provided, egress requirements shall conform to the appropriate requirements of Article 2.2.6.2. for rooms.
  3. ‌Means of egress from roofs shall be provided in accordance with Sentence 3.3.1.3.(3).
  4. ‌Means of egress from rooftop enclosures shall be provided in accordance with Sentences 3.3.1.3.(5) and (6).
2. ‌Egress Doorways‌
  1. Except as provided in Sentence (2), at least one egress doorway shall be provided from every room.
  2. A minimum of 2 egress doorways located so that one doorway could provide egress from the room as required by Article 2.2.6.3. if the other doorway becomes inaccessible to the occupants due to a fire originating in the room, shall be provided for every room
    1. that is used for a Group G, Division 1 major occupancy, other than one housing livestock with a below-floor storage area for liquid manure, where the area of the room is more than
      1. 15 m2, in a floor area that is not sprinklered throughout, or
      2. 30 m2, in a floor area that is sprinklered throughout,
    2. in a floor area that is not sprinklered throughout and contains a Group G, Division 1 major occupancy housing livestock with a below-floor storage area for liquid manure or a Group G, Division 2 or 3 major occupancy, where
      1. the area of the room is more than 200 m2, or
      2. the travel distance within the room to the nearest egress doorway is more than 15 m, or
    3. in a floor area that is sprinklered throughout and contains a Group G, Division 1 major occupancy housing livestock with a below-floor storage area for liquid manure or a Group G, Division 2 or 3 major occupancy, where
      1. the area of the room is more than 300 m2, or
      2. the travel distance within the room to the nearest egress doorway is more than 25 m.
  3. Where 2 egress doorways are required by Sentence (2), they shall be placed at a distance from one another equal to or greater than one third of the maximum overall diagonal dimension of the area to be served, measured as the shortest distance that smoke would have to travel between the nearest required egress doorways.‌
3. ‌Travel Distance
  1. If more than one egress doorway is required from a room referred to in Sentence 2.2.6.2.(2), the travel distance within the room to the nearest egress doorway shall not exceed the maximum travel distance specified in Article 2.2.7.5. for exits.
4. ‌Headroom Clearance
  1. Except within a service space, the minimum headroom clearance in every access to exit shall conform to the requirements of Article 3.4.3.4. for exits.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
5. ‌Division B‌
‌Exits‌
1. ‌Exit Facilities
  1. Exit facilities complying with this Subsection shall be provided from every floor area containing a Group G, Division 1, 2 or 3 major occupancy. (See Note A-2.2.7.1.(1).)
2. ‌Types of Exits
  (See Note A-2.2.7.2.)
  1. An exit from any floor area shall be one of the following:
    1. an exterior doorway conforming to Sentences 2.2.7.6.(1) and (2) and Articles 2.2.7.7., 2.2.7.8. and 3.4.6.11.,
    2. an openable window or panel conforming to Sentence 2.2.7.6.(3), or
    3. an exit facility listed in Article 3.4.1.4. that conforms to Articles 3.4.1.5.,
      3.4.1.6. and 3.4.6.10., Sentence 3.4.2 2.(1) and Subsection 3.4.4.
3. ‌Minimum Number of Exits‌
  1. Except as provided by Sentences (2) and (3), every floor area shall be served by at least 2 exits.
  2. A floor area classified as a Group G, Division 1 major occupancy is permitted to be served by a single exit, provided the floor area is not more than
    1. 10 m2, where the floor area is not sprinklered throughout, or
    2. 20 m2, where the floor area is sprinklered throughout.
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
4. ‌Division B
  1. A floor area classified as a Group G, Division 2 or 3 major occupancy is permitted to be served by a single exit, provided the floor area is not more than
    1. ‌200 m2, where the floor area is not sprinklered throughout, or
    2. 300 m2, where the floor area is sprinklered throughout.
‌Hazardous Substances, Processes and Equipment‌
1. ‌General‌
  1. Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (4), the storage, handling and use of hazardous substances shall be in conformance with
    1. provincial or territorial regulations or municipal bylaws, or
    2. in the absence of the regulations or bylaws referred to in Clause (a), the NFC. (See Note A-3.3.1.2.(1).)
  2. Farm buildings or parts of farm buildings used for the storage, handling, use and processing of dangerous goods shall comply with Articles 3.3.6 1. to 3.3.6.7.
  3. The production, handling, storage and utilization of biogas shall be in conformance with ANSI/CSA-B149.6, “Code for digester gas, landfill gas, and biogas generation and utilization.”
  4. Where Article 3.2.9.1. of Division B of the NFC applies due to the quantity and nature of the stored product, farm buildings used for the storage of ammonium nitrate shall
    1. be classified as Group G, Division 2 major occupancies, and
    2. comply with Sentences 3.3.6.6.(2) to (6).
  5. Systems for the ventilation of cooking equipment that is used in processes producing grease-laden vapours shall be designed and installed in conformance with Articles 3.6.3.5., 6.3.1.6. and 6.9.1.3. (See Note A-3.3.1.2.(2).)‌
2. ‌Exhaust Ventilation and Explosion Venting
  1. Except as provided in Sentence (3), an exhaust ventilation system designed in conformance with the appropriate requirements of Section 2.4. shall be provided in a farm building or part of a farm building in which dust, fumes, gases, vapours or other impurities or contaminants have the potential to create a fire or explosion hazard.‌
  2. Except as provided in Sentence (3), farm buildings shall comply with Sentence 3.3.1.21.(3).
  3. ‌Farm buildings housing livestock with a below-floor storage area for liquid manure need not comply with Sentences (1) and (2), provided they comply with Article 2.2.8.3. (See Note A-2.2.8.2.(3).)‌
3. ‌Below-Floor Storage Areas for Liquid Manure
  (See Note A-2.2.8.3.)
  1. Farm buildings housing livestock with a below-floor storage area for liquid manure shall be provided with a ventilation system conforming to Subsection 2.4.2.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
4. ‌Division B

Where the ventilation system required by Sentence (1) relies on electrical power for normal operation, it shall be provided with an emergency power supply conforming to Sentence (3).‌‌
The emergency power supply required by Sentence (2) shall be‌
1. supplied from a generator, batteries or a combination thereof,
2. ‌equipped with audible and visible trouble indicators,
3. capable of operating the trouble indicators for not less than 24 h,
4. ‌capable of operating the ventilation system under full load for not less than 2 h, and
5. designed so that, in the event of a failure of the normal power source to the
  ‌farm building, there is an immediate automatic transfer to emergency power.
Where a fuel-fired engine or turbine for the emergency power supply required by Sentence (2) is dependent on a fuel supply located outside the farm building, the fuel supply shall be provided with a shut-off valve in conformance with Article 3.2.7.7.
Where exhaust piping for the emergency power supply required by Sentence (2) penetrates a required fire separation, the piping shall be enclosed in a service space

that is separated from the remainder of the farm building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than that of the penetrated fire separation, but not less than 45 min.

‌Welding and Cutting‌
1. Except as provided in Sentence (2), welding and cutting operations shall be carried out in a room conforming to Sentence 3.3.1.26.(1). (See Note A-2.2.8.4.(1).)
2. Sentence (1) need not apply to agricultural occupancies where the welding and cutting operations do not present a fire or explosion hazard to adjacent areas.
‌Liquid Manure Storage Tanks and Piping Systems
1. ‌This Article does not apply to below-floor storage areas for liquid manure.
2. Access covers for liquid manure storage tanks shall be designed in accordance with Section 2.3. to support the imposed loads.
3. ‌Access covers for liquid manure storage tanks that weigh less than 20 kg shall be equipped with locking devices.
4. Ladders shall not be installed on closed liquid manure storage tanks.
5. ‌Liquid manure storage tanks without a cover that are located outdoors shall be surrounded by a permanent safety fence or wall that
  1. extends not less than 1.5 m above adjacent ground level,
  2. is adequately secured at ground level, and
  3. has gates with latches.
6. Where an access point for filling, agitation, emptying or a similar operation is provided for a liquid manure storage tank described in Sentence (5), a curb or barrier shall be installed between the access point and the storage tank that is
  1. not less than 450 mm high, or
  2. ‌of sufficient height to prevent unintended vehicle entry.
‌Gas Traps or Valves
(See Note A-2.2.8.6.)
1. Except as permitted by Sentence (2), where storage tanks for liquids capable of releasing hazardous gases or vapours are connected to a farm building by a piping
  system, a gas trap or valve shall be installed in the piping system to prevent such gases or vapours from entering the farm building.
2. Where storage tanks for liquid manure are connected to a farm building by a piping system, a pull plug is permitted to be installed in the piping system to prevent hazardous gases and vapours from entering the farm building.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  ‌Division B 2.3.2.1.‌
‌Dangerous Goods Storage‌
1. The storage of dangerous goods in packages or containers in farm buildings or parts of farm buildings shall comply with Parts 3 and 4 of Division B of the NFC.
‌Pesticide Storage Areas‌
1. In addition to the requirements of Article 2.2.8.7., pesticide storage areas in farm buildings shall be designed in conformance with this Article.
2. ‌Pesticide storage areas shall be
  1. ventilated with outdoor air in accordance with Subsection 2.4.2. by dedicated natural or mechanical means at a rate sufficient to prevent the accumulation of dangerous goods classified as toxic or flammable gases,‌
  2. accessible only from the outdoors, and
  3. secured against unauthorized entry.
3. Floors of pesticide storage areas shall
  1. be constructed of concrete or other impervious material,
  2. not have a floor drain, and
  3. ‌be provided with a curb at the perimeter of the storage area that is
    1. designed to contain accidental spillage of the largest container in the storage area, and
    2. not less than 50 mm high.
4. Pesticide storage areas shall be separated from
  1. ‌food, feed and water supplies,
  2. other occupancies by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
  3. other buildings by a limiting distance not less than 6 m.

‌Section 2.3. Structural Loads and Procedures‌‌

‌Structural Design Requirements
1. ‌General
  1. Except as otherwise provided in this Section, the structural design of farm buildings shall conform to Part 4. (See Note A-2.3.1.1.(1).)
  2. Except as provided in Sentence (3), farm buildings shall be classified in the Low Importance Category as described in Table 4.1.2.1.
  3. Liquid manure storage tanks shall be classified in the Normal Importance Category as described in Table 4.1.2.1.
  4. In lieu of the requirements of Article 4.2.2.1., a subsurface investigation of the farm building site is permitted to be carried out by a suitably qualified person prior to or during construction.‌

‌Loads Due to Use and Occupancy‌

‌Loads Supported on a Floor or Suspended from a Ceiling
1. In addition to the requirements of Article 4.1.5.3., the specified live load supported on a floor or suspended from a ceiling shall be not less than the applicable value listed in Table 2.3.2.1.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022

‌Division B

Table 2.3.2.1.

Minimum Specified Live Loads on a Floor or Ceiling

Forming Part of Sentence 2.3.2.1.(1)

Type of Load	Minimum Specified Live Load on Area of Floor or Ceiling, kPa	Minimum Specified Live Load on Floor Slats, kN/m
Cattle	5.0	4.5
Sheep	2.5	2.0
Swine	3.5	2.5
‌Horses	5.0	–
Poultry	2.0	–
‌Greenhouses	2.5	–

‌Poultry Manure
1. Areas designed for the accumulation of poultry manure, such as solid floors and dropping pits under a wire floor, slotted floor or cage, shall be designed for a specified live load of not less than 1 kPa for each 100 mm depth of manure.
2. Where machinery or vehicles not exceeding 1 000 kg in gross weight are used for manure clean-out in a poultry barn, the barn floor shall be designed for a specified two-wheel live load of not less than 6 kN in addition to the specified live load prescribed in Sentence (1).‌
‌Stored Products
1. Floors supporting stored products shall be designed for the specified live load due to their intended use and occupancy, but not for less than 5 kPa. (See Note A-2.3.2.3.(1).)‌
‌Farm Machinery and Vehicles
1. The specified uniformly distributed live load on an area of floor used for farm machinery or vehicles shall be
  1. for farm machinery and vehicles not exceeding 4 000 kg in gross weight, not less than 2.4 kPa,
  2. ‌for farm machinery and vehicles exceeding 4 000 kg but not exceeding 9 000 kg in gross weight, not less than 6 kPa, and
  3. ‌for farm machinery and vehicles exceeding 9 000 kg in gross weight, not less than 12 kPa.
2. The specified live load due to possible concentrations of load resulting from the use of an area of floor for farm machinery or vehicles shall comply with Article 4.1.5.9.
3. Where an area of floor is used for processing or for loading or unloading of vehicles, the minimum specified live loads prescribed in Sentences (1) and (2) shall be increased by 50% for the area.‌
‌Liquid Manure Storage Tanks
1. Tops of liquid manure storage tanks that are accessible to vehicular traffic or used as a floor in a farm building shall be designed for the loads due to their intended use and occupancy.
2. Tops of liquid manure storage tanks that are located outdoors but not exposed to vehicular traffic shall be designed for the dead load plus the snow and rain loads prescribed in Subsection 4.1.6. or for the dead load plus 2 kPa, whichever produces the most critical effect.
3. Walls and partitions of liquid manure storage tanks shall be designed for
  1. an internal lateral pressure based on an equivalent fluid density of 10 kN/m3 for liquid manure, and
  2. the anticipated internal lateral ice pressure.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 2.3.4.1.
    
    (See Note A-2.3.2.5.(3).)
4. Vertical external walls of liquid manure storage tanks located below ground level shall be designed for
  1. the anticipated lateral earth pressure, which shall not be used to reduce the effects of the internal lateral pressures specified in Sentence (3) (see Note A-2.3.2.5.(4)(a)), and
  2. a lateral surcharge load of 5 kPa, applied uniformly below ground level, where earth within 1.5 m of the walls is subject to vehicular loads.
5. Concrete used for liquid manure storage tanks shall conform to the appropriate exposure class of CSA A23.1, “Concrete materials and methods of concrete construction.”
6. Liquid manure storage tank walls, bases and appurtenances, including piping for the conveyance of liquid manure and associated connections and joints, shall be designed and constructed to minimize leakage of liquid manure. (See Note A-2.3.2.5.(6).)‌

‌Loads Due to Snow‌
1. ‌Unobstructed Slippery Roofs
  1. For unobstructed slippery roofs of farm buildings with a roof slope, α, greater than 15° but not greater than 60° from the horizontal, where snow and ice can slide completely off the roof, the slope factor, Cs shall be calculated as follows:
    °
    ‌°
    
    (See Note A-2.3.3.1.(1).)
2. ‌Roof Areas of Greenhouses
  1. In a farm building classified as a Group G, Division 3 major occupancy where heating and drainage systems are installed to prevent the accumulation of snow and water, the supporting structure for the light-transmitting roof areas is permitted to be designed for a specified roof snow load of not less than 1 kPa, provided
    1. the heating system is capable of maintaining a minimum interior temperature of 10°C throughout the farm building, and
    2. an emergency power supply is provided that
      1. ‌is supplied from a power source such as batteries, a generator, or a combination thereof, and
      2. will continue to supply power to the heating system in the event that the regular power supply to the farm building is interrupted.
‌Loads Due to Earthquakes‌
(See Note A-2.3.4.)
1. ‌Application Limitation
  1. ‌Farm buildings need not be designed for loads due to earthquakes in accordance with Subsection 4.1.8. where
    1. the Seismic Category is SC1, or
    2. the Seismic Category is SC2, and the RdRo value of the seismic force resisting system (SFRS) is equal to or greater than 3.0 (see Note A-2.3.4.1.(1)(b)).
  2. For the purpose of Sentence (1), the Seismic Category is permitted to be determined on the basis of IES(0.2) alone.
  3. For the purpose of Sentences (1) and (2), the Seismic Category is permitted to be determined by assigning Site Class D without carrying out a subsurface investigation.

‌2.4.1.1. Division B

‌Section 2.4. Heating, Ventilating and Air-Conditioning‌

‌General
1. ‌Application
  1. Except as provided in Sentence (2), and except as otherwise provided in this Section, systems and equipment for heating, ventilating and air-conditioning services in farm buildings shall conform to Part 6.‌
  2. ‌Farm buildings need not comply with Articles 6.3.1.3. and 6.4.1.1. and Sentences 6.3.2.8.(3) and 6.3.2.10.(13).
‌Ventilation‌
1. ‌Required Ventilation
  1. Except as provided in Sentence (2), the rates at which outdoor air is supplied in farm buildings by ventilation systems shall be in accordance with good engineering practice as described in Article 6.2.1.1. (See Note A-2.4.2.1.(1).)‌
  2. Except as otherwise provided in this Subsection, farm buildings containing a Group G, Division 4 major occupancy need not comply with Sentence (1).
2. ‌Greenhouses
  1. Except as provided in Sentence (2), where a fuel-fired appliance is installed in a farm building containing a Group G, Division 3 major occupancy, separate combustion air and flue systems shall be provided.
  2. Sentence (1) need not apply where the fuel-fired appliance
    1. is specifically designed as a generator of carbon dioxide for enrichment of the atmosphere in the farm building, and
    2. conforms to CSA B149.1, “Natural gas and propane installation code.”
3. ‌Controlled-Atmosphere Storage Areas
  (See Note A-2.4.2.3.)
  1. ‌This Article applies to controlled-atmosphere storage areas that, during storage periods, contain an atmosphere with an oxygen content less than 19.5% or more than 23% by volume.
  2. During storage periods, controlled-atmosphere storage areas need not comply with Sentence 2.4.2.1.(1).
  3. Prior to a controlled-atmosphere storage area being accessed after a storage period and while the storage area is accessible between storage periods, the ventilation system of the storage area shall
    1. supply outdoor air to the storage area at a rate in accordance with Sentence 2.4.2.1.(1), and
    2. ‌ensure that the atmosphere in the storage area has an oxygen content not less than 19.5% and not more than 23% by volume.
  4. A warning sign shall be provided at each entrance to a controlled-atmosphere storage area in accordance with Sentence 2.14.2.1.(5) of Division B of the NFC.
4. ‌Silos and Grain Storage Bins
  1. Where an enclosed tower silo, horizontal silo, or grain storage bin is connected to an adjacent feed room, mechanical exhaust ventilation shall be provided to remove air from the lowest floor level of the feed room to the outdoors at a rate not less than 3 air changes per hour.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 2.5.1.1.
  2. The ventilation system of the farm building in which the feed room referred to in Sentence (1) is located shall be designed to prevent airflow from the feed room to any other part of the floor area of the farm building.
  3. Enclosed horizontal silos shall be ventilated by
    1. openings at roof or eave level with an area not less than 1% of the floor area
      ‌of the silo that consist of
      1. a continuous ridge opening,
      2. openings in both gable ends, or
      3. ‌openings in the eaves on each side of the roof, and
    2. openings at floor level with an area not less than 1% of the floor area of the silo (see Note A-2.4.2.4.(3)(b)).
  (See Note A-2.4.2.4.(3).)
5. ‌Below-Floor Storage of Liquid Manure
  (See Note A-2.4.2.5.) (See also Note A-2.2.8.3.)
  1. ‌Farm buildings housing livestock with below-floor storage of liquid manure shall be provided with a ventilation system that supplies outdoor air at a rate that is
    1. sufficient to limit the concentrations of dangerous goods classified as flammable gases to not more than 25% of their lower explosive limit,
    2. sufficient to limit the concentrations of dangerous goods classified as toxic gases to those permitted in the applicable provincial or territorial regulations or municipal bylaws or, in the absence of such regulations or
      bylaws, in the ACGIH's “Industrial Ventilation: A Manual of Recommended Practice for Design,” and
    3. not less than 2 air changes per hour. (See Note A-2.4.2.5.(1).)
‌Heating Appliances
1. ‌Location of Appliances‌

Fuel-fired heating appliances shall be located and separated from the remainder of the farm building in conformance with Article 2.2.1.9.

‌Section 2.5. Objectives and Functional Statements

‌Objectives and Functional Statements‌
1. ‌Attributions to Acceptable Solutions
  1. ‌For the purpose of compliance with this Code as required in

Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) of Division A, the objectives and functional statements attributed to the acceptable solutions in this Part shall be the objectives and functional statements listed in Table 2.5.1.1. (See Note A-1.1.2.1.(1).)

Table 2.5.1.1.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(3)	[F03-OS1.2]
2.2.1.5. Fire Separations and Closures
(1)	[F 03-OS1.2]
2.2.1.7. Firewalls
(1)	[F03-O S1.2] [F12-OS1.5]
(2)	[F03-O S1.2] [F12-OS1.5]
2.2.1.8. Fire Blocks
(1)	[F 03-OS1.2]

Objectives and Functional Statements Attributed to the Acceptable Solutions in Part 2

Forming Part of Sentence 2.5.1.1.(1)

Table 2.5.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
2.2.1.2. Prohibition of Occupancy Combinations
(1)	[F02-OS1.2]
(2)	[F02-OS1.2]
2.2.1.4. Separation of Occupancies
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]

2.5.1.1. Division B

Table 2.5.1.1. (Continued) Table 2.5.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F03-OS1.2]
(3)	[F03-OS1.2]
(4)	[F03-OS1.2]
2.2.1.9. Additional Fire Separations
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
(3)	(a) [F02-OS1.2]
(3)	(b) [F02,F03-OS1.2]
(4)	[F02 ,F03-OS1.2]
(5)	[F02 ,F03-OS1.2]
2.2.1.10. Determination of Fire-Resistance Ratings
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
(1)	[F04-OS1.3]
(2)	[F03-OS1.2]
(2)	[F04-OS1.3]
2.2.1.12. Flame-Spread Rating
(1)	[F02 ,F03-OS1.2]
(3)	[F02 ,F03-OS1.2]
2.2.1.13. Foamed Plastics
(1)	[F01 -OS1.1] [F02-OS1.2]
2.2.1.14. Fabrics and Films
(1)	[F02-OS1.2]
2.2.1.15. Electrical Wiring and Equipment
(1)	[F01 -OS1.1] [F81-OS1.1]
	[F81-OS1.4]
	[F32-OS3.3]
(2)	[F01-OS1.1]
(2)	[F81-OS1.4]
2.2.1.17. Occupant Load
(1)	[F10-OS1.5]
2.2.3.1. Determination of Requirement for a Fire Alarm System
(1)	[F11 -OS1.5] [F13-O S1.5,OS1.2]
2.2.3.2. Types of Fire Alarm Systems
(1)	[F11-OS1.5]
2.2.3.3. Design of Fire Alarm Systems
(1)	(a) [F03-OS1.2]
(1)	(b) [F11-OS1.2]
2.2.3.4. Fire Alarm Signals
(1)	(b),(c) [F11-OS1.5]
(2)	[F11-OS1.5]
(3)	[F11-OS1.5]
2.2.3.5. Silencing of Alarm Signals
(1)	[F11-O S1.5] [F34,F81-OS1.5]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
2.2.3.6. Electrical Supervision
(1)	[F82-O S1.2,OS1.5]
2.2.3.7. Fire Detectors
(1)	(a) [F11-OS1.5]
	(b) [F11-OS1.5]
(2)	[F02-O S1.2] [F11-OS1.5]
2.2.4.1. Fire Department Access to Buildings
(1)	[F12-O S1.2,OS1.5]
(2)	[F12-O S1.2,OS1.5]
2.2.4.2. Automatic Sprinkler Systems
(3)	[F11-O S1.5] [F12 -OS1.2,OS1.5]
2.2.4.3. Portable Fire Extinguishers
(1)	[F 02,F12,F81-OS1.2]
2.2.5.1. Minimum Lighting Requirements
(1)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
	[F10-OS1.5]
(2)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
	[F10-OS1.5]
(3)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
	[F10-OS1.5]
2.2.6.2. Egress Doorways
(1)	[F10-OS1.5]
(2)	[F10-OS1.5]
(3)	[F10-OS1.5]
2.2.6.3. Travel Distance
(1)	[F10-OS1.5]
2.2.6.5. Access to Exits
(1)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
	[F10-OS1.5]
(2)	[F43-OS3.7]
2.2.6.6. Door Swing
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]
	[F10-OS1.5]
(2)	[F10-OS3.7]
2.2.6.7. Doors and Door Hardware
(1)	(a),(b),(c) [F10,F12-OS3.7]
	(d) [F30-OS3.1]
(2)	(a) [F03-OS1.2]
	(b) [F44-OS3.4]
2.2.6.8. Ramps and Stairways
(1)	(a) [F30-OS3.1]
(2)	[F30-OS3.1]

Division B 2.5.1.1.

Table 2.5.1.1. (Continued) Table 2.5.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
2.2.6.9. Floor Openings
(1)	[F20-OS3.1]
(2)	[F30-OS3.1]
2.2.6.10. Guards
(1)	[F30-OS3.1]
(2)	[F30-OS3.1]
2.2.6.12. Transparent Doors and Panels
(1)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(3)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
2.2.7.3. Minimum Number of Exits
(1)	[F10 ,F12-OS3.7]
	[F10 ,F12-OS1.5]
2.2.7.4. Distance between Exits
(1)	[F10-OS1.5]
2.2.7.5. Location of Exits
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]
	[F10-OS1.5]
2.2.7.6. Width and Height of Exits
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]
(3)	[F10 ,F30-OS3.7]
	[F10-OS1.5]
2.2.7.7. Direction of Exit Door Swing
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]
	[F10-OS1.5]
2.2.7.8. Exit Door Hardware
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]
	[F10-OS1.5]
2.2.7.9. Exit Stairs and Fire Escapes
(1)	[F10 -OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(2)	[F10-OS3.7]
	[F10-OS1.5]
(5)	[F10 ,F12 -OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
	[F10 ,F12-OS1.5]
2.2.8.1. General
(1)	[F01 ,F02 ,F03-O S1.1,OS1.2]
	[F43-OS3.4]
(3)	[F43-OS1.1]
	[F43-OS3.4]
2.2.8.2. Exhaust Ventilation and Explosion Venting
(1)	[F01-OS1.1]
2.2.8.3. Below-Floor Storage Areas for Liquid Manure
(2)	[F01-OS1.1]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(3)	(a) [F11-O S1.1,OS1.4]
	(b),(c) [F11-OS1.1,OS1.4]
	(d) [F01,F02-OS1.1]
	(e) [F01,F02-OS1.4]
(4)	[F 01,F02-O S1.2] [F12-OS1.1]
(5)	[F03-OS1.2]
2.2.8.5. Liquid Manure Storage Tanks and Piping Systems
(3)	[F 30,F34-OS3.1]
(4)	[F34-OS3.4]
(5)	[F 34,F43-OS3.4]
(6)	[F 34,F43-OS3.4]
2.2.8.6. Gas Traps or Valves
(1)	[F01-OS1.1]
(1)	[F43-OS3.4]
(2)	[F01-OS1.1]
(2)	[F43-OS3.4]
2.2.8.8. Pesticide Storage Areas
(2)	(a) [F01-OS1.1]
	(a) [F43-OS3.4]
	(b),(c) [F34-OS3.4]
(3)	[F 43,F44-OS3.4]
(4)	[F 43,F44,F46-OS3.4]
(4)	[F 01,F02,F03-OS1.2]
2.3.2.2. Poultry Manure
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
(2)	[F20-OS2.1]
2.3.2.3. Stored Products
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
2.3.2.4. Farm Machinery and Vehicles
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
(3)	[F20-O S2.1] [F20-OS2.4]
2.3.2.5. Liquid Manure Storage Tanks
(1)	[F20-O S2.1] [F20-OS2.4]
(2)	[F20-OS2.1]
(3)	[F20-OS2.1]
(4)	[F20-OS2.1]
(5)	[F80-OS2.3]
(6)	[F43-OS3.4]
2.3.3.1. Unobstructed Slippery Roofs
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
2.3.3.2. Roof Areas of Greenhouses
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]

2.5.1.1. Division B

Table 2.5.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
2.4.2.2. Greenhouses
(1)	[F44 ,F50-OS3.4]
2.4.2.3. Controlled-Atmosphere Storage Areas
(3)	[F50-OS3.4]
(4)	[F50-OS3.4]
2.4.2.4. Silos and Grain Storage Bins
(1)	[F50-OS3.4]
(1)	[F01-OS1.1]
(2)	[F02 ,F44-OS1.2]
(3)	[F50-OS3.4]
(3)	[F01-OS1.1]
2.4.2.5. Below-Floor Storage of Liquid Manure
(1)	(a) [F01-OS1.1]
	(b) [F40-OS3.4]
	(c) [F01-OS1.1]
	(c) [F40-OS3.4]

Notes to Table 2.5.1.1.:

(1) See Parts 2 and 3 of Division A.

‌Division B

‌Notes to Part 2 Farm Buildings

‌Application of Part 2. Part 2 of the NBC contains specific requirements pertaining to farm buildings because they have distinct characteristics compared to other types of buildings: they have low occupant loads, are typically located in rural settings, and house unique activities and contents. Part 2 does not apply

‌to large farm buildings that do not qualify as having “low human occupancy,” i.e., an occupant load of not more than 1 person per 40 m2 of floor area.

A-2.1.1.1.(1) Safety of Persons. The intent of Part 2 is to set forth measures to ensure the safety of persons in farm buildings.

A-2.1.4.1.(1) Major Occupancy Classifications for Farm Buildings. The following are examples of the agricultural major occupancy classifications described in Table 2.1.4.1.:

Group G, Division 1

Farm buildings housing livestock with a below-floor storage area for liquid manure Feed mills

Grain elevators

Rooms for the bulk storage of dangerous goods classified as flammable gases or compressed gases Rooms for the bulk storage of flammable liquids

Rooms for the bulk storage of reactive materials

Group G, Division 2

Animal exercise facilities

Animal housing facilities, including, but not limited to, facilities for livestock, facilities for alternative livestock and game animals, facilities for fur-bearing animals, and facilities for cultured fish and shellfish

Animal training facilities

Facilities for the packaging and processing of agricultural products Facilities for the production of plants and fungi, excluding greenhouses Farm workshops

Feed preparation centres Feed storage facilities

Fruit and vegetable storage facilities Grain, forage and feed structures Milking facilities

Storage facilities for farming equipment, implements and machinery Viniculture facilities

Group G, Division 3

Greenhouses

Group G, Division 4 Biomass facilities By-product facilities Digesters

Grain bins Horizontal silos Storage bins Vertical silos

‌A-2.2.1.1.(2) Division B

‌A-2.2.1.1.(2) Non-agricultural Major Occupancies. It is intended that portions of farm buildings that contain permitted major occupancies other than agricultural major occupancies be subject to the requirements of Part 3. Unless specifically referenced in Part 2, the requirements of Part 3 are not intended to be applied to portions of farm buildings meeting the criteria for the application of Part 2 (see Articles 1.3.3.5. and 1.3.3.6. of Division A).

‌A-2.2.1.5. Environmental Conditions. The materials used in the construction of fire separations and closures in farm buildings should be selected to minimize deterioration caused by exposure to corrosive or humid environmental conditions.

A-2.2.1.8.(1) Concealed Spaces Used as Supply Air Plenums. Sentence 2.2.1.8.(1) is not intended to prohibit a concealed attic or roof space from being used as a supply air plenum for the distribution of air through a porous ceiling or ceiling inlets to the space below.

‌A-2.2.1.15.(2) Damage to Electrical Wiring. The protection required by Sentence 2.2.1.15.(2) is intended to prevent rodents from damaging electrical wiring that is installed in a concealed space, such as a space within an assembly, an attic space, or a service space.‌

‌A-2.2.7.1.(1) Exiting from Floor Areas. The intent of Sentence 2.2.7.1.(1) is that each floor level be served by its own exits. This approach to providing exits is consistent with that in Part 3.

A-2.2.7.2. Overhead Doors and Sliding Doors. Overhead doors and sliding doors are not permitted to be used as exits from farm buildings with human occupants because such doors could delay their egress.

‌A-2.2.8.2.(3) Ventilation of Below-Floor Storage Areas for Liquid Manure. Where a farm building housing livestock with a below-floor storage area for liquid manure is provided with a ventilation system in accordance with Article 2.2.8.3., the requirements of Sentences 2.2.8.2.(1) and (2) are considered to be satisfied with respect to the fire and explosion hazard posed by manure gases. Should other hazardous substances or conditions be present in the farm building, the requirements of Sentences 2.2.8.2.(1) and (2) must be applied with respect to those substances or conditions.

A-2.2.8.3. Below-Floor Storage Areas for Liquid Manure. The following are examples of manure-handling equipment and systems that are not considered to be below-floor storage areas for liquid manure:

gutters, pumps and pump chambers designed to be emptied or flushed every few days
‌shallow gutters
gutters scraped with an alley scraper or stable cleaner
gutters equipped with a belt manure removal system
normally empty transfer gutters and pipes

‌A-2.2.8.4.(1) Welding and Cutting. The room referred to in Sentence 2.2.8.4.(1) is a space where significant and regular welding and cutting operations are routinely performed, such as a welding shop supporting the farm operation. Sentence 2.2.8.4.(1) is not intended to apply to occasional welding and cutting operations, such as those carried out during repairs of farm machinery.

Refer to Section 5.2. of Division B of the NFC for requirements relating to hot works, including cutting, welding, soldering, brazing, grinding and adhesive bonding.

‌A-2.2.8.6. Liquids Capable of Releasing Hazardous Gases or Vapours. Examples of liquids that are capable of releasing hazardous gases or vapours include liquid manure, wash water from a milking facility, and waste water in a septic system.

‌A-2.3.1.1.(1) Design of Bins and Silos. Information on the design of bins and silos can be found in the Commentary entitled Farm Buildings in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

A-2.3.2.3.(1) Bulk Densities of Agricultural Products. The bulk densities, ρ, of agricultural products listed in Table A-2.3.2.3.(1) can be used to determine the specific weight, γ, of the products as follows:

Division B A-2.3.2.3.(1)

‌where

γ = specific weight, in N/m3,

ρ = bulk density, in kg/m3, and

g = gravitational acceleration, in m/s2.

Table A-2.3.2.3.(1)

Bulk Densities of Agricultural Products

Table A-2.3.2.3.(1) (Continued)

Agricultural Product	Bulk Density, kg/m3
Grains and Seeds(1)
Alfalfa	750
Alsike	740
Barley	620
Beans
castor	590
lima	720
navy	770
snap	380
Bentgrass	450
Birdsfoot trefoil	740
Bluegrass
Canada	270
Kentucky	280
rough	270
Bromegrass	170
Buckwheat	640
Canola	640
Argentine rape	640
turnip or Polish rape	770
Clover
red	750
sweet	780
white	760
Corn
ear-husked	450
shelled	720
Cottonseed	410
Cowpeas	770
Fescue
chewings	240
meadow	290
red	220
tall	280
Flaxseed (linseed)	700
Grain sorghums	720
Lentils	770
Milkvetch	820
Millet	640
Mustard	640
Oats	420
Orchard grass	200

Agricultural Product	Bulk Density, kg/m3
Peanuts
shelled	640
unshelled	240
Peas	770
Rapeseed (see Canola)
Red top	390
Reed canary grass	380
Rice
hulled	770
rough	580
Russian wild rye	250
Rye	720
Ryegrass
annual	360
perennial	300
Safflower seed	720
Sainfoin	360
Soybeans	770
Sunflower seed	310–410
Timothy	580
Wheat	770
Concentrated Feeds
Alfalfa
meal	250–350
pellets	650–700
Barley
ground, meal	380–450
malt	500
Beet pulp, dried	180–250
Bone meal	800–960
Bran, rice-rye-wheat	260–320
Brewer's grain
spent, dry	220–290
spent, wet	880–960
Corn
cobs, ground	270
cobs, whole	190–240
cracked	640–800
germ	340
grits	640–720
meal	510–640
Corn oil, cake	400

A-2.3.2.5.(3) Division B

Table A-2.3.2.3.(1) (Continued)

Agricultural Product	Bulk Density, kg/m3
Crumbled ration	550
Fish meal	560–640
Flaxseed oil (linseed oil)
cake	770–800
meal	400–720
Malt
dry, ground	320–480
meal	580–640
Meat meal	600
Oats
crimped	300–420
crushed	350
rolled	300–420
Pelleted ration	600
Salt	1 000–1 100
Soya bean meal	550–650
Wheat
cracked	640–720
germ	350–450
Roughage Feeds and Bedding
Hay (air-dried)
baled	160
chopped	160
long	80
wafered	325
Straw
chopped	100–130
field-baled	130
long	60
Wood shavings, baled	320
Fruits and Vegetables
Apples, bulk	600
Apricots	620
Beans
‌shelled	800
unshelled	400
Beets	700

Table A-2.3.2.3.(1) (Continued)

Agricultural Product	Bulk Density, kg/m3
Blackberries	610
Cabbage	500
Carrots	550
Cauliflower	320
Corn, cob	450
Cranberries	480
Cucumbers	620
Onions, dry	650
Parsnips	500
Peaches	620
Pears	640
Peas	390
Peppers	320
Plums	720
Potatoes	670
Pumpkins	600
Squash	600
Sweet potatoes	700
Tomatoes	680
Turnips	600
Miscellaneous
Eggs in cases	200
Fertilizer	950–1 000
Tobacco	550
Wool
compressed bales	775
uncompressed bales	200
Fresh manure (feces and urine mixed)	1 000

Notes to Table A-2.3.2.3.(1):

(1) The bulk densities of grains listed in Table A-2.3.2.3.(1) are determined by filling a small container with grain and weighing the filled container. If grain is dropped from a distance into a bin, the bulk density may be up to 5% higher than the listed density. If a grain spreader is used to load the grain into the bin, the bulk density will be even higher (but wall pressures in the bin will be more uniform and slightly lower). Therefore, it is recommended that the listed density be multiplied by a factor of 1.06 for grain stored in a bin.

A-2.3.2.5.(3) Lateral Ice Pressure in Liquid Manure Storage Tanks. The lateral ice pressure in liquid manure storage tanks in the Québec City region has been found to reach 50 kPa acting over an ice thickness of 0.5 m. The ice thickness, and therefore the lateral ice load, depends on the geographic location. To calculate the lateral ice load for a particular location, a lateral ice pressure of 50 kPa is applied over the ice thickness expected in that location, which can be estimated from the location's degree-days below 18°C listed in Table C-2 of Appendix C as follows:

ice thickness (location) = 0.5 m × (degree-days below 18°C (location) / degree-days below 18°C (Québec City))

‌Division B A-2.3.4.

‌A-2.3.2.5.(4)(a) Lateral Earth Pressure on Walls of Liquid Manure Storage Tanks. The lateral earth pressure referred to in Clause 2.3.2.5.(4)(a) should be based on the equivalent fluid density of the earth surrounding the liquid manure storage tank. Equivalent fluid densities for different types of soil are listed

in Table A-2.3.2.5.(4)(a).

Table A-2.3.2.5.(4)(a)

Equivalent Fluid Densities for Soil

Type of Soil	Equivalent Fluid Density, kN/m3
Clean sand and gravel, well-drained	4.7
‌Sand and gravel with fines, restricted permeability	5.7
Stiff residual silts and clays	7.0
Soft silts and clays, poorly drained	16.0

‌A-2.3.2.5.(6) Design of Liquid Manure Storage Tanks to Minimize Leakage. In designing walls and bases of liquid manure storage tanks to minimize leakage of liquid manure, all factors that may influence the formation of cracks should be taken into account, including thermal effects, concrete shrinkage, structural movement, and material choice and installation. The control of crack formation to minimize leakage is particularly important for reinforced concrete structures to prevent corrosion of the reinforcing steel.

A-2.3.3.1.(1) Reduced Snow Loads for Unobstructed Slippery Roofs. Research has shown that sloped roofs covered with pre-painted steel have reduced snow loads relative to roofs covered with asphalt shingles. Sentence 2.3.3.1.(1) allows a reduction of the slope factor, Cs, for unobstructed slippery roofs of farm buildings where the roof slope, α, is greater than 15° but not greater than 60°. Figure A-2.3.3.1.(1) shows the Cs versus α curve calculated in accordance with Sentence 2.3.3.1.(1).

1.2

1.0

0.85

0.8

C = 60° − 

53°

0.6

0.4

0.2

0.0

0 10 20

30 40

, °

60 70 80 90 100

EG02721A

‌Before using the reduced slope factor, the designer should carefully examine the proposed roof configuration to ensure that snow will freely slide off the roof. The reduced slope factor does not apply to sloped roofs terminating at grade, at a roof valley, or at another roof of lower slope because the snow may pile up or not slide freely at the transition in slope. The reduced slope factor also does not apply to roofs with obstructions, such as chimneys, silos or ice guards.

‌Figure A-2.3.3.1.(1)

Curve for slope factor, Cs, versus roof slope, , for unobstructed slippery roofs of farm buildings

A-2.3.4. Seismic Design of Above-Ground Liquid Manure Storage Tanks. Information on the seismic design of above-ground liquid manure storage tanks can be found in the Commentary entitled Farm Buildings in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-2.3.4.1.(1)(b) Division B

‌A-2.3.4.1.(1)(b) SFRSs for Farm Buildings in Seismic Category SC2. Information on SFRSs with RdRo ≥ 3.0 for farm buildings in Seismic Category SC2 can be found in the Commentary entitled Farm Buildings in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-2.4.2.1.(1) Required Ventilation. Guidance on ventilation in farm animal housing and indoor plant agriculture facilities can be found in the chapter entitled Environmental Controls for Animals and Plants in the “ASHRAE Handbook – HVAC Applications.”‌

A-2.4.2.3. Controlled-Atmosphere Storage Areas. Controlled-atmosphere storage areas are typically used to preserve fruits and vegetables, and are not intended to contain hazardous gases.

‌A-2.4.2.4.(3) Gas Hazards in Enclosed Horizontal Silos. In enclosed horizontal silos, gases produced by tractors during loading and unloading operations and by silage fermentation present a hazard. Providing openings at both roof or eave level and floor level in horizontal silos promotes airflow to remove these gases, most of which are heavier than air.

‌A-2.4.2.4.(3)(b) Openings at Floor Level in Enclosed Horizontal Silos. The requirement of Clause 2.4.2.4.(3)(b) can be met by providing a single opening at floor level, which may also serve as a tractor access opening.

‌A-2.4.2.5. Below-Floor Storage of Liquid Manure. The ventilation requirements of Article 2.4.2.5. are intended to address the specific hazards due to manure gases in farm buildings housing livestock with below-floor storage of liquid manure. Where these requirements are met, it is not necessary to apply the provisions of Articles 6.3.1.5. and 6.9.1.2. with respect to manure gases. However, where the farm building contains other hazardous substances (air contaminants or hazardous gases, dusts or liquids), the provisions of Articles 6.3.1.5. and 6.9.1.2. must be applied with respect to those substances.

A-2.4.2.5.(1) Minimum Ventilation Rate. The minimum ventilation rate required by

Sentence 2.4.2.5.(1) is intended to limit the concentrations of flammable gases and toxic gases produced by the decomposition of liquid manure. Higher ventilation rates may be necessary to promote farm animal health and production. Where requested by the authority having jurisdiction, compliance with Clauses 2.4.2.5.(1)(a) and (b) can be demonstrated through periodic in situ monitoring of gas concentrations or through calculation of gas concentrations using a reliable method (such as that described in the following publication: Massé, D.I., Croteau, F., Patni, N.K. and Masse, L. Methane Emissions from Dairy Cow and Swine Manure Slurries Stored at 10°C and 15°C. Canadian Biosystems Engineering, Vol. 45, pp. 6.1–6.6, 2003).

Division B

Part 3 ‌Fire Protection, Occupant Safety and Accessibility

General
1. Scope and Definitions 3-1
2. Classification of Buildings or
  Parts of Buildings by Major Occupancy 3-1
3. Multiple Occupancy
  Requirements 3-2
4. Combustible Construction 3-4
5. Noncombustible Construction 3-7
6. Encapsulated Mass Timber
  Construction 3-17
7. Fire-Resistance Ratings 3-23
8. Fire Separations and Closures 3-24
9. Penetrations in Fire Separations
  and Fire-Rated Assemblies 3-31
10. Firewalls 3-33
11. Fire Blocks in Concealed
  Spaces 3-35
12. Flame-Spread Rating and
  Smoke Developed Classification 3-37
13. Interior Finish 3-38
14. Roof Assemblies 3-41
15. Roof Covering 3-42
16. Fabrics 3-42
17. Occupant Load 3-43
18. Tents and Air-Supported
  Structures 3-44
Building Fire Safety
1. General 3-45
2. Building Size and Construction Relative to Occupancy 3-47
3. Spatial Separation and
  Exposure Protection 3-78
4. Fire Alarm and Detection
  Systems 3-92
5. Provisions for Firefighting 3-102
6. Additional Requirements for
  High Buildings 3-108
7. Lighting and Emergency Power Systems 3-111
8. Mezzanines and Openings
  through Floor Assemblies 3-115
9. Integrated Fire Protection and
  Life Safety Systems 3-117
Safety within Floor Areas
1. All Floor Areas 3-117
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  Division B
Exits
1. General 3-140
2. Number and Location of Exits
  from Floor Areas 3-141
3. Width and Height of Exits 3-144
4. Fire Separation of Exits 3-146
5. Exit Signs 3-147
6. Types of Exit Facilities 3-149
7. Fire Escapes 3-157
Vertical Transportation
1. General 3-158
2. Standards 3-159
3. Fire Separations 3-159
4. Dimensions and Signs 3-160
Service Facilities
1. General 3-160
2. ‌Service Rooms 3-161
3. Vertical Service Spaces and
  Service Facilities 3-163
4. Horizontal Service Spaces and
  Service Facilities 3-165
5. Air Duct and Plenum Systems 3-166
Health Requirements
1. Height of Rooms 3-169
2. Plumbing Facilities 3-169
3. Medical Gas Piping Systems 3-172
Accessibility
1. Scope 3-173
2. Application 3-173
3. Design 3-177
Self-service Storage Buildings
1. General 3-188
2. Building Fire Safety 3-189
3. Floor Areas 3-189
Objectives and Functional Statements
1. Objectives and Functional

Statements 3-190

Notes to Part 3 3-225

Division B

Part 3 Fire Protection, Occupant Safety and Accessibility

(See Note A-3.)

‌Section 3.1. General‌

‌Scope and Definitions
1. ‌Scope
  1. The scope of this Part shall be as described in Subsection 1.3.3. of Division A.
2. ‌Defined Words‌
  1. Words that appear in italics are defined in Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A.
3. ‌Use of Term Storage Tank
  1. For the purposes of this Part, the term “storage tank” shall mean a vessel for flammable liquids or combustible liquids having a capacity of more than 230 L and designed to be installed in a fixed location.
4. ‌Fire Protection Information‌
  1. Information to be submitted regarding major components of fire protection shall conform to the requirements of Subsection 2.2.3. of Division C.

‌Classification of Buildings or Parts of Buildings by Major Occupancy‌‌

(See Note A-3.1.2.)

‌Classification of Buildings
1. Except as permitted by Articles 3.1.2.3. to 3.1.2.5., every building or part thereof shall be classified according to its major occupancy as belonging to one of the Groups or Divisions described in Table 3.1.2.1. (See Note A-3.1.2.1.(1).)
2. A building intended for use by more than one major occupancy shall be classified according to all major occupancies for which it is used or intended to be used.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022

‌Division B

Table 3.1.2.1.

Major Occupancy Classification

Forming Part of Sentences 3.1.2.1.(1) and 3.1.2.2.(1)

Group	Division	Description of Major Occupancies
A	1	Assembly occupancies intended for the production and viewing of the performing arts
A	2	Assembly occupancies not elsewhere classified in Group A
A	3	Assembly occupancies of the arena type
A	4	Assembly occupancies in which occupants are gathered in the open air
B	1	Detention occupancies
B	2	Treatment occupancies
B	3	Care occupancies
C	—	Residential occupancies
D	—	Business and personal services occupancies
E	—	Mercantile occupancies
F	1	High-hazard industrial occupancies
F	2	Medium-hazard industrial occupancies
‌F	3	Low-hazard industrial occupancies

‌Occupancies of Same Classification
1. Any building is deemed to be occupied by a single major occupancy, notwithstanding its use for more than one major occupancy, provided that all occupancies are classified as belonging to the same Group classification or, where the Group is divided into Divisions, as belonging to the same Division classification described in Table 3.1.2.1.
‌Arena-Type Buildings
1. An arena-type building intended for occasional use for trade shows and similar exhibition purposes shall be classified as a Group A, Division 3 occupancy. (See Note A-3.1.2.3.(1).)
‌Police Stations
1. A police station with detention quarters is permitted to be classified as a Group B, Division 2 major occupancy provided the station is not more than 1 storey in building height and 600 m2 in building area.
‌Convalescent and Children's Custodial Homes
1. Convalescent homes and children's custodial homes are permitted to be classified as residential occupancies within the application of Part 3, provided that occupants are ambulatory and live as a single housekeeping unit in a suite with sleeping accommodation for not more than 10 persons.
‌Storage of Combustible Fibres‌
1. ‌Buildings or parts thereof used for the storage of baled combustible fibres shall be classified as medium-hazard industrial occupancies.

‌Multiple Occupancy Requirements‌

‌Separation of Major Occupancies

Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and (3), major occupancies shall be separated from adjoining major occupancies by fire separations having fire-resistance ratings conforming to Table 3.1.3.1.
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B 3.1.3.2.
In a building not more than 3 storeys in building height, if not more than two dwelling units are contained together with a Group E major occupancy, the fire-resistance rating of the fire separation between the two major occupancies need not be more than 1 h.

In a building conforming to the requirements of Articles 3.2.8.2. to 3.2.8.8., the requirements of Sentence (1) for fire separations between major occupancies do not apply at the vertical plane around the perimeter of an opening through the horizontal fire separation.

Table 3.1.3.1.

Major Occupancy Fire Separations(1)

Forming Part of Sentence 3.1.3.1.(1)

Major Occupancy	Minimum Fire-Resistance Rating of Fire Separation, h
	Adjoining Major Occupancy
	‌A-1	A-2	A-3	A-4	B-1	B-2	B-3	C	D	E	F-1	F-2	F-3
A-1	—	1	1	1	2	2	2	1	1	2	(2)	2	1
A-2	1	—	1	1	2	2	2	1(3)	1(4)	2	(2)	2	1
A-3	1	1	—	1	2	2	2	1	1	2	(2)	2	1
A-4	1	1	1	—	2	2	2	1	1	2	(2)	2	1
B-1	2	2	2	2	—	2	2	2	2	2	(2)	2	2
‌B-2	2	2	2	2	2	—	1	2	2	2	(2)	2	2
‌B-3	2	2	2	2	2	1	—	1	2	2	(2)	2	2
C	1	1(3)	1	1	2	2	1	—	1	2(5)	(2)	2(6)	1(7)
D	1	1(4)	1	1	2	2	2	1	—	—(8)	3	—(8)	—(8)
E	2	2	2	2	2	2	2	2(5)	—(8)	—	3	—	—
F-1	(2)	(2)	(2)	(2)	(2)	(2)	(2)	(2)	3	3	—	2	2
F-2	2	2	2	2	2	2	2	2(6)	—(8)	—	2	—	—
F-3	1	1	1	1	2	2	2	1(7)	—(8)	—	2	—	—

Notes to Table 3.1.3.1.:

(1) Section 3.3. contains requirements for the separation of occupancies and tenancies that are in addition to the requirements for the separation of major occupancies.

(2) See Sentence 3.1.3.2.(1).

(3) Where the building or part thereof is constructed in accordance with Article 3.2.2.48. or 3.2.2.51., a fire separation witha2h fire-resistance rating is required between the Group C and Group A, Division 2 major occupancies.

(4) Where the building or part thereof is constructed in accordance with Article 3.2.2.57. or 3.2.2.60., a fire separation witha2h fire-resistance rating is required between the Group D and Group A, Division 2 major occupancies.

(5) See Sentence 3.1.3.1.(2).

(6) See Sentence 3.1.3.2.(2).

‌(7) Where the building or part thereof is constructed in accordance with Article 3.2.2.48., a fire separation with a2h fire-resistance rating is required between the Group C major occupancy and a storage garage.

‌(8) Where the building or part thereof is constructed in accordance with Article 3.2.2.57., a fire separation with a1h fire-resistance rating is required between the Group D and Group E or Group F, Division 2 or 3 major occupancies.

‌Prohibition of Occupancy Combinations‌
1. No major occupancy of Group F, Division 1 shall be contained within a building
  with any occupancy classified as Group A, B or C.
2. Not more than one suite of residential occupancy shall be contained within a
  building classified as a Group F, Division 2 major occupancy.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  ‌3.1.4.1. Division B‌

‌Combustible Construction

‌Combustible Materials Permitted‌
1. A building permitted to be of combustible construction is permitted to be constructed of combustible materials, with or without noncombustible components. (See Note A-3.1.4.1.(1).)
2. The flame-spread rating on any exposed surface of foamed plastic insulation, and on any surface that would be exposed by cutting through the insulation in any direction, shall be not more than 500.‌
‌Protection of Foamed Plastics
(See Note A-3.1.4.2.)
1. Except as permitted in Sentence (2), foamed plastics that form part of a wall or ceiling assembly in combustible construction shall be protected from adjacent spaces in the building, other than adjacent concealed spaces within attic or roof spaces, crawl spaces, and wall and ceiling assemblies,
  1. by one of the interior finishes described in Subsections 9.29.4. to 9.29.9.,
  2. provided the building does not contain a Group A, Group B or Group C
    major occupancy, by sheet metal
    1. mechanically fastened to the supporting assembly independent of the insulation,
    2. not less than 0.38 mm thick, and
    3. ‌with a melting point not below 650°C, or
  3. by any thermal barrier that meets the requirements of Sentence 3.1.5.15.(2) (see Note A-3.1.4.2.(1)(c)).
    (See Note A-3.1.4.2.(1).)
2. A walk-in cooler or freezer consisting of factory-assembled wall, floor or ceiling panels containing foamed plastics is permitted in a building required to be of combustible construction, provided the panels
  1. are protected on both sides by sheet metal not less than 0.38 mm thick having a melting point not less than 650°C,
  2. do not contain an air space, and
  3. when a sample panel with an assembled joint typical of field installation is subjected to the applicable test described in Subsection 3.1.12., have a
    ‌flame-spread rating not more than that permitted for the space in which they are located or the space that they bound, as applicable.
    (See Note A-3.1.4.2.(2) and 3.1.5.7.(3).)
3. The flame-spread rating of doors containing foamed plastics shall comply with Sentences 3.1.13.2.(1) to (3).
‌Wires and Cables
1. Except as required by Sentence (2), optical fibre cables and electrical wires and cables with combustible insulation, jackets or sheathes that are installed in a building permitted to be of combustible construction shall
  1. not convey flame or continue to burn for more than 1 min when tested in conformance with the Vertical Flame Test (FT1 rating) in CSA C22.2 No. 0.3, “Test Methods for Electrical Wires and Cables,” or
  2. be located in
    1. totally enclosed noncombustible raceways (see Note A-3.1.4.3.(1)(b)(i)),
    2. masonry walls,
    3. concrete slabs, or
    4. totally enclosed non-metallic raceways conforming to Clause 3.1.5.23.(1)(b).
      (See Note A-3.1.4.3.(1).)
      (See also Sentence 3.6.4.3.(1).)
2. Except as permitted in Sentences (3) and (4), optical fibre cables and electrical wires and cables with combustible insulation, jackets or sheathes that are used for the
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  Division B 3.1.4.7.
  
  transmission of voice, sound or data and are installed in a plenum in a building permitted to be of combustible construction shall exhibit the following characteristics when tested in conformance with CAN/ULC-S102.4, “Standard Method of Test for Fire and Smoke Characteristics of Electrical Wiring, Cables and Non-Metallic Raceways,” (FT6 rating):
  1. a horizontal flame distance of not more than 1.5 m,
  2. an average optical smoke density of not more than 0.15, and
  3. a peak optical smoke density of not more than 0.5.
    1. Except as permitted in Sentence (4), where totally enclosed noncombustible raceways are used ina plenum, exposed components of wiring systems with combustible insulation, jackets or sheathes, including optical fibre cables and electrical wires and cables that are used for the transmission of voice, sound or data, that are installed in the plenum or that extend not more than 9 m from the plenum, including drop down to the floor level, are permitted, provided they exhibit a vertical char of not more than
      1.5 m when tested in conformance with the Vertical Flame Test – Cables in Cable Trays (FT4 rating) in CSA C22.2 No. 0.3, “Test Methods for Electrical Wires and Cables.”
    2. Cables or wires within plenums that are used for the transmission of signals in fire alarm systems need not comply with the requirements of Sentence (2).
‌Non-metallic Raceways‌
1. Totally enclosed non-metallic raceways used in a plenum in a building permitted to be of combustible construction shall meet the requirements of Clause 3.1.5.23.(1)(a).
‌Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood
1. If fire-retardant-treated wood is specified in this Part, the wood shall
  1. be pressure impregnated with fire-retardant chemicals in conformance with CAN/CSA-O80 Series, “Wood preservation,” and
  2. have a flame-spread rating not more than 25.
‌Heavy Timber Construction Alternative‌
1. If combustible construction is permitted and is not required to have a fire-resistance rating more than 45 min, heavy timber construction is permitted to be used.
2. If heavy timber construction is permitted, it shall conform to Article 3.1.4.7.

‌Heavy Timber Construction

Wood elements in heavy timber construction shall be arranged in heavy solid masses and with essentially smooth flat surfaces to avoid thin sections and sharp projections.‌

Except as permitted by Sentences (3) to (6) and (12), the minimum dimensions of wood elements in heavy timber construction shall conform to Table 3.1.4.7.

Table 3.1.4.7.

Heavy Timber Dimensions

Forming Part of Sentence 3.1.4.7.(2)

Supported Assembly	Structural Element	Solid Sawn (width × depth), mm × mm	Glued-Laminated (width × depth), mm × mm	Round (diam), mm
	Columns	140 × 191	130 × 190	180
Roofs only	Arches supported on the tops of walls or abutments	89 × 140	80 × 152	—
Roofs only	Beams, girders and trusses	89 × 140	80 × 152	—
	Arches supported at or near the floor line	140 × 140	130 × 152	—
Floors, floors plus roofs	Columns Beams, girders, trusses and arches	191 × 191 140 × 241 or 191 × 191	175 × 190 130 × 228 or 175 × 190	200 —

‌Division B
1. Where splice plates are used at splices of roof arches supported on the tops of walls or abutments, roof trusses, roof beams and roof girders in heavy timber construction, they shall be not less than 64 mm thick.
2. Floors in heavy timber construction shall be of glued-laminated or solid sawn plank not less than
  1. 64 mm thick, splined or tongued and grooved, or
  2. 38 mm wide and 89 mm deep set on edge and well spiked together.
3. Floors in heavy timber construction shall be laid
  1. so that no continuous line of end joints will occur except at points of support, and covered with
    1. tongued and grooved flooring not less than 19 mm thick laid crosswise or diagonally, or
    2. ‌tongued and grooved phenolic-bonded plywood, strandboard or waferboard not less than 12.5 mm thick, and
  2. not closer than 15 mm to the walls to provide for expansion, with the gap covered at the top or bottom.
4. Roofs in heavy timber construction shall be of tongued and grooved
  phenolic-bonded plywood, strandboard or waferboard not less than 28 mm thick, or glued-laminated or solid sawn plank that is
  1. not less than 38 mm thick, splined or tongued and grooved, or
  2. not less than 38 mm wide and 64 mm deep set on edge and laid so that no continuous line of end joints will occur except at the points of support.
5. Wood columns in heavy timber construction shall be continuous or superimposed throughout all storeys.
6. Superimposed wood columns in heavy timber construction shall be connected by
  1. reinforced concrete or metal caps with brackets,
  2. steel or iron caps with pintles and base plates, or
  3. timber splice plates fastened to the columns by metal connectors housed within the contact faces.
7. Where beams and girders in heavy timber construction enter masonry, wall plates, boxes of the self-releasing type or hangers shall be used.
8. Wood girders and beams in heavy timber construction shall be closely fitted to columns, and adjoining ends shall be connected by ties or caps to transfer horizontal loads across the joints.
9. In heavy timber construction, intermediate wood beams used to support a floor shall be supported on top of the girders or on metal hangers into which the ends of the beams are closely fitted.
10. Roof arches supported on the top of walls or abutments, roof trusses, roof beams and roof girders in heavy timber construction are permitted to be not less than 64 mm wide provided
  1. where two or more spaced members are used, the intervening spaces are
    1. blocked solidly throughout, or
    2. ‌tightly closed by a continuous wood cover plate not less than 38 mm thick secured to the underside of the members, or‌
  2. the underneath of the roof deck or sheathing is sprinklered.

‌Noncombustible Construction‌
1. ‌Noncombustible Materials
  (See Note A-3.1.4.1.(1).)
  1. Except as permitted by Sentences (2) to (4) and Articles 3.1.5.2. to 3.1.5.24.,
    3.1.13.4. and 3.2.2.16., a building or part of a building required to be of noncombustible construction shall be constructed with noncombustible materials. (See also Subsection 3.1.13. for the requirements regarding the flame-spread rating of interior finishes.)
  2. Notwithstanding the definition of noncombustible materials stated in Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A, a material is permitted to be used in noncombustible
    ‌construction provided that, when tested in accordance with ULC-S135, “Standard Test Method for the Determination of Combustibility Parameters of Building Materials Using an Oxygen Consumption Calorimeter (Cone Calorimeter),” at a heat flux of‌
    50 kW/m2,
    1. ‌its average total heat release is not more than 3 MJ/m2,
    2. its average total smoke extinction area is not more than 1.0 m2, and
    3. the test duration is extended beyond the time stipulated in the referenced standard until it is clear that there is no further release of heat or smoke.
  3. If a material referred to in Sentence (2) consists of a number of discrete layers and testing reveals that the surface layer or layers protect the underlying layers such that complete combustion of the underlying layers does not occur, the test shall be repeated by removing the outer layers sequentially until all layers have been exposed during testing, or until complete combustion has occurred.
  4. The acceptance criteria for a material tested in accordance with Sentence (3) shall be based on the cumulative emissions from all layers, which must not exceed the criteria stated in Clauses (2)(a) and (b).‌
2. ‌Minor Combustible Components
  1. The following minor combustible components are permitted in a building
    required to be of noncombustible construction:
    1. paint (see also Clause 3.1.13.1.(2)(b)),
    2. self-adhesive tapes, mastics and caulking materials, including foamed plastic air sealants, applied to provide a seal between the major components of exterior wall construction, (see also Article 3.6.4.3. for limits on the use of combustible materials in plenum spaces),
    3. firestops and fire blocks conforming to Sentence 3.1.9.1.(1) and Article 3.1.11.7.,
    4. tubing for pneumatic controls provided it has an outside diameter of not more than 10 mm,
    5. adhesives, vapour barriers and sheathing papers,
    6. electrical outlet and junction boxes,
    7. wood blocking intended for the attachment of window elements within exterior wall assemblies,
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
3. Division B
  1. ‌wood blocking within wall assemblies intended for the attachment of handrails, fixtures, and similar items mounted on the surface of the wall, and
  2. similar minor components.
    other than adjacent concealed spaces within wall assemblies, by a thermal barrier consisting of
    1. Type X gypsum board not less than 15.9 mm thick, mechanically fastened to a supporting assembly independent of the insulation and with all joints either backed or taped and filled, conforming to
      1. ASTM C1177/C1177M, “Standard Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum Substrate for Use as Sheathing,”
      2. ASTM C1178/C1178M, “Standard Specification for Coated Glass Mat Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Panel,”
      3. ASTM C1396/C1396M, “Standard Specification for Gypsum Board,” or
      4. CAN/CSA A82.27-M, “Gypsum Board,”
    2. non-loadbearing masonry or concrete not less than 50 mm thick,
    3. loadbearing masonry or concrete not less than 75 mm thick, or
    4. any thermal barrier that, when tested in conformance with CAN/ULC-S101, “Standard Method of Fire Endurance Tests of Building Construction and Materials,”
      1. ‌does not develop an average temperature rise more than 140°C or a maximum temperature rise more than 180°C at any point on its unexposed face within 20 min, and
      2. remains in place for not less than 40 min.

‌Encapsulated Mass Timber Construction

(See Note A-3.1.6.)

‌Scope‌
1. ‌Encapsulated mass timber construction permitted in this Part shall conform to this Subsection.
‌Materials Permitted‌
1. Except as otherwise provided in this Part and Sentence 6.4.3.1.(1), materials used in a building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction shall conform to Subsection 3.1.5.
‌Structural Mass Timber Elements
(See Note A-3.1.6.3.)
1. Except as otherwise provided in this Subsection and Articles 3.2.2.16.
  and 3.2.3.19., a building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction is permitted to include structural mass timber elements, including beams, columns, arches, and wall, floor and roof assemblies, provided they comply with Sentences (2) and (3).
2. Structural mass timber elements referred to in Sentence (1) shall
  1. except as provided in Sentence (4), be arranged in heavy solid masses containing no concealed spaces,
  2. have essentially smooth flat surfaces with no thin sections or sharp projections, and
  3. except as provided in Sentence 3.1.6.17.(1), conform to the minimum dimensions stated in Table 3.1.6.3.
3. Adhesives used in structural mass timber elements referred to in Sentence (1) that are constructed of cross-laminated timber shall conform to the elevated temperature performance requirements in ANSI/APA PRG 320, “Standard for Performance-Rated Cross-Laminated Timber.”
4. Concealed spaces are permitted within structural mass timber elements referred to in Sentence (2) and need not conform to Sentence 3.1.6.4.(1), provided the concealed spaces are
  1. sprinklered and divided into compartments by fire blocks in conformance with Subsection 3.1.11.,
  2. completely filled with rock or slag fibre insulation conforming to CAN/ULC-S702.1, “Standard for Mineral Fibre Thermal Insulation for Buildings, Part 1: Material Specification,” and having a density not less than 32 kg/m3,
  3. if horizontal, lined with not less than a single layer of 12.7 mm thick Type X gypsum board or noncombustible material providing an encapsulation rating of not less than 25 min, or
  4. if vertical, lined with not less than a single layer of 12.7 mm thick Type X gypsum board or noncombustible material providing an encapsulation rating of not less than 25 min and vertically divided into compartments by fire blocks in conformance with Subsection 3.1.11.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022

‌Division B

Table 3.1.6.3.

Minimum Dimensions of Structural Mass Timber Elements in Encapsulated Mass Timber Construction

Forming Part of Sentences 3.1.6.3.(2), 3.1.6.8.(1) and 3.1.6.17.(1)

Structural Wood Elements	Minimum Thickness, mm	Minimum Width × Depth, mm × mm
Walls that are fire separations or exterior walls (1-sided fire exposure)	96	—
Walls that require a fire-resistance rating, but are not fire separations (2-sided fire exposure)	192	—
Floors(1) and roofs (1-sided fire exposure)	96	—
Beams, columns and arches (2- or 3-sided fire exposure)	—	192 × 192
‌Beams, columns and arches (4-sided fire exposure)	—	224 × 224

Notes to Table 3.1.6.3.:

(1) The minimum dimensions for floor assemblies are also applicable to mezzanines and exterior balconies.

‌Encapsulation of Mass Timber Elements‌
(See also Note A-3.1.6.3.)
1. Except as provided in Sentences (3) to (6), 3.1.6.3.(4), 3.1.6.16.(2) and 3.1.6.17.(2), and Articles 3.1.6.7. and 3.1.6.12., the exposed surfaces of structural mass timber elements conforming to Article 3.1.6.3. shall be protected from adjacent spaces in the building, including adjacent concealed spaces within wall, floor and roof assemblies, by a material or assembly of materials conforming to Sentence (2) that provides an encapsulation rating of not less than 50 min. (See Note A-3.1.6.4.(1).)‌
2. Except as provided in Sentence 3.1.6.11.(1), the material or assembly of materials referred to in Sentence (1) shall consist of
  1. gypsum board,
  2. ‌gypsum concrete,
  3. noncombustible materials,
  4. materials that conform to Sentences 3.1.5.1.(2) to (4), or
  5. any combination of the materials listed in Clauses (a) to (d).
3. Except as provided in Sentence (5), the exposed surfaces of mass timber beams, columns and arches within a suite or fire compartment need not be protected in accordance with Sentence (1), provided
  1. their aggregate surface area does not exceed 10% of the total wall area of the perimeter of the suite or fire compartment in which they are located, and
  2. the flame-spread rating on any exposed surface is not more than 150. (See Note A-3.1.6.4.(3) to (6).)
4. Except as provided in Sentences (5) and (6), the exposed surfaces of mass timber walls within a suite need not be protected in accordance with Sentence (1), provided
  1. each exposed surface faces the same direction, and
  2. the flame-spread rating on any exposed surface is not more than 150. (See Notes A-3.1.6.4.(4) and A-3.1.6.4.(3) to (6).)
5. The aggregate exposed surface area of mass timber elements within a suite permitted in Sentences (3) and (4) shall not exceed 35% of the total wall area of the perimeter of the suite. (See Note A-3.1.6.4.(3) to (6).)
6. The exposed surfaces of mass timber ceilings within a suite need not be protected in accordance with Sentence (1), provided their aggregate area does not exceed
  1. 10% of the total ceiling area of the suite, where the exposed surfaces have a
    flame-spread rating not more than 150, or
  2. 25% of the total ceiling area of the suite, where
    1. the suite contains no mass timber walls with exposed surfaces, and
    2. the exposed surfaces of the mass timber ceiling have a
      flame-spread rating not more than 75. (See Note A-3.1.6.4.(3) to (6).)
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
      ‌Division B 3.1.6.7.‌
‌Determination of Encapsulation Ratings
1. Except as provided in Article 3.1.6.6., the rating of a material or assembly of materials that is required to have an encapsulation rating shall be determined on the basis of the results of tests conducted in conformance with CAN/ULC-S146, “Standard Method of Test for the Evaluation of Encapsulation Materials and Assemblies of Materials for the Protection of Structural Timber Elements.”
‌Encapsulation Materials
(See Note A-3.1.6.6.)
1. Gypsum-concrete topping and concrete not less than 38 mm thick are deemed to have an encapsulation rating of 50 min when installed on the upper side of a mass timber floor or roof assembly.
2. Two layers of Type X gypsum board each not less than 12.7 mm thick are deemed to have an encapsulation rating of 50 min when installed on a mass timber element, provided they
  1. are fastened with a minimum of two rows of screws in each layer
    1. directly to the mass timber element with screws of sufficient length to penetrate not less than 20 mm into the mass timber element that are spaced not more than 400 mm o.c. and 20 mm to 38 mm from the boards' edges, or
    2. to wood furring or resilient metal or steel furring channels not more than 25 mm thick spaced not more than
      400 mm o.c. on the mass timber element,
  2. are installed with the joints in each layer staggered from those in the adjacent layer,
  3. are installed in conformance with ASTM C840, “Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board,” except that their joints need not be taped and finished, and
  4. conform to
    1. ASTM C1396/C1396M, “Standard Specification for Gypsum Board,” or
    2. CAN/CSA A82.27-M, “Gypsum Board.” (See Note A-3.1.6.6.(2).)
‌Combustible Roofing Materials
1. Wood roof sheathing and roof sheathing supports that do not conform to Articles 3.1.6.3. and 3.1.6.4. are permitted in a building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction, provided they are installed
  1. above a concrete deck in accordance with Sentence 3.1.5.3.(2), or
  2. above a deck of encapsulated mass timber construction, where
    1. said deck is permitted to be encapsulated between the roof sheathing supports by a material or assembly of materials conforming to Sentence 3.1.6.4.(2) that provides an encapsulation rating of not less than 50 min,
    2. the height of the roof space is not more than 1 m,
    3. the roof space is divided into compartments by fire blocks in conformance with Article 3.1.11.5.,
    4. openings through the deck other than for noncombustible roof drains and plumbing piping are protected by shafts constructed as fire separations having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h that extend from the deck to not less than 150 mm above the adjacent sheathing, and
    5. except as permitted by Subclause (b)(iv), the roof space does not contain any building services.
2. Combustible cant strips, roof curbs, nailing strips and similar components used in the installation of roofing are permitted on a building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
Division B

‌3) Wood nailer facings to parapets that are not more than 610 mm high are permitted on a building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction, provided the facings and any roof membranes covering the facings are protected by sheet metal.‌

‌Combustible Window Sashes and Frames
1. Combustible window sashes and frames are permitted in a building or part of a
  building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction, provided
  1. each window in an exterior wall face is an individual unit separated from every other opening in the wall by noncombustible wall construction or mass timber wall construction conforming to the dimensions stated in Table 3.1.6.3.,
  2. windows in exterior walls in contiguous storeys are separated by not less than 1 m of noncombustible wall construction or mass timber wall construction conforming to the dimensions stated in Table 3.1.6.3., and
  3. the aggregate area of openings in an exterior wall face of a fire compartment
    is not more than 40% of the area of the wall face.
‌Exterior Cladding
1. Except as provided in Sentences (2), (3) and (6), cladding on an exterior wall assembly of a building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction shall be noncombustible. (See Note A-3.1.6.9.(1) and (2).)
2. Except as provided in Sentences (3) to (5), cladding on an exterior wall assembly of a building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction is permitted to consist of
  1. combustible cladding that
    1. is not contiguous over more than 4 storeys,
    2. represents not more than 10% of the cladding on each exterior wall of each storey,
    3. is not more than 1.2 m in width,
    4. has a flame-spread rating not more than 75 on any exposed surface, or any surface that would be exposed by cutting through the material in any direction,
    5. is separated from other portions of combustible cladding on adjacent storeys by a horizontal distance of not less than
      2.4 m, and
    6. is separated from other portions of combustible cladding by a horizontal distance of not less than 1.2 m,
  2. combustible cladding that
    1. is not contiguous across adjacent storeys,
    2. represents not more than 10% of the cladding on each exterior wall of each storey,
    3. has a flame-spread rating not more than 75 on any exposed surface, or any surface that would be exposed by cutting through the material in any direction, and
    4. is separated from other portions of combustible cladding on adjacent storeys by a horizontal distance of not less than
      2.4 m,
  3. ‌combustible cladding representing up to 100% of the cladding on exterior walls of the first storey, provided all portions of the cladding can be directly accessed and are located not more than 15 m from a street or access route conforming to Article 3.2.5.6., measured horizontally from the face of the building,
  4. except as provided in Sentence (4), a wall assembly that satisfies the criteria of Clause 3.1.5.5.(1)(b), or
  5. a combination of noncombustible cladding and the cladding described in Clauses (a) to (d).
    (See Note A-3.1.6.9.(1) and (2).)
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 3.1.6.12.
3. The permitted area of combustible cladding in Clause (2)(a) or (b) shall not exceed 5% of the cladding on each exterior wall of each storey where the time from receipt of notification of a fire by the fire department until the arrival of the first fire department vehicle at the building exceeds 10 min in 10% or more of all fire department calls to the building. (See Note A-3.2.3.1.(8).)‌
4. An exterior wall assembly constructed in conformance with Section D-6 of Appendix D is deemed to satisfy the criteria of Clause (2)(d).
5. Except as provided in Article 3.2.3.10., where the limiting distance in
  Table 3.2.3.1.-D or 3.2.3.1.-E permits an area of unprotected openings of not more than 10% of the exposing building face, the construction requirements of Table 3.2.3.7. shall be met.
6. A wall assembly conforming to Clause (2)(d) that includes combustible cladding made of fire-retardant-treated wood shall be tested for fire exposure after the cladding has been subjected to the accelerated weathering test specified in ASTM D2898, “Standard Practice for Accelerated Weathering of Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood for Fire Testing.”
7. Where combustible cladding conforming to Clause (2)(a) or (b) on an exterior wall of a fire compartment is exposed to combustible cladding conforming to Clause (2)(a) or (b) on an exterior wall of the same fire compartment or of another fire compartment, and the planes of the two walls are parallel or at an angle less than 135° measured from the exterior of the building, the different portions of combustible cladding shall
  1. ‌be separated by a horizontal distance of not less than 3 m, and
  2. not be contiguous over more than 2 storeys.
‌Combustible Components in Exterior Walls
1. Except as provided in Sentence (2), combustible components, other than those permitted by Article 3.1.6.9., are permitted to be used in an exterior wall assembly of a building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction, provided the wall assembly meets the requirements of Clause 3.1.6.9.(2)(d).
2. An exterior wall assembly constructed in conformance with Section D-6 of Appendix D is deemed to satisfy the criteria of Sentence (1).
3. Non-loadbearing wood elements permitted in Article 3.1.5.6. need not conform to Article 3.1.6.3. in a building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction.‌
‌Nailing Elements
1. Wood nailing elements are permitted to be used for the attachment of a material or assembly of materials used to provide an encapsulation rating in a building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction, provided the concealed space created by the wood nailing elements is not more than 25 mm deep.
2. Except as permitted by Sentence 3.1.6.16.(2) and Article 3.1.6.6., wood nailing elements are permitted to be used for the attachment of interior finishes in a building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction, provided the concealed space created by the wood nailing elements is not more than 50 mm deep and
  1. exposed surfaces in the concealed space have a flame-spread rating not more than 25, or
  2. the concealed space is filled with noncombustible insulation.
‌Combustible Flooring Elements
1. Wood members that are more than 50 mm but not more than 300 mm high are permitted to be used for the construction of a raised platform in a building or part of
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
Division B

a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction, and they need not conform to Articles 3.1.6.3. and 3.1.6.4., provided

the concealed spaces created by the wood members are divided into compartments by fire blocks in conformance with Sentence 3.1.11.3.(4), and
the wood members are
1. applied directly to or set into a noncombustible floor slab, or
2. applied directly to a mass timber floor assembly that conforms to the requirements of Article 3.1.6.3.

The upper surface of the mass timber floor assembly referred to in Subclause (1)(b)(ii) is permitted to be encapsulated only between the wood members by a material or assembly of materials conforming to Sentences 3.1.6.4.(1) and (2).
The floor system for the raised platform referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to include a combustible subfloor and combustible finished flooring.

‌Combustible Stairs
1. Wood stairs and landings conforming to the requirements for floor assemblies in Article 3.1.6.3. and Sentences 3.1.6.4.(1) and (2) are permitted in an exit stairwell in a building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction.
2. Wood stairs in a suite in a building or part of a building permitted to be of
  encapsulated mass timber construction need not conform to Articles 3.1.6.3. and 3.1.6.4.
‌Combustible Interior Finishes
1. Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), combustible interior wall and ceiling finishes referred to in Clause 3.1.13.1.(2)(b) that are not more than 1 mm thick are permitted in a building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction.
2. Except as provided in Sentences 3.1.6.4.(3) and (4), combustible interior wall finishes, other than foamed plastics, that are not more than 25 mm thick are permitted in a building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction, provided they have a flame-spread rating not more than 150 on any exposed surface, or any surface that would be exposed by cutting through the material in any direction.
3. Except as provided in Sentences (4) and 3.1.6.4.(3) and (6), combustible interior ceiling finishes, other than foamed plastics, that are not more than 25 mm thick are permitted in a building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction, provided they have a flame-spread rating not more than 25 on any exposed surface, or any surface that would be exposed by cutting through the material in any direction, except that not more than 10% of the ceiling area within each fire compartment is permitted to have a flame-spread rating not more than 150. (See Note A-3.1.11.3.(3).)
4. ‌Combustible interior ceiling finishes made of fire-retardant-treated wood are permitted in a building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction, provided they are not more than 25 mm thick or are exposed fire-retardant-treated wood battens.‌
‌Combustible Elements in Partitions
1. Solid lumber partitions not less than 38 mm thick and partitions containing wood framing that do not conform to Article 3.1.6.3. are permitted in a building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction, provided the partitions are
  1. protected on each face with not less than
    1. a single layer of 12.7 mm thick Type X gypsum board, with all joints either backed or taped and filled, conforming to ASTM C1396/C1396M, “Standard Specification for Gypsum Board,” or CAN/CSA A82.27-M, “Gypsum Board,”
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
      Division B 3.1.7.4.
    2. a single layer of 19 mm thick fire-retardant-treated wood, on solid lumber partitions, or
    3. a single layer of 19 mm thick fire-retardant-treated wood, on partitions containing wood framing, where the wood stud cavities are filled with noncombustible insulation, and
  2. not installed as enclosures for exits or vertical service spaces.
‌Exposed Construction Materials and Components in Concealed Spaces
1. Except as provided in Sentence (2) and Article 3.1.11.7., and except as otherwise provided in this Subsection, only construction materials and components permitted in noncombustible construction shall be permitted to have exposed surfaces in concealed spaces within floor, roof, and wall assemblies in a building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction.
2. Exposed surfaces are permitted in a concealed space created by the attachment of a material or assembly of materials conforming to Sentence 3.1.6.4.(1), provided the concealed space is not more than 25 mm deep.‌
‌Penetration by Outlet Boxes
1. The minimum dimensions stated in Table 3.1.6.3. need not apply at cutouts in vertical or horizontal structural mass timber elements where outlet boxes are installed in accordance with Article 3.1.9.3. (See also Note A-3.1.9.2.(1).)‌
2. The exposed surfaces of the cutouts described in Sentence (1) need not be protected in accordance with Sentence 3.1.6.4.(1).
3. ‌Outlet boxes on opposite sides of a structural mass timber element having a

fire-resistance rating shall be separated by a distance of not less than 600 mm.

‌Fire-Resistance Ratings‌
1. ‌Determination of Ratings
  1. Except as permitted by Sentence (2) and Articles 3.1.7.2. and 3.6.3.5., the rating of a material, assembly of materials or a structural member that is required to have a fire-resistance rating, shall be determined on the basis of the results of tests conducted in conformance with CAN/ULC-S101, “Standard Method of Fire Endurance Tests of Building Construction and Materials.”‌
  2. A material, assembly of materials or a structural member is permitted to be assigned a fire-resistance rating on the basis of Appendix D.
2. ‌Exception for Exterior Walls
  1. The limit on the rise of temperature on the unexposed surface of an assembly as required by the tests referred to in Sentence 3.1.7.1.(1) shall not apply to an exterior wall that has a limiting distance of 1.2 m or more, provided correction is made for radiation from the unexposed surface in accordance with Sentence 3.2.3.1.(9).
3. ‌Exposure Conditions for Rating‌
  1. ‌Floor, roof and ceiling assemblies shall be rated for exposure to fire on the underside.
  2. ‌Firewalls and interior vertical fire separations shall be rated for exposure to fire on each side.
  3. Exterior walls shall be rated for exposure to fire from inside the building.
4. ‌Minimum Fire-Resistance Rating
  1. The use of materials or assemblies having a greater fire-resistance rating than required shall impose no obligation to exceed in whole or in part the minimum fire-resistance ratings required by this Part.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
5. ‌Division B‌
  ‌mass timber construction are permitted to be supported by encapsulated mass timber construction.

‌Fire Separations and Closures‌

‌General Requirements‌
1. Any wall, partition or floor assembly required to be a fire separation shall
  1. except as permitted by Sentence (2), be constructed as a continuous element in conformance with Article 3.1.8.3., and
  2. as required in this Part, have a fire-resistance rating as specified (see Note A-3.1.8.1.(1)(b)).
2. Openings in a fire separation shall be protected with closures, shafts or other means in conformance with Articles 3.1.8.4. to 3.1.8.19. and Subsections 3.1.9. and 3.2.8. (See Note A-3.1.8.1.(2).)‌
‌Combustible Construction Support
1. ‌Combustible construction that abuts on or is supported by a noncombustible fire separation shall be constructed so that its collapse under fire conditions will not cause the collapse of the fire separation.‌
‌Continuity of Fire Separations
1. Except as permitted by Sentence 3.6.4.2.(2), a horizontal service space or other concealed space located above a required vertical fire separation, including the walls of a vertical shaft, shall be divided at the fire separation by an equivalent fire separation within the service space.‌
2. Except as provided in Sentence (5), the continuity of a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating that abuts another fire separation, a floor, a ceiling, or a roof shall be maintained by a firestop conforming to Sentence (3). (See Note A-3.1.8.3.(2).)
3. The firestop required in Sentence (2) shall have an FT rating not less than the fire-resistance rating of the abutting fire separation when subjected to the fire test method in CAN/ULC-S115, “Standard Method of Fire Tests of Firestop Systems.”
4. Except as provided in Sentence (5), joints located in a horizontal plane between a floor and an exterior wall shall be sealed by a firestop that, when subjected to the fire test method in ASTM E2307, “Standard Test Method for Determining Fire Resistance of Perimeter Fire Barriers Using Intermediate-Scale, Multi-storey Test Apparatus,” has an F rating not less than the fire-resistance rating of the horizontal fire separation.
5. Joints between ceilings and walls, between floors and walls, and between walls at corners need not comply with Sentences (2) and (4) where such joints consist of gypsum board that is attached to framing members and arranged so as to restrict the passage of flame and smoke through the joints. (See Note A-3.1.8.3.(5).)
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  ‌Division B 3.1.8.5.‌
‌Determination of Ratings and Classifications
1. Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and 3.1.8.16.(1), the fire-protection rating of a closure shall be determined in accordance with
  1. CAN/ULC-S104, “Standard Method for Fire Tests of Door Assemblies,”
  2. CAN/ULC-S106, “Standard Method for Fire Tests of Window and Glass Block Assemblies,” or
  3. CAN/ULC-S112, “Standard Method of Fire Test of Fire Damper Assemblies.” (See Articles 3.1.8.17. to 3.1.8.19. for additional requirements for closures.)
2. Except as permitted by Sentence 3.1.8.12.(1), the fire-protection rating of a closure
  shall conform to Table 3.1.8.4. for the required fire-resistance rating of the fire separation.
3. The leakage rate of smoke dampers and combination smoke/fire dampers shall
  1. ‌be determined in accordance with the applicable provisions in
    CAN/ULC-S112.1, “Standard for Leakage Rated Dampers for Use in Smoke Control Systems,” and
  2. conform to Class I, II or III of that standard.
4. The leakage rate of a door assembly shall be determined in accordance with ANSI/UL 1784, “Standard for Air Leakage Tests of Door Assemblies and Other Opening Protectives.”
  
  Table 3.1.8.4.
  Fire-Protection Rating of Closures
  Forming Part of Sentence 3.1.8.4.(2)
  
  Fire-Resistance Rating of Fire Separation
  Minimum Fire-Protection Rating of Closure
  45 min
  45 min
  1 h
  45 min
  1.5 h
  1 h
  ‌2 h
  1.5 h
  3 h
  2 h
  4 h
  3 h
‌Installation of Closures
1. Except where fire dampers, window assemblies and glass block are used as closures, closures of the same fire-protection rating installed on opposite sides of the same opening are deemed to have a fire-protection rating equal to the sum of the fire-protection ratings of the closures. (See Note A-3.1.8.1.(2).)
2. Except as otherwise specified in this Part, every door, fire damper, window assembly or glass block used as a closure in a required fire separation shall be installed in conformance with NFPA 80, “Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives.” (See Note A-3.1.8.1.(2).)
3. Except as otherwise specified in this Part, every smoke damper or combination smoke/fire damper used as a closure in a required fire separation shall be installed in conformance with NFPA 105, “Standard for Smoke Door Assemblies and Other Opening Protectives.”‌
4. If a door is installed such that it could damage the integrity of a fire separation if its swing is unrestricted, door stops shall be installed to prevent the damage.
5. ‌Protective guarding devices shall be
  1. provided where necessary to prevent damage to the mechanical components of doors in fire separations, and
  2. installed so as not to interfere with the proper operation of the doors.
6. A leakage-rated door assembly complying with Sentence 3.1.8.4.(4) shall be installed in
  1. fire separations in protected floor areas referred to in Clause 3.3.1.7.(1)(b),
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022

Division B

‌fire separations in care or treatment occupancies referred to in Sentence 3.3.3.5.(4),
except as provided in Sentence (8), fire separations of public corridors serving
dwelling units in storeys that are not sprinklered, and
firewalls that are a horizontal exit referred to in Sentence 3.3.3.5.(3).

Leakage-rated door assemblies required by Sentence (6) shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 105, “Standard for Smoke Door Assemblies and Other Opening Protectives.”
A leakage-rated door assembly need not be installed where a dwelling unit
served by a public corridor has
1. a second and separate means of egress, or
2. an open-air balcony that is sized to accommodate the number of occupants for which the dwelling unit is intended.

‌Maximum Openings
1. The size of an opening in an interior fire separation required to be protected with a closure shall be not more than 11 m2, with no dimension more than 3.7 m, if a fire compartment on either side of the fire separation is not sprinklered.
2. The size of an opening in an interior fire separation required to be protected with a closure shall be not more than 22 m2, with no dimension more than 6 m, provided the fire compartments on both sides of the fire separation are sprinklered.‌
‌Location of Fire Dampers and Smoke Dampers
1. Except as provided in Article 3.1.8.8., a fire damper having a fire-protection rating conforming to Sentence 3.1.8.4.(2) shall be installed in conformance with Article 3.1.8.10. in ducts or air-transfer openings that penetrate an assembly required to be a fire separation.
2. Except as provided in Article 3.1.8.9., a smoke damper or a combination smoke/fire damper shall be installed in conformance with Article 3.1.8.11. in ducts or air-transfer openings that penetrate an assembly required to be a fire separation, where the fire separation
  1. separates a public corridor,
  2. contains an egress door referred to in Sentence 3.4.2.4.(2),
  3. serves an assembly, care, treatment, detention or residential occupancy, or
  4. is installed to meet the requirements of Clause 3.3.1.7.(1)(b) or Sentence 3.3.3.5.(4).
‌Fire Dampers Waived
1. Except as provided in Sentence (2), the requirement for fire dampers stated in Sentence 3.1.8.7.(1) is permitted to be waived for
  1. ducts that serve commercial cooking equipment (see also Article 6.3.1.6.),
  2. continuous noncombustible ducts having a melting point above 760°C that penetrate a vertical fire separation required by Sentence 3.3.1.1.(1) between suites of assembly, mercantile, low-hazard industrial, medium-hazard industrial or high-hazard industrial occupancy,
  3. ducts or air-transfer openings that penetrate a vertical fire separation not required to have a fire-resistance rating, or
  4. noncombustible ducts or air-transfer openings that penetrate a horizontal fire separation not required to have a fire-resistance rating.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 3.1.8.10.
2. The requirement for fire dampers stated in Sentence 3.1.8.7.(1) is permitted to be waived for noncombustible branch ducts having a melting point above 760°C that penetrate a fire separation,
  1. provided the ducts
    1. have a cross-sectional area not more than 0.013 m2 and serve only air-conditioning units or combined air-conditioning and heating units discharging air not more than 1.2 m above the floor, or
    2. extend not less than 500 mm inside exhaust duct risers that are under negative pressure and in which the airflow is upward as required by Article 3.6.3.4., or
  2. where the fire separation separates a vertical service space from the remainder of the building, provided each individual duct exhausts directly to the outdoors at the top of the vertical service space.
‌Smoke Dampers Waived
1. Except as provided in Sentence (2), the requirement for smoke dampers or combination smoke/fire dampers stated in Sentence 3.1.8.7.(2) is permitted to be waived for ducts
  1. that serve commercial cooking equipment (see also Article 6.3.1.6.),
  2. in which all inlet and outlet openings serve not more than one fire compartment, or
  3. that penetrate a vertical fire separation referred to in Clause 3.3.1.7.(1)(b) or in Sentence 3.3.3.5.(4), provided
    1. ‌the movement of air is continuous, and
    2. the configuration of the air-handling system prevents the recirculation of exhaust or return air under fire emergency conditions.
2. The requirement for smoke dampers or combination smoke/fire dampers stated in Sentence 3.1.8.7.(2) is permitted to be waived for noncombustible branch ducts having a melting point above 760°C that penetrate a fire separation,
  1. provided the ducts
    1. have a cross-sectional area not more than 0.013 m2 and serve only air-conditioning units or combined air-conditioning and heating units discharging air not more than 1.2 m above the floor,
    2. extend not less than 500 mm inside exhaust duct risers that are under negative pressure and in which the airflow is upward as required by Article 3.6.3.4., or
    3. ‌are required to function as part of a smoke control system, or
  2. where the fire separation separates a vertical service space from the remainder of the building, provided each individual duct exhausts directly to the outdoors at the top of the vertical service space.
‌Installation of Fire Dampers‌
1. A fire damper shall be installed in the plane of the fire separation so as to stay in place should the duct become dislodged during a fire. (See Note A-3.1.8.10.(1).)
2. A fire damper shall be arranged so as to close automatically upon the operation of a fusible link conforming to ULC-S505, “Standard for Fusible Links for Fire Protection Services,” or other heat-actuated or smoke-actuated device.
3. A heat-actuated device referred to in Sentence (2) shall
  1. be located where it is readily affected by an abnormal rise in temperature in the duct, and
  2. have a temperature rating approximately 30°C above the maximum temperature that would exist in the system, whether it is in operation or shut down.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B

A fire damper tested in the vertical or horizontal position shall be installed in the position in which it was tested.
A tightly fitted access door shall be installed for each fire damper to provide access for the inspection of the damper and the resetting of the release device. (See Note A-3.1.8.10.(5).)‌

‌Installation of Smoke Dampers‌
1. Where smoke dampers are used as a closure in an air-transfer opening, they shall be installed in the plane of the fire separation.
2. Where combination smoke/fire dampers are used as a closure in a duct, they shall be installed within 610 mm of the plane of the fire separation, provided there is no inlet or outlet opening between the fire separation and the damper.
3. Except as required by a smoke control system, smoke dampers and combination smoke/fire dampers shall be configured so as to close automatically upon a signal from an adjacent smoke detector located as described in CAN/ULC-S524, “Standard for Installation of Fire Alarm Systems,” within 1.5 m horizontally of the duct or air-transfer opening in the fire separation
  1. on both sides of the air-transfer opening, or
  2. in the duct downstream of the smoke damper or combination smoke/fire damper.
4. Smoke dampers or combination smoke/fire dampers shall be installed in the vertical or horizontal position in which they were tested.
5. A tightly fitted access door shall be installed for each smoke damper and combination smoke/fire damper to provide access for their inspection and the resetting of the release device. (See Note A-3.1.8.10.(5).)‌
‌Twenty-Minute Closures
1. A door assembly having a fire-protection rating not less than 20 min is permitted to be used as a closure in
  1. a fire separation not required to have a fire-resistance rating more than 1 h, located between
    1. a public corridor and a suite,
    2. a corridor and adjacent sleeping rooms, or
    3. a corridor and adjacent classrooms, offices and libraries in Group A, Division 2 major occupancies, or
  2. a fire separation not required to have a fire-resistance rating more than 45 min, located in a building not more than 3 storeys in building height.
2. The requirements for noncombustible sills and combustible floor coverings in NFPA 80, “Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives,” do not apply to a door described in Sentence (1).‌
3. A door described in Sentence (1) shall have clearances of not more than 6 mm at the bottom and not more than 3 mm at the sides and top.
‌Self-closing Devices
1. Except as permitted by Sentence (2), every door in a fire separation, other than doors to freight elevators and dumbwaiters, shall be equipped with a self-closing device designed to return the door to the closed position after each use.
2. A self-closing device need not be provided on a door that is located between
  1. a classroom and a corridor providing access to exit from the classroom in a
    building that is not more than 3 storeys in building height,
  2. a public corridor and an adjacent room of business and personal services occupancy in a building that is not more than 3 storeys in building height provided the door is not located in a dead-end portion of the corridor,
  3. a patients' sleeping room and a corridor serving the patients' sleeping room, provided the room and corridor are within a fire compartment in a hospital
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    Division B 3.1.8.16.
    
    or nursing home with treatment that complies with the requirements of Article 3.3.3.5., or
  4. a patients' sleeping room and an adjacent room that serves the patients' sleeping room, provided these rooms are within a fire compartment in a hospital or nursing home with treatment that complies with the requirements of Article 3.3.3.5.
‌Hold-Open Devices
1. Except as provided in Sentences 3.1.8.10.(2) and 3.1.8.11.(3), a hold-open device is permitted to be used on a closure in a required fire separation, other than on an
  exit stair door in a building more than 3 storeys in building height and on a door for a vestibule required by Article 3.3.5.7., provided the device is designed to release the closure in conformance with this Article.
2. Except as provided in Sentences (5) and (6), where the building is provided with a fire alarm system, a hold-open device permitted by Sentence (1) shall release
  1. ‌in a single-stage system, upon any signal from the fire alarm system, and
  2. in a 2-stage system,
    1. upon any alert signal from the fire alarm system, or
    2. upon actuation of any adjacent smoke detectors.
3. Where the building is provided with a fire alarm system, a hold-open device permitted by Sentence (1) shall release upon a signal from a smoke detector connected to the fire alarm system and located as described in CAN/ULC-S524, “Standard for Installation of Fire Alarm Systems,” where the hold-open device is used on
  1. an exit door,
  2. a door opening into a public corridor,
  3. an egress door referred to in Sentence 3.4.2.4.(2),
  4. a closure serving an assembly, care, treatment, detention, or residential occupancy,
  5. a door in a fire separation referred to in Clause 3.3.1.7.(1)(b) or Sentence 3.3.3.5.(4), or
  6. a door required to function as part of a smoke control system.
4. Where the building is not provided with a fire alarm system, a hold-open device permitted by Sentence (1) shall release upon a signal from a smoke alarm located on each side of the fire separation at ceiling level within 1.5 m horizontally of the closure opening in the fire separation, where the hold-open device is used on closures described in Clauses (3)(a) to (e).
5. Where a hold-open device is used on closures other than those described in Sentences (3) and (4), it is permitted to be released upon actuation of a heat-actuated device.
6. A hold-open device used on a door located between a corridor used by the public and an adjacent sleeping room in a treatment occupancy need not release automatically as stated in Sentence (2).‌
‌Door Latches
1. Except as permitted by Article 3.3.3.5., a swing-type door in a fire separation shall be equipped with a positive latching mechanism designed to hold the door in the closed position after each use.‌
‌Wired Glass and Glass Block
1. Except as permitted by Articles 3.1.8.18. and 3.1.8.19. for the separation of exits, an opening in a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not more than 1 h is permitted to be protected with fixed wired glass assemblies or glass blocks installed in conformance with NFPA 80, “Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives.” (See also Article 3.3.2.17.)
2. Wired glass assemblies permitted by Sentence (1) and described in Appendix D are permitted to be used as closures in vertical fire separations without being tested
  in accordance with Sentence 3.1.8.4.(1).
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B

Glass blocks permitted by Sentence (1) shall be installed in accordance with Subsection 4.3.2. and reinforced with steel reinforcement in each horizontal joint.‌

‌Temperature Rise Limit for Doors

‌1) Except as permitted by Article 3.1.8.19., the maximum temperature rise on the opaque portion of the unexposed side of a door used as a closure in a fire separation in a location shown in Table 3.1.8.17. shall conform to the Table when tested in conformance with Sentence 3.1.8.4.(1).

Table 3.1.8.17.

Restrictions on Temperature Rise and Glazing for Closures

Forming Part of Articles 3.1.8.17. and 3.1.8.18.

Location	Minimum Required Fire-Protection Rating of Door	Maximum Temperature Rise on Opaque Portion of Unexposed Side of Door, °C	Maximum Aggregate Area of Wired Glass or Safety Glazing in a Door, m2	Maximum Aggregate Area of Glass Block, Wired Glass or Safety Glazing Panels Not in a Door, m2
Between a dead-end corridor and an adjacent occupancy where the corridor provides the only access to exit and is required to have a fire-resistance rating	Less than 45 min	No limit	No limit	No limit
	45 min	250 after 30 min	0.0645	0.0645
Between an exit enclosure and the adjacent floor area in a building not more than 3 storeys in building height	All ratings	No limit	0.8	0.8
Between an exit enclosure and the adjacent floor area (except as permitted above)	45 min	250 after 30 min	0.0645	0.0645
	1.5 h	250 after 1 h	0.0645	0.0645
	2 h	250 after 1 h	0.0645	0.0645
In a firewall	45 min	250 after 30 min	0.0645	0
	1.5 h	250 after 30 min	0.0645	0
	‌3 h	250 after 1 h	0	0

‌Area Limits for Wired Glass, Glass Block and Safety Glazing
1. Except as permitted by Article 3.1.8.19., the maximum aggregate area of wired glass or safety glazing in a door used in the locations shown in Table 3.1.8.17. shall conform to the Table. (See Note A-3.1.8.18.(1).)
2. Except as permitted by Article 3.1.8.19., the maximum aggregate area of glass block, wired glass or safety glazing panels not in a door used in the locations shown in Table 3.1.8.17. shall conform to the Table.
‌Temperature Rise and Area Limits Waived
1. The temperature rise limits and glass area limits required by Articles 3.1.8.17. and 3.1.8.18. are waived for a closure between an exit enclosure and an enclosed vestibule or corridor, provided
  1. the vestibule or corridor is separated from the remainder of the floor area by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
  2. the fire separation required by Clause (a) contains no wired glass, glass block or safety glazing within 3 m of the closure into the exit enclosure, and
  3. the vestibule or corridor contains no occupancy. (See Note A-3.1.8.19.(1).)
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 3.1.9.2.

‌Penetrations in Fire Separations and Fire-Rated Assemblies‌‌
(See Note A-3.1.9.)
1. ‌Firestops
  1. Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (7) and Article 3.1.9.3., penetrations of a fire separation or a membrane forming part of an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating shall be
    1. sealed by a firestop that, when subjected to the fire test method in CAN/ULC-S115, “Standard Method of Fire Tests of Firestop Systems,” has an F rating not less than the required fire-resistance rating of the fire separation, or
    2. cast in place, where the item penetrating the fire separation is steel, ferrous, copper, concrete or masonry (see Note A-3.1.9.1.(1)(b)).
      (See also Article 3.1.9.4. for requirements regarding penetrations by combustible drain, waste and vent piping.)
  2. Except as permitted in Sentence (6), penetrations of a firewall or a horizontal fire separation that is required to have a fire-resistance rating in conformance with Article 3.2.1.2. shall be sealed at the penetration by a firestop that, when subjected to the fire test method in CAN/ULC-S115, “Standard Method of Fire Tests of Firestop Systems,” has an FT rating not less than the fire-resistance rating for the fire separation.
  3. Except as permitted in Sentences (6) and (7), penetrations of a fire separation in conformance with Sentence 3.6.4.2.(2) shall be sealed by a firestop that, when subjected to the fire test method in CAN/ULC-S115, “Standard Method of Fire Tests of Firestop Systems,” has an FT rating not less than the fire-resistance rating for the fire separation of the assembly.
  4. Sprinklers are permitted to penetrate a fire separation or a membrane forming part of an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating without having to meet the firestop requirements of Sentences (1) to (3), provided the annular space created by the penetration of a fire sprinkler is covered by a metal escutcheon plate in accordance with NFPA 13, “Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems.”
  5. Unless specifically designed with a firestop, fire dampers are permitted to penetrate a fire separation or a membrane forming part of an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating without having to meet the firestop requirements of Sentences (1) to (3), provided the fire damper is installed in conformance with NFPA 80, “Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives.”
  6. Service equipment penetrations through a horizontal fire separation having a fire-resistance rating as described in Sentences (2) and (3) that are contained within the cavity of a wall above and below the horizontal fire separation are permitted to be sealed at the penetration by a firestop that, when subjected to the fire test method in CAN/ULC-S115, “Standard Method of Fire Tests of Firestop Systems,” has an F rating not less than the fire-resistance rating for the fire separation.
  7. Service equipment penetrations through a horizontal fire separation having a fire-resistance rating as described in Sentence (3) are permitted to be sealed at the
    penetration by a firestop that, when subjected to the fire test method in CAN/ULC-S115, “Standard Method of Fire Tests of Firestop Systems,” has an F rating not less than the fire-resistance rating for the fire separation, provided the penetration
    1. is contained within the concealed space of a floor or ceiling assembly having a fire-resistance rating,
    2. is located above a ceiling membrane that is a horizontal fire separation, or
    3. is contained within a horizontal service space conforming to Subsection 3.6.4. that is directly above or below the floor.
2. ‌Service Equipment Penetrations
  1. Ducts, electrical outlet boxes, pipes, totally enclosed raceways, optical fibre cables, electrical wires and cables, and other similar service equipment are permitted to penetrate a fire separation or a membrane forming part of an assembly required to have
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
3. Division B
  
  a fire-resistance rating, provided they are protected at the penetration with a firestop
  conforming to Sentence 3.1.9.1.(1). (See Note A-3.1.9.2.(1).)
‌Firewalls‌
1. ‌Prevention of Firewall Collapse
  1. Except as permitted by Sentence (2), the connections and supports for structural framing members that are connected to or supported on a firewall and have a fire-resistance rating less than that required for the firewall, shall be designed so that the failure of the framing systems during a fire will not affect the integrity of the firewall during the fire.
  2. Sentence (1) does not apply to a firewall consisting of two separate wall assemblies each tied to its respective building frame but not to each other, provided each wall assembly is
    1. a fire separation having one half of the fire-resistance rating required for the
      firewall by Sentences 3.1.10.2.(1) and (2), and
    2. designed so that the collapse of one wall assembly will not cause collapse of the other.
  3. A firewall is permitted to be supported on the structural frame of a building of noncombustible construction provided the supporting frame has a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the firewall.
  4. Piping, ducts and totally enclosed noncombustible raceways shall be installed so that their collapse will not cause collapse of the firewall.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
2. ‌Division B‌
  that extend outward beyond the end of the firewall, shall not be permitted within 2.4 m of combustible projections and window or door openings of the adjacent building. (See also Article 3.2.3.6.)
‌Fire Blocks in Concealed Spaces‌
1. ‌Separation of Concealed Spaces‌
  1. Concealed spaces in interior wall, ceiling and crawl spaces shall be separated from concealed spaces in exterior walls and attic or roof spaces by fire blocks conforming to Article 3.1.11.7.
2. ‌Fire Blocks in Wall Assemblies
  1. Except as permitted by Sentence (2), fire blocks conforming to Article 3.1.11.7. shall be provided to block off concealed spaces within a wall assembly
    1. at every floor level,
    2. at every ceiling level where the ceiling forms part of an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating, and
    3. so that the maximum horizontal dimension is not more than 20 m and the maximum vertical dimension is not more than 3 m.
  2. Fire blocks conforming to Sentence (1) are not required, provided
    1. the wall space is filled with insulation,
    2. the exposed construction materials and any insulation within the wall space are noncombustible,
    3. the exposed materials within the space, including insulation but not including wiring, piping or similar services, have a flame-spread rating not more than 25 on any exposed surface, or any surface that would be exposed by cutting through the material in any direction, and fire blocks are installed so that the vertical distance between them is not more than 10 m, or
    4. ‌the insulated wall assembly contains not more than one concealed air space, and the horizontal thickness of that air space is not more than 25 mm.
3. ‌Fire Blocks between Nailing and Supporting Elements
  1. In a building required to be of noncombustible construction, a concealed space in which there is an exposed ceiling finish with a flame-spread rating more than 25 shall be provided with fire blocks conforming to Article 3.1.11.7. between wood nailing elements so that the maximum area of the concealed space is not more than 2 m2.
  2. In a building required to be of noncombustible construction, fire blocks conforming to Article 3.1.11.7. shall be provided in the concealed spaces created by the wood members permitted by Sentence 3.1.5.10.(2) so that the maximum area of a concealed space is not more than 10 m 2.
  3. In a building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction, a concealed space in which there is an exposed ceiling finish with a flame-spread rating more than 25 shall be provided with fire blocks conforming to Article 3.1.11.7. between wood nailing elements so that the maximum area of the concealed space is not more than 2 m2. (See Note A-3.1.11.3.(3).)
  4. In a building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction, fire blocks conforming to Article 3.1.11.7. shall be provided in the concealed spaces created by the wood members permitted by Sentence 3.1.6.12.(1) so that the maximum area of a concealed space is not more than 10 m2.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
4. ‌Division B‌
  25 mm and the insulation board
  1. has a density not less than 45 kg/m3,
  2. is securely fastened to one set of studs,
  3. extends from below the bottom of the top plates in the lower storey to above the top of the bottom plate in the upper storey, and
  4. ‌completely fills the portion of the vertical space between the headers and between the wall plates.
  (See Note A-3.1.11.7.(8).)
‌Flame-Spread Rating and Smoke Developed Classification‌
1. ‌Determination of Ratings
  1. Except as required by Sentence (2) and as permitted by Sentence (3), the
    flame-spread rating and smoke developed classification of a material, assembly, or
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    3.1.13.1. Division B
    
    structural member shall be determined on the basis of not less than three tests conducted in conformance with CAN/ULC-S102, “Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials and Assemblies.”
  2. The flame-spread rating and smoke developed classification of a material or assembly shall be determined on the basis of not less than three tests conducted in conformance with CAN/ULC-S102.2, “Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Flooring, Floor Coverings, and Miscellaneous Materials and Assemblies,” if the material or assembly
    1. ‌is designed for use in a relatively horizontal position with only its top surface exposed to air,
    2. cannot be tested in conformance with Sentence (1) without the use of supporting material that is not representative of the intended installation, or
    3. ‌is thermoplastic.
  3. A material, assembly, or structural member is permitted to be assigned a
    ‌flame-spread rating and smoke developed classification on the basis of Appendix D.

‌Interior Finish‌

‌Interior Finishes, Furnishings and Decorative Materials
1. Except as otherwise provided by this Subsection, interior finishes, furnishings and decorative materials shall conform to Section 2.3. of Division B of the NFC.
2. Interior finish material shall include any material that forms part of the interior surface of a floor, wall, partition or ceiling, including
  1. interior cladding of plaster, wood or tile,
  2. surfacing of fabric, paint, plastic, veneer or wallpaper,
  3. ‌doors, windows and trim,
  4. ‌lighting elements such as light diffusers and lenses forming part of the finished surface of the ceiling, and
  5. carpet material that overlies a floor that is not intended as the finished floor.

‌Flame-Spread Rating‌

Except as otherwise required or permitted by this Subsection, the flame-spread rating of interior wall and ceiling finishes, including glazing and skylights, shall be not more than 150 and shall conform to Table 3.1.13.2.

Table 3.1.13.2.

Flame-Spread Ratings

Forming Part of Sentence 3.1.13.2.(1)

Occupancy, Location or Element	Maximum Flame-Spread Rating for Walls and Ceilings
Occupancy, Location or Element	Sprinklered	Not Sprinklered
Group A, Division 1 occupancies, including doors, skylights, glazing and light diffusers and lenses	150	75
Group B occupancies	150	75
Exits(1)	25	25
Lobbies described in Sentence 3.4.4.2.(2)	25	25
Covered vehicular passageways, except for roof assemblies of heavy timber construction in the passageways	25	25
Vertical service spaces	25	25

Notes to Table 3.1.13.2.:

(1) See Articles 3.1.13.8. and 3.1.13.10.

‌Division B 3.1.13.6.

Except as permitted by Sentence (3), doors, other than those in Group A, Division 1 occupancies, need not conform to Sentence (1) provided they have a flame-spread rating not more than 200. (See Note A-3.1.13.2.(2).)‌
Doors within a dwelling unit need not conform to Sentences (1) and (2).
Up to 10% of the total wall area and 10% of the total ceiling area of a wall or ceiling finish that is required by Sentence (1) to have a flame-spread rating less than 150 is permitted to have a flame-spread rating not more than 150, except that up to 25% of the total wall area of lobbies described in Sentence 3.4.4.2.(2) is permitted to have
a flame-spread rating not more than 150.
Except in the case of Group A, Division 1 occupancies, combustible doors, skylights, glazing and light diffusers and lenses shall not be considered in the calculation of wall and ceiling areas described in Sentence (4).

‌Bathrooms in Residential Suites‌
1. The flame-spread rating of interior wall and ceiling finishes for a bathroom within a suite of residential occupancy shall be not more than 200.
‌Light Diffusers and Lenses
1. The flame-spread rating of combustible light diffusers and lenses in all occupancies other than Group A, Division 1 is permitted to be more than the flame-spread rating limits required elsewhere in this Subsection, provided the light diffusers and lenses
  1. have a flame-spread rating not more than 250 and a smoke developed classification not more than 600 when tested in conformance with CAN/ULC-S102.2, “Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Flooring, Floor Coverings, and Miscellaneous Materials and Assemblies,”
  2. fall to the bottom of the test apparatus before igniting when tested in conformance with CAN/ULC-S102.3, “Standard Method of Fire Test of Light Diffusers and Lenses,”
  3. ‌are not prevented from falling from the ceiling by construction located beneath the elements, and
  4. are not used in a corridor that is required to be separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation or in an exit shaft unless individual diffusers or lenses are not more than 1 m2 in area and are not less than 1.2 m apart.
‌Skylights
1. Individual combustible skylights in a corridor that is required to be separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation shall be not more than 1 m2 in area and not less than 1.2 m apart.‌
‌Corridors
1. Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and (3), the flame-spread rating shall be not more than 75 for the interior wall finish of
  1. a public corridor,
  2. a corridor used by the public in an assembly occupancy, or
  3. a corridor serving classrooms.
2. The flame-spread rating for corridors specified in Sentence (1) is permitted to be waived, provided the flame-spread rating is not more than
  1. 25 on the upper half of the wall, and
  2. ‌150 on the lower half of the wall.
3. Where the floor area is sprinklered throughout, the flame-spread ratings for corridors specified in Sentences (1) and (2) shall be not more than 150.
4. The flame-spread ratings specified in Sentences (1), (2) and (3) apply to
  occupancies in the corridor as well as to the corridor itself.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022

‌Division B

Except as provided in Sentence (6), the interior ceiling finish of corridors and occupancies referred to in Sentences (1) and (4) shall have a flame-spread rating not more than 25.
Where the floor area is sprinklered throughout, the flame-spread rating of the interior ceiling finish of corridors and occupancies referred to in Sentences (1) and (4) shall be not more than 150.‌

‌High Buildings

Except as permitted by Sentences (2) to (4), the interior wall, ceiling and floor finishes in a building regulated by the provisions of Subsection 3.2.6. shall conform to the flame-spread rating requirements in Articles 3.1.13.2. and 3.1.13.11. and to the flame-spread rating and smoke developed classification values in Table 3.1.13.7.

Table 3.1.13.7.

Flame-Spread Rating and Smoke Developed Classification in High Buildings

Forming Part of Sentence 3.1.13.7.(1)

‌Location or Element	Maximum Flame-Spread Rating			Maximum Smoke Developed Classification
‌Location or Element	‌Wall Surface	Ceiling Surface(1)	Floor Surface	Wall Surface	Ceiling Surface(1)	Floor Surface
Exit stairways, vestibules to exit stairs and lobbies described in Sentence 3.4.4.2.(2)	25	25	25	50	50	50
Corridors not within suites	(2)	(2)	300	100	50	500
Elevator cars	75	75	300	450	450	450
Elevator vestibules	25	25	300	100	100	300
Service spaces and service rooms	25	25	25	50	50	50
Other locations and elements	(2)	(2)	No Limit	300	50	No Limit

‌Notes to Table 3.1.13.7.:

(1) See Article 3.1.13.4. for lighting elements.

(2) Other requirements of this Part apply.

Except for a building of Group B major occupancy and elevator cars, the
flame-spread rating and smoke developed classification of interior wall, floor and ceiling finishes need not conform to the values in Table 3.1.13.7., provided the building is sprinklered.
Trim and millwork in an exit stairway, a vestibule to an exit stairway, a lobby described in Sentence 3.4.4.2.(2), or a corridor not within a suite need not conform to the flame-spread rating and smoke developed classification requirements of Sentence (1) provided they have
1. a flame-spread rating not more than 150,
2. a smoke developed classification not more than 300, and
3. an aggregate area not more than 10% of the area of the wall or ceiling on which they occur.
A door serving an exit stairway, a vestibule to an exit stairway, a lobby described in Sentence 3.4.4.2.(2), or a corridor not within a suite need not conform to the
flame-spread rating and smoke developed classification requirements of Sentence (1) provided
1. it has a flame-spread rating not more than 200,
2. it has a smoke developed classification not more than 300, and
3. the aggregate area of all doors is not more than 10% of the area of the wall in which they are located.

‌Division B 3.1.14.1.

‌Noncombustible Construction
1. In a building required to be of noncombustible construction,
  1. the flame-spread ratings required by Subsection 3.1.5. shall apply in addition to the requirements in this Subsection, and
  2. the flame-spread ratings for exits in this Subsection shall also apply to any surface in the exit that would be exposed by cutting through the material in any direction, except that this requirement does not apply to doors, heavy timber construction in a sprinklered building and fire-retardant-treated wood.‌
‌Underground Walkways‌
1. ‌Except for paint, the interior wall and ceiling finishes of an underground
  walkway shall be of noncombustible materials.
‌Exterior Exit Passageway
1. The wall and ceiling finishes of an exterior exit passageway that provides the only means of egress from the rooms or suites it serves, including the soffit beneath and the guard on the passageway, shall have a flame-spread rating not more than 25, except that a flame-spread rating not more than 150 is permitted for up to 10% of the total wall area and for up to 10% of the total ceiling area.‌
‌Elevator Cars‌
1. The wall and ceiling surfaces of elevator cars shall have a flame-spread rating
  ‌not more than 75.
2. The wall, ceiling and floor surfaces of elevator cars shall have a smoke developed classification not more than 450.
‌Encapsulated Mass Timber Construction
1. In a building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction,
  1. the flame-spread ratings required by Subsection 3.1.6. shall apply in addition to the requirements in this Subsection, and
  2. the flame-spread ratings for exits required by this Subsection shall also apply to any surface in the exit that would be exposed by cutting through the material in any direction, except that this requirement does not apply to doors, structural mass timber elements conforming to Sentence 3.1.6.4.(3), heavy timber construction, and fire-retardant-treated wood.‌

‌Roof Assemblies‌
1. ‌Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood Roof Systems
  1. If a fire-retardant-treated wood roof system is used to comply with the requirements of Subsection 3.2.2., the roof deck assembly shall meet the conditions of acceptance of CAN/ULC-S126, “Standard Method of Test for Fire Spread Under Roof-Deck Assemblies.”
  2. Supports for the roof deck assembly referred to in Sentence (1) shall consist of
    1. fire-retardant-treated wood,
    2. heavy timber construction,
    3. noncombustible construction, or
    4. a combination thereof.
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
2. ‌Division B‌
‌Roof Covering‌
1. ‌Roof Covering Classification‌
  1. A roof covering classification shall be determined in conformance with CAN/ULC-S107, “Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Roof Coverings.”
2. ‌Roof Coverings‌
  1. Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (4), every roof covering shall have a Class A, B or C classification as determined in accordance with Article 3.1.15.1.
  2. A roof covering is not required to have a Class A, B or C classification for
    1. a tent,
    2. an air-supported structure,
    3. a building of Group A, Division 2 occupancy not more than 2 storeys in building height and not more than 1 000 m2 in building area provided the roof covering is underlaid with noncombustible material, or
    4. a steel building system referred to in Article 4.3.4.3., provided the roof covering consists of brick, masonry, concrete, metal sheets or metal shingles.
  3. Except as provided in Sentence (5), roof coverings on buildings conforming to Article 3.2.2.51. or 3.2.2.60. shall have a Class A classification where the roof height is greater than 25 m measured from the floor of the first storey to the highest point of the roof.
  4. Except as provided in Sentence (5), roof coverings in buildings or parts of buildings permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction shall have a Class A classification where the roof height is greater than 25 m measured from the floor of the first storey to the highest point of the roof.
  5. Where buildings or parts thereof conforming to Article 3.2.2.48., 3.2.2.51., 3.2.2.57. or 3.2.2.60. include non-contiguous roof assemblies at different elevations, the roof coverings referred to in Sentences (3) and (4) are permitted to be evaluated separately to determine the roof covering classification required.‌
‌Fabrics‌
1. ‌Fabric Canopies and Marquees
  1. Fabrics used as part of an awning, canopy or marquee that is located within or attached to a building of any type of construction shall conform to CAN/ULC-S109, “Standard Method for Flame Tests of Flame-Resistant Fabrics and Films.”
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 3.1.17.1.‌

‌Occupant Load‌‌

‌Occupant Load Determination‌

The occupant load of a floor area or part of a floor area shall be based on
1. the number of seats in an assembly occupancy having fixed seats,
2. 2 persons per sleeping room in a dwelling unit, or
3. the number of persons for which the area is designed, but not less than that determined from Table 3.1.17.1. for occupancies other than those described in Clauses (a) and (b), unless it can be shown that the area will be occupied by fewer persons.
If a floor area or part thereof has been designed for an occupant load other than that determined from Table 3.1.17.1., a permanent sign indicating that occupant load shall be posted in a conspicuous location.
For the purposes of this Article, mezzanines, tiers and balconies shall be regarded as part of the floor area.

If a room or group of rooms is intended for different occupancies at different times, the value to be used from Table 3.1.17.1. shall be the value which gives the greatest number of persons for the occupancies concerned.

Table 3.1.17.1.

Occupant Load

Forming Part of Article 3.1.17.1.

Type of Use of Floor Area or Part Thereof	Area per person, m2
Assembly uses
space with fixed seats	(1)
space with non-fixed seats	0.75
stages for theatrical performances	0.75
space with non-fixed seats and tables	0.95
standing space	0.40
stadia and grandstands	0.60
bowling alleys, pool and billiard rooms	9.30
classrooms	1.85
school shops and vocational rooms	9.30
reading or writing rooms or lounges	1.85
dining, beverage and cafeteria space	1.20
laboratories in schools	4.60
Care, treatment or detention uses
suites	(2)
‌care, treatment and sleeping room areas	10.00
detention quarters	11.60
Residential uses
dwelling units	(2)
dormitories	4.60
Business and personal services uses
personal services shops	4.60
offices	9.30
Mercantile uses basements and first storeys	3.70
second storeys having a principal entrance from a pedestrian thoroughfare or a parking area	3.70
other storeys	5.60
Industrial uses
manufacturing or process rooms	4.60
storage garages	46.00
storage spaces (warehouse)	28.00
aircraft hangars	46.00

3.1.18.1. Division B

Table 3.1.17.1. (Continued)

Type of Use of Floor Area or Part Thereof	Area per person, m2
Other uses
cleaning and repair goods	4.60
kitchens	9.30
storage	46.00
public corridors intended for occupancies in addition to pedestrian travel	3.70(3)

‌Notes to Table 3.1.17.1.:

(1) See Clause 3.1.17.1.(1)(a).

(2) See Clause 3.1.17.1.(1)(b) (apply values for dwelling units to suites of care occupancy).

(3) See Note A-3.3.

‌Tents and Air-Supported Structures‌
(See Note A-3.1.18.)
1. ‌Means of Egress
  1. Tents and air-supported structures shall conform to Sections 3.3. and 3.4.
2. ‌Restrictions‌
  1. An air-supported structure shall not be located above the first storey on any
    ‌building.
  2. An air-supported structure shall not be used for Groups B, C, or Group F, Division 1 major occupancies or for classrooms.
  3. An air-supported structure shall be designed as open floor space without interior walls, mezzanines, intermediate floors or similar construction.
3. ‌Clearance to Other Structures‌
  1. Except as permitted by Sentences (2) to (4), every tent and air-supported structure
    shall conform to Subsection 3.2.3.
  2. Tents and air-supported structures
    1. shall not be erected closer than 3 m to other structures on the same property except as permitted by Sentences (3) and (4), and
    2. shall be sufficiently distant from one another to provide an area to be used as a means of emergency egress.
  3. Tents and air-supported structures not occupied by the public
    1. need not be separated from one another, and
    2. are permitted to be erected less than 3 m from other structures on the same property provided this spacing does not create a hazard to the public.
  4. ‌Tents not more than 120 m2 in ground area, located on fair grounds or similar open spaces, need not be separated from one another provided this does not create a hazard to the public.‌
4. ‌Clearance to Flammable Material
  1. The ground enclosed by a tent or air-supported structure and not less than 3 m of ground outside the structure shall be cleared of all flammable material or vegetation that will spread fire.‌
5. ‌Flame Resistance
  1. Every tent and air-supported structure and all tarpaulins and decorative materials used in connection with these structures shall conform to CAN/ULC-S109, “Standard Method for Flame Tests of Flame-Resistant Fabrics and Films.”
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 3.2.1.1.‌
6. ‌Emergency Air Supply
  1. An air-supported structure used as a place of assembly for more than 200 persons shall have either
    1. ‌an automatic emergency engine-generator set capable of powering one blower continuously for 4 h, or
    2. ‌a supplementary blower powered by an automatic internal combustion engine.
7. ‌Electrical Systems‌
  1. The electrical system and equipment in a tent or air-supported structure, including electrical fuses and switches, shall be inaccessible to the public.
  2. Cables on the ground in areas used by the public in a tent or air-supported structure shall be placed in trenches or protected by covers to prevent damage from traffic.‌
    
    ‌Section 3.2. Building Fire Safety‌
  3. A rooftop enclosure for a stairway shall be constructed in accordance with the type of construction required by Articles 3.2.2.20. to 3.2.2.92.
  4. A rooftop enclosure for a stairway need not have a fire-resistance rating nor be constructed as a fire separation.

‌Storeys below Ground
1. If a building is erected entirely below the adjoining finished ground level and does not extend more than one storey below that ground level, the minimum precautions against fire spread and collapse shall be the same as are required for
  basements under a building of 1 storey in building height having the same occupancy and
  building area.
2. If any portion of a building is erected entirely below the adjoining finished ground level and extends more than one storey below that ground level, the following minimum precautions against fire spread and collapse shall be taken:‌
  1. except as permitted by Sentence (3), the basements shall be sprinklered
    throughout,
  2. a floor assembly below the ground level shall be constructed as a fire separation with a fire-resistance rating not less than
    1. 3 h if the basements are used as Group E or Group F, Division 1 or 2 occupancies, or
    2. 2 h if the basements are not used as Group E or Group F,
      Division 1 or 2 occupancies, and
  3. all loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the construction that they support.
3. If the first storey of a building is not required to be sprinklered, sprinklers are not required in the storey immediately below the first storey provided the storey below
  1. contains only residential occupancies, and
  2. has at least one unobstructed access opening conforming to
Sentence 3.2.5.1.(2) installed on that storey for each 15 m of wall length in at least one wall required by this Subsection to face a street.
‌Heavy Timber Roof Permitted
1. Unless otherwise permitted by Articles 3.2.2.20. to 3.2.2.92., a roof assembly in a building up to 2 storeys in building height is permitted to be of heavy timber construction regardless of building area or type of construction required, provided the building is sprinklered throughout.
2. If Sentence (1) permits a roof assembly to be of heavy timber construction, structural members in the storey immediately below the roof assembly are permitted to be of heavy timber construction.‌
‌Roof Assemblies and Mezzanines in Gymnasiums, Swimming Pools, Arenas and Rinks
1. The requirements for a roof assembly to have a fire-resistance rating stated in Articles 3.2.2.25., 3.2.2.30. and 3.2.2.32. are permitted to be waived for gymnasiums, swimming pools, arenas, and rinks, provided
  1. the roof carries no loads other than normal roof loads, including permanent access walks, and ventilating, sound and lighting equipment, and
  2. except as provided in Sentence (3), no part of the roof assembly is less than 6 m above the main floor or balcony.
    (See Note A-3.2.2.17.(1).)
2. The requirements for a mezzanine to have a fire-resistance rating stated in Articles 3.2.2.25., 3.2.2.30. and 3.2.2.32. are permitted to be waived for gymnasiums, swimming pools, arenas, and rinks, provided
  1. the mezzanine is not required to be considered as a storey as per Sentences 3.2.1.1.(3) to (5),
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    Division B 3.2.2.20.
  2. the mezzanine is used only for ventilating, sound and lighting equipment, and‌
  3. except as provided in Sentence (3), no part of the mezzanine is less than 6 m above the main floor or balcony.
3. The restrictions concerning minimum distance stated in Clauses (1)(b) and (2)(c) shall not apply to
  1. an inclined and stepped floor ascending from the main floor that is used for seating purposes only, or
  2. a balcony used for seating purposes only.
‌Automatic Sprinkler System Required
1. Except as permitted by Sentence (2), an automatic sprinkler system conforming to the requirements of Articles 3.2.4.7., 3.2.4.8., 3.2.4.9. and 3.2.5.12. shall be installed throughout a building regulated by one or more of Articles 3.2.2.20., 3.2.2.21., 3.2.2.22., 3.2.2.23., 3.2.2.24., 3.2.2.26., 3.2.2.27., 3.2.2.29., 3.2.2.31., 3.2.2.33., 3.2.2.36., 3.2.2.37.,
  3.2.2.38., 3.2.2.39., 3.2.2.40., 3.2.2.41., 3.2.2.42., 3.2.2.43., 3.2.2.44., 3.2.2.45., 3.2.2.46.,
  3.2.2.47., 3.2.2.48., 3.2.2.49., 3.2.2.51., 3.2.2.52., 3.2.2.55., 3.2.2.56., 3.2.2.57., 3.2.2.59.,
  3.2.2.60., 3.2.2.61., 3.2.2.63., 3.2.2.65., 3.2.2.66., 3.2.2.67., 3.2.2.69., 3.2.2.71., 3.2.2.72.,
  3.2.2.73., 3.2.2.74., 3.2.2.76., 3.2.2.77., 3.2.2.79., 3.2.2.81., 3.2.2.82., 3.2.2.84., 3.2.2.86.,
  3.2.2. 88. and 3.2.2.90.
2. If a storey in a building or a floor area is required to have an automatic sprinkler system installed throughout in accordance with one or more of Articles 3.2.2.20.
  to 3.2.2.92. or Section 3.3., the automatic sprinkler system shall also be installed throughout all lower storeys in the building notwithstanding permission in
  Articles 3.2.2.20. to 3.2.2.92. to construct one or more of those storeys without installing automatic sprinkler protection. (See Note A-3.2.2.18.(2).)
‌Buildings Containing Impeded Egress Zones
1. A building containing an impeded egress zone and conforming to the appropriate requirements of Articles 3.2.2.20. to 3.2.2.92. is not required to conform to the requirements of Articles 3.2.2.36. and 3.2.2.37. for a Group B, Division 1 major occupancy provided
  1. the building is sprinklered throughout,
  2. it is not more than 1 storey in building height,
  3. it does not include
    1. a contained use area,
    2. sleeping accommodation,
    3. a high-hazard industrial occupancy, or
    4. a mercantile occupancy,
  4. the building area is not more than 6 400 m2 if the building includes a
    ‌medium-hazard industrial occupancy,
  5. the impeded egress zone does not extend beyond the boundaries of the fire compartment in which it is located, and
  6. the occupant load of the impeded egress zone is not more than 100.
‌Group A, Division 1, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered‌
1. Except as permitted by Articles 3.2.2.21. and 3.2.2.22., a building classified as Group A, Division 1 shall conform to Sentence (2).
2. Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction, and
  1. except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building
    shall be sprinklered throughout,
  2. floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h,
  3. mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
  4. loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported assembly.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B‌

‌Group A, Division 1, One Storey, Limited Area, Sprinklered‌
1. A building classified as Group A, Division 1 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
  1. except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
    sprinklered throughout,
  2. it is not more than 1 storey in building height,
  3. it has less than 40% of the area of the building as 2 storeys for the purpose of
    1. development of productions, including preparation of scenery and costumes and rehearsal of performers,
    2. organization of performers, scenery and sound equipment,
    3. preparation by performers for a performance,
    4. managerial functions, or
    5. toilets, rest rooms and similar public facilities,
  4. it has no occupancy above or below the auditorium other than one which serves it or is dependent on it,
  5. it is not more than 600 m2 in building area, and
  6. the occupant load is not more than 600.‌
2. The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of heavy timber construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
  1. floor assemblies shall be fire separations
    1. with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
    2. of heavy timber construction, and
  2. ‌loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall
    1. have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported assembly, or
    2. be of heavy timber construction.
‌Group A, Division 1, One Storey, Sprinklered‌
1. A building classified as Group A, Division 1 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
  1. except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
    sprinklered throughout,
  2. it is not more than 1 storey in building height,
  3. no part of an auditorium floor is more than 5 m above or below grade,
  4. no occupancy is above or below the auditorium other than one which serves it or is dependent on it, and
  5. the occupant load of the auditorium floor is not more than 300.
2. The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction used singly, or in combination, and
  1. floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
  2. mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating
    not less than 45 min,
  3. ‌loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating shall
    1. have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
    2. be of noncombustible construction, and
  4. ‌loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting a fire separation shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the fire separation.
‌Group A, Division 2, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered‌
1. Except as permitted by Articles 3.2.2.24. to 3.2.2.28., a building classified as Group A, Division 2 shall conform to Sentence (2).
2. Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction, and
  1. except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building
    shall be sprinklered throughout,
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 3.2.2.25.
  2. floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h,‌‌
  3. mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
  4. ‌loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported assembly.
‌Group A, Division 2, up to 6 Storeys, Any Area, Sprinklered‌
1. A building classified as Group A, Division 2, that is not limited by building area, is permitted to conform to Sentence (2), provided
  1. except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
    sprinklered throughout, and
  2. it is not more than 6 storeys in building height.
2. Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction, and‌
  1. floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
  2. mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
  3. ‌loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported assembly.
‌Group A, Division 2, up to 2 Storeys
1. A building classified as Group A, Division 2 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
  1. it is not more than 2 storeys in building height, and
  2. it has a building area not more than the value in Table 3.2.2.25.
    
    Table 3.2.2.25.
    Maximum Building Area, Group A, Division 2, up to 2 Storeys
    Forming Part of Sentence 3.2.2.25.(1)
    
    No. of Storeys
    Maximum Area, m2
    Facing 1 Street
    Facing 2 Streets
    Facing 3 Streets
    1
    1 600
    2 000
    2 400
    2
    800
    1 000
    1 200
2. The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and‌
  1. floor assemblies shall be fire separations and, if of combustible construction, shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
  2. except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.17., mezzanines shall have, if of
    combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
  3. except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.17., roof assemblies shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, except that in a building not more than 1 storey in building height, the fire-resistance rating is permitted to be waived provided the roof assembly is constructed as a fire-retardant-treated wood roof system conforming to Article 3.1.14.1., and the building area is not more than
    1. 800 m2 if facing one street,
    2. 1 000 m2 if facing 2 streets, or
    3. 1 200 m2 if facing 3 streets, and
  4. loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating shall
    1. have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
    2. be of noncombustible construction.
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B‌

‌Group A, Division 2, up to 2 Storeys, Increased Area, Sprinklered‌
1. A building classified as Group A, Division 2 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
  1. except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
    sprinklered throughout,
  2. it is not more than 2 storeys in building height, and
  3. it has a building area not more than
    1. 4 800 m2 if 1 storey in building height, or
    2. ‌2 400 m2 if 2 storeys in building height.
2. The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
  1. floor assemblies shall be fire separations and, if of combustible construction, shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
  2. mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, and
  3. ‌loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating shall
    1. have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
    2. be of noncombustible construction.
‌Group A, Division 2, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered‌
1. A building classified as Group A, Division 2 is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction, used singly or in combination, provided
  1. except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
    sprinklered throughout,
  2. it is not more than 2 storeys in building height, and
  3. it has a building area not more than
    1. 2 400 m2 if 1 storey in building height with no basement,
    2. ‌1 200 m2 if 1 storey in building height, or
    3. 600 m2 if 2 storeys in building height.
‌Group A, Division 2, One Storey
1. A building classified as Group A, Division 2 is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction, used singly or in combination, provided
  1. it is not more than 1 storey in building height, and
  2. except as permitted by Sentence (2), it has a building area not more than
    1. 400 m2 if facing one street,
    2. 500 m2 if facing 2 streets, or
    3. 600 m2 if facing 3 streets.
2. In a building referred to in Sentence (1) without a basement, the building area limits of Sentence (1) are permitted to be doubled provided a fire separation with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h is used to separate the building into fire compartments, each one of which does not exceed the limits of Clause (1)(b).‌
‌Group A, Division 3, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered‌
1. Except as permitted by Articles 3.2.2.30. to 3.2.2.34., a building classified as Group A, Division 3 shall conform to Sentence (2).
2. Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction, and
  1. except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building
    shall be sprinklered throughout,
  2. floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h,
  3. mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
  4. loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported assembly.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 3.2.2.32.‌
‌Group A, Division 3, up to 2 Storeys
1. A building classified as Group A, Division 3 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
  1. it is not more than 2 storeys in building height, and
  2. it has a building area not more than the value in Table 3.2.2.30.
    
    Table 3.2.2.30.
    Maximum Building Area, Group A, Division 3, up to 2 Storeys
    Forming Part of Sentence 3.2.2.30.(1)
    
    No. of Storeys
    Maximum Area, m2
    Facing 1 Street
    Facing 2 Streets
    Facing 3 Streets
    1
    4 000
    5 000
    6 000
    2
    2 000
    2 500
    3 000
2. Except as permitted by Clauses (c) and (d), the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction, and‌
  1. floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,‌
  2. except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.17., mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
  3. except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.17., roof assemblies shall
    1. have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
    2. be of heavy timber construction, and
  4. ‌loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported assembly, except that arches and structural members within the storey immediately below a roof assembly are permitted to be of heavy timber construction.
3. If intended for occasional use for trade shows and similar exhibition purposes, a building referred to in Sentence (1) that is more than 1 500 m2 in building area shall be sprinklered throughout.‌
‌Group A, Division 3, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered‌
1. A building classified as Group A, Division 3 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
  1. except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
    sprinklered throughout,
  2. it is not more than 2 storeys in building height, and
  3. it has a building area not more than
    1. 12 000 m2 if 1 storey in building height, or
    2. ‌6 000 m2 if 2 storeys in building height.
2. Except as permitted by Clause (c) and Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction, and‌
  1. floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
  2. ‌mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
  3. ‌loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported assembly, except that arches are permitted to be of heavy timber construction.
‌Group A, Division 3, One Storey, Increased Area
1. A building classified as Group A, Division 3 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
  1. it is not more than 1 storey in building height, and
  2. it has a building area not more than
    1. 2 400 m2 if facing one street,
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
Division B

The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
1. except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.17., mezzanines shall have, if of
  combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
2. except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.17., roof assemblies shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
  except that the fire-resistance rating is permitted to be waived provided the roof assembly is constructed as a fire-retardant-treated wood roof system conforming to Article 3.1.14.1., and the building area is not more than
  1. 1 200 m2 if facing one street,
  2. 1 500 m2 if facing 2 streets, or
  3. 1 800 m2 if facing 3 streets, and
3. ‌loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating shall
  1. have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
  2. be of noncombustible construction.
If intended for occasional use for trade shows and similar exhibition purposes, a building referred to in Sentence (1) that is more than 1 500 m2 in building area shall be sprinklered throughout.‌

‌Group A, Division 3, One Storey, Sprinklered‌
1. A building classified as Group A, Division 3 is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination provided
  1. except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
    sprinklered throughout,
  2. it is not more than 1 storey in building height, and
  3. it has a building area not more than 7 200 m2.
‌Group A, Division 3, One Storey
1. A building classified as Group A, Division 3 is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination provided
  1. it is not more than 1 storey in building height, and
  2. it has a building area not more than
    1. 1 000 m2 if facing one street,
    2. ‌1 250 m2 if facing 2 streets, or
    3. 1 500 m2 if facing 3 streets.
‌Group A, Division 4‌
1. Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and (3), a building classified as Group A, Division 4 shall be of noncombustible construction.
2. Roof assemblies and supporting arches and columns are permitted to be of
  heavy timber construction.
3. A building classified as Group A, Division 4 is permitted to be of combustible construction provided
  1. the occupant load is less than 1 500, and
  2. the building has a limiting distance not less than 6 m.
4. Sprinklers shall be installed in all spaces below tiers of seats in a building classified as Group A, Division 4 if those spaces are used for occupancy. (See Note A-3.2.2.35.(4).)‌
‌Group B, Division 1, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered
1. Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.37., a building classified as Group B, Division 1 shall conform to Sentence (2).
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  ‌Division B 3.2.2.39.
2. Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction, and‌
  1. except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building
    shall be sprinklered throughout,
  2. floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h,
  3. mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
  4. ‌loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported assembly.
‌Group B, Division 1, up to 3 Storeys, Sprinklered‌
1. A building classified as Group B, Division 1 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
  1. except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
    sprinklered throughout,
  2. it is not more than 3 storeys in building height, and
  3. it has a building area
    1. that is not limited if the building is not more than 1 storey
      in building height,
    2. not more than 12 000 m2 if 2 storeys in building height, or
    3. ‌not more than 8 000 m2 if 3 storeys in building height.
2. Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction, and‌
  1. floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
  2. mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
  3. ‌loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported assembly.
‌Group B, Division 2, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered‌
1. Except as permitted by Articles 3.2.2.39. to 3.2.2.41., a building classified as Group B, Division 2 shall conform to Sentence (2).
2. Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction, and
  1. except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building
    shall be sprinklered throughout,
  2. floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h,
  3. mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
  4. ‌loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported assembly.
‌Group B, Division 2, up to 3 Storeys, Sprinklered‌
1. A building classified as Group B, Division 2 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
  1. except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
    sprinklered throughout,
  2. it is not more than 3 storeys in building height, and
  3. it has a building area
    1. that is not limited if the building is not more than 1 storey
      in building height,
    2. not more than 12 000 m2 if 2 storeys in building height, or
    3. ‌not more than 8 000 m2 if 3 storeys in building height.
2. Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction, and
  1. floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B‌

‌mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
‌loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported assembly.

‌Group B, Division 2, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered‌
1. A building classified as Group B, Division 2 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
  1. except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
    sprinklered throughout,
  2. it is not more than 2 storeys in building height, and
  3. it has a building area not more than
    1. ‌2 400 m2 if 1 storey in building height, or
    2. 1 600 m2 if 2 storeys in building height.
2. The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
  1. floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
  2. ‌mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, and
  3. ‌loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported assembly.
‌Group B, Division 2, One Storey, Sprinklered‌
1. A building classified as Group B, Division 2 is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction, used singly or in combination, provided
  1. except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
    sprinklered throughout,
  2. it is not more than 1 storey in building height, and
  3. it has a building area not more than 500 m2.
‌Group B, Division 3, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered‌
1. Except as permitted by Articles 3.2.2.43. to 3.2.2.46., a building classified as Group B, Division 3 shall conform to Sentence (2).
2. Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction, and
  1. except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building
    shall be sprinklered throughout,
  2. floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h,
  3. mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
  4. ‌loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported assembly.
‌Group B, Division 3, up to 3 Storeys (Noncombustible), Sprinklered‌
1. A building classified as Group B, Division 3 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
  1. except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
    sprinklered throughout,
  2. it is not more than 3 storeys in building height, and
  3. it has a building area
    1. that is not limited if the building is not more than 1 storey
      in building height,
    2. ‌not more than 12 000 m2 if 2 storeys in building height, or
    3. not more than 8 000 m2 if 3 storeys in building height.
2. Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction, and
  1. floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 3.2.2.47.‌
  2. ‌mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
  3. ‌loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported assembly.
‌Group B, Division 3, up to 3 Storeys, Sprinklered‌
1. A building classified as Group B, Division 3 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
  1. except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
    sprinklered throughout,
  2. it is not more than 3 storeys in building height, and
  3. it has a building area not more than
    1. 5 400 m2 if 1 storey in building height,
    2. 2 700 m2 if 2 storeys in building height, or
    3. ‌1 800 m2 if 3 storeys in building height.
2. The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction, used singly or in combination, and‌
  1. floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
  2. mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
  3. ‌loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported assembly.
‌Group B, Division 3, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered‌
1. A building classified as Group B, Division 3 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
  1. except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
    sprinklered throughout,
  2. it is not more than 2 storeys in building height, and
  3. it has a building area not more than
    1. 2 400 m2 if 1 storey in building height, or
    2. ‌1 600 m2 if 2 storeys in building height.
2. The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction, used singly or in combination, and
  1. floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
  2. ‌mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, and
  3. ‌loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported assembly.
‌Group B, Division 3, One Storey, Sprinklered‌
1. A building classified as Group B, Division 3 is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction, used singly or in combination, provided
  1. except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
    sprinklered throughout,
  2. it is not more than 1 storey in building height, and
  3. it has a building area not more than 600 m2.
‌Group C, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered‌
1. Except as permitted by Articles 3.2.2.48. to 3.2.2.55., a building classified as Group C shall conform to Sentence (2).
2. Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction, and
  1. except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building
    shall be sprinklered throughout,
  2. except as permitted by Sentence (3), floor assemblies shall be fire separations
    with a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h,
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B‌

‌mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported assembly.

In a building that contains dwelling units that have more than one storey, subject to the requirements of Sentence 3.3.4.2.(3), the floor assemblies, including floors

over basements, which are entirely contained within these dwelling units, shall have a

fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h but need not be constructed as fire separations.

‌Group C, up to 12 storeys, Sprinklered
1. A building classified as Group C is permitted to conform to Sentence (2), provided
  1. it is sprinklered throughout,
  2. it is not more than 12 storeys in building height,
  3. it has a height not more than 42 m measured between the floor of the first storey and the uppermost floor level that does not serve a rooftop enclosure for elevator machinery, a stairway or a service room used only for service to the building, and
  4. it has a building area not more than 6 000 m2.
2. Except as provided in Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction or noncombustible construction, used singly or in combination, and‌‌
  1. except as provided in Sentence (3), floor assemblies shall be fire separations
    with a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h,
  2. mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
  3. loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported assembly.
3. In a building that contains dwelling units that have more than one storey, subject to the requirements of Sentence 3.3.4.2.(3), the floor assemblies, including floors
  over basements, that are entirely contained within these dwelling units shall have a
  fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, but need not be constructed as fire separations.
4. Group A, Division 2 major occupancies, Group E major occupancies and storage garages located in a building or part of a building within the scope of this Article are permitted to be constructed in accordance with this Article, provided
  1. the Group A, Division 2 major occupancy is located below the fourth storey,
  2. the Group E major occupancy is located below the third storey, and
  3. the storage garage is located below the fifth storey (see also Article 4.4.2.1.). (See Note A-3.2.2.48.(4) and 3.2.2.57.(3).)
‌Group C, up to 6 Storeys, Sprinklered, Noncombustible Construction‌
1. A building classified as Group C is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
  1. except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
    sprinklered throughout,
  2. it is not more than 6 storeys in building height, and
  3. it has a building area
    1. that is not limited if the building is not more than 2 storeys
      in building height,
    2. ‌not more than 12 000 m2 if 3 storeys in building height,
    3. not more than 9 000 m2 if 4 storeys in building height,
    4. ‌not more than 7 200 m2 if 5 storeys in building height, or
    5. not more than 6 000 m2 if 6 storeys in building height.
2. Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction, and‌
  1. except as permitted by Sentence (3), floor assemblies shall be fire separations
    with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
  2. mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
  3. loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported assembly.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 3.2.2.51.
3. In a building that contains dwelling units that have more than one storey, subject to the requirements of Sentence 3.3.4.2.(3), the floor assemblies, including floors
  over basements, which are entirely contained within these dwelling units, shall have a
  fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h but need not be constructed as fire separations.
‌Group C, up to 3 Storeys, Noncombustible Construction
1. A building classified as Group C is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
  1. it is not more than 3 storeys in building height, and
  2. it has a building area not more than the value in Table 3.2.2.50.
    
    Table 3.2.2.50.
    Maximum Building Area, Group C, up to 3 Storeys
    Forming Part of Sentence 3.2.2.50.(1)
    
    No. of Storeys
    Maximum Area, m2
    Facing 1 Street
    Facing 2 Streets
    Facing 3 Streets
    ‌1
    not limited
    not limited
    not limited
    2
    6 000
    not limited
    not limited
    3
    4 000
    5 000
    6 000
2. The building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction, and‌‌
  1. except as permitted by Sentence (3), floor assemblies shall be fire separations
    with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
  2. ‌mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
  3. roof assemblies shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
  4. loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported assembly.
3. In a building that contains dwelling units that have more than one storey, subject to the requirements of Sentence 3.3.4.2.(3), the floor assemblies, including floors
  over basements, which are entirely contained within these dwelling units, shall have a
  fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h but need not be constructed as fire separations.
‌Group C, up to 6 Storeys, Sprinklered‌
1. A building classified as Group C is permitted to conform to Sentence (2), provided
  1. it is sprinklered throughout,
  2. it is not more than 6 storeys in building height,
  3. it has a height not more than 18 m measured between the floor of the first storey and the uppermost floor level that does not serve a rooftop enclosure for elevator machinery, a stairway or a service room used only for service to the building, and
  4. it has a building area not more than
    1. 9 000 m2 if 1 storey in building height,
    2. 4 500 m2 if 2 storeys in building height,
    3. ‌3 000 m2 if 3 storeys in building height,
    4. 2 250 m2 if 4 storeys in building height,
    5. ‌1 800 m2 if 5 storeys in building height, or
    6. 1 500 m2 if 6 storeys in building height.
2. ‌Buildings referred to in Sentence (1) are permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction, used singly or in combination, and‌
  1. except as provided in Sentence (3), floor assemblies shall be fire separations
    with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
  2. roof assemblies shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
  3. except as provided in Sentence (4), where the roof assembly has a height greater than 25 m measured from the floor of the first storey to the highest
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
Division B

point of the roof assembly, the roof assembly shall be constructed of noncombustible construction or fire-retardant-treated wood conforming to Article 3.1.4.5.,‌‌

mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported assembly.

In a building that contains dwelling units that have more than one storey, subject to the requirements of Sentence 3.3.4.2.(3), the floor assemblies, including those
over basements, that are entirely contained within these dwelling units shall have a
fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h but need not be constructed as fire separations.
Where buildings conforming to Sentence (2) include non-contiguous roof assemblies at different elevations, the roof assemblies are permitted to be evaluated separately to determine which ones are required to be constructed in accordance with Clause (2)(c).
Group A, Division 2 major occupancies, Group E major occupancies, and storage garages located in a building or part thereof within the scope of this Article are permitted to be constructed in accordance with this Article, provided
1. the Group A, Division 2 major occupancy and Group E major occupancy are located below the third storey, and
2. the storage garage is located below the fourth storey (see also Article 4.4.2.1.). (See Note A-3.2.2.51.(5) and 3.2.2.60.(4).)

‌Group C, up to 4 Storeys, Sprinklered‌
1. A building classified as Group C is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
  1. except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
    sprinklered throughout,
  2. it is not more than 4 storeys in building height, and
  3. it has a building area not more than
    1. ‌7 200 m2 if 1 storey in building height,
    2. 3 600 m2 if 2 storeys in building height,
    3. 2 400 m2 if 3 storeys in building height, or
    4. ‌1 800 m2 if 4 storeys in building height.
2. The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and‌
  1. except as permitted by Sentences (3) and (4), floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
  2. mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
  3. loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported assembly.
3. In a building that contains dwelling units that have more than one storey, subject to the requirements of Sentence 3.3.4.2.(3), the floor assemblies, including floors
  over basements, which are entirely contained within these dwelling units, shall have a
  ‌fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h but need not be constructed as fire separations.
4. In a building in which there is no dwelling unit above another dwelling unit, the
fire-resistance rating for floor assemblies entirely within the dwelling unit is waived.
‌Group C, up to 3 Storeys, Increased Area
1. A building classified as Group C is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
  1. it is not more than 3 storeys in building height, and
  2. it has a building area not more than the value in Table 3.2.2.53.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 3.2.2.54.
    
    Table 3.2.2.53.
    Maximum Building Area, Group C, up to 3 Storeys, Increased Area
    Forming Part of Sentence 3.2.2.53.(1)
    
    No. of Storeys
    Maximum Area, m2
    Facing 1 Street
    Facing 2 Streets
    Facing 3 Streets
    ‌1
    2 400
    3 000
    3 600
    2
    1 200
    1 500
    1 800
    3
    800
    1 000
    1 200
2. The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and‌‌
  1. except as permitted by Sentences (3) and (4), floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
  2. ‌mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
  3. roof assemblies shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
  4. loadbearing walls, columns, and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported assembly.
3. In a building that contains dwelling units that have more than one storey, subject to the requirements of Sentence 3.3.4.2.(3), the floor assemblies, including floors
  over basements, which are entirely contained within these dwelling units, shall have a
  ‌fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h but need not be constructed as fire separations.
4. In a building in which there is no dwelling unit above another dwelling unit, the
  fire-resistance rating for floor assemblies entirely within the dwelling unit is waived.
‌Group C, up to 3 Storeys
1. A building classified as Group C is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
  1. it is not more than 3 storeys in building height, and
  2. it has a building area not more than the value in Table 3.2.2.54.
    
    Table 3.2.2.54.
    Maximum Building Area, Group C, up to 3 Storeys
    Forming Part of Sentence 3.2.2.54.(1)
    
    No. of Storeys
    Maximum Area, m2
    Facing 1 Street
    Facing 2 Streets
    Facing 3 Streets
    ‌1
    1 800
    2 250
    2 700
    2
    900
    1 125
    1 350
    3
    600
    750
    900
2. The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and‌
  1. except as permitted by Sentences (3) and (4), floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
  2. ‌mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, and
  3. loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported assembly.
3. In a building that contains dwelling units that have more than one storey, subject to the requirements of Sentence 3.3.4.2.(3), the floor assemblies, including floors
  over basements, which are entirely contained within these dwelling units, shall have a
  fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min but need not be constructed as fire separations.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B

‌4) In a building in which there is no dwelling unit above another dwelling unit, the‌

fire-resistance rating for floor assemblies entirely within the dwelling unit is waived.

‌Group C, up to 3 Storeys, Sprinklered‌
1. A building classified as Group C is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
  1. except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
    sprinklered throughout,
  2. it is not more than 3 storeys in building height, and
  3. it has a building area not more than
    1. 5 400 m2 if 1 storey in building height,
    2. 2 700 m2 if 2 storeys in building height, or
    3. ‌1 800 m2 if 3 storeys in building height.
2. The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
  1. except as permitted by Sentences (3) and (4), floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
  2. ‌mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, and
  3. loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported assembly.
3. In a building that contains dwelling units that have more than one storey, subject to the requirements of Sentence 3.3.4.2.(3), the floor assemblies, including floors
  over basements, which are entirely contained within these dwelling units, shall have a
  ‌fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min but need not be constructed as fire separations.
4. In a building in which there is no dwelling unit above another dwelling unit, the
fire-resistance rating for floor assemblies entirely within the dwelling unit is waived.
‌Group D, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered‌
1. Except as permitted by Articles 3.2.2.57. to 3.2.2.65., a building classified as Group D shall conform to Sentence (2).
2. Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction, and
  1. except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building
    shall be sprinklered throughout,
  2. floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h,
  3. mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
  4. ‌loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported assembly.
‌Group D, up to 12 storeys, Sprinklered
1. A building classified as Group D is permitted to conform to Sentence (2), provided
  1. it is sprinklered throughout,
  2. it is not more than 12 storeys in building height,
  3. it has a height not more than 42 m measured between the floor of the first storey and the uppermost floor level that does not serve a rooftop enclosure for elevator machinery, a stairway or a service room used only for service to the building, and
  4. it has a building area not more than 7 200 m2.
2. Except as provided in Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction or noncombustible construction, used singly or in combination, and
  1. floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h,
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 3.2.2.59.‌
  2. ‌mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
  3. loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported assembly.
3. Group A, Division 2 major occupancies, Group E major occupancies, Group F, Division 2 and 3 major occupancies, and storage garages located in a building or part of a building within the scope of this Article are permitted to be constructed in accordance with this Article, provided
  1. the Group A, Division 2 major occupancy is located below the fourth storey,
  2. the Group E major occupancy and Group F, Division 2 or 3 major occupancy
    are located below the third storey, and
  3. the storage garage is located below the fifth storey (see also Article 4.4.2.1.). (See Note A-3.2.2.48.(4) and 3.2.2.57.(3).)

‌Group D, up to 6 Storeys

A building classified as Group D is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided

it is not more than 6 storeys in building height, and

it has a building area not more than the value in Table 3.2.2.58.

Table 3.2.2.58.

Maximum Building Area, Group D, up to6 Storeys

Forming Part of Sentence 3.2.2.58.(1)

No. of Storeys	Maximum Area, m2
No. of Storeys	Facing 1 Street	Facing 2 Streets	Facing 3 Streets
1	not limited	not limited	not limited
2	7 200	not limited	not limited
3	4 800	6 000	7 200
‌4	3 600	4 500	5 400
5	2 880	3 600	4 320
6	2 400	3 000	3 600

The building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction, and‌‌
1. floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
2. ‌mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
3. roof assemblies shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, except that in a building not more than 1 storey in building height this requirement is waived, and
4. ‌loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported assembly.

‌Group D, up to 6 Storeys, Sprinklered, Noncombustible Construction‌
1. A building classified as Group D is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
  1. except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
    sprinklered throughout,
  2. it is not more than 6 storeys in building height, and
  3. it has a building area
    1. that is not limited if the building is not more than 2 storeys
      in building height,
    2. not more than 14 400 m2 if 3 storeys in building height,
    3. not more than 10 800 m2 if 4 storeys in building height,
    4. not more than 8 640 m2 if 5 storeys in building height, or
    5. not more than 7 200 m2 if 6 storeys in building height.
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B

Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction, and‌‌
1. floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
2. mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
3. ‌loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported assembly.

‌Group D, up to 6 Storeys, Sprinklered‌
1. A building classified as Group D is permitted to conform to Sentence (2), provided
  1. it is sprinklered throughout,
  2. it is not more than 6 storeys in building height,
  3. it has a height not more than 18 m measured between the floor of the first storey and the uppermost floor level that does not serve a rooftop enclosure for elevator machinery, a stairway or a service room used only for service to the building, and
  4. it has a building area not more than
    1. 18 000 m2 if 1 storey in building height,
    2. 9 000 m2 if 2 storeys in building height,
    3. ‌6 000 m2 if 3 storeys in building height,
    4. 4 500 m2 if 4 storeys in building height,
    5. 3 600 m2 if 5 storeys in building height, or
    6. ‌3 000 m2 if 6 storeys in building height.
2. The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction, used singly or in combination, and‌
  1. floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
  2. roof assemblies shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
  3. except as provided in Sentence (3), where the roof assembly has a height greater than 25 m measured from the floor of the first storey to the highest point of the roof assembly, the roof assembly shall be constructed of noncombustible construction or fire-retardant-treated wood conforming to Article 3.1.4.5.,‌‌
  4. mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
  5. loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported assembly.
3. Where buildings conforming to Sentence (2) include non-contiguous roof assemblies at different elevations, the roof assemblies are permitted to be evaluated separately to determine which ones are required to be constructed in accordance with Clause (2)(c).
4. Group A, Division 2 major occupancies, Group E major occupancies, Group F, Division 2 and 3 major occupancies, and storage garages located in a building or part thereof within the scope of this Article are permitted to be constructed in accordance with this Article, provided
  1. the Group A, Division 2 major occupancy, Group E major occupancy, and Group F, Division 2 or 3 major occupancy are located below the third storey, and
  2. the storage garage is located below the fourth storey (see also Article 4.4.2.1.). (See Note A-3.2.2.51.(5) and 3.2.2.60.(4).)
‌Group D, up to 4 Storeys, Sprinklered‌
1. A building classified as Group D is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
  1. except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
    sprinklered throughout,
  2. it is not more than 4 storeys in building height, and
  3. it has a building area not more than 3 600 m2.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 3.2.2.63.
2. The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and‌‌
  1. floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
  2. mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
  3. ‌loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported assembly.
‌Group D, up to 3 Storeys
1. A building classified as Group D is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
  1. it is not more than 3 storeys in building height, and
  2. it has a building area not more than the value in Table 3.2.2.62.
    
    Table 3.2.2.62.
    Maximum Building Area, Group D, up to3 Storeys
    Forming Part of Sentence 3.2.2.62.(1)
    
    No. of Storeys
    Maximum Area, m2
    Facing 1 Street
    Facing 2 Streets
    Facing 3 Streets
    ‌1
    4 800
    6 000
    7 200
    2
    2 400
    3 000
    3 600
    3
    1 600
    2 000
    2 400
2. The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and‌
  1. floor assemblies shall be fire separations and, if of combustible construction, shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
  2. mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating
    not less than 45 min,
  3. roof assemblies shall have, if of combustible construction,a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, except that in a building not more than 1 storey in building height, the fire-resistance rating is permitted to be waived provided the roof assembly is constructed as a fire-retardant-treated wood roof system conforming to Article 3.1.14.1. and the building area is not more than
    1. 2 400 m2 if facing one street,
    2. 3 000 m2 if facing 2 streets, or
    3. 3 600 m2 if facing 3 streets, and
  4. ‌loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating shall
    1. have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
    2. be of noncombustible construction.
‌Group D, up to 3 Storeys, Sprinklered‌
1. A building classified as Group D is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
  1. except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
    sprinklered throughout,
  2. it is not more than 3 storeys in building height, and
  3. it has a building area not more than
    1. 14 400 m2 if 1 storey in building height,
    2. 7 200 m2 if 2 storeys in building height, or
    3. ‌4 800 m2 if 3 storeys in building height.
2. The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
  1. floor assemblies shall be fire separations and, if of combustible construction, shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B

‌mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, and
‌loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating shall
1. have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
2. be of noncombustible construction.

‌Group D, up to 2 Storeys
1. A building classified as Group D is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
  1. it is not more than 2 storeys in building height, and
  2. it has a building area not more than the value in Table 3.2.2.64.
    
    Table 3.2.2.64.
    Maximum Building Area, Group D, up to2 Storeys
    Forming Part of Sentence 3.2.2.64.(1)
    
    No. of Storeys
    Maximum Area, m2
    Facing 1 Street
    Facing 2 Streets
    Facing 3 Streets
    1
    1 000
    1 250
    1 500
    2
    800
    1 000
    1 200
2. The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
  1. floor assemblies shall be fire separations and, if of combustible construction, shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, and
  2. ‌loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating shall
    1. have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
    2. be of noncombustible construction.
‌Group D, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered‌
1. A building classified as Group D is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
  1. except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
    sprinklered throughout,
  2. it is not more than 2 storeys in building height, and
  3. it has a building area not more than
    1. 3 000 m2 if 1 storey in building height, or
    2. ‌2 400 m2 if 2 storeys in building height.
2. The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
  1. floor assemblies shall be fire separations and, if of combustible construction, shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, and
  2. ‌loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating shall
    1. have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
    2. be of noncombustible construction.
‌Group E, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered‌
1. Except as permitted by Articles 3.2.2.67. to 3.2.2.71., a building classified as Group E shall conform to Sentence (2).
2. Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction, and
  1. except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building
    shall be sprinklered throughout,
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 3.2.2.68.
  2. floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h,‌‌
  3. mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
  4. ‌loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported assembly.
‌Group E, up to 4 Storeys, Sprinklered‌
1. A building classified as Group E is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
  1. except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
    sprinklered throughout,
  2. it is not more than 4 storeys in building height, and
  3. it has a building area not more than 1 800 m2.
2. The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and‌
  1. floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
  2. mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
  3. ‌loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported assembly.
‌Group E, up to 3 Storeys
1. A building classified as Group E is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
  1. it is not more than 3 storeys in building height, and
  2. it has a building area not more than the value in Table 3.2.2.68.
    
    Table 3.2.2.68.
    Maximum Building Area, Group E, up to3 Storeys
    Forming Part of Sentence 3.2.2.68.(1)
    
    No. of Storeys
    Maximum Area, m2
    Facing 1 Street
    Facing 2 Streets
    Facing 3 Streets
    ‌1
    1 500
    1 500
    1 500
    2
    1 200
    1 500
    1 500
    3
    800
    1 000
    1 500
2. The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and‌
  1. floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
  2. mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating
    not less than 45 min,
  3. roof assemblies shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, except that in a building not more than 1 storey in building height, the
    fire-resistance rating is permitted to be waived provided the roof assembly is of noncombustible construction or is constructed as a fire-retardant-treated wood roof system conforming to Article 3.1.14.1.,
  4. ‌loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating shall
    1. have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
    2. be of noncombustible construction, and
  5. loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting a fire separation shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the fire separation.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B‌

‌Group E, up to 3 Storeys, Sprinklered‌
1. A building classified as Group E is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
  1. except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
    sprinklered throughout,
  2. it is not more than 3 storeys in building height, and
  3. it has a building area not more than
    1. 7 200 m2 if 1 storey in building height,
    2. 3 600 m2 if 2 storeys in building height, or
    3. ‌2 400 m2 if 3 storeys in building height.
2. The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
  1. floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
  2. mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating
    not less than 45 min,
  3. ‌loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating shall
    1. have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
    2. be of noncombustible construction, and
  4. ‌loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting a fire separation shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the fire separation.
‌Group E, up to 2 Storeys
1. A building classified as Group E is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
  1. it is not more than 2 storeys in building height, and
  2. it has a building area not more than the value in Table 3.2.2.70.
    
    Table 3.2.2.70.
    Maximum Building Area, Group E, up to2 Storeys
    Forming Part of Sentence 3.2.2.70.(1)
    
    No. of Storeys
    Maximum Area, m2
    Facing 1 Street
    Facing 2 Streets
    Facing 3 Streets
    1
    1 000
    1 250
    1 500
    2
    600
    750
    900
2. The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and‌
  1. floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, and
  2. ‌loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported assembly.
‌Group E, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered‌
1. A building classified as Group E is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
  1. except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
    sprinklered throughout,
  2. it is not more than 2 storeys in building height, and
  3. it has a building area not more than
    1. 3 000 m2 if 1 storey in building height, or
    2. 1 800 m2 if 2 storeys in building height.
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
      ‌Division B 3.2.2.74.
2. The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and‌
  1. floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, and
  2. ‌loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported assembly.
‌Group F, Division 1, up to 4 Storeys, Sprinklered
1. Except as permitted by Articles 3.2.2.73. to 3.2.2.75., a building classified as Group F, Division 1 shall conform to Sentence (2) provided
  1. it is not more than 4 storeys in building height, and
  2. it has a building area not more than
    1. ‌9 000 m2 if 1 storey in building height,
    2. 4 500 m2 if 2 storeys in building height,
    3. 3 000 m2 if 3 storeys in building height, or
    4. ‌2 250 m2 if 4 storeys in building height.
2. Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction, and
  1. except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building
    shall be sprinklered throughout,
  2. floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h,
  3. mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
  4. ‌loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported assembly.
‌Group F, Division 1, up to 3 Storeys, Sprinklered‌
1. A building classified as Group F, Division 1 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
  1. except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
    sprinklered throughout,
  2. it is not more than 3 storeys in building height, and
  3. it has a building area not more than
    1. 3 600 m2 if 1 storey in building height,
    2. 1 800 m2 if 2 storeys in building height, or
    3. 1 200 m2 if 3 storeys in building height.
2. The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of heavy timber construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
  1. floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, and
  2. ‌loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported assembly.
‌Group F, Division 1, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered‌
1. A building classified as Group F, Division 1 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
  1. except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
    sprinklered throughout,
  2. it is not more than 2 storeys in building height, and
  3. it has a building area not more than
    1. 2 400 m2 if 1 storey in building height, or
    2. 1 200 m2 if 2 storeys in building height.
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B

The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
1. floor assemblies shall be fire separations and, if of combustible construction, shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, and
2. ‌loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating shall
  1. have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
  2. be of noncombustible construction.

‌Group F, Division 1, One Storey
1. A building classified as Group F, Division 1 is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination provided
  1. it is not more than 1 storey in building height, and
  2. it has a building area not more than 800 m2.
‌Group F, Division 2, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered‌
1. Except as permitted by Articles 3.2.2.77. to 3.2.2.81., a building classified as Group F, Division 2 shall conform to Sentence (2).
2. Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction, and
  1. except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building
    shall be sprinklered throughout,
  2. floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h,
  3. mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
  4. ‌loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported assembly.
‌Group F, Division 2, up to 4 Storeys, Increased Area, Sprinklered‌
1. A building classified as Group F, Division 2 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
  1. except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
    sprinklered throughout,
  2. it is not more than 4 storeys in building height, and
  3. it has a building area not more than
    1. ‌18 000 m2 if 1 storey in building height,
    2. 9 000 m2 if 2 storeys in building height,
    3. 6 000 m2 if 3 storeys in building height, or
    4. ‌4 500 m2 if 4 storeys in building height.
2. Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction, and‌
  1. floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
  2. mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
  3. ‌loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported assembly.
‌Group F, Division 2, up to 3 Storeys
1. A building classified as Group F, Division 2 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
  1. it is not more than 3 storeys in building height, and
  2. it has a building area not more than the value in Table 3.2.2.78.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 3.2.2.80.
    
    Table 3.2.2.78.
    Maximum Building Area, Group F, Division 2, up to 3 Storeys
    Forming Part of Sentence 3.2.2.78.(1)
    
    No. of Storeys
    Maximum Area, m2
    Facing 1 Street
    Facing 2 Streets
    Facing 3 Streets
    ‌1
    1 500
    1 500
    1 500
    2
    1 500
    1 500
    1 500
    3
    1 070
    1 340
    1 500
2. The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and‌
  1. floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
  2. mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating
    not less than 45 min,
  3. roof assemblies shall have, if of combustible construction,a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, except that in a building not more than 1 storey in building height, the fire-resistance rating is permitted to be waived provided that the roof assembly is constructed as a fire-retardant-treated wood roof system conforming to Article 3.1.14.1.,
  4. ‌loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating shall
    1. have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
    2. be of noncombustible construction, and
  5. ‌loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting a fire separation shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the fire separation.
‌Group F, Division 2, up to 4 Storeys, Sprinklered‌
1. A building classified as Group F, Division 2 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
  1. except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
    sprinklered throughout,
  2. it is not more than 4 storeys in building height, and
  3. it has a building area not more than
    1. ‌9 600 m2 if 1 storey in building height,
    2. 4 800 m2 if 2 storeys in building height,
    3. 3 200 m2 if 3 storeys in building height, or
    4. ‌2 400 m2 if 4 storeys in building height.
2. The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
  1. floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
  2. mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating
    not less than 45 min,
  3. ‌loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating shall
    1. have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
    2. be of noncombustible construction, and
  4. ‌loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting a fire separation shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the fire separation.
‌Group F, Division 2, up to 2 Storeys
1. A building classified as Group F, Division 2 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
  1. it is not more than 2 storeys in building height, and
  2. it has a building area not more than the value in Table 3.2.2.80.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B

Table 3.2.2.80.

Maximum Building Area, Group F, Division 2, up to 2 Storeys

Forming Part of Sentence 3.2.2.80.(1)

No. of Storeys	Maximum Area, m2
No. of Storeys	Facing 1 Street	Facing 2 Streets	Facing 3 Streets
1	1 000	1 250	1 500
2	600	750	900

The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
1. floor assemblies shall be fire separations and, if of combustible construction, shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, and
2. ‌loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating shall
  1. have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
  2. be of noncombustible construction.

‌Group F, Division 2, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered‌
1. A building classified as Group F, Division 2 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
  1. except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
    sprinklered throughout,
  2. it is not more than 2 storeys in building height, and
  3. it has a building area not more than
    1. 4 500 m2 if 1 storey in building height, or
    2. ‌1 800 m2 if 2 storeys in building height.
2. The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
  1. floor assemblies shall be fire separations and, if of combustible construction, shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, and
  2. ‌loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating shall
    1. have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
    2. be of noncombustible construction.
‌Group F, Division 3, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered‌
1. Except as permitted by Articles 3.2.2.83. to 3.2.2.92., a building classified as Group F, Division 3 shall conform to Sentence (2).
2. Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction, and
  1. except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building
    shall be sprinklered throughout,
  2. floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h, except that floor assemblies are permitted to be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h in a storage garage with all storeys constructed as open-air storeys,‌‌
  3. mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
  4. ‌loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported assembly.
‌Group F, Division 3, up to 6 Storeys
1. A building classified as Group F, Division 3 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2), provided
  1. it is not more than 6 storeys in building height, and
  2. it has a building area not more than the value in Table 3.2.2.83.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 3.2.2.85.
    
    Table 3.2.2.83.
    Maximum Building Area, Group F, Division 3, up to 6 Storeys
    Forming Part of Sentence 3.2.2.83.(1)
    
    No. of Storeys
    Maximum Area, m2
    Facing 1 Street
    Facing 2 Streets
    Facing 3 Streets
    1
    not limited
    not limited
    not limited
    2
    7 200
    9 000
    10 800
    3
    4 800
    6 000
    7 200
    ‌4
    3 600
    4 500
    5 400
    5
    2 880
    3 600
    4 320
    6
    2 400
    3 000
    3 600
2. The building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction, and‌‌
  1. floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
  2. ‌mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
  3. roof assemblies shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
  4. ‌loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported assembly.
‌Group F, Division 3, up to 6 Storeys, Sprinklered‌
1. A building classified as Group F, Division 3 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2), provided
  1. except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
    sprinklered throughout,
  2. it is not more than 6 storeys in building height, and
  3. it has a building area
    1. that is not limited if the building is not more than 1 storey
      in building height,
    2. not more than 21 600 m2 if 2 storeys in building height,
    3. ‌not more than 14 400 m2 if 3 storeys in building height,
    4. not more than 10 800 m2 if 4 storeys in building height,
    5. not more than 8 640 m2 if 5 storeys in building height, or
    6. ‌not more than 7 200 m2 if 6 storeys in building height.
2. Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction, and‌
  1. floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
  2. mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
  3. ‌loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported assembly.
‌Group F, Division 3, up to 4 Storeys
1. A building classified as Group F, Division 3 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
  1. it is not more than 4 storeys in building height, and
  2. it has a building area not more than the value in Table 3.2.2.85.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B

Table 3.2.2.85.

Maximum Building Area, Group F, Division 3, up to 4 Storeys

Forming Part of Sentence 3.2.2.85.(1)

No. of Storeys	Maximum Area, m2
No. of Storeys	Facing 1 Street	Facing 2 Streets	Facing 3 Streets
1	4 800	6 000	7 200
‌2	2 400	3 000	3 600
3	1 600	2 000	2 400
4	1 200	1 500	1 800

The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and‌
1. floor assemblies shall be fire separations and, if of combustible construction, shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
2. mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating
  not less than 45 min,
3. roof assemblies shall have, if of combustible construction,a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, except that in a building not more than 1 storey in building height, the fire-resistance rating is permitted to be waived provided the roof assembly is constructed as a fire-retardant-treated wood roof system conforming to Article 3.1.14.1., and the building area is not more than
  1. 2 400 m2 if facing one street,
  2. 3 000 m2 if facing 2 streets, or
  3. 3 600 m2 if facing 3 streets, and
4. ‌loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating shall
  1. have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
  2. be of noncombustible construction.

‌Group F, Division 3, up to 4 Storeys, Sprinklered‌
1. A building classified as Group F, Division 3 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
  1. except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
    sprinklered throughout,
  2. it is not more than 4 storeys in building height, and
  3. it has a building area not more than
    1. ‌14 400 m2 if 1 storey in building height,
    2. 7 200 m2 if 2 storeys in building height,
    3. 4 800 m2 if 3 storeys in building height, or
    4. ‌3 600 m2 if 4 storeys in building height.
2. The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
  1. floor assemblies shall be fire separations and, if of combustible construction, shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
  2. mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, and
  3. ‌loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating shall
    1. have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
    2. be of noncombustible construction.
‌Group F, Division 3, up to 2 Storeys
1. A building classified as Group F, Division 3 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
  1. it is not more than 2 storeys in building height, and
  2. it has a building area not more than the value in Table 3.2.2.87.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 3.2.2.91.
    
    Table 3.2.2.87.
    Maximum Building Area, Group F, Division 3, up to 2 Storeys
    Forming Part of Sentence 3.2.2.87.(1)
    
    No. of Storeys
    Maximum Area, m2
    Facing 1 Street
    Facing 2 Streets
    Facing 3 Streets
    1
    1 600
    2 000
    2 400
    2
    800
    1 000
    1 200
2. The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
  1. floor assemblies shall be fire separations and, if of combustible construction, shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, and
  2. ‌loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating shall
    1. have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
    2. be of noncombustible construction.
‌Group F, Division 3, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered‌
1. A building classified as Group F, Division 3 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
  1. except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
    sprinklered throughout,
  2. it is not more than 2 storeys in building height, and
  3. it has a building area not more than
    1. 7 200 m2 if 1 storey in building height, or
    2. ‌2 400 m2 if 2 storeys in building height.
2. The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
  1. floor assemblies shall be fire separations and, if of combustible construction, shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, and
  2. ‌loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating shall
    1. have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
    2. be of noncombustible construction.
‌Group F, Division 3, One Storey
1. A building classified as Group F, Division 3 is permitted to be of heavy timber construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination provided
  1. it is not more than 1 storey in building height, and
  2. it has a building area not more than
    1. 5 600 m2 if facing one street,
    2. ‌7 000 m2 if facing 2 streets, or
    3. 8 400 m2 if facing 3 streets.
‌Group F, Division 3, One Storey, Sprinklered‌
1. A building classified as Group F, Division 3 is permitted to be of heavy timber construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination provided
  1. except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
    sprinklered throughout,
  2. it is not more than 1 storey in building height, and
  3. it has a building area not more than 16 800 m2.
‌Group F, Division 3, One Storey, Any Area, Low Fire Load Occupancy
1. A building classified as Group F, Division 3 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided it is
  1. not more than 1 storey in building height,
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
Division B

used solely for low fire load occupancies such as
1. ‌power generating plants, or
2. plants for the manufacture or storage of noncombustible
  ‌materials, and
not limited in building area.

‌2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction.

‌3.2.2.92. Group F, Division 3, Storage Garages up to 22 m High‌

A building used as a storage garage with all storeys constructed as open-air storeys and having no other occupancy above it is permitted to have its floor, wall, ceiling and roof assemblies constructed without a fire-resistance rating provided it is

of noncombustible construction,
not more than 22 m high, measured between grade and the ceiling level of the top storey,
not more than 10 000 m2 in building area, and

designed so that every portion of each floor area is within 60 m of an exterior wall opening.

‌Spatial Separation and Exposure Protection‌

(See Note A-3.2.3.)

‌Limiting Distance and Area of Unprotected Openings

Except as permitted by Articles 3.2.3.10. to 3.2.3.12., the area of unprotected openings in an exposing building face for the applicable limiting distance shall be not more than the value determined in accordance with
1. Table 3.2.3.1.-B or 3.2.3.1.-C for an exposing building face conforming to Article 3.2.3.2. of a building or fire compartment which is not sprinklered, or
2. Table 3.2.3.1.-D or 3.2.3.1.-E for an exposing building face conforming to Article 3.2.3.2. of a sprinklered fire compartment that is part of a building which is sprinklered in conformance with Section 3.2.
  (See Note A-3.)
  (See also Article 3.1.18.3.)
The area of the unprotected openings in an exposing building face shall be the aggregate area of unprotected openings expressed as a percentage of the area of the exposing building face in Table 3.2.3.1.-B, 3.2.3.1.-C, 3.2.3.1.-D or 3.2.3.1.-E. (See Sentence 3.2.3.2.(1).)
For the purpose of determining the type of construction and cladding and the
fire-resistance rating of an exterior wall,
1. the exposing building face shall be taken as the projection of the exterior wall onto a vertical plane located so that no portion of the exterior wall of the building or of a fire compartment, if the fire compartment complies with the requirements of Article 3.2.3.2., is between the vertical plane and the line to which the limiting distance is measured, and
2. the area of unprotected openings shall be determined from Table 3.2.3.1.-B, 3.2.3.1.-C, 3.2.3.1.-D or 3.2.3.1.-E.
For the purpose of determining the actual percentage of unprotected openings permitted in an exterior wall, the location of the exposing building face is permitted to be taken at a vertical plane located so that there are no unprotected openings between the vertical plane and the line to which the limiting distance is measured. (See Note A-3.2.3.1.(4).)
Except for buildings that are sprinklered, where the limiting distance is 2 m or less, individual unprotected openings in an exposing building face shall be no greater than
1. the area stated in Table 3.2.3.1.-A, or
2. where the limiting distance is equal to or greater than 1.2 m, the area calculated by
  
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  Division B 3.2.3.1.
  
  ‌where
  Area = area of the unprotected opening, and LD = limiting distance.
  
  Table 3.2.3.1.-A
  Maximum Concentrated Area of Unprotected Openings
  Forming Part of Sentence 3.2.3.1.(5)
  
  Limiting Distance, m
  Maximum Area of Individual Unprotected Openings, m2
  ‌1.2
  0.35
  1.5
  0.78
  2.0
  1.88
The spacing between individual unprotected openings described in Sentence (5) that serve a single room or space described in Sentence (7) shall not be less than
1. 2 m horizontally of another unprotected opening that is on the same exposing building face and serves the single room or space, or
2. 2 m vertically of another unprotected opening that serves the single room or space, or another room or space on the same storey.
For the purpose of Sentence (6), “single room or space” shall mean
1. two or more adjacent spaces having a full-height separating wall extending less than 1.5 m from the interior face of the exterior wall, or
2. two or more stacked spaces that are on the same storey.
A limiting distance equal to half the actual limiting distance shall be used as input to Tables 3.2.3.1.-B and 3.2.3.1.-C, where
1. the time from receipt of notification of a fire by the fire department until the arrival of the first fire department vehicle at the building exceeds 10 min in 10% or more of all fire department calls to the building, and
2. any storey in the building is not sprinklered. (See Notes A-3.2.3.1.(8) and A-3.2.3.)
If the surface temperature on the unexposed surface of a wall assembly exceeds the temperature limit of a standard fire test as permitted by Article 3.1.7.2., an allowance shall be made for the radiation from the hot unexposed wall surface by adding an equivalent area of unprotected opening to the area of actual openings as follows:

where
AC = corrected area of unprotected openings including actual and equivalent openings,
A = actual area of unprotected openings,
AF = area of exterior surface of the exposing building face, exclusive of openings, on which the temperature limit of the standard test is exceeded, and
FEO = an equivalent opening factor derived from the following expression:

Tu = average temperature in degrees Celsius of the unexposed wall surface at the time the required fire-resistance rating is reached under test conditions,
Te = 892°C for a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, 927°C for a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and 1 010°C for a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h.
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022

Unless a closure used to protect an opening in an exposing building face has a protective performance equivalent to that required for the wall assembly in which it is located, an equivalent area of unprotected opening, determined in accordance with the procedures of Sentence (9) shall be added to the greater of

the actual area of unprotected openings, or

the corrected area of unprotected openings.

Division B

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

Table 3.2.3.1.-B

Unprotected Opening Limits for a Building or Fire Compartment that is not Sprinklered Throughout

3.2.3.1.

Division B 3-81

Forming Part of Article 3.2.3.1.

Exposing Building Face		Area of Unprotected Opening for Groups A, C, D, and F, Division 3 Occupancies, %
Max. Area, m2	Ratio (L/H or H/L)(1)	Limiting Distance, m
Max. Area, m2	Ratio (L/H or H/L)(1)	0	1.2	1.5	2.0	2.5	3	4	5	6	7	8	9	10	11	12	13	14	16	18	20	25	30	35	40	45	50
	Less than 3 : 1	0	8	10	18	29	46	91	100
10	3: 1 to 10: 1	0	8	12	21	33	50	96	100
	over 10 : 1	0	11	18	32	48	68	100
	Less than 3 : 1	0	7	9	14	22	33	63	100
15	3: 1 to 10: 1	0	8	10	17	25	37	67	100
	over 10 : 1	0	10	15	26	39	53	87	100
	Less than 3 : 1	0	7	9	12	18	26	49	81	100
20	3: 1 to 10: 1	0	8	10	15	21	30	53	85	100
	over 10 : 1	0	9	14	23	33	45	72	100
	Less than 3 : 1	0	7	8	11	16	23	41	66	98	100
25	3: 1 to 10: 1	0	8	9	13	19	26	45	70	100
	over 10 : 1	0	9	13	21	30	39	62	90	100
	Less than 3 : 1	0	7	8	11	15	20	35	56	83	100
30	3: 1 to 10: 1	0	7	9	12	17	23	39	61	88	100
	over 10 : 1	0	8	12	19	27	36	56	79	100
	Less than 3 : 1	0	7	8	10	13	17	28	44	64	89	100
40	3: 1 to 10: 1	0	7	8	11	15	20	32	48	69	93	100
	over 10 : 1	0	8	11	17	24	31	47	66	88	100
	Less than 3 : 1	0	7	8	9	12	15	24	37	53	72	96	100
50	3: 1 to 10: 1	0	7	8	10	14	18	28	41	57	77	100
	over 10 : 1	0	8	10	15	21	28	41	57	76	97	100
	Less than 3 : 1	0	7	8	9	11	14	21	32	45	62	81	100
60	3: 1 to 10: 1	0	7	8	10	13	16	25	36	49	66	85	100
	over 10 : 1	0	8	10	14	20	25	38	51	67	85	100
	Less than 3 : 1	0	7	7	8	10	12	18	26	36	48	62	79	98	100
80	3: 1 to 10: 1	0	7	8	9	11	14	21	29	40	52	67	84	100
	over 10 : 1	0	8	9	13	17	22	32	44	56	70	86	100
	Less than 3 : 1	0	7	7	8	9	11	16	22	30	40	51	65	80	97	100
100	3 : 1 to 10 : 1	0	7	8	9	11	13	18	25	34	44	56	69	84	100
	over 10 : 1	0	7	9	12	16	20	29	39	49	61	74	89	100

3.2.3.1.

Table 3.2.3.1.-B (Continued)

Exposing Building Face		Area of Unprotected Opening for Groups A, C, D, and F, Division 3 Occupancies, %
Max. Area, m2	Ratio (L/H or H/L)(1)	Limiting Distance, m
Max. Area, m2	Ratio (L/H or H/L)(1)	0	1.2	1.5	2.0	2.5	3	4	5	6	7	8	9	10	11	12	13	14	16	18	20	25	30	35	40	45	50
	Less than 3 : 1	0	7	7	8	9	10	13	17	22	29	37	46	56	67	79	93	100
150	3 : 1 to 10 : 1	0	7	7	8	10	11	15	20	26	33	41	50	60	71	84	97	100
	over 10 : 1	0	7	8	11	13	17	24	31	39	48	57	68	79	91	100
	Less than 3 : 1	0	7	7	7	8	9	10	13	16	20	25	30	36	43	51	59	68	87	100
250	3 : 1 to 10 : 1	0	7	7	8	9	10	12	15	19	24	28	34	40	47	55	63	72	92	100
	over 10 : 1	0	7	8	9	11	14	19	24	30	36	43	50	57	65	73	82	92	100
	Less than 3 : 1	0	7	7	7	8	8	9	11	14	16	20	24	28	33	38	44	50	64	81	99	100
350	3 : 1 to 10 : 1	0	7	7	8	8	9	11	13	16	19	23	27	32	37	42	48	55	69	85	100
	over 10 : 1	0	7	8	9	10	12	16	21	25	30	36	41	47	53	59	66	73	88	100
	Less than 3 : 1	0	7	7	7	7	8	9	10	12	14	16	19	22	25	29	33	37	47	59	71	100
500	3 : 1 to 10 : 1	0	7	7	7	8	8	10	12	14	16	19	22	25	29	33	37	41	52	63	76	100
	over 10 : 1	0	7	7	8	9	11	14	18	22	25	30	34	38	43	48	53	58	70	82	96	100
	Less than 3 : 1	0	7	7	7	7	7	8	9	9	10	12	13	14	16	18	20	22	27	33	39	58	82	100
1 000	3: 1 to 10: 1	0	7	7	7	7	8	9	10	11	12	14	15	17	19	21	23	26	31	37	43	63	86	100
	over 10 : 1	0	7	7	8	8	9	11	13	16	19	21	24	27	30	33	36	39	46	53	60	82	100
	Less than 3 : 1	0	7	7	7	7	7	7	8	8	9	9	10	11	12	13	14	15	17	20	23	33	44	58	74	93	100
2 000	3: 1 to 10: 1	0	7	7	7	7	7	8	8	9	10	11	12	13	14	15	16	17	20	23	27	37	49	63	79	97	100
	over 10 : 1	0	7	7	7	8	8	9	11	12	14	16	18	19	21	23	25	27	32	36	40	53	66	82	99	100

3-82 Division B

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

Notes to Table 3.2.3.1.-B:

(1) Apply whichever ratio is greater.

L = Length of exposing building face

Division B

H = Height of exposing building face

Division B

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

Table 3.2.3.1.-C

Unprotected Opening Limits for a Building or Fire Compartment that is not Sprinklered Throughout

3.2.3.1.

Division B 3-83

Forming Part of Article 3.2.3.1.

Exposing Building Face		Area of Unprotected Openings for Groups E and F, Division 1 and 2 Occupancies, %
Max. Area, m 2	Ratio (L/H or H/L)(1)	Limiting Distance, m
Max. Area, m 2	Ratio (L/H or H/L)(1)	0	1.2	1.5	2.0	2.5	3	4	5	6	7	8	9	10	11	12	13	14	16	18	20	25	30	35	40	45	50	55	60	65	70
	Less than 3 : 1	0	4	5	9	15	23	46	77	100
10	3 : 1 to 10 : 1	0	4	6	10	17	25	48	79	100
	over 10 : 1	0	5	9	16	24	34	58	91	100
	Less than 3 : 1	0	4	5	7	11	16	32	53	79	100
15	3:1 to 10:1	0	4	5	8	13	18	34	55	82	100
	over 10 : 1	0	5	8	13	19	26	43	66	93	100
	Less than 3 : 1	0	4	4	6	9	13	25	40	61	85	100
20	3:1 to 10:1	0	4	5	7	11	15	27	43	63	87	100
	over 10 : 1	0	5	7	11	17	22	36	53	74	99	100
	Less than 3 : 1	0	4	4	6	8	11	20	33	49	69	92	100
25	3:1 to 10:1	0	4	5	7	9	13	22	35	51	71	94	100
	over 10 : 1	0	4	6	10	15	20	31	45	62	82	100
	Less than 3 : 1	0	4	4	5	7	10	18	28	42	58	77	100
30	3 : 1 to 10 : 1	0	4	4	6	9	12	20	30	44	60	80	100
	over 10 : 1	0	4	6	10	14	18	28	40	54	71	91	100
	Less than 3 : 1	0	4	4	5	6	8	14	22	32	44	59	76	94	100
40	3 : 1 to 10 : 1	0	4	4	6	8	10	16	24	34	47	61	78	97	100
	over 10 : 1	0	4	5	8	12	15	23	33	44	57	72	89	100
	Less than 3 : 1	0	4	4	5	6	7	12	18	26	36	48	61	76	93	100
50	3:1 to 10:1	0	4	4	5	7	9	14	20	29	38	50	63	79	95	100
	over 10 : 1	0	4	5	8	11	14	21	29	38	48	61	74	90	100
	Less than 3 : 1	0	4	4	4	5	7	11	16	23	31	40	52	64	78	94	100
60	3:1 to 10:1	0	4	4	5	6	8	12	18	25	33	43	54	66	81	96	100
	over 10 : 1	0	4	5	7	10	13	19	26	34	43	53	64	77	92	100
	Less than 3 : 1	0	4	4	4	5	6	9	13	18	24	31	40	49	60	71	84	98	100
80	3:1 to 10:1	0	4	4	5	6	7	10	15	20	26	33	42	51	62	74	86	100
	over 10 : 1	0	4	5	6	9	11	16	22	28	35	43	52	62	73	85	98	100
	Less than 3 : 1	0	4	4	4	5	5	8	11	15	20	26	32	40	48	58	68	79	100
100	3 : 1 to 10 : 1	0	4	4	4	5	6	9	13	17	22	28	35	42	51	60	70	81	100
	over 10 : 1	0	4	4	6	8	10	14	19	25	31	37	44	52	61	71	81	92	100

3.2.3.1.

Table 3.2.3.1.-C (Continued)

Exposing Building Face		Area of Unprotected Openings for Groups E and F, Division 1 and 2 Occupancies, %
Max. Area, m 2	Ratio (L/H or H/L)(1)	Limiting Distance, m
Max. Area, m 2	Ratio (L/H or H/L)(1)	0	1.2	1.5	2.0	2.5	3	4	5	6	7	8	9	10	11	12	13	14	16	18	20	25	30	35	40	45	50	55	60	65	70
	Less than 3 : 1	0	4	4	4	4	5	6	8	11	14	18	23	28	33	40	46	54	70	89	100
150	3 : 1 to 10 : 1	0	4	4	4	5	6	8	10	13	16	20	25	30	36	42	49	56	73	92	100
	over 10 : 1	0	4	4	5	7	8	12	16	20	24	29	34	39	46	52	59	67	84	100
	Less than 3 : 1	0	4	4	4	4	4	5	7	8	10	12	15	18	22	25	29	34	44	55	68	100
250	3 : 1 to 10 : 1	0	4	4	4	4	5	6	8	10	12	14	17	20	24	27	32	36	46	57	70	100
	over 10 : 1	0	4	4	5	6	7	9	12	15	18	21	25	28	32	37	41	46	56	68	81	100
	Less than 3 : 1	0	4	4	4	4	4	5	6	7	8	10	12	14	16	19	22	25	32	40	49	77	100
350	3 : 1 to 10 : 1	0	4	4	4	4	4	5	7	8	10	12	14	16	18	21	24	27	34	43	52	79	100
	over 10 : 1	0	4	4	4	5	6	8	10	13	15	18	21	23	26	30	33	36	44	53	62	90	100
	Less than 3 : 1	0	4	4	4	4	4	4	5	6	7	8	9	11	13	14	16	19	24	29	36	55	78	100
500	3 : 1 to 10 : 1	0	4	4	4	4	4	5	6	7	8	9	11	13	14	16	18	21	26	31	38	57	80	100
	over 10 : 1	0	4	4	4	5	5	7	9	11	13	15	17	19	21	24	26	29	35	41	48	68	92	100
	Less than 3 : 1	0	4	4	4	4	4	4	4	5	5	6	6	7	8	9	10	11	14	16	20	29	41	55	71	89	100
1 000	3 : 1 to 10 : 1	0	4	4	4	4	4	4	5	5	6	7	8	9	10	11	12	13	15	18	22	31	43	57	73	91	100
	over 10 : 1	0	4	4	4	4	5	6	7	8	9	11	12	13	15	16	18	20	23	26	30	41	53	68	84	100
	Less than 3 : 1	0	4	4	4	4	4	4	4	4	4	5	5	5	6	6	7	7	9	10	12	16	22	29	37	46	56	68	80	94	100
2 000	3 : 1 to 10 : 1	0	4	4	4	4	4	4	4	5	5	5	6	6	7	7	8	9	10	12	13	18	24	31	39	49	59	70	83	96	100
	over 10 : 1	0	4	4	4	4	4	5	5	6	7	8	9	10	11	12	13	14	16	18	20	26	33	41	50	59	70	81	94	100

3-84 Division B

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

Notes to Table 3.2.3.1.-C:

(1) Apply whichever ratio is greater.

L = Length of exposing building face

Division B

H = Height of exposing building face

‌Division B 3.2.3.2.

Table 3.2.3.1.-D

Unprotected Opening Limits for a Building or Fire Compartment that is Sprinklered Throughout

Forming Part of Sentence 3.1.6. 9.(5) and Article 3.2.3.1.

Exposing Building Face	Area of Unprotected Opening for Groups A, B, C, D and F, Division 3 Occupancies, %
Max. Area, m2	Limiting Distance, m
Max. Area, m2	0	1.2	1.5	2.0	2.5	3	4	5	6	7	8	9
10	0	16	24	42	66	100
15	0	16	20	34	50	74	100
20	0	16	20	30	42	60	100
25	0	16	18	26	38	52	90	100
30	0	14	18	24	34	46	78	100
40	0	14	16	22	30	40	64	96	100
50	0	14	16	20	28	36	56	82	100
60	0	14	16	20	26	32	50	72	98	100
‌80	0	14	16	18	22	28	42	58	80	100
100	0	14	16	18	22	26	36	50	68	88	100
150 or more	0	14	14	16	20	22	30	40	52	66	82	100

Table 3.2.3.1.-E

Unprotected Opening Limits for a Building or Fire Compartment that is Sprinklered Throughout

Forming Part of Sentence 3.1.6. 9.(5) and Article 3.2.3.1.

Exposing Building Face	Area of Unprotected Opening for Groups E and F, Division 1 and 2 Occupancies, %
Max. Area, m2	Limiting Distance, m
Max. Area, m2	0	1.2	1.5	2.0	2.5	3	4	5	6	7	8	9	10	11	12	13	14	15
10	0	8	12	20	34	50	96	100
15	0	8	10	16	26	36	68	100
20	0	8	10	14	22	30	54	86	100
25	0	8	10	14	18	26	44	70	100
30	0	8	8	12	18	24	40	60	88	100
40	0	8	8	12	16	20	32	48	68	94	100
50	0	8	8	10	14	18	28	40	58	76	100
60	0	8	8	10	12	16	24	36	50	66	86	100
80	0	8	8	10	12	14	20	30	40	52	66	84	100
‌100	0	8	8	8	10	12	18	26	34	44	56	70	84	100
150	0	8	8	8	10	12	16	20	26	32	40	50	60	72	84	98	100
‌200 or more	0	8	8	8	8	10	14	18	22	28	34	42	50	60	68	80	92	100

‌Area of Exposing Building Face
1. Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and (3), the area of an exposing building face shall be calculated as the total area of an exterior wall facing in one direction on any side of a building measured from the finished ground level to the uppermost ceiling.
2. If a building is divided by fire separations into fire compartments, the area of exposing building face is permitted to be calculated for each fire compartment provided the fire separations have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min.
3. In a building that is sprinklered throughout and contains an interconnected floor space, the area of the exposing building face for the interconnected floor space is permitted to be determined by considering each storey as a separate fire compartment notwithstanding openings through the floor assemblies.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B

‌Wall Enclosing Attic or Roof Space
1. An exterior wall enclosing an attic or roof space and located above an exposing building face, shall be constructed in conformance with the requirements for the exposing building face.‌
‌Party Wall‌
1. A party wall shall be constructed as a firewall. (See Note A-3.2.3.4.(1).)
‌Wall with Limiting Distance Less Than 1.2 m
1. Openings in a wall that has a limiting distance less than 1.2 m shall be protected by closures whose fire-protection rating is in conformance with the fire-resistance rating required for the wall.‌
2. Wired glass or glass block shall not be used for a closure referred to in Sentence (1).
‌Combustible Projections
1. Except for a building containing one or two dwelling units only, combustible projections on the exterior of a wall that could expose an adjacent building to fire spread and are more than 1 m above ground level, including balconies, platforms, canopies and stairs, shall not be permitted within
  1. 1.2 m of a property line or the centre line of a public way, or
  2. 2.4 m of a combustible projection on another building on the same property.
2. Except as provided in Sentence (4), where the exposing building face has a limiting distance of not more than 0.45 m, projecting roof soffits shall not be constructed above the exposing building face. (See Note A-3.2.3.6.(2).)
3. Except as provided in Sentence (4), where the exposing building face has a limiting distance of more than 0.45 m, the face of roof soffits shall not project to less than 0.45 m from the property line. (See Note A-3.2.3.6.(2).)‌
4. The face of a roof soffit is permitted to project to the property line, where it faces a public way. (See Note A-9.10.14.5.(11) and 9.10.15.5.(10).)
5. Where roof soffits project to less than 1.2 m from the centre line of a public way, or from an imaginary line between two buildings or fire compartments on the same property, they shall
  1. have no openings, and
  2. be protected by
    1. not less than 0.38 mm thick sheet steel,
    2. unvented aluminum conforming to CAN/CGSB-93.2-M, “Prefinished Aluminum Siding, Soffits, and Fascia, for Residential Use,”
    3. not less than 12.7 mm thick gypsum soffit board or gypsum ceiling board installed according to CSA A82.31-M, “Gypsum Board Application,”
    4. not less than 11 mm thick plywood,
    5. not less than 12.5 mm thick OSB or waferboard, or
    6. not less than 11 mm thick lumber.
6. For buildings of combustible construction, materials installed to provide the required protection of soffits may be covered with a combustible or noncombustible finish material.‌

‌Construction of Exposing Building Face

Except as provided in Sentences (3) and (4), and Articles 3.2.3.10. and 3.2.3.11., the fire-resistance rating, construction and cladding for exposing building faces of buildings or fire compartments of Group A, B, C, D or Group F, Division 3 occupancy classification shall comply with Table 3.2.3.7.
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B 3.2.3.7.

Except as provided in Sentences (3) and (4) and Article 3.2.3.10., the

fire-resistance rating, construction and cladding for exposing building faces of buildings or fire compartments of Group E or Group F, Division 1 or 2 occupancy classification shall comply with Table 3.2.3.7.

Table 3.2.3.7.

Minimum Construction Requirements for Exposing Building Faces

Forming Part of Sentences 3.1.6.9.(5) and 3.2.3.7.(1) to (4)

Occupancy Classification of Building or Fire Compartment	Maximum Area of Unprotected Openings Permitted, % of Exposing Building Face Area	Minimum Required Fire-Resistance Rating	Type of Construction Required	Type of Cladding Required
	0 to 10	1 h	Noncombustible	Noncombustible
	> 10 to 25	1 h	Combustible, Encapsulated mass timber, or Noncombustible	Noncombustible
Group A, B, C, D, or Group F, Division 3	> 25 to 50	45 min	Combustible, Encapsulated mass timber, or Noncombustible	Noncombustible
	> 50 to < 100	45 min	Combustible, Encapsulated mass timber, or Noncombustible	Combustible or Noncombustible(1)(2)
	0 to 10	2 h	Noncombustible	Noncombustible
	> 10 to 25	2 h	Combustible, Encapsulated mass timber, or Noncombustible	Noncombustible
Group E, or Group F, Division 1 or 2	> 25 to 50	1 h	Combustible, Encapsulated mass timber, or Noncombustible	Noncombustible
	> 50 to < 100	1 h	Combustible, Encapsulated mass timber, or Noncombustible	Combustible or Noncombustible

Notes to Table 3.2.3.7.:

‌(1) The cladding on Group C buildings conforming to Article 3.2.2.51. and on Group D buildings conforming to Article 3.2.2.60. shall be

noncombustible or consist of a wall that satisfies the requirements of Article 3.1.4.8.

(2) The cladding on GroupC buildings or parts thereof conforming to Article 3.2.2.48. and on Group D buildings or parts thereof conforming to Article 3.2.2.57. shall conform to Sentence 3.1.6.9.(2) or be noncombustible.

Except as provided in Articles 3.1.4.8. and 3.1.6.9., the requirement in
Table 3.2.3.7. for noncombustible cladding for buildings or fire compartments where the maximum permitted area of unprotected openings is more than 10% of the exposing building face is permitted to be waived for exterior wall assemblies that comply with Article 3.1.5. 5. or 3.1.5.6.
Except as provided in Articles 3.1.4.8. and 3.1.6.9., the requirement in
Table 3.2.3.7. for noncombustible cladding for buildings or fire compartments where the maximum permitted area of unprotected openings is more than 25% but not more than 50% of the exposing building face is permitted to be waived where
1. the limiting distance is greater than 5 m,
2. the building or fire compartment and all combustible attic and roof spaces are
  sprinklered throughout,
3. the cladding
  1. conforms to Subsections 9.27.6., 9.27.7., 9.27. 8., 9.27.9.
    or 9.27.10.,
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022

Division B

flame-spread rating not greater than 25 on the exterior face when tested in accordance with Sentence 3.1.12.1.(1),

the cladding
1. conforms to Subsection 9.27.12.,
2. ‌is installed with or without furring members over gypsum sheathing at least 12.7 mm thick or over masonry,
3. has a flame-spread rating not greater than 25 when tested in accordance with Sentence 3.1.12.1.(2), and
4. does not exceed 2 mm in thickness, exclusive of fasteners, joints and local reinforcements (see Note A-3.2.3.7.(4)(d)(iv)), or
the exterior wall assembly complies with Article 3.1.5.5. or 3.1.5.6.

The construction requirements for the exposing building face stated in Sentences (1) and (2) shall be satisfied before increasing the unprotected opening area as permitted by Sentence 3.2.3.12.(1).‌

‌Protection of Exterior Building Face
1. Except as permitted by Sentence (3) and in addition to the requirements of Sentences 3.2.3.7.(1) and (2) and where the maximum permitted area of unprotected openings is greater than 10% of the exposing building face, foamed plastic insulation used in an exterior wall of a building more than 3 storeys in building height shall be protected on its exterior surface by
  1. concrete or masonry not less than 25 mm thick, or
  2. ‌noncombustible material that complies with the criteria for testing and the conditions of acceptance stated in Sentence (2) when tested in conformance with CAN/ULC-S101, “Standard Method of Fire Endurance Tests of Building Construction and Materials.”
2. The criteria for testing and the conditions of acceptance for a wall assembly to satisfy the requirements of Clause (1)(b) are that
  1. the fire exposed area of the wall assembly shall be not less than 9.3 m2 and have no dimension less than 2.75 m,
  2. the exposed surface shall include typical vertical and horizontal joints,
  3. the test shall be continued for not less than 15 min and the standard time/temperature curve of the referenced standard shall be followed,
  4. the noncombustible protective material must remain in place and no through openings should develop that are visible when viewed normal to the face of the material, and
  5. the noncombustible protective material should not disintegrate in a manner that would permit fire to propagate along the surface of the test assembly.
3. The requirements of Sentence (1) are waived for wall assemblies that comply with the requirements of Article 3.1.5.5. (See Note A-3.1.4.1.(1).)
‌Protection of Structural Members
1. Structural members, including beams, columns and arches, that are placed wholly or partly outside the exterior face of a building and are less than 3 m from the property line or the centre line of a public thoroughfare shall be protected from
  exterior fire exposure by fire protection having a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for their protection from interior fire exposure, as stated in Articles 3.2.2.20. to 3.2.2.92., but not less than 1 h.
2. Structural members of heavy timber construction, including beams, columns and arches, that are placed wholly or partly outside the exterior face of a building and are
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  Division B 3.2.3.14.
  
  3 m or more from the property line or the centre line of a public thoroughfare need not be covered with noncombustible cladding.‌
‌Unlimited Unprotected Openings
1. An exposing building face in a storage garage with all storeys constructed as open-air storeys is permitted to have unlimited unprotected openings provided it has a limiting distance not less than 3 m.‌
2. The exposing building face of a storey that faces a street and is at the same level as the street is permitted to have unlimited unprotected openings if the limiting distance is not less than 9 m.
‌Low Fire Load, One Storey Building
1. An exposing building face of a building of low-hazard industrial occupancy conforming to Article 3.2.2.91. is permitted to be of noncombustible construction without a fire-resistance rating provided‌‌
  1. it is not a loadbearing wall, and
  2. the limiting distance is not less than 3 m.
‌Area Increase for Unprotected Openings
1. Except as required by Sentence 3.2.3.7.(5), the maximum area of unprotected openings in any exposing building face of a building that is not sprinklered is permitted to be doubled if the openings are glazed with
  1. glass block conforming to the requirements of Article 3.1.8.16., or
  2. wired glass assemblies conforming to Article D-2.3.15. of Appendix D.
‌Protection of Exit Facilities
1. Except as required by Sentence (3) and as permitted by Sentence 3.4.4.3.(1), if the plane of an exterior wall of an exit enclosure forms an angle less than 135° with the plane of an exterior wall of the building it serves, and an opening in the exterior wall of the exit enclosure could be exposed to fire from an opening in the exterior wall of the building, the opening in either the exterior wall of the exit or the exterior wall of the building shall be protected in conformance with the requirements of Sentence (4) where the opening in the exterior wall of the building is within 3 m horizontally and
  1. less than 10 m below an opening in the exterior wall of the exit, or
  2. less than 2 m above an opening in the exterior wall of the exit. (See Note A-3.2.3.14.(1).)
2. If an unenclosed exterior exit stair or ramp could be exposed to fire from an opening in the exterior wall of the building it serves, the opening in the exterior wall of the building shall be protected in conformance with the requirements of Sentence (4) where the opening in the exterior wall of the building is within 3 m horizontally and
  1. less than 10 m below the exit stair or ramp, or
  2. less than 5 m above the exit stair or ramp.
3. Except as permitted by Sentence 3.4.4.3.(1), if an exterior exit door in one fire compartment is within 3 m horizontally of an opening in another fire compartment and the exterior walls of these fire compartments intersect at an exterior angle of less than 135°, the opening shall be protected in conformance with the requirements of Sentence (4).
4. The opening protection referred to in Sentences (1) to (3) shall consist of
  1. glass block conforming to the requirements of Article 3.1.8.16.,
  2. a wired glass assembly conforming to Article D-2.3.15. of Appendix D, or
  3. a closure conforming to the requirements of Subsection 3.1.8. and Articles 3.2.3. 1. and 3.2.3.14.
‌Wall Exposed to Another Wall
1. Except as required by Sentences (3) and 3.2.3.13.(1) or as permitted by Sentence 3.2.3.19.(5), if an unprotected opening in an exterior wall of a fire compartment is exposed to an unprotected opening in the exterior wall of another fire compartment, and the planes of the 2 walls are parallel or at an angle less than 135°, measured from
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
Division B

the exterior of the building, the unprotected openings in the 2 fire compartments shall be separated by a distance not less than Do where

but in no case less than 1 m, and

D = the greater required limiting distance for the exposing building faces of the 2

fire compartments, and

‌θ = the angle made by the intersecting planes of the exposing building faces of the 2 fire compartments (in the case where the exterior walls are parallel and face each other, θ = 0°).

(See Note A-3.2.3.14.(1).)

The exterior wall of each fire compartment referred to in Sentence (1) within the distance, Do, shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the interior vertical fire separation between the fire compartment and the remainder of the building.
Sentence (1) does not apply to unprotected openings of fire compartments within a
‌building that is sprinklered throughout, but shall apply to
1. unprotected openings of fire compartments on opposite sides of a firewall, and
2. exposure from unprotected openings of a fire compartment that is not protected by an automatic sprinkler system.
In an underground walkway
1. smoke barrier doors shall be installed at intervals of not more than 100 m, or
2. the travel distance from the door of an adjacent room or space to the nearest exit shall be not more than one and a half times the least allowable travel distance to an exit for any of the adjacent occupancies as permitted by Sentence 3.4.2.5.(1).
An underground walkway between buildings shall be not more than 9 m wide.

‌Storage and Process Equipment Located Outdoors‌
1. ‌Location of outdoor storage and outdoor process equipment in relation to
  buildings shall conform to Parts 3 and 4 of Division B of the NFC.
‌Installation of Service Lines Under Buildings
1. When a building is erected over existing buried flammable gas mains, such service lines shall be encased in gas-tight conduits in conformance with CAN/CSA-Z662, “Oil and gas pipeline systems.”
2. Except as permitted by Sentence (3), if a fire alarm system is required in a
  building that is not sprinklered, fire detectors shall be installed in the following spaces:
  1. storage rooms not within dwelling units,
  2. service rooms not within dwelling units,
  3. janitors' rooms,
  4. rooms in which hazardous substances are to be used or stored (see Note A-3.3.1.2.(1)),
  5. elevator hoistways and dumbwaiter shafts, and
  6. laundry rooms in buildings of residential occupancy, but not those within
    ‌dwelling units.
3. Fire detectors required by Sentence (2) need not be provided within floor areas
  that are sprinklered.
4. ‌Fire detectors required by Sentence (2) shall be installed in elevator hoistways and dumbwaiter shafts where a sprinkler system is not installed within the hoistway or shaft.‌

‌Smoke Detectors
1. If a fire alarm system is installed, smoke detectors shall be installed in
  1. except as permitted in Sentence (2), each sleeping room and each corridor serving as part of a means of egress from sleeping rooms in portions of a building classified as a Group B major occupancy,
  2. each room in a contained use area and corridors serving those rooms,
  3. each corridor in portions of a building classified as a Group A, Division 1
    major occupancy,
  4. each public corridor in portions of a building classified as a Group C major occupancy,
  5. each exit stair shaft other than those serving only a Group A, Division 4
    ‌major occupancy or an open storage garage,
  6. the vicinity of draft stops required by Article 3.2.8.6., and
  7. elevator machine rooms. (See Note A-3.2.4.11.(1).)
2. Smoke detectors need not be installed in sleeping rooms and in corridors serving the sleeping rooms within a suite of care occupancy where smoke alarms are installed in accordance with Article 3.2.4.20.
3. ‌Smoke detectors required in the sleeping rooms of a care, treatment or detention occupancy shall, upon actuation, provide an audible and visible signal to staff serving those rooms so that the room or location containing the actuated smoke detector can be easily identified. (See Note A-3.2.4.11.(3).)‌
4. Smoke detectors required in Clause (1)(g) shall, upon actuation, recall the elevators served by the elevator machine room in which the smoke detector is installed.
5. Except as permitted in Sentences (6) and (7), smoke detectors installed in buildings
  required to be equipped with a fire alarm system shall be located near the entrance to walkways described in Articles 3.2.3.19. and 3.2.3.20. or vestibules provided in conformance with Article 3.2.6.3.
6. Smoke detectors installed at the entrance to the walkways in conformance with Article 3.1.8.14. shall be deemed to meet the requirements of Sentence (5).
7. ‌Smoke detectors required by Sentence (5) may be replaced with fire detectors in Group F occupancies where the smoke detectors may be subjected to false alarms due to the activities within the building.‌
‌Prevention of Smoke Circulation
1. If a fire alarm system is installed, an air-handling system shall be designed to prevent the circulation of smoke upon a signal from a duct-type smoke detector if the air-handling system
  1. serves more than one storey,
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    Division B 3.2.4.17.
  2. serves more than one suite in a storey, or‌
  3. serves more than one fire compartment required by Sentence 3.3.3.5.(2).
‌Vacuum Cleaning System Shutdown‌
1. A central vacuum cleaning system in a building equipped with a fire alarm system shall be designed to shut down upon actuation of the fire alarm system.
‌Elevator Emergency Return
1. Except as permitted by Sentence (3), in a building having elevators that serve storeys above the first storey and that are equipped with an automatic emergency recall feature, smoke detectors shall be installed in the elevator lobbies on the recall level so that when these smoke detectors are actuated, the elevators will automatically return directly to an alternate floor level.‌
2. Smoke detectors required by Sentence (1) shall be designed as part of the building
  ‌fire alarm system.
3. The alternate floor recall feature required by Sentence (1) is not required if the
  floor area containing the recall level is sprinklered throughout.
‌System Monitoring
1. An automatic sprinkler system shall be equipped with waterflow detecting devices and, if an annunciator is required by Article 3.2.4.8., shall be installed so that each device serves
  1. not more than one storey, and
  2. an area on each storey that is not more than the system area limits as specified in NFPA 13, “Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems.”
2. Waterflow-detecting devices required by Sentence (1) shall be connected to the fire alarm system so that, upon its actuation, an alert signal or an alarm signal is initiated.
3. The actuation of each waterflow detecting device required by Sentence (1) shall be indicated separately on the fire alarm system annunciator.
‌Manual Stations
1. Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and (3), where a fire alarm system is installed, a manual station shall be installed in every floor area near
  1. every principal entrance to the building, and
  2. every exit.
    (See Note A-3.2.4.16.(1).)
2. In a building that is sprinklered throughout, a manual station is not required at an exterior egress doorway from a suite that does not lead to an interior shared means of egress in a hotel or motel not more than 3 storeys in building height, provided each suite is served by an exterior exit facility leading directly to ground level.
3. In a building that is sprinklered throughout, a manual station is not required at an exterior egress doorway from a dwelling unit that does not lead to an interior shared means of egress in a building not more than 3 storeys in building height containing only dwelling units, provided each dwelling unit is served by an exterior exit facility leading directly to ground level.‌
4. In a building referred to in Sentence (2) or (3), manual stations shall be installed near doorways leading from shared interior corridors to the exterior.
5. Where a fire alarm system is installed, a manually operated fire alarm station shall be installed on the roof at each exit from a helicopter landing area.
‌Alert and Alarm Signals
1. In a 2-stage fire alarm system described in Sentence 3.2.4.4.(2), the same audible signal devices are permitted to be used to sound the alert signals and the alarm signals.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B

If audible signal devices with voice reproduction capabilities are intended for paging and similar voice message use, other than during a fire emergency, they shall be installed so that alert signals and alarm signals take priority over all other signals.‌
‌Audible signal devices forming part of a fire alarm or voice communication system shall not be used for playing music or background noise.

‌Audibility of Alarm Systems
(See Note A-3.2.4.18.)
1. Audible signal devices forming part of a fire alarm system shall be installed in a building so that
  1. ‌alarm signals are clearly audible throughout the floor area, and
  2. alert signals are clearly audible in continuously staffed locations, and where there are no continuously staffed locations, throughout the floor area.
    (See Note A-3.2.4.18.(1).)
2. The sound pattern of an alarm signal shall conform to the temporal pattern defined in Clause 4.2 of ISO 8201, “A coustics – Audible emergency evacuation signal.” (See Note A-3.2.4.18.(2).)‌
3. The sound patterns of alert signals shall be significantly different from the temporal patterns of alarm signals. (See Note A-3.2.4.18.(3).)
4. The fire alarm signal sound pressure level shall be not more than 110 dBA in any normally occupied area. (See Note A-3.2.4.18.(4).)
5. The sound pressure level in a sleeping room from a fire alarm audible signal device shall be not less than 75 dBA in a building of residential or care occupancy when any intervening doors between the device and the sleeping room are closed. (See Note A-3.2.4.18.(5).)‌
6. Audible signal devices in sleeping rooms in a building of residential or care occupancy shall emit a low frequency signal. (See Note A-3.2.4.18.(6).)
7. Except as required by Sentence (5), the sound pressure level from a fire alarm system's audible signal device within a floor area shall be not less than 10 dBA above the ambient noise level and not less than 65 dBA when any intervening doors between the device and the rest of the floor area are closed.
8. Except as permitted by Sentence (12), audible signal devices located within a dwelling unit shall include a means for them to be manually silenced for a period of not more than 10 min, after which time the devices shall restore themselves to normal operation. (See Note A-3.2.4.18.(8).)‌
9. Audible signal devices within a dwelling unit or a suite of residential or care occupancy shall be connected to the fire alarm system
  1. in a manner such that a single open circuit at one device will not impair the operation of other audible signal devices on that same circuit that serve the other dwelling units or suites of residential or care occupancy, or
  2. on separate signal circuits that are not connected to the devices in any other
    dwelling unit, public corridor or suite of residential or care occupancy. (See Note A-3.2.4.18.(9) and (10).)
10. In a building or part thereof classified as a residential or care occupancy,
  1. separate circuits shall be provided for audible signal devices on each floor area, and
  2. audible signal devices within dwelling units or suites of residential or care occupancy shall be wired on separate signal circuits from those not within dwelling units or suites of residential or care occupancy.
    (See Note A-3.2.4.18.(9) and (10).)
11. Audible signal devices shall be installed in a service space referred to in Sentence 3.2.1.1.(8) and shall be connected to the fire alarm system.
12. Audible signal devices within dwelling units that are wired on separate signal circuits in accordance with Clause (9)(b) need not include a means for manual signal
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  Division B 3.2.4.20.
  
  silencing as required by Sentence (8), provided the fire alarm system includes a provision for an automatic signal silence within dwelling units, where
  1. the automatic signal silence cannot occur within the first 60 s of operation or within the zone of initiation,
  2. a subsequent alarm elsewhere in the building will reactuate the silenced audible signal devices within dwelling units,
  3. after a period of not more than 10 min, the silenced audible signal devices will be restored to continuous audible signal if the alarm is not acknowledged, and
  4. the voice communication systems referred to in Articles 3.2.4.22.
    and 3.2.4.23. have a provision to override the automatic signal silence to allow the transmission of voice messages through silenced audible signal device circuits that serve the dwelling units.
    (See Note A-3.2.4.18.(8).)
13. If a 2-stage fire alarm system has been installed with an automatic signal silence as described in Sentence (12), the system shall be designed so that any silenced audible signal devices serving dwelling units are reactuated whenever an alarm signal is required to be transmitted as part of the second stage. (See Note A-3.2.4.18.(8).)‌
‌Visible Signals
1. Where a fire alarm system is installed, visible signal devices shall be provided in addition to alarm signal devices
  1. in buildings or portions thereof intended for use primarily by persons with a hearing impairment,
  2. in assembly occupancies in which music and other sounds associated with performances could exceed 100 dBA,
  3. in any floor area in which the ambient noise level is more than 87 dBA,
  4. in any floor area in which the occupants
    1. use ear protection devices,
    2. ‌are located in an audiometric booth, or
    3. are located in sound-insulating enclosures,
  5. in public corridors serving a Group B, C, D or E major occupancy,
  6. in corridors used by the public serving a Group A major occupancy,
  7. in not less than 10% of the suites of residential occupancy in a hotel or motel (see Note A-3.2.4.19.(1)(g)), and
  8. in washrooms, except those located within
  9. suites of residential occupancy,
    1. ‌suites of care occupancy, or
    2. patients' sleeping rooms.
2. Visible signal devices are permitted to be installed in lieu of audible signal devices in the compartments referred to in Article 3.3.3.6.
3. Visible signal devices required by Sentence (1) shall be installed so that the signal from at least one device is visible throughout the floor area or portion thereof in which they are installed. (See Note A-3.2.4.19.(3).)
‌Smoke Alarms‌
1. Except as provided in Article 3.2.4.21., smoke alarms shall be installed in accordance with this Article.
2. Except as required by Sentence (5) and permitted by Sentence (10), smoke alarms conforming to CAN/ULC-S531, “Standard for Smoke Alarms,” shall be installed in each dwelling unit and, except for care, treatment or detention occupancies required to have a fire alarm system, in each sleeping room not within a dwelling unit or suite of care occupancy.
3. At least one smoke alarm shall be installed on each storey of a dwelling unit or
  suite of care occupancy.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  ‌3.2.4.20. Division B
4. On any storey of a dwelling unit containing sleeping rooms, a smoke alarm shall be installed
  1. ‌in each sleeping room, and
  2. in a location between the sleeping rooms and the remainder of the storey, and if the sleeping rooms are served by a hallway, the smoke alarm shall be located in the hallway.
5. Where a care occupancy has individual suites for residents, a smoke alarm shall be installed
  1. ‌in each sleeping room, and
  2. in a location between the sleeping rooms and the remainder of the suite, and if the sleeping rooms are served by a corridor within the suite, the smoke alarm shall be located in the corridor.
6. A smoke alarm shall be installed on or near the ceiling.
7. In hotels and motels with a fire alarm system, smoke alarms installed in rooms required to have a visible signal device connected to the fire alarm system as specified in Clause 3.2.4.19.(1)(g) shall have a visible signal component installed in accordance with CAN/ULC-S524, “Standard for Installation of Fire Alarm Systems.”
8. In hotels and motels without a fire alarm system, smoke alarms installed in sleeping rooms of not less than 10% of the suites of residential occupancy shall have a visible signal component installed in accordance with CAN/ULC-S524, “Standard for Installation of Fire Alarm Systems.” (See also Note A-3.2.4.19.(1)(g).)
9. Except as permitted in Sentence (10), smoke alarms referred in Sentence (2) shall
  1. be installed with permanent connections to an electrical circuit (see Note A-3.2.4.20.(9)(a)),
  2. have no disconnect switch between the overcurrent device and the smoke alarm, and
  3. except for the visible signal component required in Sentences (7) and (8), in case the regular power supply to the smoke alarm is interrupted, be provided with a battery as an alternative power source that can continue to provide power to the smoke alarm for a period of no less than 7 days in the normal condition, followed by 4 minutes of alarm.
10. Suites of residential occupancy are permitted to be equipped with smoke detectors
  in lieu of smoke alarms, provided the smoke detectors
  1. are capable of independently sounding audible signals with a sound pressure level between 75 dBA and 110 dBA within the individual suites (see also Note A-3.2.4.18.(4)),
  2. except as permitted in Sentence (11), are installed in conformance with CAN/ULC-S524, “Standard for Installation of Fire Alarm Systems,” and
  3. form part of the fire alarm system. (See Note A-3.2.4.20.(10).)
11. ‌Smoke detectors permitted to be installed in lieu of smoke alarms as stated in Sentence (10) are permitted to sound localized alarms within individual suites, and need not sound an alarm throughout the rest of the building.
12. If more than one smoke alarm is required in a dwelling unit, the smoke alarms shall be interconnected so that the actuation of one smoke alarm will cause all smoke alarms within the dwelling unit to sound.‌
13. A smoke alarm required by Sentence (2) shall be installed in conformance with CAN/ULC-S553, “Standard for the Installation of Smoke Alarms.”
14. Except as permitted in Sentence (15), a manually operated silencing device shall be incorporated within the circuitry of a smoke alarm installed in a dwelling unit so that it will silence the signal emitted by the smoke alarm for a period of not more than 10 min, after which the smoke alarm will reset and again sound the alarm if the level of smoke in the vicinity is sufficient to reactuate the smoke alarm.
15. Suites of residential occupancy equipped with smoke detectors installed to CAN/ULC-S524, “Standard for Installation of Fire Alarm Systems,” as part of the fire
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  Division B 3.2.4.23.
  
  alarm system in lieu of smoke alarms as permitted by Sentence (10), need not incorporate the manually operated device required in Sentence (14). (See Note A-3.2.4.20.(10).)
16. The sound patterns of smoke alarms shall
  1. meet the temporal patterns of alarm signals (see Note A-3.2.4.18.(2)), or
  2. be a combination temporal pattern and voice relay.
‌Residential Fire Warning Systems
1. Except where a fire alarm system is installed or required in a building, smoke detectors forming part of a residential fire warning system installed in conformance with CAN/ULC-S540, “Standard for Residential Fire and Life Safety Warning Systems: Installation, Inspection, Testing and Maintenance,” are permitted to be installed in lieu of all smoke alarms required by Article 3.2.4.20., provided the system
‌Voice Communication Systems for High Buildings‌
1. A voice communication system required by Subsection 3.2.6. shall
  1. consist of a two-way means of communication with the central alarm and control facility and to the mechanical control centre from each floor area, and
  2. be capable of broadcasting prerecorded, synthesized, or live messages from the central alarm and control facility that are audible and intelligible in all parts of the building, except that this requirement does not apply to elevator cars (see Note A-3.2.4.22.(1)(b)).
2. The voice communication system referred to in Sentence (1) shall include a means to silence the alarm signal in a single stage fire alarm system while voice
  instructions are being transmitted, but only after the alarm signal has initially sounded for not less than 30 s.
3. The voice communication system referred to in Sentence (1) shall include a means to silence the alert signal and the alarm signal in a 2-stage fire alarm system while voice instructions are being transmitted, but only after the alert signal has initially sounded for not less than
  1. 10 s in hospitals that have supervisory personnel on duty for twenty-four hours each day, or
  2. 30 s for all other occupancies.
4. The voice communication system referred to in Clause (1)(b) shall be designed so that the alarm signal in a 2-stage fire alarm system can be selectively transmitted to any zone or zones while maintaining an alert signal or selectively transmitting voice instructions to any other zone or zones in the building.‌
5. The 2-way communication system referred to in Clause (1)(a) shall be installed so that emergency telephones are located in each floor area near exit stair shafts.
6. Visible signal devices required by Sentence 3.2.4.19.(1) shall continue to emit a visible signal while voice instructions are being transmitted.
7. ‌Where the facility is not equipped with staff trained to provide instructions over the loudspeakers, a pre-recorded message shall be provided.
‌One-Way Voice Communication Systems
1. Except for Group B, Division 1 and Group F, Division 1 major occupancies, where a fire alarm system is required under Subsection 3.2.4., a one-way voice communication system shall be installed in buildings where a 2-stage fire alarm system is installed and whose occupant load exceeds 1 000.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  ‌3.2.5.1. Division B
2. The one-way voice communication system required by Sentence (1) shall consist of loudspeakers that are
  1. ‌operated from the central alarm and control facility or, in the absence of such a facility, from a designated area, and
  2. except in elevator cars, designed and located so that transmitted messages are audible and intelligible in all parts of the building.
    (See Note A-3.2.4.22.(1)(b).)
3. ‌Where the facility is not equipped with staff trained to provide instructions over the loudspeakers, a pre-recorded message shall be provided.
4. The one-way voice communication system required by Sentence (1) shall meet the silencing and transmission requirements of Sentences 3.2.4.22.(2) to (4) and (6).

‌Provisions for Firefighting‌‌

(See Note A-3.)

‌Access to Above-Grade Storeys
1. Except for storeys below the first storey, direct access for firefighting shall be provided from the outdoors to every storey that is not sprinklered throughout and whose floor level is less than 25 m above grade, by at least one unobstructed window or access panel for each 15 m of wall in each wall required to face a street by Subsection 3.2.2.
2. An opening for access required by Sentence (1) shall
  1. have a sill no higher than 900 mm above the inside floor, and
  2. be not less than 1 100 mm high by not less than
    1. 550 mm wide for a building not designed for the storage or use of dangerous goods, or
    2. 750 mm wide for a building designed for the storage or use of dangerous goods.
3. Access panels above the first storey shall be readily openable from both inside and outside, or the opening shall be glazed with plain glass.
‌Access to Basements
1. Direct access from at least one street shall be provided from the outdoors in a building that is not sprinklered to each basement having a horizontal dimension more than 25 m.
2. The access required by Sentence (1) is permitted to be provided by
  1. ‌doors, windows or other means that provide an opening not less than
    ‌1 100 mm high and 550 mm wide, with a sill no higher than 900 mm above the inside floor, or
  2. an interior stairway immediately accessible from the outdoors.
‌Roof Access
1. On a building more than 3 storeys in building height where the slope of the roof is less than 1 in 4, all main roof areas shall be provided with direct access from the floor areas immediately below, either by
  1. ‌a stairway, or
  2. a hatch not less than 550 mm by 900 mm with a fixed ladder.
‌Access Routes
1. A building which is more than 3 storeys in building height or more than 600 m2 in
  building area shall be provided with access routes for fire department vehicles
  1. to the building face having a principal entrance, and
  2. to each building face having access openings for firefighting as required by Articles 3.2.5.1. and 3.2.5.2.
    (See Note A-3.2.5.4.(1).)
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 3.2.5.8.‌
‌Location of Access Routes
1. Access routes required by Article 3.2.5.4. shall be located so that the principal entrance and every access opening required by Articles 3.2.5.1. and 3.2.5.2. are located not less than 3 m and not more than 15 m from the closest portion of the access route required for fire department use, measured horizontally from the face of the building.
2. Access routes shall be provided to a building so that
  1. for a building provided with a fire department connection, a fire department pumper vehicle can be located adjacent to the hydrants referred to in Article 3.2.5.15.,
  2. for a building not provided with a fire department connection, a fire department pumper vehicle can be located so that the length of the access route from a hydrant to the vehicle plus the unobstructed path of travel for the firefighter from the vehicle to the building is not more than 90 m, and
  3. the unobstructed path of travel for the firefighter from the vehicle to the
    building is not more than 45 m.
3. The unobstructed path of travel for the firefighter required by Sentence (2) from the vehicle to the building shall be measured from the vehicle to the fire department connection provided for the building, except that if no fire department connection is provided, the path of travel shall be measured to the principal entrance of the building.
4. If a portion of a building is completely cut off from the remainder of the building so that there is no access to the remainder of the building, the access routes required by Sentence (2) shall be located so that the unobstructed path of travel from the vehicle to one entrance of each portion of the building is not more than 45 m.‌
‌Access Route Design
1. A portion of a roadway or yard provided as a required access route for fire department use shall
  1. have a clear width not less than 6 m, unless it can be shown that lesser widths are satisfactory,
  2. have a centre-line radius not less than 12 m,
  3. have an overhead clearance not less than 5 m,
  4. have a change of gradient not more than 1 in 12.5 over a minimum distance of 15 m,
  5. be designed to support the expected loads imposed by firefighting equipment and be surfaced with concrete, asphalt or other material designed to permit accessibility under all climatic conditions,
  6. ‌have turnaround facilities for any dead-end portion of the access route more than 90 m long, and
  7. be connected with a public thoroughfare. (See Note A-3.2.5.6.(1).)
2. For buildings conforming to Article 3.2.2.51. or 3.2.2.60., no portion of the access route described in Sentence 3.2.2.10.(3) shall be more than 20 m below the uppermost floor level.‌
‌Water Supply‌
1. Every building shall be provided with an adequate water supply for firefighting. (See Note A-3.2.5.7.(1).)
‌Standpipe Systems
1. Except as permitted by Sentence (2), a standpipe system shall be installed in a
  building that is
  1. more than 3 storeys in building height,
  2. more than 14 m high measured between grade and the ceiling of the top
    storey, or
  3. not more than 14 m high measured between grade and the ceiling of the top storey but has a building area exceeding the area shown in Table 3.2.5.8. for the applicable building height unless the building is sprinklered throughout.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022

‌Division B

A standpipe system need not be installed in a storage garage conforming to Article 3.2.2.92., provided the building is not more than 15 m high.

Table 3.2.5.8.

Building Limits without Standpipe Systems

Forming Part of Sentence 3.2.5.8.(1)

Occupancy Classification	Building Area, m2
Occupancy Classification	1 storey	2 storeys	3 storeys
Group A	2 500	2 000	1 500
Group C	2 000	1 500	1 000
‌Group D	4 000	3 000	2 000
Group F, Division 2	1 500	1 500	1 000
‌Group F, Division 3	3 000	2 000	1 000

‌Standpipe System Design
1. Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (5), Articles 3.2.5.10. and 3.2.5.11., and Sentence 3.2.4.9.(2), the design, construction, installation and testing of a standpipe system shall conform to NFPA 14, “Standard for the Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems.”
2. ‌A dry standpipe that is not connected to a water supply shall not be considered as fulfilling the requirements of this Article.
3. If more than one standpipe is provided, the total water supply need not be more than 30 L/s.
4. The residual water pressure at the design flow rate at the topmost hose connection of a standpipe system that is required to be installed in a building is permitted to be less than 690 kPa provided
  1. the building is sprinklered throughout,
  2. the water supply at the base of the sprinkler riser is capable of meeting, without a fire pump, the design flow rate and pressure demand of the sprinkler system, including the inside and outside hose allowance, and
  3. fire protection equipment is available to deliver, by means of the fire department connection, the full demand flow rate at a residual water pressure of 690 kPa at the topmost hose connection of the standpipe system (see Note A-3.2.5.9.(4)(c)).‌
5. ‌A fire department connection shall be provided for every standpipe system.
‌Hose Connections
1. Hose connections shall be located in exits, in accordance with NFPA 14, “Standard for the Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems.”
2. Hose connections are not required within a floor area.
3. ‌Hose connections shall be provided with sufficient clearance to permit the use of a standard fire department hose key.
4. Except as permitted by Sentence (5), 64 mm diam hose connections shall be installed in a standpipe system.
5. Hose connections for 64 mm diam hose are not required in a building that is not more than 25 m high, measured between grade and the ceiling level of the top storey and in which an automatic sprinkler system is not installed.‌
‌Hose Stations
1. Hose stations for 38 mm diam hose shall be installed for a standpipe system in a
  building that is not sprinklered throughout.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  ‌Division B 3.2.5.12.
2. Hose stations for a 38 mm diam hose shall be installed for a standpipe system within every floor area that is not sprinklered throughout. (See Note A-3.2.5.11.(2).)‌
3. Hose stations shall be located in the floor area within 5 m of exits and at other locations to provide coverage of the entire floor area.
4. A hose station located on one side of a horizontal exit shall be considered to serve only the floor area on that side of the horizontal exit.
5. A hose cabinet shall be located so that its door, when fully opened, will not obstruct the required width of a means of egress.
6. Where a building or part thereof is used as a distillery and the building is sprinklered in conformance with Article 3.2.5.12., small hose (38 mm) stations are permitted to be supplied from interior sprinkler piping.
7. Where a hose station is provided in grain handling and storage facilities in which combustible dusts are produced in quantities or concentrations that create an explosion or fire hazard, fog and fine spray nozzles shall be used instead of nozzles that discharge a solid stream of water to prevent combustible dusts from being raised into suspension.‌
‌Automatic Sprinkler Systems
1. Except as permitted by Sentences (2) to (4) and (9), an automatic sprinkler system shall be designed, constructed, installed and tested in conformance with NFPA 13, “Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems.” (See Note A-3.2.5.12.(1).)
2. Instead of the requirements of Sentence (1), NFPA 13R, “Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems in Low-Rise Residential Occupancies,” is permitted to be used for the design, construction and installation of an automatic sprinkler system installed
  1. in a building of residential occupancy throughout that
    1. is not more than 4 storeys in building height and conforms to Article 3.2.2.47., 3.2.2.49., 3.2.2.51., 3.2.2.52. or 3.2.2.55., or
    2. is not more than 3 storeys in building height and conforms to Article 9.10.1.3., or
  2. in a building of care occupancy with not more than 10 occupants that is not more than 3 storeys in building height and conforms to one of Articles 3.2.2.42. to 3.2.2.46.
    (See Note A-3.2.5.12.(2).)
3. Instead of the requirements of Sentence (1), NFPA 13D, “Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems in One- and Two-Family Dwellings and Manufactured Homes,” is permitted to be used for the design, construction and installation of an automatic sprinkler system installed
  1. in a building of residential occupancy throughout that contains not more than two dwelling units,
  2. in a building of care occupancy, provided
    1. it contains not more than two suites of care occupancy,
    2. it has not more than five residents throughout, and
    3. a 30-minute water supply demand can be met, and
  3. in a building of residential occupancy throughout that contains more than two dwelling units, provided
    1. except for a secondary suite, no dwelling unit is located above another dwelling unit,
    2. all suites are separated by a vertical fire separation having a fire-resistance rating of not less than 1 h that provides continuous protection from the top of the footing to the
      underside of the roof deck, with any space between the top of the wall and the roof deck tightly filled with mineral wool or noncombustible material,
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
Division B

(See Note A-3.2.5.12.(2).)

If a building contains fewer than 9 sprinklers, the water supply for these sprinklers is permitted to be supplied from the domestic water system for the building provided the required flow for the sprinklers can be met by the domestic system.
‌If a water supply serves both an automatic sprinkler system and a system serving other equipment, control valves shall be provided so that either system can be shut off independently.
Notwithstanding the requirements of the standards referenced in Sentences (1) and (2) regarding the installation of automatic sprinkler systems, sprinklers shall not be omitted in any room or closet in the storey immediately below a roof assembly. (See Note A-3.2.5.12.(6).)
Notwithstanding the requirements of the standards referenced in Sentences (1) and (2) regarding the installation of automatic sprinkler systems, in buildings conforming to Article 3.2.2.48., 3.2.2.51., 3.2.2.57. or 3.2.2.60., sprinklers shall be provided for balconies and decks exceeding 610 mm in depth measured perpendicular to the exterior wall. (See Note A-3.2.5.12.(7).)
Sprinklers in elevator machine rooms shall have a temperature rating not less than that required for an intermediate temperature classification and shall be protected against physical damage. (See Note A-3.2.5.12.(8).)
Except as provided in Subsection 3.2.8., closely spaced sprinklers and associated draft stops need not be installed around floor openings in conformance with NFPA 13, “Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems.”

‌Combustible Sprinkler Piping‌
1. Combustible sprinkler piping shall be used only for sprinkler systems in
  ‌residential occupancies and other light-hazard occupancies. (See Note A-3.2.5.13.(1).)
2. Combustible sprinkler piping shall meet the requirements of ULC/ORD-C199P, “Combustible Piping for Sprinkler Systems.”
3. Except as permitted by Sentence (5), combustible sprinkler piping shall be separated from the area served by the sprinkler system, and from any other fire compartment, by ceilings, walls, or soffits consisting of, as a minimum,
  1. lath and plaster,
  2. gypsum board not less than 9.5 mm thick,
  3. ‌plywood not less than 13 mm thick, or
  4. a suspended membrane ceiling with
    1. steel suspension grids, and
    2. lay-in panels or tiles having a mass not less than 1.7 kg/m2.
4. Except as permitted by Sentence (5), combustible sprinkler piping may be located above a ceiling provided that the distance between the edge of any ceiling opening that is not protected in conformance with Sentence (3) and the nearest sprinkler is
  not more than 300 mm.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  ‌Division B 3.2.5.18.
5. Where combustible sprinkler piping has been tested in conformance with ULC/ORD-C199P, “Combustible Piping for Sprinkler Systems,” and has been shown to meet the requirements therein without additional protection, conformance to Sentences (3) and (4) is not required.‌
‌Sprinklered Service Space‌
1. An automatic sprinkler system shall be installed in a service space referred to in Sentence 3.2.1.1.(8) if flooring for access within the service space is other than catwalks.
2. The sprinkler system required by Sentence (1) shall be equipped with waterflow detecting devices, with each device serving not more than one storey.
3. The waterflow detecting devices required by Sentence (2) shall be connected to the fire alarm system, to
  1. initiate an alert signal in a 2-stage system or an alarm signal in a single stage system, and
  2. ‌indicate separately on the fire alarm system annunciator the actuation of each device.
‌Fire Department Connections
1. ‌The fire department connection for a standpipe system shall be located so that the distance from the fire department connection to a hydrant is not more than 45 m and is unobstructed.
2. ‌The fire department connection for an automatic sprinkler system shall be located so that the distance from the fire department connection to a hydrant is not more than 45 m and is unobstructed.‌
‌Portable Fire Extinguishers‌
1. ‌Portable extinguishers shall be provided and installed in accordance with
  1. provincial or territorial regulations or municipal bylaws, or
  2. the NFC, in the absence of the regulations or bylaws referred to in Clause (a).
2. In a Group B, Division 1 major occupancy, portable fire extinguishers are permitted to be located in secure areas, or in lockable cabinets provided
  1. ‌identical keys for all cabinets are located at all supervisory or security stations, or
  2. ‌electrical remote release devices are provided and are connected to an emergency power supply.
‌Protection from Freezing
1. ‌Equipment forming part of a fire protection system shall be protected from freezing if
  1. ‌it could be adversely affected by freezing temperatures, and
  2. it is located in an unheated area.
‌Fire Pumps
1. If a fire pump is installed, it shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 20, “Standard for the Installation of Stationary Pumps for Fire Protection.” (See Note A-3.2.5.18.(1).)

‌3.2.6.1. Division B

‌Additional Requirements for High Buildings‌
(See Note A-3.2.6.)
1. ‌Application
  1. Except as provided in Sentence (2), this Subsection applies to a building
    1. of Group A, D, E or F major occupancy classification that is more than
      1. 36 m high, measured between grade and the floor level of the top storey, or
      2. 18 m high, measured between grade and the floor level of the top storey, and in which the cumulative or total occupant load on or above any storey above grade, other than the first storey, divided by 1.8 times the width in metres of all exit stairs at that storey, exceeds 300,
    2. containing a Group B major occupancy in which the floor level of the highest
      storey of that major occupancy is more than 18 m above grade,
    3. containing a floor area or part of a floor area located above the third storey
      designed or intended as a Group B, Division 2 or 3 occupancy, or
    4. containing a Group C major occupancy whose floor level is more than 18 m above grade.
  2. This Subsection applies to a building or part of a building constructed in conformance with Article 3.2.2.57. in which the floor level of the highest storey is more than 18 m above grade.‌
2. ‌Limits to Smoke Movement
  1. A building to which this Subsection applies shall be designed in accordance with Sentences (2) to (6) and Article 3.2.6.3. to limit the danger to occupants and firefighters from exposure to smoke in a building fire.
  2. A building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be designed so that, during a period of 2 h after the start of a fire, each exit stair serving storeys below the lowest exit level will not contain more than 1% by volume of contaminated air from the fire floor, assuming an outdoor temperature equal to the January design temperature on a 2.5% basis determined in accordance with Subsection 1.1.3. (See Note A-3.2.6.2.(2).)
  3. Each stairway that serves storeys above the lowest exit level shall have a vent to the outdoors, at or near the bottom of the stair shaft, that
    1. has an openable area of 0.05 m2 for every door between the stair shaft and a
      floor area, but not less than 1.8 m2,
    2. opens directly to the outdoors or into a vestibule that has a similar opening to the outdoors, and
    3. has a door or closure that
      1. is openable manually, and
      2. can remain in the open position during a fire emergency. (See Note A-3.2.6.2.(3).)
  4. Measures shall be taken to limit movement of smoke from a fire in a floor area
    below the lowest exit storey into upper storeys. (See Note A-3.2.6.2.(4).)
  5. Except for exhaust fans in kitchens, washrooms and bathrooms in dwelling units, and except for fans used for smoke venting as required by Article 3.2.6.6., air moving fans in a system that serves more than 2 storeys shall be designed and installed so that in the event of a fire these fans can be stopped by means of a manually operated switch at the central alarm and control facility.
  6. Except as provided in Article 3.2.4.12. or where there is a conflict with other smoke control measures in the building, air-handling systems used to provide make-up air to public corridors serving suites in a Group C major occupancy shall not
    shut down automatically upon activation of the fire alarm so as to maintain corridor pressurization.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 3.2.6.5.‌
3. ‌Connected Buildings
  1. If a building described in Article 3.2.6.1. is connected to any other building, measures shall be taken to limit movement of contaminated air from one building into another during a fire. (See Note A-3.2.6.3.(1).)‌
4. ‌Emergency Operation of Elevators‌
  1. Manual emergency recall shall be provided for all elevators serving storeys
    above the first storey.
  2. Key-operated switches for emergency recall required by Sentence (1) shall be provided in a conspicuous location at
    1. ‌each elevator lobby on the recall level, and
    2. the central alarm and control facility required by Article 3.2.6.7.
  3. In-car emergency service switches shall be provided in all elevator cars.
  4. Keys to operate the switches required by Sentences (2) and (3) shall be
    1. provided in a suitably identified box conspicuously located on the outside of an elevator hoistway near the central alarm and control facility required by Article 3.2.6.7., and‌
    2. kept at the central alarm and control facility.
5. ‌Elevator for Use by Firefighters‌
  1. At least one elevator shall be provided for use by firefighters in conformance with Sentences (2) to (6).
  2. The elevator referred to in Sentence (1) shall have a useable platform area not less than 2.2 m2 and shall be capable of carrying a load of 900 kg to the top floor that it serves from a landing on the storey containing the entrance for firefighter access referred to in Articles 3.2.5.4. and 3.2.5.5. within 1 min.
  3. Each elevator for use by firefighters shall
    1. be provided with a closure at each shaft opening so that the interlock mechanism remains mechanically engaged and electrical continuity is maintained in the interlock circuits and associated wiring for a period of not less than 1 h when the assembly is subjected to the standard fire exposure described in CAN/ULC-S104, “Standard Method for Fire Tests of Door Assemblies,”‌
    2. be protected with a vestibule containing no occupancy and separated from the remainder of the floor area by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
    3. be protected with a corridor containing no occupancy and separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h.
  4. Except as permitted by Sentence (5), an elevator referred to in Sentence (1) shall be capable of providing transportation from the storey containing the entrance for firefighter access referred to in Articles 3.2.5.4. and 3.2.5.5. to every floor that is above grade in the building and that is normally served by the elevator system.
  5. If it is necessary to change elevators to reach any floor referred to in Sentence (4), the system shall be designed so that not more than one change of elevator is required when travelling to any floor in the building from the storey containing the entrance for firefighter access referred to in Articles 3.2.5. 4. and 3.2.5.5.
  6. Electrical conductors for the operation of the elevator referred to in Sentence (1) shall
    1. be installed in service spaces conforming to Section 3.6. that do not contain other combustible material, or
    2. conform to CAN/ULC-S139, “Standard for Fire Test for Circuit Integrity of Fire-Resistive Power, Instrumentation, Control and Data Cables,” including the hose stream application, to provide a circuit integrity rating of not less than 1 h (see Note A-3.2.6.5.(6)(b)).
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
6. ‌Division B‌
‌Lighting and Emergency Power Systems‌
1. ‌Minimum Lighting Requirements
  1. An exit, a public corridor, or a corridor providing access to exit for the public or serving patients' sleeping rooms or classrooms shall be equipped to provide
    illumination to an average level not less than 50 lx at floor or tread level and at angles and intersections at changes of level where there are stairs or ramps.
  2. The minimum level of the illumination required by Sentence (1) shall be 10 lx.
  3. Rooms and spaces used by the public shall be equipped to provide illumination as described in Sentences (4) to (7) and Article 9.34.2.7.
  4. The minimum level of illumination over the entire length of escalators and moving walks shall be not less than 100 lx at the level of the treads and walking surfaces.
  5. Except as provided in Sentence (6) and except for light switches and internally illuminated controls, the minimum level of illumination at controls required by Article 3.8.2.6. shall be not less than 100 lx.‌
  6. Where visual information is provided at controls referred to in Sentence (5), the minimum level of illumination at the controls shall be not less than 200 lx, except where the visual information is internally illuminated.
  7. Except for internally illuminated signs, the minimum level of illumination at signs displaying visual information required by Clauses 3.4.6.10.(5)(b)
    and 3.4.6.16.(5)(g), Subclause 3.4.6.16.(5)(l)(ii), Clause 3.4.6.16.(6)(d),
    Sentence 3.4.6.18.(3), Clause 3.4.6.18.(4)(a) and Articles 3.4.6.19. and 3.8.2.10. shall be not less than 200 lx.
  8. Lighting outlets in a building of residential occupancy shall be provided in conformance with Subsection 9.34.2.
2. ‌Recessed Lighting Fixtures‌
  1. ‌A recessed lighting fixture shall not be located in an insulated ceiling unless the fixture is designed for this type of installation.
3. ‌Emergency Lighting
  1. Emergency lighting shall be provided to an average level of illumination not less than 10 lx at floor or tread level in
    1. exits,
    2. principal routes providing access to exit in open floor areas and in service rooms,
    3. corridors used by the public,
    4. corridors serving sleeping rooms in a treatment occupancy,
    5. corridors serving sleeping rooms in a care occupancy, except corridors serving sleeping rooms within individual suites of care occupancy,
    6. corridors serving classrooms,
    7. underground walkways,
    8. public corridors,
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
4. Division B
  1. floor areas or parts thereof where the public may congregate
    1. in Group A, Division 1 occupancies, or
    2. in Group A, Division 2 and 3 occupancies having an occupant load of 60 or more,
  1. floor areas or parts thereof of daycare centres where persons are cared for,
  2. food preparation areas in commercial kitchens,
  3. ‌public washrooms that are equipped to serve more than one person at a time,
  4. locations where doors are equipped with an electromagnetic lock as described in Clauses 3.4.6.16.(5)(k) and (6)(g), and
  5. universal washrooms, universal shower rooms and accessible change spaces required by Article 3.8.2.8.
  ‌3.2.7.10. Protection of Electrical Conductors‌
  1. The protection of electrical and emergency conductors referred to in Clauses (a) to (c) shall conform to the requirements stated in Sentences (2) to (11):
    1. electrical conductors located within buildings identified in Article 3.2.6.1. serving
      1. fire alarms,
      2. emergency lighting, or
      3. emergency equipment within the scope of Articles 3.2.6.2. to 3.2.6.8.,
    2. emergency conductors serving fire pumps required to be installed under Article 3.2.5.18., and
    3. electrical conductors serving mechanical systems serving
      1. areas of refuge identified in Clause 3.3.3.6.(1)(b), or
      2. contained use areas identified in Clauses 3.3.3.7.(4)(a) and (b).
  2. Except as otherwise required by Sentence (3) and permitted by this Article, electrical conductors that are used in conjunction with systems identified in Sentence (1) shall
    1. conform to CAN/ULC-S139, “Standard for Fire Test for Circuit Integrity of Fire-Resistive Power, Instrumentation, Control and Data Cables,” including the hose stream application, to provide a circuit integrity rating of not less than 1 h (see Note A-3.2.7.10.(2)(a) and (3)(a)) (see also Clause 3.2.6.5.(6)(b)), or‌
    2. be located in a service space that is separated from the remainder of the
      building by a fire separation that has a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h.
  3. Electrical conductors identified in Clause (1)(c) shall
    1. conform to CAN/ULC-S139, “Standard for Fire Test for Circuit Integrity of Fire-Resistive Power, Instrumentation, Control and Data Cables,” including the hose stream application, to provide a circuit integrity rating of not less than 2 h (see Note A-3.2.7.10.(2)(a) and (3)(a)), or‌
    2. be located in a service space that is separated from the remainder of the
      building by a fire separation that has a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h.
  4. The service spaces referred to in Clauses (2)(b) and (3)(b) shall not contain any
    combustible materials other than the conductors being protected.
  5. Except as stated in Sentences (7) and (9), the electrical conductors referred to in Sentence (1) are those that extend from the source of emergency power to
    1. the equipment served, or
    2. the distribution equipment supplying power to the equipment served, if both are in the same room (see Note A-3.2.7.10.(5)(b)).
  6. If a fire alarm transponder or annunciator in one fire compartment is connected to a central processing unit or another transponder or annunciator located in a different fire compartment, the electrical conductors connecting them shall be protected in accordance with Sentence (2).‌
  7. Fire alarm system branch circuits within a storey that connect transponders and individual devices need not conform to Sentence (2). (See Note A-3.2.7.10.(7).)
  8. Except as permitted in Sentence (9), if a distribution panel supplies power to emergency lighting, the power supply conductors leading up to the distribution panel shall be protected in accordance with Sentence (2).‌
  9. Conductors leading from a distribution panel referred to in Sentence (8) to emergency lighting units in the same storey need not conform to Sentence (2).
  10. Distribution panels serving emergency lighting units located on other storeys shall be installed in a service room separated from the floor area by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating of at least 1 h.
  11. Conductors leading from a distribution panel to emergency lighting units located on other storeys shall be protected in accordance with Sentence (2) between the distribution panel and the floor area where the emergency lighting units are located.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  ‌Division B 3.2.8.2.‌
‌Mezzanines and Openings through Floor Assemblies‌
1. ‌Application
  1. Except as permitted by Article 3.2.8.2. and Sentence 3.3.4.2.(3), the portions of a floor area or a mezzanine that do not terminate at an exterior wall, a firewall or a vertical shaft shall
    1. terminate at a vertical fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the floor assembly and extending from the floor assembly to the underside of the floor or roof assembly above, or
    2. be protected in conformance with the requirements of Articles 3.2.8.3. to 3.2.8.8.
  2. The penetration of a floor assembly by an exit or a vertical service space shall conform to the requirements of Sections 3.4., 3 5. and 3.6.
  3. A floor area containing sleeping rooms in a building of Group B, Division 2 major occupancy shall not be constructed as part of an interconnected floor space.
2. ‌Exceptions to Special Protection
  1. A mezzanine need not terminate at a vertical fire separation nor be protected in conformance with the requirements of Articles 3.2.8.3. to 3.2.8.8. provided the mezzanine
    1. serves a Group A, Division 1 major occupancy,
    2. serves a Group A, Division 3 major occupancy in a building not more than 2 storeys in building height, or
    3. serves a Group A, C, D, E or F major occupancy and
      1. is 500 m2 or less in area, and
      2. conforms to Sentence 3.2.1.1.(3) or (4).
  2. Except for floors referred to in Sentence 3.1.10.3.(1) and Article 3.2.1.2., openings through a horizontal fire separation for vehicular ramps in a storage garage are not required to be protected with closures and need not conform to this Subsection.
  3. If a closure in an opening in a fire separation would disrupt the nature of a manufacturing process, such as a continuous flow of material from storey to storey, the closure for the opening is permitted to be omitted provided precautions are taken to offset the resulting hazard. (See Note A-3.2.8.2.(3).)
  4. An interconnected floor space in a Group B, Division 1 occupancy need not conform to the requirements of Articles 3.2.8.3. to 3.2.8.8. provided the interconnected floor space does not interconnect more than 2 adjacent storeys.
  5. Except as permitted by Sentence (6), openings for escalators and inclined moving walks need not conform to the requirements in Articles 3.2.8. 3. to 3.2.8.8.
    provided
    1. the opening for each escalator or walk does not exceed 10 m2,
    2. the building is sprinklered throughout,
    3. closely spaced sprinklers and associated draft stops are installed around the openings in conformance with NFPA 13, “Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems,” and
    4. the interconnected floor space contains only Group A, Division 1, 2 or 3, Group D or Group E major occupancies (see Note A-3.2.8.2.(6)(c)).
  6. An interconnected floor space need not conform to the requirements of Articles 3.2.8.3. to 3.2.8.8., provided
    1. it consists of the first storey and the storey next above or below it, but not both,
    2. it is sprinklered throughout or, where the building area is not more than one half of the area permitted by Subsection 3.2.2., the openings through the floor are used only for stairways, escalators or moving walks (see Note A-3.2.8.2.(6)(b)), and
    3. it contains only Group A, Division 1, 2 or 3, Group D, Group E, or Group F, Division 2 or 3 major occupancies (see Note A-3.2.8.2.(6)(c)).
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
3. ‌Division B‌
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  ‌Division B 3.3.1.3.‌
‌Integrated Fire Protection and Life Safety Systems‌
1. ‌Testing
  1. Where fire protection and life safety systems and systems with fire protection and life safety functions are integrated with each other, they shall be tested as a whole in accordance with CAN/ULC-S1001, “Standard for Integrated Systems Testing of Fire Protection and Life Safety Systems,” to verify that they have been properly integrated. (See Note A-3.2.9.1.(1).)

‌Section 3.3. Safety within Floor Areas‌

(See Note A-3.3.)

‌All Floor Areas‌

‌Separation of Suites
1. Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and (3), each suite in other than business and personal services occupancies shall be separated from adjoining suites by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h. (See also Subsection 3.3.3. for care, treatment or detention occupancies, Article 3.3.4.2. for residential occupancies, and Article 3.1.8.7. for fire dampers.)
2. The fire-resistance rating of the fire separation required by Sentence (1) is permitted to be less than 1 h but not less than 45 min provided the fire-resistance rating required by Subsection 3.2.2. is permitted to be less than 1 h for
  1. the floor assembly above the floor area, or
  2. the floor assembly below the floor area, if there is no floor assembly above.
3. Occupancies that are served by public corridors conforming to Clause 3.3.1.4.(4)(b) in a building that is sprinklered throughout, are not required to be separated from one another by fire separations provided the occupancies are
  1. ‌suites of business and personal services occupancy,
  2. fast food vending operations that do not provide seating for customers,
  3. ‌suites of mercantile occupancy, or
  4. any combination of these occupancies.
‌Hazardous Substances, Equipment and Processes‌
1. Except as provided in Subsections 3.3.5. and 3.3.6., the storage, handling and use of hazardous substances shall be in conformance with
  1. provincial or territorial regulations or municipal bylaws, or
  2. in the absence of the regulations or bylaws referred to in Clause (a), the NFC. (See Note A-3.3.1.2.(1).)
2. Systems for the ventilation of cooking equipment that is not within a dwelling unit and is used in processes producing grease-laden vapours shall be designed and installed in conformance with Articles 3.6.3.5., 6.3.1.6. and 6.9.1.3. (See Note A-3.3.1.2.(2).)‌
3. A fuel-fired appliance shall not be installed in a corridor serving as an access to exit.
‌Means of Egress
1. Access to exit within floor areas shall conform to Subsections 3.3.2. to 3.3.5., in addition to the requirements of this Subsection.
2. If a podium, terrace, platform or contained open space is provided, egress requirements shall conform to the appropriate requirements of Sentence 3.3.1.5.(1) for rooms and suites.
3. Means of egress shall be provided from every roof which is intended for
  occupancy, and from every podium, terrace, platform or contained open space.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022

‌Division B

At least two separate means of egress shall be provided from a roof, used or intended for an occupant load more than 60, to stairs designed in conformance with the requirements regarding exit stairs stated in Section 3.4.
A rooftop enclosure shall be provided with an access to exit that leads to an exit
1. at the roof level, or
2. on the storey immediately below the roof.
A rooftop enclosure which is more than 200 m2 in area shall be provided with at least 2 means of egress.
Two points of egress shall be provided for a service space referred to in Sentence 3.2.1.1.(8) if
1. the area is more than 200 m2, or
2. the travel distance measured from any point in the service space to a point of egress is more than 25 m.
Except as permitted by Sentences 3.3.4.4.(5) and (6), each suite in a floor area that contains more than one suite shall have
1. an exterior exit doorway, or
2. a doorway
  1. into a public corridor, or
  2. to an exterior passageway.
Except as permitted by this Section and by Sentence 3.4.2.1.(2), at the point where a doorway referred to in Sentence (8) opens onto a public corridor or exterior passageway, it shall be possible to go in opposite directions to each of 2 separate exits.‌

‌Public Corridor Separations‌
1. Except as otherwise required by this Part or as permitted by Sentence (4), a
  public corridor shall be separated from the remainder of the storey by a fire separation.
2. Except as permitted by Sentence (3) and Clauses (4)(a) and (b), the fire separation between a public corridor and the remainder of the storey shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min.
3. If a storey is sprinklered throughout, no fire-resistance rating is required for a
  ‌fire separation between a public corridor and the remainder of the storey, provided the corridor does not serve a care, treatment or detention occupancy or a residential occupancy. (See Note A-3.1.8.1.(1)(b).)
4. No fire separation is required in a sprinklered floor area between a public corridor
  ‌and
  1. except as required by Sentences 3.3.3.5.(8) and 3.3.4.2.(1), and notwithstanding Sentence 3.4.2.4.(2), the remainder of a storey, provided the travel distance from any part of the floor area to an exit is not more than 45 m,
  2. a room or a suite, provided the public corridor complies with Sentence 3.3.1.9.(4) and Clause 3.4.2.5.(1)(d), or
  3. a space containing plumbing fixtures required by Subsection 3.7.2., provided the space and the public corridor are separated from the remainder of the storey by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than that required between the public corridor and the remainder of the storey.‌

‌Egress Doorways

Except for dwelling units, a minimum of 2 egress doorways located so that one doorway could provide egress from the room or suite as required by Article 3.3.1.3. if the other doorway becomes inaccessible to the occupants due to a fire which originates in the room or suite, shall be provided for every room and every suite
1. that is used for a high-hazard industrial occupancy and whose area is more than 15 m2,
2. intended for an occupant load more than 60,
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  Division B 3.3.1.5.
3. in a floor area that is not sprinklered throughout, and
  1. the area of a room or suite is more than the value in Table 3.3.1.5.-A, or
  2. the travel distance within the room or suite to the nearest egress doorway is more than the value in Table 3.3.1.5.-A, or
4. in a floor area that is sprinklered throughout and does not contain a high-hazard industrial occupancy and
  1. ‌the travel distance to an egress doorway is more than 25 m, or
  2. the area of the room or suite is more than the value in Table 3.3.1.5.-B.

Where 2 egress doorways are required by Sentence (1), they shall be placed at a distance from one another equal to or greater than one third of the maximum overall diagonal dimension of the area to be served, measured as the shortest distance that smoke would have to travel between the nearest required egress doors.

Table 3.3.1.5.-A

Egress in Floor Area not Sprinklered Throughout

Forming Part of Sentence 3.3.1.5.(1)

‌Occupancy of Room or Suite	Maximum Area of Room or Suite, m2	Maximum Distance to Egress Doorway, m
Group A	150	15
Group C	100(1)	15(1)
Group D	200	25
Group E	150	15
Group F, Division 2	150	10
‌Group F, Division 3	200	15

Notes to Table 3.3.1.5.-A:

(1) See Article 3.3.4.4. for dwelling units.

Table 3.3.1.5.-B

Egress in Floor Area Sprinklered Throughout

Forming Part of Sentence 3.3.1.5.(1)

Occupancy of Room or Suite	Maximum Area of Room or Suite, m2
Group A	200
Group B, Division 1	100
Group B, Division 2
sleeping rooms	100
other than sleeping rooms	200
Group B, Division 3
sleeping rooms not in suites	100
individual suites	150
other than sleeping rooms	200
Group C	150(1)
Group D	300
Group E	200
Group F, Division 2	200
Group F, Division 3	300

Notes to Table 3.3.1.5.-B:

(1) See Article 3.3.4.4. for dwelling units.

‌Division B‌

‌Travel Distance
1. If more than one egress doorway is required from a room or suite referred to in Article 3.3.1.5., the travel distance within the room or suite to the nearest egress doorway shall not exceed the maximum travel distances specified in Clauses 3.4.2.5.(1)(a), (b), (c) and (f) for exits.‌
‌Protection on Floor Areas with a Barrier-Free Path of Travel‌
1. Every floor area above or below the first storey that is not sprinklered throughout and that has a barrier-free path of travel shall
  1. be served by an elevator
    1. conforming to Sentences 3.2.6.5.(4) to (6),
    2. protected against fire in conformance with Clause 3.2.6.5.(3)(b) or (c), and
    3. in a building over 3 storeys in building height, protected against smoke movement so that the hoistway will not contain more than 1% by volume of contaminated air from a fire floor during a period of 2 h after the start of a fire, assuming an outdoor temperature equal to the
      January design temperature on a 2.5% basis determined in conformance with Subsection 1.1.3.,
  2. be divided into at least 2 zones by fire separations conforming to Sentences (2), (3) and 3.1.8.5.(6) so that (see Note A-3.3.1.7.(1)(b))
    1. persons with physical disabilities can be accommodated in each zone, and
    2. the travel distance from any point in one zone to a doorway leading to another zone shall be not more than the value for travel distance permitted by Sentence 3.4.2.5.(1) for the occupancy classification of the zone,‌
  3. in the case of residential occupancies, be provided with balconies conforming to Sentence (4), except on the storey containing the barrier-free entrance required by Article 3.8.2.2.,‌
  4. have an exterior exit at ground level, or
  5. have a ramp leading to ground level. (See Note A-3.3.1.7.(1).)
2. Except as permitted by Sentence (3), the fire separations referred to in Clause (1)(b) shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h.
3. The fire-resistance rating of the fire separations referred to in Clause (1)(b) is permitted to be less than 1 h but not less than 45 min provided the fire-resistance rating required by Subsection 3.2.2. is permitted to be less than 1 h for
  1. the floor assembly above the floor area, or‌
  2. the floor assembly below the floor area, if there is no floor assembly above.
4. A balcony required by Clause (1)(c) shall
  1. have direct barrier-free access from the suite or floor area
  2. ‌be not less than 1.5 m deep from the outside face of the exterior wall to the inside edge of the balcony, and
  3. provide not less than 1.5 m2 of balcony space for each non-ambulatory occupant and 0.5 m2 for each ambulatory occupant.
‌Headroom and Protruding Objects
1. Except within the floor area of a storage garage, the minimum headroom clearance in every access to exit shall conform to the requirements of Article 3.4.3.4. for exits.
  (See also Sentence 3.3.5.4.(5).)
2. Except as permitted by Sentence (3) and except for paths of travel in service rooms and dwelling units, protruding building elements located within 1 980 mm of the floor shall not project more than 100 mm horizontally into paths of travel in a manner that would create a hazard. (See Note A-3.3.1.8.(2) and (3).)
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  ‌Division B 3.3.1.12.
3. The horizontal projection of a protruding building element referred to in Sentence (2) is permitted to be more than 100 mm, provided the clearance between the protruding element and the floor is less than 680 mm. (See Note A-3.3.1.8.(2) and (3).)‌
‌Corridors‌
1. The minimum width of a public corridor shall be 1 100 mm.
2. Except as required by Sentence 3.3.3.3.(3), the minimum unobstructed width of a corridor used by the public or a corridor serving classrooms or patients' sleeping rooms shall be 1 100 mm.‌
3. If a corridor contains an occupancy, the occupancy shall not reduce the unobstructed width of the corridor to less than its required width.
4. If a public corridor conforming to Clause 3.4.2.5.(1)(d) contains an occupancy,
  1. the occupancy shall be located so that for pedestrian travel there is an unobstructed width not less than 3 m at all times adjacent and parallel to all rooms and suites that front onto the public corridor, and
  2. the combined area of all occupancies in the public corridor shall be not more than 15% of the area of the public corridor.
5. Except for a dead-end corridor that is entirely within a suite or as permitted by Sentences 3.3.3.3.(1) and 3.3.4.4.(6), a dead-end corridor is permitted provided it is not more than 6 m long.‌
‌Aisles‌
1. Except as otherwise stated in this Section, aisles shall be provided in conformance with the NFC.
‌Door Swing
1. Except as permitted by Sentence (5) and Article 3.3.1.12., a door that opens into a corridor or other facility providing access to exit from a suite or room not located within a suite shall swing on a vertical axis.
2. Except as permitted by Article 3.3.1.12., a door that opens into a corridor or other facility providing access to exit from a room or suite that is used or intended for an occupant load more than 60 or for a high-hazard industrial occupancy shall swing in the direction of travel to the exit.‌
3. Every door that divides a corridor that is not wholly contained within a suite
  shall swing on a vertical axis in the direction of travel to the exit.
4. If a pair of doors is installed in a corridor that provides access to exit in both directions, the doors shall swing in opposite directions, with the door on the right hand side swinging in the direction of travel to the exit.‌
5. Doors that serve storage suites not more than 28 m2 in area in warehousing
  buildings need not conform to Sentence (1).
‌Sliding Doors
1. Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and 3.3.1.11.(5), a sliding door provided in the locations described in Article 3.3.1.11. shall‌
  1. be designed and installed to swing on the vertical axis in the direction of travel to the exit when pressure is applied, and
  2. be identified as a swinging door by means of a label or decal affixed to it.
2. In a Group B, Division 1 occupancy, or in an impeded egress zone in other occupancies, sliding doors used in an access to exit need not conform to Sentence (1) and Article 3.3.1.11.
3. Movable partitions used to separate a public corridor from an adjacent business and personal services occupancy or a mercantile occupancy need not conform to Sentence (1) and Sentences 3.3.1.11.(1) and (2), provided the partitions are not located in the only means of egress. (See Note A-3.3.1.12.(3).)
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B

‌Doors and Door Hardware‌
(See also Sentence 3.8.3.6.(17).)
1. Except as required by Article 3.3.3.4., a door that opens into or is located within a public corridor or other facility that provides access to exit from a suite shall‌
  1. ‌provide a clear opening of not less than 850 mm if there is only one door leaf,
  2. in a doorway with multiple leaves, have the active leaf providing a clear opening of not less than 850 mm,
  3. not open onto a step, and
  4. have a threshold not more than 13 mm higher than the surrounding finished floor surface, except where it
    1. is used to confine the spillage of flammable liquids within a
      service room or within a room in an industrial occupancy, or
    2. provides access to an exterior balcony, unless the balcony is required by Clause 3.3.1.7.(1)(c).
2. Except as provided in Sentences (6) and (7), a door in an access to exit shall be readily openable in travelling to an exit without requiring keys, special devices or specialized knowledge of the door-opening mechanism.
3. Except as permitted by Sentence (4), door release hardware shall comply with Clause 3.8.3.8.(1)(b) and the door shall be openable with not more than one releasing operation. (See also Sentence 3.8.3.6.(4).)
4. An egress door from an individual dwelling unit or from a suite of residential occupancy is permitted to be provided with additional devices that require a releasing operation additional to the main door release hardware, provided the devices are readily operable from the inside without the use of keys, special devices or specialized knowledge. (See Note A-3.3.1.13.(4).)‌
5. Except as provided in Sentence 3.4.6.17.(9), door release hardware shall be installed between 900 mm and 1 100 mm above the finished floor.
6. An egress door in an access to exit serving a contained use area or an impeded egress zone is permitted to be equipped with locking devices, provided they can be released either locally or remotely in conformance with Sentence (8) or (9). (See Note A-3.3.1.13.(6).)‌
7. A door in an access to exit is permitted to be equipped with an electromagnetic lock conforming to Sentence 3.4.6.16.(5) or (6).
8. Local locking devices permitted by Sentence (6) shall be operable by a key from both sides of the door.
9. Controls for the remote release of door locking devices permitted by Sentence (6) shall be located in an area readily available to security personnel.
10. Locking devices permitted by Sentence (6) that are electrically operated shall be
  1. ‌designed to operate on emergency power, and
  2. capable of manual release by security personnel.
‌Ramps and Stairways‌
1. Except as permitted by Sentence (2), Article 3.3.4.7. and Subsection 3.3.2., ramps and stairways that do not serve as exits shall conform to the requirements for exit ramps and stairways stated in Sentence 3.4.3.2.(8) and Articles 3.4.3.4., and 3.4.6.1. to 3.4.6.9.
2. ‌Ramps and stairways that serve service rooms, service spaces or industrial occupancies need not comply with Sentence (1), provided
  1. they are intended only for occasional use for servicing equipment and machinery, and
  2. they do not serve as exits.
‌Exterior Passageways
1. An exterior passageway leading to a required exit shall conform to the requirements of Section 3.4. for exterior exit passageways.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  ‌Division B 3.3.1.18.
‌Tapered Treads in a Curved Flight‌
1. Flights of stairs shall consist solely of
  1. straight flights, or
  2. curved flights complying with Sentence (2).
2. Tapered treads in a curved flight that is not required as an exit shall have
  1. a minimum run of 150 mm,
  2. a run not less than 280 mm when measured at a point 300 mm from the centre line of the handrail at the narrow end of the tread, and
  3. a riser conforming to Sentence 3.4.6.8.(2).
3. Tapered treads shall have a consistent angle and uniform run and rise dimensions in accordance with the construction tolerances stipulated in Article 3.4.6.8. when measured at a point 300 mm from the centre line of the handrail at the narrow end of the tread.‌
4. All tapered treads within a flight shall turn in the same direction.
‌Capacity of Access to Exits
(See Article 3.3.1.9. for minimum widths of corridors.)
1. The capacity of an access to exit shall be based on the occupant load of the portion of the floor area served.
2. In an access to exit the required width of ramps with a slope not more than 1 in 8, doorways, and corridors shall be based on not less than 6.1 mm per person.
3. In an access to exit the required width of a ramp with a slope more than 1 in 8 shall be based on not less than 9.2 mm per person.
4. In an access to exit from a floor area used or intended to be used for patients in a Group B, Division 2 occupancy or residents in a Group B, Division 3 occupancy, the required width of corridors, doorways, and ramps shall be based on not less than
  ‌18.4 mm per person.
5. The capacity of stairs in an access to exit shall conform to the requirements for stairs in Sentences 3.4.3.2.(1) to (3).
6. In a building that is not sprinklered throughout in accordance with Sentence 3.2.5.12.(1), an access to exit that is part of the principal entrance serving a
  dance hall or a licensed beverage establishment with an occupant load more than 250 shall provide at least one half of the required exit width.
‌Guards
1. Except as provided in Sentence (5) and Article 3.3.2.9., a guard not less than 1 070 mm high shall be provided
  1. around any roof to which access is provided for purposes other than maintenance,
  2. at openings into smoke shafts referred to in Subsection 3.2.6. that are less than 1 070 mm above the floor, and
  3. at each raised floor, mezzanine, balcony, gallery, interior or exterior vehicular ramp, and at other locations where (see Note A-9.8.8.1.)
    1. ‌the difference in elevation is more than 600 mm between the walking surface and the adjacent surface, or
    2. the adjacent surface within 1.2 m of the walking surface has a slope of more than 1 in 2.
2. Except as provided in Sentences (3) and 3.3.2.9.(4) and Articles 3.3.4.7. and 3.3.5.10., openings through guards shall be of a size that prevents the passage of a spherical object whose diameter is more than 100 mm.
3. Openings through guards other than those required by Sentence (1) that serve
  occupancies other than industrial occupancies shall be of a size that
  1. prevents the passage of a spherical object whose diameter is 100 mm, or
  2. permits the passage of a spherical object whose diameter is 200 mm. (See Note A-9.8.8.5.(4).)
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B

Except for guards conforming to Article 3.3.5.10., guards that protect a level located more than one storey or 4.2 m above the adjacent level shall be designed so that no member, attachment or opening located between 140 mm and 900 mm above the level protected by the guard facilitates climbing. (See Note A-9.8.8.6.(1).)
Sentence (1) does not apply
1. to the front edges of stages,
2. to floor pits in repair garages,
3. ‌to loading docks, or
4. where access is provided for maintenance purposes only.

‌Tactile Walking Surface Indicators
1. Except as provided in Sentence (2), tactile attention indicators complying with Clauses 4.3.5.3.1, 4.3.5.3.3 and 4.3.5.3.4 of CSA B651, “Accessible design for the built environment,” shall be installed
  1. at the top of flights of stairs that are unenclosed, and
  2. at drop-off edges with a change in elevation greater than 300 mm that are unprotected by a guard.
    (See Note A-3.3.1.19.(1).)
2. Sentence (1) does not apply to service spaces, bleachers addressed in Subsection 3.3.2., stages, loading docks, industrial occupancies, within dwelling units, and to stairs and drop-off edges serving not more than two dwelling units.‌
‌Transparent Doors and Panels
1. Except as permitted by Sentence (5), a glass or transparent door shall be designed and constructed so that the existence and position of the door is readily apparent, by attaching visually contrasting hardware, bars or other permanent fixtures to it.
2. The visibility of fully glazed transparent doors, sidelights and panels shall be enhanced through the inclusion of mullions, markings or other elements that
  1. ‌are visually contrasting,
  2. are at least 50 mm high,
  3. extend the full width of the door, sidelight or panel, and
  4. are located between 1 350 mm and 1 500 mm above the floor.
3. ‌A glass door shall be constructed of
  1. laminated or tempered safety glazing conforming to CAN/CGSB-12.1, “Safety Glazing,” or
  2. wired glass conforming to CAN/CGSB-12.11-M, “Wired Safety Glass.”
4. Except as permitted by Sentence (5), transparent panels used in an access to exit that, because of their physical configuration or design, could be mistaken as a means of egress shall be made inaccessible by barriers or railings.
5. Sliding glass partitions that separate a public corridor from an adjacent occupancy and that are open during normal working hours need not conform to Sentences (1) and (4), provided the partitions are suitably marked in conformance with Sentence (2) to indicate their existence and position.
6. ‌Where vision glass is provided in doors or transparent sidelights, the lowest edge of the glass shall be no higher than 900 mm above floor level.
7. Glass in doors and in sidelights that could be mistaken for doors, within or at the entrances to dwelling units and in public areas, shall conform to the requirements of Article 9.6.1.4.
8. A window in a public area that extends to less than 1 000 mm above the floor and is located above the second storey in a building of residential occupancy, shall be protected by a barrier or railing to not less than 1 070 mm above the floor, or the window shall be non-openable and designed to withstand the lateral design loads for balcony guards required by Article 4.1.5.14.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  ‌Division B 3.3.1.25.‌
‌Exhaust Ventilation and Explosion Venting
1. Except as provided in Sentence (2), an exhaust ventilation system designed in conformance with the appropriate requirements of Part 6 shall be provided in a building or part of a building in which dust, fumes, gases, vapour or other impurities or contaminants have the potential to create a fire or explosion hazard. (See also Article 4.2.4.13.)
2. Where a fire separation required to have a fire-resistance rating is penetrated by a ventilation system required by Sentence (1) for power-ventilated enclosures in laboratories, the ducts shall be
  1. continuously enclosed from the first penetrated fire separation to any subsequent fire separations or concealed spaces and all the way through to the outdoors so that the highest fire-resistance rating of all the penetrated fire separations is maintained, and
  2. exempted from the requirement to be equipped with a fire damper, smoke damper and combination smoke/fire damper as stated in Article 3.1.8.7.
3. Explosion relief devices, vents or other protective measures conforming to Subsection 6.3.1. and Article 6.9.1.2. shall be provided for a space in which substances or conditions that have the potential to create an explosion hazard are present as a result of the principal use of a building.‌
‌Janitors' Rooms
1. Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and (3), a room or space within a floor area for the storage of janitorial supplies shall be separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h.
2. The fire-resistance rating of the fire separation required by Sentence (1) is permitted to be less than 1 h but not less than 45 min provided the fire-resistance rating required by Subsection 3.2.2. is permitted to be less than 1 h for
  1. the floor assembly above the floor area, or
  2. the floor assembly below the floor area, if there is no floor assembly above.
3. The fire separation required by Sentence (1) is not required to have a fire-resistance rating if the floor area in which the room or space is located is sprinklered throughout.
‌Common Laundry Rooms
1. Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and (3), in a building of residential occupancy, a laundry room in a floor area that is not within a dwelling unit shall be separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h.
2. The fire-resistance rating of the fire separation required by Sentence (1) is permitted to be less than 1 h but not less than 45 min provided the fire-resistance rating required by Subsection 3.2.2. is permitted to be less than 1 h for
  1. the floor assembly above the floor area, or
  2. the floor assembly below the floor area, if there is no floor assembly above.
3. The fire separation required by Sentence (1) is not required to have a fire-resistance rating if the floor area in which the laundry room is located is sprinklered throughout.
‌Obstructions
1. No obstruction shall be permitted in any occupancy that would restrict the width of a normal means of egress from any part of a floor area to less than 750 mm unless an alternative means of egress is provided adjacent to, accessible from, and plainly visible from the obstructed means of egress. (See Note A-3.3.1.24.(1).)‌
‌Signs in Service Spaces
1. Illuminated signs conforming to Sentences 3.4.5.1.(2) and (6) shall be provided to indicate the direction to egress points in a service space referred to in Sentence 3.2.1.1.(8).
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B‌

‌3.3.1.26. Welding and Cutting

Except as provided in Sentence (2), welding and cutting operations shall be carried out in a room
1. separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a
  fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, or
2. ‌protected by an automatic fire extinguishing system.
Sentence (1) shall not apply to industrial occupancies where the welding and cutting operations do not present a fire or explosion hazard to adjacent areas.

‌Assembly Occupancy

‌Scope‌
1. This Subsection applies to assembly occupancies and to outdoor places of assembly.
2. Except as required in Sentence (3), provisions 12.2.3.2, 12.2.3.3, 12.2.5.4, 12.2.5.5,
  12.2.5.6, 12.2.11.1, 12.4.1 and 12.4.2 of Chapter 12 of NFPA 101, “Life Safety Code,” are
  permitted to be used in lieu of Articles 3.3.2.4., 3.3.2.5., 3.3.2.9., 3.3.2.11. and 3.3.2.12. (See Note A-3.3.2.1.(2).)
3. The minimum clear width of aisle accessways between rows of seats shall be calculated according to provisions 12.2.5.5.2, 12.2.5.5.4.1 and 12.2.5.5.5.1 of Chapter 12 of NFPA 101, “Life Safety Code,” except that in no case shall the width be less than 400 mm.‌
‌Fire Separations
1. Except as permitted by Sentence (2), the seating area of a Group A, Division 1 occupancy shall be separated from adjacent occupancies in the floor area by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h if the occupant load in the seating area exceeds 200.
2. The fire-resistance rating of the fire separation required by Sentence (1) is permitted to be less than 1 h but not less than 45 min provided the fire-resistance rating required by Subsection 3.2.2. is permitted to be less than 1 h for
  1. the floor assembly above the floor area, or
  2. the floor assembly below the floor area, if there is no floor assembly above.
3. If usable space exists under tiers of seats in arena-type buildings, a fire separation with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min shall be provided between the space and the seats or the space shall be sprinklered.
‌Non-fixed Seating‌
1. Non-fixed seating shall conform to the NFC.
‌Fixed Seats
1. Except for the requirements of Article 3.3.2.8. for bench-type seats and except as required or permitted by Sentence (2) and Articles 3.3.2.11. and 3.3.2.12., fixed seats
  in places of assembly shall be
  1. attached or secured to the floor, platform or platform riser,
  2. provided with arms and back, and
  3. ‌arranged in rows having an unobstructed passage not less than 400 mm wide measured horizontally between plumb lines from the backs of the seats in one row and the edges of the furthest forward projection of the seats in the next row in the unoccupied position.
2. For fixed seats with backs and with folding tablet arms, the value of 400 mm required by Clause (1)(c) shall be measured when the tablet arms are in the use position, but is permitted to be measured in the stored position provided
  1. there are not more than 7 seats between any seat and the nearest aisle,
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    Division B 3.3.2.5.
  2. ‌the seats are located in a lecture hall or an auditorium used for instructional purposes, and
  3. the tablet arm, when raised manually to a vertical position, falls by the force of gravity to the stored position.
    (See Note A-3.3.2.4.(2).)
3. Except as permitted by Sentence (4), aisles shall be located so that there are not more than 7 seats with backs or 20 seats without backs between any seat and the nearest aisle.‌
4. The requirements of Sentence (3) do not apply if
  1. ‌egress doorways are provided to serve both ends of rows of seats,
  2. each doorway referred to in Clause (a) serves not more than 3 rows of seats, and
  3. each row contains not more than 100 seats.
‌Aisles
1. Except as required by Articles 3.3.2.11. and 3.3.2.12., aisles leading to exits shall be provided in conformance with Sentences (2) to (17) in places of assembly which contain fixed seats.
2. The minimum clear width of aisles shall be not less than 1 100 mm, except that the width is permitted to be reduced to not less than
  1. 750 mm if serving not more than 60 seats, and
  2. 900 mm if serving seats on one side only.
3. Except in the case of bleacher seats, the minimum clear width of aisles referred to in Sentence (2) shall be measured at the point farthest from an exit, cross aisle or foyer and shall be increased by 25 mm for each metre of distance toward the exit, cross aisle or foyer.
4. Aisles shall terminate in a cross aisle, foyer or exit, and the width of the cross aisle, foyer or exit shall be not less than the required width of the widest aisle plus 50% of the total required width of the remaining aisles that it serves.‌‌
5. Dead-end aisles shall be not more than 6 m long.
6. The length of travel to an exit door by any aisle shall be not more than 45 m.
7. Side aisles shall be not less than 1 100 mm wide if seating is provided in conformance with Sentence 3.3.2.4.(4).‌
8. An aisle that has a slope not more than 1 in 8 shall not be stepped.
9. ‌An aisle that slopes more than 1 in 8 shall be stepped.
10. The passageway between rows of seats served by a stepped aisle shall be level at right angles to the line of travel.
11. ‌The riser of a step in an aisle shall be
  1. not less than 110 mm high, and
  2. not more than 200 mm high.
12. ‌Variations are permitted in riser height provided
  1. the height of adjacent risers does not vary by more than 6 mm, and
  2. the width of a tread or a platform in the direction of travel is not less than 430 mm.
13. Steps in an aisle shall
  1. have a run not less than 230 mm exclusive of nosings,
  2. ‌have a tread width not less than 250 mm,
  3. extend to the adjacent rows of seats in a manner that will not create a hazard from tripping, and
  4. have a finish on the treads conforming to Sentence 3.4.6.1.(1).
14. The location of every riser in an aisle shall be made apparent from both directions of travel by strategically placed lighting or contrasting marking stripes.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022

‌Division B

A platform in an aisle shall be level, except that a slope not more than 1 in 50 is permitted for a platform that is not less than 430 mm wide in the direction of exit travel.
‌If a step is used at the entry to a row of seats from a stepped aisle, an unobstructed platform not less than 800 mm square shall be provided adjacent to the aisle.‌
The finish of the surface of a platform in or adjacent to a stepped aisle shall conform to Sentence 3.4.6.1.(1).

‌Corridors
1. Except as permitted by Sentences (2) to (4), a corridor used by the public in an assembly occupancy as an access to exit shall be separated from the remainder of the floor area by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h.
2. The fire-resistance rating of the fire separation required by Sentence (1) is permitted to be less than 1 h but not less than 45 min provided the fire-resistance rating required by Subsection 3.2.2. is permitted to be less than 1 h for
  1. the floor assembly above the floor area, or
  2. the floor assembly below the floor area, if there is no floor assembly above.
3. The fire-resistance rating required by Sentence (1) is permitted to be waived if the
  ‌floor area in which the corridor is located is sprinklered throughout.
4. The requirement for a fire separation stated in Sentence (1) is permitted to be waived if the distance from any point in the floor area to an exit measured along the path of travel to the exit does not exceed the travel distance permitted by Article 3.4.2.5.
‌Doors‌
1. A door equipped with a latching mechanism in an access to exit from a room or suite of assembly occupancy containing an occupant load more than 100 shall be equipped with a device that complies with Sentence 3.4.6.16.(3).
‌Fixed Bench-Type Seats without Arms
1. If fixed bench-type seats without arms are provided, the seat width per person shall be assumed to be 450 mm.
2. ‌The centre-to-centre spacing between rows of bench-type seats shall be not less than 760 mm if back rests are provided, and not less than 550 mm if back rests are not provided.
3. A clear space of not less than 300 mm shall be provided between the back of each seat and the front of the seat immediately behind it.
‌Guards
1. Except as required by Sentences (2) to (4) for bleacher seats, guards shall be installed in outdoor and indoor places of assembly with fixed seats so that
  1. at the fascia of every box, balcony or gallery where the seats extend to the edge, the height of guards is not less than
    1. 760 mm in front of the seats, and
    2. 920 mm if located at the end of aisles or at the foot of steps,
  2. the height of guards along every cross aisle other than those adjacent to the fascia of every box, balcony or gallery is not less than 660 mm, except that guards need not be provided if the backs of the seats along the front side of the aisle are not less than 600 mm above the floor of the aisle, and
  3. where the seating is arranged in successive tiers and the height of rise between platforms is more than 450 mm, the height of guards is not less than 660 mm along the entire row of seats at the edge of the platform.
2. The backs and ends of bleacher seats more than 1 200 mm above the ground or floor that are not adjacent to a wall shall be protected with a guard
  1. not less than 1 070 mm high above an adjacent aisle surface or foot rest, and
  2. not less than 920 mm high above the centre of an adjacent seat board.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 3.3.2.11.
3. If the front of a bleacher is more than 600 mm above the ground or floor, it shall be protected with a guard not less than 840 mm high above the front foot rest.‌
4. The size of any opening in a guard required by Sentences (2) and (3) shall not allow the passage of a sphere whose diameter is more than 300 mm.

‌Handrails in Aisles with Steps‌

(See Note A-3.3.2.10.)

Handrails shall be provided in aisles with steps in conformance with Table 3.3.2.10.

Table 3.3.2.10.

Types and Location of Handrails in Aisles with Steps

Forming Part of Sentence 3.3.2.10.(1)

Aisle Width

Aisle Serving Seating on One Side

Aisle Serving Seating on Both Sides

Handrail Requirements

Less than 1 100 mm

a continuous handrail located on the side of the aisle opposite the seats that conforms to

Sentences 3.4.6.5.(5) to (8), (11), (13) and (14)

a handrail located on one side at the end of each row of seats that conforms to

Sentences 3.4.6.5.(5) to (8), (11), (13) and (14)

‌1 100 mm or more

a centre-line handrail that conforms to Sentence (2) or a continuous handrail located on the side of

the aisle opposite the seats that conforms to Sentences 3.4.6.5.(5) to (8), (11), (13) and (14), plus a handrail located at the end of each row of seats that conforms to Sentences 3.4.6.5.(5) to (8), (11), (13) and (14)

a centre line handrail that conforms to Sentence (2)

Handrails installed along aisle centre lines as required by Table 3.3.2.10. shall
1. comply with Sentences 3.4.6.5.(5) to (7) and (14),
2. ‌have gaps not less than 560 mm and not more than 915 mm wide, measured horizontally, at intervals not exceeding five rows,
3. comply with Sentence 3.4.6.5.(11) at terminations and required gaps, and
4. have an intermediate rail located 305 mm below the principal handrail.

‌Outdoor Places of Assembly
1. A Group A, Division 4 occupancy and each tier or balcony that has a capacity of more than
  1. 1 000 persons shall have not less than 3 separate exits, or
  2. 4 000 persons shall have not less than 4 separate exits.
2. In a Group A, Division 4 occupancy, every seat shall be located so that the travel distance is not more than 45 m measured along the path of travel from the seat to
  1. ‌the ground,
  2. an exit,
  3. an opening to a passageway leading from the seating area, or
  4. a portal, a vomitory or any other opening through the seating deck structure.
3. ‌Exits from outdoor stadia or grandstands shall be located not more than 25 m apart.
4. The capacity of a means of egress for a Group A, Division 4 occupancy shall conform to the requirements of Sentence 3.4.3.2.(3).
5. Aisles in a Group A, Division 4 occupancy shall
  1. be located so that there are not more than 20 seats between any seat and the nearest aisle, and
  2. be not less than 1 200 mm wide, except that an aisle serving less than 60 persons is permitted to be 750 mm wide.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B‌

‌Bleachers
1. ‌Steps provided in aisles of bleachers of the telescopic type shall
  1. have risers not more than 250 mm high, and
  2. have treads with a run not less than 280 mm.
2. If the vertical distance between seating platforms in bleachers is more than 280 mm, an intermediate step shall be provided the full width of the aisle and proportioned to provide 2 equal risers between platforms.
3. ‌If the vertical distance between seating platforms in bleachers is more than 450 mm, 2 intermediate steps shall be provided the full width of the aisle so that there are 3 equal risers between platforms.
4. ‌If the passageway between rows of seats is not a closed deck, footboards shall be provided so that
  1. the total width of the footboards shall be not less than three quarters of the centre-to-centre spacing between rows of seats, and
  2. the spacing between footboard members shall be not more than 25 mm.
5. ‌Openings above footboards and below the seats in rows of bleacher seats shall be provided with intermediate construction so that there is no opening that would permit the passage of a sphere of more than 100 mm in diameter.‌
‌Libraries
1. Except as permitted by Sentence (2), a library book storage room that is not normally accessible to the public shall be separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation with a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h if it
  1. ‌is more than 250 m2 in area, or
  2. contains book stacks that
    1. are more than 10 m high, or
    2. ‌penetrate more than one floor assembly.
2. The fire separation required by Sentence (1) is not required if the book storage room is sprinklered.
3. Open book shelves are permitted above and below a mezzanine floor in a library building provided the height of the shelves is not more than 2.1 m but not more than 75% of the floor-to-ceiling height of the space above or below the mezzanine floor assembly.‌
‌Stages for Theatrical Performances‌
1. A stage for theatrical performances and ancillary spaces, including workshops, dressing rooms and storage areas, shall be sprinklered.
2. A fire separation with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h shall be provided between a stage for theatrical performances and ancillary spaces, including workshops, dressing rooms and storage areas.
3. Except as permitted by Sentence (6), a stage for theatrical performances and ancillary spaces, including workshops, dressing rooms and storage areas, shall be separated from the seating area by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, except for a proscenium opening protected with
  1. a sprinkler deluge system conforming to the requirements of NFPA 13, “Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems,”
  2. an unframed fire curtain if the opening is not more than 20 m wide, or
  3. a semi-rigid fire curtain if the opening is more than 20 m wide.
4. A fire curtain required by Sentence (3) shall be of a type acceptable to the
  authority having jurisdiction and designed to close
  1. automatically upon the actuation of the sprinkler system,
  2. automatically upon actuation of the fire alarm system, and
  3. manually by remote control devices located at the curtain control panel and at each side of the stage.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 3.3.3.3.
5. At least 2 vents for the purpose of venting fire and smoke to the outside of a
  ‌building shall be provided above a stage designed for theatrical performances and shall
  1. have an aggregate area not less than one eighth of the area of the stage
    behind the proscenium opening, and
  2. be arranged to open automatically upon actuation of the sprinkler system.
6. The fire separation referred to in Sentence (3) is not required between a stage and a seating area in a building that is sprinklered throughout, provided a sprinkler deluge system is installed at the boundary between the stage and the seating area.‌
‌Risers for Stairs
1. In a Group A, Division 2 occupancy used for the serving of food and beverages, an interior flight of stairs with fewer than 3 risers is permitted provided it
  1. is not less than 900 mm wide,
  2. ‌is illuminated at all times that occupants are on the premises, and
  3. has a handrail on each side.
‌Storage Rooms
1. Where storage rooms are required by Part 4 of Division B of the NFC for the storage of flammable liquids or combustible liquids in assembly occupancies, such rooms shall not be located above or below the first storey.‌
‌Safety Glazing‌
1. Except as permitted in Sentence (3), glazing in all fixed and operable panels of doors shall conform to Class A of CAN/CGSB-12.1, “Safety Glazing.”
2. Except as permitted in Sentence (4), glazing in all fixed and operable panels of windows shall conform to Class A of CAN/CGSB-12.1, “Safety Glazing.”
3. Glazing in individual fixed or operable panels of a door need not comply with Sentence (1), where
  1. ‌the bottom exposed edge of the glazing is located more than 1 525 mm above the walking surface on each side of the door, or
  2. the glazed opening in the door does not permit the passage of a sphere whose diameter is more than 75 mm.
4. Glazing in individual fixed or operable panels of a window need not comply with Sentence (2), where
  1. ‌the bottom exposed edge of the glazing is located more than 1 525 mm above the walking surface on each side of the window, or
  2. ‌the glazing is located more than 915 mm away from the walking surface on each side of the window measured perpendicular to the plane of the glazing.

‌Care, Treatment or Detention Occupancies
1. ‌Application‌
  1. This Subsection applies to care, treatment and detention occupancies. (See Note A-3.3.3.1.(1).)
2. ‌Separations between Care, Treatment or Detention Occupancies and Repair Garages‌
  1. The fire separation required by Sentence 3.3.5.5.(1) between a care, treatment or
    detention occupancy and a repair garage shall have no openings.
3. ‌Corridors
  1. Except as provided in Sentence (2), a corridor used by the public or serving patients' or residents' sleeping rooms shall have no dead-end portion.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
4. ‌Division B
  1. Corridors are permitted to have dead-portions, where
    1. the area served by the dead-end portion has a second and separate means of egress, or
    2. the corridor serves a suite of care occupancy and the dead-end portion does not exceed 6 m.
  2. Corridors shall be not less than
    1. 2 400 mm wide in buildings of treatment occupancy where the corridors may be used to move patients or residents in beds,
    2. 1 650 mm wide
      1. in buildings of care or treatment occupancy where the corridors will not be used to move patients or residents in beds, and
      2. in buildings of care occupancy with more than 10 residents and where the corridors serve the residents, or
    3. 1 100 mm wide in buildings of care occupancy with not more than 10 residents.
  3. Paired doors in a corridor referred to in Clause (3)(a) shall‌
    1. ‌swing in opposite directions, the right-hand door swinging in the direction of travel, and
    2. be not less than 1 100 mm wide.
      ‌padding.
  4. A corridor serving a contained use area shall have no dead-end portion unless the area served by the dead-end portion has a second and separate means of egress.
‌Residential Occupancy
1. ‌Scope‌
  1. This Subsection applies to residential occupancies.
2. ‌Fire Separations
  1. Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and 3.2.2.9.(2), suites of residential occupancy shall be separated from each other and the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h.
  2. The fire-resistance rating of the fire separation required by Sentence (1) is permitted to be less than 1 h but not less than 45 min provided the fire-resistance rating required by Subsection 3.2.2. is permitted to be less than 1 h for
    1. the floor assembly above the floor area, or
    2. the floor assembly below the floor area, if there is no floor assembly above.
  3. Floor assemblies within a dwelling unit need not be constructed as fire separations
    provided
    1. the distance between the lowest floor level and the uppermost floor level within the dwelling unit is not more than 6 m, and
    2. the dwelling unit is separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than
      1. 1 h if the building is not sprinklered throughout,
      2. 45 min if the building is sprinklered throughout and it is not more than 3 storeys in building height, or
      3. 1 h if the building is sprinklered throughout and it is more than 3 storeys in building height.
  4. The fire-resistance rating of the fire separation required by Sentence 3.3.5.6.(1) is permitted to be waived if the fire separation is located between a dwelling unit and an attached storage garage containing not more than 5 vehicles, provided‌
    1. the dwelling unit and the attached storage garage are sprinklered,
    2. the dwelling unit and the attached storage garage are separated from the remainder of the building in conformance with Sentences (1) to (3),
    3. there are no air duct systems connecting the storage garage and the dwelling unit,
    4. the construction between the storage garage and the dwelling unit provides an effective barrier to gas and exhaust fumes, and
    5. every door between the storage garage and the dwelling unit is
      1. ‌tight fitting and weather-stripped to provide an effective barrier against the passage of gas and exhaust fumes,
      2. fitted with a self-closing device, and
      3. ‌not located in a room intended for sleeping.
  5. The fire separation required by Sentence 3.3.5.6.(1) is not required between a
    dwelling unit and an attached storage garage, serving that dwelling unit only, provided
    1. the dwelling unit and its attached storage garage are separated from the remainder of the building in conformance with Sentences (1) to (3),
    2. there are no air duct systems connecting the storage garage and the dwelling unit,
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
      Division B 3.3.4.4.
    3. the construction between the storage garage and the dwelling unit provides an effective barrier to gas and exhaust fumes, and
    4. every door between the storage garage and the dwelling unit is
      1. ‌tight fitting and weather-stripped to provide an effective barrier against the passage of gas and exhaust fumes,
      2. ‌fitted with a self-closing device, and
      3. not located in a room intended for sleeping.
3. ‌Storage Rooms‌
  1. Sprinklers shall be installed in a storage room provided for the use of tenants in a residential occupancy within a floor area but not contained within a suite.
  2. Except as permitted by Sentence (3), a storage room referred to in Sentence (1) shall be separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a
    fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h.
  3. The fire-resistance rating of the fire separation required by Sentence (2) is permitted to be less than 1 h but not less than 45 min provided the fire-resistance rating required by Subsection 3.2.2. is permitted to be less than 1 h for
    1. the floor assembly above the floor area, or
    2. the floor assembly below the floor area, if there is no floor assembly above.
  4. Except for the storage of flammable liquids and combustible liquids inside a single-family dwelling unit and garages or sheds attached to these dwelling units, where storage rooms are required by Part 4 of Division B of the NFC for the storage of flammable liquids or combustible liquids in residential occupancies, such rooms shall not be located above or below the first storey.‌
4. ‌Egress from Dwelling Units
  1. Single storey dwelling units in an apartment building need not lead to a public corridor or exterior passageway on the same storey provided the dwelling units are served by private stairways leading directly to a public access to exit on the storey
    1. immediately above, and
    2. immediately below. (See Note A-3.3.4.4.(1).)
  2. Except as permitted by Sentences (3) and (4), a dwelling unit containing more than one storey shall have an exit door or an egress door opening directly into a public access to exit from the uppermost storey and from the lowest storey of the dwelling unit so that each of these storeys is served by an exit or egress door located not more than 1.5 m above or below its floor level.
  3. A single exit is permitted from a dwelling unit provided the exit is an exterior doorway not more than 1.5 m above adjacent ground level and
    1. it is not necessary to travel up or down more than one storey to reach the
      exit door, or
    2. the uppermost floor level opens to a balcony not more than 6 m above adjacent ground level.
  4. An egress door from either the uppermost storey or the lowest storey of a dwelling unit, as required by Sentence (2), need not be provided if that storey is served by a stairway that
    1. leads to a public access to exit,
    2. has no direct access to any other storey in the dwelling unit, and
    3. is separated from the other storeys in the dwelling unit by a fire separation
      having a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min.
  5. In a building of residential occupancy not more than 3 storeys in building height, a doorway from a dwelling unit is permitted to open directly into an exit stairway provided the dwelling unit has a second and separate means of egress.
  6. If a dwelling unit has a second and separate means of egress, one means of egress
    from a dwelling unit is permitted to pass through
    1. an interior corridor served by a single exit,
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
5. Division B
  1. an exterior balcony served by a single exit stairway, or‌
  2. an exterior passageway served by a single exit stairway.
‌Industrial Occupancy‌
1. ‌Scope‌
  1. This Subsection applies to industrial occupancies.
2. ‌Fire Extinguishing Systems
  1. In addition to other requirements in this Code for the installation of automatic fire extinguishing systems, an appropriate fire extinguishing system shall be installed in every industrial occupancy floor area to provide protection if required by‌
    1. ‌provincial or territorial regulations or municipal bylaws, or
    2. the NFC, in the absence of the regulations or bylaws referred to in Clause (a).
3. ‌Basements
  1. A basement shall not be used for the storage, manufacture or handling of volatile solids, liquids or gases that generate explosive air-vapour mixtures or for processes that involve explosive dusts.
  2. Entrances and exits to a basement and to rooms containing building services shall be separate from the remainder of the building in a building in which
    1. the storage, manufacture or handling of volatile materials can generate explosive air-vapour mixtures, or
    2. processes occur that produce explosive dusts.
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
      ‌Division B 3.3.5.7.
  3. ‌Basements and rooms referred to in Sentence (2) shall be separated from the remainder of the building with a vapour-tight separation.‌
4. ‌Repair and Storage Garages‌
  1. If access is provided from a storage garage to a stair tower or elevator serving occupancies above the level of the storage garage, the access shall be through a vestibule conforming to Sentence 3.3.5.7.(4).
  2. Treads and landings in interior stairs that extend to the roof of a storage garage
    ‌shall be designed to be free of accumulations of ice and snow.
  3. A mechanical storage garage not more than 4 storeys in building height, in which no persons other than parking attendants are permitted above the street floor level, need not have a fire separation between the exits and the remainder of the building.
  4. A garage shall be provided with natural or mechanical ventilation in conformance with the requirements of Subsection 6.3.1. and Article 6.9.1.2. to prevent excessive accumulation of carbon monoxide, exhaust fumes or flammable and toxic vapours.‌
  5. The clear height in a storage garage shall be not less than 2 m.
  6. Where garage floors or ramps are 600 mm or more above the adjacent ground or floor level, every opening through such floors and the perimeter of floors and ramps shall be provided with
    1. a continuous curb not less than 140 mm high, a guard not less than 1 070 mm high, and a vehicle guardrail not less than 500 mm high conforming to Sentence (7), or
    2. a full-height wall conforming to Sentence (7).
  7. Vehicle guardrails and full-height walls required in Sentence (6) shall be designed and constructed to withstand the loading values stipulated in Sentence 4.1.5.15.(1).‌
  8. Except for open-air storeys, every storey of a storage garage or repair garage located below grade shall be sprinklered.
5. ‌Repair Garage Separation
  1. A repair garage and any ancillary spaces serving it, including waiting rooms, reception rooms, tool and parts storage areas and supervisory office space, shall be separated from other occupancies by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h.‌
6. ‌Storage Garage Separation‌
  1. Except as permitted by Sentences 3.3.4.2.(4) and (5), a storage garage shall be separated from other occupancies by a fire separation with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1.5 h.
7. ‌Vestibules‌
  1. Except as provided in Sentence (2), if access is provided through a fire separation between a storage garage and a Group A, Division 1 or Group B occupancy, the access shall be through a vestibule conforming to Sentence (4).
  2. If access is provided through a fire separation between a storage garage and a Group B, Division 3 occupancy with not more than 10 occupants, access need not be through a vestibule, provided the fire separation complies with Clauses 3.3.4.2.(5)(b) to (d).‌
  3. In a building more than 3 storeys in building height, access through a fire separation between a storage garage and a Group A, Division 2, 3 or 4, or a Group C occupancy, shall be through a vestibule conforming to Sentence (4).
  4. If access is provided through a vestibule, as required by Sentences (1), (3) and 3.3.5.4.(1), the vestibule shall
    1. be not less than 1.8 m long,
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
8. Division B
  1. be ventilated
    1. naturally to outside air by a vent that has an unobstructed area of not less than 0.1 m2 for each door that opens into the vestibule but not less than 0.4 m2, or
    2. ‌mechanically at a rate of 14 m3/h for each square metre of vestibule floor surface area, and
  2. have openings between the vestibule and an adjoining occupancy provided with self-closing doors with no hold-open devices.
‌Design of Hazardous Areas‌
1. ‌Application
  1. This Subsection applies to design and fire protection requirements for buildings or parts thereof used for the storage, handling, use and processing of dangerous goods, including flammable liquids and combustible liquids, in quantities in excess of those identified in Table 3.2.7.1. of Division B of the NFC. (See Note A-3.3.6.1.(1).)‌
2. ‌Storage of Dangerous Goods
  1. Solid and liquid dangerous goods classified as oxidizers or organic peroxides shall be separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating of not less than 2 h.‌
  2. Reactive materials shall be separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating of not less than 2 h. (See Note A-3.3.6.2.(2).)
  3. The design of buildings or parts thereof used for the storage of dangerous goods classified as explosives shall conform to the “Explosives Act” and its Regulations, published by Natural Resources Canada.
  4. Where wiring or electrical equipment is located in areas in which flammable gases or vapours, combustible dusts or combustible fibres are present in quantities sufficient to create a hazard, such wiring and electrical equipment shall conform
    to CSA C22.1, “Canadian Electrical Code, Part I,” for hazardous locations. (See Note A-3.3.6.2.(4).)
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 3.3.6.6.
3. ‌Indoor Storage of Anhydrous Ammonia and Flammable, Toxic and Oxidizing Gases‌‌
  1. Where required by the NFC, cylinders of dangerous goods classified as flammable gases stored indoors shall be located in a room‌
    1. that is separated from the remainder of the building by a gas-tight fire separation having a fire-resistance rating of at least 2 h,
    2. that is located on an exterior wall of the building,
    3. that can be entered from the exterior, and
    4. whose closures leading to the interior of the building are
      1. equipped with self-closing devices that keep the closures
        closed when not in use, and
      2. constructed so as to prevent the migration of gases from the room into other parts of the building.
  2. Where required by the NFC, cylinders of anhydrous ammonia or dangerous goods classified as toxic or oxidizing gases stored indoors shall be located in a room‌
    1. that is separated from the remainder of the building by a gas-tight fire separation having a fire-resistance rating of at least 1 h,
    2. that is located on an exterior wall of the building,
    3. that can be entered from the exterior, and
    4. whose closures leading to the interior of the building are
      1. equipped with self-closing devices that keep the closures
        closed when not in use, and
      2. constructed so as to prevent the migration of gases from the room into other parts of the building.
4. ‌Storage and Dispensing Rooms for Flammable Liquids and Combustible Liquids
  1. ‌Fire separations for rooms where flammable liquids and combustible liquids are stored are required to be constructed with a fire-resistance rating in conformance with Subsection 4.2.9. of Division B of the NFC.
  2. Where Class IA or IB liquids specified in Subsection 4.1.2. of Division B of the NFC are dispensed within a storage room, the room shall be designed to prevent critical structural and mechanical damage from an internal explosion in conformance with good engineering practice such as that described in NFPA 68, “Standard on Explosion Protection by Deflagration Venting.” (See Note A-3.3.6.4.(2).)‌
5. ‌Tire Storage
  1. ‌A tire storage area designed to contain more than 375 m3 of rubber tires shall be separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating of not less than 2 h. (See Note A-3.3.6.5.(1).)‌
6. ‌Ammonium Nitrate Storage
  1. Where Article 3.2.9.1. of Division B of the NFC applies due to the quantity and nature of the stored product, and as stipulated in Sentences (2) to (6), buildings used for the storage of ammonium nitrate shall be classified as medium-hazard industrial occupancies (Group F, Division 2).‌
  2. Buildings intended for the storage of ammonium nitrate shall be not more than one storey in building height.
  3. ‌Buildings intended for the storage of ammonium nitrate shall not
    1. have basements or crawl spaces, or
    2. contain open floor drains, tunnels, elevator pits or other pockets that might trap molten ammonium nitrate.
  4. Buildings intended for the storage of ammonium nitrate shall have not less than 0.007 m2 of vent area for each square metre of storage area, unless mechanical ventilation is provided.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
7. ‌Division B

All flooring in storage areas described in Sentence (1) shall be constructed of
noncombustible materials.
Buildings intended for the storage of ammonium nitrate shall be designed to prevent the ammonium nitrate from coming into contact with building materials that
1. will cause the ammonium nitrate to become unstable,
2. ‌may corrode or deteriorate by reason of contact with the ammonium nitrate, or
3. will become impregnated with the ammonium nitrate. (See Note A-3.3.6.6.(6).)

‌Flooring Materials‌
1. Floors in areas where dangerous goods are stored shall be constructed of impermeable materials to prevent the absorption of chemicals.
‌Fire Separations in Process Plants
1. In process plants, areas where unstable liquids are handled or where small-scale unit chemical processes occur shall be separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating of not less than 2 h.‌
‌Basements and Pits‌
1. ‌Process plants where Class I and II flammable liquids and combustible liquids are handled shall not be constructed with basements or covered pits.

‌Section 3.4. Exits

‌General
1. ‌Scope‌
  1. ‌Exit facilities complying with this Section shall be provided from every floor area
    that is intended for occupancy. (See Note A-3.4.1.1.(1).)
2. ‌Separation of Exits‌
  1. Except as permitted by Sentence (2), if more than one exit is required from a
    floor area, each exit shall be separate from every other exit leading from that floor area.
  2. If more than 2 exits are provided from a floor area, exits are permitted to converge in conformance with Sentence 3.4.3.1.(2), provided the cumulative capacity of the converging exits does not contribute more than 50% of the total required exit width for the floor area.
3. ‌Access to Exits
  1. Access to exits shall conform to Section 3.3.
4. ‌Types of Exit
  1. Subject to the requirements of this Section, an exit from any floor area shall be one of the following, used singly or in combination:
    1. an exterior doorway,
    2. an exterior passageway,
    3. an exterior ramp,
    4. an exterior stairway,
    5. a fire escape (conforming to Subsection 3.4.7.),
    6. a horizontal exit,
    7. an interior passageway,
    8. an interior ramp, or
    9. an interior stairway.
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
      ‌Division B 3.4.2.1.‌
5. ‌Exterior Exit Passageways‌
  1. Access to an exterior exit passageway from a floor area shall be through exit
    doors at the floor level.
6. ‌Restricted Use of Horizontal Exits‌
  1. Except as permitted by Sentence (2), horizontal exits shall not comprise more than one half of the required number of exits from any floor area.
  2. In a hospital or nursing home with treatment, horizontal exits serving patients' sleeping rooms shall comprise not more than two thirds of the required number of exits from any floor area. (See Note A-3.4.1.6.(2).)
7. ‌Slide Escapes‌
  1. A slide escape shall not be erected on any building as a required exit, but is permitted to be provided as an additional egress facility if unusual hazards are foreseen.
8. ‌Transparent Doors and Panels‌
  1. Glass and transparent panels in an exit shall conform to the appropriate requirements of Article 3.3.1.20. for glass and transparent panels in an access to exit.
9. ‌Mirrors near Exits‌
  1. No mirror shall be placed in or adjacent to any exit in a manner that would confuse the direction of exit.
10. ‌Combustible Glazing in Exits‌
  1. ‌Combustible glazing is not permitted in wall or ceiling assemblies or in closures
    used to construct an exit enclosure.

‌Number and Location of Exits from Floor Areas‌

‌Minimum Number of Exits‌
1. Except as permitted by Sentences (2) to (4), every floor area intended for
  occupancy shall be served by at least 2 exits.
2. A floor area in a building not more than 2 storeys in building height, is permitted to be served by one exit provided the total occupant load served by the exit is not more than 60, and
  1. in a floor area that is not sprinklered throughout, the floor area and the travel distance are not more than the values in Table 3.4.2.1.-A, or
  2. in a floor area that is sprinklered throughout
    1. the travel distance is not more than 25 m, and
    2. the floor area is not more than the value in Table 3.4.2.1.-B.
      
      Table 3.4.2.1.-A
      Criteria for One Exit (Floor Area Not Sprinklered Throughout)
      Forming Part of Sentence 3.4.2.1.(2)
      
      Occupancy of Floor Area
      Maximum Floor Area, m2
      Maximum Travel Distance, m
      Group A
      150
      15
      Group B
      75
      10
      Group C
      100
      15
      Group D
      200
      25
      Group E
      150
      15
      Group F, Division 2
      150
      10
      Group F, Division 3
      200
      15
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022

‌Division B

Table 3.4.2.1.-B

Criteria for One Exit (Floor Area Sprinklered Throughout)

Forming Part of Sentence 3.4.2.1.(2)

Occupancy of Floor Area	Maximum Floor Area, m2
Group A	200
Group B	100
Group C	150
Group D	300
‌Group E	200
Group F, Division 2	200
Group F, Division 3	300

Except as permitted by Sentence (4), if Sentence (2) permits a single exit from a floor area classified as Group B or Group C occupancy, the exit shall be an exterior doorway not more than 1.5 m above adjacent ground level.
The requirements of Sentences (1) and (2) are permitted to be waived for
‌dwelling units that have an access to exit conforming to Sentences 3.3.4.4.(1) to (4).
‌Exits are not required directly from rooftop enclosures that are provided with

access to exits in conformance with Sentences 3.3.1.3.(5) and (6).

‌Means of Egress from Mezzanines

Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and (3), the space above a mezzanine shall be served by means of egress leading to exits accessible at the mezzanine level on the same basis as floor areas.
The means of egress from a mezzanine need not conform to Sentence (1), provided
1. the mezzanine is not required to terminate at a vertical fire separation, as permitted in Sentence 3.2.8.2.(1),
2. the occupant load of the mezzanine is not more than 60,
3. the area of the mezzanine does not exceed the area limits stated in Table 3.4.2.2., and
4. the distance limits stated in Table 3.4.2.2. measured along the path of travel are not exceeded from any point on the mezzanine to
  1. an egress door serving the space that the mezzanine
    ‌overlooks, if the space is served by a single egress door, or
  2. the egress stairway leading to an access to exit in the space below if that space is required to be served by 2 or more egress doorways in conformance with Sentence 3.3.1.5.(1).

At least half of the required means of egress from a mezzanine shall comply with Sentence (1) if the mezzanine is not required to terminate at a fire separation as permitted by Sentence 3.2.8.2.(1).

Table 3.4.2.2.

Criteria for Egress from Mezzanine Space

Forming Part of Sentence 3.4.2.2.(2)

Occupancy of Space	Maximum Area, m2	Distance Limits, m
Assembly occupancy	150	15
Residential occupancy	100	15
Business and personal services occupancy	200	25
Mercantile occupancy	150	15
Medium-hazard industrial occupancy	150	10
Low-hazard industrial occupancy	200	15

‌Division B 3.4.2.5.‌

‌Distance between Exits
1. Except as provided in Sentence (2), the least distance between 2 exits from a floor area shall be
  1. one half the maximum diagonal dimension of the floor area, but need not be more than 9 m for a floor area having a public corridor, or
  2. one half the maximum diagonal dimension of the floor area, but not less than 9 m for all other floor areas.
    (See Note A-3.4.2.3.(1).)
2. Exits need not comply with Sentence (1) where
  1. the floor area is divided so that not less than one third of the floor area is on each side of a fire separation, and
  2. it is necessary to pass through the fire separation to travel from one exit to another exit.
3. The minimum distance between exits referred to in Sentence (1) shall be the shortest distance that smoke would have to travel between the exits, assuming that the smoke will not penetrate an intervening fire separation.
4. The distance between 2 exterior discharges of exit stairs serving the same floor area shall be
  1. ‌not less than 9 m, or
  2. not less than 6 m, where
    1. the building is sprinklered throughout, and
    2. the 2 exterior discharges are located within 15 m of a street.
‌Travel Distance
1. Except as permitted by Sentence (2), for the purposes of this Subsection, travel distance means the distance from any point in the floor area to an exit measured along the path of travel to the exit.
2. The travel distance from a suite or a room not within a suite is permitted to be measured from an egress door of the suite or room to the nearest exit, provided
  1. the suite or room is separated from the remainder of the floor area by a fire separation
    1. having a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min in a floor area that is not sprinklered throughout, or
    2. which is not required to have a fire-resistance rating, ina floor area that is sprinklered throughout, and
  2. the egress door opens onto
    1. an exterior passageway,
    2. a corridor used by the public that is separated from the remainder of the floor area in conformance with the
      requirements in Article 3.3.1.4. for the separation of public corridors, or
    3. a public corridor that is separated from the remainder of the floor area in conformance with Article 3.3.1.4. (see Note A-3.1.8.1.(1)(b)).
3. Travel distance to an exit shall be not more than 50 m from any point in a service space referred to in Sentence 3.2.1.1.(8).
‌Location of Exits
1. Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and 3.3.2.5.(6), if more than one exit is required from a floor area, the exits shall be located so that the travel distance to at least one exit shall be not more than‌‌
  1. 25 m in a high-hazard industrial occupancy,
  2. 40 m in a business and personal services occupancy,
  3. 45 m in a floor area that contains an occupancy other than a high-hazard industrial occupancy, provided it is sprinklered throughout,
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B

105 m in any floor area, served by a public corridor, in which rooms and suites are not separated from the remainder of the floor area by a fire separation, provided
1. the public corridor is not less than 9 m wide,
2. the ceiling height in the public corridor is not less than 4 m above all floor surfaces,
3. the building is sprinklered throughout, and
4. not more than one half of the required egress doorways from a room or suite open into the public corridor if the room or suite is required to have more than one egress doorway,‌
60 m in any storage garage that conforms to the requirements of Article 3.2.2.92., and
30 m in any floor area other than those referred to in Clauses (a) to (e).

Except for a high-hazard industrial occupancy, Sentence (1) need not apply if exits are placed along the perimeter of the floor area and are not more than 60 m apart, measured along the perimeter, provided each main aisle in the floor area leads directly to an exit.‌
‌Exits shall be located and arranged so that they are clearly visible or their locations are clearly indicated and they are accessible at all times.

‌Principal Entrances
1. For the purposes of this Section, at least one door at every principal entrance to a building providing access from the exterior at ground level shall be designed in accordance with the requirements for exits.
2. In a building that is not sprinklered throughout in accordance with

Sentence 3.2.5.12.(1), the principal entrance serving a dance hall or a licensed beverage establishment with an occupant load more than 250 shall provide at least one half of the required exit width.

‌Width and Height of Exits

‌Exit Width Based on Occupant Load‌
1. For the purpose of determining the aggregate width of exits, the occupant load of every room or floor area shall be determined in conformance with Subsection 3.1.17.
2. Except as permitted by Sentence 3.4.3.2.(4), the required exit width shall be cumulative if 2 or more exits converge.

‌Exit Width

Except as permitted by Sentence (3), the minimum aggregate required width of exits serving floor areas intended for assembly occupancies, residential occupancies, business and personal services occupancies, mercantile occupancies, and industrial occupancies shall be determined by multiplying the occupant load of the area served by
1. 6.1 mm per person for ramps with a slope of not more than 1 in 8, doorways, corridors and passageways,
2. 8 mm per person for a stair consisting of steps whose rise is not more than 180 mm and whose run is not less than 280 mm, or
3. 9.2 mm per person for
  1. ramps with a slope of more than 1 in 8, or
  2. stairs, other than stairs conforming to Clause (b).
The minimum aggregate width of exits serving floor areas intended for a care, treatment or detention occupancy shall be determined by multiplying the occupant load of the area served by 18.4 mm per person.
The minimum aggregate width of means of egress serving a Group A, Division 4
occupancy shall be determined by multiplying the occupant load of the area served by
1. 1.8 mm per person for
  1. aisles,
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    Division B 3.4.3.2.
  2. stairs other than exit stairs, and
  3. ramps and passageways in vomitories and exits, and
2. 2.4 mm per person for exit stairs.
Except as required by Sentences 3.4.3.2.(5) and (6), the required exit width need not be cumulative in an exit serving 2 or more floor areas located one above the other.
The required exit width for an exit stair in an assembly hall or theatre serving more than one balcony level shall conform to Sentence (6).
The required exit width for exit stairs that serve interconnected floor space
designed in accordance with Articles 3.2.8.3. to 3.2.8.8. shall be cumulative, unless
1. the stairs provide not less than 0.3 m2 of area of treads and landings for each occupant of the interconnected floor space (see Note A-3.4.3.2.(6)(a)), or
2. ‌protected floor spaces conforming to Article 3.2.8.5. are provided at each floor level and the protected floor space on a floor level has not less than 0.5 m2 of space for each occupant of that floor level of the interconnected floor space.
  (See Note A-3.4.3.2.(6).)
If more than one exit is required, every exit shall be considered as contributing not more than one half of the required exit width.

The minimum widths of exits shall conform to Tables 3.4.3.2.-A and 3.4.3.2.-B.

Table 3.4.3.2.-A

Minimum Widths of Exit Corridors, Passageways, Ramps, Stairs and Doorways in Group A, Group B, Division 1, and Groups C, D, E and F Occupancies

Forming Part of Sentence 3.4.3.2.(8)

Occupancy Classification

Exit Corridors and Passageways, mm

Ramps, mm

Stairs, mm

Doorways, mm

Group A, Group B, Division 1, Group C, Group D, Group E, Group F

1 100

900(1)

1 100(2)

850

‌Notes to Table 3.4.3.2.-A:

(1) Serving not more than 2 storeys above the lowest exit level or not more than 1 storey below the lowest exit level.

(2) Serving more than2 storeys above the lowest exit level or more than 1 storey below the lowest exit level.

Table 3.4.3.2.-B

Minimum Widths of Exit Corridors, Passageways, Ramps, Stairs and Doorways in Group B, Division 2 and Division 3 Occupancies

Forming Part of Sentence 3.4.3.2.(8)

‌Occupancy Classification	‌Exit Corridors and Passage- ways, mm	Ramps, mm		Stairs, mm		Doorways, mm
‌Occupancy Classification	‌Exit Corridors and Passage- ways, mm	‌Not serving patients' or residents' sleeping rooms(1)	Serving patients' or residents' sleeping rooms(1)	Not serving patients' or residents' sleeping rooms(1)	Serving patients' or residents' sleeping rooms(1)	Not serving patients' or residents' sleeping rooms(1)	Serving patients' or residents' sleeping rooms(1)
Group B, Division 2	1 100	1 100	1 650	900(2) 1 100(3)	1 650	850	1 050
Group B, Division 3
with more than 10 residents	1 100	1 100	1 100	900 (2) 1 100(3)	1 100 (2) 1 650(3)	850	850
with not more than 10 residents	1 100	1 100	1 100	900 (2) 1 100(3)	900 (2) 1 100(3)	850	850

Notes to Table 3.4.3.2.-B:

(1) Minimum widths of ramps, stairs and doorways do not apply within individual suites of care occupancy.

(2) Serving not more than 2 storeys above the lowest exit level or not more than 1 storey below the lowest exit level.

(3) Serving more than2 storeys above the lowest exit level or more than 1 storey below the lowest exit level.

‌Division B‌

‌Fire Separation of Exits‌
1. ‌Fire-Resistance Rating of Exit Separations
  1. Except as permitted by Sentences (2), 3.3.5.4.(3), 3.4.4.2.(2) and 3.4.4.3.(1), every exit shall be separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than that required by Subsection 3.2.2., but not less than 45 min, for
    1. the floor assembly above the storey, or
    2. the floor assembly below the storey, if there is no floor assembly above.
  2. The fire-resistance rating of the fire separation referred to in Sentence (1) need not be more than 2 h.
  3. If an exit stair in an assembly hall or theatre serves more than one balcony level, the exit stair shall be separated from the remainder of the building in conformance with Sentence (1).‌
2. ‌Exits through Lobbies‌
  1. Except as permitted by Sentence (2), no exit from a floor area above or below the first storey shall lead through a lobby.
  2. Not more than one exit from a floor area is permitted to lead through a lobby, provided
    1. the lobby floor is not more than 4.5 m above grade,
    2. the path of travel through the lobby to the outdoors is not more than 15 m,
    3. the adjacent rooms or premises having direct access to the lobby do not contain a care, residential or industrial occupancy,
    4. the lobby is not located within an interconnected floor space other than as described in Sentence 3.2.8.2.(6),
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
      Division B 3.4.5.1.
    5. the lobby conforms to the requirements for exits, except that
      1. rooms other than service rooms and storage rooms are permitted to open onto the lobby,
      2. the fire separation between the lobby and a room used for the sole purpose of control and supervision of the building need not have a fire-resistance rating,
      3. the fire separation between the lobby and adjacent occupancies
        that are permitted to open onto the lobby need not have a fire-resistance rating provided the lobby and adjacent occupancies are sprinklered, and
      4. passenger elevators are permitted to open onto the lobby, provided the elevator doors are designed to remain closed except while loading and unloading passengers, and
        (see Note A-3.4.4.2.(2)(e))
    6. a fire separation, constructed in accordance with Sentence 3.4.4.1.(1), is maintained between the lobby and any exit permitted by this Sentence to lead through the lobby.
3. ‌Exterior Passageway Exceptions
  1. The requirements of Sentences 3.4.4.1.(1) and 3.2.3.13.(1) and (3) do not apply to an exterior exit passageway provided
    1. ‌not less than 50% of the exterior side is open to the outdoors, and
    2. an exit stair is provided at each end of the passageway.
4. ‌Integrity of Exits
  1. A fire separation that separates an exit from the remainder of the building shall have no openings except for
    1. standpipe and sprinkler piping,
    2. electrical wires and cables, totally enclosed noncombustible raceways and
      noncombustible piping that serve only the exit,
    3. openings required by the provisions of Subsection 3.2.6.,
    4. exit doorways, and
    5. wired glass and glass block permitted by Article 3.1.8.16.
  2. ‌Exits within scissors stairs and other contiguous exit stairways shall be separated from each other by a smoke-tight fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the floor assembly through which they pass.‌
  3. ‌Fire separations separating contiguous stairs described in Sentence (2) shall not be pierced by doorways, ductwork, piping or any other openings that affect the continuity of the separation.
  4. A fuel-fired appliance shall not be installed in an exit.
  5. An exit shall not be used as a plenum for a heating, ventilating or air-conditioning system.
  6. An exit shall be designed for no purpose other than for exiting, except that an
    exit is permitted also to be designed to serve as an access to a floor area.
  7. A service room shall not open directly into an exit.
  8. Storage rooms, washrooms, toilet rooms, laundry rooms and similar ancillary rooms shall not open directly into an exit.
  9. ‌Service spaces referred to in Sentence 3.2.1.1.(8) shall not open directly into an
    exit.
‌Exit Signs‌
1. ‌Exit Signs
  1. Every exit door shall have an exit sign providing visual information placed over or adjacent to it if the exit serves
    1. a building more than 2 storeys in building height,
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
2. Division B
  1. a building having an occupant load of more than 150, or
  2. a room or floor area that has a fire escape as part of a required means of egress.
  1. Every exit sign providing visual information shall
    1. be visible on approach to the exit,
    2. consist of a green and white or lightly tinted graphical symbol meeting the colour specifications referred to in ISO 3864-1, “Graphical symbols – Safety colours and safety signs – Part 1: Design principles for safety signs and safety markings,” and
    3. conform to ISO 7010, “Graphical symbols – Safety colours and safety signs – Registered safety signs,” for the following symbols (see Note A-3.4.5.1.(2)(c)):
      1. ‌E001 emergency exit left,
      2. E002 emergency exit right,
      3. E005 90-degree directional arrow, and
      4. E006 45-degree directional arrow.
  2. Internally illuminated exit signs shall be continuously illuminated and
    1. where illumination of the sign is powered by an electrical circuit, be constructed in conformance with CSA C22.2 No. 141, “Emergency lighting equipment,” or
    2. where illumination of the sign is not powered by an electrical circuit, be constructed in conformance with CAN/ULC-S572, “Standard for Photoluminescent and Self-Luminous Exit Signs and Path Marking Systems.”
  3. Externally illuminated exit signs shall be continuously illuminated and be constructed in conformance with CAN/ULC-S572, “Standard for Photoluminescent and Self-Luminous Exit Signs and Path Marking Systems.” (See Note A-3.4.5.1.(4).)
  4. The circuitry serving lighting for externally and internally illuminated exit
    signs shall
    1. serve no equipment other than emergency equipment, and
    2. be connected to an emergency power supply as described in Article 3.2.7.4.
  5. Where no exit is visible from a public corridor, from a corridor used by the public in a Group A or B major occupancy, or from principal routes serving an open floor area having an occupant load of more than 150, an exit sign conforming to Clauses (2)(b) and (c) with an arrow or pointer indicating the direction of egress shall be provided.
  6. Except for egress doorways described in Sentence 3.3.2.4.(4), an exit sign conforming to Sentences (2) to (5) shall be placed over or adjacent to every egress doorway from rooms with an occupant load of more than 60 in Group A, Division 1 occupancies, dance halls, licensed beverage establishments, and other similar occupancies that, when occupied, have lighting levels below that which would provide easy identification of the egress doorway.‌
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  ‌Division B 3.4.6.5.
‌Types of Exit Facilities‌‌
(See Note A-3.4.6.)
1. ‌Slip Resistance of Ramps and Stairs‌‌
  1. The surfaces of ramps, and landings and treads
    1. ‌shall have a finish that is slip resistant, and
    2. if accessible to the public, shall have either a colour contrast or a distinctive pattern to demarcate the leading edge of the tread and the leading edge of the landing, as well as the beginning and end of a ramp.
  2. Treads and landings of exterior exit stairs more than 10 m high shall be designed to be free of ice and snow accumulations.
2. ‌Minimum Number of Risers‌
  1. Except as permitted by Sentence 3.3.2.15.(1), every flight of interior stairs shall have not less than 3 risers.
3. ‌Maximum Vertical Rise of Stair Flights and Required Landings‌
  1. No flight of stairs shall have a vertical rise of more than 3.7 m between floors or landings, except that a flight of stairs serving as an exit in a Group B, Division 2 occupancy shall have a vertical rise not more than 2.4 m between floors or landings.
  2. Except as provided in Sentence (3), a landing shall be provided
    1. at the top and bottom of each flight of interior and exterior stairs,
    2. at the top and bottom of every section of ramp,
    3. where a doorway opens onto a stair or ramp,
    4. where a ramp opens onto a stair, and
    5. where a stair opens onto a ramp.
  3. A landing may be omitted at the bottom of an exterior stair or ramp, provided there is no gate, door or fixed obstruction within the lesser of
    1. the width of the stair or ramp, or
    2. ‌1 100 mm.
4. ‌Dimensions of Landings
  (See Note A-3.4.6.4.)
  1. Except as provided in Sentence (2), a landing shall be at least as wide and as long as the width of the stairway in which it occurs.
  2. ‌In a straight stairway and in a stairway that turns less than 90°, the length of the landing need not be more than the lesser of
    1. the required width of stair, or
    2. 1 100 mm.
  3. The length of a landing shall be measured perpendicular to the nosing of adjacent steps, at a distance equal to half the length required in Sentence (2), from the narrow edge of the landing.
  4. Where a doorway or stairway empties onto a ramp through a side wall, there shall be a level area extending across the full width of the ramp, and for a distance of 300 mm on either side of the wall opening, except one side if it abuts on an end wall.‌
  5. Where a doorway or stairway empties onto a ramp through an end wall, there shall be a level area extending across the full width of the ramp and along its length for not less than 900 mm.‌
5. ‌Handrails
  1. One handrail shall be provided on stairs that are less than 1 100 mm in width.
  2. One handrail shall be provided on each side of
    1. stairs that are 1 100 mm or more in width,
    2. curved flights of any width, and
    3. ramps.
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
6. ‌Division B
  1. In addition to Sentence (2), intermediate handrails shall be provided so that
    1. a handrail is reachable within 750 mm of all portions of the required exit
      width,
    2. at least one portion of the stair or ramp between two handrails is the minimum width required for stairways or ramps (see Sentences 3.4.3.2.(8) and 3.4.3.3.(4)), and
    3. all other portions of the stair or ramp between two handrails have a clear width of 510 mm or more.
  2. Where a stair or ramp is wider than its required exit width, handrails shall be located along the most direct path of travel. (See Note A-3.4.6.5.(4).)
  3. Handrails shall be continuously graspable along their entire length, be free of any sharp or abrasive elements, and have
    1. a circular cross-section with an outside diameter not less than 30 mm and not more than 50 mm, or
    2. a non-circular cross-section with a perimeter not less than 100 mm and not more than 160 mm and whose largest cross-sectional dimension is not more than 57 mm.
  4. The height of handrails on stairs, on aisles with steps and on ramps shall be measured vertically from the top of the handrail to
    1. a straight line drawn tangent to the tread nosings of the stair or aisle step served by the handrail (see Note A-9.8.7.4.), or
    2. the surface of the ramp, floor or landing served by the handrail.
  5. Except as provided in Sentence (8) and Clause 3.8.3.5.(1)(e), the height of handrails on stairs, on aisles with steps and on ramps shall be
    1. not less than 865 mm, and
    2. ‌not more than 1 070 mm.
  6. Handrails installed in addition to required handrails need not comply with Sentence (7).
  7. ‌Required handrails shall be continuously graspable throughout the length of
    1. a ramp, and
    2. a flight of stairs, from the bottom riser to the top riser. (See Note A-9.8.7.2.)
  8. Except where interrupted by doorways, at least one handrail shall be continuous throughout the length of a stairway or ramp, including at landings.
  9. Handrails shall be terminated in a manner that will not obstruct pedestrian travel or create a hazard. (See Note A-3.4.6.5.(11)).
  10. At least one handrail at the side of a stairway or ramp shall extend horizontally not less than 300 mm beyond the top and bottom of the stairway or ramp.
  11. ‌The clearance between a handrail and any surface behind it shall be not less than
    1. 50 mm, or
    2. ‌60 mm if the surface behind the handrail is rough or abrasive.
  12. Handrails and their supports shall be designed and constructed to withstand the loading values specified in Sentence 4.1.5.14.(7).
  13. A ramp shall have handrails on both sides.
  1. The slope of treads or landings shall not exceed 1 in 50.
  2. Except as permitted by Sentence (10), the top of the nosing of stair treads shall have a rounded or beveled edge extending not less than 6 mm and not more than
    ‌13 mm measured horizontally from the front of the nosing.
  3. The front edge of stair treads in exits and public access to exits shall be at right angles to the direction of exit travel.
  4. If resilient material is used to cover the nosing of a stair tread, the minimum rounded or beveled edge required by Sentence (8) is permitted to be reduced to 3 mm.
  fire alarm annunciator panel and at the monitoring station referred to in Sentence 3.2.4.7.(4), and‌
  1. Except as provided in Sentence 3.4.6.17.(9), door release hardware for the operation of the doors referred to in this Section shall be installed between 900 mm and 1 100 mm above the finished floor.‌
‌Fire Escapes‌
1. ‌Scope‌
  1. Except as permitted by Sentence (2), fire escapes shall not be erected on a
    building.
  2. If it is impracticable to provide one or more of the exit facilities listed in Article 3.4.1.4., fire escapes conforming to Articles 3.4.7.2. to 3.4.7.7. are permitted to serve floor areas in an existing building provided the floor areas served are not more than
    1. 2 storeys above ground level in care, treatment or detention occupancies, and
    2. 5 storeys above ground level in other occupancies.
2. ‌Fire Escape Construction
  1. Fire escapes shall be of metal or concrete, of the stair type extending to ground level, constructed throughout in a strong substantial manner and securely fixed to the building, except that wooden fire escapes are permitted to be used on buildings of combustible construction if all posts and brackets are not less than 89 mm in their least dimension and all other woodwork is not less than 38 mm in its least dimension.‌
3. ‌Access to Fire Escapes
  1. Access to fire escapes shall be from corridors through doors at floor level, except that access from a dwelling unit is permitted to be through a casement window having an unobstructed opening not less than 1 100 mm high by 550 mm wide with a sill height of not more than 900 mm above the inside floor.
  2. The clear area of a fire escape balcony onto which a door opens, shall be not less than 1 m2.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
4. ‌Division B‌

‌Protection of Fire Escapes
1. If a fire escape serves any storey above the second, openings located in a zone described in Sentence (2), including access doorways in the exterior walls of the building to which the fire escape is attached, shall be protected by closures conforming to Subsection 3.1.8.
2. The zone referred to in Sentence (1) extends from any balcony, platform or stairway of a fire escape to a distance
  1. 3 m horizontally,
  2. ‌10 m below, or
  3. 1.8 m above.
‌Stairs
1. ‌Stairs shall be inclined at an angle of not more than 45° with the horizontal, and their steps shall have risers not more than 210 mm high and treads not less than 220 mm wide exclusive of nosing.‌
2. Stairway headroom shall be not less than 1 950 mm plus the height of one riser measured vertically above the nosing of any tread or platform.
3. The width of a fire escape shall conform to Articles 3.4.3.1. to 3.4.3.3., except that the width is permitted to be reduced to 550 mm provided the fire escape serves
  1. not more than 3 storeys, and
  2. not more than 15 persons.
4. If a flight of stairs leading to the ground at the foot of a fire escape is not fixed in position, it shall be held in the raised position without a latch or locking device, and shall be fitted with a counterbalancing device that will permit it to be easily and quickly brought into position for use.‌
‌Guards and Railings
1. The open sides of every platform, balcony and stairway forming part of a fire escape shall be protected by guards not less than 920 mm high measured vertically above the nosing of any tread or platform.‌
2. The top rail of a guard is permitted to serve as a handrail if it is free from obstructions which could break a handhold.
3. A wall handrail shall be installed if the fire escape is more than 550 mm wide.
4. Unless it can be shown that the size of openings that exceed this limit does not present a hazard, there shall be no opening that permits the passage of a sphere whose diameter is more than 100 mm through a guard for a fire escape.
5. Unless it can be shown that the location and size of an opening do not present a hazard, a guard for a fire escape shall be designed so that no member, attachment or opening located between 140 mm and 900 mm above a platform or the nosing of any tread will facilitate climbing.
‌Landings‌
1. Platforms for a fire escape shall be provided in conformance with the requirements for stair landings in Articles 3.4.6.3. and 3.4.6.4.

‌Section 3.5. Vertical Transportation‌

‌General
1. ‌Scope
  1. This Section applies to vertical transportation facilities installed in a building, including elevators, escalators and dumbwaiters.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 3.5.3.1.
  2. Elevators in a building within the scope of Subsection 3.2.6. shall conform to Articles 3.2.6.4., 3.2.6 5. and 3.2.6.6.
‌Standards‌
1. ‌Elevators, Escalators and Dumbwaiters‌
  1. The design, construction, installation and alteration of every elevator, escalator and dumbwaiter shall conform to
    1. ‌provincial or territorial regulations or municipal bylaws, or
    2. ASME A17.1/CSA B44, “S afety Code for Elevators and Escalators,” in the absence of the regulations or bylaws referred to in Clause (a).
      (See Note A-3.5.2.1.(1).)
  2. ‌Before being placed in service, every elevator, escalator or dumbwaiter installation, including safety and control devices, shall be inspected and tested in accordance with
    1. ‌provincial or territorial regulations or municipal bylaws, or
    2. ASME A17.1/CSA B44, “Sa fety Code for Elevators and Escalators,” in the absence of the regulations or bylaws referred to in Clause (a). (See Note A-3.5.2.1.(1).)
  3. Passenger elevators shall conform to Appendix E of ASME A17.1/CSA B44, “Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators.”

‌Fire Separations‌

‌Fire Separations for Elevator Hoistways

Except as permitted by Sentence (2), a vertical service space used as an elevator hoistway shall be separated from all other portions of each adjacent storey by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating conforming to Table 3.5.3.1. for the fire-resistance rating required by Subsection 3.2.2. for

the floor assembly above the storey, or

the floor assembly below the storey, if there is no floor assembly above.

Table 3.5.3.1.

Fire Separation for Vertical Transportation Space

Forming Part of Articles 3.5.3. 1. and 3.5.3.2.

Fire-Resistance Rating of Fire Separation Required for Floor Assembly

Minimum Fire-Resistance Rating of Vertical Service Space for Elevator Hoistway

Minimum Fire-Resistance Rating of Vertical Service Space for Dumbwaiters

less than 45 min 45 min

‌1 h

1.5 h

2 h or more

45 min

45 min 1 h

1.5 h

2 h

—

45 min

1 h

Passenger elevators, other than those provided for firefighters in accordance with Article 3.2.6.5., are permitted to be located within interconnected floor space without being enclosed in a hoistway separated from the remainder of the building, provided the elevator machinery is located in a room separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than that required
for hoistways by Sentence (1).
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022

‌Division B‌

‌Dimensions and Signs‌
1. ‌Elevator Car Dimensions
  1. Except as provided in Sentence (2), if one or more elevators are provided in a building, at least one elevator on each storey with access to an elevator shall have inside dimensions that will accommodate and provide adequate access for a patient stretcher 2 010 mm long and 610 mm wide in the prone position. (See Note A-3.5.4.1.(1).)
  2. The inside dimensions stipulated in Sentence (1) do not apply to
    limited-use/limited-application elevators designed and installed in accordance with ASME A17.1/CSA B44, “Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators.”
  3. An elevator satisfying the requirements of Sentence (1) shall be clearly identified on the main entrance level of the building.
2. ‌Floor Numbering
  1. Arabic numerals indicating the assigned floor number shall be mounted permanently on both jambs of passenger elevator hoistway entrances in conformance with Appendix E of ASME A17.1/CSA B44, “Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators.”‌

‌Section 3.6. Service Facilities‌

‌General
1. ‌Scope
  1. The provisions of this Section apply to horizontal service spaces, vertical service spaces, attic or roof spaces, ducts, crawl spaces, shaft spaces, service rooms, and mechanical penthouses, and facilities contained therein.‌
2. ‌Electrical Wiring and Equipment‌
  1. ‌The installation of electrical wiring and electrical equipment shall conform to the requirements of
    1. provincial or territorial regulations or municipal bylaws, or
    2. CSA C22.1, “Canadian Electrical Code, Part I,” in the absence of the regulations or bylaws referred to in Clause (a).
3. ‌Lightning Protection Systems
  1. A lightning protection system, when provided, shall conform to the requirements of the appropriate provincial or territorial legislation or, in the absence
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    Division B 3.6.2.1.
    
    of such legislation, to CAN/CSA-B72-M, “Installation Code for Lightning Protection Systems.”‌
4. ‌Storage Use Prohibition‌
  1. ‌Service spaces shall not be designed to facilitate subsequent use as storage space.
5. ‌Appliances Installed outside a Building‌
  1. A fuel-fired appliance installed on the roof of a building or in another location outside the building shall be installed not less than
    1. 1.2 m from a property line, measured horizontally, and
    2. 3 m from an adjacent wall of the same building if that wall contains any opening within 3 storeys above and 5 m horizontally from the appliance, unless every opening within these limits is protected by
      1. a closure having a fire-protection rating not less than 45 min determined in accordance with Article 3.1.8.4., or
      2. a wired glass assembly permitted for use in a vertical fire separation and described in Article D-2.3.15. of Appendix D.
‌Service Rooms‌
1. ‌Fire Separations around Service Rooms
  1. Except as permitted by Sentences (2), (8), (9) and (10), fuel-fired appliances shall be installed in service rooms separated from the remainder of the building by fire separations having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h.
  2. Except as required by Sentence (3), a fuel-fired appliance that serves only one room or suite is not required to be installed in a service room separated from the remainder of the building.
  3. A solid-fuel-burning appliance shall not be located in a repair garage, a storage garage, or any other location where it could be exposed to flammable vapours or gases, unless
    1. it is enclosed in a service room that is separated from the remainder of the
      ‌building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
    2. it is supplied with combustion air directly from outside the building, and
    3. ‌the heat that it generates is supplied indirectly to the space served by means of ducts or piping.
  4. A service room containing an incinerator shall be separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h.
  5. Equipment that uses a liquid having a flash point below 93.3°C shall be installed in a service room separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h.
  6. Electrical equipment that is required to be located in a service room according to CSA C22.1, “Canadian Electrical Code, Part I,” shall be installed in a service room separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h.
  7. Except as permitted by Sentence (8), in a storey that is not sprinklered throughout, a service room that contains service equipment other than that addressed by Sentences (1) to (6) shall be separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h.
  8. Where a service room contains a limited quantity of service equipment, and the service equipment neither constitutes a fire hazard nor is essential to the operation of fire safety systems in the building, the requirements for a fire separation shall not apply.‌
  9. A fire separation is not required between a fireplace and the space it serves.
  10. A fire separation is not required between a rooftop appliance and the building
    it serves.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
2. ‌Division B‌
‌Vertical Service Spaces and Service Facilities‌
1. ‌Fire Separations for Vertical Service Spaces
  1. Except as provided in Articles 3.6.3.3. and 3.6.3.5. and Section 3.5., a vertical service space shall be separated from all other portions of each adjacent storey by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating conforming to Table 3.6.3.1. for the fire-resistance rating required by Subsection 3.2.2. for
    1. the floor assembly above the storey, or
    2. the floor assembly below the storey, if there is no floor assembly above. (See Note A-3.6.3.1.(1).)
      
      Table 3.6.3.1.
      Fire Separations for Vertical Service Spaces
      Forming Part of Sentence 3.6.3.1.(1)
      
      Fire-Resistance Rating of Fire Separation Required for Floor Assembly
      Minimum Fire-Resistance Rating of Vertical Service Space
      less than 45 min 45 min
      ‌1 h
      1.5 h
      2 h or more
      —
      45 min
      45 min
      1 h
      1 h
  2. A vertical service space that does not extend through the roof of a building shall be enclosed at the top with construction having a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the vertical service space walls.
  3. A vertical service space that does not extend to the bottom of a building shall be enclosed at the lowest level with construction having a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the vertical service space walls.
  4. A vent from a vertical service space not extending to the roof shall be enclosed within the building with construction having a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the vertical service space walls.
  5. Only openings that are necessary for the use of the vertical service space shall be permitted through a vertical service space enclosure.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
2. ‌Division B‌
‌Horizontal Service Spaces and Service Facilities
1. ‌Scope‌
  1. This Subsection applies to horizontal service spaces and service facilities, including ceiling spaces, duct spaces, crawl spaces and attic or roof spaces.
2. ‌Fire Separations for Horizontal Service Spaces
  1. Except as provided in Article 3.6.3.5., a horizontal service space that penetrates a required vertical fire separation shall be separated from the remainder of the building it serves in conformance with Sentence (2).
  2. If a horizontal service space or other concealed space is located above a required vertical fire separation other than a vertical shaft, this space need not be divided at the fire separation as required by Article 3.1.8.3. provided the construction between this space and the space below is a fire separation with a fire-resistance rating equivalent
    to that required for the vertical fire separation, except that the fire-resistance rating is permitted to be not less than 30 min if the vertical fire separation is not required to have a fire-resistance rating more than 45 min. (See Note A-3.6.4.2.(2).)
3. ‌Plenum Requirements‌
  1. A concealed space used as a plenum within a floor assembly or within a roof assembly need not conform to Sentence 3.1.5.18.(1) and Article 3.6.5.1., provided
    1. all materials within the concealed space have a flame-spread rating not more than 25 and a smoke developed classification not more than 50, except for
      1. tubing for pneumatic controls,
      2. optical fibre cables and electrical wires and cables with combustible insulation, jackets or sheathes that are used for the transmission of voice, sound or data and conform to Sentences 3.1.4.3.(2) and 3.1.5.21.(2),
      3. totally enclosed non-metallic raceways with an FT6 rating, when tested in accordance with Clause 3.1.5.23.(1)(a), in buildings required to be of noncombustible construction or in buildings or parts of buildings permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction, and
      4. totally enclosed non-metallic raceways with an FT4 rating, when tested in accordance with Clause 3.1.5.23.(1)(a), in buildings permitted to be of combustible construction, and
    2. the supports for the ceiling membrane are of noncombustible material having a melting point not below 760°C.
  2. If a concealed space referred to in Sentence (1) is used as a return-air plenum and incorporates a ceiling membrane that forms part of the required fire-resistance rating of the assembly, every opening through the membrane shall be protected by a fire stop flap that
    1. stops the flow of air into the concealed space in the event of a fire,
    2. is supported in a manner that will maintain the integrity of the ceiling membrane for the duration of time required to provide the required fire-resistance rating,
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
4. Division B
  1. conforms to CAN/ULC-S112.2, “Standard Method of Fire Test of Ceiling Firestop Flap Assemblies,” and
  2. activates at a temperature approximately 30°C above the normal maximum temperature that occurs in the return-air plenum, whether the air duct system is operating or shut down.
‌Air Duct and Plenum Systems‌
1. ‌Duct Materials
  1. Except as permitted by Sentences (2) to (5) and Article 3.6.4.3., all ducts, duct connectors, associated fittings and plenums used in air duct systems shall be constructed of steel, aluminum alloy, copper, clay or other noncombustible material.
  2. Except as permitted by Sentence (3), ducts, associated fittings and plenums are permitted to contain combustible material provided they
    1. conform to the appropriate requirements for Class 1 duct materials in CAN/ULC-S110, “Standard Methods of Test for Air Ducts,”
    2. conform to Article 3.1.5.18. in a building required to be of noncombustible construction or in a building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction,
    3. conform to Subsection 3.1.9.,
    4. are used only in horizontal runs in a building required to be of noncombustible construction or in a building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction,
    5. are not used in vertical runs serving more than 2 storeys in a building
      permitted to be of combustible construction, and
    6. are not used in air duct systems in which the air temperature could be more than 120°C.
  3. ‌Combustible ducts which are part of a duct system conveying only ventilation air and are contained entirely within a dwelling unit need not comply with the requirements of Sentences (1) and (2).‌
  4. Duct sealants shall have a flame-spread rating not more than 25 and a smoke developed classification not more than 50.
  5. Duct connectors that contain combustible materials and that are used between ducts and air outlet units shall
    1. conform to the appropriate requirements for Class 1 air duct materials in CAN/ULC-S110, “Standard Methods of Test for Air Ducts,”
    2. be not more than 4 m long,
    3. be used only in horizontal runs, and
    4. not penetrate a required fire separation.
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
      ‌Division B 3.6.5.5.‌
2. ‌Vibration Isolation Connectors‌
  1. Except as permitted by Sentence (2), vibration isolation connectors in air duct systems shall be noncombustible.
  2. Combustible fabric vibration isolation connectors are permitted provided they
    1. are not more than 250 mm long,
    2. comply with the flame-resistance requirements of CAN/ULC-S109, “Standard Method for Flame Tests of Flame-Resistant Fabrics and Films,” and
    3. ‌are not used in a location where they are exposed to heated air or radiation from heat sources that could cause the exposed surface temperature to be more than 120°C.
3. ‌Tape
  1. Tape used to seal joints in air ducts, plenums and other parts of air duct systems shall meet the flame-resistance requirements for fabric in CAN/ULC-S109, “Standard Method for Flame Tests of Flame-Resistant Fabrics and Films.”‌
4. ‌Coverings, Linings, Adhesives and Insulation
  1. Coverings, linings and associated adhesives and insulation for air ducts, plenums and other parts of air duct systems that would have an exposed surface temperature more than 120°C when exposed to heated air or radiation from heat sources shall be of noncombustible material.
  2. Except as permitted by Sentence (3), combustible coverings and linings, including associated adhesives and insulation, shall have
    1. a flame-spread rating not more than 25 on any exposed surface, or any surface that would be exposed by cutting through the material in any direction, and
    2. a smoke developed classification not more than 50.
  3. The outer covering of ducts, plenums and other parts of air duct systems used within an assembly of combustible construction is permitted to have
    1. an exposed surface flame-spread rating not more than 75, and
    2. a smoke developed classification not more than 50.
  4. ‌Combustible coverings and linings referred to in Sentences (2) and (3) shall not flame, glow, smoulder or smoke when tested in accordance with the method of test in ASTM C411, “Standard Specification for Hot-Surface Performance of High-Temperature Thermal Insulation,” at the maximum temperature to which the coverings and linings are to be exposed in service.‌
  5. Except as permitted by Sentence (6), foamed plastic insulation shall not be used as part of an air duct system or for insulating an air duct.
  6. Foamed plastic insulation is permitted to be installed in a ceiling space that is used as a return air plenum provided the foamed plastic insulation is protected from exposure to the plenum in accordance with Article 3.1.5.15.
  7. ‌Combustible coverings and linings of ducts, including associated adhesives and insulation, shall be interrupted where the duct penetrates a fire separation and at the immediate area of operation of heat sources in a duct system, including electric resistance heaters or fuel-burning heaters or furnaces.‌
5. ‌Insulation and Coverings
  1. Insulation and coverings on pipes in which the temperature of the fluid exceeds 120°C shall
    1. be made of noncombustible material, or
    2. not flame, glow, smoulder or smoke when tested in accordance with ASTM C411, “Standard Specification for Hot-Surface Performance of High-Temperature Thermal Insulation,” at the maximum temperature to which the insulation or covering is to be exposed in service.
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
6. ‌Division B

Except as permitted by Sentence (5), where combustible insulation is used on piping in a horizontal service space or a vertical service space, the insulation and coverings on that piping shall have a flame-spread rating, on any exposed surface and on any surface that would be exposed by cutting through the material in any direction,
1. not more than 25 in a building required to be of noncombustible construction or in a building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction, or
2. not more than 75 in a building permitted to be of combustible construction.
Except as permitted by Sentence (5), insulation and coverings on piping located in rooms and spaces other than the service spaces described in Sentence (2) shall have a flame-spread rating not more than that required for the interior finish of the ceiling of the room or space.
Except as permitted by Sentence (5), combustible insulation and covering used on piping in a building within the scope of Subsection 3.2.6. shall have a smoke developed classification not more than 100.
No flame-spread rating or smoke developed classification limits are required for
‌combustible insulation and coverings used on piping located within a
1. concealed space in a wall,
2. ‌floor slab, or
3. noncombustible enclosure.

‌Clearance of Ducts and Plenums‌
1. The clearance of furnace plenums from combustible material shall conform to the requirements of the appropriate standards referenced in Sentence 6.2.1.5.(1).
2. If the plenum clearance required in accordance with Sentence (1) is not more than 75 mm, the clearance between a supply duct and combustible material shall be not less than
  1. the required plenum clearance within a horizontal distance of 450 mm from the plenum, and
  2. 12 mm at a horizontal distance of 450 mm or more from the plenum, except that this clearance is permitted to be reduced to zero beyond a bend or offset in the duct sufficiently large to shield the remainder of the supply duct from direct radiation from the furnace heat exchanger.
    (See Note A-3.6.5.6.(2).)
3. If the plenum clearance required in accordance with Sentence (1) is more than 75 mm but not more than 150 mm, the clearance between a supply duct and combustible material shall be not less than
  1. the required plenum clearance within a horizontal distance of 1 800 mm from the plenum, and
  2. 12 mm at a horizontal distance of 1 800 mm or more from the plenum, except that this distance is permitted to be reduced to zero beyond a bend or offset in the duct sufficiently large to shield the remainder of the supply duct from direct radiation from the furnace heat exchanger.
    (See Note A-3.6.5.6.(3).)
4. If the plenum clearance required in accordance with Sentence (1) is more than 150 mm, the clearance between a supply duct and combustible material shall be not less than
  1. the required plenum clearance within a horizontal distance of 1 000 mm from the plenum,
  2. 150 mm within a horizontal distance between 1 000 mm and 1 800 mm from the plenum, and
  3. 25 mm at a horizontal distance of 1 800 mm or more from the plenum, except that this distance is permitted to be reduced to 8 mm beyond a bend or offset in the duct sufficiently large to shield the remainder of the supply duct from direct radiation from the furnace heat exchanger.
    (See Note A-3.6.5.6.(4).)
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 3.7.2.2.
5. If a register is installed in a floor directly over a pipeless furnace, a double-walled register box with not less than 100 mm between walls, or a register box with the warm-air passage completely surrounded by the cold-air passage, shall be permitted instead of the clearances listed in Sentences (2) to (4).‌
‌Supply, Return, Intake and Exhaust-Air Openings
1. ‌Combustible grilles, diffusers and other devices for supply, return, and exhaust-air openings in rooms shall conform to the flame-spread rating and smoke developed classification requirements for the interior finish of the surface on which they are installed.‌
‌Return-Air System‌
1. Except as required by Sentences (2) and (3), return ducts shall be constructed of material having a flame-spread rating not more than 150.
2. If any part of a return duct will be exposed to radiation from the furnace heat exchanger or other radiating part within the furnace, that part of a return duct directly above or within 600 mm of the outside furnace casing shall be noncombustible.‌
3. Return ducts serving solid-fuel-burning furnaces shall be constructed of
  noncombustible material.
4. Combustible return ducts shall be lined with noncombustible material
  1. below floor registers,
  2. at the bottom of vertical ducts, and
  3. under furnaces having a bottom return.

‌Section 3.7. Health Requirements‌

‌Height of Rooms‌
1. ‌Room and Space Height‌
  1. The height of every room and space shall be sufficient so that the ceiling or ceiling fixtures do not obstruct movement or activities below.
  2. The unobstructed height in dwelling units shall conform to Subsection 9.5.3.

‌Plumbing Facilities

‌Plumbing and Drainage Systems‌
1. Except as provided in Sentence (2), for the purpose of this Subsection, the
  occupant load shall be determined in accordance with Subsection 3.1.17.
2. For the purpose of this Subsection, the occupant load for floor areas that are classified as an industrial occupancy is permitted to be based solely on the total number of staff for which the floor area is designed, where the floor area is only intermittently occupied or where the presence of occupants is transitory. (See Note A-3.7.2.1.(2).)
3. Except as permitted in Sentence (4), if the installation of a sanitary drainage system is not possible because of the absence of a water supply, sanitary privies, chemical closets or other means for the disposal of human waste shall be provided.‌
4. Waterless urinals are permitted to be used in buildings provided with a water supply.

‌Water Closets

Except as permitted by Sentence (2), water closets shall be provided for each sex assuming that the occupant load is equally divided between males and females, unless the proportion of each sex expected in the building can be determined with reasonable accuracy. (See Note A-3.7.2.2.(1).)
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌3.7.2.2. Division B
Both sexes are permitted to be served by a single water closet if the occupant load in an occupancy referred to in Sentence (4), (8), (10), (11), (12) or (14) is not more
than 10.
‌Urinals are permitted to be substituted for two thirds of the number of water closets required by this Article for males, except that if only 2 water closets are required for males, one urinal is permitted to be substituted for one of the water closets.‌

Except as permitted by Sentences (2), (5) and (6), the number of water closets required for assembly occupancies shall conform to Table 3.7.2.2.-A.

Table 3.7.2.2.-A

Water Closets for an Assembly Occupancy

Forming Part of Sentence 3.7.2.2.(4)

Number of Persons of Each Sex	Minimum Number of Water Closets
Number of Persons of Each Sex	Male	Female
1- 25	1	1
26 - 50	1	2
51 - 75	2	3
76 - 100	2	4
101 - 125	3	5
126 - 150	3	6
151 - 175	4	7
176 - 200	4	8
201 - 250	5	9
251 - 300	5	10
301 - 350	6	11
‌351 - 400	6	12
Over 400	7, plus 1 for each additional increment of 200 males in excess of 400	13, plus 1 for each additional increment of 100 females in excess of 400

‌The number of water closets required for primary schools and daycare centres shall be at least one for each 30 males and one for each 25 females.‌
‌The number of water closets required for places of worship and undertaking premises shall be at least one for each 150 persons of each sex.
The number of water closets required for a treatment or detention occupancy shall be determined on the basis of the special needs of the occupancy.
Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and (5), the number of water closets required for a care or residential occupancy shall be at least one for each 10 persons of each sex.‌
At least one water closet shall be provided for each dwelling unit.
Except as permitted by Sentence (2), the number of water closets required for a
business and personal services occupancy shall conform to Table 3.7.2.2.-B.
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B 3.7.2.3.

Table 3.7.2.2.-B
Water Closets for a Business and Personal Services Occupancy
Forming Part of Sentences 3.7.2.2.(10) and (14)

Number of Persons of Each Sex
Minimum Number of Water Closets for Each Sex
1- 25
1
‌26 - 50
2
Over 50
3, plus 1 for each additional increment of 50 persons of each sex in excess of 50
Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and (14), the number of water closets required for a mercantile occupancy shall be at least one for each 300 males and one for each 150 females.‌

Except as permitted by Sentence (2), the number of water closets required for an industrial occupancy shall conform to Table 3.7.2.2.-C.

Table 3.7.2.2.-C

Water Closets for an Industrial Occupancy

Forming Part of Sentence 3.7.2.2.(12)

Number of Persons of Each Sex	Minimum Number of Water Closets for Each Sex
1- 10	1
11 - 25	2
26 - 50	3
51 - 75	4
‌76 - 100	5
Over 100	6, plus 1 for each additional increment of 30 persons of each sex in excess of 100

In a building whose floor area is more than 600 m2 and that includes one or more individual tenant spaces for a business and personal services occupancy or mercantile occupancy, water closets shall be located so that they are accessible to the public when the building is occupied.
The number of water closets required in a suite of mercantile occupancy whose area is not more than 500 m2 is permitted to be determined in accordance with Table 3.7.2.2.-B based solely on the total number of staff.‌

‌Lavatories
1. Except as permitted by Sentence (2), at least one lavatory shall be provided in a room containing one or 2 water closets or urinals, and at least one additional lavatory shall be provided for each additional 2 water closets or urinals.
2. Wash fountains in circular form are permitted to be provided in lieu of lavatories required by Sentence (1) provided each 500 mm of circumference is considered to be the equivalent of one lavatory.‌
3. Any shelf or projection above a lavatory shall be located so that it will not be a hazard.
4. Lavatories required by Sentence (1) shall be equipped with faucets that
  1. operate automatically, or
  2. have a manual control that
    1. complies with Clause 3.8.3.8.(1)(b),
    2. does not require the application of continuous force to maintain water flow, and
    3. where metered, provides at least 10 s of water flow.
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B‌

‌Medical Gas Piping Systems‌
1. ‌Medical Gas Piping

‌If a non-flammable medical gas piping system is installed, it shall be installed in conformance with
1. CSA Z7396.1, “Medical gas pipeline systems – Part 1: Pipelines for medical gases, medical vacuum, medical support gases, and anaesthetic gas scavenging systems,”and
2. Part 3 of Division B of the NFC.

‌Division B 3.8.2.3.

‌Section 3.8. Accessibility‌

(See Note A-3.8.)

‌Scope
1. ‌Scope
  1. This Section is concerned with the barrier-free design of buildings.
  2. ‌Buildings and facilities required to be barrier-free in accordance with Subsection 3.8. 2. shall be designed in accordance with Subsection 3.8.3.

‌Application‌

‌Exceptions
(See Note A-3.8.2.1.)
1. The requirements of this Section apply to all buildings except
  1. detached houses, semi-detached houses, houses with a secondary suite, duplexes, triplexes, townhouses, row houses and boarding houses (see Note A-1.4.1.2.(1) of Division A, Secondary Suite),
  2. buildings of Group F, Division 1 major occupancy, and
  3. ‌buildings that are not intended to be occupied on a daily or full-time basis, including automatic telephone exchanges, pumphouses and substations.
‌Entrances
(See Note A-3.8.2.2.)
1. Except for service entrances and entrances to suites described in
  Clause 3.8.2.3.(2)(l), all pedestrian entrances to a barrier-free storey of a building referred to in Sentence 3.8.2.1.(1) shall be barrier-free and shall connect to a barrier-free exterior path of travel complying with Sentence 3.8.2.5.(1).
2. A barrier-free entrance required by Sentence (1) shall be designed in accordance with Subsection 3.8.3.
3. At a barrier-free entrance that includes more than one doorway, only one of the doorways is required to be designed in accordance with Subsection 3.8.3.
4. If a walkway or pedestrian bridge connects two barrier-free storeys in different buildings, the path of travel from one storey to the other storey by means of the walkway or bridge shall be barrier-free.‌
‌Areas Requiring a Barrier-Free Path of Travel
(See Note A-3.8.2.3.)
1. Except as permitted by Sentence (2), a barrier-free path of travel from the entrances required by Sentence 3.8.2.2.(1) to be barrier-free shall be provided throughout the entrance storey and within all other normally occupied floor areas. (See Article 3.3.1.7. for additional requirements regarding floor areas above or below the first storey to which a barrier-free path of travel is required.)
2. A barrier-free path of travel for persons in wheelchairs is not required
  1. to service rooms,
  2. to elevator machine rooms,
  3. to janitors' rooms,
  4. to service spaces,
  5. to crawl spaces,
  6. to attic or roof spaces,
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022

Division B

to the floor level above or below the entrance level in buildings no more than 2 storeys in building height or in 2-storey suites, unless the floor level above
or below (see Note A-3.8.2.3.(2)(g))
1. ‌is served by a passenger elevator, a platform-equipped passenger-elevating device, an escalator or an inclined moving walk,
2. ‌is 600 m2 or more in floor area,
3. contains facilities that are not contained on the entrance level, but that are integral to the principal function of the entrance level, or
4. contains an assembly occupancy more than 100 m2 in floor area,
within a parking level with no barrier-free parking spaces,
within high-hazard industrial occupancies,
within portions of a floor area with fixed seats in an assembly occupancy where those portions are not part of the barrier-free path of travel to spaces designated for wheelchair use,
within floor levels of a suite of residential occupancy that are not at the same level as the entry level to the suite, or
within a suite of residential occupancy that has not been designated by an authority having jurisdiction to be accessible for use by persons with physical disabilities.

In an assembly occupancy, the number of spaces designated for wheelchair use within rooms or areas with fixed seats shall conform to Table 3.8.2.3. (See also Article 3.8.3.22. for additional requirements.)
The number of spaces designated for wheelchair use within waiting rooms or areas with fixed seats shall conform to Table 3.8.2.3. (See Note A-3.8.2.3.(4).) (See also Article 3.8.3.22. for additional requirements.)
Except as provided in Sentence (6), in an assembly occupancy with more than 25 fixed seats, each row of seats served by two aisles shall have one adaptable seat conforming to Subsection 3.8.3. located adjacent to one of the aisles. (See Note A-3.8.2.3.(5) and (6) and 3.8.3.22.(1) and (4).)
At least 5% of the adaptable seats required by Sentence (5) but no more than 20 adaptable seats shall adjoin a barrier-free path of travel. (See Note A-3.8.2.3.(5) and (6) and 3.8.3.22.(1) and (4).)

Table 3.8.2.3.

Designated Wheelchair Spaces

Forming Part of Sentences 3.8.2.3.(3) and (4)

Number of Fixed Seats in Seating Area	Number of Spaces Required for Wheelchairs
2- 99	2
100 - 499	3, plus 1 for each additional increment of 70 seats in excess of 100
‌500 - 1 999	9, plus 1 for each additional increment of 80 seats in excess of 500
2 000 - 7 999	28, plus 1 for each additional increment of 95 seats in excess of 2 000
‌Over 7 999	91, plus 1 for each additional increment of 100 seats in excess of 8 000

‌Access to Storeys Served by Escalators and Moving Walks
1. In a building in which an escalator or inclined moving walk provides access to any floor level, an interior barrier-free path of travel shall also be provided to that floor level. (See Note A-3.8.2.4.(1).)
2. The route from the escalator or inclined moving walk to the barrier-free path of travel that leads from floor to floor as required by Sentence (1) shall be clearly indicated by appropriate signs.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  ‌Division B 3.8.2.8.
‌Exterior Barrier-Free Paths of Travel to Building Entrances and Exterior Passenger-Loading Zones‌
(See Note A-3.8.2.5.)
1. A direct exterior barrier-free path of travel that complies with Subsection 3.8.3. shall be provided between a barrier-free entrance referred to in Article 3.8.2.2. and
  1. a designated barrier-free parking area, where provided,
  2. an exterior passenger-loading zone, where provided, and
  3. a public thoroughfare. (See Note A-3.8.2.5.(1) and (2).)
2. In storage garages,a barrier-free path of travel that complies with Subsection 3.8.3. shall be provided between each parking level with barrier-free parking and all other parts of the building required to be provided with barrier-free access in accordance with Subsection 3.8.2. that are served by that storage garage. (See Note A-3.8.2.5.(1) and (2).)
3. Exterior passenger-loading zones shall comply with Subsection 3.8.3.
‌Controls
1. Except as provided in Sentence 3.5.2.1.(3), controls for the operation of building services or safety devices, including electrical switches, thermostats, faucets, door hardware and intercom switches, that are intended to be operated by the occupant shall comply with Subsection 3.8.3. (See Note A-3.8.2.6.(1).)‌
‌Power Door Operators
1. Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), and except for doors provided with hold-open devices, doors equipped with a self-closing device shall be equipped with power door operators complying with Subsection 3.8.3. that allow persons to activate the opening of the doors in the intended direction of travel, where the doors are located
  1. in an entrance referred to in Article 3.8.2.2., including the interior doors of a vestibule where provided,
  2. in a barrier-free path of travel, between the entrance referred to in Clause (a) and the entrance doors to suites or rooms served by a public corridor or a corridor used by the public (see Note A-3.8.2.7.(1)(b)), and
  3. in an entrance to a washroom with a barrier-free water closet.
2. Only the active leaf in a multiple leaf door in a barrier-free path of travel need conform to the requirements of this Article.
3. Where more than one doorway is provided at a barrier-free entrance, only one of them is required to comply with this Article. (See Note A-3.8.2.7.(3).)
‌Plumbing Facilities
1. Except as permitted by Sentence (3), at each location where washrooms are provided in a storey to which a barrier-free path of travel is required in accordance with Article 3.8.2.3., at least one universal washroom complying with Subsection 3.8.3. shall be provided. (See Note A-3.8.2.8.(1) to (4).)
2. Except as permitted by Sentence (3), where more than two water closets or a combination of more than one water closet and one urinal are provided in a washroom located in a storey to which a barrier-free path of travel is required in accordance with Article 3.8.2.3., at least one water-closet stall shall be barrier-free in accordance with Subsection 3.8.3. (See Note A-3.8.2.8.(1) to (4).)
3. Washrooms located within a suite of residential occupancy or a suite of care occupancy need not conform to the requirements of Sentence (1) or (2). (See Note A-3.8.2.8.(1) to (4).)
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B

In a building in which water closets are required in accordance with Subsection 3.7.2., at least one barrier-free water closet shall be provided in the entrance storey, unless
1. a barrier-free path of travel is provided to barrier-free water closets elsewhere in the building, or
2. the water closets required by Subsection 3.7.2. are for dwelling units only. (See Note A-3.8.2.8.(1) to (4).)
At least one water-closet stall or enclosure in a washroom required to be
‌barrier-free shall comply with Subsection 3.8.3.
Where urinals are provided in a barrier-free washroom, at least one urinal for persons with limited mobility conforming to Subsection 3.8.3. shall be provided for every 10 urinals.
Where water-closet stalls are provided in a barrier-free washroom, at least one stall for persons with limited mobility conforming to Subsection 3.8.3. shall be provided for every 10 stalls.
A barrier-free washroom shall be provided with a lavatory that complies with Subsection 3.8.3.
Where mirrors are provided in a barrier-free washroom, at least one mirror shall comply with Subsection 3.8.3.
At each location where one or more drinking fountains are provided, at least one of them shall comply with Subsection 3.8.3.
At each location where one or more water-bottle filling stations are provided, at least one of them shall comply with Subsection 3.8.3.
Except within a suite of care occupancy or a suite of residential occupancy, where showers are provided in a building, at least one shower stall in each group of showers shall comply with Subsection 3.8.3.
At each location where a showering facility is provided for use by the general public or customers, or as part of a common-use area for employees, at least one universal dressing and shower room conforming to Subsection 3.8.3. shall be provided. (See Note A-3.8.2.8.(13).)‌
Where a bathtub is installed in a suite of residential occupancy required to be
barrier-free, it shall comply with Subsection 3.8.3.
In buildings containing Group A, Group B, Division 2 or Group E major occupancies where at least one of these major occupancies has an occupant load of more than 500, at least one universal washroom on the storey on which the main barrier-free entrance to the building is located shall incorporate an accessible change space conforming to Subsection 3.8.3. (See Note A-3.8.2.8.(15).)‌

‌Assistive Listening Systems‌
1. In a building of assembly occupancy, all classrooms, auditoria, meeting rooms and theatres with an area of more than 100 m2 shall be equipped with an assistive listening system complying with Subsection 3.8.3.
2. In each location where information, goods or services are provided to the public at service counters in buildings of assembly occupancy, at least one of the service counters shall be equipped with
  1. an assistive listening system or adaptive technology conforming to Subsection 3.8.3., and
  2. ‌an amplification system, where there is a barrier to communication, such as a glass screen.
    (See Note A-3.8.2.9.(2).)
‌Signs and Indicators
1. Signs providing visual information in accordance with Subsection 3.8.3. shall be installed to indicate the location of
  1. barrier-free entrances,
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    Division B 3.8.3.1.
  2. barrier-free washrooms,
  3. ‌barrier-free showers,
  4. barrier-free elevators,
  5. barrier-free parking spaces, and
  6. assistive listening systems or adaptive technologies.
2. Where a washroom is not designed to accommodate persons with physical disabilities in a storey to which a barrier-free path of travel is required, signs providing visual and tactile information in accordance with Subsection 3.8.3. shall be installed to indicate the location of barrier-free facilities.‌
3. Except for doors that serve service spaces or are located within a suite, signs installed at or near doors shall provide the same information in both visual and tactile forms in accordance with Subsection 3.8.3.
4. Directional signs shall provide visual information in accordance with Subsection 3.8.3. (See Note A-3.8.2.10.(4).)
‌Counters‌
1. Where a service counter is provided, at least one section of it shall comply with Subsection 3.8.3. (See Note A-3.8.2.11.(1).) (See also Note A-3.8.2.3.)
‌Telephones‌
1. In each location where one or more public telephones are installed, at least one telephone shall comply with Subsection 3.8.3.

‌Design‌

‌Design Standards

Buildings or parts thereof and facilities that are required to be barrier-free shall be designed in accordance with

‌this Subsection, or

the provisions of CSA B651, “Accessible design for the built environment,” listed in Table 3.8.3.1., in their entirety.

(See Note A-3.8.3.1.(1).)

Table 3.8.3.1.

Barrier-free Design Provisions

Forming Part of Sentence 3.8.3.1.(1)

Barrier-free Application (Code References)	Applicable CSA B651 Provisions
Interior accessible routes (3.8.3.2.)	4.3 and 5.1
Exterior accessible routes (3.8.3.3.)	8.2.1 to 8.2.5 and 8.2.7
Passenger pickup areas (3.8.3.4.)	9.3
Ramps (3.8.3.5.)	5.3 and 5.5
Doors and doorways (3.8.3.6.)	5.2
Passenger-elevating devices (3.8.3.7.)	5.6.2
Operating controls (3.8.3.8.)	4.2
Signage (3.8.3.9.)	4.5 and 9.4
Drinking fountains (3.8.3.10.)	6.1
Washroom facilities (3.8.3.12. to 3.8.3.16.)	6.2 and 6.3
Bathing facilities (3.8.3.17. and 3.8.3.18.)	6.5
Communication (3.8.3.19. and 3.8.3.21.)	6.6
Counters (3 .8.3.20. and 3.8.3.21.)	6.7.1
Spaces in seating areas (3.8.3.22.)	6.7.3

‌Division B‌

‌Barrier-Free Path of Travel
1. Except as required elsewhere in this Part or as permitted by Sentence (2) and Article 3.8.3.6. pertaining to doorways, the clear width of a barrier-free path of travel shall be not less than 1 000 mm.
2. The clear width of a barrier-free path of travel is permitted to be reduced to not less than 850 mm for a length of not more than 600 mm, provided the clear floor space at either end of the reduced-clear width section is level within a rectangular area
  1. ‌whose dimension parallel to each end of the reduced-clear width section is not less than 1 000 mm, and
  2. whose dimension perpendicular to each end of the reduced-clear width section is not less than 1 500 mm.
    (See Note A-3.8.3.2.(2).)
3. Interior and exterior walking surfaces that are within a barrier-free path of travel shall
  1. ‌have no opening that will permit the passage of a sphere more than 13 mm in diameter,‌
  2. ‌have any elongated openings oriented approximately perpendicular to the direction of travel,
  3. ‌be stable, firm and slip-resistant,
  4. have a cross slope no steeper than 1 in 50,
  5. be beveled at a maximum slope of 1 in 2 at changes in level between 6 mm and 13 mm, and
  6. be provided with sloped floors or ramps at changes in level more than 13 mm.
    (See Note A-3.8.3.2.(3).)
4. A barrier-free path of travel is permitted to include ramps, passenger elevators or other platform-equipped passenger-elevating devices to overcome a difference in level.
5. The width of a barrier-free path of travel that is more than 24 m long shall be increased to not less than 1 700 mm for a length of 1 700 mm at intervals not exceeding 24 m.
6. Where a section of a barrier-free path of travel is less than 1 500 mm wide for a distance of more than 12 m, it shall end in a clear floor space that is
  1. not less than 1 700 mm in diameter,
  2. not less than 1 700 mm by 1 500 mm, or
  3. ‌T-shaped with overall dimensions measuring 1 700 mm wide by 1 500 mm long, where the two arms of the “T” are not less than 1 000 mm wide and extend not less than 300 mm from each side of the base of the “T” and the base is not less than 1 000 mm wide and extends not less than 500 mm from each arm.‌
    (See Note A-3.8.3.2.(6).)
‌Exterior Walks‌‌
1. Exterior walks that form part of a barrier-free path of travel shall
  1. ‌have a slip-resistant, continuous and even surface,
  2. be not less than 1 600 mm wide,
  3. have a level area conforming to Clause 3.8.3.5.(1)(c) adjacent to an entrance doorway, and
  4. be designed in accordance with Clause 8.2.1 of CSA B651, “Accessible design for the built environment.”
‌Exterior Passenger-Loading Zones‌
1. If an exterior passenger-loading zone is provided, it shall have
  1. an access aisle not less than 1 500 mm wide and 6 000 mm long adjacent and parallel to the vehicle pull-up space,
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 3.8.3.6.
  2. ‌a curb ramp, where there are curbs between the access aisle and the vehicle pull-up space, and‌
  3. ‌a clear height of not less than 2 750 mm at the pull-up space and along the vehicle access and egress routes.
‌Ramps‌
1. A ramp located in a barrier-free path of travel shall
  1. have a clear width not less than 1 000 mm (see Note A-3.4.3.4.),
  2. have a uniform slope along its length not more than 1 in 12 (see Note A-3.8.3.5.(1)(b)),
  3. have a level area not less than 1 700 mm by 1 700 mm at the top and bottom and at intermediate levels of a ramp leading to a door, so that on the latch side the level area extends not less than
    1. 600 mm beyond the edge of the door opening where the door opens towards the ramp, or
    2. 300 mm beyond the edge of the door opening where the door opens away from the ramp,
      (see Note A-3.8.3.5.(1)(c)),
  4. have a level area not less than 1 350 mm long and at least the same width as the ramp
    1. at intervals not more than 9 m along its length, and
    2. where there is an abrupt change in the direction of the ramp, and
  5. except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), be equipped with handrails conforming to Article 3.4.6.5., except that they shall be not less than 865 mm and not more than 965 mm high, and
  6. be equipped with guards conforming to Article 3.4.6.6.
2. Handrails installed in addition to required handrails need not comply with the height requirements stated in Clause (1)(e).
3. The requirement for handrails in Clause (1)(e) need not apply to a ramp serving as an aisle for fixed seating.
4. The surfaces of ramps and landings shall‌
  1. be hard or resilient where the ramp is steeper than 1 in 15 (see Note A-3.8.3.5.(4)(a)),
  2. have a cross slope no steeper than 1 in 50, and
  3. where exposed to water, be designed to drain.
5. ‌Ramps and landings not at grade or adjacent to a wall shall have edge protection consisting of
  1. a curb not less than 75 mm high, or
  2. a raised barrier or rail located not more than 100 mm from the ramp or landing surface.
‌Doorways and Doors‌
1. Except where stated otherwise, this Article applies to swinging and sliding doors.
2. Every doorway that is located in a barrier-free path of travel shall have a clear width not less than 850 mm when the door is in the open position. (See Note A-3.8.3.6.(2).)
3. Doorways in a path of travel to at least one bathroom within a suite of residential occupancy shall have a clear width not less than 850 mm when the doors are open. (See Note A-3.8.3.6.(3).)
4. Door-operating devices shall
  1. comply with Clause 3.8.3.8.(1)(b), and
  2. be operable at a height between 900 mm and 1 100 mm above the floor. (See Note A-3.8.3.6.(4).)
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌3.8.3.6. Division B
5. A threshold for a doorway referred to in Sentences (2) and (3) shall be not more than 13 mm higher than the finished floor surface and shall be beveled to facilitate the passage of wheelchairs.
6. Power door operators required by Sentence 3.8.2.7.(1) shall
  1. activate automatically or through the use of controls that
    1. are located in a barrier-free path of travel,
    2. are marked with the International Symbol of Access,
    3. are located clear of the door swing and no more than 1 500 mm from that door swing,
    4. comply with Subclause 3.8.3.8.(1)(a)(iii),
    5. are operable from a height between 150 mm and 300 mm as well as between 900 mm and 1 100 mm above the floor, and
    6. are operable by touching or approaching any part of their surface with a fist, arm or foot, and
  2. unless equipped with safety sensors,
    1. ‌fully open the door in not less than 3 s, and
    2. require a force not more than 65 N to stop movement of the door.
      (See Note A-3.8.3.6.(6) and (7).)
7. A cane-detectable guard shall be installed on the hinged side of power-assisted doors that swing open into the path of travel. (See Note A-3.8.3.6.(6) and (7).)
8. Except as provided in Sentence (9) and except for a door with a power door operator complying with Sentence (6), when unlatched, a door in a barrier-free path of travel shall open when the force applied to the handle, push plate or latch-releasing device is not more than
  1. 38 N in the case of an exterior swinging door,
  2. 22 N in the case of an interior swinging door, or
  3. 22 N in the case of a sliding door.
9. Sentence (8) does not apply to a door at the entrance to a dwelling unit, or where greater forces are required in order to close and latch the door against the prevailing difference in air pressure on opposite sides of the door. (See Note A-3.8.3.6.(9).)
10. Except for a door at the entrance to a dwelling unit, a closer for an interior door in a barrier-free path of travel shall have a closing period of not less than 3 s measured from when the door is in an open position of 70° to the doorway, to when the door reaches a point 75 mm from the closed position, measured from the leading edge of the latch side of the door. (See Note A-3.8.3.6.(10).)
11. Unless equipped with a power door operator complying with Sentence (6), a swinging door in a barrier-free path of travel shall have a clear space on the latch side extending the height of the doorway and not less than
  1. ‌600 mm beyond the edge of the door opening if the door swings toward the approach side, and
  2. 300 mm beyond the edge of the door opening if the door swings away from the approach side.
    (See Note A-3.8.3.6.(11).)
12. A vestibule located in a barrier-free path of travel shall be arranged to allow the movement of wheelchairs between doors and shall provide a distance between 2 doors in series of not less than 1 350 mm plus the width of any door that swings into the space in the path of travel from one door to another.
13. Only the active leaf in a multiple-leaf door in a barrier-free path of travel need conform to the requirements of this Article.
14. Except as provided in Clause 3.8.3.5.(1)(c) and Sentence (16), the clear floor space on the pull side of a swinging door in a barrier-free path of travel shall be level within a rectangular area of not less than 1 700 mm by 1 500 mm measured from the hinged side of the door. (See Note A-3.8.3.6.(14) to (16).)
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  ‌Division B 3.8.3.9.
15. Except as provided in Clause 3.8.3.5.(1)(c) and Sentence (16), the clear floor space on the push side of a swinging door and on each side of a sliding door in a barrier-free path of travel shall be level within a rectangular area
  1. whose dimension parallel to the closed door is not less than 1 200 mm, and
  2. whose dimension perpendicular to the closed door is not less than 1 500 mm. (See Note A-3.8.3.6.(14) to (16).)
16. Where a door referred to in Sentences (14) and (15) is equipped with a power door operator complying with Sentence (6), the width of the clear floor space parallel to the closed door is permitted to be reduced to not less than 1 000 mm. (See Note A-3.8.3.6.(14) to (16).)
17. Except for facilities for persons with cognitive disabilities such as dementia, doorways leading from a public corridor or a corridor used by the public that provide access to a public area or an exit shall be provided with a door or door frame that has a readily apparent visual contrast with adjacent wall surfaces. (See Note A-3.8.3.6.(17).) (See also Note A-3.4.6.11.(4).)‌
‌Passenger-Elevating Devices
1. A passenger-elevating device referred to in Article 3.8.2.3. located in a
  barrier-free path of travel shall
  1. conform to CSA B355, “Platform lifts and stair lifts for barrier-free access,”
  2. have a clear floor space not less than 1 500 mm long by 1 000 mm wide, and
  3. have entry doors or gates
    1. ‌providing a clear width not less than 850 mm in the open position if located on the short side of the passenger-elevating device, or
    2. ‌providing a clear width not less than 1 000 mm in the open position if located at either end of the long side of the passenger-elevating device.
‌Controls
1. Controls described in this Section shall
  1. where located in a storey where a barrier-free path of travel is required and unless otherwise stated,
    1. be in or adjacent to the barrier-free path of travel,
    2. be mounted 400 mm to 1 200 mm above the floor, and
    3. be adjacent to and centred on either the length or the width of a clear floor space of 1 350 mm by 800 mm,
  2. be operable
    1. with one hand in a closed fist position, without requiring tight grasping, pinching with fingers, or twisting of the wrist, and
    2. ‌unless otherwise stated, with a force not more than 22 N, and
  3. where controls provide a feedback signal to the user, it shall be both audible and visible (see Note A-3.8.3.8.(1)(c)).
‌Accessible Signs
1. Visual information signs required by Subsections 3.4.5. and 3.4.6. and Article 3.8.2.10. shall comply with Clauses 4.5.2, 4.5.3 and 4.5.4 of CSA B651, “Accessible design for the built environment.” (See Note A-3.8.3.9.(1) and (2).)
2. Tactile information signs required by Subsections 3.4.5. and 3.4.6. and Article 3.8.2.10. shall
  1. have Braille and tactile characters in accordance with Clauses 4.5.6.2 and
    4.5.6.3 of CSA B651, “Accessible design for the built environment,”
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
Division B

‌be installed on the wall closest to the latch side of the door or on the nearest wall on the right side of the door, where there is no wall at the latch side, and
be centred 1 500 mm above the finished floor with the edge of the sign located not more than 300 mm from the door.

(See Note A-3.8.3.9.(1) and (2).)

Signs required by Article 3.8.2.10. shall incorporate the International Symbol of Access or the International Symbol of Access for Hearing Loss and appropriate graphical or textual information that clearly indicates the type of facilities available. (See Note A-3.8.3.9.(3).)‌

‌Drinking Fountains
1. Drinking fountains required by Sentence 3.8.2.8.(10) shall be equipped with controls that
  1. activate automatically, or
  2. comply with Clause 3.8.3.8.(1)(b) and are located on the front or on both sides of the fountain.
2. Where drinking fountains referred to in Sentence (1) are located in a storey
  where a barrier-free path of travel is required, they shall
  1. be located along the barrier-free path of travel,
  2. have a minimum clear floor space of 800 mm by 1 350 mm in front of them,
  3. where they have frontal access, provide a knee clearance in accordance with Clause 3.8.3.16.(1)(e), and
  4. have a spout that
    1. ‌is located near the front of the unit, at a height between 750 mm and 915 mm above the floor, and
    2. ‌directs water flow in a trajectory that is nearly parallel to the front of the unit, at a height not less than 100 mm.
(See Sentences 3.3.1.8.(2) and (3) on horizontal projections.)
‌Water-Bottle Filling Stations
1. Water-bottle filling stations required by Sentence 3.8.2.8.(11) shall be equipped with controls that
  1. activate automatically, or
  2. comply with Clause 3.8.3.8.(1)(b).
2. Water-bottle filling stations required by Sentence 3.8.2.8.(11) that are located in a storey where a barrier-free path of travel is required shall
  1. be located along the barrier-free path of travel,
  2. have a clear floor space of 800 mm by 1 350 mm in front of them (see Note A-3.8.3.11.(2)(b) and (d)),
  3. where they have frontal access, provide a knee clearance in accordance with Clause 3.8.3.16.(1)(e),
  4. be operable at a height of not more than 1 200 mm above the floor (see Note A-3.8.3.11.(2)(b) and (d)), and
  5. ‌be equipped with controls that
    1. activate automatically, or
    2. comply with Sentence 3.8.3.8.(1).
      (See Sentences 3.3.1.8.(2) and (3) on horizontal projections.)
‌Accessible Water-Closet Stalls‌
1. Water-closet stalls and enclosures required by Sentence 3.8.2.8.(5) shall
  1. be not less than 1 500 mm wide by 1 500 mm deep,
  2. have a clear lateral transfer space adjacent to the water closet that
    1. is at least 1 500 mm long, measured from the wall behind the water closet, and
    2. is at least 900 mm wide, measured from the closest edge of the water closet seat,
      (see Note A-3.8.3.12.(1)(b))
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
      Division B 3.8.3.13.
  3. ‌have a clear floor space of 1 700 mm by 1 700 mm in front of the accessible stall,
  4. be equipped with a door that
    1. can be latched from the inside with a mechanism located 900 mm to 1 100 mm above the floor that conforms to Clause 3.8.3.8.(1)(b),
    2. is aligned with either the transfer space adjacent to the water closet or with a clear floor space not less than
      1 700 mm by 1 700 mm within the stall,
    3. provides a clear opening not less than 850 mm wide when it is open,
    4. is self-closing so that, when at rest, the door is ajar by not more than 50 mm beyond the jamb,
    5. swings outward, unless there is sufficient floor space within the stall for the door to swing inward in addition to a clear floor space of at least 800 mm by 1 350 mm (see Note A-3.8.3.12.(1)(d)(v)),
    6. where the door swings outward, is provided with a horizontal, D-shaped, visually contrasting door pull not less than 140 mm long located on the inside such that its midpoint is 200 mm to 300 mm from the hinged side of the door and 800 mm to 1 000 mm above the floor (see Note A-3.8.3.12.(1)(d)(vi)), and
    7. ‌is provided with a horizontal, D-shaped, visually contrasting door pull not less than 140 mm long located on the outside such that its midpoint is 120 mm to 220 mm from the latch side and 800 mm to 1 000 mm above the floor,‌
  5. have a water closet located so that the distance between the centre line of the fixture and the wall on one side is 460 mm to 480 mm,
  6. be equipped with an L-shaped grab bar that
    1. is mounted on the side wall closest to the water closet,
    2. has horizontal and vertical components not less than 760 mm long mounted with the horizontal component 750 mm to 850 mm above the floor and the vertical component 150 mm in front of the water closet (see Note A-3.8.3.12.(1)(f)(ii)), and
    3. complies with Article 3.7.2.7.,
  7. be equipped with either one grab bar at least 600 mm long and centred over the water closet, or two grab bars at least 300 mm long and located either side of the flush valve, that
    1. conform to Article 3.7.2.7.,
    2. ‌are mounted on the rear wall, and
    3. ‌are mounted at the same height as the grab bar on the side wall or 100 mm above the top of the attached water tank, if applicable,
  8. be equipped with a coat hook mounted not more than 1 200 mm above the floor on a side wall and projecting not more than 50 mm from the wall, and
  9. be equipped with a toilet paper dispenser mounted on the side wall closest to the water closet such that
    1. ‌the bottom of the dispenser is 600 mm to 800 mm above the floor, and
    2. ‌the closest edge of the dispenser is 300 mm from the front of the water closet.
‌Universal Washrooms
(See Note A-3.8.3.13.)
1. A universal washroom shall
  1. be served by a barrier-free path of travel,
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B

have a door complying with Article 3.8.3.6. that
1. has a latch-operating mechanism located 900 mm to 1 100 mm above the floor that complies with
  Clause 3.8.3.8.(1)(b) and is capable of being locked from the inside, and released from the outside in case of emergency, and
2. if it is an outward swinging door that is not self-closing, has a door pull not less than 140 mm long located on the inside so that its midpoint is not less than 200 mm and not more than 300 mm from the hinged side of the door and not less than 900 mm and not more than 1 100 mm above the floor (see Note A-3.8.3.12.(1)(d)(vi)),
have one lavatory conforming to Article 3.8.3.16.,
have one water closet conforming to Article 3.8.3.14. and Clause 3.8.3.12.(1)(e),
have a clear lateral transfer space adjacent to the water closet that conforms to Clause 3.8.3.12.(1)(b),
have grab bars conforming to Clauses 3.8.3.12.(1)(f) and (g),
have a coat hook conforming to Clause 3.8.3.12.(1)(h),
have a toilet paper dispenser conforming to Clause 3.8.3.12.(1)(i),
‌unless a counter is provided, have a shelf located not more than 1 200 mm above the floor, and
be designed to permit a wheelchair to turn in an open space not less than 1 700 mm in diameter.

A universal washroom required to have an accessible change space as stipulated in Sentence 3.8.2.8.(15) shall
1. ‌be equipped with an adult-sized change table,
2. have a clear floor space to accommodate the adult-sized change table that is 810 mm wide by 1 830 mm long and does not overlap with the clear spaces required by Clauses (1)(e), (1)(j) and (c), and
3. ‌have a clear transfer space of 900 mm by 1 350 mm adjacent to the long side of the clear floor space for the adult-sized change table.

‌Water Closets
1. A water closet for a person with physical disabilities shall
  1. be equipped with a seat located 430 mm to 460 mm above the floor,
  2. flush automatically or be equipped with a flushing control that
    1. is located 500 mm to 900 mm above the floor,
    2. is located no more than 350 mm from the transfer side, and
    3. complies with Clause 3.8.3.8.(1)(b),
  3. be equipped with a seat lid or other back support, and
  4. where it has a tank, have a securely attached tank top. (See Note A-3.8.3.14.(1).)
‌Water-Closet Stalls and Urinals for Persons with Limited Mobility‌
1. Water-closet stalls for persons with limited mobility required by Sentence 3.8.2.8.(7) shall
  1. be at least 1 500 mm deep and 890 mm to 940 mm wide,
  2. be equipped with a door that
    1. has a latch-operating mechanism conforming to
      Clause 3.8.3.8.(1)(b) that can be locked from the inside and released from the outside in the event of an emergency,
    2. provides a clear opening not less than 850 mm wide when it is open,
    3. swings outward, unless the minimum dimensions required by Clause (a) do not overlap with the area of the door swing,
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
      Division B 3.8.3.16.
    4. is self-closing so that, when at rest, the door is ajar by not more than 50 mm beyond the jamb, and
    5. has a door pull on both sides of the door, near the latch side, located 900 mm to 1 100 mm above the finished floor,
  3. have one water closet conforming to Article 3.8.3.14. centred within the stall,
  4. have a horizontal grab bar conforming to Article 3.7.2.7. on each side of the water closet that
    1. is located 750 mm to 850 mm above the floor,
    2. ‌begins not more than 300 mm from the wall behind the water closet, and
    3. extends at least 450 mm in front of the toilet seat, and
  5. be equipped with a coat hook mounted not more than 1 200 mm above the floor on a side wall and projecting not more than 50 mm from the wall.
2. Urinals described in Sentence 3.8.2.8.(6) shall
  1. ‌be wall-mounted, with the rim located not more than 430 mm above the floor,
  2. be adjacent to an accessible route,
  3. have a clear width of approach that is at least 800 mm wide by 1 350 mm long centred on the urinal and unobstructed by privacy screens,
  4. have no step in front of it,
  5. ‌have a flush control that
    1. is automatic, or
    2. complies with Clause 3.8.3.8.(1)(b) and is located 900 mm to 1 100 mm above the floor, and
  6. have a vertically mounted grab bar installed on each side that
    1. complies with Article 3.7.2.7.,
    2. ‌is not less than 600 mm long, with its centre line 1 000 mm above the floor, and
    3. ‌is located not more than 380 mm from the centre line of the urinal.
‌Lavatories and Mirrors
1. Lavatories required by Sentence 3.8.2.8.(8) shall
  1. be equipped with faucets complying with Sentence 3.7.2.3.(4),
  2. be located so that the distance between the centre line of the lavatory and any side wall is not less than 460 mm,
  3. have a clear floor space in front of the lavatory that is at least
    1. ‌800 mm wide, centred on the lavatory, and
    2. 1 350 mm long, of which no more than 430 mm is beneath the lavatory,
  4. have a rim height not more than 865 mm above the floor,
  5. have a clearance beneath the lavatory not less than
    1. 800 mm wide, centred on the lavatory,
    2. 735 mm high at the front edge,
    3. ‌685 mm high at a point 200 mm back from the front edge, and
    4. 230 mm high over the distance from a point 280 mm to a point 430 mm back from the front edge,
      (see Note A-3.8.3.16.(1)(e))
  6. have insulated water supply and drain pipes where these pipes are exposed (see Note A-3.8.3.16.(1)(f)),
  7. have a soap dispenser that
    1. is automatic, or
    2. complies with Clause 3.8.3.8.(1)(b) and is located not more than 1 100 mm above the floor, within 500 mm from the front of the lavatory (see Note A-3.8.3.16.(1)(g)), and
  8. have a towel dispenser or other hand-drying equipment located close to the lavatory, not more than 1 200 mm above the floor in an area that is accessible to persons in wheelchairs.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B

Mirrors required by Sentence 3.8.2.8.(9) shall be
1. ‌mounted with their bottom edge not more than 1 000 mm above the floor, or
2. fixed in an inclined position so as to be usable by a person in a wheelchair.

‌Showers
1. Showers required by Sentence 3.8.2.8.(12) shall
  1. be not less than 1 500 mm wide and 900 mm deep,
  2. have a clear floor space at the entrance to the shower that is not less than 900 mm deep and the same width as the shower, except that fixtures are permitted to project into that space provided they do not restrict access to the shower (see Note A-3.8.3.17.(1)(b)),‌
  3. ‌have no doors or curtains that obstruct the controls or the clear floor space at the entrance to the shower,
  4. have a slip-resistant floor surface,
  5. have a threshold not more than 13 mm higher than the finished floor, and where it is higher than 6 mm, beveled to a slope no steeper than 1 in 2 (50%),
  6. have 2 grab bars
    1. that conform to Sentence 3.7.2.7.(1),
    2. one of which is not less than 1 000 mm long and located vertically on the side wall 50 mm to 80 mm from the adjacent clear floor space, with its lower end 600 mm to 650 mm above the floor, and,
    3. one of which is L-shaped and located on the wall opposite the entrance to the shower, with a horizontal member not less than 1 000 mm long mounted 750 mm to 870 mm above the floor and a vertical member not less than 750 mm long mounted 400 mm to 500 mm from the side wall on which the other vertical grab bar is mounted,
      (see Note A-3.8.3.17.(1)(f)),
  7. have a hinged seat that is not spring-loaded or a fixed seat with a smooth, slip-resistant surface and no rough edges, the seat being
    1. ‌not less than 450 mm wide and 400 mm deep,
    2. mounted on the same side wall as the vertical grab bar, at 460 mm to 480 mm above the floor, and
    3. designed to carry a minimum load of 1.3 kN,
  8. have a pressure-equalizing or thermostatic-mixing valve and other controls that
  9. comply with Clause 3.8.3.8.(1)(b),
    ii) are mounted on the wall opposite the entrance to the shower at not more than 1 200 mm above the floor and within reach of the seat,
    1. have a hand-held shower head with not less than 1 800 mm of flexible hose located so that it
      1. can be reached from a seated position,
      2. ‌can be used in a fixed position at a height of 1 200 mm and 2 030 mm, and
      3. ‌does not obstruct the use of the grab bars, and
  10. ‌have recessed soap holders that can be reached from the seated position.
2. A universal dressing and shower room required by Sentence 3.8.2.8.(13) shall
  1. be located in a barrier-free path of travel,
  2. have a door capable of being locked from the inside and released from the outside in the event of an emergency,
  3. have a lavatory and a mirror conforming to Article 3.8.3.16.,
  4. have a shower conforming to Sentence (1),
  5. ‌have a bench that is at least 1 830 mm long by 760 mm wide and 480 mm to 520 mm high,
  6. have a clear transfer space adjacent to the long side of the bench that is 900 mm wide and as long as the bench (see Note A-3.8.3.17.(2)(f)), and
  7. have a coat hook conforming to Clause 3.8.3.12.(1)(h).
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B 3.8.3.21.‌
‌Accessible Bathtubs
1. A bathtub required by Sentence 3.8.2.8.(14) shall
  1. be located in a room with a clear floor space not less than 1 700 mm in diameter,
  2. be not less than 1 500 mm long,
  3. have a clear floor space not less than 900 mm wide adjacent to its entire length,
  4. be capable of being accessed along its full length with no tracks mounted on its rim,
  5. have faucets and other controls that
    1. conform to Clause 3.8.3.8.(1)(b), and
    2. are located on the centre line or between the centre line of the bathtub and the exterior edge of the bathtub rim, at a maximum height of 450 mm above the rim,
  6. have three grab bars
    1. that conform to Sentence 3.7.2.7.(1),
    2. that are not less than 1 200 mm long,
    3. two of which are located vertically at each end of the bathtub, set 80 mm to 120 mm in from the outside edge of the bathtub, with their lower end 180 mm to 280 mm above the bathtub rim, and
    4. one of which is located horizontally along the length of the bathtub at 180 mm to 280 mm above the bathtub rim,
  7. ‌have a slip-resistant bottom surface, and
  8. ‌be equipped with a hand-held shower head with not less than 1 800 mm of flexible hose that can be used in a fixed position at a height of 1 200 mm and 2 030 mm.
‌Assistive Listening Systems
(See Note A-3.8.3.19.)
1. Assistive listening systems required by Sentence 3.8.2.9.(1) shall encompass the entire seating area.
2. Assistive listening systems or adaptive technologies required by Sentence 3.8.2.9.(2) shall provide for the clear communication required for the exchange of information, goods and services.‌
‌Counters
1. A section of a service counter required to be barrier-free in accordance with Sentence 3.8.2.11.(1) shall
  1. be not less than 800 mm long centred over a knee space conforming to Clause (c),
  2. have a surface not more than 865 mm above the floor, and
  3. where forward-facing interaction with a person or a device is required, have a knee space underneath it that is (see Note A-3.8.3.20.(1)(c))
    1. not less than 800 mm wide,
    2. ‌not less than 685 mm high, and
    3. not less than 485 mm deep.
‌Telephones
1. A telephone required to be barrier-free in accordance with Article 3.8.2.12. shall
  1. be adjacent to and centred on either the length or the width of a clear floor space not less than 1 350 mm by 800 mm,
  2. where a forward approach is provided, have a knee space underneath it conforming to Clause 3.8.3.20.(1)(c), and
  3. be located so that its receiver and operable parts are not more than 1 200 mm above the floor.
2. Where provided, shelves or counters for public telephones shall
  1. be level,
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
Division B

be not less than 305 mm deep,
‌have, for each telephone provided, a clear space not less than 250 mm wide having no obstruction within 250 mm above the surface, and
‌have a section with a surface not more than 865 mm above the floor serving at least one telephone.

(See Note A-3.8.3.21.(2).)

‌3.8.3.22. Spaces in Seating Area

Spaces designated for wheelchair use in assembly occupancies as required by Sentence 3.8.2.3.(3) shall conform to the following:
1. at least one designated space shall be clear and level for each increment of 200 seats and the remaining designated spaces shall be level and have removable seats,
2. they shall be not less than 900 mm wide and 1 700 mm long to permit a wheelchair to enter from a side approach and 1 350 mm long where the wheelchair enters from the front or rear of the space,
3. ‌they shall be arranged so that
  1. at least two designated spaces are located side by side, and
  2. at least one fixed seat is located beside each designated space,
4. they shall be located adjoining a barrier-free path of travel without infringing on egress from any row of seating or any aisle requirements, and
5. they shall be situated, as part of the designated seating plan, to provide a choice of viewing location and a clear view of the event taking place.
  (See Note A-3.8.2.3.(5) and (6) and 3.8.3.22.(1) and (4).)
Spaces designated for wheelchair use in waiting rooms or areas as required by Sentence 3.8.2.3.(4) shall‌
1. be clear and level, and
2. comply with Clauses (1)(b) and (d).
Adaptable seats required by Sentence 3.8.2.3.(5) shall
1. be located adjoining an aisle without infringing on egress from any row of seating or any aisle requirements,
2. ‌be equipped with a movable or removable armrest on the side of the seat adjoining the aisle, and
3. be situated, as part of the designated seating plan, to provide a choice of viewing location and a clear view of the event taking place.
Storage spaces for mobility aids shall be provided in a location
1. that is on the same level as and in proximity to the adaptable seats required by Sentence 3.8.2.3.(5),
2. that is within the room side of the fire separation required by Article 3.3.2.2., and
3. where they will not infringe on egress.

(See Notes A-3.8.3.22.(4) and A-3.8.2.3.(5) and (6) and 3.8.3.22.(1) and (4).)

‌Section 3.9. Self-service Storage Buildings‌

‌General
1. ‌Definition
  1. For the purpose of this Section, the term “self-service storage building” shall mean a building that is open to the public for the sole purpose of providing individual self-service storage units.‌
2. ‌Application
  1. This Section applies to self-service storage buildings that
    1. are not more than one storey in building height,
    2. do not contain a basement or mezzanine,
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
      ‌Division B 3.9.3.1.
    3. consist of individual self-service storage units with external access only,
    4. are used for no purpose other than storage, and
    5. except as provided in Sentences 3.9.3.1.(2) and (4), contain no other major occupancy.
  2. ‌Where there is a conflict between the requirements of this Section and other requirements in Part 3, this Section shall govern.
  3. The requirements in Part 3 regarding occupant load shall not apply to self-service storage buildings.
3. ‌Occupancy Classification‌
  1. Self-service storage buildings shall be classified as Group F, Division 2 major occupancies.
‌Building Fire Safety‌
1. ‌Building Area
  1. For the purpose of applying the requirements of Subsections 3.2 1. and 3.2.2.
    to self-service storage buildings, building area shall mean
    1. the building area of each building, or
    2. the total of the building areas of all buildings as a group. (See Note A-3.9.2.1.(1).)
2. ‌Spatial Separation
  (See Note A-3.9.2.2.)
  1. Except as provided in Sentence (3), the spatial separation requirements in Subsection 3.2.3. shall apply to self-service storage buildings.
  2. The distance between each group of self-service storage buildings shall be not less than 9 m.
  3. Subsection 3.2.3. need not apply between buildings within a group of self-service storage buildings, where the distance between these buildings is at least 6 m.
3. ‌Access Route‌
  1. Where Clause 3.9.2.1.(1)(b) is applied to a group of buildings, Article 3.2.5.4. and Sentence 3.2.5.5.(1) shall apply to that group of buildings as if they were a single building.
‌Floor Areas
1. ‌Safety Requirements Within Floor Areas‌
  1. Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (6), the requirements of Section 3.3. shall apply. (See Note A-3.9.3.1.(1).)
  2. Not more than one dwelling unit is permitted to be contained within one of the self-service storage buildings on a property.
  3. A dwelling unit referred to in Sentence (2) shall be separated from individual self-service storage units by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h.‌
  4. Where an office not more than 50 m2 in area is adjacent to a dwelling unit
    referred to in Sentence (2), it shall be considered as part of the dwelling unit.
  5. Fire separations required by Sentences 3.3.1.1.(1) and 3.3.5.9.(1) need not be provided between individual self-service storage units.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
2. ‌Division B

The floor area of self-service storage buildings shall be
1. ‌subdivided into compartments not more than 500 m2 in area by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, or
2. sprinklered.

(See also Sentence 3.4.6.12.(2) for the exemption applying to exit doors of individual self-service storage units.)

‌Sanitary Facilities
1. Except as provided in Sentence 3.7.2.1.(3), two public washrooms, each containing a water closet and a lavatory, shall be provided within one of the self-service storage buildings on the property. (See Note A-3.9.3.2.(1).)‌

‌Section 3.10. Objectives and Functional Statements

‌Objectives and Functional Statements‌
1. ‌Attributions to Acceptable Solutions
  1. ‌For the purpose of compliance with this Code as required in

Table 3.10.1.1.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(3)	[F02-OS1.2]
	[F02-OP1.2]
3.1.4.5. Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood
(1)	[F02-OS1.2]
	[F02-OP1.2]
3.1.4.8. Exterior Cladding
(1)	[F 02,F03-OP3.1]
(2)	[F 02,F03-OP3.1]
3.1.5.1. Noncombustible Materials
(1)	[F02-OS1.2]
	[F02-OP1.2]
3.1.5.5. Combustible Cladding on Exterior Walls
(2)	[F 03,F02-OP3.1]
3.1.5.21. Wires and Cables
(2)	[F02-OS1.2]
	[F02-OP1.2]
(3)	[F02-OS1.2]
	[F02-OP1.2]
3.1.5.23. Non-metallic Raceways
(1)	[F02-OS1.2]
	[F02-OP1.2]
(2)	[F02-OS1.2]
	[F02-OP1.2]

Objectives and Functional Statements Attributed to the Acceptable Solutions in Part 3

Forming Part of Sentence 3.10.1.1.(1)

Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
3.1.3.1. Separation of Major Occupancies
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(2)	[F03-OS1.2]
(3)	[F02,F03,F06 -OS1.2] [F10,F05-OS1.5]
	[F02 ,F03 ,F06-OP1.2]
3.1.3.2. Prohibition of Occupancy Combinations
(1)	[F02 ,F03 -OS1.2] [F10-OS1.5]
(2)	[F02 ,F03-OS1.2]
3.1.4.1. Combustible Materials Permitted
(2)	[F02-OS1.2]
	[F02-OP1.2]
3.1.4.2. Protection of Foamed Plastics
(1)	[F01 -OS1.1] [F02-OS1.2]
	[F01-O P1.1] [F02-OP1.2]
(2)	[F01 -OS1.1] [F02-OS1.2]
	[F01 -OP1.1] [F02-OP1.2]
3.1.4.3. Wires and Cables
(1)	[F02-OS1.2]
	[F02-OP1.2]
(2)	[F02-OS1.2]
	[F02-OP1.2]

Division B 3.10.1.1.

Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued) Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
3.1.6.2. Materials Permitted
(1)	[F02-OS1.2]
	[F02-OP1.2]
3.1.6.3. Structural Mass Timber Elements
(2)	[F04-OS1.3]
	[F04-OP1.3]
(3)	[F02-OS1.2]
	[F02-OP1.2]
3.1.6.4. Encapsulation of Mass Timber Elements
(1)	[F02-OS1.2]
	[F02-OP1.2]
(2)	[F02-OS1.2]
	[F02-OP1.2]
3.1.6.5. Determination of Encapsulation Ratings
(1)	[F02-OS1.2]
	[F04-OS1.3]
	[F02-OP1.2]
	[F04-OP1.3]
3.1.6.9. Exterior Cladding
(1)	[F02-OS1.2]
	[F02-OP1.2]
(5)	[F02 ,F03-OP3.1]
(7)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
3.1.6.17. Penetration by Outlet Boxes
(3)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
3.1.7.1. Determination of Ratings
(1)	[F03 -OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3]
	[F03 -OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3]
3.1.7.5. Rating of Supporting Construction
(1)	[F04-OS1.3]
	[F04-OP1.3]
(3)	[F04-OS1.3]
	[F04-OP1.3]
3.1.8.1. General Requirements
(1)	(a) [F03-OS1.2]
	(a) [F03-OP1.2]
(2)	[F03 -OS1.2] Applies to the requirement that openings in fire separations be protected with closures, shafts or other means.
	[F03 -OP1.2] Applies to the requirement that openings in fire separations be protected with closures, shafts or other means.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
3.1.8.2. Combustible Construction Support
(1)	[F04-OS1.2]
	[F04-OP1.2]
3.1.8.3. Continuity of Fire Separations
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(2)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(3)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(4)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
3.1.8.4. Determination of Ratings and Classifications
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(2)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(3)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(4)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
3.1.8.5. Installation of Closures
(2)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(3)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(4)	[F81-OS1.2]
	[F81-OP1.2]
(5)	[F81-OP1.2]
	[F81-OS1.2]
(6)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(7)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
3.1.8.6. Maximum Openings
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(2)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
3.1.8.7. Location of Fire Dampers and Smoke Dampers
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]

3.10.1.1. Division B

Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued) Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
3.1.8.10. Installation of Fire Dampers
(1)	[F04-OS1.2]
	[F04-OP1.2]
(2)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(3)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(4)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(5)	[F82 -OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “A tightly fitted access door shall be installed for each fire damper to provide access for the inspection of the damper …”
	[F82 -OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “A tightly fitted access door shall be installed for each fire damper to provide access for the inspection of the damper …”
	[F82 -OH1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “A tightly fitted access door shall be installed for each fire damper to provide access for … the resetting of the release device.”
3.1.8.11. Installation of Smoke Dampers
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(2)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(3)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(4)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(5)	[F82-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “A tightly fitted access door shall be installed for each smoke damper ... to provide access for ... inspection …”
	[F82-OH1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “A tightly fitted access door shall be installed for each smoke damper ... to provide access for ... inspection …”
	[F82 -OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “A tightly fitted access door shall be installed for each ... fire damper to provide access for … the resetting of the release device.”
3.1.8.12. Twenty-Minute Closures
(3)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
3.1.8.13. Self-closing Devices
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
3.1.8.14. Hold-Open Devices
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
(2)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(3)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(4)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(5)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
3.1.8.15. Door Latches
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
3.1.8.16. Wired Glass and Glass Block
(3)	[F04-O S1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “Glass blocks permitted by Sentence (1) shall be … reinforced with steel reinforcement in each horizontal joint.”
	[F04-O P1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “Glass blocks permitted by Sentence (1) shall be … reinforced with steel reinforcement in each horizontal joint.”
3.1.8.17. Temperature Rise Limit for Doors
(1)	[F 03,F31-O S1.2] [F05-OS1.5]
	[F03-OP1.2]
3.1.8.18. Area Limits for Wired Glass, Glass Block and Safety Glazing
(1)	[F05-O S1.5] [F31-OS1.2]
	[F30-OS3.1]
(2)	[F05-O S1.5] [F31-OS1.2]
3.1.9.1. Firestops
(1)	[F03-O S1.2] [F04-OS1.3]
	[F03-O P1.2] [F04-OP1.3]
(2)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP3.1]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(3)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(6)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(7)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
3.1.9.3. Penetration by Outlet Boxes
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]

Division B 3.10.1.1.

Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued) Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(4)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
3.1.9.4. Combustible Piping Penetrations
(3)	[F03-O S1.2] [F02,F04-OS1.3]
	[F03-O P1.2] [F02,F04-OP1.3]
(7)	[F03 -OS1.2] [F02-O S1.3] [F04-OS1.3]
	[F03 -OP1.2] [F02-O P1.3] [F04-OP1.3]
3.1.9.5. Openings through a Membrane Ceiling
(1)	[F04-OS1.3]
	[F04-OP1.3]
3.1.10.1. Prevention of Firewall Collapse
(1)	[F04-OP1.2]
	[F04-OS1.2]
	[F04-OP3.1]
(2)	[F03 ,F04-OP1.2]
	[F03 ,F04-OS1.2]
	[F03 ,F04-OP3.1]
(4)	[F04-OS1.2]
	[F04-OP1.2]
	[F04-OP3.1]
3.1.10.2. Rating of Firewalls
(1)	[F03 -OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “A firewall that separates a building or buildings with floor areas containing a Group E or a Group F, Division 1 or 2 major occupancy shall be constructed as a fire separation of noncombustible construction having a fire-resistance rating not less than 4 h …”
	[F03 -OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “A firewall that separates a building or buildings with floor areas containing a Group E or a Group F, Division 1 or 2 major occupancy shall be constructed as a fire separation of noncombustible construction having a fire-resistance rating not less than 4 h …”
	[F03 -OP3.1] Applies to portion of Code text: “A firewall that separates a building or buildings with floor areas containing a Group E or a Group F, Division 1 or 2 major occupancy shall be constructed as a fire separation of noncombustible construction having a fire-resistance rating not less than 4 h …”
(2)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
	[F03-OP3.1]
(3)	[F80 ,F04-OP1.2]
	[F80 ,F04-OS1.2]
	[F80 ,F04-OP1.3]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(4)	[F 80,F04-OP1.2]
	[F 80,F04-OS1.2]
	[F 80,F04-OP3.1]
3.1.10.3. Continuity of Firewalls
(1)	[F03-O S1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “A firewall shall extend from the ground continuously through, or adjacent to, all storeys of a building or buildings so separated …”
	[F03-O P1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “A firewall shall extend from the ground continuously through, or adjacent to, all storeys of a building or buildings so separated …”
	[F03-O P3.1] Applies to portion of Code text: “A firewall shall extend from the ground continuously through, or adjacent to, all storeys of a building or buildings so separated …”
3.1.10.4. Parapets
(1)	[F03-OP1.2]
	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP3.1]
3.1.10.5. Maximum Openings
(2)	[F03-OP1.2]
	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP3.1]
3.1.10.7. Combustible Projections
(1)	[F03-O P1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “Combustible material shall not extend across the end of a firewall …”
	[F03-O S1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “Combustible material shall not extend across the end of a firewall …”
	[F03-O P3.1] Applies to portion of Code text: “Combustible material shall not extend across the end of a firewall …”
(2)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
	[F03-OP3.1]
3.1.11.1. Separation of Concealed Spaces
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
3.1.11.2. Fire Blocks in Wall Assemblies
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
3.1.11.3. Fire Blocks between Nailing and Supporting Elements
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(2)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(3)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]

3.10.1.1. Division B

Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued) Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(4)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
3.1.11.4. Fire Blocks between Vertical and Horizontal Spaces
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
3.1.11.5. Fire Blocks in Horizontal Concealed Spaces
(1)	[F03 ,F04-OS1.2]
	[F03 ,F04-OP1.2]
(2)	[F03 ,F04-OS1.2]
	[F03 ,F04-OP1.2]
(3)	[F02 ,F03 -OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3]
	[F02 ,F03 -OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3]
(4)	[F02 ,F03-OS1.2]
	[F04-OS1.3]
	[F02 ,F03-OP1.2]
	[F04-OP1.3]
3.1.11.6. Fire Blocks in Crawl Spaces
(1)	[F03 ,F04-OS1.2]
	[F03 ,F04-OP1.2]
3.1.11.7. Fire Block Materials
(1)	[F04-OS1.2]
	[F04-OP1.2]
(6)	[F04-OP1.2]
	[F04-OS1.2]
(7)	[F03-OP1.2]
	[F03-OS1.2]
3.1.12.1. Determination of Ratings
(1)	[F02-OS1.2]
	[F02-OP1.2]
(2)	[F02-OS1.2]
	[F02-OP1.2]
3.1.13.2. Flame-Spread Rating
(1)	[F02-OS1.2]
	[F02-OP1.2]
3.1.13.5. Skylights
(1)	[F02-OS1.5]
3.1.13.6. Corridors
(1)	[F02-O S1.2,OS1.5]
	[F02-OP1.2]
(5)	[F02-O S1.2,OS1.5]
	[F02-OP1.2]
(6)	[F02-OS1.2]
	[F02-OP1.2]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
3.1.13.7. High Buildings
(1)	[F02-OS1.2]
	[F02-OP1.2]
3.1.13.9. Underground Walkways
(1)	[F02-OS1.2]
	[F02-OP3.1]
3.1.13.10. Exterior Exit Passageway
(1)	[F02-OS1.5]
3.1.13.11. Elevator Cars
(1)	[F02-OS1.2]
	[F02-OP1.2]
(2)	[F02-OS1.2]
	[F02-OP1.2]
3.1.14.1. Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood Roof Systems
(1)	[F02-OS1.2]
	[F02-OP1.2]
(2)	[F02-O S1.3,OS1.2]
	[F02-OP1.3]
3.1.14.2. Metal Roof Deck Assemblies
(1)	[F02-OS1.2]
	[F02-OP1.2]
3.1.15.1. Roof Covering Classification
(1)	[F02-OS1.2]
	[F02-OP1.2]
	[F02-OP3.1]
3.1.15.2. Roof Coverings
(1)	[F02-OS1.2]
	[F02-OP1.2]
	[F02-OP3.1]
(3)	[F02-OS1.2]
	[F02-OP1.2]
	[F02-OP3.1]
(4)	[F02-OS1.2]
	[F02-OP1.2]
	[F02-OP3.1]
3.1.16.1. Fabric Canopies and Marquees
(1)	[F02-O S1.2,OS1.5]
	[F02-OP1.2]
3.1.17.1. Occupant Load Determination
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]
	[F72-O H2.1] [F71-OH2.3]
(2)	[F10-OS3.7]
	[F72-O H2.1] [F71-OH2.3]

Division B 3.10.1.1.

Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued) Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(4)	[F10-OS3.7]
	[F72-O H2.1] [F71-OH2.3]
3.1.18.2. Restrictions
(1)	[F10 ,F12 ,F36-OS3.7]
	[F20-OS2.2]
(2)	[F10 ,F36-OS3.7] Applies to portion of Code text: “An air-supported structure shall not be used for Groups B, C, … major occupancies or for classrooms.”
	[F01 ,F02 ,F36-O S1.5] Applies to portion of Code text: “An air-supported structure shall not be used for … Group F, Division 1 major occupancies …”
(3)	[F10-OS3.7]
3.1.18.3. Clearance to Other Structures
(2)	(a) [F03-OS1.2]
	(b) [F10-OS3.7]
	(a) [F03-OP3.1]
3.1.18.4. Clearance to Flammable Material
(1)	[F01 -OS1.1] [F03-OS1.2]
	[F01 -OP1.1] [F03-OP1.2]
3.1.18.5. Flame Resistance
(1)	[F02-OS1.2]
3.1.18.6. Emergency Air Supply
(1)	[F20-OS3.7]
3.1.18.7. Electrical Systems
(1)	[F34-OP1.1]
	[F34-OS3.3]
	[F34-OS1.1]
(2)	[F81-OP1.1]
	[F81-OS1.1]
3.2.1.2. Storage Garage Considered as a Separate Building
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(2)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(3)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
3.2.1.4. Floor Assembly over Basement
(1)	[F03 -OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3]
	[F03 -OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3]
(2)	[F04-O S1.2,OS1.3]
	[F04-O P1.2,OP1.3]
3.2.1.5. Fire Containment in Basements
(1)	[F02-O S1.2,OS1.3]
	[F02-O P1.2,OP1.3]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
3.2.2.2. Special and Unusual Structures
(1)	[F 02,F03,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
	[F 02,F03,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
3.2.2.6. Multiple Major Occupancies
(1)	[F 02,F03,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
	[F 02,F03,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
3.2.2.10. Streets
(1)	[F12-O S1.2,OS1.5]
	[F12-OP1.2]
3.2.2.15. Storeys below Ground
(2)	(a) [F02,F04-O S1.2,OS1.3]
	(a) [F02,F04-O P1.2,OP1.3]
	(b),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-O S1.2,OS1.3]
	(b),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-O P1.2,OP1.3]
3.2.2.18. Automatic Sprinkler System Required
(2)	[F 02,F04-O S1.2,OS1.3]
	[F 02,F04-O P1.2,OP1.3]
3.2.2.20. Group A, Division 1, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered
(2)	[F02-O S1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction …”
	[F02-O P1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction …”
	(a) [F02,F04-O S1.2,O S1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building shall be sprinklered throughout …”
	(a) [F02,F04-O P1.2,O P1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building shall be sprinklered throughout …”
	(b),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-O S1.2,OS1.3]
	(b),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-O P1.2,OP1.3]
	(c),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
	(c),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.21. Group A, Division 1, One Storey, Limited Area, Sprinklered
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-O S1.2,O S1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
	(a) [F02,F04-O P1.2,O P1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”

3.10.1.1. Division B

Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued) Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F02 -OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of heavy timber construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination …”
	[F02 -OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of heavy timber construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination …”
	[F03 -OS1.2] [F04-O S1.2,O S1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… (a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations … (a)(i) with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min …” and to Clause (b).
	[F03 -OP1.2] [F04-O P1.2,O P1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… (a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations… (a)(i) with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min …” and to Clause (b).
3.2.2.22. Group A, Division 1, One Storey, Sprinklered
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
(2)	(a),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04 -OS1.2,OS1.3]
	(a),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04 -OP1.2,OP1.3]
	(b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
	(b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.23. Group A, Division 2, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered
(2)	[F02 -OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction …”
	[F02 -OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction …”
	(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building shall be sprinklered throughout …”
	(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “ … the building shall be sprinklered throughout …”
	(b),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04 -OS1.2,OS1.3]
	(b),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04 -OP1.2,OP1.3]
	(c),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
	(c),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.24. Group A, Division 2, up to 6 Storeys, Any Area, Sprinklered
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F02-O S1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction …”
	[F02-O P1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction …”
	(a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-O S1.2,OS1.3]
	(a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-O P1.2,OP1.3]
	(b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
	(b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.25. Group A, Division 2, up to 2 Storeys
(2)	[F04-O S1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… (c) roof assemblies shall have, if of combustible construction,a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, …” and to Clause (d).
	[F04-O P1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… (c) roof assemblies shall have, if of combustible construction,a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, …” and to Clause (d).
	(a) [F03-OS1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
	(a) [F03-OP1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
	(a),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-O S1.2,OS1.3]
	(a),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-O P1.2,OP1.3]
	(b),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
	(b),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.26. Group A, Division 2, up to 2 Storeys, Increased Area, Sprinklered
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-O S1.2,O S1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-O P1.2,O P1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
(2)	(a) [F03-OS1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
	(a) [F03-OP1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
	(a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-O S1.2,OS1.3]
	(a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-O P1.2,OP1.3]
	(b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
	(b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.27. Group A, Division 2, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-O S1.2,O S1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-O P1.2,O P1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
3.2.2.28. Group A, Division 2, One Storey
(2)	[F03-OP1.2]
(2)	[F03-OS1.2]

Division B 3.10.1.1.

Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued) Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
3.2.2.29. Group A, Division 3, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered
(2)	[F02 -OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction …”
	[F02 -OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction …”
	(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building shall be sprinklered throughout …”
	(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building shall be sprinklered throughout …”
	(b),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04 -OS1.2,OS1.3]
	(b),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04 -OP1.2,OP1.3]
	(c),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
	(c),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.30. Group A, Division 3, up to 2 Storeys
(2)	[F02-O S1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “Except as permitted by Clauses (c) and (d), the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction …”
	[F02-O P1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “Except as permitted by Clauses (c) and (d), the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction …”
	(a),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04 -OS1.2,OS1.3]
	(a),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04 -OP1.2,OP1.3]
	(b),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
	(b),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
	[F04 -OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… (c) roof assemblies shall (c)(i) have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, …” and to Clause (d).
	[F04 -OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… (c) roof assemblies shall (c)(i) have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, …” and to Clause (d).
(3)	[F02 -OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3]
(3)	[F02 -OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.31. Group A, Division 3, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F02-O S1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “Except as permitted by Clause (c) … the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction …”
	[F02-O P1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “Except as permitted by Clause (c) … the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction …”
	(a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-O S1.2,OS1.3]
	(a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-O P1.2,OP1.3]
	(b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
	(b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.32. Group A, Division 3, One Storey, Increased Area
(2)	(a),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
	(a),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
	[F04-O S1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… (b) roof assemblies shall have, if of combustible construction,a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, …” and to Clause (c).
	[F04-O P1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… (b) roof assemblies shall have, if of combustible construction,a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, …” and to Clause (c).
(3)	[F02-O S1.2] [F04-OS1.3]
	[F02-O P1.2] [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.33. Group A, Division 3, One Storey, Sprinklered
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-O S1.2,O S1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
	(a) [F02,F04-O P1.2,O P1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
3.2.2.35. Group A, Division 4
(1)	[F02-O S1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “… a building classified as Group A, Division 4 shall be of noncombustible construction.”
	[F02-O P1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “… a building classified as Group A, Division 4 shall be of noncombustible construction.”
(4)	[F 02,F04-O S1.2,OS1.3]
	[F 02,F04-O P1.2,OP1.3]

3.10.1.1. Division B

Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued) Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
3.2.2.36. Group B, Division 1, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered
(2)	[F02 -OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction …”
	[F02 -OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction …”
	(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building shall be sprinklered throughout …”
	(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building shall be sprinklered throughout …”
	(b),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04 -OS1.2,OS1.3]
	(b),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04 -OP1.2,OP1.3]
	(c),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
	(c),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.37. Group B, Division 1, up to 3 Storeys, Sprinklered
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
(2)	[F02 -OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction …”
	[F02 -OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction …”
	(a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04 -OS1.2,OS1.3]
	(a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04 -OP1.2,OP1.3]
	(b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
	(b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.38. Group B, Division 2, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered
(2)	[F02 -OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction …”
	[F02 -OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction …”
	(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building shall be sprinklered throughout …”
	(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building shall be sprinklered throughout …”
	(b),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04 -OS1.2,OS1.3]
	(b),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04 -OP1.2,OP1.3]
	(c),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
	(c),(d) [F04-OP1.3]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
3.2.2.39. Group B, Division 2, up to 3 Storeys, Sprinklered
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-O S1.2,O S1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-O P1.2,O P1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
(2)	[F02-O S1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction …”
	[F02-O P1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction …”
	(a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-O S1.2,OS1.3]
	(a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-O P1.2,OP1.3]
	(b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
	(b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.40. Group B, Division 2, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-O S1.2,O S1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-O P1.2,O P1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
(2)	(a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-O S1.2,OS1.3]
	(a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-O P1.2,OP1.3]
	(b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
	(b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.41. Group B, Division 2, One Storey, Sprinklered
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-O S1.2,O S1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-O P1.2,O P1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
3.2.2.42. Group B, Division 3, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered
(2)	[F02-O S1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction …”
	[F02-O P1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction …”
	(a) [F02,F04-O S1.2,O S1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building shall be sprinklered throughout …”
	(a) [F02,F04-O P1.2,O P1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building shall be sprinklered throughout …”
	(b),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-O S1.2,OS1.3]
	(b),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-O P1.2,OP1.3]
	(c),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
	(c),(d) [F04-OP1.3]

Division B 3.10.1.1.

Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued) Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
3.2.2.43. Group B, Division 3, up to 3 Storeys (Noncombustible), Sprinklered
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
	(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
(2)	[F02 -OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction …”
	[F02 -OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction …”
	(a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04 -OS1.2,OS1.3]
	(a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04 -OP1.2,OP1.3]
	(b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
	(b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.44. Group B, Division 3, up to 3 Storeys, Sprinklered
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
	(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
(2)	(a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04 -OS1.2,OS1.3]
	(a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04 -OP1.2,OP1.3]
	(b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
	(b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.45. Group B, Division 3, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
	(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
(2)	(a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04 -OS1.2,OS1.3]
	(a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04 -OP1.2,OP1.3]
	(b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
	(b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.46. Group B, Division 3, One Storey, Sprinklered
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
	(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
3.2.2.47. Group C, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered
(2)	[F02-O S1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction …”
	[F02-O P1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction …”
	(a) [F02,F04-O S1.2,O S1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building shall be sprinklered throughout …”
	(a) [F02,F04-O P1.2,O P1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building shall be sprinklered throughout …”
	(b),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-O S1.2,OS1.3]
	(b),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-O P1.2,OP1.3]
	(c),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
	(c),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.48. Group C, up to 12 storeys, Sprinklered
(2)	(b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
	(b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
	(a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-O S1.2,OS1.3]
	(a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-O P1.2,OP1.3]
3.2.2.49. Group C, up to 6 Storeys, Sprinklered, Noncombustible Construction
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-O S1.2,O S1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-O P1.2,O P1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
(2)	[F02-O S1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction …”
	[F02-O P1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction …”
	(a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-O S1.2,OS1.3]
	(a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-O P1.2,OP1.3]
	(b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
	(b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]

3.10.1.1. Division B

Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued) Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
3.2.2.50. Group C, up to 3 Storeys, Noncombustible Construction
(2)	[F02 -OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “The building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction …”
	[F02 -OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “The building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction …”
	[F03 -OS1.2] [F04-O S1.2,O S1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “... (a) ... floor assemblies shall be fire separation with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, …” and to Clause (d).
	[F03-OP1.2] [F04-O P1.2,O P1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… (a) … floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, …” and to Clause (d).
	(b),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
	(b),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
	(c),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
	(c),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.51. Group C, up to 6 Storeys, Sprinklered
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-O S1.2,OS1.3]
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-O P1.2,OP1.3]
(2)	[F03 -OS1.2] [F04-O S1.2,O S1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “... (a) ... floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, …” and to Clause (e).
	[F03-OP1.2] [F04-O P1.2,O P1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… (a) … floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, …” and to Clause (e).
	(b),(d),(e) [F04-OS1.3]
	(b),(d),(e) [F04-OP1.3]
	(c) [F04-O S1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “... the roof assembly shall be constructed of noncombustible construction or fire-retardant-treated wood conforming to Article 3.1.4.5., ...”
	(c) [F04-O P1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “... the roof assembly shall be constructed of noncombustible construction or fire-retardant-treated wood conforming to Article 3.1.4.5., ...”
3.2.2.52. Group C, up to 4 Storeys, Sprinklered
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F03-O S1.2] [F04-O S1.2 ,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “... (a) ... floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, ...” and to Clause (c).
	[F03-O P1.2] [F04-O P1.2 ,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “... (a) ... floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, ...” and to Clause (c).
	(b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
	(b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.53. Group C, up to 3 Storeys, Increased Area
(2)	[F03-O S1.2] [F04-O S1.2 ,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “... (a) ... floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, ...” and to Clause (d).
	[F03-O P1.2] [F04-O P1.2 ,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “... (a) ... floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, ...” and to Clause (d).
	(b),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
	(b),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
	(c),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
	(c),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.54. Group C, up to 3 Storeys
(2)	[F03-O S1.2] [F04-O S1.2 ,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “... (a) ... floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, ...” and to Clause (c).
	[F03-O P1.2] [F04-O P1.2 ,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “... (a) ... floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, …” and to Clause (c).
	(b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
	(b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.55. Group C, up to 3 Storeys, Sprinklered
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-O S1.2,O S1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-O P1.2,O P1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “ … the building is sprinklered throughout …”
(2)	[F03-O S1.2] [F04-O S1.2 ,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “... (a) ... floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, …” and to Clause (c).
	[F03-O P1.2] [F04-O P1.2,O P1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… (a) … floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, …” and to Clause (c).
	(b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
	(b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]

Division B 3.10.1.1.

Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued) Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
3.2.2.56. Group D, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered
(2)	[F02 -OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction …”
	[F02 -OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction …”
	(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building shall be sprinklered throughout …”
	(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building shall be sprinklered throughout …”
	(b),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04 -OS1.2,OS1.3]
	(b),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04 -OP1.2,OP1.3]
	(c),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
	(c),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.57. Group D, up to 12 storeys, Sprinklered
(2)	(b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
	(b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
	(a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04 -OS1.2,OS1.3]
	(a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04 -OP1.2,OP1.3]
3.2.2.58. Group D, up to 6 Storeys
(2)	[F02 -OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “The building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction …”
	[F02 -OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “The building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction …”
	(a),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04 -OS1.2,OS1.3]
	(a),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04 -OP1.2,OP1.3]
	(b),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
	(b),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
	[F04 -OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… (c) roof assemblies shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h …” and to Clause (d).
	[F04 -OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… (c) roof assemblies shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, …” and to Clause (d).
3.2.2.59. Group D, up to 6 Storeys, Sprinklered, Noncombustible Construction
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F02-O S1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction …”
	[F02-O P1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction …”
	(a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-O S1.2,OS1.3]
	(a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-O P1.2,OP1.3]
	(b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
	(b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.60. Group D, up to 6 Storeys, Sprinklered
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-O S1.2,OS1.3]
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-O P1.2,OP1.3]
(2)	(a),(e) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-O S1.3,OS1.2]
	(a),(e) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-O P1.2,OP1.3]
	(b),(d),(e) [F04-OS1.3]
	(b),(d),(e) [F04-OP1.3]
	(c) [F04-O S1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “... the roof assembly shall be constructed of noncombustible construction or fire-retardant-treated wood conforming to Article 3.1.4.5., ...”
	(c) [F04-OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “ the roof assembly shall be constructed of noncombustible construction or fire-retardant-treated wood conforming to Article 3.1.4.5., ”
3.2.2.61. Group D, up to 4 Storeys, Sprinklered
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-O S1.2,O S1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-O P1.2,O P1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
(2)	(a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-O S1.2,OS1.3]
	(a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-O P1.2,OP1.3]
	(b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
	(b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]

3.10.1.1. Division B

Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued) Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
3.2.2.62. Group D, up to 3 Storeys
(2)	[F04 -OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… (c) roof assemblies shall have, if of combustible construction,a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, …” and to Clause (d).
	[F04 -OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… (c) roof assemblies shall have, if of combustible construction,a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, …” and to Clause (d).
	(a) [F03-OS1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
	(a) [F03-OP1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
	(a),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04 -OS1.2,OS1.3]
	(a),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04 -OP1.2,OP1.3]
	(b),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
	(b),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.63. Group D, up to 3 Storeys, Sprinklered
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “ … the building is sprinklered throughout …”
(2)	(a) [F03-OS1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
	(a) [F03-OP1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
	(a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04 -OS1.2,OS1.3]
	(a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04 -OP1.2,OP1.3]
	(b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
	(b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.64. Group D, up to 2 Storeys
(2)	(a) [F03-OS1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
	(a) [F03-OP1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
	[F03 -OS1.2] [F04-O S1.2,OS1.3]
	[F03 -OP1.2] [F04-O P1.2,OP1.3]
3.2.2.65. Group D, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
(2)	(a) [F03-OS1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
	(a) [F03-OP1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
	[F03 -OS1.2] [F04-O S1.2,OS1.3]
	[F03 -OP1.2] [F04-O P1.2,OP1.3]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
3.2.2.66. Group E, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered
(2)	[F02-O S1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction …”
	[F02-O P1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction …”
	(a) [F02,F04-O S1.2,O S1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building shall be sprinklered throughout …”
	(a) [F02,F04-O P1.2,O P1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building shall be sprinklered throughout …”
	(b),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-O S1.2,OS1.3]
	(b),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-O P1.2,OP1.3]
	(c),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
	(c),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.67. Group E, up to 4 Storeys, Sprinklered
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-O S1.2,O S1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-O P1.2,O P1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
(2)	(a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-O S1.2,OS1.3]
	(a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-O P1.2,OP1.3]
	(b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
	(b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.68. Group E, up to 3 Storeys
(2)	(a),(e) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-O S1.2,OS1.3]
	(a),(e) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-O P1.2,OP1.3]
	(b),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
	(b),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
	(c),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
	(c),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.69. Group E, up to 3 Storeys, Sprinklered
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-O S1.2,O S1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-O P1.2,O P1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
(2)	(a),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-O S1.2,OS1.3]
	(a),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-O P1.2,OP1.3]
	(b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
	(b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.70. Group E, up to 2 Storeys
(2)	[F03-O S1.2] [F04 -OS1.2,OS1.3]
(2)	(a),(b) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-O P1.2,OP1.3]

Division B 3.10.1.1.

Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued) Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
3.2.2.71. Group E, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
(2)	[F03 -OS1.2] [F04-O S1.2,OS1.3]
(2)	(a),(b) [F03-OP1.2] [F04 -OP1.2,OP1.3]
3.2.2.72. Group F, Division 1, up to 4 Storeys, Sprinklered
(2)	(c),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
	[F02 -OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction …”
	[F02 -OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction …”
	(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building shall be sprinklered throughout …”
	(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building shall be sprinklered throughout …”
	(b),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04 -OS1.2,OS1.3]
	(b),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04 -OP1.2,OP1.3]
	(c),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
3.2.2.73. Group F, Division 1, up to 3 Storeys, Sprinklered
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
(2)	[F02 -OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of heavy timber construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination …”
	[F02 -OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of heavy timber construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination …”
	[F03 -OS1.2] [F04-O S1.2,OS1.3]
	[F03 -OP1.2] [F04-O P1.2,OP1.3]
3.2.2.74. Group F, Division 1, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
(2)	(a) [F03-O S1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “... [noncombustible] floor assemblies shall be fire separations …”
	(a) [F03-O P1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “... [noncombustible] floor assemblies shall be fire separations …”
	[F03 -OS1.2] [F04-O S1.2,OS1.3]
	[F03 -OP1.2] [F04-O P1.2,OP1.3]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
3.2.2.76. Group F, Division 2, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered
(2)	[F02-O S1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction …”
	[F02-O P1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction …”
	(a) [F02,F04-O S1.2,O S1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building shall be sprinklered throughout …”
	(a) [F02,F04-O P1.2,O P1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building shall be sprinklered throughout …”
	(b),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-O S1.2,OS1.3]
	(b),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-O P1.2,OP1.3]
	(c),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
	(c),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.77. Group F, Division 2, up to 4 Storeys, Increased Area, Sprinklered
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-O S1.2,O S1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-O P1.2,O P1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
(2)	[F02-O S1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction …”
	[F02-O P1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction …”
	(a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-O S1.2,OS1.3]
	(a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-O P1.2,OP1.3]
	(b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
	(b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.78. Group F, Division 2, up to 3 Storeys
(2)	(a),(e) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-O S1.2,OS1.3]
	(a),(e) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-O P1.2,OP1.3]
	(b),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
	(b),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
	[F04-O S1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… (c) roof assemblies shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min …” and to Clause (d).
	[F04-O P1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… (c) roof assemblies shall have, if of combustible construction,a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, …” and to Clause (d).
3.2.2.79. Group F, Division 2, up to 4 Storeys, Sprinklered
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-O S1.2,O S1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-O P1.2,O P1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”

3.10.1.1. Division B

Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued) Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	(a),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04 -OS1.2,OS1.3]
	(a),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04 -OP1.2,OP1.3]
	(b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
	(b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.80. Group F, Division 2, up to 2 Storeys
(2)	(a) [F03-OS1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
	(a) [F03-OP1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
	[F03 -OS1.2] [F04-O S1.2,OS1.3]
	[F03 -OP1.2] [F04-O P1.2,OP1.3]
3.2.2.81. Group F, Division 2, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
(2)	(a) [F03-OS1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
	(a) [F03-OP1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
	[F03 -OS1.2] [F04-O S1.2,OS1.3]
	[F03 -OP1.2] [F04-O P1.2,OP1.3]
3.2.2.82. Group F, Division 3, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered
(2)	[F02 -OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction …”
	[F02 -OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction …”
	(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building shall be sprinklered throughout …”
	(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building shall be sprinklered throughout …”
	(b),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04 -OS1.2,OS1.3]
	(b),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04 -OP1.2,OP1.3]
	(c),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
	(c),(d) [F04-OP1.3]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
3.2.2.83. Group F, Division 3, up to 6 Storeys
(2)	[F02-O S1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “The building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction…”
	[F02-O P1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “The building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction …”
	(a),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-O S1.2,OS1.3]
	(a),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-O P1.2,OP1.3]
	(b),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
	(b),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
	(c),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
	(c),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.84. Group F, Division 3, up to 6 Storeys, Sprinklered
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-O S1.2,O S1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-O P1.2,O P1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
(2)	[F02-O S1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction …”
	[F02-O P1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction …”
	(a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-O S1.2,OS1.3]
	(a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-O P1.2,OP1.3]
	(b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
	(b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.85. Group F, Division 3, up to 4 Storeys
(2)	[F04-O S1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… (c) roof assemblies shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min …” and to Clause (d).
	[F04-O P1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… (c) roof assemblies shall have, if of combustible construction,a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, …” and to Clause (d).
	(a) [F03-OS1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
	(a) [F03-OP1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
	(a),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-O S1.2,OS1.3]
	(a),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-O P1.2,OP1.3]
	(b),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
	(b),(d) [F04-OP1.3]

Division B 3.10.1.1.

Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued) Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
3.2.2.86. Group F, Division 3, up to 4 Storeys, Sprinklered
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
	(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
(2)	(a) [F03-OS1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
	(a) [F03-OP1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
	(a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04 -OS1.2,OS1.3]
	(a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04 -OP1.2,OP1.3]
	(b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
	(b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.87. Group F, Division 3, up to 2 Storeys
(2)	(a) [F03-OS1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
	(a) [F03-OP1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
	[F03 -OS1.2] [F04-O S1.2,OS1.3]
	[F03 -OP1.2] [F04-O P1.2,OP1.3]
3.2.2.88. Group F, Division 3, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered
(1)	(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
	(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
(2)	(a) [F03-OS1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
	(a) [F03-OP1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
	[F03 -OS1.2] [F04-O S1.2,OS1.3]
	[F03 -OP1.2] [F04-O P1.2,OP1.3]
3.2.2.89. Group F, Division 3, One Storey
(1)	[F02 -OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “A building classified as Group F, Division 3 is permitted to be of heavy timber construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination …”
	[F02 -OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “A building classified as Group F, Division 3 is permitted to be of heavy timber construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination …”

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
3.2.2.90. Group F, Division 3, One Storey, Sprinklered
(1)	[F02-O S1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “A building classified as Group F, Division 3 is permitted to be of heavy timber construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination …”
	[F02-O P1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “A building classified as Group F, Division 3 is permitted to be of heavy timber construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination …”
	(a) [F02,F04-O S1.2,O S1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
	(a) [F02,F04-O P1.2,O P1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
3.2.2.91. Group F, Division 3, One Storey, Any Area, Low Fire Load Occupancy
(2)	[F02-OS1.2]
(2)	[F02-OP1.2]
3.2.2.92. Group F, Division 3, Storage Garages up to 22 m High
(1)	[F02-O S1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “A building used as a storage garage with all storeys constructed as open-air storeys and having no other occupancy above it is permitted to have its floor, wall, ceiling and roof assemblies constructed without a fire-resistance rating provided it is (a) of noncombustible construction …”
(1)	[F02-O P1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “A building used as a storage garage with all storeys constructed as open-air storeys and having no other occupancy above it is permitted to have its floor, wall, ceiling and roof assemblies constructed without a fire-resistance rating provided it is (a) of noncombustible construction …”
3.2.3.1. Limiting Distance and Area of Unprotected Openings
(1)	[F03-OP3.1]
(5)	[F03-OP3.1]
(6)	[F03-OP3.1]
(8)	[F03-OP3.1]
(9)	[F03-OP3.1]
(10)	[F03-OP3.1]
3.2.3.4. Party Wall
(1)	[F03-OP3.1]
3.2.3.5. Wall with Limiting Distance Less Than 1.2 m
(1)	[F03-OP3.1]
(2)	[F03-OP3.1]
3.2.3.6. Combustible Projections
(1)	[F03-OP3.1]
(2)	[F03-OP3.1]
(3)	[F03-OP3.1]
(5)	[F03-OP3.1]
3.2.3.7. Construction of Exposing Building Face
(1)	[F 03,F02-OP3.1]

3.10.1.1. Division B

Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued) Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F03 ,F02-OP3.1]
(3)	[F02 ,F03-OP3.1]
(4)	[F03 ,F02-OP3.1]
3.2.3.8. Protection of Exterior Building Face
(1)	[F03 ,F02-OP3.1]
3.2.3.9. Protection of Structural Members
(1)	[F04-OS1.3]
	[F04-OP1.3]
3.2.3.10. Unlimited Unprotected Openings
(1)	[F03-OP3.1]
(2)	[F03-OP3.1]
3.2.3.11. Low Fire Load, One Storey Building
(1)	(b) [F03-OP3.1]
	(a) [F04-OP3.1]
3.2.3.12. Area Increase for Unprotected Openings
(1)	[F03-OP3.1]
3.2.3.13. Protection of Exit Facilities
(4)	[F06 -OS1.2] [F05-OS1.5]
	[F06-OP1.2]
3.2.3.14. Wall Exposed to Another Wall
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
	[F03-OP3.1]
(2)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
	[F03-OP3.1]
3.2.3.15. Wall Exposed to Adjoining Roof
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
3.2.3.16. Protection of Soffits
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(2)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(3)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(4)	[F02-OS1.2]
	[F02-OP1.2]
3.2.3.17. Canopy Protection for Vertically Separated Openings
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(2)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(3)	[F02-OS1.2]
(3)	[F02-OP1.2]
3.2.3.18. Covered Vehicular Passageway
(1)	[F03-OP3.1]
(2)	[F02-OP3.1]
3.2.3.19. Walkway between Buildings
(1)	[F03-OP3.1]
(2)	[F02-OP3.1]
(3)	[F02-OP3.1]
(4)	[F 02,F12-OP3.1]
3.2.3.20. Underground Walkway
(1)	[F 01,F02-OP3.1]
(2)	[F03-OP3.1]
(3)	[F02-O P3.1] Applies to portion of Code text: “An underground walkway shall be of noncombustible construction …”
(3)	[F80-O P2.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “An underground walkway shall be … suitable for an underground location.”
(4)	(a) [F05-O S1.5] [F06-OS1.2]
(4)	(b) [F10-O S1.5] [F12-OS1.2]
3.2.3.22. Installation of Service Lines Under Buildings
(1)	[F01-OS1.1]
(1)	[F01-OP1.1]
3.2.4.1. Determination of Requirement for a Fire Alarm System
(1)	[F11-O S1.5] [F13 -OS1.5,OS1.2]
(1)	[F13-OP1.2]
(4)	[F11-OS1.5]
3.2.4.2. Continuity of Fire Alarm System
(1)	[F11-OS1.5]
(2)	[F11-OS1.5]
(3)	[F11-OS1.5]
(4)	[F10-O S1.5] [F03-OS1.2]
(5)	[F 11,F13-OS1.2]
(6)	[F11-OS1.5]
3.2.4.3. Types of Fire Alarm Systems
(1)	(a) [F11-OS1.5]
	(b) [F11-O S1.4] [F13-OS1.5]
	(c),(d) [F11-OS1.5]
3.2.4.4. Description of Fire Alarm Systems
(1)	[F11-OS1.5]
(2)	(a) [F11-O S1.4] [F13-OS1.5]
(2)	(b),(c) [F11-OS1.5]
(3)	[F13-OS1.5]

Division B 3.10.1.1.

Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued) Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(4)	[F13-OS1.5]
3.2.4.5. Installation and Verification of Fire Alarm Systems
(1)	[F11,F81-O S1.5] [F13,F12,F81-O S1.5,OS1.2]
(1)	[F12 ,F11-OS3.7] Applies to voice communication systems.
(2)	[F82-OS1.5]
3.2.4.6. Silencing of Alarm Signals
(1)	[F11-OS1.5]
(2)	[F81 ,F34-OS1.5]
3.2.4.7. Signals to Fire Department
(1)	[F13-O S1.5,OS1.2]
(1)	[F13-OP1.2]
(2)	[F13-O S1.5,OS1.2]
(2)	[F13-OP1.2]
(3)	[F13-O S1.5,OS1.2]
(3)	[F13-OP1.2]
(4)	[F81 ,F13 -OS1.5,OS1.2]
(4)	[F81 ,F13-OP1.2]
(5)	[F13-O S1.5,OS1.2]
(5)	[F13-OP1.2]
(6)	[F13-OP1.2]
(6)	[F13-OS1.2]
3.2.4.8. Annunciator and Zone Indication
(1)	[F12-O S1.5,OS1.2]
(2)	[F12-O S1.5,OS1.2]
(4)	[F12-O S1.2,OS1.5]
(7)	[F12-O S1.5,OS1.2]
3.2.4.9. Electrical Supervision
(1)	[F82-O S1.5,OS1.2]
(2)	[F82-OS1.2]
(2)	[F82-OP1.2]
(3)	(a),(d),(e),(f),(g) [F82-OS1.2]
	(a),(d),(e),(f),(g) [F82-OP1.2]
	(b),(c) [F82-OS1.5]
(4)	[F81-OP1.2]
(4)	[F82-OS1.2]
(5)	[F81-OP1.2]
(5)	[F82-OS1.2]
(6)	[F82-OS1.2]
(6)	[F82-OP1.2]
3.2.4.10. Fire Detectors
(1)	[F11-OS1.5]
(2)	[F11-OS1.5]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(3)	[F02-O S1.2] [F11-OS1.5]
(4)	[F11-OS1.5]
3.2.4.11. Smoke Detectors
(1)	[F11-OS1.5]
(3)	[F12-OS1.5]
(4)	[F10-OS1.5]
(5)	[F11-OS1.5]
(7)	[F11-O S1.4,OS1.5]
3.2.4.12. Prevention of Smoke Circulation
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
3.2.4.13. Vacuum Cleaning System Shutdown
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
3.2.4.14. Elevator Emergency Return
(1)	[F10-OS1.5]
(2)	[F11-OS1.5]
(3)	[F02-OS1.2]
3.2.4.15. System Monitoring
(1)	[F11-O S1.5] [F12 -OS1.5,OS1.2]
(1)	[F12-OP1.2]
(2)	[F11-O S1.5] [F13 -OS1.5,OS1.2]
(2)	[F13-OP1.2]
(3)	[F12-O S1.2,OS1.5]
(3)	[F12-OP1.2]
3.2.4.16. Manual Stations
(1)	[F11-OS1.5]
(2)	[F02-O S1.2] [F12-O S1.2,O S1.5] [F10-OS1.5]
(3)	[F02-O S1.2] [F12-O S1.2,O S1.5] [F10-OS1.5]
(4)	[F11-OS1.5]
(5)	[F11-OS1.5]
3.2.4.17. Alert and Alarm Signals
(2)	[F11-OS1.5]
(3)	[F11-OS1.5]
3.2.4.18. Audibility of Alarm Systems
(1)	[F11-OS1.5]
(2)	[F11-OS1.5]
(3)	[F11-OS1.5]
(4)	[F33-OS3.5]
(5)	[F11-OS1.5]
(6)	[F11-OS1.5]
(7)	[F11-OS1.5]
(8)	[F 11,F81-OS1.5]
(9)	[F 11,F81-OS1.5]
(10)	[F 11,F81-OS1.5]

3.10.1.1. Division B

Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued) Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(11)	[F11-OS1.5]
(13)	[F11-OS1.5]
3.2.4.19. Visible Signals
(1)	[F11-OS1.5]
(3)	[F11-OS1.5]
3.2.4.20. Smoke Alarms
(2)	[F81 ,F11-OS1.5]
(3)	[F11-OS1.5]
(4)	[F11-OS1.5]
(5)	[F11-OS1.5]
(6)	[F11-OS1.5]
(7)	[F11-OS1.5]
(8)	[F11-OS1.5]
(9)	[F11 ,F81-OS1.5]
(10)	[F11 ,F81-OS1.5]
(12)	[F11-OS1.5]
(13)	[F81 ,F11-OS1.5]
(14)	[F11 ,F81-OS1.5]
(16)	[F11-OS1.5]
3.2.4.21. Residential Fire Warning Systems
(1)	[F11 ,F81-OS1.5]
3.2.4.22. Voice Communication Systems for High Buildings
(1)	[F12 ,F11-OS3.7]
(2)	[F11-OS1.5]
(3)	[F11 -OS1.5] [F13-O S1.4,OS1.5]
(4)	[F11-OS1.5]
(5)	[F12-OS3.7]
(6)	[F11-OS1.5]
(7)	[F11-OS1.5]
3.2.4.23. One-Way Voice Communication Systems
(1)	[F11-OS1.5]
(2)	[F11-OS1.5]
(3)	[F11-OS1.5]
3.2.5.1. Access to Above-Grade Storeys
(1)	[F12-O S1.5,OS1.2]
(1)	[F12-OP1.2]
(2)	[F12-O S1.5,OS1.2]
(2)	[F12-OP1.2]
(3)	[F12-O S1.5,OS1.2]
(3)	[F12-OP1.2]
3.2.5.2. Access to Basements
(1)	[F12-O S1.5,OS1.2]
(1)	[F12-OP1.2]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F12-O S1.5,OS1.2]
	[F12-OP1.2]
3.2.5.3. Roof Access
(1)	[F12-OS1.2]
	[F12-OP1.2]
3.2.5.4. Access Routes
(1)	[F12-O S1.5,OS1.2]
	[F12-OP1.2]
3.2.5.5. Location of Access Routes
(1)	[F12-O S1.5,O S1.2] [F06-OS1.1]
	[F12-OP1.2]
(2)	[F12-OS1.2]
	[F12-OP1.2]
(4)	[F12-OS1.2]
	[F12-OP1.2]
3.2.5.6. Access Route Design
(1)	[F12-OS1.2]
	[F12-OP1.2]
(2)	[F 02,F12-OS1.2]
	[F 02,F12,F03-OP1.2]
	[F 02,F12,F03-OP3.1]
3.2.5.7. Water Supply
(1)	[F02-OS1.2]
	[F02-OP1.2]
	[F02-OP3.1]
3.2.5.8. Standpipe Systems
(1)	[F02-OS1.2]
	[F02-OP1.2]
3.2.5.9. Standpipe System Design
(1)	[F02-OS1.2]
	[F02-OP1.2]
(2)	[F12-OS1.2]
	[F12-OP1.2]
(4)	[F02-OS1.2]
	[F02-OP1.2]
(5)	[F12-OS1.2]
	[F12-OP1.2]
3.2.5.10. Hose Connections
(1)	[F03-O S1.2] [F05,F06-O S1.5,OS1.2]
	[F 03,F06-OP1.2]
(3)	[F12-OS1.2]
	[F12-OP1.2]

Division B 3.10.1.1.

Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued) Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(4)	[F02-OS1.2]
	[F02-OP1.2]
3.2.5.11. Hose Stations
(1)	[F02-OS1.2]
	[F02-OP1.2]
(2)	[F02-OS1.2]
	[F02-OP1.2]
(3)	[F02 ,F12-OS1.2]
	[F02 ,F12-OP1.2]
(4)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(5)	[F10-OS1.5]
(6)	[F02-OS1.2]
	[F02-OP1.2]
(7)	[F01-OS1.1]
3.2.5.12. Automatic Sprinkler Systems
(1)	[F02 ,F81 ,F82-OS1.2]
	[F02 ,F81 ,F82-OP1.2]
(2)	[F02 ,F81-OS1.2]
	[F02 ,F81-OP1.2]
(3)	[F02 ,F81-OS1.2]
	[F02 ,F81-OP1.2]
(4)	[F02-OS1.2]
	[F02-OP1.2]
(5)	[F81-OS1.2]
	[F81-OP1.2]
(6)	[F02-OS1.2]
	[F02-OP1.2]
(7)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
	[F03-OP3.1]
(8)	[F81-O S3.3,OS3.6]
3.2.5.13. Combustible Sprinkler Piping
(2)	[F02 ,F81-OS1.2]
	[F02 ,F81-OP1.2]
(3)	[F06-OS1.2]
	[F06-OP1.2]
(4)	[F06-OS1.2]
	[F06-OP1.2]
3.2.5.14. Sprinklered Service Space
(1)	[F02-OS1.2]
	[F02-OP1.2]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F12-OS1.2]
	[F12-OP1.2]
(3)	[F11-O S1.5] [F12 -OS1.5,OS1.2]
	[F12-OP1.2]
3.2.5.15. Fire Department Connections
(1)	[F12-OS1.2]
	[F12-OP1.2]
(2)	[F12-OS1.2]
	[F12-OP1.2]
3.2.5.16. Portable Fire Extinguishers
(1)	[F 02,F12,F81-OS1.2]
	[F 02,F12,F81-OP1.2]
(2)	[F12-OS1.2]
	[F12-OP1.2]
3.2.5.17. Protection from Freezing
(1)	[F81-OS1.2]
	[F81-OP1.2]
3.2.5.18. Fire Pumps
(1)	[F 02,F81-O S1.2] [F81-OS1.4]
	[F 02,F81-O P1.2] [F81-OP1.4]
3.2.6.2. Limits to Smoke Movement
(1)	[F02-O S1.2,OS1.5]
	[F02-OP1.2]
(2)	[F06-O S1.2,O S1.5] [F05-OS1.5]
	[F06-OP1.2]
(3)	[F06-O S1.5,O S1.2] [F05-OS1.5]
	[F06-OP1.2]
(4)	[F03-O S1.2,OS1.5]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(5)	[F03-O S1.2,OS1.5]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(6)	[F 03,F12-O S1.2,OS1.5]
	[F 03,F12-OP1.2]
3.2.6.3. Connected Buildings
(1)	[F03-O S1.2,OS1.5]
	[F03-OP1.2]
	[F03-OP3.1]
3.2.6.4. Emergency Operation of Elevators
(1)	[F12-O S1.2,OS1.5]
	[F12-OP1.2]
(2)	[F12-O S1.2,OS1.5]
	[F12-OP1.2]

3.10.1.1. Division B

Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued) Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(3)	[F12-O S1.2,OS1.5]
(3)	[F12-OP1.2]
(4)	[F12-O S1.2,OS1.5]
(4)	[F12-OP1.2]
3.2.6.5. Elevator for Use by Firefighters
(1)	[F12 ,F06 -OS1.2,OS1.5]
(1)	[F12 ,F06-OP1.2]
(2)	[F12-O S1.2,OS1.5]
(2)	[F12-OP1.2]
(3)	[F06-O S1.2,OS1.5]
(3)	[F06-OP1.2]
(4)	[F12-O S1.2,OS1.5]
(4)	[F12-OP1.2]
(5)	[F12-O S1.2,OS1.5]
(5)	[F12-OP1.2]
(6)	[F06-O S1.2,OS1.5]
(6)	[F06-OP1.2]
3.2.6.6. Venting to Aid Firefighting
(1)	[F06-O S1.2,OS1.5]
(1)	[F06-OP1.2]
(2)	[F30-OS3.1]
(3)	[F12-O S1.2,OS1.5]
(3)	[F12-OP1.2]
(4)	[F03 -OS1.2] [F12-O S1.2,OS1.5]
3.2.6.7. Central Alarm and Control Facility
(1)	[F12-O S1.2,OS1.5]
(1)	[F12-OP1.2]
(2)	[F12 -OS1.2,OS1.5] [F11-OS1.5]
(2)	[F12-OP1.2]
3.2.6.8. Voice Communication System
(1)	[F12 ,F11-OS3.7]
3.2.6.9. Testing
(1)	[F82-O S1.2,OS1.5]
(1)	[F82-OP1.2]
3.2.7.1. Minimum Lighting Requirements
(1)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(4)	[F30-OS3.1]
(5)	[F74-OA2]
(6)	[F74-OA2]
(7)	[F10-OS3.7]
	[F74-OA2]
	[F30-OS3.1]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
3.2.7.2. Recessed Lighting Fixtures
(1)	[F01-O S1.1,OS1.2]
(1)	[F01-O P1.1,OP1.2]
3.2.7.3. Emergency Lighting
(1)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(3)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(4)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
3.2.7.4. Emergency Power for Lighting
(1)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F 30,F81-O S3.1] [F10 ,F81-OS3.7]
3.2.7.5. Emergency Power Supply Installation
(1)	[F 81,F06,F11,F02,F03,F10,F12-O S1.2,OS1.5]
	[F 81,F06,F02,F03-OP1.2]
	[F 81,F06,F02-OP3.1]
	[F 81,F30-O S3.1] [F81 ,F11 ,F10 ,F12-OS3.7]
3.2.7.6. Emergency Power for Treatment Occupancies
(1)	[F 81,F06,F11,F02,F03,F10,F12-O S1.2,OS1.5]
	[F 81,F06,F02,F03-OP1.2]
	[F 81,F06,F02-OP3.1]
	[F 81,F30-O S3.1] [F81 ,F11 ,F10 ,F12-OS3.7]
3.2.7.7. Fuel Supply Shut-off Valves
(1)	[F12-O S1.1,O S1.2] Applies to the requirement for a suitably identified shut-off valve outside the building.
	[F12-O P1.2] Applies to the requirement for a suitably identified shut-off valve outside the building.
	[F12-O H5] Applies to the requirement for a suitably identified shut-off valve outside the building.
	[F81-O S1.2,OS1.5] Applies to the requirement for a suitably identified separate shut-off valve.
	[F81-O S3.1,OS3.7] Applies to the requirement for a suitably identified separate shut-off valve.
3.2.7.8. Emergency Power for Fire Alarm Systems
(1)	[F11-O S1.5] [F13 -OS1.5,OS1.2]
(1)	[F13-OP1.2] Applies to the requirement for fire alarm systems, including those with a voice communication system, to be provided with an emergency power supply.
(2)	[F11-O S1.5] [F13 -OS1.2,OS1.5]
(2)	[F13-OP1.2]
(3)	[F11-O S1.5] [F13 -OS1.5,OS1.2]
(3)	[F13-OP1.2]
(4)	[F13-OP1.2]
(4)	[F11-O S1.5] [F13 -OS1.2,OS1.5]

Division B 3.10.1.1.

Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued) Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
3.2.7.9. Emergency Power for Building Services
(1)	[F12 ,F02 ,F03-O S1.5,OS1.2]
	[F12 ,F02 ,F03-OP1.2]
	(b) [F02-OP3.1]
	(a) [F36-O S3.6] [F12 ,F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F12-O S1.5,OS1.2]
	[F12-OP1.2]
	[F36 -OS3.6] [F12-OS3.7]
3.2.7.10. Protection of Electrical Conductors
(2)	[F06-O S1.2,OS1.5]
	[F06-OP1.2]
(3)	[F06-O S1.2,OS1.5]
	[F06-OP1.2]
(4)	[F06-O S1.2,OS1.5]
	[F06-OP1.2]
(6)	[F06-O S1.2,OS1.5]
	[F06-OP1.2]
(8)	[F06-O S1.2,OS1.5]
	[F06-OP1.2]
(10)	[F06-OS1.4]
	[F06-OP1.2]
	[F10-OS3.7]
3.2.8.1. Application
(1)	[F03 ,F06 -OS1.2] [F05-OS1.5]
	[F03 ,F06-OP1.2]
3.2.8.2. Exceptions to Special Protection
(3)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(5)	[F02 ,F03-OS1.2]
	[F02 ,F03-OP1.2]
3.2.8.3. Sprinklers
(1)	[F02-OS1.2]
	[F02-OP1.2]
(2)	[F02 -OS1.2] [F11-O S1.5] [F13-O S1.5,OS1.2]
	[F02 ,F13-OP1.2]
3.2.8.4. Vestibules
(1)	[F06 -OS1.2] [F05-OS1.5]
	[F06 ,F03-OP1.2]
3.2.8.5. Protected Floor Space
(1)	[F05 -OS1.2] [F06-OS1.5]
3.2.8.6. Draft Stops
(1)	[F02 -OS1.2] [F11-O S1.5] [F13-O S1.5,OS1.2]
	[F02 ,F13-OP1.2]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
3.2.8.7. Mechanical Exhaust System
(1)	[F03-O S1.5,OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(2)	[F12-O S1.5,OS1.2]
	[F12-OP1.2]
3.2.8.8. Combustible Content Limits
(1)	[F02-OS1.2]
	[F02-OP1.2]
3.2.9.1. Testing
(1)	[F 02,F81,F82-OS1.2,OS1.5]
	[F 02,F81,F82-OP1.2]
3.3.1.1. Separation of Suites
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(3)	[F02-OS1.2]
	[F02-OP1.2]
3.3.1.2. Hazardous Substances, Equipment and Processes
(1)	[F 01,F02,F03-OS1.1,OS1.2]
	[F 01,F02,F03-OP1.1,OP1.2]
	[F43-OS3.4]
(3)	[F43-OS3.7]
	[F05-OS1.5]
3.3.1.3. Means of Egress
(3)	[F10-OS3.7]
(4)	[F 10,F12,F05,F06-OS3.7]
(5)	[F 10,F12-OS3.7]
(6)	[F 10,F12,F05,F06-OS3.7]
(7)	[F 10,F12,F05,F06-OS3.7]
(8)	[F05-OS1.5]
(9)	[F 10,F12,F05,F06-OS3.7]
3.3.1.4. Public Corridor Separations
(1)	[F 03,F05-OS1.5] [F06-O S1.5,OS1.2]
	[F 03,F06-OP1.2]
(2)	[F 03,F05-OS1.5] [F06-O S1.5,OS1.2]
	[F 03,F06-OP1.2]
(3)	[F 03,F05-O S1.5] [F06-O S1.2,OS1.5]
	[F 03,F06-OP1.2]
(4)	(a),(b) [F03,F05,F10-OS1.5] [F06 ,F12-O S1.2,OS1.5] (c) [F03,F05-O S1.5] [F03,F06-O S1.5,OS1.2]
	(a),(b) [F 03,F06,F12-OP1.2] (c) [F03,F06-OP1.2]
3.3.1.5. Egress Doorways
(1)	[F 10,F05-OS1.5]

3.10.1.1. Division B

Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued) Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F05 ,F10-OS1.5]
3.3.1.6. Travel Distance
(1)	[F10-OS1.5]
3.3.1.7. Protection on Floor Areas with a Barrier-Free Path of Travel
(1)	[F10 ,F05-OS1.5]
(1)	(a) [F06-OS1.5]
(2)	[F03 -OS1.2] [F06-OS1.5]
(4)	(a) [F10,F73-OS1.5]
(4)	(b),(c ) [F10-OS1.5]
3.3.1.8. Headroom and Protruding Objects
(2)	[F30 ,F73-OS3.1]
3.3.1.9. Corridors
(1)	[F10 ,F12-OS3.7]
(2)	[F10 ,F12-OS3.7]
(3)	[F10 ,F12-OS3.7]
(4)	(a) [F10,F12-OS3.7]
(4)	(b) [F05-O S1.5] [F06-O S1.5,OS1.2]
3.3.1.11. Door Swing
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F10-OS3.7]
(3)	[F10-OS3.7]
(4)	[F10-OS3.7]
3.3.1.12. Sliding Doors
(1)	(b) [F10-OS3.7]
3.3.1.13. Doors and Door Hardware
(1)	(a),(b) [F10,F12-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
	(c) [F10-O S3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
	(d) [F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F10-OS3.7]
(3)	[F10-OS3.7]
(4)	[F10-OS3.7]
(5)	[F10-OS3.7]
(5)	[F73-OA1]
(8)	[F12-OS3.7]
(9)	[F12-OS3.7]
(10)	[F12-OS3.7]
3.3.1.16. Tapered Treads in a Curved Flight
(2)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(3)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(4)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
3.3.1.17. Capacity of Access to Exits
(2)	[F10-OS3.7]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(3)	[F10-OS3.7]
(4)	[F10-OS3.7]
(6)	[F10-OS3.7]
3.3.1.18. Guards
(1)	[F30-OS3.1]
(2)	[F30-OS3.1]
(3)	[F30-OS3.1]
(4)	[F30-OS3.1]
3.3.1.19. Tactile Walking Surface Indicators
(1)	[F30-OS3.1]
3.3.1.20. Transparent Doors and Panels
(1)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(3)	[F20-OS3.1]
(4)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(6)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(8)	[F30-OS3.1]
3.3.1.21. Exhaust Ventilation and Explosion Venting
(1)	[F01-OS1.1]
(2)	(a) [F02-OS1.2]
(2)	(a) [F02-OP1.2]
(3)	[F02-OS1.3] Applies to the requirement for explosion-relief devices and vents.
(3)	[F02-OP1.3] Applies to the requirement for explosion-relief devices and vents.
3.3.1.22. Janitors' Rooms
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
(1)	[F03-OP1.2]
(3)	[F02-OS1.2]
(3)	[F02-OP1.2]
3.3.1.23. Common Laundry Rooms
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
(1)	[F03-OP1.2]
(3)	[F02-OS1.2]
(3)	[F02-OP1.2]
3.3.1.24. Obstructions
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]
3.3.1.25. Signs in Service Spaces
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]
3.3.1.26. Welding and Cutting
(1)	[F 03,F02-OS1.2]
(1)	[F 03,F02-OP1.2]

Division B 3.10.1.1.

Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued) Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
3.3.2.1. Scope
(2)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(3)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
3.3.2.2. Fire Separations
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
(3)	[F03 -OS1.2] Applies where space under tiers of seats is not sprinklered.
(3)	[F03-OS1.2] Applies where space under tiers of seats is sprinklered.
3.3.2.4. Fixed Seats
(1)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(3)	[F10-OS3.7]
3.3.2.5. Aisles
(2)	[F10-OS3.7]
(4)	[F10-OS3.7]
(5)	[F10-OS3.7]
(6)	[F10-OS3.7]
(7)	[F10-OS3.7]
(8)	[F10 -OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(9)	[F10 -OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(10)	[F10 -OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(11)	[F10 -OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(12)	[F10 -OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(13)	[F10 -OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(14)	[F10 -OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(15)	[F10 -OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(16)	[F10 -OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
3.3.2.6. Corridors
(1)	[F03 ,F05 -OS1.5] [F06-OS1.5,OS1.2]
(1)	[F03 ,F06-OP1.2]
(3)	[F03 ,F05 -OS1.5] [F06-OS1.5,OS1.2]
(3)	[F03 ,F06-OP1.2]
(4)	[F10-OS3.7]
3.3.2.7. Doors
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]
3.3.2.8. Fixed Bench-Type Seats without Arms
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]
3.3.2.10. Handrails in Aisles with Steps
(1)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
3.3.2.11. Outdoor Places of Assembly
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F10-OS3.7]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(3)	[F10-OS3.7]
(5)	[F10-OS3.7]
3.3.2.12. Bleachers
(1)	[F10-O S3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(2)	[F10-O S3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(4)	[F10-O S3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(5)	[F30-OS3.1]
3.3.2.13. Libraries
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
(1)	[F03-OP1.2]
(2)	[F02-OS1.2]
(2)	[F02-OP1.2]
3.3.2.14. Stages for Theatrical Performances
(1)	[F02-OS1.2]
(1)	[F02-OP1.2]
(2)	[F03-OS1.2]
(2)	[F03-OP1.2]
(3)	[F03-OS1.2]
(3)	[F03-OP1.2]
(4)	[F03-OS1.2]
(4)	[F03-OP1.2]
(5)	[F02-O S1.2] [F06 -OS1.2,OS1.5]
(5)	[F 02,F06-OP1.2]
(6)	[F03-O S1.2,OS1.5]
(6)	[F03-OP1.2]
3.3.2.15. Risers for Stairs
(1)	[F30-OS3.1]
3.3.2.16. Storage Rooms
(1)	[F12-OS1.2]
(1)	[F12-OP1.2]
3.3.2.17. Safety Glazing
(1)	[F 20,F30-OS3.1]
(2)	[F 20,F30-OS3.1]
3.3.3.2. Separations between Care, Treatment or Detention Occupancies and Repair Garages
(1)	[F44-OS3.4]
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
3.3.3.3. Corridors
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F10-OS3.7]
(3)	[F 10,F12-OS3.7]
(4)	(a) [F10-OS3.7]
(4)	(b) [F10,F12-OS3.7]

3.10.1.1. Division B

Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued) Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
3.3.3.4. Doorway Width
(1)	[F10 ,F12-OS3.7]
(2)	[F10 ,F12-OS3.7]
3.3.3.5. Compartments and Fire Separations
(2)	[F05 -OS1.5] [F06-O S1.5,OS1.2]
(2)	[F06-OP1.2]
(4)	[F05 -OS1.2] [F06-O S1.2,OS1.5]
(4)	[F03 ,F06-OP1.2]
(6)	[F10-OS1.5]
(7)	[F10-OS1.5]
(8)	[F03 ,F05 -OS1.2] [F06-OS1.5]
(12)	[F03 ,F05 -OS1.2] [F06-OS1.5]
(16)	[F02 ,F03 -OS1.2] [F44-OS1.1]
(16)	[F02 ,F03-OP1.2]
3.3.3.6. Areas of Refuge
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
3.3.3.7. Contained Use Areas
(2)	[F03 -OS1.2] [F06-O S1.5,OS1.2]
(2)	[F03 ,F06-OP1.2]
(3)	[F02 -OS1.2] [F06-O S1.5,OS1.2]
(3)	[F02 ,F06-OP1.2]
(4)	[F02 -OS1.2] [F06-O S1.5,OS1.2]
(4)	[F02 ,F06-OP1.2]
(5)	[F10-OS3.7]
3.3.4.2. Fire Separations
(1)	[F03 -OS1.2] [F05-O S1.5] [F06-O S1.5,OS1.2]
(1)	[F03 ,F06-OP1.2]
(4)	[F02 ,F03 -OS1.2] [F44-OS1.1]
(4)	(a),(b) [F02,F03-OP1.2]
(5)	[F03 -OS1.2] [F01-OS1.1]
	(a) [F03-OP1.2]
	[F44-OS3.4]
3.3.4.3. Storage Rooms
(1)	[F02-OS1.2]
(1)	[F02-OP1.2]
(2)	[F03-OS1.2]
(2)	[F03-OP1.2]
(4)	[F12-OS1.2]
(4)	[F12-OP1.2]
3.3.4.4. Egress from Dwelling Units
(2)	[F10 ,F05-OS3.7]
(3)	[F10-OS3.7]
(4)	[F05-O S1.2,OS1.5]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(5)	[F 10,F05-OS3.7]
(6)	[F 10,F05-OS3.7]
3.3.4.5. Automatic Locking Prohibition
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]
3.3.4.8. Protection of Openable Windows
(1)	[F30-OS3.1]
3.3.5.2. Fire Extinguishing Systems
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
3.3.5.3. Basements
(1)	[F12-O S1.2,O S1.5] [F01-OS1.1]
	[F12-OP1.2]
(2)	[F06-O S1.5,O S1.2] Applies to the separation of entrances to basements and to rooms containing building services from the remainder of the building.
	[F06-O P1.2] Applies to the separation of entrances from the remainder of the building.
	[F05-O S1.5] [F06-O S1.2,O S1.5] Applies to the separation of exits from the remainder of the building.
	[F06-O P1.2] Applies to the separation of exits from the remainder of the building.
(3)	[F44-OS1.1]
3.3.5.4. Repair and Storage Garages
(2)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10,F12-OS3.7]
(5)	[F30-OS3.1]
(6)	[F30-OS3.1]
(8)	[F02-OS1.2]
	[F02-OP1.2]
3.3.5.5. Repair Garage Separation
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
3.3.5.6. Storage Garage Separation
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
3.3.5.7. Vestibules
(4)	[F44-OS3.4]
	[F44-OS1.1]
3.3.5.8. Dispensing of Fuel
(1)	[F01-OS1.1]
(2)	[F01-OS1.1]
3.3.5.9. Multiple-Tenant Self-Storage Warehouses
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]

Division B 3.10.1.1.

Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued) Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
3.3.6.2. Storage of Dangerous Goods
(1)	[F03-OP1.2]
	[F03-OS1.2]
(2)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(3)	[F01 ,F02 ,F03 ,F81-O S1.1,OS1.2]
	[F01 ,F02 ,F03 ,F81-O P1.1,OP1.2]
(4)	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]
3.3.6.3. Indoor Storage of Anhydrous Ammonia and Flammable, Toxic and Oxidizing Gases
(1)	(a) [F03-O S1.2] [F44-OS1.1]
	(a) [F03-OP1.2]
	(a) [F44-O S1.2,O S1.5,OS1.1] Applies to gas-tight fire separations.
	(b) [F12-O S1.2] [F01-O S1.1] [F02-OS1.3]
	(b) [F02-OP1.3]
	(c) [F12-OS1.1]
	(d) [F44-OS1.1]
(2)	(a) [F03-OP1.2]
	(a) [F03-O S1.2] [F44-OS1.1]
	(a) [F44-O S1.2,O S1.5,OS1.1] Applies to gas-tight fire separations.
	(b) [F12-O S1.2] [F01-OS1.1]
	(c) [F12-OS1.1]
	(d) [F44-OS1.1]
3.3.6.4. Storage and Dispensing Rooms for Flammable Liquids and Combustible Liquids
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(2)	[F02-OS1.3]
	[F02-OP1.3]
3.3.6.5. Tire Storage
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
3.3.6.6. Ammonium Nitrate Storage
(2)	[F01-O S1.1] [F02,F12-OS1.2]
	[F01-O P1.1] [F02,F12-OP1.2]
(3)	[F03 -OS1.2] [F01-OS1.1]
	[F03 -OP1.2] [F01-OP1.1]
(4)	[F12 ,F02-OS1.1]
	[F12 ,F02-OP1.2]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(5)	[F44-OH5]
	[F01-O S1.1] [F02-OS1.2]
	[F43-OS3.4]
(6)	[F 01,F81-OS1.1]
3.3.6.7. Flooring Materials
(1)	[F43-OS3.4]
	[F44-OH5]
	[F01-OS1.1]
3.3.6.8. Fire Separations in Process Plants
(1)	[F03-OP1.2]
	[F03-OS1.2]
3.3.6.9. Basements and Pits
(1)	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]
3.4.1.2. Separation of Exits
(1)	[F 10,F12,F05,F06-OS3.7]
	[F 12,F06-OP1.2]
	[F 12,F06-O S1.5,OS1.2]
(2)	[F10-OS3.7]
3.4.1.5. Exterior Exit Passageways
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]
3.4.1.6. Restricted Use of Horizontal Exits
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F 10,F05-OS3.7]
3.4.1.7. Slide Escapes
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]
3.4.1.9. Mirrors near Exits
(1)	[F10-O S3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
3.4.1.10. Combustible Glazing in Exits
(1)	[F05-O S1.2] [F06 -OS1.2,OS1.5]
	[F 03,F06-OP1.2]
3.4.2.1. Minimum Number of Exits
(1)	[F 10,F12,F05,F06-OS3.7]
	[F 12,F06-OS1.2]
	[F 12,F06-OP1.2]
(3)	[F10-OS3.7]
3.4.2.2. Means of Egress from Mezzanines
(1)	[F05-OS1.5]
3.4.2.3. Distance between Exits
(1)	[F 10,F05-OS1.5]
(4)	[F10-OS3.7]
3.4.2.4. Travel Distance
(3)	[F10-OS3.7]

3.10.1.1. Division B

Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued) Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
3.4.2.5. Location of Exits
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]
(3)	[F10-OS3.7]
3.4.2.6. Principal Entrances
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F10-OS3.7]
3.4.3.1. Exit Width Based on Occupant Load
(2)	[F10-OS3.7]
3.4.3.2. Exit Width
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F10-OS3.7]
(3)	[F10-OS3.7]
(6)	[F10-OS3.7]
(7)	[F10-OS3.7]
(8)	[F12 ,F10 -OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
	[F12-OP1.2]
	[F12-OS1.2]
3.4.3.3. Exit Width Reduction
(1)	[F10 ,F12 -OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
	[F12-OP1.2]
	[F12-OS1.2]
(2)	[F10 ,F12-OS3.7]
	[F12-OP1.2]
	[F12-OS1.2]
(3)	[F10 ,F12-OS3.7]
	[F12-OP1.2]
	[F12-OS1.2]
(4)	[F10 ,F12-OS3.7]
	[F12-OP1.2]
	[F12-OS1.2]
3.4.3.4. Headroom Clearance
(1)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10,F12-OS3.7]
	[F12-OP1.2]
	[F12-OS1.2]
(4)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10,F12-OS3.7]
	[F12-OP1.2]
	[F12-OS1.2]
(5)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10,F12-OS3.7]
	[F12-OP1.2]
	[F12-OS1.2]
3.4.4.1. Fire-Resistance Rating of Exit Separations
(1)	[F05 -OS1.5] [F06-O S1.5,O S1.2] [F03-OS1.2]
(1)	[F06 ,F03-OP1.2]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
3.4.4.2. Exits through Lobbies
(1)	[F 05,F06-OS1.5]
(2)	[F 12,F10,F05,F06-OS1.5]
3.4.4.3. Exterior Passageway Exceptions
(1)	[F 05,F06,F10-OS1.5]
3.4.4.4. Integrity of Exits
(1)	[F05-O S1.5] [F06-O S1.5,O S1.2] [F03-OS1.2]
(1)	[F 06,F03-OP1.2]
(2)	[F05-O S1.5] [F06 -OS1.5,OS1.2]
(2)	[F06-OP1.2]
(3)	[F05-O S1.5] [F06 -OS1.5,OS1.2]
(3)	[F06-OP1.2]
(4)	[F05-O S1.5] [F06 -OS1.5,OS1.2]
	[F06-OP1.2]
	[F43-OS3.7]
(5)	[F05-O S1.5] [F06-O S1.5,O S1.2] [F03-OS1.2]
(5)	[F 03,F06-OP1.2]
(6)	[F 10,F12-O S3.7] [F30-O S3.1] [F31-O S3.2] [F32-O S3.3] [F43-OS3.4]
	[F 10,F05-OS1.5] [F12-O S1.5,OS1.2]
	[F12-OP1.2]
(7)	[F05-O S1.5] [F06 -OS1.5,OS1.2]
	[F06-OP1.2]
	[F43-OS3.7]
(8)	[F05-O S1.5] [F06 -OS1.5,OS1.2]
(8)	[F06-OP1.2]
(9)	[F05-O S1.5] [F06 -OS1.5,OS1.2]
(9)	[F06-OP1.2]
3.4.5.1. Exit Signs
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F10-OS3.7]
(3)	[F 10,F81-OS3.7]
(4)	[F 10,F81-OS3.7]
(5)	[F10-OS3.7]
(6)	[F10-OS3.7]
(7)	[F10-OS3.7]
3.4.5.2. Exit Signs with Tactile Information
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]
3.4.5.3. Signs for Stairs and Ramps at Exit Level
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]
3.4.6.1. Slip Resistance of Ramps and Stairs
(1)	(a) [F10-O S3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(1)	(b) [F10-O S3.7] [F30-OS3.1]

Division B 3.10.1.1.

Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued) Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F10 ,F12 -OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
	[F12-OP1.2]
	[F12-O S1.2,OS1.5]
3.4.6.2. Minimum Number of Risers
(1)	[F30-OS3.1]
3.4.6.3. Maximum Vertical Rise of Stair Flights and Required Landings
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F10 -OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(3)	[F10 ,F12 -OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
3.4.6.4. Dimensions of Landings
(1)	[F10 ,F12 -OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
	[F12-OP1.2]
	[F12-O S1.2,OS1.5]
(2)	[F10 ,F12 -OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
	[F12-OP1.2]
	[F12-O S1.2,OS1.5]
(4)	[F10 ,F12 -OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(5)	[F10 ,F12 -OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
3.4.6.5. Handrails
(1)	[F10 -OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(2)	[F10 -OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(3)	[F10 -OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(4)	[F10 -OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(5)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(7)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(9)	[F10 -OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(10)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(10)	[F73-OA1]
(11)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(12)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(12)	[F73-OA1]
(13)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(15)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
3.4.6.6. Guards
(1)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(4)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(5)	[F30-OS3.1]
(6)	[F30-OS3.1]
(7)	[F30-OS3.1]
3.4.6.7. Ramp Slope
(1)	[F10 -OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F10-O S3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
3.4.6.8. Treads and Risers
(1)	[F10-O S3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(2)	[F10-O S3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(3)	[F10-O S3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(3)	[F73-OA1]
(4)	[F10-O S3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(5)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(6)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(7)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(8)	[F30-OS3.1]
(9)	[F10-O S3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(10)	[F30-OS3.1]
3.4.6.9. Curved Flights in Exits
(1)	[F10-O S3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(2)	[F10-O S3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(3)	[F10-O S3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(4)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
3.4.6.10. Horizontal Exits
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F10-OS3.7]
(4)	[F 10,F73-OS3.7]
(5)	[F10-OS3.7]
3.4.6.11. Doors
(1)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F10-O S3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(3)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(3)	[F 81,F10-OS3.7] Applies where there is a danger of blockage from ice or snow.
(4)	[F10-OS3.7]
(5)	[F 10,F12-OS3.7]
(6)	[F10-OS3.7]
3.4.6.12. Direction of Door Swing
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]
3.4.6.13. Self-closing Devices
(1)	[F05-O S1.5] [F06 -OS1.5,OS1.2]
(1)	[F 06,F03-OP1.2]
3.4.6.14. Sliding Doors
(2)	[F12-OS3.7]

3.10.1.1. Division B

Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued) Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
3.4.6.15. Revolving Doors
(1)	(a) [F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
	(b) [F10,F12-OS3.7]
	(c) [F10-OS3.7]
	(d) [F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
	(e) [F20-OS3.1]
(2)	[F10-OS3.7]
(3)	(a),(b),(d),(e) [F10,F81-O S3.7] [F20,F30-OS3.1]
3.4.6.16. Door Release Hardware
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F10-OS3.7]
(3)	[F10-OS3.7]
(4)	[F10-OS3.7]
(5)	[F10 ,F81-OS3.7]
(6)	[F10 ,F81-OS3.7]
(7)	[F10-OS3.7]
(7)	[F73-OA1]
3.4.6.17. Security for Banks and Mercantile Floor Areas
(1)	[F02 -OS1.2] Applies to sprinklered buildings.
(1)	[F10 ,F81 -OS3.7] Applies to exit and egress doors that comply with the stated Sentences.
(2)	[F10-OS3.7]
(3)	[F81-OS3.7]
(5)	[F10-OS1.5]
(6)	[F10-OS3.7]
(9)	[F10 ,F81-OS3.7]
3.4.6.18. Emergency Crossover Access to Floor Areas
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]
(3)	[F10-OS3.7]
(4)	[F10-OS3.7]
	[F12-OS3.7]
	[F12-OP1.2]
	[F12-O S1.2,OS1.5]
(5)	[F10-OS3.7]
3.4.6.19. Floor Numbering and Identification of Stair Shafts
(1)	[F10 ,F12 ,F73-OS3.7]
	[F73-OA1]
	[F12-OP1.2]
	[F12-OS1.2]
(2)	[F10 ,F12 ,F73-OS3.7]
	[F12-OP1.2]
	[F12-OS1.2]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
3.4.7.1. Scope
(1)	[F 10,F12-OS3.7]
(2)	[F10-O S3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(2)	[F10-O S1.5] [F12-OS1.2]
3.4.7.2. Fire Escape Construction
(1)	[F05-O S1.5] [F06-OS1.2] Applies to the combustibility of materials used in the construction of fire escapes.
	[F 10,F12-O S3.7] [F20-OS3.1] Applies to the type and construction of fire escapes.
	[F20-OS2.1] Applies to the type and construction of fire escapes.
3.4.7.3. Access to Fire Escapes
(1)	[F10-OS3.7] Applies to portion of Code text: “Access to fire escapes shall be from corridors through doors at floor level …”
(2)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
3.4.7.4. Protection of Fire Escapes
(1)	[F 05,F06-OS1.5]
3.4.7.5. Stairs
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F10-OS3.7]
(3)	[F10-OS3.7] Applies to the reduction in width permitted under certain conditions.
(4)	[F10-O S3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
3.4.7.6. Guards and Railings
(1)	[F10-O S3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(2)	[F10-O S3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(3)	[F10-O S3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(4)	[F30-OS3.1]
(5)	[F30-OS3.1]
3.5.2.1. Elevators, Escalators and Dumbwaiters
(1)	[F 30,F81-O S3.1] [F 32,F81-OS3.3] [F36 ,F81-OS3.6]
(2)	[F82-O S3.1,O S3.3,OS3.6]
(3)	[F73-OA1]
3.5.3.1. Fire Separations for Elevator Hoistways
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
(1)	[F03-OP1.2]
3.5.3.2. Vertical Service Spaces for Dumbwaiters
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
(1)	[F03-OP1.2]
3.5.3.3. Fire Separations for Elevator Machine Rooms
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
(1)	[F03-OP1.2]
(2)	[F03-OS1.2]
(2)	[F03-OP1.2]

Division B 3.10.1.1.

Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued) Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
3.5.4.1. Elevator Car Dimensions
(1)	[F12-OS3.7]
(3)	[F12-OS3.7]
3.5.4.2. Floor Numbering
(1)	[F73-OA1]
3.6.1.2. Electrical Wiring and Equipment
(1)	[F01 -OS1.1] [F02,F03-O S1.2] [F81-OS1.4]
	[F01 -OP1.1] [F02,F03-O P1.2] [F81-OP1.4]
	[F32-OS3.3]
3.6.1.3. Lightning Protection Systems
(1)	[F01 ,F81-OS1.1]
	[F01 ,F81-OP1.1]
3.6.1.4. Storage Use Prohibition
(1)	[F01 -OS1.1] [F02-OS1.2]
3.6.1.5. Appliances Installed outside a Building
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	(b) [F03-OP1.2]
	(a) [F03-OP3.1]
3.6.2.1. Fire Separations around Service Rooms
(1)	[F03-O S1.2,OS1.4]
	[F03-O P1.2,OP1.4]
(3)	[F01 -OS1.1] [F03-OS1.2]
	[F01 -OP1.1] [F03-OP1.2]
(4)	[F03-O S1.2,OS1.4]
	[F03-O P1.2,OP1.4]
(5)	[F03-O S1.2,OS1.4]
	[F03-O P1.2,OP1.4]
(6)	[F03-O S1.2,OS1.4]
	[F03-O P1.2,OP1.4]
(7)	[F03-O S1.2,OS1.4]
	[F03-O P1.2,OP1.4]
3.6.2.2. Service Rooms under Exits
(1)	[F06 ,F05-OS3.7]
	[F02-OS1.2]
3.6.2.4. Incinerator Rooms
(1)	[F02-OS1.2]
3.6.2.5. Storage of Combustible Refuse and Recycling
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
3.6.2.6. Door Swing for Service Rooms
(1)	[F10-O S1.5] Applies to portion of Code text: “A swing-type door from a service room containing a boiler or incinerator shall swing outward from the room …”
	[F30-O S3.1] Applies to portion of Code text: “A swing-type door from a service room containing a boiler or incinerator shall swing … inward if the door opens onto a corridor or any room used for an assembly occupancy.”
3.6.2.7. Electrical Equipment Vaults
(2)	[F03-O S1.2,OS1.4]
	[F03-O P1.2,OP1.4]
(3)	[F02-O S1.2] [F11-O S1.5] [F03-OS1.4]
	[F02-O P1.2] [F03-OP1.4]
(4)	[F03-O S1.2,OS1.4]
	[F03-O P1.2,OP1.4]
(6)	[F81-OS1.1]
(7)	[F03-OS1.2]
(8)	[F44-O S1.1] [F03-OS1.2]
(9)	[F34-OS1.1]
	[F34-OS3.3]
	[F34-OP1.1]
3.6.2.8. Emergency Power Installations
(1)	[F03-O S1.2,O S1.4] [F06-O S1.2,OS1.5]
	[F03-O P1.2,O P1.4] [F06-OP1.2]
3.6.3.1. Fire Separations for Vertical Service Spaces
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(2)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(3)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(4)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(5)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
3.6.3.2. Foamed Plastic Protection
(1)	[F02-OS1.2]
3.6.3.3. Linen and Refuse Chutes
(1)	(d),(e) [F02-OS1.2]
	(a),(b),(c) [F41-OH2.4,OH2.5]
(2)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(3)	[F03-OS1.2]
(4)	(b) [F03-OS1.2]
	(a) [F41-O H2.4,OH2.5]

3.10.1.1. Division B

Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued) Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(5)	(a) [F81,F03-OS1.2]
	(a) [F81,F41-O H2.4,OH2.5]
	(a) [F81,F03-OP1.2]
	(b) [F03-OS1.2]
	(b) [F03-OP1.2]
	(c) [F01,F02-OS1.2]
	(c) [F01,F02-OP1.2]
	(d) [F05-O S1.5] [F06-O S1.5,OS1.2]
	(d) [F06-OP1.2]
(6)	[F02-OS1.2]
(6)	[F02-OP1.2]
(7)	[F03-OS1.2]
(7)	[F03-OP1.2]
(8)	[F02-OS1.2]
(8)	[F41-O H2.4,OH2.5]
(9)	[F03-OS1.2]
(9)	[F03-OP1.2]
(10)	[F81 ,F03-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “The room or bin into which a refuse chute discharges shall be of sufficient size to contain the refuse between normal intervals of emptying …”
	[F81 ,F41 -OH2.4,OH2.5] Applies to portion of Code text: “The room or bin into which a refuse chute discharges shall be of sufficient size to contain the refuse between normal intervals of emptying …”
	[F41 -OH2.4,OH2.5] Applies to portion of Code text: “The room or bin into which a refuse chute discharges shall be … impervious to moisture and be equipped with a water connection and floor drain for washing-down purposes.”
(11)	[F01 ,F02-OS1.2]
3.6.3.4. Exhaust Duct Negative Pressure
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
3.6.3.5. Grease Duct Enclosures
(1)	[F02 ,F03-OS1.2]
(1)	[F02 ,F03-OP1.2]
(2)	[F02 ,F03-OS1.2]
(2)	[F02 ,F03-OP1.2]
3.6.4.2. Fire Separations for Horizontal Service Spaces
(2)	[F03-OS1.2]
(2)	[F03-OP1.2]
3.6.4.3. Plenum Requirements
(1)	[F02-OS1.2]
(2)	[F03-O S1.2,OS1.3]
(2)	[F03-O P1.2,OP1.3]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
3.6.4.4. Attic or Roof Space Access
(1)	[F 01,F02,F12-OS1.2]
(1)	[F 01,F02,F12-OP1.2]
3.6.4.5. Horizontal Service Space Access
(1)	[F 01,F02,F12-OS1.2]
(1)	[F 01,F02,F12-OP1.2]
3.6.4.6. Crawl Space Access
(1)	[F 01,F02,F12-OS1.2]
(1)	[F 01,F02,F12-OP1.2]
3.6.5.1. Duct Materials
(1)	[F 01,F02-OS1.2]
(2)	[F02-OS1.2]
(4)	[F02-OS1.2]
(5)	[F02-OS1.2]
3.6.5.2. Vibration Isolation Connectors
(1)	[F 01,F02-OS1.2]
(2)	[F02-OS1.2]
3.6.5.3. Tape
(1)	[F02-OS1.2]
3.6.5.4. Coverings, Linings, Adhesives and Insulation
(1)	[F02-OS1.2]
(2)	[F02-OS1.2]
(3)	[F02-OS1.2]
(4)	[F02-OS1.2]
(5)	[F02-OS1.2]
(6)	[F02-OS1.2]
(7)	[F 01,F02-OS1.2]
3.6.5.5. Insulation and Coverings
(1)	[F 01,F02-OS1.2]
(2)	[F02-OS1.2]
(3)	[F02-OS1.2]
(4)	[F02-OS1.2]
3.6.5.6. Clearance of Ducts and Plenums
(2)	[F01-OS1.2]
(3)	[F01-OS1.2]
(4)	[F01-OS1.2]
(5)	[F01-OS1.2]
3.6.5.7. Supply, Return, Intake and Exhaust-Air Openings
(1)	[F02-OS1.2]
3.6.5.8. Return-Air System
(1)	[F02-OS1.2]
(2)	[F 01,F02-OS1.2]
(3)	[F 01,F02-OS1.2]

Division B 3.10.1.1.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(4)	[F01 ,F02-OS1.2]
3.7.1.1. Room and Space Height
(1)	[F30-OS3.1]
3.7.2.1. Plumbing and Drainage Systems
(3)	[F72-OH2.1]
(4)	[F72-OH2.1]
3.7.2.2. Water Closets
(1)	[F72-OH2.1] Applies to portion of Code text: “... water closets shall be provided ...”
(4)	[F72-OH2.1]
(5)	[F72-OH2.1]
(6)	[F72-OH2.1]
(7)	[F72-OH2.1]
(8)	[F72-OH2.1]
(9)	[F72-OH2.1]
(10)	[F72-OH2.1]
(11)	[F72-OH2.1]
(12)	[F72-OH2.1]
(13)	[F72-OH2.1]
(14)	[F72-OH2.1]
3.7.2.3. Lavatories
(1)	[F71-OH2.3]
(3)	[F30-OS3.1]
(4)	[F71-OH2.3]
3.7.2.4. Safety Glazing
(1)	[F20-OS3.1]
3.7.2.5. Surface Protection
(1)	[F72-O H2.1] [F40-OH2.4]
(2)	[F72-O H2.1] [F40-OH2.4]
3.7.2.6. Floor Drain
(1)	[F40-OH2.4]
(1)	[F30-OS3.1]
3.7.2.7. Grab Bars
(1)	[F20-OS3.1]
3.7.2.8. Bathtubs
(1)	[F74-OA2]
	(b) [F31-OS3.2]
	(d) [F30-OS3.1]
3.7.3.1. Medical Gas Piping
(1)	[F43 ,F81 ,F82-OS3.4]
	(b) [F01,F02-OS1.1]
	(b) [F01,F02-OP1.1]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
3.8.2.2. Entrances
(1)	[F73-OA1]
(4)	[F73-OA1]
3.8.2.3. Areas Requiring a Barrier-Free Path of Travel
(1)	[F73-OA1]
(3)	[F74-OA2]
(4)	[F74-OA2]
(5)	[F74-OA2]
(5)	[F10-O S3.7] Applies to portion of Code text: “... each row of seats served by two aisles shall have one adaptable seat conforming to Subsection 3.8.3. located adjacent to one of the aisles.”
(6)	[F74-OA2]
3.8.2.4. Access to Storeys Served by Escalators and Moving Walks
(1)	[F73-OA1]
(2)	[F73-OA1]
3.8.2.5. Exterior Barrier-Free Paths of Travel to Building Entrances and Exterior Passenger-Loading Zones
(1)	[F73-OA1]
(2)	[F73-OA1]
3.8.2.7. Power Door Operators
(1)	[F 73-OA1]
3.8.2.8. Plumbing Facilities
(1)	[F74-OA2]
(1)	[F72-O H2.1] [F71-OH2.3]
(2)	[F 74-OA2]
(2)	[F72-O H2.1] [F71-OH2.3]
(4)	[F72-OH2.1]
(4)	[F73-OA1]
(13)	[F74-OA2]
(15)	[F74-OA2]
3.8.2.9. Assistive Listening Systems
(2)	[F74-OA2]
3.8.2.10. Signs and Indicators
(1)	[F74-OA2]
(2)	[F74-OA2]
(3)	[F74-OA2]
(4)	[F74-OA2]
3.8.2.11. Counters
(1)	[F74-OA2]
3.8.2.12. Telephones
(1)	[F74-OA2]

Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued) Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

3.10.1.1. Division B

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
3.8.3.2. Barrier-Free Path of Travel
(1)	[F73-OA1]
(3)	(a),(b) [F30-OS3.1]
	(a),(b) [F73-OA1]
	(c),(d) [F73-OA1]
	(e),(f) [F73-OA1]
	(e),(f) [F30-OS3.1]
	(c),(d) [F30-OS3.1]
(5)	[F73-OA1]
(6)	[F73-OA1]
3.8.3.3. Exterior Walks
(1)	(a) [F73-OA1]
	(a) [F30-OS3.1]
	(b) [F73-OA1]
	(d) [F30-OS3.1]
3.8.3.4. Exterior Passenger-Loading Zones
(1)	(a) [F74-OA2]
	(b) [F73-OA1]
	(c) [F74-OA2]
3.8.3.5. Ramps
(1)	(b),(e) [F73-OA1]
	(d) [F30-OS3.1]
	(c) [F73-OA1]
	(d) [F73-OA1]
	(b),(e) [F30-OS3.1]
	(c) [F30-OS3.1]
(4)	(a) [F73-OA1]
(4)	(b),(c) [F30-OS3.1]
(5)	[F30-OS3.1]
3.8.3.6. Doorways and Doors
(2)	[F73-OA1]
(3)	[F74-OA2]
(3)	[F30-OS3.1]
(4)	[F74-OA2]
(4)	[F10-OS3.7]
(5)	[F74-OA2]
(5)	[F10-OS3.7]
(6)	[F73-OA1]
(7)	[F30-OS3.1]
(8)	[F73-OA1]
(10)	[F30-OS3.1]
(10)	[F73-OA1]
(11)	[F73-OA1]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(12)	[F30-OS3.1]
(12)	[F73-OA1]
(14)	[F73-OA1]
(15)	[F73-OA1]
(17)	[F74-OA2]
(17)	[F10-OS3.7]
3.8.3.7. Passenger-Elevating Devices
(1)	[F73-OA1]
	[F74-OA2]
	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
3.8.3.8. Controls
(1)	[F74-OA2]
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]
3.8.3.9. Accessible Signs
(1)	[F74-OA2]
(1)	[F73-OA1]
(2)	[F74-OA2]
(2)	[F73-OA1]
(3)	[F74-OA2]
(3)	[F73-OA1]
3.8.3.10. Drinking Fountains
(1)	[F74-OA2]
(2)	[F74-OA2]
3.8.3.11. Water-Bottle Filling Stations
(1)	[F74-OA2]
(2)	[F74-OA2]
3.8.3.12. Accessible Water-Closet Stalls
(1)	[F74-OA2]
	[F72-OH2.1]
	(d)(i) [F74-OA2]
	(f),(g) [F30,F20-OS3.1]
	(h) [F30-OS3.1] Applies to portion of Code text: “… be equipped with a coat hook … projecting not more than 50 mm from the wall …”
3.8.3.13. Universal Washrooms
(1)	[F74-OA2]
	(b) [F10-OS3.7]
	(g) [F30-OS3.1] Applies to the requirement for a coat hook.
	(i) [F74-OA2] Applies to the requirement for a shelf.
	[F72-O H2.1] [F71-OH2.3]
	(b) [F74-OA2] Applies to portion of Code text: “… a door ... capable of being locked from the inside …”
(2)	[F72-O H2.1] [F71-OH2.3]

Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued) Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

Division B 3.10.1.1.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
3.8.3.14. Water Closets
(1)	[F74-OA2]
	[F72-OH2.1]
3.8.3.15. Water-Closet Stalls and Urinals for Persons with Limited Mobility
(1)	[F74-OA2]
	(d) [F30-OS3.1]
(2)	[F74-OA2]
	(f) [F30-OS3.1]
3.8.3.16. Lavatories and Mirrors
(1)	[F74-OA2]
	[F71-OH2.3]
	(f) [F31-OS3.2]
(2)	[F74-OA2]
3.8.3.17. Showers
(1)	[F74-OA2]
	(d),(e) [F30-OS3.1]
	(f) [F30-OS3.1]
	(h) [F31-OS3.2]
(2)	[F74-OA2]
	[F71-OH2.3]
	(a) [F73-OA1]
	(b) [F10-OS3.7]
	(b) [F74-OA2]
	(g) [F74-OA2]
3.8.3.18. Accessible Bathtubs
(1)	[F74-OA2]
3.8.3.19. Assistive Listening Systems
(1)	[F74-OA2]
	[F11-OS3.7]
(2)	[F74-OA2]
3.8.3.20. Counters
(1)	[F74-OA2]
3.8.3.21. Telephones
(1)	[F74-OA2]
(2)	[F74-OA2]
3.8.3.22. Spaces in Seating Area
(1)	[F74-OA2]
	[F30-OS3.1] Applies to portion of Code text: “… level ... level and have removable seats, …”
	(d) [F10-OS3.7] Applies to portion of Code text: “… without infringing on egress from any row of seating or any aisle requirements …”

Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F74-OA2]
(2)	[F30-OS3.1] Applies to portion of Code text: “… level, ...”
(3)	(a) [F10-OS3.7] Applies to portion of Code text: “… without infringing on egress from any row of seating or any aisle requirements …”
(3)	[F74-OA2]
(4)	[F10-OS3.7]
3.9.1.2. Application
(1)	(d) [F02-OS1.1]
3.9.2.2. Spatial Separation
(2)	[F12-OP3.1]
(3)	[F56-OH3.1]
3.9.3.1. Safety Requirements Within Floor Areas
(2)	[F02-OS1.2]
(3)	[F03-OS1.2]
(3)	[F03-OP1.2]
(6)	[F02-OP1.2]
3.9.3.2. Sanitary Facilities
(1)	[F72-OH2.1]
(1)	[F71-OH2.3]

Notes to Table 3.10.1.1.:

(1) See Parts 2 and 3 of Division A.

3-224 Division B

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

‌Division B

Notes to Part 3

‌Fire Protection, Occupant Safety and Accessibility

Application of Part 3. In applying the requirements of this Part, it is intended that they be applied with discretion to buildings of unusual configuration that do not clearly conform to the specific requirements, or to buildings in which processes are carried out which make compliance with particular requirements in this Part impracticable. The definition of “building” as it applies to this Code is general and encompasses most structures, including those which would not normally be considered as buildings in the layman's sense. This occurs more often in industrial uses, particularly those involving manufacturing facilities and equipment that require specialized design that may make it impracticable to follow the specific requirements of this Part. Steel mills, aluminum plants, refining, power generation and liquid storage facilities are examples. A water tank or an oil refinery, for example, has no floor area, so it is obvious that requirements for exits from floor areas would not apply. Requirements for structural fire protection in large steel mills and pulp and paper mills, particularly in certain portions, may not be practicable to achieve in terms of the construction normally used and the operations for which the space is to be used. In other portions of the same building, however, it may be quite reasonable to require that the provisions of this Part be applied (e.g., the office portions). Similarly, areas of industrial occupancy which may be occupied only periodically by service staff, such as equipment penthouses, normally would not need to have the same type of exit facility as floor areas occupied on a continuing basis. It is expected that judgment will be exercised in evaluating the application of a requirement in those cases when extenuating circumstances require special consideration, provided the occupants' safety is not endangered.

The provisions in this Part for fire protection features installed in buildings are intended to provide a minimum acceptable level of public safety. It is intended that all fire protection features of a building, whether required or not, will be designed in conformance with good fire protection engineering practice and will meet the appropriate installation requirements in relevant standards. Good design is necessary to ensure that the level of public safety established by the Code requirements will not be reduced by a voluntary installation.

Firefighting Assumptions

The requirements of this Part are based on the assumption that firefighting capabilities are available in the event of a fire emergency. These firefighting capabilities may take the form of a paid or volunteer public fire department or in some cases a private fire brigade. If these firefighting capabilities are not available, additional fire safety measures may be required.

Firefighting capability can vary from municipality to municipality. Generally, larger municipalities have greater firefighting capability than smaller ones. Similarly, older, well established municipalities may have better firefighting facilities than newly formed or rapidly growing ones. The level of municipal fire protection considered to be adequate will normally depend on both the size of the municipality (i.e., the number of buildings to be protected) and the size of buildings within that municipality. Since larger buildings tend to be located in larger municipalities, they are generally, but not always, favoured with a higher level of municipal protection.

Although it is reasonable to consider that some level of municipal firefighting capability was assumed in developing the fire safety provisions in Part 3, this was not done on a consistent or defined basis. The requirements in the Code, while developed in the light of commonly prevailing municipal fire protection levels, do not attempt to relate the size of building to the level of municipal protection. The responsibility for controlling the maximum size of building to be permitted in a municipality in relation to local firefighting capability rests with the municipality. If a proposed building is too large, either in terms of

These Notes are included for explanatory purposes only and do not form part of the requirements. The number that introduces each Note corresponds to the applicable requirement in this Part.

A-3.1.2. Division B

floor area or building height, to receive reasonable protection from the municipal fire department, fire protection requirements in addition to those prescribed in this Code, may be necessary to compensate for this deficiency. Automatic sprinkler protection may be one option to be considered.

Alternatively, the municipality may, in light of its firefighting capability, elect to introduce zoning restrictions to ensure that the maximum building size is related to available municipal fire protection facilities. This is, by necessity, a somewhat arbitrary decision and should be made in consultation with the local firefighting service, who should have an appreciation of their capability to fight fires.

The requirements of Subsection 3.2.3. are intended to prevent fire spread from thermal radiation assuming there is adequate firefighting available. It has been found that periods of from 10 to 30 minutes usually elapse between the outbreak of fire in a building that is not protected with an automatic sprinkler system and the attainment of high radiation levels. During this period, the specified spatial separations should prove adequate to inhibit ignition of an exposed building face or the interior of an adjacent building by radiation. Subsequently, however, reduction of the fire intensity by firefighting and the protective wetting of the exposed building face will often be necessary as supplementary measures to inhibit fire spread.

In the case of a building that is sprinklered throughout, the automatic sprinkler system should control the fire to an extent that radiation to neighbouring buildings should be minimal. Although there will be some radiation effect on a sprinklered building from a fire in a neighbouring building, the internal sprinkler system should control any fires that might be ignited in the building and thereby minimize the possibility of the fire spreading into the exposed building. NFPA 80A, “Recommended Practice for Protection

of Buildings from Exterior Fire Exposures,” provides additional information on the possibility of fire spread at building exteriors.

The water supply requirements for fire protection installations depend on the requirements of any automatic sprinkler installations and also on the number of fire streams that may be needed at any fire, having regard to the length of time the streams will have to be used. Both these factors are largely

‌influenced by the conditions at the building to be equipped, and the quantity and pressure of water needed for the protection of both the interior and exterior of the building must be ascertained before the water supply is decided upon. Acceptable water supplies may be a public waterworks system that has adequate pressure and discharge capacity, automatic fire pumps, pressure tanks, manually controlled fire pumps in combination with pressure tanks, gravity tanks, and manually controlled fire pumps operated by remote control devices at each hose station.

‌A-3.1.2. Use Classification. The purpose of classification is to determine which requirements apply. This Code requires classification in accordance with every major occupancy for which the building is used or intended to be used. Where necessary, an application clause has been inserted in this Part to explain how to choose between the alternative requirements which multiple occupancy classification may present.

A-3.1.2.1.(1) Major Occupancy Classification. The following are examples of the major occupancy classifications described in Table 3.1.2.1.:

Group A, Division 1 Motion picture theatres Opera houses

Television studios admitting a viewing audience Theatres, including experimental theatres

Group A, Division 2 Art galleries Auditoria Bowling alleys

Churches and similar places of worship Clubs, nonresidential

Community halls Courtrooms Dance halls

Exhibition halls (other than classified in Group E) Gymnasia

Lecture halls Libraries

Licensed beverage establishments Museums

Division B A-3.1.2.1.(1)

Passenger stations and depots Recreational piers Restaurants

Schools and colleges, nonresidential Undertaking premises

Group A, Division 3

Arenas

Indoor swimming pools, with or without spectator seating Rinks

Group A, Division 4

Amusement park structures (not elsewhere classified) Bleachers

Grandstands Reviewing stands Stadia

Group B, Division 1 Jails Penitentiaries

Police stations with detention quarters Prisons

Psychiatric hospitals with detention quarters Reformatories with detention quarters

Group B, Division 2

Care facilities with treatment

Convalescent /recovery/rehabilitation centres with treatment Hospices with treatment

Hospitals Infirmaries

Nursing homes with treatment

Psychiatric hospitals without detention quarters Respite centres with treatment

Group B, Division 3 Assisted/supportive living facilities Care facilities without treatment Children's custodial homes

Convalescent/recovery/rehabilitation centres without treatment Group homes

Hospices without treatment Nursing homes without treatment

Reformatories without detention quarters Respite centres without treatment

Group C

Apartments Boarding houses Clubs, residential Colleges, residential Convents Dormitories

Hotels Houses

Lodging houses Monasteries Motels

Schools, residential

Group D

Banks

Barber and hairdressing shops Beauty parlours

A-3.1.2.1.(1) Division B

Dental offices

Dry cleaning establishments, self-service, not using flammable or explosive solvents or cleaners Laundries, self-service

Medical offices Offices

Police stations without detention quarters Radio stations

Small tool and appliance rental and service establishments

Group E

Department stores Exhibition halls Markets

Shops Stores

Supermarkets

Group F, Division 1

Bulk plants for flammable liquids

Bulk storage warehouses for hazardous substances Cereal mills

Chemical manufacturing or processing plants Distilleries

Dry cleaning plants Feed mills

Flour mills Grain elevators Lacquer factories

Mattress factories

Paint, varnish and pyroxylin product factories Rubber processing plants

Spray painting operations Waste paper processing plants

Group F, Division 2 Aircraft hangars Box factories Candy plants

Cold storage plants

Dry cleaning establishments not using flammable or explosive solvents or cleaners Electrical substations

Factories Freight depots

Helicopter landing areas on roofs Laboratories

Laundries, except self-service Mattress factories

Planing mills Printing plants Repair garages Salesrooms Service stations Storage rooms

Television studios not admitting a viewing audience Warehouses

Wholesale rooms Woodworking factories Workshops

Group F, Division 3 Creameries Factories Laboratories

Division B A-3.1.5.4.(1)

Light-aircraft hangars (storage only) Power plants

Salesrooms

Sample display rooms

‌Storage garages, including open air parking garages Storage rooms

‌Warehouses Workshops

A-3.1.2.3.(1) Arena Regulation. The use of an arena is regulated in the NFC.

‌A-3.1.4.1.(1) Combustible Construction and Materials Permitted. The permission to use combustible construction or combustible materials stated in Articles 3.1.4.1., 3.1.5.5., 3.1.5.14. and 3.1.5.15. does not waive the requirements regarding construction type and cladding stated in Article 3.2.3.7.

A-3.1.4.2. Protection of Penetrations. Where foamed plastics are required to be protected from adjacent spaces within a building, the protection should be continuous so as to cover the foamed plastics so they are not exposed to the interior of the building. However, minor penetrations of the protective covering by small electrical and mechanical components, such as electrical outlets and fixtures, sprinkler piping, and mechanical vents, are acceptable because the penetrant and associated fittings and seals will prevent the small amount of foamed plastic surrounding the penetration from being exposed to the interior of the building.

Foamed plastics that are penetrated by larger components or assemblies, such as windows, are unlikely to be exposed to the interior of the building as they are protected by associated framing and finishes and/or the installation of a closure.

Small amounts of foamed plastics, such as air sealants used between major components of exterior wall construction, are not required to be protected (see Sentence 3.1.5.2.(1)).

Penetrations of a fire separation or of a membrane forming part of an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating are nevertheless required to be provided with a firestop in accordance with Subsection 3.1.9.

A-3.1.4.2.(1) Concealed Space. The term “concealed space” includes any space that is not visibly apparent and that is provided with an opening to allow access for repair and periodic inspections.

‌A-3.1.4.2.(1)(c) Thermal Barrier in Combustible Construction. Any thermal barrier that is accepted under the requirements of Sentence 3.1.5.15.(2) for noncombustible construction is also acceptable for combustible construction.

‌A-3.1.4.2.(2) and 3.1.5.7.(3) Walk-in Coolers and Freezers. Sentences 3.1.4.2.(2) and 3.1.5.7.(3) are intended to apply to walk-in coolers and freezers that are constructed as stand-alone structures within a building.‌

‌A-3.1.4.3.(1)(b)(i) Raceway Definition. The term raceway is defined in CSA C22.1, “Canadian Electrical Code, Part I,” and includes both rigid and flexible conduit.

A-3.1.4.3.(1) Wire and Cable Equivalence. Electrical wires and cables that conform to the requirements of Sentence 3.1.5.21.(1) are deemed to satisfy the requirements of Sentence 3.1.4.3.(1).

‌A-3.1.4.8.(1) Exterior Cladding. The requirements in Sentence 3.1.4.8.(1) are intended to limit the potential for fire spread on the exterior cladding of buildings of combustible construction through the use of noncombustible finishes on the exterior of the wall assembly or the use of a cladding/wall assembly that has been assessed with regard to its ability to resist flame propagation up the outside of a building. These cladding and wall assembly combinations can be used as infill or panel-type walls between structural elements, or attached directly to a loadbearing structural system. Note that these requirements apply independently of the provisions contained in Subsection 3.2.3. regarding spatial separation and exposure protection.

A-3.1.5.4.(1) Skylight Spacing. The minimum spacing dimensions for skylight assemblies are based on the distance that flame must travel along a flat ceiling surface. If ceilings have projecting beams or other features that would increase the distance the flame would have to travel along the surface, the distances specified may be measured accordingly.

‌A-3.1.5.5.(1)(b) Division B

‌A-3.1.5.5.(1)(b) Combustible Cladding on Exterior Walls. The performance of the wall assembly is assessed with regard to its ability to resist flame propagation up the outside of a building.

‌A-3.1.5.5.(1)(b)(i) Flame-Spread Distance. The maximum flame-spread distance referred to in Subclause 3.1.5.5.(1)(b)(i) means the distance between the top of the opening and the highest observable instance of flaming along the wall assembly; thus, intermittent flaming to a height of 5 m above the opening is acceptable.

A-3.1.5.5.(1)(b)(ii) Heat Flux Measurement. The heat flux to the assembly referred to in Subclause 3.1.5.5.(1)(b)(ii) is the maximum one-minute averaged heat flux measured by transducers located

‌3.5 m above the top of the opening. The intent of this criterion is to limit the spread of fire on the wall assembly to a height of 3.5 m above the opening.

Fire tests have shown that flame does not spread on the exterior surface of a wall assembly where the heat flux is less than 35 kW/m2 above the opening.

‌A-3.1.5.14.(5)(d) Foamed Plastic Insulation Protection. The standard fire exposure temperature in CAN/ULC-S101, “Standard Method of Fire Endurance Tests of Building Construction and Materials,” is the same as in CAN/ULC-S124, “Standard Method of Test for the Evaluation of Protective Coverings for Foamed Plastic.” A thermal barrier that, when tested in conformance with CAN/ULC-S101, does not exceed an average temperature rise of 140°C on its unexposed face after a period of 10 min satisfies this requirement.

‌A-3.1.5.21.(1) Wire and Cable Flammability. In regulating the flammability characteristics of electrical wires and cables installed in a building, it is intended that the requirements of this Sentence and of other similar Sentences in the Code apply to wires and cables that are essentially a part of the distribution systems for power or communications. These distribution systems will normally include branch circuits that terminate at an outlet box in the space to be served and at that location cable terminators or plugs for individual items of equipment will be plugged in.

‌A-3.1.6. Encapsulated Mass Timber Construction and Materials Permitted. The permission to use encapsulated mass timber construction and other combustible materials stated in Articles 3.1.6.2., 3.1.6.3., 3.1.6.9. and 3.1.6.10. does not waive the requirements regarding types of construction and cladding stated in Article 3.2.3.7.

A-3.1.6.3. Structural Mass Timber Elements. Structural timber elements may consist of any number of large cross-section timber products, such as solid-sawn timber, glued-laminated timber (glulam), structural composite lumber (SCL), cross-laminated timber (CLT), and nail-laminated timber (NLT).

The minimum dimensions required for structural timber elements in encapsulated mass timber construction were established so that such elements will exhibit the fire performance characteristics of mass timber rather than those of lightweight, small-dimensioned wood elements (e.g., lumber), including reduced-ignition propensity and reduced average rate of fuel contribution. Note that the dimensions stated in Table 3.1.6.3. do not reflect a specific fire-resistance rating; larger dimensions may be required to satisfy fire-resistance rating requirements.

The reference to Article 3.2.2.16. means that heavy timber construction is permitted to be used for the roof assembly (and its supports) in buildings of encapsulated mass timber construction that are sprinklered and not more than 2 storeys in building height. It follows that the minimum dimensions stated in Table 3.1.4.7. would apply to those elements rather than the ones stated in Table 3.1.6.3. Furthermore, the roof elements and supports made of heavy timber construction do not need to conform to the encapsulation requirements of Article 3.1.6.4., nor are they limited by the flame-spread rating or maximum thickness or cut-through requirements of Article 3.1.6.14.

A-3.1.6.4.(1) Encapsulation of Mass Timber Elements. The general intent of Sentence 3.1.6.4.(1) is that all exposed surfaces of the mass timber elements be encapsulated, including the upper surface of a mass timber floor assembly. However, the exposed surfaces in certain concealed spaces formed by or contained within mass timber elements are exempted from complying with this Sentence (see Sentences 3.1.6.3.(4), 3.1.6.16.(2) and 3.1.6.17.(2), and Articles 3.1.6.7. and 3.1.6.12.). Moreover, the upper surface of a mass timber roof assembly need not be encapsulated where there is no concealed space above it. As well, the exterior side of a mass timber exterior wall assembly need not be encapsulated; however, the provisions of Article 3.1.6.9. and Subsection 3.2.3. for exterior walls still need to be considered.

‌Division B A-3.1.8.1.(2)

‌A-3.1.6.4.(3) to (6) Fire-Resistance Rating of Mass Timber with Exposed Surfaces. Portions of mass timber elements required to have a fire-resistance rating are permitted to be exposed in accordance with the permissions stated in Sentences 3.1.6.4.(3) to (6); however, it is important to note that applying those permissions does not waive the requirement for these elements to have a fire-resistance rating.

‌A-3.1.6.4.(4) Exposed Surfaces of Mass Timber Walls. The primary objective of encapsulating mass timber elements is to limit the probability that these elements will significantly contribute to fire spread and fire duration in the event of a fire. Since thick wood members require a source of imposed heat flux to burn, the stipulation in Clause 3.1.6.4.(4)(a) that the exposed surfaces of mass timber walls face the same direction within a suite is intended to reduce the potential of re-radiation between burning mass timber surfaces that face each other, which could sustain flaming combustion into the decay phase of a fire if the sprinkler system failed to operate or to control the fire. Additionally, the maximum percentage of exposed surface area stated

in Article 3.1.6.4. is low so that it is not sufficient to sustain a ventilation-controlled fire that might provide the radiation required to sustain flaming combustion into the decay phase of a fire if the sprinkler system failed to operate or to control the fire.

‌A-3.1.6.6. Encapsulation Materials. Research has been conducted on different types of encapsulation materials, such as gypsum board, gypsum concrete and cement board. The results of tests using an intermediate-scale furnace and of cone calorimeter tests indicate that a combustible timber element protected with a 38 mm thick layer of gypsum-concrete topping or with two layers of 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board will not ignite or contribute significant heat to a fire until average temperatures of 325–380°C are attained at the interface between the encapsulation material or assembly of materials and the combustible substrate. These temperatures are consistent with the ignition temperatures of wood-based materials.

‌A-3.1.6.6.(2) Protection of Gypsum Board from Foot Traffic. Where gypsum board is used as the encapsulation material on the top of a mass timber floor assembly, it should be protected from physical impact arising from normal pedestrian traffic that could damage it and possibly compromise its encapsulation rating.

‌A-3.1.6.9.(1) and (2) Exterior Cladding. The requirements in Sentences 3.1.6.9.(1) and (2) are intended to reduce the potential for fire spread on the exterior cladding of buildings of encapsulated mass timber construction through the use of noncombustible finishes on the exterior of the wall assembly or the use of a cladding/wall assembly that has been proven to resist flame propagation. These cladding/wall assembly combinations can be used as infill or panel-type walls between structural elements, or attached directly to a loadbearing structural system. Note that the requirements in Article 3.1.6.9. do not supersede the provisions in Subsection 3.2.3. regarding spatial separation and exposure protection.

A-3.1.8.1.(1)(b) Barrier to Control Smoke Spread. Although a fire separation is not always required to have a fire-resistance rating, the fire separation should act as a barrier to the spread of smoke and fire

until some response is initiated.

When choosing products for firestopping, the physical characteristics of the material used at the joints as well as the nature of the assembly and its potential movement should be taken into consideration.

‌If the fire-resistance rating of a fire separation is waived on the basis of the presence of an automatic sprinkler system, it is intended that the fire separation will be constructed so that it will remain in place and act as a barrier against the spread of smoke for a period of time until the sprinklers have actuated and controlled the fire.

A-3.1.8.1.(2) Installation of Closures. Although there is no explicit performance statement in the NBC that means of egress should be free of smoke, it is the intent that during the period when occupants are using a means of egress to evacuate from a floor area, the smoke contamination should not reach levels that would inhibit movement to the exit. This is particularly critical for persons with disabilities, who may not move at the same rate as other persons and who could be more susceptible to the effects of smoke contamination.

NFPA 80, “Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives,” requires that a fire door protecting a means of egress be designed to minimize the possibility of smoke passing through the opening.

Although self-closing devices are not required for all doors in a fire separation (see Article 3.1.8.13.), it is assumed that in a fire situation every door in a fire separation is closed. Article 3.3.3.5. prohibits grilles and similar openings for certain doors in hospitals and nursing homes with treatment.

Although fire dampers that release on the fusion of a fusible link will help to control the spread of fire, a substantial quantity of smoke could have passed through the opening before that event. They are frequently

A-3.1.8.3.(2) Division B

located below the upper levels of a room and so the release of the fusible link of the fire damper that protects an opening will be delayed until the temperature at the level of the opening becomes high enough to fuse the link.

Similar concern has to be considered for other closure devices that are permitted to remain open on fusible links, and their location should be restricted in accordance with NFPA 80 and the NBC, except where their installation in another location will not allow the products of combustion to spread into means of egress.

A-3.1.8.3.(2) Fire Separation Continuity. The continuity of a fire separation with a fire-resistance rating is maintained by installing a firestop system at the juncture where it abuts against another fire separation, a floor, a ceiling or a roof assembly. The continuity of a fire separation without a fire-resistance rating that abuts another fire separation is maintained by filling all openings at the juncture of the assemblies with a

fire-resistance-rated joint firestop system that will ensure the integrity of the fire separation at that location.

Test methods for the evaluation of joint systems are described in CAN/ULC-S115, “Standard Method of Fire Tests of Firestop Systems,” which covers joint systems between adjacent fire-resistance-rated assemblies and between a fire-resistance-rated floor and a non-fire-resistance-rated exterior wall. ASTM E2307, “Standard Test Method for Determining Fire Resistance of Perimeter Fire Barriers Using Intermediate-Scale, Multi-storey

Test Apparatus,” is a test method applicable to joint systems between a fire-resistance-rated floor and a non-fire-resistance-rated exterior wall.

‌Fire-resistance-rated joint firestop systems can be tested and listed as either static or dynamic. Dynamic joint firestop systems are subjected to movement cycling prior to undergoing fire testing at maximum joint extension. This approach ensures that the fire-resistance rating of the joint firestop system will be maintained even after the joint has cycled through its anticipated range of movement over the service life of the building. Most

‌joints between fire-resistance-rated assemblies, other than those between loadbearing elements, experience some movement over the service life of the building.

‌A-3.1.8.3.(5) Joints. Firestops need not be installed between joints of interior finish materials that are arranged so as to create a smoke-tight joint.

‌A-3.1.8.10.(1) Combination Smoke/Fire Dampers. A combination smoke/fire damper may be used in lieu of a fire damper to meet the requirement of Sentence 3.1.8.10.(1).

A-3.1.8.10.(5) Damper Access. It is intended that an access door be provided in the duct and, if the duct is enclosed with an architectural finish, that a second access door be provided through that finish.

‌A-3.1.8.18.(1) Wired Glass and Glass Block. The permission to include wired glass and glass block in doors and fire separations between an exit and the adjacent floor area does not permit the inclusion of those items in fire separations between exits and other parts of the building that are not included in the floor area. Examples include other exit facilities and vertical service spaces, including those used for building services and elevator hoistways.

A-3.1.8.19.(1) Fire-Protection Rating for Doors. The provisions in Articles 3.1.8.17., 3.1.8.18.

and 3.1.8.19. do not waive a requirement for a door to have a fire-protection rating. To achieve this rating in a door test, it may be necessary to limit the area of glass in the door. If this area is less than the area limits of Article 3.1.8.18., it is the governing criterion. Conversely, if the area limits of Article 3.1.8.18. are less than the area required to achieve a fire-protection rating, then the area limits of this Article govern.

A-3.1.9. Penetrations. In the application of Subsection 3.1.9., a building service or structural element is considered to penetrate an assembly if it passes into or through the assembly. In some situations a service item enters an assembly through a membrane at one location, runs within the assembly, and then leaves the assembly through a membrane at another location.

The term “membrane penetration” usually designates an opening made through one side (wall, floor or ceiling membrane) of an assembly, whereas the term “through-penetration” designates an opening that passes through

an entire assembly. Firestopping of membrane penetrations and through-penetrations involves installing an assemblage of specific materials or products that are designed, tested and fire-resistance-rated to resist for a prescribed period of time the spread of fire through the penetrations.

Products for firestopping within a barrier are required to address movement of the assembly and to control smoke spread; as such, the flexibility of the material used at the flexible joints as well as the nature of the assembly and its potential movement must be taken into consideration.

‌Division B A-3.1.11.5.(1)

‌A-3.1.9.1.(1)(b) Penetration. The intention behind the use of the term “cast in place” is to reinforce that there are to be no gaps between the building service or penetrating item and the membrane or assembly it penetrates. The term ”cast in place” describes a typical means of firestopping for a service penetration through a concrete slab or wall.

A-3.1.9.2.(1) Service Equipment Penetrations. The provisions dealing with outlet boxes assume size, quantities and concentrations of partial depth penetrations that would not significantly affect the fire resistance of the assembly, including the temperature rise on the unexposed side of a wall. Sentence 3.1.9.2.(1) is not intended to allow large electrical distribution and control boxes to be recessed into an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating unless they are firestopped as described in Sentence 3.1.9.3.(1).

The installation of fire dampers, smoke dampers or combination smoke/fire dampers is intended to comply with Subsection 3.1.8. and Sentence 3.1.9.1.(5), and the conditions of their listing and labeling, which may or may not permit the installation of firestopping around the duct.

‌A-3.1.9.3. Outlet Boxes. For the purposes of Article 3.1.9.3., outlet boxes include, but are not limited to, electrical boxes, junction boxes, high and low voltage outlets, switches, enclosures for electrical equipment, laundry boxes, and shower diverters.

‌A-3.1.9.4.(8) Combustible Branches. Combustible branches for drain, waste and vent piping are permitted to be used to connect to a plumbing fixture within a fire compartment. The integrity of the fire separation is maintained through the use of a firestop system where the vertical stack piping penetrates the fire separation.

A-3.1.10.2.(4) Firewall Construction. Inherent in the use of a firewall is the intent that this specialized wall construction provide the required fire-resistance rating while also being designed to resist physical damage—arising out of normal use—that would compromise the rating of the assembly. Traditionally, this

has been accomplished by prescribing the use of noncombustible materials, which was in fact restricted to concrete or masonry. Sentences 3.1.10.2.(3) and (4) are intended to retain both of the characteristics of

firewalls, while permitting greater flexibility in the use of materials and designs. The fire-resistance rating and damage protection attributes of a firewall may be provided by a single fire- and damage-resistant material such as concrete or masonry, by a fire- and damage-resistant membrane on a structural frame, or by separate components—one that provides the fire-resistance rating and another one that protects the firewall against damage.

‌If the firewall is composed of separate components, the fire-resistance rating of the fire-resistive component needs to be determined for this assembly on its own. In addition, if the damage protection component is physically attached to the fire-resistive component (for example, as a sacrificial layer), then for the purposes of determining the overall performance of the assembly, it is also necessary to determine through testing whether failure of the damage protection component during a fire affects the performance of the fire-resistive component.

A-3.1.11.3.(3) Fire Blocks between Nailing and Supporting Elements. Sentence 3.1.11.3.(3) applies to the portion of the combustible ceiling finish that is attached using nailing elements and constructed in accordance with Sentence 3.1.6.14.(3), which permits 10% of the ceiling finish within a fire compartment to have a flame-spread rating not more than 150. Where this portion of ceiling finish creates a concealed space above it, exposed combustible elements within that space require fire blocks to limit the spread of fire.

A-3.1.11.5.(1) Fire Blocks in Combustible Construction. Combustible construction referred to in Sentence 3.1.11.5.(1) includes all types of construction that do not comply with the requirements for

noncombustible construction or encapsulated mass timber construction. All the elements within the concealed space can be combustible, unless required to be of noncombustible materials (e.g., certain categories of

pipework and ducts), but the value of the flame-spread rating of the combustible materials determines the permitted extent of the concealed space between fire blocks. The materials to be considered include all construction materials regulated by this Code, including the framing and building services that are located in the concealed space. When designing fire blocking, consideration should be given to avoid restricting venting capabilities within concealed spaces. (See also Note A-5.6.2.1.)

‌A-3.1.11.5.(3) and (4) Division B

A-3.1.11.5.(3) and (4) Fire Blocks in Concealed Spaces. To reduce the risk of fire spread in

combustible concealed spaces within the types of buildings referred to in Sentences 3.1.11.5.(3) and (4), fire blocking is required regardless of whether the horizontal concealed space is protected by sprinklers or not, unless the space is filled with noncombustible insulation so that any air gap at the top of the insulation is very small. (See also Note A-3.1.11.5.(1) for roof venting.)

A 5- or 6-storey building constructed in accordance with Article 3.2.2.51. and buildings constructed in

‌ accordance with Article 3.2.2.48., 3.2.2.57. or 3.2.2.60. are required to be sprinklered in accordance with NFPA 13, “Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems” (see Article 3.2.5.12.). NFPA 13 generally requires sprinklering of any concealed spaces of combustible construction or where large amounts of combustibles are present. However, NFPA 13 allows combustible concealed spaces not to be sprinklered in certain cases, including where concealed spaces are filled almost entirely with noncombustible insulation, where spaces

contain only materials with a low flame-spread rating, and where limited access or the size of the space makes it impractical to install sprinklers. For certain types of construction in combustible concealed spaces that are not sprinklered, NFPA 13 mandates fire blocking beyond the minimum specified in Sentence 3.1.11.5.(3).

A-3.1.11.7.(7) Integrity of Fire Blocks. Sentence 3.1.11.7.(7), together with Article 3.1.9.1., is intended to ensure that the integrity of fire blocks is maintained at areas where they are penetrated. This requirement

is satisfied by the use of generic firestops such as mineral wool, gypsum plaster or Portland cement mortar, or by the use of sealants that form part of a firestop tested in accordance with CAN/ULC-S115, “Standard Method of Fire Tests of Firestop Systems.”

A-3.1.11.7.(8) Fire Blocks. Figure A-3.1.11.7.(8) shows the location of the semi-rigid fibre insulation board at the intersection between walls and floors in wood-frame construction. The figure is intended to illustrate the fire block detail and not a design of a fire separation.

semi-rigid fibre insulation board fastened to one set of studs

joist

EG02044A

‌Figure A-3.1.11.7.(8)

Fire block

‌A-3.1.13.2.(2) Folding Partition. Folding partitions used to divide a space into separate rooms are not considered as doors for the purposes of this Sentence.

A-3.1.18. Tents and Air-Supported Structures. The requirements in this Subsection are intended to be limited to certain types of structure. For instance, the word “tent” as used in the Code is intended to refer to a temporary shelter which is used at an open air event such as a fair or an exhibition. A tent will normally

be constructed of a fabric held up by poles and attached to the ground by ties. The requirements for tents, however, are not intended to be applied to fabric structures located on buildings.

Division B A-3.2.2.35.(4)

The term “air-supported structure,” as used in the Code, refers to an envelope which is held up by air pressure alone and which is erected on the ground or above a basement. The structure will usually require ballast or

a positive ground anchorage system around the entire perimeter to secure it to the ground or basement. To reinforce this intent, the Code prohibits the location of an air-supported structure above the first storey of any building.

The requirements of Subsection 3.1.18. are not intended to apply to air-supported roof assemblies on buildings, such as domed stadia, or to other types of air-supported structures, such as those over swimming pools situated on the roofs of buildings, which would not be anchored at or near ground level. These assemblies

or structures are normally designed and evaluated on the basis of alternative solutions as permitted by Article 1.2.1.1. of Division A.

‌A-3.2.1.1.(3)(a) Mezzanine Area. The permitted area of the mezzanine for the purposes of determining the allowable percentage is to be based on the open area of the floor of the space in which the mezzanine is located. The Code does not restrict the enclosing of space below the mezzanine but the enclosed area must be deducted from the area of the overall space before applying the percentage allowance.

‌A-3.2.1.1.(8) Accessible Service Space. These service spaces are often referred to as interstitial spaces and are designed to allow service personnel to enter and undertake maintenance or installation within the space. Catwalks or flooring are usually included to provide a walking or access surface. Even when flooring is included, it is not intended that the interstitial space should be considered as a storey for the purposes of the Code unless the space is used for purposes other than servicing or the storage of materials and equipment

to be used for building services within that space.

‌A-3.2.2.2.(1) Special and Unusual Structures. Examples of structures which cannot be identified with the descriptions of buildings in Articles 3.2.2.20. to 3.2.2.92. include grain elevators, refineries and towers. Publications that may be consulted to establish good engineering practice for the purposes of Article 3.2.2.2. include the NFPA “Fire Protection Handbook,” Factory Mutual Data Sheets, and publications of the Society for Fire Protection Engineering.

‌A-3.2.2.17.(1) Roof Assemblies in Gymnasiums, Swimming Pools, Arenas and Rinks. The permission to waive the fire-resistance rating requirements for roof assemblies over gymnasiums, swimming pools, arenas and rinks that meet the conditions of Sentence 3.2.2.17.(1) includes the permission to waive the requirements relating to minimum size and construction details stated in Article 3.1.4.7. for wood elements in roof assemblies of heavy timber construction on buildings conforming to Articles 3.2.2.25. and 3.2.2.32.

However, wood elements in roof assemblies of heavy timber construction on buildings conforming to Article 3.2.2.30. must nevertheless meet the requirements of Article 3.1.4.7.

A-3.2.2.18.(2) Sprinkler Extent. A literal interpretation of Article 3.2.2.6. and Sentences 3.2.2.4.(1) and (2) could require installation of an automatic sprinkler system throughout all storeys of a building regardless of options in Articles 3.2.2.20. to 3.2.2.92. to construct one or more storeys without installation of sprinklers. It is the intent of the Code that all storeys below a storey in which an automatic sprinkler system is installed should also be protected by an automatic sprinkler system to ensure that a fire in a lower storey does not incapacitate the automatic sprinkler system or overwhelm an automatic sprinkler system in an upper storey. Persons in an upper storey in which waivers or reductions of other fire safety systems are permitted would be exposed to an increased risk from a fire on a lower storey. This concept also applies to situations

‌in which an automatic sprinkler system has been installed within a floor area in order to modify other safety requirements applying within the floor area. If the uppermost storey or storeys of a building can be constructed without the installation of an automatic sprinkler system it is not necessary that an automatic sprinkler system required in a lower storey be extended into the upper storey or storeys.

A-3.2.2.35.(4) Sprinkler Requirements. Spaces in a building of Group A, Division 4 occupancy that are intended to be equipped with sprinklers include, but are not limited to, dressing and changing rooms, concession stands and areas, toilet rooms, locker rooms, storage areas, service rooms, offices and other spaces that provide service to the building. The enclosure of seating areas with glazing needs special consideration in determining the requirements for sprinklers. For example, if the enclosed area is used for the consumption of food and beverages, it should be classified as Group A, Division 2 and the appropriate requirements of that classification applied. Enclosure of limited spaces above seating areas for press and media purposes is not considered to require the installation of sprinklers.

‌A-3.2.2.48.(4) and 3.2.2.57.(3) Division B

A-3.2.2.48.(4) and 3.2.2.57.(3) Occupancy Combinations in Buildings of Mixed Construction. Buildings conforming to the building height and area limits and the other fire protection requirements of Article 3.2.2.48. or 3.2.2.57. may be entirely constructed of encapsulated mass timber construction and incorporate the occupancies specifically permitted by Sentence 3.2.2.48.(4) or 3.2.2.57.(3): e.g., Group A, Division 2 major occupancies on the first to third storeys, Group E major occupancies on the first and second storeys, and a parking garage on the first to fourth storeys.

Alternatively, the requirements of Articles 3.2.2.4. to 3.2.2.8. for superimposed major occupancies can be applied, resulting in buildings of mixed construction conforming to the building height and area limits for encapsulated mass timber construction and in which the lower storeys are of noncombustible construction and the upper storeys are of encapsulated mass timber construction. For example, a Group A, Division 2 or Group B, Division 3 major occupancy could be located on the first 4 storeys of a 12-storey Group C building constructed in accordance with Article 3.2.2.48., as long as these first 4 storeys were constructed of noncombustible construction in accordance with Article 3.2.2.23. or 3.2.2.42., as applicable. (See also Articles 3.2.2.6. and 3.2.2.7.)

A-3.2.2.51.(5) and 3.2.2.60.(4) Occupancy Combinations in Buildings of Mixed Construction. Buildings conforming to the building height and area limits and the other fire protection requirements of Article 3.2.2.51. or 3.2.2.60. may be entirely constructed of combustible construction and incorporate the occupancies specifically permitted by Sentence 3.2.2.51.(5) or 3.2.2.60.(4): e.g., Group A, Division 2 and Group E major occupancies on the first and second storeys, and a parking garage on the first to third storeys.

Alternatively, the requirements of Articles 3.2.2.4. to 3.2.2.8. for superimposed major occupancies can be applied, resulting in buildings of mixed construction conforming to the building height and area limits of Article 3.2.2.51. or 3.2.2.60. and in which the lower storeys are of noncombustible construction and the upper storeys are of combustible construction. For example, a Group A, Division 2 or Group B, Division 3 major occupancy could be located on the first 4 storeys of a 6-storey Group C building constructed in accordance with Article 3.2.2.51., as long as these first 4 storeys were constructed of noncombustible construction in accordance with Article 3.2.2.23. or 3.2.2.42., as applicable. (See also Articles 3.2.2.6. and 3.2.2.7.)

A-3.2.3. Fire Protection Related to Limiting Distance versus Separation Between Buildings. Code provisions that address protection against fire spread from building to building use the limiting distance (see the definition in Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A) for a building rather than using the distance between adjacent buildings on separate properties, since this would result in situations where the design and construction of a building on one property affects the design and construction of a building on an adjacent property.

The Code requirements that deal with reducing the probability of building-to-building fire spread were originally developed based on the assumption that the exposing building faces of adjacent buildings are of similar size and configuration, and are equidistant from the shared property line. Where buildings are of different sizes, the smaller building may be subject to a higher heat flux in the event of a fire compared to the larger building. Where buildings are closely spaced and not equidistant from the property line, the construction of the building with the greater limiting distance does not recognize the proximity of the building with the lesser limiting distance.

The Code has more stringent requirements for buildings with lesser limiting distance as regards the maximum area and spacing of unprotected openings, and the construction, cladding and fire resistance of walls. This increased stringency recognizes that the fire hazard is greater where buildings are closer together and that adjacent buildings may have exposing building faces of different sizes, configurations or limiting distances, which could further increase the hazard.

‌The authority having jurisdiction may also address limiting distances through legal agreements with the parties involved that stipulate that the limiting distance be measured to a line that is not the property line. Such agreements would normally be registered with the titles of both properties.

A-3.2.3.1.(4) Spatial Separation Design. In the application of Sentences 3.2.3.1.(3) and (4), it is intended that Sentence (3) be used first to establish the basic requirements for the exterior wall in terms of fire-resistance rating, type of construction and type of cladding. The percentage of unprotected openings determined from the application of Sentence (3) would be unnecessarily restrictive if the actual unprotected openings occur in a plane that is set back from the front of the building face.

Sentence (4) applies to the calculation of the allowable percentage of unprotected openings based upon projection onto a plane that is in front of all unprotected openings. The application of these two Sentences is

Division B A-3.2.3.4.(1)

shown in Figure A-3.2.3.1.(4). The modifications permitted by Article 3.2.3.12. would be applied, if applicable, to the area of unprotected openings derived from Sentence (4).

line to which limiting distance is measured

limiting distance Sentence 3.2.3.1.(3)

limiting distance Sentence 3.2.3.1.(4)

vertical plane for the purpose of determining construction, cladding and fire-resistance rating

no unprotected openings in front of this vertical plane

unprotected openings

vertical plane for the purpose of determining percentage of unprotected openings

EG01200A

‌Figure A-3.2.3.1.(4)

Spatial separation design

A-3.2.3.1.(8) Intervention Time and Limiting Distance. The total time from the start of a fire until fire suppression by the fire department depends on the time taken for a series of actions. Sentence 3.2.3.1.(8) is only concerned with the time from receipt of notification of a fire by the fire department until the arrival of the first fire department vehicle at the building. It specifies a 10-min time limit which must be met in more than 90% of the calls to the building served by the fire department. This reliability level and provision for flexibility is essentially consistent with NFPA 1710, “Standard for the Organization and Deployment of Fire Suppression Operations, Emergency Medical Operations, and Special Operations to the Public by Career Fire Departments.”

Clause 4.1.2.1 of NFPA 1710 establishes “time objectives” for fire incidents as follows:

1 min (60 s) for turn-out of responders after receipt of notification of a fire, and
4 min (240 s) or less for arrival of the first arriving engine company at a fire suppression incident and/or 8 min (480 s) or less for the deployment of a full first alarm assignment at a fire suppression incident.

The standard requires that the fire department establish a “performance objective” of not less than 90% for each response time objective. This reliability level is referred to in NFPA 1710 as a “performance objective.”

Where the 10-min limit cannot be met by the fire department at least 90% of the time, Sentence 3.2.3.1.(8) specifies that a value corresponding to half the actual limiting distance be used in requirements that depend on limiting distance to define other criteria.

‌For new subdivisions, legal agreements may be made for the construction of fire stations to serve those areas. The fire department response time in those subdivisions may temporarily exceed 10 min until the fire station is constructed.

A-3.2.3.4.(1) Party Walls. By definition, a party wall is a wall jointly owned and used by two parties under easement agreement or by right in law, and is erected at or upon a line that separates two parcels of land that are, or are capable of being, separate real estate entities. With the exception of some Part 9 residential occupancies, both Part 3 and Part 9 of the Code require that, where party walls are constructed on property lines, they be constructed as a 2- or 4-hour firewall (see also Article 9.10.11.1.). Buildings on each side of a party wall that is constructed as a firewall are considered as separate buildings (see Article 1.3.3.4. of Division A).

In a Part 9 residential building that has no dwelling unit above another, a party wall constructed on a property line between two dwelling units need not be constructed as a firewall, but must be constructed as a continuous fire separation that extends from the top of the footings to the underside of the roof, with a fire-resistance rating of at least 1 hour (see Article 9.10.11.2.). These party walls do not create separate buildings.

A-3.2.3.6.(2) Division B

Where two parties share a party wall on a property line, each party is responsible for fire safety in their unit, but is still subject to possible fire risks from activities in the adjoining units. The separating party wall is intended to provide a significant degree of fire protection between the adjacent units, often exceeding even that required between suites in multiple-unit residential and non-residential occupancies.

‌When a building spans a property line, constructing a party wall on the property line is not mandated by the Code, but subdividing the building at the property line is an option the owner can consider. The Code permits a building constructed on more than one property to be designed as a single undivided building, whether the properties have a common owner or not. However, if a subdividing wall is constructed on the property line within the building for the purpose of separating the two real estate entities and is shared by two different owners, the wall would, by definition, be deemed a party wall. As such, this party wall would need to meet the construction requirements described above, depending on the building's occupancy classification and size.

A building that spans two or more properties, but that does not have a party wall at the property line, may need to address the Code requirements for party walls in the future.

‌A-3.2.3.6.(2) Protection of Roof Soffits Near Property Lines. Sentences 3.2.3.6.(2) to (5) and parallel Sentences 9.10.14.5.(5) to (7) and 9.10.15.5.(5) to (7) provide requirements for the protection of soffits where the soffit of the subject building is located close to the property line or to an imaginary line between two buildings on the same property. Fire from inside the roof space of the subject building can exit unprotected soffits and expose the adjacent building to flames.

‌A-3.2.3.7.(4)(d)(iv) Thickness of Cladding. In the case of insulated vinyl siding, the maximum 2 mm thickness stated in Subclause 3.2.3.7.(4)(d)(iv) refers to the total thickness of the siding and the insulation,

not of the siding alone.

‌A-3.2.3.14.(1) Wall Exposed to Another Wall. The requirements of Article 3.2.3.14. are to ensure that the control of fire spread by the interior fire separations between fire compartments is not defeated through the spread of fire by thermal radiation outside the building. Minimum spatial separations are specified between the openings in separate fire compartments where the exterior faces of these compartments are deemed to expose each other to a thermal radiation hazard. This situation may arise where the angle, θ, between the intersecting planes of the exposing building faces is 135° or less. Examples of situations that would be addressed by this Article are shown in Figures A-3.2.3.14.(1)-A, A-3.2.3.14.(1)-B and A-3.2.3.14.(1)-C.

fire compartment A

plan view

interior

fire separation

=90°

fire compartment B Do plan view

EG01201A

‌Figure A-3.2.3.14.(1)-A

Openings in walls at a right-angle corner

Division B A-3.2.4.4.(2)(c)

fire compartment A

plan view

interior

fire separation

Do =0°

fire compartment B plan view

EG01202A

‌Figure A-3.2.3.14.(1)-B

Openings in walls that are parallel to one another

fire compartment A

plan view

interior

fire separation

=45°

fire compartment B plan view

EG01203A

‌Figure A-3.2.3.14.(1)-C

Openings in walls with an included angle of 45°

‌A-3.2.4. Fire Alarm System. The term “fire alarm system” used in this Subsection applies to fire alarm systems with or without voice communication capability.

‌A-3.2.4.4.(1) Single Stage Fire Alarm System. This requirement, in combination with

Article 3.2.4.22., is intended to allow for the provision of voice communication capability as an integral part of a single stage fire alarm system.

A-3.2.4.4.(2)(c) Fire Alarm Alert Signal. In a 2-stage fire alarm system described in Sentence 3.2.4.4.(2), the alert signal may be transmitted to audible signal devices in designated locations or to audible signal devices throughout the building. If actuated, the second stage alarm signal in a 2-stage fire alarm system may sound throughout all zones in the building. All manual station key switches would typically initiate the alarm signal.

Sentence 3.2.4.4.(2) also allows the implementation of a “zoned 2-stage” sequence of operation, whereby the alarm signal sounds in the zone of key switch actuation (and perhaps in the adjacent zones, which may be the storey above and the storey below) and the alert signal sounds throughout the rest of the building. This sequencing would be created automatically by the fire alarm control unit.

A-3.2.4.4.(2) Division B

The key or special device referred to in Clause 3.2.4.4.(2)(c) should be immediately available to all persons on duty who have been given authority to sound an alarm signal.

A-3.2.4.4.(2) Two-Stage Fire Alarm System. Sentence 3.2.4.4.(2), in combination with Article 3.2.4.22. or 3.2.4.23., is intended to allow for the provision of voice communication capability as an integral part of a

2-stage fire alarm system.

‌A-3.2.4.6.(2) Access to Silencing Switches. This requirement is intended to prevent easy access to silencing switches. The satisfactory operation of a fire alarm system to alert the occupants of a building to an emergency is predicated on the assumption that the alarm signal will be silenced only after responsible staff have verified that no emergency exists. Details on the emergency procedures to be used in case of fire are contained in the NFC.

A-3.2.4.7.(4) Design and Installation of Fire Department Notification. In some jurisdictions, the fire department may utilize, or have available, a municipal fire alarm system or equipment intended for receiving notification by means of a direct connection. If used, it is expected that these systems and installations conform to the requirements of Sentence (4) so as to achieve and provide a uniform and reliable level of service. It is also intended that a proprietary central station as well as a fire brigade used by a large corporation, university campus or similar site comply with Sentence (4).

CAN/ULC-S561, “Standard for Installation and Services for Fire Signal Receiving Centres and Systems,” which is referenced in Sentence 3.2.4.7.(4), and CAN/ULC-S524, “Standard for Installation of Fire Alarm Systems,” which is referenced in Sentence 3.2.4.5.(1), go hand-in-hand: conformity to CAN/ULC-S561 entails conformity with the fire alarm system components required in that standard, which include the fire alarm transmitter (signal transmitting unit), the interconnections, and the communication path.‌

A-3.2.4.7.(5)(b) Emergency Telephone Number. In many municipalities an emergency telephone number, for example 911, is used for all emergency services and it is preferable to post that number.

‌A-3.2.4.8.(2) Fire Alarm Zones. Alarm initiating devices referred to in this Sentence include fire detectors, waterflow switches and manual stations. If a room or space in a building extends through more than one storey of the building, as in the case of multi-level dwelling units and machinery rooms, judgment must be exercised in the zoning and annunciation of the fire detectors in that room or space. In general, the lowest storey on which access is provided into the room or space should be indicated on the annunciator to avoid unnecessary delays for the responding firefighters. Consideration should also be given to the use of numbers or letters on the annunciator that correspond to those used in the building elevators.

‌A-3.2.4.9.(3)(f) Supervision for Fire Pumps. Specific electrical supervision for fire pumps is stated in NFPA 20, “Standard for the Installation of Stationary Pumps for Fire Protection,” which is referenced in NFPA 13, “Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems.”

‌A-3.2.4.11.(1) Smoke Detector Location. In the design and installation of the smoke detection system, consideration must be given to all features which could have a bearing on the location and sensitivity of the detectors, including ceiling height, sloped ceilings, diffusion from air conditioning and ventilating currents, obstructions, baffles, and other pertinent physical configurations that might interfere with the proper operation of the system.

‌A-3.2.4.11.(3) Visible Signals. If staff located in each zone or compartment can see each sleeping room door, visible signals may be located above each door. If staff cannot see every door, it is intended that the visible signals be provided at the location where the staff are normally in attendance. The audible signal is intended to alert staff of the need to check the visible signals.‌

A-3.2.4.16.(1) Manual Station. Only one manual station need be provided near a group of doors serving as a principal entrance or as a single exit facility.

A-3.2.4.18. Acoustic Measurement and Terminology. The following notes on acoustic measurement and terminology are intended to assist in the application of the requirements for audibility of fire alarm system sounding devices.

The background or ambient measurement should be a spatial averaged A-weighted equivalent sound level measured for 60 s. This can be obtained using an integrating sound level meter with the integration time set

Division B A-3.2.4.18.

to 60 s. During the measurement period the meter should be slowly moved about so as to sample the space uniformly but coming no closer than 0.5 m from any solid wall, floor or ceiling. Alternatively, measurements can be made at 3 or more positions throughout the space and an energy average calculated.

The measurement of the alarm level depends on the type of alarm signal. If the signal is a continuous signal from a bell or siren, the spatial averaged A-weighted equivalent sound level should be obtained. The integration time should be long enough to obtain a reasonable spatial average of the space, but not less than 10 s.

If the alarm has a temporal pattern, then the A-weighted sound level should be measured using the 'fast' time constant during the 'on' part of the cycle. In this situation it is not appropriate to use an integrating sound level meter. Since the duty cycle of the alarm is only 37.5% at best, that type of meter would give a reading that is 4 or more decibels lower than the level while the alarm is 'on.' A number of measurements should be made about the space in question and the average value used to obtain a good spatial representation. Strictly speaking, the energy average of the measurements should be used; however, the frequency spectrum associated with most alarms is of a type that should give little variation about the space. If the measured levels don't vary by more than 2 to 3 dB, then an arithmetic average rather than an energy average can be used.

Effect of Furnishings

The final inspection of a fire alarm system is seldom made when the building is furnished and ready for occupancy. This results in measured levels which may be several decibels higher than will be found in the occupied building. The importance of this difference depends on the situation.

If the building is complete except for furnishings, so that the sources of ambient noise are present, then the amount by which the alarm signal exceeds the ambient level will not change appreciably with the introduction of furnishings. In this case both levels will be reduced by about the same amount.

If the primary source of ambient noise will be office equipment and workers, as would be expected in an open plan office, then measurements made prior to occupancy may differ substantially from those made afterwards. This may be true for both the absolute sound levels and the difference between the alarm level and the ambient.

A problem arises in trying to estimate what the absolute sound levels will be after the building is occupied.

In general, if the measurement is made in a totally bare room then the level will be about 3 dB higher than if the room were carpeted, assuming a reasonable carpet with an underlay. In most cases this will account for most of the absorption in the room and no further correction will be necessary. Adding heavy drapes and absorptive furnishings to a carpeted room can reduce the sound level by a further 2 to 3 dB.

Commercial buildings are more problematic. For example, if an open plan office is measured before any office screens are installed, there could be a substantial difference in the before and after levels, depending on the distance to the nearest alarm device.

Glossary of Acoustical Terms

Audible: A signal is usually considered to be clearly audible if the A-weighted sound level exceeds the level of ambient noise by 15 dB or more.

Awakening threshold: The level of sound that will awaken a sleeping subject 50% of the time.

A-weighted: A frequency weighting network which emphasizes the middle frequency components similar to the response of the human ear. The A-weighted sound level correlates well with subjective assessment of the disturbing effects of sounds. The quantity is expressed in dBA.

Masked threshold: The level of sound at which a signal is just audible in ambient noise.

Sound level: A sound pressure level obtained using a signal to which a standard frequency-weighting has been applied.

Sound pressure: A fluctuating pressure superimposed on the static pressure by the presence of sound. The unqualified term means the root-mean-square sound pressure. In air, the static pressure is barometric pressure.

Sound pressure level: Ten times the common logarithm of the ratio of the square of the sound pressure under consideration to the square of the standard reference pressure of 20 mPa. The quantity obtained is expressed in decibels.

‌A-3.2.4.18.(1) Division B

‌A-3.2.4.18.(1) Alert and Alarm Signals. Alert signals are part of a 2 stage fire alarm system. The intent of the first, alert, stage is to notify persons in authority of a potential threat to building occupants. If a continuously staffed location is available, the alert signal can be restricted to that location.

‌A-3.2.4.18.(2) Alarm Signal Temporal Pattern. The temporal pattern of an alarm signal relates to the time during which the signal is produced and the intervals between the individual signal pulses. The international standard ISO 8201, “Acoustics – Audible emergency evacuation signal,” includes a pattern that is becoming widely used in different countries and it is appropriate for this pattern to be adopted in Canada. The temporal pattern can be produced on most signalling devices. Most existing alarm systems can be modified, and this pattern could be phased in when the systems require modification. The characteristic of the pattern is a 3-pulse phase followed by an off phase. The 3 pulses each consist of an on phase lasting for 0.5 ± 0.05 s followed by an off phase lasting for 0.5 ± 0.05 s sounded for 3 successive on periods and then followed by an off phase lasting for 1.5 ± 0.15 s. Figure A-3.2.4.18.(2)-A indicates the pattern that is intended.

Off

a b a b a

One cycle

Phase a: signal is on for 0.5 ± 0.05 s Phase b: signal is off for 0.5  0.05 s Phase c: signal is off for 1.5  0.15 s Total cycle to last 4.0  0.40 s

EG01204A

Figure A-3.2.4.18.(2)-A

Temporal pattern for fire alarm signal

Although the diagram shows a square wave form, the wave can have other shapes that produce a similar effect.

If single stroke bells are to be used, the temporal pattern can be produced by having the bell struck three times at a rate of one stroke per second followed by an interval of 2 s of silence. Figure A-3.2.4.18.(2)-B shows the pattern that results.

Off

10 Time, s

EG01205A

Figure A-3.2.4.18.(2)-B

‌Temporal pattern imposed on a single stroke bell or chime

Note to Figure A-3.2.4.18.(2)-B:

The on phase represents the time that the striker mechanism is actuated. The sound produced by the bell or chime will continue at a level that decreases until the striker mechanism is re-actuated.

‌A-3.2.4.18.(3) Audibility of Alarm Systems. It is very difficult to specify exactly what types of sound patterns are considered to be “significantly different” from one another. The intent is to ensure that there is a noticeable or measurable difference between the alert signals and the alarm signals such that it reduces the possibility of confusion.

A-3.2.4.18.(4) Sound Pressure Level. For the purposes of this requirement, an audible signalling device should not produce a sound pressure level more than 110 dBA when measured at a distance of 3 m.
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B A-3.2.4.20.(10)

‌A-3.2.4.18.(5) Residential Sound Level. In a building in which corridors or hallways serve more than one suite or dwelling unit, there will be situations in which an audible signal device cannot be placed in the corridor or hallway to alert persons sleeping in suites and dwelling units, because the sound level in the vicinity of the device would exceed that permitted by Sentence 3.2.4.18.(4). In these situations it will be necessary to supplement the building fire alarm system with an audible signal device in the suite or dwelling unit. These devices could be piezoelectric devices similar to the sounding units in many smoke alarms, subject to the device emitting the appropriate temporal pattern required by Sentence 3.2.4.18.(2).‌

A-3.2.4.18.(6) Low Frequency Signal. Audible signal devices that emit a low frequency signal in the range of 470 Hz to 570 Hz have been shown to be more effective in waking people.

‌A-3.2.4.18.(8) Disconnect Device for Dwelling Units. In order to minimize the annoyance caused by false and unwanted alarms, the disconnect will permit a person to silence the local audible device within the dwelling unit. At that time the person would be aware of sounds from devices in common spaces and could plan appropriate action. The disconnect will reduce the possibility of tampering with the audible devices.

A-3.2.4.18.(9) and (10) Signal Circuits. Clause 3.2.4.18.(9)(a) permits Class A wiring, or Class B wiring with signal circuit isolators located outside of the suites, to serve audible signal devices within residential suites.
Clause 3.2.4.18.(9)(b) permits a separate signal circuit to serve each suite without the need for signal circuit isolators or Class A wiring.
Open circuits and Class A and Class B wiring circuits are terms defined in CAN/ULC-S524, “Standard for Installation of Fire Alarm Systems.”

A-3.2.4.19.(1)(g) Visible Alarm Signals in Hotels and Motels. Visible signal devices should be installed in a combination of regular suites and designated accessible suites in hotels and motels so that people who are deaf or hard of hearing can safely occupy either type of suite.
‌Visible signal devices are not required to be installed in all the rooms of the suite. The signal should be visible from any room in the suite, which can be accomplished by installing glazing panels between the rooms or additional visible signal devices.
In addition, CAN/ULC-S524, “Standard for Installation of Fire Alarm Systems,” requires that high-intensity strobes be used in sleeping rooms.

A-3.2.4.19.(3) Visible Alarm Signal. CAN/ULC-S526, “Visible Signaling Devices for Fire Alarm and Signaling Systems, Including Accessories,” applies to visible signalling units. This document is referenced by the most recent standard for the installation of fire alarm systems and would automatically apply. Current Canadian technology does not integrate visible and audible alarms to have the same temporal pattern. Visible and audible alarms should have as close a temporal pattern as possible but without interference beats that might have a deleterious effect on some persons. Visible signalling devices with the same temporal pattern as required for audible devices are available from some sources and they should become available in Canada. Not all units that comply with the ULC standard will have sufficient power to adequately cover large areas; care will have to be taken to specify units with adequate power when large spaces are being designed.
A-3.2.4.20.(9)(a) Smoke Alarm Installation. CSA C22.1, “Canadian Electrical Code, Part I,” permits a smoke alarm to be installed on most residential circuits that carry lighting outlets and receptacles. It is the intent of the NBC that any other item on a circuit with a smoke alarm should be unlikely to be overloaded and trip the breaker with a resultant loss of power that is not sufficiently annoying for the breaker to be restored to the on position. It is considered that an interior bathroom light or a kitchen light fulfills this intent, but that circuits restricted to receptacles do not fulfill this intent.

A-3.2.4.20.(10) Smoke Detectors in lieu of Smoke Alarms. It is intended that the smoke detector in this application will function as per the requirements of a smoke alarm; specifically, it will be a localized alarm to that suite. The advantage of this type of installation is that the detector would be monitored by
the fire alarm panel, which would provide notification to supervisory personnel and be inspected as per CAN/ULC-S524, “Standard for Installation of Fire Alarm Systems.”
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌A-3.2.4.22.(1)(b) Division B

A-3.2.4.22.(1)(b) Voice Messages. The concept of intelligibility expressed in Clause 3.2.4.22.(1)(b) is intended to mean that a person with average hearing and cognitive abilities is able to understand the messages that are transmitted into the space occupied by the person. There is no absolute measure to predetermine the effect of loudspeakers and it may be necessary, once the building has been furnished and occupied, to increase the number of loudspeakers to improve the quality of the messages.
The intelligibility of the message depends on the speech level, the background level, and the reverberation time of the space. ISO 7731, “Ergonomics – Danger signals for public and work areas – Auditory danger signals,” addresses audibility. The standard suggests that an A-weighted sound level at least 15 dBA above the ambient is required for audibility, but allows for more precise calculations using octave or 1/3 octave band frequencies to tailor the alarm signal for particular ambient noise conditions. Design of the alarm system is limited to ensuring that all areas receive an adequately loud alarm signal.
If a public address system is to be used to convey instructions during an emergency, then the requirements of the system are less straightforward. In general, however, a larger number of speakers operating at lower sound levels would be required.
Additional guidance on how to design and evaluate the intelligibility of a communication system can be found in the following documents:
- IEC 60268-16, “Sound system equipment – Part 16: Objective rating of speech intelligibility by speech transmission index”
- ISO 7240-19, “Fire detection and alarm systems – Part 19: Design, installation, commissioning and service of sound systems for emergency purposes”
- NEMA SB 50, “Emergency Communications Audio Intelligibility Applications Guide”
- Annex D of NFPA 72, “National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code”
‌A-3.2.5.4.(1) Fire Department Access for Detention Buildings. Buildings of Group B, Division 1 used for housing persons who are under restraint include security measures that would prevent normal access by local fire departments. These security measures include fencing around the building site, exterior walls without openings or openings which are either very small or fitted with bars, and doors that are equipped with security hardware that would prevent easy entry. These buildings would have firefighting equipment installed and the staff would be trained to handle any small incipient fires. It is expected that appropriate fire safety planning would be undertaken in conjunction with local fire departments in order that special emergencies could be handled in a cooperative manner.

‌A-3.2.5.6.(1) Fire Department Access Route. The design and construction of fire department access routes involves the consideration of many variables, some of which are specified in the requirements in the Code. All these variables should be considered in relation to the type and size of fire department vehicles available in the municipality or area where the building will be constructed. It is appropriate, therefore, that the local fire department be consulted prior to the design and construction of access routes.

A-3.2.5.7.(1) Water Supply. The intent of Sentence 3.2.5.7.(1) is that an adequate water supply for firefighting be readily available and of sufficient volume and pressure to enable emergency response personnel to control fire growth so as to enable the safe evacuation of occupants and the conduct of search and rescue operations, prevent the fire from spreading to adjacent buildings, and provide a limited measure of property protection.
The water supply requirements for buildings containing internal fire suppression systems, including sprinkler systems and standpipe systems, are contained in specific standards referenced in the Code. Compliance
with the referenced standard, including any variations made by this Code, is deemed to satisfy the intent of Sentence 3.2.5.7.(1). However, it will be necessary to verify that an adequate source of water is available at the building site to meet the required quantities and pressures.
For a building with no internal fire suppression system, the determination of the minimum requirements applicable to the water supply for firefighting is relevant mainly to building sites not serviced by municipal water supply systems. For building sites serviced by municipal water supply systems, where the water supply duration is not a concern, water supply flow rates at minimum pressures is the main focus of this provision. However, where municipal water supply capacities are limited, it may be necessary for buildings to have supplemental water supplies on site or readily available.
The sources of water supply for firefighting purposes may be natural or developed. Natural sources may include ponds, lakes, rivers, streams, bays, creeks, and springs. Developed sources may include aboveground tanks, elevated gravity tanks, cisterns, swimming pools, wells, reservoirs, aqueducts, artesian wells, tankers,
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
Division B A-3.2.5.12.(7)

hydrants served by a public or private water system, and canals. Consideration should be given to ensuring that water sources will be accessible to fire department equipment under all climatic conditions.
‌The volume of on-site water supply is dependent on the building size, construction, occupancy, exposure and environmental impact potential, and should be sufficient to allow at least 30 minutes of fire department hose stream use.
‌A-3.2.5.9.(4)(c) Fire Department Pumping Equipment. Availability of appropriate pumping equipment from the local fire department or, in the case of industrial plants or complexes, from their fire brigade, is considered sufficient to meet the intent of this requirement.
‌A-3.2.5.11.(2) Hose Stations. A building that is partially sprinklered may have some floor areas where local sprinklers are installed that do not cover the entire floor area. It is intended that hose stations be provided in these floor areas to allow emergency responders to fight fires that cannot be controlled by local sprinklers.
A-3.2.5.12.(1) Sprinkler System Design. In NFPA 13, “Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems,” reference is made to other NFPA standards that contain additional sprinkler design criteria. These criteria apply to industrial occupancies with high fire loads and industrial occupancies intended for the use, manufacture or storage of highly flammable materials. Therefore, while only NFPA 13 is called up directly by Sentence 3.2.5.12.(1), the additional criteria in the other NFPA standards are included automatically.
In some NFPA standards, certain aspects of sprinkler protection are dependent on the fire-resistance rating of the vertical structural members. In these cases, the sprinkler system design options can be affected by the
fire-resistance rating of these elements. For example, in buildings used for the storage of rubber tires, sprinklers directed at the sides of a column are required if the column does not have the required fire-resistance rating.
Other NFPA standards may require that certain occupancies be sprinklered in conformance with NFPA 13, as in the case of some garages. These requirements do not supersede the requirements in the Code. An occupancy is required to be sprinklered only when this is specified in the Code, but when it is so required, it must be sprinklered in conformance with NFPA 13 and its referenced standards.
Additionally, while Part 4 contains seismic force provisions that apply to the design of sprinklers, NFPA 13 contains other structural requirements for sprinklers that are also required to be met.

‌A-3.2.5.12.(2) Sprinklering of Residential Buildings above a Storage Garage Considered as a Separate Building. For the purpose of determining whether NFPA 13R, “Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems in Low-Rise Residential Occupancies,” applies to a residential building constructed over a storage garage, it is not intended that a storage garage constructed as a separate building in accordance with Article 3.2.1.2. be considered as a storey when determining the building height of the residential building.
Similarly, this would not preclude the use of NFPA 13D, “Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems in One- and Two-Family Dwellings and Manufactured Homes,” for any one- or two-family home constructed above such a storage garage.
A-3.2.5.12.(6) Sprinklering of Roof Assemblies. Sprinkler protection for roof assemblies in lieu of fire resistance is based on the assumption that the sprinklers will protect the roof assembly from the effects of fire in spaces below the roof. If a ceiling membrane is installed, the sprinklers would have to be located below the membrane in order to react quickly to the fire. In certain instances, however, sprinklers may be required within the concealed spaces as well as below the membrane. NFPA 13, “Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems,” requires sprinklers in certain concealed spaces.
According to NFPA 13 and 13R, some small rooms and closets within a dwelling unit in a sprinklered building, including those that may be in the storey immediately below the roof assembly, do not require sprinklers.
However, the NBC requires sprinkler protection within all rooms and closets immediately below the roof so as to control any fire that might start in that space and thereby limit the probability of the fire spreading into the roof assembly.
Moreover, NFPA 13D, “Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems in One- and Two-Family Dwellings and Manufactured Homes,” also allows the omission of sprinklers in such rooms and closets under certain circumstances, provided the building is sprinklered in conformance with this standard. In this case, the NBC concurs with the provisions of the NFPA 13D standard.
A-3.2.5.12.(7) Balconies and Decks. The intent of Sentence 3.2.5.12.(7) is to suppress or control the spread of a fire originating from a balcony or deck to the roof assembly or other parts of the building.
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌A-3.2.5.12.(8) Division B

‌A-3.2.5.12.(8) Sprinkler Rating. The requirements of this Sentence can be met by using sprinklers with a rating of 79°C to 107°C.

A-3.2.5.13.(1) Hazard Classification for Sprinkler Selection. The reference to light hazard occupancies is based on the descriptions of these occupancies given in NFPA 13, “Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems,” and is intended only for use in the design of sprinkler systems. These descriptions should not be confused with the occupancy classifications in the Code.
In NFPA 13, a light hazard occupancy is one in which the quantity or combustibility of contents is low and fires with relatively low rates of heat release are expected. Typical buildings or parts of buildings include: churches; clubs; eaves and overhangs, if of combustible construction with no combustibles beneath; educational buildings; hospitals; institutional buildings; libraries, except very large stack rooms; museums; nursing or convalescent homes; offices, including data processing rooms; residential buildings; restaurant seating areas; theatres and auditoria, excluding stages and proscenia; and unused attics.
Although NFPA 13R, “Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems in Low-Rise Residential Occupancies,” and NFPA 13D, “Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems in One- and Two-Family Dwellings and Manufactured Homes,” as referenced by NFPA 13, are concerned with specific types of residential occupancy, namely apartment buildings up to four storeys, one and two family dwellings, and mobile homes, for the purpose of acceptance of combustible sprinkler piping these occupancies are considered to be included in the category of residential buildings under light hazard occupancies.‌

A-3.2.5.18.(1) Fire Pumps. In order to ensure an adequate water supply, it may be necessary to install a fire pump for a building that has either a standpipe system or an automatic sprinkler system installed.

A-3.2.6. Smoke Control for High Buildings. Experience with high buildings has shown that the time required for complete evacuation can exceed that which is considered necessary for the safe egress of all occupants. Studies of the “chimney effect” and observations of smoke movement in actual fires have shown that fire compartmentation to contain a fire on any one storey will not usually prevent the movement of smoke through elevator, stair and other vertical shafts to the upper floors of a high building. Occupants of a high building in which an automatic sprinkler system is not installed, and particularly those on upper storeys, could be faced with severe smoke conditions from fires occurring in storeys below them before their own evacuation is possible. The requirements of Subsection 3.2.6. are intended to maintain safe conditions for occupants of a high building who may have to remain in the building during a fire, and to assist the firefighters by providing efficient access to the fire floor. The Notes for Subsection 3.2.6. are intended to assist a designer in complying with the requirements of Subsection 3.2.6. The knowledge requirements are well within the capabilities of a competent designer. The designer should appreciate, however, that successful application requires a clear understanding of the principles that govern smoke movement. Subsection 3.2.6. contains only those items that relate to the design and construction of a building; operation of the facilities and recommended actions to be taken by the building owner, occupant and fire department are covered by the NFC.
The designer is cautioned that the tabular and graphical information in the Notes for Subsection 3.2.6. was developed for buildings having conventional configurations. The designer has to judge the extent to which the building under consideration has characteristics that will allow the application of this information; this is particularly true of designs employing air-handling systems for which a realistic assessment of the leakage characteristics of the enclosures of spaces may be critical.
It is assumed that buildings regulated by Subsection 3.2.6. will be in an area served by a fire department capable of an early response and that all firefighting and rescue situations will be under the direct control of the officer-in-charge of the fire department responding to the emergency. It is important that firefighters
be provided with a smoke-free access to fire floors below grade. Provisions are included to separate exit stairways serving storeys above grade from those serving storeys below grade, and to limit entry of smoke into these shafts. Similarly, elevator hoistways and service shafts are required to be provided with a separation near grade, or be designed to limit their functioning as paths of smoke movement into upper floor areas
from storeys below grade.
It is assumed that in the event of fire, occupants of the floor on which the fire occurs will leave by exit stairs immediately following the sounding of a fire alarm, and that occupants of the floor immediately above the floor on which the fire occurs will be advised to leave by the first fire department officer on the scene or other person assigned this responsibility. Occupants of all other floors may remain on their floors unless otherwise directed. It is also assumed that the owner of the building has complied with the Emergency Planning Section of the NFC by preparing a comprehensive fire safety plan to safeguard the building occupants and that the
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
Division B A-3.2.6.2.(4)

building supervisory staff are familiar with the requirements of Subsection 3.2.6. and with their responsibilities under the fire safety plan.
‌The NBC requires that a check be made of the smoke control and mechanical venting systems. Testing will indicate deficiencies caused by inexact estimates of the leakage characteristics or of air supply requirements and, in all but the most extreme cases, will provide an opportunity for appropriate adjustments before the system is put into service.
A-3.2.6.2.(2) Stairway Protection Below Lowest Exit Level. A stairway serving floors below the lowest exit level is considered to comply with the intent of Sentence 3.2.6.2.(2) if the following conditions are satisfied.
1. The stairway has a vent or door to the outdoors at or near the top of the stair shaft that has an openable area of not less than 0.1 m2 for each storey served by the stairway, less 0.01 m2 for each weatherstripped door and 0.02 m2 for each door that is not weatherstripped opening into the stairway.
2. The stairway is enclosed in a shaft that
  1. does not pass through the floor above the lowest exit level and is separate from a shaft that contains a stairway serving upper storeys, or
  2. ‌contains a stairway serving upper storeys, but is separated from that stairway at the lowest exit level by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the shaft enclosure.
3. The stairway is provided with equipment capable of maintaining a flow of air introduced at or near the bottom of the stair shaft, at a rate equal to 0.47 m3/s for each storey served by the stairway.

A-3.2.6.2.(3) Pressurization of Stair Shafts. The purpose of providing open doors and vents at the bottom of a stair shaft is to create a positive pressure in the shaft relative to adjacent floor areas and thus keep it free of smoke. The pressure depends on the temperature differential between the interior and the exterior of the building which is most pronounced during winter months when stack effect is greatest. If a shaft does not have a direct opening to the exterior, alternative means must be provided to achieve smoke control. If a corridor or vestibule is used as a link between the exit level of an interior stair shaft and the outdoors to provide a venting system, it will be necessary to assess the reliability of the overall system. The probability of all doors or closures being opened at the same time has to be addressed, as well as the size of the vestibule and its impact on the overall smoke control system.

If mechanical methods are used to develop a positive pressure in a stair shaft, a minimum pressure differential of 12 Pa is recommended to prevent smoke migration from floor areas in a sprinklered building where fire temperatures are controlled and smoke movement may be dominated by stack effect in a stair shaft. During a fire emergency, persons will be entering and exiting a stair shaft as they move to a place of safety and under these conditions the number of doors open to the stair shaft cannot be predetermined. The number will vary depending on the occupancy of the building, population density and the evacuation plan for the building. It should be assumed that two doors are open. This is based in part as a practical level for most buildings and considers the positive fire experience in sprinklered buildings.

The maximum pressure differential created by a mechanical system should not prevent doors to the stair shafts from being opened. A specific maximum value cannot be given, as this value will depend on the door opening force and size of the door. These values should be calculated for each specific case. Although a maximum value of 130 N is suggested by research as the force that can be opened by the majority of people in most occupancies, this value is above the maximum value of 90 N generally specified in this Code. The use of values below 130 N can create a practical problem in achieving effective smoke control as it is difficult to design for the acceptable minimum and maximum pressure differential range. Special consideration may need to be given for doors located in a barrier-free path of travel.

‌Care should be taken by designers and by building and fire officials in implementation of these requirements. Assumptions involved in the design of a smoke control system may be different from final construction conditions. For this reason each system should be tested after installation to ensure that the design intent is met. The minimum pressure differential is not intended to apply to locations in stair shafts when doors in their proximity are open to adjacent floor areas.

A-3.2.6.2.(4) Limiting Smoke Movement. Measures to prevent the migration of smoke from floor areas below the lowest exit storey into upper storeys include the following.

An elevator hoistway that passes through the floor above the lowest exit storey should not penetrate the floor of the storey immediately below the lowest exit storey, unless there is a vestibule between the shaft and each floor area below the lowest exit storey that
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
A-3.2.6.2.(4) Division B
1. has a fire separation, with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, between the vestibule and any public corridor,
2. has a fire separation, with a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for an exit by Article 3.4.4.1., between the vestibule and any stair or elevator enclosure or any part of a floor area, other than a public corridor, and
  Minimum openable area of vent, % of cross-sectional area of shaft
3. except for elevator hoistway entrances, has a self-closing device on any door through the fire separation required by Clauses (a) and (b), with the door opening in the direction of travel from the floor area to the exit stairway.
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
curve A
curve B
0 50 100 150 200 250
Height of shaft, m
300
EG01222A
Figure A-3.2.6.2.(4)-A
Vent to a vertical service space with no other pressurized shaft in the building
Notes to Figure A-3.2.6.2.(4)-A:
1. Curve A applies to a vertical service space that is enclosed by unplastered unit masonry or by plaster and steel stud construction with all openings in the shaft sealed to the degree required by Articles 3.1.9.1. to 3.1.9.4.
2. Curve B applies to a vertical service space that is enclosed by monolithic concrete or by plastered unit masonry with all openings in the shaft sealed tightly to minimize air leakage.
3. A shaft having a vent that is 100% of the cross-sectional area of the shaft is acceptable for buildings up to 1.5 times the height shown by the appropriate curve in Figures A-3.2.6.2.(4)-A and A-3.2.6.2.(4)-B.
4. The total leakage area, based on measurements in typical high buildings, is assumed to be 0.025 m2 for every 10 m 2 of shaft wall area in the case of Curve A and 0.015 m2 for every 10 m2 of shaft wall area in the case of Curve B.
A vertical service space, other than an elevator hoistway, that passes through the floor assembly above the lowest exit storey, should be provided with a tight-fitting noncombustible seal or firestop at the floor assembly of the storey immediately below the lowest exit storey, unless
1. the vertical service space is vented to the outdoors at the top and the vent has an openable area that is not less than
  1. that obtained from Figure A-3.2.6.2.(4)-A if the vertical service space is in a building in which other shafts are not mechanically pressurized, or
  2. that obtained from Figure A-3.2.6.2.(4)-B if the vertical service space is in a building in which other shafts are mechanically pressurized,
2. for a shaft that serves floor areas above the lowest exit storey, a vent is located
  1. at or near the top of the shaft if the shaft is above the mid-height of the building, or
  2. at or near the foot of the shaft at or near the exit level if the top of the shaft is below the mid-height of the building, or
3. for a shaft that serves floor areas below the lowest exit storey, a vent is located at or near the top of the shaft.
Any closure provided for a vent opening referred to in Sentence (2) must be openable:
1. manually,
2. on a signal from a smoke detector located at or near the top of the shaft, and
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  ‌Division B A-3.2.6.3.(1)
  
  Minimum openable area of vent, % of cross-sectional area of shaft
3. by a control device located at the central alarm and control facility.

100

curve A

curve B

0 50 100 150 200 250 300

Height of shaft, m

EG01223A

Figure A-3.2.6.2.(4)-B

Vent to a vertical service space with other pressurized shafts in the building

Notes to Figure A-3.2.6.2.(4)-B:

Curve A applies to a vertical service space that is enclosed by unplastered unit masonry or by plaster and steel stud construction with all openings in the shaft sealed to the degree required by Articles 3.1.9.1. to 3.1.9.4.
Curve B applies to a vertical service space that is enclosed by monolithic concrete or by plastered unit masonry with all openings in the shaft sealed tightly to minimize air leakage.
A shaft having a vent that is 100% of the cross-sectional area of the shaft is acceptable for buildings up to 1.5 times the height shown by the appropriate curve in Figures A-3.2.6.2.(4)-A and A-3.2.6.2.(4)-B.
The total leakage area, based on measurements in typical high buildings, is assumed to be 0.025 m2 for every 10 m 2 of shaft wall area in the case of Curve A and 0.015 m2 for every 10 m2 of shaft wall area in the case of Curve B.

A-3.2.6.3.(1) Connected Buildings. The measures described here are intended to prevent movement of smoke from one building to another. They are of particular significance for two buildings of unequal height that are joined together. The techniques suggested are the provision of a large opening to the outdoors in
a connecting vestibule so that smoke entering through leakage areas around doors will be vented to the outdoors, or pressurization to maintain a higher pressure in the vestibule than in adjacent spaces, as illustrated in Figures A-3.2.6.3.(1)-A, A-3.2.6.3.(1)-B and A-3.2.6.3.(1)-C.
‌The provisions for protection of openings are described in terms appropriate to a doorway. Openings other than doorways should be avoided if possible. Openings should be protected by an airlock that gives the same standard of protection as the vestibule referred to below.
The requirement of Article 3.2.6.3. that limits movement of smoke from one building to another may be met by incorporating in the link between the buildings the provisions of Sentences (1) and (2).
1. A firewall conforming to Subsection 3.1.10. is constructed between one building and the other with any opening in the firewall protected against the passage of smoke by a vestibule that has
  1. a fire separation between the vestibule and a public corridor with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
  2. a fire separation between the vestibule and the remainder of the floor area, other than a public corridor, with a fire-resistance rating not less than that required by Article 3.4.4.1. for an exit,
  3. a fire separation between the vestibule and a stair enclosure or elevator hoistway with a fire-resistance rating not less than that required by Article 3.4.4.1. for an exit, and
  4. any door in the fire separation required by Clause (a), (b) or (c), except for an elevator entrance, provided with a self-closing device as required by Article 3.1.8.13. and opening in the direction of travel from the floor area to the exit stairway.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌A-3.2.6.5.(6)(b) Division B
2. The vestibule referred to in Sentence (1) should have
  1. ‌a vent to the outdoors that has a net area of 10(0.023 d + 0.00045 a) m2, where 'd' is the number of doors having a perimeter not more than 6 m that open into the vestibule, or if the perimeter of doors exceeds 6 m, the value 'd' is increased in direct proportion to the increase in the perimeter, and 'a' is the area in square metres of enclosing walls, floors and ceilings whose outer face is in contact with the outside air, except that where the outer face of a wall is in contact with the ground or fill, it is assumed that there is no leakage through that portion, and the value of 'a' is assumed to be zero, or
  2. equipment capable of maintaining a supply of air into the vestibule sufficient to ensure that the air pressure in the vestibule when the doors are closed is higher by at least 12 Pa than that in adjacent floor areas when the outdoor temperature is equal to the January design temperature on a 2.5% basis.
    
    1. Vestibule vented to outdoors or pressurized
    building A
    
    building B
    
    grade
    
    1
    tunnel
    
    EG01224A
    ‌Figure A-3.2.6.3.(1)-A
    Buildings connected by a tunnel
    
    building A
    1. Vestibule vented to outdoors or pressurized
    building B
    1
    1
    grade
    EG01225A
    ‌Figure A-3.2.6.3.(1)-B
    Buildings connected at a firewall
    
    1. Vestibule vented to outdoors or pressurized
    building A
    
    building B
    
    grade
    
    1
    bridge
    
    EG01226A
    ‌Figure A-3.2.6.3.(1)-C
    Buildings connected by a bridge
    
    A-3.2.6.5.(6)(b) Protection of Electrical Conductors. Electrical conductors are part of a system that includes, among other components, raceways, conduits, splices, couplings, vertical supports, grounds and pulling lubricants. When selecting electrical conductors to provide a circuit integrity rating, it is important to understand how they will be installed and to know if the fire performance of the system as a whole was tested.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B A-3.2.6.6.(1)
    
    ‌A-3.2.6.6.(1) Venting to Aid Firefighting. The requirements of Sentence 3.2.6.6.(1) are met by incorporating in a floor area windows or wall panels, as described in Sentence (1), by smoke shafts as described in Sentences (2) to (8), or by the use of building exhaust systems as described in Sentence (9).
    1. If windows or wall panels are used for venting, they must
      1. be uniformly distributed along the exterior wall of each storey,
      2. have a total area not less than 1% of the exterior wall area of each storey,
      3. ‌be readily openable from the interior without the use of wrenches or keys,
      4. be readily identified from the interior, and from the exterior where they are accessible to firefighters, and
      5. be designed so that when opened they will not endanger persons outside the building during a fire.
    2. If one or more smoke shafts or vertical service spaces are used for venting, they must
      1. have an opening or openings into each storey with an aggregate area not less than that obtained from Table A-3.2.6.6.(1)-A for the height of the building and the area of the largest floor area served by the smoke shaft, and the leakage characteristics of the shaft wall and closures obtained from Tables A-3.2.6.6.(1)-B and A-3.2.6.6.(1)-C,
      2. have an aggregate unobstructed cross-sectional area equal to that required by Clause (a), and
      3. be designed to comply with the requirements of Sentence (3).
    3. Each smoke shaft or vertical service space described in Sentence (2) must
      1. be separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation that has a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the floor assembly through which it passes, or be designed as a chimney conforming to Part 6, except that flue liners need not be provided,
      2. have an opening to the outdoors at the top that has an area not less than the cross-sectional area of the shaft, with the opening protected from the weather,
      3. terminate not less than 900 mm above the roof surface where it penetrates the roof, and
      4. contain no combustible material, fuel lines or services that are required for use in an emergency.
    4. ‌Each opening required by Clause (2)(a) must be located so that the top of the opening is not more than 250 mm below the ceiling, except that the opening may be above the ceiling if the ceiling freely allows passage of air.
    5. The opening into the smoke shaft must be provided with a closure that
      1. has a fire-protection rating conforming to Sentence 3.1.8.4.(2), except that the temperature on the unexposed face of the closure shall be not more than 250 °C after 30 min during the fire test used to determine its rating,
      2. is no closer to combustible material, except for paint or tightly-adhering paper covering not more than 1 mm thick applied to a noncombustible backing, than the distances described in Table A-3.2.6.6.(1)-D,
      3. can be opened from a remote location such as a stair shaft, the storey immediately below, or the central alarm and control facility, and
      4. does not open automatically on any floor, other than the fire floor, when smoke and hot gases pass through the shaft.
    6. Closures for openings described in Clause (3)(b) must
      1. be openable from outside the shaft, and
      2. open automatically
        on a signal from a smoke detector in the shaft,
        ‌by operation of the fire alarm system, and
        when the closure required by Sentence (5) opens.
    7. A smoke shaft opening referred to in Sentence (2) that is less than 1 070 mm above the floor must conform to Article 3.3.1.18.
    8. If a closure is required to comply with Sentence (5), the leakage area between closure components and between closure and frame must not be more than 3% of the openable area of the closure.
    9. The building air handling system may be used for smoke venting, provided
      1. the system can maintain an exhaust to the outdoors at the rate of 6 air changes per hour from any floor area, and
      2. emergency power to the fans providing the exhaust required by Clause (a) is provided as described in Article 3.2.7.9.

‌A-3.2.6.6.(1) Division B

Table A-3.2.6.6.(1)-A

Minimum Size of Vent Openings into Smoke Shafts from Each Floor Area, m2(1)(2)

Forming Part of Note A-3.2.6.6.(1)

Floor Area, m2	Leakage Area, %(3)	Building Height, m
Floor Area, m2	Leakage Area, %(3)	18	37	73	110	146	183	220	256	293
200		0.10	0.11	0.13	0.15	0.16	0.18	0.19	0.20	0.22
500		0.22	0.25	0.29	0.32	0.36	0.37	0.39	0.41	0.43
1 000		0.43	0.48	0.53	0.59	0.63	0.67	0.71	0.75	0.77
2 000		0.83	0.91	1.01	1.08	1.16	1.22	1.29	1.34	1.39
3 000	0	1.21	1.33	1.46	1.55	1.67	1.75	1.82	1.90	1.97
4 000		1.62	1.75	1.90	2.02	2.15	2.25	2.35	2.44	2.53
5 000		2.01	2.17	2.34	2.46	2.63	2.74	2.86	2.88	3.07
6 000		2.39	2.57	2.76	2.91	3.10	3.23	3.37	3.47	3.58
200		0.10	0.12	0.15	0.19	0.22	0.27	0.35	0.43	0.55
500		0.23	0.27	0.35	0.40	0.49	0.57	0.69	0.83	1.04
1 000		0.44	0.50	0.71	0.72	0.86	1.01	1.19	1.43	1.73
2 000		0.85	0.97	1.15	1.33	1.56	1.81	2.10	2.48	2.95
3 000	1	1.26	1.42	1.67	1.91	2.23	2.56	2.97	3.47	4.08
4 000		1.66	1.88	2.18	2.49	2.37	3.28	3.79	4.40	5.16
5 000		2.07	2.32	2.69	3.05	3.51	3.99	4.60	5.32	6.21
6 000		2.47	2.76	3.18	3.59	4.14	4.68	5.37	6.20	7.23
200		0.10	0.13	0.18	0.24	0.37	0.61	1.28	4.60	89.57
500		0.24	0.29	0.39	0.52	0.75	1.13	2.10	6.11	94.50
1 000		0.46	0.55	0.72	0.94	1.30	1.90	3.27	8.29	102.11
2 000		0.88	1.05	1.34	1.73	2.32	3.28	5.36	12.14	116.80
3 000	2	1.31	1.53	1.95	2.47	3.29	4.58	7.28	15.63	130.83
4 000		1.73	2.01	2.55	3.20	4.23	5.83	9.12	19.97	144.03
5 000		2.15	2.49	3.13	3.92	5.15	7.05	10.90	22.15	157.05
6 000		2.57	2.96	3.73	4.63	6.07	8.26	12.65	25.39	169.29
200		0.11	0.14	0.21	0.37	0.88	2.06
500		0.25	0.31	0.47	0.76	1.58	9.00
1 000		0.47	0.59	0.86	1.33	2.60	11.99
2 000		0.91	1.12	1.60	2.41	4.47	17.46
3 000	3	1.35	1.64	2.31	3.43	5.21	22.48
4 000		1.79	2.17	3.02	4.43	7.91	27.29
5 000		2.22	2.68	3.71	5.42	9.55	31.95
6 000		2.65	3.20	4.40	6.39	11.18	36.47
200		0.11	0.15	0.28	0.70	24.83
500		0.25	0.34	0.58	1.33	29.18
1 000		0.49	0.63	1.06	2.27	36.07
2 000		0.95	1.21	1.97	3.99	48.56
3 000	4	1.41	1.78	2.84	6.63	60.15
4 000		1.86	2.34	3.70	7.22	71.15
5 000		2.21	2.90	4.55	8.79	81.81
6 000		2.75	3.46	5.40	10.33	90.05
200		0.11	0.16	0.36	3.33
500		0.28	0.36	0.76	5.09
1 000		0.50	0.69	1.37	7.67
2 000		0.99	1.31	2.54	12.35
3 000	5	1.46	1.94	3.65	16.75
4 000		1.92	2.55	4.75	20.99
5 000		2.40	3.16	5.84	25.11
6 000		2.87	3.74	6.92	29.11

Division B A-3.2.6.7.(1)

Table A-3.2.6.6.(1)-A (Continued)

Notes to Table A-3.2.6.6.(1)-A:

‌(1) The minimum size of a vent opening into a smoke shaft is obtained from Table A-3.2.6.6.(1)-A and is dependant on the floor area and total leakage area of the smoke shaft walls and closures. This total leakage area may be estimated by adding the leakage areas for the shaft wall obtained from Table A-3.2.6.6.(1)-B and for the dampered openings obtained from Table A-3.2.6.6.(1)-C, provided the cross-sectional area of the smoke shaft, the opening into the shaft and the opening to the outdoors at the top of the shaft are equal.

(2) The size of the vent opening refers to the free or unobstructed area of the opening.

(3) Leakage area is the total of the leakage area of smoke shaft wall obtained from Table A-3.2.6.6.(1)-B and the leakage area of openings in smoke shafts obtained from Table A-3.2.6.6.(1)-C.

Table A-3.2.6.6.(1)-B

Leakage Area of Smoke Shaft Wall

Forming Part of Note A-3.2.6.6.(1)

Wall Construction	Leakage Area as % of Wall Area
Monolithic concrete	0.5
‌Masonry wall unplastered	1.5
Masonry wall plastered	0.5
Gypsum board on steel studs	1.0

Table A-3.2.6.6.(1)-C

Leakage Area of Closures in Openings into Smoke Shaft

Forming Part of Note A-3.2.6.6.(1)

Type of Closure	Leakage Area as % of Closure Area(1)(2)
Curtain fire damper	2.5
Single-blade fire damper	3.5
Multi-blade fire damper	4.5

‌Notes to Table A-3.2.6.6.(1)-C:

(1) Values include allowance for 0.5% leakage between frame and wall construction.

(2) These leakage data are based on clearances applicable to closures that have been tested in accordance with CAN/ULC-S112, “Standard Method of Fire Test of Fire Damper Assemblies.”

Table A-3.2.6.6.(1)-D

Minimum Distance from Closure to Combustible Material

Forming Part of Note A-3.2.6.6.(1)

Area of Closure(1), m2	Minimum Distance in Front of or Above Closure, m	Minimum Distance to the Sides or Below Closure, m
0.5	0.35	0.20
1.0	0.50	0.25
1.5	0.60	0.30
2.0	0.70	0.35
2.5(2)	0.80	0.40

‌Notes to Table A-3.2.6.6.(1)-D:

(1) For closure areas between those given in Table A-3.2.6.6.(1)-D, interpolation may be used to determine the appropriate distances.

(2) For closure areas greater than 2.5 m2, the minimum distance in front of or above the closure shall be one half of the square root of the closure area, and the minimum distance to the sides or below the closure shall be one quarter of the square root of the closure area.

A-3.2.6.7.(1) Protection of Central Control Room. The design of a room provided for a central alarm and control facility should take into account the nature and sensitivity of the electronic components of the equipment and the room should be adequately protected from fire and smoke. The room should be ventilated with a supply of fresh air so that it has a clean environment and should be provided with adequate lighting.

‌A-3.2.6.7.(2) Division B

‌A-3.2.6.7.(2) Central Control Room Air Control. Depending on the method of mechanical venting and air control that is selected for the building, additional controls may be required at the central alarm and control facility. These additional controls include those with a capability of opening closures to vents in shafts, stopping air-handling systems, and initiating mechanical air supply to stair shafts.

A-3.2.6.9.(1) Testing for Smoke Control. The efficiency of a smoke control system may be checked by measuring pressure differences and the directions of airflow around doors and through separating walls of compartments. A pressure meter can be used to measure pressure differences on either side of a door or partition. Where this is impracticable, a punk stick held near a crack will indicate the direction of airflow.

Measurements of airflow may be taken on the intake side of supply fans or in supply ducts to determine whether the specified airflow is being provided. In general, airflow should be from the spaces which may be occupied for various lengths of time during a fire emergency (e.g., vestibules, stair shafts, and elevator hoistways) toward the space in which the fire is assumed to have occurred. Measurements may be taken at certain critical locations to check the overall efficiency of the smoke control system.

In buildings where protection is obtained by venting corridors or vestibules to the outdoors, inspection of the building to determine whether the requirements have been met should be sufficient. Where service shafts are vented to the outdoors at the top, a check may be made of the wall between the shaft and the uppermost occupied floor areas, to ensure that the direction of flow is from each floor area into the shaft, when the vent to the outside is open and the outdoor air temperature is significantly less than that indoors. Where mechanically pressurized vestibules are used, a check may be made to ensure that the pressure in each vestibule or area of refuge is greater than that in the adjacent floor areas at each floor level.

‌Doors to stair shafts, elevator hoistways and vestibules in locations subject to pressure differences that may interfere with normal opening should be checked when the outdoor temperature is near the January design temperature, with the air injection system operating and a number of windows open to the outdoors on each floor in turn.

‌A-3.2.7.4.(1) Emergency Power Reliability. In some areas power outages are frequent and may be of long duration. These local conditions should be taken into account in determining the type of system for supplying emergency power for lighting. This should be studied at the planning stage of a building project in conjunction with the local fire safety and building officials.

A-3.2.7.6.(1) Emergency Power for Treatment Occupancies. CSA Z32, “Electrical safety and essential electrical systems in health care facilities,” contains requirements for three classes of health care facilities—Class A, Class B and Class C. The intent of Article 3.2.7.6. is to apply specific requirements to emergency equipment for Class A facilities, which are designated as hospitals by the authorities having jurisdiction and where patients are accommodated on the basis of medical need and are provided with continuing medical care and supporting diagnostic and therapeutic services.

‌A-3.2.7.8.(3) Emergency Power Duration. The times indicated in this Sentence are the durations for which emergency power must be available for a building under fire emergency conditions. Additional fuel for generators or additional battery capacity is required to handle normal testing of the equipment, as indicated in the NFC. If the operation of emergency generators or batteries is intended for other than fire emergency conditions, such as power failures, fuel supplies or battery capacity must be increased to compensate for

that use.

‌A-3.2.7.9.(1) Emergency Power Reliability. In some areas power outages are frequent and may be of long duration. These local conditions should be taken into account in determining the type of system for supplying emergency power for building services. This should be studied at the planning stage of a building project in conjunction with the local fire safety and building officials.

A-3.2.7.10.(2)(a) and (3)(a) Protection of Electrical Conductors. It is important to understand that electrical conductors are part of a system that includes—among other components—raceways, conduits, splices, couplings, vertical supports, grounds and pulling lubricants. When selecting electrical conductors to provide a circuit integrity rating, it is therefore important to understand how they will be installed and to know if the fire performance of the system as a whole was tested.

‌Division B A-3.2.9.1.(1)

‌A-3.2.7.10.(5)(b) Electrical Conductors in the Same Room. If the distribution panel and the equipment it serves are within the same room, only the electrical conductors leading up to the distribution panel need to be protected. It is assumed that the distribution panel and the equipment it serves are within sufficient proximity to each other such that a fire in the same area of origin would affect both.

‌A-3.2.7.10.(7) Fire Alarm Branch Circuits. In order to ensure continuous operation of the fire alarm and voice communication systems in a high-rise building for a sufficient duration of time to control and direct the evacuation of building occupants, a level of protection is required by Sentence 3.2.7.10.(2) for those electrical conductors interconnecting the major elements of the fire alarm system. Sentence 3.2.7.10.(7) permits the protection of electrical conductors to be waived for portions connecting a transponder or fault isolation device to fire alarm input devices (fire detectors, manual stations, etc.) or a voice communication transponder to a fire alarm audible signalling device, provided all circuits or portions of the circuits are contained within the same storey.

‌A-3.2.8.2.(3) Special Protection of Opening. In manufacturing operations involving the use of conveyor systems to transport material through fire separations, it may not be possible to use standard closure devices. NFPA 80, “Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives,” includes appendix information concerning protection of openings through vertical fire separations. NFPA 13, “Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems,” includes methods of protecting openings through floor assemblies, however, it is assumed by that standard that the remainder of the building would be sprinklered. Combinations of methods may be required to ensure that the level of safety inherent in the requirements of the Code is maintained.

‌A-3.2.8.2.(6)(b) Restriction on Size of Openings Through Floors. The phrase “used only for stairways, escalators or moving walks” is intended to restrict the size of a floor opening to what is necessary to accommodate the stairway, escalator or moving walk.

A-3.2.8.2.(6)(c) Waiver of Occupancy Separation Continuity. The typical application of this Sentence is to buildings with a mixture of occupancies that are randomly located throughout the building. Examples include shopping centres, podia of large commercial and business complexes, and recreational buildings that are combined with mercantile and business operations. A shopping mall with two interconnected storeys is an example that is frequently encountered in many jurisdictions. The permission to breach the

floor assembly between the storeys does not override requirements for separation of specific suites or occupancies. For instance, although storage garages are Group F, Division 3 occupancies, the requirement in Article 3.3.5.6. for the storage garage to be separated from other occupancies by a fire separation with at least a 1.5 h fire-resistance rating must be observed. In a similar manner, a theatre or cinema (Group A, Division

1 occupancy) must be separated from other occupancies in accordance with Sentence 3.3.2.2.(1) and seats in an arena-type building (Group A, Division 3) must be separated from space below in accordance with Sentence 3.3.2.2.(3).

‌A-3.2.8.4.(1)(c) Contamination of Vestibule. The vestibule should have equipment capable of maintaining a supply of air into the vestibule that is sufficient to ensure that the air pressure in the vestibule when the doors are closed is higher by at least 12 Pa than the air pressure in the adjacent floor areas when the outdoor temperature is equal to the January design temperature on a 2.5% basis.

‌A-3.2.8.7.(1) Smoke Exhaust System. The mechanical exhaust system is intended as an aid to firefighters in removing smoke and is to be designed to be actuated manually by the responding fire department. Although smoke is normally removed from the top of the interconnected floor space, exhaust outlets at other locations may be satisfactory.

A-3.2.9.1.(1) Testing of Fire Protection and Life Safety Systems. Building owners should verify that fire protection and life safety systems and their components (i.e. fire alarm systems, sprinklers, standpipes, smoke control, ventilation, pressurization, door hold-open devices, elevator recalls, smoke and fire shutters and dampers, emergency power, emergency lighting, fire pumps, generators, etc.), including their interconnections with other building systems, are functioning according to the intent of their design. CAN/ULC-S1001, “Standard for Integrated Systems Testing of Fire Protection and Life Safety Systems,” provides the methodology for verifying and documenting that interconnections between building systems satisfy the intent of their design and that the systems function as intended by the Code.

Clause 6.1.5 of CAN/ULC-S1001 allows the Integrated Testing Coordinator to accept documented evidence of any tests that have been performed on a system as part of its acceptance testing for the purpose of demonstrating compliance with the integrated testing requirements of that standard, so as to avoid duplication of work.

‌A-3.3. Division B

A-3.3. Safety Within Floor Areas. Section 3.3. regulates safety within floor areas including rooms and other spaces within a building. The requirements are grouped according to the occupancy of the floor area, room or space, which is not necessarily the same as the major occupancy for which the building is classified. For example, a building may be classified by major occupancy as an office building: therefore, the provisions for structural fire protection and fire protection equipment for office buildings prescribed in Section 3.2. apply. However, within that building, a room or floor area may be used for mercantile, care, treatment, detention, business, residential, industrial or other occupancy.

Life safety for the occupants of any floor area depends in the first instance on the use or occupancy of that floor area. The risks to the occupants occur in the early stages of a fire. These special life risks differ from one occupancy to another and, consequently, must be regulated differently. Section 3.3. regulates risks within floor areas: these requirements apply regardless of the major occupancy of the building that contains the floor areas. For example, an assembly room must comply with the requirements for assembly occupancy whether it is contained in an office building, hospital, hotel, theatre, industrial building or other major occupancy.

Since this Code regulates new construction, alterations and changes of occupancy, the construction of kiosks and similar structures in public corridors must take into consideration all the requirements that apply to the remainder of the building, including structural fire protection, construction type, finish materials, egress widths and sprinkler installations. Special activities of an occasional nature that were not contemplated in the original design of a public corridor and that represent only a temporary change in occupancy are regulated by the NFC. These regulations include maintaining egress paths clear of obstructions, controlling combustible contents and providing measures to ensure quick response for firefighting.

‌A-3.3.1.2.(1) Hazardous Substances. The term “hazardous substances” refers to dangerous goods that are regulated by “Transportation of Dangerous Goods Regulations (TDGR)” or that are classified as “controlled products” under the “Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System (WHMIS)” established to meet the requirements of HC SOR/2015-17, “Hazardous Products Regulations.” It also refers to materials and products that are not regulated by the TDGR or WHMIS, but that pose a fire or explosion hazard due to their own properties or because of the manner in which they are stored, handled or used. These include combustible products, rubber tires, combustible fibres, combustible dusts, products producing flammable vapours or gases, etc.

‌A-3.3.1.2.(2) Cooking Equipment Ventilation. Cooking equipment manufactured for use in dwelling units and other residential suites is often installed in buildings used for assembly and care, treatment or detention purposes. It is not obvious from the Code requirements or those of NFPA 96, “Standard for Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations,” whether a ventilation and grease removal system is required in all assembly and care, treatment or detention uses. If the equipment is to be used in a manner that will produce grease-laden vapours that are substantially more than would be produced in a normal household environment, then it would be appropriate to apply the requirements of NFPA 96. If the equipment is used primarily for reheating food prepared elsewhere or is used occasionally for demonstration or educational purposes, there would be no expectation of applying the requirements of NFPA 96. In all cases the circumstances should be reviewed with the authority having jurisdiction.

A-3.3.1.7.(1) Temporary Refuge for Persons with Disabilities. These measures are intended to provide temporary refuge for persons with disabilities. It is acknowledged, however, that the measures cannot provide absolute safety for all occupants in the fire area. It may, therefore, be necessary to develop

special arrangements in the fire safety plan to evacuate persons with disabilities from these areas. Details for a suitable plan are contained in the NFC.

The protected elevator referred to in Clause 3.3.1.7.(1)(a) is intended to be used by firefighters as a means for evacuating persons with disabilities. It is not intended that this elevator be used by persons with disabilities as a means of egress without the assistance of firefighters.

If an estimate is to be made of the number of persons with disabilities in a floor area who can be accommodated in each zone in Clause 3.3.1.7.(1)(b), this estimate may be based on Table 3.8.2.3., which is used to determine the

minimum number of spaces to be provided for people who use wheelchairs in fixed seating areas. If more precise information is available, it should be used for sizing the zones.

A-3.3.1.7.(1)(b) Zones. The floor area on either side of a horizontal exit conforming to Article 3.4.6.10. may be considered as a zone in applying the requirements of Article 3.3.1.7.

‌Division B A-3.3.2.10.

A-3.3.1.8.(2) and (3) Protruding Building Elements in Paths of Travel. The term “protruding building elements” refers to elements regulated by this Code that are permanently affixed to the building and protrude into the path of travel.

‌The sweep of a cane used by people with vision loss normally detects protruding building elements that are within 680 mm of the floor. Any protruding element above this height would not normally be detected and can, therefore, create a hazard if it projects more than 100 mm into the path of travel.

‌A-3.3.1.12.(3) Movable Partitions. Should an emergency situation arise outside of normal working hours but when occupants are still in the space, they could be left without a clear way out. This could occur during inventory or after closing time when all occupants have not yet left, but staff close the door to prevent other persons from entering. In many small tenant areas, the movable partitions (store fronts) provide the only way out. There should always be a second way out or a swinging door within or adjacent to the sliding partitions.

A-3.3.1.13.(4) Door Hardware. The permission to have additional door releasing devices is intended to allow the use of a security chain, night latch or dead bolt to supplement the normal door latching device. These are permitted for dwelling units and locations where guests in a hotel or motel require additional security.

The height of these items is also governed by the maximum height stipulated in Sentence 3.3.1.13.(5) to ensure that they can be operated by persons with physical disabilities. This additional hardware should not require appreciable dexterity by the user and the general requirements on the ability to operate the device without the use of keys, special tools or specialized knowledge still apply.

‌A-3.3.1.13.(6) Controlled Egress Doors. It is intended that Sentence 3.3.1.13.(6) apply to doors used at the perimeter of a contained use area or an impeded egress zone. If the contained use area consists of a single room, the requirements would apply to that room. In the case of individual cells within a contained use

area, exterior keyed locks could be used on the cell doors consistent with the fire safety plan and continuous supervision by staff who can release the doors in an emergency.

‌A-3.3.1.19.(1) Tactile Attention Indicators at Unenclosed Stairs and at Drop-off Edges. Stairs in open spaces, stairs from mezzanines, and stairs that are not separated from the floor area by an element, such as a door or gate, are examples of stairs that are unenclosed. Transit platforms and the edges of a reflecting pool are examples of locations with drop-off edges where tactile attention indicators should be installed.

‌A-3.3.1.24.(1) Obstructions in Means of Egress. Obstructions including posts, counters or turnstiles should not be located in a manner that would restrict the width of a normal means of egress from a floor area or part of a floor area unless an alternative means of egress is provided adjacent to and plainly visible from

the restricted means of egress.

‌A-3.3.2.1.(2) Use of NFPA 101. The intention of Sentence (2) is to allow Code users the option of using NFPA 101, “Life Safety Code,” to address the following issues: means of egress; egress routes within assembly occupancies; aisles and access serving seating not at tables; guards and railings; life safety evaluation; and smoke-protected assembly seating. However, opting to use NFPA 101 under this application entails adherence to all the provisions listed in Sentence (2): it is not intended that Code users randomly select and apply a

mix of provisions from both the NBC and the NFPA.

‌A-3.3.2.4.(2) Tablet Arms. Although it is intended that the motion to raise the tablet arm be essentially a single fluid motion, it is acceptable that the motion be a compound motion of raising the tablet arm and including an articulation to allow the tablet to fall back alongside the arm rest.‌

A-3.3.2.10. Installation Configurations of Handrails in Aisles with Steps. Figure A-3.3.2.10. illustrates possible installation configurations of handrails serving aisles with steps.

A-3.3.3.1.(1) Division B

Centreline handrails

Handrail at each row of seats

Aisle width of 1 100 mm or more

Aisle width of less than 1 100 mm

Aisles Serving Seating on Both Sides

Continuous side handrail

Centreline handrails

Handrail at each row of seats and a continuous side handrail

Aisle width of less than 1 100 mm

Aisle width of 1 100 mm or more

Aisles Serving Seating on One Side

EG01394A

‌Figure A-3.3.2.10.

Handrail installation configurations

A-3.3.3.1.(1) Safety in Care, Treatment and Detention Occupancies. Fire safety for patients in bedroom areas in hospitals and nursing homes with treatment is predicated on the ability of staff to carry out at all times essential life safety functions in accordance with the fire safety plan. Details for a plan are contained in the NFC.

Many factors may affect the ability of staff to carry out life safety functions, including the mobility of patients who cannot fend for themselves and the built-in protection for patients who cannot be moved except under exceptional circumstances.

‌Should a patient area in a hospital or nursing home with treatment contain factors which would increase the time normally required for staff to evacuate patients or to undertake other life safety measures, consideration should be given to providing additional fire protection measures to ensure that equivalent safety is available.‌

A-3.3.3.4.(2) Doorway Width. The 1 050 mm minimum clear width of doorways accounts for door stops and, thus, is intended to allow for the use of 1 100 mm doors.

A-3.3.3.5.(9) Intercommunicating Rooms. Rooms that are interconnected can include more than one sleeping room, together with ensuite toilet rooms, shower rooms, and storage closets used for the storage of personal items of the persons occupying the sleeping rooms. It is not intended that storage rooms for other purposes be included within the group of interconnected rooms.

‌Division B A-3.3.6.2.(4)

‌A-3.3.3.5.(13) Grilles and Louvres. In order to permit the supply of make-up air to compensate for the removal of exhaust air from these toilet rooms, shower rooms and similar spaces, it is permitted to incorporate grilles and louvres for the transfer of air provided the air movement cannot allow smoke to pass through these spaces to other parts of the building. It is considered that in normal designs the air is exhausted directly to

the exterior and is not circulated. If air is to be circulated back to other parts of the building, smoke operated dampers should be included in the air circulating system.

‌A-3.3.4.4.(1) Landing in Egress Stairway. A landing level used in an egress stairway from a dwelling unit is not considered to be a storey of that dwelling unit if the landing is used only for pedestrian travel purposes.‌

A-3.3.4.5.(1) Automatic Locking Prohibited. Doors that must be manually reset to lock them when they are opened from the inside meet the intent of this requirement.

A-3.3.6.1.(1) Design of Buildings Containing Dangerous Goods. Subsection 3.3.6. applies to the short- or long-term storage of products, whether raw or waste materials, goods in process, or finished goods.

This Subsection does not deal with products or materials that are directly supplied to appliances, equipment or apparatus through piping, hose, ducts, etc. For example, the gas cylinders that are mounted on propane barbecues are not covered by Subsection 3.3.6.; they are considered to be “in use” as opposed to “in storage” and are not intended to be regulated by the storage requirements stated in the NFC.

A-3.3.6.2.(2) Storage of Reactive Materials. Reactive materials include various classes of unstable or reactive dangerous goods, such as flammable solids, pyrophoric materials, oxidizers, corrosives, water-reactive substances and organic peroxides.

In general, it is unsafe to store highly reactive oxidizers close to liquids with low flash points, combustible products or chemically incompatible products. Quantities of oxidizers or other dangerously reactive materials should therefore be limited and the storage area should be constructed of noncombustible materials, should be kept cool and ventilated, and should not impede egress.

In some cases, depending on the quantity and nature of the oxidizing agent, normal fire protection measures (e.g. sprinklers, fire hose and extinguishers) are ineffective due to the self-yielding of oxygen by the oxidizing agent.

When containers of highly reactive oxidizers become damaged or are exposed to excessive heat, humidity or contamination (e.g. sawdust, petroleum products, or other chemicals), a very violent fire or explosion can result.

The following oxidizing substances, among others, are known to supply oxygen: organic and inorganic peroxides; pool chemicals (e.g. calcium hypochlorite, sodium dichloroisocyanurate); oxides; permanganates; perrhenates; chlorates; perchlorates; persulfates; organic and inorganic nitrates; bromates; iodates; periodates; perselenates; chromates, dichromates; ozone; perborates.

When containers of dangerously reactive materials become damaged or are exposed to water or humidity, a flammable gas (such as hydrogen, ammonia or methane) or a toxic gas (such as hydrogen chloride, hydrogen bromide or phosphine) can be released.

The following dangerously reactive materials, among others, are known to release a flammable gas in reaction to contact with water or humidity: alkali metals (e.g. sodium, potassium, cesium); reactive metals (e.g. zinc, aluminum, magnesium); metallic hydride (e.g. sodium borohydride, germanium tetrahydride, calcium hydride).

‌The following dangerously reactive materials, among others, are known to release a toxic gas in reaction to contact with water or humidity: organic and inorganic chloride (e.g. phosphorus trichloride, phosphorus oxide trichloride, acetyl chloride); organic and inorganic bromide (e.g. phosphorus tribromide, aluminum tribromide, acetyl bromide).

A-3.3.6.2.(4) Wiring and Electrical Equipment in Hazardous Locations. In addition to the general requirements of CSA C22.1, “Canadian Electrical Code, Part I,” special attention must be given to Sections 18, 20 and 22: Section 18 specifies wiring requirements for Class I, II and III hazardous locations; Section 20 provides specific requirements for areas where flammable or combustible liquids are stored or dispensed; Section 22 specifies wiring requirements for areas where corrosive liquids or vapours or excessive moisture are present.

‌A-3.3.6.4.(2) Division B

A-3.3.6.4.(2) Explosion Venting in Hazardous Locations. When a flammable mixture of air and vapour/gas/dust is ignited and causes an explosion, the exothermic reaction results in the rapid expansion of heated gases and the corresponding pressure waves travel through the mixture at sonic or supersonic velocities. The pressures developed by an explosion very rapidly reach levels that most buildings and equipment cannot withstand unless specifically designed to do so. Explosion venting consists of devices designed to open at a predetermined pressure to relieve internal pressure build-up inside a room or enclosure, hence limiting the structural and mechanical damage.

The major parameters to be considered in designing an explosion venting system for a building are:

the physical and chemical properties of the flammable air mixture, such as the particle size or the droplet diameter, the moisture content, the minimum ignition temperature and explosive concentration, the burning velocity or explosibility classification, the maximum explosion pressure and the rate of pressure rise,
the concentration and dispersion of the flammable mixture in the room,
‌the turbulence and physical obstructions in the room,
the size and shape of the room, the type of construction and its ability to withstand internal pressures, and
the type, size and location of relief panels, which should also be designed to reduce the possibility of injury to people in the immediate vicinity of the panels.

‌A-3.3.6.5.(1) Measurement of Tire Storage Volume. The volume of tires in a storage area can be determined by measuring to the nearest 0.1 m the length, width and height of the piles or racks intended to contain the tires. In racks, the top shelf is assumed to be loaded to maximum possible height, while observing required clearances between structural elements and sprinklers.

A-3.3.6.6.(6) Products Stored with Ammonium Nitrate. Copper and its alloys should not be used where they can come into contact with ammonium nitrate. The presence of copper represents the single biggest hazard with respect to the accidental detonation of ammonium nitrate during a fire.

Steel and wood can be protected with special coatings such as sodium silicate, epoxy, or polyvinyl chloride.

‌Asphalt and similar hydrocarbon-based roof coverings should not be used. Stored ammonium nitrate may become sensitized during a fire if such roof coverings melt and leak into the interior of the building, causing burning droplets to fall on the stored product.

A-3.4.1.1.(1) Type of Exit Facility. The requirements for exits in Section 3.4. were developed for new construction. If alterations are made to an existing building or changes of occupancy occur, other design solutions than those in Section 3.4. may have to be developed to maintain an acceptable level of safety if it is not practicable to fully conform to the requirements of this Section. In some cases the use of fire escapes to supplement the existing exit facilities may be the only practicable solution. Because of the variety of conditions that may be encountered in existing buildings, it is difficult to standardize or codify such requirements.

Alternative means of providing acceptable levels of safety may have to be tailored to the particular building design. In all cases, however, the requirements described in Section 3.4. are intended to provide the level

‌of safety to be achieved. If alternative measures are used, they should develop the level of safety implied in these requirements.

‌A-3.4.1.6.(2) Sleeping Area. Areas serving patients' sleeping rooms include sleeping areas and areas where patients are taken for treatment.

A-3.4.2.3.(1) Least Distance Between Exits. The least distance measurement does not apply to each combination of exits on a multi-exit storey. It only applies to at least 2 of the required exits from that storey.

A-3.4.3.2.(6) Evacuation of Interconnected Floor Space. This Sentence ensures that egress facilities allow for the simultaneous evacuation of all portions of an interconnected floor space. It does not contemplate the phased evacuation of occupants; thus in buildings where that type of evacuation is intended, fire protection requirements in addition to those prescribed in the Code may be necessary.

In the first instance, this Sentence provides for cumulative exiting that can accommodate the efficient movement of all occupants in the exit stairs. Clause 3.4.3.2.(6)(a) permits an alternative approach that will accommodate all the occupants in the stairs but will restrict the egress flow rate. Clause 3.4.3.2.(6)(b) provides a second alternative that assumes the occupants must queue before entering the stair. A “protected floor space” conforming to Article 3.2.8.5. is intended to provide an intermediate area of safety that is protected from the

Division B A-3.4.5.1.(2)(c)

hazards of the interconnected floor space. It does not provide a holding or refuge area for all occupants of a floor area for an extended period of time.

To ensure that evacuation is not unduly delayed and that queuing of the occupants in the protected floor space can be accommodated, requires careful consideration in the design of the interface between the interconnected floor space/protected floor space/exit.

It is not appropriate, for example, to share a common vestibule in complying with Sentences 3.2.8.4.(1)

and 3.2.8.5.(1). Under evacuation conditions, occupants entering the vestibule would flow towards the exit, as opposed to the protected floor space, thus resulting in queuing outside the vestibule and potential exposure to fire. To comply with the intent, it is necessary to design the egress path such that the occupants enter the protected floor space through a vestibule, then in turn enter the exit stair from the protected floor space. In addition, sufficient space should be provided between the vestibule and the exit to allow for the queuing of occupants in the protected floor space.

‌A-3.4.3.2.(6)(a) Temporary Safety Area. The objective of Clause 3.4.3.2.(6)(a) is to provide an area of temporary safety in the exit stair shafts for the occupants of the interconnected floor space. This requirement is considered to be met if 0.3 m2 per person is provided in the stair shaft between the floor level served and the floor level immediately beneath it.

‌A-3.4.3.4. Clear Height and Width. Clear height is intended to be measured from a line tangent to the nosings extended to the underside of the lowest element above the walking surface, over the clear width of the exit (see Figure A-3.4.3.4.). Examples of low elements above the walking surface include light fixtures or sprinkler heads and piping.

Clear width is intended to be measured from a line tangent to horizontal protrusions such as handrails.

clear width

clear height

EG00691A

‌Figure A-3.4.3.4.

Measuring clear height

‌A-3.4.4.2.(2)(e) Requirements for Lobby. If an exit is permitted to lead through a lobby, the lobby must provide a level of protection approaching that of the exit. As well as meeting the width and height requirements for exits, the lobby must be separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating at least equal to that required for the exit, unless one of the exceptions in this Clause is applied.

A-3.4.5.1.(2)(c) Graphical Symbols for Exit Signs. ISO 7010, “Graphical symbols – Safety colours and safety signs – Registered safety signs,” identifies the following internationally recognized symbols for use at required exits.

A-3.4.5.1.(4) Division B

GG00175A

Figure A-3.4.5.1.(2)(c)-A

“Emergency exit left” (E001) symbol from ISO 7010

GG00174A

‌Figure A-3.4.5.1.(2)(c)-B

90-degree directional arrow (E005) from ISO 7010

‌A-3.4.5.1.(4) Externally Illuminated Signs. An external lighting source is required to properly charge photoluminescent signs. These types of signs must be lit in conformance with the charging requirements indicated on the exit signs in accordance with CAN/ULC-S572, “Standard for Photoluminescent and

Self-Luminous Exit Signs and Path Marking Systems.”

‌A-3.4.6. Application to Means of Egress. The requirements in Subsection 3.4.6. apply to interior and exterior exits, as well as to ramps, stairways and passageways used by the public as access to exit. The treads, risers, landings, handrails and guards for the latter access to exit facilities must thus be provided in conformance with the appropriate requirements for exit facilities.

‌A-3.4.6.4. Dimensions of Landings. A landing is a floor area provided at the top or bottom of a flight of stairs or a ramp, or a platform built as part of a stairway or ramp. Landings provide a safe surface for users to rest upon, allow design flexibility, and facilitate a change in direction.

Figure A-3.4.6.4. illustrates how to measure the length of a landing for various landing configurations turning less than 90°, including straight landings.

Division B A-3.4.6.4.

430 mm

required width = 860 mm L1 + L2 ≥ 860 mm

D = 430 mm

required width = 900 mm L1 + L2 ≥ 900 mm

D = 450 mm

450 mm

900 mm

860 mm

Stairs within dwelling units

Public stairs

550 mm

1 100 mm

2 000 mm

required width = 1 100 mm

L1 + L2 ≥ 1 100 mm D = 550 mm

required width = 2 000 mm

L1 + L2 ≥ 1 100 mm D = 550 mm

Exit ramp

(not part of a barrier-free path of travel)

Wide stairs

EG01397A

Figure A-3.4.6.4. Landing configurations Notes to Figure A-3.4.6.4.: (1)

L1 + L2 = length of the landing

= the lesser of the required width of the stair or ramp, or 1 100 mm See Sentences 3.4.6.4.(2) and 9.8.6.3.(2).

(2)

D = distance from the narrow edge where the length of the landing is measured

= half the required length of the landing See Sentences 3.4.6.4.(3) and 9.8.6.3.(3).

‌A-3.4.6.5.(4) Division B

‌A-3.4.6.5.(4) Wider Stairs than Required. The intent of Sentence 3.4.6.5.(4) is that handrails be installed in relation to the required exit width only, regardless of the actual width of the stair and ramp. The required handrails are provided along the assumed natural path of travel to and from the building.‌

A-3.4.6.5.(11) Termination of Handrails. Handrails should terminate at the wall, floor or post so as not to constitute a hazard to persons.

‌A-3.4.6.10.(5) Door Swing. Although it is required that the door on the right hand side of a pair of doors shall swing in the direction of travel through the exit, the direction of swing of the door on the left side will depend on the function of the horizontal exit. If the horizontal exit provides for movement from one building to the adjacent building but does not require movement in the reverse direction, both doors must swing in the direction of travel to the adjacent building. If the design is based upon both buildings providing complementary movement in either direction, then the doors must swing in opposite directions. Location of a required exit sign directly above a door that swings in the direction of travel is deemed to meet the intent of Clause 3.4.6.10.(5)(b).

A-3.4.6.11.(4) Exit Concealment. Hangings or draperies placed over exit doors may conceal or obscure them.

Exit Doors Concealed with Murals

Some people with cognitive disabilities such as dementia are at risk of wandering away from the residence or healthcare facility in which they are being treated. To reduce this risk, some residences and healthcare facilities install special hardware on egress and exit doors that can only be operated by designated persons. This solution keeps residents/patients from wandering, but the doors can still trigger anxiety in residents/patients who may nevertheless try to leave the space through them, without success.

Recent studies have shown that applying murals (of a landscape, for example) on exit and egress doors in these environments can help reduce anxiety in people with cognitive disabilities who tend to view them as a pleasant natural barrier rather than as a means of escape.

‌Where this approach is implemented and the doors are not reasonably discernible, an alternative means of egress from the space should be provided. It is expected that the designers and authorities having jurisdiction will use judgement in determining whether or not an alternative means of egress is required. Where this approach is implemented, the murals should be applied with care so that they do not conceal or impair the operation of any fire and life safety systems installed nearby, including, but not limited to, exit signage, emergency lighting, fire alarm devices, sprinklers or door hardware. Egress and exit doors with murals should be reasonably discernible to residential care or healthcare staff who will be required to assist residents/patients in the event that the space must be evacuated, and to visitors who will be expected to evacuate on their own.

‌A-3.4.6.16.(1) Fastening Device. Turnpieces of a type which must be rotated through an angle of more than 90° before releasing a locking bolt are not considered to be readily openable. The release of a locking bolt should allow the door to open without having to operate other devices on the door.

‌A-3.4.6.16.(5) Electromagnetic Lock. Electromagnetic locks are intended for use where there is a need for security additional to that provided by traditional exit hardware. They are not intended for indiscriminate use as alternative locking devices. The design of these devices requires evaluation to ensure that their operation will be fail-safe in allowing exiting in the event of foreseeable emergencies. If more than one locking device is used in a building, it is expected that one switch will release and reset all devices simultaneously.

‌A-3.4.6.16.(6) Electromagnetic Locks in Care and Treatment Occupancies. The installation of electromagnetic locks in care and treatment occupancies requires special provisions to address the compromised condition of residents and the nature of daily operations. Accordingly, to reduce the incidence of false operation by residents, transparent boxes that set off an audible signal when opened can be installed to cover the manual stations. Also, one optional additional release device (e.g. swipe card device, key pad) can be installed to facilitate the free movement of staff and visitors in the building.

A-3.4.6.17.(1) Special Security for Doors. The need for security in banks and in mercantile occupancies requires the ability to use positive locking devices on doors that may not readily be opened from inside the building. In a fully sprinklered building, the risk to persons inside the building is substantially reduced. The provisions of Sentences 3.4.6.17.(2) to (9) assume that the area is illuminated and that a means of communication is available to any occupant during times that the doors are locked.

‌Division B A-3.6.5.6.(2)

‌A-3.5.2.1.(1) Elevator Design. The reference to ASME A17.1/CSA B44, “Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators,” in this Sentence implies conformance with all requirements of that standard for elevator cars, hoistways, pits and machine rooms, including restrictions on other services in these areas and detailed design criteria.

‌A-3.5.4.1.(1) Elevator Car Dimensions. In some circumstances it is necessary to maintain a patient on a stretcher in the prone position during transit to a hospital or to treatment facilities. Inclining the stretcher to load it into an elevator could be fatal or at the very least detrimental to the patient's health. Many ambulance services use a mobile patient stretcher whose size is 2 010 mm long and 610 mm wide. As well as space for the stretcher in the elevator, there should be sufficient additional space for at least two attendants who may also be providing treatment during transit.

‌A-3.6.2.5.(1) Storage of Combustible Refuse and Recycling. Storage of refuse consisting of combustible materials including waste paper, cardboard and plastic, and noncombustible materials such as

glass and metallic containers can be accumulated in these rooms for the purpose of recycling. The storage of hazardous materials destined for recycling may need to satisfy other requirements than those stated

in Sentence 3.6.2.5.(1).

‌A-3.6.2.7.(5) Explosion Relief. Examples of good engineering practice for this application can be found in NFPA 68, “Standard on Explosion Protection by Deflagration Venting,” NFPA 69, “Standard on Explosion Prevention Systems,” and the NFPA “Fire Protection Handbook.”

A-3.6.3.1.(1) Vertical Service Spaces. Sentence 3.6.3.1.(1) does not prohibit the internal subdivision of a vertical service space to allow different building services to be installed in physically separated spaces unless other requirements apply (see, for example, Sentences 3.2.7.10.(2) and (3)). Fire separation requirements apply to the perimeter of the group of service spaces. Article 3.6.3.3. has special requirements for linen chutes and refuse chutes.

A-3.6.3.5. Grease Duct Enclosures. NFPA 96, “Standard for Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations,” presents two options for enclosing grease ducts for commercial cooking equipment: the first option is to use continuous fire-rated building component assemblies to enclose the ducts and the second one consists of installing proprietary, fire-rated, field-applied or factory-built grease duct assemblies in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. These types of enclosure assemblies are evaluated for their resistance to fire and their ability to protect adjacent combustibles through reduced clearances. Although NFPA 96 references other standards that deal with grease duct assemblies, Sentence 3.6.3.5.(2) requires that CAN/ULC-S144, “Standard Method of Fire Resistance Test – Grease Duct Assemblies,” be used to determine the fire-resistance rating of factory-built and field-applied grease duct assemblies.

‌A-3.6.4.2.(2) Ceiling Membrane Rating. In construction assemblies that utilize membrane ceiling protection and have been assigned a fire-resistance rating on the basis of a fire test, the membrane is only one of the elements that contribute to the performance of the assembly and does not in itself provide the protection implied by the rating. For the fire-resistance rating of membrane materials used in this form of construction, reference should be made to the results of fire tests which have been conducted to specifically evaluate the performance of this element.

A-3.6.5.6.(2) Clearance for Warm-Air Supply Ducts. Applicable to forced-air furnaces where permissible clearance C above plenum is 75 mm or less.

12 mm min.

plenum

supply duct 450 mm min.

EG01206A

Figure A-3.6.5.6.(2)

Clearance for warm-air supply ducts

‌A-3.6.5.6.(3) Division B

A-3.6.5.6.(3) Clearance for Warm-Air Supply Ducts. Applicable to forced-air furnaces where permissible clearance C above plenum is more than 75 mm but not more than 150 mm.

12 mm min.

plenum

1 800 mm min.

supply duct

EG01207A

‌Figure A-3.6.5.6.(3)

Clearance for warm-air supply ducts

A-3.6.5.6.(4) Clearance for Warm-Air Supply Ducts. Applicable to forced-air furnaces where permissible clearance C above plenum is more than 150 mm.

25 mm min.

150 mm min.

plenum

supply duct

1 000 mm

min.

1 800 mm min.

EG01208A

‌Figure A-3.6.5.6.(4)

Clearance for warm-air supply ducts

‌A-3.7.2.1.(2) Washroom Units in Industrial Occupancies. Substations and parking garages are examples of industrial occupancies where staff presence may be permanent or may be intermittent. In the case of parking garages, the presence of occupants other than staff is transitory.

A-3.7.2.2.(1) Water Closets. Sentence 3.7.2.2.(1) assumes that there will be a sufficient number of persons in the building to justify the provision of separate water closet facilities for both males and females. In some circumstances overall low occupant loads would not require more than one water closet for males and one water closet for females and yet the building has more than one storey. It is deemed that rooms each containing a single water closet available for both males and females would satisfy the intent of the Code. The total number of water closets must be adequate for the total number of occupants. Requirements for barrier free accessibility also need to be considered. If the entrance storey is accessible and the upper storeys are not required to be accessible, a room in the accessible storey must meet the requirements of Section 3.8. and can serve both males and females. If provided, a nonaccessible room, designed to serve both males and females, in

each nonaccessible upper storey would be acceptable. Sentence 3.7.2.2.(2) permits a single water closet to serve both males and females if the total occupant load is low.

A-3.8. Barrier-Free Design Principles. This Section contains minimum requirements for the design of buildings that accommodate people with diverse abilities, across their lifespan, including, but not limited to, people who use wheelchairs or other assistive mobility devices (e.g., walking aids, canes, crutches, braces, prosthetics), people with personal care providers, people with hearing or vision loss, and people with service animals, so they can access and use buildings.

Examples of basic accessibility requirements of the Code are as follows:

a clear floor space of at least 800 mm by 1 350 mm,
a 1 000 mm clear width allowing a 90° turn,
a 2 100 mm diameter clear floor space allowing a 180° turn in one motion, and
a 1 700 mm diameter clear floor space allowing a 180° turn in multiple motions.

‌Division B A-3.8.2.3.(2)(g)

A-3.8.2.1. Accessibility. Industrial buildings often pose a greater risk to their occupants due to the presence of significant quantities of dangerous materials or the use of hazardous processes. For example, plants which are classified as Group F, Division 2 or 3, may store and use toxic or highly flammable substances

in significant quantities, or house processes which involve very high temperatures and which have a high degree of automation. In some facilities, particularly in primary industries such as forestry and metallurgy, the construction normally used and the operations carried out within the space can make compliance with the requirements of Section 3.8. impracticable. It is therefore intended that these requirements be applied with discretion in buildings of Group F, Division 2 or 3 major occupancy. However, where industrial buildings contain subsidiary occupancies, such as offices or showrooms, it is reasonable to require that accessibility be provided in these spaces.

A-3.8.2.2. Entrances. An accessible route should exist from the sidewalk or roadway and parking area

‌to an accessible building entrance. This route should be located so that people do not have to pass behind parked cars.

Article 3.8.2.2. applies to all entrances, including public and employee entrances, that provide access to a barrier-free storey. Doors that open onto exterior facilities that are only accessible from inside the building (e.g., hotel pools) are not considered entrances in the context of Article 3.8.2.2.

A-3.8.2.3. Access to Rooms and Facilities. If barrier-free access is required into suites or rooms in Subsection 3.8.2., it is intended that access be provided, with some exceptions identified in Sentence 3.8.2.3.(2), throughout each room or suite. Some examples of where barrier-free access is required are as follows:

within each suite (subject to Clauses 3.8.2.3.(2)(k) and (l)),
within rooms or areas that serve the public or are designated for use by visitors, including areas in assembly occupancies with fixed seats, display areas and merchandising departments,
within rooms or areas for student use in assembly occupancies,
within general work areas, including office areas,
within general use or general service areas, including shared laundry areas in residential occupancies, recreational areas, cafeterias, lounge rooms, lunch rooms and infirmaries,
within sleeping rooms in hospitals and nursing homes with treatment,
(if installed), into at least one passenger elevator or elevating device conforming to Articles 3.5.2.1. and 3.8.3.7.,
into washrooms described in Sentences 3.8.2.8.(1) to (4),
to any facility required by this Section to be designed to accommodate persons with physical disabilities,
onto every balcony provided in conformance with Clause 3.3.1.7.(1)(c), and
to service counters used by the general public (examples include ticket counters, refreshment stands, drinking fountains, cafeteria counters, checkout counters and bank service counters).

The permission to waive a barrier-free path of travel for wheelchair access to certain specified areas of a building is not intended to waive accessibility requirements for persons whose physical disabilities do not require special provision for access to raised or sunken levels. Persons with visual or hearing disabilities that do not require the use of a wheelchair can be expected to move throughout a building.

Seating booths and banquettes in restaurants and bars are considered furniture, which is beyond the scope of the Code. However, various types of seating should be considered to ensure the availability of barrier-free options.

‌The concept of wheelchair accessibility does not extend to building service facilities, nor to all floor levels within a storey, e.g., mezzanines not served by an elevator. Mezzanines that are accessible by an elevator are therefore not excluded.

A-3.8.2.3.(2)(g) Access to Facilities on a Floor Level other than the Entrance Level. Subclauses 3.8.2.3.(2)(g)(ii) to (iv) are intended to exempt certain storeys other than the entrance

level—including basements and mezzanines that are less than 600 m2 in floor area or 100 m2 or less in floor area in assembly occupancies, that are self-contained, or that contain the same facilities as the entrance level— from the requirement to have a barrier-free path of travel. Examples of buildings and spaces to which this exemption may apply are small office buildings with additional workspaces on the second storey and small restaurants with a second storey that contains only additional seating. However, if a restaurant's only washrooms are in the basement, they must have a barrier-free path of travel as they are an integral part of the principal function

of the first storey. Similarly, staff lunchrooms and washrooms are also integral to the principal function of a restaurant; as such, if they are located in a floor area such as a second storey, basement or mezzanine that contains essential facilities as described in Subclause 3.8.2.3.(2)(g)(iii), they must have a barrier-free path

of travel for potential employees with disabilities.

A-3.8.2.3.(4) Division B

Where a building contains more than one floor level, other than the entrance level, each floor level should be considered individually when determining the floor area for the purposes of Subclauses 3.8.2.3.(2)(g)(ii) and (iv). Mezzanines should be considered as a floor level other than the entrance level.

A-3.8.2.3.(4) Waiting Areas with Fixed Seats. Many types of buildings have waiting areas, such as airports, hospitals, and government office buildings. Waiting areas should have a sufficient number of spaces designated for persons using wheelchairs so they can use the waiting area without blocking any means of egress.

The number of people using wheelchairs is typically much higher in treatment occupancies than in other types of occupancies. Designers should consider adding more designated wheelchair spaces in waiting areas than the numbers indicated in Table 3.8.2.3. in occupancies where a higher number of persons using wheelchairs

is expected due to the types of services provided.

accessible path of travel

stage

fixed seat

designated wheelchair space

adaptable seat not on accessible path of travel

adaptable seat on accessible path of travel

mobility aid storage space

EG02803A

A-3.8.2.3.(5) and (6) and 3.8.3.22.(1) and (4) Distribution of Adaptable Seats, Designated Wheelchair Spaces, and Mobility Aid Storage Spaces in Assembly Occupancies.

Figure A-3.8.2.3.(5) and (6) and 3.8.3.22.(1) and (4)

Example of distribution of adaptable seats, designated wheelchair spaces, and mobility aid storage spaces in an auditorium

‌Division B A-3.8.2.5.

‌A-3.8.2.4.(1) Access to Storeys Served by Escalators and Moving Walks. In some buildings, escalators and inclined moving walks are installed to provide transportation from one floor level to another floor level so as to increase the capacity to move large numbers of persons. Some buildings located on a sloping site are accessible from street level on more than one storey and an escalator or inclined moving walk is provided for internal movement from floor to floor. In both these situations, people must be provided

with an equally convenient means of moving between the same floor levels within the building. This may be accomplished by providing elevators, platform-equipped passenger-elevating devices, or ramps, for example.

A-3.8.2.5. Parking Areas. In localities where local regulations or bylaws do not govern the provision of or dimensions of barrier-free parking spaces, the following provides guidance to determine appropriate provisions. If more than 50 parking spaces are provided, parking spaces for use by persons with physical disabilities should be provided in the ratio of one for every 100 parking spaces or part thereof. Parking spaces for use by persons with physical disabilities should

be not less than 2 400 mm wide and provided on one side with an access aisle not less than 1 500 mm wide,
have a firm, slip-resistant and level surface,
be located close to an entrance required to conform to Article 3.8.2.2.,
be clearly marked as being for the use of persons with physical disabilities, and
be identified by a sign located not less than 1 500 mm above ground level, with the International Symbol of Access and the words “Permit Required” (Figure A-3.8.2.5.-A).

PERMIT REQUIRED

EG01209A

‌Figure A-3.8.2.5.-A

3900

2400

“Permit Required” sign

GG00048C

2400

1500

Figure A-3.8.2.5.-B

Shared access aisle

Asphalt, concrete and gravel are acceptable parking surfaces. Curb ramps should be not less than 920 mm wide. Parallel parking spaces should be not less than 7 000 mm long. If more than one parking space is provided for

A-3.8.2.5.(1) and (2) Division B

persons with physical disabilities, a single access aisle can serve two adjacent parking spaces. The arrangement shown in Figure A-3.8.2.5.-B allows the shared use of an access aisle to serve two adjacent parking spaces provided for use by persons with physical disabilities.

‌A-3.8.2.5.(1) and (2) Exterior Barrier-Free Paths of Travel. The intent of Sentences 3.8.2.5.(1) and (2) is to ensure that exterior barrier-free paths of travel are readily available so that persons of all abilities can move to and from a building with minimal effort and in a manner that minimizes the total distance required to be travelled.

A-3.8.2.6.(1) Application to Security Access Systems. Sentence 3.8.2.6.(1) is not intended to reduce the functionality of security devices that limit access to secure areas and are addressed by other Sections of the NBC.

‌A-3.8.2.7.(1)(b) Power Door Operators for Interior Doors. It is not intended that all doors located in a barrier-free path of travel be equipped with a power door operator, but rather those that are located within public areas of the building, such as public corridors or corridors used by the public. Doors of suites served bya public area do not need to be equipped with a power door operator.

‌A-3.8.2.7.(3) Barrier-Free Entrances with Multiple Doorways. In selecting which doorway to equip with a power door operator as required by Sentence 3.8.2.7.(3), consideration should be given to the location of barrier-free paths of travel, to the ease of access, and to minimizing congestion.

A-3.8.2.8.(1) to (4) Accessible and Universal Washrooms. A universal washroom is an accessible space providing privacy for one person and their care attendant(s), regardless of their gender. It is intended that a universal washroom be available in close proximity to each bank of washrooms in a floor area. In

the case where only one water closet is provided, a universal washroom would satisfy the requirement of Sentence 3.8.2.8.(1).

men’s

washroom

women’s washroom

universal washroom

accessible stall

universal washroom

women’s washroom

men’s washroom

universal washroom

EG02802A

Figure A-3.8.2.8.(1) to (4) presents examples of washroom floor plan combinations that include men's, women's, accessible and universal washrooms.

Figure A-3.8.2.8.(1) to (4)

Washroom floor plan options that include accessible and universal washrooms

‌Division B A-3.8.3.2.(2)

A-3.8.2.8.(13) Universal Dressing and Shower Rooms. A universal dressing and shower room is a barrier-free space that contains a shower and a space for dressing for one person and their care attendant(s) and provides privacy, regardless of gender.

‌It is intended that a universal dressing and shower room be available within close proximity to each bank of showers in a floor area. In cases where only one shower is provided, a universal dressing and shower room would satisfy the requirement.

A-3.8.2.8.(15) Accessible Change Spaces. The intent of Sentence 3.8.2.8.(15) is to ensure that in large major occupancies, such as large shopping malls, public pools and libraries, occupants who may need assistance with personal hygiene will have access to an accessible change space that can be found in a consistent location.

‌Universal washrooms containing an accessible change space should be located so that they are available to the public when the large major occupancy is occupied. A suitable location could be in the lobby of a

building housing the large major occupancy that remains open during that major occupancy's business hours, for example.

‌A-3.8.2.9.(2) Assistive Listening Systems and Adaptive Technologies. The intent of Sentence 3.8.2.9.(2) is to require that at least one counter with an assistive listening system or adaptive technology be provided at each group of service counters providing the same exchange of information, goods or services. For example, in a stadium with ticket counters at multiple building entrances, at least one ticket counter at each entrance should be equipped with an assistive listening system or adaptive technology.

A-3.8.2.10.(4) Directional Signage. The NBC requires that directional signs be provided in a number of situations. Although they are only required to provide visual information, tactile directional signs should also be provided where practicable.

In some buildings, it may be necessary to supplement signs that provide visual and tactile information with visual displays, such as information displays and electronic interactive displays (e.g., wayfinding, exhibits and self-serve points-of-sale). Visual displays are common in motion picture theatres, law courts, exhibition halls, passenger stations/depots, museums, conference facilities, shops, stores and markets.

‌Wherever practicable, visual displays should be designed so that they are accessible to all people. In order to be accessible to people with low vision, visually displayed information should also be audibly communicated, either electronically or orally. Where touch screens are installed, an alternative means of accessing the information should be provided, for example by providing tactile buttons on an interactive display or by ensuring an attendant is always available to assist customers or visitors. Visual displays should also be accessible to people who use mobility devices. The degree of operability should accommodate people using a wide range of mobility devices (e.g., wheelchairs, scooters, walkers, canes) and people with a wide range of arm and hand mobility. Approach side, mounting height above the finished floor, amount of knee space, types of controls and the ability to reach them are particularly important considerations.

‌A-3.8.2.11.(1) Counters with Work Surfaces. It is not intended that all counters be barrier-free, but that sufficient barrier-free counter space be available. Examples of counters that should be barrier-free include check-in counters and those in financial institutions and reception areas as well as any counter at which processing and signing of documents takes place. The provision is not intended to apply to work surfaces in industrial occupancies.

‌A-3.8.3.1.(1) Barrier-free Design Standards. Code users who opt to apply the provisions of CSA B651, “Accessible design for the built environment,” listed in Table 3.8.3.1. must do so without exception: they cannot randomly select and apply a mix of provisions from the NBC and that standard.

A-3.8.3.2.(2) Reduction in Clear Width of Barrier-Free Path of Travel. Figure A-3.8.3.2.(2) presents schematic examples of barrier-free paths of travel with a section whose clear width is reduced as permitted by Sentence 3.8.3.2.(2).

≥ 850 mm

≤ 600 mm ≥ 850 mm

≤ 600 mm

≥ 1 000 mm

clear floor space

EG02101A

≥ 1 500 mm

A-3.8.3.2.(3) Division B

‌Figure A-3.8.3.2.(2)

Barrier-free paths of travel with a reduced clear-width section

A-3.8.3.2.(3) Surfaces in a Barrier-free Path of Travel. Floor finishes, including walk-off matts and carpet, should be selected, installed and securely fixed to provide a firm and stable surface so that people, including those who use mobility aids, can easily travel over them without tripping or expending undue energy. Other than very high-density, short-pile carpeting, most carpeting does not meet these criteria.

‌Furthermore, where the path of travel is exposed to intense light conditions, such as daylight or directional lighting, a low-glare or matte floor surface should be selected, as glare from floor surfaces can influence all

users' perception, particularly those with vision loss. For the same reasons, heavily patterned flooring should also be avoided.

A-3.8.3.2.(6) Wheelchair-Turning Space. Sentence 3.8.3.2.(6) presents three options for the design of clear floor spaces at the end of long narrow sections of barrier-free paths of travel to allow persons using a wheelchair to turn around instead of having to back up.

≥ 1 700 mm

≥ 300 mm

≥ 1 000 mm

EG02800A

≥ 1 500 mm

≥ 1 000 mm

Figure A-3.8.3.2.(6) illustrates one possible configuration of a T-shaped wheelchair-turning space.

≥ 500 mm

Figure A-3.8.3.2.(6)

T-shaped wheelchair-turning space

‌Division B A-3.8.3.6.(2)

‌A-3.8.3.5.(1)(b) Ramp Slopes. Ramps with a slope of more than 1 in 16 can be very difficult for persons with physical disabilities with upper body mobility to manage. Even though they pose less of a problem for persons in motorized wheelchairs, these ramps can be unsafe to descend, especially in cold climates. Although Article 3.8.3.5. permits slopes on ramps as great as 1 in 12 for distances of up to 9 m, slopes of 1 in 20 are safer and less strenuous. When limited space is available, as may be the case during renovations, ramps with a slope of up to 1 in 12 should be restricted to lengths not exceeding 3 m whenever possible. A strip contrasting in colour and texture should be used at the top and bottom of ramps to warn persons with low or no vision.

The phrase “uniform slope along its length” is intended to mean that the slope remains constant along the length of individual ramp segments.

1 700 mm min.

600 mm min.

1 700 mm min.

A-3.8.3.5.(1)(c) Landing Design at Doorways Leading to Ramps.

1 700 mm min.

300 mm min.

ramp

1 700 mm min.

ramp

EG01211A

‌Figure A-3.8.3.5.(1)(c)

Landing design at doorways leading to ramps

A-3.8.3.5.(4)(a) Surface of Ramps. Sentence 3.8.3.2.(3) requires that all walking surfaces in a barrier-free path of travel be stable and firm to limit the effort required by persons using wheelchairs or other mobility aids. Therefore, Sentence 3.8.3.5.(4) requires that hard or resilient flooring be used on the surfaces of steeper ramps. Furthermore, carpet and like materials should not be installed on any ramp.

A-3.8.3.6.(2) Doorway Width. Standard wheelchair width specifications indicate a range of sizes from 584 mm overall to 685 mm overall. Every doorway that is located in a barrier-free path of travel must have a

clear width of not less than 850 mm when the door is in the open position and therefore it is important that this dimension be measured correctly. Figure A-3.8.3.6.(2) shows a door opened to 90°. It is clear that the door,

‌and to a lesser extent the stop, impinges on the space within the door frame. The clear width of not less than 850 mm is measured from the face of the door to the outside edge of the stop on the door frame. It is not sufficient just to measure the inside width of the door frame. Other factors should be taken into account, including the location of door stops other than on the door frame, and the installation of door closers and exit devices, even if they do not span the width of the entire door. The intrusion of a door handle into the space is of lesser importance. It is recognized that there are many types of door frames and door mounts, but the overall objective is to maintain a clear width of not less than 850 mm.

The diagram depicts a somewhat restrictive scenario, as many doors can open wider than 90° to ensure the minimum clear width of 850 mm that is required.

exit device

A-3.8.3.6.(3) Division B

stop

Clear width with exit device

Clear width with no exit device

EG01210A

600 mm minimum

300 mm minimum

‌Figure A-3.8.3.6.(2)

Clear doorway width

900 mm

A-3.8.3.6.(3) Washrooms in Residential Occupancies. This requirement ensures that the doorway to the washroom in a dwelling unit or a hotel or motel suite is at least large enough to accommodate someone using a wheelchair. The Code does not require these washrooms to be barrier-free, in order to avoid a set of prescriptive requirements which could limit design flexibility. It is relatively simple to make washrooms accessible through careful planning and positioning of fixtures and this can be achieved in an area not much larger than that of conventional washrooms.

900 mm

GG00051A

900 mm

‌Figure A-3.8.3.6.(3)

Residential washrooms

A-3.8.3.6.(4) Lever Handles. Lever handles are usable by most people and will meet the intent of this requirement. Lever handles with an end return towards the door are less prone to catch the clothing of someone passing through the doorway.

‌Division B A-3.8.3.6.(14) to (16)

‌A-3.8.3.6.(6) and (7) Doors with Power Operators. Doors equipped with a power operator actuated by a pressure plate identified with the International Symbol of Access or, where security is required, by a key, card or radio transmitter, and that can otherwise be opened manually, meet the intent of the requirement. The location of these actuating devices should ensure that a wheelchair will not interfere with the operation of the door once it is actuated. Swinging doors equipped with power operators which are actuated automatically and open into passing pedestrian traffic should be provided with a guard or other device designed to prevent pedestrians from stepping in the swing area of the door. These guards or devices should be detectable by blind persons. For example, inverted U-shaped guards should have an additional rail at a height not more than

680 mm so that it is detectable by the long cane. These doors should also have a device (mat or other sensor) on the swing side to prevent the door from opening if someone is standing in the swing area.

‌A-3.8.3.6.(9) Air Pressure Differences. Differences in air pressure on opposite sides of a door may be due to the operation of mechanical systems such as those associated with smoke control. So-called “stack action” in buildings in winter can also cause differential pressures due to the buoyancy of warm air. Stack action is usually most noticeable between stairwells and the remainder of the building, and at the entrances to buildings; the taller the building, the greater the effect. Doors with automatic closers have to operate with sufficient opening force to allow the return action to overcome the differential pressure.

‌A-3.8.3.6.(10) Delayed Action on Door Closers. In some circumstances, closers with a delay feature which keeps the door open for several seconds before it begins to close might be desirable. However, closers with this feature have limited back-check, a feature of a normal door closer where resistance to opening increases as the door reaches the full arc of swing. Doors equipped with a delayed action closer are therefore more susceptible to damage should the door be opened with too much force or should someone try to force

it closed, thinking the closer has failed to operate. Delayed action closers are not recommended for such occupancies as schools.

‌A-3.8.3.6.(11) Clearance at Doorways. Sufficient clearance must be provided on the latch side of doors for a user to operate the door-opening mechanism and open the door without interference from the wheelchair. This is particularly important for a door swinging towards the approach side. See Figure A-3.8.3.6.(11).

600 mm

300 mm

GG00052A

‌Figure A-3.8.3.6.(11)

Doorway clearance

A-3.8.3.6.(14) to (16) Minimum Clear Floor Space at Doors in a Barrier-Free Path of Travel. Figure A-3.8.3.6.(14) to (16) presents schematic examples of the minimum clear floor space required at doors in a barrier-free path of travel.

Without a Power Door Operator

With a Power Door Operator

≥

≥ 1 000 mm

≥ 1 500 mm

≥ 1 000 mm

≥

≥ 1 000 mm

≥ 1 200 mm

≥ 1 000 mm

clear floor space

EG02804A

1 700 mm

Outward Swinging Door

Inward Swinging Door

≥ 1 500 mm

≥ 1 700 mm

≥ 1 500 mm

A-3.8.3.6.(17) Division B

Sliding Door

≥ 1 500 mm

‌Figure A-3.8.3.6.(14) to (16)

Minimum clear floor space required at doors in a barrier-free path of travel

‌A-3.8.3.6.(17) Public Area. In the context of Sentence 3.8.3.6.(17), “public area” is intended to refer to a suite, room or area that is generally open to building occupants, such as a cafeteria, lounge room, washroom or office, but is not intended to include a space such as a janitor's room, service space or service room.

A-3.8.3.8.(1)(c) Controls with Feedback Signals. Security access systems are a typical example of systems that have controls that provide feedback signals, such as illumination and an audible cue, which should be accessible to all users.

‌Division B A-3.8.3.9.(3)

300 mm maximum

tactile sign

300 mm maximum

tactile and visual sign

1 500 mm

300 mm maximum

tactile sign

1 500 mm

EG02801A

visual sign

A-3.8.3.9.(1) and (2) Visual and Tactile Information Signs.

‌Figure A-3.8.3.9.(1) and (2)

Positioning of visual and tactile information signs on and near doors

‌A-3.8.3.9.(3) Accessibility Signs. The International Symbol of Access shown in Figure A-3.8.3.9.(3)-A indicates to persons with physical disabilities that they will have reasonable freedom of movement within a building so signed. The symbol is usually white on a blue background; where these colours do not stand out, the sign can be set on a white background. An arrow can be added to indicate direction or the location of

an accessible space or facility.

GG00049B

Figure A-3.8.3.9.(3)-A

Signs indicating accessible facilities

A-3.8.3.11.(2)(b) and (d) Division B

The International Symbol of Access for Hearing Loss shown in Figure A-3.8.3.9.(3)-B, which indicates accessibility for persons with hearing loss, should be used to indicate the availability of variable volume controls on telephones, assistive listening systems, and text telephones (TT). These latter devices may also be referred to as teletypewriters (TTY) or telecommunications devices for the deaf (TDD).

GG00050A

‌Figure A-3.8.3.9.(3)-B

Signs for assistive listening facilities

operating height 1 200 mm max.

clear floor space

800 mm

1 350 mm

EG02812A

A-3.8.3.11.(2)(b) and (d) Water-Bottle Filling Stations.

‌Figure A-3.8.3.11.(2)(b) and (d)

Clear floor space and operating height requirements for water-bottle filling stations

‌A-3.8.3.12.(1)(b) Lateral Transfer Space on Alternate Sides of Water Closet. The lateral transfer space required by Clause 3.8.3.12.(1)(b) should be provided on the right side in one accessible stall or universal washroom and on the left side in another so that users can choose the facility with a transfer space on the side they prefer to use.

A-3.8.3.12.(1)(d)(v) Water-closet Stalls. Doors to water-closet stalls for persons with physical disabilities should swing outward, preferably against a side wall.

1 700 mm min.

clear floor space in front of accessible stall

clear floor space at inward swinging door

1 500 mm min.

900 mm min.

clear lateral transfer space

EG01214C

1 700 mm min.

Division B A-3.8.3.12.(1)(d)(vi)

1 500 mm min.

‌Figure A-3.8.3.12.(1)(d)(v)

Water-closet stalls

A-3.8.3.12.(1)(d)(vi) Door Pulls. The door pull should consist of a D-shaped handle mounted horizontally. The centre lines are the lines drawn through the long axis and the short axis of the handle. The midpoint of the handle must be located horizontally at 200 to 300 mm from the hinged side of the door and vertically at 800 to 1 000 mm above the finished floor surface.

200 to

300 mm

EG01215C

800 to

1 000 mm

Figure A-3.8.3.12.(1)(d)(vi)-A

Door pull location

A-3.8.3.12.(1)(f)(ii) Division B

Midpoint

Min. 140 mm

EG01216A

‌Figure A-3.8.3.12.(1)(d)(vi)-B

Door pull details

‌A-3.8.3.12.(1)(f)(ii) Additional Grab Bars. It is the designer's prerogative to exceed the minimum requirements found in the NBC and specify the installation of additional grab bars in other locations. These additional grab bars may be of different configurations and can be installed in other orientations.

‌A-3.8.3.13. Clear Floor Space in Universal Washrooms. Unobstructed areas in front of the lavatory, in front of the water closet and on one side of the water closet are necessary for maneuverability of a wheelchair. Although outward swinging doors are preferable for accessibility, inward swinging doors are also permitted. Figures A-3.8.3.13.-A and A-3.8.3.13.-B show design options that meet the intent of Article 3.8.3.13.

clear lateral transfer space at least 1 500 mm long and 900 mm wide next to water closet(1)

open space for turning at least 1 700 mm in diameter(2)

clear floor space at least 1 350 mm long and 800 mm wide in front of lavatory(3)

clear floor space at least 1 500 mm long and 1 000 mm wide at

power-operated outward swinging door(4)

Figure A-3.8.3.13.-A

Universal washroom with outward swinging door

Notes to Figure A-3.8.3.13.-A:

See Article 3.8.3.12.
See Article 3.8.3.13.
See Article 3.8.3.16.
See Article 3.8.3.6.
EG02809A
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
Division B A-3.8.3.14.(1)

clear lateral transfer space at least 1 500 mm long and 900 mm wide next to water closet(1)
open space for turning at least 1 700 mm in diameter(2)

clear floor space at least 1 350 mm long and 800 mm wide in front of lavatory(3)
clear floor space at least 1 500 mm long and 1 000 mm wide at
power-operated inward swinging door(4)
Figure A-3.8.3.13.-B
Universal washroom with inward swinging door
‌Notes to Figure A-3.8.3.13.-B:

EG02810A

A-3.8.3.14.(1) Water Closets. Wall- or floor-mounted water closets with recessed bases are preferable because they provide the least amount of obstruction.

‌A-3.8.3.16.(1)(e) Division B

735 mm

A-3.8.3.16.(1)(e) Clearances Beneath a Lavatory.

200 mm

280 mm

430 mm

GG00053B

685 mm

230 mm

‌Figure A-3.8.3.16.(1)(e)

Clearances beneath a lavatory

‌A-3.8.3.16.(1)(f) Pipe Protection. The pipes referred to in Clause 3.8.3.16.(1)(f) include both supply and waste pipes. The hazard can be prevented by insulating the pipes, by locating the pipes in enclosures, or avoided by limiting the temperature of the hot water to a maximum of 45°C.

‌A-3.8.3.16.(1)(g) Soap Dispenser Location. The location of accessories, such as soap dispensers and faucets, serving barrier-free lavatories should be established while taking into consideration that their controls must be usable by and within the direct reach of a person in a seated position directly in front of the accessible lavatory.

A-3.8.3.17.(1)(b) Clear Space at Entrances to Showers. The clear space at the entrance to a shower may be encroached upon by fixtures such as a wall hung sink which does not interfere with the leg rests of the wheelchair. However, this sink could restrict movement for persons who need to make a lateral transfer if it were installed at the seat end of the shower.

Division B A-3.8.3.19.

Sink can infringe on clear space but would make lateral transfer difficult if seat were mounted on same side.

same width as shower

EG01217B

900 mm

‌Figure A-3.8.3.17.(1)(b)

Shower design

‌A-3.8.3.17.(1)(f) Grab Bars. One L-shaped grab bar is required to be installed on the wall next to the seat. A grab bar behind the seat would prevent the user from leaning back against the wall, while one located on the wall opposite the seat cannot be reached from the seated position. The seat itself may be used in conjunction with the bar for transfer. If design flexibility is required, fold away grab bars can be used as an alternative.‌

A-3.8.3.17.(2)(f) Grab Bar at Bench. Where a bench in a universal dressing and shower room is located adjacent to a wall, it is recommended that a grab bar be installed to assist users in transferring to the bench.

A-3.8.3.19. Assistive Listening Systems. Examples of assistive listening systems include FM, infrared and induction loop systems. However, the technology in this field is advancing rapidly; as such, other types of assistive listening systems could be considered in the design of a space. In choosing the most appropriate system, a number of factors must be taken into account including cost, installation and maintenance requirements, suitability for the intended user or audience, ease of operation, and the need for privacy. Information on designers and suppliers of such systems can be obtained from the Canadian Hearing Society. The intent of Article 3.8.3.19. is to provide clear communication where information, goods or services are provided to the public.

Wireless sound transmission systems, including FM, infrared and magnetic induction loop systems, improve sound reception for persons who are hard of hearing by providing amplification that can be adjusted by each user while blocking out unwanted background noise. Some of these systems transmit a signal that is picked up by a special receiver (FM, infrared) available for use by a person who is hard of hearing, whether or not a hearing aid is used. None of the systems interfere with the listening enjoyment of others.

The transmitter can be connected into an existing public address (P.A.) system amplifier or used independently with microphones. The induction loop system (see Figure A-3.8.3.19.-C) requires users with a hearing aid or cochlear implant to be in the area circumscribed by the loop; though installation of the loop is relatively simple, the installer should be knowledgeable about these systems if proper functioning is to be achieved. FM and infrared systems can be designed to broadcast signals that cover the entire room and thus do not restrict seating to any one area. Figures A-3.8.3.19.-A and A-3.8.3.19.-B show the general configuration of FM and infrared systems. Although portable systems (FM systems, in particular) are available, these are best suited to small audiences. Generally, the systems installed in church halls, auditoria, theatres and similar places of assembly are not easily portable, as they are installed in a fixed location by a sound technician and form an integral part of the P.A. system of the room or building.

Hard-wired systems (where a connection is provided at a particular seat in an auditorium, for example) might meet this requirement when adequate provisions are made to accommodate persons with hearing aids.

microphone, tape, television, film, etc.

641

amplifier

speakers

FM receiver

EG01212B

FM transmitter

Normal Sound System

A-3.8.3.19. Division B

FM Broadcast System

‌Figure A-3.8.3.19.-A

microphone, tape, television, film, etc.

641

amplifier

speakers

infrared radiator (one or more)

infrared control transmitter

infrared light waves

infrared receiver

EG01213B

Normal Sound System

FM sound transmission system

Infrared System

‌Figure A-3.8.3.19.-B

Infrared sound transmission system

microphone, tape, television, film, etc.

induction loop amplifier

embedded induction loop wire

hearing aid

embedded induction loop wire

EG02813A

Normal Sound System

Division B A-3.9.2.1.(1)

Induction Loop System

‌Figure A-3.8.3.19.-C

Induction loop sound transmission system

‌A-3.8.3.20.(1)(c) Knee Space at Service Counters. Where forward-facing interaction with a person is required, the knee space requirement of Clause 3.8.3.20.(1)(c) applies to both sides of the service counter to ensure accessibility for both service providers and those receiving services.

‌A-3.8.3.21.(2) Telephone Shelves or Counters. Built-in shelves or counters for public telephones must be designed to accommodate persons using text telephones (TT). These devices may also be referred to as teletypewriters (TTY) or telecommunication devices for the deaf (TDD). These devices require a level surface at least 305 mm deep by 250 mm wide with no obstruction above that space within 250 mm. If a wall-hung telephone or other obstruction extends to less than 250 mm from the shelf or counter, an equivalent clear space must be provided on either side of each telephone. At least one telephone should be equipped with a volume control on a receiver that generates a magnetic field compatible with the T-switch of a hearing aid. The lower portion of the shelf or counter is intended for persons using a wheelchair; therefore all parts of the operating mechanism of the telephone above this portion should be within reach of a wheelchair user.

‌A-3.8.3.22.(4) Storage Spaces for Mobility Aids. The intent of Sentence 3.8.3.22.(4) is that a sufficient number of storage spaces for mobility aids other than wheelchairs and scooters (e.g., walkers) be located such that they can be accessed without leaving the seating area. These storage spaces should preferably be visible from the adaptable seats. The storage spaces may be located adjacent to an aisle but must not reduce the required egress width of the aisle or obstruct egress from the rows of seats.

A-3.9.2.1.(1) Building Area of Self-service Storage Buildings. Sentence 3.9.2.1.(1) permits a group of self-service storage buildings to be treated as a single building for determining the construction requirements and number of streets that the group faces under Subsection 3.2.2. This can often result in more stringent construction criteria for the individual buildings than would be required if their construction requirements were determined based on each building's individual area.

A-3.9.2.2. Division B

Group 1

Group 2

Group 1 building area = Area of I + Area of II + Area of III Group 2 building area = Area of IV + Area of V + Area of VI

EG01388A

Building VI

Building V

Building IV

Building III

Building II

Building I

‌Figure A-3.9.2.1.(1)

Building area of self-service storage buildings

A-3.9.2.2. Spatial Separation Between Self-service Storage Buildings. Where a group of self-service storage buildings is treated as a single building as permitted in Sentence 3.9.2.1.(1), buildings within the same group are exempted from the spatial separation requirements in Subsection 3.2.3. as long as a minimum distance of 6 m is provided between each of them. If the owner wants less distance between the buildings, the requirements of Subsection 3.2.3. must be applied.

In addition, where there are multiple groups of buildings on a single property, the minimum distance required to separate one group from another group is the greater of 9 m and the limiting distance calculated in Subsection 3.2.3.

Except as provided in Article 3.9.2.2., Subsection 3.2.3. applies to each building within a group.

Division B A-3.9.3.2.(1)

Group 1

Group 2

y(2)

x(1)

y(2)

EG01389A

Building VI

Building V

Building IV

Building III

Building II

Building I

Figure A-3.9.2.2.

‌Spatial separation between self-service storage buildings

Notes to Figure A-3.9.2.2.:

x = 9 m, or the distance calculated in Subsection 3.2.3., whichever is greater.
y ≥ 6 m, or Subsection 3.2.3. applies.

‌A-3.9.3.1.(1) Storage of Flammable and Combustible Liquids. Refer to Subsection 4.2.12. of Division B of the NFC for requirements regarding the storage of flammable and combustible liquids in individual self-service storage units.

A-3.9.3.2.(1) Sanitary Facilities. Properties with self-service storage buildings on them may have multiple buildings or one large building. Due to the low occupant load of these types of buildings, only one building on the property is required to have a pair of washrooms.

3-288 Division B

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

Division B

‌Part 4

Structural Design

Structural Loads and Procedures
1. General 4-1
2. Specified Loads and Effects 4-2
3. Limit States Design 4-3
4. Dead Loads 4-7
5. Live Loads Due to Use and
  Occupancy 4-8
6. Loads Due to Snow and Rain 4-14
7. Wind Load 4-29
8. Earthquake Load and Effects 4-52
Foundations
1. General 4-82
2. Subsurface Investigations,
  Drawings and Reviews 4-82
3. Materials Used in Foundations 4-83
4. Design Requirements 4-84
5. Excavations 4-86
6. Shallow Foundations 4-86
7. Deep Foundations 4-87
8. Special Foundations 4-88
Design Requirements for Structural Materials
1. Wood 4-88
2. Plain and Reinforced Masonry 4-88
3. Plain, Reinforced and
  Pre-stressed Concrete 4-89
4. Steel 4-89
5. Aluminum 4-89
6. Glass 4-89
Design Requirements for Special Structures
1. Air-, Cable- and
  Frame-Supported Membrane Structures 4-89
2. Parking Structures 4-90
3. Storage Racks 4-90
Objectives and Functional Statements
1. Objectives and Functional

Statements 4-90

Notes to Part 4 4-103

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

‌Division B

‌Part 4

Structural Design

‌Section 4.1. Structural Loads and Procedures‌

‌General
1. ‌Scope
  1. The scope of this Part shall be as described in Subsection 1.3.3. of Division A.
2. ‌Definitions‌
  1. Words that appear in italics in this Part are defined in Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A.
3. ‌Design Requirements
  1. ‌Buildings and their structural members and connections, including formwork and falsework, shall be designed to have sufficient structural capacity and structural integrity to safely and effectively resist all loads, effects of loads and influences that may reasonably be expected, having regard to the expected service life of buildings, and shall in any case satisfy the requirements of this Section. (See Note A-4.1.1.3.(1).)‌
  2. Buildings and their structural members shall be designed for serviceability, in accordance with Articles 4.1.3.4., 4.1.3.5. and 4.1.3.6. (See Note A-4.1.1.3.(2).)
  3. All permanent and temporary structural members, including the formwork and falsework of a building, shall be protected against loads exceeding the specified loads during the construction period except when, as verified by analysis or test, temporary overloading of a structural member would result in no impairment of that member or any other member.
  4. ‌Falsework, scaffolding, and formwork shall be designed in conformance with
    1. CSA S269.1, “Falsework and formwork,”
    2. CSA S269.2, “Access scaffolding for construction purposes,” or
    3. CAN/CSA-S269.3-M, “Concrete Formwork.”
  5. Precautions shall be taken during all phases of construction to ensure that the
    building is not damaged or distorted due to loads applied during construction.
4. ‌Structural Drawings and Related Documents‌
  1. Structural drawings and related documents shall conform to the appropriate requirements of Section 2.2. of Division C. (See Subsection 2.2.4. of Division C.)
5. ‌Design Basis‌
  1. Except as provided in Sentence (2), buildings and their structural members shall be designed in conformance with the procedures and practices provided in this Part.
  2. Provided the design is carried out by a person especially qualified in the specific methods applied and provided the design demonstrates a level of safety and performance in accordance with the requirements of Part 4, buildings and their
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    4.1.2.1. Division B
    
    ‌structural components falling within the scope of Part 4 that are not amenable to analysis using a generally established theory may be designed by
    1. evaluation of a full-scale structure or a prototype by a loading test, or
    2. studies of model analogues. (See Note A-4.1.1.5.(2).)

‌Specified Loads and Effects‌

‌Loads and Effects

(See Note A-4.1.2.1.)

Except as provided in Article 4.1.2.2., the following categories of loads, specified loads and effects shall be taken into consideration in the design of a building and its structural members and connections:
D dead load – a permanent load due to the weight of building components,
as specified in Subsection 4.1.4.,
E earthquake load and effects – a rare load due to an earthquake, as
specified in Subsection 4.1.8.,
H a permanent load due to lateral earth pressure, including groundwater,
L live load – a variable load due to intended use and occupancy (including
loads due to cranes and the pressure of liquids in containers), as specified in Subsection 4.1.5.,
LXC live load exclusive of crane loads,
C live load due to cranes including self weight,
Cd self weight of all cranes positioned for maximum effects,
C7 crane bumper impact load,
P permanent effects caused by pre-stress,
S variable load due to snow, including ice and associated rain,
as specified in Article 4.1.6.2., or due to rain, as specified in Article 4.1.6.4.,
T effects due to contraction, expansion, or deflection caused by
temperature changes, shrinkage, moisture changes, creep, ground settlement, or a combination thereof (see Note A-4.1.2.1.(1)), and
W wind load – a variable load due to wind, as specified in
Subsection 4.1.7.,
where
1. load means the imposed deformations (i.e. deflections, displacements or motions that induce deformations and forces in the structure), forces and pressures applied to the building structure,
2. ‌permanent load is a load that changes very little once it has been applied to the structure, except during repair,
3. variable load is a load that frequently changes in magnitude, direction or location, and
4. rare load is a load that occurs infrequently and for a short time only.
Minimum specified values of the loads described in Sentence (1), as set forth in Subsections 4.1.4. to 4.1.8., shall be increased to account for dynamic effects where applicable.

For the purpose of determining specified loads S, W or E in Subsections 4.1.6.,

4.1.7. and 4.1.8., buildings shall be assigned an Importance Category based on intended use and occupancy, in accordance with Table 4.1.2.1. (See Note A-4.1.2.1.(3).)

‌Division B 4.1.3.1.

Table 4.1.2.1.

Importance Categories for Buildings(1)

Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.2.1.(3)

Type of Building	Importance Category
A Low Importance Category building is a building that represents a low direct or indirect hazard to human life in the event of structural failure.	Low
A Normal Importance Category building is a building that does not meet the criteria for a Low Importance Category building, High Importance Category building or post-disaster building.	Normal
A High Importance Category building is a building that provides a greater degree of safety to human life than a Normal Importance Category building. Community centres and elementary, middle and secondary schools are High Importance Category buildings.	High
A post-disaster building.	Post-disaster

Notes to Table 4.1.2.1.:

‌(1) See Note A-Table 4.1.2.1.

‌Loads Not Listed
1. Where a building or structural member can be expected to be subjected to loads, forces or other effects not listed in Article 4.1.2.1., such effects shall be taken into account in the design based on the most appropriate information available. (See Note A-4.1.2.2.(1).)

‌Limit States Design‌

(See Note A-4.1.3.)

‌Definitions‌
1. In this Subsection, the term
  1. limit states means those conditions of a building structure that result in the building ceasing to fulfill the function for which it was designed (those limit states concerning safety are called ultimate limit states (ULS) and include exceeding the load-carrying capacity, overturning, sliding and fracture; those limit states that restrict the intended use and occupancy of the building are called serviceability limit states (SLS) and include deflection, vibration, permanent deformation and local structural damage such as cracking; and those limit states that represent failure under repeated loading are called fatigue limit states),
  2. specified loads (C, D, E, H, L, P, S, T and W) means those loads defined in Article 4.1.2.1.,
  3. principal load means the specified variable load or rare load that dominates in a given load combination,
  4. companion load means a specified variable load that accompanies the principal load in a given load combination,
  5. service load means a specified load used for the evaluation of a serviceability limit state,
  6. principal-load factor means a factor applied to the principal load in a load combination to account for the variability of the load and load pattern and the analysis of its effects,
  7. companion-load factor means a factor that, when applied to a companion load in the load combination, gives the probable magnitude of a companion load acting simultaneously with the factored principal load,
  8. importance factor, I, means a factor applied in Subsections 4.1. 6., 4.1.7.
    and 4.1.8. to obtain the specified load and take into account the consequences of failure as related to the limit state and the use and occupancy of the building,
  9. factored load means the product of a specified load and its principal-load factor or companion-load factor,
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022

Division B

effects refers to forces, moments, deformations or vibrations that occur in the structure,
nominal resistance, R, of a member, connection or structure, is based on the geometry and on the specified properties of the structural materials,
resistance factor, φ, means a factor applied to a specified material property or to the resistance of a member, connection or structure, and that, for
‌the limit state under consideration, takes into account the variability of dimensions and material properties, workmanship, type of failure and uncertainty in the prediction of resistance, and
‌factored resistance, φR, means the product of nominal resistance and the applicable resistance factor.

‌Strength and Stability

A building and its structural components shall be designed to have sufficient strength and stability so that the factored resistance, φR, is greater than or equal to the effect of factored loads, which shall be determined in accordance with Sentence (2).
Except as provided in Sentence (3), the effect of factored loads for a building or structural component shall be determined in accordance with the requirements of this Article and the following load combination cases, the applicable combination being that which results in the most critical effect:
1. for load cases without crane loads, the load combinations listed in Table 4.1.3.2.-A, and
2. for load cases with crane loads, the load combinations listed in Table 4.1.3.2.-B.
  (See Note A-4.1.3.2.(2).)
Other load combinations that must also be considered are the principal loads acting with the companion loads taken as zero.
‌Where the effects due to lateral earth pressure, H, restraint effects from pre-stress, P, and imposed deformation, T, affect the structural safety, they shall be
taken into account in the calculations, with load factors of 1.5, 1.0 and 1.25 assigned to H, P and T respectively. (See Note A-4.1.3.2.(4).)
Except as provided in Sentence 4.1.8.16.(2), the counteracting factored dead load—0.9D in load combination cases 2, 3 and 4 and 1.0D in load combination case 5 in Table 4.1.3.2.-A, and 0.9D in load combination cases 1 to 5 and 1.0D in load
combination case 6 in Table 4.1.3.2.-B—shall be used when the dead load acts to resist overturning, uplift, sliding, failure due to stress reversal, and to determine anchorage requirements and the factored resistance of members. (See Note A-4.1.3.2.(5).)
The principal-load factor 1.5 for live loads L in Table 4.1.3.2.-A and LXC in Table 4.1.3.2.-B may be reduced to 1.25 for liquids in tanks.

The companion-load factor for live loads L in Table 4.1.3.2.-A and LXC in Table 4.1.3.2.-B shall be increased by 0.5 for storage areas, and equipment areas and service rooms referred to in Table 4.1.5.3.

Table 4.1.3.2.-A

Load Combinations Without Crane Loads for Ultimate Limit States

Forming Part of Sentences 4.1.3.2.(2) and (5) to (10), and 4.2.4.1.(3)

‌Case	Load Combination(1)
‌Case	Principal Loads	Companion Loads
1	1.4D(2)	—
‌2	(1.25D(3) or 0.9D(4)) + 1.5L(5)	1.0S(6) or 0.4W
3	(1.25D(3) or 0.9D(4)) + 1.5S	1.0L(6)(7) or 0.4W
4	(1.25D(3) or 0.9D(4)) + 1.4W	0.5L(7) or 0.5S
5	1.0D(4) + 1.0E(8)	0.5L(6)(7) + 0.25S(6)

Division B 4.1.3.3.

Table 4.1.3.2.-A (Continued)

Notes to Table 4.1.3.2.-A:

(1) See Sentences 4.1.3.2.(2) to (4).

(2) See Sentence 4.1.3.2.(9).

(3) See Sentence 4.1.3.2.(8).

(4) See Sentence 4.1.3.2.(5).

‌(5) See Sentence 4.1.3.2.(6).

(6) See Article 4.1.5.5.

(7) See Sentence 4.1.3.2.(7).

(8) See Sentence 4.1.3.2.(10).

Table 4.1.3.2.-B

Load Combinations With Crane Loads for Ultimate Limit States

Forming Part of Sentences 4.1.3.2.(2), (5) to (8), and (10)

‌Case	Load Combination(1)
‌Case	Principal Loads	Companion Loads
‌1	(1.25D(2) or 0.9D(3))+ (1.5C+ 1.0LXC)	1.0S(4) or 0.4W
2	(1.25D(2) or 0.9D(3))+ (1.5LXC(5) + 1.0C)	1.0S(4) or 0.4W
3	(1.25D(2) or 0.9D(3)) + 1.5S	1.0C + 1.0LXC(4)(6)
4	(1.25D(2) or 0.9D(3)) + 1.4W	1.0C(7) + 0.5LXC(4)(6)
5	(1.25D(2) or 0.9D(3)) + C7	—
6	1.0D(3) + 1.0E(8)	1.0Cd + 0.5LXC(4)(6) + 0.25S(4)

Notes to Table 4.1.3.2.-B:

(1) See Sentences 4.1.3.2.(2) to (4).

(2) See Sentence 4.1.3.2.(8).

(3) See Sentence 4.1.3.2.(5).

(4) See Article 4.1.5.5.

‌(5) See Sentence 4.1.3.2.(6).

(6) See Sentence 4.1.3.2.(7).

(7) Side thrust due to cranes need not be combined with full wind load.

(8) See Sentence 4.1.3.2.(10).

Except as provided in Sentence (9), the load factor 1.25 for dead load, D, for soil, superimposed earth, plants and trees given in Tables 4.1.3.2.-A and 4.1.3.2.-B shall be increased to 1.5, except that when the soil depth exceeds 1.2 m, the factor may be reduced to 1 + 0.6/hs but not less than 1.25, where hs is the depth of soil, in m, supported by the structure.‌
A principal-load factor of 1.5 shall be applied to the weight of saturated soil
used in load combination case 1 of Table 4.1.3.2.-A.
Earthquake load, E, in load combination cases 5 of Table 4.1.3.2.-A and 6 of Table 4.1.3.2.-B includes horizontal earth pressure due to earthquake determined in accordance with Sentence 4.1.8.16.(7).‌
Provision shall be made to ensure adequate stability of the structure as a whole and adequate lateral, torsional and local stability of all structural parts.
Sway effects produced by vertical loads acting on the structure in its displaced configuration shall be taken into account in the design of buildings and their structural members.‌

‌Fatigue
1. A building and its structural components, including connections, shall be checked for fatigue failure under the effect of cyclical loads, as required in the standards listed in Section 4.3. (See Note A-4.1.3.3.(1).)
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B

‌2) Where vibration effects, such as resonance and fatigue resulting from machinery and equipment, are likely to be significant, a dynamic analysis shall be carried out. (See Note A-4.1.3.3.(2).)‌

‌Serviceability

A building and its structural components shall be checked for serviceability limit states as defined in Clause 4.1.3.1.(1)(a) under the effect of service loads for serviceability criteria specified or recommended in Articles 4.1.3.5. and 4.1.3.6. and in the standards listed in Section 4.3. (See Note A-4.1.3.4.(1).)
The effect of service loads on the serviceability limit states shall be determined in accordance with this Article and the load combinations listed in Table 4.1.3.4., the applicable combination being that which results in the most critical effect.‌
‌Other load combinations that must also be considered are the principal loads acting with the companion loads taken as zero.
Deflections calculated for load types P, T and H, if present, with load factors of
1.0 shall be included with the calculated deflections due to principal loads.
The determination of the deflection shall consider the following:
1. for materials that result in increased deformations over time under sustained loads, the deflection calculation shall consider the portion of live load, L, that is sustained over time, Ls, and the portion that is transitory, Lt, and
2. the calculated deflection due to dead load, D, and sustained live load, Ls, shall be increased by a creep factor as specified in the standards listed in Section 4.3. to obtain the additional long-term deflection.

The determination of the long-term settlement of foundations shall consider the following:

for foundation soil types that result in increased settlement over time under sustained loads, the additional long-term settlements shall be determined for the portion of live load, L, that is sustained over time, Ls, and the portion that is transitory, Lt, and

the additional long-term settlements due to dead load, D, and sustained live loads, Ls, shall be calculated from the foundation soil properties provided by a qualified professional geotechnical engineer.

Table 4.1.3.4.

Loads and Load Combinations for Serviceability

Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.3.4.(2)

‌Limit State	Structural Parameter	Load Case	Load Combinations
‌Limit State	Structural Parameter	Load Case	Principal Loads	Companion Loads
Deflection for materials not subject to creep	Deflection of the structure or of components of the structure(1)	1 2 3	1.0D + 1.0L 1.0D + 1.0W 1.0D + 1.0S	0.3W or 0.35S 0.35L(2) or 0.35S 0.3W or 0.35L(2)
Deflection for materials subject to creep	Total deflection of the structure or of components of the structure(3)	1 2 3	1.0D + 1.0Ls(4) + 1.0Lt(5) 1.0D + 1.0W 1.0D + 1.0S	0.3W or 0.35S 0.35L(2) or 0.35S 0.3W or 0.35L(2)
Vibration serviceability	Acceleration	(6)

Notes to Table 4.1.3.4.:

(1) The calculated deflection due to dead load, D, is permitted to be excluded where specified in the standards listed in Section 4.3.

(2) The companion load factor of 0.35 for live load, L, shall be increased to 0.5 for storage areas, equipment areas and service rooms.

(3) The calculated immediate deflection due to dead load, D, is permitted to be excluded where specified in the standards listed in Section 4.3.

(4) Ls = sustained portion of the live load, L.

(5) Lt = transitory portion of the live load, L.

(6) See Note A-Table 4.1.3.4.

‌Division B 4.1.4.1.‌

‌Deflection‌
1. ‌In proportioning structural members to limit serviceability problems resulting from deflections, consideration shall be given to
  1. the intended use of the building or member,
  2. ‌limiting damage to non-structural members made of materials whose physical properties are known at the time of design,
  3. limiting damage to the structure itself, and
  4. creep, shrinkage, temperature changes and pre-stress. (See Note A-4.1.3.5.(1).)
2. The lateral deflection of buildings due to service wind and gravity loads shall be checked to ensure that structural elements and non-structural elements whose nature is known at the time the structural design is carried out will not be damaged.
3. Except as provided in Sentence (4), the total drift per storey under service wind and gravity loads shall not exceed 1/500 of the storey height unless other drift limits are specified in the design standards referenced in Section 4.3. (See Note A-4.1.3.5.(3).)‌
4. The deflection limits required in Sentence (3) do not apply to industrial buildings or sheds if experience has proven that greater movement will have no significant adverse effects on the strength and function of the building.
5. The building structure shall be designed for lateral deflection due to E, in accordance with Article 4.1.8.13.
‌Vibration

‌Dead Loads
1. ‌Dead Loads
  1. The specified dead load for a structural member consists of
    1. the weight of the member itself,
    2. the weight of all materials of construction incorporated into the building to be supported permanently by the member,
    3. the weight of partitions,
    4. the weight of permanent equipment, and
    5. the vertical load due to soil, superimposed earth, plants and trees.
  2. In areas of a building for which partitions are shown on the drawings, the weight of partitions referred to in Clause (1)(c) shall be taken as the actual weight of such partitions. (See Note A-4.1.4.1.(2).)
  3. In areas of a building for which partitions are not shown on the drawings, the weight of partitions referred to in Clause (1)(c) shall be a partition weight allowance determined from the anticipated weight and position of the partitions, but shall not be less than 1 kPa over the area of floor being considered. (See Note A-4.1.4.1.(3).)
  4. The weights of partitions and partition weight allowances used in the design shall be shown on the drawings as provided in Clause 2.2.4.3.(1)(d) of Division C.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌4.1.5.1. Division B
  5. Where the partition weight allowance referred to in Sentence (3) is counteractive to other loads, it shall not be included in the design calculations.
  6. Except for structures where the dead load of soil is part of the load-resisting system, where the dead load due to soil, superimposed earth, plants and trees is counteractiveto other loads, it shall not be included in the design calculations. (See Note A-4.1.4.1.(6).)‌

‌Live Loads Due to Use and Occupancy‌

‌Loads Due to Use of Floors and Roofs
1. Except as provided in Sentence (2), the specified live load on an area of floor or roof depends on the intended use and occupancy, and shall not be less than either the uniformly distributed load patterns listed in Article 4.1.5.3., the loads due to the intended use and occupancy, or the concentrated loads listed in Article 4.1.5.9., whichever produces the most critical effect. (See Note A-4.1.5.1.(1).)‌
2. For buildings in the Low Importance Category as described in Table 4.1.2.1., a factor of 0.8 may be applied to the live load.
‌Uses Not Stipulated
1. Except as provided in Sentence (2), where the use of an area of floor or roof is not provided for in Article 4.1.5.3., the specified live loads due to the use and occupancy of the area shall be determined from an analysis of the loads resulting from the weight of
  1. the probable assembly of persons,
  2. the probable accumulation of equipment and furnishings, and
  3. ‌the probable storage of materials.
2. For buildings in the Low Importance Category as described in Table 4.1.2.1., a factor of 0.8 may be applied to the live load.

‌Full and Partial Loading

The uniformly distributed live load shall be not less than the value listed in Table 4.1.5.3., which may be reduced as provided in Article 4.1.5.8., applied uniformly over the entire area or on any portions of the area, whichever produces the most critical effects in the members concerned.

‌Division B 4.1.5.3.

Table 4.1.5.3.

Specified Uniformly Distributed Live Loads on an Area of Floor or Roof

Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.5.3.(1)

Use of Area of Floor or Roof	Minimum Specified Load, kPa
‌Assembly Areas Auditoria Churches (areas without fixed seats that have backs) Dance floors Dining areas(2) Foyers and entrance halls Grandstands(1) (areas without fixed seats that have backs), reviewing stands and bleachers Gymnasia Lecture halls(1) (areas without fixed seats that have backs) Museums Promenades Rinks Stadia(1) (areas without fixed seats that have backs) Theatres (areas without fixed seats that have backs) Other areas with similar uses Grandstands(1) Stadia(1) Lecture halls(1) Theatres	4.8
	2.4
	2.9
	2.4
	4.8
Attics(1)
Accessible by a stairway in residential occupancies only	1.4
Having limited accessibility so that there is no storage of equipment or material	0.5
Balconies
‌Exterior	4.8
Interior and mezzanines that could be used by an assembly of people as a viewing area(1)	4.8
Interior and mezzanines other than above	(3)
Corridors, lobbies and aisles(1)
Other than those listed below	4.8
Not more than 1 200 mm in width, and all upper floor corridors of residential areas only of apartments, hotels and motels (that cannot be used by an assembly of people as a viewing area)	(3)
Equipment areas and service rooms including Generator rooms Mechanical equipment exclusive of elevators Machine rooms Pump rooms Transformer vaults Ventilating or air-conditioning equipment	3.6(4)

Except for the areas listed under b), c), d) and e), assembly areas with or without fixed seats including Arenas(1) (areas without fixed seats that have backs)
Classrooms and courtrooms with or without fixed seats(1)
Portions of assembly areas with fixed seats that have backs for the following uses: Arenas(1)
Portions of assembly areas with fixed seats that have backs for the following uses: Churches
Vomitories, exits, lobbies and corridors(1)

Division B

Table 4.1.5.3. (Continued)

Use of Area of Floor or Roof	Minimum Specified Load, kPa
Exits and fire escapes	4.8
Factories	6.0(4)
Footbridges	4.8
Garages for Vehicles not exceeding 4 000 kg gross weight Vehicles exceeding 4 000 kg but not exceeding 9 000 kg gross weight Vehicles exceeding 9 000 kg gross weight(1)	2.4 6.0 12.0
Kitchens (other than residential)	4.8
Libraries Stack rooms Reading and study rooms	7.2 2.9
Office areas(1) (not including record storage and computer rooms) located in Basements, and floors, including mezzanines, with direct access to the exterior at ground level Other floors	4.8 2.4
Operating rooms and laboratories	3.6
Patients' bedrooms	1.9
Recreation areas that cannot be used for assembly purposes including Billiard rooms Bowling alleys Pool rooms	3.6
Residential areas (within the scope of Article 1.3.3.2. of Division A) Sleeping and living quarters in apartments, hotels, motels, boarding schools and colleges	1.9
Residential areas (within the scope of Article 1.3.3.3. of Division A) Bedrooms Other areas Stairs within dwelling units	1.9
Retail and wholesale areas	4.8
Roofs(1)	1.0(5)
Sidewalks and driveways over areaways and basements(1)	12.0(5)
Storage areas	4.8(4)
Toilet areas	2.4
Underground slabs with earth cover	(5)
Warehouses	4.8(4)

Notes to Table 4.1.5.3.:

(1) See Note A-Table 4.1.5.3.

‌(2) See Article 4.1.5.6.

(3) See Article 4.1.5.4.

(4) See Sentence 4.1.5.1.(1).

‌(5) See Article 4.1.5.5.

‌Loads for Occupancy Served
1. The following shall be designed to carry not less than the specified load required for the occupancy they serve, provided they cannot be used by an assembly of people as a viewing area:
  1. corridors, lobbies and aisles not more than 1 200 mm wide,
  2. all corridors above the first storey of residential areas of apartments, hotels and motels, and
  3. interior balconies and mezzanines.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 4.1.5.8.
‌Loads on Exterior Areas‌
(See Note A-4.1.5.5.)
1. Exterior areas accessible to vehicular traffic shall be designed for their intended use, including the weight of firefighting equipment, but not for less than the snow and rain loads prescribed in Subsection 4.1.6.
2. Except as provided in Sentences (3) and (4), roofs shall be designed for either the uniform live loads specified in Table 4.1.5.3., the concentrated live loads listed in Table 4.1.5.9., or the snow and rain loads prescribed in Subsection 4.1.6., whichever produces the most critical effect.
3. ‌Exterior areas accessible to pedestrian traffic, but not vehicular traffic, shall be designed for their intended use, but not for less than the greater of
  1. the live load prescribed for assembly areas in Table 4.1.5.3., or
  2. the snow and rain loads prescribed in Subsection 4.1.6.
4. Roof parking decks and exterior areas accessible to vehicular traffic shall be designed
  1. for the appropriate load combination listed in Sentence 4.1.3.2.(2) with a live load, L, consisting of either a uniformly distributed live load as specified in Table 4.1.5.3. or a concentrated live load as listed in Table 4.1.5.9., whichever produces the most critical effect, and a companion snow load, S, as prescribed in Subsection 4.1.6., but with the companion-load factor reduced to 0.2, and
  2. such that the load combination in Clause (a) is not less than the snow and rain loads prescribed in Subsection 4.1.6. with the live load taken as zero.
5. Roof parking decks that are used for the long-term storage of vehicles shall be designed for the appropriate load combination listed in Sentence 4.1.3.2.(2) with a live load, L, consisting of either a uniformly distributed live load as specified in Table 4.1.5.3. or a concentrated live load as listed in Table 4.1.5.9., whichever produces the most critical effect, and a snow load, S, as prescribed in Subsection 4.1.6.
‌Loads for Dining Areas
1. The minimum specified live load listed in Table 4.1.5.3. for dining areas may be reduced to 2.4 kPa for areas in buildings that are being converted to dining areas,
  provided that the floor area does not exceed 100 m2 and the dining area will not be used for other assembly purposes, including dancing.
‌More Than One Occupancy
1. Where an area of floor or roof is intended for 2 or more occupancies at different times, the value to be used from Table 4.1.5.3. shall be the greatest value for any of the occupancies concerned.‌
‌Variation with Tributary Area
(See Note A-4.1.5.8.)
1. One- and two-way floor slabs shall have no reduction for tributary area applied to live load.
2. An area used for assembly occupancies designed for a live load of less than 4.8 kPa and roofs designed for the minimum loading specified in Table 4.1.5.3. shall have
  no reduction for tributary area.
3. Where a structural member supports a tributary area of a floor or a roof, or a combination thereof, that is greater than 80 m2 and either used for assembly occupancies designed for a live load of 4.8 kPa or more, or used for storage, manufacturing, retail stores, garages or as a footbridge, the specified live load due to use and occupancy is the load specified in Article 4.1.5.3. multiplied by
  
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B

where A is the tributary area in square metres for this type of use and occupancy.

Where a structural member supports a tributary area of a floor or a roof, or a combination thereof, that is greater than 20 m2 and used for any use or occupancy other than those indicated in Sentences (2) and (3), the specified live load due to use and occupancy is the load specified in Article 4.1.5.3. multiplied by

where B is the tributary area in square metres for this type of use and occupancy.
Where the specified live load for a floor is reduced in accordance with Sentence (3) or (4), the structural drawings shall indicate that a live load reduction factor for tributary area has been applied and which structural elements are impacted by this factor.‌

‌Concentrated Loads

‌1) The specified live load due to possible concentrations of load resulting from the use of an area of floor or roof shall not be less than that listed in Table 4.1.5.9. applied over the loaded area noted and located so as to cause maximum effects, except that for occupancies not listed in Table 4.1.5.9., the concentrations of load shall be determined in accordance with Article 4.1.5.2.

Table 4.1.5.9.

Specified Concentrated Live Loads on an Area of Floor or Roof

Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.5.9.(1)

Area of Floor or Roof	Minimum Specified Concentrated Load, kN	Loaded Area, mm × mm
Roof surfaces	1.3	200 × 200
Floors of classrooms	4.5	750 × 750
Floors of offices, manufacturing buildings, hospital wards and stages	9.0	750 × 750
Floors and areas used by vehicles not exceeding 4 000 kg gross weight	18	120 × 120
‌Floors and areas used by vehicles exceeding 4 000 kg but not exceeding 9 000 kg gross weight	36	120 × 120
Floors and areas used by vehicles exceeding 9 000 kg gross weight	54(1)	250 × 600(1)
Driveways and sidewalks over areaways and basements	54(1)	250 × 600(1)

Notes to Table 4.1.5.9.:

‌(1) See Note A-Table 4.1.5.9.

‌Sway Forces in Assembly Occupancies
1. The floor assembly and other structural elements that support fixed seats in any building used for assembly occupancies accommodating large numbers of people at one time, such as grandstands, stadia and theatre balconies, shall be designed to resist a horizontal force equal to not less than 0.3 kN for each metre length of seats acting parallel to each row of seats, and not less than 0.15 kN for each metre length of seats acting at right angles to each row of seats, based on the assumption that these forces are acting independently of each other.‌

‌Crane-Supporting Structures and Impact of Machinery and Equipment

(See Note A-4.1.5.11.)

The minimum specified load due to equipment, machinery or other objects that may produce impact shall be the sum of the weight of the equipment or machinery and its maximum lifting capacity, multiplied by an appropriate factor listed in
Table 4.1.5.11.
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B 4.1.5.14.
Crane-supporting structures shall be designed for the appropriate load combinations listed in Article 4.1.3.2.
‌Crane runway structures shall be designed to resist a horizontal force applied normal to the top of the rails equal to not less than 20% of the sum of the weights of the lifted load and the crane trolley (excluding other parts of the crane).
The force described in Sentence (3) shall be equally distributed on each side of the runway and shall be assumed to act in either direction.

Crane runway structures shall be designed to resist a horizontal force applied parallel to the top of the rails equal to not less than 10% of the maximum wheel loads of the crane.

Table 4.1.5.11.

Factors for the Calculation of Impact Loads

Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.5.11.(1)

Cause of Impact	Factor
Operation of cab or radio-operated cranes	1.25
Operation of pendant or hand-operated cranes	1.10
Operation of elevators	(1)
Supports for light machinery, shaft or motor-driven	1.20
Supports for reciprocating machinery (e.g., compressors)	1.50
‌Supports for power-driven units (e.g., piston engines)	1.50

Notes to Table 4.1.5.11.:

‌(1) See ASME A17.1/CSA B44, “Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators.”

‌Bleachers
1. Bleacher seats shall be designed for a uniformly distributed live load of 1.75 kN for each linear metre or for a concentrated load of 2.2 kN distributed over a length of
  0.75 m, whichever produces the most critical effect on the supporting members.
2. ‌Bleachers shall be checked by the erector after erection to ensure that all structural members, including bracing specified in the design, have been installed.
3. ‌Telescopic bleachers shall be provided with locking devices to ensure stability while in use.
‌Helicopter Landing Areas‌
1. Helicopter landing areas on roofs shall be constructed in conformance with the requirements for heliports contained in TC SOR/96-433, “Canadian Aviation Regulations – Part III.”
‌Loads on Guards and Handrails
(See Note A-4.1.5.14. and 4.1.5.15.(1).)
1. The minimum horizontal specified live load applied outward at the minimum required height of every required guard shall be
  1. 3.0 kN/m for open viewing stands without fixed seats and for means of egress
    in grandstands, stadia, bleachers and arenas,
  2. ‌1.0 kN applied at any point, so as to produce the most critical effect, for access ways to equipment platforms, contiguous stairs and similar areas where the gathering of many people is improbable, and
  3. 0.75 kN/m or 1.0 kN applied at any point so as to produce the most critical effect, whichever governs, for locations other than those described in Clauses (a) and (b).
2. The minimum horizontal specified live load applied inward at the minimum required height of every required guard shall be half that specified in Sentence (1).
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B

Individual elements within the guard, including solid panels and pickets, shall be designed for a horizontal specified live load of 0.5 kN applied outward over an area of 100 mm by 100 mm located at any point on the element or elements so as to produce the most critical effect.
The size of the opening between any two adjacent vertical elements within a guard shall not exceed the limits required by Part 3 when each of these elements is subjected to a horizontal specified live load of 0.1 kN applied in opposite directions in the in-plane direction of the guard so as to produce the most critical effect.
The specified live loads required in Sentence (3) need not be considered to act simultaneously with the loads provided for in Sentences (1), (2), (6) and (7).
The minimum specified live load applied vertically at the top of every required guard shall be 1.5 kN/m and need not be considered to act simultaneously with the horizontal specified live load provided for in Sentences (1), (3) and (7).
Handrails and their supports shall be designed and constructed to withstand the following minimum specified live loads, which need not be considered to act simultaneously:
1. 0.9 kN applied at any point and in any direction for all handrails, and
2. 0.7 kN/m applied in any direction for handrails not located within dwelling units.

‌Loads on Vehicle Guardrails
1. Vehicle guardrails shall be designed for a concentrated load of 22 kN applied horizontally outward at any point 500 mm above the floor surface so as to produce the most critical effect. (See Note A-4.1.5.14. and 4.1.5.15.(1).)
2. The loads required in Sentence (1) need not be considered to act simultaneously with the loads provided for in Article 4.1.5.14.
‌Loads on Walls Acting As Guards
1. Where the floor elevation on one side of a wall, including a wall around a shaft, is more than 600 mm higher than the elevation of the floor or ground on the other side, the wall shall be designed to resist the appropriate outward lateral design loads prescribed elsewhere in Subsection 4.1.5. or 0.5 kPa acting outward, whichever produces the more critical effect.‌
‌Firewalls
(See Note A-4.1.5.17.)
1. ‌Firewalls shall be designed to resist the maximum effect due to
  1. the appropriate lateral design loads prescribed elsewhere in this Section, or
  2. a factored lateral load of 0.5 kPa under fire conditions, as described in Sentence (2).
2. Under fire conditions, where the fire-resistance rating of the structure is less than that of the firewall,
  1. ‌lateral support shall be assumed to be provided by the structure on one side only, or
  2. another structural support system capable of resisting the loads imposed by a fire on either side of the firewall shall be provided.

‌Loads Due to Snow and Rain

‌Specified Load Due to Rain or to Snow and Associated Rain
1. The specified load on a roof or any other building surface subject to snow and associated rain shall be the snow load specified in Article 4.1.6.2., or the rain load specified in Article 4.1.6.4., whichever produces the more critical effect. (See Note A-4.1.6.1.(1).)
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  ‌Division B 4.1.6.2.

‌Specified Snow Load‌

(See Note A-4.1.6.2.)

The specified load, S, due to snow and associated rain accumulation on a roof or any other building surface subject to snow accumulation shall be calculated using the formula

where
Is = importance factor for snow load, as provided in Table 4.1.6.2.-A,
Ss = 1-in-50-year ground snow load, in kPa, determined in accordance with Subsection 1.1.3.,
‌Cb = basic roof snow load factor in Sentence (2), Cw = wind exposure factor in Sentences (3) and (4), Cs = slope factor in Sentences (5) to (7),
Ca = accumulation factor in Sentence (8), and
Sr = 1-in-50-year associated rain load, in kPa, determined in accordance with Subsection 1.1.3., but not greater than Ss(C bCwCsCa).

Table 4.1.6.2.-A
Importance Factor for Snow Load, IS
Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.6.2.(1)

Importance Category
Importance Factor, Is
ULS
SLS
Low
0.8
0.9
‌Normal
1
0.9
High
1.15
0.9
Post-disaster
1.25
0.9
The basic roof snow load factor, Cb, shall
1. be determined as follows: i)
  where
  lc = characteristic length of the upper or lower roof, defined as 2w − w2/l, in m,
  w = smaller plan dimension of the roof, in m, and l = larger plan dimension of the roof, in m,
2. conform to Table 4.1.6.2.-B, using linear interpolation for intermediate values of , or
3. ‌be taken as equal to 1 for any roof structure with a mean height of less than 1 + Ss/γ, in m, above grade, where γ is the specific weight of snow determined in accordance with Article 4.1.6.13.
  (See Note A-4.1.6.2.(2).)
Except as provided for in Sentence (4), the wind exposure factor, Cw, shall be 1.0.
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌4.1.6.2. Division B
For buildings in the Low and Normal Importance Categories as set out in Table 4.1.2.1., the wind exposure factor, Cw, given in Sentence (3) may be reduced to
0.75 for rural areas only, or to 0.5 for exposed areas north of the treeline, where
1. the building is exposed on all sides to wind over open terrain as defined in Clause 4.1.7.3.(5)(a), and is expected to remain so during its life,
2. ‌the area of roof under consideration is exposed to the wind on all sides with no significant obstructions on the roof, such as parapet walls, within a distance of at least 10 times the difference between the height of the obstruction and CbCwSs/γ, in m, where γ is the specific weight of snow on roofs as specified in Article 4.1.6.13., and
3. the loading does not involve the accumulation of snow due to drifting from adjacent surfaces.

Except as provided for in Sentences (6) and (7), the slope factor, Cs, shall be

1.0 where the roof slope, α, is equal to or less than 30°,
(70° − α)/40° where α is greater than 30° but not greater than 70°, and

0 where α exceeds 70°.

Table 4.1.6.2.-B

Basic Roof Snow Load Factor for

Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.6.2.(2)

Value of	Value of Cw
	1.0	0.75	0.5
	Value of Cb
70	0.80	0.80	0.80
80	0.82	0.85	0.91
100	0.85	0.94	1.11
120	0.88	1.01	1.27
140	0.90	1.07	1.40
160	0.92	1.12	1.51
180	0.93	1.16	1.60
200	0.95	1.19	1.67
220	0.96	1.21	1.73
240	0.96	1.24	1.78
260	0.97	1.25	1.82
280	0.98	1.27	1.85
300	0.98	1.28	1.88
320	0.98	1.29	1.90
340	0.99	1.30	1.92
360	0.99	1.30	1.93
380	0.99	1.31	1.95
400	0.99	1.31	1.96
420	0.99	1.32	1.96
440	1.00	1.32	1.97
460	1.00	1.32	1.98
480	1.00	1.32	1.98
500	1.00	1.33	1.98
520	1.00	1.33	1.99
540	1.00	1.33	1.99
560	1.00	1.33	1.99
580	1.00	1.33	1.99
600	1.00	1.33	1.99
620	1.00	1.33	2.00

‌Division B 4.1.6.4.

‌The slope factor, Cs, for unobstructed slippery roofs where snow and ice can slide completely off the roof shall be
1. 1.0 where the roof slope, α, is equal to or less than 15°,
2. (60° − α)/45° where α is greater than 15° but not greater than 60°, and
3. ‌0 where α exceeds 60°.
Unless otherwise stated in this Subsection, the slope factor, Cs, shall be 1.0 when used in conjunction with accumulation factors for increased snow loads.
‌The accumulation factor, Ca, shall be 1.0, which corresponds to the uniform snow load case, except that where appropriate for the shape of the roof, it shall be assigned other values that account for
1. increased non-uniform snow loads due to snow drifting onto a roof that is at a level lower than other parts of the same building or at a level
  lower than another building within 5 m of it horizontally, as prescribed in Articles 4.1.6.5., 4.1.6.6. and 4.1.6.8.,
2. increased non-uniform snow loads on areas adjacent to roof projections, such as penthouses, large chimneys and equipment, as prescribed in Articles 4.1.6.7. and 4.1.6.8.,
3. non-uniform snow loads on gable, arch or curved roofs and domes, as prescribed in Articles 4.1.6.9. and 4.1.6.10.,
4. increased snow or ice loads due to snow sliding as prescribed in Article 4.1.6.11.,
5. increased snow loads in roof valleys, as prescribed in Article 4.1.6.12., and
6. increased snow or ice loads due to meltwater draining from adjacent
  building elements and roof projections.
For shapes not addressed in Sentence (8), Ca corresponding to the non-uniform snow load case shall be established based on applicable field observations, special analyses including local climatic effects, appropriate model tests, or a combination‌
of these methods.

‌Full and Partial Loading
1. A roof or other building surface and its structural members subject to loads due to snow accumulation shall be designed for the specified load given in Sentence 4.1.6.2.(1), distributed over the entire loaded area.
2. In addition to the distribution mentioned in Sentence (1), flat roofs and shed roofs, gable roofs of 15° slope or less, and arch or curved roofs shall be designed for the specified uniform snow load indicated in Sentence 4.1.6.2.(1), which shall be calculated using the accumulation factor Ca = 1.0, distributed on any one portion of the loaded area and half of this load on the remainder of the loaded area, in such a way as to produce the most critical effects on the member concerned. (See Note A-4.1.6.3.(2).)‌
‌Specified Rain Load
1. Except as provided in Sentence (4), the specified load, S, due to the accumulation of rainwater on a surface whose position, shape and deflection under load make such an accumulation possible, is that resulting from the one-day rainfall determined in conformance with Subsection 1.1.3. and applied over the horizontal projection of the surface and all tributary surfaces. (See Note A-4.1.6.4.(1).)
2. The provisions of Sentence (1) apply whether or not the surface is provided with a means of drainage, such as rainwater leaders.
3. Except as provided in Sentence 4.1.6.2.(1), loads due to rain need not be considered to act simultaneously with loads due to snow. (See Note A-4.1.6.4.(3).)
4. Where scuppers are provided as secondary drainage systems and where the position, shape and deflection of the loaded surface make an accumulation of
  rainwater possible, the loads due to rain shall be the lesser of either the one-day rainfall determined in conformance with Subsection 1.1.3. or a depth of rainwater equal to
  30 mm above the bottom of the scuppers, applied over the horizontal projection of the surface and tributary areas.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022

‌Division B‌

‌Multi-level Roofs

The drifting load of snow on a roof adjacent to a higher roof shall be taken as trapezoidal, as shown in Figure 4.1.6.5.-A, and the accumulation factor, Ca, shall be determined as follows:

where
‌Ca0 = peak value of Ca at x = 0 determined in accordance with Sentences (3) to (5) and as shown in Figure 4.1.6.5.-B,
x = distance from roof step as shown in Figure 4.1.6.5.-A, and
xd = length of drift determined in accordance with Sentence (2) and as shown in Figure 4.1.6.5.-A.

The length of the drift, xd, shall be calculated as follows:

‌where

γ = specific weight of snow as specified in Article 4.1.6.13.

‌Figure 4.1.6.5.-A

Snow load factors for lower level roofs

Forming Part of Sentences 4.1.6.5.(1) and (3), Table 4.1.6.5.-A and Sentence 4.1.6.6.(1)

CbSs



xd = 5 (Ca0 − 1)



Ca0 = the lesser of

  h

CbSs



and

F Cb

Distribution of snow load, S

CbCwSs

h = h − 

x = 10h

EG01301B

Notes to Figure 4.1.6.5.-A:

If a >5m or h ≤ 0.8Ss/, drifting from the higher roof need not be considered.
If h ≥ 5 m, the value of Ca0 for Case I is permitted to be determined in accordance with Sentence 4.1.6.5.(4).

‌Division B 4.1.6.5.

Table 4.1.6.5.-A

Wind Exposure, Slope and Accumulation Factors in Figure 4.1.6.5.-A

Distance from Roof Step, x	Factors
Distance from Roof Step, x	Cw	Cs(1)	Ca
0	1.0	f()	Ca0
0 < x ≤ xd	1.0	f()	Ca0 − (Ca0 − 1)(x/xd)
xd < x ≤ 10h	1.0	f()	1.0
x > 10h	1.0 for unexposed roof areas 0.75 for exposed roof areas ‌0.5 for exposed roof areas north of tree line	f()	1.0

Notes to Table 4.1.6.5.-A:

(1) For lower roofs with parapets, Cs = 1.0; otherwise, Cs varies as a function of slope, , as defined in Sentences 4.1.6.2.(5) and (6).

Except as provided in Sentence (4), the value of Ca0 for each of Cases I, II and III shall be the lesser of

where
β = 1.0 for Case I, and 0.67 for Cases II and III,
h = difference in elevation between the lower roof surface and the top of the parapet on the upper roof as shown in Figure 4.1.6.5.-A, and

where
Cws = value of Cw applicable to the source of drifting,
lcs = characteristic length of the source area for drifting, defined as , where ws and ls are respectively the shorter and longer dimensions of the relevant source areas for snow drifting shown in Figure 4.1.6.5.-B for Cases I, II and III, and

‌where
hp = height of the roof perimeter parapet of the source area, to be taken as zero unless all the roof edges of the source area have parapets.
Where h ≥ 5 m, the value of Ca0 for Case I is permitted to be taken as

© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022

‌Division B

Forming Part of Sentences 4.1.6.5.(1), (3) and (5), and Table 4.1.6.5.-B


source area for snow in drift	Upper Roof h

Lower snow drift Roof

Snow drift

Source

Lower area for

roof snow in drift

Table 4.1.6.5.-B

Parameters for Snow Load Cases in Figure 4.1.6.5.-B

Parameter	Case I	Case II	Case III
	1.0	0.67	0.67
hp	parapet height of upper-roof source area	parapet height of lower-roof source area	parapet height of lower-roof source area
	‌with ws and ls being the shorter and longer dimensions of the upper roof	‌with ws and ls being the shorter and longer dimensions of the source area on the lower roof for upwind-facing step	with ws and ls being the shorter and longer dimensions of the source area on the lower roof for downwind-facing step

‌Horizontal Gap between a Roof and a Higher Roof
1. Where the roof of one building is separated by a distance, a, from an adjacent building with a higher roof as shown in Figure 4.1.6.5.-A, the influence of the adjacent building on the value of the accumulation factor, Ca, for the lower roof shall be determined as follows:
  1. if a > 5 m, the influence of the adjacent building on Ca for the lower roof can be ignored, and
  2. ‌if a ≤ 5 m, Ca for the lower roof shall be calculated in accordance with Article 4.1.6.5. for values of x ≥ a.
‌Areas Adjacent to Roof Projections
1. Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), the accumulation factor, Ca, for areas adjacent to roof-mounted vertical projections shall be calculated in accordance
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  Division B 4.1.6.8.
  
  with Sentence 4.1.6.5.(1) using the following values for the peak accumulation factor, Ca0, and the drift length, xd:
  1. Ca0 shall be taken as the lesser of
  2. ‌xd shall be taken as the lesser of 3.35h and (2/3)l0, where h = height of the projection, and
    ‌l0 = longest horizontal dimension of the projection. (See Note A-4.1.6.7.(1).)
2. ‌Ca is permitted to be calculated in accordance with Article 4.1.6.5. for larger projections. (See Note A-4.1.6.7.(2).)
3. ‌Where the longest horizontal dimension of the roof projection, l0, is less than 3 m, the drift surcharge adjacent to the projection need not be considered.
‌Snow Drift at Corners
1. The drift loads on the lower level roof against the two faces of an outside corner of an upper level roof or roof obstruction shall be extended radially around the corner as shown in Figure 4.1.6.8.-A and may be taken as the least severe of the drift loads lying against the two faces of the corner.‌
2. The drift loads on the lower level roof against the two faces of an inside corner of an upper level roof or a parapet shall be calculated for each face and the higher of the two loads shall be applied where the drifts overlap as shown in Figure 4.1.6.8.-B
  
  ‌Figure 4.1.6.8.-A Snow load at outside corner
  Upper roof
  face with lower Ca0
  Upper roof
  face with higher Ca0
  radius of drift surcharge = xd
  Lower roof
  xd
  EG01383B
  Lower roof
  Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.6.8.(1)
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B

‌Figure 4.1.6.8.-B Snow load at inside corner‌
face with higher Ca0 face with lower Ca0

Upper roof

Lower roof

EG01384C

Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.6.8.(2)

‌Gable Roofs‌
(See Note A-4.1.6.9.)
1. For all gable roofs, the full and partial load cases defined in Article 4.1.6.3. shall be considered.
2. For gable roofs with a slope α > 15°, the unbalanced load case shall also be considered by setting the values of the accumulation factor, Ca, as follows:
  1. on the upwind side of the roof peak, Ca shall be taken as 0, and
  2. on the downwind side of the roof peak, Ca shall be taken as
    1. 0.25 + α/20, where 15° ≤ α ≤ 20°, and
    2. ‌1.25, where 20° < α ≤ 90°.
3. For all gable roofs, the slope factor, Cs, shall be as prescribed in Sentences 4.1.6.2.(5) and (6).
4. ‌For all gable roofs, the wind exposure factor, Cw, shall be
  1. as prescribed in Sentences 4.1.6.2.(3) and (4) for the full and partial load cases, and
  2. 1.0 for the unbalanced load case referred to in Sentence (2).

‌Arch Roofs, Curved Roofs and Domes‌

For all arch roofs, curved roofs and domes, the full and partial load cases defined in Article 4.1.6.3. shall be considered.
For arch roofs, curved roofs and domes with a rise-to-span ratio h/b > 0.05 (see Figure 4.1.6.10.-A), the load cases provided in Sentences (3) to (7) shall also be considered.
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B 4.1.6.10.
For arch roofs with a slope at the edge αe ≤ 30° (see Figure 4.1.6.10.-A and Table 4.1.6.10.), Ca shall be
1. taken as 0 on the upwind side of the peak, and
2. on the downwind side of the peak, taken as
  
  ‌where
  x = horizontal distance from the roof peak, h = height of arch, and
  b = width of arch.
  
  ‌Figure 4.1.6.10.-A
  Accumulation factors for arch roofs and curved roofs
  Forming Part of Sentences 4.1.6.10.(2) to (4)
  
  wind
   = 15°
   = 30°
  
   = 15°
   = 30°
  h
  e = slope at edge
   ≥ 30°
  b
   < 15°
   ≥ 30°
  x30 x15
  15° <  < 30° x 15° <  < 30°
  Case I, balanced: all values of e
  Ca
  CsCa not slippery
  CsCa slippery
  Ca and CsCa not slippery
  CsCa slippery
  Case II, unbalanced:
  e ≤ 30°
  Case II, unbalanced:
  e > 30°
  Ca
  CsCa not slippery CsCa slippery
  EG01307B
  Note to Figure 4.1.6.10.-A:
  (1) Refer to Table 4.1.6.10. for applicable values of Cw and Sentences 4.1.6.2.(5) and (6) for applicable values of Cs.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
For arch roofs with a slope at the edge αe > 30° (see Figure 4.1.6.10.-A and Table 4.1.6.10.), Ca shall be
1. taken as 0 on the upwind side of the peak, and
2. on the downwind side of the peak,
  1. for the part of the roof between the peak and point where the slope α = 30°, taken as
    
    ‌where
    x, h, b = as specified in Sentence (2), and
    x30 = value of x where the slope α = 30°, and
  2. for the part of the roof where the slope α > 30°, taken as

Except as provided in Sentence (6), Ca for curved roofs shall be determined in accordance with the requirements for arch roofs stated in Sentences (3) and (4).

Table 4.1.6.10.

Load Cases for Arch Roofs, Curved Roofs and Domes

Forming Part of Sentences 4.1.6.10.(3), (4) and (9)

Load Case

Range of Application

Factors

All Arch or Curved Roofs and Domes

Arch and Curved Roofs

Domes

Ca Upwind Side

Ca Downwind Side

Case I

All values of h/b

As stated in 4.1.6.2.(3)

and (4)

1.0

Case II

Slope at edge ≤ 30° h/b > 0.05

all values of x

1.0

0.0

Slope at edge > 30° h/b > 0.05

0 < x < x30

1.0

0.0

Slope at edge > 30° h/b > 0.05

x ≥ x30

1.0

0.0

‌Division B 4.1.6.11.

‌Where the slope, α, of a curved roof at its peak is greater than 10°, Ca shall be determined in accordance with the requirements for gable roofs stated in Article 4.1.6.9. using a slope equal to the mean slope of the curved roof.
For domes of circular plan form (see Figure 4.1.6.10.-B), Ca shall
1. along the central axis parallel to the wind, vary in the same way as for an arch roof with the same rise-to-span ratio, h/b, and
2. off this axis, vary according to
  
  where
  Ca(x,y) = value of Ca at location (x,y),
  ‌Ca(x,0) = value of Ca on the central axis parallel to the wind, x = distance along the central axis parallel to the wind, y = horizontal coordinate normal to the x direction, and r = radius of dome.
‌For all arch roofs, curved roofs and domes, the slope factor, Cs, shall be as prescribed in Sentences 4.1.6.2.(5) and (6).
For all arch roofs, curved roofs and domes, the wind exposure factor, Cw, shall be as prescribed in Table 4.1.6.10.

‌Figure 4.1.6.10.-B

Unbalanced snow accumulation factor on a circular dome

Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.6.10.(7)

Plan View

Wind

C (x,y) = C (x,0)

(1 – )

Ca(x,0)

EG01308B

‌Notes to Figure 4.1.6.10.-B:

(1) Refer to Table 4.1.6.10. for applicable values of Cw and Sentences 4.1.6.2.(5) and (6) for applicable values of Cs.

(2) Refer to Sentences 4.1.6.10.(3) and (4) for the calculation of Ca(x,0).

‌Snow Loads Due to Sliding
1. Except as provided in Sentence (2), where an upper roof, or part thereof, slopes downwards with a slope α > 0 towards a lower roof, the snow load, S, on the lower roof, determined in accordance with Articles 4.1.6.2. and 4.1.6.5., shall be augmented in accordance with Sentence (3) to account for the additional load resulting from sliding snow.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B

‌Sentence (1) need not apply where
1. snow from the upper roof is prevented from sliding by a parapet or other effective means, or
2. the upper roof is not considered slippery and has a slope of less than 20°.
The total weight of additional snow resulting from sliding shall be taken as half the total weight of snow resulting from the uniform load case prescribed in Article 4.1.6.2. with
1. the accumulation factor Ca = 1.0 for the relevant part of the upper roof,
2. ‌the slope factor, Cs, based on the slope of the lower roof, as prescribed in Sentences 4.1.6.2.(5) and (6), and
3. the sliding snow distributed on the lower roof such that it is a maximum for x = 0 and decreases linearly to 0 at x = xd, as shown in Figure 4.1.6.11., where x and xd are as defined in Article 4.1.6.5.

‌Figure 4.1.6.11.‌

Snow distribution on lower roof with sloped upper roof

Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.6.11.(3)



Distribution of snow load, S

sliding load drift load

EG01309B

‌Valleys in Curved or Sloped Roofs‌
1. For valleys in curved or sloped roofs with a slope α > 10°, in addition to the full and partial load cases defined in Article 4.1.6.3., the non-uniform load cases II and III presented in Sentences (2) and (3) shall be considered to account for sliding, creeping and movement of meltwater.
2. For case II (see Figure 4.1.6.12.), the accumulation factor, Ca, shall be calculated as follows:
  
  where
  x = horizontal distance from the bottom of the valley, and
  b = twice the horizontal distance between the bottom of the valley and the peak of the roof surface in question.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  ‌Division B 4.1.6.15.
3. For case III (see Figure 4.1.6.12.), Ca shall be calculated as follows:
  
  ‌where
  x, b = as specified in Sentence (2).
  
  ‌Figure 4.1.6.12.
  Snow loads in valleys of sloped or curved roofs
  Forming Part of Sentences 4.1.6.12.(2) and (3)
  
  x
  1
  x
  2
  
  1
  
  2
  
  1
  
  2
  b
  1
  b
  2
  2
  2
  Case I
  S = Is(Ss + Sr)
  Case II
  b
  S = Is(0.5Ss + Sr)
  1
  b
  2
  4
  4
  S = Is(1.5Ss + Sr)
  Case III
  b
  1
  b
  S = Is(0.5Ss + Sr)
  2
  8 8
  EG01310A
  ‌Notes to Figure 4.1.6.12.:
  1. Cw = 1, as per Sentence 4.1.6.2.(3).
  2. ‌Cs = 1, as per Sentence 4.1.6.2.(7).
‌Specific Weight of Snow‌
1. ‌For the purposes of calculating snow loads in drifts, the specific weight of snow,
  γ, shall be taken as 4.0 kN/m3 or 0.43SS + 2.2 kN/m3, whichever is lesser.
‌Snow Removal‌
1. ‌Snow removal by mechanical, thermal, manual or other means shall not be used as a rationale to reduce design snow loads.
‌Ice Loading of Structures
1. For lattice structures connected to the building, and other building components or appurtenances involving small width elements subject to significant ice accretion, the weight of ice accretion and the effective area presented to wind shall be as prescribed in CAN/CSA-S37, “Antennas, towers, and antenna-supporting structures.”
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B

‌4.1.6.16. Roofs with Solar Panels‌

(See Note A-4.1.6.16.)

Where solar panels are installed on a roof, the snow loads, S, shall be determined in accordance with Sentences (2) to (6) or with the requirements for roofs without solar panels, whichever produces the most critical effect.
For the purposes of this Article, solar panels shall be classified as
1. Parallel Flush, where the panels are installed parallel to the roof surface with their upper surface less than or equal to CbCwSs/γ above the roof surface,
2. ‌Parallel Raised, where the panels are installed parallel to the roof surface with their upper surface greater than CbCwSs/γ above the roof surface, or
3. Tilted, where the panels are installed at an angle to the roof surface with their highest edge greater than CbCwSs/γ above the roof surface.
For sloped roofs with solar panels, the snow loads, S, shall be determined in accordance with the requirements for roofs without solar panels, except that the slope factor, Cs, shall be
1. ‌taken as 1.0 for roof areas extending upslope from the downslope edge of a panel or array of panels at an angle of 45° from each side edge of the panel or array, and
2. as specified in Sentences 4.1.6.2.(5) to (7) for all other roof areas. (See Note A-4.1.6.16.(3).)
For sloped roofs with Parallel Flush solar panels, the snow loads, S, shall be determined in accordance with the requirements for roofs without solar panels, except that
1. Cs shall be determined in accordance with Sentence (3),
2. where the gap width, wg, between the panels along the roof slope is greater than or equal to the panel width, wp, along the roof slope, the accumulation factor, Ca, shall be taken as
  1. 0.0 for the panels,
  2. 2.0 for roof areas within a distance of wp downslope from a downslope panel edge, and
  3. 1.0 for all other roof areas (see Note A-4.1.6.16.(4)(b)), and
3. where the gap width, wg, between the panels along the roof slope is less than the panel width, wp, along the roof slope, Ca shall be taken as
  1. 0.0 for panel areas within a distance of wg downslope from an upslope panel edge,
  2. ‌1.0 for other panel areas,
  3. 2.0 for roof areas in gaps between the panels, and
  4. 1.0 for all other roof areas (see Note A-4.1.6.16.(4)(c)).
‌For roofs with Parallel Raised solar panels, the snow loads, S, shall be determined in accordance with the requirements for roofs without solar panels, except that‌‌
1. where the roof is flat, Ca shall be taken as
  1. 1.0 for the panels,
  2. 1.0 for roof areas not under the panels,
  3. ‌1.0 for roof areas under the panels within a distance of min(2hg,2wg) from a panel edge, where hg is the gap height between the lower surface of the panels and the roof surface, and wg is the gap width between the panels, and
  4. 0.0 for other roof areas under the panels (see Note A-4.1.6.16.(5)(a)), and
2. where the roof is sloped, the snow loads, S, derived from Clause (a) shall be used, except that
  1. Cs shall be determined in accordance with Sentence (3),
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    Division B 4.1.7.1.
  2. S shall be taken as 0.0 on the panels, and
  3. S for all roof areas shall be taken as the sum of S on the panels, as derived from Subclause (a)(i) and shifted by a distance of wp downslope onto the roof, where wp is the panel width along the roof slope, and S on the roof areas, as derived from Subclauses (a)(ii) to (a)(iv)
    (see Note A-4.1.6.16.(5)(b)).
For flat roofs with Tilted solar panels, the snow loads, S, shall be determined in accordance with the requirements for roofs without solar panels, except that
1. Ca shall be taken as 0.0 for the panels,
2. Ca shall be taken as 1.0 for roof areas beyond a distance of 5(h – CbCwSs/γ) from the lowest edge of the panels, where h is the height of the highest edge of the panels above the roof surface,
3. except as provided in Clauses (d) and (e), for roof areas within a distance of 5(h – CbCwSs/γ) from the lowest edge of the panels, Ca shall be taken as
  1. 1.25 for (hg – CbCwSs/γ) ≤ 0.3 m, where hg is the gap height between the lowest edge of the panels and the roof surface,
  2. ‌1.294 – 0.1471(hg – CbCwSs/γ) for 0.3 < (hg – CbCwSs/γ) ≤ 2.0 m, and
  3. 1.0 for (hg – CbCwSs/γ) > 2.0 m (see Note A-4.1.6.16.(6)(c)),
4. except as provided in Clause (e), Ca shall be taken as 2.0 for roof areas within a distance of wph beyond the lowest edge of the panels, where wph is the horizontal projection of the panel width, wp, along the sloped panel edges, and
5. ‌where the panels, panel supports or back plates obstruct snow from sliding under the panels, the load of the increased volume of snow in the gaps between the panels shall be considered to be uniformly distributed.‌

(See Note A-4.1.6.16.(6).)

‌Wind Load

‌Specified Wind Load‌
1. The specified wind loads for a building and its components shall be determined using the Static, Dynamic or Wind Tunnel Procedure as stated in Sentences (2) to (5).
2. For the design of buildings that are not dynamically sensitive, as defined in Sentence 4.1.7.2.(1), one of the following procedures shall be used to determine the specified wind loads:
  1. the Static Procedure described in Article 4.1.7.3.,
  2. the Dynamic Procedure described in Article 4.1.7.8., or
  3. the Wind Tunnel Procedure described in Article 4.1.7.14.
3. For the design of buildings that are dynamically sensitive, as defined in Sentence 4.1.7.2.(2), one of the following procedures shall be used to determine the specified wind loads:
  1. the Dynamic Procedure described in Article 4.1.7.8., or
  2. the Wind Tunnel Procedure described in Article 4.1.7.14.
4. For the design of buildings that may be subject to wake buffeting or channelling effects from nearby buildings, or that are very dynamically sensitive, as defined in Sentence 4.1.7.2.(3), the Wind Tunnel Procedure described in Article 4.1.7.14., shall be used to determine the specified wind loads.
5. ‌For the design of cladding and secondary structural members, one of the following procedures shall be used to determine the specified wind loads:
  1. the Static Procedure described in Article 4.1.7.3., or
  2. the Wind Tunnel Procedure described in Article 4.1.7.14.
6. Computational fluid dynamics shall not be used to determine the specified wind loads for a building and its components. (See Note A-4.1.7.1.(6).)
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022

‌Division B

‌Classification of Buildings‌
(See Note A-4.1.7.2.(2))
1. Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), a building is permitted to be classified as not dynamically sensitive.
2. A building shall be classified as dynamically sensitive if
  1. its lowest natural frequency is less than 1 Hz and greater than 0.25 Hz,
  2. its height is greater than 60 m, or
  3. its height is greater than 4 times its minimum effective width, where the effective width, w, of a building shall be taken as
    
    where the summations are over the height of the building for a given wind direction, hi is the height above grade to level i, and wi is the width normal to the wind direction at height hi; the minimum effective width is the lowest value of the effective width considering all wind directions.
3. A building shall be classified as very dynamically sensitive if
  1. its lowest natural frequency is less than or equal to 0.25 Hz, or
  2. it contains a human occupancy, and its height is more than 6 times its minimum effective width as defined in Clause (2)(c).
‌Static Procedure
1. The specified external pressure or suction due to wind on part or all of a surface of a building shall be calculated as follows:
  
  where
  p = specified external pressure acting statically and in a direction normal to the surface, considered positive when the pressure acts towards the surface and negative when it acts away from the surface,
  ‌IW = importance factor for wind load, as provided in Table 4.1.7.3., q = reference velocity pressure, as provided in Sentence (4),
  Ce = exposure factor, as provided in Sentences (5) and (7), Ct = topographic factor, as provided in Article 4.1.7.4.,
  Cg = gust effect factor, as provided in Sentence (8), and
  Cp = external pressure coefficient, as provided in Articles 4.1.7.5. and 4.1.7.6.
  
  Table 4.1.7.3.
  Importance Factor for Wind Load, IW
  Forming Part of Sentences 4.1.7.3.(1) and 4.1.7.8.(4)
  
  Importance Category
  Importance Factor, IW
  ULS
  SLS
  Low
  0.8
  0.75
  ‌Normal
  1
  0.75
  High
  1.15
  0.75
  Post-disaster
  1.25
  0.75
2. The net wind load for the building as a whole shall be the algebraic difference of the loads on the windward and leeward surfaces, and in some cases, may be calculated as the sum of the products of the external pressures or suctions and the areas of the surfaces over which they are averaged as provided in Sentence (1).
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  ‌Division B 4.1.7.3.
3. The net specified pressure due to wind on part or all of a surface of a building shall be the algebraic difference, such as to produce the most critical effect, of the external pressure or suction calculated in accordance with Sentence (1) and the specified internal pressure or suction due to wind calculated as follows:
  
  where
  ‌pi = specified internal pressure acting statically and in a direction normal to the surface, either as a pressure directed towards the surface or as a suction directed away from the surface,
  IW, q, Ct = as defined in Sentence (1),
  Cei = exposure factor for internal pressure, as provided in Sentence (7), Cgi = internal gust effect factor, as provided in Sentence (10), and
  Cpi = internal pressure coefficient, as provided in Article 4.1.7.7.
4. The reference velocity pressure, q, shall be the appropriate value determined in conformance with Subsection 1.1.3., based on a probability of being exceeded in any one year of 1 in 50.
5. ‌The exposure factor, Ce, shall be based on the reference height, h, determined in accordance with Sentence (6), for the surface or part of the surface under consideration and shall be‌
  1. (h/10)0.2 but not less than 0.9 for open terrain, where open terrain is level terrain with only scattered buildings, trees or other obstructions, open water or shorelines thereof,
  2. 0.7(h/12)0.3 but not less than 0.7 for rough terrain, where rough terrain is suburban, urban or wooded terrain extending upwind from the building uninterrupted for at least 1 km or 20 times the height of the building, whichever is greater, or
  3. an intermediate value between the two exposures defined in Clauses (a) and (b) in cases where the site is less than 1 km or 20 times the height of the building from a change in terrain conditions, whichever is greater, provided an appropriate interpolation method is used (see Note A-4.1.7.3.(5)(c)).
6. The reference height, h, shall be determined as follows:
  1. for buildings whose height is less than or equal to 20 m and less than the smaller plan dimension, h shall be the mid-height of the roof above grade, but not less than 6 m,
  2. for other buildings, h shall be
    1. the actual height above grade of the point on the windward wall for which external pressures are being calculated,
    2. the mid-height of the roof for pressures on surfaces parallel to the wind direction, and
    3. the mid-height of the building for pressures on the leeward wall, and
  3. for any structural element exposed to wind, h shall be the mid-height of the element above the ground.
7. The exposure factor for internal pressures, Cei, shall be determined as follows:
  1. for buildings whose height is greater than 20 m and that have a dominant opening, Cei shall be equal to the exposure factor for external pressures, Ce, calculated at the mid-height of the dominant opening, and
  2. for other buildings, Cei shall be the same as the exposure factor for external pressures, Ce, calculated for a reference height, h, equal to the mid-height of the building or 6 m, whichever is greater.
8. Except as provided in Sentences (9) and 4.1.7.6.(1), the gust effect factor, Cg, shall be one of the following values:
  1. 2.0 for the building as a whole and main structural members, or
  2. 2.5 for external pressures and suctions on secondary structural members, including cladding.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B

‌For cases where Cg and Cp are combined into a single product, CgCp, the values of Cg and Cp need not be independently specified. (See Article 4.1.7.6.)
The internal gust effect factor, Cgi, shall be 2.0, except it is permitted to be calculated using the following equation for large structures enclosing a single large unpartitioned volume that does not have numerous overhead doors or openings:

‌where

V0 = internal volume, in m3, and

‌A = total area of all exterior openings of the volume, in m2. (See Note A-4.1.7.3.(10).)

‌Topographic Factor‌
1. Except as provided in Sentence (2), the topographic factor, Ct, shall be taken as 1.0.
2. For buildings on hills or escarpments with a slope, Hh/(2Lh), greater than 0.1 (see Figure 4.1.7.4.), the topographic factor, Ct, shall be calculated as follows:
  
  where
  
  where
  ΔSmax = applicable value from Table 4.1.7.4.,
  x = horizontal distance from the peak of the hill or escarpment,
  ‌Lh = horizontal distance upwind from the peak to the point where the ground surface lies at half the height of the hill or escarpment, or 2Hh (where Hh = height of hill or escarpment), whichever is greater,
  z = height above ground, and
  k and α = applicable constants from Table 4.1.7.4. based on shape of hill or escarpment.
  
  Table 4.1.7.4.
  Parameters for Maximum Speed-up Over Hills and Escarpments
  Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.7.4.(2)
  
  Shape of Hill or Escarpment
  
  ΔSmax(1)
  
  k
  x < 0
  x ≥ 0
  2-dimensional hill
  2.2Hh/Lh
  3
  1.5
  1.5
  2-dimensional escarpment
  1.3Hh/Lh
  2.5
  1.5
  4
  3-dimensional axi-symmetrical hill
  1.6Hh/Lh
  4
  1.5
  1.5
  
  Notes to Table 4.1.7.4.:
  (1) For Hh/Lh > 0.5, assume Hh/Lh = 0.5 and substitute 2Hh for Lh in the equation for ΔS.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  ‌Division B 4.1.7.5.
  
  ‌Figure 4.1.7.4.
  Speed-up of mean velocity on a hill or escarpment
  “speed-up”
  z
  V(z) S × V(z)
  x
  Hh/2
  z
  V(z)
  L
  Hh
  h
  H /2
  h
  Hill
  V(z) S × V(z)
  z
  x
  z
  V(z)
  Hh
  Lh
  
  Escarpment
  EG00915C
  Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.7.4.(2)
  
  ‌Note to Figure 4.1.7.4.:
  (1) V(z) = wind speed
‌External Pressure Coefficients
1. ‌Applicable values of external pressure coefficients, Cp, are provided in
  1. Sentences (2) to (9), and
  2. Article 4.1.7.6. for certain shapes of low buildings.
2. For the design of the main structural system, the value of Cp shall be established as follows, where H is the height of the building and D is the width of the building parallel to the wind direction:
  1. on the windward face,
    Cp = 0.6 for H/D < 0.25
    = 0.27(H/D + 2) for 0.25 ≤ H/D < 1.0, and
    = 0.8 for H/D ≥ 1.0,
  2. on the leeward face,
    Cp = –0.3 for H/D < 0.25,
    ‌= –0.27(H/D + 0.88) for 0.25 ≤ H/D < 1.0, and
    = –0.5 for H/D ≥ 1.0, and
  3. on the walls parallel to the wind, Cp = –0.7. (See Note A-4.1.7.5.(2) and (3).)
3. For the design of roofs, the value of Cp shall be established as follows, where x is the distance from the upwind edge of the roof:
  1. for H/D ≥ 1.0, Cp = –1.0, and
  2. for H/D < 1.0,
    Cp = –1.0 for x ≤ H, and
    = –0.5 for x > H. (See Note A-4.1.7.5.(2) and (3).)
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B

For the design of the cladding and of secondary structural elements supporting the cladding, the value of Cp shall be established as follows, where W and D are the widths of the building:
1. on walls, Cp shall be taken as ±0.9, except that within a distance equal to the larger of 0.1D and 0.1W from a building corner, the negative value of Cp shall be taken as –1.2,
2. on walls where vertical ribs deeper than 1 m are placed on the facade, Cp shall be taken as ±0.9, except that, within a distance equal to the larger of 0.2D and 0.2W from a building corner, the negative value of Cp shall be taken as –1.4, and
3. on roofs, Cp shall be taken as –1.0, except that
  1. within a distance equal to the larger of 0.1D and 0.1W from a roof edge, Cp shall be taken as –1.5,
  2. in a zone that is within a distance equal to the larger of 0.2W and 0.2D from a roof corner, Cp shall be taken as –2.3 but is permitted to be taken as –2.0 for roofs with perimeter parapets that are higher than 1 m, and
  3. on lower levels of flat stepped roofs, positive pressure coefficients established for the walls of the steps apply for a distance b (see Figure 4.1.7.6.-D for the definition of b).
    (See Note A-4.1.7.5.(4).)
Except as provided in Sentence (6), for the design of balcony guards, the internal pressure coefficient, Cpi, shall be taken as zero and the value of Cp shall be taken as
±0.9, except that, within a distance equal to the larger of 0.1W and 0.1D from a building
corner, Cp shall be taken as ±1.2.
Where the top of the balcony guard is 2.0 m or less below the roof surface, the values of Cp shall be taken as equal to those determined for parapets in Sentences (7) and (8).
To determine the contribution from parapets to the wind loads on the main structural system, the values of Cp shall be taken as
1. ‌on the outer faces, equal to those on the walls below,
2. on the inner face of the windward parapet, equal to that on the upwind edge of a roof surface at the level of the top of the parapet, and
3. on the inner faces of the other parapets, zero.
‌For the structural design of parapets themselves, the values of Cp shall be taken as equal to those specified in Sentence (7), except that the value of Cp on the inner face of the leeward parapet shall be taken as equal to that on the outer face of the windward parapet.
For the design of cladding on parapets, the values of Cp shall be taken as
1. ‌on the outer vertical surfaces, equal to those on the cladding on the walls below, and
2. ‌on the inner and top surfaces, equal to those on the cladding of a roof surface at the level of the top of the parapet.

‌External Pressure Coefficients for Low Buildings

For the design of buildings with a height, H, that is both less than or equal to 20 m and less than the smaller plan dimension, the values of the product of the pressure coefficient and gust factor, CgCp, provided in Sentences (2) to (9) are permitted to be used.

For the design of the main structural system of the building, which is affected by wind pressures on more than one surface as shown in Figure 4.1.7.6.-A, the values of CgCp are provided in Table 4.1.7.6.

‌Division B 4.1.7.6.

‌Figure 4.1.7.6.-A

Primary structural actions arising from wind load acting simultaneously on all surfaces of low buildings (H ≤ 20 m)

Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.7. 6.(2) and Table 4.1.7.6.

Load Case A: winds generally perpendicular to ridge

2.5H(6)

roof slope

reference height, h(3)

y(4)

wind direction range

Load Case B: winds generally parallel to ridge

roof slope

z(5)

y(4)

wind direction range

EG00920B

Notes to Figure 4.1.7.6.-A:

The building must be designed for all wind directions. Each corner must be considered in turn as the windward corner shown in the sketches. For all roof slopes, Load Case A and Load Case B are required as two separate loading conditions to generate the wind actions, including torsion, to be resisted by the structural system.
For the design of foundations, exclusive of anchorages to the frame, only 70% of the effective load is to be considered.
The reference height, h, for pressures is the mid-height of the roof or 6 m, whichever is greater. The eave height, H, may be substituted for the mid-height of the roof if the roof slope is less than 7°.
End-zone width y should be the greater of 6 m or 2z, where z is the width of the gable-wall end zone defined for Load Case B below. Alternatively, for buildings with frames, the end-zone width y may be the distance between the end and the first interior frame.
End-zone width z is the lesser of 10% of the least horizontal dimension and 40% of height, H, but not less than 4% of the least horizontal dimension or 1 m.
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
4.1.7.6. Division B

For B/H > 5 in Load Case A, the negative coefficients listed for surfaces 2 and 2E in Table 4.1.7.6. should only be applied on an area whose width is 2.5H measured from the windward eave. The pressures on the remainder of the windward roof should be reduced to the pressures for the leeward roof.

Table 4.1.7.6.

External Peak Values of CgCp in Figure 4.1.7.6.-A

Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.7.6.(2)

Load Case

Roof Slope

External Peak Values of CgCp(1)(2)

Building Surfaces

0° to 5°

0.75

1.15

−1.3

−2.0

−0.7

−1.0

−0.55

−0.8

–

20°

30° to 45°

1.0

1.05

1.5

1.3

−1.3

0.4

−2.0

0.5

−0.9

−0.8

−1.3

−1.0

−0.8

−0.7

−1.2

−0.9

–

90°

1.05

1.3

1.05

1.3

−0.7

−0.9

−0.7

−0.9

–

0° to 90°

−0.85

−0.9

−1.3

−2.0

−0.7

−1.0

−0.85

−0.9

0.75

1.15

−0.55

−0.8

‌Notes to Table 4.1.7.6.:

(1) For values of roof slope not shown, the coefficient CgCp can be interpolated linearly.

(2) Positive coefficients denote forces toward the surface, whereas negative coefficients denote forces away from the surface.

‌For the design of individual walls and wall cladding, the values of CgCp are provided in Figure 4.1.7.6.-B.‌
‌For the design of roofs with a slope less than or equal to 7°, the values of CgCp are provided in Figure 4.1.7.6.-C.
‌For the design of flat roofs with steps in elevation, the values of CgCp are provided in Figure 4.1.7.6.-D.
For the design of gabled or hipped, single-ridge roofs with a slope greater than 7°, the values of CgCp are provided in Figure 4.1.7.6.-E.
‌For the design of gabled, multi-ridge roofs, the values of CgCp are provided in
1. Figure 4.1.7.6.-C for roofs with a slope less than or equal to 10°, and
2. Figure 4.1.7.6.-F for roofs with a slope greater than 10°.
‌For monosloped roofs, the values of CgCp are provided in
1. Figure 4.1.7.6.-C for roofs with a slope less than or equal to 3°, and
2. Figure 4.1.7.6.-G for roofs with a slope greater than 3° and less than or equal to 30°.
For sawtooth roofs, the values of CgCp are provided in
1. Figure 4.1.7.6.-C for roofs with a slope less than or equal to 10°, and
2. Figure 4.1.7.6.-H for roofs with a slope greater than 10°.
The wind loads on balcony guards on low buildings shall be as specified in Sentences 4.1.7.5.(5) and (6).
The wind loads on parapets on low buildings shall be as specified in Sentences 4.1.7.5.(7) to (9).
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B 4.1.7.6.

‌Figure 4.1.7.6.-B
External peak values of CgCp on individual walls for the design of cladding and secondary structural members
CgCp
Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.7.6.(3)

-3.0
-2.0
e
w
-1.0
0
1.0
2.0
1 2 5 10 20 50 100
Tributary area, m2
e
w

z
H
e
w
e e
z
z
reference height, h
z
EG00921B
e
w
and
Notes to Figure 4.1.7.6.-B:
1. These coefficients apply for any roof slope, .
2. End-zone width z is the lesser of 10% of the least horizontal dimension and 40% of height, H, but not less than 4% of the least horizontal dimension or 1 m.
3. Combinations of external and internal pressures must be evaluated to obtain the most severe loading.
4. Positive coefficients denote forces toward the surface, whereas negative coefficients denote forces away from the surface. Each structural element must be designed to withstand forces of both signs.
5. Pressure coefficients generally apply for facades with architectural features; however, where vertical ribs deeper than 1 m are placed on a facade, a local CgCp of –2.8 applies to zone e.

‌4.1.7.6. Division B

‌Figure 4.1.7.6.-C

External peak values of CgCp on roofs with a slope of 7° or less for the design of structural components and cladding

Forming Part of Sentences 4.1.7.6.(4), (7), (8) and (9)

roof with overhang roof without overhang

-6.0

(7)

-5.0

oc (1)(7)

-4.0

(1)

-3.0

s (2)

-2.0

r (2)



-1.0

H reference

height, h

0° <  ≤ 7°

s r c

1.0

1 2 5 10 20 50

100(6)

Tributary area, m2

EG00922C

CgCp

Notes to Figure 4.1.7.6.-C:

Coefficients for overhung roofs have the prefix “o” and refer to the same roof areas as referred to by the corresponding symbol without a prefix. They include contributions from both upper and lower surfaces. In the case of overhangs, the walls are inboard of the roof outline.
s and r apply to both roofs and upper surfaces of canopies.
End-zone width z is the lesser of 10% of the least horizontal dimension and 40% of height, H, but not less than 4% of the least horizontal dimension or 1 m.
Combinations of external and internal pressures must be evaluated to obtain the most severe loading.
Positive coefficients denote forces toward the surface, whereas negative coefficients denote forces away from the surface. Each structural element must be designed to withstand forces of both signs.
For calculating the uplift forces on tributary areas larger than 100 m2 on unobstructed nearly-flat roofs with low parapets, and where the centre of the tributary area is at least twice the height of the building from the nearest edge, the value of CgCp may be reduced from –1.5 to –1.1 at x/H = 2 and further reduced linearly to –0.6 at x/H = 5, where x is the distance to the nearest edge and H is the height of the building.
For roofs having a perimeter parapet with a height of 1 m or greater, the corner coefficients CgCp for tributary areas less than 1 m2 can be reduced from –5.4 to –4.4.
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B 4.1.7.6.

‌Figure 4.1.7.6.-D
External peak values of CgCp for the design of the structural components and cladding of buildings with stepped roofs
Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.7.6.(5)

h1
H
h2
b
W1
W2
W
h1
H
b
b
h2
W1
W2
W3
W
EG00923A
Notes to Figure 4.1.7.6.-D:
1. The zone designations, pressure-gust coefficients and notes provided in Figure 4.1.7.6.-C apply on both the upper and lower levels of flat stepped roofs, except that on the lower levels, positive pressure-gust coefficients equal to those in Figure 4.1.7.6.-B for walls apply for a distance, b, where b is equal to 1.5h1 but not greater than 30 m. For all walls in Figure 4.1.7.6.-D, zone designations and pressure coefficients provided for walls in Figure 4.1.7.6.-B apply.
2. Note (1) above applies only when the following conditions are met: h1 ≥ 0.3H, h1 ≥3 m, and W1, W2 or W3 is greater than 0.25W but not greater than 0.75W.

‌4.1.7.6. Division B

‌Figure 4.1.7.6.-E

External peak values of CgCp on single-span gabled and hipped roofs with a slope greater than 7° for the design of structural components and cladding

Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.7.6.(6)

z z



reference height, h



7° <  ≤ 45° 7° <  ≤ 27°

roof with overhang roof without overhang

-8.0

-7.0

gable and hip roofs 7° <  ≤ 27°

-8.0

-7.0

gable roofs 27° <  ≤ 45°

-6.0

-5.0

-4.0

-5.0

-4.0

oc os

-3.0

-2.0

-3.0

-2.0

c s

-1.0

0.0

s r c

0.0

1.0

2.0

0.1 1 10 100

1.0

2.0

0.1

s r c

100

Tributary area, m2 Tributary area, m2

EG00924D

CgCp

Notes to Figure 4.1.7.6.-E:

Coefficients for overhung roofs have the prefix “o” and refer to the same roof areas as referred to by the corresponding symbol without a prefix. They include contributions from both upper and lower surfaces.
End-zone width z is the lesser of 10% of the least horizontal dimension and 40% of height, H, but not less than 4% of the least horizontal dimension or 1 m.
Combinations of external and internal pressures must be evaluated to obtain the most severe loading.
Positive coefficients denote forces towards the surface, whereas negative coefficients denote forces away from the surface. Each structural element must be designed to withstand forces of both signs.
For hipped roofs with 7° <  ≤ 27°, edge/ridge strips and pressure-gust coefficients for ridges of gabled roofs
apply along each hip.
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B 4.1.7.6.

‌Figure 4.1.7.6.-F
External peak values of CgCp on multi-span gabled (folded) roofs with a slope greater than 10° for the design of structural components and cladding
Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.7.6.(7)

z z z
z
z
z
s'

s
r
r
c

H
reference height, h

reference
H height, h
10° <  ≤ 30° 30° <  ≤ 45°
-5.0
c
-5.0
-4.0
s'
s
-4.0
c s
r
-3.0
r
-3.0
s'
-2.0
-2.0
r
-1.0
-1.0
0.0
0.0
s r c
1.0
1.0
s r c
2.0 2.0
0.1 1 10 100 0.1
1
10
100
Tributary area, m2 Tributary area, m2
EG00925B
CgCp
CgCp
Notes to Figure 4.1.7.6.-F:
1. End-zone width z is the lesser of 10% of the least horizontal dimension and 40% of height, H, but not less than 4% of the least horizontal dimension or 1 m.
2. Combinations of external and internal pressures must be evaluated to obtain the most severe loading.
3. Positive coefficients denote forces towards the surface, whereas negative coefficients denote forces away from the surface. Each structural element must be designed to withstand forces of both signs.
4. For  ≤ 10°, the coefficients given in Figure 4.1.7.6.-C apply, but for cases where  > than 7°, use  = 7°.

‌Division B

‌Figure 4.1.7.6.-G
External peak values of CgCp on monoslope roofs for the design of structural components and cladding
Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.7.6.(8)

2z
2z
2z
s
s' c
2z
z
4z c' 4z c'
s'
r
s
s
r
c'
c'
s'
c
z
z
z
s


H
reference height, h
H reference height, h
3°<  ≤ 10° 10°<  ≤ 30°
-6
-6
-5
-5
c'
c'
-4 s' -4
c
-3
s
s
-3
-2
r
-2
r
-1
-1
0
0
1
all regions
1
all regions
2
1
10 50
5 20 100
2 10 50
Tributary area, m2
1 5 20 100
Tributary area, m2
EG00926B
CgCp
CgCp
Notes to Figure 4.1.7.6.-G:
1. End-zone width z is the lesser of 10% of the least horizontal dimension and 40% of height, H, but not less than 4% of the least horizontal dimension or 1 m.
2. Combinations of external and internal pressures must be evaluated to obtain the most severe loading.
3. Positive coefficients denote forces towards the surface, whereas negative coefficients denote forces away from the surface. Each structural element must be designed to withstand forces of both signs.
4. For  ≤ 3°, the coefficients given in Figure 4.1.7.6.-C apply.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  ‌Division B 4.1.7.7.
  
  ‌Figure 4.1.7.6.-H
  External peak values of CgCp on sawtooth roofs with a slope greater than 10° for the design of structural components and cladding
  Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.7.6.(9)
  
  z
  z
  -8
  2z
  z
  c span A
  A B C D
  c
  -7
  s
  -6
  s
  s
  -5
  c spans B,C,D
  r
  -4
  r
  -3
  
  -2
  
  -1
  2z
  z
  0
  z
  1 r
   
  H
  reference height, h
  2
  c
  s
  3
  w/2
  w/2
  1 2
  5 10 20 50 100
  10° <  < 30°
  Tributary area, m2
  EG00927C
  CgCp
  Notes to Figure 4.1.7.6.-H:
  1. End-zone width z is the lesser of 10% of the least horizontal dimension and 40% of height, H, but not less than 4% of the least horizontal dimension or 1 m.
  2. Combinations of external and internal pressures must be evaluated to obtain the most severe loading.
  3. ‌Positive coefficients denote forces towards the surface, whereas negative coefficients denote forces away from the surface. Each structural element must be designed to withstand forces of both signs.
  4. Negative coefficients on the corner zones of Span A differ from those on Spans B, C and D.
  5. ‌For  ≤ 10°, the coefficients given in Figure 4.1.7.6.-C apply, but for cases where  > than 7°, use  = 7°.

‌Internal Pressure Coefficient‌

The internal pressure coefficient, Cpi, for buildings shall be as prescribed in Table 4.1.7.7.

Table 4.1.7.7.

Internal Pressure Coefficients

Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.7.7.(1)

Building Openings	Values for Cpi
Uniformly distributed small openings amounting to less than 0.1% of the	–0.15 to 0.0
total surface area of the building
Non-uniformly distributed openings of which none is significant or	–0.45 to +0.30
significant openings that are wind-resistant and closed during storms
Large openings likely to remain open during storms	–0.70 to +0.70

‌Division B

‌The internal pressure coefficient, Cpi, for cladding on parapets shall be –0.70 to +0.70. (See Note A-4.1.7.7.(2).)‌

‌Dynamic Procedure
1. For the application of the Dynamic Procedure, the provisions of Article 4.1.7.3. shall be followed, except that the exposure factor, Ce, shall be as prescribed in Sentences (2) and (3), and the gust effect factor, Cg, shall be as prescribed in Sentence (4), when determining the wind loads on the main structural system.
2. For buildings in open terrain, as defined in Clause 4.1.7.3.(5)(a), the value of Ce for the design of the main structural system shall be calculated as follows:
  
  (See Note A-4.1.7.8.(2) and (3).)
3. For buildings in rough terrain, as defined in Clause 4.1.7.3.(5)(b), the value of Ce for the design of the main structural system shall be calculated as follows:
  
  (See Note A-4.1.7.8.(2) and (3).)
4. For the design of the main structural system, Cg shall be calculated as follows:
  
  where
  gp = peak factor calculated as , and
  σ/µ where
  ν = average fluctuation rate calculated as ,
  T = 3 600 s,
  K = 0.08 for open terrain and 0.10 for rough terrain,
  CeH = exposure factor evaluated at reference height h = H,
  B = background turbulence factor, a function of w/H determined from Figure 4.1.7.8.,
  s = size reduction factor calculated as ,
  F = gust energy ratio calculated as , where x0 = (1 220fnD/VH), and
  β = damping ratio, which shall be determined by a rational method, or may be taken to be 0.01 for steel structures, 0.02 for concrete structures, and 0.015 for composite structures,
  where
  fnD = natural frequency of vibration of the building in the along-wind direction, in Hz,
  H = height of the building,
  w = effective width of windward face of the building calculated as , where wi = width normal to wind direction at height hi, and
  VH = mean wind speed at the top of the structure, in m/s, calculated as , where
  = reference wind speed at a height of 10 m, in m/s, calculated as ,
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  Division B 4.1.7.9.
  
  where
  ‌IW = importance factor for wind load, as provided in Table 4.1.7.3., q = reference velocity pressure, in Pa, and
  ρ = air density = 1.2929 kg/m3. (See Note A-4.1.7.8.(4).)
  
  ‌Figure 4.1.7.8.‌
  Background turbulence factor, B
  1.5
  2.0
  3.0
  0.7
  5.0
  1.0
  0.3
  0.5
  0
  0.2
  0.1
  Height of structure, m
  Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.7.8.(4)
  
  400
  300
  
  200
  100
  80
  60
  50
  40
  30
  w/H
  20
  10
  8
  6
  5
  4
  3
  
  2
  914/H
  1 1
  B = 4/3
  1 + xH 1 + xw
  x
  457 122
  (1 + x2)4/3 dx
  0
  1
  0.4 0.6
  0.8
  1.0
  1.2
  1.4
  1.6 1.8
  Background turbulence factor, B
  EG00916B
‌Full and Partial Wind Loading‌
1. ‌Except where the wind loads are derived from the combined CgCp values determined in accordance with Article 4.1.7.6., buildings and structural members shall be capable of withstanding the effects of the following loads:
  1. the full wind loads acting along each of the 2 principal horizontal axes considered separately,
  2. 75% of the wind loads described in Clause (a) but offset from the central geometric axis of the building by 15% of its width normal to the direction of the force to produce the worst load effect,
  3. 75% of the wind loads described in Clause (a) but with both axes considered simultaneously, and
  4. 56% of the wind loads described in Clause (a) but with both axes considered simultaneously and offset from the central geometric axis of the building by 15% of its width normal to the direction of the force.
    (See Note A-4.1.7.9.(1).)
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B‌

‌Interior Walls and Partitions
1. In the design of interior walls and partitions, due consideration shall be given to differences in air pressure on opposite sides of the wall or partition which may result from
‌Exterior Ornamentations, Equipment and Appendages
(See Note A-4.1.7.11.)
1. The effects of wind loads on exterior ornamentations, equipment and appendages, including the increase in exposed area as a result of ice buildup as prescribed in CAN/CSA-S37, “Antennas, towers, and antenna-supporting structures,” shall be considered in the structural design of the connections and the building.
2. ‌Where there are a number of similar components, the net increase in force is permitted to be based on the total area for all similar components as opposed to the summation of forces of individual elements.
‌Attached Canopies on Low Buildings with a Height H ≤ 20 m
(See Note A-4.1.7.12.)
1. For the purposes of this Article, “attached canopy” shall mean a horizontal canopy with a maximum slope of 2% that is attached to a building wall at any height, hc, above ground level.
2. The specified external wind pressure, p, and the specified net external wind pressure, pnet, for attached canopies on exterior walls of low buildings with a height H ≤ 20 m shall be determined as follows:
  
  where
  
  p = specified external wind pressure acting statically and in a direction normal to the upper or lower surface of the canopy, considered positive when acting towards the surface and negative when acting away from the surface,
  pnet = specified net external wind pressure acting statically on the canopy, considered positive when acting in a downward direction and negative when acting in an upward direction,
  IW, q, Ce, Ct = as defined in Sentence 4.1.7.3.(1),
  CgCp = gust pressure coefficient on the upper or lower surface of the canopy, as given in Figure 4.1.7.12.-A, and
  (CgCp)net = net gust pressure coefficient on the canopy, considering simultaneous contributions from the upper and lower surfaces of the canopy, as given in Figure 4.1.7.12.-B.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  ‌Division B 4.1.7.12.
  
  ‌Figure 4.1.7.12.-A
  Gust pressure coefficients on the upper and lower surfaces of attached canopies with no gap between the canopy and the building
  
  -3.0
  -2.6 upper surface
  reference H height, h
  h
  -2.0
  c
  -1.9
  -1.6
  -1.5
  lower
  surface
  -1.0
  0.0
  upper surface
  1.0
  1.4
  upper and lower surfaces
  2.0
  1.9
  lower surface
  0.1
  1
  10
  Area, m2
  100
  EG01416A
  CgCp
  Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.7.12.(2)
  
  Notes to Figure 4.1.7.12.-A:
  1. The coefficients apply for any roof slope, .
  2. The reference height, h, is the mid-height of the roof or 6 m, whichever is greater.
  3. Positive CgCp values denote forces acting towards the upper or lower surface of the canopy, whereas negative CgCp values denote forces acting away from the surface. Each structural element must be designed to resist both the positive and negative forces.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B

‌Figure 4.1.7.12.-B

Net gust pressure coefficients on attached canopies, considering simultaneous contributions from the upper and lower surfaces of the canopy

-4.0



0.9 ≤ hc/H ≤ 1.0

reference height, h

-3.2

-3.0

-2.6

-2.1

-2.0

0.5 < hc/H < 0.9

-1.5 hc/H ≤ 0.5

-1.3

-1.0

0.0

upper

surface 1.0

1.5

lower surface

2.0

All hc/H

2.1

3.0

0.1

1 10 100

Area, m2

EG01417A

(CgCp)net

Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.7.12.(2)

Notes to Figure 4.1.7.12.-B:

The coefficients apply for any roof slope, .
‌The reference height, h, is the mid-height of the roof or 6 m, whichever is greater.
Positive (CgCp)net values denote net forces acting in a downward direction on the canopy, whereas negative (CgCp)net values denote net forces acting in an upward direction on the canopy. The canopy must be designed to resist both the positive and negative net forces.

‌4.1.7.13. Roof-Mounted Solar Panels on Buildings of Any Height‌

(See Note A-4.1.7.13.)

Where solar panels are installed on a roof, the roof wind loads shall account for the wind loads on the solar panels, as determined in accordance with Sentences (2)
to (7), or shall be determined in the same way as for the roof without solar panels, whichever approach results in the most critical effect.
For an array of solar panels where the panels are installed close and parallel to the roof surface with their upper surface not more than 250 mm above the roof surface and with gaps around the panels of not less than 6 mm, the net positive or negative pressure difference between the upper and lower surfaces of a panel or the array shall be calculated as follows:

where
IW, q, Ce, Ct, Cg, Cp = as defined in Sentence 4.1.7.3.(1), determined in the same manner as for the roof cladding,
E = edge factor, as provided in Sentence (4), and
γa = pressure equalization factor, as provided in Sentence (3).
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B 4.1.7.13.
The pressure equalization factor, γa, in Sentence (2) shall be
1. ‌for a panel or an array where the panel chord length, Lp, is greater than
  ‌2 m or for a panel or an array that is within a distance of 2h2 from the roof edge or ridge, where h2 is the height of the panel's highest point above the roof surface, taken as 1.0, and
2. for other panels or arrays, determined from Figure 4.1.7.13.-A based on the area of the panel or array over which the wind load is being calculated.
  
  ‌Figure 4.1.7.13.-A‌
  Pressure equalization factor, a, for solar panels or arrays mounted on roofs of buildings of any height
  1.1
  1.0
  0.9
  0.8
  0.7
  0.6
  0.5
  0.4
  1
  10
  Area, m2
  100
  EG00791B
  Pressure equalization factor, a
  Forming Part of Clause 4.1.7.13.(3)(b)
The edge factor, E, in Sentence (2) shall be taken as‌
1. 1.5 within a distance of 1.5Lp from an exposed edge of the array of solar panels, as defined in Sentence (5), and
2. 1.0 elsewhere.
For the purposes of Clause (4)(a), an exposed edge of the array of solar panels shall be considered to occur
1. ‌where the distance to the next row of panels or the distance across a gap in the same row of panels exceeds 4h2 or 1.2 m, whichever is greater, or
2. where the distance to the roof edge exceeds 4h2 or 1.2 m, whichever is greater, and exceeds 0.5h, where h is the reference height of the roof.
For an array of solar panels mounted on a roof with a slope, α, less than or equal to 7°, where the panels are tilted relative to the roof surface, have a chord length, Lp, not greater than 2 m, and are installed such that the height of their lowest point above the roof surface, h1, is not greater than 0.6 m, the height of their highest point above the roof surface, h2, is not greater than 1.2 m, and their tilt angle relative to the roof surface, ω, is not greater than 35°, or where the panels are installed parallel to the roof surface with their upper surface greater than 250 mm above the roof surface and with gaps not less than 6 mm between the panels, the net positive or negative pressure difference between the upper and the lower surfaces of a panel or the array shall be calculated as follows:

where
IW, q, Ce, Ct = as defined in Sentence 4.1.7.3.(1), determined in the same manner as for the roof cladding, and
(CgCp)net = net gust pressure coefficient, as provided in Sentence (7).
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
The net gust pressure coefficient, (CgCp)net, in Sentence (6) shall be calculated as follows:

where

γp = parapet factor, determined as the lesser of 1.2 and (0.9 + hpt/h),

γc = chord factor, determined as the greater of (0.6 + 0.2Lp) and 0.8,

E = as defined in Sentence (2), and

(CgCp)n = normalized gust pressure coefficient, determined from Figure 4.1.7.13.-B based on ω and AN,

where

hpt = height of the parapet above the roof surface, in m, h = reference height of the roof, in m,

Lp = panel chord length, in m,

ω = panel tilt angle relative to the roof surface, and

AN = normalized panel or array area, calculated as where

A = panel or array area over which the wind load is being calculated, in m2, and Lb = normalized building length, in m, determined as the lesser of , h

and WS,

where

WL = longest horizontal dimension of the building, in m, and WS = smallest horizontal dimension of the building, in m.

‌Division B 4.1.7.14.

‌Figure 4.1.7.13.-B

Normalized gust pressure coefficient, (CgCp)n, for solar panels or arrays mounted on low-sloped roofs of buildings of any height

solar panel

roof



h1 

hpt H

ground

Roof zones (plan view)

4.4

2.8

6.4

5.6

5.2

4.8

4.4

3.6

3.2

2.8

2.4

1.6

1.2

0.8

0.4

3.6

3.2

2.4

1.6

1.2

0.8

0.4

1 10 100 1000 1 10 100 1000

Normalized area, AN Normalized area, AN 0° ≤  ≤ 5° 15° ≤  ≤ 35°

1 , 2 , 3 = roof zones

EG00793B

)

Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.7.13.(7)

WL 2h 2h
3	2	3
2	1	2
3	2	3

(CgCp)n

Notes to Figure 4.1.7.13.-B:

H = height of the building.
h = reference height of the roof.
(CgCp)n values are for both positive and negative values.
‌For panels with 5° <  < 15°, linear interpolation is permitted.

‌Wind Tunnel Procedure
1. Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), wind tunnel tests on scale models to determine wind loads on buildings shall be conducted in accordance with ASCE/SEI 49, “Wind Tunnel Testing for Buildings and Other Structures.”
2. Where an adjacent building provides substantial sheltering effect, the wind loads for the main structural system shall be no lower than 80% of the loads determined
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
3. For the design of cladding and secondary structural members, the exterior wind loads determined from the wind tunnel tests shall be no less onerous than those determined by analysis in accordance with Article 4.1.7.3. using the following assumptions:
  1. ‌Cg = 2.5 and Cp = ±0.72, where the building's height is greater than 20 m or greater than its minimum effective width, and
  2. ‌CgCp = 80% of the values for zones w and r provided in Article 4.1.7.6., where the building's height is less than or equal to 20 m and no greater than its minimum effective width.

‌Earthquake Load and Effects

‌Analysis‌
1. Except as permitted in Sentence (2), the deflections and specified loading due to earthquake motions shall be determined according to the requirements of Articles 4.1.8.2. to 4.1.8.23.
2. ‌Where IEFsSa(0.2,X450) and IEFsSa(2.0,X450) are less than 0.16 and 0.03 respectively, the deflections and specified loading due to earthquake motions are permitted to be determined in accordance with Sentences (3) to (15), where‌
  1. IE is the earthquake importance factor and has a value of 0.8, 1.0, 1.3 and
    1.5 for buildings in the Low, Normal, High and Post-disaster Importance Categories respectively,
  2. Fs is the site coefficient based on the average 60 or , as defined in Article 4.1.8.2., for the top 30 m of soil below the footings, pile caps, or mat foundations and has a value of
    1. 1.0 for rock sites or when 60 > 50 or > 100 kPa,
    2. 1.6 when 15 ≤ 60 ≤ 50 or 50 kPa ≤ ≤ 100 kPa, and
    3. 2.8 for all other cases, and
  3. ‌Sa(T,X450) is the 5%-damped spectral acceleration value at period T for site designation X450, as defined in Article 4.1.8.2., determined in accordance with Subsection 1.1.3. and corresponding to a 2% probability of exceedance in 50 years.
3. The structure shall have a clearly defined
  1. ‌seismic force resisting system (SFRS) to resist the earthquake loads and their effects, and
  2. load path (or paths) that will transfer the inertial forces generated in an earthquake to the supporting ground.
4. ‌An unreinforced masonry SFRS shall not be permitted where
  1. IE is greater than 1.0, or
  2. the height above grade is greater than or equal to 30 m.
5. The height above grade of an SFRS designed in accordance with CSA S136, “North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members (using the Appendix B provisions applicable to Canada),” shall be less than 15 m.‌
6. Earthquake forces shall be assumed to act horizontally and independently about any two orthogonal axes.
7. The specified lateral earthquake force, Vs, at the base of the structure in the direction under consideration shall be calculated as follows:
  
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  Division B 4.1.8.1.
  
  where
  Sa(Ts,X450) = value of Sa(Ts,X450) determined by linear interpolation between the values of Sa(0.2,X450 ), Sa(0.5,X450) and Sa(1.0,X450),
  = Sa(0.2,X450) for Ts ≤ 0.2 s, and
  = Sa(1.0,X450) for Ts ≥ 1.0 s,
  W = sum of Wi over the height of the building, where Wi is defined in Article 4.1.8.2., and
  Rs = 1.5, except Rs = 1.0 for structures where the storey strength is less than that in the storey above and for an unreinforced masonry SFRS,
  where
  Ts = fundamental lateral period of vibration of the building, as defined in Article 4.1.8.2.,
  = 0.085(hn)¾ for steel moment frames,
  = 0.075(hn)¾ for concrete moment frames,
  = 0.1N for other moment frames,
  = 0.025hn for braced frames, and
  = 0.05(hn)¾ for shear walls and other structures,
  where
  ‌hn = height, in m, above the base to level n, as defined in Article 4.1.8.2., and N = total number of storeys above exterior grade to level n, as defined in
  Article 4.1.8.2.,
  except that, in cases where Rs = 1.5, Vs need not be greater than FsSa(0.5,X450)IEW/Rs.
8. The specified lateral earthquake force, Vs, shall be distributed over the height of the building in accordance with the following formula:
  
  ‌where
  Fx = force applied through the centre of mass at level x,
  Wx, Wi = portion of W that is located at or is assigned to level x or i respectively, and hx, hi = height, in m, above the base to level x or i respectively, as defined in
  Article 4.1.8.2.
9. ‌Accidental torsional effects applied concurrently with Fx shall be considered by applying torsional moments about the vertical axis at each level for each of the following cases considered separately:
  1. ‌+0.1DnxFx, and
  2. −0.1DnxFx.
10. Deflections obtained from a linear analysis shall include the effects of torsion and be multiplied by Rs/IE to get realistic values of expected deflections.
11. The deflections referred to in Sentence (10) shall be used to calculate the largest interstorey deflection, which shall not exceed
  1. 0.01hs for post-disaster buildings,
  2. 0.02hs for High Importance Category buildings, and
  3. 0.025hs for all other buildings,
    where hs is the interstorey height as defined in Article 4.1.8.2.
12. When earthquake forces are calculated using Rs = 1.5, the following elements in the SFRS shall have their design forces due to earthquake effects increased by 33%:
  1. diaphragms and their chords, connections, struts and collectors,
  2. ‌tie downs in wood or drywall shear walls,
  3. connections and anchor bolts in steel- and wood-braced frames,
  4. connections in precast concrete, and
  5. connections in steel moment frames.
13. Except as provided in Sentence (14), where cantilever parapet walls, other cantilever walls, exterior ornamentation and appendages, towers, chimneys or penthouses are connected to or form part of a building, they shall be designed, along with their connections, for a lateral force, Vsp, distributed according to the distribution
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
14. The value of Vsp shall be doubled for unreinforced masonry elements.
15. Structures designed in accordance with this Article need not comply with the seismic requirements stated in the applicable design standard referenced in Section 4.3.
‌Notation
1. In this Subsection
  Ar = element or component force amplification factor to account for type of attachment, as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.18.(1),
  Ax = height factor at level x to account for variation of response of an element or component with elevation within the building, as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.18.(1),
  Bx = ratio at level x used to determine torsional sensitivity, as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.11.(10),
  B = maximum value of Bx, as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.11.(10),
  Cp = seismic coefficient for an element or component, as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.18.(1),
  Dnx = plan dimension of the building at level x perpendicular to the direction of seismic loading being considered,
  ex = distance measured perpendicular to the direction of earthquake loading between centre of mass and centre of rigidity at the level being considered (see Note A-4.1.8.2.(1)),
  Fa = acceleration-based site coefficient for application in standards referenced in Subsection 4.1.8., as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.4.(7),
  Fs = site coefficient as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.1.(2) for application in Article 4.1.8.1.,
  Ft = portion of V to be concentrated at the top of the structure, as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.11.(7),
  Fv = velocity-based site coefficient for application in standards referenced in Subsection 4.1.8., as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.4.(7),
  Fx = lateral force applied to level x, as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.11.(7),
  hi, hn, hx = height, in m, above the base (i = 0) to level i, n, or x respectively, where the base of the structure is the level at which horizontal earthquake motions are considered to be imparted to the structure,
  hs = interstorey height (hi − hi−1),
  IE = earthquake importance factor of the structure, as described in Sentence 4.1.8.5.(1),
  J = numerical reduction coefficient for base overturning moment, as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.11.(6),
  Jx = numerical reduction coefficient for overturning moment at level x, as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.11.(8),
  Level i = any level in the building, i = 1 for first level above the base, Level n = level that is uppermost in the main portion of the structure, Level x = level that is under design consideration,
  Mv = factor to account for higher mode effects on base shear, as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.11.(6),
  Mx = overturning moment at level x, as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.11.(8), N = total number of storeys above exterior grade to level n,
  = average standard penetration resistance, in blows per 0.3 m, in the top 30 m of soil, corrected to a rod energy efficiency of 60% of the theoretical maximum,
  PGA(X) = peak ground acceleration, expressed as a ratio to gravitational acceleration, for site designation X, as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.4.(1),
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  Division B 4.1.8.2.
  
  PGV(X) = peak ground velocity, in m/s, for site designation X, as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.4.(1),
  PI = plasticity index for soil,
  Rd = ductility-related force modification factor reflecting the capability of a structure to dissipate energy through reversed cyclic inelastic behaviour, as defined in Article 4.1.8.9.,
  Ro = overstrength-related force modification factor accounting for the dependable portion of reserve strength in a structure designed according to these provisions, as defined in Article 4.1.8.9.,
  Rp = element or component response modification factor, as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.18.(1),
  Rs = combined overstrength and ductility-related modification factor, as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.1.(7), for application in Article 4.1.8.1.,
  Sa(T,X) = 5%-damped spectral acceleration, expressed as a ratio to gravitational acceleration, at period T for site designation X, as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.4.(1),
  SC = Seismic Category assigned to a building based on its Importance Category and the design spectral acceleration values at periods of 0.2 s and 1.0 s, as defined in Article 4.1.8.5.,
  SFRS = seismic force resisting system, that part of the structural system that has been considered in the design to provide the required resistance to the earthquake forces and effects defined in Subsection 4.1.8.,
  Sp = horizontal force factor for part or portion of a building and its anchorage, as given in Sentence 4.1.8.18.(1),
  S(T) = design spectral acceleration, expressed as a ratio to gravitational acceleration, at period T, as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.4.(6),
  = average undrained shear strength, in kPa, in the top 30 m of soil, T = period, in s,
  Ta = fundamental lateral period of vibration of the building or structure, in s, in the direction under consideration, as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.11.(3),
  TDD = total design displacement of any point in a seismically isolated structure, within or above the isolation system, obtained by calculating the mean + (IE × the standard deviation) of the peak horizontal displacements from all sets of ground motion time histories analyzed, but not less than √IE × the mean, where the peak horizontal displacement is based on the vector sum of the two orthogonal horizontal displacements considered for each time step,
  Ts = fundamental lateral period of vibration of the building or structure, in s, in the direction under consideration, as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.1.(7),
  Tx = floor torque at level x, as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.11.(11),
  V = specified lateral earthquake force at the base of the structure, as determined in Article 4.1.8.11.,
  Vd = specified lateral earthquake force at the base of the structure, as determined in Article 4.1.8.12.,
  Ve = lateral earthquake elastic force at the base of the structure, as determined in Article 4.1.8.12.,
  Ved = adjusted lateral earthquake elastic force at the base of the structure, as determined in Article 4.1.8.12.,
  Vp = specified lateral earthquake force on an element or component, as determined in Article 4.1.8.18.,
  Vs = specified lateral earthquake force at the base of the structure, as determined in Sentence 4.1.8.1.(7), for application in Article 4.1.8.1.,
  Vs30 = average shear wave velocity, in m/s, in the top 30 m of soil or rock,
  W = specified dead load, as defined in Article 4.1.4.1., except that the minimum partition weight as defined in Sentence 4.1.4.1.(3) need not exceed 0.5 kPa, plus 25% of the specified snow load as defined in Subsection 4.1.6., plus 60% of the storage load for areas used for storage, except that storage garages need not be considered storage areas, and the full contents of any tanks (see Note A-4.1.8.2.(1)),
  Wi, Wx = portion of W that is located at or is assigned to level i or x respectively,
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌General Requirements‌
1. The building shall be designed to meet the requirements of this Subsection and of the design standards referenced in Section 4.3.‌
2. Structures shall be designed with a clearly defined load path, or paths, that will transfer the inertial forces generated in an earthquake to the supporting ground.
3. The structure shall have a clearly defined SFRS, as defined in Article 4.1.8.2.
4. The SFRS shall be designed to resist 100% of the earthquake loads and their effects. (See Note A-4.1.8.3.(4).)
5. All structural framing elements not considered to be part of the SFRS must be investigated and shown to behave elastically or to have sufficient non-linear capacity to support their gravity loads while undergoing earthquake-induced deformations calculated from the deflections determined in Article 4.1.8.13.
6. Stiff elements that are not considered part of the SFRS, such as concrete, masonry, brick or precast walls or panels, shall be
  1. separated from all structural elements of the building such that no interaction takes place as the building undergoes deflections due to earthquake effects as calculated in this Subsection, or
  2. made part of the SFRS and satisfy the requirements of this Subsection. (See Note A-4.1.8.3.(6).)
7. Stiffness imparted to the structure from elements not part of the SFRS, other than those described in Sentence (6), shall not be used to resist earthquake deflections but shall be accounted for
  1. in calculating the period of the structure for determining forces if the added stiffness decreases the fundamental lateral period by more than 15%,
  2. in determining the irregularity of the structure, except the additional stiffness shall not be used to make an irregular SFRS regular or to reduce the effects of torsion (see Note A-4.1.8.3.(7)(b) and (c)), and
  3. in designing the SFRS if inclusion of the elements not part of the SFRS in the analysis has an adverse effect on the SFRS (see Note A-4.1.8.3.(7)(b) and (c)).
8. Structural modeling shall be representative of the magnitude and spatial distribution of the mass of the building and of the stiffness of all elements of the SFRS, including stiff elements that are not separated in accordance with Sentence 4.1.8.3.(6), and shall account for
  1. the effect of cracked sections in reinforced concrete and reinforced masonry elements,
  2. the effect of the finite size of members and joints,
  3. ‌sway effects arising from the interaction of gravity loads with the displaced configuration of the structure, and
  4. other effects that influence the lateral stiffness of the building. (See Note A-4.1.8.3.(8).)

‌Site Properties

For site designation X, as determined in accordance with Sentence (2) or (3), the peak ground acceleration, PGA(X), the peak ground velocity, PGV(X), and the
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
Division B 4.1.8.4.

5%-damped spectral acceleration values, Sa(T,X), at periods T of 0.2 s, 0.5 s, 1.0 s, 2.0 s,
5.0 s and 10.0 s shall
1. except as provided in Sentence (4), be determined in accordance with Subsection 1.1.3., and
2. except as provided in Article 4.1.8.23., correspond to a 2% probability of exceedance in 50 years.

Except as provided in Sentence (3), the site designation referred to in

Sentence (1) shall be determined using the average shear wave velocity, Vs30, calculated from in situ measurements of shear wave velocity, as follows:

for the ground profiles described in Table 4.1.8.4.-A, the site designation shall be determined in accordance with the Table, and

for all other ground profiles, the site designation shall be XV, where V is the value of Vs30.

(See Note A-4.1.8.4.(2) and (3).)

Table 4.1.8.4.-A

Exceptions for Site Designation Using Vs30 Calculated from In Situ Measurements

Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.8.4.(2)

Ground Profile Characteristics		Site Designation
Average Shear Wave Velocity in Top 30 m, Vs30, Calculated from In Situ Measurements, in m/s	Additional Characteristics	Site Designation
Vs30 > 760	Ground profile contains more than 3 m of softer materials between rock and the underside of footing or mat foundations	X760
Vs30 > 140	Ground profile contains more than 3 m of soil with all the following characteristics:	XE
Vs30 > 140	Ground profile contains soil susceptible to failure or collapse under seismic loading,	XF
Vs30 ≤ 140	n/a	XF

plasticity index, PI > 20,
moisture content, w ≥ 40%, and
undrained shear strength, su < 25 kPa

liquefiable soil, quick and highly sensitive clay, collapsible weakly cemented soil, or other
‌more than 3 m of peat and/or highly organic clay,
more than 8 m of highly plastic soil (with PI > 75), or
more than 30 m of soft to medium-stiff clay

‌Where Vs30 calculated from in situ measurements is not available, the site designation referred to in Sentence (1) shall be XS, where S is the Site Class determined using the energy-corrected average standard penetration resistance, , or the average undrained shear strength, , in accordance with Table 4.1.8.4.-B, and being calculated based on rational analysis. (See Notes A-4.1.8.4.(3) and A-4.1.8.4.(2) and (3).)

Table 4.1.8.4.-B

Site Classes, S, for Site Designation XS

Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.8.4.(3)

‌Site Class, S	Ground Profile	Ground Profile Characteristics
‌Site Class, S	Ground Profile	Average Shear Wave Velocity in Top 30 m, Vs30, in m/s(1)	Average Standard Penetration Resistance in Top 30 m, , in Blows per 0.3 m	Average Undrained Shear Strength in Top 30 m, , in kPa
A	Hard rock(2)	Vs30 > 1 500	n/a	n/a
B	Rock(2)	760 < Vs30 ≤ 1 500	n/a	n/a
C	Very dense soil and soft rock	360 < Vs30 ≤ 760	> 50	> 100

Division B

Table 4.1.8.4.-B (Continued)

Site Class, S	Ground Profile	Ground Profile Characteristics
		Average Shear Wave Velocity in Top 30 m, Vs30, in m/s(1)	Average Standard Penetration Resistance in Top 30 m, , in Blows per 0.3 m	Average Undrained Shear Strength in Top 30 m, , in kPa
D	Stiff soil	180 < Vs30 ≤ 360	15 < ≤ 50	50 < ≤ 100
E	Soft soil	140 < Vs30 ≤ 180	10 < ≤ 15	40 < ≤ 50
		Any ground profile other than Site Class F that contains more than 3 m of soil with all the following characteristics:
F	Other soils(3)	Vs30 ≤ 140	≤ 10	≤ 40
		Any ground profile that contains

plasticity index, PI > 20,
moisture content, w ≥ 40%, and
undrained shear strength, su < 25 kPa

liquefiable soil, quick and highly sensitive clay, collapsible weakly cemented soil, or other soil susceptible to failure or collapse under seismic loading,
more than 3 m of peat and/or highly organic clay,
more than 8 m of highly plastic soil (with PI> 75), or
more than 30 m of soft to medium-stiff clay

Notes to Table 4.1.8.4.-B:

‌(1) See Note A-4.1.8.4.(2) and (3).

(2) Site designations XA and XB, corresponding to Site Classes A and B, are not to be used in cases where the ground profile contains more than 3 m of softer materials between rock and the underside of footing or mat foundations. The appropriate site designation for such cases is X760.

(3) Site-specific geotechnical evaluation is required.

Site-specific geotechnical evaluation is required to determine the values of PGA(XF), PGV(XF) and Sa(T,XF) for site designation XF.
Where structures on liquefiable soils have a fundamental lateral period, Ta, of
0.5 s or less, the site designation X and the corresponding values of Sa(T,X) and PGA(X) are permitted to be determined in accordance with Sentence (1) by assuming that the soils are not liquefiable.
The design spectral acceleration, S(T), shall be determined in accordance with Table 4.1.8.4.-C, using log–log or linear interpolation for intermediate values of T. (See Note A-4.1.8.4.(6).)

Table 4.1.8.4.-C
Design Spectral Acceleration
Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.8.4.(6)

Period, T, in s
Design Spectral Acceleration, S(T)
≤ 0.2
Sa(0.2,X) or Sa(0.5,X), whichever is greater
0.5
Sa(0.5,X)
1.0
Sa(1.0,X)
‌2.0
Sa(2.0,X)
5.0
Sa(5.0,X)
10.0
Sa(10.0,X)
Where required for the application of a standard referenced in this Subsection, the acceleration-based site coefficient, Fa, for site designation X shall be taken as S(0.2)/Sa(0.2,X450) and the velocity-based site coefficient, Fv, for site designation X shall be taken as S(1.0)/Sa(1.0,X450).

‌Division B 4.1.8.6.‌

‌Importance Factor and Seismic Category‌
1. The earthquake importance factor, IE, shall be determined according to Table 4.1.8.5.-A
  
  Table 4.1.8.5.-A
  Importance Factor for Earthquake Loads and Effects, IE
  Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.8.5.(1)
  
  Importance Category
  Importance Factor, IE
  ULS
  SLS(1)
  Low
  0.8
  
  Normal
  1.0
  
  (2)
  High
  1.3
  
  Post-disaster
  1.5
  
  ‌Notes to Table 4.1.8.5.-A:
  (1) See Article 4.1.8.13.
  (2) See Note A-Table 4.1.8.5.-A.
2. ‌Buildings shall be assigned a Seismic Category in accordance with Table 4.1.8.5.-B.
Table 4.1.8.5.-B
Seismic Categories for Buildings
Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.8.5.(2)

Seismic Category(1)
IES(0.2)
IES(1.0)
SC1
IES(0.2) < 0.2
IES(1.0) < 0.1
SC2
0.2 ≤ IES(0.2) < 0.35
0.1 ≤ IES(1.0) < 0.2
SC3
0.35 ≤ IES(0.2) ≤ 0.75
0.2 ≤ IES(1.0) ≤ 0.3
SC4
IES(0.2) > 0.75
IES(1.0) > 0.3
‌Notes to Table 4.1.8.5.-B:
‌(1) The Seismic Category of a building shall be taken as the more severe of the categories determined on the basis of IES(0.2) and IES(1.0), irrespective of the fundamental lateral period of the building, Ta.
‌Structural Configuration
1. Structures having any of the features listed in Table 4.1.8.6. shall be designated irregular.
2. Structures not classified as irregular according to Sentence (1) may be considered regular.
3. Except as required by Article 4.1.8.10., where the Seismic Category is SC3 or SC4, structures designated as irregular must satisfy the provisions referenced in Table 4.1.8.6.
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B

Table 4.1.8.6.

Structural Irregularities(1)(2)

Forming Part of Sentences 4.1.8.6.(1) and (3), Clause 4.1.8.7.(1)(c) and Article 4.1.8.10.

Type

Irregularity Type and Definition

Notes

‌1‌

Vertical Stiffness Irregularity

For concrete and masonry shear walls, vertical stiffness irregularity shall be considered to exist where the lateral stiffness of the SFRS in any storey is less than 70% of the stiffness in an adjacent storey, or less than 80% of the average stiffness in the three storeys above or below. For all other types of SFRS, vertical stiffness irregularity shall be considered to exist where the interstorey deflection under lateral earthquake forces divided by the interstorey height, hs, of any storey is greater than 130% of that of an adjacent storey.

(3)(4)(5)

‌2

Weight (mass) Irregularity

Weight irregularity shall be considered to exist where the weight, Wi, of any storey is more than 150% of the weight of an adjacent storey. A roof that is lighter than the floor below need not be considered.

(3)

Vertical Geometric Irregularity

Vertical geometric irregularity shall be considered to exist where the horizontal dimension of the SFRS in any storey is more than 130% of that in an adjacent storey.

(3)(4)(6)

In-Plane Discontinuity in Vertical Lateral-Force-Resisting Element

Except for braced frames and moment-resisting frames, an in-plane discontinuity shall be considered to exist where there is an offset of a lateral-force-resisting element of the SFRS or a reduction in lateral stiffness of the resisting element in the storey below.

(3)(4)(6)

Out-of-Plane Offsets

Discontinuities in a lateral force path, such as out-of-plane offsets of the vertical elements of the SFRS.

(3)(4)(6)

Discontinuity in Capacity – Weak Storey

A weak storey is one in which the storey shear strength is less than that in the storey above. The storey shear strength is the total strength of all seismic-resisting elements of the SFRS sharing the storey shear for the direction under consideration.

(3)(4)

‌7

Torsional Sensitivity (to be considered when diaphragms are not flexible)

Torsional sensitivity shall be considered to exist when the ratio B calculated according to Sentence 4.1.8.11.(10) exceeds 1.7.

(3)(4)(7)

Non-orthogonal Systems

A non-orthogonal system irregularity shall be considered to exist when the SFRS is not oriented along a set of orthogonal axes.

(3)(8)

Gravity-Induced Lateral Demand Irregularity

Gravity-induced lateral demand irregularity on the SFRS shall be considered to exist where the ratio  calculated in accordance with Sentence 4.1.8.10.(7) exceeds 0.1 for an SFRS with self-centering characteristics and 0.03 for other systems.

(3)(4)(8)

Sloped Column Irregularity

Sloped column irregularity shall be considered to exist where a vertical member that is inclined more than 2° from the vertical supports a portion of the weight of the building in axial compression.

(4)

Notes to Table 4.1.8.6.:

(1) One-storey penthouses with a weight of less than 10% of the level below need not be considered in the application of this Table.

(2) See Note A-Table 4.1.8.6.

(3) See Article 4.1.8.7.

(4) See Article 4.1.8.10.

‌(5) Increased stiffness in storeys below grade need not be considered in the determination of vertical stiffness irregularity.

(6) See Article 4.1.8.15.

(7) See Sentences 4.1.8.11.(10) and (11), and 4.1.8.12.(4).

‌(8) See Article 4.1.8.8.

‌Methods of Analysis
1. Analysis for earthquake actions shall be carried out in accordance with the Dynamic Analysis Procedure described in Article 4.1.8.12. (see Note A-4.1.8.7.(1)), except that the Equivalent Static Force Procedure described in Article 4.1.8.11. may be used for structures that meet any of the following criteria:
  1. where the Seismic Category is SC1 or SC2,
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    Division B 4.1.8.9.
  2. ‌regular structures that are less than 60 m in height and have a fundamental lateral period, Ta, less than 2 s in each of two orthogonal directions as defined in Article 4.1.8.8., or‌
  3. structures with a structural irregularity of Type 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or 8 as defined in Table 4.1.8.6. that are less than 20 m in height and have a fundamental lateral period, Ta, less than 0.5 s in each of two orthogonal directions as defined in Article 4.1.8.8.
‌Direction of Loading
1. Earthquake forces shall be assumed to act in any horizontal direction, except that the following shall be considered to provide adequate design force levels in the structure:
  1. where components of the SFRS are oriented along a set of orthogonal axes, independent analyses about each of the principal axes of the structure shall be performed,
  2. where the components of the SFRS are not oriented along a set of orthogonal axes and the Seismic Category is SC1 or SC2, independent analyses about any two orthogonal axes is permitted, or
  3. ‌where the components of the SFRS are not oriented along a set of orthogonal axes and the Seismic Category is SC3 or SC4, analysis of the structure independently in any two orthogonal directions for 100% of the specified earthquake loads applied in one direction plus 30% of the specified earthquake loads in the perpendicular direction, with the combination requiring the greater element strength being used in the design.‌

‌SFRS Force Modification Factors and General Restrictions‌

Except as provided in Articles 4.1.8.20. and 4.1.8.22., the values of Rd and Ro and the corresponding system restrictions shall conform to Table 4.1.8.9. and the requirements of this Subsection.
‌When a particular value of Rd is required by this Article, the corresponding Ro shall be used.
For combinations of different types of SFRS acting in the same direction in the same storey, RdRo shall be taken as the lowest value of RdRo corresponding to these systems.
‌For vertical variations of RdRo, excluding rooftop structures not exceeding two storeys in height whose weight is less than the greater of 10% of W and 30% of Wi of the level below, the value of RdRo used in the design of any storey shall be less than or equal to the lowest value of RdRo used in the given direction for the storeys above, and the requirements of Sentence 4.1.8.15.(6) must be satisfied. (See Note A-4.1.8.9.(4).)

If it can be demonstrated through testing, research and analysis that the seismic performance of a structural system is at least equivalent to one of the types of SFRS defined in Table 4.1.8.9., then such a structural system will qualify for values of Rd and Ro corresponding to the equivalent type in that Table. (See Note A-4.1.8.9.(5).)

Table 4.1.8.9.

SFRS Ductility-Related Force Modification Factors, Rd, Overstrength-Related Force Modification Factors, Ro, and General Restrictions(1)

Forming Part of Sentences 4.1.8.9.(1) and (5), 4.1.8.10.(5) and (6), 4.1.8.11.(12), 4.1.8.15.(9) and 4.1.8.20.(8)

Type of SFRS	Rd	Ro	Restrictions(2)
			Seismic Category
			SC1	SC2	SC3	SC4
Steel Structures Designed and Detailed According to CSA S16(3)(4)
Ductile moment-resisting frames	5.0	1.5	NL	NL	NL	NL
Moderately ductile moment-resisting frames	3.5	1.5	NL	NL	NL	NL
Limited ductility moment-resisting frames	2.0	1.3	NL	NL	60	30

4.1.8.9. Division B

Table 4.1.8.9. (Continued)

Type of SFRS	Rd	Ro	Restrictions(2)
			Seismic Category
			SC1	SC2	SC3	SC4
Moderately ductile truss moment-resisting frames	3.5	1.6	NL	NL	50	30
Moderately ductile concentrically braced frames Tension-compression braces Tension only braces	3.0 3.0	1.3 1.3	NL NL	NL NL	40 20	40 20
Limited ductility concentrically braced frames Tension-compression braces Tension only braces	2.0 2.0	1.3 1.3	NL NL	NL NL	60 40	60 40
Ductile buckling-restrained braced frames	4.0	1.2	NL	NL	40	40
Ductile eccentrically braced frames	4.0	1.5	NL	NL	NL	NL
Ductile plate walls	5.0	1.6	NL	NL	NL	NL
Moderately ductile plate walls	3.5	1.3	NL	NL	40	40
Limited ductility plate walls	2.0	1.3	NL	NL	60	60
Conventional construction of moment-resisting frames, braced frames or plate walls Assembly occupancies Other occupancies	1.5 1.5	1.3 1.3	NL NL	NL NL	15 60	15 40
Other steel SFRSs not defined above	1.0	1.0	15	15	NP	NP
Concrete Structures Designed and Detailed According to CSA A23.3
Ductile moment-resisting frames	4.0	1.7	NL	NL	NL	NL
Moderately ductile moment-resisting frames	2.5	1.4	NL	NL	60	40
Ductile coupled walls	4.0	1.7	NL	NL	NL	NL
Moderately ductile coupled walls	2.5	1.4	NL	NL	NL	60
Ductile partially coupled walls	3.5	1.7	NL	NL	NL	NL
Moderately ductile partially coupled walls	2.0	1.4	NL	NL	NL	60
Ductile shear walls	3.5	1.6	NL	NL	NL	NL
Moderately ductile shear walls	2.0	1.4	NL	NL	NL	60
Conventional construction Moment-resisting frames Shear walls Two-way slabs without beams	1.5 1.5 1.3	1.3 1.3 1.3	NL NL 20	NL NL 15	20 40 NP	10(5)(6) 30 NP
Tilt-up construction Moderately ductile walls and frames Limited ductility walls and frames Conventional walls and frames	2.0 1.5 1.3	1.3 1.3 1.3	30 30 25	25 25 20	25 20 NP	25 20(7) NP
Other concrete SFRSs not listed above	1.0	1.0	15	15	NP	NP
Timber Structures Designed and Detailed According to CSA O86
Shear walls Nailed shear walls: wood-based panel Shear walls: wood-based and gypsum panels in combination	3.0 2.0	1.7 1.7	NL NL	NL NL	30 20	20 20
Moderately ductile cross-laminated timber shear walls: platform-type construction	2.0	1.5	30	30	30	20

Division B 4.1.8.10.

Table 4.1.8.9. (Continued)

Type of SFRS	Rd	Ro	Restrictions(2)
			Seismic Category
			SC1	SC2	SC3	SC4
Limited ductility cross-laminated timber shear walls: platform-type construction	1.0	1.3	30	30	30	20
Braced or moment-resisting frames with ductile connections Moderately ductile Limited ductility	2.0 1.5	1.5 1.5	NL NL	NL NL	20 15	20 15
Other wood- or gypsum-based SFRSs not listed above	1.0	1.0	15	15	NP	NP
Masonry Structures Designed and Detailed According to CSA S304
Ductile shear walls	3.0	1.5	NL	NL	60	40
Moderately ductile shear walls	2.0	1.5	NL	NL	60	40
Conventional construction Shear walls Moment-resisting frames	1.5 1.5	1.5 1.5	NL NL	60 30	30 NP	15 NP
Unreinforced masonry	1.0	1.0	30	15	NP	NP
Other masonry SFRSs not listed above	1.0	1.0	15	NP	NP	NP
Cold-Formed Steel Structures Designed and Detailed According to CSA S136
Shear walls Screw-connected shear walls – wood-based panels Screw-connected shear walls – wood-based and gypsum panels in combination Diagonal strap concentrically braced walls Limited ductility Conventional construction	2.5 1.5 1.9 1.2	1.7 1.7 1.3 1.3	20 20 20 15	20 20 20 15	20 20 20 NP	20 20 20 NP
Other cold-formed SFRSs not defined above	1.0	1.0	15	15	NP	NP

Notes to Table 4.1.8.9.:

(1) See Article 4.1.8.10.

(2) NP = system is not permitted.

NL = system is permitted and not limited in height as an SFRS. Numbers in this Table are maximum height limits above grade, in m. Height may be limited in other Parts of the Code.

The most stringent requirement governs.

(3) Higher design force levels are prescribed in CSA S16 for some heights of buildings.

‌(4) See Note A-Table 4.1.8.9.

(5) Frames are limited to a maximum of 2 storeys.

(6) The maximum height limit is permitted to be increased to 15 m where IES(1.0) ≤ 0.3.

‌(7) Frames are limited to a maximum of 3 storeys.

‌Additional System Restrictions
1. Except as required by Clause (2)(b), structures with a Type 6 irregularity, Discontinuity in Capacity - Weak Storey, as described in Table 4.1.8.6., are not permitted unless the Seismic Category is SC1 and the forces used for design of the SFRS are multiplied by RdRo.‌
2. ‌Post-disaster buildings shall‌
  1. not have Type 1, 3, 4, 5, 7, 9 or 10 irregularities as described in Table 4.1.8.6., where the Seismic Category is SC3 or SC4,
  2. not have a Type 6 irregularity as described in Table 4.1.8.6.,
  3. have an SFRS with an Rd of 2.0 or greater,
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌4.1.8.10. Division B
  4. where they are constructed with concrete or masonry shear walls, have no
    ‌storey with a lateral stiffness that is less than that of the storey above it, and
  5. where they are constructed with other types of SFRS, have no storey for which the interstorey deflection under lateral earthquake forces divided by the interstorey height, hs, is greater than that of the storey above it.
3. High Importance Category buildings shall
  1. not have Type 1, 3, 4, 5, 7, 9 or 10 irregularities as described in Table 4.1.8.6., where the Seismic Category is SC4,
  2. not have a Type 6 irregularity as described in Table 4.1.8.6.,
  3. have an SFRS with an Rd of at least
    1. 2.0 where the Seismic Category is SC4, and
    2. 1.5 otherwise,
  4. where they are constructed with concrete or masonry shear walls, have no
    ‌storey with a lateral stiffness that is less than that of the storey above it, and
  5. where they are constructed with other types of SFRS, have no storey for which the interstorey deflection under lateral earthquake forces divided by the interstorey height, hs, is greater than that of the storey above it.
4. ‌Where the fundamental lateral period, Ta, is greater than or equal to 1.0 s and IES(1.0) is greater than 0.25, shear walls that are other than wood-based and form part of the SFRS shall be continuous from their top to the foundation and shall not have Type 4 or 5 irregularities as described in Table 4.1.8.6.
5. For buildings in Seismic Category SC3 or SC4 that are constructed with more than 4 storeys of continuous wood construction, timber SFRSs consisting of shear walls with wood-based panels or of braced or moment-resisting frames as defined in Table 4.1.8.9. within the continuous wood construction shall not have Type 4 or 5 irregularities as described in Table 4.1.8.6. (See Note A-4.1.8.10.(5) and (6).)
6. For buildings in Seismic Category SC3 or SC4 that are constructed with more than 4 storeys of continuous wood construction, timber SFRSs consisting of moderately ductile or limited ductility cross-laminated timber shear walls, platform-type construction, as defined in Table 4.1.8.9. within the continuous wood construction shall not have Type 4, 5, 6, 8, 9 or 10 irregularities as described in Table 4.1.8.6. (See Note A-4.1.8.10.(5) and (6).)
7. The ratio α for a Type 9 irregularity as described in Table 4.1.8.6. shall be determined independently for each orthogonal direction using the following equation:
  
  where
  QG = gravity-induced lateral demand on the SFRS at the critical level of the yielding system, and
  ‌Qy = the resistance of the yielding mechanism required to resist the earthquake loads, which need not be taken as less than Ro multiplied by the specified lateral earthquake force as determined in Article 4.1.8.11. or 4.1.8.12., as appropriate.
  (See Note A-4.1.8.10.(7).)
8. For buildings with a Type 9 irregularity as described in Table 4.1.8.6. and where IES(0.2) is equal to or greater than 0.5, deflections determined in accordance with Article 4.1.8.13. shall be multiplied by 1.2.
9. For buildings where the value of α, as determined in accordance with Sentence (7), exceeds twice the appropriate limit specified in Table 4.1.8.6. for a Type 9 irregularity and where IES(0.2) is equal to or greater than 0.5, a Non-linear Dynamic Analysis of the structure shall be carried out in accordance with Article 4.1.8.12. and the following criteria:
  1. the analysis shall account for the effects of the vertical response of the
    building mass,
  2. the analysis shall account for the effects of the vertical response of building
    components that undergo a vertical displacement when displaced laterally,
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 4.1.8.11.
  3. the analysis shall use vertical ground motion time histories that are compatible with horizontal ground motion time histories scaled to the target response spectrum and that are applied concurrently with the horizontal ground motion time histories,
  4. the largest interstorey deflection at any level of the building as determined from the analysis shall not be greater than 60% of the appropriate limit stated in Sentence 4.1.8.13.(3), and
  5. the results of an analysis using the ground motion time histories in Clause (c) multiplied by 1.5 shall satisfy the non-linear acceptance criteria.
    (See Note A-4.1.8.10.(9).)
10. The design of buildings in Seismic Category SC3 or SC4 with a Type 10 irregularity as described in Table 4.1.8.6. shall satisfy the following requirements:
  1. the structure shall be designed to resist the additional earthquake forces due to the vertical accelerations of the mass supported by inclined vertical members (see Note A-4.1.8.10.(10)(a)), and
  2. the effects of the horizontal and vertical movements of inclined vertical members, while undergoing earthquake-induced deformations, on the floor systems they support shall be considered in the design of the building and accounted for in the application of Sentence 4.1.8.3.(5).

‌Equivalent Static Force Procedure for Structures Satisfying the Conditions of Article 4.1.8.7.‌

The static loading due to earthquake motion shall be determined according to the procedures given in this Article.
Except as provided in Sentence (12), the specified lateral earthquake force, V, shall be calculated using the following formula:

‌except‌
1. for walls, coupled walls and wall-frame systems, V shall not be less than
2. ‌for moment-resisting frames, braced frames, and other systems, V shall not be less than
3. for buildings located on a site designated as other than XF and having an SFRS with an Rd equal to or greater than 1.5, V need not be greater than the larger of
Except as provided in Sentence (4), the fundamental lateral period, Ta, in the direction under consideration in Sentence (2), shall be determined as:
1. ‌for moment-resisting frames that resist 100% of the lateral earthquake forces and where the frame is not enclosed by or adjoined by more rigid elements that would tend to prevent the frame from resisting lateral forces:
  1. 0.085(hn)3/4 for steel moment frames,
  2. 0.075(hn)3/4 for concrete moment frames, or
  3. 0.1N for other moment frames,
2. 0.025hn for braced frames,
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  ‌4.1.8.11. Division B‌
3. ‌0.05(hn)3/4 for shear wall and other structures, or
4. other established methods of mechanics using a structural model that complies with the requirements of Sentence 4.1.8.3.(8), except that
  1. for moment-resisting frames, Ta shall not be taken as greater than 1.5 times that determined in Clause (a),
  2. ‌for braced frames, Ta shall not be taken as greater than
    2.0 times that determined in Clause (b),
  3. for shear wall structures, Ta shall not be taken as greater than 2.0 times that determined in Clause (c),
  4. for other structures, Ta shall not be taken as greater than that determined in Clause (c), and
  5. for the purpose of calculating the deflections, the period without the upper limit specified in Subclauses (d)(i)
    to (d)(iv) may be used, except that, for walls, coupled walls and wall-frame systems, Ta shall not exceed 4.0 s, and for moment-resisting frames, braced frames, and other systems, Ta shall not exceed 2.0 s.
    (See Note A-4.1.8.11.(3).)
For single-storey buildings with steel deck or wood roof diaphragms, the fundamental lateral period, Ta, in the direction under consideration is permitted to be taken as‌
1. 0.05(hn)3/4 + 0.004L for shear walls,
2. 0.035hn + 0.004L for steel moment frames and steel braced frames, or
3. the value obtained from methods of mechanics using a structural model that complies with the requirements of Sentence 4.1.8.3.(8), except that Ta shall not be greater than 1.5 times the value determined in Clause (a) or (b), as applicable,
  ‌where L is the shortest length of the diaphragm, in m, between adjacent vertical elements of the SFRS in the direction perpendicular to the direction under consideration.
The weight, W, of the building shall be calculated using the following formula:
‌The higher mode factor, Mv, and its associated base overturning moment reduction factor, J, shall conform to Table 4.1.8.11.

The specified lateral earthquake force, V, shall be distributed such that

a portion, Ft, is concentrated at the top of the building, where Ft is equal to 0.07TaV but need not exceed 0.25V and may be considered as zero where the fundamental lateral period, Ta, does not exceed 0.7 s, and

the remainder, V − Ft, is distributed along the height of the building, including the top level, in accordance with the following formula:

‌Division B 4.1.8.11.

Table 4.1.8.11.

Higher Mode Factor, Mv, and Base Overturning Moment Reduction Factor, J(1)(2)(3)(4)

Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.8.11.(6)

‌S(0.2)/S(5.0)	Mv for Ta ≤ 0.5	Mv for Ta = 1.0	Mv for Ta = 2.0	Mv for Ta ≥ 5.0	J for Ta ≤ 0.5	J for Ta = 1.0	J for Ta = 2.0	J for Ta ≥ 5.0
Moment-Resisting Frames
5	1	1	1	(5)	1	1	0.95	(5)
20	1	1	1	(5)	1	0.97	0.88	(5)
40	1	1	1	(5)	1	0.90	0.79	(5)
‌70	1	1	1	(5)	0.98	0.88	0.70	(5)
Coupled Walls(6)
5	1	1	1	1(7)	1	1	0.95	0.80(8)
20	1	1	1	1.09(7)	1	0.97	0.88	0.66(8)
40	1	1	1	1.33(7)	1	0.90	0.79	0.52(8)
70	1	1	1	1.90(7)	0.98	0.88	0.70	0.40(8)
Braced Frames
5	1	1	1	(5)	1	0.98	0.93	(5)
20	1	1	1	(5)	1	0.91	0.80	(5)
40	1	1	1	(5)	0.91	0.82	0.72	(5)
70	1	1	1.19	(5)	0.91	0.77	0.61	(5)
Walls, Wall-Frame Systems
5	1	1	1	1.30(7)	1	1	0.85	0.59(8)
20	1	1	1.18	2.50(7)	1	0.80	0.60	0.35(8)
40	1	1.25	1.85	4.10(7)	0.80	0.59	0.42	0.23(8)
70	1	1.25	2.30	6.40(7)	0.80	0.56	0.30	0.18(8)
Other Systems
5	1	1	1	(5)	1	1	0.85	(5)
20	1	1	1.18	(5)	1	0.80	0.60	(5)
40	1	1.25	1.85	(5)	0.80	0.59	0.44	(5)
70	1	1.37	2.30	(5)	0.80	0.56	0.30	(5)

Notes to Table 4.1.8.11.:

(1) For intermediate values of the spectral ratio S(0.2)/S(5.0), Mv and J shall be obtained by linear interpolation. For spectral ratios less than 5, Mv and J shall be obtained by linear interpolation with their values at a spectral ratio of 0 taken as equal to 1. For spectral ratios greater than 70, Mv and

J shall be taken as equal to their values at a spectral ratio of 70.

(2) For intermediate values of the fundamental lateral period, Ta, in cases where S(Ta) is obtained by log–log interpolation, Mv shall be obtained by linear interpolation using the values of Mv obtained in accordance with Note (1). In cases where S(Ta) is obtained by linear interpolation, the product S(Ta)Mv shall be obtained by linear interpolation using the values of Mv obtained in accordance with Note (1).

(3) For intermediate values of the fundamental lateral period, Ta, J shall be obtained by linear interpolation using the values of J obtained in accordance with Note (1).

(4) For a combination of different SFRSs not given in Table 4.1.8.11. that are in the same direction under consideration, use the highest Mv factor of all the SFRSs and the corresponding value of J.

(5) For fundamental lateral periods, Ta , greater than 2.0 s, use the 2.0 s values obtained in accordance with Note (1). See Clause 4.1.8.11.(2)(b).

(6) A “coupled” wall is a wall system with coupling beams, where at least 66% of the base overturning moment resisted by the wall system is carried by the axial tension and compression forces resulting from shear in the coupling beams.

(7) For fundamental lateral periods, Ta, greater than 4.0 s, use the 4.0 s values of S(Ta)Mv obtained by interpolation between 2.0 s and 5.0 s using the value of Mv obtained in accordance with Note (1). See Clause 4.1.8.11.(2)(a).

(8) For fundamental lateral periods, Ta, greater than 4.0 s, use the 4.0 s values of J obtained by interpolation between 2.0 s and 5.0 s using the value of J obtained in accordance with Note (1). See Clause 4.1.8.11.(2)(a).

‌4.1.8.11. Division B

The structure shall be designed to resist overturning effects caused by the earthquake forces determined in Sentence (7) and the overturning moment at level x, Mx, shall be determined using the following equation:

‌where where
Jx = 1.0 for hx ≥ 0.6hn, and
Jx = J + (1 − J)(hx/0.6hn) for hx < 0.6hn,
J = base overturning moment reduction factor conforming to Table 4.1.8.11.
Torsional effects that are concurrent with the effects of the forces determined in Sentence (7) and are caused by the simultaneous actions of the following torsional moments shall be considered in the design of the structure according to Sentence (11):‌‌
1. torsional moments introduced by eccentricity between the centres of mass and resistance and their dynamic amplification, and
2. torsional moments due to accidental eccentricities.
Torsional sensitivity shall be determined by calculating the ratio Bx for each level x according to the following equation for each orthogonal direction determined independently:

where
B = maximum of all values of Bx in both orthogonal directions, except that the Bx for one-storey penthouses with a weight less than 10% of the level below need not be considered,
‌δmax = maximum storey displacement at the extreme points of the structure at level x in the direction of the earthquake induced by the forces determined in Sentence (7) acting at distances ±0.10Dnx from the centres of mass at each floor, and
‌δave = average of the displacements at the extreme points of the structure at level x produced by the forces determined in Sentence (7).
Torsional effects shall be accounted for as follows:
1. for a building with B ≤ 1.7 or in Seismic Category SC1 or SC2, by applying torsional moments about a vertical axis at each level throughout the building, derived for each of the following load cases considered separately:
  1. Tx = Fx(ex + 0.10Dnx), and
  2. ‌Tx = Fx(ex − 0.10Dnx)
    ‌where Fx is determined in accordance with Sentence (7) and where each element of the building is designed for the most severe effect of the above load cases, or
2. for a building with B > 1.7 in Seismic Category SC3 or SC4, by a Dynamic Analysis Procedure as specified in Article 4.1.8.12.
Where the fundamental lateral period, Ta, is determined in accordance with Clause (3)(d) and the building is constructed with more than 4 storeys of continuous wood construction and has a timber SFRS consisting of shear walls with wood-based panels or of braced or moment-resisting frames as defined in Table 4.1.8.9., the specified lateral earthquake force, V, as determined in Sentence (2) shall be multiplied by 1.2 but need not exceed the value determined by using Clause (2)(c). (See
Note A-4.1.8.10.(5) and (6).)
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B 4.1.8.12.‌

‌Dynamic Analysis Procedure
1. Except as provided in Articles 4.1.8.19. and 4.1.8.21., the Dynamic Analysis Procedure shall be in accordance with one of the following methods:
  1. Linear Dynamic Analysis by either the Modal Response Spectrum Method or the Numerical Integration Linear Time History Method using a structural model that complies with the requirements of Sentence 4.1.8.3.(8) (see
    Note A-4.1.8.12.(1)(a)), or
  2. Non-linear Dynamic Analysis, in which case a special study shall be performed (see Note A-4.1.8.12.(1)(b)).
2. The spectral acceleration values used in the Modal Response Spectrum Method shall be the design spectral acceleration values, S(T), defined in Sentence 4.1.8.4.(6).
3. The ground motion time histories used in the Numerical Integration Linear Time History Method shall be compatible with a response spectrum constructed from the design spectral acceleration values, S(T), defined in Sentence 4.1.8.4.(6). (See Note A-4.1.8.12.(3).)‌
4. The effects of accidental torsional moments acting concurrently with the lateral earthquake forces that cause them shall be accounted for by the following methods:
  1. the static effects of torsional moments due to (±0.10Dnx)Fx at each
    ‌level x, where Fx is either determined from the elastic dynamic analysis or determined from Sentence 4.1.8.11.(7) multiplied by RdRo/IE, shall be combined with the effects determined by dynamic analysis (see Note A-4.1.8.12.(4)(a)), or
  2. if B, as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.11.(10), is less than 1.7, it is permitted to use a three-dimensional dynamic analysis with the centres of mass shifted by a distance of −0.05Dnx and +0.05Dnx.
5. Except as provided in Sentence (6), the adjusted elastic base shear, Ved, shall be equal to the elastic base shear, Ve, obtained from a Linear Dynamic Analysis.
6. For buildings located on a site designated as other than XF that have an SFRS with Rd equal to or greater than 1.5, the elastic base shear, Ve, obtained from a Linear Dynamic Analysis may be multiplied by the larger of the following factors to obtain Ved:
7. ‌Ved shall be multiplied by the earthquake importance factor, IE, as determined in Article 4.1.8.5., and shall be divided by RdRo, as determined in Article 4.1.8.9., to obtain the specified lateral earthquake force, Vd.‌
8. Except as required by Sentence (9) or (12), if Vd, as determined in Sentence (7), is less than 80% of V, as determined in Article 4.1.8.11., Vd shall be taken as 0.8V.
9. For irregular structures requiring dynamic analysis in accordance with
  Article 4.1.8.7., Vd shall be taken as the larger of Vd, as determined in Sentence (7), and 100% of V, as determined in Article 4.1.8.11.
10. Except as required by Sentence (11), the values of elastic storey shears, storey forces, member forces, and deflections obtained from the Linear Dynamic Analysis, including the effect of accidental torsion determined in Sentence (4), shall be multiplied by Vd/Ve to determine their design values.‌
11. For the purpose of calculating deflections, it is permitted to use a value of V based on the value of Ta determined in Clause 4.1.8.11.(3)(d) to obtain Vd in Sentences (8) and (9).
12. For buildings constructed with more than 4 storeys of continuous wood construction, having a timber SFRS consisting of shear walls with wood-based panels or braced or moment-resisting frames as defined in Table 4.1.8.9., and whose
  fundamental lateral period, Ta, is determined in accordance with Clause 4.1.8.11.(3)(d), Vd shall be taken as the larger of Vd, as determined in Sentence (7), and 100% of V, as determined in Article 4.1.8.11. (See Note A-4.1.8.10.(5) and (6).)
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B‌

‌Deflections and Drift Limits
1. Except as provided in Sentences (5) and (6), lateral deflections of a structure shall be calculated in accordance with the loads and requirements defined in this Subsection.
2. Lateral deflections obtained from a linear elastic analysis using the methods given in Articles 4.1.8.11. and 4.1.8.12. and incorporating the effects of torsion, including accidental torsional moments, shall be multiplied by RdRo/IE and increased as required in Sentences 4.1.8.10.(8) and 4.1.8.16.(1) to give realistic values of anticipated deflections.
3. Based on the lateral deflections calculated in Sentences (2), (5) and (6), the largest interstorey deflection at any level shall be limited to 0.01hs for post-disaster buildings, 0.02hs for High Importance Category buildings, and 0.025hs for all other buildings.
4. The deflections calculated in Sentence (2) shall be used to account for sway effects as required by Sentence 4.1.3.2.(12). (See Note A-4.1.8.13.(4).)
5. The lateral deflections of a seismically isolated structure shall be calculated in accordance with Article 4.1.8.20.
6. The lateral deflections of a structure with supplemental energy dissipation shall be calculated in accordance with Article 4.1.8.22.
‌Structural Separation
1. ‌Adjacent structures shall be
  1. separated by a distance equal to at least the square root of the sum of the squares of their individual deflections calculated in Sentence 4.1.8.13.(2), or
  2. connected to each other.
2. The method of connection required in Sentence (1) shall take into account the mass, stiffness, strength, ductility and anticipated motion of the connected buildings and the character of the connection.‌
3. Rigidly connected buildings shall be assumed to have the lowest RdRo value of the buildings connected.
4. ‌Buildings with non-rigid or energy-dissipating connections require special studies.
‌Design Provisions
1. Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), diaphragms, collectors, chords, struts and connections shall be designed so as not to yield, and the design shall account for the shape of the diaphragm, including openings, and for the forces generated in the diaphragm due to the following cases, whichever one governs:
  1. forces determined in Article 4.1.8.11. or 4.1.8.12. applied to the diaphragm are increased to reflect the lateral load capacity of the SFRS, plus forces in the diaphragm due to the transfer of forces between elements of the SFRS associated with the lateral load capacity of such elements and accounting for discontinuities and changes in stiffness in these elements, or
  2. a minimum force corresponding to the specified lateral earthquake force, V, divided by N for the diaphragm at level x.
    (See Note A-4.1.8.15.(1).)
2. Steel deck roof diaphragms in buildings of less than 4 storeys or wood diaphragms that are designed and detailed according to the applicable referenced design standards to exhibit ductile behaviour shall meet the requirements of Sentence (1), except that they may yield and the forces shall be
  1. for wood diaphragms acting in combination with vertical wood shear walls, equal to the specified lateral earthquake force, V,
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    Division B 4.1.8.16.
  2. ‌for wood diaphragms acting in combination with other SFRSs, not less than the force corresponding to RdRo = 2.0, and
  3. for steel deck roof diaphragms, not less than the force corresponding to RdRo = 2.0.
3. Where diaphragms are designed in accordance with Sentence (2), the struts shall be designed in accordance with Clause (1)(a), and the collectors, chords and connections between the diaphragms and the vertical elements of the SFRS shall be designed for forces corresponding to the capacity of the diaphragms in accordance with the applicable CSA standards. (See Note A-4.1.8.15.(3).)
4. For single-storey buildings with steel deck or wood roof diaphragms designed with a value of Rd greater than 1.5 and where the calculated maximum relative deflection, ΔD, of the diaphragm under lateral loads exceeds 50% of the average storey drift, ΔB, of the adjoining vertical elements of the SFRS, dynamic magnification of the inelastic response due to the in-plane diaphragm deformations shall be accounted for in the design as follows:
  1. the vertical elements of the SFRS shall be designed and detailed to any one of the following:
    1. ‌to accommodate the anticipated magnified lateral deformations taken as RoRd(ΔB + ΔD) − RoΔD,
    2. to resist the forces magnified by Rd(1 + ΔD/ΔB)/(Rd + ΔD/ΔB), or
    3. by a special study, and
  2. ‌the roof diaphragm and chords shall be designed for in-plane shears and moments determined while taking into consideration the inelastic higher mode response of the structure.
    (See Note A-4.1.8.15.(4).)
5. Where the Seismic Category is SC3 or SC4, the elements supporting any discontinuous wall, column or braced frame shall be designed for the lateral load capacity of the components of the SFRS they support. (See Note A-4.1.8.15.(5).)
6. ‌Where structures have vertical variations of RdRo satisfying Sentence 4.1.8.9.(4), the elements of the SFRS below the level where the change in RdRo occurs shall be designed for the forces associated with the lateral load capacity of the SFRS above that level. (See Note A-4.1.8.15.(6).)
7. Where earthquake effects can produce forces in a column or wall due to lateral loading along both orthogonal axes, account shall be taken of the effects of potential concurrent yielding of other elements framing into the column or wall from all directions at the level under consideration and as appropriate at other levels. (See Note A-4.1.8.15.(7).)
8. The design forces associated with the lateral capacity of the SFRS need not exceed the forces determined in accordance with Sentence 4.1.8.7.(1) with RdRo taken as 1.0, unless otherwise provided by the applicable referenced design standards for elements, in which case the design forces associated with the lateral capacity of the SFRS need not exceed the forces determined in accordance with Sentence 4.1.8.7.(1) with RdRo taken as less than or equal to 1.3. (See Note A-4.1.8.15.(8).)
9. ‌Foundations need not be designed to resist the lateral load overturning capacity of the SFRS, provided the design and the Rd and Ro for the type of SFRS used conform to Table 4.1.8.9. and that the foundation is designed in accordance with Sentence 4.1.8.16.(4).
10. ‌Foundation displacements and rotations shall be considered as required by Sentence 4.1.8.16.(1).
‌Foundation Provisions
1. The increased displacements of the structure resulting from foundation movement shall be shown to be within acceptable limits for both the SFRS and the structural framing elements not considered to be part of the SFRS. (See Note A-4.1.8.16.(1).)
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  ‌4.1.8.16. Division B
2. Except as provided in Sentences (3) and (4), foundations shall be designed to have factored shear and overturning resistances greater than the lateral load capacity of the SFRS. (See Note A-4.1.8.16.(2).)
3. The shear and overturning resistances of the foundation determined using a bearing stress equal to 1.5 times the factored bearing strength of the soil or rock and all other resistances equal to 1.3 times the factored resistances need not exceed the forces determined in Sentence 4.1.8.7.(1) using RdRo = 1.0, except that the factor of
  1.3 shall not apply to the portion of the resistance to uplift or overturning resulting from gravity loads.
4. A foundation is permitted to have a factored overturning resistance less than the lateral load overturning capacity of the supported SFRS, provided the following requirements are met:
  1. neither the foundation nor the supported SFRS are constrained against rotation, and
  2. the design overturning moment of the foundation is
    1. ‌not less than 75% of the overturning capacity of the supported SFRS, and
    2. not less than that determined in Sentence 4.1.8.7.(1) using RdRo = 2.0.
      (See Note A-4.1.8.16.(4).)
5. The design of foundations shall be such that they are capable of transferring earthquake loads and effects between the building and the ground without exceeding the capacities of the soil and rock.‌
6. ‌Where the Seismic Category is SC3 or SC4, the following requirements shall be satisfied:
  1. ‌piles or pile caps, drilled piers, and caissons shall be interconnected by continuous ties in not less than two directions (see Note A-4.1.8.16.(6)(a)),
  2. ‌piles, drilled piers, and caissons shall be embedded a minimum of 100 mm into the pile cap or structure, and
  3. piles, drilled piers, and caissons, other than wood piles, shall be connected to the pile cap or structure for a minimum tension force equal to 0.15 times the factored compression load on the pile.
7. Where the Seismic Category is SC3 or SC4, basement walls shall be designed to resist earthquake lateral pressures from backfill or natural ground. (See
  ‌Note A-4.1.8.16.(7).)
8. Where the Seismic Category is SC4, the following requirements shall be satisfied:
  1. ‌piles, drilled piers, or caissons shall be designed and detailed to accommodate cyclic inelastic behaviour when the design moment in the element due
    to earthquake effects is greater than 75% of its moment capacity (see Note A-4.1.8.16.(8)(a)), and
  2. spread footings founded on soil designated as XV, where Vs30 is less than or equal to 180 m/s, XE or XF shall be interconnected by continuous ties in not less than two directions.
9. Each segment of a tie between elements that is required by Clause (6)(a) or (8)(b) shall be designed to carry by tension or compression a horizontal force at least equal to the greatest factored pile cap or column vertical load in the elements it connects, multiplied by a factor of 0.1IES(0.2), unless it can be demonstrated that equivalent restraints can be provided by other means. (See Note A-4.1.8.16.(9).)
10. The potential for liquefaction of the soil and its consequences, such as significant ground displacement and loss of soil strength and stiffness, shall be evaluated based on the ground motion parameters referenced in Subsection 1.1.3., as modified by Article 4.1.8.4., and shall be taken into account in the design of the structure and its foundations. (See Note A-4.1.8.16.(10).)
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  ‌Division B 4.1.8.18.‌
‌Site Stability
1. The potential for slope instability and its consequences, such as slope displacement, shall be evaluated based on site-specific material properties and ground motion parameters referenced in Subsection 1.1.3., as modified by Article 4.1.8.4.,
  and shall be taken into account in the design of the structure and its foundations. (See Note A-4.1.8.17.(1).)

‌Elements of Structures, Non-structural Components and Equipment

(See Note A-4.1.8.18.)

Except as provided in Sentences (2), (7) and (16), elements and components of buildings described in Table 4.1.8.18. and their connections to the structure shall be designed to accommodate the building deflections calculated in accordance with Article 4.1.8.13. and the element or component deflections calculated in accordance with Sentence (9), and shall be designed for a specified lateral earthquake force, Vp, distributed according to the distribution of mass:

where

S(0.2) = design spectral acceleration value at a period of 0.2 s, as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.4.(6),

IE = earthquake importance factor for the building, as defined in Article 4.1.8.5.,

Sp = CpArAx/Rp (the maximum value of Sp shall be taken as 4.0 and the minimum value of Sp shall be taken as 0.7), where

Cp = element or component factor from Table 4.1.8.18.,

‌Ar = element or component force amplification factor from Table 4.1.8.18., Ax = height factor (1 + 2hx/hn),

Rp = element or component response modification factor from Table 4.1.8.18., and

Wp = weight of the component or element.

Table 4.1.8.18.

Elements of Structures and Non-structural Components and Equipment(1)

Forming Part of Sentences 4.1.8.18.(1) to (3), (6), (7) and (16), and Clauses 4.1.8.23.(2)(c) and (3)(c)

Category	Part or Portion of Building	Cp	Ar	Rp
Architectural and Structural Components
1	All exterior and interior walls, and cladding panels, except those in Category 2 or 3	1.00	1.00	2.50
2	Cantilever parapet and other cantilever walls, including cantilever cladding panels, except retaining walls	1.00	2.50	2.50
3	Exterior and interior ornamentations and appendages	1.00	2.50	2.50
4	Floors and roofs acting as diaphragms(2)	–	–	–
5	Towers, chimneys, smokestacks and penthouses when connected to or forming part of a building	1.00	2.50	2.50
6	Horizontally cantilevered floors, balconies, beams, etc.	1.00	1.00	2.50
7	Suspended ceilings, light fixtures and other attachments to ceilings with independent vertical support	1.00	1.00	2.50
8	Masonry veneer connections	1.00	1.00	1.50
9	Access floors	1.00	1.00	2.50
10	Masonry or concrete fences more than 1.8 m tall	1.00	1.00	2.50
Mechanical and Electrical Components
11	Machinery, fixtures, equipment and tanks (including contents) that are rigid and rigidly connected that are flexible or flexibly connected
		1.00	1.00	1.25
		1.00	2.50	2.50

4.1.8.18. Division B

Table 4.1.8.18. (Continued)

Category	Part or Portion of Building	Cp	Ar	Rp
12	Machinery, fixtures, equipment and tanks (including contents) containing toxic or explosive materials, materials having a flash point below 38°C or firefighting fluids that are rigid and rigidly connected that are flexible or flexibly connected Flat bottom tanks (including contents) attached directly to a floor at or below grade within a building Flat bottom tanks (including contents) attached directly to a floor at or below grade within a building containing toxic or explosive materials, materials having a flash point below 38°C or firefighting fluids Pipes, ducts (including contents) Pipes, ducts (including contents) containing toxic or explosive materials Electrical cable trays, bus ducts, conduits
		1.50	1.00	1.25
		1.50	2.50	2.50
13		0.70	1.00	2.50
14		1.00	1.00	2.50
15		1.00	1.00	3.00
16		1.50	1.00	3.00
17		1.00	2.50	5.00
Other System Components
18	Rigid components with ductile material and connections Rigid components with non-ductile material or connections Flexible components with ductile material and connections Flexible components with non-ductile material or connections Elevators and escalators(3) ‌machinery and equipment elevator rails Floor-mounted steel pallet storage racks(4) Floor-mounted steel pallet storage racks on which are stored toxic or explosive materials or materials having a flash point below 38°C(4)	1.00	1.00	2.50
19		1.00	1.00	1.00
20		1.00	2.50	2.50
21		1.00	2.50	1.00
22
		as per Category 11
		1.00	1.00	2.50
23		1.00	2.50	2.50
24		1.50	2.50	2.50

‌Notes to Table 4.1.8.18.:

(1) See Note A-Table 4.1.8.18.

(2) See Sentence (8).

(4) See Sentence (13) and Note A-Table 4.1.8.18.

For buildings in Seismic Category SC1 or SC2, other than post-disaster buildings, seismically isolated buildings, and buildings with supplemental energy dissipation systems, the requirements of Sentence (1) need not apply to Categories 6 through
22 of Table 4.1.8.18.
For the purpose of applying Sentence (1) for Categories 11 and 12 of Table 4.1.8.18., elements or components shall be assumed to be flexible or flexibly connected unless it can be shown that the fundamental period of the element or
component and its connection is less than or equal to 0.06 s, in which case the element or component is classified as being rigid and rigidly connected.
The weight of access floors shall include the dead load of the access floor and the weight of permanent equipment, which shall not be taken as less than 25% of the floor live load.
‌When the mass of a tank plus its contents or the mass of a flexible or flexibly connected piece of machinery, fixture or equipment is greater than 10% of the mass of the supporting floor, the lateral forces shall be determined by rational analysis.
Forces shall be applied in the horizontal direction that results in the most critical loading for design, except for Category 6 of Table 4.1.8.18., where the forces shall be applied up and down vertically.
Connections to the structure of elements and components listed in
Table 4.1.8.18. shall be designed to support the component or element for gravity
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
Division B 4.1.8.18.

loads, shall conform to the requirements of Sentence (1), and shall also satisfy these additional requirements:‌
1. except as provided in Sentence (17), friction due to gravity loads shall not be considered to provide resistance to earthquake forces,
2. ‌Rp for non-ductile connections, such as adhesives or power-actuated fasteners, shall be taken as 1.0,
3. Rp for shallow post-installed mechanical, post-installed adhesive, and cast-in-place anchors in concrete shall be 1.5, where shallow anchors are those with a ratio of embedment length to diameter of less than 8,
4. post-installed mechanical, drop-in and adhesive anchors in concrete shall be pre-qualified for seismic applications by cyclic load testing in accordance with
  1. CSA A23.3, “Design of concrete structures,” and
  2. ACI 355.2, “Qualification of Post-Installed Mechanical Anchors in Concrete (ACI 355.2-19) and Commentary,” or ACI 355.4, “Qualification of Post-Installed Adhesive Anchors in Concrete (ACI 355.4-19) and Commentary,” as applicable,
5. ‌post-installed mechanical and adhesive anchors in masonry and post-installed mechanical anchors in structural steel shall be‌
  pre-qualified for seismic applications by cyclic tension load testing (see Note A-4.1.8.18.(7)(e)),
6. power-actuated fasteners shall not be used for cyclic tension loads,
7. connections for non-structural elements or components of Category 1, 2 or 3 of Table 4.1.8.18. attached to the side of a building and above the first level above grade shall satisfy the following requirements:
  1. for connections where the body of the connection is ductile, the body shall be designed for values of Cp, Ar and Rp given in Table 4.1.8.18., and all of the other parts of the connection, such as anchors, welds, bolts and inserts, shall be capable of developing 2.0 times the nominal yield resistance of the body of the connection, and
  2. ‌connections where the body of the connection is not ductile shall be designed for values of Cp = 2.0, Rp = 1.0 and Ar given in Table 4.1.8.18., and
8. ‌a ductile connection is one where the body of the connection is capable of dissipating energy through cyclic inelastic behaviour.
Floors and roofs acting as diaphragms shall satisfy the requirements for diaphragms stated in Article 4.1.8.15.
Lateral deflections of elements or components shall be based on the loads defined in Sentence (1) and lateral deflections obtained from an elastic analysis shall be multiplied by Rp/IE to give realistic values of the anticipated deflections.
The elements or components shall be designed so as not to transfer to the structure any forces unaccounted for in the design, and rigid elements such as walls or panels shall satisfy the requirements of Sentence 4.1.8.3.(6).
‌Seismic restraint for suspended equipment, pipes, ducts, electrical cable trays, etc. shall be designed to meet the force and displacement requirements of this Article and be constructed in a manner that will not subject hanger rods to bending.
Isolated suspended equipment and components, such as pendent lights, may be designed as a pendulum system provided that adequate chains or cables capable of supporting 2.0 times the weight of the suspended component are provided and the deflection requirements of Sentence (10) are satisfied.
Free-standing steel pallet storage racks are permitted to be designed to resist earthquake effects using rational analysis, provided the design achieves the minimum performance level required by Subsection 4.1.8. (See Note A-4.1.8.18.(13) and 4.4.3.1.(1).)
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌4.1.8.18. Division B
Except as provided in Sentence (15), the relative displacement of glass in glazing systems, Dfallout, shall be equal to the greater of
1. Dfallout ≥ 1.25IEDp, where
  Dfallout = relative displacement at which glass fallout occurs, and
  ‌Dp = relative earthquake displacement that the component must be designed to accommodate, calculated in accordance with Article 4.1.8.13. and applied over the height of the glass component, or
2. 13 mm.
  (See Note A-4.1.8.18.(14) and (15).)
Glass need not comply with Sentence (14), provided at least one of the following conditions is met:
1. the Seismic Category is SC1 or SC2,
2. the glass has sufficient clearance from its frame such that Dclear ≥ 1.25Dp calculated as follows:
  
  where
  Dclear = relative horizontal displacement measured over the height of the glass panel, which causes initial glass-to-frame contact,
  C1 = average of the clearances on both sides between the vertical glass edges and the frame,
  hp = height of the rectangular glass panel,
  C2 = averages of the top and bottom clearances between the horizontal glass edges and the frame, and
  bp = width of the rectangular glass panel,
3. the glass is fully tempered, monolithic, installed in a non-post-disaster building, and no part of the glass is located more than 3 m above a walking surface, or
4. ‌the glass is annealed or heat-strengthened laminated glass in a single thickness with an interlayer no less than 0.76 mm and captured mechanically in a wall system glazing pocket with the perimeter secured to the frame by a wet, glazed, gunable, curing, elastomeric sealant perimeter bead of 13 mm minimum glass contact width.
  (See Note A-4.1.8.18.(14) and (15).)
For structures with supplemental energy dissipation, elements and components of buildings described in Table 4.1.8.18. and their connections to the structure shall be designed for a specified lateral earthquake force, Vp, determined at each floor level as follows:

where
‌Ssed = peak spectral acceleration, Sa(T,X), in the period range of T = 0 s to T = 0.5 s determined from the mean 5%-damped floor spectral acceleration values by averaging the individual 5%-damped floor response spectra at the centroid of the floor area at that floor level determined using Non-linear Dynamic Analysis, and
IE, Cp, Ar, Rp, Wp = as defined in Sentence (1). (See Note A-4.1.8.18.(16).)
For a ballasted array of interconnected solar panels mounted on a roof, where IES(0.2) is less than or equal to 1.0, friction due to gravity loads is permitted to be considered to provide resistance to seismic forces, provided
1. the roof is not normally occupied,
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  Division B 4.1.8.19.
2. the roof is surrounded by a parapet extending from the roof surface to not less than the greater of
  1. 150 mm above the centre of mass of the array, and
  2. 400 mm above the roof surface,
3. the height of the centre of mass of the array above the roof surface is less than the lesser of
  1. ‌900 mm, and
  2. one half of the smallest plan dimension of the supporting base of the array,
4. the roof slope at the location of the array is less than or equal to 3°,
5. the factored friction resistance calculated using the kinetic friction coefficient determined in accordance with Sentence (18) and a resistance factor of 0.7 is greater than or equal to the specified lateral earthquake force, Vp, on the array determined in accordance with Sentence (1) using values of Ar = 1.0, Ax = 3.0, Cp = 1.0, and Rp = 1.25,
6. the minimum clearance between the array and other arrays or fixed objects is the greater of
  1. 225 mm, and
  2. 1 500(IES(0.2) − 0.4)2, in mm, and
7. ‌the minimum clearance between the array and the roof parapet is the greater of
  1. 450 mm, and
  2. 3 000(IES(0.2) − 0.4)2, in mm.
For the purpose of Clause (17)(e), the kinetic friction coefficient shall be determined in accordance with ASTM G115, “Standard Guide for Measuring and Reporting Friction Coefficients,” through experimental testing that
1. is carried out by an accredited laboratory on a full-scale array or a prototype of the array,
2. ‌models the interface between the supporting base of the array and the roof surface, and
3. accounts for the adverse effects of anticipated climatic conditions on the friction resistance.
  (See Note A-4.1.8.18.(18).)

‌Seismic Isolation
1. For the purposes of this Article and Article 4.1.8.20., the following terms shall have the meanings stated herein:
  1. “seismic isolation” is an alternative seismic design concept that consists of installing an isolation system with low horizontal stiffness, thereby substantially increasing the fundamental period of the structure;
  2. “isolation system” is a collection of structural elements at the level of the isolation interface that includes all individual isolator units, all structural elements that transfer force between elements of the isolation system,
    all connections to other structural elements, and may also include a wind-restraint system, energy-dissipation devices, and a displacement restraint system;
  3. “seismically isolated structure” includes the upper portion of the structure above the isolation system, the isolation system, and the portion of the structure below the isolation system;
  4. “isolator unit” is a structural element of the isolation system that permits large lateral deformations under lateral earthquake forces and is
    characterized by vertical-load-carrying capability combined with increased horizontal flexibility and high vertical stiffness, energy dissipation (hysteretic or viscous), self-centering capability, and lateral restraint (sufficient elastic stiffness) under non-seismic service lateral loads;
  5. “isolation interface” is the boundary between the isolated upper portion of the structure above the isolation system and the lower portion of the structure below the isolation system; and
  6. “wind-restraint system” is the collection of structural elements of the isolation system that provides restraint of the seismically isolated structure
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
Division B

‌for wind loads and is permitted to be either an integral part of the isolator units or a separate device.

Every seismically isolated structure and every portion thereof shall be analyzed and designed in accordance with
1. this Article and Article 4.1.8.20.,
2. other applicable requirements of this Subsection, and
3. appropriate engineering principles and current engineering practice. (See Note A-4.1.8.19.(2))
For the analysis and modeling of the seismically isolated structure, the following criteria shall apply:
1. a three-dimensional Non-linear Dynamic Analysis of the structure shall be performed in accordance with Article 4.1.8.12. (see Note A-4.1.8.19.(3)(a)),
2. unless verified from rational analysis, the inherent equivalent viscous damping—excluding the hysteretic damping provided by the isolation system or supplemental energy dissipation devices—used in the analysis shall not be taken as more than 2.5% of the critical damping at the significant modes of vibration,
3. ‌all individual isolator units shall be modeled with sufficient detail to account for their non-linear force-deformation characteristics, including effects of the relevant loads, and with consideration of variations in material properties over the design life of the structure, and
4. except for elements of the isolation system, other components of the seismically isolated structure shall be modeled using elastic material properties in accordance with Sentence 4.1.8.3.(8).
The ground motion time histories used in Sentence (3) shall be
1. appropriately selected and scaled following good engineering practice,
2. compatible with
  1. a response spectrum derived from the design spectral acceleration values, S(T), defined in Sentence 4.1.8.4.(6) for site designations XV, where Vs30 is greater than 360 m/s, XA,
    XB and XC, and
  2. a 5%-damped response spectrum based on a site-specific evaluation for site designations XV, where Vs30 is less than or equal to 360 m/s, XD, XE and XF, and
3. ‌amplitude-scaled in an appropriate manner over the period range of 0.2T1 to 1.5T1, where T1 is the period of the isolated structure determined using the post-yield stiffness of the isolation system in the horizontal direction under consideration, or the period specified in Sentence 4.1.8.20.(1) if the post-yield stiffness of the isolation system is not well defined.‌

(See Note A-4.1.8.19.(4) and 4.1.8.21.(5).)

‌Seismic Isolation Design Provisions
1. ‌The period of the isolated structure, determined using the post-yield stiffness of the isolation system in the horizontal direction under consideration, shall be greater than three times the period of the structure above the isolation interface calculated as
  a fixed base.
2. ‌The isolation system shall be configured to produce a restoring force such that the lateral force at the TDD at the centre of mass of the isolated structure above the isolation interface is at least 0.025Wb greater than the lateral force at 50% of the TDD at the same location, in each horizontal direction, where Wb is the portion of W above the isolation interface.
3. The values of storey shears, storey forces, member forces, and deflections used in the design of all structural framing elements and components of the isolation system shall be obtained from analysis conforming to Sentence 4.1.8.19.(3) using one of the following values, whichever produces the most critical effect:
  1. mean plus IE times the standard deviation of results of all Non-linear Dynamic Analyses, or
  2. √IE times the mean of the results of all Non-linear Dynamic Analyses.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 4.1.8.21.
4. ‌The force-deformation and damping characteristics of the isolation system used in the analysis and design of seismically isolated structures shall be validated by testing at least two full-size specimens of each predominant type and size of isolator unit of the isolation system, which shall include
  1. the individual isolator units,
  2. separate supplemental damping devices, if used, and
  3. separate sacrificial wind-restraint systems, if used.
5. The force-deformation characteristics and damping value of a representative sample of the isolator units installed in the building shall be validated by tests prior to their installation.
6. ‌A diaphragm or horizontal structural elements shall provide continuity immediately above the isolation interface to transmit forces due to non-uniform ground motions from one part of the structure to another.
7. All structural framing elements shall be designed for the forces described in Sentence (3) with RdRo = 1.0, except
  1. ‌for structures with IE < 1.5, all SFRSs shall be detailed in accordance with the requirements for Rd ≥ 1.5 and the applicable referenced design standards, and
  2. ‌for structures with IE = 1.5, all SFRSs shall be detailed in accordance with the requirements for Rd ≥ 2.0 and the applicable referenced design standards.
8. The height restrictions noted in Table 4.1.8.9. need not apply to seismically isolated structures.
9. ‌All isolator units shall be
  1. designed for the forces described in Sentence (3), and
  2. able to accommodate the TDD determined at the specific location of each isolator unit.
10. The isolation system, including a separate wind-restraint system if used, shall limit lateral displacement due to wind loads across the isolation interface to a value equal to that required for the least storey height in accordance with Sentence 4.1.3.5.(3).
‌Supplemental Energy Dissipation
1. For the purposes of this Article and Article 4.1.8.22., the following terms shall have the meanings stated herein:
  1. “supplemental energy dissipation device” is a dedicated structural element of the supplemental energy dissipation system that dissipates energy due to relative motion of each of its ends or by alternative means, and includes all pins, bolts, gusset plates, brace extensions and other components required to connect it to the other elements of the structure; a device may be classified as either displacement-dependent or velocity-dependent, or
    ‌a combination thereof, and may be configured to act in either a linear or non-linear manner; and
  2. “supplemental energy dissipation system” is a collection of energy dissipation devices installed in a structure that supplement the energy dissipation of the SFRS.
2. Every structure with a supplemental energy dissipation system and every portion thereof shall be designed and constructed in accordance with
  1. this Article and Article 4.1.8.22.,
  2. other applicable requirements of this Subsection, and
  3. appropriate engineering principles and current engineering practice. (See Note A-4.1.8.21.(2).)
3. Where supplemental energy dissipation devices are used across the isolation interface of a seismically isolated structure, displacements, velocities, and accelerations shall be determined in accordance with Article 4.1.8.20.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B

For the analysis and modeling of structures with supplemental energy dissipation devices, the following criteria shall apply:
1. a three-dimensional Non-linear Dynamic Analysis of the structure shall be performed in accordance with Article 4.1.8.12. (see Note A-4.1.8.21.(4)(a)),
2. for an SFRS with Rd > 1.0, the non-linear hysteretic behaviour of the SFRS shall be explicitly—with sufficient detail—accounted for in the modeling and analysis of the structure,
3. unless verified from rational analysis, the inherent equivalent viscous damping—excluding the damping provided by the supplemental energy dissipation devices—used in the analysis shall not be taken as more than 2.5% of the critical damping at the significant modes of vibration,
4. ‌all supplemental energy dissipation devices shall be modeled with sufficient detail to account for their non-linear force deformation characteristics, including effects of the relevant loads, and with consideration of variations in their properties over the design life of the structure, and
5. except for the SFRS and elements of the supplemental energy dissipation system, other components of the structure shall be modeled using elastic material properties in accordance with Sentence 4.1.8.3.(8).
The ground motion time histories used in Sentence (4) shall be
1. appropriately selected and scaled following good engineering practice,
2. compatible with a 5%-damped response spectrum derived from the design spectral acceleration values, S(T), defined in Sentence 4.1.8.4.(6), and
3. ‌amplitude-scaled in an appropriate manner over the period range of 0.2T1 to 1.5T1, where T1 is the fundamental lateral period of the structure with the supplemental energy dissipation system.‌

(See Note A-4.1.8.19.(4) and 4.1.8.21.(5).)

‌Supplemental Energy Dissipation Design Considerations
1. The values of storey shears, storey forces, member forces, and deflections for the design of all structural framing elements and all supplemental energy dissipation devices shall be obtained from analysis conforming to Sentence 4.1.8.21.(4) using one of the following values, whichever produces the most critical effect:
  1. mean plus IE times the standard deviation of the results of all Non-linear Dynamic Analyses, or
  2. ‌√IE times the mean of the results of all Non-linear Dynamic Analyses.
2. The largest interstorey deflection at any level of the structure as determined in accordance with Sentence (1) shall conform to the limits stated in Sentence 4.1.8.13.(3).
3. ‌The force-deformation and force-velocity characteristics of the supplemental energy dissipation devices used in the analysis and design of structures with supplemental energy dissipation systems shall be validated by testing at least two full-size specimens of each type of supplementary energy dissipation device.
4. The force-deformation and force-velocity characteristics and damping values of a representative sample of the supplemental energy dissipation devices installed in the building shall be validated by tests prior to their installation.‌
5. All components of a supplemental energy dissipation device, except that portion of the device that dissipates energy, shall be designed to remain elastic.
6. All structural framing elements shall be designed
  1. for an SFRS with Rd = 1.0, using the forces referred to in Sentence (1) with RdRo = 1.0, except that the SFRS shall be detailed in accordance with the requirements for Rd ≥ 1.5 and the applicable referenced design standards, or
  2. for an SFRS with Rd > 1.0, using the forces referred to in Sentence (1) with RdRo = 1.0, except that the SFRS shall be detailed in accordance with the requirements for the selected Rd and the applicable referenced design standards.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 4.1.8.23.
7. Supplemental energy dissipation devices and other components of the supplemental energy dissipation system shall be designed in accordance with Sentence (1) with consideration of the following:
  1. low-cycle, large-displacement degradation due to earthquake loads,
  2. high-cycle, small-displacement degradation due to wind, thermal, or other cyclic loads,
  3. forces or displacements due to gravity loads,
  4. adhesion of device parts due to corrosion or abrasion, biodegradation, moisture, or chemical exposure,
  5. exposure to environmental conditions, including, but not limited to, temperature, humidity, moisture, radiation (e.g., ultraviolet light), and reactive or corrosive substances (e.g., salt water),
  6. devices subject to failure due to low-cycle fatigue must resist wind forces without slip, movement, or inelastic cycling,
  7. ‌the range of thermal conditions, device wear, manufacturing tolerances, and other effects that cause device properties to vary during the design life of the device, and
  8. ‌connection points of devices must provide sufficient articulation to accommodate simultaneous longitudinal, lateral, and vertical displacements of the supplemental energy dissipation system.
8. Means of access for inspection and removal for replacement of all supplemental energy dissipation devices shall be provided.
‌Additional Performance Requirements for Post-disaster Buildings, High Importance Category Buildings, and a Subset of Normal Importance Category Buildings‌
1. Buildings designed in accordance with Articles 4.1.8.19. to 4.1.8.22. need not comply with this Article.
2. The design of post-disaster buildings in Seismic Category SC2, SC3 or SC4 shall be verified using 5%-damped spectral acceleration values based on a 5% probability of exceedance in 50 years and shall satisfy the following requirements:
  1. the building shall be shown to behave elastically for a specified lateral earthquake force, V, determined in accordance with Sentence 4.1.8.11.(2) using IE = 1.0 and RdRo = 1.3,
  2. the largest interstorey deflection at any level of the building, as determined in accordance with Sentence 4.1.8.13.(2) using IE = 1.0 and RdRo = 1.0, shall not exceed 0.005hs, and
  3. the connections of elements and components of the building described in Table 4.1.8.18. with Rp > 1.5 shall be shown to behave elastically for a specified lateral earthquake force, Vp, determined in accordance with Sentence 4.1.8. 18.(1) using Rp = 1.5.
3. The design of High Importance Category buildings in Seismic Category SC3 or SC4 shall be verified using 5%-damped spectral acceleration values based on a 10% probability of exceedance in 50 years and shall satisfy the following requirements:
  1. the building shall be shown to behave elastically for a specified lateral earthquake force, V, determined in accordance with Sentence 4.1.8.11.(2) using IE = 1.0 and RdRo = 1.3,
  2. the largest interstorey deflection at any level of the building, as determined in accordance with Sentence 4.1.8.13.(2) using IE = 1.0 and RdRo = 1.0, shall not exceed 0.005hs, and
  3. the connections of elements and components of the building described in Table 4.1.8.18. with Rp > 1.3 shall be shown to behave elastically for a specified lateral earthquake force, Vp, determined in accordance with Sentence 4.1.8. 18.(1) using Rp = 1.3.
4. For Normal Importance Category buildings in Seismic Category SC4 with a height above grade of more than 30 m, the structural framing elements not considered to be part of the SFRS shall be designed to behave elastically for a specified lateral
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  4.2.1.1. Division B
  
  earthquake force, V, determined in accordance with Sentence 4.1.8.11.(2) using spectral acceleration values based on a 10% probability of exceedance in 50 years and RdRo = 1.3.
5. For the purposes of applying Sentences (2) to (4), torsional moments due to accidental eccentricities need not be considered if B, as determined in accordance with Sentence 4.1.8.11.(10), does not exceed 1.7.
6. For the purposes of applying Sentences (2) to (4), elements of the SFRS and structural framing elements not considered to be part of the SFRS, when included in the analysis, shall be modeled in accordance with Sentence 4.1.8.3.(8) using elastic properties.
7. All other requirements of Articles 4.1.8.2. to 4.1.8.18. shall be satisfied in meeting the additional requirements of this Article.

‌Section 4.2. Foundations

‌General‌
1. ‌Application
  1. This Section applies to excavations and foundation systems for buildings.
‌Subsurface Investigations, Drawings and Reviews‌
1. ‌Subsurface Investigation
  1. A subsurface investigation, including groundwater conditions, shall be carried out by or under the direction of a professional engineer having knowledge and experience in planning and executing such investigations to a degree appropriate for the building and its use, the ground and the surrounding site conditions. (See Note A-4.2.2.1.(1).)
2. ‌Drawings‌
  1. Drawings associated with foundations and excavations shall conform to the appropriate requirements of Section 2.2. of Division C. (See Article 2.2.4.6. of Division C.)
3. ‌Field Review
  1. A field review shall be carried out by the designer or by another suitably qualified person to ascertain that the subsurface conditions are consistent with the design and that construction is carried out in accordance with the design and good engineering practice. (See Note A-4.2.2.3.(1).)
  2. The review required by Sentence (1) shall be carried out
    1. on a continuous basis
      1. during the construction of all deep foundation units with all pertinent information recorded for each foundation unit,
      2. during the installation and removal of retaining structures and related backfilling operations, and
      3. during the placement of engineered fills that are to be used to support the foundation units, and
    2. as required, unless otherwise directed by the authority having jurisdiction,
      1. in the construction of all shallow foundation units, and
      2. in excavating, dewatering and other related works.
4. ‌Altered Subsurface Condition‌
  1. If, during construction, the soil, rock or groundwater is found not to be of the type or in the condition used in design and as indicated on the drawings, the design shall be reassessed by the designer.
  2. If, during construction, climatic or any other conditions change the properties of the soil, rock or groundwater, the design shall be reassessed by the designer.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 4.2.3.8.‌
‌Materials Used in Foundations
1. ‌Wood‌
  1. Wood used in foundations or in support of soil or rock shall conform with the appropriate requirements of Subsection 4.3.1.
2. ‌Preservation Treatment of Wood
  1. Wood exposed to soil, rock or air above the lowest anticipated groundwater table shall be treated with preservative in conformance with CAN/CSA-O80 Series, “Wood preservation,” and the requirements of the appropriate standard as follows:
    1. CAN/CSA-O80.1, “Specification of treated wood,”
    2. CAN/CSA-O80.2, “Processing and treatment,” or
    3. CAN/CSA-O80.3, “P reservative formulations.”
  2. Wood treated as required in Sentence (1) shall be cared for as provided in Clause 4 of CAN/CSA-O80.0, “General requirements for wood preservation.”
3. ‌Plain and Reinforced Masonry‌
  1. Plain or reinforced masonry used in foundations or in support of soil or rock shall conform with the requirements of Subsection 4.3.2.
4. ‌Prevention of Deterioration of Masonry
  1. Where plain or reinforced masonry in foundations or in structures supporting soil or rock may be subject to conditions conducive to deterioration, protection shall be provided to prevent such deterioration.
5. ‌Concrete‌
  1. Plain, reinforced or pre-stressed concrete used in foundations or in support of
    soil or rock shall conform with the requirements of Subsection 4.3.3.
6. ‌Protection Against Chemical Attack
  1. Where concrete in foundations may be subject to chemical attack, it shall be treated in conformance with the requirements in CSA A23.1, “Concrete materials and methods of concrete construction.”
7. ‌Steel
  1. Steel used in foundations or in support of soil or rock shall conform with the appropriate requirements of Subsection 4.3.3. or 4.3.4., unless otherwise specified in this Section.‌
8. ‌Steel Piles
  1. Where steel piles are used in deep foundations and act as permanent load-carrying members, the steel shall conform with one of the following standards:
    1. ASTM A252, “Standard Specification for Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe Piles,”
    2. ASTM A283/A283M, “Standard Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates,”
    3. ASTM A1008/A1008M, “Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, Solution Hardened, and Bake Hardenable,”
    4. ASTM A1011/A1011M, “Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, and Ultra-High Strength,” or
    5. CSA G40.21, “Structural quality steel.”
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
9. ‌Division B‌
‌Design Requirements‌
1. ‌Design Basis
  1. The design of foundations, excavations and soil- and rock-retaining structures shall be based on a subsurface investigation carried out in conformance with the requirements of this Section, and on any of the following, as appropriate:
    1. application of generally accepted geotechnical and civil engineering principles by a professional engineer especially qualified in this field of work, as provided in this Section and other Sections of Part 4,
    2. established local practice, where such practice includes successful experience both with soils and rocks of similar type and condition and with a foundation or excavation of similar type, construction method, size and depth, or
    3. in situ testing of foundation units, such as the load testing of piles, anchors or footings, carried out by a person competent in this field of work.
      (See Note A-4.2.4.1.(1).)
  2. The foundations of a building shall be capable of resisting all the loads stipulated in Section 4.1., in accordance with limit states design in Subsection 4.1.3.
  3. For the purpose of the application of the load combinations given in
    Table 4.1.3.2.-A, the geotechnical components of loads and the factored geotechnical resistances at ULS shall be determined by a suitably qualified and experienced professional engineer. (See Note A-4.2.4.1.(3).)
  4. Geotechnical components of service loads and geotechnical reactions for SLS shall be determined by a suitably qualified and experienced professional engineer.
  5. The foundation of a building shall be designed to satisfy SLS requirements within the limits that the building is designed to accommodate, including total settlement and differential settlement, heave, lateral movement, tilt or rotation. (See Note A-4.2.4.1.(5).)
  6. Communication, interaction and coordination between the designer and the professional engineer responsible for the geotechnical aspects of the project shall take place to a degree commensurate with the complexity and requirements of the project.‌
2. ‌Subsurface Investigation
  1. A subsurface investigation shall be carried out to the depth and extent to which the building or excavation will significantly change the stress in the soil or rock, or to such a depth and extent as to provide all the necessary information for the design and construction of the excavation or the foundations.‌
3. ‌Identification
  1. The identification and classification of soil, rock and groundwater and descriptions of their engineering and physical properties shall be in accordance with a widely accepted system.‌
4. ‌Depth of Foundations
  1. Except as permitted in Sentence (2), the bearing surface of a foundation shall be below the level of potential damage, including damage resulting from frost action, and
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    Division B 4.2.4.14.
    
    the foundation shall be designed to prevent damage resulting from adfreezing and frost jacking. (See Note A-4.2.4.4.(1).)
  2. The bearing surface of a foundation need not be below the level of potential damage from frost where the foundation
    1. is designed against frost action, or
    2. overlies material not susceptible to frost action.
5. ‌Sloping Ground‌
  1. Where a foundation is to rest on, in or near sloping ground, this particular condition shall be provided for in the design.
6. ‌Eccentric and Inclined Loads‌
  1. Where there is eccentricity or inclination of loading in foundation units, this effect shall be fully investigated and provided for in the design.
7. ‌Dynamic Loading‌
  1. ‌Where dynamic loading conditions apply, the effects shall be assessed by a special investigation of these conditions and provided for in the design.
8. ‌Hydrostatic Uplift‌
  1. Where a foundation or any part of a building is subject to hydrostatic uplift, the effects shall be provided for in the design.
9. ‌Groundwater Level Change
  1. Where proposed construction will result in a temporary or permanent change in the groundwater level, the effects of this change on adjacent buildings shall be fully investigated and provided for in the design.‌
10. ‌Permafrost
  1. Where conditions of permafrost are encountered or proven to exist, the design of the foundation shall be based upon analysis of these conditions by a person especially qualified in that field of work.‌
11. ‌Swelling and Shrinking Soils
  1. Where swelling or shrinking soils, in which movements resulting from moisture content changes may be sufficient to cause damage to a structure, are encountered or known to exist, such a condition shall be fully investigated and provided for in the design.‌
12. ‌Expanding and Deteriorating Rock
  1. Where rock that expands or deteriorates when subjected to unfavourable environmental conditions or to stress release is known to exist, this condition shall be fully investigated and provided for in the design.‌
13. ‌Construction on Fill‌‌
  1. ‌Buildings may be placed on fill if it can be shown by subsurface investigation that
    1. the fill is or can be made capable of safely supporting the building,
    2. detrimental movement of the building or of services leading to the building
      will not occur, and
    3. explosive gases can be controlled or do not exist.
14. ‌Structural Design
  1. The structural design of the foundation of a building, the procedures and construction practices shall conform with the appropriate Sections of this Code unless otherwise specified in this Section.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌4.2.5.1. Division B‌
‌Excavations
1. ‌Design of Excavations‌
  1. The design of excavations and of supports for the sides of excavations shall conform with Subsection 4.2.4. and with this Subsection. (See Note A-4.2.5.1.(1).)
2. ‌Excavation Construction
  1. Every excavation shall be undertaken in such a manner as to
    1. prevent movement that would cause damage to adjacent buildings at all phases of construction, and
    2. comply with the appropriate requirements of Part 8.
  2. Material shall not be placed nor shall equipment be operated or placed in or adjacent to an excavation in a manner that may endanger the integrity of the excavation or its supports.‌
3. ‌Supported Excavations‌
  1. The sides of an excavation in soil or rock shall be supported by a retaining structure conforming with the requirements of Articles 4.2.5.1. and 4.2.5.2., except as permitted in Article 4.2.5.4.
4. ‌Unsupported Excavations‌
  1. The sides of an excavation in soil or rock may be unsupported where a design is prepared in conformance with the requirements of Articles 4.2.5.1. and 4.2.5.2.
5. ‌Control of Water around Excavations‌
  1. Surface water, all groundwater, perched groundwater and in particular artesian groundwater shall be kept under control at all phases of excavation and construction.
6. ‌Loss of Ground‌
  1. At all phases of excavation and construction, loss of ground due to water or any other cause shall be prevented.
7. ‌Protection and Maintenance at Excavations
  1. All sides of an excavation, supported and unsupported, shall be continuously maintained and protected from possible deterioration by construction activity or by the action of frost, rain and wind.‌
8. ‌Backfilling‌
  1. Where an excavation is backfilled, the backfill shall be placed so as to
    1. provide lateral support to the soil adjacent to the excavation, and
    2. prevent detrimental movements.
  2. The material used as backfill or fill supporting a footing, foundation or a floor on grade shall be of a type that is not subject to detrimental volume change with changes in moisture content and temperature.‌
‌Shallow Foundations
1. ‌Design of Shallow Foundations‌
  1. The design of shallow foundations shall be in conformance with Subsection 4.2.4. and the requirements of this Subsection. (See Note A-4.2.6.1.(1).)
2. ‌Support of Shallow Foundations
  1. Where a shallow foundation is to be placed on soil or rock, the soil or rock shall be cleaned of loose and unsound material and shall be adequate to support the design
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    Division B 4.2.7.4.
    
    load taking into account temperature, precipitation, construction activities and other factors that may lead to changes in the properties of soil or rock.‌
3. ‌Incorrect Placement of Shallow Foundations
  1. Where a shallow foundation unit has not been placed or located as indicated on the drawings,
    1. ‌the error shall be corrected, or
    2. the design of the foundation unit shall be recalculated for the altered conditions by the designer and action taken as required in Article 2.2.4.7. of Division C.
4. ‌Damaged Shallow Foundations
  1. If a shallow foundation unit is damaged,
    1. ‌it shall be repaired, or
    2. the design of the foundation unit shall be recalculated for the damaged condition by the designer and action taken as required in Article 2.2.4.7. of Division C.
‌Deep Foundations
1. ‌General
  1. A deep foundation shall provide support for a building by transferring loads by end-bearing to a competent stratum at considerable depth below the structure, or by mobilizing resistance by adhesion or friction, or both, in the soil or rock in which it is placed. (See Note A-4.2.7.1.(1).)
2. ‌Design of Deep Foundations
  1. Deep foundations shall be designed in conformance with Subsection 4.2.4. and this Subsection. (See Note A-4.2.7.2.(1).)
  2. Where deep foundation units are load tested, as required in Clause 4.2.4.1.(1)(c), the determination of the number and type of load test and the interpretation of the results shall be carried out by a professional engineer especially qualified in this field of work. (See Note A-4.2.7.2.(2).)
  3. The design of deep foundations shall be determined on the basis of geotechnical considerations taking into account
    1. the method of installation,
    2. the degree of inspection,
    3. the spacing of foundation units and group effects,
    4. other requirements in this Subsection, and
    5. the appropriate structural requirements in Section 4.1. and Subsections 4.3.1., 4.3. 3. and 4.3.4.
  4. The portion of a deep foundation unit permanently in contact with soil or rock
    ‌shall be structurally designed as a laterally supported compression member.
  5. The portion of a deep foundation unit that is not permanently in contact with soil
    or rock shall be structurally designed as a laterally unsupported compression member.
  6. The structural design of prefabricated deep foundation units shall allow for all stresses resulting from driving, handling and testing.
3. ‌Tolerance in Alignment and Location‌
  1. Permissible deviations from the design alignment and the location of the top of deep foundation units shall be determined by design analysis and shall be indicated on the drawings.
4. ‌Incorrect Alignment and Location
  1. Where a deep foundation unit has not been placed within the permissible deviations referred to in Article 4.2.7.3., the condition of the foundation shall be
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
5. Division B
  
  assessed by the designer, any necessary changes made and action taken as required in Article 2.2.4.7. of Division C.‌
‌Special Foundations
1. ‌General‌
  1. Where special foundation systems are used, such systems shall conform to Subsection 4.2.4., Sentence 4.1.1.5.(2) and Article 1.2.1.1. of Division A.
2. ‌Use of Existing Foundations‌
  1. Existing foundations may be used to support new or altered buildings provided they comply with all pertinent requirements of this Section.

‌Section 4.3. Design Requirements for Structural Materials‌‌

‌Wood‌
1. ‌Design Basis for Wood‌
  1. ‌Buildings and their structural members made of wood shall conform to CSA O86, “Engineering design in wood.”
2. ‌Glued-Laminated Members‌
  1. Glued-laminated members shall be fabricated in plants conforming to CSA O177, “Qualification Code for Manufacturers of Structural Glued-Laminated Timber.”
3. ‌Termites‌
  1. In areas known to be infested by termites, the requirements in Articles 9.3.2.9., 9.12.1.1. and 9.15.5.1. shall apply.
‌Plain and Reinforced Masonry‌
1. ‌Design Basis for Plain and Reinforced Masonry
  1. Buildings and their structural members made of plain and reinforced masonry shall conform to CSA S304, “Design of masonry structures.”
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 4.4.1.1.‌
‌Plain, Reinforced and Pre-stressed Concrete‌
1. ‌Design Basis for Plain, Reinforced and Pre-stressed Concrete
  1. ‌Buildings and their structural members made of plain, reinforced and
    pre-stressed concrete shall conform to CSA A23.3, “Design of concrete structures.” (See Note A-4.3.3.1.(1).)
‌Steel‌
1. ‌Design Basis for Structural Steel‌
  1. ‌Buildings and their structural members made of structural steel shall conform to CSA S16, “Design of steel structures.” (See Note A-4.3.4.1.(1).)
2. ‌Design Basis for Cold-Formed Steel
  1. ‌Buildings and their structural members made of cold-formed steel shall conform to CSA S136, “North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members (using the Appendix B provisions applicable to Canada).” (See Note A-4.3.4.2.(1).)‌
3. ‌Steel Building Systems
  1. Steel building systems shall be manufactured by companies certified in accordance with the requirements of CSA A660, “Certification of manufacturers of steel building systems.”‌
‌Aluminum‌
1. ‌Design Basis for Aluminum
  1. ‌Buildings and their structural members made of aluminum shall conform to CSA S157/S157.1, “Strength design in aluminum/Commentary on CSA S157-17,
    Strength design in aluminum,” using the loads stipulated in Section 4.1., in accordance with limit states design in Subsection 4.1.3.
‌Glass‌
1. ‌Design Basis for Glass
  1. Glass used in buildings shall be designed in conformance with
    1. CAN/CGSB-12.20-M, “Structural Design of Glass for Buildings,” using an adjustment factor on the wind load, W, of not less than 0.75, or
    2. ASTM E1300, “Standard Practice for Determining Load Resistance of Glass in Buildings,” using an adjustment factor on the wind load, W, of not less than 1.0.

(See Note A-4.3.6.1.(1).)

‌Section 4.4. Design Requirements for Special Structures‌‌

‌Air-, Cable- and Frame-Supported Membrane Structures‌
1. ‌Design Basis for Air-, Cable- and Frame-Supported Membrane Structures
  1. The structural design of air-, cable- and frame-supported membrane structures shall conform to CSA S367, “A ir-, cable-, and frame-supported membrane structures,” using the loads stipulated in Section 4.1., in accordance with limit states design in Subsection 4.1.3.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌4.4.2.1. Division B‌
‌Parking Structures‌
1. ‌Design Basis for Storage Garages and Repair Garages
  1. ‌Storage garages and repair garages, including associated ramps and pedestrian areas, shall be designed in conformance with the performance requirements of CSA S413, “Parking structures.” (See Note A-4.4.2.1.(1).)‌
‌Storage Racks
1. ‌Design Basis for Storage Racks‌
  1. Storage racks, including anchorage of racks, shall be designed for loads in accordance with this Part. (See Note A-4.1.8.18.(13) and 4.4.3.1.(1).)

‌Section 4.5. Objectives and Functional Statements

‌Objectives and Functional Statements‌
1. ‌Attributions to Acceptable Solutions
  1. ‌For the purpose of compliance with this Code as required in

Table 4.5.1.1.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
4.1.2.2. Loads Not Listed
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
4.1.3.2. Strength and Stability
(1)	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F20-OS2.1]
(2)	[F20-OS2.1] [F22-O S2.4,OS2.5] Applies to the stabilizing resistance of the dead load.
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22 -OP2.4,OP2.5]
(3)	[F20-OS2.1] [F22-O S2.4,OS2.5] Applies to the stabilizing resistance of the dead load.
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5]
(4)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(5)	[F20-O S2.1] [F22-O S2.4,OS2.5]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22 -OP2.4,OP2.5]
(8)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F 22-OP2.4]
(9)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(11)	[F20-O S2.1] [F22 -OS2.4,OS2.5]

Objectives and Functional Statements Attributed to the Acceptable Solutions in Part 4

Forming Part of Sentence 4.5.1.1.(1)

Table 4.5.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
4.1.1.3. Design Requirements
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
(2)	[F22-OP2.4]
(2)	[F22-OH4]
(3)	[F20-OS2.1] Applies to structural members where temporary overloading during construction may result in impairment of that or any other member.
(4)	[F20 ,F80 ,F82-OS2.1]
(5)	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(5)	[F20-O S2.3,OS2.4]
4.1.1.5. Design Basis
(2)	[F20 -OS2.1] [F22-O S2.4,OS2.5]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5]
	[F22-OH4]
4.1.2.1. Loads and Effects
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
(2)	[F20-OS2.1]
(3)	[F20-OS2.1]

Division B 4.5.1.1.

Table 4.5.1.1. (Continued) Table 4.5.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(12)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.3.3. Fatigue
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(2)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
4.1.3.4. Serviceability
(1)	[F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
(2)	[F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
(3)	[F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
(4)	[F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
(5)	(b),(c),(d) [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
(6)	[F21-OS2.5]
	[F21-O P2.4,OP2.5]
	[F22-OH4]
4.1.3.5. Deflection
(1)	(b),(c),(d) [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
(2)	[F22-O S2.3,OS2.4]
	[F22-OP2.4]
(3)	[F22-OP2.4]
(5)	[F22-O S2.3,OS2.4]
	[F22-O P2.3,OP2.4]
4.1.3.6. Vibration
(1)	[F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
(2)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
(3)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
4.1.4.1. Dead Loads
(2)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(3)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(5)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(6)	[F20-O S2.1] [F22 -OS2.4,OS2.5]
4.1.5.1. Loads Due to Use of Floors and Roofs
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
4.1.5.2. Uses Not Stipulated
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
4.1.5.3. Full and Partial Loading
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
4.1.5.4. Loads for Occupancy Served
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
4.1.5.5. Loads on Exterior Areas
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
(2)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
(3)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
(4)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
(5)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]

4.5.1.1. Division B

Table 4.5.1.1. (Continued) Table 4.5.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
4.1.5.7. More Than One Occupancy
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
4.1.5.8. Variation with Tributary Area
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
(2)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
4.1.5.9. Concentrated Loads
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.5.10. Sway Forces in Assembly Occupancies
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4]
4.1.5.11. Crane-Supporting Structures and Impact of Machinery and Equipment
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.4]
(3)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4]
(4)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4]
(5)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4]
4.1.5.12. Bleachers
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(3)	[F20-OS2.4]
4.1.5.13. Helicopter Landing Areas
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.5.14. Loads on Guards and Handrails
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
(2)	[F20-OS2.1]
(3)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.4]
(4)	[F22-OS2.4]
(6)	[F20-OS2.1]
(7)	[F20-OS2.1]
4.1.5.15. Loads on Vehicle Guardrails
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
4.1.5.16. Loads on Walls Acting As Guards
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
4.1.5.17. Firewalls
(1)	[F20-OS1.2]
	[F20-OP1.2]
	[F20-OP3.1]
(2)	[F04-OS1.2]
	[F04-OP1.2]
	[F04-OP3.1]
4.1.6.2. Specified Snow Load
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(2)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(3)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(5)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(6)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(7)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(8)	[F20-OS2.1] Applies to portion of Code text: “The accumulation factor, Ca, shall be 1.0, …”
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4] Applies to portion of Code text: “The accumulation factor, Ca, shall be 1.0, …”
	(a) to (f) [F20-OS2.1] Applies to roof shapes and configurations that call for a higher accumulation factor.
	(a) to (f) [F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4] Applies to roof shapes and configurations that call for a higher accumulation factor.
(9)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.6.3. Full and Partial Loading
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(2)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.6.4. Specified Rain Load
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(2)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]

Division B 4.5.1.1.

Table 4.5.1.1. (Continued) Table 4.5.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(4)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.6.5. Multi-level Roofs
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(2)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(3)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(4)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(5)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.6.6. Horizontal Gap between a Roof and a Higher Roof
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.6.7. Areas Adjacent to Roof Projections
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.6.8. Snow Drift at Corners
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(2)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.6.9. Gable Roofs
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(2)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(4)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.6.10. Arch Roofs, Curved Roofs and Domes
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(2)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(3)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(4)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(5)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(6)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(7)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(9)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.6.11. Snow Loads Due to Sliding
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(3)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.6.12. Valleys in Curved or Sloped Roofs
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(2)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(3)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.6.13. Specific Weight of Snow
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.6.14. Snow Removal
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.6.15. Ice Loading of Structures
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.6.16. Roofs with Solar Panels
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(3)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(4)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(5)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(6)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.7.1. Specified Wind Load
(2)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]

4.5.1.1. Division B

Table 4.5.1.1. (Continued) Table 4.5.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(3)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
(4)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
(5)	[F20-OS2.1]
(5)	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(6)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
4.1.7.2. Classification of Buildings
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
(2)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
(3)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
4.1.7.3. Static Procedure
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
(2)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
(3)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
(4)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
(5)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
(6)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
(7)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(8)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
(10)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
4.1.7.4. Topographic Factor
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
(2)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
4.1.7.5. External Pressure Coefficients
(2)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
(3)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
(4)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
(5)	[F20-OS2.1]
(6)	[F20-OS2.1]
(7)	[F20-OS2.1]
(7)	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(8)	[F20-OS2.1]
(9)	[F20-OS2.1]
(9)	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.7.6. External Pressure Coefficients for Low Buildings
(2)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
(3)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
(4)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
(5)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]

Division B 4.5.1.1.

Table 4.5.1.1. (Continued) Table 4.5.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(6)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
(7)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
(8)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
(9)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
4.1.7.7. Internal Pressure Coefficient
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
(2)	[F20-OS2.1]
4.1.7.8. Dynamic Procedure
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
(2)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
(3)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
(4)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
4.1.7.9. Full and Partial Wind Loading
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
4.1.7.10. Interior Walls and Partitions
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.7.11. Exterior Ornamentations, Equipment and Appendages
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
4.1.7.12. Attached Canopies on Low Buildings with a Height H≤ 20 m
(2)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.7.13. Roof-Mounted Solar Panels on Buildings of Any Height
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(2)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(3)	[F20-OS2.1]
(4)	[F20-OS2.1]
(5)	[F20-OS2.1]
(6)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(7)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.7.14. Wind Tunnel Procedure
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
(2)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
(3)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
4.1.8.1. Analysis
(2)	(a) [F20-OS2.1]
	(a) [F20-O P2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.4]
	(b) [F20-OS2.1]
	(b) [F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(3)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4]
(4)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(5)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(6)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(7)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(8)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]

4.5.1.1. Division B

Table 4.5.1.1. (Continued) Table 4.5.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(9)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(10)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(11)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(12)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(13)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.3] [F22-O P2.3,OP2.4]
(14)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.3] [F22-O P2.3,OP2.4]
4.1.8.3. General Requirements
(2)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4]
(3)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(4)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(5)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(6)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(7)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(8)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.8.4. Site Properties
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(2)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(4)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(6)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.8.5. Importance Factor and Seismic Category
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.4]
(2)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.4]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
4.1.8.6. Structural Configuration
(3)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.8.7. Methods of Analysis
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.8.8. Direction of Loading
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.8.9. SFRS Force Modification Factors and General Restrictions
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(2)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(3)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(4)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.8.10. Additional System Restrictions
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(2)	(a) [F20-O P2.3] [F22-OP2.4]
	(b) [F20-O P2.3] [F22-OP2.4]
	(c) [F20-O P2.3] [F22-OP2.4]
	(d) [F20-O P2.3] [F22-OP2.4]
(3)	(a) [F20-O P2.3] [F22-OP2.4]
	(b) [F20-O P2.3] [F22-OP2.4]
	(c) [F20-O P2.3] [F22-OP2.4]
	(d) [F20-O P2.3] [F22-OP2.4]
(4)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(5)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(6)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(8)	[F22-O S2.3,OS2.4]
	[F22-O P2.3,OP2.4]
(9)	[F22-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]

Division B 4.5.1.1.

Table 4.5.1.1. (Continued) Table 4.5.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(10)	(a) [F20-OS2.1]
	(a) [F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	(b) [F20-OS2.1]
	(b) [F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.8.11. Equivalent Static Force Procedure for Structures Satisfying the Conditions of Article 4.1.8.7.
(2)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(3)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(4)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(5)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(6)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(7)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(8)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(9)	(a) [F20-OS2.1]
	(a) [F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	(b) [F20-OS2.1]
	(b) [F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(10)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(11)	(a) [F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	(a) [F20-OS2.1]
	(b) [F20-OS2.1]
	(b) [F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(12)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.8.12. Dynamic Analysis Procedure
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(2)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(3)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(4)	(a) [F20-OS2.1]
	(a) [F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(5)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.4]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(7)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.3] [F22-OP2.4]
(8)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(9)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(10)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(12)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.8.13. Deflections and Drift Limits
(1)	[F22-O S2.3,OS2.4]
	[F22-O P2.3,OP2.4]
(2)	[F22-O S2.3,OS2.4]
	[F22-O P2.3,OP2.4]
(3)	[F22-O S2.3,OS2.4]
	[F22-O P2.3,OP2.4]
4.1.8.14. Structural Separation
(1)	[F22-O S2.3,OS2.4]
	[F22-O P2.3,OP2.4]
	[F22-OP4.3]
(2)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.3,OS2.4]
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.3,OP2.4]
	[F20-OP4.3]
(3)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.3,OS2.4]
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.3,OP2.4]
	[F20-OP4.3]
(4)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.3,OS2.4]
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.3,OP2.4]
	[F20-OP4.3]
4.1.8.15. Design Provisions
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.3,OP2.4]
(2)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.3,OP2.4]
(3)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.3,OP2.4]
(4)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(5)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4]
(6)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.4]
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4]

4.5.1.1. Division B

Table 4.5.1.1. (Continued) Table 4.5.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(7)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.8.16. Foundation Provisions
(1)	[F22-O S2.3,OS2.4]
	[F22-O P2.3,OP2.4]
(2)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-OP2.1]
(5)	[F20-O S2.2,OS2.4]
	[F20-O P2.2,OP2.4]
(6)	(a) [F22-OS2.4]
	(a) [F22-OP2.4]
	(b) [F22-OS2.4]
	(b) [F22-OP2.4]
	(c) [F20-OS2.4]
	(c) [F20-OP2.4]
(7)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4]
(8)	(a) [F20-OS2.1]
	(a) [F20-OP2.1]
	(b) [F22-OS2.4]
	(b) [F22-OP2.4]
(9)	[F20-OS2.4]
	[F20-OP2.4]
(10)	[F20 -OS2.2] [F22-OS2.4]
	[F20 -OP2.2] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.8.17. Site Stability
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.8.18. Elements of Structures, Non-structural Components and Equipment
(1)	[F20 ,F22-OS2.4]
	[F20 -OP2.3] [F22-O P2.3,OP2.4]
(4)	[F20 ,F22-OS2.4]
	[F20 ,F22 -OP2.3,OP2.4]
(5)	[F20 ,F22-OS2.1]
	[F20 ,F22 -OP2.1,OP2.4]
(6)	[F20 ,F22-OS2.4]
	[F20 ,F22 -OP2.3,OP2.4]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(7)	[F 20,F22-O S2.4] Applies to portion of Code text: “Connections to the structure of elements and components listed in Table 4.1.8.18. shall be designed to support the component or element for gravity loads, shall conform to the requirements of Sentence (1) …”
	[F 20,F22-O P2.3,OP2.4] Applies to portion of Code text: “Connections to the structure of elements and components listed in Table 4.1.8.18. shall be designed to support the component or element for gravity loads, shall conform to the requirements of Sentence (1) …”
	(a) [F20,F22-OS2.4]
	(a) [F20,F22-O P2.3,OP2.4]
	(b),(c) [F20,F22-OS2.4]
	(b),(c) [F20,F22-O P2.3,OP2.4]
	(d),(f) [F20,F22-OS2.4]
	(d),(f) [F20,F22-O P2.3,OP2.4]
	(g) [F20,F22-OS2.4]
	(g) [F20,F22-O P2.3,OP2.4]
(9)	[F22-O S2.3,OS2.4]
(9)	[F22-O P2.3,OP2.4]
(10)	[F22-O S2.1,O S2.3,OS2.4]
(10)	[F22-O P2.1,O P2.3,OP2.4]
(11)	[F20-O S2.1] [F22-OS2.4]
(11)	[F 20,F22-O P2.3,OP2.4]
(12)	[F20-O S2.1] [F22-OS2.3]
(12)	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.3]
(14)	[F22-OS2.4]
(16)	[F 20,F22-OS2.4]
(16)	[F20-O P2.3] [F22 -OP2.3,OP2.4]
4.1.8.19. Seismic Isolation
(2)	[F20-O S2.1] [F22-OS2.4]
(2)	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(3)	[F20-OS2.1]
(3)	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(4)	[F20-OS2.1]
(4)	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.8.20. Seismic Isolation Design Provisions
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
(1)	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(2)	[F20-OS2.1]
(2)	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(3)	[F20-O S2.1] [F22-OS2.4]
(3)	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(4)	[F20-O S2.1] [F22-OS2.4]
(4)	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-OP2.4]

Division B 4.5.1.1.

Table 4.5.1.1. (Continued) Table 4.5.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(5)	[F20 -OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(6)	[F20 -OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(7)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(9)	[F20 -OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(10)	[F22-OS2.4]
	[F22-O P2.3,OP2.4]
4.1.8.21. Supplemental Energy Dissipation
(2)	[F20 -OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(4)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(5)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.8.22. Supplemental Energy Dissipation Design Considerations
(1)	[F20 -OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(3)	[F20 -OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(4)	[F20 -OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(5)	[F20 -OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(6)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(7)	[F20 -OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(8)	[F20 -OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.8.23. Additional Performance Requirements for Post-disaster Buildings, High Importance Category Buildings, and a Subset of Normal Importance Category Buildings
(2)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F22-O P2.3,OP2.4]
(3)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F22-O P2.3,OP2.4]
(4)	[F20-OS2.1]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
4.2.2.1. Subsurface Investigation
(1)	[F20-O S2.2,O S2.6] [F21-OS2.6]
	[F20-O P2.2] [F21-OP2.6]
	[F21-O P4.1,OP4.4]
4.2.2.3. Field Review
(1)	[F20-O S2.2,O S2.6] [F21-OS2.6]
	[F20-O P2.2] [F21-OP2.5]
	[F21-O P4.1,OP4.4]
4.2.2.4. Altered Subsurface Condition
(1)	[F20-O S2.2,O S2.6] [F21-OS2.6]
	[F20-O P2.2] [F21-OP2.6]
	[F21-O P4.1,OP4.4]
(2)	[F20-O S2.2,O S2.6] [F21-OS2.6]
	[F20-O P2.2] [F21-OP2.6]
	[F21-O P4.1,OP4.4]
4.2.3.2. Preservation Treatment of Wood
(1)	[F80-OS2.3]
	[F80-OP2.3]
(2)	[F82-OS2.3]
	[F82-OP2.3]
4.2.3.4. Prevention of Deterioration of Masonry
(1)	[F80-OS2.3]
	[F80-OP2.3]
4.2.3.6. Protection Against Chemical Attack
(1)	[F80-OS2.3]
	[F80-OP2.3]
4.2.3.8. Steel Piles
(1)	[F20-OS2.3]
	[F20-OP2.3]
4.2.3.9. High Strength Steel Tendons
(1)	[F 20,F80-O S2.5,OS2.6]
	[F 20,F80-O P2.6,OP2.5]
	[F 20,F80-O P4.1,OP4.4]
4.2.3.10. Corrosion of Steel
(1)	[F80-OS2.3]
	[F80-OP2.3]
	[F80-OP4.1]
4.2.4.1. Design Basis
(1)	[F20-O S2.2,O S2.6] [F21-OS2.6]
	[F20-O P2.2] [F21-OP2.5]
	[F21-O P4.1,OP4.4]
(5)	[F21-OS2.5]
	[F21-O P2.4,OP2.5]

4.5.1.1. Division B

Table 4.5.1.1. (Continued) Table 4.5.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
4.2.4.2. Subsurface Investigation
(1)	[F20 -OS2.2,OS2.6] [F21-OS2.6]
	[F20 -OP2.2] [F21-OP2.6]
	[F21-O P4.1,OP4.4]
4.2.4.3. Identification
(1)	[F20 -OS2.2,OS2.6] [F21-OS2.6]
	[F20 -OP2.2] [F21-OP2.6]
	[F21-O P4.1,OP4.4]
4.2.4.4. Depth of Foundations
(1)	[F21-O P2.4] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the bearing surface of a foundation shall be below the level of potential damage, including damage resulting from frost action …”
	[F21-O P2.4] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the foundation shall be designed to prevent damage resulting from adfreezing and frost jacking.”
(2)	[F21-OP2.4]
4.2.4.5. Sloping Ground
(1)	[F21-OS2.2]
	[F21 -OP2.2,OP2.6,OP2.4]
4.2.4.6. Eccentric and Inclined Loads
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.2]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.2,OP2.4]
4.2.4.7. Dynamic Loading
(1)	[F20-OS2.2]
	[F20 -OP2.2,OP2.6,OP2.4]
	[F20-OH4]
4.2.4.8. Hydrostatic Uplift
(1)	[F22-O P2.1,OP2.4]
4.2.4.9. Groundwater Level Change
(1)	[F21-OP4.1]
4.2.4.10. Permafrost
(1)	[F20 -OS2.2] [F21-OS2.5]
	[F20 -OP2.2,OP2.4] [F21-O P2.6,OP2.4]
4.2.4.11. Swelling and Shrinking Soils
(1)	[F21-O P2.6,OP2.4]
4.2.4.12. Expanding and Deteriorating Rock
(1)	[F21-O P2.6,OP2.4]
4.2.4.13. Construction on Fill
(1)	(a) [F20-O S2.2] [F21-OS2.5]
	(b) [F20-O P2.2,OP2.4] [F21-O P2.6,OP2.4]
	(c) [F01-OS1.1]
4.2.5.2. Excavation Construction
(1)	[F21-OP4.1]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F20-OS2.6]
	[F20-OP2.3]
	[F 20,F21-OP4.1]
4.2.5.3. Supported Excavations
(1)	[F20-OS2.6]
	[F21-OP4.1]
4.2.5.4. Unsupported Excavations
(1)	[F20-OS2.6]
	[F21-OP4.1]
4.2.5.5. Control of Water around Excavations
(1)	[F60-OS2.6]
	[F60-O P4.1,OP4.4]
4.2.5.6. Loss of Ground
(1)	[F21-OP4.1]
4.2.5.7. Protection and Maintenance at Excavations
(1)	[F80-OS2.6]
	[F80-OP4.1]
4.2.5.8. Backfilling
(1)	(a) [F21-OS2.1]
	(a) [F21-O P2.1,OP2.4]
	[F21-OP4.1]
(2)	[F21-OP2.4]
4.2.6.2. Support of Shallow Foundations
(1)	[F20-OS2.2]
	[F20-O P2.2,O P2.4] [F21-OP2.4]
4.2.6.3. Incorrect Placement of Shallow Foundations
(1)	[F20-OS2.2]
	[F20-O P2.2,O P2.4] [F21-OP2.4]
4.2.6.4. Damaged Shallow Foundations
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.4] [F22-OP2.4]
4.2.7.2. Design of Deep Foundations
(3)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.2] [F21-OS2.5]
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.2] [F21,F22-OP2.4]
(5)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.4] [F22-OP2.4]
(6)	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4]
4.2.7.3. Tolerance in Alignment and Location
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.4] [F22-OP2.4]
4.2.7.4. Incorrect Alignment and Location
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.4] [F22-OP2.4]

Division B 4.5.1.1.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
4.2.7.5. Installation of Deep Foundations
(1)	[F81 -OS2.1] [F21-O S2.2,OS2.6]
	(c) [F21-OP4.1]
	(a),(b) [F81-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F21 -OP2.2,OP2.4]
4.2.7.6. Damaged Deep Foundation Units
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.2.8.2. Use of Existing Foundations
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.2]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.2] [F22-OP2.4]
4.3.1.1. Design Basis for Wood
(1)	[F22 ,F21 ,F80-OH4]
	[F20 -OS2.1] [F80-OS2.3]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F21,F22-O P2.4] [F80-O P2.3,OP2.4]
4.3.1.2. Glued-Laminated Members
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F21,F22-OP2.4]
	[F21 ,F22-OH4]
4.3.2.1. Design Basis for Plain and Reinforced Masonry
(1)	[F21 ,F22 ,F80-OH4]
	[F20 -OS2.1] [F80-OS2.3]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22,F21-O P2.4] [F80-O P2.3,OP2.4]
4.3.3.1. Design Basis for Plain, Reinforced and Pre-stressed Concrete
(1)	[F20-O S2.1] [F80,F81-OS2.3]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F21,F22-O P2.4] [F80 ,F81-O P2.3,OP2.4]
	[F21,F22 ,F80 ,F81-OH4]
4.3.4.1. Design Basis for Structural Steel
(1)	[F20 -OS2.1] [F80-OS2.3]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F20,F22-O P2.4] [F80-O P2.3,OP2.4]
	[F22,F80-OH4]
4.3.4.2. Design Basis for Cold-Formed Steel
(1)	[F20 -OS2.1] [F80-OS2.3]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F20,F22-O P2.4] [F80-O P2.3,OP2.4]
	[F22 ,F80-OH4]
4.3.5.1. Design Basis for Aluminum
(1)	[F20 -OS2.1] [F80-OS2.3]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F20,F22-O P2.4] [F80-O P2.3,OP2.4]
	[F22 ,F80-OH4]
4.3.6.1. Design Basis for Glass
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-OP2.1]

Table 4.5.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
4.4.1.1. Design Basis for Air-, Cable- and Frame-Supported Membrane Structures
(1)	[F20-O S2.1] [F80-OS2.3]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F22-O P2.4] [F80-OP2.3]
	[F22-OH4]
4.4.2.1. Design Basis for Storage Garages and Repair Garages
(1)	[F 21,F61,F80-OS2.3]
	[F 21,F61,F80-OP2.3,OP2.4]
	[F 21,F61,F80-OH4]

Notes to Table 4.5.1.1.:

(1) See Parts 2 and 3 of Division A.

4-102 Division B

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

‌Division B

‌Notes to Part 4 Structural Design

‌A-4.1.1.3.(1) Structural Integrity. The requirements of Part 4, including the CSA design standards, generally provide a satisfactory level of structural integrity. Additional considerations may, however, be required for building systems made of components of different materials, whose interconnection is not covered by existing CSA design standards, buildings outside the scope of existing CSA design standards, and buildings exposed to severe accidental loads such as vehicle impact or explosion. Further guidance can be found in the Commentary entitled Structural Integrity in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-4.1.1.3.(2) Serviceability. Information on serviceability can be found in the Commentary entitled Deflection and Vibration Criteria for Serviceability and Fatigue Limit States in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

A-4.1.1.5.(2) Structural Equivalents. Sentence 4.1.1.5.(2) provides for the use of design methods not specified in Part 4, including full-scale testing and model analogues. This provision is usually used to permit the acceptance of new and innovative structures or to permit the acceptance of model tests such as those used to determine structural behaviour, or snow or wind loads. Sentence 4.1.1.5.(2) specifically requires that the level of safety and performance be at least equivalent to that provided by design to Part 4 and requires that loads and designs conform to Section 4.1.

Sentence 4.1.1.5.(2) and the provision for alternative solutions stated in Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) of Division A are not intended to allow structural design using design standards other than those listed in Part 4. The acceptance of structures that have been designed to other design standards would require the designer to prove to the appropriate authority that the structure provides the level of safety and performance required by Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) of Division A. The equivalence of safety and performance can only be established by analyzing the structure for the loads and load factors set out in Section 4.1. and by demonstrating that the structure at least meets the requirements of the design standards listed in Sections 4.3. and 4.4.‌

A-4.1.2.1. Loads and Effects. Information on the definitions can be found in the Commentary entitled Limit States Design in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-4.1.2.1.(1) Temperature Changes. Information on effects due to temperature changes can be found in the Commentary entitled Effects of Deformations in Building Components in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-4.1.2.1.(3) Major Occupancies. In a building containing more than one major occupancy and classified in more than one Importance Category, the classification of each independent structural system shall be the same as for any part of the building that is dependent on that structural system and for the highest usage group according to Table 4.1.2.1.

A-Table 4.1.2.1. Importance Categories for Buildings.

Low Importance Category

A minor storage building is an example of a Low Importance Category building.

These Notes are included for explanatory purposes only and do not form part of the requirements. The number that introduces each Note corresponds to the applicable requirement in this Part.

A-4.1.2.2.(1) Division B

Low-human-occupancy farm buildings with an occupant load of 1 person or less per 40 m2 of floor area are also examples of Low Importance Category buildings.

Normal Importance Category

Most buildings will fall into the Normal Importance Category.

The following types of buildings may be classified in the Normal Importance Category: buildings that are equipped with secondary containment of dangerous goods, including, but not limited to, double-walled tanks, dikes of sufficient size to contain a spill, and other means to contain a spill or a blast within the property boundary of the facility and prevent the release of harmful quantities of contaminants to the air, soil, groundwater, surface water or atmosphere, as the case may be.

High Importance Category

The following buildings may contain sufficient quantities of dangerous goods to be classified in the High Importance Category:

petrochemical facilities,
fuel storage facilities (other than those required for post-disaster use), and
manufacturing or storage facilities containing dangerous goods.

Information on community centres can be found in the Commentary entitled Limit States Design in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

Post-disaster Importance Category

‌Before classifying a building as a post-disaster building, Code users should consider the intent of the classification and look beyond the name of the building. For example, a building that is named “ABC Treatment” but is used for emergency care should be considered as a hospital and, as such, classified as a post-disaster building. Conversely, a building named “XYZ Hospital” that is only used for walk-in medical services could be classified as a Normal Importance Category building.

A-4.1.2.2.(1) Loads Not Listed. The intent of Sentence 4.1.2.2.(1) is to draw attention to the fact that there are loads, forces and effects that need to be considered in addition to those specified in the Code. These loads, forces and effects will vary in need, application, and magnitude for each use and location. Some may result from environmental considerations (e.g., ice accretion, wave and ice action, water flow) while others will result from the use and occupancy of the facility (e.g., dangerous goods storage, manufacturing and mining operations). The reasonable determination of the probability, type and magnitude of project-specific loads must be assessed by a knowledgeable project team that includes the building owner/operator and experienced design professionals, and incorporated into the design where deemed necessary to maintain the safety and integrity of the facility.

‌In recent years, security issues have prompted the consideration of loads and effects due to improvised explosive devices and other methods of sabotage. Consideration of these loads is driven by operational and public safety requirements, and their incorporation in the design is not considered a mandatory provision of the Code.‌

A-4.1.3. Limit States Design. Information on limit states design can be found in the Commentary entitled Limit States Design in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

A-4.1.3.2.(2) Load Combinations.

Load Combination Equations

The load combinations in Tables 4.1.3.2.-A and 4.1.3.2.-B apply to most situations for loadbearing building structures. Guidance on special situations such as load combinations for fire resistance and building envelopes is given in the Commentary entitled Limit States Design in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

Load Cases and Crane Load Effects

The load combinations in Table 4.1.3.2.-A are to be evaluated for structures with crane load effects for the scenario where the crane loads are zero, and for structures without crane loads. The load combinations

Division B A-4.1.3.5.(1)

in Table 4.1.3.2.-B are to be evaluated for structures with crane loads for the scenario where the crane load effects are other than zero.

Crane Loads

Crane-supporting structures that have cranes in multiple parallel bays should be designed for the maximum vertical crane load with the cranes positioned for the most critical effect in conjunction with a lateral load with each crane in turn positioned for the most critical effect. For load combinations that include crane loads, additional guidance can be found in CISC/ICCA 2018, “Crane-Supporting Steel Structures: Design Guide (Third Edition).”

A-4.1.3.2.(4) Effects of Lateral Earth Pressure, H, Pre-stress, P, and Imposed Deformation, T, in Design Calculations.

Effects of Lateral Earth Pressure, H, in Design Calculations

For common building structures below ground level, such as walls, columns and frames, 1.5H is added to load combinations 2 to 4. For cantilever retaining wall structures, see the Commentary entitled Limit States Design in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

Effects of Pre-stress, P, and Imposed Deformation, T, in Design Calculations

For structures and building envelopes designed in accordance with the requirements specified in the standards listed in Section 4.3., with the exception of Clauses 8 and 18 of CSA A23.3, “Design of concrete structures,” P and T need not be included in the load combinations of Table 4.1.3.2.-A. For structures not within the scope of the standards listed in Section 4.3., including building envelopes, P and T must be taken into account in the design calculations. For recommended load combinations including T, see the Commentary entitled Limit States Design in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-4.1.3.2.(5) Overturning, Uplift or Sliding. Information on overturning, uplift and sliding can be found in the Commentary entitled Limit States Design in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-4.1.3.3.(1) Failure due to Fatigue. Failure due to fatigue of building structures referred to in Section 4.3. and designed for serviceability in accordance with Article 4.1.3.6. is, in general, unlikely except for girders supporting heavily used cranes, on which Article 4.1.5.11. provides guidance.

‌A-4.1.3.3.(2) Vibration Effects. Guidance on vibration effects can be found in the Commentary entitled Deflection and Vibration Criteria for Serviceability and Fatigue Limit States in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-4.1.3.4.(1) Loads and Load Combinations for Serviceability. The loads and load combinations for serviceability depend on the serviceability limit states and on the properties of the structural materials.

Information on loads and load combinations for the serviceability limit states, other than those controlled by deflection, can be found in the Commentary entitled Deflection and Vibration Criteria for Serviceability and Fatigue Limit States in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-Table 4.1.3.4. Acceleration due to Vibrations. Information on the determination of acceleration due to vibrations resulting from loads L and W can be found in the Commentary entitled Wind Load and Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

A-4.1.3.5.(1) Deflections. Serviceability criteria for deflections that cause damage to non-structural building components can be found in the standards listed in Section 4.3. Information on deflections can be found in the Commentary entitled Deflection and Vibration Criteria for Serviceability and Fatigue Limit States in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).” Information on loads and load combinations for calculating deflection can be found in the Commentary entitled Limit States Design in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-4.1.3.5.(3) Division B

‌A-4.1.3.5.(3) Lateral Deflection of Buildings. The limitation of 1/500 drift per storey may be exceeded if it can be established that the drift as calculated will not result in damage to non-structural elements. Information on lateral deflection can be found in the Commentary entitled Wind Load and Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-4.1.3.6.(1) Floor Vibration. Information on floor vibration can be found in the Commentary entitled Deflection and Vibration Criteria for Serviceability and Fatigue Limit States in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).” Information on loads and load combinations for the calculation of vibration can be found in the Commentary entitled Limit States Design in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-4.1.3.6.(2) Floor Vibrations Caused by Resonance with Operating Machinery or Equipment. Guidance on floor vibration effects caused by operating machinery and equipment can be found in the Commentary entitled Deflection and Vibration Criteria for Serviceability and Fatigue Limit States in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-4.1.3.6.(3) Dynamic Analyses of Floor Vibrations. Information on a dynamic analysis of floor vibrations from rhythmic activities can be found in the Commentary entitled Deflection and Vibration Criteria for Serviceability and Fatigue Limit States in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020:

Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-4.1.3.6.(4) Lateral Vibration Under Wind Load. Information on lateral vibrations and accelerations under dynamic wind loads can be found in the Commentary entitled Wind Load and Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-4.1.4.1.(2) Permanent Partitions Fixed to the Structure. Partitions in residential buildings, including condominiums, apartments and hotels, are typically permanent and fixed to the structure. In such cases, the weight of partitions referred to in Clause 4.1.4.1.(1)(c) is the actual weight of the partitions that are shown on the drawings.

‌A-4.1.4.1.(3) Partitions Not Shown on the Drawings. The potential locations of partitions in work areas, such as offices, are not typically shown on the drawings. For such areas, a partition weight allowance must be considered based on the anticipated weight and location of partitions, but not less than 1 kPa over the area of floor being considered.

‌A-4.1.4.1.(6) Counteracting Dead Load Due to Soil. Examples of structures that traditionally employ the dead load of soil to resist loadings are pylon signs, tower structures, retaining walls, and deadmen, which resist wind uplift and overturning in light structures.

‌A-4.1.5.1.(1) Loads Due to Use of Floors and Roofs. In many areas of buildings, such as equipment areas, service rooms, factories, storage areas, warehouses, museums, and office filing areas, live loads due to their intended use may exceed the minimum specified loads listed in Table 4.1.5.3. In these instances, the probable live load shall be calculated and used as the specified live load for the design of that particular area.

A-Table 4.1.5.3. Considerations for Live Loads.

Arenas, Grandstands and Stadia

The designer should give special consideration to the effects of vibration.

Attics - Limited Accessibility

Attic live loading is not required when the ceiling below the attic consists of removable panels that permit access to the ceiling space without loading the ceiling supporting members. Attic live loading is not required in any area of the attic where the least dimension of the attic space is less than 500 mm.

Corridors, Aisles and Rows of Seats

The spaces between rows of seats are typically designed for the loads of the occupancy they serve. Rows of seats typically discharge into aisles that are designed for the loads used for the rows of seats. Corridors

Division B A-4.1.5.11.

have a minimum width of 1 100 mm and may serve as collectors for aisles; they are therefore part of the exit system and are required to be designed for a minimum live load of 4.8 kPa.

Floor Areas That Could Be Used As Viewing Areas

Some interior balconies, mezzanines, corridors, lobbies and aisles that are not intended to be used by an assembly of people as viewing areas are sometimes used as such; consequently, they are subject to loadings much higher than those for the occupancies they serve. Floor areas that may be subject to such higher loads must, therefore, be designed for a loading of 4.8 kPa.

Lecture Halls and Classrooms

For the purposes of applying the requirements of Table 4.1.5.3., lecture halls with fixed seats are similar to theatres in configuration (the seats may have a writing tablet affixed to one arm). Classrooms are typically furnished with full-sized desks having separate or integrated seats.

Minimum Roof Live Load

Articles 4.1.5.3. and 4.1.5.10. stipulate a minimum uniform roof live load of 1.0 kPa and a minimum concentrated live load of 1.3 kN. These live loads are “use and occupancy loads” intended to provide for maintenance loadings: they are not reduced as a function of area or as a function of the roof slope due to their variability in distribution and location.

Office Areas

The general minimum specified load for office areas, including mezzanines, is 2.4 kPa.

A minimum specified load of 4.8 kPa applies to office areas in basements, which are normally slab-on-grade, and to office areas in floor areas that may be subject to an increase in loading for brief periods, for example, when tenants temporarily use that floor area to store furniture, equipment and files while moving in

or out of the building.

Where an office building is situated on a level site, all floors are uniform in elevation, and there are no mezzanines, allocating the correct loads is straightforward. However, where the site is steeply sloped, the situation is more complex—even more so where there are also mezzanines.

The principle is that floor levels and mezzanines with access to the exterior at ground level could be used as staging areas during a move, and so, must be designed for a minimum of 4.8 kPa. Also, there is usually an area adjacent to the exterior exit that can accommodate trucks.

Vehicle Loads

A special study should be undertaken to determine the distributed loads to be used for the design of floors and areas used by vehicles exceeding 9 000 kg gross weight and of driveways and sidewalks over areaways and basements. Where appropriate, the designer should refer to CSA S6, “Canadian Highway Bridge Design Code.”

A-4.1.5.5. Loads on Exterior Areas. In Article 4.1.5.5., “accessible” refers to the lack of a physical barrier that prevents or restricts access by vehicles or persons to the site in the context of the specific use.

Information on the design of roof parking decks and exterior areas that are accessible to vehicular traffic can be found in the Commentary entitled Live Loads in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”‌

A-4.1.5.8. Tributary Area. Information on tributary area can be found in the Commentary entitled Live Loads in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-Table 4.1.5.9. Loads Due to Concentrations. Special study is required to determine concentrated loads for the design of floors and areas used by vehicles exceeding 9 000 kg gross weight, and of driveways and sidewalks over areaways and basements. Where appropriate the designer should refer to CSA S6, “Canadian Highway Bridge Design Code.”

A-4.1.5.11. Crane-Supporting Structures. Guidance on crane-supporting structures can be found in CSA S16, “Design of steel structures.”

‌A-4.1.5.14. and 4.1.5.15.(1) Division B

‌A-4.1.5.14. and 4.1.5.15.(1) Design of Guards. In the design of guards, due consideration should be given to the durability of the members and their connections.

‌A-4.1.5.17. Loads on Firewalls. Information on loads on firewalls can be found in the Commentary entitled Structural Integrity of Firewalls in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020:

Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-4.1.6.1.(1) Specified Load Due to Rain or to Snow and Associated Rain. The location of a new building or obstruction may affect the snow loads on the roof of an adjacent existing building—on the same property or on an adjacent one—that is lower in height. In such cases, designers should consider Sentence 2.2.2.1.(1) of Division C.

Additional guidance can be found in the Commentary entitled Snow Loads in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-4.1.6.2. Coefficients for Snow Loads on Roofs. Information on coefficients for snow loads on roofs can be found in the Commentary entitled Snow Loads in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

A-4.1.6.2.(2) Basic Roof Snow Load Factor. Figure A-4.1.6.2.(2) shows the basic roof snow load factor, Cb, plotted against .

2.20

2.00

1.80

1.60

1.40

1.20

1.00

0.80

0 100 200 300 400 500 600

IcC2

EG01300A

Cw = 1.0

Cw = 0.75

Cw = 0.5

‌Figure A-4.1.6.2.(2)

Basic roof snow load factor, Cb

‌A-4.1.6.3.(2) Full and Partial Loading under Snow Loads. Information on full and partial snow loading on roofs can be found in the Commentary entitled Snow Loads in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-4.1.6.4.(1) Rain Loads. Information on rain loads can be found in the Commentary entitled Rain Loads in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

A-4.1.6.4.(3) Flow Control Drains. The National Plumbing Code (NPC) contains requirements regarding the use of flow control roof drains. The designer must ensure that the building complies with both the NPC and the NBC.

‌Division B A-4.1.6.9.

A-4.1.6.7.(1) Roof Projections. Elevator, air-conditioning and fan housings, small penthouses and wide chimneys are examples of roof projections.

Roof Projection

Ca0

Drift

x = 2 l0

EG01303B

‌Figure A-4.1.6.7.(1)

Roof projections

‌A-4.1.6.7.(2) Values of Ca for Small Roof Projections. Calculating Ca in accordance with Article 4.1.6.5. rather than Sentence 4.1.6.7.(1) results in lower values for small projections.‌

A-4.1.6.9. Snow on Gable Roofs.

Wind



Upwind Side

Downwind Side

Case I

Case II

EG01306B

Figure A-4.1.6.9.

Load cases for gable roofs

Table A-4.1.6.9.

Wind Exposure, Slope and Accumulation Factors for Load Cases in Figure A-4.1.6.9.

Load Case	Roof Slope, 	Factors
		Cw	Cs(1)	Ca
				Upwind Side	Downwind Side
I	0° ≤  ≤ 90°	(2)	f()	1.0	1.0
II(3)	15° <  ≤ 20° 20° <  ≤ 90°	1.0	f()	0.0	0.25 + /20 1.25

Notes to Table A-4.1.6.9.:

(1) Cs varies as a function of slope, , as defined in Sentences 4.1.6.2.(5) and (6).

(2) The value of Cw for load case I is as prescribed in Sentences 4.1.6.2.(3) and (4).

(3) Case II loading does not apply to gable roofs with slopes of 15° or less, to single-sloped (shed) roofs, or to flat roofs.

‌A-4.1.6.16. Division B

‌A-4.1.6.16. Roofs with Solar Panels. Information on the design of roofs with solar panels can be found in the Commentary entitled Snow Loads in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

upslope edge of roof

downslope edge of roof

Single panel

Single row of panels

Multiple rows of panels

EG02765A

(1)

Cs = 1.0

(1)

Cs = 1.0

45°

(1)

A-4.1.6.16.(3) Snow Obstructed from Sliding by Solar Panels. Figure A-4.1.6.16.(3) shows the areas on sloped roofs with solar panels where snow is considered to be obstructed from sliding by the solar panels and the slope factor, Cs, must be taken as 1.0.

‌Figure A-4.1.6.16.(3)

Areas on sloped roofs with solar panels where snow is obstructed from sliding by the solar panels

Note to Figure A-4.1.6.16.(3):

(1) Cs = as specified in Sentences 4.1.6.2.(5) to (7)

Snow loads on roof

solar panel

EG02766A

‌A-4.1.6.16.(4)(b) Snow Loads for a Sloped Roof with Parallel Flush Solar Panels Where wg ≥ wp. Figure A-4.1.6.16.(4)(b) shows the snow loads for a sloped roof with Parallel Flush solar panels where the gap width, wg, between the panels is greater than or equal to the panel width, wp.

Figure A-4.1.6.16.(4)(b)

Snow loads for a sloped roof with Parallel Flush solar panels where wg ≥ wp

‌Division B A-4.1.6.16.(5)(a)

Snow loads on panels

Snow loads on roof

solar panel

EG02767A

‌A-4.1.6.16.(4)(c) Snow Loads for a Sloped Roof with Parallel Flush Solar Panels Where wg < wp. Figure A-4.1.6.16.(4)(c) shows the snow loads for a sloped roof with Parallel Flush solar panels where the gap width, wg, between the panels is less than the panel width, wp.

‌Figure A-4.1.6.16.(4)(c)

Snow loads for a sloped roof with Parallel Flush solar panels where wg < wp

‌A-4.1.6.16.(5)(a) Snow Loads for a Flat Roof with Parallel Raised Solar

solar panel

Snow loads on panels

Snow loads on roof

2hg

min(2hg,2wg) min(2hg,2wg)

2hg

EG02768A

Panels. Figure A-4.1.6.16.(5)(a) shows the snow loads for a flat roof with Parallel Raised solar panels.

Figure A-4.1.6.16.(5)(a)

Snow loads for a flat roof with Parallel Raised solar panels

‌A-4.1.6.16.(5)(b) Division B

‌A-4.1.6.16.(5)(b) Snow Loads for a Sloped Roof with Parallel Raised Solar

S S S S

solar panel

Snow loads on roof

EG02769A

Panels. Figure A-4.1.6.16.(5)(b) shows the snow loads for a sloped roof with Parallel Raised solar panels.

min(2h

,2w

)

min(2h

,2w

)

‌Figure A-4.1.6.16.(5)(b)

Snow loads for a sloped roof with Parallel Raised solar panels

S S S S

Snow loads on roof

wph

solar panel

wph

EG02771A

A-4.1.6.16.(6) Snow Loads for a Flat Roof with Tilted Solar Panels. Figure A-4.1.6.16.(6) shows the snow loads for a flat roof with Tilted solar panels.

‌Figure A-4.1.6.16.(6)

Snow loads for a flat roof with Tilted solar panels

‌A-4.1.6.16.(6)(c) Variation of Ca with hg − CbCwSs/. Figure A-4.1.6.16.(6)(c) shows the variation of the accumulation factor, Ca, with the height of the lowest edge of the panels above the surface of the uniform snow load, hg − CbCwSs/γ, for a flat roof with Tilted solar panels.

1.3

1.2

1.1

1.0

0.9

0.8

0.4

0.8

1.2

1.6

2.4

2.8

h − CbCwSs



EG02770A

Division B A-4.1.7.3.(10)

‌Figure A-4.1.6.16.(6)(c)

Variation of Ca with hg − CbCwSs/ for a flat roof with Tilted solar panels

‌A-4.1.7.1.(6) Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD). It is not currently possible to verify the reliability and accuracy of CFD and no standards address it; as such, this method is not permitted to be used to determine specified wind loads.

‌A-4.1.7.2.(2) Natural Frequency. Information on calculating the natural frequency of a building can be found in the Commentary entitled Wind Load and Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-4.1.7.3.(5)(c) Procedure for Calculating Intermediate Ce. Information on calculating intermediate values of Ce between two exposures can be found in the Commentary entitled Wind Load and Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

A-4.1.7.3.(10) Internal Gust Effect Factor, Cgi. The effect of building envelope flexibility can be included in the calculation of Cgi. See the Commentary entitled Wind Load and Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-4.1.7.5.(2) and (3) Division B

A-4.1.7.5.(2) and (3) Pressure Coefficients for Main Structural System on Rectangular Buildings.

On leeward face

Cp = −0.3 for H < 0.25

Cp = −0.27 ( H + 0.88)

for 0.25 ≤ H < 1.0

Cp = −0.5 for H ≥ 1.0

Ce = Ce(H/2)

On roof

Cp = −1.0 for H ≥ 1.0

Cp = −1.0 for x ≤ H

C = −0.5 for x > H

Ce = Ce(H)

}

H D

< 1.0

On windward face

Cp = 0.6 for H < 0.25

Cp = 0.27 ( H + 2)

for 0.25 ≤ H < 1.0

Cp = 0.8 for H ≥ 1.0

Ce = Ce(Z)

X CeCp

Wind

CeCp

Wind

CeCp

Elevation View of Building

Plan View of Building

EG01398A

On side walls

Ce = Ce(H) Cp = −0.7

Figure A-4.1.7.5.(2) and (3)

Values of Cp for main structural system on rectangular buildings

‌Division B A-4.1.7.7.(2)

A-4.1.7.5.(4) Pressure Coefficients for Roof and Wall Claddings and Secondary Structural Supports of Cladding on Rectangular Buildings.

0.1(W or D)(1)

Cp = +0.9 and –1.2(2)

Cp = –2.3

0.2(W or D)(1)

0.1(W or D)(1)

Cp = ±0.9

Cp = –1.5

Cp = –1.0

0.2(W or D)(1)

0.1(W or D)(1)

Elevation View of Building

Plan View of Building

EG01352A

Figure A-4.1.7.5.(4)

Values of Cp for roof and wall claddings and secondary structural supports of cladding on rectangular buildings

‌Notes to Figure A-4.1.7.5.(4):

The larger of W or D is to be used.
Where vertical ribs deeper than 1 m are present on the walls, the dimensions 0.1D and 0.1W must be changed to 0.2D and 0.2W and the negative value of Cp must be changed from –1.2 to –1.4.

A-4.1.7.7.(2) Cladding on Parapets. Information on the design of cladding on parapets can be found in the Commentary entitled Wind Load and Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-4.1.7.8.(2) and (3) Division B

Height above ground, m

A-4.1.7.8.(2) and (3) Exposure Factor for Dynamic Procedure.

400

300

200

100

0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.8 1

2 3 4 5 6 8 10

Exposure factor, Ce

EG00914C

Figure A-4.1.7.8.(2) and (3)

‌Exposure factor, Ce, for dynamic procedure

Notes to Figure A-4.1.7.8.(2) and (3):

Curve A represents Ce for open terrain, as defined in Clause 4.1.7.3.(5)(a).
Curve B represents Ce for rough terrain, as defined in Clause 4.1.7.3.(5)(b).

Peak factor, gp

A-4.1.7.8.(4) Peak Factor, Size Reduction Factor and Gust Energy Ratio.

6.0

5.0

4.0

3.0

2.0

gp = 2 ln(T) + 0.577

2 ln(T)

T = 3 600 s

1.0

0.02 0.04 0.06 0.1

0.2

0.4 0.6 0.8 1

Average fluctuation rate, , cycles/s

EG00919C

Figure A-4.1.7.8.(4)-A

Peak factor, gp

Division B A-4.1.7.9.(1)

5.0

4.0

3.0

2.0

w/H = 2.0

1.0

0.5

0.2 0.1

1.0

0.7

0.5

0.3

0.2

s = 3



1 +

8f H

3VH

1 + nD

10f w

0.1

0.001 0.002

0.004 0.007 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.05

0.1

0.2 0.3 0.5

1.0

Size reduction factor, s

EG00917B

Reduced frequency, fnD H

Figure A-4.1.7.8.(4)-B

Gust energy ratio, F

Size reduction factor, s

1.00

0.80

0.60

0.40

0.30

0.20

0.10

0.08

0.06

0.04

0.03

x 2

F =

(1 + x 2 ) 4/3

0.02

x0 = (1 220fnD/VH)

0.01

0.0001 0.001 0.01

0.1

1.0

Wave number, fnD/VH, waves/m

EG00918B

‌Figure A-4.1.7.8.(4)-C

Gust energy ratio, F

A-4.1.7.9.(1) Full and Partial Wind Loading. Information on full and partial loading under wind loads can be found in the Commentary entitled Wind Load and Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

Case a

Case b

0.75Fy

0.75Fx

±0.15a

±0.15b

Case c

0.75Fy

0.75Fx

Case d

0.56Fy

0.56Fx

±0.15b

±0.15a

EG00942C

A-4.1.7.11. Division B

‌Figure A-4.1.7.9.(1)

Full and partial wind loading

‌A-4.1.7.11. Exterior Ornamentations, Equipment and Appendages. Appendages may increase the overall forces in the design of the building structure and need to be accounted for.

A-4.1.7.12. Attached Canopies on Low Buildings (H ≤ 20 m). An attached canopy is different from an overhang, which is an extension of the roof surface.

Figure 4.1.7.12.-A, which provides the gust pressure coefficients on the upper and lower surfaces of the canopy, is used to design the cladding for the canopy and the associated fasteners. Figure 4.1.7.12.-B, which provides the net gust pressure coefficients on the canopy, is used to design the structure of the canopy (e.g., joists, posts, building fasteners).

Division B A-4.1.7.13.

In addition to the external wind pressure addressed in Article 4.1.7.12., the internal pressure addressed in Table 4.1.7.7. should also be considered, where applicable to the canopy.

A-4.1.7.13. Roof-Mounted Solar Panels on Buildings of Any Height. Article 4.1.7.13. provides procedures for calculating the wind loads on roof-mounted arrays of solar panels that satisfy particular geometrical requirements.

The area of the roof that is covered by a solar array does not need to be designed for the simultaneous application of the solar array wind loads and the roof wind loads. However, the cumulative load effect of all solar panels does need to be accounted for in accordance with Article 4.1.7.11. Furthermore, the roof needs to be designed for the case where the solar array has been removed.

Solar arrays that are mechanically fastened to the underlying roof structure can modify the load distribution on the roof. The loads from such arrays must be applied to the structural components of the roof as concentrated loads at the points of attachment.

The calculations in Article 4.1.7.13. assume that the solar panels and their mounting system are rigid. Therefore, there is no allowance for wind-induced vibration of these components. However, if the panels and their mounting system have a natural frequency less than about 10 Hz, it is possible that loads will be magnified as a result of wind-induced vibration. In such cases, it is recommended that expert opinion be sought and that the dynamic effects be investigated in more detail.

edge of adjacent array or roof edge

row of panels

unexposed panels: E = 1.0 exposed panels: E = 1.5

d1 > 0.5h and d1 > max(4h2,1.2 m) d2 ≤ max(4h2,1.2 m)

1.5Lp

EG00792A

Figure A-4.1.7.13. shows an example of a roof-mounted solar array with exposed and unexposed panels. For the purpose of determining the edge factor, E, to be applied in the calculations of Article 4.1.7.13., a panel is defined as exposed if it is located within a distance of 1.5 times the panel chord length, Lp, from an exposed edge of the array. An exposed edge of the array is considered to occur where the horizontal distance, d1, from the panel edge to the roof edge (ignoring any rooftop equipment) is greater than 0.5h, h being the reference height of the roof, and greater than max(4h2,1.2 m), h2 being the height of the panel's highest point above the roof surface. An exposed edge is also considered to occur where the horizontal distance, d2, from the panel edge to the nearest edge in the next panel row (or across a gap in the same panel row) is greater than max(4h2,1.2 m).

Figure A-4.1.7.13.

Plan view of a roof-mounted solar array with exposed and unexposed panels

A sample calculation of net design wind pressure for roof-mounted solar panels is provided in the Commentary entitled Wind Load and Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

The installation of solar arrays on a roof can significantly affect the distribution of snow loads on the roof. Designers should be aware that the accumulation of snow and ice around solar panels can influence the calculations described in Article 4.1.7.13. For example, accumulated snow may obstruct the ventilation areas between the roof and the underside of the panels, thereby increasing wind loads on the panels. For the design of the anchorage of a solar array to the roof and of the array itself, the pressure equalization factor, γa, in Sentence 4.1.7.13.(2) should be taken as 1.0, unless it can be shown that the accumulation of snow and ice will not obstruct the gaps between the panels in the array.

‌A-4.1.8.2.(1) Division B

A-4.1.8.2.(1) Notation.

Definition of ex

Information on the calculation of torsional moments can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌Definition of W

Information on the definition of specified dead load, W, can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-4.1.8.3.(4) General Design of the SFRS. Information on the general design requirements for the SFRS can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-4.1.8.3.(6) General Design of Stiff Elements. Information on the general design requirements for stiff elements can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-4.1.8.3.(7)(b) and (c) Stiffness Imparted to the Structure from Elements Not Part of the SFRS. Information on stiffness imparted to the structure from elements not part of the SFRS can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-4.1.8.3.(8) Structural Modeling. Information on structural modeling can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-4.1.8.4.(2) and (3) Site Designation. It is preferable to determine the site designation as XV on the basis of the average shear wave velocity, Vs30, calculated from in situ measurements of shear wave velocity. This site designation will typically result in a lower seismic demand than a site designation XS determined using the energy-corrected average standard penetration resistance, , or the average undrained shear strength, .

Further information on site designation can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-4.1.8.4.(3) Site Class. The Vs30 ranges in Table 4.1.8.4.-B are retained from the NBC 2015. Where required for the application of a standard referenced in Subsection 4.1.8., the Site Class for a particular site designation Xv can be determined from Table 4.1.8.4.-B on the basis of the value of Vs30. Further information on Site Class can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

A-4.1.8.4.(6) Log–Log Interpolation. The value of S(T) for Ti < T < Tj can be determined using log–log interpolation as follows:

‌where

log = logarithm to base 10.

A-Table 4.1.8.5.-A Serviceability Limit States for Earthquake. Information on serviceability limit states for earthquake can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌Division B A-4.1.8.10.(7)

A-Table 4.1.8.6. Structural Irregularities.

Structural Irregularities

Information on structural irregularities can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

Gravity-Induced Lateral Demand – Type 9 Irregularity

Uncoupled concrete and masonry shear walls where a large fraction of the overturning resistance is provided by axial compression, rather than through yielding of the longitudinal reinforcement, are less susceptible to amplified displacements due to gravity-induced lateral demands because the axial loads have a self-centering effect on the shear walls. Walls that are stronger than the foundation and other systems such as coupled walls, braced frames, and moment frames are more susceptible to amplified displacements due to gravity-induced lateral demands. A lower limit on α is thus specified for such systems. Further information on the impacts of gravity-induced lateral demands on the seismic response of buildings can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-4.1.8.7.(1) Dynamic Analysis Procedures. Information on dynamic analysis procedures can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-Table 4.1.8.9. Industrial-Type Steel Structures. Guidance on the height limits, system restrictions and additional analysis and design requirements for steel SFRSs in industrial-type structures, intended essentially to support equipment, tanks or an industrial process, can be found in Annex M, Seismic Design

of Industrial Steel Structures, of CSA S16, “Design of steel structures.”

‌A-4.1.8.9.(4) Vertical Variations in RdRo. Information on vertical variations in RdRo can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-4.1.8.9.(5) RdRo and Equivalent Systems. Information on the RdRo of equivalent systems can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-4.1.8.10.(5) and (6) Mid-rise Timber SFRSs. Information on structural irregularities in mid-rise wood construction and on how to determine the number of storeys for application in Sentences 4.1.8.10.(5)

and (6) can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

A-4.1.8.10.(7) Gravity-Induced Lateral Demand – Type 9 Irregularity. Structural systems that include components such as inclined columns or horizontal floor cantilevers can induce lateral force demands on the SFRS under gravity loads. Buildings with such gravity-induced lateral demands on the SFRS are more likely to experience severe damage during strong ground shaking due to their tendency to drift only in one direction, leading to large residual displacements or instability. To determine if a building is susceptible to amplification of displacements due to gravity-induced lateral demands, the lateral resistance of the yielding mechanism to resist earthquake forces alone, Qy, must be compared with the gravity-induced lateral demand, QG, at the same location. The force component selected for this comparison depends on the yielding mechanism for the SFRS. For example, for a coupled wall, the overturning moment resistance at the level of the expected plastic hinges should be compared with the overturning moment demand (at the same level) due to gravity loads alone, whereas for a steel-braced frame, the storey shear at the critical level of the yielding system should be compared with the storey shear demand (at the same level) due to the gravity loads alone. If the gravity-induced lateral demands exceed the limits prescribed in Sentence 4.1.8.10.(9), amplifications in seismic displacements due to gravity-induced lateral demands can only be identified through non-linear dynamic analyses using models that adequately represent the hysteretic behaviour of the SFRS. Further information

on the impacts of gravity-induced lateral demands on the seismic response of buildings can be found in the

Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-4.1.8.10.(9) Division B

‌A-4.1.8.10.(9) Gravity-Induced Lateral Demand – Non-linear Dynamic Analysis. Information on Non-linear Dynamic Analysis, including ground motion time histories, target response spectra and acceptance criteria, can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

A-4.1.8.10.(10)(a) Sloped Column Irregularity. The presence of inclined vertical members in a building leads to a coupling of its horizontal and vertical vibrational modes. As a result of this coupling, horizontal accelerations of the building cause vertical accelerations of the mass supported by the inclined vertical members. Vertical ground motions cause additional vertical accelerations of the mass.

The additional earthquake forces resulting from both the coupling of horizontal and vertical vibrational modes and the vertical ground motions can be determined using the Dynamic Analysis Procedure described in Article 4.1.8.12. with RdRo = 1.0. The structural model used in the analysis must account for the vertical accelerations of all mass supported by inclined vertical members and must include the SFRS, the inclined vertical members, and all structural framing elements that transfer inertial forces generated by the vertical accelerations of the mass supported by the inclined vertical members.

The additional earthquake forces are sensitive to the degree of coupling between the vertical and horizontal vibrational modes of the building. Thus, to determine the maximum additional earthquake forces for design, the range of possible stiffness values for all structural members must be considered.

Further information on the analysis of structures with a sloped column irregularity, including a simple procedure for scaling the analysis results to avoid having to perform multiple analyses with a range of stiffness values and vertical ground motions, can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-4.1.8.11.(3) Determination of the Fundamental Period, Ta. Information on the determination of the fundamental period, Ta, can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-4.1.8.12.(1)(a) Linear Dynamic Analysis. Information on Linear Dynamic Analysis can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-4.1.8.12.(1)(b) Non-linear Dynamic Analysis. Information on Non-linear Dynamic Analysis can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-4.1.8.12.(3) Ground Motion Time Histories. Information on ground motion time histories can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-4.1.8.12.(4)(a) Accidental Torsional Moments. Information on accidental torsional moments can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-4.1.8.13.(4) Deflections and Sway Effects. Information on deflections and sway effects can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-4.1.8.15.(1) Diaphragms and Their Connections. Information on diaphragms and their connections can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

A-4.1.8.15.(3) Ductile Diaphragms. Information on the design of struts, collectors, chords and connections for ductile diaphragms can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌Division B A-4.1.8.16.(1)

A-4.1.8.15.(4) Influence of Dynamic Diaphragm In-Plane Response.

Clause 4.1.8.15.(4)(a)

In lieu of carrying out a special study as stated in Subclause 4.1.8.15.(4)(a)(iii), the anticipated total deformation demand on the vertical elements of the SFRS, including inelastic deformations, may be taken as equal to RoRd(ΔB + ΔD) − RoΔD, i.e., the difference between the total storey drift including inelastic deformation effects and diaphragm deformations, RoRd(ΔB + ΔD), and the diaphragm deformation under Ro times the seismic load, where Ro may be replaced by the actual overstrength of the SFRS vertical elements.

The design engineer must verify that the SFRS vertical elements have sufficient deformation capacity to accommodate the computed deformation demand. If the vertical elements of the SFRS do not have

sufficient deformation capacity, the design forces for the vertical elements of the SFRS must be magnified by Rd(1 + ΔD/ΔB)/(Rd + ΔD/ΔB). The calculation of the magnified design forces is iterative as the ΔD/ΔB ratio may change when using higher design forces for the vertical elements of the SFRS. Reducing the ΔD/ΔB ratio by increasing the stiffness of the roof diaphragm relative to that of the vertical elements of the SFRS may be considered to reduce the deformation demand on the vertical elements of the SFRS. Additional information can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

Clause 4.1.8.15.(4)(b)

The dynamic response of the diaphragm with the vertical elements of the SFRS under seismic excitation involves several modes of vibration that affect both the amplitude and distribution of in-plane shears and bending moments in the roof diaphragm. The shape of the fundamental mode of vibration resembles the deflected shape of the diaphragm/vertical SFRS elements under a distributed lateral load while higher modes involve increasing numbers of zero crossings of the deflected shapes along the length of the diaphragm, similar to the modes of a simply supported beam with distributed mass. Shears and bending moments therefore deviate from the values obtained from the equivalent static force procedure essentially due to higher mode response. Modal contributions to shears and bending moments in the diaphragms can be obtained from a Linear Dynamic Analysis. The contribution from the higher modes is generally

‌more pronounced when the ΔD/ΔB ratio, the period in the first mode, or the ratio S(0.2)/S(2.0) is increased. It also increases when the SFRS is designed with a higher Rd factor as inelastic deformations of the vertical elements of the SFRS attenuate the first mode response. Methods to take into account the inelastic higher mode effects on in-plane diaphragm shears and moments are discussed in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-4.1.8.15.(5) Discontinuities. Information on elements supporting discontinuities can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-4.1.8.15.(6) Vertical Variations in RdRo. Information on elements of the SFRS below the variation in RdRo can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-4.1.8.15.(7) Concurrent Yielding. Information on the effects of concurrent yielding of elements can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-4.1.8.15.(8) Design Force in Elements. Information on the design force in elements can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

A-4.1.8.16.(1) Foundation Movement. The bearing stress distribution in soil or rock that is used to determine the factored overturning resistance of the foundation influences the rotation of the foundation, which occurs due to the forces applied by the SFRS. Generally, all foundations will rotate on soil or rock. In particular, footings (a type of foundation unit) often undergo uplift at one end, and if the factored bearing stress at the other end is only over a short length, then the uplift and rotation of the footing can be significant. CSA A23.3, “Design of concrete structures,” contains design requirements for footings that rotate and uplift; see also the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)” for guidance and methods to account for foundation movement.

‌A-4.1.8.16.(2) Division B

‌A-4.1.8.16.(2) Actual Lateral Load Capacity of the SFRS. The actual lateral load capacity of the SFRS includes the effects of member overstrengths similar to those used to determine the Ro factors. The applicable CSA design standards include requirements on calculating the overstrengths and capacities,

which may be based on the members' nominal or probable resistance. The actual capacities are larger than the factored loads and factored resistances and, in many cases, can be significantly larger. Note that the foundations designed to develop the capacity of the SFRS will undergo movements and Sentence 4.1.8.16.(1) still applies.

A-4.1.8.16.(4) Overturning Resistance of the Foundation. For the special case where the foundation is a footing, and where it and the attached SFRS are not constrained against rotation, it is permitted, with certain limitations, to size the footing to have a factored overturning resistance less than the overturning capacity of the supported SFRS. This approach results in a smaller footing, increased footing rotations, increased drifts in the structure, and increased soil stresses, all of which are over and above those associated with footings sized to have a factored overturning resistance equal to or greater than the overturning capacity of the SFRS. The footing itself must have a factored resistance capable of developing the required soil or

rock reactions. An example of a footing and SFRS that are not constrained against rotation is an SFRS on a footing near the ground surface such that it can rotate freely and is attached to a gravity-load-resisting system (non-SFRS) that is laterally flexible and provides little lateral resistance. For this case, the SFRS is usually analyzed on its own and the resulting displacements are imposed on the non-SFRS elements in order to assess the effects on them. Cases where the footing and SFRS are attached to a system that has significant lateral stiffness require careful analysis and engineering judgement, or the footing can be capacity-designed.

Limiting the overturning moment on the foundation and the RdRo value provides some control on the increase in lateral displacement, drift and stress in the soil or rock. Cases that exceed these limits require special study.

For the common case where the SFRS and/or the footing are constrained in some way against rotation, the footing's factored resistance must be equal to or greater than the capacity of the supported SFRS. An example of an SFRS constrained against freely rotating with the footing is an SFRS attached to adjacent foundation walls by below-grade diaphragms. Examples of footings constrained against free rotation are footings that use soil anchors to resist overturning, footings on piles, and raft foundations. Note that Sentence 4.1.8.16.(1) still applies.

See CSA A23.3, “Design of concrete structures,” and the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-4.1.8.16.(6)(a) Interconnection of Foundation Elements. Information on the interconnection of piles or pile caps, drilled piers, and caissons can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-4.1.8.16.(7) Earthquake Lateral Pressures from Backfill or Natural Ground. Information on methods of computing the seismic lateral pressures from backfill or natural ground can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-4.1.8.16.(8)(a) Cyclic Inelastic Behaviour of Foundation Elements. Information on the cyclic inelastic behaviour of piles or pile caps, drilled piers, and caissons can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-4.1.8.16.(9) Alternative Foundation Ties. Alternative methods of tying foundations together, such as a properly reinforced floor slab capable of resisting the required tension and compression forces, may be used. Passive soil pressure against buried pile caps may not be used to resist these forces.‌

‌A-4.1.8.16.(10) Liquefaction. Information on liquefaction can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

A-4.1.8.17.(1) Slope Stability. Information on slope instability can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

A-4.1.8.18. Elements of Structures, Non-structural Components and Equipment. Information on the requirements of Article 4.1.8.18. can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌Division B A-4.1.8.21.(2)

‌A-Table 4.1.8.18. Non-structural Components and Equipment. The failure or detachment of non-structural components and equipment during an earthquake can present a major threat to life safety. The design requirements presented in Article 4.1.8.18. are intended to ensure that such components and their connections to the building will retain their integrity during strong ground shaking. Guidelines for the seismic risk reduction of such components are given in CSA S832, “Seismic risk reduction of operational and functional components (OFCs) of buildings.”

‌A-4.1.8.18.(7)(e) Post-installed Anchors. Information on the cyclic tension load testing of anchors referred to in Clause 4.1.8.18.(7)(e) can be found in International Code Council Evaluation Service (ICC-ES) Evaluation Reports. Additional information can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-4.1.8.18.(13) and 4.4.3.1.(1) Storage Racks. Free-standing storage racks contain materials typically loaded by forklift. Some are designed to store loaded pallets; however, in some cases, the stored material does not sit on a pallet. Information on storage racks can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-4.1.8.18.(14) and (15) Glass Fallout and Failure. Information on glass fallout and testing for glass fallout can be found in AAMA 501.6, “Recommended Dynamic Test Method for Determining the Seismic Drift Causing Glass Fallout from a Wall System.” Every surface other than inaccessible areas or areas where occupancy is prevented or access is prevented should be considered a “walking surface.” Additional information can be found in ASCE/SEI 7, “Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures,” in FEMA P-750, “N EHRP Recommended Seismic Provisions for New Buildings and Other Structures,” and FEMA 450-1, “NEHRP Recommended Provisions for Seismic Regulations for New Buildings and Other Structures,” and related commentaries, and in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-4.1.8.18.(16) Elements of Structures, Non-structural Components and Equipment in Structures with Supplemental Energy Dissipation. Information on the requirements of

Sentence 4.1.8.18.(16) can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-4.1.8.18.(18) Climatic Conditions. Climatic conditions leading to wetness or frost at the interface between the supporting base of the array and the roof surface may adversely affect the resistance provided by friction due to gravity loads.

A-4.1.8.19.(2) Design Review. It is strongly recommended that a design review of the seismically isolated structure and its isolation system be carried out by an independent team of professional engineers and geoscientists experienced in seismic analysis methods and the theory and application of seismic isolation. The design review should include, but not be limited to, the following:

site-specific spectra,
‌ground motion time histories,
modeling and analyses,
testing program and results, and
final design of all structural framing elements and isolation system components.

‌A-4.1.8.19.(3)(a) Non-linear Dynamic Analysis. Three-dimensional Non-linear Dynamic Analysis is a complex process requiring special expertise. Guidance on Non-linear Dynamic Analysis can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-4.1.8.19.(4) and 4.1.8.21.(5) Ground Motion Time Histories. Ground motion time histories and their horizontal and vertical components must be appropriately selected and scaled according to accepted practice. Further information on ground motion time histories can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

A-4.1.8.21.(2) Design Review. It is strongly recommended that a design review of the structure and the supplementary energy dissipation system be carried out by an independent team of professional engineers and geoscientists experienced in seismic analysis methods and the theory and application of supplementary energy dissipation. The design review should include, but not be limited to, the following:

A-4.1.8.21.(4)(a) Division B

‌ground motion time histories,
modeling and analyses,
testing program and results, and
final design of all structural framing elements and supplemental energy dissipation system components.

‌A-4.1.8.21.(4)(a) Non-linear Dynamic Analysis. Three-dimensional Non-linear Dynamic Analysis is a complex process requiring special expertise. Guidance on Non-linear Dynamic Analysis can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”‌

A-4.2.2.1.(1) Subsurface Investigation. Where acceptable information on subsurface conditions already exists, the investigation may not require further physical subsurface exploration or testing.

‌A-4.2.2.3.(1) Responsibilities of the Designer as Defined in Part 4. In certain situations, such as when the design is highly technical, it may be necessary for the “other suitably qualified person” to be someone responsible to the designer. In such cases the authority having jurisdiction may wish to order that the review be done by the designer.

‌A-4.2.4.1.(1) Innovative Designs. It is important that innovative approaches to foundation design be carried out by a person especially qualified in the specific method applied and that the design provide a level of safety and performance at least equivalent to that provided for or implicit in the design carried out by the methods referred to in Part 4. Provision must be made for monitoring the subsequent performance of such structures so that the long-term sufficiency of the design can be evaluated.

‌A-4.2.4.1.(3) Ultimate Limit States for Foundations. Information on ultimate limit states for foundations, including terminology and resistance factors, can be found in the Commentary entitled Foundations in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-4.2.4.1.(5) Design of Foundations for Differential Movements. Information on the design of foundations for differential movements can be found in the Commentary entitled Foundations in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

A-4.2.4.4.(1) Depth of Foundations. When adfreezing has occurred and subsequent freezing results in soil expansion beneath this area, the resulting uplift effect is sometimes referred to as frost jacking.

‌A heated building that is insulated to prevent heat loss through the foundation walls should be considered as an unheated structure unless the effect of the insulation is taken into account in determining the maximum depth of frost penetration.‌

A-4.2.5.1.(1) Excavations. Information on excavations can be found in the Commentary entitled Foundations in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-4.2.6.1.(1) Shallow Foundations. Information on shallow foundations can be found in the Commentary entitled Foundations in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌A-4.2.7.1.(1) Deep Foundation Units. A deep foundation unit can be pre-manufactured or

‌cast-in-place; it can be driven, jacked, jetted, screwed, bored or excavated; it can be of wood, concrete, steel or a combination thereof.

A-4.2.7.2.(1) Deep Foundations. Information on deep foundations can be found in the Commentary entitled Foundations in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

A-4.2.7.2.(2) Load Testing of Piles. ASTM D1143/D1143M, “Standard Test Methods for Deep Foundations Under Static Axial Compressive Load,” defines routine load test procedures that have been extensively used.

A-4.3.3.1.(1) Precast Concrete. CSA A23.3, “Design of concrete structures,” requires precast concrete members to conform to CSA A23.4, “Precast concrete – Materials and construction.”

‌Division B A-4.4.2.1.(1)

‌A-4.3.4.1.(1) Welded Construction. Qualification for fabricators and erectors of welded construction is found in Clause 24.3 of CSA S16, “Design of steel structures.”

‌A-4.3.4.2.(1) Cold-Formed Stainless Steel Members. There is currently no Canadian standard for the design of cold-formed stainless steel structural members. As an interim measure, design may be carried out using the limit states design provisions of ASCE/SEI 8, “Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Stainless Steel Structural Members,” except that load factors, load combinations and load combination factors shall

be in accordance with Subsection 4.1.3.

‌A-4.3.6.1.(1) Design Basis for Glass. The load factors in Tables 4.1.3.2.-A and 4.1.3.2.-B must be applied to the adjusted wind load before designing in accordance with the referenced standard. Additional information is given in the Commentary entitled Wind Load and Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

A-4.4.2.1.(1) Design Basis for Storage Garages and Repair Garages. Although the scope of CSA S413, “Parking structures,” is limited to structural steel and reinforced concrete (including prestressed and post-tensioned), the intent of Sentence 4.4.2.1.(1) is to require any type of material used in the construction of storage garages and repair garages to conform to the performance level outlined in the standard.

See the Commentary entitled Live Loads in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

4-128 Division B

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

Division B

‌Part 5

Environmental Separation

General
1. Scope 5-1
2. Application 5-1
3. Definitions 5-1
4. Resistance to Loads and
  Deterioration 5-2
5. Other Requirements 5-3
Loads and Procedures
1. Environmental Loads and
  Design Procedures 5-3
2. Structural Loads and Design
  Procedures 5-4
Heat Transfer
1. Thermal Resistance of
  Assemblies 5-5
Air Leakage
1. Air Barrier Systems 5-5
Vapour Diffusion
1. Vapour Barriers 5-7
Precipitation
1. Protection from Precipitation 5-8
2. Sealing, Drainage,
  Accumulation and Disposal 5-8
Surface and Ground Water
1. Site Factors 5-9
2. Protection against Hydrostatic
  Pressure 5-9
3. Protection against Ground Water 5-9
Sound Transmission
1. Protection from Airborne Noise 5-10
Standards
1. Applicable Standards 5-13
2. Windows, Doors and Skylights 5-16
3. Other Fenestration Assemblies 5-17
4. Exterior Insulation Finish
  Systems 5-18
Objectives and Functional Statements
1. Objectives and Functional

Statements 5-18

Division B

Notes to Part 5

. 5-23

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

‌Division B

Part 5 Environmental Separation

(See Note A-5.)

‌Section 5.1. General‌‌

‌Scope
1. ‌Scope
  1. This Part is concerned with
    1. the control of condensation
      1. in building components and assemblies, and
      2. on building materials, components and assemblies, and
    2. the transfer of heat, air, moisture and sound through
      1. ‌building materials, components and assemblies, and
      2. interfaces between building materials, components and assemblies.
        (See Note A-5.1.1.1.(1).)
‌Application
1. ‌Exposure to Exterior Space or the Ground and Separation of Dissimilar Environments
  1. This Part applies, as described in Subsection 1.3.3. of Division A, to
    1. building materials, components and assemblies exposed to exterior space or the ground, including those separating interior space from exterior space or separating interior space from the ground,
    2. building materials, components and assemblies separating environmentally dissimilar interior spaces (see Note A-5.8.), and
    3. site materials, components, assemblies and grading that may affect environmental loads on building materials, components and assemblies exposed to exterior space or the ground.
      (See Note A-5.1.2.1.(1).)
‌Definitions
1. ‌Defined Words
  1. Words that appear in italics are defined in Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌5.1.4.1. Division B‌
‌Resistance to Loads and Deterioration‌
1. ‌Structural and Environmental Loads
  (See Note A-5.1.4.1.)
  1. ‌Building materials, components and assemblies that separate dissimilar environments or are exposed to the exterior shall have sufficient capacity and integrity to resist or accommodate
    1. ‌all environmental loads, and effects of those loads, that may reasonably be expected having regard to
      1. the intended use of the building, and
      2. the environment to which the materials, components and assemblies are subject, and
    2. all structural loads, and effects of those loads, that may reasonably be expected.
  2. Where building materials, components or assemblies perform more than one function, they shall satisfy the requirements of all of those functions. (See Note A-5.1.4.1.(2).)‌
  3. Compliance with Clause (1)(a) shall be demonstrated by design complying with Subsection 5.2.1. and construction conforming to that design.
  4. Compliance with Clause (1)(b) shall be demonstrated by design complying with Subsection 5.2.2., and construction conforming to that design, with regard to
    1. materials, components and assemblies, and associated loads, that are identified in Part 4,
    2. air pressure loads imposed on air barrier systems,
    3. wind up-lift imposed on roofing, and
    4. ‌hydrostatic pressure imposed on the means of protection from moisture in the ground.
  5. For materials, components, assemblies and loads to which Sentence (4) does not apply, compliance with Clause (1)(b) shall be demonstrated
    1. by design complying with Subsection 5.2.2. for individual applicable loads and construction conforming to that design, or
    2. ‌in the case of common materials, components and assemblies, and their installation, by proven past performance over a period of several years for individual applicable loads.
      (See Note A-5.1.4.1.(5).)
  6. Materials, components and assemblies separating dissimilar environments and assemblies exposed to the exterior, including their connections, that are subject to structural loads as defined in Article 5.2.2.1. shall‌
    1. transfer such loads to the building structure without adverse effects on the performance of other materials, components or assemblies,
    2. not deflect to a degree that adversely affects the performance of other materials, components or assemblies (see Note A-5.1.4.1.(6)(b) and (c)), and
    3. be designed, and constructed according to that design, to accommodate (see Note A-5.1.4.1.(6)(b) and (c))
      1. the maximum relative structural movement that may reasonably be expected, and
      2. construction tolerances that may be reasonably expected.
        (See Article 4.1.3.5., Sentence 4.1.3.3.(2) and Subsection 4.1.8. for information on different types of structural movements.) (See Note A-5.1.4.1.)
        © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
        ‌Division B 5.2.1.3.
2. ‌Resistance to Deterioration‌
  (See Note A-5.1.4.2.)
  1. Except as provided in Sentence (2), materials used in building components and assemblies that separate dissimilar environments, or in assemblies exposed to the exterior, shall be
    1. compatible with adjoining materials, and
    2. ‌resistant to any mechanisms of deterioration that may reasonably be expected, given
      1. the nature and function of the materials, and
      2. the exposure and climatic conditions in which they will be installed.
  2. ‌Material compatibility and deterioration resistance are not required where it can be shown that incompatibility or uncontrolled deterioration will not adversely affect any of
    1. the health or safety of building users,
    2. the intended use of the building, or
    3. the operation of building services.
‌Other Requirements
1. ‌Requirements in Other Parts of the Code
  1. ‌Structural and fire safety requirements in other Parts of the NBC shall apply.

‌Section 5.2. Loads and Procedures‌

‌Environmental Loads and Design Procedures‌
1. ‌Exterior Environmental Loads
  1. Above ground climatic loads shall be determined according to Subsection 1.1.3.
  2. Except as provided in Sentence (3), below ground exterior environmental loads not described in Subsection 1.1.3. shall be determined from existing geological and hydrological data or from site tests.
  3. Where local design and construction practice has shown soil temperature analysis to be unnecessary, soil temperatures need not be determined. (See Note A-5.2.1.1.(3).)‌
2. ‌Interior Environmental Loads
  1. Interior environmental loads shall be determined in accordance with good practice as described in Sentence 6.2.1.1.(1) based on the intended use of the space. (See Note A-5.2.1.2.(1).)‌
3. ‌Environmental Load and Transfer Calculations
  1. ‌Calculations related to the transfer of heat, air and moisture and the transmission of sound shall conform to good practice such as that described in the ASHRAE Handbooks.
  2. For the purposes of any analysis conducted to indicate conformance to the thermal resistance levels required in Article 5.3.1.2., soil temperatures shall be
    determined based on annual average soil temperature, seasonal amplitude of variation and attenuation of variation with depth.
  3. Wind load calculations shall conform to Subsection 4.1.7.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  ‌5.2.2.1. Division B‌
‌Structural Loads and Design Procedures‌
1. ‌Determination of Structural Loads and Effects
  1. Where materials, components or assemblies that separate dissimilar environments or are exposed to the exterior, or their connections, are required to be designed to withstand structural loads, these loads shall be determined in accordance with Part 4. (See also Subsection 2.2.5. of Division C.)
  2. Except as provided in Article 4.1.8.18., the structural loads referred to in Sentence (1) and their related effects shall include
    1. dead loads transferred from structural elements,
    2. wind, snow, rain, hydrostatic and earth pressures,
    3. earthquake effects for post-disaster buildings, depending on their intended function (see Note A-5.2.2.1.(2)(c)),
    4. ‌live loads due to use and occupancy, and
    5. loads due to thermal or moisture-related expansion and contraction, deflection, deformation, creep, shrinkage, settlement, and differential movement.
  3. ‌Where materials, components or assemblies that separate dissimilar environments or are exposed to the exterior, or their connections, can be expected to be subject to loads or other effects not described in this Subsection or in Part 4, such loads or effects shall be taken into account in the design based on the most current and applicable information available.‌
2. ‌Determination of Wind Load
  (See Note A-5.2.2.2.)
  1. ‌This Article applies to the determination of wind load to be used in the design of materials, components and assemblies, including their connections, that separate dissimilar environments or are exposed to the exterior, where these are
    1. ‌subject to wind load, and
    2. required to be designed to resist wind load.
  2. Except as provided in Sentence (3), the wind load referred to in Sentence (1) shall be 100% of the specified wind load determined in accordance with Article 4.1.7.1.
  3. Where it can be shown by test or analysis that a material, component, assembly or connection referred to in Sentence (1) will be subject to less than 100% of the specified wind load, the wind load referred to in Sentence (1) shall be not less than the load determined by test or analysis.
  4. Except as provided in Sentence (5), the wind uplift resistance of membrane roofing assemblies shall be determined in accordance with the requirements of CAN/CSA-A123.21, “Standard test method for the dynamic wind uplift resistance of membrane-roofing systems.” (See Note A-5.2.2.2.(4).)‌
  5. Membrane roofing assemblies with proven past performance for the anticipated wind loads need not comply with Sentence (4). (See Note A-5.1.4.1.(5).)
3. ‌Design Procedures

Structural design shall be carried out in accordance with Subsection 4.1.3. and other applicable requirements in Part 4.
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B 5.4.1.1.

‌Section 5.3. Heat Transfer‌
(See Note A-5.3.)
‌Section 5.4. Air Leakage‌
‌components or assemblies shall be such that they control air leakage or permit venting to the exterior so as to‌‌
1. provide acceptable conditions for the building occupants,
2. maintain appropriate conditions for the intended use of the building,
3. minimize the accumulation of condensation in and the penetration of precipitation into the building component or assembly,
4. ‌control heat transfer to roofs where ice damming can occur,
5. minimize the ingress of airborne radon and other soil gases from the ground with an aim to controlling the indoor concentrations of these gases to an acceptable level, and
6. not compromise the operation of building services.
Except as provided in Sentence (7), an air barrier system shall be designed and constructed to provide the principal resistance to air leakage to meet the requirements of Sentence (1).‌
The air barrier system shall incorporate air barrier assemblies that meet the appropriate Performance Class as defined in Table 5.4.1.1. (See Note A-5.4.1.1.(3).)

Table 5.4.1.1.
Maximum Air Leakage Rates for Air Barrier Assemblies
Forming Part of Sentences 5.4.1.1.(3) and (6) and 5.4.1.2.(1) and (2)

Performance Class
Maximum Air Leakage Rate, L/(s×m2), at a Pressure Differential of 75 Pa
1
0.05
2
0.10
‌3
0.15
4
0.20
5
0.50
The air barrier system shall be designed and constructed to be continuous
1. across construction, control and expansion joints,
2. across junctions between different air barrier assemblies, and
3. around penetrations through air barrier assemblies. (See Note A-5.4.1.1.(4).)
The structural design of air barrier assemblies, including junctions between air barrier assemblies, subject to air pressure loads shall comply with Article 5.1.4.1. and Subsection 5.2.2.
The maximum air leakage rates specified in Table 5.4.1.1. are permitted to be increased where it can be shown that the higher rate will not adversely affect any of
1. the health or safety of the building users,
2. the intended use of the building, or
3. the operation of building services.
An air barrier system is not required where it can be shown that uncontrolled air leakage will not adversely affect any of
1. the health or safety of building users,
2. the intended use of the building, or
3. the operation of building services. (See Note A-5.4.1.1.(7).)

‌Air Barrier Assemblies
1. Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), air barrier assemblies not in contact with the ground shall
  1. conform with CAN/ULC-S742, “Standard for Air Barrier Assemblies –
    Specification,” and
  2. meet the selected Performance Class of Table 5.4.1.1. (See Note A-5.4.1.2.(1).)
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 5.5.1.2.
2. Air barrier assemblies not evaluated in accordance with CAN/ULC-S742, “Standard for Air Barrier Assemblies – Specification,” shall be designed and constructed
  1. to meet or exceed the selected Performance Class of Table 5.4.1.1., and
  2. with at least one air barrier material intended to provide the primary resistance to air leakage that meets the requirements of CAN/ULC-S741, “Standard for Air Barrier Materials – Specification.”
    (See Note A-5.4.1.2.(2).)
3. Air barrier assemblies covered in Subsections 5.9.2., 5.9.3. and 5.9.4. shall meet the air barrier performance criteria defined in those Subsections.
4. Below-grade air barrier assemblies in contact with the ground shall minimize the ingress of airborne radon and other soil gases. (See Note A-5.4.1.2.(4).)

‌Section 5.5. Vapour Diffusion‌

‌Vapour Barriers‌
1. ‌Required Resistance to Vapour Diffusion
  (See Note A-5.5.1.1.)
  1. Where a building component or assembly is subjected to differentials in temperature and water vapour pressure, the properties and position of the materials and components in those components or assemblies shall be such that they control vapour diffusion or permit venting to the exterior so as to minimize the accumulation of condensation in the building component or assembly.‌
  2. Except as provided in Sentence (3), a vapour barrier shall be installed to provide the principal resistance to water vapour diffusion.
  3. A vapour barrier is not required where it can be shown that uncontrolled vapour diffusion will not adversely affect any of
    1. the health or safety of building users,
    2. the intended use of the building, or
    3. the operation of building services.
2. ‌Vapour Barrier Properties and Installation
  (See Note A-5.3.1.2.)
  1. The vapour barrier shall have sufficiently low permeance and shall be positioned in the building component or assembly so as to
    1. minimize moisture transfer by diffusion, to surfaces within the assembly that would be cold enough to cause condensation at the design temperature and humidity conditions, or
    2. reduce moisture transfer by diffusion, to surfaces within the assembly that would be cold enough to cause condensation at the design temperature and humidity conditions, to a rate that will not allow sufficient accumulation of moisture to cause deterioration or otherwise adversely affect any of
      1. the health or safety of building users,
      2. the intended use of the building, or
      3. the operation of building services. (See Note A-5.5.1.2.(1).)
  2. Coatings applied to gypsum board to provide required resistance to vapour diffusion shall conform to the requirements of Sentence (1) when tested in accordance with CAN/CGSB-1.501-M, “Method for Permeance of Coated Wallboard.”
  3. Coatings applied to materials other than gypsum board to provide required resistance to vapour diffusion shall conform to the requirements of Sentence (1) when tested in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M, “Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials,” by the desiccant method (dry cup).
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌5.6.1.1. Division B‌
    
    ‌Section 5.6. Precipitation‌
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 5.7.3.2.
  4. ‌Junctions between vertical assemblies, and sloped or horizontal assemblies, shall be designed and constructed to minimize the flow of water from the sloped or horizontal assembly onto the vertical assembly.

‌Section 5.7. Surface and Ground Water‌

(See Note A-5.7.)

‌Site Factors
1. ‌Application‌
  1. This Subsection applies to the location of buildings, the grading of building sites, the directing of water away from building assemblies, and the provision of means
    for drainage.
2. ‌Required Protection
  1. The building shall be located, the building site shall be graded, or water shall be directed away from building assemblies so as to prevent or accommodate the accumulation of surface water against the building or adjacent buildings.
  2. Drainage shall be provided to direct water away from assemblies separating interior space from the ground, except
    1. where the assembly is designed in accordance with Subsection 5.7.2. to withstand continuous hydrostatic pressure, or
    2. where it can be shown that the lack of drainage will not adversely affect
      1. the health or safety of building users,
      2. the intended use of the building, or
      3. the operation of building services. (See Note A-5.7.1.2.(2).)
‌Protection against Hydrostatic Pressure
1. ‌Application
  1. This Subsection applies to waterproofing materials, components, assemblies and systems applied to building assemblies that separate dissimilar environments and are subjected to hydrostatic pressure.
2. ‌Design of Building Elements Under Hydrostatic Loads
  1. Waterproofing materials, components, assemblies and systems described in Article 5.7.2. 1. shall be designed in accordance with Subsection 5.1.4.
  2. Hydrostatic design loads shall be determined in accordance with Subsection 5.2.2.
3. ‌Required Protection‌
  1. Waterproofing materials, components, assemblies and systems described in Article 5.7.2. 1. shall comply with Article 5.7.3.2.
‌Protection against Ground Water
1. ‌Application‌
  1. This Subsection applies to the protection of building assemblies that separate interior space from the ground.
2. ‌Required Protection
  1. Except as provided in Sentence (2) and Article 5.7.3.4., building assemblies described in Article 5.7.3.1. shall be protected by waterproofing in accordance with
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
3. Division B

Article 5.7.3.3. so as to prevent the ingress of water into the building or the accumulation of water against the building.

Waterproofing is not required where it can be shown that
1. a building is designed to accommodate the ingress or accumulation of water, or
2. ‌the ingress or accumulation of water will not negatively affect
  1. the health or safety of building users,
  2. the intended use of the building, or
  3. the operation of building services.

‌Waterproofing
1. Waterproofing materials, components, assemblies, or systems installed to provide the required protection shall form a continuous and impervious barrier to the ingress of water and be capable of accommodating
  1. imperfections, construction joints, control joints and expansion joints (see Note A-5.7.3.3.(1)(a)),
  2. junctions between different building assemblies, and
  3. elements penetrating building assemblies.
‌Where Dampproofing is Permitted
1. Vertical building assemblies that separate interior space from the ground are permitted to be dampproofed where
  1. ‌such assemblies are not subjected to hydrostatic pressure,
  2. the substrate is cast-in-place concrete, and
  3. a drainage layer is installed between the building assembly and the soil. (See Note A-5.7.3.4.(1).)
2. Joints, junctions and penetrations shall be designed and constructed to maintain the continuity of the dampproofing.

‌Section 5.8. Sound Transmission‌

(See Note A-5.8.)

‌Protection from Airborne Noise‌
1. ‌Required Protection
  1. Except as provided in Sentence (2), a dwelling unit shall be separated from every other space in a building in which noise may be generated by
    1. a separating assembly and adjoining constructions, which, together, provide an apparent sound transmission class (ASTC) rating not less than 47, or
    2. a separating assembly that provides a sound transmission class (STC) rating of not less than 50 and adjoining constructions that conform to Article 9.11.1.4.
  2. Construction separating a dwelling unit from an elevator shaft or a refuse chute shall have an STC rating not less than 55.
2. ‌Determination of Sound Transmission Ratings
  (See Note A-5.8.1.2.)
  1. The STC ratings of separating assemblies shall be determined in accordance with ASTM E413, “Classification for Rating Sound Insulation,” using the results from measurements carried out in accordance with ASTM E90, “Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements.”
  2. The ASTC ratings of separating assemblies and adjoining constructions shall be
    1. determined in accordance with ASTM E413, “Classification for Rating Sound Insulation,” using the results from measurements carried out in
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
      Division B 5.8.1.4.
      
      accordance with ASTM E336, “Standard Test Method for Measurement of Airborne Sound Attenuation between Rooms in Buildings,” or
    2. calculated in accordance with
      1. the detailed method described in Article 5.8.1.4., or
      2. the simplified method described in Article 5.8.1.5.
3. ‌Compliance with Required Ratings
  1. Compliance with the required STC ratings shall be demonstrated through
    1. measurements carried out in accordance with Sentence 5.8.1.2.(1), or
    2. the construction of separating assemblies conforming to those presented in Table 9.10.3.1.-A or 9.10.3.1.-B, as applicable.
  2. Compliance with the required ASTC ratings shall be demonstrated through
    1. measurements or calculations carried out in accordance with Sentence 5.8.1.2.(2), or
    2. the construction of separating assemblies conforming to those presented in Table 9.10.3.1.-A or 9.10.3.1.-B, as applicable, that have an STC rating of not less than 50 in conjunction with flanking assemblies constructed in accordance with Article 9.11.1.4.
4. ‌Detailed Method for Calculating ASTC
  (See Note A-5.8.1.4.)
  1. The sound transmission loss measured in accordance with ASTM E90, “Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements,” shall be used in lieu of the sound reduction index required in ISO 15712-1, “Building Acoustics - Estimation of Acoustic Performance of Buildings From the Performance of Elements - Part 1: Airborne Sound Insulation Between Rooms.”
  2. The vibration reduction index for the junctions between separating assemblies shall be
    1. determined using the equations presented in Annex E of ISO 15712-1, “Building Acoustics - Estimation of Acoustic Performance of Buildings From the Performance of Elements - Part 1: Airborne Sound Insulation Between Rooms,” or
    2. measured in accordance with Parts 1 to 4 of ISO 10848-1, “Acoustics – Laboratory measurement of the flanking transmission of airborne and impact sound between adjoining rooms – Part 1: Frame document.”
  3. The normalized flanking level difference shall be measured in accordance with Parts 1 to 4 of ISO 10848-1, “Acoustics – Laboratory measurement of the flanking transmission of airborne and impact sound between adjoining rooms – Part 1: Frame document.”‌
  4. The direct sound reduction index for the separating assembly in situ shall be determined using Clause (a) or (b), depending on the type of construction:
    1. for a separating wall or floor assembly with lightweight wood or steel framing, the index shall be taken as equal to the sound transmission loss, without correction;
    2. for a separating wall or floor assembly that behaves like a homogeneous panel, the index shall be determined in accordance with the detailed method for structure-borne transmission presented in ISO 15712-1, “Building Acoustics - Estimation of Acoustic Performance of Buildings From the Performance of Elements - Part 1: Airborne Sound Insulation Between Rooms” (see Note A-5.8.1.4.(4)(b)).‌
  5. The flanking sound reduction index for each flanking path at each edge of the separating assembly shall be determined using Clause (a), (b) or (c), depending on the type of construction:
    1. for a separating wall or floor assembly with lightweight wood or steel framing and connected flanking assemblies with lightweight wood or steel framing, the index shall be taken as equal to the normalized flanking level difference re-normalized for the ASTC field situation in accordance
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
5. Division B

with Annex F of ISO 15712-1, “Building Acoustics - Estimation of Acoustic Performance of Buildings From the Performance of Elements - Part 1: Airborne Sound Insulation Between Rooms,”

for a separating wall or floor assembly that behaves like a homogeneous panel and connected flanking assemblies that behave like a homogeneous panel, the index shall be determined in accordance with the detailed method for structure-borne transmission presented in ISO 15712-1, “Building Acoustics - Estimation of Acoustic Performance of Buildings From the Performance of Elements - Part 1: Airborne Sound Insulation Between Rooms” (see Note A-5.8.1.4.(4)(b)),‌
for a mixture of assemblies with lightweight wood or steel framing and assemblies that behave like a homogeneous panel, the index shall be determined in accordance with Clause (a) or (b) (see Note A-5.8.1.4.(4)(b)).

Once the pertinent indices and measurements referred to in Sentences (1) to (5) have been determined based on the type of construction, the apparent sound reduction index shall then be determined in accordance with ISO 15712-1, “Building Acoustics - Estimation of Acoustic Performance of Buildings From the Performance of Elements
- Part 1: Airborne Sound Insulation Between Rooms.”
The ASTC shall be calculated in accordance with ASTM E413, “Classification for Rating Sound Insulation,” using the apparent sound reduction index determined in Sentence (6), which shall be treated as equivalent to the values of apparent sound transmission loss measured in accordance with ASTM E336, “Standard Test Method for Measurement of Airborne Sound Attenuation between Rooms in Buildings.”‌

‌Simplified Method for Calculating ASTC
(See Note A-5.8.1.4.)
1. The STC rating shall be used in lieu of the weighted sound reduction index required in ISO 15712-1, “Building Acoustics - Estimation of Acoustic Performance of Buildings From the Performance of Elements - Part 1: Airborne Sound Insulation Between Rooms.”
2. The vibration reduction index for the junctions between separating assemblies shall be
  1. determined using the equations presented in Annex E of ISO 15712-1, “Building Acoustics - Estimation of Acoustic Performance of Buildings From the Performance of Elements - Part 1: Airborne Sound Insulation Between Rooms,” or
  2. measured in accordance with Parts 1 to 4 of ISO 10848-1, “Acoustics – Laboratory measurement of the flanking transmission of airborne and impact sound between adjoining rooms – Part 1: Frame document.”
3. The weighted normalized flanking level difference shall be determined in accordance with ASTM E413, “Classification for Rating Sound Insulation,” using the results from measurements carried out in accordance with Parts 1 to 4 of ISO 10848-1, “Acoustics – Laboratory measurement of the flanking transmission of airborne and impact sound between adjoining rooms – Part 1: Frame document.”‌
4. The direct weighted sound reduction index for the separating assembly shall be taken as equal to the STC, without correction.
5. The weighted flanking sound reduction index for each flanking path at each edge of the separating assembly shall be determined using Clause (a) or (b), depending on the type of construction:
  1. for a separating wall or floor assembly with lightweight wood or steel framing and connected flanking assemblies with lightweight wood or steel framing, the index shall be taken as equal to the weighted normalized flanking level difference re-normalized for the ASTC field situation in accordance with Annex F of ISO 15712-1, “Building Acoustics - Estimation of Acoustic Performance of Buildings From the Performance of Elements - Part 1: Airborne Sound Insulation Between Rooms”;
  2. for a separating wall or floor assembly that behaves like a homogeneous panel and connected flanking assemblies that behave like a homogeneous
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    Division B 5.9.1.1.
    
    panel, the index shall be determined in accordance with the simplified method for structure-borne transmission presented in ISO 15712-1, “Building Acoustics - Estimation of Acoustic Performance of Buildings From the Performance of Elements - Part 1: Airborne Sound Insulation Between Rooms” (see Note A-5.8.1.4.(4)(b)).
6. Once the pertinent indices and measurements referred to in Sentences (1) to (5) have been determined based on the type of construction, the ASTC shall then be calculated in accordance with ISO 15712-1, “Building Acoustics - Estimation

of Acoustic Performance of Buildings From the Performance of Elements - Part 1: Airborne Sound Insulation Between Rooms.”

‌Section 5.9. Standards‌

‌Applicable Standards‌

‌Compliance with Applicable Standards

Except as provided in Sentence (2) and elsewhere in this Part, materials and components, and their installation, shall conform to the requirements of the applicable standards in Table 5.9.1.1. where those materials or components are
1. ‌incorporated into environmental separators or assemblies exposed to the exterior, and
2. installed to fulfill the requirements of this Part. (See Note A-5.9.1.1.(1).)

The requirements for flame-spread ratings contained in thermal insulation standards shall be applied only as required in Part 3.

Table 5.9.1.1.

Standards Applicable to Environmental Separators and Assemblies Exposed to the Exterior

Forming Part of Sentence 5.9.1.1.(1)

Issuing Agency	Document Number	Title of Document
ANSI	A135.6	Engineered Wood Siding
ASME	B18.6.1	Wood Screws (Inch Series)
ASTM	A123/A123M	Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products
ASTM	A153/A153M	Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware
ASTM	A653/A653M	Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process
ASTM	C4	Standard Specification for Clay Drain Tile and Perforated Clay Drain Tile
ASTM	C73	Standard Specification for Calcium Silicate Brick (Sand-Lime Brick)
ASTM	C126	Ceramic Glazed Structural Clay Facing Tile, Facing Brick, and Solid Masonry Units
ASTM	C212	Standard Specification for Structural Clay Facing Tile
ASTM	C412M	Standard Specification for Concrete Drain Tile
ASTM	C444M	Standard Specification for Perforated Concrete Pipe
ASTM	C553	Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Commercial and Industrial Applications
ASTM	C612	Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation
ASTM	C700	Standard Specification for Vitrified Clay Pipe, Extra Strength, Standard Strength, and Perforated
ASTM	C726	Standard Specification for Mineral Wool Roof Insulation Board
ASTM	C834(1)	Standard Specification for Latex Sealants
ASTM	C840	Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board

5.9.1.1. Division B

Table 5.9.1.1. (Continued)

Issuing Agency	Document Number	Title of Document
ASTM	C920(1)	Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants
ASTM	C991	Standard Specification for Flexible Fibrous Glass Insulation for Metal Buildings
ASTM	C1002	Standard Specification for Steel Self-Piercing Tapping Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs or Steel Studs
ASTM	C1177/C1177M	Standard Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum Substrate for Use as Sheathing
ASTM	C1178/C1178M	Standard Specification for Coated Glass Mat Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Panel
ASTM	C1184(1)	Standard Specification for Structural Silicone Sealants
ASTM	C1280	Standard Specification for Application of Exterior Gypsum Panel Products for Use as Sheathing
ASTM	C1311(1)	Standard Specification for Solvent Release Sealants
ASTM	C1330(1)	Standard Specification for Cylindrical Sealant Backing for Use with Cold Liquid-Applied Sealants
ASTM	C1396/C1396M(2)	Standard Specification for Gypsum Board
ASTM	C1658/C1658M(3)	Standard Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum Panels
ASTM	D1227/D1227M	Standard Specification for Emulsified Asphalt Used as a Protective Coating for Roofing
ASTM	D2178/D2178M	Standard Specification for Asphalt Glass Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing
ASTM	D3019/D3019M(4)	Standard Specification for Lap Cement Used with Asphalt Roll Roofing, Non-Fibered, and Fibered
ASTM	D4479/D4479M	Standard Specification for Asphalt Roof Coatings – Asbestos-Free
ASTM	D4637/D4637M	Standard Specification for EPDM Sheet Used In Single-Ply Roof Membrane
ASTM	D4811/D4811M	Standard Specification for Nonvulcanized (Uncured) Rubber Sheet Used as Roof Flashing
ASTM	D6878/D6878M	Standard Specification for Thermoplastic Polyolefin Based Sheet Roofing
ASTM	E2190	Standard Specification for Insulating Glass Unit Performance and Evaluation
BNQ	BNQ 3624-115	Polyethylene (PE) Pipe and Fittings for Soil and Foundation Drainage
CGSB	CAN/CGSB-11.3-M	Hardboard
CGSB	CAN/CGSB-12.1	Safety Glazing
CGSB	CAN/CGSB-12.2-M	Flat, Clear Sheet Glass
CGSB	CAN/CGSB-12.3-M	Flat, Clear Float Glass
CGSB	CAN/CGSB-12.4-M	Heat Absorbing Glass
CGSB	CAN/CGSB-12.8	Insulating glass units
CGSB	CAN/CGSB-12.9	Spandrel glass
CGSB	37-GP-9Ma	Primer, Asphalt, Unfilled, for Asphalt Roofing, Dampproofing and Waterproofing
CGSB	CAN/CGSB-37.50-M	Hot-Applied, Rubberized Asphalt for Roofing and Waterproofing
CGSB	CAN/CGSB-37.54	Polyvinyl Chloride Roofing and Waterproofing Membrane
CGSB	CAN/CGSB-37.58-M	Membrane, Elastomeric, Cold-Applied Liquid, for Non-Exposed Use in Roofing and Waterproofing
CGSB	CAN/CGSB-41.24	Rigid Vinyl Siding, Soffits and Fascia
CGSB	CAN/CGSB-51.32-M	Sheathing, Membrane, Breather Type
CGSB	CAN/CGSB-51.33-M	Vapour Barrier Sheet, Excluding Polyethylene, for Use in Building Construction
CGSB	CAN/CGSB-51.34-M	Vapour Barrier, Polyethylene Sheet for Use in Building Construction
CGSB	CAN/CGSB-93.1-M	Sheet, Aluminum Alloy, Prefinished, Residential
CGSB	CAN/CGSB-93.2-M	Prefinished Aluminum Siding, Soffits, and Fascia, for Residential Use
CSA CSA	A23.1 CAN/CSA-A82	Concrete materials and methods of concrete construction Fired masonry brick made from clay or shale

Division B 5.9.1.1.

Table 5.9.1.1. (Continued)

Issuing Agency	Document Number	Title of Document
CSA	CAN3-A93-M	Natural Airflow Ventilators for Buildings
CSA	CAN/CSA-A123.2	Asphalt-Coated Roofing Sheets
CSA	A123.3	Asphalt Saturated Organic Roofing Felt
CSA	CAN/CSA-A123.4	Asphalt for Constructing Built-Up Roof Coverings and Waterproofing Systems
CSA	A123.5	Asphalt shingles made from glass felt and surfaced with mineral granules
CSA	CAN/CSA-A123.16	Asphalt-coated glass-base sheets
CSA	A123.17	Asphalt Glass Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing
CSA	A123.23	Product specification for polymer-modified bitumen sheet, prefabricated and reinforced
CSA	A123.51	Asphalt shingle application on roof slopes 1:6 and steeper
CSA	A165.1	Concrete block masonry units
CSA	A165.2	Concrete brick masonry units
CSA	A165.3	Prefaced concrete masonry units
CSA	CAN/CSA-A179	Mortar and Grout for Unit Masonry
CSA	CAN/CSA-A220 Series	Concrete Roof Tiles
CSA	CAN/CSA-A371	Masonry Construction for Buildings
CSA	A3001	Cementitious Materials for Use in Concrete
CSA	B182.1	Plastic drain and sewer pipe and pipe fittings
CSA	G40.21	Structural quality steel
CSA	CAN/CSA-G401	Corrugated steel pipe products
CSA	CAN/CSA-O80 Series	Wood preservation
CSA	O118.1	Western Red Cedar Shakes and Shingles
CSA	O118.2	Eastern White Cedar Shingles
CSA	O121	Douglas fir plywood
CSA	O141	Softwood Lumber
CSA	O151	Canadian softwood plywood
CSA	O153	Poplar plywood
CSA	O325	Construction sheathing
CSA	O437.0	OSB and Waferboard
HPVA	ANSI/HPVA HP-1	American National Standard for Hardwood and Decorative Plywood
ULC	CAN/ULC-S701.1	Standard for Thermal Insulation, Polystyrene Boards
ULC	CAN/ULC-S702.1	Standard for Mineral Fibre Thermal Insulation for Buildings, Part 1: Material Specification
ULC	CAN/ULC-S703	Standard for Cellulose Fibre Insulation (CFI) for Buildings
ULC	CAN/ULC-S704.1	Standard for Thermal Insulation, Polyurethane and Polyisocyanurate, Boards, Faced
ULC	CAN/ULC-S705.1	Standard for Thermal Insulation – Spray Applied Rigid Polyurethane Foam, Medium Density – Material Specification
ULC	CAN/ULC-S705.2	Standard for Thermal Insulation – Spray Applied Rigid Polyurethane Foam, Medium Density – Application
ULC	CAN/ULC-S706.1	Standard for Wood Fibre Insulating Boards for Buildings
ULC	CAN/ULC-S710.1	Standard for Bead-Applied One Component Polyurethane Air Sealant Foam, Part 1: Material Specification
ULC	CAN/ULC-S711.1	Standard for Bead-Applied Two Component Polyurethane Air Sealant Foam, Part 1: Material Specification
ULC	CAN/ULC-S717.1	Standard for Flat Wall Insulating Concrete Form (ICF) Units – Material Properties

5.9.2.1. Division B

Table 5.9.1.1. (Continued)

Notes to Table 5.9.1.1.:

(1) See Note A-Table 5.9.1.1.

(2) The flame-spread rating of gypsum board shall be determined in accordance with CAN/ULC-S102 in lieu of ASTM E84 as indicated in ASTM C1396/C1396M.

‌(3) The flame-spread rating of gypsum panels shall be determined in accordance with CAN/ULC-S102 in lieu of ASTM E84 as indicated in ASTM C1658/C1658M.

‌(4) For the purpose of compliance with Part 5, ASTM D3019/D3019M shall only apply to the non-fibered and non-asbestos-fibered types of asphalt roll roofing.

‌Windows, Doors and Skylights
1. ‌General
  1. This Subsection applies to windows, doors and skylights, including their components, that separate
    1. interior space from exterior space, or
    2. environmentally dissimilar interior spaces.
  2. ‌For the purpose of this Subsection, the term “skylight” refers to unit skylights, roof windows and tubular daylighting devices.
  3. Where a wired glass assembly is installed in a required fire separation, it need not conform to the requirements of this Subsection. (See Note A-5.9.2.1.(3).)
2. ‌Applicable Standards‌
  (See Note A-5.9.2.2.)
  1. ‌Windows, doors and skylights shall conform to the requirements in
    1. AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440, “North American Fenestration Standard/Specification for windows, doors, and skylights” (Harmonized Standard), and
    2. CSA A440S1, “Canadian Supplement to AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440-17, North American Fenestration Standard/Specification for windows, doors, and skylights.”
  2. Performance grades for windows, doors and skylights shall be selected according to the Canadian Supplement referenced in Clause (1)(b) so as to be appropriate for the conditions and geographic location in which the window, door or skylight will be installed.
  3. Windows, doors and skylights shall conform to the performance grades selected in Sentence (2) when tested in accordance with the Harmonized Standard referenced in Clause (1)(a).
3. ‌Structural and Environmental Loads, Air Leakage and Water Penetration
  1. Windows, doors, skylights and their components shall be designed and constructed in accordance with
    1. Article 5.1.4.1., Section 5.4. and Section 5.6., where they are not covered in the scope of the standards listed in Sentence 5.9.2.2.(1), or
    2. Article 5.9.2.2., where they are covered in the scope of the standards listed in Sentence 5.9.2.2.(1).
      (See Note A-5.9.2.3.(1).)
4. ‌Heat Transfer‌
  1. Windows, doors and skylights shall meet the heat transfer performance requirements stated in Section 5.3. (See Note A-5.3.1.2.)
  2. Except as provided in Sentence (3), all metal-framed glazed assemblies separating interior conditioned space from interior unconditioned space or exterior space shall incorporate a thermal break to minimize condensation.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 5.9.3.5.
  3. Metal-framed glazed assemblies need not comply with Sentence (2) where these assemblies are
    1. storm windows or doors, or
    2. windows or doors that are required to have a fire-protection rating. (See Note A-5.9.2.4.(3).)
‌Other Fenestration Assemblies‌
(See Note A-5.9.3.)
1. ‌General
  1. For the purpose of this Subsection, the term “other fenestration assemblies” refers to curtain walls, window walls, storefronts and glazed architectural structures. (See Note A-5.9.3.1.(1).)
2. ‌Structural and Environmental Loads‌
  1. Other fenestration assemblies and their components shall be designed and constructed in accordance with Article 5.1.4.1. (See Note A-5.9.3.2.(1).)
3. ‌Heat Transfer‌
  1. Other fenestration assemblies and their components shall meet the heat transfer performance requirements stated in Section 5.3. (See Note A-5.9.3.3.(1).)
  2. Other fenestration assemblies using metal framing that separate interior conditioned space from interior unconditioned space or exterior space shall incorporate a thermal break to minimize condensation.
4. ‌Air Leakage‌
  1. Other fenestration assemblies and their components shall be designed and constructed in accordance with Section 5.4.
  2. Except as provided in Sentence (3), other fenestration assemblies and their components shall have an air leakage characteristic, measured at an air pressure difference of 75 Pa, when tested in accordance with ASTM E283, “Standard Test Method for Determining Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen,” that is not greater than
    1. 0.2 L/(s×m2) for fixed portions, including any opaque portions, and
    2. 1.5 L/(s×m2) for operable portions. (See Note A-5.9.3.4.(2).)
  3. The following systems need not comply with Sentence (2):
    1. interior windows and interior doors that do not serve as environmental separators,
    2. vehicular access doors (garage doors),
    3. storm windows and storm doors,
    4. commercial entrance systems,
    5. revolving doors,
    6. ‌smoke and relief air vents,
    7. site-built door systems, and
    8. commercial steel doors. (See Note A-5.9.3.4.(3).)
5. ‌Water Penetration
  1. Other fenestration assemblies and their components shall be designed and constructed in accordance with Section 5.6.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌5.9.4.1. Division B
  2. Except as provided in Sentence (4), other fenestration assemblies and their components not covered in Article 5.9.2.2. shall resist water penetration when tested in accordance with
    1. ASTM E331, “Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference,” or
    2. ASTM E547, “Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by Cyclic Static Air Pressure Difference.”
      (See Note A-5.9.3.5.(2).)
  3. Tests referred to in Sentence (2) shall be carried out at the driving rain wind pressure as calculated in accordance with CSA A440S1, “Canadian
    Supplement to AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440-17, North American Fenestration Standard/Specification for windows, doors, and skylights.” (See Note A-5.9.3.5.(3).)
  4. The following systems need not comply with Sentence (2):
    1. interior windows and interior doors,
    2. vehicular access doors (garage doors),
    3. storm windows and storm doors,
    4. commercial entrance systems,
    5. revolving doors,
    6. ‌smoke and relief air vents,
    7. site-built door systems, and
    8. commercial steel doors. (See Note A-5.9.3.5.(4).)
‌Exterior Insulation Finish Systems‌
1. ‌Structural Loads, Heat Transfer, Air Leakage, Vapour Diffusion and Water Penetration‌
  1. Exterior insulation finish systems and their components shall comply with
    1. Subsection 5.1.4. and Sections 5.3. to 5.6., and
    2. CAN/ULC-S716.1, “Standard for Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS) - Materials and Systems,” where covered in the scope of that standard.

(See Note A-5.9.4.1.(1).)

‌Section 5.10. Objectives and Functional Statements

‌Objectives and Functional Statements‌
1. ‌Attributions to Acceptable Solutions
  1. For the purpose of compliance with this Code as required in

‌Division B 5.10.1.1.

Table 5.10.1.1.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(3)	[F 61,F63,F55-OH1.1,O H1.2] [F61 ,F55-OH1.3]
	[F20-OS1.4] Applies where required life safety systems are incorporated in environmental separators.
	[F20-OS2.1]
5.2.2.1. Determination of Structural Loads and Effects
(1)	[F20-O S2.1] [F21,F22-O S2.3,OS2.4]
	[F 20,F21,F22-OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 20,F21,F22-OH4]
(3)	[F20-O S2.1] [F21,F22-O S2.3,OS2.4]
	[F 20,F21,F22-OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 20,F21,F22-OH4]
5.2.2.2. Determination of Wind Load
(2)	[F20-O S2.1] [F22 -OS2.3,OS2.4]
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 20,F22-OH4]
(3)	[F20-O S2.1] [F22 -OS2.3,OS2.4]
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 20,F22-OH4]
(4)	[F 20,F55,F61-OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 20,F55,F61-OS2.1,OS2.3]
5.2.2.3. Design Procedures
(1)	[F20-O S2.1] [F22 -OS2.3,OS2.4]
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 20,F22-OH4]
5.3.1.1. Required Resistance to Heat Transfer
(1)	[F63-O H1.1] [F51 ,F63-OH1.2]
	[F63-OS2.3]
	[F 51,F63-OS1.4] Applies where required life safety systems are incorporated in environmental separators.
5.3.1.2. Properties to Resist Heat Transfer or Dissipate Heat
(1)	(a),(b) [F 51,F63-OH1.1] (c) [F51-OH1.2]
	(b),(d) [F51,F63-OS2.3]
	(b) [F51,F63-OS1.4] Applies where required life safety systems are incorporated in environmental separators.
	(d) [F30-OS3.1]
5.3.1.3. Location and Installation of Materials Providing Thermal Resistance
(1)	[F 51,F63-OH1.1]
	[F63-OS2.3]
(2)	[F 51,F63-O H1.1,OH1.2]
	[F63-OS2.3]
	[F 51,F63-OS1.4] Applies where required life safety systems are incorporated in environmental separators.

Objectives and Functional Statements Attributed to the Acceptable Solutions in Part 5

Forming Part of Sentence 5.10.1.1.(1)

Table 5.10.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
5.1.4.1. Structural and Environmental Loads
(1)	(a) [F55,F61,F63-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to snow fences and sloped glazing.
	[F61-OH4]
	(a) [F60,F61,F63-O S2.2,OS2.3]
	(a) [F20,F51,F55-OS1.4] Applies where required life safety systems are incorporated in environmental separators.
	(b) [F20-O S2.1] [F21 ,F22-O S2.3,OS2.4]
	(b) [F20,F21,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	(b) [F20-OH4]
(4)	[F20-O S2.1] [F21,F22-O S2.3,OS2.4]
(4)	[F20 ,F21 ,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(5)	(a) [F20-O S2.1] [F21 ,F22-O S2.3,OS2.4]
	(a) [F20,F21,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	(b) [F20-O S2.1] [F21 ,F22-O S2.3,OS2.4]
	(b) [F20,F21,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(6)	[F20 ,F21 ,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	(a) [F20-O S2.1,OS2.3] (b),(c) [F21,F22-OS2.3]
	(b),(c) [F22-OH4]
5.1.4.2. Resistance to Deterioration
(1)	[F80 ,F81 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F80 ,F81-OS3.1] Applies to floor assemblies.
	[F80 ,F81-OH4] Applies to floor assemblies.
	[F80 ,F81-OS2.3]
	[F80 ,F81-OS1.4] Applies where required life safety systems are incorporated in environmental separators.
5.2.1.1. Exterior Environmental Loads
(2)	[F40 ,F20 -OH1.1] [F20-O H1.2,OH1.3]
(2)	[F20-OS2.1]
5.2.1.2. Interior Environmental Loads
(1)	[F51 ,F55 ,F61,F63-O H1.1,OH1.2]
	[F55 ,F61 ,F63-OS2.3]
	[F51 ,F61 ,F63 ,F55-OS1.4] Applies where required life safety systems are incorporated in environmental separators.
5.2.1.3. Environmental Load and Transfer Calculations
(1)	[F56-OH3.1] Applies to sound transmission calculations.
	[F61 ,F51 ,F63 ,F55-O H1.1 ,OH1.2] [F51,F61-OH1.3] Applies to heat, air and moisture transfer calculations.
	[F61 ,F51 ,F63-OS2.3] Applies to heat, air and moisture transfer calculations.

5.10.1.1. Division B

Table 5.10.1.1. (Continued) Table 5.10.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
5.4.1.1. Required Resistance to Air Leakage
(1)	(a),(b),(f ) [F51,F52,F54,F55-OH1.2] (a),(b),(c),(e) [F40,F55-OH1.1] (c) [F55,F61,F63-OH1.3]
	(c),(d) [F61,F62,F63,F55-OS2.3]
	(d) [F55,F62-OS3.1]
	(f) [F55,F62-OS1.4] Applies where required life safety systems are incorporated in environmental separators.
(2)	[F40-O H1.1] [F52,F54-OH1.2] [F51 ,F55 ,F61,F63-O H1.1 ,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61 ,F63-OS2.3]
	[F51 ,F55-OS1.4] Applies where required life safety systems are incorporated in environmental separators.
(3)	[F55 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F55-OS2.3]
	[F55-OS1.4] Applies where required life safety systems are incorporated in environmental separators.
(4)	[F61 ,F51 ,F63,F55-O H1.1 ,OH1.2] [F55,F61-OH1.3]
	[F61 ,F63-OS2.3]
	[F61,F51,F63-OS1.4] Applies where required life safety systems are incorporated in environmental separators.
5.4.1.2. Air Barrier Assemblies
(1)	[F55 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F55-OS2.3]
	[F55-OS1.4] Applies where required life safety systems are incorporated in environmental separators.
(2)	[F55 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F55-OS2.3]
	[F55-OS1.4] Applies where required life safety systems are incorporated in environmental separators.
(4)	[F55-OH1.1]
5.5.1.1. Required Resistance to Vapour Diffusion
(1)	[F63-O H1.1,OH1.2]
	[F63-OS2.3]
(2)	[F63-O H1.1,OH1.2]
	[F63-OS2.3]
5.5.1.2. Vapour Barrier Properties and Installation
(1)	[F63-O H1.1,OH1.2]
	[F63-OS2.3]
(2)	[F63-O H1.1,OH1.2]
	[F63-OS2.3]
(3)	[F63-O H1.1,OH1.2]
	[F63-OS2.3]
5.6.1.1. Required Protection from Precipitation
(1)	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
5.6.1.2. Installation of Protective Materials
(1)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
(2)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
5.6.2.1. Sealing and Drainage
(1)	[F 61,F62-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 61,F62-OS2.3]
5.6.2.2. Accumulation and Disposal
(1)	[F30-OS3.1]
(2)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
(3)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F60-O S2.3] [F21-OS2.2]
	(b) [F21-OP2.6]
(4)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
5.7.1.2. Required Protection
(1)	[F60-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F60-OS2.3]
(2)	[F60-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F60-O S2.2,OS2.3]
5.7.3.2. Required Protection
(1)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
5.7.3.3. Waterproofing
(1)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
5.7.3.4. Where Dampproofing is Permitted
(1)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
(2)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
5.8.1.1. Required Protection
(1)	[F56-OH3.1]
(2)	[F56-OH3.1]
5.8.1.2. Determination of Sound Transmission Ratings
(1)	[F56-OH3.1]
(2)	[F56-OH3.1]
5.8.1.4. Detailed Method for Calculating ASTC
(1)	[F56-OH3.1]
(2)	[F56-OH3.1]
(3)	[F56-OH3.1]

Division B 5.10.1.1.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(4)	[F56-OH3.1]
(5)	[F56-OH3.1]
(6)	[F56-OH3.1]
(7)	[F56-OH3.1]
5.8.1.5. Simplified Method for Calculating ASTC
(1)	[F56-OH3.1]
(2)	[F56-OH3.1]
(3)	[F56-OH3.1]
(4)	[F56-OH3.1]
(5)	[F56-OH3.1]
(6)	[F56-OH3.1]
5.9.1.1. Compliance with Applicable Standards
(1)	[F20,F22,F51,F54,F55,F61,F63,F80-O H1.1,OH1.2] [F41 ,F55 -OH1.1] [F55,F 61,F80-OH1.3]
	[F20 ,F80 -OS2.1] [F20,F22,F51,F61,F63,F80-O S2.3] [F51-OS2.5]
	[F20 -OS2.2] [F80-OS2.3]
	[F80 ,F61 ,F63-OS3.1]
	[F80 ,F61 ,F63-OH4] Applies to floor assemblies.
	(a) [F61,F63-OS1.4] Applies where required life safety systems are incorporated in environmental separators.
	[F20 ,F80 -OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22,F80-OP2.4]
	[F42-OH2.5]
5.9.2.2. Applicable Standards
(1)	[F20 ,F55 ,F61,F63-O H1.1 ,OH1.3] [F20 ,F55 ,F61 ,F63 ,F81-OH1.2]
	[F20 ,F55 ,F61-OS2.3]
	[F20 ,F55 ,F61-OP2.3]
5.9.2.4. Heat Transfer
(2)	[F63-O H1.1,OH1.2]
(2)	[F63-OS2.3]
5.9.3.3. Heat Transfer
(2)	[F63-O H1.1,OH1.2]
(2)	[F63-OS2.3]
5.9.3.4. Air Leakage
(2)	[F55 ,F63 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F55 ,F63-OS2.3]
	[F55-OS1.4] Applies where required life safety systems are incorporated in environmental separators.
5.9.3.5. Water Penetration
(2)	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
(2)	[F61-OS2.3]

Table 5.10.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
5.9.4.1. Structural Loads, Heat Transfer, Air Leakage, Vapour Diffusion and Water Penetration
(1)	(b) [F61,F62-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	(b) [F61,F62-OS2.3]

Notes to Table 5.10.1.1.:

(1) See Parts 2 and 3 of Division A.

5-22 Division B

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

‌Division B

‌Notes to Part 5 Environmental Separation

‌Environmental Separation. The requirements provided in Part 5 pertain to the separation of environmentally dissimilar spaces. Most obvious is the need to separate indoor conditioned spaces from unconditioned spaces, the outdoors or the ground. There are also cases where separation is needed
between interior spaces which are intended to provide different environments. (See also Notes A-5.1.1.1.(1) and A-5.1.2.1.(1).)

A-5.1.1.1.(1) Scope. Part 5 provides explicit requirements related to the transfer of heat, air, moisture and sound in various forms. Control of the ingress of radon and other soil gases is addressed by the requirements related to air leakage.

A-5.1.2.1.(1) Application. Subsection 1.3.3. of Division A specifies that Part 5 applies to all buildings except those within the scope of Part 2, Part 9 or the National Farm Building Code of Canada 1995. Because of their intended use, many buildings need only provide a limited degree of separation from the outdoor environment, the ground, or between interior spaces. The provisions in Part 5 are written to allow exemptions for these buildings.
Part 5 applies to building elements that separate dissimilar environments and to site conditions that may affect environmental loading on the building envelope.
The provisions address
- the design and construction, or selection, of building components, such as windows and doors,
- the design and construction of building assemblies, such as walls, floors and roofs,
- the design and construction of the interfaces between the above-mentioned elements, and
- the design or selection, and installation, of site materials, components and assemblies, such as backfill and drainage, and grading.

Part 5 applies not only to building elements that separate indoor space from outdoor space, but also to those elements that separate indoor space from the ground and that separate adjacent indoor spaces having significantly different environments.

Indoor spaces that require separation include interior conditioned spaces adjacent to indoor unconditioned spaces, and adjacent interior conditioned spaces that are intended to provide different environments. An extreme example of the last would be a wall that separates an indoor ice rink from a swimming pool.

Some building elements are exposed to exterior environmental loads but do not separate dissimilar environments. Solid guards on exterior walkways are one example. Such constructions are subject to the application of Part 5.

These Notes are included for explanatory purposes only and do not form part of the requirements. The number that introduces each Note corresponds to the applicable requirement in this Part.

‌A-5.1.4.1. Division B

A-5.1.4.1. Application of Structural Design to Other Building Elements. Part 4, as currently written, applies primarily to buildings as a whole and to structural members. Requirements defining structural loads and design to accommodate or resist those loads, however, apply not only to buildings as a whole and components that are traditionally recognized as structural members, but also apply to other elements of the building that are subject to structural loading. This is addressed to some extent in Part 4 by the requirements that pertain, for example, to wind loads on cladding. A range of structural loads and effects, as defined in Subsection 4.1.2., may be imposed on non-loadbearing elements such as backing walls, roofing, interior partitions and their connections. These must generally be addressed using the same load determination and structural design procedures as used for structural members.

Responsibility for the structural design of buildings as a whole and their structural members is commonly assigned to the engineer of record. The application of Part 4 reflects this, and as such, “non-structural” elements are not explicitly identified in the Part 4 provisions. Rather the application of Part 4 to these elements is specified in cross-references from other Parts of the Code, e.g. Part 5, which recognizes the fact that the structural design of these elements is often carried out by engineers other than the engineer of record.

Part 4 does not generally apply to the structural design of building services, such as heating, ventilating, air-conditioning, plumbing, electrical, electronic or fire safety systems, though these may be subject to structural loads. It does, however, apply to the design of the connections of building services to address earthquake loads (see Article 4.1.8.18.).

A-5.1.4.1.(2) Materials, Components and Assemblies with Multiple Functions. Where materials, components or assemblies are used to fulfill multiple functions, the designer may have to take into account their function with regard to structural loads, heat transfer, air leakage, vapour diffusion, and

protection from precipitation, surface and ground water, and sound transmission. Materials should be selected taking into account the environmental loads to which they will be subjected, their physical and chemical characteristics, and their installation. Design and construction details should satisfy all intended functions and ensure continuity within and between assemblies, without adversely impacting adjacent materials, components or assemblies. The designer should also anticipate unintended consequences when materials that may fulfill multiple functions are used. For example, building membranes consisting of modified bitumen compounds, which are commonly used to control both water ingress and air leakage, also typically have low vapour transmission characteristics. Similarly, extruded polystyrene boards, which are used as thermal insulation, may also act as a component of an air barrier assembly, thus requiring wind loads to be considered.

An increasing number of manufactured systems are being used to serve more than one (and sometimes all) of the functions of an environmental separator: examples include pre-engineered building systems, exterior

insulation finish systems, insulated metal panel systems, windows, other fenestration assemblies, and insulated precast concrete wall panels. These systems consist of combinations of pre-manufactured and/or site-built components, which are supposed to be assembled in a prescribed manner.

Ensuring compliance with one Section of Part 5 may impact compliance with other Sections of Part 5: for example, air barriers that are integral to some systems may also act as vapour barriers and impact condensation control. By extension, ensuring compliance with the requirements of Part 5 may impact compliance with other Parts of the NBC: for example, increasing the thickness of the insulation to improve an assembly's thermal performance may impact its compliance with Part 3 with regard to fire resistance.

Compliance with a standard listed in Section 5.9. does not ensure that a system is appropriate for the intended application. The designer should consider all relevant criteria, beyond the standard tests, when selecting an appropriate product for a project.

A-5.1.4.1.(5) Past Performance as Basis for Compliance with Respect to Structural Loads. As discussed in Note A-5.1.4.1., a range of structural loads and effects can be imposed on materials, components and assemblies in environmental separators and assemblies exposed to the exterior. In many instances, compliance with Sentence 5.1.4.1.(1) for structural loads must be determined based on the loads and calculation methods described in Part 4 as specified in Sentence 5.1.4.1.(3) and the referenced Subsection 5.2.2.,

e.g. for cladding. In practice, compliance for some materials, components or assemblies of environmental separators and assemblies exposed to the exterior is determined by relying on provisions governing the use of alternative solutions (such as Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) of Division A).

For some very common building elements and installations, however, there is a very large body of evidence of proven performance over a long period of time. In these cases, imposing the degree of analysis, or documentation of performance, required by Part 4 or Section 2.3. of Division C would be unnecessary and onerous. Clause 5.1.4.1.(5)(b) is intended to address these particular cases. Because the constructions are so

Division B A-5.1.4.2.

widely accepted throughout the industry and the body of evidence is so substantial (though not necessarily documented in an organized fashion), there should be no question that detailed analysis or documentation is unnecessary.

Whether compliance of a particular material, component or assembly may be determined based on past performance depends not only on the type of material, component or assembly, but also on its intended function, the particular loads to which it will be subject and the magnitude of those loads. Because the possible combinations and permutations are infinite, only guidelines can be provided as to when past performance

is a reasonable basis for determining compliance.

In determining compliance based on past performance, the period of past performance considered should be a substantial number of years. For example, 30 years is often used to do life-cycle cost analysis of the viability of investments in building improvements. This period is more than long enough for most deficiencies to show up. There should be no question as to the structural adequacy of a material, component or assembly that has been successfully used in a given application for such a period.

The determination of compliance may be based on past performance only where the function of the material, component or assembly is identical to that of the materials, components or assemblies used as a reference, and where the expected loads do not exceed those imposed on the reference materials, components or assemblies. For example, the acceptance of gypsum board, and its fastening, to serve as part of the backing wall supporting cladding cannot be based on the performance of gypsum board that has served only as an interior finish.

The determination of compliance may be based on past performance only where the properties of the material, component or assembly are identical or superior to those of the materials, components or assemblies used as a reference. For example, where a component of a certain gauge of a particular metal has provided acceptable performance, the same component made of the same metal or a stronger one would be acceptable.

Compliance with respect to various loads may be determined individually. A particular material may have to be designed to Part 4 to establish acceptable resistance to wind or earthquake loads, for example, but past

performance may be adequate to determine that the material and normal fastening will support the material's dead load and will resist loads imposed by thermal and moisture-related expansion and contraction.

Past performance is a reasonable basis for determining compliance for lighter materials, components or assemblies not subject to wind load; for example, semi-rigid thermal insulation installed in wall assemblies where other materials, components or assemblies are installed to resist air pressure loads.

Past performance is an appropriate basis for determining compliance for some smaller elements that will be subject to wind loads but are continually supported or fastened behind elements that are designed for wind loads, for example, standard flashing over wall penetrations.

‌It should be noted that this particular approach to demonstrating compliance pertains only to the resistance or accommodation of structural loads described in Part 4. The resistance or accommodation of environmental loads, resistance to deterioration, and material compatibility must still be addressed in accordance with Part 5.

‌A-5.1.4.1.(6)(b) and (c) Accommodating Movement. It is well understood that the deflection of the backing assembly in a wall can have significant effects on the performance of the cladding. For example, CSA S304, “Design of masonry structures,” specifies the maximum deflection criteria for backing assemblies to masonry veneer. Clauses 5.1.4.1.(6)(b) and (c) are written in very general terms in recognition of the fact that not only can the deflection of cladding affect the performance of the backing assembly, but that the excessive deflection of any element has the potential to adversely affect the performance of any adjacent element. Similarly, inter-storey drift has the potential to adversely affect the performance of components and assemblies of environmental separators. CSA O86, “Engineering design in wood,” specifies a method for calculating building movement due to changes in moisture content. The effects of movement should

be avoided or accommodated.

A-5.1.4.2. Deterioration. Environmental loads that must be considered include but are not limited to: sound, light and other types of radiation, temperature, moisture, air pressure, acids and alkalis.

Mechanisms of deterioration include:

structural (impact, air pressure)
hygrothermal (freeze-thaw, differential movement due to thermal expansion and contraction, ice lensing)
electrochemical (oxidation, electrolytic action, galvanic action, solar deterioration)
biochemical (biological attack, intrusion by insects and rodents).

A-5.2.1.1.(3) Division B

Information on the effects of deformations in building elements can be found in the Commentary entitled Effects of Deformations in Building Components in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

Resistance to deterioration may be determined based on rational analysis, such as hygrothermal modeling, field performance, accelerated testing, or compliance with guidelines provided by evaluation agencies recognized by the authority having jurisdiction. Designers of buildings covered in Part 5 can find design guidance in the NRC publication entitled “Guideline on Design for Durability of Building Envelopes,” and in CSA S478, “Durability in buildings,” which presents updated methodologies for analyzing resistance to deterioration that provide quantitative results to support informed design decisions.

It is noted that the effects of future climate change and their potential impact on the durability of buildings are not fully known and, as such, are still being researched and studied. How future climate change and the issues of climate resilience are incorporated in building design should be carefully considered within the context of existing Code provisions related to structural design, fire and life safety, etc.

It is also noted that CSA S478 contains requirements for actions beyond the scope of the NBC, which may not be the responsibility of the designer, builder or authority having jurisdiction. These include requirements relating to quality assurance, inspection, maintenance, minimum design service lives and potential impacts of climate change, which are not addressed in the Code. The reference herein to CSA S478 is not intended to imply that the designer, builder or authority having jurisdiction adopt, apply or enforce any of these requirements.

Building components should be designed with some understanding of the length of time over which they will effectively perform their intended function. Actual service life will depend on the materials used and the environment to which they are exposed. The design should take into consideration these factors, the particular function of the component and the implications of premature failure, the ease of access for maintenance, repair or replacement, and the cost of repair or replacement.

Many buildings are designed such that access for maintenance, repair or replacement is not possible without damaging—or seriously risking damaging—other building elements. This can become a considerable deterrent to proper maintenance thus compromising the performance of the subject materials, components and assemblies, or other elements of the building. In cases where it is known or expected that maintenance, repair or replacement is likely to be required for certain elements before such time as the building undergoes a major retrofit, special consideration should be given to providing easy access to those elements. Anchorage points for maintenance personnel should be considered during the design of multi-storey buildings, including those of wood-frame construction, as adding them post-construction can be difficult.

‌Where the use of a building or space, or the services for a building or space, are changed significantly, an assessment of the impact of the changes on the environmental separators should be conducted to preclude premature failures that could create hazardous conditions.

‌A-5.2.1.1.(3) Soil Temperatures. In theory, soil temperatures are needed to determine the conformance of a design to the requirements related to heat transfer and vapour diffusion. In practice, standard construction in a particular area may have proven to perform quite adequately and detailed calculations of soil temperature are unnecessary. (See also Sentence 5.2.1.3.(2).)

‌A-5.2.1.2.(1) Interior Environmental Loads. The interior environmental conditions required depend on the intended use of the spaces in the building as defined in the building program. Spaces in different types of buildings and different spaces within a single building may impose different loads on the separators between interior and exterior spaces and between adjacent interior spaces. The separators must be designed to withstand the expected loads.

A-5.2.2.1.(2)(c) Determination of Structural Loads and Effects. As regards materials, components and assemblies and their interfaces that are installed in buildings to which Part 5 applies, the effects of earthquake loads on their ability to resist or accommodate environmental loads are generally only taken into account in the design of post-disaster buildings. For all other buildings, damage to building components during seismic events is anticipated and these buildings are not intended to be functional after the event. However, for post-disaster buildings, seismic effects must be taken into account in the design for environmental separation, as these buildings are required to have an adequate degree of functionality after the design event to meet their intended function (see Article 4.1.8.13. for deflections and drift limits for post-disaster buildings).

However, it is important to note that earthquake effects must be taken into account in the seismic design of all building materials, components and assemblies and their interfaces covered by Article 4.1.8.18. to address life safety and the structural protection of buildings.

‌Division B A-5.3.1.2.

A-5.2.2.2. Resistance to Wind and Other Air Pressure Loads. The wind load provisions apply to roofing and other materials subject to wind-uplift loads.

Note that, although Article 5.2.2.2. is specifically concerned with wind loads and directly references only one Article from Part 4, Sentence 5.2.2.1.(1) references all of Part 4 and would invoke Article 4.1.7.10. for example, which is concerned with air pressure loads on interior walls and partitions.

A-5.2.2.2.(4) Membrane Roofing Systems. Wind loads for membrane roofing systems must be calculated in accordance with Part 4. The tested uplift resistance and factored load should satisfy the

requirements of the Commentary entitled Limit States Design in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

The test method described in CAN/CSA-A123.21, “Standard test method for the dynamic wind uplift resistance of membrane-roofing systems,” applies only to membrane roofing systems whose components' resistance to wind uplift is achieved by fasteners or adhesives. It does not apply to roofing systems that use ballasts, such as gravel or pavers, to secure the membrane against wind uplift.

In the case of membrane roofing systems in which the waterproof membrane is attached to the structural deck using mechanical fasteners, the wind-induced forces and the roofing system's response are time- and space-dependent and, thus, dynamic in nature. Further information on the design and evaluation of such systems can be found in “A Guide for the Wind Design of Mechanically Attached Flexible Membrane Roofs,” published by NRC.

The wind uplift resistance obtained from the test method in CAN/CSA-A123.21 is limited to configurations with specific fastener or adhesive patterns. To extrapolate the test data to non-tested configurations, refer to ANSI/SPRI WD-1, “Wind Design Standard Practice for Roofing Assemblies,” for a rational calculation procedure. However, in using this extrapolation procedure, wind loads should be calculated in accordance with the NBC. NRC's guide for wind design referenced above provides further guidance and examples of wind load calculations.

‌A-5.3. Heat Transfer. In addressing issues related to health and safety, Section 5.3. calls up levels of thermal resistance needed to minimize condensation on or within environmental separators, and to ensure thermal conditions appropriate for the building use. Energy regulations, where they exist, specify levels of thermal resistance required for energy efficiency or call up energy performance levels, which relate to levels of thermal resistance. Where Part 5 calls for levels of thermal resistance higher than those required by the energy regulations, the requirements of Part 5 take precedence.

A-5.3.1.1. Required Resistance to Heat Transfer. The control of heat flow is required wherever there is an intended temperature difference across the building assembly. The use of the term “intended” is important since, whenever interior space is separated from exterior space, temperature differences will occur.

The interior of an unheated warehouse, for example, will often be at a different temperature from the exterior due to solar radiation, radiation from the building to the night sky and the time lag in temperature change due to the thermal mass of the building and its contents. If this temperature difference is not “intended,” no special consideration need be given to the control of heat flow.

If the warehouse is heated or cooled, thus making the temperature difference “intended,” some consideration would have to be given to the control of heat flow.

It should be noted, however, that in many cases, such as with adjacent interior spaces, there will be an intended temperature difference but the difference will not be great. In these cases, the provisions to control heat flow may be little or no more than would be provided by any standard interior separator. That is, materials typically used in the construction of partitions may provide the separation needed to meet the requirements of Section 5.3. without adding what are generally considered to be “insulating” materials.

A-5.3.1.2. Material and Component Properties and Condensation. Total prevention of condensation is generally unnecessary and its achievement is rarely a certainty at design conditions. Part 5, therefore, requires that condensation be minimized. The occurrence of condensation should be sufficiently rare, or the quantities accumulated should be sufficiently small and dry rapidly enough, to avoid material deterioration and the growth of mould and fungi.

The Harmonized North American Fenestration Standard, AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440, “North American Fenestration Standard/Specification for windows, doors, and skylights,” identifies procedures to determine the condensation resistance and thermal transmittance of windows, doors and skylights though

A-5.3.1.2.(1) Division B

testing for condensation resistance is presented as optional in the standard. As such, a fenestration product that meets the standard's requirements on air leakage, water penetration, uniform load and other performance requirements may not meet the condensation resistance performance level needed for a given application.

Only the physical test procedure presented in CSA A440.2, “Fenestration energy performance,” can be used to establish the temperature index (I) value, which denotes condensation resistance performance evaluation criteria. It is recommended that designers specify I values for a given application to minimize the potential for

condensation. Further guidance on the selection of the correct I value is provided in CSA A440.3, “User guide to CSA A440.2:19, Fenestration energy performance.”

The scope of AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440, which is referenced in Subsection 5.9.2., includes skylights and tubular daylighting devices (TDD). Where skylights and TDDs pass through unconditioned space, their wells and shafts may become the environmental separator and would therefore have to comply with the requirements of Part 5.

A-5.3.1.2.(1) Use of Thermal Insulation or Mechanical Systems for Environmental Control. The level of thermal resistance required to avoid condensation on the warm side of an assembly or within an assembly (at the vapour barrier), and to permit the maintenance of indoor conditions appropriate for the occupancy depends on

the occupancy,
the exterior design air temperature,
the interior design air temperature and relative humidity,
the capacity of the heating system, and
the means of delivering heat.
To control condensation on the interior surface of an exterior wall, for example, the interior surface must not fall below the dew point of the interior air. If, for instance, the interior air is 20°C and 35% RH, the dew point will be 4°C. If the interior air is 20°C and 55% RH, the dew point will be 11°C.
Where the exterior design temperature is mild, such as in south coastal British Columbia, the interior RH during the heating season may well be around 55%. With an exterior temperature of -7°C, the materials in the environmental separator would have to provide a mere RSI 0.082 to avoid condensation on the interior surface. Depending on the specific properties of the material, this RSI might be provided by 10-mm plywood. Therefore, materials generally recognized as thermal insulation would not be required only to limit condensation on the warmer side of the building envelope.
For most of the country, however, exterior design temperatures are much lower; for example, -20°C in Toronto and Charlottetown, and -50°C in Dawson. In these cases, maintaining temperatures inboard of the vapour barrier above the dew point will require insulation or increased heat delivery to the environmental separator. Direct delivery of heat over the entire surface of the environmental separator is generally impractical. Indirect heat delivery may not be possible without raising the interior air temperatures above the comfort level. In any case, increased heat delivery would often entail excessive energy costs.
‌In addition to controlling condensation, interior surface temperatures must be warm enough to avoid occupant discomfort due to excessive heat loss by radiation. Depending on the occupancy of the subject spaces, this may require the installation of insulation even where it is not needed to control condensation.

‌A-5.3.1.3.(2) Position of Materials Providing Thermal Resistance. For a material providing thermal resistance to be effective, it must not be short-circuited by convective airflow through or around the material. The material must therefore be either
the component of the air barrier system providing principal resistance to air leakage, or
installed in full and continuous contact with a continuous low air permeance component.

A-5.4.1. Air Barrier Systems. An air barrier system is required in most buildings to control air movement through the environmental separator to minimize
the condensation of airborne moisture within the environmental separator,
discomfort from drafts,
the infiltration of dust, soil gases, and other pollutants,
interference in the performance of building services, such as HVAC and plumbing,
the infiltration of exterior precipitation, and
the loss of airborne heat energy.

Division B A-5.4.1.1.(3)

The requirements for air barrier systems in Part 5 address all of these issues, except the loss of airborne heat energy, which is an energy performance issue and, as such, is addressed in the NECB. Failure to manage the issues addressed in Part 5 can lead to serious health or safety hazards.

‌The most significant issues are those with the potential to cause moisture-related material deterioration, such as rot and corrosion, which can lead to the failure of component connections. Where the environmental separator is subject to high moisture levels, mould can grow if spores and organic materials are present.

A-5.4.1.1. Locations Where an Air Barrier System Is Required. Where the hygrothermal environments in adjacent interior spaces are sufficiently different, an air barrier system is required to control the airflow between the spaces in order to maintain the different environments. Examples of such adjacent spaces include skating arenas adjoining swimming pools, and industrial office spaces adjoining industrial production spaces.

An air barrier system is also required in building assemblies in contact with the ground to control the ingress of radon and other soil gases, such as methane.

In addition to an air barrier system, other measures may be required in certain regions of Canada to reduce the radon concentration to a level below the guideline specified by Health Canada. Further information on protection from radon ingress can be found in:

“Radon: A Guide for Canadian Homeowners” (CMHC/HC),
“Guide for Radon Measurements in Public Buildings (Schools, Hospitals, Care Facilities, Detention Centres)” (HC), and
EPA 625/R-92/016, “Radon Prevention in the Design and Construction of Schools and Other Large Buildings.”

A-5.4.1.1.(3) Air Leakage Performance Classes for Air Barrier Assemblies. The selection of a Performance Class for an air barrier assembly is intended to ensure that the air leakage performance level of the assembly is sufficient to minimize condensation and reduce the uncontrolled movement of air across the environmental separator.
The accumulation of condensation within a building assembly as a result of air leakage through the environmental separator depends on the following:
the air leakage rate of the air barrier assembly,
the location of the accumulation of condensation within the building assembly, and
the drying potential of the building assembly (i.e., its ability to release moisture through vapour diffusion and surface evaporation, both inward and outward).

Critical to the rates of both drying and the accumulation of condensation is the location where moisture may occur within the building assembly. The location and amount of accumulation of condensation due to air leakage are influenced by the materials used in the building assembly and the temperatures within the

assembly. The location of insulation within the building assembly is critical and can directly influence whether condensation occurs and how much moisture condensation actually accumulates.

The drying potential of the building assembly is dependent on the water vapour permeance of the various layers in the building assembly (e.g., exterior sheathing, sheathing membrane, unvented cladding, vapour barrier).

CAN/ULC-S742, “Standard for Air Barrier Assemblies – Specification,” contains requirements and test methods for air barrier assemblies used in high- and low-rise buildings. The standard classifies the air leakage performance of air barrier assemblies on the basis of air leakage rate, building height, and wind pressure loading. The approach in the standard is consistent with limit states design principles to allow for the direct incorporation of test results into the overall structural design of the building.

Unlike ASTM E2357, “Standard Test Method for Determining Air Leakage Rate of Air Barrier Assemblies,” CAN/ULC-S742 measures air leakage under two temperature conditions:

at ambient temperatures with no temperature differential across the test assembly, and
with the exterior side of the test assembly at a temperature of −20°C and the interior side at a temperature of +20°C (i.e., with a temperature differential of 40°C across the test assembly).

This difference makes the testing approach in CAN/ULC-S742 more appropriate for the climate in most regions of Canada.

CAN/ULC-S742 does not address the structural transfer of air pressure loads from air barrier assemblies to adjoining air barrier assemblies or the primary structure. Nevertheless, this transfer of loads must be addressed by the designer.

A-5.4.1.1.(4) Division B

The Performance Class of an air barrier assembly is selected on the basis of the following:

the moisture loads on the building assembly due to the hygrothermal characteristics of the air,
the ability of the materials and components of the building assembly to absorb and distribute moisture,
the ability of the building assembly to dissipate moisture before it can lead to harm to the occupants or damage to the materials and components of the building assembly, and
the moisture tolerance of the materials from which the building assembly is constructed.
Air barrier assemblies with lower air leakage rates are typically necessary where the drying potential of the building assembly is low and/or the moisture sensitivity of components of the building assembly is high.
Before selecting the appropriate Performance Class, the designer should consider formal study, analysis and/or modeling to establish performance criteria for each air barrier assembly. Further guidance can be found in the NRC publication entitled “Guideline on Design for Durability of Building Envelopes.” This recommendation is particularly important for buildings with
higher than normal operating hygrothermal characteristics, e.g., museums, swimming pools and laboratories,
building assemblies made from materials and components with lower than normal moisture tolerances, e.g., wood and other organic materials, or
‌occupancies with a low tolerance for the potential health risks associated with condensation, e.g., hospitals, long-term care facilities and laboratories.

In such cases, Performance Classes with lower air leakage rates should be selected.

‌A-5.4.1.1.(4) Continuity of Air Barrier Systems. An air barrier system can only function properly if all the materials, components and assemblies intended to provide the air barrier functions are continuously connected and structurally capable of resisting applied loads. Historically, most failures of air barrier systems in buildings have been directly related to improper or insufficient connections between adjacent air barrier materials, components and assemblies.

A-5.4.1.1.(7) Locations Where an Air Barrier System Is Not Required. In Canada, there are few buildings intended for human occupancy where the interior space is conditioned but an air barrier system

is not required. Any exemption from installing an air barrier system would depend on the level of interior conditioning provided, the ventilation level, the protection provided for the building's occupants, and the tolerance of the building's construction to the accumulation of condensation and potential precipitation ingress.

‌In some industrial buildings, limited conditioning (e.g., radiant heating) is provided, and ventilation levels are sufficient to reduce the relative humidity to a level at which condensation will not accumulate to an unacceptable degree. Conversely, some industrial buildings, due to the processes they contain, operate at very high temperatures and high ventilation levels. In such cases, the building envelope may be maintained at temperatures required to avoid condensation. In both of these examples, either the ventilation levels or

protective means required in the work environment would protect the building's occupants from unacceptable levels of pollutants.

A-5.4.1.2.(1) Low-Sloped Membrane Roof Assemblies.

For low-sloped membrane roof assemblies, CAN/ULC-S742, “Standard for Air Barrier Assemblies – Specification,” provides pre-tested prescriptive solutions that have an air leakage rate not exceeding

0.2 L/(s×m2). The air leakage rate of low-sloped membrane roof assemblies not identified in CAN/ULC-S742 should be determined in accordance with ASTM D8052/D8052M, “Standard Test Method for Quantification of Air Leakage in Low-Sloped Membrane Roof Assemblies.”

A-5.4.1.2.(2) Air Barrier Assemblies Not Evaluated in Accordance with CAN/ULC-S742. Air barrier assemblies that have not been evaluated in accordance with CAN/ULC-S742, “Standard for Air Barrier Assemblies – Specification,” must nevertheless provide the air leakage performance required for the selected Performance Class. Field testing may be required to verify their performance.

Field assessment of the air leakage characteristics of both the primary air barrier assemblies and the connections between adjacent air barrier assemblies can be a useful tool in establishing whether the acceptable minimum performance level is met.

Field testing of installed air barrier assemblies can be conducted in accordance with test standards such as

ASTM E783, “Standard Test Method for Field Measurement of Air Leakage Through Installed Exterior Windows and Doors,” and
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
Division B A-5.5.1.2.(1)
- ASTM E1186, “Standard Practices for Air Leakage Site Detection in Building Envelopes and Air Barrier Systems.”
  Even though some test standards are intended for specific types of air barrier assemblies (e.g., windows and doors), the test methodology used to assess air leakage rates may be acceptable for use with other types of air barrier assemblies. However, with this approach, it is important to establish rational acceptance criteria that reflect the test methodology and the types of air barrier assemblies being tested.
  Qualitative testing can be used to identify locations in air barrier assemblies where air leakage is occurring so that field repairs can be made to improve the assembly's airtightness performance. ASTM E1186 provides guidance on a number of approaches for identifying locations of air leakage, including the following:
- infrared scanning,
- smoke tracer observation,
- airflow measurement,
- sound detection,
- tracer gas detection, and
- liquid leak detection.
  ‌Each of these techniques has benefits and limitations, as described in the standard. The most suitable approach for a particular situation is selected by the testing agency on the basis of their experience in relation to the type of construction being assessed and the weather conditions at the time of testing. Regardless of the approach selected, the testing of air barrier assemblies must be properly coordinated with the construction process so that any air leaks identified can be addressed without adversely affecting progress.
  
  ‌A-5.4.1.2.(4) Testing of Below-Grade Air Barrier Assemblies. To ensure that they minimize the ingress of radon and other soil gases, below-grade air barrier assemblies in contact with the ground can be tested in accordance with CAN/ULC-S742, “Standard for Air Barrier Assemblies – Specification,” using the air leakage limit for Performance Class 1 or a more stringent limit. In such air barrier assemblies, as in all air barrier assemblies, penetrations and junctions are the most likely locations for air leakage. These points of weakness must be properly detailed and constructed to minimize the ingress of soil gases.
  
  A-5.5.1.1. Required Resistance to Vapour Diffusion. Resistance to vapour diffusion is required to reduce the likelihood of condensation within building assemblies, and the consequent potential for material deterioration and fungal growth. Deterioration such as rot and corrosion can lead to the failure of building components and connections, and interfere with the performance of building services. Some fungi can have very serious effects on health.
  In Canada, relatively few buildings that are subject to temperature and vapour pressure differences would be constructed or operated in such a manner that the control of vapour diffusion would not need to be addressed in their design. Assemblies enclosing certain industrial spaces, as described in Note A-5.4.1.1.(7) for example, may be exempt.
  For residential spaces, and most other spaces that are conditioned for human occupancy, a means of vapour diffusion control is generally agreed to be necessary, even in the milder climates of the country. The questions in those cases pertain to the degree of control needed.
  The word “minimize” is used in Sentence 5.5.1.1.(1) because not all moisture accumulation in an assembly need be of concern. Incidental condensation is normal but should be sufficiently rare and in sufficiently limited quantities, and should dry rapidly enough, to avoid material deterioration and the growth of mould or fungi. Here are some references regarding the effects of fungi on health:
- “Fungal Contamination in Public Buildings: Health Effects and Investigation Methods,” Health Canada
- “Guidelines on Assessment and Remediation of Fungi in Indoor Environments,” New York City Department of Health and Mental Hygiene (NYCDH)
  
  A-5.5.1.2.(1) Vapour Barrier Materials and Installation. In the summer, many buildings are subject to conditions where the interior temperature is lower than the exterior temperature. Vapour transfer during these periods is from the exterior to the interior. In general, in Canada, the duration of these periods is sufficiently short, the driving forces are sufficiently low, and assemblies are constructed such that any accumulated moisture will dissipate before deterioration will occur.
  Buildings such as freezer plants, however, may operate for much of the year at temperatures that are below the ambient exterior temperature. In these cases, the “warm” side of the assembly would be the exterior and a detailed analysis on an annual basis is required.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  A-5.6.1.1. Division B
  
  ‌Steady state heat transfer and vapour diffusion calculations may be used to determine acceptable permeance levels for the vapour barrier and to identify appropriate positions for the vapour barrier within the building assembly.
  
  A-5.6.1.1. Required Protection from Precipitation. Windows, cast-in-place concrete walls, and metal and glass curtain wall systems are examples of components and assemblies that, when properly designed and constructed, are expected to prevent the ingress of precipitation into a building. Assemblies such as roofs and veneer walls consist of materials specifically intended to screen precipitation.
  Components and assemblies separating interior conditioned space from the exterior are generally required to provide protection from the ingress of precipitation. Components and assemblies separating interior unconditioned space from the exterior may or may not be required to provide protection from the ingress of
  precipitation. Buildings such as stadia, parking garages and some seasonally occupied buildings, for example, may not require complete protection from the ingress of precipitation. The degree of protection will depend to a large extent on the materials selected for the building elements that will be exposed to precipitation.
  The word “minimize” is used in Sentence 5.6.1.1.(1) because not all moisture ingress or accumulation in an assembly need be of concern. The penetration of wind-driven rain past the cladding may not affect the
  ‌long-term performance of the assembly, provided the moisture dries out or is drained away before it initiates any deterioration of building materials. When the design service life of a material or component is longer than the design service life of the overall assembly, taking into account the expected exposure to moisture, initiating deterioration of the material should not be of concern. That is to say, provided the material or component continues to provide the necessary level of performance for its intended service life and does not adversely affect the service life of the assembly of which it is a part, the deterioration of the material or component is not an issue.
  
  ‌A-5.6.1.2.(1) Ice Damming. Water leakage through sloped roofs is often due to the formation of ice dams at the eaves, which can be limited by controlling the transfer of heat to the roof through a combination of insulation and venting to dissipate heat. See Clause 5.3.1.2.(1)(d).
  
  A-5.6.1.2.(2) Vegetated Roofing Systems. The integrity of some assemblies installed to provide the required protection from the ingress of precipitation in vegetated roofing systems can be compromised due to an inadequate resistance to the penetration of plant roots and rhizomes. Additional information on
  vegetated roofing systems and the performance of protective materials can be found in the German Landscape Research, Development and Construction Society's (FLL) “Guidelines for the Planning, Construction and Maintenance of Green Roofing” and in the National Roofing Contractors Association's “The NRCA Vegetative Roof Systems Manual.”
  
  A-5.6.2.1. Sealing and Drainage. A number of different design solutions can provide an environmental separator with the minimum performance level necessary to effectively control environmental and structural loads and their effects. An appropriate solution is selected on the basis of the applied load characteristics, the performance achieved by the solution, and its durability over the design service life. It is incumbent on the designer to balance the performance of a particular design solution against the required performance level, the risk of failure, and the consequences of failure for the building and its users.
  Article 5.6.2.1. recognizes that acceptable solutions can use various strategies and single or multiple elements within the design to control precipitation. However, as indicated by research and the documentation of failures, some of these solutions are more effective than others.
  One solution—a face-sealed assembly—relies on a continuous watertight surface on the outside of a building to control all precipitation over the life of the building; there is no redundancy in this design. The watertight surface can be difficult to both design and construct, and its long-term durability depends on proper preventive maintenance over its service life. This solution has a well-documented history of unsatisfactory performance in most regions of Canada.
  A solution with redundancy in its design provides more effective and reliable resistance to water penetration. For example, in a rainscreen assembly, multiple water-resistive layers are combined with means to drain any water that has penetrated the outer layer and means to redirect this water to the exterior before it can affect moisture-sensitive materials within the assembly. Another solution—a mass wall assembly—accumulates and stores moisture, which is re-released to the exterior when conditions allow. Depending on the solution selected, means to facilitate the drying of materials may be incorporated in the assembly.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  Division B A-5.7.1.2.(2)
  
  In selecting an acceptable solution for precipitation control, it is important to consider the structural and environmental loads that are referenced in Subsection 5.1.4. The resistance provided by the design solution must exceed these loads and their effects. The greater the intensity of the load, the higher the performance level required to provide the necessary resistance and an acceptable level of risk. Design considerations that should be addressed include the following:
- intended building use(s),
- building exposure during service life (height, orientation and surrounding terrain),
- building exposure during construction,
- current and future local climate characteristics affecting wetting and drying, including
  –wind loads,
  –precipitation loads (including wind-driven precipitation loads),
  –relative humidity,
  –temperature variations, and
  –solar exposure,
- imposed load intensity, both in isolation and in combination (type, number, magnitude, frequency and duration),
- material types and moisture tolerances,
- resistance to the mechanisms of deterioration,
- effects of deformations, displacements and deflections of the building structure, and of materials, components and assemblies,
- constructability of materials, components and assemblies,
- expected construction tolerances,
- level of maintenance required to maintain resistance to loads and deterioration,
- intended service life of materials, components and assemblies, and
- reliability of materials, components and assemblies.
  All the materials in an environmental separator must be able to resist the mechanisms of deterioration that are expected to occur over the design service life of the separator. For example, with respect to deterioration caused by moisture, a material used in a design must not be exposed to moisture in sufficient quantity and/or
  for sufficient length of time to reduce its ability to perform its required function(s) to a level below the required performance level. This concern is particularly important for materials that are known to be susceptible to moisture deterioration.
  An environmental separator must also be designed to be suitably resistant to failure caused by
- uncertainty or variation in load intensity,
- uncertainty in the effects of loads on materials, components and assemblies,
- uncertainty in the predicted service lives of materials, components and assemblies, and
- construction deficiencies that can reasonably be anticipated.
  The building structure and the environmental separator are mutually dependent in managing precipitation. The choice of materials for the building structure and the structural support/backing for the environmental separator can influence the choice of materials, components and assemblies for the environmental separator. Materials, components and assemblies with higher performance levels may be required for the environmental separator where the building structure and the structural support/backing have lower material strengths, undergo higher in-service movements (e.g., shrinkage or deflection), or have lower resistance to deterioration.
  The design and construction of details at penetrations, at joints and junctions between assemblies, and at transitions between planes are of critical importance to the long-term performance and durability of the environmental separator. Designers should provide sufficient detail on drawings to illustrate how the design solution for precipitation control is to be integrated into the building (see Subsection 2.2.5. of Division C).
  
  ‌A-5.7. Protection from Interior Sources of Water. Protection similar to that prescribed in Section 5.7. may be required where interior assemblies are in contact with water (such as site-built showers,
  steam rooms, swimming pool areas) and where adjacent interior spaces need to be protected from the transfer of water through these assemblies.
  
  A-5.7.1.2.(2) Drainage. Water should be directed away from the building and, ultimately, to a municipal drainage system, drainage ditch, swale, or other acceptable water management means. This can be accomplished by setting the building grade higher than the surrounding grades, by sloping the grade away from the building, by installing a surface water drainage system, or by a combination of these approaches. The chosen approach should follow generally accepted guidelines, such as the Rational Method of Stormwater Design by David B. Thompson, or other design methods acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  ‌A-5.7.3.3.(1)(a) Division B
  
  ‌A-5.7.3.3.(1)(a) Imperfections. Examples of imperfections include shrinkage cracks, air holes, honeycombing, form-tie cone holes, and form joint ridges.
  ‌A-5.7.3.4.(1) Dampproofing. Dampproofing refers to the application of a material or materials to an environmental separation assembly to protect it and the interior space against the transfer of moisture due to the mechanisms of water vapour transmission, capillary action and pressure differences other than hydrostatic pressure.
  A dampproofed assembly should be designed such that it can provide short-term resistance to the ingress of water due to occasional hydrostatic pressure from ground water.
  A-5.8. Required Protection from Noise. Section 5.8. applies to the separation of dwelling units from other dwelling units and from spaces where noise may be generated with regard to sound transmission irrespective of Clause 5.1.2.1.(1)(b), which deals with the separation of dissimilar environments. It is understood that, at any time, there is the potential for sound levels to be quite different in adjoining dwelling units.
  ‌A-5.8.1.2. Using ASTC in lieu of STC. A designer may choose to use an ASTC rating of equal or higher numerical value than the required STC to show compliance where STC ratings are required.
  An ASTC measurement or calculation will always yield a value equal to or lower than the STC for the same configuration, as the ASTC includes flanking transmission.
  A-5.8.1.4. Methods of Calculating ASTC. The technical concepts, terminology, and calculation procedures relating to the detailed and simplified ASTC calculation methods are discussed in detail, with numerous worked examples, in the NRC publication entitled “Guide to Calculating Airborne Sound Transmission in Buildings.” This Guide includes references to readily-available sources of pertinent data.
  For many common constructions, the calculations required by Article 5.8.1.4. can be performed using software tools, such as soundPATHS, which is available on the NRC's website.
  ‌The simplified calculation method may not always identify the prominent flanking paths. Furthermore, it corresponds more closely with the results of the detailed calculation method where the separating assembly and the flanking constructions are both constructed according to the same method, i.e. either both are lightweight construction (steel or wood framing) or both are heavyweight construction (masonry or concrete).
  ‌A-5.8.1.4.(4)(b) Assemblies that Behave Like Homogeneous Panels. Examples of assemblies that behave like homogeneous panels include cast-in-place concrete, precast concrete, precast hollow-core concrete, concrete block masonry, and mass timber panels. For the purpose of calculating the ASTC rating for construction using mass timber panel walls or floor assemblies in accordance with the detailed method described in Sentence 5.8.1.4.(4), a mass timber panel behaves as a homogeneous panel, notwithstanding that it has an average structural loss factor greater than 0.03. Further information on the calculation of the ASTC rating for mass timber panel assemblies can be found in the NRC publication entitled “Guide to Calculating Airborne Sound Transmission in Buildings.”
  A-5.9.1.1.(1) Selection of Materials and Components and Compliance with Referenced Standards. It is important to note that Sentence 5.9.1.1.(1) is stated in such a way that the selection of materials and components is not limited to those traditionally recognized as serving particular functions or those for which a standard is identified in Table 5.9.1.1. This approach permits more flexibility than is provided by similar requirements in Part 9. As long as the selected material meets the performance requirements stated elsewhere in Part 5, the material may be used to serve the required function.
  However, where the selected material or component, or its installation, falls within the scope of any of the standards listed in Table 5.9.1.1., the material, component or installation must comply with that standard. For example, if some resistance to heat transfer is required between two interior spaces and standard partition construction will provide the necessary resistance, the installation of one of the “thermal insulation” materials identified in the standard list is not required. If, on the other hand, one decides to install glass fibre insulation, the material must conform to CAN/ULC-S702.1, “Standard for Mineral Fibre Thermal Insulation for Buildings, Part 1: Material Specification.”
  A-Table 5.9.1.1. Selection and Installation of Sealants. Analysis of many sealant joint failures indicates that the majority of failures can be attributed to improper joint preparation and deficient installation of the sealant and various joint components. The following ASTM guidelines describe several aspects that should be considered when applying sealants in unprotected environments to achieve a durable application:
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  Division B A-5.9.2.3.(1)
- ASTM C1193, “Standard Specification for Use of Joint Sealants,” and
- ASTM C1472, “Standard Guide for Calculating Movement and Other Effects When Establishing Sealant Joint Width.”
  The sealant manufacturer's literature should always be consulted for recommended procedures and materials.
  
  ‌A-5.9.2.1.(3) Airtightness and Watertightness of Wired Glass Windows. Fixed wired glass assemblies are sometimes permitted as closures in vertical fire separations. The airtightness and watertightness requirements are waived for these windows when used in such an application, in recognition of the fact that the availability of assemblies that meet both the requirements of the window standards and the requirements for fire resistance may be limited. However, control of air and water leakage should not be ignored: measures should be taken to attempt to comply with applicable requirements.
  
  A-5.9.2.2. Manufactured Windows, Doors and Skylights.
  Design Values
  CSA A440S1, “Canadian Supplement to AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440-17, North American Fenestration Standard/Specification for windows, doors, and skylights,” requires that the individual performance levels achieved by the product for structural resistance, water penetration resistance and air leakage resistance be reported on the product's performance label.
  Storm Doors and Windows
  Where storm doors and storm windows are not incorporated in a rated window or door assembly, they should be designed and constructed to comply with the applicable requirements of Part 5 regarding such properties as appropriate air leakage and structural loads.
  Forced Entry Test
  ‌Even though the performance label on rated windows, doors and skylights does not explicitly indicate that the product has passed the forced entry resistance test, products are required to pass this test in order to be rated.
  
  A-5.9.2.3.(1) Installation and Field Testing of Windows, Doors and Skylights.
  Installation
  The installation details of windows, doors, skylights and their components must be appropriately designed and implemented for the building envelope assembly to perform acceptably overall. The proper design of the installation details provides the information necessary to integrate the structure and air, vapour and moisture barrier functions of windows, doors and skylights into the overall design of the building envelope assembly. Construction should be carried out in accordance with these details to achieve an appropriate level of long-term performance. Further guidance on installation detailing can be found in CSA A440.4, “Window, door, and skylight installation.”
  Field Testing
  It is recommended that the performance of installed windows, doors and skylights be field tested early in the envelope construction phase so that any discontinuities can be readily identified and corrected before construction of the building envelope assembly is completed. Additional field testing during subsequent construction phases to monitor installation consistency is also recommended. Field test procedures should be carried out in accordance with test standards such as ASTM E783, “Standard Test Method for Field Measurement of Air Leakage Through Installed Exterior Windows and Doors,” and ASTM E1105, “Standard Test Method for Field Determination of Water Penetration of Installed Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls, by Uniform or Cyclic Static Air Pressure Difference.” Further guidance can be found in CSA A440.4, “Window, door, and skylight installation,” which also includes performance requirements developed in accordance with AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440, “North American Fenestration Standard/Specification for windows, doors, and skylights,” to be used when performing field testing.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  ‌A-5.9.2.4.(3) Division B
  
  ‌A-5.9.2.4.(3) Heat Transfer through Fire-Rated Glazed Assemblies. Thermal bridging through fire-rated glazed assemblies should not be ignored; measures should be taken to minimize condensation consistent with the intent of Sentence 5.9.2.4.(2).
  
  A-5.9.3. Testing Standards for Other Fenestration Assemblies. Subsection 5.9.3. references ASTM test methods. The following AAMA standards can also be used to evaluate the performance characteristics of other fenestration assemblies:
AAMA 501, “Methods of Test for Exterior Walls,”
AAMA 501.1, “Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Windows, Curtain Walls and Doors Using Dynamic Pressure,”
AAMA 501.2, “Quality Assurance and Diagnostic Water Leakage Field Check of Installed Storefronts, Curtain Walls, and Sloped Glazing Systems,”
AAMA 501.4, “Recommended Static Test Method for Evaluating Curtain Wall and Storefront Systems Subjected to Seismic and Wind-Induced Inter-Story Drifts,”
AAMA 501.5, “Test Method for Thermal Cycling of Exterior Walls,” and
AAMA 501.6, “Recommended Dynamic Test Method for Determining the Seismic Drift Causing Glass Fallout from a Wall System.”
A-5.9.3.1.(1) Terminology for Other Fenestration Assemblies.
Curtain Wall
A curtain wall is considered to be a continuous wall cladding assembly (which may include fenestration and opaque portions) that is hung away from the edge of the primary floor structure. Curtain wall assemblies do not generally support vertical loads other than their own weight. Anchorage is typically provided by anchors that connect back to the floor structure. Curtain wall assemblies can be either “stick built,” meaning each main unit is assembled on-site, or a “unitized” system, meaning factory-assembled main units are installed and connected together on-site.
Window Wall
A window wall is considered to be a wall cladding assembly (which may include fenestration and opaque portions) that spans from the top of a primary floor structure to the underside of the next higher primary floor structure. Window wall assemblies do not generally support vertical loads other than their own weight. Primary provision for anchorage occurs at head and sill connections with the adjoining floor structure. Window wall assemblies may include separate or integral floor edge covers.
Storefront
A storefront is considered to be a non-residential assembly (which may include fenestration and opaque portions) consisting of one or more elements that could include doors, windows and curtain wall framing. Storefronts do not generally support vertical loads other than their own weight. Storefront profiles are typically narrow, rectilinear framing members that hold a combination of pocket glazing and applied glazing stops to securely retain the infills. Vertical framing members typically span the height of one floor or are retained within a structural punched opening.
Storefront assemblies are designed/selected to take into account the anticipated service and exposure conditions, which may be different than those for other portions of the building.
Glazed Architectural Structures
Glazed architectural structures are considered glazing assemblies that are supported in a non-traditional manner, such as corner-clamped, point-supported, linear-supported and edge-clamped glazing. Structural support systems can include, but are not limited to, tension cables, tension rods, steel and glass. Glazed architectural structures do not generally support vertical loads other than their own weight. These assemblies are designed/selected to take into account the anticipated service and exposure conditions, which may be different than those for other portions of the building.
Skylights that are not covered by AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440, “North American Fenestration Standard/Specification for windows, doors, and skylights,” are considered glazed architectural structures.
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B A-5.9.3.5.(2)

‌A-5.9.3.2.(1) Structural and Environmental Loads. The applicable laboratory test method for demonstrating adequate structural performance of other fenestration assemblies is ASTM E330/E330M, “Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Doors, Skylights and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference.”

A-5.9.3.3.(1) Resistance to Condensation. Notwithstanding that other fenestration assemblies are not fully covered under the testing scope of CSA A440.2, “Fenestration energy performance,” the test method described therein can be used to evaluate their resistance to condensation, with technical modifications to accommodate differences in the size and configuration of the specimen. It is also common practice to use one cold cycle of AAMA 501.5, “Test Method for Thermal Cycling of Exterior Walls,” to assess the potential for condensation. Both methods can be used for mock-ups in laboratory performance evaluations, however, only the test method in CSA A440.2 should be used if a Temperature Index is required. In most cases, the project specification documents establish the hygrothermal conditions (i.e., exterior temperature, interior
‌temperature, interior relative humidity) for which the potential for condensation should be minimized. Under these conditions, the aforementioned test methods can be used to aid in the selection of the appropriate system performance to minimize the potential for interior surface condensation. In all cases, care should be taken in the construction and configuration of the specimen, as these parameters may have an impact on its thermal performance and resistance to condensation. These parameters may include, without limitation, interior wall construction and finishes, heating systems, ventilation systems, etc., to simulate the actual in-service conditions as closely as practicable.
A-5.9.3.4.(2) Air Leakage.
Air Leakage Rate and Test Pressure
A lower air leakage rate and/or higher differential test pressure can be selected for specific applications of other fenestration assemblies where tight control of airflow is required to prevent interstitial condensation (e.g., in concealed spaces), improve thermal comfort (e.g., in hospitals, seniors' residences), or prevent
the migration of airborne contaminants (e.g., in food and drug research, manufacturing applications, biological laboratories). It is typical of other fenestration assemblies to be used as the sole building envelope component; where this is the case, a correspondingly higher degree of airtightness may be required.
In addition, higher test pressure differentials can be used to evaluate assemblies with low air leakage, such as non-operable or fixed fenestration systems whose air leakage rates are not easily measurable at the lower standard pressure differentials.
Standard Test Methods
The applicable laboratory test method for determining the rate of air leakage is ASTM E283, “Standard Test Method for Determining Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen.” If field testing for air leakage is to be conducted,
the applicable test method is ASTM E783, “Standard Test Method for Field Measurement of Air Leakage Through Installed Exterior Windows and Doors.”

‌A-5.9.3.4.(3) Systems Excluded from Air Leakage Requirements. The systems listed in Sentence 5.9.3.4.(3) perform different functions than other fenestration assemblies and are therefore exempted from complying with the air leakage requirements.

A-5.9.3.5.(2) Standard Test Methods. The applicable laboratory test method for determining the water penetration resistance of curtain walls and storefront assemblies is ASTM E331, “Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference.” The applicable laboratory test method for window wall assemblies is either ASTM E331 or ASTM E547, “Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by Cyclic Static Air Pressure Difference.”
If field testing for water penetration is to be conducted, the applicable test method is ASTM E1105, “Standard Test Method for Field Determination of Water Penetration of Installed Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls, by Uniform or Cyclic Static Air Pressure Difference.”
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌A-5.9.3.5.(3) Division B

‌A-5.9.3.5.(3) Water Penetration. Notwithstanding that other fenestration assemblies are not covered under the testing scope of CSA A440S1, “Canadian Supplement to AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440-17, North American Fenestration Standard/Specification for windows, doors, and skylights,” they must be tested at the driving rain wind pressure calculated in accordance with the procedure described therein.

‌A-5.9.3.5.(4) Systems Excluded from Water Penetration Requirements. The systems listed in Sentence 5.9.3.5.(4) perform different functions than other fenestration assemblies and are therefore exempted from complying with the water penetration requirements.

A-5.9.4.1.(1) Exterior Insulation Finish Systems (EIFS). The reference to CAN/ULC-S716.1, “Standard for Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS) - Materials and Systems,” in Clause 5.9.4.1.(1)(b) does not preclude the use of other component materials that may also meet the intent of the Code. For example, using mineral-fibre insulation in lieu of other rigid insulation types, mechanical fastening methods for the insulation component in lieu of adhesive, or a type of water-resistive barrier other than a liquid-applied
water-resistive barrier could be acceptable.
The following two companion standards facilitate the application of and conformance with CAN/ULC-S716.1:
CAN/ULC-S716.2, “Standard for Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS) - Installation of EIFS Components and Water Resistive Barrier,” and
CAN/ULC-S716.3, “Standard for Exterior Insulation and Finish System (EIFS) - Design Application.”
Additional information on EIFS design and installation can be found in the EIFS Council of Canada's “EIFS Practice Manual” and the manufacturer's literature.
EIFS Selection
CAN/ULC-S716.1 provides minimum performance criteria for EIFS materials and systems that are tested under specific laboratory test protocols identified in the standard. However, compliance with this standard does not ensure that a system is appropriate for all projects. When selecting an EIFS product, designers should consider all relevant criteria—not only those covered by the tests in CAN/ULC-S716.1—including, but not limited to,
- building exposure
- local climate characteristics (wind, precipitation, temperature variations, solar exposure)
- intended building use
- intended resistance to damage and deterioration
- construction tolerances
- constructability

Design and Construction of EIFS Drainage Cavity

The drainage capacity and thermal performance of the EIFS assembly can be affected by the dimensions and configuration of the EIFS drainage cavity.

EIFS are installed over other building materials such as sheathing and primary structural components, which have various construction installation tolerances. Designers should take into consideration the cumulative effects of construction tolerances and sequencing when specifying the drainage method and the cavity dimensions and configuration in order to ensure adequate drainage.

Designers should also take into account the impact of air movement, which varies depending on cavity size and the extent of venting, on the EIFS' thermal performance when reviewing the overall thermal performance of the building envelope. ASTM C1363, “Standard Test Method for Thermal Performance of Building Materials and Envelope Assemblies by Means of a Hot Box Apparatus,” presents one method for assessing the thermal performance of assemblies.

Division B

‌Part 6

Heating, Ventilating and Air-conditioning

General
1. Application 6-1
2. Definitions 6-1
3. Plans and Specifications 6-1
Planning
1. General 6-1
2. Incinerators 6-3
3. Solid Fuel Storage 6-3
Ventilation Systems
1. Ventilation 6-3
2. Air Duct Systems 6-4
3. Chimneys and Venting
  Equipment 6-10
4. Ventilation for Laboratories 6-11
Heating Systems
1. Heating Appliances, General 6-12
2. Unit Heaters 6-12
3. Radiators and Convectors 6-12
Thermal Insulation Systems
1. Insulation 6-12
Refrigeration and Cooling Systems
1. Refrigerating Systems and
  Equipment for Air-conditioning 6-12
Piping Systems
1. Piping for Heating and Cooling Systems 6-13
2. Storage Bins 6-13
Equipment Access
1. Openings 6-14
Fire Safety Systems
1. General 6-14
2. Dampers and Ductwork 6-15
3. Carbon Monoxide Alarms 6-15
4. Ash Storage 6-16
Objectives and Functional Statements
1. Objectives and Functional

Statements 6-16

Division B

Notes to Part 6

. 6-21

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

‌Division B

Part 6 Heating, Ventilating and Air-conditioning

‌Section 6.1. General‌

‌Application
1. ‌Scope‌
  1. The scope of this Part shall be as described in Subsection 1.3.3. of Division A.
2. ‌Application‌
  1. This Part applies to systems and equipment for heating, ventilating and air-conditioning services.
‌Definitions
1. ‌Defined Terms‌
  1. Words that appear in italics are defined in Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A.
‌Plans and Specifications
1. ‌Required Plans and Specifications‌
  1. Plans, specifications and other information for heating, ventilating and air-conditioning systems shall conform to Subsection 2.2.6. of Division C.

‌Section 6.2. Planning‌

‌General‌
1. ‌Good Engineering Practice
  (See Note A-6.2.1.1.)
  1. ‌Heating, ventilating and air-conditioning systems, including mechanical refrigeration equipment, shall be designed, constructed and installed in conformance with good engineering practice such as that described in, but not limited to,‌‌
    1. ‌the ASHRAE Handbooks and Standards,
    2. the HRAI Digest,
    3. the Hydronics Institute Manuals,
    4. the NFPA Standards,
    5. ‌the SMACNA Manuals,
    6. the ACGIH manual entitled “Industrial Ventilation: A Manual of Recommended Practice for Design,”
    7. CSA B214, “Installation code for hydronic heating systems,”
    8. CAN/CSA-Z317.2, “Special requirements for heating, ventilation, and air-conditioning (HVAC) systems in health care facilities,”
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
2. ‌Division B
  1. EPA 625/R-92/016, “Radon Prevention in the Design and Construction of Schools and Other Large Buildings,” and
  2. ASHRAE Guideline 12, “Minimizing the Risk of Legionellosis Associated with Building Water Systems.”
‌Incinerators‌
1. ‌Applicable Standard
  1. The design, construction, installation and alteration of every indoor incinerator shall conform to NFPA 82, “Standard on Incinerators and Waste and Linen Handling Systems and Equipment.”‌
‌Solid Fuel Storage‌
1. ‌Solid Fuel Storage Bins‌
  1. A storage bin for solid fuel shall not be located above a sewer opening or drain opening.
  2. ‌Storage bins for solid fuel shall be designed and constructed so that the air temperature in the bin or the surface temperature of any part of the floor or walls is below 50°C.‌

‌Section 6.3. Ventilation Systems‌

‌Ventilation‌
1. ‌Required Ventilation‌
  1. Except as provided in Sentence (4), all buildings shall be ventilated in accordance with this Section.
  2. Except in storage garages covered by Article 6.3.1.3., outdoor air shall be supplied to buildings for ventilation purposes in accordance with one of the following Sections of ANSI/ASHRAE 62.1, “Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality,” as a minimum:
    1. ‌Section 6.2, Ventilation Rate Procedure, excluding the exception stated in Section 6.2.7.1.2 and note H of Table 6.2.2.1,
    2. Section 6.3, Indoor Air Quality Procedure, or
    3. Section 6.4, Natural Ventilation Procedure, excluding residential occupancies.
  3. Except in storage garages covered by Article 6.3.1.3., exhaust ventilation shall be provided in accordance with Section 6.5, Exhaust Ventilation, of ANSI/ASHRAE 62.1, “Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality,” as a minimum.‌
  4. ‌Self-contained heating-season mechanical ventilation systems serving only one
    dwelling unit shall comply with Subsection 9.32.3.
2. ‌Crawl Spaces and Attic or Roof Spaces
  1. Unconditioned and unoccupied crawl spaces and attic or roof spaces shall be ventilated by natural or mechanical means as required by Part 5. (See Note A-6.3.1.2.(1).)‌
3. ‌Ventilation of Storage Garages‌
  1. Except as provided in Sentences (4) and (6), an enclosed storage garage for five or more motor vehicles shall have a mechanical ventilation system designed to
    1. limit the concentration of carbon monoxide to not more than 100 parts per million parts of air,
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
4. ‌Division B
  1. limit the concentration of nitrogen dioxide to not more than 3 parts per million parts of air, where the majority of the vehicles stored are powered by diesel-fuelled engines, or
  2. provide, during operating hours, a continuous supply of outdoor air at a rate of not less than 3.9 L/s for each square metre of floor area (see Article 3.3.1.21.).
  (See Note A-6.3.1.3.(1).) (See also Sentence 3.3.5.4.(4).)
  1. Mechanical ventilation systems provided in accordance with Clause (1)(a) shall be controlled by carbon monoxide monitoring devices, and systems provided in accordance with Clause (1)(b) shall be controlled by nitrogen dioxide or other acceptable monitoring devices. (See Note A-6.3.1.3.(2).)
  2. Mechanical ventilation systems provided in accordance with Sentence (1) shall be designed such that the pressure in the storage garage is less than the pressure in adjoining buildings of other occupancy, or in adjacent portions of the same building having a different occupancy.
  3. In storage garages subject to the requirements of Sentences (1) and (2), where motor vehicles are parked by mechanical means, the ventilation requirements may be reduced by one half.‌
  4. Except as provided in Sentence (6), ticket and attendant booths of storage garages
    ‌shall be pressurized with a supply of uncontaminated air.
  5. The requirements of Sentences (1) to (5) shall not apply to open-air storeys in a
  storage garage.

‌Air Duct Systems

‌Application
1. This Subsection applies to the design, construction and installation of air duct distribution systems serving heating, ventilating and air-conditioning systems other than those in dwelling units covered by Part 9.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  ‌Division B 6.3.2.7.
‌Drain Pans‌
(See Note A-6.3.2.2.)
1. HVAC systems that generate condensate or introduce liquid water into the airstream in the ducts shall be equipped with drain pans that are
  1. designed in accordance with Section 5.10, Drain Pans, of ANSI/ASHRAE 62.1, “Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality,”
  2. ‌provided with an outlet that is piped to the outside of the airstream in a location where condensate can be safely disposed of,
  3. installed so that water does not stagnate and drains from the pan, and
  4. ‌designed and installed so as to be accessible for cleaning and maintenance.
2. Drain pans and associated piping shall be constructed of corrosion-resistant, non-porous materials that do not promote the proliferation of disease-causing micro-organisms.
‌Materials in Air Duct Systems‌
1. All ducts, duct connectors, associated fittings and plenums used in air duct systems shall be constructed of materials as described in Article 3.6.5.1.
2. ‌Ducts that are used in a location where they may be subjected to excessive moisture shall have no appreciable loss of strength when wet and shall be resistant to moisture-induced corrosion.‌
3. ‌All ductwork and fittings shall be constructed and installed as recommended in SMACNA Manuals and ASHRAE Standards.
4. ‌All duct materials shall be suitable for exposure to the temperature and humidity of the air being carried and shall be resistant to corrosion caused by contaminants in the air being conveyed in the duct.‌
‌Connections in Air Duct Systems
1. Air duct systems shall have tight-fitting connections throughout.
‌Duct Coverings and Linings‌
(See Note A-6.3.2.5.)
1. Coverings, linings and associated adhesives and insulation used in air ducts,
  ‌plenums and other parts of air duct systems shall comply with Article 3.6.5.4.
2. Duct linings shall be installed so that they will not interfere with the operation of volume or balancing dampers or of fire dampers, fire stop flaps and other closures.
‌Clearance of Ducts and Plenums‌
1. The clearance of ducts and plenums from combustible materials shall comply with Article 3.6.5.6.
‌Interconnection of Systems‌
1. In a care or residential occupancy, air from one suite shall not be circulated to any other suite or to a public corridor.
2. Except as permitted by Sentences (3) and 6.3.2.10.(6), air duct systems serving
  storage garages shall not be directly interconnected with other parts of the building.
3. Exhaust ducts referred to in Sentence 6.3.2.10.(10) are permitted to exhaust through an enclosed storage garage prior to exhausting to the outdoors, provided
  1. the storage garage's exhaust system runs continuously,
  2. the capacity of the storage garage's exhaust system is equal to or exceeds the volume of the exhaust entering the garage, and
  3. a leakage rate 1 smoke/fire damper rated in accordance with
    CAN/ULC-S112.1, “Standard for Leakage Rated Dampers for Use in Smoke Control Systems,” is provided near the duct outlet location in the storage garage to prevent air from the storage garage from entering the exhaust ductwork system in the event the building's exhaust fan is shut down.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022

‌Division B

‌Makeup Air‌
(See Note A-6.2.1.1.)
1. ‌In ventilating systems that exhaust air to the outdoors, provision shall be made for the admission of a supply of makeup air in sufficient quantity so that the operation of the exhaust system and other exhaust equipment or combustion equipment is not adversely affected.‌
2. Makeup air facilities required by Sentence (1) shall be interlocked with the exhaust devices they serve so that both operate together.
3. Where makeup air facilities are intended to introduce air directly from the outdoors to occupied parts of the building in winter, they shall incorporate means of tempering that air to maintain the indoor design temperature.‌

‌Supply, Return, Intake and Exhaust Air Openings

Supply, return and exhaust air openings located less than 2 m above the floor in rooms or spaces in buildings shall be protected by grilles having openings of a size that will not allow the passage of a 15 mm diam sphere.

‌Outdoor air intakes shall be located so that

the quality of the air entering the building complies with Sentences 6.2.1.2.(2) and (3), and

they are separated a minimum distance from sources of contaminants in accordance with Table 6.3.2.9.

Table 6.3.2.9.

Minimum Distances of Air Intakes from Sources of Contaminants

Forming Part of Sentence 6.3.2.9.(2)

Source of Contaminants	Minimum Distance of Outdoor Air Intake, m
Garage entry of a garage for 5 or more motor vehicles, automobile	4.5
loading area and drive-in queue
Truck loading area or dock, and bus parking	7.6
Driveway, street, and parking space	1.5
Thoroughfare, arterial road, freeway, and highway	7.6
Garbage storage/pick-up area and dumpsters	4.5
Discharge from evaporative heat rejection systems	7.6
‌Sanitary vent	3.5
Kitchen cooking exhaust	3.0
Vent for combustion products	3.0

‌Outdoor air intakes shall be installed not less than 0.3 m above roofs, landscape grades or other surfaces, taking into account anticipated snow accumulation levels.
‌Exterior openings for outdoor air intakes and exhaust outlets shall be shielded from the entry of snow and rain and shall be fitted with corrosion-resistant screens of mesh having openings not larger than 15 mm, except where experience has shown that climatic conditions require larger openings to prevent the screen openings from icing over.‌
Screens required in Sentence (4) shall be accessible for maintenance.
‌Combustible grilles, diffusers and other devices covering supply, return, intake and exhaust openings shall comply with Article 3.6.5.7.

‌Exhaust Ducts and Outlets
1. Except as provided in Sentence (2), exhaust ducts of non-mechanical ventilating systems serving separate rooms or spaces shall not be combined.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  ‌Division B 6.3.2.11.
2. ‌Exhaust ducts of non-mechanical ventilating systems serving similar occupancies may be combined immediately below the point of final delivery to the outdoors, such as at the base of a roof ventilator.‌
3. ‌Exhaust ducts of ventilating systems shall have provision for the removal of condensation where this may be a problem.
4. ‌Exhaust outlets shall be designed to prevent backdraft under wind conditions.
5. Except as permitted in Sentence (6), exhaust systems shall discharge directly to the outdoors. (See Note A-6.3.2.10.(5) and (6).)
6. Exhaust systems are permitted to exhaust into a storage garage, provided
  1. they serve rooms that are accessible only from that storage garage,
  2. the exhaust contains no contaminants that would adversely affect the air quality in the storage garage (see Note A-6.3.2.10.(6)(b)), and
  3. they are designed in accordance with Sentence 6.3.2.7.(3). (See Note A-6.3.2.10.(5) and (6).)
7. Exhaust ducts connected to laundry-drying equipment shall be
  1. independent of other exhaust ducts,
  2. accessible for inspection and cleaning, and
  3. constructed of a smooth corrosion-resistant material. (See Note A-6.3.2.10.(7) and (8).)
8. Where collective venting of multiple installations of laundry-drying equipment is used, the ventilation system shall
  1. be connected to a common exhaust duct that is vented by one central exhaust fan,
  2. ‌include an interlock to activate the central exhaust fan when laundry-drying equipment is in use, and
  3. be provided with make-up air. (See Note A-6.3.2.10.(7) and (8).)
9. Exhaust ducts or vents connected to laundry-drying equipment shall discharge directly to the outdoors.
10. Except as provided in Sentence (12) and except for self-contained systems serving individual dwelling units, exhaust ducts serving rooms containing water closets, urinals, basins, showers or slop sinks shall be independent of other exhaust ducts.‌
11. Except as provided in Sentence (12) and except for self-contained systems serving individual dwelling units, exhaust ducts serving rooms containing residential cooking equipment shall be independent of other exhaust ducts.
12. Two or more exhaust systems described in Sentences (10) and (11) may be interconnected or connected with exhaust ducts serving other areas of the building, provided
  1. the connections are made at the inlet of an exhaust fan, and all interconnected systems are equipped with suitable back pressure devices to prevent the passage of odours from one system to another when the fan is not in operation, or
  2. the exhaust ducts discharge to a shaft that is served by an exhaust fan having a capacity that is equal to or greater than the combined capacity of the exhaust fans discharging to the plenum multiplied by the operation diversity factor, provided that the exhaust fan serving the shaft operates continuously (see Note A-6.3.2.10.(12)(b)).
13. Where exhaust ducts containing air from conditioned spaces pass through or are adjacent to unconditioned spaces, the ducts shall be constructed to prevent condensation from forming on the inside or outside of the ducts.
‌Return-Air System
1. Return-air systems shall comply with Article 3.6.5.8.
2. Where a ceiling space is used as a return-air plenum, the requirements of Article 3.6.4.3. shall apply.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B‌

‌3) A public corridor or exit shall not be used as a return-air plenum.

‌Underground Ducts‌
1. ‌Underground ducts shall‌
  1. ‌be constructed and installed to provide interior drainage from and access to all low points,
  2. not be connected directly to a sewer, and
  3. ‌be installed and constructed of materials recommended by ASHRAE and SMACNA Standards and HRAI Manuals.
2. ‌A clean-out or pump-out connection shall be provided in an underground duct system at every low point of the duct system.
‌Filters
1. Air filters for air duct systems shall conform to the requirements for Class 2 air filter units as described in CAN/ULC-S111, “Standard Method of Fire Tests for Air Filter Units.”
2. When electrostatic-type filters are used, they shall be installed so as to ensure that the electric circuit is automatically de-energized when filter access doors are opened or, in dwelling units, when the furnace circulation fan is not operating.‌
‌Cleaning Devices
1. Where outdoor air quality conditions do not meet the requirements of Sentence 6.2.1.2.(2), ventilation required by Sentence 6.3.1.1.(1) shall be provided by a ventilation system designed to include devices that reduce particles and gases to the maximum acceptable levels described in Sentence 6.2.1.2.(2) prior to the introduction of outdoor air to indoor occupied spaces.
2. Where contaminants of concern are present in the outdoor air of the local area of the building site, ventilation required by Sentence 6.3.1.1.(1) shall be provided by
  a ventilation system designed to include devices that reduce the concentrations of contaminants to those permitted in the ACGIH's “Industrial Ventilation: A Manual of Recommended Practice for Design” prior to the introduction of outdoor air to indoor occupied spaces.‌
‌Evaporative Heat Rejection Systems‌
1. Evaporative heat rejection systems shall
  1. ‌incorporate a drift eliminator or other means to minimize the dispersion of entrained water droplets, and
  2. have a design discharge velocity that does not exceed the maximum discharge velocity recommended by the manufacturer.
2. ‌Evaporative heat rejection systems shall be designed so that water continuously circulates through all parts of the system that are normally wetted when the system
  is operating.
3. ‌Evaporative heat rejection systems and their components shall be constructed of corrosion-resistant, non-porous materials that do not promote the proliferation of disease-causing micro-organisms and that are compatible with disinfectants, biocides and other cleaning agents.
4. ‌Evaporative heat rejection systems shall be installed such that
  1. no discharge air bypasses the drift eliminator or other means referred to in Clause (1)(a), and
  2. the systems are accessible for cleaning, inspection and maintenance.
5. Except as provided in Sentence (6), air discharged from evaporative heat rejection systems shall discharge away from the building, so as to not re-enter it, to a distance not less than
  1. 2.15 m above sidewalks and driveways,
  2. 7.6 m from outdoor air intakes,
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    Division B 6.3.2.16.
  3. ‌3 m horizontally or vertically from exterior doors and operable windows, and
  4. 3 m horizontally or vertically from occupiable outdoor spaces, excluding maintenance spaces.
    (See Note A-6.3.2.15.(5) and (6).)
6. Air discharged from evaporative heat rejection systems in health care facilities shall discharge away from the building in compliance with CAN/CSA-Z317.2, “Special requirements for heating, ventilation, and air-conditioning (HVAC) systems in health care facilities.” (See Note A-6.3.2.15.(5) and (6).)‌
7. Air intakes of evaporative heat rejection systems shall incorporate protective measures to minimize the entrainment of vegetation and other organic matter.
8. Make-up water connections shall be equipped with backflow prevention devices that conform to Article 2.6.2.1. of Division B of the NPC. (See Note A-6.3.2.15.(8) and (9).)
9. Water treatment systems and equipment for controlling the proliferation of disease-causing micro-organisms shall
  1. be provided in accordance with Section 7.6.2. of ASHRAE Guideline 12, “Minimizing the Risk of Legionellosis Associated with Building Water Systems,” and
  2. include means for drainage, dilution, cleaning, and application of chemicals for the control of scale, corrosion and biological contamination.
    (See Note A-6.3.2.15.(8) and (9).)
10. Drains, overflows and blow-downs shall be connected to the building's drainage system in accordance with Clause 2.4.2.1.(1)(e) of Division B of the NPC.
11. ‌Evaporative heat rejection systems shall be provided with access openings, service platforms, fixed ladders and fall-restraint connections to allow inspection, maintenance and testing.‌
‌Evaporative Air Coolers, Misters, Atomizers, Air Washers and Humidifiers
1. Evaporative air coolers, misters, atomizers, air washers and humidifiers shall be designed in accordance with Sections 8 and 9 of ASHRAE Guideline 12, “Minimizing the Risk of Legionellosis Associated with Building Water Systems.”
2. Systems referred to in Sentence (1) shall
  1. ‌be designed so that water continuously circulates through all parts of the system that are normally wetted when the system is operating, and
  2. incorporate a method of preventing water stagnation within the system itself and the internal plumbing when the system is not operating.
    (See Note A-6.3.2.16.(2).)
3. All components of systems referred to in Sentence (1), including filters and evaporation media, shall be constructed of corrosion-resistant, non-porous materials that do not promote the proliferation of disease-causing micro-organisms.
4. Associated sumps shall
  1. ‌be constructed of corrosion-resistant, non-porous materials that do not promote the proliferation of disease-causing micro-organisms,
  2. include auxiliary drains to prevent the overflow of water into ductwork, and
  3. be installed so that they can be flushed, drained, cleaned and disinfected.
5. ‌Where misters, atomizers or air washers are used in ductwork, the affected duct section shall be
  1. designed to ensure drainage of unevaporated and accumulated water, and
  2. constructed of corrosion-resistant, non-porous materials that do not promote the proliferation of disease-causing micro-organisms.
6. Make-up water connections shall be equipped with backflow prevention devices that conform to Article 2.6.2.1. of Division B of the NPC. (See Note A-6.3.2.16.(6).)
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B‌

‌Fans and Associated Air-Handling Equipment
1. Fans for heating, ventilating and air-conditioning systems shall be located and installed so that their operation
  1. ‌does not adversely affect the draft required for proper operation of fuel-fired
    appliances, and
  2. does not allow the air in the duct system to be contaminated by air or gases from the boiler room or furnace room.
2. Fans and associated air-handling equipment, such as air washers, filters and heating and cooling units, when installed on the roof or elsewhere outside the building, shall be of a type designed for outdoor use.
‌Vibration Isolation Connectors‌
1. Vibration isolation connectors in air duct systems shall comply with Article 3.6.5.2.
‌Tape‌
1. Tape used for sealing joints in air ducts, plenums and other parts of air duct systems shall comply with Article 3.6.5.3.

‌Chimneys and Venting Equipment‌
1. ‌Requirement for Venting‌
  1. Except as provided in Articles 6.3.3.2. and 6.3.3.3., the products of combustion from oil-, gas- and solid-fuel-burning appliances shall be vented in conformance with the requirements in the applicable appliance installation standard listed in Article 6.2.1.5.
  2. Except as provided in Article 6.2.1.5., vented products of combustion, other than those referred to in Sentence (1), shall be discharged away from the building, so as not to re-enter it, to a distance not less than
    1. 2.15 m above sidewalks and driveways,
    2. 3 m from outdoor air intakes,
    3. ‌3 m horizontally or vertically from doors and operable windows, and
    4. ‌3 m horizontally or vertically from occupiable outdoor spaces, excluding maintenance spaces.
      (See Note A-6.3.3.1.(2).)
2. ‌Masonry or Concrete Chimneys
  1. Rectangular masonry or concrete chimneys not more than 12 m in height shall conform to Part 9 if they serve
    1. appliances with a combined total rated heat output of 120 kW or less, or
    2. fireplaces.
  2. ‌Masonry or concrete chimneys other than those described in Sentence (1) shall be designed and installed in conformance with the appropriate requirements in NFPA 211, “Standard for Chimneys, Fireplaces, Vents, and Solid Fuel-Burning Appliances.”‌
3. ‌Metal Smoke Stacks
  1. Single wall metal smoke stacks shall be designed and installed in conformance with NFPA 211, “Standard for Chimneys, Fireplaces, Vents, and Solid Fuel-Burning Appliances.”‌
4. ‌Access Ladders‌
  1. Access ladders for chimneys, when provided, shall consist of steel or bronze rungs, built into the walls of the chimneys.
  2. Rungs for external ladders shall begin at not less than 2.5 m from ground level.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 6.3.4.4.
‌Ventilation for Laboratories
1. ‌Application
  1. This Subsection applies to laboratories where dangerous goods, including flammable liquids and combustible liquids, are used in normal laboratory operations in quantities or in a manner that creates a fire or explosion hazard.‌
2. ‌General Ventilation
  1. A laboratory shall be provided with continuous mechanical ventilation designed to ensure that dangerous goods vapours and particles
    1. do not accumulate in the laboratory,
    2. are prevented from migrating to other parts of the building,
    3. do not accumulate in the ventilation system,
    4. are exhausted to the outdoors, and
    5. are not returned to the building.
  2. ‌A ventilation system required by this Subsection shall be provided with monitoring devices to
    1. indicate that the ventilation system is in operation, and
    2. ‌sound an alarm if the ventilation system is malfunctioning.
  3. A ventilation system required by this Subsection shall be maintained in conformance with Article 5.5.4.1. of Division B of the NFC.
3. ‌Enclosure Exhaust Ventilation‌
  1. The ventilation system for a power-ventilated enclosure required by Sentence 5.5.4.2.(1) of Division B of the NFC shall
    1. conform to NFPA 91, “Standard for Exhaust Systems for Air Conveying of Vapors, Gases, Mists, and Particulate Solids,”
    2. provide continuous exhaust ventilation at an air velocity sufficient to prevent the accumulation of combustible or reactive deposits in the power-ventilated enclosure and its exhaust duct system,‌
    3. confine dangerous goods vapours and particles to the area where they are generated and exhaust them to the outdoors,
    4. not return the exhausted air to the building, and
    5. be provided with well identified control switches that are
      1. ‌located outside of the power-ventilated enclosure, and
      2. readily accessible in case of an emergency.
4. ‌Enclosure Construction‌
  1. The power-ventilated enclosure required by Sentence 5.5.4.2.(1) of Division B of the NFC and its exhaust duct system shall
    1. except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), be constructed of noncombustible materials compatible with and chemically resistant to the dangerous goods vapours and particles being exhausted, and
    2. be provided with access doors to permit inspection and maintenance of the fan assembly and exhaust ducts.
  2. ‌Combustible materials are permitted in systems described in Clause (1)(a) if
    1. such materials are required by the corrosive or reactive properties of the
      dangerous goods being used, and
    2. their flame-spread rating is not more than 25.
  3. The flame-spread rating required by Sentence (2) is permitted to be greater than 25 if an automatic fire suppression system is provided inside the power-ventilated enclosure and its exhaust duct system.

‌6.4.1.1. Division B

‌Section 6.4. Heating Systems‌

‌Heating Appliances, General
1. ‌Location of Appliances
  1. Except for appliances installed in dwelling units, fuel-fired heating appliances shall be located, enclosed or separated from the remainder of the building in conformance with Section 3.6. (See also Subsection 9.10.10.)‌
2. ‌Appliances Installed Outside the Building‌
  1. Fuel-fired appliances installed outside a building shall be designed and constructed for outdoor use.
‌Unit Heaters‌
1. ‌Clearances‌
  1. Every unit heater using either steam or hot water as the heating medium shall be installed such that the clearances between the appliance and adjacent combustible material conform to Table 6.7.1.2.
‌Radiators and Convectors‌
1. ‌Lining or Backing
  1. A noncombustible lining or backing shall be provided for every steam or hot water radiator and convector
    1. located in a recess or concealed space, or
    2. attached to the face of a wall of combustible construction or encapsulated mass timber construction.
  2. Every steam or hot water radiator and convector shall be installed so as to conform to the clearance requirements of Table 6.7.1.2.

‌Section 6.5. Thermal Insulation Systems‌

‌Insulation
1. ‌Insulation and Coverings‌
  (See Note A-6.3.2.5.)
  1. Insulation and coverings on pipes shall comply with Article 3.6.5.5.
  2. ‌Insulation and coverings on pipes shall be composed of material that will withstand deterioration from softening, melting, mildew and mould at the operating temperature of the system.
  3. Exposed piping or equipment subject to human contact shall be insulated so that the temperature of the exposed surface does not exceed 52°C. (See Note A-6.5.1.1.(3).)

‌Section 6.6. Refrigeration and Cooling Systems‌

‌Refrigerating Systems and Equipment for Air-conditioning‌
1. ‌Cooling Units
  1. Where a cooling unit is combined with a fuel-fired furnace in the same duct system, the cooling unit shall be installed
    1. in parallel with the heating furnace,
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
      Division B 6.7.2.1.
    2. upstream of the furnace provided the furnace is designed for such application, or
    3. downstream of the furnace provided the cooling unit is designed to prevent excessive temperature or pressure in the refrigeration system.

‌Section 6.7. Piping Systems‌

‌Piping for Heating and Cooling Systems‌
1. ‌Piping Materials and Installation
  1. Piping shall be made from materials designed to withstand the effects of temperatures and pressures that may occur in the system. (See Articles 3.1.5.19., 3.1.9.1., 9.10.9.6. and 9.10.9.7. for fire safety requirements.)‌
  2. Every pipe used in a heating or air-conditioning system shall be installed to allow for expansion and contraction due to temperature changes.
  3. ‌Supports and anchors for piping in a heating or air-conditioning system shall be designed and installed to ensure that undue stress is not placed on the supporting structure.‌
2. ‌Clearances‌
  1. Clearances between combustible material and bare pipes carrying steam or hot water shall conform to Table 6.7.1.2.
    
    Table 6.7.1.2.
    Clearance Between Steam or Hot Water Pipes and Combustible Material
    Forming Part of Articles 6.4.2.1. and 6.7.1.2., and Sentence 6.4.3.1.(2)
    
    Steam or Water Temperature, °C
    Minimum Clearance, mm
    ‌Up to 95
    No clearance
    Above 95 to 120
    15
    ‌Above 120
    25
3. ‌Surface Temperature
  1. The exposed surface temperature of a steam or hot water radiator shall not exceed 70°C unless precautions are taken to prevent human contact. (See Note A-6.5.1.1.(3).)‌
4. ‌Protection
  1. Where a pipe carrying steam or hot water at a temperature above 120°C passes through a combustible floor, ceiling or wall, the construction shall be protected by a sleeve of metal or other noncombustible material not less than 50 mm larger in diameter than the pipe.
5. ‌Piping in Shafts‌
  1. Where piping for heating or air-conditioning systems is enclosed in a shaft, the requirements of Article 3.6.3.1. for shafts shall apply.
‌Storage Bins‌
1. ‌Storage Bins
  1. Service pipes passing through a storage bin for solid fuel shall be protected or so located as to avoid damage to the pipes.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌6.8.1.1. Division B
  2. ‌Except for fuel-thawing pipes, every pipe designed to operate at a temperature of 50°C or above shall be located where solid fuel cannot be stored in contact with it.

‌Section 6.8. Equipment Access‌

‌Openings‌
1. ‌Access Openings
  1. ‌Any covering of an access opening through which a person could enter shall be openable from the inside without the use of keys where there is a possibility of the opening being accidentally closed while the system or equipment is being serviced.‌
2. ‌Openings in Air Duct Systems‌
  1. ‌Air duct systems shall have no openings other than those required for the proper operation and maintenance of the system.
  2. Access openings shall be provided in duct systems to allow the removal of material that may accumulate in plenums and ducts.
3. ‌Odour Removal Equipment
  1. ‌When odour removal equipment of the adsorption type is used, it shall be
    1. installed to allow access so that adsorption material can be reactivated or renewed, and
    2. protected from dust accumulation by air filters installed on the inlet side.
  2. ‌Facilities for flushing and drainage shall be provided where filters are designed to be washed in place.

‌Section 6.9. Fire Safety Systems‌

‌General‌
1. ‌Fire Safety Requirements
  1. The fire safety characteristics of heating, ventilating and air-conditioning systems shall comply with Subsection 3.6.5.
  2. Characteristics referred to in Sentence (1) include but are not limited to
    1. use of combustible materials in duct systems,
    2. ‌flame-spread ratings and smoke-developed ratings of duct and pipe materials and coverings,
    3. ‌installation of equipment relative to property lines, and
    4. requirements for fire dampers and fire stop flaps.
2. ‌Hazardous Gases, Dusts or Liquids
  1. Except as provided in Subsection 6.3.4., systems serving spaces that contain hazardous gases, dusts or liquids shall be designed, constructed and installed to conform to the requirements of the applicable provincial or territorial regulations or municipal bylaws or, in the absence of such regulations or bylaws, to good engineering practice such as that described in the publications of the National Fire Protection Association and in the NFC. (See Note A-6.9.1.2.(1).)
  2. When indoor piping for Class I flammable liquids is installed in a trench, the trench shall be
    1. provided with positive ventilation to the outdoors, or
    2. designed to prevent the accumulation of flammable vapours.
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
      ‌Division B 6.9.3.1.‌
3. ‌Commercial Cooking Equipment
  1. Fire protection systems for commercial cooking equipment referred to in Sentence 6.3.1.6.(1) using vegetable oil or animal fat shall conform to
    1. ANSI/CAN/UL/ULC 300, “Standard for Fire Testing of Fire Extinguishing Systems for Protection of Commercial Cooking Equipment,” or
    2. ULC/ORD-C1254.6, “Fire Testing of Restaurant Cooking Area Fire Extinguishing System Units.”
‌Dampers and Ductwork‌
1. ‌Fire Dampers
  1. Fire dampers shall conform to Article 3.1.8.10.
2. ‌Smoke Detectors
  1. Air handling systems shall incorporate smoke detectors where and as required by Article 3.2.4.12.
3. ‌Exhaust Ducts and Outlets
  1. Where an exhaust duct system is used for smoke removal in a high building, the requirements of Article 3.2.6.6. shall apply.
  2. Where exhaust duct systems from more than one fire compartment are connected to an exhaust duct in a vertical service space, the requirements of Article 3.6.3.4. shall apply.
4. ‌Ducts in Exits‌
  1. Where ducts penetrate fire separations separating exits from the remainder of the
    building, they shall be in accordance with Article 3.4.4.4.
‌Carbon Monoxide Alarms
1. ‌Carbon Monoxide Alarms
  1. This Article applies to every building that contains a residential occupancy, a care occupancy with individual suites, or a care occupancy containing sleeping rooms not within a suite, and that also contains
    1. a fuel-burning appliance, or
    2. a storage garage.
  2. ‌Carbon monoxide (CO) alarms required by this Article shall
    1. conform to CSA 6.19, “Residential carbon monoxide alarming devices,”
    2. be equipped with an integral alarm that satisfies the audibility requirements of CSA 6.19, “Residential carbon monoxide alarming devices,”
    3. have no disconnect switch between the overcurrent device and the CO alarm, where the CO alarm is powered by the electrical system serving the suite (see Note A-6.9.3.1.(2)(c)), and
    4. be mechanically fixed at a height above the floor as recommended by the manufacturer.
  3. Where a fuel-burning appliance is installed in a suite of residential occupancy or in a suite of care occupancy, a CO alarm shall be installed
    1. inside each bedroom, or
    2. outside each bedroom, within 5 m of each bedroom door, measured following corridors and doorways.
  4. Where a fuel-burning appliance is installed in a service room that is not in a suite
    of residential occupancy nor in a suite of care occupancy, a CO alarm shall be installed
    1. either inside each bedroom, or if outside, within 5 m of each bedroom door, measured following corridors and doorways, in every suite of residential
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
      6.9.4.1. Division B
      
      ‌occupancy or suite of care occupancy that shares a wall or floor/ceiling assembly with the service room, and
    2. in the service room.
  5. For each suite of residential occupancy or suite of care occupancy that shares a wall or floor/ceiling assembly with a storage garage or that is adjacent to an attic or crawl space to which the storage garage is also adjacent, a CO alarm shall be installed
    1. inside each bedroom, or
    2. ‌outside each bedroom, within 5 m of each bedroom door, measured following corridors and doorways.
‌Ash Storage‌‌
1. ‌Ash Storage Bins
  1. Every ash storage bin shall be constructed of noncombustible material.
  2. ‌Every opening in an ash storage bin shall be protected by a tight-fitting metal door with metal frame securely fastened to the bin.
2. ‌Fireplaces
  1. Fireplaces shall conform to the requirements of Section 9.22.

‌Section 6.10. Objectives and Functional Statements

‌Objectives and Functional Statements‌
1. ‌Attributions to Acceptable Solutions
  1. ‌For the purpose of compliance with this Code as required in

Table 6.10.1.1.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
6.2.1.5. Installation Standards
(1)	[F43-OS1.1]
	[F 43-OS3.4]
	[F43-OP1.1]
6.2.1.6. Installation – General
(1)	[F82-OS1.1]
	[F82-OS3.4]
	[F82-OP1.1]
(2)	[F31-OS3.1]
(3)	[F81-O S3.2,O S3.3,OS3.4]
	[F81-OS1.1]
6.2.1.7. Asbestos
(1)	[F43-OH1.1]
6.2.2.1. Applicable Standard
(1)	[F81-OS1.1]
6.2.3.1. Solid Fuel Storage Bins
(1)	[F30-OH2.1]

Objectives and Functional Statements Attributed to the Acceptable Solutions in Part 6

Forming Part of Sentence 6.10.1.1.(1)

Table 6.10.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
6.2.1.1. Good Engineering Practice
(1)	(a) to (e) [F31 ,F51-OP1.1]
	(a) to (c),(e ) to (i) [F40,F50,F51,F52,F54,F63-OH1.1]
	(a) to (c),(e) to (h) [F50,F51,F52,F 54,F63-OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F31 ,F50 ,F51,F52,F54,F63-O S3.2,OS3.4]
	(d) [F01-OS1.1]
6.2.1.2. Outdoor Design Conditions
(2)	[F40 ,F50-OH1.1]
(3)	[F40 ,F43 ,F44 ,F50-OH1.1]
	[F44-OS3.4]
6.2.1.3. Expansion, Contraction and System Pressure
(1)	[F20-OS3.2]
6.2.1.4. Structural Movement
(1)	[F23-OS3.1]
	[F51 ,F63,F 50-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]

Division B 6.10.1.1.

Table 6.10.1.1. (Continued) Table 6.10.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F01-OS1.1]
(2)	[F01-OP1.1]
6.3.1.1. Required Ventilation
(2)	[F50 ,F41 ,F52 ,F53 ,F63-OH1.1]
(3)	[F40 ,F41 ,F50,F52,F53,F63-OH1.1]
6.3.1.2. Crawl Spaces and Attic or Roof Spaces
(1)	[F61 ,F63 ,F41-O H1.1,OH1.3]
6.3.1.3. Ventilation of Storage Garages
(1)	[F50 ,F44-OS3.4]
(2)	[F44-OS3.4]
(3)	[F44-OS3.4]
(4)	[F50 ,F44-OS3.4]
(5)	[F50 ,F44-OH1.1]
(5)	[F50 ,F44-OS3.4]
6.3.1.5. Indoor Air Contaminants
(1)	[F44-OS3.4]
(1)	[F44-OH1.1]
(2)	[F44-OH1.1]
(3)	[F52-OH1.1]
6.3.1.6. Commercial Cooking Equipment
(1)	[F01 ,F44-OS1.1]
(1)	[F01 ,F44-OP1.1]
6.3.2.2. Drain Pans
(1)	[F41 ,F44 ,F50 ,F82-OH1.1]
(2)	[F40 ,F41 ,F44 ,F50-OH1.1]
6.3.2.3. Materials in Air Duct Systems
(2)	[F20 ,F80 -OH1.1,OH1.2]
(3)	[F81 ,F44-OS3.4]
(3)	[F81-OH1.1]
(4)	[F20 ,F80 -OH1.1,OH1.2]
6.3.2.4. Connections in Air Duct Systems
(1)	[F81-O H1.1,OH1.2]
(1)	[F81 ,F44-OS3.4]
6.3.2.5. Duct Coverings and Linings
(2)	[F81-O H1.1,OH1.2]
	[F81-OS1.1]
	[F81-OP1.1]
6.3.2.7. Interconnection of Systems
(1)	[F44-OS1.1]
(1)	[F40-OH1.1]
(2)	[F81 ,F44-OH1.1]
	[F81 ,F44-OS1.1]
	[F81 ,F44-OP1.1]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(3)	[F 81,F44-OH1.1]
6.3.2.8. Makeup Air
(1)	[F 50,F81-OH1.1]
(1)	[F 44,F81-OS3.4]
(2)	[F81-OH1.1]
(2)	[F 81,F44-OS3.4]
(3)	[F81-OH1.2]
6.3.2.9. Supply, Return, Intake and Exhaust Air Openings
(1)	[F30-OS3.1]
(1)	[F81-OH1.2]
(2)	[F81-OH1.1]
	[F 81,F44-OS3.4]
	[F 41,F44-OH1.1]
(3)	[F 44,F81-OH1.1]
(3)	[F 44,F81-OS3.4]
(4)	[F81-OH1.1]
(5)	[F 82,F81-OH1.1]
(5)	[F82-OS3.4]
6.3.2.10. Exhaust Ducts and Outlets
(1)	[F44-OH1.1]
(2)	[F44-OH1.1]
(3)	[F81-OH1.1]
(3)	[F81-OH1.2]
(4)	[F81-OH1.1]
(4)	[F81-OH1.2]
(5)	[F81-OH1.1]
(6)	[F81-OH1.1]
(7)	[F81-OS1.1]
(8)	[F52-OH1.1]
	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]
(9)	[F52-OH1.1]
(10)	[F81-OH1.1]
(11)	[F 81,F44-OH1.1]
(11)	[F 81,F44-OS1.1]
(12)	[F 81,F44-OH1.1]
(13)	[F81-OH1.2]
(13)	[F 81,F44-OH1.1]
6.3.2.11. Return-Air System
(3)	[F10-OS1.5]

6.10.1.1. Division B

Table 6.10.1.1. (Continued) Table 6.10.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
6.3.2.12. Underground Ducts
(1)	(a) [F44,F81-O H1.2,OH1.3]
	(b) [F44,F81-OH1.1]
	(c) [F44,F81-OH1.1]
(2)	[F81 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
6.3.2.13. Filters
(1)	[F80-OS1.1]
(1)	[F80-OP1.1]
(2)	[F30-OS3.3]
(2)	[F81 ,F43-OH1.1]
6.3.2.14. Cleaning Devices
(1)	[F40 ,F50-OH1.1]
(2)	[F40 ,F43 ,F44 ,F50-OH1.1]
(2)	[F44-OS3.4]
6.3.2.15. Evaporative Heat Rejection Systems
(1)	[F40 ,F41 ,F50-OH1.1]
(2)	[F40 ,F41 ,F50-OH1.1]
(3)	[F40 ,F41 ,F50-OH1.1]
(4)	[F40 ,F41 ,F50-OH1.1]
(5)	[F40 ,F41-OH1.1]
(6)	[F40 ,F41-OH1.1]
(7)	[F40 ,F41-OH1.1]
(8)	[F46-OH2.2]
(9)	[F41 ,F44-OH1.1]
(10)	[F46 ,F81-OH2.1]
(11)	[F41 ,F82-OH1.1]
(11)	[F82-OS3.1]
6.3.2.16. Evaporative Air Coolers, Misters, Atomizers, Air Washers and Humidifiers
(1)	[F44 ,F50-OH1.1]
(2)	[F40 ,F41 ,F50-OH1.1]
(3)	[F40 ,F41 ,F50-OH1.1]
(4)	[F40 ,F41 ,F50-OH1.1]
(4)	[F40 ,F41 ,F50 ,F82-OH1.1]
(5)	[F40 ,F41 ,F50-OH1.1]
(6)	[F46-OH2.2]
6.3.2.17. Fans and Associated Air-Handling Equipment
(1)	[F81 ,F44-OH1.1]
(1)	[F81 ,F44-OS3.4]
(2)	[F81-OH1.1]
6.3.3.1. Requirement for Venting
(2)	[F40 ,F44 ,F50-OH1.1]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
6.3.3.2. Masonry or Concrete Chimneys
(2)	[F01-OS1.1]
(2)	[F01-OP1.1]
6.3.3.3. Metal Smoke Stacks
(1)	[F01-OS1.1]
(1)	[F01-OP1.1]
6.3.3.4. Access Ladders
(1)	[F 20,F80-OS3.1]
(2)	[F30-OS3.1]
6.3.4.2. General Ventilation
(1)	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]
	[F02-OP1.2]
	[F02-O S1.2] [F81,F82-OS1.1]
(2)	[F 11,F81-OS1.1]
6.3.4.3. Enclosure Exhaust Ventilation
(1)	(a),(c),(d) [F01-OS1.1]
	(b) [F02-OP1.2]
	(e) [F12-O P1.1,OP1.2]
	(a) [F02-OP1.2]
	(b) [F02-O S1.2] [F81-OS1.1]
	(e) [F12-O S1.1,OS1.2]
	(a) [F02-OS1.2]
	(a) [F01-OS1.1]
6.3.4.4. Enclosure Construction
(1)	(a) [F02-O S1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “… be constructed of noncombustible materials …”
	(b) [F02-OP1.2]
	(a) [F02-O P1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “… be constructed of noncombustible materials …”
	(a) [F80-O S3.4] Applies to portion of Code text: “… be constructed of … materials … chemically resistant to the dangerous goods vapours and particles being exhausted …”
	(b) [F02-O S1.2] [F82-OS1.1]
	(a) [F80-O S1.1] Applies to portion of Code text: “… be constructed of … materials … chemically resistant to the dangerous goods vapours and particles being exhausted …”
	(a) [F01-OS1.1] Applies to portion of Code text: “… be constructed of … materials compatible with … the dangerous goods vapours and particles being exhausted …”
(3)	[F02-OS1.2]
(3)	[F02-OP1.2]

Division B 6.10.1.1.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
6.4.1.2. Appliances Installed Outside the Building
(1)	[F81-OP1.1]
	[F81-OH1.1]
	[F81-OS1.1]
6.4.2.1. Clearances
(1)	[F01-OP1.1]
	[F01-OS1.1]
6.4.3.1. Lining or Backing
(1)	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]
(2)	[F01-OS1.1]
6.5.1.1. Insulation and Coverings
(2)	[F20 ,F30 -OS3.2,OS3.4]
(3)	[F31-OS3.2]
6.6.1.1. Cooling Units
(1)	[F43 ,F81-OS3.4]
6.7.1.1. Piping Materials and Installation
(1)	[F20-O S3.2,OS3.4]
(2)	[F21-OH1.1]
(3)	[F20-OS2.2]
6.7.1.2. Clearances
(1)	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]
6.7.1.3. Surface Temperature
(1)	[F31-OS3.2]
6.7.1.4. Protection
(1)	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]
6.7.2.1. Storage Bins
(1)	[F30 ,F31 ,F43-O S3.2,OS3.4]
(2)	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]
6.8.1.1. Access Openings
(1)	[F36-OS3.6]
6.8.1.2. Openings in Air Duct Systems
(1)	[F81-O H1.1,OH1.2]
	[F81 ,F44-OS3.4]
(2)	[F82-OS1.1]
6.8.1.3. Odour Removal Equipment
(1)	[F82-OH1.1]
(2)	[F82-OH1.1]

Table 6.10.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
6.9.1.2. Hazardous Gases, Dusts or Liquids
(1)	[F01-OP1.1]
	[F01-OS1.1]
(2)	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]
6.9.1.3. Commercial Cooking Equipment
(1)	[F 02,F81-OS1.2]
	[F 02,F81-OP1.2]
6.9.3.1. Carbon Monoxide Alarms
(2)	(a),(b),(d) [F44-OS3.4] (c) [F81-OS3.4]
(3)	[F44-OS3.4]
(4)	[F44-OS3.4]
(5)	[F44-OS3.4]
6.9.4.1. Ash Storage Bins
(1)	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]
(2)	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]

Notes to Table 6.10.1.1.:

(1) See Parts 2 and 3 of Division A.

6-20 Division B

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

Division B

‌Notes to Part 6‌

Heating, Ventilating and Air-conditioning

A-6.2.1.1. Good Engineering Practice.

Building Pressurization

New buildings tend to be considerably more airtight than older ones. Consequently, these buildings may have a reduced pressurization requirement compared to the normal requirement in order to limit drafts and provide a reasonable level of comfort.

The humidification and relative pressurization of buildings and individual spaces in buildings can be significant factors in compromising the ongoing performance of the building envelope and other environmental separators.

In new construction, HVAC designers should take this issue into consideration and confer with those responsible for the design of the environmental separators so as to limit unintended effects on the environmental separators. In existing buildings, the ability of the environmental separators to resist or accommodate increases in pressure differential or moisture loading should be considered before changes are made to the HVAC system.

Legionella Control

HVAC designers should either develop a water management plan or complete a formal risk and hazard assessment to determine what measures are required for the control of legionella. The risk and hazard assessment should include inspections of the building and its surroundings to locate potential sources of legionella and to identify equipment or systems that could promote the growth and spread of legionella. The assessment should also evaluate the risk to building occupants that is associated with any identified equipment or systems, taking into account their design, location and operating conditions.

Further information on minimizing the growth and spread of legionella can be found in the following publications:

ANSI/ASHRAE 188, “Legionellosis: Risk Management for Building Water Systems,”
“Developing a Water Management Program to Reduce Legionella Growth and Spread in Buildings” (U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 2017),
“Legionella and Legionnaires' Disease: A Policy Overview” (European Agency for Safety and Health at Work, 2011),
“Legionella and the Prevention of Legionellosis” (World Health Organization, 2007),
“Legionnaires' Disease: Technical Guidance: Part 1: The Control of Legionella Bacteria in Evaporative Cooling Systems, and Part 3: The Control of Legionella Bacteria in Other Risk Systems” (U.K. Health and Safety Executive, 2013), and
“Recognition, Evaluation and Control of Legionella in Building Water Systems” (American Industrial Hygiene Association, 2015).

Radon Control

Measures may be necessary to reduce the radon concentration to a level below the guideline specified by Health Canada.

These Notes are included for explanatory purposes only and do not form part of the requirements. The number that introduces each Note corresponds to the applicable requirement in this Part.

A-6.2.1.2.(2) Division B

‌Further information on reducing the indoor concentration of radon can be found in the following Health Canada publications:

“Guide for Radon Measurements in Public Buildings (Schools, Hospitals, Care Facilities, Detention Centres),” and
“Radon: A Guide for Canadian Homeowners.”

A-6.2.1.2.(2) Outdoor Design Conditions. In the past, the practice of ventilating buildings with outdoor air assumed that the outdoor air was of better quality than the indoor air. It has become evident that the outdoor air in some areas of Canada may not be of an acceptable quality for ventilating buildings unless certain particles and gases are first removed or reduced. For particulate matter, the maximum acceptable level is the 98th percentile of the average 24 hour values; for ozone, the maximum acceptable level is the average of the average 8 hour values. A recent estimate suggests that many Canadians are exposed to contaminated outdoor air via buildings' ventilation systems, which may lead to health problems such as cardiovascular and cerebral vascular diseases, respiratory irritation and illnesses, asthma, allergies, cancer, mucus membrane disorders and possibly death.

In order to manage the air quality of a building's indoor environment, thus reducing the potential for adverse effects on occupants' health, the quality of outdoor air for building ventilation purposes must be addressed. The air pollutants for which standards have been developed are particulate matter and ground-level ozone. Sentence 6.2.1.2.(2) sets limits on the maximum acceptable levels of these particles and gas that a building's ventilation system should introduce directly to the indoor environment. These limits form part of the Canada-wide Standards for Particulate Matter (PM) and Ozone, which were established pursuant to the 1998 Canada-wide Accord on Environmental Harmonization of the Canadian Council of Ministers of the

‌Environment (CCME) and its Canada-wide Environmental Standards Sub-Agreement. Information on related regulations is available from Environment and Climate Change Canada and the provincial/territorial ministries of the environment. A database of particle measurements for certain Canadian locations is available from the National Air Pollution Surveillance Network (NAPS), which is run by Environment and Climate Change Canada in conjunction with the provinces and territories.

A-6.2.1.2.(3) Outdoor Design Conditions. The outdoor air at the local area of the building site, including its immediate surroundings, should be assessed to identify the levels of contaminants that may be of concern if allowed to enter the building. Examples of contaminants of concern include the following:

irritants from restaurant and dumpster emissions
visible plumes from cooling towers and incinerators
combustion exhaust from vehicles on loading docks and highways
‌other visible sources of contaminants on site and from adjoining properties (e.g. manufacturing plants) Factors that can influence the infiltration of contaminants, such as the building's geometry and prevailing winds and seasonal activity in the local area, should also be considered. Features can be incorporated in the design of the building to mitigate the effects of the identified contaminants of concern to the building occupants.

A-6.2.1.4. Structural Movement. This Article is intended to remind designers and installers of mechanical systems of one aspect of the “good engineering practice” referred to in Article 6.2.1.1.
In determining how to accommodate structural movement, there are two important principles to bear in mind:
The prime concern of the NBC is the safety of people in and around the building, as opposed to protection of the mechanical systems and equipment.
The nature of the accommodation will vary with the type of movement being considered, taking into account particularly how often the movement is likely to be encountered over the life of the building.

For example, a gas line supported on columns that also support a crane must be installed in such a way that the movement of the columns, which occurs many times daily, does not cause the lines to break, thus creating a hazard. Even if the gas line installation could somehow be designed to break in a non-hazardous manner, it would hardly be recognized as good engineering practice if movement that occurs so frequently could disrupt the operation of the mechanical system.

On the other hand, earthquakes occur far less frequently and it would not be surprising to have a non-critical mechanical system fail as a result of an earthquake. However, even in this situation, the failure must occur in a manner that does not create a hazard to building occupants. For example, heavy mechanical equipment should be properly anchored so that it does not topple on building occupants during an earthquake. The design of the anchors should take into account accelerations consistent with the seismic data given in Appendix C for the location of the building. Part 4 provides guidance on the calculation of the loads such equipment would exert on the building structure during an earthquake; these same loads can be used in designing the anchors.

Division B A-6.3.1.5.

Some mechanical equipment can be an important component of post-disaster life safety systems. In these cases, the measures needed to accommodate the movements caused by an earthquake become even more critical since failure of the equipment would not be acceptable.

‌Clearly, complying with this requirement will, in most cases, necessitate close coordination between the mechanical designer and the structural designer.

For additional information on the types of structural movement that may be encountered, see Article 4.1.3.5., Sentence 4.1.3.3.(2) and Subsection 4.1.8.

A-6.2.1.6.(1) Installation – General. Ducts or pipes without dampers or valves are generally not considered to constitute “equipment” and are therefore not subject to this requirement.

A-6.3.1.2.(1) Ventilation and Venting of Crawl Spaces and Attic or Roof Spaces. The cross-reference to Part 5 pertains to unconditioned and unoccupied crawl spaces, and attic or roof spaces, which are effectively within the building envelope. That is, unconditioned and unoccupied attic or roof spaces are located between the roof deck and roofing above, and the insulation, air barrier system and vapour barrier below. Unconditioned and unoccupied crawl spaces are located between the ground cover below and the insulation, air barrier system and vapour barrier above. Venting of these spaces has implications for the

performance of the building envelope rather than having direct effects on indoor conditions. The ventilation of conditioned or occupied crawl spaces and attic or roof spaces must comply with Part 6.

The requirements in Part 5 are stated in terms of loads that must be resisted rather than in terms of building elements. Thus, the Code user will not find explicit references in Part 5 to crawl spaces, or attic or roof spaces. Part 5 makes reference to the need for venting environmental separators, i.e., the dissipation of heat or moisture.

Sentence 6.3.1.2.(1) requires that crawl spaces be ventilated either by natural (above-grade only) or mechanical means. High moisture levels within the crawl space can lead to problems such as the formation of mould, lifting of flooring or long-term damage to structural components.

Crawl space ventilation cannot be expected to correct moisture-related problems caused by other factors like inadequate surface drainage from the foundation walls or improper protection against moisture from the ground. These conditions must be properly addressed so that crawl space ventilation can meet its intended objectives.

Several factors favour the use of mechanical ventilation rather than reliance on natural drafts. Local conditions, such as areas with high water tables, may dictate the need for mechanical ventilation to remove excessive moisture.

‌Crawl spaces should be maintained at a negative pressure relative to the conditioned area above to prevent the migration of moisture into occupied areas. This can be achieved through the use of an exhaust fan and relying on air transfer through floor penetrations, such as pipes.‌

A-6.3.1.3.(1) Storage Garages. Areas where motor vehicles are parked with the engine off for extended periods of time, such as car dealership showrooms, are not considered as storage garages.

‌A-6.3.1.3.(2) Ventilation of Storage Garages. Storage garages are ventilated to protect occupants from exposure to carbon monoxide and other vehicular exhaust fumes. In certain cases, such as small two- or three-bay storage garages that are used for occasional vehicle storage, and where occupants are not present, carbon monoxide or nitrogen dioxide monitoring devices may be omitted if the ventilation system is interlocked with a local light switch or other controls to ensure continuous system operation whenever the area is occupied. In any event, the ventilation system capacity must be designed to limit the concentrations of carbon monoxide or nitrogen dioxide at or below the prescribed values.

A-6.3.1.5. Indoor Air Contaminants.

Contaminants of Concern

Indoor air can contain complex mixtures of contaminants of concern such as formaldehyde, legionella, mould and emissions from building materials. While some contaminants may be knowingly introduced—as in the case of processing and manufacturing environments—others may be unintentionally released into indoor environments. “Industrial Ventilation: A Manual of Recommended Practice for Design,” published by the ACGIH, and the “Exposure Guidelines for Residential Indoor Air Quality,” published by Health Canada, are useful references on the control of contaminants in industrial workplace environments and

A-6.3.2.2. Division B

residential settings, respectively. These and other guidelines and manuals should be interpreted while keeping in mind the settings and purposes for which they were developed compared to those to which they will be applied. Note that such documents do not necessarily consider the interactions between various contaminants.

Minimizing the Growth and Spread of Bio-contaminants

Bio-contaminants, such as bacteria, mould, mildew, fungi, viruses, and pollen, can thrive in or be spread by sources like drain pans, spray-water air-washers, contaminated filters, poorly maintained cooling coils, water incursion into ductwork, high humidity and stagnant water, potentially causing a wide range of adverse health effects including respiratory allergic reactions, asthma, and diseases ranging from influenza to legionellosis.

Some of the control measures are as follows:

Air-handling equipment should be accessible for the maintenance of filters, cooling coils and condensate drain pans located below the cooling coils. Access doors should be large and easy to open to facilitate thorough and regular maintenance.
If moisture is added to building ventilation air to maintain humidity levels in a designated range, humidifiers that inject steam or water vapour into central air-handling units or main supply ducts are normally used. Injection nozzles should not be located in air-handling unit plenums or ductwork that is insulated with internal fibrous lining. If the lining becomes wet, conditions conducive to the growth and spread of bio-contaminants will result.
HVAC systems that generate condensate or introduce liquid water into the airstream in the ducts require adequate drainage of excess water and, in some cases, a means of capturing air-entrained water droplets. These measures reduce the potential for bio-contaminants, including legionella, to proliferate in stagnant water and for water droplets containing bio-contaminants to be introduced into the airstream and contaminate the indoor environment. (See also Article 6.3.2.2.)

‌The above only addresses built-in features of an HVAC system that can help to minimize the growth and spread of bio-contaminants. Even more important than the built-in features is a program of regular maintenance and cleaning of those portions of the system where such growth is likely to occur.

‌A-6.3.2.2. Stagnant Water in Drain Pans. It is important to eliminate stagnant water as it can promote the proliferation of disease-causing micro-organisms, such as legionella.

Of particular concern is the potential for legionella bacteria in water to become airborne in water droplets or mist that can be inhaled by humans or can contaminate other water sources or systems.

‌A-6.3.2.5. Duct Coverings and Linings. The TIAC “Mechanical Insulation Best Practices Guide” is a comprehensive source of information on the selection, installation and proper use of thermal insulation

materials. (Note that Section 4 of this Guide is not included in the scope of this Note as it contains information on proprietary products, which are not within the mandate of the Code.)

A-6.3.2.10.(5) and (6) Exhausting to Garages. A frequent practice in the design of ventilation systems serving buildings which have associated parking garages is to discharge exhaust air from the building to the garage in order to reduce the cost of heating the garage or reduce the length of the exhaust ducts.

‌However, this practice entails a certain amount of risk since, when the exhaust system is not running, stack effect may turn the exhaust outlets into intakes and exhaust fumes (including carbon monoxide) can be drawn from the garage into the building. Incorporating a backdraft damper at the exhaust outlet provides some additional protection but backdraft dampers are generally not regarded as being very reliable. Therefore this practice is only permitted in very limited circumstances.‌

A-6.3.2.10.(6)(b) Air Contaminants. For the purpose of Clause 6.3.2.10.(6)(b), washroom exhaust air is not considered to contain contaminants that would adversely affect the air quality in the storage garage.

A-6.3.2.10.(7) and (8) Exhaust Ducts Connected to Laundry-Drying Equipment. Clothes dryers are a major cause of fires in buildings often due to a build-up of lint in the system, which then ignites or obstructs the venting or ventilation. Proper cleaning and regular maintenance of lint traps is directly proportional to the ease of access to the lint traps. It is therefore important to ensure that lint traps in multiple installations of laundry-drying equipment are installed in such a way as to allow easy access for inspection, maintenance, repair and cleaning.

‌Division B A-6.3.3.1.(2)

Probable number of operating fans

‌A-6.3.2.10.(12)(b) Operation Diversity Factor. The operation diversity factor has to be assessed for each specific application. Good engineering practice (see Article 6.2.1.1.) design guidelines can provide information on the subject. Figure A-6.3.2.10.(12)(b), which originates from ASHRAE handbooks, provides an example of factors that can be used for general applications.

Total number of fans connected to the main riser

EG02010A

‌Figure A-6.3.2.10.(12)(b)

Operation diversity factor

A-6.3.2.15.(5) and (6) Minimum Distances. Ensuring adequate distance between the air discharge locations of evaporative heat rejection systems and certain outdoor spaces and building components minimizes the potential for contamination of the air of occupiable spaces. For example, if a building's ventilation air intake were located too close to an air discharge location of an evaporative heat rejection system, warm discharge

air and associated drift, which could contain biological contaminants, could be introduced to the indoor environment through the air intake.

The minimum distances stated in Sentences 6.3.2.15.(5) and (6) may need to be increased where warranted by local conditions such as prevailing winds, adjacent structures, or special processes being carried out, any of which would make further analysis necessary. (See also Sentence 6.3.3.1.(2).)

‌A-6.3.2.15.(8) and (9) Assessment of System and Make-Up Water. The chemical characteristics of the water in the evaporative heat rejection system and of the make-up water should be assessed to select a suitable water treatment system.‌

A-6.3.2.16.(2) Prevention of Water Stagnation. Common strategies to prevent water stagnation include flushing, providing an inactivity drain, and periodic activation, even with no load.

‌A-6.3.2.16.(6) Assessment of Make-Up Water. The chemical characteristics of the make-up water should be assessed to ensure that any chemicals added to a system referred to in Sentence 6.3.2.16.(1) for precipitation control, disinfection or another purpose will not adversely affect the system.

A-6.3.3.1.(2) Requirement for Venting. Sentence 6.3.3.1.(2) requires that vented products of combustion from appliances be discharged a minimum distance away from certain outdoor spaces and building components in cases where the vented products could contaminate the air of occupiable spaces. These minimum distances may need to be increased due to local conditions such as prevailing winds, adjacent structures, special processes being carried out, specific contaminants or effluent discharges, all of which would require further analysis.

“Occupiable outdoor spaces” refers to areas that could be occupied for a duration of more than fifteen minutes at any time, but does not include maintenance spaces. Occupiable outdoor spaces are located adjacent to an

A-6.5.1.1.(3) Division B

‌indoor space and are considered to be an extension of this indoor space: e.g. main entries, balconies, patios, decks, green roofs and other public assembly areas. Although sidewalks and driveways are mentioned in the provision, these areas are not considered as occupiable outdoor spaces since they are used as transport routes to and from the building, and people are not expected to remain there for extended periods of time.

The requirements of Sentence 6.3.3.1.(2) are not meant to override similar requirements found in the installation standards referenced in Article 6.2.1.5. that address identical situations.

‌A-6.5.1.1.(3) Temperature of Exposed Piping. Piping carrying steam, high-temperature hot water, or another heat transfer fluid at high temperature is usually insulated to reduce heat losses as an economy measure. Above a temperature of approximately 52°C, however, a bare pipe can cause a burn to human skin coming in contact with the pipe. According to ASTM C1055, “Standard Guide for Heated System Surface Conditions that Produce Contact Burn Injuries,” skin can be in contact with a surface at a temperature of 52°C for up to 60 s without experiencing irreversible damage. If pipes above this temperature are normally out of reach of all persons other than maintenance personnel or are properly guarded, it would be expected that no insulation would be needed for public safety.

A-6.9.1.2.(1) NFPA Publications Pertaining to the Heating, Ventilating and Air-Conditioning of Spaces Containing Hazardous Gases, Dusts or Liquids.

NFPA 30, “Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code”

NFPA 30A, “Code for Motor Fuel Dispensing Facilities and Repair Garages” NFPA 32, “Standard for Drycleaning Facilities”

NFPA 33, “Standard for Spray Application Using Flammable or Combustible Materials”

NFPA 34, “Standard for Dipping, Coating, and Printing Processes Using Flammable or Combustible Liquids” NFPA 35, “Standard for Manufacture of Organic Coatings”

NFPA 36, “Standard for Solvent Extraction Plants”

NFPA 40, “Standard for the Storage and Handling of Cellulose Nitrate Film”

NFPA 51, “Standard for the Design and Installation of Oxygen-Fuel Gas Systems for Welding, Cutting, and Allied Processes”

NFPA 51A, “Standard for Acetylene Cylinder Charging Plants” NFPA 55, “Compressed Gases and Cryogenic Fluids Code”

NFPA 61, “Standard for the Prevention of Fires and Dust Explosions in Agricultural and Food Processing Facilities”

NFPA 68, “Standard on Explosion Protection by Deflagration Venting” NFPA 69, “Standard on Explosion Prevention Systems”

NFPA 85, “Boiler and Combustion Systems Hazards Code” NFPA 86, “Standard for Ovens and Furnaces”

NFPA 88A, “Standard for Parking Structures”

NFPA 91, “Standard for Exhaust Systems for Air Conveying of Vapors, Gases, Mists, and Particulate Solids” NFPA 96, “Standard for Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations”

NFPA 204, “S tandard for Smoke and Heat Venting”

NFPA 303, “Fire Protection Standard for Marinas and Boatyards”

NFPA 307, “Standard for the Construction and Fire Protection of Marine Terminals, Piers, and Wharves” NFPA 409, “Standard on Aircraft Hangars”

NFPA 415, “Standard on Airport Terminal Buildings, Fueling Ramp Drainage, and Loading Walkways” NFPA 484, “S tandard for Combustible Metals”

NFPA 654, “Standard for the Prevention of Fire and Dust Explosions from the Manufacturing, Processing, and Handling of Combustible Particulate Solids”

NFPA 655, “S tandard for Prevention of Sulfur Fires and Explosions”

NFPA 664, “Standard for the Prevention of Fires and Explosions in Wood Processing and Woodworking Facilities”

NFPA “Fire Protection Guide to Hazardous Materials”

A-6.9.3.1.(2)(c) Carbon Monoxide Alarms. Battery-powered carbon monoxide alarms are acceptable provided that they are mechanically fastened in place.

Division B

‌Part 7

Plumbing Services

General
1. Scope 7-1
2. Design and Installation 7-1
3. Required Facilities 7-1
4. Definitions 7-1
Objectives and Functional Statements
1. Objectives and Functional

Statements 7-1

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

‌Division B

Part 7 Plumbing Services

‌Section 7.1. General‌

‌Scope
1. ‌Scope
  1. The scope of this Part shall be as described in Subsection 1.3.3. of Division A.
2. ‌Application‌
  1. This Part applies to the design, construction, extension, alteration, renewal or repair of plumbing systems.
‌Design and Installation‌
1. ‌Conformance with Regulations or National Plumbing Code
  1. Every plumbing system shall be designed and installed in conformance with appropriate provincial or territorial regulations or municipal bylaws, in the absence of such regulations or bylaws, in conformance with the NPC.
‌Required Facilities
1. ‌All Buildings Except Dwelling Units‌
  1. Buildings shall be equipped with plumbing facilities as required in Subsection 3.7.2. and Article 3.8.2.8.
2. ‌Dwelling Units‌
  1. Dwelling units shall be equipped with plumbing facilities as required in Section 9.31.
‌Definitions
1. ‌Defined Terms‌
  1. Words that appear in italics are defined in Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A.

‌Section 7.2. Objectives and Functional Statements

‌Objectives and Functional Statements‌
1. ‌Attributions to Acceptable Solutions
  1. For the purpose of compliance with this Code as required in

Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) of Division A, the objectives and functional statements attributed

7.2.1.1. Division B

to the acceptable solutions in this Part shall be the objectives and functional statements listed in Table 7.2.1.1. (See Note A-1.1.2.1.(1).)

Table 7.2.1.1.

Objectives and Functional Statements Attributed to the Acceptable Solutions in Part 7

Forming Part of Sentence 7.2.1.1.(1)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
7.1.2.1. Conformance with Regulations or National Plumbing Code
(1)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F31-O S3.2] [F43-OS3.4]
	[F70-O H2.2] [F72-OH2.1]

Notes to Table 7.2.1.1.:

(1) See Parts 2 and 3 of Division A.

Division B

Part 8 Safety Measures at Construction and Demolition Sites

General
1. Scope 8-1
2. Application 8-1
Protection of the Public
1. Fencing and Barricades 8-1
2. Excavation 8-2
3. Use of Streets or Public Property 8-3
4. Direction of Vehicular Traffic 8-3
5. Waste Material 8-4
Objectives and Functional Statements
1. Objectives and Functional

Statements 8-5

Notes to Part 8 8-7

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

‌Division B

Part 8 ‌Safety Measures at Construction and Demolition Sites

‌Section 8.1. General‌‌

‌Scope
‌Application
1. ‌Application‌
  1. Where a building is undergoing construction, alteration or demolition, measures shall be taken at the building site in conformance with this Code. (See Note A-8.1.2.1.(1).)
2. ‌Protection from Risk‌
  1. ‌Precautions shall be taken to ensure that no person is exposed to undue risk.

‌Section 8.2. Protection of the Public‌

‌Fencing and Barricades
1. ‌Covered Way Exceptions
  1. Where the construction may constitute a hazard to the public, work shall not commence on the construction, alteration or repair of a building until a covered way has been provided as described in Article 8.2.1.2. to protect the public, except where
    1. the work is done within a solid enclosure,
    2. the building is at a distance of 2 m or more from a public way used by pedestrians, or
    3. site conditions warrant a distance greater than provided in Clause (b).
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
2. ‌Division B‌
‌Excavation‌
1. ‌Water Removal‌
  1. ‌Excavations shall be kept reasonably clear of water.
2. ‌Protection of Adjoining Property‌
  1. If the stability of adjoining buildings may be endangered by the work of excavating, adequate underpinning, shoring and bracing shall be provided to prevent
    1. damage to, or movement of, any part of the adjoining building, and
    2. the creation of a hazard to the public.
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
      ‌Division B 8.2.4.2.‌
‌Use of Streets or Public Property‌
1. ‌Safe Passage Past Site‌
  1. Except as provided in Article 8.2.3.2., provisions shall be made at all times for the safe passage of pedestrian and vehicular traffic past the site.
  2. Material or equipment shall not be placed on any street or other public property except as authorized.
  3. Except as provided in Sentence (4), where a sidewalk exists adjacent to the site it shall be kept clear of obstructions at all times.
  4. ‌Where construction operations necessitate the obstruction of a sidewalk, a temporary sidewalk shall be provided and it shall be kept clear of obstruction at all times.‌
2. ‌Overhead Activities
  1. Operations such as the hoisting of major components onto a tall building or other overhead activities that constitute a hazard to pedestrians below from which the public cannot be protected by barricades, covered ways or similar means shall not be carried out until the street or other public way is closed.‌
3. ‌Barricades‌
  1. ‌Excavations in streets or public property shall
    1. be adequately barricaded, and
    2. have warning signs or lights installed on each section of the barricades referred to in Clause (a).
4. ‌Restoration and Repair‌
  1. All sidewalks, streets or other public property that have been damaged shall be restored to a safe condition.
  2. All obstructions on sidewalks, streets or other public property shall be removed when the need for such obstructions is ended.
5. ‌Warning Lights‌
  1. Warning lights shall be placed and shall be in operation during the hours of darkness at all obstructions on streets or other public ways.
‌Direction of Vehicular Traffic‌
1. ‌Hazards to Vehicular Traffic
  1. Where a hazard to vehicular traffic on a public way is created by work on a construction site, the following shall be provided to direct the traffic:
    1. one or more workers,
    2. ‌warning signs,
    3. barriers,
    4. ‌lane control devices, or
    5. flashing lights or flares located at a suitable distance from the hazard.
2. ‌Flags Used for Directing Traffic
  1. A flag used to direct traffic shall be
    1. red,
    2. not less than 450 mm by 500 mm,
    3. mounted on a staff not less than 1 m long, with the long side of the flag attached securely to the staff along its entire length, and
    4. maintained in a clean and untorn condition when being used.
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
3. ‌Division B‌
‌Waste Material‌
1. ‌Control of Waste Material‌
  1. ‌Waste material or other material shall not be permitted to fall freely from one
    storey to another.
2. ‌Removal of Waste Material‌
  1. ‌Waste material shall be removed as quickly as possible by means of
    1. appropriate containers,
    2. an enclosed shaft or chute conforming to Sentence 8.2.5.4.(1), or
    3. a hoisting apparatus if large pieces or objects are involved.
3. ‌Enclosures for Waste Material
  1. Waste material cleared as provided in Sentence 8.2.5.2.(1) shall be deposited in an enclosure
    1. ‌so arranged as to prevent waste material from being projected beyond the confines of the enclosure, and
    2. not accessible to the public.
4. ‌Chutes for Waste Material
  1. The chute described in Clause 8.2.5.2.(1)(b) shall be closed if it is inclined more than 45° to the horizontal.

‌Division B 8.3.1.1.‌

‌Section 8.3. Objectives and Functional Statements

‌Objectives and Functional Statements‌
1. ‌Attributions to Acceptable Solutions
  1. ‌For the purpose of compliance with this Code as required in

Table 8.3.1.1.

Objectives and Functional Statements Attributed to the Acceptable Solutions in Part 8

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
8.1.1.3. Demolition Procedures
(1)	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F30 -OS5.1,OS5.3,O S5.8] [F34-OS5.5] [F31 ,F32 ,F43 ,F44-OS5.6]
8.1.2.2. Protection from Risk
(1)	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F30-O S5.1,OS5.3,O S5.8] [F34 -OS5.5] [F31 ,F32 ,F43 ,F44-OS5.6]
8.2.1.2. Covered Way Construction
(1)	(a),(b),(d) to (g) [F30-OS5.1,OS5.2] [F34-OS5.5]
	(c) [F20-OS5.7]
8.2.1.3. Fencing, Boarding or Barricades
(1)	[F30 -OS5.1,OS5.3,O S5.6] [F34-OS5.5]
(2)	[F34-O S5.5] [F30-OS5.3]
(3)	[F34-OS5.5]
8.2.1.4. Special Hazards
(1)	[F34-OS5.5]
8.2.1.5. Work Shutdown
(1)	[F34-OS5.5]
8.2.2.1. Water Removal
(1)	[F60-OS5.8]
	[F60-OS5.4]
8.2.2.2. Protection of Adjoining Property
(1)	(a) [F21-OP4.1]
	(b) [F21-OS5.8]
8.2.3.1. Safe Passage Past Site
(1)	[F30 -OS5.1,OS5.3,OS5.2]
(2)	[F30-O S5.3,OS5.2]
(3)	[F30-O S5.3,OS5.2]
(4)	[F30-O S5.3,OS5.2]
8.2.3.2. Overhead Activities
(1)	[F30-OS5.1]

Forming Part of Sentence 8.3.1.1.(1)

Table 8.3.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
8.2.3.3. Barricades
(1)	[F30-O S5.1,O S5.3,O S5.2] [F34-OS5.5]
8.2.3.4. Restoration and Repair
(1)	[F30-OS5.3]
(2)	[F30-O S5.3,OS5.2]
8.2.3.5. Warning Lights
(1)	[F30-O S5.3,OS5.2]
8.2.4.1. Hazards to Vehicular Traffic
(1)	[F30-OS5.2]
8.2.4.2. Flags Used for Directing Traffic
(1)	[F30-OS5.2]
8.2.4.3. Signs Used for Directing Traffic
(1)	[F30-OS5.2]
8.2.4.4. Worker Directing Traffic
(1)	[F30-OS5.2]
8.2.4.5. Clothing While Directing Traffic
(1)	[F30-OS5.2]
8.2.5.1. Control of Waste Material
(1)	[F30-OS5.1]
8.2.5.2. Removal of Waste Material
(1)	[F30-O S5.1,OS5.3]
8.2.5.3. Enclosures for Waste Material
(1)	[F30-O S5.1,OS5.3] [F34-OS5.6]
8.2.5.4. Chutes for Waste Material
(1)	[F30-OS5.1]

Notes to Table 8.3.1.1.:

(1) See Parts 2 and 3 of Division A.

8-6 Division B

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

Division B

‌Notes to Part 8

‌Safety Measures at Construction and Demolition Sites

A-8.1.2.1.(1) Application. The use of streets or public property and vehicular traffic during construction or demolition is normally controlled by regulations of authorities other than the building department (e.g., police department).

These Notes are included for explanatory purposes only and do not form part of the requirements. The number that introduces each Note corresponds to the applicable requirement in this Part.

8-8 Division B

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

Division B

‌Appendix C

‌Climatic and Seismic Information for Building Design in Canada

Introduction

The great diversity of climate in Canada has a considerable effect on the performance of buildings; consequently, building design must reflect this diversity. This Appendix briefly describes how climatic design values are computed and provides recommended design data for a number of cities, towns, and lesser populated locations. Through the use of such data, appropriate allowances can be made for climate variations in different localities of Canada and the National Building Code can be applied nationally.

The climatic design data presented in Table C-2 are based on weather observations collected by the Meteorological Service of Canada, Environment and Climate Change Canada. The data were researched and analyzed for the Canadian Commission on Building and Fire Codes by Environment and Climate Change Canada.

As it is not practical to list values for all municipalities in Canada, recommended climatic design values for locations not listed can be obtained by e-mail from the Engineering Climate Services Unit of Environment and Climate Change Canada at scg-ecs@ec.gc.ca. It should be noted, however, that these recommended values may differ from the legal requirements set by provincial, territorial or municipal building authorities.

The information on seismic hazard given in this Appendix has been provided by Natural Resources Canada.

‌General

The choice of climatic elements tabulated in this Appendix and the form in which they are expressed have been dictated largely by the requirements for specific values in several sections of this Code. These elements include ground snow loads, wind pressures, design temperatures, heating degree-days, one-day and 15-minute rainfalls, and annual total precipitation values. The following notes briefly explain the significance of these particular elements in building design, and indicate which weather observations were used and how they were analyzed to yield the required design values.

Table C-2 lists design weather recommendations and elevations for over 600 locations, which have been chosen based on a variety of reasons. Many incorporated cities and towns with significant populations are included unless located close to larger cities. For sparsely populated areas, many smaller towns and villages are listed. Other locations have been added to the list when the demand for climatic design recommendations at these sites has been significant. The named locations refer to the specific latitude and longitude defined by

the Gazetteer of Canada (Natural Resources Canada), available from Publishing and Depository Services Canada, Public Works and Government Services Canada, Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0S5. The elevations are given in metres and refer to heights above sea level.

Almost all of the weather observations used in preparing Table C-2 were, of necessity, observed at inhabited locations. To estimate design values for arbitrary locations, the observed or computed values for the weather stations were mapped and interpolated appropriately. Where possible, adjustments have been applied for the influence of elevation and known topographical effects. Such influences include the tendency of cold air to collect in depressions, for precipitation to increase with elevation, and for generally stronger winds near large bodies of water. Elevations have been added to Table C-2 because of their potential to significantly influence climatic design values.

Since interpolation from the values in Table C-2 to other locations may not be valid due to local and other effects, Environment and Climate Change Canada will provide climatic design element recommendations for

This information is included for explanatory purposes only and does not form part of the requirements.

Appendix C Division B

locations not listed in Table C-2. Local effects are particularly significant in mountainous areas, where the values apply only to populated valleys and not to the mountain slopes and high passes, where very different conditions are known to exist.

‌Changing and Variable Climates

Climate is not static. At any location, weather and climatic conditions vary from season to season, year to year, and over longer time periods (climate cycles). This has always been the case. In fact, evidence is mounting that the climates of Canada are changing and will continue to change significantly into future. When estimating climatic design loads, this variability can be considered using appropriate statistical analysis, data records spanning sufficient periods, and meteorological judgement. The analysis generally assumes that the past climate will be representative of the future climate.

Past and ongoing modifications to atmospheric chemistry (from greenhouse gas emissions and land use changes) are expected to alter most climatic regimes in the future despite the success of the most ambitious greenhouse gas mitigation plans.(1) Some regions could see an increase in the frequency and intensity of many weather extremes, which will accelerate weathering processes. Consequently, many buildings will need to be designed, maintained and operated to adequately withstand ever changing climatic loads.

Similar to global trends, the last decade in Canada was noted as the warmest in instrumented record. Canada has warmed, on average, at almost twice the rate of the global average increase, while the western Arctic is warming at a rate that is unprecedented over the past 400 years.(1) Mounting evidence from Arctic communities indicates that rapid changes to climate in the North have resulted in melting permafrost and impacts from other climate changes have affected nearly every type of built structure. Furthermore, analyses of Canadian precipitation data shows that many regions of the country have, on average, also been tending towards wetter conditions.(1) In the United States, where the density of climate monitoring stations is greater, a number of studies have found an unambiguous upward trend in the frequency of heavy to extreme precipitation events, with these increases coincident with a general upward trend in the total amount of precipitation. Climate change model results, based on an ensemble of global climate models worldwide, project that future climate warming rates will be greatest in higher latitude countries such as Canada.(2)

‌January Design Temperatures

A building and its heating system should be designed to maintain the inside temperature at some

pre-determined level. To achieve this, it is necessary to know the most severe weather conditions under which the system will be expected to function satisfactorily. Failure to maintain the inside temperature at the pre-determined level will not usually be serious if the temperature drop is not great and if the duration is not long. The outside conditions used for design should, therefore, not be the most severe in many years, but should be the somewhat less severe conditions that are occasionally but not greatly exceeded.

The January design temperatures are based on an analysis of January air temperatures only. Wind and solar radiation also affect the inside temperature of most buildings and may need to be considered for energy-efficient design.

The January design temperature is defined as the lowest temperature at or below which only a certain small percentage of the hourly outside air temperatures in January occur. In the past, a total of 158 stations with records from all or part of the period 1951-66 formed the basis for calculation of the 2.5 and 1% January temperatures. Where necessary, the data were adjusted for consistency. Since most of the temperatures were observed at airports, design values for the core areas of large cities could be 1 or 2°C milder, although the values for the outlying areas are probably about the same as for the airports. No adjustments were made for this urban island heat effect. The design values for the next 20 to 30 years will probably differ from these tabulated values due to year-to-year climate variability and global climate change resulting from the impact of human activities on atmospheric chemistry.

The design temperatures were reviewed and updated using hourly temperature observations from 480 stations for a 25-year period up to 2006 with at least 8 years of complete data. These data are consistent with data shown for Canadian locations in the 2009 Handbook of Fundamentals(3) published by the American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE). The most recent 25 years of record were used to provide a balance between accounting for trends in the climate and the sampling variation owing to year-to-year variation. The 1% and 2.5% values used for the design conditions represent percentiles of the cumulative frequency distribution of hourly temperatures and correspond to January temperatures that are colder for 8 and 19 hours, respectively, on average over the long term.

Division B Appendix C

The 2.5% January design temperature is the value ordinarily used in the design of heating systems. In special cases, when the control of inside temperature is more critical, the 1% value may be used. Other temperature-dependent climatic design parameters may be considered for future issues of this document.

‌July Design Temperatures

A building and its cooling and dehumidifying system should be designed to maintain the inside temperature and humidity at certain pre-determined levels. To achieve this, it is necessary to know the most severe weather conditions under which the system is expected to function satisfactorily. Failure to maintain the inside temperature and humidity at the pre-determined levels will usually not be serious if the increases in temperature and humidity are not great and the duration is not long. The outside conditions used for design should, therefore, not be the most severe in many years, but should be the somewhat less severe conditions that are occasionally but not greatly exceeded.

The summer design temperatures in this Appendix are based on an analysis of July air temperatures and humidities. Wind and solar radiation also affect the inside temperature of most buildings and may, in some cases, be more important than the outside air temperature. More complete summer and winter design information can be obtained from Environment and Climate Change Canada.

The July design dry-bulb and wet-bulb temperatures were reviewed and updated using hourly temperature observations from 480 stations for a 25-year period up to 2006. These data are consistent with data shown for Canadian locations in the 2009 Handbook of Fundamentals(3) published by ASHRAE. As with January design temperatures, data from the most recent 25-year period were analyzed to reflect any recent climatic changes or variations. The 2.5% values used for the dry- and wet-bulb design conditions represent percentiles of

the cumulative frequency distribution of hourly dry- and wet-bulb temperatures and correspond to July temperatures that are higher for 19 hours on average over the long term.

‌Heating Degree-Days

The rate of consumption of fuel or energy required to keep the interior of a small building at 21°C when the outside air temperature is below 18°C is roughly proportional to the difference between 18°C and the outside temperature. Wind speed, solar radiation, the extent to which the building is exposed to these elements and the internal heat sources also affect the heat required and may have to be considered for energy-efficient design. For average conditions of wind, radiation, exposure, and internal sources, however, the proportionality with the temperature difference generally still holds.

Since the fuel required is also proportional to the duration of the cold weather, a convenient method of combining these elements of temperature and time is to add the differences between 18°C and the mean temperature for every day in the year when the mean temperature is below 18°C. It is assumed that no heat is required when the mean outside air temperature for the day is 18°C or higher.

Although more sophisticated computer simulations using other forms of weather data have now almost completely replaced degree-day-based calculation methods for estimating annual heating energy consumption, degree-days remain a useful indicator of relative severity of climate and can form the basis for certain

climate-related Code requirements.

The degree-days below 18°C were compiled for 1300 stations for the 25-year period ending in 2006. This analysis period is consistent with the one used to derive the design temperatures described above and with the approach used by ASHRAE.(3)

A difference of only one Celsius degree in the mean annual temperature will cause a difference of 250 to 350 in the Celsius degree-days. Since differences of 0.5 of a Celsius degree in the mean annual temperature are quite likely to occur between two stations in the same town, heating degree-days cannot be relied on to an accuracy of less than about 100 degree-days.

Heating degree-day values for the core areas of larger cities can be 200 to 400 degree-days less (warmer) than for the surrounding fringe areas. The observed degree-days, which are based on daily temperature observations, are often most representative of rural settings or the fringe areas of cities.

‌Climatic Data for Energy Consumption Calculations

The climatic elements tabulated in this Appendix represent commonly used design values but do not include detailed climatic profiles, such as hourly weather data. Where hourly values of weather data are needed

for the purpose of simulating the annual energy consumption of a building, they can be obtained from multiple sources, such as Environment and Climate Change Canada, Natural Resources Canada, the Regional

Appendix C Division B

Conservation Authority and other such public agencies that record this information. Hourly weather data are also available from public and private agencies that format this information for use with annual energy consumption simulation software; in some cases, these data have been incorporated into the software.

‌Snow Loads

The roof of a building should be able to support the greatest weight of snow that is likely to accumulate on it in many years. Some observations of snow on roofs have been made in Canada, but not enough to form the basis for estimating roof snow loads throughout the country. Similarly, observations of the weight, or water equivalent, of the snow on the ground have not been available in digital form in the past. The observations of roof loads and water equivalents are very useful, as noted below, but the measured depth of snow on the ground is used to provide the basic information for a consistent set of snow loads.

The estimation of the design snow load on a roof from snow depth observations involves the following steps:

The depth of snow on the ground, which has an annual probability of exceedance of 1-in-50, is computed.
The appropriate specific weight is selected and used to convert snow depth to loads, Ss.
The load, Sr, which is due to rain falling on the snow, is computed.
Because the accumulation of snow on roofs is often different from that on the ground, adjustments are applied to the ground snow load to provide a design snow load on a roof.

The annual maximum depth of snow on the ground has been assembled for 1618 stations for which data has been recorded by the Meteorological Service of Canada (MSC). The period of record used varied from station

to station, ranging from 7 to 38 years. These data were analyzed using a Gumbel extreme value distribution fitted using the method of moments(4) as reported by Newark et al.(5) The resulting values are the snow depths, which have a probability of 1-in-50 of being exceeded in any one year.

The specific weight of old snow generally ranges from 2 to 5 kN/m3, and it is usually assumed in Canada that 1 kN/m3 is the average for new snow. Average specific weights of the seasonal snow pack have been derived for different regions across the country(6) and an appropriate value has been assigned to each weather station. Typically, the values average 2.01 kN/m3 east of the continental divide (except for 2.94 kN/m3 north

of the treeline), and range from 2.55 to 4.21 kN/m3 west of the divide. The product of the 1-in-50 snow depth and the average specific weight of the seasonal snow pack at a station is converted to the snow load (SL) in units of kilopascals (kPa).

Except for the mountainous areas of western Canada, the values of the ground snow load at MSC stations were normalized assuming a linear variation of the load above sea level in order to account for the effects of topography. They were then smoothed using an uncertainty-weighted moving-area average in order to minimize the uncertainty due to snow depth sampling errors and site-specific variations. Interpolation from analyzed maps of the smooth normalized values yielded a value for each location in Table C-2, which could then be converted to the listed code values (Ss) by means of an equation in the form:

Ss = smooth normalized SL + bZ

where b is the assumed rate of change of SL with elevation at the location and Z is the location's elevation above mean sea level (MSL). Although they are listed in Table C-2 to the nearest tenth of a kilopascal, values of Ss typically have an uncertainty of about 20%. Areas of sparse data in northern Canada were an exception to this procedure. In these regions, an analysis was made of the basic SL values. The effects of topography, variations due to local climates, and smoothing were all subjectively assessed. The values derived in this fashion were used to modify those derived objectively.

For the mountainous areas of British Columbia, Yukon, and the foothills area of Alberta, a more complex procedure was required to account for the variation of loads with terrain and elevation. Since the MSC

observational network often does not have sufficient coverage to detail this variability in mountainous areas, additional snow course observations were obtained from the provincial and territorial governments of British Columbia, Yukon, and Alberta. The additional data allowed detailed local analysis of ground snow loads on a valley-by-valley basis. Similar to other studies, the data indicated that snow loads above a critical or reference level increased according to either a linear or quadratic relation with elevation. The determination of whether the increase with elevation was linear or quadratic, the rate of the increase and the critical or reference elevation were found to be specific to the valley and mountain ranges considered. At valley levels below the critical elevation, the loads generally varied less significantly with elevation. Calculated valley- and range-specific

regression relations were then used to describe the increase of load with elevation and to normalize the MSC snow observations to a critical or reference level. These normalized values were smoothed using a weighted moving-average.

Division B Appendix C

Tabulated values cannot be expected to indicate all the local differences in Ss. For this reason, especially in complex terrain areas, values should not be interpolated from Table C-2 for unlisted locations. The values of Ss in the Table apply for the elevation and the latitude and longitude of the location, as defined by the Gazetteer of Canada. Values at other locations can be obtained from Environment and Climate Change Canada.

The heaviest loads frequently occur when the snow is wetted by rain, thus the rain load, Sr, was estimated to the nearest 0.1 kPa and is provided in Table C-2. When values of Sr are added to Ss, this provides a 1-in-50-year estimate of the combined ground snow and rain load. The values of Sr are based on an analysis of about 2100 weather station values of the 1-in-50-year one-day maximum rain amount. This return period is appropriate because the rain amounts correspond approximately to the joint frequency of occurrence of the one-day rain on maximum snow packs. For the purpose of estimating rain on snow, the individual observed one-day rain amounts were constrained to be less than or equal to the snow pack water equivalent, which was estimated

by a snow pack accumulation model reported by Bruce and Clark.(7)

The results from surveys of snow loads on roofs indicate that average roof loads are generally less than loads on the ground. The conditions under which the design snow load on the roof may be taken as a percentage of the ground snow load are given in Subsection 4.1.6. The Code also permits further decreases in design snow loads for steeply sloping roofs, but requires substantial increases for roofs where snow accumulation may be more rapid due to such factors as drifting. Recommended adjustments are given in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

The ground snow load values, Ss, were updated for the 2015 edition of the Code using a similar approach to the one used for the ground snow load update in the 1990 edition. The Gumbel extreme value distribution was fitted to the annual maxima of daily snow depth observations made at over 1400 weather stations, which were compiled from 1990 onward—to as recently as 2012 for some stations—to calculate the 50-year return period snow depth. The 50-year ground snow load was then calculated for each weather station by combining the

50-year snow pack depth with the assigned snow pack density. The Ss values for each location in Table C-2 were compared with the updated weather station values and revised accordingly. As a result, Ss values remain unchanged for about 84% of the locations, have increased for 11% of the locations, and have decreased for 4% of the locations. The greatest proportion of increases was for locations in the Yukon, Northwest Territories, and Nunavut.

‌Annual Total Precipitation

Total precipitation is the sum in millimetres of the measured depth of rainwater and the estimated or measured water equivalent of the snow (typically estimated as 0.1 of the measured depth of snow, since the average density of fresh snow is about 0.1 that of water).

The average annual total precipitation amounts in Table C-2 have been interpolated from an analysis of precipitation observations from 1379 stations for the 30-year period from 1961 to 1990.

‌Annual Rainfall

The total amount of rain that normally falls in one year is frequently used as a general indication of the wetness of a climate, and is therefore included in this Appendix. See also Moisture Index below.

‌Rainfall Intensity

Roof drainage systems are designed to carry off rainwater from the most intense rainfall that is likely to occur. A certain amount of time is required for the rainwater to flow across and down the roof before it enters the gutter or drainage system. This results in the smoothing out of the most rapid changes in rainfall intensity.

The drainage system, therefore, need only cope with the flow of rainwater produced by the average rainfall intensity over a period of a few minutes, which can be called the concentration time.

In Canada, it has been customary to use the 15-minute rainfall that will probably be exceeded on an average of once in 10 years. The concentration time for small roofs is much less than 15 minutes and hence the design intensity will be exceeded more frequently than once in 10 years. The safety factors in the NPC will probably reduce the frequency to a reasonable value and, in addition, the occasional failure of a roof drainage system will not be particularly serious in most cases.

The rainfall intensity values were updated for the 2010 edition of the Code using observations of annual maximum 15-minute rainfall amounts from 485 stations with 10 or more years of record, including data up to 2007 for some stations. Ten-year return period values—the 15-minute rainfall having a probability of 1-in-10 of being exceeded in any year—were calculated by fitting the annual maximum values to the Gumbel extreme value distribution(4) using the method of moments. The updated values are compiled from the most recent

Appendix C Division B

short-duration rainfall intensity-duration-frequency (IDF) graphs and tables available from Environment and Climate Change Canada.

It is very difficult to estimate the pattern of rainfall intensity in mountainous areas, where precipitation is extremely variable and rainfall intensity can be much greater than in other types of areas. Many of the observations for these areas were taken at locations in valley bottoms or in extensive, fairly level areas.

‌One-Day Rainfall

If for any reason a roof drainage system becomes ineffective, the accumulation of rainwater may be great enough in some cases to cause a significant increase in the load on the roof. In previous editions of this information, it had been common practice to use the maximum one-day rainfall ever observed for estimating the additional load. Since the length of record for weather stations in Canada is quite variable, the maximum one-day rainfall amounts in previous editions often reflected the variable length of record at nearby stations as much as the climatology. As a result, the maximum values often differed greatly within relatively small areas where little difference should be expected. The current values have been standardized to represent

the one-day rainfall amounts that have 1 chance in 50 of being exceeded in any one year or the 1-in-50-year return value one-day rainfalls.

The one-day rainfall values were updated using daily rainfall observations from more than 3500 stations with 10 years or more of record, including data up to 2008 for some stations. The 50-year return period values were calculated by fitting the annual maximum one-day rainfall observations to the Gumbel extreme value distribution using the method of moments.(4)

Rainfall frequency observations can vary considerably over time and space. This is especially true for mountainous areas, where elevation effects can be significant. In other areas, small-scale intense storms or local influences can produce significant spatial variability in the data. As a result, the analysis incorporates some spatial smoothing.

‌Moisture Index (MI)

Moisture index (MI) values were developed through the work of a consortium that included representatives from industry and researchers from NRC.(1) The MI is an indicator of the moisture load imposed on a building by the climate and is used in Part9 to define the minimum levels of protection from precipitation to be provided by cladding assemblies on exterior walls.

It must be noted, in using MI values to determine the appropriate levels of protection from precipitation, that weather conditions can vary markedly within a relatively small geographical area. Although the values provided in the Table give a good indication of the average conditions within a particular region, some caution must be exercised when applying them to a locality that is outside the region where the weather station is located.

MI is calculated from a wetting index (WI) and a drying index (DI).

‌Wetting Index (WI)

To define, quantitatively, the rainwater load on a wall, wind speed and wind direction have to be taken into consideration in addition to rainfall, along with factors that can affect exposure, such as nearby buildings, vegetation and topography. Quantitative determination of load, including wind speed and wind direction, can be done. However, due to limited weather data, it is not currently possible to provide this information for most of the locations identified in the Table.

This lack of information, however, has been shown to be non-critical for the purpose of classifying locations in terms of severity of rain load. The results of the research indicated that simple annual rainfall is as good an indicator as any for describing rainwater load. That is to say, for Canadian locations, and especially once

drying is accounted for, the additional sensitivity provided by hourly directional rainfall values does not have a significant effect on the order in which locations appear when listed from wet to dry.

Consequently, the wetting index (WI) is based on annual rainfall and is normalized based on 1000 mm.

‌Drying Index (DI)

Temperature and relative humidity together define the drying capacity of ambient air. Based on simple psychrometrics, values were derived for the locations listed in the Table using annual average drying capacity normalized based on the drying capacity at Lytton, B.C. The resultant values are referred to as drying indices (DI).

Division B Appendix C

‌Determination of Moisture Index (MI)

Drying capacity: 1 - DIN

low

The relationship between WI and DI to correctly define moisture loading on a wall is not known. The MI values provided in the Table are based on the root mean square values of WI and 1-DI, with those values equally weighted. This is illustrated in Figure C-1. The resultant MI values are sufficiently consistent with industry's understanding of climate severity with respect to moisture loading as to allow limits to be identified for the purpose of specifying where additional protection from precipitation is required.

MI > 1

MI = 1

MI < 1

low

Rain load: WI N

high 1

EG02066A

high

+ (1 - DI

)

MI =

Figure C-1

Derivation of moisture index (MI) based on normalized values for wetting index (WI) and drying index (DI)

Note to Figure C-1:

(1) MI equals the hypotenuse of the triangle defined by WIN and 1-DIN

‌Driving Rain Wind Pressure (DRWP)

The presence of rainwater on the face of a building, with or without wind, must be addressed in the design and construction of the building envelope so as to minimize the entry of water into the assembly. Wind pressure on the windward faces of a building will promote the flow of water through any open joints or cracks in the facade.

Driving rain wind pressure (DRWP) is the wind load that is coincident with rain, measured or calculated at a height of 10 m. The values provided in the Table represent the loads for which there is 1 chance in 5 of being reached or exceeded in any one year, or a probability of 20% within any one year. Approximate adjustments for height can be made using the values for Ce given in Sentence 4.1.7.3.(5) as a multiplier.

Because of inaccuracies in developing the DRWP values related to the averaging of extreme wind pressures, the actual heights of recording anemometers, and the use of estimated rather than measured rainfall values, the values are considered to be higher than actual loads.(8)(9) Thus the actual probability of reaching or exceeding the DRWP in a particular location is less than 20% per year and these values can be considered to be conservative.

Appendix C Division B

DRWP can be used to determine the height to which wind will drive rainwater up enclosed vertical conduits. This provides a conservative estimate of the height needed for fins in window extrusions and end dams on flashings to control water ingress. This height can be calculated as:

height of water, mm = DRWP/10, Pa

Note that the pressure difference across the building envelope may be augmented by internal pressures induced in the building interior by the wind. These additional pressures can be estimated using the information provided in the Commentary entitled Wind Load and Effects of the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌Wind Effects

All structures need to be designed to ensure that the main structural system and all secondary components, such as cladding and appurtenances, will withstand the pressures and suctions caused by the strongest wind likely to blow at that location in many years. Some flexible structures, such as tall buildings, slender towers and bridges, also need to be designed to minimize excessive wind-induced oscillations or vibrations.

At any time, the wind acting upon a structure can be treated as a mean or time-averaged component and as a gust or unsteady component. For a small structure, which is completely enveloped by wind gusts, it is only the peak gust velocity that needs to be considered. For a large structure, the wind gusts are not well correlated over its different parts and the effects of individual gusts become less significant. The “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)” evaluates the mean pressure acting on a structure, provides appropriate adjustments for building height and exposure and for the influence of the surrounding terrain and topography (including wind speed-up for hills), and then incorporates the effects of wind gusts by means of the gust factor, which varies according to the type of structure and the size of the area over which the pressure acts.

The wind speeds and corresponding velocity pressures used in the Code are regionally representative or reference values. The reference wind speeds are nominal one-hour averages of wind speeds representative of the 10 m height in flat open terrain corresponding to Exposure A or open terrain in the terminology of the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).” The reference wind speeds and wind velocity pressures are based on long-term wind records observed at a large number of weather stations across Canada.

Reference wind velocity pressures in the 1961 to 2005 editions of the Code since 1961 were based mostly on records of hourly averaged wind speeds (i.e. the number of miles of wind passing an anemometer in an hour) from over 100 stations with 10 to 22 years of observations ending in the 1950s. The wind pressure values derived from these measurements represented true hourly wind pressures.

The reference wind velocity pressures were reviewed and updated for the 2010 edition of the Code. The primary data set used for the analysis comprised wind records compiled from about 135 stations with hourly averaged wind speeds and from 465 stations with aviation (one- or two-minute average) speeds or surface weather (ten-minute average) speeds observed once per hour at the top of the hour; the periods of record used ranged from 10 to 54 years. In addition, peak wind gust records from 400 stations with periods of record ranging from 10 to 43 years were used. Peak wind gusts (gust durations of approximately 3 to 7 seconds) were used to supplement the primary once-per-hour observations in the analysis.

Several steps were involved in updating the reference wind values. Where needed, speeds were adjusted to represent the standard anemometer height above ground of 10 m. The data from years when the anemometer at a station was installed on the top of a lighthouse or building were eliminated from the analysis since it

is impractical to adjust for the effects of wind flow over the structure. (Most anemometers were moved to

10 m towers by the 1960s.) Wind speeds of the various observation types—hourly averaged, aviation, surface weather and peak wind gust—were adjusted to account for different measure durations to represent a

one-hour averaging period and to account for differences in the surface roughness of flat open terrain at observing stations.

The annual maximum wind speed data was fitted to the Gumbel distribution using the method of moments(4) to calculate hourly wind speeds having the annual probability of occurrence of 1-in-10 and 1-in-50 (10-year and 50-year return periods). The values were plotted on maps, then analyzed and abstracted for the locations in Table C-2.

The wind velocity pressures, q, were calculated in Pascals using the following equation:

Division B Appendix C

where ρ is an average air density for the windy months of the year and V is wind speed in metres per second. While air density depends on both air temperature and atmospheric pressure, the density of dry air at 0°C and standard atmospheric pressure of 1.2929 kg/m3 was used as an average value for the wind pressure calculations. As explained by Boyd(10), this value is within 10% of the monthly average air densities for most of Canada in the windy part of the year.

As a result of the updating procedure for the 2010 edition of the Code, the 1-in-50 reference wind velocity pressures remained unchanged for most of the locations listed in Table C-2; both increases and decreases were noted for the remaining locations. Many of the decreases resulted from the fact that anemometers at most of the stations used in the previous analysis were installed on lighthouses, airport hangers and other structures. Wind speeds on the tops of buildings are often much higher compared to those registered by a standard 10 m tower. Eliminating anemometer data recorded on the tops of buildings from the analysis resulted in lower values at several locations.

For the 2020 edition of the Code, the reference wind velocity pressures were updated to reflect the new data collected in the approximately 10 years since the previous update for the 2010 edition. Only data collected at stations with a period of record of at least 20 years were used in the analysis. As a result, the data set comprised wind records from 368 hourly and 222 daily peak wind gust stations with periods of record ranging from 20 to 65 years. The annual maximum wind speed data were fitted to the Gumbel distribution.

The 1-in-50 hourly wind speeds, after adjusting for roughness to represent open exposure, were mapped and compared to the NBC 2015 values for the locations in Table C-2. This updating procedure resulted in small changes to the 1-in-50 reference wind velocity pressures for 60 locations.

The 1-in-10 reference wind velocity pressures were updated using the same procedure, except that regional values of the coefficient of variation were used in the calculations instead of the national value used previously. This procedure resulted in small changes to the 1-in-10 reference wind velocity pressures for 322 locations, including many for which there was no change to the 1-in-50 reference wind velocity pressure.

Wind speeds that have a 1-in-”n” chance of being exceeded in any year can be calculated from the wind speeds corresponding to the 1-in-10 and 1-in-50 return period values in Table C-2 using the following equation:

Table C-1 has been arranged to give pressures to the nearest one-hundredth of a kPa and their corresponding wind speeds. The value of “q” in kPa is assumed to be equal to 0.00064645 V2, where V is given in m/s.

‌Appendix C Division B

Table C-1 Wind Speeds

q kPa	V m/s	q kPa	V m/s	q kPa	V m/s	q kPa	V m/s
0.15	15.2	0.53	28.6	0.91	37.5	1.29	44.7
0.16	15.7	0.54	28.9	0.92	37.7	1.30	44.8
0.17	16.2	0.55	29.2	0.93	37.9	1.31	45.0
0.18	16.7	0.56	29.4	0.94	38.1	1.32	45.2
0.19	17.1	0.57	29.7	0.95	38.3	1.33	45.4
0.20	17.6	0.58	30.0	0.96	38.5	1.34	45.5
0.21	18.0	0.59	30.2	0.97	38.7	1.35	45.7
0.22	18.4	0.60	30.5	0.98	38.9	1.36	45.9
0.23	18.9	0.61	30.7	0.99	39.1	1.37	46.0
0.24	19.3	0.62	31.0	1.00	39.3	1.38	46.2
0.25	19.7	0.63	31.2	1.01	39.5	1.39	46.4
0.26	20.1	0.64	31.5	1.02	39.7	1.40	46.5
0.27	20.4	0.65	31.7	1.03	39.9	1.41	46.7
0.28	20.8	0.66	32.0	1.04	40.1	1.42	46.9
0.29	21.2	0.67	32.2	1.05	40.3	1.43	47.0
0.30	21.5	0.68	32.4	1.06	40.5	1.44	47.2
0.31	21.9	0.69	32.7	1.07	40.7	1.45	47.4
0.32	22.2	0.70	32.9	1.08	40.9	1.46	47.5
0.33	22.6	0.71	33.1	1.09	41.1	1.47	47.7
0.34	22.9	0.72	33.4	1.10	41.3	1.48	47.8
0.35	23.3	0.73	33.6	1.11	41.4	1.49	48.0
0.36	23.6	0.74	33.8	1.12	41.6	1.50	48.2
0.37	23.9	0.75	34.1	1.13	41.8	1.51	48.3
0.38	24.2	0.76	34.3	1.14	42.0	1.52	48.5
0.39	24.6	0.77	34.5	1.15	42.2	1.53	48.6
0.40	24.9	0.78	34.7	1.16	42.4	1.54	48.8
0.41	25.2	0.79	35.0	1.17	42.5	1.55	49.0
0.42	25.5	0.80	35.2	1.18	42.7	1.56	49.1
0.43	25.8	0.81	35.4	1.19	42.9	1.57	49.3
0.44	26.1	0.82	35.6	1.20	43.1	1.58	49.4
0.45	26.4	0.83	35.8	1.21	43.3	1.59	49.6
0.46	26.7	0.84	36.0	1.22	43.4	1.60	49.7
0.47	27.0	0.85	36.3	1.23	43.6	1.61	49.9
0.48	27.2	0.86	36.5	1.24	43.8	1.62	50.1
0.49	27.5	0.87	36.7	1.25	44.0	1.63	50.2
0.50	27.8	0.88	36.9	1.26	44.1	1.64	50.4
0.51	28.1	0.89	37.1	1.27	44.3	1.65	50.5
0.52	28.4	0.90	37.3	1.28	44.5	1.66	50.7

Division B

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

Table C-2

Appendix C

Division B C-11

Climatic Design Data for Selected Locations in Canada

Province and Location	Elev., m	Design Temperature				Degree- Days Below 18°C	15 Min. Rain, mm	One Day Rain, 1/50, mm	Ann. Rain, mm	Moist. Index	Ann. Tot. Ppn., mm	Driv- ing Rain Wind Pres- sures, Pa, 1/5	Snow Load, kPa, 1/50		Hourly Wind Pressures, kPa
		January		July 2.5%									Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
		2.5% °C	1% °C	Dry °C	Wet °C								Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
British Columbia
100 Mile House	1040	-30	-32	29	17	5030	10	48	300	0.4	425	60	2.6	0.3	0.27	0.35
Abbotsford	70	-8	-10	29	20	2860	12	112	1525	1.6	1600	160	2.0	0.3	0.33	0.44
Agassiz	15	-9	-11	31	21	2750	8	128	1650	1.7	1700	160	2.4	0.7	0.35	0.47
Alberni	12	-5	-8	31	19	3100	10	144	1900	2.0	2000	220	2.6	0.4	0.24	0.32
Ashcroft	305	-24	-27	34	20	3700	10	37	250	0.3	300	80	1.7	0.1	0.29	0.38
Bamfield	20	-2	-4	23	17	3080	13	170	2870	3.0	2890	280	1.0	0.4	0.38	0.50
Beatton River	840	-37	-39	26	18	6300	15	64	330	0.5	450	80	3.3	0.1	0.23	0.30
Bella Bella	25	-5	-7	23	18	3180	13	145	2715	2.8	2800	350	2.6	0.8	0.40	0.50
Bella Coola	40	-14	-18	27	19	3560	10	140	1500	1.9	1700	350	4.5	0.8	0.29	0.39
Burns Lake	755	-31	-34	26	17	5450	12	54	300	0.6	450	100	3.4	0.2	0.29	0.39
Cache Creek	455	-24	-27	34	20	3700	10	37	250	0.3	300	80	1.7	0.2	0.29	0.39
Campbell River	20	-5	-7	26	18	3000	10	116	1500	1.6	1600	260	2.8	0.4	0.41	0.48
Carmi	845	-24	-26	31	19	4750	10	64	325	0.4	550	60	3.6	0.2	0.29	0.38
Castlegar	430	-18	-20	32	20	3580	10	54	560	0.6	700	60	4.2	0.1	0.26	0.34
Chetwynd	605	-35	-38	27	18	5500	15	70	400	0.6	625	60	2.4	0.2	0.30	0.40
Chilliwack	10	-9	-11	30	20	2780	8	139	1625	1.7	1700	160	2.2	0.3	0.35	0.47
Comox	15	-7	-9	27	18	2930	10	106	1175	1.3	1200	260	2.4	0.4	0.41	0.48
Courtenay	10	-7	-9	28	18	2930	10	106	1400	1.5	1450	260	2.4	0.4	0.41	0.48
Cranbrook	910	-26	-28	32	18	4400	12	59	275	0.3	400	100	3.0	0.2	0.25	0.33
Crescent Valley	585	-18	-20	31	20	3650	10	54	675	0.8	850	80	4.2	0.1	0.25	0.33
Crofton	5	-4	-6	28	19	2880	8	86	925	1.1	950	160	1.8	0.2	0.32	0.40
Dawson Creek	665	-38	-40	27	18	5900	18	75	325	0.5	475	100	2.5	0.2	0.30	0.40
Dease Lake	800	-37	-40	24	15	6730	10	45	265	0.6	425	50	2.8	0.1	0.23	0.30
Dog Creek	450	-28	-30	29	17	4800	10	48	275	0.4	375	100	1.8	0.2	0.27	0.35
Duncan	10	-6	-8	28	19	2980	8	103	1000	1.1	1050	180	1.8	0.4	0.31	0.39
Elko	1065	-28	-31	30	19	4600	13	64	440	0.5	650	100	3.6	0.2	0.30	0.40

Appendix C

Division B

C-12 Division B

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

Table C-2 (Continued)

Province and Location	Elev., m	Design Temperature				Degree- Days Below 18°C	15 Min. Rain, mm	One Day Rain, 1/50, mm	Ann. Rain, mm	Moist. Index	Ann. Tot. Ppn., mm	Driv- ing Rain Wind Pres- sures, Pa, 1/5	Snow Load, kPa, 1/50		Hourly Wind Pressures, kPa
		January		July 2.5%									Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
		2.5% °C	1% °C	Dry °C	Wet °C								Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
Fernie	1010	-27	-30	30	19	4750	13	118	860	0.9	1175	100	4.5	0.2	0.30	0.40
Fort Nelson	465	-39	-42	28	18	6710	15	70	325	0.6	450	80	2.4	0.1	0.23	0.30
Fort St. John	685	-35	-37	26	18	5750	15	72	320	0.5	475	100	2.8	0.1	0.29	0.39
Glacier	1145	-27	-30	27	17	5800	10	70	625	0.8	1500	80	9.4	0.2	0.24	0.32
Golden	790	-27	-30	30	17	4750	10	55	325	0.6	500	100	3.7	0.2	0.26	0.35
Gold River	120	-8	-11	31	18	3230	13	200	2730	2.8	2850	250	2.8	0.6	0.24	0.32
Grand Forks	565	-19	-22	34	20	3820	10	48	390	0.5	475	80	2.8	0.1	0.30	0.40
Greenwood	745	-20	-23	34	20	4100	10	64	430	0.5	550	80	3.6	0.1	0.30	0.40
Hope	40	-13	-15	31	20	2820	8	139	1825	1.9	1900	140	2.8	0.7	0.47	0.63
Jordan River	20	-1	-3	22	17	2900	12	170	2300	2.4	2370	250	1.2	0.4	0.44	0.55
Kamloops	355	-23	-25	34	20	3450	13	42	225	0.2	275	80	1.8	0.2	0.30	0.40
Kaslo	545	-17	-20	30	19	3830	10	55	660	0.8	850	80	2.8	0.1	0.23	0.31
Kelowna	350	-17	-20	33	20	3400	12	43	260	0.3	325	80	1.7	0.1	0.30	0.40
Kimberley	1090	-25	-27	31	18	4650	12	59	350	0.4	500	100	3.0	0.2	0.25	0.33
Kitimat Plant	15	-16	-18	25	16	3750	13	193	2100	2.2	2500	220	5.5	0.8	0.36	0.48
Kitimat Townsite	130	-16	-18	24	16	3900	13	171	1900	2.0	2300	220	6.5	0.8	0.36	0.48
Ladysmith	80	-7	-9	27	19	2920	8	97	1075	1.2	1160	180	2.4	0.4	0.32	0.40
Langford	80	-4	-6	27	19	2750	9	135	1095	1.2	1125	220	1.8	0.3	0.32	0.40
Lillooet	245	-21	-23	34	20	3400	10	70	300	0.3	350	100	2.1	0.1	0.33	0.44
Lytton	325	-17	-20	35	20	3300	10	70	330	0.3	425	80	2.8	0.3	0.32	0.43
Mackenzie	765	-34	-38	27	17	5550	10	50	350	0.5	650	60	5.1	0.2	0.25	0.32
Masset	10	-5	-7	17	15	3700	13	80	1350	1.5	1400	400	1.8	0.4	0.50	0.61
McBride	730	-29	-32	29	18	4980	13	54	475	0.6	650	60	4.3	0.2	0.27	0.35
McLeod Lake	695	-35	-37	27	17	5450	10	50	350	0.5	650	60	4.1	0.2	0.25	0.32
Merritt	570	-24	-27	34	20	3900	8	54	240	0.2	310	80	1.8	0.3	0.33	0.44
Mission City	45	-9	-11	30	20	2850	13	123	1650	1.7	1700	160	2.4	0.3	0.32	0.43
Montrose	615	-16	-18	32	20	3600	10	54	480	0.6	700	60	4.1	0.1	0.26	0.35
Nakusp	445	-20	-22	31	20	3560	10	60	650	0.8	850	60	4.4	0.1	0.25	0.33

Division B

Appendix C

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

Division B C-13

Table C-2 (Continued)

Province and Location	Elev., m	Design Temperature				Degree- Days Below 18°C	15 Min. Rain, mm	One Day Rain, 1/50, mm	Ann. Rain, mm	Moist. Index	Ann. Tot. Ppn., mm	Driv- ing Rain Wind Pres- sures, Pa, 1/5	Snow Load, kPa, 1/50		Hourly Wind Pressures, kPa
		January		July 2.5%									Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
		2.5% °C	1% °C	Dry °C	Wet °C								Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
Nanaimo	15	-6	-8	27	19	2920	10	91	1000	1.1	1050	200	2.1	0.4	0.38	0.48
Nelson	600	-18	-20	31	20	3500	10	59	460	0.6	700	60	4.2	0.1	0.25	0.33
Ocean Falls	10	-10	-12	23	17	3400	13	260	4150	4.2	4300	350	3.9	0.8	0.44	0.59
Osoyoos	285	-14	-17	35	21	3100	10	48	275	0.3	310	60	1.1	0.1	0.30	0.40
Parksville	40	-6	-8	26	19	2990	10	91	1200	1.3	1250	200	2.0	0.4	0.40	0.48
Penticton	350	-15	-17	33	20	3350	10	48	275	0.3	300	60	1.3	0.1	0.30	0.40
Port Alberni	15	-5	-8	31	19	3100	10	161	1900	2.0	2000	240	2.6	0.4	0.24	0.32
Port Alice	25	-3	-6	26	17	3010	13	200	3300	3.4	3340	220	1.1	0.4	0.24	0.32
Port Hardy	5	-5	-7	20	16	3440	13	150	1775	1.9	1850	220	0.9	0.4	0.36	0.48
Port McNeill	5	-5	-7	22	17	3410	13	128	1750	1.9	1850	260	1.1	0.4	0.36	0.48
Port Renfrew	20	-3	-5	24	17	2900	13	200	3600	3.6	3675	270	1.1	0.4	0.42	0.52
Powell River	10	-7	-9	26	18	3100	10	80	1150	1.3	1200	220	1.7	0.4	0.39	0.48
Prince George	580	-32	-36	28	18	4720	15	54	425	0.6	600	80	3.4	0.2	0.28	0.37
Prince Rupert	20	-13	-15	19	15	3900	13	160	2750	2.8	2900	240	1.9	0.4	0.43	0.54
Princeton	655	-24	-29	33	19	4250	10	43	235	0.4	350	80	2.9	0.6	0.27	0.36
Qualicum Beach	10	-7	-9	27	19	2990	10	96	1200	1.3	1250	200	2.0	0.4	0.41	0.48
Queen Charlotte City	35	-6	-8	21	16	3520	13	110	1300	1.5	1350	360	1.8	0.4	0.50	0.61
Quesnel	475	-31	-33	30	17	4650	10	50	380	0.5	525	80	3.0	0.1	0.24	0.31
Revelstoke	440	-20	-23	31	19	4000	13	55	625	0.8	950	80	7.2	0.1	0.24	0.32
Salmon Arm	425	-19	-24	33	21	3650	13	48	400	0.5	525	80	3.5	0.1	0.29	0.39
Sandspit	5	-4	-6	18	15	3450	13	86	1300	1.5	1350	500	1.8	0.4	0.59	0.72
Sechelt	25	-6	-8	27	20	2680	10	75	1140	1.3	1200	160	1.8	0.4	0.38	0.48
Sidney	10	-4	-6	26	18	2850	8	96	825	1.0	850	160	1.1	0.2	0.34	0.42
Smithers	500	-29	-31	26	17	5040	13	60	325	0.6	500	120	3.5	0.2	0.30	0.40
Smith River	660	-45	-47	26	17	7100	10	64	300	0.6	500	40	2.8	0.1	0.24	0.30
Sooke	20	-1	-3	21	16	2900	9	130	1250	1.4	1280	220	1.3	0.3	0.38	0.48
Squamish	5	-9	-11	29	20	2950	10	140	2050	2.1	2200	160	2.8	0.7	0.38	0.50
Stewart	10	-17	-20	25	16	4350	13	135	1300	1.5	1900	180	7.9	0.8	0.27	0.36

Appendix C

Division B

C-14 Division B

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

Table C-2 (Continued)

Province and Location	Elev., m	Design Temperature				Degree- Days Below 18°C	15 Min. Rain, mm	One Day Rain, 1/50, mm	Ann. Rain, mm	Moist. Index	Ann. Tot. Ppn., mm	Driv- ing Rain Wind Pres- sures, Pa, 1/5	Snow Load, kPa, 1/50		Hourly Wind Pressures, kPa
		January		July 2.5%									Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
		2.5% °C	1% °C	Dry °C	Wet °C								Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
Tahsis	25	-4	-6	26	18	3150	13	200	3845	3.9	3900	300	1.1	0.4	0.26	0.34
Taylor	515	-35	-37	26	18	5720	15	72	320	0.5	450	100	2.3	0.1	0.30	0.40
Terrace	60	-19	-21	27	17	4150	13	120	950	1.1	1150	200	5.4	0.6	0.27	0.36
Tofino	10	-2	-4	20	16	3150	13	193	3275	3.4	3300	300	1.1	0.4	0.51	0.68
Trail	440	-14	-17	33	20	3600	10	54	580	0.7	700	60	4.1	0.1	0.26	0.35
Ucluelet	5	-2	-4	18	16	3120	13	180	3175	3.3	3200	280	1.0	0.4	0.51	0.68
Vancouver Region
Burnaby (Simon	330	-7	-9	25	17	3100	10	150	1850	1.9	1950	160	2.9	0.7	0.35	0.47
Fraser Univ.)
Cloverdale	10	-8	-10	29	20	2700	10	112	1350	1.4	1400	160	2.5	0.2	0.33	0.44
Haney	10	-9	-11	30	20	2840	10	134	1800	1.9	1950	160	2.4	0.2	0.33	0.44
Ladner	3	-6	-8	27	19	2600	10	80	1000	1.1	1050	160	1.3	0.2	0.37	0.46
Langley	15	-8	-10	29	20	2700	10	112	1450	1.5	1500	160	2.4	0.2	0.33	0.44
New Westminster	10	-8	-10	29	19	2800	10	134	1500	1.6	1575	160	2.3	0.2	0.33	0.44
North Vancouver	135	-7	-9	26	19	2910	12	150	2000	2.1	2100	160	3.0	0.3	0.34	0.45
Richmond	5	-7	-9	27	19	2800	10	86	1070	1.2	1100	160	1.5	0.2	0.36	0.45
Surrey (88 Ave & 156	90	-8	-10	29	20	2750	10	128	1500	1.6	1575	160	2.4	0.3	0.33	0.44
St.)
Vancouver (City Hall)	40	-7	-9	28	20	2825	10	112	1325	1.4	1400	160	1.8	0.2	0.34	0.45
Vancouver	120	-6	-8	28	20	2925	10	107	1325	1.4	1400	160	1.9	0.3	0.36	0.45
(Granville St. & 41st
Ave)
West Vancouver	45	-7	-9	28	19	2950	12	150	1600	1.7	1700	160	2.4	0.2	0.36	0.48
Vernon	405	-20	-23	33	20	3600	13	43	350	0.4	400	80	2.2	0.1	0.30	0.40
Victoria Region
Victoria	10	-4	-6	24	17	2650	8	91	800	1.0	825	220	1.1	0.2	0.46	0.57
Victoria (Gonzales Hts)	65	-4	-6	24	17	2700	9	91	600	0.8	625	220	1.5	0.3	0.46	0.57

Division B

Appendix C

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

Division B C-15

Table C-2 (Continued)

Province and Location	Elev., m	Design Temperature				Degree- Days Below 18°C	15 Min. Rain, mm	One Day Rain, 1/50, mm	Ann. Rain, mm	Moist. Index	Ann. Tot. Ppn., mm	Driv- ing Rain Wind Pres- sures, Pa, 1/5	Snow Load, kPa, 1/50		Hourly Wind Pressures, kPa
		January		July 2.5%									Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
		2.5% °C	1% °C	Dry °C	Wet °C								Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
Victoria (Mt Tolmie) Whistler White Rock Williams Lake Youbou Alberta Athabasca Banff Barrhead Beaverlodge Brooks Calgary Campsie Camrose Canmore Cardston Claresholm Cold Lake Coleman Coronation Cowley Drumheller Edmonton Edson Embarras Portage Fairview Fort MacLeod	125	-6	-8	24	16	2700	9	91	775	1.0	800	220	2.1	0.3	0.46	0.57
	665	-17	-20	30	20	4180	10	85	845	1.0	1215	160	9.5	0.9	0.24	0.32
	30	-5	-7	25	20	2620	10	80	1065	1.2	1100	160	2.0	0.2	0.33	0.44
	615	-30	-33	29	17	4400	10	48	350	0.5	425	80	2.4	0.2	0.27	0.35
	200	-5	-8	31	19	3050	10	161	2000	2.1	2100	200	3.5	0.7	0.26	0.32
	515	-35	-38	27	19	6000	18	86	370	0.6	480	80	1.5	0.1	0.27	0.36
	1400	-31	-33	27	16	5500	18	65	300	0.6	500	120	3.3	0.1	0.26	0.32
	645	-33	-36	27	19	5740	20	86	375	0.6	475	100	1.7	0.1	0.35	0.44
	730	-36	-39	28	18	5700	20	86	315	0.5	470	100	2.4	0.1	0.27	0.36
	760	-32	-34	32	20	4880	18	86	260	0.3	340	220	1.2	0.1	0.35	0.44
	1045	-30	-32	28	17	5000	23	103	325	0.4	425	220	1.1	0.1	0.38	0.48
	660	-33	-36	27	19	5750	20	86	375	0.6	475	100	1.7	0.1	0.33	0.44
	740	-33	-35	29	19	5500	20	86	355	0.5	470	160	2.0	0.1	0.31	0.39
	1320	-31	-33	28	17	5400	18	86	325	0.6	500	120	3.2	0.1	0.30	0.37
	1130	-29	-32	30	19	4700	20	108	340	0.4	550	140	1.5	0.1	0.58	0.72
	1030	-30	-32	30	18	4680	15	97	310	0.4	440	200	1.3	0.1	0.46	0.58
	540	-35	-38	28	19	5860	18	81	320	0.5	430	140	1.7	0.1	0.29	0.38
	1320	-31	-34	29	18	5210	15	86	400	0.5	550	120	2.7	0.3	0.50	0.63
	790	-32	-34	30	19	5640	20	92	300	0.5	400	200	1.9	0.1	0.30	0.37
	1175	-29	-32	29	18	4810	15	92	310	0.4	525	140	1.6	0.1	0.81	1.01
	685	-32	-34	30	18	5050	20	86	300	0.4	375	220	1.2	0.1	0.35	0.44
	645	-30	-33	28	19	5120	23	97	360	0.5	460	160	1.7	0.1	0.36	0.45
	920	-34	-37	27	18	5750	18	81	450	0.6	570	100	2.1	0.1	0.37	0.46
	220	-41	-43	28	19	7100	12	81	250	0.6	390	80	2.2	0.1	0.28	0.37
	670	-37	-40	27	18	5840	15	86	330	0.5	450	100	2.4	0.1	0.26	0.35
	945	-30	-32	31	19	4600	16	97	300	0.4	425	180	1.2	0.1	0.54	0.68

Appendix C

Division B

C-16 Division B

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

Table C-2 (Continued)

Province and Location	Elev., m	Design Temperature				Degree- Days Below 18°C	15 Min. Rain, mm	One Day Rain, 1/50, mm	Ann. Rain, mm	Moist. Index	Ann. Tot. Ppn., mm	Driv- ing Rain Wind Pres- sures, Pa, 1/5	Snow Load, kPa, 1/50		Hourly Wind Pressures, kPa
		January		July 2.5%									Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
		2.5% °C	1% °C	Dry °C	Wet °C								Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
Fort McMurray	255	-38	-40	28	19	6250	13	86	340	0.5	460	60	1.5	0.1	0.28	0.35
Fort Saskatchewan	610	-32	-35	28	19	5420	20	86	350	0.5	425	140	1.6	0.1	0.34	0.43
Fort Vermilion	270	-41	-43	28	18	6700	13	70	250	0.5	380	60	2.1	0.1	0.23	0.30
Grande Prairie	650	-36	-39	27	18	5790	20	86	315	0.5	450	120	2.2	0.1	0.32	0.43
Habay	335	-41	-43	28	18	6750	13	70	275	0.5	425	60	2.4	0.1	0.23	0.30
Hardisty	615	-33	-36	30	19	5640	20	81	325	0.5	425	140	1.7	0.1	0.29	0.36
High River	1040	-31	-32	28	17	4900	18	97	300	0.4	425	200	1.3	0.1	0.52	0.65
Hinton	990	-34	-38	27	17	5500	13	81	375	0.6	500	100	2.6	0.1	0.37	0.46
Jasper	1060	-31	-34	28	17	5300	12	76	300	0.5	400	80	3.0	0.1	0.26	0.32
Keg River	420	-40	-42	28	18	6520	13	70	310	0.5	450	80	2.4	0.1	0.23	0.30
Lac La Biche	560	-35	-38	28	19	6100	15	86	375	0.6	475	80	1.6	0.1	0.27	0.36
Lacombe	855	-33	-36	28	19	5500	23	92	350	0.5	450	180	1.9	0.1	0.32	0.40
Lethbridge	910	-30	-32	31	19	4500	20	97	250	0.3	390	200	1.2	0.1	0.53	0.66
Manning	465	-39	-41	27	18	6300	13	76	280	0.5	390	80	2.3	0.1	0.23	0.30
Medicine Hat	705	-31	-34	32	19	4540	23	92	250	0.3	325	220	1.1	0.1	0.38	0.48
Peace River	330	-37	-40	27	18	6050	15	81	300	0.5	390	100	2.2	0.1	0.24	0.32
Pincher Creek	1130	-29	-32	29	18	4740	16	103	325	0.4	575	140	1.5	0.1	0.77	0.96
Ranfurly	670	-34	-37	29	19	5700	18	92	325	0.5	420	100	1.9	0.1	0.29	0.36
Red Deer	855	-32	-35	28	19	5550	20	97	375	0.5	475	200	1.8	0.1	0.32	0.40
Rocky Mountain House	985	-32	-34	27	18	5640	20	92	425	0.6	550	120	1.9	0.1	0.29	0.36
Slave Lake	590	-35	-38	26	19	5850	15	81	380	0.6	500	80	1.9	0.1	0.28	0.37
Stettler	820	-32	-34	30	19	5300	20	97	370	0.5	450	200	1.9	0.1	0.29	0.36
Stony Plain	710	-32	-35	28	19	5300	23	97	410	0.5	540	120	1.7	0.1	0.36	0.45
Suffield	755	-31	-34	32	20	4770	20	86	230	0.2	325	220	1.3	0.1	0.39	0.49
Taber	815	-31	-33	31	19	4580	20	92	260	0.3	370	200	1.2	0.1	0.50	0.63
Turner Valley	1215	-31	-32	28	17	5220	20	97	350	0.5	600	180	1.4	0.1	0.52	0.65
Valleyview	700	-37	-40	27	18	5600	18	86	360	0.5	490	80	2.3	0.1	0.34	0.42
Vegreville	635	-34	-37	29	19	5780	18	86	325	0.5	410	100	1.9	0.1	0.29	0.36

Division B

Appendix C

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

Division B C-17

Table C-2 (Continued)

Province and Location	Elev., m	Design Temperature				Degree- Days Below 18°C	15 Min. Rain, mm	One Day Rain, 1/50, mm	Ann. Rain, mm	Moist. Index	Ann. Tot. Ppn., mm	Driv- ing Rain Wind Pres- sures, Pa, 1/5	Snow Load, kPa, 1/50		Hourly Wind Pressures, kPa
		January		July 2.5%									Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
		2.5% °C	1% °C	Dry °C	Wet °C								Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
Vermilion	580	-35	-38	29	19	5740	18	86	310	0.5	410	100	1.7	0.1	0.29	0.36
Wagner	585	-35	-38	26	19	5850	15	81	380	0.6	500	80	1.9	0.1	0.28	0.37
Wainwright	675	-33	-36	29	19	5700	20	81	310	0.5	425	120	2.0	0.1	0.29	0.36
Wetaskiwin	760	-33	-35	29	19	5500	23	86	400	0.6	500	160	2.0	0.1	0.31	0.39
Whitecourt	690	-33	-36	27	19	5650	20	97	440	0.6	550	80	1.9	0.1	0.28	0.37
Wimborne	975	-31	-34	29	18	5310	23	92	325	0.5	450	200	1.6	0.1	0.32	0.40
Saskatchewan
Assiniboia	740	-32	-34	31	21	5180	25	81	290	0.3	375	240	1.6	0.1	0.39	0.49
Battrum	700	-32	-34	32	20	5080	23	81	270	0.4	350	260	1.2	0.1	0.43	0.54
Biggar	645	-34	-36	30	20	5720	23	81	270	0.4	350	180	2.1	0.1	0.36	0.45
Broadview	600	-34	-35	30	21	5760	25	103	320	0.5	420	160	1.7	0.1	0.36	0.46
Dafoe	530	-35	-37	29	21	5860	20	92	300	0.5	380	140	1.7	0.1	0.29	0.37
Dundurn	525	-35	-37	30	21	5600	23	86	275	0.4	380	180	1.5	0.1	0.36	0.46
Estevan	565	-32	-34	32	22	5340	28	92	330	0.4	420	200	1.6	0.1	0.41	0.52
Hudson Bay	370	-36	-38	29	21	6280	20	81	340	0.6	450	80	2.0	0.1	0.29	0.37
Humboldt	565	-36	-38	28	21	6000	20	86	320	0.5	375	140	2.1	0.1	0.31	0.39
Island Falls	305	-39	-41	27	20	7100	18	76	370	0.6	510	80	2.1	0.1	0.26	0.35
Kamsack	455	-34	-37	29	22	6040	20	97	360	0.6	450	120	2.1	0.2	0.32	0.40
Kindersley	685	-33	-35	31	20	5550	23	81	260	0.4	325	200	1.4	0.1	0.36	0.46
Lloydminster	645	-34	-37	28	20	5880	18	81	310	0.5	430	120	2.0	0.1	0.32	0.40
Maple Creek	765	-31	-34	31	20	4780	25	81	275	0.3	380	220	1.2	0.1	0.36	0.45
Meadow Lake	480	-38	-40	28	20	6280	18	81	320	0.5	450	120	1.7	0.1	0.30	0.40
Melfort	455	-36	-38	28	21	6050	20	81	310	0.5	410	120	2.1	0.1	0.28	0.36
Melville	550	-34	-36	29	21	5880	23	97	340	0.5	410	160	1.7	0.1	0.32	0.40
Moose Jaw	545	-32	-34	31	21	5270	25	86	270	0.3	360	200	1.4	0.1	0.41	0.52
Nipawin	365	-37	-39	28	21	6300	20	76	340	0.6	450	100	2.0	0.1	0.30	0.38
North Battleford	545	-34	-36	29	20	5900	20	81	280	0.5	370	120	1.7	0.1	0.36	0.46
Prince Albert	435	-37	-40	28	21	6100	20	81	320	0.5	410	140	1.9	0.1	0.30	0.38

Appendix C

Division B

C-18 Division B

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

Table C-2 (Continued)

Province and Location	Elev., m	Design Temperature				Degree- Days Below 18°C	15 Min. Rain, mm	One Day Rain, 1/50, mm	Ann. Rain, mm	Moist. Index	Ann. Tot. Ppn., mm	Driv- ing Rain Wind Pres- sures, Pa, 1/5	Snow Load, kPa, 1/50		Hourly Wind Pressures, kPa
		January		July 2.5%									Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
		2.5% °C	1% °C	Dry °C	Wet °C								Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
Qu'Appelle	645	-34	-36	30	22	5620	25	97	340	0.5	430	160	1.7	0.1	0.33	0.42
Regina	575	-34	-36	31	21	5600	28	103	300	0.4	365	200	1.4	0.1	0.39	0.49
Rosetown	595	-34	-36	31	20	5620	23	81	260	0.4	330	200	1.7	0.1	0.39	0.49
Saskatoon	500	-35	-37	30	21	5700	23	86	265	0.4	350	160	1.7	0.1	0.36	0.46
Scott	645	-34	-36	30	20	5960	20	81	270	0.4	360	140	1.9	0.1	0.36	0.45
Strasbourg	545	-34	-36	30	22	5600	25	92	300	0.4	390	180	1.5	0.1	0.33	0.42
Swift Current	750	-31	-34	31	20	5150	25	81	260	0.3	350	240	1.4	0.1	0.43	0.54
Uranium City	265	-42	-44	26	19	7500	12	54	300	0.6	360	100	2.0	0.1	0.27	0.36
Weyburn	575	-33	-35	31	23	5400	28	97	320	0.4	400	200	1.8	0.1	0.38	0.48
Yorkton	510	-34	-37	29	21	6000	23	97	350	0.5	440	140	1.9	0.1	0.32	0.40
Manitoba
Beausejour	245	-33	-35	29	23	5680	28	103	430	0.6	530	180	2.0	0.2	0.32	0.41
Boissevain	510	-32	-34	30	23	5500	28	119	390	0.5	510	180	2.2	0.2	0.41	0.52
Brandon	395	-33	-35	30	22	5760	28	108	375	0.6	460	180	2.1	0.2	0.39	0.49
Churchill	10	-38	-40	25	18	8950	12	76	265	0.8	410	260	3.0	0.2	0.43	0.55
Dauphin	295	-33	-35	30	22	5900	28	103	400	0.6	490	160	1.9	0.2	0.32	0.40
Flin Flon	300	-38	-40	27	20	6440	18	81	340	0.6	475	80	2.2	0.2	0.28	0.35
Gimli	220	-34	-36	29	23	5800	28	108	410	0.7	530	180	1.9	0.2	0.32	0.40
Island Lake	240	-36	-38	27	20	6900	18	86	380	0.7	550	80	2.6	0.2	0.29	0.37
Lac du Bonnet	260	-34	-36	29	23	5730	28	103	445	0.7	560	180	1.9	0.2	0.29	0.37
Lynn Lake	350	-40	-42	27	19	7770	18	86	310	0.6	490	100	2.4	0.2	0.29	0.37
Morden	300	-31	-33	30	24	5400	28	119	420	0.6	520	180	2.2	0.2	0.41	0.52
Neepawa	365	-32	-34	29	23	5760	28	108	410	0.6	470	180	2.2	0.2	0.35	0.44
Pine Falls	220	-34	-36	28	23	5900	25	97	440	0.7	420	180	1.9	0.2	0.31	0.39
Portage la Prairie	260	-31	-33	30	23	5600	28	108	390	0.5	525	180	2.1	0.2	0.36	0.46
Rivers	465	-34	-36	29	23	5840	28	108	370	0.6	460	180	2.1	0.2	0.36	0.46
Sandilands	365	-32	-34	29	23	5650	28	113	460	0.6	550	180	2.2	0.2	0.32	0.40
Selkirk	225	-33	-35	29	23	5700	28	108	420	0.6	500	180	1.9	0.2	0.32	0.41

Division B

Appendix C

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

Division B C-19

Table C-2 (Continued)

Province and Location	Elev., m	Design Temperature				Degree- Days Below 18°C	15 Min. Rain, mm	One Day Rain, 1/50, mm	Ann. Rain, mm	Moist. Index	Ann. Tot. Ppn., mm	Driv- ing Rain Wind Pres- sures, Pa, 1/5	Snow Load, kPa, 1/50		Hourly Wind Pressures, kPa
		January		July 2.5%									Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
		2.5% °C	1% °C	Dry °C	Wet °C								Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
Split Lake	175	-38	-40	27	19	7900	18	76	325	0.7	500	120	2.5	0.2	0.31	0.39
Steinbach	270	-33	-35	29	23	5700	28	108	440	0.6	500	180	2.0	0.2	0.32	0.40
Swan River	335	-34	-37	29	22	6100	20	92	370	0.6	500	120	2.0	0.2	0.28	0.35
The Pas	270	-36	-38	28	21	6480	18	81	330	0.6	450	160	2.2	0.2	0.29	0.37
Thompson	205	-40	-43	27	19	7600	18	86	350	0.6	540	100	2.4	0.2	0.28	0.36
Virden	435	-33	-35	30	23	5620	28	108	350	0.5	460	180	2.0	0.2	0.36	0.46
Winnipeg	235	-33	-35	30	23	5670	28	108	415	0.6	500	180	1.9	0.2	0.36	0.45
Ontario
Ailsa Craig	230	-17	-19	30	23	3840	25	103	800	0.9	950	180	2.2	0.4	0.37	0.48
Ajax	95	-20	-22	30	23	3820	23	92	760	0.9	825	160	1.0	0.4	0.37	0.48
Alexandria	80	-24	-26	30	23	4600	25	103	800	0.9	975	160	2.4	0.4	0.31	0.40
Alliston	220	-23	-25	29	23	4200	28	113	690	0.8	875	120	2.0	0.4	0.28	0.36
Almonte	120	-26	-28	30	23	4620	25	97	730	0.8	800	140	2.5	0.4	0.32	0.41
Armstrong	340	-37	-40	28	21	6500	23	97	525	0.8	725	100	2.7	0.4	0.22	0.30
Arnprior	85	-27	-29	30	23	4680	23	86	630	0.8	775	140	2.5	0.4	0.29	0.37
Atikokan	400	-33	-35	29	22	5750	25	103	570	0.8	760	100	2.4	0.3	0.22	0.30
Attawapiskat	10	-37	-39	28	21	7100	18	81	450	0.8	650	160	2.8	0.3	0.30	0.41
Aurora	270	-21	-23	30	23	4210	28	108	700	0.8	800	140	2.0	0.4	0.34	0.44
Bancroft	365	-28	-31	29	23	4740	25	92	720	0.9	900	100	3.1	0.4	0.25	0.32
Barrie	245	-24	-26	29	23	4380	28	97	700	0.8	900	120	2.5	0.4	0.28	0.36
Barriefield	100	-22	-24	28	23	3990	23	108	780	1.0	950	160	2.1	0.4	0.37	0.47
Beaverton	240	-24	-26	30	23	4300	25	108	720	0.9	950	120	2.2	0.4	0.28	0.36
Belleville	90	-22	-24	29	23	3910	23	97	760	0.9	850	180	1.7	0.4	0.34	0.43
Belmont	260	-17	-19	30	24	3840	25	97	850	1.0	950	180	1.7	0.4	0.37	0.47
Borden (CFB)	225	-23	-25	29	23	4300	28	103	690	0.82	875	120	2.2	0.4	0.28	0.36
Bracebridge	310	-26	-28	29	23	4800	25	103	830	1.0	1050	120	3.1	0.4	0.27	0.35
Bradford	240	-23	-25	30	23	4280	28	108	680	0.8	800	120	2.1	0.4	0.28	0.36
Brampton	215	-19	-21	30	23	4100	28	119	720	0.8	820	140	1.3	0.4	0.34	0.44

Appendix C

Division B

C-20 Division B

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

Table C-2 (Continued)

Province and Location	Elev., m	Design Temperature				Degree- Days Below 18°C	15 Min. Rain, mm	One Day Rain, 1/50, mm	Ann. Rain, mm	Moist. Index	Ann. Tot. Ppn., mm	Driv- ing Rain Wind Pres- sures, Pa, 1/5	Snow Load, kPa, 1/50		Hourly Wind Pressures, kPa
		January		July 2.5%									Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
		2.5% °C	1% °C	Dry °C	Wet °C								Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
Brantford	205	-18	-20	30	23	3900	23	103	780	0.9	850	160	1.3	0.4	0.33	0.42
Brighton	95	-21	-23	29	23	4000	23	94	760	0.9	850	160	1.6	0.4	0.37	0.48
Brockville	85	-23	-25	29	23	4060	25	103	770	0.9	975	180	2.2	0.4	0.34	0.44
Burk's Falls	305	-26	-28	29	22	5020	25	97	810	0.9	1010	120	2.7	0.4	0.27	0.35
Burlington	80	-17	-19	31	23	3740	23	103	770	0.9	850	160	1.1	0.4	0.36	0.46
Cambridge	295	-18	-20	29	23	4100	25	113	800	0.9	890	160	1.6	0.4	0.28	0.36
Campbellford	150	-23	-26	30	23	4280	25	97	730	0.9	850	160	1.7	0.4	0.32	0.41
Cannington	255	-24	-26	30	23	4310	25	108	740	0.9	950	120	2.2	0.4	0.28	0.36
Carleton Place	135	-25	-27	30	23	4600	25	97	730	0.8	850	160	2.5	0.4	0.32	0.41
Cavan	200	-23	-25	30	23	4400	25	97	740	0.9	850	140	2.0	0.4	0.34	0.44
Centralia	260	-17	-19	30	23	3800	25	103	820	1.0	1000	180	2.3	0.4	0.37	0.48
Chapleau	425	-35	-38	27	21	5900	20	97	530	0.7	850	80	3.6	0.4	0.23	0.30
Chatham	180	-16	-18	31	24	3470	28	103	800	0.9	850	180	1.0	0.4	0.34	0.43
Chesley	275	-19	-21	29	22	4320	28	103	810	0.9	1125	140	2.8	0.4	0.35	0.45
Clinton	280	-17	-19	29	23	4150	25	103	810	0.9	1000	160	2.6	0.4	0.36	0.46
Coboconk	270	-25	-27	30	23	4500	25	108	740	0.9	950	120	2.5	0.4	0.27	0.35
Cobourg	90	-21	-23	29	23	3980	23	94	760	0.9	825	160	1.2	0.4	0.38	0.49
Cochrane	245	-34	-36	29	21	6200	20	92	575	0.8	875	80	2.8	0.3	0.27	0.35
Colborne	105	-21	-23	29	23	3980	23	94	760	0.9	850	160	1.6	0.4	0.38	0.49
Collingwood	190	-21	-23	29	23	4180	28	97	720	0.9	950	160	2.7	0.4	0.30	0.39
Cornwall	35	-23	-25	30	23	4250	25	103	780	0.9	960	180	2.2	0.4	0.32	0.41
Corunna	185	-16	-18	31	24	3600	25	100	760	0.9	800	180	1.0	0.4	0.37	0.47
Deep River	145	-29	-32	30	22	4900	23	92	650	0.8	850	100	2.5	0.4	0.27	0.35
Deseronto	85	-22	-24	29	23	4070	23	92	760	0.9	900	160	1.9	0.4	0.34	0.43
Dorchester	260	-18	-20	30	24	3900	28	103	850	1.0	950	180	1.9	0.4	0.37	0.47
Dorion	200	-33	-35	28	21	5950	20	103	550	0.8	725	160	2.8	0.4	0.29	0.39
Dresden	185	-16	-18	31	24	3750	28	97	760	0.8	820	180	1.0	0.4	0.34	0.43
Dryden	370	-34	-36	28	22	5850	25	97	550	0.7	700	120	2.4	0.3	0.22	0.30

Division B

Appendix C

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

Division B C-21

Table C-2 (Continued)

Province and Location	Elev., m	Design Temperature				Degree- Days Below 18°C	15 Min. Rain, mm	One Day Rain, 1/50, mm	Ann. Rain, mm	Moist. Index	Ann. Tot. Ppn., mm	Driv- ing Rain Wind Pres- sures, Pa, 1/5	Snow Load, kPa, 1/50		Hourly Wind Pressures, kPa
		January		July 2.5%									Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
		2.5% °C	1% °C	Dry °C	Wet °C								Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
Dundalk	525	-22	-24	29	22	4700	28	108	750	0.9	1080	150	3.2	0.4	0.33	0.42
Dunnville	175	-15	-17	30	24	3660	23	108	830	1.0	950	160	2.0	0.4	0.36	0.46
Durham	340	-20	-22	29	22	4340	28	103	815	0.9	1025	140	2.8	0.4	0.34	0.44
Dutton	225	-16	-18	31	24	3700	28	92	850	1.0	925	180	1.3	0.4	0.37	0.47
Earlton	245	-33	-36	29	22	5730	23	92	560	0.8	820	120	3.1	0.4	0.35	0.45
Edison	365	-34	-36	28	22	5740	25	108	510	0.7	680	120	2.4	0.3	0.23	0.31
Elliot Lake	380	-26	-28	29	21	4950	23	108	630	0.8	950	160	2.9	0.4	0.30	0.38
Elmvale	220	-24	-26	29	23	4200	28	97	720	0.9	950	140	2.6	0.4	0.28	0.36
Embro	310	-19	-21	30	23	3950	28	113	830	0.9	950	160	2.0	0.4	0.37	0.48
Englehart	205	-33	-36	29	22	5800	23	92	600	0.8	880	100	2.8	0.4	0.32	0.41
Espanola	220	-25	-27	29	21	4920	23	108	650	0.8	840	160	2.3	0.4	0.33	0.42
Exeter	265	-17	-19	30	23	3900	25	113	810	0.9	975	180	2.4	0.4	0.37	0.48
Fenelon Falls	260	-25	-27	30	23	4440	25	108	730	0.9	950	120	2.3	0.4	0.28	0.36
Fergus	400	-20	-22	29	23	4300	28	108	760	0.9	925	160	2.2	0.4	0.28	0.36
Forest	215	-16	-18	31	23	3740	25	103	810	1.0	875	160	2.0	0.4	0.37	0.48
Fort Erie	180	-15	-17	30	24	3650	23	108	860	1.0	1020	160	2.3	0.4	0.36	0.46
Fort Erie (Ridgeway)	190	-15	-17	30	24	3600	25	108	860	1.0	1000	160	2.3	0.4	0.36	0.46
Fort Frances	340	-33	-35	29	22	5440	25	108	570	0.7	725	120	2.3	0.3	0.23	0.31
Gananoque	80	-22	-24	28	23	4010	23	103	760	0.9	900	180	2.1	0.4	0.37	0.47
Geraldton	345	-36	-39	28	21	6450	20	86	550	0.8	725	100	2.9	0.4	0.22	0.30
Glencoe	215	-16	-18	31	24	3680	28	103	800	0.9	925	180	1.5	0.4	0.34	0.43
Goderich	185	-16	-18	29	23	4000	25	92	810	1.0	950	180	2.4	0.4	0.37	0.48
Gore Bay	205	-24	-26	28	22	4700	23	92	640	0.8	860	160	2.6	0.4	0.34	0.44
Graham	495	-35	-37	29	22	5940	23	97	570	0.8	750	140	2.6	0.3	0.22	0.30
Gravenhurst	255	-26	-28	29	23	4760	25	103	790	0.9	1050	120	2.7	0.4	0.28	0.36
(Muskoka Airport)
Grimsby	85	-16	-18	30	23	3520	23	108	760	0.9	875	160	0.9	0.4	0.36	0.46
Guelph	340	-19	-21	29	23	4270	28	103	770	0.9	875	140	1.9	0.4	0.28	0.36

Appendix C

Division B

C-22 Division B

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

Table C-2 (Continued)

Province and Location	Elev., m	Design Temperature				Degree- Days Below 18°C	15 Min. Rain, mm	One Day Rain, 1/50, mm	Ann. Rain, mm	Moist. Index	Ann. Tot. Ppn., mm	Driv- ing Rain Wind Pres- sures, Pa, 1/5	Snow Load, kPa, 1/50		Hourly Wind Pressures, kPa
		January		July 2.5%									Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
		2.5% °C	1% °C	Dry °C	Wet °C								Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
Guthrie	280	-24	-26	29	23	4300	28	103	700	0.8	950	120	2.5	0.4	0.28	0.36
Haileybury	210	-32	-35	30	22	5600	23	92	590	0.8	820	120	2.4	0.4	0.34	0.44
Haldimand (Caledonia)	190	-18	-20	30	23	3750	23	108	810	0.9	875	160	1.2	0.4	0.34	0.44
Haldimand (Hagersville)	215	-17	-19	30	23	3760	25	97	840	1.0	875	160	1.3	0.4	0.36	0.46
Haliburton	335	-27	-29	29	23	4840	25	92	780	0.9	980	100	2.9	0.4	0.27	0.35
Halton Hills (Georgetown)	255	-19	-21	30	23	4200	28	119	750	0.8	850	140	1.4	0.4	0.29	0.37
Hamilton	90	-17	-19	31	23	3460	23	108	810	0.9	875	160	1.1	0.4	0.36	0.46
Hanover	270	-19	-21	29	22	4300	28	103	790	0.9	1050	140	2.6	0.4	0.34	0.44
Hastings	200	-24	-26	30	23	4280	25	92	730	0.9	840	140	2.0	0.4	0.32	0.41
Hawkesbury	50	-25	-27	30	23	4610	23	103	800	0.9	925	160	2.3	0.4	0.32	0.41
Hearst	245	-35	-37	29	21	6450	20	86	520	0.7	825	80	2.8	0.3	0.23	0.30
Honey Harbour	180	-24	-26	29	23	4300	25	97	710	0.9	1050	160	2.7	0.4	0.30	0.39
Hornepayne	360	-37	-40	28	21	6340	20	93	420	0.7	750	80	3.3	0.4	0.22	0.30
Huntsville	335	-26	-29	29	22	4850	25	103	800	0.9	1000	120	2.9	0.4	0.27	0.35
Ingersoll	280	-18	-20	30	23	3920	28	108	840	1.0	950	180	1.7	0.4	0.37	0.48
Iroquois Falls	275	-33	-36	29	21	6100	20	86	575	0.8	825	100	2.9	0.3	0.29	0.37
Jellicoe	330	-36	-39	28	21	6400	20	86	550	0.8	750	100	2.7	0.4	0.22	0.30
Kapuskasing	245	-34	-36	29	21	6250	20	86	550	0.8	825	100	3.0	0.3	0.24	0.31
Kemptville	90	-25	-27	30	23	4540	25	92	750	0.9	925	160	2.3	0.4	0.32	0.41
Kenora	370	-33	-35	28	22	5630	25	113	515	0.6	630	120	2.5	0.3	0.23	0.31
Killaloe	185	-28	-31	30	22	4960	23	86	680	0.8	825	120	2.7	0.4	0.27	0.35
Kincardine	190	-17	-19	28	22	3890	25	92	800	1.0	950	180	2.6	0.4	0.37	0.48
Kingston	80	-22	-24	28	23	4000	23	108	780	1.0	950	180	2.1	0.4	0.37	0.47
Kinmount	295	-26	-28	29	23	4600	25	108	750	0.9	950	120	2.7	0.4	0.27	0.35
Kirkland Lake	325	-33	-36	29	22	6000	23	92	600	0.8	875	100	2.9	0.3	0.30	0.39

Division B

Appendix C

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

Division B C-23

Table C-2 (Continued)

Province and Location	Elev., m	Design Temperature				Degree- Days Below 18°C	15 Min. Rain, mm	One Day Rain, 1/50, mm	Ann. Rain, mm	Moist. Index	Ann. Tot. Ppn., mm	Driv- ing Rain Wind Pres- sures, Pa, 1/5	Snow Load, kPa, 1/50		Hourly Wind Pressures, kPa
		January		July 2.5%									Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
		2.5% °C	1% °C	Dry °C	Wet °C								Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
Kitchener	335	-19	-21	29	23	4200	28	119	780	0.9	925	140	2.0	0.4	0.29	0.37
Kitchenuhmaykoosib / Big Trout Lake	215	-38	-40	26	20	7450	18	92	400	0.75	600	150	3.2	0.2	0.31	0.42
Lakefield	240	-24	-26	30	23	4330	25	92	720	0.9	850	140	2.2	0.4	0.30	0.38
Lansdowne House	240	-38	-40	28	21	7150	23	92	500	0.8	680	140	3.0	0.2	0.24	0.32
Leamington	190	-15	-17	31	24	3400	28	113	800	0.9	875	180	0.8	0.4	0.37	0.47
Lindsay	265	-24	-26	30	23	4320	25	103	720	0.8	850	140	2.3	0.4	0.30	0.38
Lion's Head	185	-19	-21	27	22	4300	25	103	700	0.9	950	180	2.7	0.4	0.37	0.48
Listowel	380	-19	-21	29	23	4300	28	119	800	0.9	1000	160	2.6	0.4	0.34	0.43
London	245	-18	-20	30	24	3900	28	103	825	0.9	975	180	1.9	0.4	0.37	0.47
Lucan	300	-17	-19	30	23	3900	25	113	810	0.9	1000	180	2.3	0.4	0.37	0.48
Maitland	85	-23	-25	29	23	4080	25	103	770	0.9	975	180	2.2	0.4	0.34	0.44
Markdale	425	-20	-22	29	22	4500	28	103	820	0.9	1050	160	3.2	0.4	0.32	0.41
Markham	175	-21	-23	31	24	4000	25	86	720	0.8	825	140	1.3	0.4	0.34	0.44
Martin	485	-35	-37	29	22	5900	25	103	560	0.8	750	120	2.6	0.3	0.22	0.30
Matheson	265	-33	-36	29	21	6080	20	86	580	0.8	825	100	2.8	0.3	0.30	0.39
Mattawa	165	-29	-31	30	22	5050	23	86	700	0.9	875	100	2.1	0.4	0.25	0.32
Midland	190	-24	-26	29	23	4200	25	97	740	0.9	1060	160	2.7	0.4	0.30	0.39
Milton	200	-18	-20	30	23	3920	25	125	750	0.9	850	160	1.3	0.4	0.34	0.43
Milverton	370	-19	-21	29	23	4200	28	108	800	0.9	1050	160	2.4	0.4	0.34	0.43
Minden	270	-27	-29	29	23	4640	25	97	780	0.9	1010	100	2.7	0.4	0.27	0.35
Mississauga	160	-18	-20	30	23	3880	25	113	720	0.9	800	160	1.1	0.4	0.34	0.44
Mississauga (Lester B. Pearson Int'l Airport)	170	-20	-22	31	24	3890	26	108	685	0.8	790	160	1.1	0.4	0.34	0.44
Mississauga (Port Credit)	75	-18	-20	29	23	3780	25	108	720	0.9	800	160	0.9	0.4	0.37	0.48
Mitchell	335	-18	-20	29	23	4100	28	113	810	0.9	1050	160	2.4	0.4	0.35	0.45
Moosonee	10	-36	-38	28	22	6800	18	81	500	0.8	700	160	2.7	0.3	0.26	0.35
Morrisburg	75	-23	-25	30	23	4370	25	103	800	0.9	950	180	2.3	0.4	0.32	0.41

Appendix C

Division B

C-24 Division B

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

Table C-2 (Continued)

Province and Location	Elev., m	Design Temperature				Degree- Days Below 18°C	15 Min. Rain, mm	One Day Rain, 1/50, mm	Ann. Rain, mm	Moist. Index	Ann. Tot. Ppn., mm	Driv- ing Rain Wind Pres- sures, Pa, 1/5	Snow Load, kPa, 1/50		Hourly Wind Pressures, kPa
		January		July 2.5%									Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
		2.5% °C	1% °C	Dry °C	Wet °C								Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
Mount Forest	420	-21	-24	28	22	4700	28	103	740	0.9	940	140	2.7	0.4	0.32	0.41
Nakina	325	-36	-38	28	21	6500	20	86	540	0.8	750	100	2.8	0.4	0.22	0.30
Nanticoke (Jarvis)	205	-17	-18	30	23	3700	28	108	840	1.0	900	160	1.4	0.4	0.37	0.48
Nanticoke (Port Dover)	180	-15	-17	30	24	3600	25	108	860	1.0	950	140	1.2	0.4	0.37	0.48
Napanee	90	-22	-24	29	23	4140	23	92	770	0.9	900	160	1.9	0.4	0.34	0.43
Newcastle	115	-20	-22	30	23	3990	23	86	760	0.9	830	160	1.5	0.4	0.37	0.48
Newcastle (Bowmanville)	95	-20	-22	30	23	4000	23	86	760	0.90	830	160	1.4	0.4	0.37	0.48
New Liskeard	180	-32	-35	30	22	5570	23	92	570	0.8	810	100	2.6	0.4	0.34	0.43
Newmarket	185	-22	-24	30	23	4260	28	108	700	0.8	800	140	2.0	0.4	0.30	0.38
Niagara Falls	210	-16	-18	30	23	3600	23	96	810	0.9	950	160	1.8	0.4	0.34	0.43
North Bay	210	-28	-30	28	22	5150	25	95	775	0.9	975	120	2.2	0.4	0.27	0.34
Norwood	225	-24	-26	30	23	4320	25	92	720	0.8	850	120	2.1	0.4	0.32	0.41
Oakville	90	-18	-20	30	23	3760	23	97	750	0.9	850	160	1.1	0.4	0.37	0.47
Orangeville	430	-21	-23	29	23	4450	28	108	730	0.8	875	140	2.3	0.4	0.28	0.36
Orillia	230	-25	-27	29	23	4260	25	103	740	0.9	1000	120	2.4	0.4	0.28	0.36
Oshawa	110	-19	-21	30	23	3860	23	86	760	0.9	875	160	1.4	0.4	0.37	0.48
Ottawa (Metropolitan)
Ottawa (Barrhaven)	98	-25	-27	30	23	4500	25	92	750	0.8	900	160	2.4	0.4	0.32	0.41
Ottawa (City Hall)	70	-25	-27	30	23	4440	23	86	750	0.8	900	160	2.4	0.4	0.32	0.41
Ottawa (Kanata)	98	-25	-27	30	23	4520	25	92	730	0.8	900	160	2.5	0.4	0.32	0.41
Ottawa (M-C Int'l	125	-25	-27	30	23	4500	24	89	750	0.8	900	160	2.4	0.4	0.32	0.41
Airport)
Ottawa (Orléans)	70	-26	-28	30	23	4500	23	91	750	0.8	900	160	2.4	0.4	0.32	0.41
Owen Sound	215	-19	-21	29	22	4030	28	113	760	0.9	1075	160	2.8	0.4	0.34	0.44
Pagwa River	185	-35	-37	28	21	6500	20	86	540	0.8	825	80	2.7	0.4	0.22	0.30
Paris	245	-18	-20	30	23	4000	23	96	790	0.9	925	160	1.4	0.4	0.33	0.42
Parkhill	205	-16	-18	31	23	3800	25	103	800	0.9	925	180	2.1	0.4	0.37	0.48

Division B

Appendix C

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

Division B C-25

Table C-2 (Continued)

Province and Location	Elev., m	Design Temperature				Degree- Days Below 18°C	15 Min. Rain, mm	One Day Rain, 1/50, mm	Ann. Rain, mm	Moist. Index	Ann. Tot. Ppn., mm	Driv- ing Rain Wind Pres- sures, Pa, 1/5	Snow Load, kPa, 1/50		Hourly Wind Pressures, kPa
		January		July 2.5%									Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
		2.5% °C	1% °C	Dry °C	Wet °C								Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
Parry Sound	215	-24	-26	28	22	4640	23	97	820	1.0	1050	160	2.8	0.4	0.30	0.39
Pelham (Fonthill)	230	-15	-17	30	23	3690	23	96	820	0.9	950	160	2.1	0.4	0.33	0.42
Pembroke	125	-28	-31	30	23	4980	23	105	640	0.8	825	100	2.5	0.4	0.27	0.35
Penetanguishene	220	-24	-26	29	23	4200	25	97	720	0.9	1050	160	2.8	0.4	0.30	0.39
Perth	130	-25	-27	30	23	4540	25	92	730	0.8	900	140	2.3	0.4	0.32	0.41
Petawawa	135	-29	-31	30	23	4980	23	92	640	0.8	825	100	2.6	0.4	0.27	0.35
Peterborough	200	-23	-25	30	23	4400	25	92	710	0.8	840	140	2.0	0.4	0.32	0.41
Petrolia	195	-16	-18	31	24	3640	25	108	810	0.9	920	180	1.3	0.4	0.37	0.47
Pickering (Dunbarton)	85	-19	-21	30	23	3800	23	92	730	0.9	825	140	1.0	0.4	0.37	0.48
Picton	95	-21	-23	29	23	3980	23	92	770	0.9	940	160	2.0	0.4	0.38	0.49
Plattsville	300	-19	-21	29	23	4150	28	103	820	0.9	950	140	1.9	0.4	0.33	0.42
Point Alexander	150	-29	-32	30	22	4960	23	92	650	0.8	850	100	2.5	0.4	0.27	0.35
Port Burwell	195	-15	-17	30	24	3800	25	92	930	1.1	1000	180	1.2	0.4	0.37	0.47
Port Colborne	180	-15	-17	30	24	3600	23	108	850	1.0	1000	160	2.1	0.4	0.36	0.46
Port Elgin	205	-17	-19	28	22	4100	25	92	790	0.9	850	180	2.8	0.4	0.37	0.48
Port Hope	100	-21	-23	29	23	3970	23	94	760	0.9	825	180	1.2	0.4	0.37	0.48
Port Perry	270	-22	-24	30	23	4260	25	97	720	0.8	850	140	2.4	0.4	0.34	0.44
Port Stanley	180	-15	-17	31	24	3850	25	92	940	1.1	975	180	1.2	0.4	0.37	0.47
Prescott	90	-23	-25	29	23	4120	25	103	770	0.9	975	180	2.2	0.4	0.34	0.44
Princeton	280	-18	-20	30	23	4000	25	97	810	0.9	925	160	1.5	0.4	0.33	0.42
Raith	475	-34	-37	28	22	5900	23	97	570	0.8	750	120	2.7	0.4	0.22	0.30
Rayside-Balfour	270	-28	-30	29	21	5200	25	92	650	0.8	850	180	2.5	0.4	0.35	0.45
(Chelmsford)
Red Lake	360	-35	-37	28	21	6220	20	92	470	0.7	630	120	2.6	0.3	0.22	0.30
Renfrew	115	-27	-30	30	23	4900	23	97	620	0.8	810	140	2.5	0.4	0.27	0.35
Richmond Hill	230	-21	-23	31	24	4000	25	97	740	0.8	850	140	1.5	0.4	0.34	0.44
Rockland	50	-26	-28	30	23	4600	23	92	780	0.9	950	160	2.4	0.4	0.31	0.40

Appendix C

Division B

C-26 Division B

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

Table C-2 (Continued)

Province and Location	Elev., m	Design Temperature				Degree- Days Below 18°C	15 Min. Rain, mm	One Day Rain, 1/50, mm	Ann. Rain, mm	Moist. Index	Ann. Tot. Ppn., mm	Driv- ing Rain Wind Pres- sures, Pa, 1/5	Snow Load, kPa, 1/50		Hourly Wind Pressures, kPa
		January		July 2.5%									Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
		2.5% °C	1% °C	Dry °C	Wet °C								Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
Sarnia	190	-16	-18	31	24	3750	25	100	750	0.9	825	180	1.1	0.4	0.37	0.47
Sault Ste. Marie	190	-25	-28	29	22	4960	23	97	660	0.9	950	200	3.1	0.4	0.33	0.44
Schreiber	310	-34	-36	27	21	5960	20	103	600	0.8	850	160	3.3	0.4	0.29	0.39
Seaforth	310	-17	-19	30	23	4100	25	108	810	0.9	1025	160	2.5	0.4	0.35	0.45
Shelburne	495	-22	-24	29	23	4700	28	108	740	0.9	900	150	3.1	0.4	0.31	0.40
Simcoe	210	-17	-19	30	24	3700	28	113	860	1.0	950	160	1.3	0.4	0.35	0.45
Sioux Lookout	375	-34	-36	28	22	5950	25	97	520	0.7	710	100	2.6	0.3	0.22	0.30
Smiths Falls	130	-25	-27	30	23	4540	25	92	730	0.8	850	140	2.3	0.4	0.32	0.41
Smithville	185	-16	-18	30	23	3650	23	108	800	0.9	900	160	1.5	0.4	0.33	0.42
Smooth Rock Falls	235	-34	-36	29	21	6250	20	92	560	0.8	850	80	2.7	0.3	0.25	0.32
Southampton	180	-17	-19	28	22	4100	25	92	800	1.0	830	180	2.7	0.4	0.37	0.48
South River	355	-27	-29	29	22	5090	25	103	830	1.0	975	120	2.8	0.4	0.27	0.35
St. Catharines	105	-16	-18	30	23	3540	23	92	770	0.9	850	160	1.0	0.4	0.36	0.46
St. Marys	310	-18	-20	30	23	4000	28	108	820	1.0	1025	160	2.2	0.4	0.37	0.47
St. Thomas	225	-16	-18	31	24	3780	25	103	900	1.0	975	180	1.4	0.4	0.37	0.47
Stirling	120	-23	-25	30	23	4220	25	97	740	0.9	850	120	1.7	0.4	0.31	0.40
Stratford	360	-18	-20	29	23	4050	28	113	820	1.0	1050	160	2.3	0.4	0.35	0.45
Strathroy	225	-17	-19	31	24	3780	25	103	770	0.9	950	180	1.9	0.4	0.37	0.47
Sturgeon Falls	205	-28	-30	29	21	5200	25	95	700	0.9	910	140	2.4	0.4	0.27	0.35
Sudbury	275	-28	-30	29	21	5180	25	97	650	0.8	875	200	2.5	0.4	0.36	0.46
Sundridge	340	-27	-29	29	22	5080	25	97	840	1.0	975	120	2.8	0.4	0.27	0.35
Tavistock	340	-19	-21	29	23	4100	28	113	820	1.0	1010	160	2.1	0.4	0.35	0.45
Temagami	300	-30	-33	30	22	5420	23	92	650	0.8	875	120	2.6	0.4	0.29	0.37
Thamesford	280	-19	-21	30	23	3950	28	108	820	0.9	975	160	1.9	0.4	0.37	0.48
Thedford	205	-16	-18	31	23	3710	25	103	810	1.0	900	180	2.1	0.4	0.37	0.48
Thunder Bay	210	-31	-33	29	21	5650	23	108	560	0.8	710	160	2.9	0.4	0.29	0.39
Tillsonburg	215	-17	-19	30	24	3840	25	103	880	1.0	980	160	1.3	0.4	0.34	0.44

Division B

Appendix C

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

Division B C-27

Table C-2 (Continued)

Province and Location	Elev., m	Design Temperature				Degree- Days Below 18°C	15 Min. Rain, mm	One Day Rain, 1/50, mm	Ann. Rain, mm	Moist. Index	Ann. Tot. Ppn., mm	Driv- ing Rain Wind Pres- sures, Pa, 1/5	Snow Load, kPa, 1/50		Hourly Wind Pressures, kPa
		January		July 2.5%									Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
		2.5% °C	1% °C	Dry °C	Wet °C								Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
Timmins	300	-34	-36	29	21	5940	20	108	560	0.8	875	100	3.1	0.3	0.27	0.35
Timmins (Porcupine)	295	-34	-36	29	21	6000	20	103	560	0.8	875	100	2.9	0.3	0.29	0.37
Toronto Metropolitan
Region
Etobicoke	160	-20	-22	31	24	3800	26	108	720	0.8	800	160	1.1	0.4	0.34	0.44
North York	175	-20	-22	31	24	3760	25	108	730	0.8	850	150	1.2	0.4	0.34	0.44
Scarborough	180	-20	-22	31	24	3800	25	92	730	0.9	825	160	1.2	0.4	0.37	0.47
Toronto (City Hall)	90	-18	-20	31	23	3520	25	97	720	0.9	820	160	0.9	0.4	0.34	0.44
Trenton	80	-22	-24	29	23	4110	23	97	760	0.9	850	160	1.6	0.4	0.37	0.47
Trout Creek	330	-27	-29	29	22	5100	25	103	780	0.9	975	120	2.7	0.4	0.27	0.35
Uxbridge	275	-22	-24	30	23	4240	25	103	700	0.8	850	140	2.4	0.4	0.33	0.42
Vaughan (Woodbridge)	165	-20	-22	31	24	4100	26	113	700	0.8	800	140	1.1	0.4	0.34	0.44
Vittoria	215	-15	-17	30	24	3680	25	113	880	1.0	950	160	1.3	0.4	0.37	0.47
Walkerton	275	-18	-20	30	22	4300	28	103	790	0.9	1025	160	2.7	0.4	0.36	0.46
Wallaceburg	180	-16	-18	31	24	3600	28	97	760	0.9	825	180	0.9	0.4	0.35	0.45
Waterloo	330	-19	-21	29	23	4200	28	119	780	0.9	925	160	2.0	0.4	0.29	0.37
Watford	240	-17	-19	31	24	3740	25	108	790	0.9	950	160	1.9	0.4	0.37	0.47
Wawa	290	-34	-36	26	21	5840	20	93	725	0.9	950	160	3.4	0.4	0.30	0.39
Welland	180	-15	-17	30	23	3670	23	103	840	1.0	975	160	2.0	0.4	0.34	0.43
West Lorne	215	-16	-18	31	24	3700	28	103	840	1.0	900	180	1.3	0.4	0.37	0.47
Whitby	85	-20	-22	30	23	3820	23	86	760	0.9	850	160	1.2	0.4	0.37	0.48
Whitby (Brooklin)	160	-20	-22	30	23	4010	23	86	770	0.9	850	140	1.9	0.4	0.35	0.45
White River	375	-39	-42	28	21	6150	20	92	575	0.8	825	100	3.6	0.4	0.22	0.30
Wiarton	185	-19	-21	29	22	4300	25	103	740	0.9	1000	180	2.7	0.4	0.34	0.44
Windsor	185	-16	-18	32	24	3400	28	103	800	0.9	900	180	0.8	0.4	0.37	0.47
Wingham	310	-18	-20	30	23	4220	28	108	780	0.9	1050	160	2.6	0.4	0.36	0.46
Woodstock	300	-19	-21	30	23	3910	28	113	830	0.9	930	160	1.9	0.4	0.34	0.44

Appendix C

Division B

C-28 Division B

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

Table C-2 (Continued)

Province and Location	Elev., m	Design Temperature				Degree- Days Below 18°C	15 Min. Rain, mm	One Day Rain, 1/50, mm	Ann. Rain, mm	Moist. Index	Ann. Tot. Ppn., mm	Driv- ing Rain Wind Pres- sures, Pa, 1/5	Snow Load, kPa, 1/50		Hourly Wind Pressures, kPa
		January		July 2.5%									Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
		2.5% °C	1% °C	Dry °C	Wet °C								Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
Wyoming	215	-16	-18	31	24	3700	25	103	815	0.9	900	180	1.6	0.4	0.37	0.47
Quebec
Acton Vale	95	-24	-27	30	23	4620	21	107	860	1.0	1050	180	2.3	0.4	0.27	0.35
Alma	110	-31	-33	28	22	5800	20	91	700	0.9	950	160	3.3	0.4	0.27	0.35
Amos	295	-34	-36	28	21	6160	20	91	670	0.9	920	100	3.2	0.3	0.25	0.32
Asbestos	245	-26	-28	29	22	4800	23	96	870	1.0	1050	160	2.8	0.6	0.27	0.35
Aylmer	90	-25	-28	30	23	4520	23	91	730	0.8	900	160	2.5	0.4	0.32	0.41
Baie-Comeau	60	-27	-29	25	19	6020	16	91	680	1.0	1000	220	4.3	0.4	0.39	0.50
Baie-Saint-Paul	20	-27	-29	28	21	5280	18	102	730	0.9	1000	180	3.4	0.6	0.37	0.48
Beauport	45	-26	-29	28	22	5100	20	107	980	1.1	1200	200	3.4	0.6	0.33	0.42
Bedford	55	-24	-26	29	23	4420	23	91	880	1.0	1260	160	2.1	0.4	0.29	0.37
Beloeil	25	-24	-26	30	23	4500	23	91	840	1.0	1025	180	2.4	0.4	0.29	0.37
Brome	210	-25	-27	29	23	4730	23	96	990	1.1	1240	160	2.5	0.4	0.29	0.37
Brossard	15	-24	-26	30	23	4420	23	91	800	0.9	1025	180	2.4	0.4	0.34	0.44
Buckingham	130	-26	-28	30	23	4880	23	91	810	0.9	990	160	2.6	0.4	0.31	0.40
Campbell's Bay	115	-28	-30	30	23	4900	23	96	700	0.8	850	140	2.6	0.4	0.25	0.32
Chambly	20	-24	-26	30	23	4450	23	91	850	1.0	1000	160	2.3	0.4	0.31	0.40
Coaticook	295	-25	-27	28	22	4750	23	96	860	1.0	1060	160	2.3	0.6	0.27	0.35
Contrecoeur	10	-25	-27	30	23	4500	20	102	810	0.9	1000	180	2.8	0.4	0.34	0.43
Cowansville	120	-25	-27	29	23	4540	23	91	940	1.0	1150	160	2.3	0.4	0.29	0.37
Deux-Montagnes	25	-25	-27	29	23	4440	23	96	820	0.9	1025	160	2.4	0.4	0.29	0.37
Dolbeau	120	-32	-34	28	22	6250	22	91	670	0.9	900	140	3.5	0.3	0.27	0.35
Drummondville	85	-26	-28	30	23	4700	22	107	870	1.0	1075	180	2.5	0.4	0.27	0.35
Farnham	60	-24	-26	29	23	4500	23	96	910	1.0	1050	180	2.5	0.4	0.29	0.37
Fort-Coulonge	110	-28	-30	30	23	4950	23	96	720	0.9	900	100	2.5	0.4	0.25	0.32
Gagnon	545	-34	-36	24	19	7600	17	80	580	0.9	925	140	4.6	0.4	0.30	0.39
Gaspé	55	-25	-26	26	20	5500	19	118	760	1.0	1100	300	4.3	0.6	0.37	0.48
Gatineau	95	-25	-28	30	23	4600	23	91	790	0.9	950	160	2.5	0.4	0.32	0.41

Division B

Appendix C

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

Division B C-29

Table C-2 (Continued)

Province and Location	Elev., m	Design Temperature				Degree- Days Below 18°C	15 Min. Rain, mm	One Day Rain, 1/50, mm	Ann. Rain, mm	Moist. Index	Ann. Tot. Ppn., mm	Driv- ing Rain Wind Pres- sures, Pa, 1/5	Snow Load, kPa, 1/50		Hourly Wind Pressures, kPa
		January		July 2.5%									Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
		2.5% °C	1% °C	Dry °C	Wet °C								Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
Gracefield	175	-28	-31	30	23	5080	23	96	700	0.9	950	140	2.6	0.4	0.25	0.32
Granby	120	-25	-27	29	23	4500	23	102	940	1.0	1175	160	2.3	0.4	0.27	0.35
Harrington Harbour	30	-27	-29	19	16	6150	15	96	900	1.2	1150	300	4.9	0.6	0.56	0.72
Havre-Saint-Pierre	5	-27	-29	22	18	6100	15	96	780	1.1	1125	300	4.1	0.6	0.49	0.63
Hemmingford	75	-24	-26	30	23	4380	23	91	770	0.9	1025	160	2.4	0.4	0.31	0.40
Hull	65	-25	-28	30	23	4550	23	91	730	0.8	900	160	2.4	0.4	0.32	0.41
Iberville	35	-24	-26	29	23	4450	23	91	880	1.0	1010	160	2.2	0.4	0.32	0.41
Inukjuak	5	-36	-38	21	15	9150	9	54	270	0.9	420	240	4.1	0.2	0.37	0.48
Joliette	45	-26	-28	29	23	4720	21	102	790	0.9	1000	160	3.1	0.4	0.28	0.36
Kuujjuaq	25	-37	-39	24	17	8550	9	54	280	0.8	525	260	4.8	0.2	0.47	0.60
Kuujjuarapik	20	-36	-38	25	17	7990	12	80	410	0.9	610	180	4.2	0.3	0.37	0.48
Lachute	65	-26	-28	29	23	4640	23	96	910	1.0	1075	160	2.4	0.4	0.31	0.40
Lac-Mégantic	420	-27	-29	27	22	5180	23	91	790	0.9	1025	160	3.2	0.6	0.27	0.35
La Malbaie	25	-26	-28	28	21	5400	18	102	640	0.8	900	180	3.1	0.6	0.37	0.48
La Pocatière	55	-24	-26	28	22	5160	18	102	675	0.9	965	180	3.2	0.6	0.39	0.50
La Tuque	165	-30	-32	29	22	5500	23	96	720	0.9	930	160	3.4	0.4	0.27	0.35
Lennoxville	155	-28	-30	29	22	4700	23	96	850	1.0	1100	160	2.1	0.6	0.25	0.32
Léry	30	-24	-26	29	23	4420	23	91	800	0.9	950	180	2.3	0.4	0.33	0.42
Loretteville	100	-26	-29	28	22	5200	20	102	980	1.1	1225	200	3.7	0.6	0.32	0.41
Louiseville	15	-25	-28	29	23	4900	20	102	800	0.9	1025	160	2.9	0.4	0.34	0.43
Magog	215	-26	-28	29	23	4730	23	96	860	1.0	1125	160	2.3	0.4	0.27	0.35
Malartic	325	-33	-36	29	21	6200	20	86	640	0.8	900	100	3.3	0.3	0.25	0.32
Maniwaki	180	-30	-32	29	22	5280	23	96	700	0.9	900	100	2.4	0.4	0.24	0.31
Masson	50	-26	-28	30	23	4610	23	91	790	0.9	975	160	2.4	0.4	0.31	0.40
Matane	5	-24	-26	24	20	5510	18	91	640	0.9	1050	220	3.7	0.4	0.43	0.55
Mont-Joli	90	-24	-26	26	21	5370	18	91	610	0.8	920	220	4.1	0.4	0.41	0.52
Mont-Laurier	225	-29	-32	29	22	5320	24	102	790	0.9	1000	160	2.6	0.4	0.23	0.30
Montmagny	10	-25	-28	28	22	5090	20	102	880	1.0	1090	180	2.9	0.6	0.37	0.47

Appendix C

Division B

C-30 Division B

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

Table C-2 (Continued)

Province and Location	Elev., m	Design Temperature				Degree- Days Below 18°C	15 Min. Rain, mm	One Day Rain, 1/50, mm	Ann. Rain, mm	Moist. Index	Ann. Tot. Ppn., mm	Driv- ing Rain Wind Pres- sures, Pa, 1/5	Snow Load, kPa, 1/50		Hourly Wind Pressures, kPa
		January		July 2.5%									Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
		2.5% °C	1% °C	Dry °C	Wet °C								Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
Montréal Region
Beaconsfield	25	-24	-26	30	23	4440	23	91	780	0.9	950	180	2.3	0.4	0.33	0.42
Dorval	25	-24	-26	30	23	4400	23	91	760	0.9	940	180	2.4	0.4	0.34	0.44
Laval	35	-24	-26	29	23	4500	23	96	830	0.9	1025	160	2.6	0.4	0.33	0.42
Montréal (City Hall)	20	-23	-26	30	23	4200	23	96	830	0.93	1025	180	2.6	0.4	0.34	0.44
Montréal-Est	25	-23	-26	30	23	4470	23	96	830	0.93	1025	180	2.7	0.4	0.34	0.44
Montréal-Nord	20	-24	-26	30	23	4470	23	96	830	0.93	1025	160	2.6	0.4	0.33	0.42
Outremont	105	-23	-26	30	23	4300	23	96	820	0.91	1025	180	2.8	0.4	0.34	0.44
Pierrefonds	25	-24	-26	30	23	4430	23	96	800	0.90	960	180	2.4	0.4	0.33	0.42
Sainte-Anne-de-	35	-24	-26	29	23	4460	23	96	780	0.9	960	180	2.3	0.4	0.33	0.42
Bellevue
Saint-Lambert	15	-23	-26	30	23	4400	23	96	810	0.91	1050	160	2.5	0.4	0.34	0.44
Saint-Laurent	45	-23	-26	30	23	4270	23	96	790	0.89	950	160	2.5	0.4	0.34	0.44
Verdun	20	-23	-26	30	23	4200	23	91	780	0.9	1025	180	2.5	0.4	0.34	0.44
Nicolet (Gentilly)	15	-25	-28	29	23	4900	20	107	860	1.0	1025	160	2.8	0.4	0.33	0.42
Nitchequon	545	-39	-41	23	19	8100	15	70	500	0.9	825	140	3.5	0.3	0.29	0.37
Noranda	305	-33	-36	29	21	6050	20	91	650	0.8	875	100	3.2	0.3	0.27	0.35
Percé	5	-21	-24	25	19	5400	16	107	1000	1.2	1300	300	3.8	0.6	0.49	0.63
Pincourt	25	-24	-26	29	23	4480	23	96	780	0.9	950	180	2.3	0.4	0.33	0.42
Plessisville	145	-26	-28	29	23	5100	21	107	890	1.0	1150	180	2.8	0.6	0.27	0.35
Port-Cartier	20	-28	-30	25	19	6060	15	106	730	1.0	1125	300	4.1	0.4	0.42	0.54
Puvirnituq	5	-36	-38	23	16	9200	7	54	210	0.9	375	240	4.5	0.2	0.47	0.60
Québec City Region
Ancienne-Lorette	35	-25	-28	28	23	5130	20	102	940	1.1	1200	200	3.4	0.6	0.32	0.41
Lévis	50	-25	-28	28	22	5050	20	107	920	1.0	1200	160	3.3	0.6	0.32	0.41
Québec	120	-25	-28	28	22	5080	20	107	925	1.0	1210	200	3.6	0.6	0.32	0.41
Sainte-Foy	115	-25	-28	28	23	5100	20	107	940	1.1	1200	180	3.7	0.6	0.32	0.41
Sillery	10	-25	-28	28	23	5070	20	107	930	1.1	1200	200	3.1	0.6	0.32	0.41

Division B

Appendix C

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

Division B C-31

Table C-2 (Continued)

Province and Location	Elev., m	Design Temperature				Degree- Days Below 18°C	15 Min. Rain, mm	One Day Rain, 1/50, mm	Ann. Rain, mm	Moist. Index	Ann. Tot. Ppn., mm	Driv- ing Rain Wind Pres- sures, Pa, 1/5	Snow Load, kPa, 1/50		Hourly Wind Pressures, kPa
		January		July 2.5%									Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
		2.5% °C	1% °C	Dry °C	Wet °C								Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
Richmond	150	-25	-27	29	22	4700	23	96	870	1.0	1060	160	2.4	0.6	0.25	0.32
Rimouski	30	-25	-27	26	20	5300	18	91	640	0.8	890	200	3.8	0.4	0.41	0.52
Rivière-du-Loup	55	-25	-27	26	21	5380	18	91	660	0.8	900	180	3.5	0.6	0.39	0.50
Roberval	100	-31	-33	28	21	5750	22	91	590	0.8	910	140	3.5	0.3	0.27	0.35
Rock Island	160	-25	-27	29	23	4850	23	91	900	1.0	1125	160	2.0	0.4	0.27	0.35
Rosemère	25	-24	-26	29	23	4550	23	96	840	1.0	1050	160	2.6	0.4	0.31	0.40
Rouyn	300	-33	-36	29	21	6050	20	91	650	0.8	900	100	3.1	0.3	0.27	0.35
Saguenay	10	-30	-32	28	22	5700	18	86	710	0.9	975	140	2.7	0.4	0.28	0.36
Saguenay (Bagotville)	5	-31	-33	28	21	5700	18	86	690	0.9	925	160	2.7	0.4	0.30	0.38
Saguenay (Jonquière)	135	-30	-32	28	22	5650	18	86	710	0.9	925	160	3.1	0.4	0.27	0.35
Saguenay (Kénogami)	140	-30	-32	28	22	5650	18	86	690	0.9	925	160	3.1	0.4	0.27	0.35
Sainte-Agathe-	360	-28	-30	28	22	5390	23	96	820	1.0	1170	140	3.4	0.4	0.27	0.35
des-Monts
Saint-Eustache	35	-25	-27	29	23	4500	23	96	820	0.9	1025	160	2.4	0.4	0.29	0.37
Saint-Félicien	105	-32	-34	28	22	5850	22	91	570	0.8	900	140	3.5	0.3	0.27	0.35
Saint-Georges-de-	35	-25	-27	26	21	5400	18	91	660	0.9	925	180	3.2	0.6	0.39	0.50
Cacouna
Saint-Hubert	25	-24	-26	30	23	4490	23	91	820	0.9	1020	180	2.5	0.4	0.34	0.44
Saint-Hubert-de-	310	-26	-28	26	21	5520	22	91	740	0.9	1025	180	4.4	0.6	0.31	0.40
Rivière-du-Loup
Saint-Hyacinthe	35	-24	-27	30	23	4500	21	91	840	1.0	1030	160	2.3	0.4	0.27	0.35
Saint-Jean-sur-	35	-24	-26	29	23	4450	23	91	880	1.0	1010	180	2.2	0.4	0.32	0.41
Richelieu
Saint-Jérôme	95	-26	-28	29	23	4820	23	96	830	1.0	1025	160	2.7	0.4	0.29	0.37
Saint-Jovite	230	-29	-31	28	22	5250	23	96	810	1.0	1025	160	2.8	0.4	0.26	0.33
Saint-Lazare / Hudson	60	-24	-26	30	23	4520	23	96	750	0.9	950	180	2.3	0.4	0.33	0.42
Saint-Nicolas	65	-25	-28	28	22	4990	20	102	890	1.0	1200	200	3.5	0.6	0.33	0.42
Salaberry-de-	50	-23	-25	29	23	4400	23	96	760	0.9	900	180	2.3	0.4	0.33	0.42
Valleyfield

Appendix C

Division B

C-32 Division B

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

Table C-2 (Continued)

Province and Location	Elev., m	Design Temperature				Degree- Days Below 18°C	15 Min. Rain, mm	One Day Rain, 1/50, mm	Ann. Rain, mm	Moist. Index	Ann. Tot. Ppn., mm	Driv- ing Rain Wind Pres- sures, Pa, 1/5	Snow Load, kPa, 1/50		Hourly Wind Pressures, kPa
		January		July 2.5%									Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
		2.5% °C	1% °C	Dry °C	Wet °C								Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
Schefferville	550	-37	-39	24	16	8550	13	64	410	0.8	800	180	4.5	0.3	0.33	0.42
Senneterre	310	-34	-36	29	21	6180	22	91	740	0.9	925	100	3.3	0.3	0.25	0.32
Sept-Îles	5	-29	-31	24	18	6200	15	106	760	1.0	1125	300	4.1	0.4	0.42	0.54
Shawinigan	60	-26	-29	29	23	5050	22	102	820	1.0	1050	180	3.1	0.4	0.27	0.35
Shawville	170	-27	-30	30	23	4880	23	96	670	0.8	880	160	2.8	0.4	0.27	0.35
Sherbrooke	185	-28	-30	29	23	4700	23	96	900	1.0	1100	160	2.2	0.6	0.25	0.32
Sorel	10	-25	-27	29	23	4550	20	102	800	0.9	975	180	2.8	0.4	0.34	0.43
Sutton	185	-25	-27	29	23	4600	23	96	990	1.1	1260	160	2.4	0.4	0.29	0.37
Tadoussac	65	-26	-28	27	21	5450	18	96	700	0.9	1000	180	3.7	0.4	0.41	0.52
Témiscaming	240	-30	-32	30	22	5020	23	96	730	0.9	940	100	2.5	0.4	0.25	0.32
Terrebonne	20	-25	-27	29	23	4500	23	96	830	0.9	1025	160	2.6	0.4	0.31	0.40
Thetford Mines	330	-26	-28	28	22	5120	22	107	950	1.1	1230	160	3.5	0.6	0.27	0.35
Thurso	50	-26	-28	30	23	4820	23	91	800	0.9	950	160	2.4	0.4	0.31	0.40
Trois-Rivières	25	-25	-28	29	23	4900	20	107	860	1.0	1050	180	2.8	0.4	0.34	0.43
Val-d'Or	310	-33	-36	29	21	6180	20	86	640	0.8	925	100	3.4	0.3	0.25	0.32
Varennes	15	-24	-26	30	23	4500	23	96	810	0.9	1000	160	2.6	0.4	0.31	0.40
Verchères	15	-24	-26	30	23	4450	23	96	810	0.9	1000	160	2.7	0.4	0.34	0.43
Victoriaville	125	-26	-28	29	23	4900	21	102	850	1.0	1100	180	2.6	0.6	0.27	0.35
Ville-Marie	200	-31	-34	30	22	5550	23	96	630	0.8	825	120	2.3	0.4	0.31	0.40
Wakefield	120	-27	-30	30	23	4820	23	91	780	0.9	1020	160	2.4	0.4	0.27	0.34
Waterloo	205	-25	-27	29	23	4650	23	96	980	1.1	1250	160	2.5	0.4	0.27	0.35
Windsor	150	-25	-27	29	23	4700	23	96	930	1.0	1075	160	2.3	0.4	0.25	0.32
New Brunswick
Alma	5	-21	-23	26	20	4500	18	144	1175	1.3	1450	260	2.6	0.6	0.37	0.48
Bathurst	10	-23	-26	30	22	5020	20	106	775	0.9	1020	180	4.1	0.6	0.37	0.48
Boiestown	65	-25	-28	29	21	4900	20	96	800	0.9	1075	180	3.6	0.6	0.30	0.39
Campbellton	30	-26	-28	29	22	5500	20	107	725	0.9	1025	180	4.3	0.4	0.35	0.45

Division B

Appendix C

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

Division B C-33

Table C-2 (Continued)

Province and Location	Elev., m	Design Temperature				Degree- Days Below 18°C	15 Min. Rain, mm	One Day Rain, 1/50, mm	Ann. Rain, mm	Moist. Index	Ann. Tot. Ppn., mm	Driv- ing Rain Wind Pres- sures, Pa, 1/5	Snow Load, kPa, 1/50		Hourly Wind Pressures, kPa
		January		July 2.5%									Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
		2.5% °C	1% °C	Dry °C	Wet °C								Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
Edmundston	160	-27	-29	28	22	5320	23	91	750	0.9	1000	160	3.4	0.6	0.30	0.38
Fredericton	15	-24	-27	29	22	4670	22	112	900	1.0	1100	160	3.1	0.6	0.30	0.38
Gagetown	20	-24	-26	29	22	4460	20	112	900	1.0	1125	180	2.8	0.6	0.31	0.40
Grand Falls	115	-27	-30	28	22	5300	23	107	850	1.0	1100	160	3.6	0.6	0.30	0.38
Miramichi	5	-24	-26	30	22	4950	20	96	825	1.0	1050	200	3.4	0.6	0.32	0.41
Moncton	20	-23	-25	28	21	4680	20	112	850	1.0	1175	220	3.0	0.6	0.39	0.50
Oromocto	20	-24	-26	29	22	4650	22	112	900	1.0	1110	160	3.0	0.6	0.30	0.39
Sackville	15	-22	-24	27	21	4590	18	112	975	1.1	1175	220	2.5	0.6	0.38	0.49
Saint Andrews	35	-22	-24	25	20	4680	19	123	1000	1.2	1200	220	2.8	0.6	0.35	0.45
Saint John	5	-22	-24	25	20	4570	18	139	1100	1.3	1425	260	2.3	0.6	0.41	0.53
Shippagan	5	-22	-24	28	21	4930	18	96	800	1.0	1050	260	3.4	0.6	0.49	0.63
St. George	35	-21	-23	25	20	4680	18	123	1000	1.2	1200	220	2.8	0.6	0.35	0.45
St. Stephen	20	-24	-26	28	22	4700	20	123	1000	1.2	1160	180	2.9	0.6	0.33	0.42
Woodstock	60	-26	-29	30	22	4910	22	107	875	1.0	1100	160	3.1	0.6	0.29	0.37
Nova Scotia
Amherst	25	-21	-24	27	21	4500	18	118	950	1.1	1150	220	2.4	0.6	0.37	0.48
Antigonish	10	-17	-20	27	21	4510	15	123	1100	1.3	1250	240	2.3	0.6	0.42	0.54
Bridgewater	10	-15	-17	27	20	4140	16	144	1300	1.5	1475	260	1.9	0.6	0.43	0.55
Canso	5	-13	-15	25	20	4400	15	123	1325	1.5	1400	260	1.7	0.6	0.48	0.61
Debert	45	-21	-24	27	21	4500	18	118	1000	1.2	1200	240	2.1	0.6	0.37	0.48
Digby	35	-15	-17	25	20	4020	15	130	1100	1.3	1275	260	2.2	0.6	0.43	0.55
Greenwood (CFB)	28	-18	-20	29	22	4140	16	118	925	1.1	1100	280	2.7	0.6	0.42	0.54
Halifax Region
Dartmouth	10	-16	-18	26	20	4100	18	144	1250	1.4	1400	280	1.6	0.6	0.45	0.58
Halifax	55	-16	-18	26	20	4000	17	150	1350	1.5	1500	280	1.9	0.6	0.45	0.58
Kentville	25	-18	-20	28	21	4130	17	118	950	1.1	1200	260	2.6	0.6	0.42	0.54
Liverpool	20	-16	-18	27	20	3990	16	150	1325	1.5	1425	280	1.7	0.6	0.48	0.61

Appendix C

Division B

C-34 Division B

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

Table C-2 (Continued)

Province and Location	Elev., m	Design Temperature				Degree- Days Below 18°C	15 Min. Rain, mm	One Day Rain, 1/50, mm	Ann. Rain, mm	Moist. Index	Ann. Tot. Ppn., mm	Driv- ing Rain Wind Pres- sures, Pa, 1/5	Snow Load, kPa, 1/50		Hourly Wind Pressures, kPa
		January		July 2.5%									Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
		2.5% °C	1% °C	Dry °C	Wet °C								Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
Lockeport	5	-14	-16	25	20	4000	18	139	1250	1.4	1450	280	1.4	0.6	0.47	0.60
Louisbourg	5	-15	-17	26	20	4530	15	118	1300	1.5	1500	300	2.1	0.7	0.51	0.65
Lunenburg	25	-15	-17	26	20	4140	16	144	1300	1.5	1450	260	1.9	0.6	0.48	0.61
New Glasgow	30	-19	-21	27	21	4320	15	135	975	1.1	1200	260	2.2	0.6	0.43	0.55
North Sydney	20	-16	-19	27	21	4500	15	123	1200	1.4	1475	300	2.4	0.6	0.46	0.59
Pictou	25	-19	-21	27	21	4310	15	107	950	1.1	1175	260	2.2	0.6	0.43	0.55
Port Hawkesbury	40	-17	-19	27	21	4500	15	128	1325	1.5	1450	260	2.1	0.6	0.48	0.61
Springhill	185	-20	-23	27	21	4540	18	118	1075	1.2	1175	220	3.1	0.6	0.37	0.48
Stewiacke	25	-20	-22	27	21	4400	18	128	1050	1.2	1250	240	1.8	0.6	0.39	0.50
Sydney	5	-16	-19	27	21	4530	15	123	1200	1.4	1475	300	2.3	0.6	0.46	0.59
Tatamagouche	25	-20	-23	27	21	4380	18	118	875	1.1	1150	260	2.2	0.6	0.43	0.55
Truro	25	-20	-22	27	21	4500	18	118	1000	1.2	1175	240	2.0	0.6	0.37	0.48
Wolfville	35	-19	-21	28	21	4140	17	118	975	1.1	1175	260	2.6	0.6	0.42	0.54
Yarmouth	10	-14	-16	22	19	3990	19	135	1125	1.3	1260	280	1.8	0.6	0.44	0.56
Prince Edward Island
Charlottetown	5	-20	-22	26	21	4460	16	107	900	1.1	1150	350	2.7	0.6	0.44	0.56
Souris	5	-19	-21	27	21	4550	15	112	950	1.1	1130	350	2.7	0.6	0.45	0.58
Summerside	10	-20	-22	27	21	4600	16	112	825	1.0	1060	350	3.1	0.6	0.47	0.60
Tignish	10	-20	-22	27	21	4770	16	96	800	1.0	1100	350	3.2	0.6	0.51	0.66
Newfoundland and
Labrador
Argentia	15	-12	-14	21	18	4600	15	107	1250	1.5	1400	400	2.4	0.7	0.59	0.75
Bonavista	15	-14	-16	24	19	5000	18	96	825	1.1	1010	400	3.1	0.6	0.66	0.84
Buchans	255	-24	-27	27	20	5250	13	107	850	1.0	1125	200	4.7	0.6	0.47	0.60
Cape Harrison	5	-29	-31	26	16	6900	10	106	475	0.9	950	350	6.3	0.4	0.47	0.60
Cape Race	5	-11	-13	19	18	4900	18	130	1425	1.7	1550	400	2.3	0.7	0.82	1.05
Channel-Port	5	-13	-15	19	18	5000	13	123	1175	1.4	1520	450	3.6	0.7	0.61	0.78
aux Basques

Division B

Appendix C

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

Division B C-35

Table C-2 (Continued)

Province and Location	Elev., m	Design Temperature				Degree- Days Below 18°C	15 Min. Rain, mm	One Day Rain, 1/50, mm	Ann. Rain, mm	Moist. Index	Ann. Tot. Ppn., mm	Driv- ing Rain Wind Pres- sures, Pa, 1/5	Snow Load, kPa, 1/50		Hourly Wind Pressures, kPa
		January		July 2.5%									Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
		2.5% °C	1% °C	Dry °C	Wet °C								Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
Corner Brook	35	-16	-18	26	20	4760	13	91	875	1.1	1190	300	3.7	0.6	0.43	0.55
Gander	125	-18	-20	27	20	5110	18	91	775	1.0	1180	280	3.7	0.6	0.47	0.60
Grand Bank	5	-14	-15	20	18	4550	15	123	1350	1.6	1525	400	2.4	0.7	0.58	0.74
Grand Falls	60	-26	-29	27	20	5020	15	86	775	1.0	1030	240	3.4	0.6	0.47	0.60
Happy Valley-Goose	15	-31	-32	27	19	6670	18	80	575	0.8	960	160	5.3	0.4	0.33	0.42
Bay
Labrador City	550	-36	-38	24	17	7710	15	70	500	0.8	880	140	4.8	0.3	0.31	0.40
St. Anthony	10	-25	-27	22	18	6440	13	86	800	1.1	1280	450	6.1	0.6	0.68	0.87
Stephenville	25	-16	-18	24	19	4850	14	102	1000	1.2	1275	350	4.1	0.6	0.45	0.58
St. John's	65	-15	-16	24	20	4800	18	118	1200	1.4	1575	400	2.9	0.7	0.61	0.78
Twin Falls	425	-35	-37	24	17	7790	15	70	500	0.9	950	120	4.8	0.4	0.31	0.40
Wabana	75	-15	-17	24	20	4750	18	112	1125	1.3	1500	400	3.0	0.7	0.59	0.75
Wabush	550	-36	-38	24	17	7710	15	70	500	0.8	880	140	4.8	0.3	0.31	0.40
Yukon
Aishihik	920	-44	-46	23	15	7500	8	43	190	0.6	275	40	1.9	0.1	0.27	0.38
Dawson	330	-50	-51	26	16	8120	10	49	200	0.6	350	40	2.9	0.1	0.22	0.31
Destruction Bay	815	-43	-45	23	14	7800	8	49	190	0.6	300	80	1.9	0.1	0.42	0.60
Faro	670	-46	-47	25	16	7300	10	33	215	0.6	315	40	2.3	0.1	0.26	0.35
Haines Junction	600	-45	-47	24	14	7100	8	51	145	0.6	315	180	2.2	0.1	0.24	0.34
Snag	595	-51	-53	23	16	8300	8	59	290	0.6	350	40	2.2	0.1	0.22	0.31
Teslin	690	-42	-44	24	15	6770	10	38	200	0.5	340	40	3.0	0.1	0.26	0.34
Watson Lake	685	-46	-48	26	16	7470	10	54	250	0.6	410	60	3.2	0.1	0.26	0.35
Whitehorse	655	-41	-43	25	15	6580	8	43	170	0.5	275	40	2.0	0.1	0.29	0.38
Northwest Territories
Aklavik	5	-42	-44	26	17	9600	6	49	115	0.7	250	60	2.8	0.1	0.31	0.40
Behchokǫ̀ / Rae-Edzo	160	-42	-44	25	17	8300	10	60	175	0.6	275	80	2.3	0.1	0.31	0.40
Echo Bay /	195	-42	-44	22	16	9300	8	60	160	0.7	250	80	3.0	0.1	0.41	0.53
Port Radium

Appendix C

Division B

C-36 Division B

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

Table C-2 (Continued)

Province and Location	Elev., m	Design Temperature				Degree- Days Below 18°C	15 Min. Rain, mm	One Day Rain, 1/50, mm	Ann. Rain, mm	Moist. Index	Ann. Tot. Ppn., mm	Driv- ing Rain Wind Pres- sures, Pa, 1/5	Snow Load, kPa, 1/50		Hourly Wind Pressures, kPa
		January		July 2.5%									Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
		2.5% °C	1% °C	Dry °C	Wet °C								Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
Fort Good Hope	100	-43	-45	28	18	8700	9	60	140	0.6	280	80	2.9	0.1	0.34	0.44
Fort McPherson	25	-44	-46	26	17	9150	6	50	145	0.7	315	60	3.2	0.1	0.31	0.40
Fort Providence	150	-40	-43	28	18	7620	10	71	210	0.6	350	100	2.4	0.1	0.27	0.35
Fort Resolution	160	-40	-42	26	18	7750	10	60	175	0.6	300	140	2.3	0.1	0.30	0.39
Fort Simpson	120	-42	-44	28	19	7660	12	76	225	0.6	360	80	2.3	0.1	0.30	0.39
Fort Smith	205	-41	-43	28	19	7300	10	65	250	0.6	350	80	2.3	0.2	0.30	0.39
Hay River	45	-38	-41	27	18	7550	10	60	200	0.6	325	140	2.4	0.1	0.27	0.35
Inuvik	45	-43	-45	26	17	9600	6	49	115	0.7	425	60	3.1	0.1	0.31	0.40
Mould Bay	5	-44	-46	11	8	12900	3	33	25	0.9	100	140	1.5	0.1	0.45	0.58
Norman Wells	65	-43	-45	28	18	8510	9	60	165	0.6	320	80	3.0	0.1	0.34	0.44
Tungsten	1340	-49	-51	26	16	7700	10	44	315	0.8	640	40	4.3	0.1	0.34	0.44
Ulukhaktok / Holman	10	-39	-41	18	12	10700	3	44	80	0.9	250	120	2.1	0.1	0.67	0.86
Wrigley	80	-42	-44	28	18	8050	10	54	220	0.6	350	80	2.8	0.1	0.30	0.39
Yellowknife	160	-41	-44	25	17	8170	10	60	175	0.6	275	100	2.2	0.1	0.31	0.40
Nunavut
Alert	5	-43	-44	13	8	13030	3	22	20	1.0	150	100	2.6	0.1	0.59	0.75
Arctic Bay	15	-42	-44	14	10	11900	3	38	60	0.9	150	160	2.4	0.1	0.43	0.55
Arviat	5	-40	-41	22	16	9850	8	65	225	0.9	300	240	3.0	0.2	0.45	0.58
Baker Lake	5	-42	-44	23	15	10700	5	55	160	0.8	260	180	3.4	0.2	0.42	0.54
Eureka	5	-47	-48	12	8	13500	3	27	25	1.0	70	100	1.6	0.1	0.43	0.55
Igluligaarjuk /	10	-40	-41	20	14	10500	5	60	175	0.9	270	240	3.6	0.2	0.44	0.56
Chesterfield Inlet
Iqaluit	45	-40	-41	17	12	9980	5	58	200	0.9	433	200	2.9	0.2	0.51	0.65
Iqaluktuuttiaq /	15	-41	-44	18	13	11670	4	38	70	0.9	140	100	1.9	0.1	0.39	0.50
Cambridge Bay
Isachsen	10	-46	-48	12	9	13600	3	27	25	1.0	75	140	1.9	0.1	0.47	0.6
Kangiqiniq / Rankin Inlet	10	-41	-42	21	15	10500	5	65	180	0.9	250	240	3.0	0.2	0.47	0.6
Kanngiqtugaapik /	5	-40	-42	14	10	11300	5	44	55	0.9	225	220	4.2	0.2	0.43	0.55
Clyde River

Division B

Appendix C

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

Division B C-37

Table C-2 (Continued)

Province and Location	Elev., m	Design Temperature				Degree- Days Below 18°C	15 Min. Rain, mm	One Day Rain, 1/50, mm	Ann. Rain, mm	Moist. Index	Ann. Tot. Ppn., mm	Driv- ing Rain Wind Pres- sures, Pa, 1/5	Snow Load, kPa, 1/50		Hourly Wind Pressures, kPa
		January		July 2.5%									Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
		2.5% °C	1% °C	Dry °C	Wet °C								Ss	Sr	1/10	1/50
Kugluktuk / Coppermine	10	-41	-43	23	16	10300	6	65	140	0.8	150	80	3.4	0.1	0.36	0.46
Nottingham Island	30	-37	-39	16	13	10000	5	54	175	0.9	325	200	4.7	0.2	0.61	0.78
Resolute	25	-42	-43	11	9	12360	3	27	50	0.9	140	180	2.0	0.1	0.46	0.59
Resolution Island	5	-32	-34	12	10	9000	5	71	240	0.9	550	200	5.5	0.2	0.96	1.23
Salliq / Coral Harbour	15	-41	-42	20	14	10720	5	65	150	0.9	280	200	3.8	0.2	0.45	0.58

Appendix C Division B

‌Seismic Hazard for Part 4

The seismic hazard values to be used for the design of buildings under Part 4 can be obtained from the 2020 National Building Code of Canada Seismic Hazard Tool (https://doi.org/10.23687/b1bd3cf0-0672-47f4-8bfa- 290ae75fde9b), which provides seismic hazard values for any site in Canada defined by latitude, longitude and site designation. The seismic hazard values used for the design of buildings under Part 4 must correspond to the applicable probability of exceedance stated in Subsection 4.1.8. The tool also provides seismic hazard values at additional probabilities and periods.

Seismic hazard values can be appreciably different for localities across a large locale. Therefore, applying the same seismic hazard value to a large geographic area could result in buildings being over-designed or under-designed. Given the large number of data points in Canada, listing every locality in a table is not practical. For archival purposes, the seismic hazard values for 679 specific latitudes and longitudes are reproduced from the 2020 National Building Code of Canada Seismic Hazard Tool on NPARC at

https://doi.org/10.4224/nqzr-dz38. The digital properties of the NPARC website are more suited for a static, archival data set. As such, Figure A-1.1.3.1.(4) identifies the NPARC website as the primary data set for the specified latitude and longitudes.

The parameters used to represent seismic hazard for specific geographical locations are the 5%-damped horizontal spectral acceleration for periods of 0.2 s, 0.5 s, 1.0 s, 2.0 s, 5.0 s and 10.0 s, the horizontal peak ground acceleration (PGA) and the horizontal peak ground velocity (PGV) corresponding to a 2% probability of being exceeded in 50 years. The six spectral acceleration parameters are deemed sufficient to define spectra closely matching the shape of the uniform hazard spectra (UHS) for design purposes. Spectral acceleration values for additional periods are provided for use in the selection of ground motion time histories. Spectral acceleration values for additional probabilities of exceedance are also provided.

The seismic hazard values are mean values based on a statistical analysis of the earthquakes that have been experienced in Canada and adjacent regions.(11) They were updated for the 2020 edition of the Code by slightly revising the seismic source zones, adding the Leech River and Devil's Mountain fault sources near Victoria, B.C.,(12) increasing the rate of occurrence of great earthquakes on the Cascadia subduction zone to match new information, revising the ground motion models (GMMs),(13) and using a probabilistic model to combine all inputs.

In addition, the method of determining seismic hazard values for different site designations has changed. For the NBC 2015, the seismic hazard values were calculated for reference Site Class C, and the values for other site designations were determined by applying a site coefficient to the calculated values. For the NBC 2020, the seismic hazard values for each site designation were calculated directly.

For almost all locations, the revised GMMs are the most significant reason for changes in the seismic hazard values from the NBC 2015. In general, the estimated seismic hazard has increased across Canada.

Further details regarding the representation of seismic hazard can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

‌Seismic Hazard for Part 9

Table C-3 lists the seismic hazard values to be used in the application of the prescriptive requirements in Part 9 relating to lateral loads due to earthquake (these values are the same as those listed in Table C-3 of the NBC 2015). Seismic hazard values for localities not listed in Table C-3 can be obtained from the “2015 – 2005 National Building Code of Canada seismic hazard values” page on NRCan's Earthquakes Canada website by selecting “2015” from the “Building code year” pull-down menu.

Table C-3

Province and Location	Sa(0.2) for Seismic Design in Part 9
Alberni	0.955
Ashcroft	0.198
Bamfield	1.44
Beatton River	0.132
Bella Bella	0.208
Bella Coola	0.163

Seismic Design Data for Selected Locations in Canada for Part 9 Design

Table C-3 (Continued)

Province and Location	Sa(0.2) for Seismic Design in Part 9
British Columbia
100 Mile House	0.140
Abbotsford	0.701
Agassiz	0.457

Division B Appendix C

Table C-3 (Continued) Table C-3 (Continued)

Province and Location	Sa(0.2) for Seismic Design in Part 9
Burns Lake	0.095
Cache Creek	0.195
Campbell River	0.595
Carmi	0.141
Castlegar	0.129
Chetwynd	0.176
Chilliwack	0.539
Comox	0.685
Courtenay	0.692
Cranbrook	0.170
Crescent Valley	0.130
Crofton	1.13
Dawson Creek	0.150
Dease Lake	0.103
Dog Creek	0.172
Duncan	1.17
Elko	0.217
Fernie	0.234
Fort Nelson	0.141
Fort St. John	0.145
Glacier	0.206
Golden	0.263
Gold River	1.01
Grand Forks	0.133
Greenwood	0.136
Hope	0.363
Jordan River	1.40
Kamloops	0.146
Kaslo	0.142
Kelowna	0.143
Kimberley	0.165
Kitimat Plant	0.161
Kitimat Townsite	0.161
Ladysmith	1.10
Langford	1.32
Lillooet	0.285
Lytton	0.292
Mackenzie	0.165
Masset	0.791
McBride	0.253
McLeod Lake	0.153
Merritt	0.211
Mission City	0.644

Province and Location	Sa(0.2) for Seismic Design in Part 9
Montrose	0.129
Nakusp	0.135
Nanaimo	1.02
Nelson	0.131
Ocean Falls	0.180
Osoyoos	0.175
Parksville	0.917
Penticton	0.159
Port Alberni	0.987
Port Alice	1.60
Port Hardy	0.700
Port McNeill	0.711
Port Renfrew	1.44
Powell River	0.595
Prince George	0.113
Prince Rupert	0.246
Princeton	0.259
Qualicum Beach	0.888
Queen Charlotte City	1.62
Quesnel	0.105
Revelstoke	0.145
Salmon Arm	0.131
Sandspit	1.31
Sechelt	0.828
Sidney	1.23
Smithers	0.100
Smith River	0.705
Sooke	1.34
Squamish	0.600
Stewart	0.139
Tahsis	1.35
Taylor	0.143
Terrace	0.146
Tofino	1.46
Trail	0.129
Ucluelet	1.48
Vancouver Region
Burnaby (Simon Fraser Univ.)	0.768
Cloverdale	0.800
Haney	0.691
Ladner	0.924
Langley	0.772
New Westminster	0.800

Appendix C Division B

Table C-3 (Continued) Table C-3 (Continued)

Province and Location

Sa(0.2) for Seismic Design in Part 9

North Vancouver Richmond

Surrey (88 Ave & 156 St.) Vancouver (City Hall)

Vancouver (Granville St. & 41st Ave)

West Vancouver Vernon

Victoria Region Victoria

Victoria (Gonzales Hts) Victoria (Mt Tolmie)

Whistler White Rock Williams Lake Youbou

Alberta

Athabasca Banff Barrhead Beaverlodge Brooks Calgary Campsie Camrose Canmore Cardston Claresholm Cold Lake Coleman Coronation Cowley Drumheller Edmonton Edson

Embarras Portage Fairview

Fort MacLeod Fort McMurray

Fort Saskatchewan Fort Vermilion Grande Prairie

Habay

0.794

0.885

0.786

0.848

0.863

0.818

0.133

1.30

1.29

0.438

0.868

0.136

1.20

0.068

0.279

0.105

0.153

0.116

0.192

0.113

0.095

0.278

0.273

0.217

0.055

0.279

0.075

0.282

0.122

0.103

0.165

0.052

0.121

0.225

0.053

0.086

0.056

0.141

0.068

Province and Location	Sa(0.2) for Seismic Design in Part 9
Hardisty	0.068
High River	0.203
Hinton	0.280
Jasper	0.287
Keg River	0.067
Lac La Biche	0.059
Lacombe	0.127
Lethbridge	0.164
Manning	0.081
Medicine Hat	0.083
Peace River	0.098
Pincher Creek	0.284
Ranfurly	0.066
Red Deer	0.131
Rocky Mountain House	0.174
Slave Lake	0.075
Stettler	0.109
Stony Plain	0.115
Suffield	0.099
Taber	0.134
Turner Valley	0.253
Valleyview	0.126
Vegreville	0.069
Vermilion	0.060
Wagner	0.077
Wainwright	0.062
Wetaskiwin	0.115
Whitecourt	0.125
Wimborne	0.133
Saskatchewan
Assiniboia	0.136
Battrum	0.065
Biggar	0.057
Broadview	0.077
Dafoe	0.062
Dundurn	0.059
Estevan	0.129
Hudson Bay	0.055
Humboldt	0.058
Island Falls	0.054
Kamsack	0.058
Kindersley	0.060
Lloydminster	0.057

Division B Appendix C

Table C-3 (Continued) Table C-3 (Continued)

Province and Location	Sa(0.2) for Seismic Design in Part 9
Maple Creek	0.069
Meadow Lake	0.055
Melfort	0.055
Melville	0.069
Moose Jaw	0.096
Nipawin	0.054
North Battleford	0.056
Prince Albert	0.055
Qu'Appelle	0.090
Regina	0.101
Rosetown	0.059
Saskatoon	0.057
Scott	0.057
Strasbourg	0.074
Swift Current	0.070
Uranium City	0.053
Weyburn	0.186
Yorkton	0.063
Manitoba
Beausejour	0.056
Boissevain	0.059
Brandon	0.054
Churchill	0.053
Dauphin	0.055
Flin Flon	0.054
Gimli	0.055
Island Lake	0.054
Lac du Bonnet	0.056
Lynn Lake	0.053
Morden	0.053
Neepawa	0.054
Pine Falls	0.056
Portage la Prairie	0.054
Rivers	0.058
Sandilands	0.055
Selkirk	0.055
Split Lake	0.053
Steinbach	0.055
Swan River	0.055
The Pas	0.054
Thompson	0.053
Virden	0.064
Winnipeg	0.054

Province and Location	Sa(0.2) for Seismic Design in Part 9
Ontario
Ailsa Craig	0.095
Ajax	0.210
Alexandria	0.589
Alliston	0.111
Almonte	0.337
Armstrong	0.064
Arnprior	0.371
Atikokan	0.069
Attawapiskat	0.074
Aurora	0.138
Bancroft	0.151
Barrie	0.108
Barriefield	0.162
Beaverton	0.117
Belleville	0.162
Belmont	0.116
Borden (CFB)	0.107
Bracebridge	0.116
Bradford	0.123
Brampton	0.168
Brantford	0.155
Brighton	0.173
Brockville	0.259
Burk's Falls	0.143
Burlington	0.266
Cambridge	0.141
Campbellford	0.144
Cannington	0.122
Carleton Place	0.302
Cavan	0.140
Centralia	0.092
Chapleau	0.071
Chatham	0.112
Chesley	0.083
Clinton	0.084
Coboconk	0.120
Cobourg	0.179
Cochrane	0.222
Colborne	0.176
Collingwood	0.096
Cornwall	0.587
Corunna	0.087

Appendix C Division B

Table C-3 (Continued) Table C-3 (Continued)

Province and Location	Sa(0.2) for Seismic Design in Part 9
Deep River	0.389
Deseronto	0.158
Dorchester	0.112
Dorion	0.059
Dresden	0.104
Dryden	0.072
Dundalk	0.097
Dunnville	0.232
Durham	0.088
Dutton	0.116
Earlton	0.182
Edison	0.070
Elliot Lake	0.074
Elmvale	0.101
Embro	0.111
Englehart	0.175
Espanola	0.086
Exeter	0.090
Fenelon Falls	0.121
Fergus	0.115
Forest	0.087
Fort Erie	0.312
Fort Erie (Ridgeway)	0.307
Fort Frances	0.064
Gananoque	0.180
Geraldton	0.057
Glencoe	0.107
Goderich	0.079
Gore Bay	0.071
Graham	0.071
Gravenhurst (Muskoka Airport)	0.112
Grimsby	0.301
Guelph	0.133
Guthrie	0.109
Haileybury	0.219
Haldimand (Caledonia)	0.215
Haldimand (Hagersville)	0.172
Haliburton	0.133
Halton Hills (Georgetown)	0.155
Hamilton	0.260
Hanover	0.085
Hastings	0.141
Hawkesbury	0.506

Province and Location	Sa(0.2) for Seismic Design in Part 9
Hearst	0.073
Honey Harbour	0.103
Hornepayne	0.063
Huntsville	0.129
Ingersoll	0.116
Iroquois Falls	0.196
Jellicoe	0.057
Kapuskasing	0.112
Kemptville	0.429
Kenora	0.064
Killaloe	0.264
Kincardine	0.076
Kingston	0.161
Kinmount	0.123
Kirkland Lake	0.159
Kitchener	0.122
Kitchenuhmaykoosib / Big Trout	0.054
Lake
Lakefield	0.130
Lansdowne House	0.056
Leamington	0.114
Lindsay	0.126
Lion's Head	0.080
Listowel	0.093
London	0.108
Lucan	0.097
Maitland	0.282
Markdale	0.089
Markham	0.182
Martin	0.072
Matheson	0.160
Mattawa	0.446
Midland	0.101
Milton	0.191
Milverton	0.098
Minden	0.124
Mississauga	0.219
Mississauga (Lester B. Pearson Int'l Airport)	0.193
Mississauga (Port Credit)	0.247
Mitchell	0.093
Moosonee	0.081
Morrisburg	0.558

Division B Appendix C

Table C-3 (Continued) Table C-3 (Continued)

Province and Location	Sa(0.2) for Seismic Design in Part 9
Mount Forest	0.093
Nakina	0.057
Nanticoke (Jarvis)	0.156
Nanticoke (Port Dover)	0.144
Napanee	0.156
Newcastle	0.186
Newcastle (Bowmanville)	0.188
New Liskeard	0.209
Newmarket	0.132
Niagara Falls	0.321
North Bay	0.247
Norwood	0.136
Oakville	0.260
Orangeville	0.115
Orillia	0.109
Oshawa	0.192
Ottawa (Metropolitan)
Ottawa (Barrhaven)	0.427
Ottawa (City Hall)	0.439
Ottawa (Kanata)	0.401
Ottawa (M-C Int'l Airport)	0.446
Ottawa (Orléans)	0.474
Owen Sound	0.083
Pagwa River	0.060
Paris	0.141
Parkhill	0.092
Parry Sound	0.110
Pelham (Fonthill)	0.311
Pembroke	0.379
Penetanguishene	0.101
Perth	0.225
Petawawa	0.379
Peterborough	0.135
Petrolia	0.092
Pickering (Dunbarton)	0.219
Picton	0.159
Plattsville	0.119
Point Alexander	0.391
Port Burwell	0.132
Port Colborne	0.298
Port Elgin	0.077
Port Hope	0.181
Port Perry	0.144

Province and Location	Sa(0.2) for Seismic Design in Part 9
Port Stanley	0.123
Prescott	0.350
Princeton	0.129
Raith	0.067
Rayside-Balfour (Chelmsford)	0.104
Red Lake	0.068
Renfrew	0.352
Richmond Hill	0.163
Rockland	0.510
Sarnia	0.085
Sault Ste. Marie	0.062
Schreiber	0.057
Seaforth	0.087
Shelburne	0.104
Simcoe	0.141
Sioux Lookout	0.073
Smiths Falls	0.256
Smithville	0.296
Smooth Rock Falls	0.200
Southampton	0.077
South River	0.164
St. Catharines	0.319
St. Marys	0.101
St. Thomas	0.117
Stirling	0.149
Stratford	0.103
Strathroy	0.100
Sturgeon Falls	0.183
Sudbury	0.110
Sundridge	0.157
Tavistock	0.108
Temagami	0.239
Thamesford	0.111
Thedford	0.089
Thunder Bay	0.061
Tillsonburg	0.126
Timmins	0.125
Timmins (Porcupine)	0.140
Toronto Metropolitan Region
Etobicoke	0.193
North York	0.195
Scarborough	0.219

Appendix C Division B

Table C-3 (Continued) Table C-3 (Continued)

Province and Location

Sa(0.2) for Seismic Design in Part 9

Toronto (City Hall) Trenton

Trout Creek Uxbridge

Vaughan (Woodbridge) Vittoria

Walkerton Wallaceburg Waterloo Watford Wawa Welland West Lorne Whitby

Whitby (Brooklin) White River Wiarton

Windsor Wingham Woodstock Wyoming

Quebec

Acton Vale Alma Amos Asbestos Aylmer

Baie-Comeau Baie-Saint-Paul Beauport Bedford

Beloeil Brome Brossard Buckingham

Campbell's Bay Chambly Coaticook Contrecoeur Cowansville Deux-Montagnes Dolbeau

Drummondville

0.249

0.167

0.186

0.139

0.167

0.139

0.083

0.098

0.118

0.095

0.062

0.308

0.118

0.203

0.176

0.060

0.080

0.096

0.083

0.118

0.090

0.254

0.785

0.109

0.200

0.415

0.425

1.62

0.509

0.358

0.522

0.236

0.587

0.491

0.387

0.550

0.193

0.473

0.273

0.596

0.484

0.273

Province and Location	Sa(0.2) for Seismic Design in Part 9
Farnham	0.369
Fort-Coulonge	0.391
Gagnon	0.078
Gaspé	0.128
Gatineau	0.442
Gracefield	0.426
Granby	0.275
Harrington Harbour	0.072
Havre-Saint-Pierre	0.231
Hemmingford	0.546
Hull	0.432
Iberville	0.520
Inukjuak	0.065
Joliette	0.457
Kuujjuaq	0.074
Kuujjuarapik	0.056
Lachute	0.518
Lac-Mégantic	0.193
La Malbaie	1.73
La Pocatière	1.51
La Tuque	0.196
Lennoxville	0.187
Léry	0.603
Loretteville	0.502
Louiseville	0.366
Magog	0.196
Malartic	0.135
Maniwaki	0.430
Masson	0.498
Matane	0.455
Mont-Joli	0.427
Mont-Laurier	0.419
Montmagny	0.601
Montréal Region
Beaconsfield	0.602
Dorval	0.600
Laval	0.595
Montréal (City Hall)	0.595
Montréal-Est	0.586
Montréal-Nord	0.593
Outremont	0.597
Pierrefonds	0.599
Sainte-Anne-de-Bellevue	0.602

Division B Appendix C

Table C-3 (Continued) Table C-3 (Continued)

Province and Location	Sa(0.2) for Seismic Design in Part 9
Saint-Lambert	0.590
Saint-Laurent	0.598
Verdun	0.596
Nicolet (Gentilly)	0.364
Nitchequon	0.062
Noranda	0.132
Percé	0.114
Pincourt	0.602
Plessisville	0.250
Port-Cartier	0.323
Puvirnituq	0.108
Québec City Region
Ancienne-Lorette	0.487
Lévis	0.493
Québec	0.493
Sainte-Foy	0.488
Sillery	0.486
Richmond	0.208
Rimouski	0.408
Rivière-du-Loup	1.16
Roberval	0.688
Rock Island	0.199
Rosemère	0.591
Rouyn	0.134
Saguenay	0.791
Saguenay (Bagotville)	0.801
Saguenay (Jonquière)	0.798
Saguenay (Kénogami)	0.799
Sainte-Agathe-des-Monts	0.431
Saint-Eustache	0.593
Saint-Félicien	0.488
Saint-Georges-de-Cacouna	0.857
Saint-Hubert	0.581
Saint-Hubert-de-Rivière-du-Loup	0.468
Saint-Hyacinthe	0.369
Saint-Jean-sur-Richelieu	0.522
Saint-Jérôme	0.539
Saint-Jovite	0.428
Saint-Lazare / Hudson	0.597
Saint-Nicolas	0.466
Salaberry-de-Valleyfield	0.602
Schefferville	0.059
Senneterre	0.114

Province and Location	Sa(0.2) for Seismic Design in Part 9
Sept-Îles	0.295
Shawinigan	0.306
Shawville	0.386
Sherbrooke	0.187
Sorel	0.406
Sutton	0.243
Tadoussac	0.694
Témiscaming	0.820
Terrebonne	0.584
Thetford Mines	0.207
Thurso	0.492
Trois-Rivières	0.366
Val-d'Or	0.135
Varennes	0.571
Verchères	0.537
Victoriaville	0.233
Ville-Marie	0.262
Wakefield	0.409
Waterloo	0.232
Windsor	0.194
New Brunswick
Alma	0.144
Bathurst	0.217
Campbellton	0.210
Edmundston	0.231
Fredericton	0.210
Gagetown	0.195
Grand Falls	0.254
Miramichi	0.214
Moncton	0.158
Oromocto	0.209
Sackville	0.140
Saint Andrews	0.874
Saint John	0.199
Shippagan	0.143
St. George	0.578
St. Stephen	0.781
Woodstock	0.206
Nova Scotia
Amherst	0.130
Antigonish	0.098
Bridgewater	0.117
Canso	0.114

Appendix C Division B

Table C-3 (Continued) Table C-3 (Continued)

Province and Location

Sa(0.2) for Seismic Design in Part 9

Debert Digby

Greenwood (CFB) Halifax Region

Dartmouth Halifax

Kentville Liverpool Lockeport Louisbourg Lunenburg New Glasgow North Sydney Pictou

Port Hawkesbury Springhill Stewiacke Sydney Tatamagouche Truro

Wolfville Yarmouth

Prince Edward Island Charlottetown Souris Summerside Tignish

Newfoundland and Labrador

Argentia Bonavista Buchans Cape Harrison Cape Race

Channel-Port aux Basques Corner Brook

Gander Grand Bank Grand Falls

Happy Valley-Goose Bay Labrador City

St. Anthony

Stephenville St. John's

0.107

0.164

0.128

0.110

0.120

0.123

0.119

0.115

0.099

0.105

0.098

0.102

0.118

0.107

0.108

0.103

0.105

0.118

0.137

0.103

0.091

0.133

0.135

0.098

0.083

0.077

0.125

0.108

0.088

0.074

0.077

0.115

0.076

0.067

0.073

0.077

0.090

Province and Location	Sa(0.2) for Seismic Design in Part 9
Twin Falls	0.064
Wabana	0.089
Wabush	0.067
Yukon
Aishihik	0.446
Dawson	0.396
Destruction Bay	1.54
Faro	0.271
Haines Junction	0.973
Snag	0.502
Teslin	0.284
Watson Lake	0.304
Whitehorse	0.334
Northwest Territories
Aklavik	0.475
Behchokǫ̀ / Rae-Edzo	0.052
Echo Bay / Port Radium	0.052
Fort Good Hope	0.257
Fort McPherson	0.476
Fort Providence	0.055
Fort Resolution	0.052
Fort Simpson	0.154
Fort Smith	0.052
Hay River	0.053
Inuvik	0.308
Mould Bay	0.21
Norman Wells	0.688
Tungsten	0.325
Ulukhaktok / Holman	0.057
Wrigley	0.653
Yellowknife	0.052
Nunavut
Alert	0.145
Arctic Bay	0.111
Arviat	0.054
Baker Lake	0.068
Eureka	0.173
Igluligaarjuk / Chesterfield Inlet	0.081
Iqaluit	0.087
Iqaluktuuttiaq / Cambridge Bay	0.059
Isachsen	0.256
Kangiqiniq / Rankin Inlet	0.064
Kanngiqtugaapik / Clyde River	0.306

Division B Appendix C

Table C-3 (Continued) Table C-3 (Continued)

Province and Location	Sa(0.2) for Seismic Design in Part 9
Kugluktuk / Coppermine	0.053
Nottingham Island	0.109
Resolute	0.194

Province and Location	Sa(0.2) for Seismic Design in Part 9
Resolution Island	0.203
Salliq / Coral Harbour	0.103

‌References

Environment Canada, Climate Trends and Variation Bulletin: Annual 2007, 2008.
Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), Climate Change 2007: The Physical Science Basis. Contribution of Working Group I to the Fourth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. S. Solomon, D. Qin, M. Manning, Z. Chen, M. Marquis, K.B. Averyt, M. Tignor and H.L. Miller (Eds.). Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, United Kingdom and New York, NY, USA,
996 pp., 2007.
American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-conditioning Engineers, Handbook of Fundamentals, Chapter 14 – Climatic Design Information, Atlanta, GA, 2009.
Lowery, M.D. and Nash, J.E., A comparison of methods of fitting the double exponential distribution. J. of Hydrology, 10 (3), pp. 259–275, 1970.
Newark, M.J., Welsh, L.E., Morris, R.J. and Dnes, W.V. Revised Ground Snow Loads for the 1990 NBC of Canada. Can. J. Civ. Eng., Vol. 16, No. 3, June 1989.
Newark, M.J. A New Look at Ground Snow Loads in Canada. Proceedings, 41st Eastern Snow Conference, Washington, D.C., Vol. 29, pp. 59-63, 1984.
Bruce, J.P. and Clark, R.H. Introduction to Hydrometeorology. Pergammon Press, London, 1966.
Skerlj, P.F. and Surry, D. A Critical Assessment of the DRWPs Used in CAN/CSA-A440-M90. Tenth International Conference on Wind Engineering, Wind Engineering into the 21st Century, Larsen, Larose & Livesay (eds), 1999 Balkema, Rotterdam, ISBN 90 5809 059 0.
Cornick, S., Chown, G.A., et al. Committee Paper on Defining Climate Regions as a Basis for Specifying Requirements for Precipitation Protection for Walls. Institute for Research in Construction, National Research Council, Ottawa, April 2001.
Boyd, D.W. Variations in Air Density over Canada. National Research Council of Canada, Division of Building Research, Technical Note No. 486, June 1967.
Adams, J., Allen, T., Halchuk, S., and Kolaj, M. Canada's 6th Generation Seismic Hazard Model, as Prepared for the 2020 National Building Code. 12th Canadian Conference on Earthquake Engineering, Québec, QC, paper 192-Mkvp-139, 2019.
Halchuk, S., Allen, T., Adams, J., and Onur, T. Contribution of the Leech River Valley - Devil's Mountain Fault System to Seismic Hazard for Victoria, B.C. 12th Canadian Conference on Earthquake Engineering, Québec, QC, paper 192-WGm8-169, 2019.
Kolaj, M., Allen, T., Mayfield, R., Adams, J., and Halchuk, S. Ground-Motion Models for the 6th Generation Seismic Hazard Model of Canada. 12th Canadian Conference on Earthquake Engineering, Québec, QC, paper 192-hHtH-159, 2019.
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
C-48 Division B
National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022

‌Division B

‌Appendix D
Fire-Performance Ratings

‌Section D-1 General
‌The content of this Appendix was prepared on the recommendations of the Standing Committee on Fire Protection, which was established by the Canadian Commission on Building and Fire Codes (CCBFC) for this purpose.
‌D-1.1. Introduction
‌D-1.1.1. Scope
1. This fire-performance information is presented in a form closely linked to the performance requirements and the minimum materials specifications of this Code.
2. The ratings have been assigned only after careful consideration of all available literature on assemblies of common building materials, where they are adequately identified by description. The assigned values based on this information will, in most instances, be conservative when compared to the ratings determined on the basis of actual tests on individual assemblies.
3. The fire-performance information set out in this Appendix applies to materials and assemblies of materials that comply in all essential details with the minimum structural design standards described in Part 4. Additional requirements, where appropriate, are described in other Sections of this Appendix.
4. Section D-2 assigns fire-resistance ratings for walls, floors, roofs, columns and beams related to CAN/ULC-S101, “Standard Method of Fire Endurance Tests of Building Construction and Materials,” and describes methods for determining these ratings.
5. Section D-3 assigns flame-spread ratings and smoke developed classifications for surface materials related to CAN/ULC-S102, “Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials and Assemblies,” and CAN/ULC-S102.2, “Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Flooring, Floor Coverings, and Miscellaneous Materials and Assemblies.”
6. Section D-4 describes noncombustibility in building materials when tested in accordance with CAN/ULC-S114, “Standard Method of Test for Determination of Non-Combustibility in Building Materials.”
7. Section D-5 contains requirements for the installation of fire doors and fire dampers in fire-rated stud wall assemblies.
8. Section D-6 contains construction specifications for exterior wall assemblies that are deemed to satisfy the criteria of Clause 3.1.5.5.(1)(b) when tested in accordance with CAN/ULC-S134, “Standard Method of Fire Test of Exterior Wall Assemblies.”
9. Section D-7 contains background information regarding fire test reports, obsolete materials and assemblies, assessment of archaic assemblies and the development of the component additive method.

‌D-1.1.2. Referenced Documents

Where documents are referenced in this Appendix, they shall be the editions designated in Table D-1.1.2.

This information is included for explanatory purposes only and does not form part of the requirements. The bold face reference numbers that introduce each item do not relate to specific requirements in this Division.

‌D-1.1.2. Division B

Table D-1.1.2.

Documents Referenced in Appendix D(1)

‌Issuing Agency‌

Document Number(2)

Title of Document

Code Reference

ANSI

A208.1-2009

Particleboard

D-3.1.1.

‌ASTM

‌ASTM ASTM‌

‌ASTM

C330/C330M-17

C840-18b C1396/C1396M-17

D2898-10

Standard Specification for Lightweight Aggregates for Structural Concrete

Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board Standard Specification for Gypsum Board

Standard Practice for Accelerated Weathering of Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood for Fire Testing

‌CCBFC

NRCC 30629

Supplement to the National Building Code of Canada 1990

D-7.2.

D-7.3.

‌CGSB CGSB‌

CGSB

4-GP-36M-1978 CAN/CGSB-4.129-93

CAN/CGSB-92.2-M90

Carpet Underlay, Fiber Type Carpet for Commercial Use

Trowel or Spray Applied Acoustical Material

D-3.1.1.

D-2.3.4.

‌CSA CSA‌

‌CSA CSA CSA‌‌

‌CSA

‌CSA CSA‌

‌CSA

‌CSA CSA‌

‌CSA CSA CSA CSA‌‌‌‌

‌CSA

A23.1:19/A23.2:19 A23.3:19

CAN/CSA-A82:14 A82.22-M1977 CAN/CSA A82.27-M91

A82.30-M1980

A165.1-14 O86:19

O112.10-08

O121-17 O141:05

O151-17 O153-13 O325-16 O437.0-93

S16:19

Concrete materials and methods of concrete construction/Test methods and standard practices for concrete

Design of concrete structures

Fired masonry brick made from clay or shale Gypsum Plasters

Gypsum Board

Interior Furring, Lathing and Gypsum Plastering

Concrete block masonry units Engineering design in wood

Evaluation of Adhesives for Structural Wood Products (Limited Moisture Exposure)

Douglas fir plywood Softwood Lumber

Canadian softwood plywood Poplar plywood Construction sheathing OSB and Waferboard

Design of steel structures

NFPA

80-2013

Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives

D-5.2.1.

ULC

‌ULC ULC‌

CAN/ULC-S101-14

CAN/ULC-S102-10 CAN/ULC-S102.2:2018

Standard Method of Fire Endurance Tests of Building Construction and Materials

Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials and Assemblies

Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Flooring, Floor Coverings, and Miscellaneous Materials and Assemblies

Division B D-1.2.1.

Table D-1.1.2. (Continued)

‌Issuing Agency

Document Number(2)

Title of Document

Code Reference

‌ULC ULC‌

‌ULC ULC

‌ULC ULC‌

CAN/ULC-S112.2-07 CAN/ULC-S114:2018

CAN/ULC-S134-13 CAN/ULC-S702.1-14

CAN/ULC-S703-09 CAN/ULC-S706.1:2016

Standard Method of Fire Test of Ceiling Firestop Flap Assemblies

Standard Method of Test for Determination of Non-Combustibility in Building Materials

Standard Method of Fire Test of Exterior Wall Assemblies

Standard for Mineral Fibre Thermal Insulation for Buildings, Part 1: Material Specification

Standard for Cellulose Fibre Insulation (CFI) for Buildings Standard for Wood Fibre Insulating Boards for Buildings

Notes to Table D-1.1.2.:

(2) Some documents may have been reaffirmed or reapproved. Check with the applicable issuing agency for up-to-date information.

‌D-1.1.3. Applicability of Ratings

The ratings shown in this document apply if more specific test values are not available. The construction of an assembly that is the subject of an individual test report must be followed in all essential details if the fire-resistance rating reported is to be applied for use with this Code.

‌D-1.1.4. Higher Ratings

The authority having jurisdiction may allow higher fire-resistance ratings than those derived from this Appendix, where supporting evidence justifies a higher rating. Additional information is provided in summaries of published test information and the reports of fire tests carried out by NRC, which are included in Section D-7, Background Information.

‌D-1.1.5. Additional Information on Fire Rated Assemblies

Assemblies containing materials for which there is no nationally recognized standard are not included in this Appendix. Many such assemblies have been rated by Underwriters' Laboratories Inc. (UL), ULC Standards (ULC), or Intertek Testing Services NA Ltd. (ITS).

‌D-1.2. Interpretation of Test Results

‌D-1.2.1. Limitations

‌The fire-performance ratings set out in this Appendix are based on those that would be obtained from the standard methods of test described in the Code. The test methods are essentially a means of comparing the performance of one building component or assembly with another in relation to its performance in fire.
Since it is not practicable to measure the fire resistance of constructions in situ, they must be evaluated under some agreed test conditions. A specified fire-resistance rating is not necessarily the actual time that the assembly would endure in situ in a building fire, but is that which the particular construction must meet under the specified methods of test.
Considerations arising from departures in use from the conditions established in the standard test methods may, in some circumstances, have to be taken into account by the designer and the authority having jurisdiction. Some of these conditions are covered at present by the provisions of the Code.
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
D-1.3. Division B
For walls and partitions, the stud spacings previously specified as 16 or 24 inch have been converted to 400 and 600 mm, respectively, for consistency with other metric values; however, the use of equivalent imperial dimensions for stud spacing is permitted.

‌D-1.3. Concrete

‌D-1.3.1. Aggregates in Concrete

‌Low density aggregate concretes generally exhibit better fire performance than natural stone aggregate concretes. A series of tests on concrete masonry walls, combined with mathematical analysis of the test results, has allowed further distinctions between certain low density aggregates to be made.‌

‌D-1.4. Types of Concrete

‌D-1.4.1. Description‌

For purposes of this Appendix, concretes are described as Types S, N, L, L 1, L2, L40S, L120S or L220S as described in Sentences (2) to (8).
Type S concrete is the type in which the coarse aggregate is granite, quartzite, siliceous gravel or other dense materials containing at least 30% quartz, chert or flint.
Type N concrete is the type in which the coarse aggregate is cinders, broken brick, blast furnace slag, limestone, calcareous gravel, trap rock, sandstone or similar dense material containing not more than 30% of quartz, chert or flint.
Type L concrete is the type in which all the aggregate is expanded slag, expanded clay, expanded shale or pumice.
Type L1 concrete is the type in which all the aggregate is expanded shale.
‌Type L2 concrete is the type in which all the aggregate is expanded slag, expanded clay or pumice.
Type L40S concrete is the type in which the fine portion of the aggregate is sand and low density aggregate in which the sand does not exceed 40% of the total volume of all aggregates in the concrete.
Type L120S and Type L220S concretes are the types in which the fine portion of the aggregate is sand and low density aggregate in which the sand does not exceed 20% of the total volume of all aggregates in

the concrete.

‌D-1.4.2. Determination of Ratings

‌Where concretes are described as being of Type S, N, L, L1 or L2, the rating applies to the concrete containing the aggregate in the group that provides the least fire resistance. If the nature of an aggregate cannot be determined accurately enough to place it in one of the groups, the aggregate shall be considered as being in the group that requires a greater thickness of concrete for the required fire resistance.

‌D-1.4.3. Description of Aggregates

The descriptions of the aggregates in Type S and Type N concretes apply to the coarse aggregates only. Coarse aggregate for this purpose means that retained on a 5 mm sieve using the method of grading aggregates described in CSA A23.1/A23.2, “Concrete materials and methods of concrete construction/Test methods and standard practices for concrete.”
Increasing the proportion of sand as fine aggregate in low density concretes requires increased thicknesses of material to produce equivalent fire-resistance ratings. Low density aggregates for Type L and Types L-S concretes used in loadbearing components shall conform to ASTM C330/C330M, “Standard Specification for Lightweight Aggregates for Structural Concrete.”
Non-loadbearing low density components of vermiculite and perlite concrete, in the absence of other test evidence, shall be rated on the basis of the values shown for Type L concrete.
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B D-1.6.1.

‌D-1.5. Gypsum Board

‌D-1.5.1. Types of Gypsum Board
1. Where the term “gypsum board” is used in this Appendix, it is intended to include—in addition to gypsum board—gypsum backing board and gypsum base for veneer plaster as described in
  1. CAN/CSA A82.27-M, “Gypsum Board,” or
  2. ASTM C1396/C1396M, “Standard Specification for Gypsum Board.”
2. ‌Where the term “Type X gypsum board” is used in this Appendix, it applies to special fire-resistant board as described in
  1. CAN/CSA A82.27-M, “Gypsum Board,” or
  2. ASTM C1396/C1396M, “Standard Specification for Gypsum Board.”

‌D-1.6. Equivalent Thickness

‌D-1.6.1. Method of Calculating

The thickness of solid-unit masonry and concrete described in this Appendix shall be the thickness of solid material in the unit or component thickness. For units that contain cores or voids, the Tables refer to the equivalent thickness determined in conformance with Sentences (2) to (10).
Where a plaster finish is used, the equivalent thickness of a wall, floor, column or beam protection shall be equal to the sum of the equivalent thicknesses of the concrete or masonry units and the plaster finish measured at the point that will give the least value of equivalent thickness.
Except as provided in Sentence (5), the equivalent thickness of a hollow masonry unit shall be calculated as equal to the actual overall thickness of a unit in millimetres multiplied by a factor equal to the net volume of the unit and divided by its gross volume.
Net volume shall be determined using a volume displacement method that is not influenced by the porous nature of the units.
Gross volume of a masonry unit shall be equal to the actual length of the unit multiplied by the actual height of the unit multiplied by the actual thickness of the unit.
Where all the core spaces in a wall of hollow concrete masonry or hollow-core precast concrete units are filled with grout, mortar, or loose fill materials such as expanded slag, burned clay or shale (rotary kiln process), vermiculite or perlite, the equivalent thickness rating of the wall shall be considered to be the same as that of a wall of solid units, or a solid wall of the same concrete type and the same overall thickness.
The equivalent thickness of hollow-core concrete slabs and panels having a uniform thickness and cores of constant cross section throughout their length shall be obtained by dividing the net cross-sectional area of the slab or panel by its width.
‌The equivalent thickness of concrete panels with tapered cross sections shall be the cross section determined at a distance of 2 t or 150 mm, whichever is less, from the point of minimum thickness, where t is the minimum thickness.
Except as permitted in Sentence (10), the equivalent thickness of concrete panels with ribbed or undulating surfaces shall be
1. ta for s less than or equal to 2 t,
2. t + (4 t/s - 1)(ta - t) for s less than 4 t and greater than 2 t, and
3. t for s greater than or equal to 4 t
  ‌where
  t = minimum thickness of panel,
  ta = average thickness of panel (unit cross-sectional area divided by unit width), and s = centre to centre spacing of ribs or undulations.
Where the total thickness of a panel described in Sentence (9), exceeds 2 t, only that portion of the panel which is less than 2 t from the non-ribbed surface shall be considered for the purpose of the calculations in Sentence (9).

‌D-1.7. Division B

‌D-1.7. Contribution of Plaster or Gypsum Board Finish to Fire Resistance of Masonry or Concrete‌‌

‌D-1.7.1. Determination of Contribution

Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (5), the contribution of a plaster or gypsum board finish to the fire resistance of a masonry or concrete wall, floor or roof assembly shall be determined by multiplying the actual thickness of the finish by the factor shown in Table D-1.7.1., depending on the type of masonry or concrete to which it is applied. This corrected thickness shall then be included in the equivalent thickness as described in Subsection D-1.6.

Table D-1.7.1.

Multiplying Factors for Masonry or Concrete Construction

Type of Surface Protection	Type of Masonry or Concrete
Type of Surface Protection	Solid Clay Brick, Unit Masonry and Monolithic Concrete, Type N or S	Cored Clay Brick, Clay Tile, Monolithic Concrete, Type L40S and Unit Masonry, Type L120S	Concrete Unit Masonry, Type L1 or L220S and Monolithic Concrete, Type L	Concrete Unit Masonry, Type L2
Portland cement-sand plaster or lime sand plaster	1	0.75	0.75	0.50
‌Gypsum-sand plaster, wood fibred gypsum plaster or gypsum board	1.25	1	1	1
Vermiculite or perlite aggregate plaster	1.75	1.5	1.25	1.25

Where a plaster or gypsum board finish is applied to a concrete or masonry wall, the calculated fire-resistance rating of the assembly shall not exceed twice the fire-resistance rating provided by the masonry or concrete because structural collapse may occur before the limiting temperature is reached on the surface of the non-fire-exposed side of the assembly.
‌Where a plaster or gypsum board finish is applied only on the non-fire-exposed side of a hollow clay tile wall, no increase in fire resistance is permitted because structural collapse may occur before the limiting temperature is reached on the surface of the non-fire-exposed side of the assembly.
The contribution to fire resistance of a plaster or gypsum board finish applied to the non-fire-exposed side of a monolithic concrete or unit masonry wall shall be determined in conformance with Sentence (1), but shall not exceed 0.5 times the contribution of the concrete or masonry wall.
When applied to the fire-exposed side, the contribution of a gypsum lath and plaster or gypsum board finish to the fire resistance of masonry or concrete wall, floor or roof assemblies shall be determined from Table D-2.3.4.-A or D-2.3.4.-D.

‌D-1.7.2. Plaster‌

Gypsum plastering shall conform to CSA A82.30-M, “Interior Furring, Lathing and Gypsum Plastering.”
‌Portland cement-sand plaster shall be applied in 2 coats: the first coat containing 1 part Portland cement to 2 parts sand by volume, and the second coat containing 1 part Portland cement to 3 parts sand by volume.
Plaster finish shall be securely bonded to the wall or ceiling.
The thickness of plaster finish applied directly to monolithic concrete without metal lath shall not exceed 10 mm on ceilings and 16 mm on walls.
Where the thickness of plaster finish on masonry or concrete exceeds 38 mm, wire mesh with

1.57 mm diam wire and openings not exceeding 50 mm by 50 mm shall be embedded midway in the plaster.

Division B D-1.7.4.

‌D-1.7.3. Attachment of Gypsum Board and Lath

Gypsum board and gypsum lath finishes applied to masonry or concrete walls shall be secured to wood or steel furring members in conformance with Article D-2.3.9.

‌D-1.7.4. Sample Calculations

The following examples are included as a guide to the method of calculating the fire resistance of concrete or hollow masonry walls with plaster or gypsum board protection:

Example (1)

A 3 h fire-resistance rating is required for a monolithic concrete wall of Type S aggregate with a 20 mm gypsum-sand plaster finish on metal lath on each face.

The minimum equivalent thickness of Type S monolithic concrete needed to give a 3 h fire-resistance rating = 158 mm (Table D-2.1.1.).
Since the gypsum-sand plaster finish is applied on metal lath, Sentence D-1.7.1.(5) does not apply. Therefore, the contribution to the equivalent thickness of the wall of 20 mm gypsum-sand plaster on each face of the concrete is 20 × 1.25 = 25 mm (see Sentences D-1.7.1.(1) to (4)).
The total contribution of the plaster finishes is 2 × 25 = 50 mm.
The minimum equivalent thickness of concrete required is 158 mm - 50 mm = 108 mm.
From Table D-2.1.1., the 108 mm equivalent thickness of monolithic concrete gives a contribution of less than 1.5 h. This is less than half the rating of the assembly so that the conditions in Sentence D-1.7.1.(2) are not met. Thus the equivalent thickness of monolithic concrete must be increased to 112 mm to give
1.5 h contribution.
The total equivalent thickness of the plaster finishes can then be reduced to 158 mm - 112 mm = 46 mm.
The total actual thickness of the plaster finishes required is therefore 46 mm ÷ 1.25 = 37 mm (Sentences D-1.7.1.(1) to (4)) or 18.5 mm on each face.
Since the thickness of the plaster finish on each face exceeds 16 mm, metal lath is still required (Sentence D-1.7.2.(4)).
Since this wall is symmetrical with plaster on both faces, the contribution to fire resistance of the plaster finish on either face is limited to one-quarter of the wall rating by virtue of Sentence D-1.7.1.(2). Under these circumstances, the conditions in Sentence D-1.7.1.(4) are automatically met.

Example (2)

A 2 h fire-resistance rating is required for a hollow masonry wall of Type N concrete with a 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board finish on each face.

Since gypsum board is used, Sentence D-1.7.1.(5) applies. The 12.7 mm gypsum board finish on the fire-exposed side is, therefore, assigned 25 min by using Table D-2.3.4.-A.
The fire resistance required of the balance of the assembly is 120 min - 25 min = 95 min.
Interpolating between 1.5 h and 2 h in Table D-2.1.1. for 95 min fire resistance, the equivalent thickness for hollow masonry units required is 95 mm + ( 18 mm × 5/30) = 95 mm + 3 mm = 98 mm.
The contribution to the equivalent thickness of the wall of the 12.7 mm gypsum board finish on the non-fire-exposed side using Table D-1.7.1. = 12.7 × 1.25 = 16 mm.
Equivalent thickness required of concrete masonry unit = 98 - 16 = 82 mm.
The fire-resistance rating of a concrete masonry wall having an equivalent thickness of 82 mm = 1 h for 73 mm + (9 mm × 30/22) = 1 h 12 min.

As this is more than 1 h, the conditions of Sentence D-1.7.1.(2) are met and the rating of 2 h is justified.

Example (3)

A 2 h fire-resistance rating is required for a hollow masonry exterior wall of Type L220S concrete with a 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board finish on the non-fire-exposed side only.

According to Table D-2.1.1., the minimum equivalent thickness for Type L220S concrete masonry units needed to achieve a 2 h rating is 94 mm.
Since gypsum board is not used on the fire-exposed side, Sentence D-1.7.1.(5) does not apply. The contribution to the equivalent thickness of the wall by the 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board finish applied on the non-fire-exposed side is 15.9 × 1 ≈ 16 mm (see Sentence D-1.7.1.(1) and Table D-1.7.1.).
Therefore, the equivalent thickness required of the concrete masonry unit is 94 - 16 = 78 mm.
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
D-1.8. Division B
The contribution to fire resistance of a 78 mm L 220S concrete hollow masonry unit is 85 min. The contribution of the Type X gypsum board finish is 120 - 85 = 35 min, which does not exceed half the 85 min contribution of the masonry unit or 42.5 min, so that the conditions in Sentence D-1.7.1.(4) are met.

The rating of the wall (120 min) is less than twice the contribution of the masonry unit (170 min) so that the conditions in Sentence D-1.7.1.(2) are also met.

‌D-1.8. Tests on Floors and Roofs

‌D-1.8.1. Exposure to Fire

All tests relate to the performance of a floor assembly or floor-ceiling or roof-ceiling assembly above a fire. It has been assumed on the basis of experience that fire on top will take a longer time to penetrate the floor than one below, and that the fire resistance in such a situation will be at least equal to that obtained from below in the standard test.

‌D-1.9. Moisture Content

‌D-1.9.1. Effect of Moisture

The moisture content of building materials at the time of fire test may have a significant influence on the measured fire resistance. In general, an increase in the moisture content should result in an increase in the fire resistance, though in some materials the presence of moisture may produce disruptive effects and early collapse of the assembly.

Moisture content is now controlled in standard fire test methods and is generally recorded in the test reports. In earlier tests, moisture content was not always properly determined.

‌D-1.10. Permanence and Durability

‌D-1.10.1. Test Conditions

The ratings in this Appendix relate to tested assemblies and do not take into account possible changes or deterioration in use of the materials. The standard fire test measures the fire resistance of a sample building assembly erected for the test. No judgment as to the permanence or durability of the assembly is made in the test.

‌D-1.11. Steel Structural Members

‌D-1.11.1. Thermal Protection

‌Since the ability of a steel structural member to sustain the loading for which it was designed may be impaired because of elevated temperatures, measures shall be taken to provide thermal protection. The fire-resistance ratings, as established by the provisions of this Appendix, indicate the time periods during which the effects of heat on protected steel structural members are considered to be within acceptable limits.

‌D-1.12. Restraint Effects

‌D-1.12.1. Effect on Fire-Resistance Ratings

In fire tests of floors, roofs and beams, it is necessary to state whether the rating applies to a thermally restrained or thermally unrestrained assembly. Edge restraint of a floor or roof, structural continuity, or end restraint of a beam can significantly extend the time before collapse in a standard test. A restrained condition is one in which expansion or rotation at the supports of a load-carrying element resulting from the effects of fire is resisted by forces or moments external to the element. An unrestrained condition is one in which the load-carrying element is free to thermally expand and rotate at its supports.

Whether an assembly or structural member can be considered thermally restrained or thermally unrestrained depends on the type of construction and location in a building. Guidance on this subject can be found in Appendix A of CAN/ULC-S101, “Standard Method of Fire Endurance Tests of Building Construction and Materials.” Different acceptance criteria also apply to thermally unrestrained and thermally restrained assemblies. These are described in CAN/ULC-S101.

Division B D-2.1.2.

The ratings for floors, roofs, and beams in this Appendix meet the conditions of CAN/ULC-S101, “Standard Method of Fire Endurance Tests of Building Construction and Materials,” for thermally unrestrained specimens. In a thermally restrained condition, the structural element or assembly would probably have greater fire resistance, but the extent of this increase can be determined only by reference to behavior in a standard test.‌

‌Section D-2 Fire-Resistance Ratings‌

‌D-2.1. Masonry and Concrete Walls

‌D-2.1.1. Minimum Equivalent Thickness for Fire-Resistance Rating‌

The minimum thicknesses of unit masonry and monolithic concrete walls are shown in Table D-2.1.1. Hollow masonry units and hollow-core concrete panels shall be rated on the basis of equivalent thickness as described in Subsection D-1.6.

Table D-2.1.1.

Minimum Equivalent Thicknesses(1) of Unit Masonry and Monolithic Concrete Walls Loadbearing and Non-Loadbearing, mm

Type of Wall	Fire-Resistance Rating
Type of Wall	30 min	45 min	1 h	1.5 h	2 h	3 h	4 h
Solid brick units (80% solid and over), actual overall thickness	63	76	90	108	128	152	178
Cored brick units and hollow tile units (less than 80% solid), equivalent thickness	50	60	72	86	102	122	142
Solid and hollow concrete masonry units, equivalent thickness
Type S or N concrete(2)	44	59	73	95	113	142	167
Type L120S concrete	42	54	66	87	102	129	152
Type L1 concrete	42	54	64	82	97	122	143
Type L220S concrete	42	54	64	81	94	116	134
Type L2 concrete	42	54	63	79	91	111	127
Monolithic concrete and concrete panels, equivalent thickness
Type S concrete	60	77	90	112	130	158	180
Type N concrete	59	74	87	108	124	150	171
Type L40S or Type L concrete	49	62	72	89	103	124	140

Notes to Table D-2.1.1.:

(1) See definition of equivalent thickness in Subsection D-1.6.

(2) Hollow concrete masonry units made with Type S or N concrete shall have a minimum compressive strength of 15 MPa based on net area, as defined in CSA A165.1, “Concrete block masonry units.”

‌D-2.1.2. Applicability of Ratings‌

Ratings obtained as described in Article D-2.1.1. apply to either loadbearing or non-loadbearing walls, except for walls described in Sentences (2) to (6).
Ratings for walls with a thickness less than the minimum thickness prescribed for loadbearing walls in this Code apply to non-loadbearing walls only.
Masonry cavity walls (consisting of 2 wythes of masonry with an air space between) that are loaded to a maximum allowable compressive stress of 380 kPa have a fire resistance at least as great as that of a solid wall of a thickness equal to the sum of the equivalent thicknesses of the 2 wythes.
Masonry cavity walls that are loaded to a compressive stress exceeding 380 kPa are not considered to be within the scope of this Appendix.
A masonry wall consisting of 2 types of masonry units, either bonded together or in the form of a cavity wall, shall be considered to have a fire-resistance rating equal to that which would apply if the whole of the wall were of the material that gives the lesser rating.
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌D-2.1.3. Division B
A non-loadbearing cavity wall made up of 2 precast concrete panels with an air space or insulation in the cavity between them shall be considered to have a fire-resistance rating as great as that of a solid wall of a thickness equal to the sum of the thicknesses of the 2 panels.

‌D-2.1.3. Framed Beams and Joists

Beams and joists that are framed into a masonry or concrete fire separation shall not reduce the thickness of the fire separation to less than the equivalent thickness required for the fire separation.

‌D-2.1.4. Credit for Plaster Thickness‌

On monolithic walls and walls of unit masonry, the full plaster finish on one or both faces multiplied by the factor shown in Table D-1.7.1. shall be included in the wall thickness shown in Table D-2.1.1., under the conditions and using the methods described in Subsection D-1.7.

‌D-2.1.5. Walls Exposed to Fire on Both Sides

Except as permitted in Sentence (2), portions of loadbearing reinforced concrete walls, which do not form a complete fire separation and thus may be exposed to fire on both sides simultaneously, shall
have minimum dimensions and minimum cover to steel reinforcement in conformance with Articles D-2.8.2. to D-2.8.5.
A concrete wall exposed to fire from both sides as described in Sentence (1) has a fire-resistance rating of 2 h if the following conditions are met:
1. its equivalent thickness is not less than 200 mm,
2. its aspect ratio (width/thickness) is not less than 4.0,
3. the minimum thickness of concrete cover over the steel reinforcement specified in Clause (d) is not less than 50 mm,
4. each face of the wall is reinforced with both vertical and horizontal steel reinforcement in conformance with either Clause 10 or Clause 14 of CSA A23.3, “Design of concrete structures,”
5. the structural design of the wall is governed by the minimum eccentricity (15 + 0.03h) specified in Clause 10.15.3.1 of CSA A23.3, “Design of concrete structures,” and
6. the effective length of the wall, klu, is not more than 3.7 m

‌where

k = effective length factor obtained from CSA A23.3, “Design of concrete structures,” lu = unsupported length of the wall in metres.

‌D-2.2. Reinforced and Prestressed Concrete Floor and Roof Slabs

‌D-2.2.1. Assignment of Rating

Floors and roofs in a fire test are assigned a fire-resistance rating which relates to the time that an average temperature rise of 140°C or a maximum temperature rise of 180 °C at any location is recorded on the unexposed side, or the time required for collapse to occur, whichever is the lesser. The thickness of concrete shown in Table D-2.2.1.-A shall be required to resist the transfer of heat during the fire resistance period shown.

Table D-2.2.1.-A
Minimum Thickness of Reinforced and Prestressed Concrete Floor or Roof Slabs, mm

Type of Concrete
Fire-Resistance Rating
30 min
45 min
1 h
1.5 h
2 h
3 h
4 h
‌Type S concrete
60
77
90
112
130
158
180
Type N concrete
59
74
87
108
124
150
171
Type L40S or Type L concrete
49
62
72
89
103
124
140
The concrete cover over the reinforcement and steel tendons shown in Table D-2.2.1.-B shall be required to maintain the integrity of the structure and prevent collapse during the same period.
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B D-2.2.3.

Table D-2.2.1.-B
Minimum Concrete Cover over Reinforcement in Concrete Slabs, mm

Type of Concrete
Fire-Resistance Rating
30 min
45 min
1 h
1.5 h
2 h
3 h
4 h
Type S, N, L40S or L concrete
Prestressed concrete slabs Type S, N, L40S or L concrete
20
20
20
25
20
25
20
32
25
39
32
50
39
64

‌D-2.2.2. Floors with Hollow Units

The fire resistance of floors containing hollow units may be determined on the basis of equivalent thickness as described in Subsection D-1.6.

‌D-2.2.3. Composite Slabs
1. For composite concrete floor and roof slabs consisting of one layer of Type S or N concrete and another layer of Type L40S or L concrete in which the minimum thickness of both the top and bottom layers is not less than 25 mm, the combined fire-resistance rating may be determined using the following expressions:
  1. when the base layer consists of Type S or N concrete,
  2. when the base layer consists of Type L40S or L concrete,
    
    where
    R = fire resistance of slab, h,
    t = total thickness of slab, mm, and d = thickness of base layer, mm.
2. If the base course described in Sentence (1) is covered by a top layer of material other than Type S, N, L40S or L concrete, the top course thickness may be converted to an equivalent concrete thickness by multiplying the actual thickness by the appropriate factor listed in Table D-2.2.3.-A This equivalent concrete thickness may be added to the thickness of the base course and the fire-resistance rating calculated using Table D-2.2.1.-A.
3. The minimum concrete cover under the main reinforcement for composite concrete floor and roof slabs with base slabs less than 100 mm thick shall conform to Table D-2.2.3.-B For base slabs 100 mm or more thick, the minimum cover thickness requirements of Table D-2.2.1.-B shall apply.
4. Where the top layer of a 2-layer slab is less than 25 mm thick, the fire-resistance rating for the slab shall be calculated as though the entire slab were made up of the type of concrete with the lesser fire resistance.

Table D-2.2.3.-A

Multiplying Factors for Equivalent Thickness

Top Course Material	Base Slab Normal Density Concrete (Type S or N)	Base Slab Low Density Concrete (Type L40S or L)
Gypsum board	3	2.25
Cellular concrete (mass density 400 – 560 kg/m3 )	2	1.50
Vermiculite and perlite concrete (mass density 560 kg/m3 or less)	1.75	1.50
Portland cement with sand aggregate	1	0.75
Terrazzo	1	0.75

‌D-2.2.4. Division B

Table D-2.2.3.-B

Minimum Concrete Cover under Bottom Reinforcement in Composite Concrete Slabs, mm

Base Slab Concrete Type	Fire-Resistance Rating
Base Slab Concrete Type	30 min	45 min	1 h	1.5 h	2 h	3 h	4 h
Reinforced concrete
Type S, N, L40S or L	15	15	20	25	30	40	55
Prestressed concrete
Type S	20	25	30	40	50	65	75
Type N	20	20	25	35	45	60	70
Type L40S or L	20	20	25	30	40	50	60

‌D-2.2.4. Contribution of Plaster Finish

The contribution of plaster finish securely fastened to the underside of concrete may be taken into account in floor or roof slabs under the conditions and using the methods described in Subsection D-1.7.
Plaster finish on the underside of concrete floors or roofs may be used in lieu of concrete cover referred to in Sentence D-2.2.1.(2) under the conditions and using the methods described in Subsection D-1.7.

‌D-2.2.5. Concrete Cover

In prestressed concrete slab construction, the concrete cover over an individual tendon shall be the minimum thickness of concrete between the surface of the tendon and the fire-exposed surface of the slab, except that for ungrouted ducts the assumed cover thickness shall be the minimum thickness of concrete between the surface of the duct and the bottom of the slab. For slabs in which several tendons are used, the cover is assumed to be the average of those of individual tendons, except that the cover for any individual tendon shall be not less than half of the value given in Table D-2.2.1.-B nor less than 20 mm.
Except as provided in Sentence (3), in post-tensioned prestressed concrete slabs, the concrete cover to the tendon at the anchor shall be not less than 15 mm greater than the minimum cover required by Sentence (1). The minimum concrete cover to the anchorage bearing plate and to the end of the tendon, if it projects beyond the bearing plate, shall be 20 mm.
The requirements of Sentence (2) do not apply to those portions of slabs not likely to be exposed to fire, such as the ends and tops.

‌D-2.2.6. Minimum Dimensions for Cover‌

Minimum dimensions and cover to steel tendons of prestressed concrete beams shall conform to Subsection D-2.10.

‌D-2.3. Wood and Steel Framed Walls, Floors and Roofs

‌D-2.3.1. Maximum Fire-Resistance Rating

‌The fire-resistance rating of walls constructed of wood studs or cold-formed-steel studs, of floors constructed of wood joists, wood I-joists, pre-manufactured wood trusses, cold-formed steel joists or open web steel joists, and of roofs constructed of wood joists, pre-manufactured metal-plate-connected wood trusses or open web steel joists can be determined for ratings of not more than 90 min from the information in this Subsection.

‌D-2.3.2. Loadbearing Conditions

The fire-resistance ratings derived from the information in this Subsection apply to loadbearing and non-loadbearing wood-framed and cold-formed-steel-framed walls, and to loadbearing floors and roofs, as specifically described in this Subsection.
Loadbearing conditions shall be as defined in CAN/ULC-S101, “Standard Method of Fire Endurance Tests of Building Construction and Materials.”
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
Division B D-2.3.4.

‌D-2.3.3. Limitations of Component Additive Method
(See Section D-7, Background Information.)
1. The fire-resistance rating of a framed assembly depends primarily on the time during which the membrane on the fire-exposed side remains in place.
2. The assigned times in Sentences D-2.3.4.(2) to (4) are not intended to be construed as the
  ‌fire-resistance ratings of the individual components of an assembly, nor are they intended to be construed as times that are applicable or acceptable for use beyond the method and systems described in this Subsection. These assigned times are the individual contributions of each component to the overall fire-resistance rating of an assembly, which is permitted to be derived using the component additive method described in this Subsection.
3. The fire-resistance rating calculated by the component additive method cannot be increased by installing membranes in multiple layers, other than as specified in Tables D-2.3.4.-A, D-2.3.4.-B and D-2.3.4.-C.

‌D-2.3.4. Method of Calculation

In the component additive method, the fire-resistance rating of a framed assembly is calculated by adding the time assigned in Sentence (2) for the membrane on the fire-exposed side to the time assigned
in Sentence (3) for the framing members and then adding any time assigned in Sentence (4) for additional protective measures, such as the inclusion of insulation or of reinforcement for a membrane. For loadbearing walls where resilient metal channels are installed with a single layer of gypsum board membrane in accordance with Table D-2.3.4.-A, the fire-resistance rating determined using this method of calculation must be reduced by 10 min.

The times to be used in the component additive method that have been assigned to membranes on the fire-exposed side of the assembly, which are partly based on their ability to remain in place during fire tests, are listed in Tables D-2.3.4.-A to D-2.3.4.-D. (This is not to be confused with the fire-resistance rating of the membrane, which also takes into account the rise in temperature on the unexposed side of the membrane. [See Sentence D-2.3.3.(2).])

Table D-2.3.4.-A

Time Assigned to Protective Membranes on Fire-Exposed Side of Wood-Framed and Cold-Formed-Steel-Framed Walls

‌Description of Finish	Time, min
‌Description of Finish	Loadbearing Walls	Non-Loadbearing Walls
‌11.0 mm Douglas Fir plywood phenolic bonded	–	10(1)
14.0 mm Douglas Fir plywood phenolic bonded	–	15(1)
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board	25(2)	25
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board	40(2)	40(3)
Double 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(4)	50	80

Notes to Table D-2.3.4.-A:

‌(1) Applies to stud cavities filled with mineral wool conforming to CAN/ULC-S702.1, “Standard for Mineral Fibre Thermal Insulation for Buildings, Part 1: Material Specification,” and having a mass per unit area of not less than 2 kg/m2, with no additional credit for insulation according to Table D-2.3.4.-G.

(2) Applies only to wood-framed walls.

(3) Applies only to steel-framed walls.

(4) Resilient metal channels are permitted to be installed at a spacing of 400 mm o.c. with no effect on the rating of the wall assembly.

Table D-2.3.4.-B

Time Assigned to Gypsum Board Membranes on Fire-Exposed Side of Floors

‌Description of Finish	Resilient Metal Channels(1)	Time, min
‌Description of Finish	Resilient Metal Channels(1)	Floors with Wood or Steel Joists	Floors with Open-Web Steel Joists
‌12.7 mm Type X gypsum board	Spaced ≤ 400 mm o.c.(2)	25(3)	—
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board	Spaced ≤ 400 mm o.c.(2)	40	—
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board	—	25(4)	25
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board	—	40(4)	40

D-2.3.4. Division B

Table D-2.3.4.-B (Continued)

‌Description of Finish	Resilient Metal Channels(1)	Time, min
‌Description of Finish	Resilient Metal Channels(1)	Floors with Wood or Steel Joists	Floors with Open-Web Steel Joists
Double 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board	Spaced ≤ 400 mm o.c.(5)	50(3)	—
Double 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board	Spaced at 600 mm o.c.(6)	45(3)	—
Double 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board	Spaced ≤ 600 mm o.c.(6)	60(3)	—

Notes to Table D-2.3.4.-B:

(1) See Figures A-9.10.3.1.-A, A-9.10.3.1.-B and A-9.10.3.1.-D in Note A-9.10.3.1. for the attachment of single and double layers of gypsum board to resilient metal channels.

(2) Resilient metal channels must be installed to achieve the stated rating.

(3) Applies to wood joists, wood trusses, wood I-joists and cold-formed steel joists (C-shaped joists).

(4) Applies to wood joists and pre-fabricated metal-plate-connected wood trusses.

‌(5) Resilient metal channels must be installed or gypsum board must be applied directly to the structural members, which must be spaced not more than 400 mm o.c.

(6) Resilient metal channels are permitted to be installed with no effect on the rating of the floor assembly. Gypsum board is also permitted to be directly applied to the structural members.

Table D-2.3.4.-C

Time Assigned to Gypsum Board Membranes on Fire-Exposed Side of Roofs

Description of Finish	Time, min(1)
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board	25
‌15.9 mm Type X gypsum board	40

Notes to Table D-2.3.4.-C:

(1) Applies to wood joists, pre-fabricated metal-plate-connected wood trusses, and open-web steel joists with ceiling supports spaced ≤ 400 mm o.c.

Table D-2.3.4.-D

Time Assigned for Contribution of Lath and Plaster Protection on Fire-Exposed Side

Type of Lath	Plaster Thickness, mm	Type of Plaster Finish
		Portland Cement and Sand(1) or Lime and Sand	Gypsum and Sand or Gypsum Wood Fibre	Gypsum and Perlite or Gypsum and Vermiculite
		Time, min(2)
	‌13	—	35	55
9.5 mm gypsum	16	—	40	65
	19	—	50	80(3)
	19	20	50	80(3)
Metal	23	25	65	80(3)
	26	30	80	80(3)

Notes to Table D-2.3.4.-D:

(1) For mixture of Portland cement-sand plaster, see Sentence D-1.7.2.(2).

‌(2) Applies to loadbearing and non-loadbearing wood studs or non-loadbearing cold-formed-steel studs, to floors constructed of wood joists or open-web steel joists, and to roofs constructed of wood joists, pre-manufactured metal-plate-connected wood trusses, or open-web steel joists.

(3) Values shown for these membranes have been limited to 80 min because the fire-resistance ratings of framed assemblies derived from these Tables must not exceed 1.5 h.

The times to be used in the component additive method that have been assigned to wall framing members and to floor and roof framing members are listed in Tables D-2.3.4.-E and D-2.3.4.-F respectively.

‌Division B D-2.3.4.

Table D-2.3.4.-E

Time Assigned for Contribution of Wood-Framed or Cold-Formed-Steel-Framed Walls

Description of Frame	Time, min
	Loadbearing Walls	Non-Loadbearing Walls
‌Wood studs spaced ≤ 400 mm o.c. Wood studs spaced ≤ 600 mm o.c. Cold-formed-steel studs spaced ≤ 400 mm o.c. Cold-formed-steel studs spaced ≤ 600 mm o.c.	20
	15
	10
	10	–

Table D-2.3.4.-F

Time Assigned for Contribution of Wood or Steel Frame of Floors and Roofs

Description of Frame		Time, min
Type of Assembly	Structural Members	Time, min
Floor(1)	Wood joists, wood I-joists, wood trusses and cold-formed-steel joists spaced ≤ 600 mm o.c. Open-web steel joists with ceiling supports spaced ≤ 400 mm o.c.	10(2)
Roof	Wood joists spaced ≤ 400 mm o.c. Open-web steel joists with ceiling supports spaced ≤ 400 mm o.c. Wood truss assemblies [metal-plate-connected] spaced ≤ 600 mm o.c.	10 10 5

‌Notes to Table D-2.3.4.-F:

(1) Resilient metal channels are permitted to be installed with no effect on the rating of the floor assembly.

(2) Applies only to floor structural members that are protected by a membrane.

Preformed insulation of glass, rock or slag fibre and cellulose fibre insulation provide additional protection to wood studs by shielding the studs from exposure to the fire and thus delaying the time of collapse. The use of preformed glass fibre, preformed rock or slag fibre and dry-blown cellulose insulation material does not decrease the rating of wall assemblies with the membranes identified in Table D-2.3.4.-A. Similarly, the

use of preformed glass fibre, preformed rock or slag fibre and cellulose insulation material does not decrease the rating of floor assemblies constructed with wood joists, wood trusses, wood I-joists and cold-formed-steel floor joists (C-shaped joists), provided the insulation is not in direct contact with the membranes identified in Table D-2.3.4.-B. The use of reinforcement in the membrane exposed to fire also adds to the fire resistance by extending the time to failure. Table D-2.3.4.-G shows the time increments that may be added to the fire resistance if these features are incorporated in the assembly.

Table D-2.3.4.-G

Time Assigned for Additional Protection

Description of Additional Protection	Time, min
Add to the fire-resistance rating of wood stud walls, sheathed with gypsum board or lath and plaster, if the spaces between the studs are filled with preformed insulation of rock or slag fibres conforming to CAN/ULC-S702.1, “Standard for Mineral Fibre Thermal Insulation for Buildings, Part 1: Material Specification,” and with a mass per unit area of not less than 1.22 kg/m2 of wall surface	15(1)
Add to the fire-resistance rating of non-loadbearing wood stud walls, sheathed with gypsum board or lath and plaster, if the spaces between the studs are filled with preformed insulation of glass fibres conforming to CAN/ULC-S702.1, “Standard for Mineral Fibre Thermal Insulation for Buildings, Part 1: Material Specification,” and having a mass per unit area of not less than 0.6 kg/m 2 of wall surface	5(2)
Add to the fire-resistance rating of loadbearing wood stud walls sheathed with gypsum board if the spaces between the studs are filled with insulation of cellulose fibres conforming to CAN/ULC-S703, “Standard for Cellulose Fibre Insulation (CFI) for Buildings,” and having a density of not less than 50 kg/m3	10
Add to the fire-resistance rating of plaster on gypsum lath ceilings if 0.76 mm diam wire mesh with 25 mm by 25 mm openings or 1.57 mm diam diagonal wire reinforcing at 250 mm o.c. is placed between lath and plaster	30
Add to the fire-resistance rating of plaster on gypsum lath ceilings if 76 mm wide metal lath strips are placed over joints between lath and plaster	10
Add to the fire-resistance rating of plaster on 9.5 mm thick gypsum lath ceilings (Table D-2.3.4.-D) if supports for lath are 300 mm o.c.	10

D-2.3.5. Division B

Table D-2.3.4.-G (Continued)

Description of Additional Protection	Time, min
Add to the fire-resistance rating of floor assemblies if the spaces between the structural members are filled with preformed insulation of rock or slag fibres conforming to CAN/ULC-S702.1, “Standard for Mineral Fibre Thermal Insulation for Buildings, Part 1: Material Specification,” and having a mass per unit area of not less than 1.22 kg/m2 of floor surface	5(2)
Add to the fire-resistance rating of floor assemblies if the spaces between the structural members are filled with wet-blown cellulose fibres conforming to CAN/ULC-S703, “Standard for Cellulose Fibre Insulation (CFI) for Buildings,” and having a density of not less than 50 kg/m3	5(2)(3)
Add to the fire-resistance rating of floor assemblies where the floor topping on the unexposed side of the floor assemblies consists of concrete not less than 38 mm thick	5(2)

Notes to Table D-2.3.4.-G:

(1) Applies to wood-framed walls only.

(2) Applies to wood joists, wood trusses, wood I-joists and cold-formed-steel joists (C-shaped joists).

(3) Applies to cellulose fibre:

for wood joists, wood I-joist and wood trusses–that is spray-applied with a minimum density of 50 kg/m3, a minimum depth of 90 mm on the underside of the subfloor, and of 90 mm on the sides of the structural members;
for cold-formed-steel joists–that is spray-applied with a minimum density of 50 kg/m3 and a minimum thickness of 90 mm on the underside of the subfloor, of 90 mm on the sides of the structural members, and of 13 mm on the underside of the bottom flange other than at resilient metal channel locations.

Cellulose fibre insulation conforming to CAN/ULC-S703, “Standard for Cellulose Fibre Insulation (CFI) for Buildings,” applied in conformance with CAN/CGSB-92.2-M, “Trowel or Spray Applied Acoustical Material,” does not affect the fire-resistance rating of a non-loadbearing cold-formed-steel stud wall assembly, provided that it is sprayed to either face of the wall cavity.‌

‌D-2.3.5. Considerations for Various Types of Assemblies

Interior vertical fire separations are to be rated for exposure to fire on each side (see
Sentence 3.1.7.3.(2)). The method described in this Subsection applies when a membrane is provided on both sides of the assembly. However, in the calculation of the fire-resistance rating of such an assembly using this method, no additional contribution to fire resistance is to be assigned for a membrane on the non-fire-exposed side, since its contribution is already accounted for in the values assigned to the other components of the assembly.
Exterior wall assemblies required to have a fire-resistance rating are required to be rated for exposure to fire from the interior side only (see Sentence 3.1.7.3.(3)). When deriving a fire-resistance rating for such wall assemblies using the method described in this Subsection, only wood studs with a single layer of gypsum board or non-loadbearing cold-formed-steel studs conforming to Table D-2.3.4.-E may be used. Such walls must have a membrane on the exterior side of the stud consisting of plywood, oriented
strandboard or gypsum sheathing, and exterior cladding. Additional materials are also permitted between the required sheathing and cladding. The spaces between the studs are to be filled with insulation conforming to CAN/ULC-S702.1, “Standard for Mineral Fibre Thermal Insulation for Buildings, Part 1: Material Specification,” and having a mass per unit area of not less than 1.22 kg/m2 of wall surface. However, in the calculation of the fire-resistance rating of such an assembly, no additional contribution to fire resistance is to be assigned for a membrane on the non-fire-exposed side, since its contribution is already accounted for in the values assigned to the other components of the assembly.

In the case of a floor or roof assembly, the Code only requires testing for fire exposure from below. Floors or roofs must have an upper flooring or roofing membrane in accordance with Table D-2.3.5.

‌Division B D-2.3.6.

Table D-2.3.5.

Flooring or Roofing Membranes

‌Type of Assembly

Structural Members

Subfloor or Roof Deck

Finished Flooring or Roofing

Floor

Wood or open-web steel joists(1) and metal-plate-connected wood trusses(1)

12.5 mm plywood or

15.5 mm oriented strandboard or 17 mm T & G softwood or

14 mm phenolic-bonded Douglas Fir plywood (no finished flooring required)

Hardwood or softwood flooring on building paper

Resilient flooring, parquet floor, felted synthetic fibre floor coverings, carpeting, or ceramic tile on 8 mm thick panel-type underlay

Ceramic tile on 30 mm mortar bed

Open-web steel joists(1)

50 mm reinforced concrete or

50 mm concrete on metal lath or formed steel sheet or

40 mm reinforced gypsum-fibre concrete on 12.7 mm gypsum board

Finish flooring

Wood joists, wood I-joists, wood trusses and cold-formed-steel joists

minimum 15.5 mm T & G plywood or minimum 15.5 mm oriented strandboard

No requirement

Roof

Wood or open-web steel joists(1) and wood trusses (1)

12.5 mm plywood or

15.5 mm oriented strandboard or 17 mm T & G softwood or

14 mm phenolic-bonded Douglas Fir plywood (no finished flooring required)

Finish roofing material with or without insulation

Open-web steel joists(1)

50 mm reinforced concrete or

50 mm concrete on metal lath or formed steel sheet or

‌40 mm reinforced gypsum-fibre concrete on 12.7 mm gypsum board

Finish roofing material with or without insulation

Notes to Table D-2.3.5.:

(1) Applies to single layer of gypsum board membrane, and lath and plaster.

Insulation used in the cavities of a wood joist or metal-plate-connected wood truss floor assembly with a single layer of gypsum board will not reduce the assigned fire-resistance rating of the assembly, provided:
1. the insulation is preformed of rock, slag or glass fibre conforming to CAN/ULC-S702.1, “Standard for Mineral Fibre Thermal Insulation for Buildings, Part 1: Material Specification,” and having a mass per unit area of not more than 1.1 kg/m2 and is installed adjacent to the bottom edge of the framing member, directly above steel furring channels,
2. the gypsum board ceiling membrane is attached to
  1. wood trusses in conformance with Sentence D-2.3.9.(2) by way of steel furring channels spaced not more than 400 mm o.c., and the channels are secured to each bottom truss member with a double strand of 1.2 mm galvanized steel wire, or
  2. wood joists by way of resilient metal or steel furring channels spaced not more than 400 mm o.c. in conformance with Sentences D-2.3.9.(2) and (3), and
3. a steel furring channel is installed midway between each furring channel mentioned in Clause (b) to provide additional support for the insulation.
Except as required in Sentence D-2.3.5.(4), resilient metal or steel furring channels may be used to attach a gypsum board ceiling membrane to a floor assembly using wood joists, metal-plate-connected wood trusses and open-web steel joists, or to a roof assembly. The channels must be made of galvanized steel not less than 0.5 mm thick spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. perpendicular to the framing members, with an overlap of not less than 100 mm at splices and a minimum end clearance between the channels and walls of 15 mm.

‌D-2.3.6. Framing Members

The values shown in Tables D-2.3.4.-A, D-2.3.4.-B, D-2.3.4.-D and D-2.3.12. apply to membranes supported on framing members installed in their conventional orientation and spaced in conformance with Tables D-2.3.4.-E and D-2.3.4.-F.
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
Wood studs and wood roof framing members are to be not less than 38 mm by 89 mm. Wood floor joists are to be not less than 38 mm by 184 mm, except where they are used in an assembly from Table D-2.3.4.-D or from Table D-2.3.5. that uses a single layer of gypsum board as the lower (ceiling) membrane, in which case, wood floor joists are to be not less than 38 mm by 89 mm.
Wood roof trusses are to consist of wood chord and web framing members not less than 38 mm by 89 mm and metal connector plates fabricated from galvanized steel not less than 1 mm in nominal thickness with projecting teeth not less than 8 mm long.
Wood floor trusses are to consist of:
1. metal-plate-connected wood trusses that are not less than 305 mm deep with wood chord and web framing members not less than 38 mm by 64 mm and metal connector plates fabricated from galvanized steel not less than 1 mm in nominal thickness with projecting teeth not less than 8 mm long;
2. metal-web wood trusses that are not less than 286 mm deep with wood chords not less than 38 mm by 64 mm and V-shaped webs made from galvanized steel not less than 1 mm in nominal thickness with plate areas having teeth not less than 8 mm long; or
3. fingerjoined wood trusses that are not less than 330 mm deep with fingerjoined connections, chord members not less than 38 mm by 64 mm, and web members not less than 38 mm by 38 mm glued together with a R-14 phenol-resorcinol resin conforming to CSA O112.10, “Evaluation of Adhesives for Structural Wood Products (Limited Moisture Exposure).”
Wood I-joists are to be not less than 241 mm deep with flanges that are not less than 38 mm by 38 mm and an oriented strandboard or plywood web that is not less than 9.5 mm thick.
The dimensions for dressed lumber given in CSA O141, “Softwood Lumber,” are to be used for wood studs, joists, I-joists and trusses.
Cold-formed-steel studs for non-loadbearing walls are to consist of galvanized steel that is not less than 0.5 mm thick and not less than 63 mm wide, and have a flange that is not less than 31 mm wide.
Cold-formed-steel studs in non-loadbearing wall assemblies are to be installed with not less than a 12 mm clearance between the top of the stud and the top of the runner to allow for expansion in the event of a fire. Where the studs are required to be attached for alignment purposes during erection, they must
be attached to the bottom runners only.
Cold-formed-steel studs for loadbearing walls are to consist of galvanized steel that is not less than 0.912 mm thick but not greater than 1.52 mm thick, with a C-shaped cross-section not less than 92 mm deep by 41 mm wide and 12.7 mm stiffening lips.
Cold-formed-steel studs in loadbearing wall assemblies are to be installed with diagonal cross-bracing.
Cold-formed-steel floor joists (C-shaped joists) are to be not less than 41 mm wide by 203 mm deep by 1.22 mm material thickness.
The allowable spans for wood joists listed in the Span Tables in Part 9 are provided for floors supporting specific occupancies.

‌D-2.3.7. Plaster Finish

The thickness of plaster finish shall be measured from the face of gypsum or metal lath.

‌D-2.3.8. Edge Support for Gypsum Board in Wall Assembly

‌Gypsum board installed over framing or furring in a wall assembly shall be installed so that all edges are supported, except that 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board may be installed horizontally with the horizontal joints unsupported when framing members are at 400 mm o.c. maximum.

‌D-2.3.9. Membrane Fastening

Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (5), Table D-2.3.4.-B and Sentence D-2.3.5.(5), the application of lath and plaster finish shall conform to CSA A82.30-M, “Interior Furring, Lathing and Gypsum Plastering,” and of gypsum board finish shall conform to ASTM C840, “Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board.”
Where a membrane referred to in Table D-2.3.4.-A, D-2.3.4.-B, D-2.3.4.-C, D-2.3.4.-D or D-2.3.12. is applied to steel framing or furring, fasteners shall penetrate not less than 10 mm through the metal.
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B D-2.3.10.

Except as provided in Sentence (4), where a membrane referred to in

Table D-2.3.4.-A, D-2.3.4.-B, D-2.3.4.-C, D-2.3.4.-D or D-2.3.12. is applied to wood framing or

furring, minimum fastener penetrations into wood members shall conform to Table D-2.3.9. for the time assigned to the membrane.

Table D-2.3.9.

Membrane Fastening

Type of Membrane	Minimum Penetration of Fasteners for Membrane Protection on Wood Framing, mm
	5 – 25	30 – 35	40	50	55 – 70	80
	Time,(1) min
Single layer	20	29	32	—	—	—
Double layer	20	20	20	29	35	44
‌Gypsum lath	20	20	23	23	29	29

Notes to Table D-2.3.9.:

(1) Assigned contributions of membranes to fire resistance are listed in Tables D-2.3.4.-A, D-2.3.4.-B, D-2.3.4.-C, D-2.3.4.-D and D-2.3.12.

Where a membrane is applied in 2 layers, the fastener penetrations described in Table D-2.3.9. shall apply to the base layer. Fasteners for the face layer shall penetrate not less than 20 mm into wood supports.‌
In a double layer application of gypsum board on wood supports, fastener spacing shall conform to ASTM C840, “Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board.”

‌D-2.3.10. Ceiling Membrane Openings – Combustible Construction

Except as permitted in Article D-2.3.12., where a floor or roof assembly of combustible construction is assigned a fire-resistance rating on the basis of this Subsection and incorporates a ceiling membrane described in Table D-2.3.4.-B, D-2.3.4.-C or D-2.3.4.-D, the ceiling membrane may be penetrated by openings leading to ducts within concealed spaces above the membrane provided:
1. the assembly is not required to have a fire-resistance rating in excess of 1 h,
2. the area of any openings does not exceed 930 cm2 (see Sentence (2)),
3. the aggregate area of openings does not exceed 1% of the ceiling area of the fire compartment,
4. the depth of the concealed space above the ceiling is not less than 230 mm,
5. no dimension of any opening exceeds 310 mm,
6. supports are provided for openings with any dimension exceeding 150 mm where framing members are spaced greater than 400 mm o.c.,
7. individual openings are spaced not less than 2 m apart,
8. ‌the ducts above the membrane are sheet steel and are supported by steel strapping firmly attached to the framing members, and
9. the clearance between the top surface of the membrane and the bottom surface of the ducts is not less than 100 mm.
Where an individual opening permitted in Sentence (1) exceeds 130 cm2 in area, it shall be protected
by
1. a fire stop flap conforming to CAN/ULC-S112.2, “Standard Method of Fire Test of Ceiling Firestop Flap Assemblies,” that activates at a temperature approximately 30°C above the normal maximum temperature that occurs in the ducts, whether the air duct system is operating or shut down, or
2. thermal protection above the duct consisting of the same materials as used for the ceiling membrane, mechanically fastened to the ductwork and extending 200 mm beyond the opening on all sides

(see Article D-2.3.10.).

GG00095A

100 mm (min.)

‌Figure D-2.3.10.

‌Thermal protection above a duct

‌D-2.3.11. Ceiling Membrane Openings – Noncombustible Construction

Except as permitted in Article D-2.3.12., where a floor or roof assembly of noncombustible construction is assigned a fire-resistance rating on the basis of this Subsection and incorporates a ceiling membrane described in Table D-2.3.4.-B, D-2.3.4.-C or D-2.3.4.-D, the ceiling membrane may be penetrated by openings leading to ducts located within concealed spaces provided:
1. the area of any opening does not exceed 930 cm2 (see Sentence (2)),
2. the aggregate area of openings does not exceed 2% of the ceiling area of the fire compartment,
3. no dimension of any opening exceeds 400 mm,
4. individual openings are spaced not less than 2 m apart,
5. openings are located not less than 200 mm from major structural members such as beams, columns or joists,
6. ‌the ducts above the membrane are sheet steel and are supported by steel strapping firmly attached to the framing members, and
7. the clearance between the top surface of the membrane and the bottom surface of the duct is not less than 100 mm.

Where an individual opening permitted in Sentence (1) exceeds 130 cm2 in area, it shall be protected

a fire stop flap conforming to CAN/ULC-S112.2, “Standard Method of Fire Test of Ceiling Firestop Flap Assemblies,” that activates at a temperature approximately 30°C above the normal maximum temperature that occurs in the ducts, whether the air duct system is operating or shut down, or

thermal protection above the duct consisting of the same materials as used for the ceiling membrane, mechanically fastened to the ductwork and extending 200 mm beyond the opening on all sides

(see Article D-2.3.10.).

‌D-2.3.12. Ceiling Membrane Rating

Where the fire-resistance rating of a ceiling assembly is to be determined on the basis of the membrane only and not of the complete assembly, the ratings may be determined from Table D-2.3.12., provided no openings described in Articles D-2.3.10. and D-2.3.11. are located within the ceiling membrane.

Table D-2.3.12.

Fire-Resistance Rating for Ceiling Membranes

Description of Membrane	Fire-Resistance Rating, min
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board with ≥ 75 mm mineral wool batt insulation above board	30
19 mm gypsum-sand plaster on metal lath	30
Double 14.0 mm Douglas Fir plywood phenolic bonded	30
Double 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board	45

Division B D-2.4.1.

Table D-2.3.12. (Continued)

Description of Membrane	Fire-Resistance Rating, min
25 mm gypsum-sand plaster on metal lath	45
Double 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board	60
32 mm gypsum-sand plaster on metal lath	60

‌D-2.3.13. Membrane Penetrations in Combustible and Noncombustible Construction

Where a wall, floor or roof assembly is assigned a fire-resistance rating on the basis of this Subsection and includes a membrane or membranes described in Table D-2.3.4.-A, D-2.3.4.-B, D-2.3.4.-C, D-2.3.4.-D

or D-2.3.12., penetrations of the membrane or membranes must be firestopped in conformance with the applicable requirements in Article 3.1.9.1. or Sentence 9.10.9.6.(1).

‌D-2.3.14. Beams

‌Where a steel beam is included with an open-web steel joist and is protected by the same continuous ceiling, the beam is assumed to have a fire-resistance rating equal to that assigned to the rest of the assembly.
The ratings in this Subsection assume that the construction to which the beam is related is a normal one and does not carry unusual loads from the floor or slab above.

‌D-2.3.15. Wired Glass Assembly Support

Openings in a vertical fire separation having a fire-resistance rating of not more than 1 h are allowed to be protected by wired glass assemblies, provided the wired glass is
1. not less than 6 mm thick;
2. reinforced by a steel wire mesh in the form of diamonds, squares or hexagons having dimensions of
  1. approximately 25 mm across the flats, using wire of not less than 0.45 mm diameter, or
  2. approximately 13 mm across the flats, using wire of not less than 0.40 mm diameter, the wire to be centrally embedded during manufacture and welded or intertwined at each intersection;
3. set in fixed steel frames with metal not less than 1.35 mm thick and providing a glazing stop of not less than 20 mm on each side of the glass; and
4. limited in area so that
  1. individual panes are not more than 0.84 m2, with neither height nor width more than
    1.4 m, and
  2. the area not structurally supported by mullions is not more than 7.5 m2.
‌It is intended that the structural mullions referred to in Subclause (1)(d)(ii) will not distort or be displaced to the extent that there would be a failure of the wired glass closure during the period for which a closure in the fire separation would be expected to function. Hollow structural steel tubing not less than 100 mm square filled with a Portland cement-based grout will satisfy the intent of the Subclause.

‌D-2.4. Solid Wood Walls, Floors and Roofs

‌D-2.4.1. Minimum Thickness‌

The minimum thickness of solid wood walls, floors and roofs for fire-resistance ratings from 30 min to 1.5 h is shown in Table D-2.4.1.

Table D-2.4.1.

Minimum Thickness of Solid Wood Walls, Roofs and Floors, mm(1)(2)

‌Type of Construction	Fire-Resistance Rating
‌Type of Construction	30 min	45 min	1 h	1.5 h
Solid wood floor with building paper and finish flooring on top(3)	89	114	165	235
Solid wood, splined or tongued and grooved floor with building paper and finish flooring	64	76	—	—
on top(4)

Table D-2.4.1. (Continued)

Type of Construction

Fire-Resistance Rating

30 min

45 min

1 h

1.5 h

Solid wood walls of loadbearing vertical plank(3)

Solid wood walls of non-loadbearing horizontal plank(3)

114

140

184

140

Notes to Table D-2.4.1.:

(1) See CSA O141, “Softwood Lumber,” for sizes.

(2) The fire-resistance ratings and minimum dimensions for floors also apply to solid wood roof decks of comparable thickness with finish roofing material.

(3) The assembly shall consist of 38 mm thick members on edge fastened together with 101 mm common wire nails spaced not more than 400 mm

o.c. and staggered in the direction of the grain.

(4) The floor shall consist of 64 mm by 184 mm wide planks either tongued and grooved or with 19 mm by 38 mm splines set in grooves and fastened together with 88 mm common nails spaced not more than 400 mm o.c.

‌D-2.4.2. Increased Fire-Resistance Rating

The fire-resistance rating of the assemblies described in Table D-2.4.1. may be increased by 15 min if one of the following finishes is applied on the fire-exposed side:
1. 12.7 mm thick gypsum board,
2. 20 mm thick gypsum-sand plaster on metal lath, or
3. 13 mm thick gypsum-sand plaster on 9.5 mm gypsum lath.
Fastening of the plaster to the wood structure shall conform to Subsection D-2.3.

‌D-2.4.3. Supplementary Ratings‌

Supplementary ratings based on tests are included in Table D-2.4.3. The ratings given shall apply to constructions that conform in all details with the descriptions given.

Table D-2.4.3.

Fire-Resistance Rating of Non-Loadbearing Built-up Solid Wood Partitions(1)

Construction Details	Actual Overall Thickness, mm	Fire-Resistance Rating
Solid panels of wood boards 64 mm to 140 mm wide grooved and joined with wood splines, nailed together, boards placed vertically with staggered joints, 3 boards thick	58	30 min
Solid panels with 4 mm plywood facings(2) glued to 46 mm solid wood core of glued,	54	1 h
tongued and grooved construction for both sides and ends of core pieces with
tongued and grooved rails in the core about 760 mm apart

Notes to Table D-2.4.3.:

(1) The ratings and notes are taken from “Fire Resistance Classifications of Building Constructions,” Building Materials and Structures Report BMS 92, National Bureau of Standards, Washington, 1942.

‌(2) Ratings for plywood faced panel are based on phenolic resin glue being used for gluing facings to wood frames. If other types of glue are used for this purpose, the ratings apply if the facings are nailed to the frames in addition to being glued.

‌D-2.5. Solid Plaster Partitions

‌D-2.5.1. Minimum Thickness

The minimum thickness of solid plaster partitions for fire-resistance ratings from 30 min to 4 h is shown in Table D-2.5.1.

‌Division B D-2.6.1.

Table D-2.5.1.

Minimum Thickness of Non-Loadbearing Solid Plaster Partitions, mm

‌Type of Plaster on Metal Lath(1)	Fire-Resistance Rating
‌Type of Plaster on Metal Lath(1)	30 min	45 min	1 h	1.5 h	2 h	3 h	4 h
Portland cement-sand(2) or Portland cement-lime-sand	50(3)	—	—	—	—	—	—
Gypsum-sand	50(3)	50(3)	64	—	—	—	—
Gypsum-vermiculite, gypsum-perlite, Portland cement-vermiculite or Portland cement-perlite	50(3)	50(3)	50(3)	58	64	83	102

Notes to Table D-2.5.1.:

(1) Metal lath shall be expanded metal lath or welded woven wire fabric supported on 19 mm vertical light steel studs spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. Plaster shall be applied to both sides of the lath.

(2) For mixture of Portland cement-sand plaster, see Sentence D-1.7.2.(2).

(3) CSA A82.30-M, “Interior Furring, Lathing and Gypsum Plastering,” does not permit solid plaster partitions less than 50 mm thick.

‌D-2.6. Protected Steel Columns

‌D-2.6.1. Minimum Thickness of Protective Covering‌

The minimum thickness of protective covering to steel columns is shown in Tables D-2.6.1.-A to D-2.6.1.-F for fire-resistance ratings from 30 min to 4 h.

Table D-2.6.1.-A

Minimum Thickness of Concrete or Masonry Protection to Steel Columns, mm

‌Description of Cover	Fire-Resistance Rating
‌Description of Cover	30 min	45 min	1 h	1.5 h	2 h	3 h	4 h
Monolithic concrete
Type S concrete(1) (column spaces filled)(2)	25	25	25	25	39	64	89
Type N or L concrete(1) (column spaces filled)(2)	25	25	25	25	32	50	77
Concrete masonry units(3) or precast reinforced concrete units
‌Type S concrete (column spaces not filled)	50	50	50	50	64	89	115
Type N or L concrete (column spaces not filled)	50	50	50	50	50	77	102
‌Clay or shale brick(4) (column spaces filled)(2)‌	50	50	50	50	50	64	77
Clay or shale brick(4) (column spaces not filled)	50	50	50	50	50	77	102
Hollow clay tile(5) (column spaces filled)(2)	50(6)	50(6)	50(6)	50(6)	(7)	(7)	(7)
Hollow clay tile(5) (column spaces not filled)	50(6)	50(6)	50(6)	—	—	—	—

Notes to Table D-2.6.1.-A:

(1) Applies to cast-in-place concrete reinforced with 5.21 mm diam wire wrapped around column spirally 200 mm o.c., or 1.57 mm diam wire mesh with 100 mm by 100 mm openings.

(2) The space between the protective covering and the web or flange of the column shall be filled with concrete, cement mortar or a mixture of cement mortar and broken bricks.

(3) Concrete masonry shall be reinforced with 5.21 mm diam wire or wire mesh with 1.19 mm diam wire and 10 mm by 10 mm openings, laid in every second course.

(4) Brick cover 77 mm thick or less shall be reinforced with 2.34 mm diam wire or 1.19 mm diam wire mesh with 10 mm by 10 mm openings, laid in every second course.

(5) Hollow clay tiles and masonry mortar shall be reinforced with 1.19 mm diam wire mesh with 10 mm by 10 mm openings, laid in every horizontal joint and lapped at corners.

(6) Hollow clay tiles shall conform to CAN/CSA-A82, “Fired masonry brick made from clay or shale.”

(7) 50 mm nominal hollow clay tile, reinforced with 1.19 mm diam wire mesh with 10 mm by 10 mm openings laid in every horizontal joint and covered with 19 mm gypsum-sand plaster and with limestone concrete fill in column spaces, has a 4 h fire-resistance rating.

‌D-2.6.1. Division B

Table D-2.6.1.-B

Minimum Thickness of Plaster Protection to Steel Columns, mm

‌Description	Fire-Resistance Rating(1)(2)
‌Description	30 min	45 min	1 h	1.5 h	2 h	3 h	4 h
Gypsum-sand plaster on 9.5 mm gypsum lath(3)	13	13	13	20	—	—	—
Gypsum-perlite or vermiculite plaster on 9.5 mm gypsum lath(3)	13	13	13	20	25	—	—
Gypsum perlite or vermiculite plaster on 12.7 mm gypsum lath(3)	13	13	13	20	25	32	50
Gypsum perlite or vermiculite plaster on double 12.7 mm gypsum	13	13	13	20	25	25	32
lath(3)
Portland cement-sand plaster on metal lath(4)(5)	25	25	25	—	—	—	—

Notes to Table D-2.6.1.-B:

(1) Fire-resistance ratings of 30 min and 45 min apply to columns whose M/D ratio is 30 or greater. Fire-resistance ratings greater than 45 min apply to columns whose M/D ratio is greater than 60. Where the M/D ratio is between 30 and 60 and the required fire-resistance rating is greater than

45 min, the total thickness of protection specified in the Table shall be increased by 50%. (To determine M/D, refer to Article D-2.6.4.)

‌(2) Where the thickness of plaster over gypsum lath is 25 mm or more, wire mesh with 1.57 mm diam wire and openings not exceeding 50 mm by 50 mm shall be placed midway in the plaster.

(3) Lath held in place by 1.19 mm diam wire wrapped around lath 450 mm o.c.

(4) Expanded metal lath 1.36 kg/m 2 fastened to 9.5 mm by 19 mm steel channels held in vertical position around column by 1.19 mm diam wire ties.

(5) For mixture of Portland cement-sand plaster, see Sentence D-1.7.2.(2).

Table D-2.6.1.-C

Minimum Thickness of Gypsum-Sand Plaster on Metal Lath Protection to Steel Columns, mm

M/D(1)	Fire-Resistance Rating
M/D(1)	30 min	45 min	1 h	1.5 h	2 h	3 h
30 to 60	16	16	32	—	—	—
over 60 to 90	16	16	16	32	—	—
over 90 to 120	16	16	16	25	39	—
over 120 to 180	16	16	16	16	25	—
‌over 180	16	16	16	16	25	39

Notes to Table D-2.6.1.-C:

(1) To determine the M/D ratio, refer to Article D-2.6.4.

Table D-2.6.1.-D

Minimum Thickness of Gypsum-Perlite or Gypsum-Vermiculite Plaster on Metal Lath Protection to Steel Columns, mm

M/D(1)	Fire-Resistance Rating
M/D(1)	30 min	45 min	1 h	1.5 h	2 h	3 h	4 h
30 to 60	16	16	20	32	35	—	—
over 60 to 90	16	16	16	20	26	35	45
over 90 to 120	16	16	16	16	26	35	45
over 120 to 180	16	16	16	16	20	32	35
over 180	16	16	16	16	16	26	35

Notes to Table D-2.6.1.-D:

(1) To determine the M/D ratio, refer to Article D-2.6.4.

‌Division B D-2.6.1.

Table D-2.6.1.-E

Steel Columns with Sheet-Steel Membrane and Insulation as Shown in Figures D-2.6.1.-A and D-2.6.1.-B

‌Type of Protection	Steel Thickness,(1) mm	Fastening(2)	Insulation	Fire-Resistance Rating
See Figure D-2.6.1.-A	0.51	No. 8 sheet-metal screws 9.5 mm long, 200 mm o.c.	50 mm mineral wool batts(3)	45 min
See Figure D-2.6.1.-B	0.64	Self-threading screws or No. 8 sheet-metal screws, 600 mm o.c.	2 layers 12.7 mm gypsum board	1.5 h
See Figure D-2.6.1.-A	0.64	No. 8 sheet-metal screws, 9.5 mm long 200 mm o.c.	75 mm mineral wool batts,(3) 12.7 mm gypsum board	2 h
See Figure D-2.6.1.-B	0.76	Crimped joint or No. 8 sheet-metal screws, 300 mm o.c.	2 layers 15.9 mm gypsum board	2 h

Notes to Table D-2.6.1.-E:

(1) Minimum thickness, galvanized or wiped-zinc-coated sheet-steel.

‌(2) Sheet-steel shall be securely fastened to the floor and superstructure, or where sheet-steel cover does not extend floor to floor, firestopping shall be provided at the level where sheet-steel protection ends. In the latter case, an alternate type of fire protection shall be applied between

the firestopping and the superstructure.

(3) Conforming to CAN/ULC-S702.1, “Standard for Mineral Fibre Thermal Insulation for Buildings, Part 1: Material Specification,” Type 1A, minimum density 30 kg/m3: column section and batts wrapped with 25 mm mesh chicken wire.

Table D-2.6.1.-F

Minimum M/D Ratio for Steel Columns Covered with Type X Gypsum Board Protection(1)

Minimum Thickness of Type X Gypsum Board Protection,(2) mm	Fire-Resistance Rating
Minimum Thickness of Type X Gypsum Board Protection,(2) mm	1 h	1.5 h	2 h	3 h
12.7	75	—	—	—
15.9	55	—	—	—
25.4	35	60	—	—
28.6	35	50	—	—
31.8	35	40	75	—
38.1	35	35	55	—
41.3	35	35	45	—
44.5	35	35	35	—
47.6	35	35	35	—
50.8	35	35	35	75
63.5	35	35	35	45

Notes to Table D-2.6.1.-F:

(1) To determine the M/D ratio, refer to Article D-2.6.4.

(2) See Article D-2.6.5.

‌D-2.6.1. Division B

sheet metal screws

gypsum

board

steel column M/D not less than 60

sheet steel cover

mineral wool insulation

wire mesh

EG01227B

‌Figure D-2.6.1.-A

Column protected by sheet-steel membrane and mineral-wool insulation

screw or crimp joint

gypsum

board

steel column M/D not less than 60

sheet steel cover

EG01228B

Figure D-2.6.1.-B

Column protected by sheet-steel membrane and gypsum board

Division B D-2.6.5.

‌D-2.6.2. Hollow Unit Masonry Columns

For hollow-unit masonry column protection, the thickness shown in Tables D-2.6.1.-A to D-2.6.1.-D is the equivalent thickness as described in Subsection D-1.6.

‌D-2.6.3. Effect of Plaster‌

The effect on fire-resistance ratings of the addition of plaster to masonry and monolithic concrete column protection is described in Subsection D-1.7.

‌D-2.6.4. Determination of M/D Ratio

The ratio M/D to which reference is made in Tables D-2.6.1.-B, D-2.6.1.-C, D-2.6.1.-D and D-2.6.1.-F shall be found by dividing “M,” the mass of the column in kilograms per metre by “D,” the heated perimeter of the steel column section in metres.
The heated perimeter “D” of steel columns, shown as the dashed line in Figure D-2.6.4.-A, shall be equal to 2 (B+H) in Examples (1) and (2), and 3.14B in Example (3). In Figure D-2.6.4.-B, the heated perimeter “D” shall be equal to 2 (B+H).

example (1)

example (2)

example (3)

EG01229A

‌Figure D-2.6.4.-A

Example (1), standard or wide-flange beam; Example (2), hollow structural section (rectangular or square); Example (3), hollow structural section (round)

1 layer

2 layers

structural member
steel studs
gypsum board (Type X)
steel corner bead
tie wire
sheet metal angle

3 layers

4 layers

EG01230B

‌Figure D-2.6.4.-B

Columns protected by Type X gypsum board without sheet-steel membrane

‌D-2.6.5. Attachment of Gypsum Board

Where Type X gypsum board is used to protect a steel column without an outside sheet-steel membrane, the method of gypsum board attachment to the column shall be as shown in Figure D-2.6.4.-B and shall meet the construction details described in Sentences (2) to (7).
The Type X gypsum board shall be applied vertically without horizontal joints.
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
D-2.6.6. Division B
The first layer of gypsum board shall be attached to steel studs with screws spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. and other layers of gypsum board shall be attached to steel studs and steel corner beads with screws spaced at a maximum of 300 mm o.c. Where a single layer of gypsum board is used, attachment screws shall be spaced not more than 300 mm o.c.
Steel tie wires spaced at a maximum of 600 mm o.c. shall be used to secure the second last layer of gypsum board in 3- and 4-layer systems.
Studs shall be fabricated of galvanized steel not less than 0.53 mm thick and not less than 41.3 mm wide, with legs not less than 33.3 mm long and shall be 12.7 mm less than the assembly height.
Corner beads shall
1. be fabricated of galvanized steel that is not less than 0.41 mm thick,
2. ‌have legs not less than 31 mm long,
3. be attached to the gypsum board or stud with 25.4 mm screws spaced not more than 300 mm o.c., and
4. ‌have the attaching fasteners penetrate either another corner bead in multiple layer assemblies or the steel stud member.
In a 4-layer system, metal angles shall be fabricated of galvanized steel and shall be not less than

0.46 mm thick with legs not less than 51 mm long.

‌D-2.6.6. Concrete Filled Hollow Steel Columns

A fire-resistance rating, R, is permitted to be assigned to concentrically loaded hollow steel columns that are filled with plain concrete, steel-fibre reinforced concrete or bar-reinforced concrete, that are fabricated and erected within the tolerances stipulated in CSA S16, “Design of steel structures,” and that comply with Sentences (2) and (3), provided:

where
C = axial compressive force due to dead and live loads without load factors, kN,
Cmax =
but shall not exceed
1. 1.0 for plain concrete filling (PC),
2. 1.1 for steel-fibre reinforced concrete filling (FC), and
3. 1.7 for bar-reinforced concrete filling (RC),

where

a = constant obtained from Table D-2.6.6.-A,

= specified compressive strength of concrete in accordance with CSA A23.3, “Design of concrete structures,” MPa,

rc = radius of gyration of the concrete area,

Ac = area of concrete, mm2,

D = outside diameter of a round column or outside width of a square column, mm,

Ec = initial elastic modulus for concrete, considering the effects of long-term loading for normal-weight concrete = , where is expressed in MPa, S is the short-term load, and T is the total load on the column,

R = specified fire-resistance rating, min,

KL = effective length of column as defined in CSA S16, “Design of steel structures,” mm,

λc , and

φc = 0.60

subject to the validity limits stated in Table D-2.6.6.-B.

‌Division B D-2.7.1.

Table D-2.6.6.-A

Values of Constant “a”

Filling Type	Concrete Type(1)	Steel Reinforcement	Circular Columns	Square Columns
PC	S	n/a	0.070	0.060
FC	S	≈ 2%	0.075	0.065
RC	S	1.5%-3%	0.080	0.070
RC	S	3%-5%	0.085	0.075
PC	N	n/a	0.080	0.070
FC	N	≈ 2%	0.085	0.075
RC	N	1.5%-3%	0.090	0.080
‌RC	N	3%-5%	0.095	0.085

Notes to Table D-2.6.6.-A:

(1) See Subsection D-1.4.

A pair of steam vent holes shall be provided at each end of the hollow steel column and at each intermediate floor level, and the holes shall be
1. ‌not less than 13 mm in diameter,
2. located on opposite faces, 150 mm above or below a base plate, cap plate or concrete slab,
3. orientated so that adjacent pairs are perpendicular, and
4. ‌not obstructed by other building elements.
Load application and reaction shall be through end bearing in accordance with CSA S16, “Design of steel structures.”

Table D-2.6.6.-B

Validity Limits

Parameter	Type of Concrete Filling
Parameter	PC	FC	RC
(MPa)	20 to 40	20 to 55	20 to 55
D (round) (mm)	140 to 410	140 to 410	165 to 410
D (square) (mm)	140 to 305	102 to 305	175 to 305
Reinforcement (%)	n/a	≈ 2% of the concrete mix by mass	1.5% to 5% of cross-sectional area(1)
Concrete Cover (mm)	n/a	n/a	≥ 25
R (min)	≤ 120	≤ 180	≤ 180
KL (mm)	2 000 to 4 000	2 000 to 4 500	2 000 to 4 500
Class(2)	1, 2 or 3	1, 2 or 3	1, 2 or 3

Notes to Table D-2.6.6.-B:

(1) Limits on size, number and spacing of bars and ties in accordance with CSA A23.3, “Design of concrete structures.”

(2) Classification of sections in accordance with CSA S16, “Design of steel structures.”

‌D-2.7. Individually Protected Steel Beams

‌D-2.7.1. Minimum Thickness of Protective Covering

The minimum thickness of protective covering on steel beams exposed to fire on 3 sides for fire-resistance ratings from 30 min to 4 h is shown in Table D-2.7.1.

‌D-2.7.2. Division B

Table D-2.7.1.

Minimum Thickness of Cover to Individual Protected Steel Beams, mm(1)

‌Description of Cover	Fire-Resistance Rating
‌Description of Cover	30 min	45 min	1 h	1.5 h	2 h	3 h	4 h
‌Type S concrete(2) (beam spaces filled solid)	25	25	25	25	32	50	64
Type N or L concrete(2) (beam spaces filled solid)	25	25	25	25	25	39	50
Gypsum-sand plaster on 9.5 mm gypsum lath(3)	13	13	13	20	—	—	—
Gypsum-perlite or vermiculite plaster on 9.5 mm gypsum lath(3)	13	13	13	13	25	—	—
‌Gypsum-perlite or gypsum-vermiculite on 12.7 mm gypsum lath(3)	13	13	13	20	25	39	50
Gypsum-perlite or vermiculite plaster on double 12.7 mm gypsum	13	13	13	20	25	25	39
lath(3)
Portland cement-sand on metal lath(4)	23	23	23	—	—	—	—
Gypsum-sand on metal lath(4) (plaster in contact with lower	16	20	25	39	—	—	—
flange)
Gypsum-sand on metal lath with air gap between plaster and	16	16	16	25	25	—	—
lower flange(4)
Gypsum-perlite or gypsum-vermiculite on metal lath(4)	16	16	16	23	23	35	48(5)

Notes to Table D-2.7.1.:

(1) Where the thickness of plaster finish applied over gypsum lath is 26 mm or more, the plaster shall be reinforced with wire mesh with 1.57 mm diam wire and 50 mm by 50 mm openings placed midway in the plaster.

(2) Applies to cast-in-place concrete reinforced by 5.21 mm diam wire spaced 200 mm o.c. or 1.57 mm diam wire mesh with 100 mm by 100 mm openings.

(3) Lath held in place by 1.18 mm diam wire wrapped around the gypsum lath 450 mm o.c.

(4) Expanded metal lath 1.63 kg/m2 fastened to 9.5 mm by 19 mm steel channels held in position by 1.19 mm diam wire.

(5) Plaster finish shall be reinforced with wire mesh with 1.57 mm diam wire and 50 mm by 50 mm openings placed midway in the plaster.

‌D-2.7.2. Types of Concrete

Concrete is referred to as Type S, N or L, depending on the nature of the aggregate used. This is described in Article D-1.4.1.

‌D-2.7.3. Effect of Plaster

The effect on fire-resistance ratings of the addition of plaster finish to concrete or masonry beam protection is described in Article D-1.7.1.

‌D-2.7.4. Exceptions

The fire resistance of protected steel beams depends on the means used to hold the protection in place. Because of the importance of this factor, no rating has been assigned in Table D-2.7.1. to masonry units used as protective cover to steel beams. These ratings, however, may be determined on the basis of comparison with column protection at the discretion of the authority having jurisdiction, if satisfactory means of fastening are provided.

‌D-2.7.5. Beam Protected by a Membrane

A steel beam or steel joist assembly that is entirely above a horizontal ceiling membrane will be protected from fire below the membrane and will resist structural collapse for a period equal to the fire-resistance rating determined in conformance with Subsection D-2.3. The support for this membrane shall be equivalent to that described in Subsection D-2.3. The rating on this basis shall not exceed 1.5 h.

‌D-2.8. Reinforced Concrete Columns

‌D-2.8.1. Minimum Dimensions

Minimum dimensions for reinforced concrete columns and minimum concrete cover for vertical steel reinforcement are obtained from Articles D-2.8.2. to D-2.8.5., taking into account the type of concrete, the effective length of the column and the area of the vertical reinforcement.

‌Division B D-2.8.4.‌

‌D-2.8.2. Method

The minimum dimension, t, in millimetres, of a rectangular reinforced concrete column shall be equal to
1. 75 f (R + 1) for all Types L and L40S concrete,
2. 80 f (R + 1) for Type S concrete when the design condition of the concrete column is defined in the second and fourth columns of Table D-2.8.2.,
3. 80 f (R + 0.75) for Type N concrete when the design condition of the concrete column is defined in the second and fourth columns of Table D-2.8.2., and
4. 100 f (R + 1) for Types S and N concrete when the design condition of the concrete column is defined in the third column of Table D-2.8.2.
  where
  f = the value shown in Table D-2.8.2.,
  ‌R = the required fire-resistance rating in hours,
  k = the effective length factor obtained from CSA A23.3, “Design of concrete structures,” h = the unsupported length of the column in metres, and
  ‌p = the area of vertical reinforcement in the column as a percentage of the column area.
The diameter of a round column shall be not less than 1.2 times the value t determined in Sentence (1) for a rectangular column.

Table D-2.8.2.

Values of Factor f(1)

Overdesign Factor(2)	Values of Factor f to be Used in Applying Article D-2.8.2.
	Where kh is not more than 3.7 m	Where kh is more than 3.7	m but not more than 7.3 m
	Where kh is not more than 3.7 m	t is not more than 300 mm, p is not more than 3%(3)	All other cases(4)
1.00	1.0	1.2	1.0
1.25	0.9	1.1	0.9
1.50	0.83	1.0	0.83

Notes to Table D-2.8.2.:

(1) For conditions that do not fall within the limits described in Table D-2.8.2., further information may be obtained from Reference (7) in Subsection D-7.1.

(2) Overdesign factor is the ratio of the calculated load carrying capacity of the column to the column strength required to carry the specified loads determined in conformance with CSA A23.3, “Design of concrete structures.”

(3) Where the factor f results in a t greater than 300 mm, the appropriate factor f for “All other cases” shall be applicable.

(4) Where p is equal to or less than 3% and the factor f results in a t less than 300 mm, the minimum thickness shall be 300 mm.

‌D-2.8.3. Minimum Thickness of Concrete Cover

‌Where the required fire-resistance rating of a concrete column is 3 h or less, the minimum thickness in millimetres of concrete cover over vertical steel reinforcement shall be equal to 25 times the number of hours of fire resistance required or 50 mm, whichever is less.
Where the required fire-resistance rating of a concrete column is greater than 3 h, the minimum thickness in millimetres of concrete cover over vertical steel reinforcement shall be equal to 50 plus 12.5 times the required number of hours of fire resistance in excess of 3 h.
Where the concrete cover over vertical steel required in Sentence (2) exceeds 62.5 mm, wire mesh reinforcement with 1.57 mm diameter wire and 100 mm openings shall be incorporated midway in the concrete cover to retain the concrete in position.

‌D-2.8.4. Minimum Requirements

The structural design standards may require minimum column dimensions or concrete cover over vertical steel reinforcement differing from those obtained in Sentences D-2.8.2.(1) and D-2.8.2.(2). Where a difference occurs, the greater dimension shall govern.

‌D-2.8.5. Division B

‌D-2.8.5. Addition of Plaster

The addition of plaster finish to the concrete column may be taken into account in determining the cover over vertical steel reinforcement by applying the multiplying factors described in Subsection D-1.7. The addition of plaster shall not, however, justify any decrease in the minimum column sizes shown.

‌D-2.8.6. Built-in Columns

The fire-resistance rating of a reinforced concrete column that is built into a masonry or concrete wall so that not more than one face may be exposed to the possibility of fire at one time may be determined on the basis of cover to vertical reinforcing steel alone. In order to meet this condition, the wall shall conform to Subsection D-2.1. for the fire-resistance rating required.

‌D-2.9. Reinforced Concrete Beams

‌D-2.9.1. Minimum Cover Thickness

The minimum thickness of cover over principal steel reinforcement in reinforced concrete beams is shown in Table D-2.9.1. for fire-resistance ratings from 30 min to 4 h where the width of the beam or joist is at least 100 mm.

Table D-2.9.1.

Minimum Cover to Principal Steel Reinforcement in Reinforced Concrete Beams, mm

Type of Concrete	Fire-Resistance Rating
Type of Concrete	30 min	45 min	1 h	1.5 h	2 h	3 h	4 h
Type S, N or L	20	20	20	25	25	39	50

‌D-2.9.2. Maximum Rating

No rating over 2 h may be assigned on the basis of Table D-2.9.1. to a beam or joist where the average width of the part that projects below the slab is less than 140 mm, and no rating over 3 h may be assigned where the average width of the part that projects below the slab is less than 165 mm.

‌D-2.9.3. Beam Integrated in Floor or Roof Slab

For the purposes of these ratings, a beam may be either independent of or integral with a floor or roof slab assembly.

‌D-2.9.4. Minimum Thickness

Where the upper extension or top flange of a joist or T-beam in a floor assembly contributes wholly or partly to the thickness of the slab above, the total thickness at any point shall be not less than the minimum thickness described in Table D-2.2.1.-A for the fire-resistance rating required.

‌D-2.9.5. Effect of Plaster‌

The addition of plaster finish to a reinforced concrete beam may be taken into account in determining the cover over principal reinforcing steel by applying the multiplying factors described in Subsection D-1.7.

‌D-2.10. Prestressed Concrete Beams

‌D-2.10.1. Minimum Cross-Sectional Area and Thickness of Cover

The minimum cross-sectional area and thickness of concrete cover over steel tendons in prestressed concrete beams for fire-resistance ratings from 30 min to 4 h are shown in Table D-2.10.1.

‌Division B D-2.11.1.

Table D-2.10.1.

Minimum Thickness of Concrete Cover over Steel Tendons in Prestressed Concrete Beams, mm(1)

Type of Concrete	Area of Beam, cm2	Fire-Resistance Rating
Type of Concrete	Area of Beam, cm2	30 min	45 min	1 h	1.5 h	2 h	3 h	4 h
	260 to 970	25	39	50	64	—	—	—
Type S or N	Over 970 to 1 940	25	26	39	45	64	—	—
	Over 1 940	25	26	39	39	50	77	102
Type L	Over 970	25	25	25	39	50	77	102

Notes to Table D-2.10.1.:

(1) Where the thickness of concrete cover over the tendons exceeds 64 mm, a wire mesh reinforcement with 1.57 mm diam wire and 100 mm by 100 mm openings shall be incorporated in the beams to retain the concrete in position around the tendons. The mesh reinforcement shall be located midway in the cover.

‌D-2.10.2. Minimum Cover Thickness

The cover for an individual tendon shall be the minimum thickness of concrete between the surface of the tendon and the fire-exposed surface of the beam, except that for ungrouted ducts the assumed cover thickness shall be the minimum thickness of concrete between the surface of the duct and the surface of the beam. For beams in which several tendons are used, the cover is assumed to be the average of the minimum cover

of the individual tendons. The cover for any individual tendon shall be not less than half the value given in Table D-2.10.1. nor less than 25 mm.

‌D-2.10.3. Applicability of Ratings

The ratings in Table D-2.10.1. apply to a beam that is either independent of or integral with a floor or roof slab assembly. Minimum thickness of slab and minimum cover to steel tendons in prestressed concrete slabs are contained in Subsection D-2.2.

‌D-2.10.4. Effect of Plaster

The addition of plaster finish to a prestressed concrete beam may be taken into account in determining the cover over steel tendons by applying the multiplying factors described in Subsection D-1.7.

‌D-2.10.5. Minimum Cover

Except as provided in Sentence (2), in unbonded post-tensioned prestressed concrete beams, the concrete cover to the tendon at the anchor shall be not less than 15 mm greater than the minimum required away from the anchor. The concrete cover to the anchorage bearing plate and to the end of the tendon, if it projects beyond the bearing plate, shall be not less than 25 mm.
The requirements in Sentence (1) do not apply to those portions of beams not likely to be exposed to fire (such as the ends and the tops of flanges of beams immediately below slabs).

‌D-2.11. Mass Timber Elements‌

‌D-2.11.1. Determination of Ratings

The calculation methods described in this Subsection are intended to be used to determine
fire-resistance ratings for structural mass timber elements on the basis of the elements being subjected to the standard fire exposure conditions described in CAN/ULC-S101, “Standard Method of Fire Endurance Tests of Building Construction and Materials.”
Loadbearing mass timber members, such as beams and columns, subjected to the conditions described in Sentence (1) are assigned a fire-resistance rating that relates to the time at which the applied load is no longer sustained.
Mass timber wall, floor and roof assemblies subjected to the conditions described in Sentence (1) are assigned a fire-resistance rating that relates to the lesser of the times at which
1. an average temperature rise of 140°C or a maximum temperature rise of 180°C at any individual location is recorded on the unexposed side of the assembly,
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  D-2.11.2. Division B
2. there is passage of flame or gases hot enough to ignite cotton pads through the unexposed side of the assembly, or
3. the applied load is no longer sustained, where the assembly is loadbearing.

‌D-2.11.2. Applicability of Calculation Methods

Method A described in Article D-2.11.3. applies to glued-laminated timber beams and columns required to have fire-resistance ratings greater than those afforded under the provisions of Article 3.1.4.6.
Method B described in Article D-2.11.4. applies to mass timber elements, including solid sawn timber and glued-laminated timber beams and columns, required to have fire-resistance ratings greater than those afforded under the provisions of Article 3.1.4.6.
The calculation methods described in Articles D-2.11.3. and D-2.11.4. are separate and independent methods that use different approaches to determine fire-resistance ratings for mass timber elements.

‌ D-2.11.3. Method A for Glued-Laminated Timber Beams and Columns
1. The fire-resistance rating of glued-laminated timber beams and columns in minutes is permitted to be taken as equal to
  1. 0.1 fB [4 − 2(B/D)] for beams that may be exposed to fire on 4 sides,
  2. 0.1 fB [4 − (B/D)] for beams that may be exposed to fire on 3 sides,
  3. 0.1 fB [3 − (B/D)] for columns that may be exposed to fire on 4 sides, and
  4. 0.1 fB [3 − (B/2D)] for columns that may be exposed to fire on 3 sides,
    where
    f = the load factor shown in Figure D-2.11.3.-A,
    B = the full dimension of the smaller side of a beam or column in millimetres before exposure to fire [see Figure D-2.11.3.-B],
    D = the full dimension of the larger side of a beam or column in millimetres before exposure to fire [see Figure D-2.11.3.-B],
    Load factor, f
    k = the effective length factor obtained from CSA O86, “Engineering design in wood,” L = the unsupported length of a column in millimetres.
    
    1.6
    1.5
    columns KL < 12
    B
    1.4
    1.3
    1.2
    1.1
    columns KL ≥ 12
    B
    and all
    beams
    1.0
    0
    25
    50
    75
    100
    Factored load(1) / factored resistance(2), %
    EG01237A
    Figure D-2.11.3.-A
    ‌Factors to compensate for partially loaded columns and beams
    Notes to Figure D-2.11.3.-A:
    1. In the case of beams, use bending moment in place of load.
    2. See Sentence (2).
2. The factored resistance of a beam or column shall be determined by using the specified strengths in CSA O86, “Engineering design in wood.”
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
Division B D-2.11.4.

D
D
B
B
column
column

wall
beam
D
D
floor

beam
B
B
EG01238A
‌Figure D-2.11.3.-B
Full dimensions of glued-laminated beams and columns

‌D-2.11.4. Method B for Mass Timber Elements
1. The fire-resistance rating of structural mass timber members, such as beams and columns constructed of glued-laminated timber, solid sawn timber, or structural composite lumber, is permitted to be determined using the calculation method described in Annex B, Fire resistance of large cross-section wood elements, of CSA O86, “Engineering design in wood.”
2. Except as provided in Sentences (3) to (6), the fire-resistance rating of mass timber wall, floor and roof assemblies, including those constructed of cross-laminated timber, is permitted to be determined using the calculation method described in Annex B, Fire resistance of large cross-section wood elements, of CSA O86, “Engineering design in wood.”
3. Except as provided in Sentence (4), the assemblies described in Sentence (2) shall be protected to maintain the integrity and thermal insulation properties of the assembly for the time period corresponding to the calculated fire-resistance rating as follows:
  1. except as provided in Clause (b), for floor and roof assemblies, by applying at least one of the following layers to the unexposed surface of the assembly:
    1. OSB or plywood not less than 12.5 mm thick, with the joints in the layer staggered relative to those in the assembly,
    2. concrete topping not less than 38 mm thick, or
    3. gypsum-concrete topping not less than 25 mm thick,
  2. for plank decking designed in accordance with Clause B.10 of CSA O86, “Engineering design in wood,” by applying at least one of the layers described in Clause B.10.4 of CSA O86 to the unexposed surface of the assembly,
  3. for interior wall assemblies, by applying at least one of the following layers to at least one side of the assembly, with the joints in the layer staggered relative to those in the assembly:
    1. OSB or plywood not less than 12.5 mm thick, or
    2. Type X gypsum board not less than 12.7 mm thick, and
  4. for exterior wall assemblies, by applying at least one of the following layers to at least one side of the assembly, with the joints in the layer staggered relative to those in the assembly:
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    D-3.1. Division B
    1. OSB or plywood not less than 12.5 mm thick,
    2. Type X gypsum board not less than 12.7 mm thick,
    3. ‌gypsum sheathing not less than 12.7 mm thick applied to the exterior (unexposed) side of the assembly, or
    4. rock or slag insulation sheathing not less than 50 mm thick applied to the exterior (unexposed) side of the assembly.
‌For wall, floor and roof assemblies constructed of cross-laminated timber, the joints between
Side view of splined joint between cross-laminated timber panels
Side view of lapped joint between cross-laminated timber panels
EG01418A

metal fastener

construction adhesive or caulking bead
cross-laminated timber panels in the assembly need not be protected in accordance with Sentence (3), provided the joints are either lapped or splined to maintain the integrity and thermal insulation properties of the assembly for the time period corresponding to the calculated fire-resistance rating. (See Figure D-2.11.4.(4).)

construction adhesive or caulking bead

metal fastener

Figure D-2.11.4.(4)
Joints between cross-laminated timber panels in wall, floor and roof assemblies
For interior wall assemblies, the additional times assigned in Clause B.8.1 of CSA O86, “Engineering design in wood,” shall only be applied to the calculated fire-resistance rating where both sides of the assembly are protected in accordance with Clause B.8 of CSA O86. Where the level of protection differs on the two sides, the additional time corresponding to the lesser level of protection shall be applied.
For exterior wall assemblies, the additional times assigned in Clause B.8.1 of CSA O86, “Engineering design in wood,” shall only be applied to the calculated fire-resistance rating where
1. the interior (fire-exposed) side of the assembly is protected in accordance with Clause B.8 of CSA O86, and
2. except where the assembly is constructed of cross-laminated timber panels with lapped or splined joints as described in Sentence (4), the exterior (unexposed) side of the assembly is protected in accordance with Clause (3)(d).

‌Section D-3 Flame-Spread Ratings and Smoke Developed Classifications‌

‌D-3.1. Interior Finish Materials

‌D-3.1.1. Scope of Information

Tables D-3.1.1.-A and D-3.1.1.-B show flame-spread ratings and smoke developed classifications for combinations of some common interior finish materials. The values are based on all the evidence available at present. Many materials have not been included because of lack of test evidence or because of inability to classify or describe the material in generic terms for the purpose of assigning ratings.

‌Division B D-3.1.1.

Table D-3.1.1.-A

Assigned Flame-Spread Ratings and Smoke Developed Classifications for Combinations of Wall and Ceiling Finish Materials and Surface Coatings(1)

Materials	Applicable Material Standard	Minimum Thickness, mm	Surface Coating
Materials	Applicable Material Standard	Minimum Thickness, mm	Unfinished	Paint or Varnish not more than 1.3 mm Thick, Cellulosic Wallpaper not more than One Layer(2)(3)
Brick, concrete, tile Steel, copper, aluminum Gypsum plaster	None None CSA A82.22-M	None 0.33 None	0/0	25/50
‌Gypsum board	CAN/CSA A82.27-M ASTM C1396/C1396M	9.5	25/50	25/50
Lumber	None	16	150/300	150/300
Douglas Fir plywood(4) Poplar plywood(4) Plywood with Spruce face veneer(4)	CSA O121 CSA O153 CSA O151	11	150/100	150/300
‌Douglas Fir plywood(4)	CSA O121	6	150/100	150/100
Fibreboard low density	CAN/ULC-S706.1	11	X/100	150/100
Particleboard	ANSI A208.1	12.7	150/300	(5)
Waferboard, OSB	CSA O437.0	—	(5)	(5)
Waferboard, OSB	CSA O325	—	(5)	(5)

Notes to Table D-3.1.1.-A:

(1) See Sentence D-1.1.1.(5) for standards used to assign flame-spread ratings and smoke developed classifications.

‌(2) Flame-spread ratings and smoke developed classifications for paints and varnish are not applicable to shellac and lacquer.

(3) Flame-spread ratings and smoke developed classifications for paints apply only to alkyd and latex paints.

(4) The flame-spread ratings and smoke developed classifications shown are for those plywoods without a cellulose resin overlay.

(5) Insufficient test information available.

Table D-3.1.1.-B

Flame-Spread Ratings and Smoke-Developed Classifications for Combinations of Common Floor Finish Materials and Surface Coatings(1)

Materials	Applicable Standard	FSR/SDC(2)
‌Hardwood or softwood flooring either unfinished or finished with a spar or urethane varnish coating	None	300/300
Wool carpet (woven), pile weight not less than 1120 g/m2, applied with or without felt underlay(3)	CAN/CGSB-4.129	300/300
Nylon carpet, pile weight not less than 610 g/m2 and not more than 800 g/m 2, applied with or without felt underlay(3)	CAN/CGSB-4.129	300/500
Nylon carpet, pile weight not less than 610 g/m2 and not more than 1355 g/m 2, glued down to concrete	CAN/CGSB-4.129	300/500
Wool/nylon blend carpet (woven) with not more than 20% nylon and pile weight not less than 1120 g/m 2	CAN/CGSB-4.129	300/500
Nylon/wool blend carpet (woven) with not more than 50% wool, pile weight not less than 610 g/m2 and not more than 800 g/m2	CAN/CGSB-4.129	300/500
Polypropylene carpet, pile weight not less than 500 g/m2 and not more than 1200 g/m2, glued down to concrete	CAN/CGSB-4.129	300/500

Notes to Table D-3.1.1.-B:

(1) Tested on the floor of the tunnel in conformance with provisions of CAN/ULC-S102.2, “Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Flooring, Floor Coverings, and Miscellaneous Materials and Assemblies.”

D-3.1.2. Division B

Table D-3.1.1.-B (Continued)

(2) Flame-Spread Rating/Smoke Developed Classification.

(3) Type 1 or 2 underlay as described in CGSB 4-GP-36M, “Carpet Underlay, Fiber Type.”

‌D-3.1.2. Ratings

The ratings shown in Tables D-3.1.1.-A and D-3.1.1.-B are arranged in groups corresponding to the provisions of this Code. The ratings apply to materials falling within the general categories indicated.

‌D-3.1.3. Table Entries

In Tables D-3.1.1.-A and D-3.1.1.-B, the first number of each entry relates to flame spread and the second number to smoke developed limit. For example:

25/50 represents a flame-spread rating of 0 to 25 and a smoke developed classification of 0 to 50,

150/300 represents a flame-spread rating of 75 to 150 and a smoke developed classification of 100 to 300, and

X/X applied to walls and ceilings means a flame-spread rating over 150 and a smoke developed classification over 300.

‌D-3.1.4. Effect of Surface Coatings

Thin surface coatings can modify flame-spread characteristics either upward or downward. Table D-3.1.1.-A includes a number of thin coatings that increase the flame-spread rating of the base material, so that these may be considered where more precise control over flame-spread hazard is desired.

‌D-3.1.5. Proprietary Materials

Information on flame-spread rating of proprietary materials and fire-retardant treatments that cannot be described in sufficient detail to ensure reproducibility is available through the listing and labeling services of ULC Standards, Intertek Testing Services NA Ltd., or other recognized testing laboratory.
A summary of flame-spread test results published prior to 1965 has been prepared by NRC (see Item (1) in Subsection D-7.1.).

‌D-3.1.6. Limitations and Conditions

The propagation of flame along a surface in the standard test involves some finite depth of the material or materials behind the surface, and this involvement extends to the depth to which temperature variations are to be found during the course of the test; for many commonly used lining materials, such as wood, the depth involved is about 25 mm.
For all the combustible materials described in Table D-3.1.1.-A, a minimum dimension is shown, and this represents the thickness of the test samples on which the rating has been based; when used in greater thicknesses than that shown, these materials may have a slightly lower flame-spread rating, and thinner specimens may have higher flame-spread ratings.

No rating has been included for foamed plastic materials because it is not possible at this time to identify these products with sufficient accuracy on a generic basis. Materials of this type that melt when exposed to the test flame generally show an increase in flame-spread rating as the thickness of the test specimen increases.

‌D-3.1.7. Referenced Standards

In Tables D-3.1.1.-A and D-3.1.1.-B, the standards applicable to the materials described are noted because the ratings depend on conformance with these specifications.

‌Division B D-5.1.1.

‌Section D-4 Noncombustibility‌

‌D-4.1. Test Method‌

‌D-4.1.1. Determination of Noncombustibility

Noncombustibility is required of certain components of buildings by the provisions of this Code, which specifies noncombustibility by reference to CAN/ULC-S114, “Standard Method of Test for Determination of Non-Combustibility in Building Materials.”

The test to which reference is made in Sentence (1) is severe, and it may be assumed that any building material containing even a small proportion of combustibles will itself be classified as combustible. The specimen, 38 mm by 51 mm, is exposed to a temperature of 750°C in a small furnace. The essential criteria for noncombustibility are that the specimen does not flame or contribute to temperature rise.

‌D-4.2. Materials Classified as Combustible

‌D-4.2.1. Combustible Materials

Most materials from animal or vegetable sources will be classed as combustible by CAN/ULC-S114, “Standard Method of Test for Determination of Non-Combustibility in Building Materials,” and wood, wood fibreboard, paper, felt made from animal or vegetable fibres, cork, plastics, asphalt and pitch would therefore be classed as combustible.

‌D-4.2.2. Composite Materials

Materials that consist of combustible and noncombustible elements in combination will in many cases also be classed as combustible, unless the proportion of combustibles is very small. Some mineral wool insulations with combustible binder, cinder concrete, cement and wood chips and wood-fibred gypsum plaster would also be classed as combustible.

‌D-4.2.3. Effect of Chemical Additives

The addition of a fire-retardant chemical is not sufficient to change a combustible product to a noncombustible product.

‌D-4.3. Materials Classified as Noncombustible

‌D-4.3.1. Typical Examples

‌Noncombustible materials include brick, ceramic tile, concrete made from Portland cement with noncombustible aggregate, plaster made from gypsum with noncombustible aggregate, metals commonly used in buildings, glass, granite, sandstone, slate, limestone and marble.

‌Section D-5 Protection of Openings in Fire-Rated Assemblies

‌D-5.1. Scope

‌D-5.1.1. Installation Information

The information in this Section specifies requirements for the installation of fire doors and fire dampers in gypsum-board-protected stud wall assemblies.

‌D-5.2. Division B

‌D-5.2. Installation of Fire Doors and Fire Dampers

‌D-5.2.1. References

Fire doors and fire dampers in gypsum-board-protected steel stud non-loadbearing walls required to have a fire-resistance rating shall be installed in conformance with Section 9.24. and the applicable requirements of NFPA 80, “Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives.”
‌Fire doors and fire dampers in gypsum-board-protected wood stud walls required to have a

fire-resistance rating shall be installed in conformance with Section 9.23. and the applicable requirements of NFPA 80, “Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives.”

‌Section D-6 Fire Performance of Exterior Wall Assemblies‌

‌D-6.1. Scope

‌D-6.1.1. Exterior Wall Assemblies

Table D-6.1.1. shows construction specifications for exterior wall assemblies that are deemed to satisfy the criteria of Clause 3.1.5.5.(1)(b) when tested in accordance with CAN/ULC-S134, “Standard Method of Fire Test of Exterior Wall Assemblies.”

Table D-6.1.1.

Construction Specifications for Exterior Wall Assemblies that Are Deemed to Satisfy the Criteria of Clause 3.1.5.5.(1)(b) when Tested in Accordance with CAN/ULC-S134

‌Wall Number‌	Structural Members	Absorptive Material	Sheathing	Cladding	Design
‌EXTW-1‌	38 mm × 89 mm wood studs spaced at 400 mm o.c.(1)(2)	89 mm thick rock or slag fibre in cavities formed by studs(3)(4)	—	12.7 mm thick fire-retardant-treated plywood siding(5)	GG00531A
EXTW-2	38 mm × 140 mm wood studs spaced at 400 mm o.c.(1)(2)	140 mm thick rock or slag fibre in cavities formed by studs(3)(4)	Gypsum sheathing ≥ 12.7 mm thick	Noncombustible exterior cladding	GG00530A
EXTW-3	38 mm × 140 mm wood studs spaced at 400 mm o.c.(1)(2)	140 mm thick rock or slag fibre in cavities formed by studs(3)(4)	15.9 mm thick fire-retardant- treated plywood(6)	Noncombustible exterior cladding	GG00532A
EXTW-4	38 mm × 140 mm wood studs spaced at 600 mm o.c.(1)(7) ‌attached to cross-laminated timber (CLT) wall panels ≥ 38 mm thick(8)	140 mm thick glass, rock or slag fibre in cavities formed by studs(3)	Gypsum sheathing ≥ 12.7 mm thick	Noncombustible exterior cladding	GG00533A
EXTW-5	89 mm horizontal Z-bars spaced at 600 mm o.c. attached to CLT wall panels ≥ 105 mm thick(8)	89 mm thick rock or slag fibre in cavities formed by Z-bars(3)(4)	—	Noncombustible exterior cladding attached to 19 mm vertical hat channels spaced at 600 mm o.c.	GG00534A

Notes to Table D-6.1.1.:

(1) The stated stud dimensions are maximum values. Where wood studs with a smaller depth are used, the thickness of the absorptive material in the cavities formed by the studs must be reduced accordingly.

Division B D-7.1.

Table D-6.1.1. (Continued)

(2) Horizontal blocking between the vertical studs or horizontal stud plates must be installed at vertical intervals of not more than 2 324 mm, such that the maximum clear length between the horizontal blocking or stud plates is 2 286 mm.

(3) The absorptive material must conform to CAN/ULC-S702.1, “Standard for Mineral Fibre Thermal Insulation for Buildings, Part 1: Material Specification.”

(4) The absorptive material must have a density not less than 32 kg/m3.

(5) The fire-retardant-treated plywood siding must conform to the requirements of Article 3.1.4.5. and must have been conditioned in conformance with ASTM D2898, “Standard Practice for Accelerated Weathering of Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood for Fire Testing,” before being tested in accordance with CAN/ULC-S102, “Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials and Assemblies.”

‌(6) The fire-retardant-treated plywood must conform to the requirements of Article 3.1.4.5.

(7) Horizontal blocking between the vertical studs or horizontal stud plates must be installed at vertical intervals of not more than 2 438 mm, such that the maximum clear length between the horizontal blocking or stud plates is 2 400 mm.

‌(8) A water-resistant barrier is permitted to be attached to the face of the CLT wall panels.

‌Section D-7 Background Information

‌D-7.1. Fire Test Reports

Summaries of available fire test information have been published by NRC as follows:

M. Galbreath, Flame Spread Performance of Common Building Materials. Technical Paper No. 170, Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, April 1964. NRCC 7820.
M. Galbreath and W.W. Stanzak, Fire Endurance of Protected Steel Columns and Beams. Technical Paper No. 194, Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, April 1965. NRCC 8379.
T.Z. Harmathy and W.W. Stanzak, Elevated-Temperature Tensile and Creep Properties of Some Structural and Prestressing Steels. American Society for Testing and Materials, Special Technical Publication 464, 1970, p. 186 (DBR Research Paper No. 424) NRCC 11163.
T.Z. Harmathy, Thermal Performance of Concrete Masonry Walls in Fire. American Society for Testing and Materials, Special Technical Publication 464, 1970, p. 209 (DBR Research Paper No. 423) NRCC 11161.
L.W. Allen, Fire Endurance of Selected Non-Loadbearing Concrete Masonry Walls. DBR Fire Study No. 25, Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, March 1970. NRCC 11275.
A. Rose, Comparison of Flame Spread Ratings by Radiant Panel, Tunnel Furnace, and Pittsburgh-Corning Apparatus. DBR Fire Study No. 22, Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, June 1969. NRCC 10788.
T.T. Lie and D.E. Allen, Calculation of the Fire Resistance of Reinforced Concrete Columns. DBR Technical Paper No. 378, Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, August 1972. NRCC 12797.
W.W. Stanzak, Column Covers: A Practical Application of Sheet Steel as a Protective Membrane. DBR Fire Study No. 27, Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, February 1972. NRCC 12483.
W.W. Stanzak, Sheet Steel as a Protective Membrane for Steel Beams and Columns. DBR Fire Study No. 23, Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, November 1969. NRCC 10865.
W.W. Stanzak and T.T. Lie, Fire Tests on Protected Steel Columns with Different Cross-Sections. DBR Fire Study No. 30, Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, February 1973. NRCC 13072.
G. Williams-Leir and L.W. Allen, Prediction of Fire Endurance of Concrete Masonry Walls. DBR Technical Paper No. 399, Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, November 1973. NRCC 13560.
G. Williams-Leir, Prediction of Fire Endurance of Concrete Slabs. DBR Technical Paper No. 398, Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, November 1973. NRCC 13559.
A. Rose, Flammability of Fibreboard Interior Finish Materials. Building Research Note No. 68, Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, October 1969.
L.W. Allen, Effect of Sand Replacement on the Fire Endurance of Lightweight Aggregate Masonry Units. DBR Fire Study No. 26, Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, September 1971. NRCC 12112.
L.W. Allen, W.W. Stanzak and M. Galbreath, Fire Endurance Tests on Unit Masonry Walls with Gypsum Wallboard. DBR Fire Study No. 32, Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, February 1974, NRCC 13901.
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
D-7.2. Division B
W.W. Stanzak and T.T. Lie, Fire Resistance of Unprotected Steel Columns. Journal of Structural Division, Proc., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng., Vol. 99, No. ST5 Proc. Paper 9719, May 1973 (DBR Research Paper No. 577) NRCC 13589.
T.T. Lie and T.Z. Harmathy, Fire Endurance of Concrete-Protected Steel Columns. A.C.I. Journal, January 1974, Title No. 71-4 (DBR Technical Paper No. 597) NRCC 13876.
T.T. Lie, A Method for Assessing the Fire Resistance of Laminated Timber Beams and Columns. Can. J. Civ. Eng., Vol. 4, No. 2, June 1977 (DBR Technical Paper No. 718) NRCC 15946.
T.T. Lie, Calculation of the Fire Resistance of Composite Concrete Floor and Roof Slabs. Fire Technology, Vol. 14, No. 1, February 1978 (DBR Technical Paper No. 772) NRCC 16658.
M.A. Sultan, Y.P. Séguin and P. Leroux. Results of Fire Resistance Tests on Full-Scale Floor Assemblies, Institute for Research in Construction, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, May 1998, IRC-IR-764.
M.A. Sultan, J.C. Latour, P. Leroux, R.C. Monette, Y.P. Séguin and J.P. Henrie, Results of Fire Resistance Tests on Full-Scale Floor Assemblies - Phase II, Institute for Research in Construction, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, March 2005, RR-184.
M.A. Sultan and G.D. Lougheed, Results of Fire Resistance Tests on Full-Scale Gypsum Board Wall Assemblies, Institute for Research in Construction, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, August 2002, IRC-IR-833.
V.K.R. Kodur, M.A. Sultan, J.C. Latour, P. Leroux, R.C. Monette, Experimental Studies on the Fire Resistance of Load-Bearing Steel Stud Walls, Research Report, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, August 2013, RR-343.
E. Gibbs, B.C. Taber, G.D. Lougheed, J.Z. Su and N. Bénichou, Solutions for Mid-Rise Wood Construction: Full-Scale Standard Fire Test for Exterior Wall Assembly Using Lightweight Wood Frame Construction with Gypsum Sheathing (Test EXTW-1), Report to Research Consortium for Wood and Wood-Hybrid Mid-Rise Buildings, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, December 2014, A1-100035-01.4.
E. Gibbs, B.C. Taber, G.D. Lougheed, J.Z. Su and N. Bénichou, Solutions for Mid-Rise Wood Construction: Full-Scale Standard Fire Test for Exterior Wall Assembly Using a Simulated Cross-Laminated Timber Wall Assembly with Gypsum Sheathing (Test EXTW-2), Report to Research Consortium for Wood
and Wood-Hybrid Mid-Rise Buildings, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, December 2014, A1-100035-01.5.
‌E. Gibbs, B.C. Taber, G.D. Lougheed, J.Z. Su and N. Bénichou, Solutions for Mid-Rise Wood Construction: Full-Scale Standard Fire Test for Exterior Wall Assembly Using Lightweight Wood Frame Construction with Interior Fire-Retardant-Treated Plywood Sheathing (Test EXTW-3), Report to Research Consortium for Wood and Wood-Hybrid Mid-Rise Buildings, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, December 2014, A1-100035-01.6.
E. Gibbs and J. Su, Full Scale Exterior Wall Test on Nordic Cross-Laminated Timber System, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, January 2015, A1-006009.1.

‌D-7.2. Obsolete Materials and Assemblies

Building materials, components and structural members and assemblies in buildings constructed before 1995 may have been assigned ratings based on earlier editions of the Supplement to the National Building Code of Canada 1990 or older reports of fire tests. To assist users in determining the ratings of these obsolete assemblies and structural members, the following list of reference documents has been prepared. Although some of these publications are out of print, reference copies are available through NRC.

M. Galbreath, Fire Endurance of Unit Masonry Walls. Technical Paper No. 207, Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, October 1965. NRCC 8740.
M. Galbreath, Fire Endurance of Light Framed and Miscellaneous Assemblies. Technical Paper No. 222, Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, June 1966. NRCC 9085.
M. Galbreath, Fire Endurance of Concrete Assemblies. Technical Paper No. 235, Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, November 1966. NRCC 9279.
Guideline on Fire Ratings of Archaic Materials and Assemblies. Rehabilitation Guideline #8, U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, Germantown, Maryland 20767, October 1980.
‌T.Z. Harmathy, Fire Test of a Plank Wall Construction. Fire Study No. 2, Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, July 1960. NRCC 5760.
T.Z. Harmathy, Fire Test of a Wood Partition. Fire Study No. 3, Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, October 1960. NRCC 5769.
‌D-7.3. Assessment of Archaic Assemblies
Information in this document applies to new construction. Please refer to early editions of the Supplement to the National Building Code of Canada 1990 for the assessment or evaluation of assemblies that do not conform
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
Division B D-7.4.

‌to the information in this edition of the National Building Code. As with other documents, this Code is revised according to the information presented to the standing committee responsible for its content, and with each update new material may be added and material that is not relevant may be deleted.
‌D-7.4. Development of the Component Additive Method
The component additive method was developed based upon the following observations and conclusions drawn from published as well as unpublished test information.
Study of the test data showed that structural failure preceded failure by other criteria (transmission of heat or hot gases) in most of the tests of loadbearing wood-framed assemblies. The major contributor to fire resistance was the membrane on the fire-exposed side.
Fire tests of wood joist floors without protective ceilings resulted in structural failure between 8 and 10 min. Calculation of the time for wood joists to approach breaking stress, based upon the charring rate of natural woods, suggested a time of 10 min for structural failure. This time was subtracted from the fire-resistance test results of wood joist floors and the remainder considered to be the contribution of the membrane.
The figures obtained for the contribution of membranes were then applied to the test results for open web steel joist floors and wood and steel stud walls and values of 20 min for the contribution of wood stud framing and 10 min for steel framing were derived.
The fire-resistance rating has been limited to 1.5 h as this method of developing ratings for framed assemblies was new and untried. Although this is the subject of current review, no decision has been made to extend the ratings beyond 1.5 h.
1. M. Galbreath, G. C. Gosselin, and R. B. Chauhan, Historical Guide to Chapter 2 of the Supplement to the National Building Code of Canada, Committee Paper FPR 1-3, Prepared for the Standing Committee on Fire Performance Ratings, May 1987.

Example showing fire-resistance rating of a typical membrane assembly, calculated using the component additive method.

1 hour Gypsum Board/Wood Stud Interior Partition

A 1 h fire-resistance rating is required for an interior wood framed partition, using 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board.

Since gypsum board is used (Sentence D-2.3.4.(2) and Table D-2.3.4.-A) time assigned to 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board membrane on the fire-exposed side of the partition = 25 min
Time assigned to wood framing members at 400 mm o.c. (Sentence D-2.3.4.(3) and Table D-2.3.4.-E) = 20 min
Time assigned to insulation, if the spaces between the studs are filled with preformed insulation of rock or slag fibres conforming to CAN/ULC-S702.1, “Standard for Mineral Fibre Thermal Insulation for Buildings,
Part 1: Material Specification,” (Sentence D-2.3.4.(4) and Table D-2.3.4.-G) = 15 min
Time assigned to the membrane on the non-fire-exposed side (Sentence D-2.3.5.(1)) = 0 min Fire-resistance rating = 25 + 20 + 15 = 60 min

D-44 Division B

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

Division C

Administrative Provisions

Division C

Part 1 General

Application
1. Application 1-1
Terms and Abbreviations
1. Definitions of Words and Phrases 1-1
2. Symbols and Other Abbreviations 1-1

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

‌Division C

Part 1 General

‌Section 1.1. Application‌

‌Application
1. ‌Application
  1. This Part applies to all buildings covered in this Code. (See Article 1.1.1.1. of Division A.)

‌Section 1.2. Terms and Abbreviations‌

‌Definitions of Words and Phrases
1. ‌Non-defined Terms
  1. Words and phrases used in Division C that are not included in the list of definitions in Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A shall have the meanings that are commonly assigned to them in the context in which they are used, taking into account the specialized use of terms by the various trades and professions to which the terminology applies.
  2. Where objectives and functional statements are referred to in Division C, they shall be the objectives and functional statements described in Parts 2 and 3 of Division A.
  3. Where acceptable solutions are referred to in Division C, they shall be the provisions stated in Parts 2 to 9 of Division B.
  4. Where alternative solutions are referred to in Division C, they shall be the alternative solutions mentioned in Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) of Division A.
2. ‌Defined Terms‌
  1. The words and terms in italics in Division C shall have the meanings assigned to them in Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A.
‌Symbols and Other Abbreviations
1. ‌Symbols and Other Abbreviations
  1. The symbols and other abbreviations in Division C shall have the meanings assigned to them in Article 1.4.2.1. of Division A.

1-2 Division C

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

Division C

Part 2 Administrative Provisions

Application
1. Application 2-1
Administration
1. Administration 2-1
2. Information Required for
  Proposed Work 2-1
3. Fire Protection Components 2-2
4. Structural and Foundation
  Drawings and Calculations 2-2
5. Drawings and Specifications for Environmental Separators and Other Assemblies Exposed to
  the Exterior 2-3
6. Heating, Ventilating and
  Air-conditioning Drawings and Specifications 2-3
7. Review of Work 2-3
8. Drawings, Specifications and Calculations for Energy
  Performance Compliance 2-4
Alternative Solutions
1. Documentation of Alternative

Solutions 2-5

Notes to Part 2 2-7

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

‌Division C

Part 2 Administrative Provisions

‌Section 2.1. Application‌

‌Application
1. ‌Application‌
  1. This Part applies to all buildings covered in this Code. (See Article 1.1.1.1. of Division A.)

‌Section 2.2. Administration

‌Administration
1. ‌Conformance with Administrative Requirements
  1. ‌This Code shall be administered in conformance with the appropriate provincial or territorial regulations, municipal bylaws or, in the absence of such regulations
    ‌or bylaws, in conformance with the Administrative Requirements for Use with the National Building Code of Canada 1985.
2. ‌Structural Design‌
  1. For design carried out in accordance with Part 4 of Division B, the designer shall be a professional engineer or architect skilled in the work concerned. (See Note A-2.2.1.2.(1).)
‌Information Required for Proposed Work‌
1. ‌General Information Required
  1. Sufficient information shall be provided to show that the proposed work will conform to this Code and whether or not it may affect adjacent property.
  2. Plans shall be drawn to scale and shall indicate the nature and extent of the work or proposed occupancy in sufficient detail to establish that, when completed, the work and the proposed occupancy will conform to this Code.
  3. When proposed work is changed during construction, information on the changes shall comply with the requirements of this Section for proposed work.
2. ‌Site Plans
  1. Site plans shall be referenced to an up-to-date survey and, when required to prove compliance with this Code, a copy of the survey shall be provided.
  2. Site plans shall show
    1. by dimensions from property lines, the location of the proposed building,
    2. the similarly dimensioned location of every adjacent existing building on the property,
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
      2.2.3.1. Division C
    3. ‌existing and finished ground levels to an established datum at or adjacent to the site, and
    4. the access routes for firefighting.
‌Fire Protection Components
1. ‌Information Required for Fire Protection Components
  1. Information shall be submitted to show the major components of fire protection including
    1. the division of the building by firewalls,
    2. the building area,
    3. the degree of fire separation of storeys, shafts and special rooms or areas, including the location and rating of closures in fire separations,
    4. the source of information for fire-resistance ratings of elements of construction (to be indicated on large-scale sections),
    5. the source of information for encapsulation ratings of mass timber elements of construction (to be indicated on large-scale sections),
    6. the location of exits, and
    7. fire detection, suppression and alarm systems.
2. ‌Plans of Sprinkler Systems
  1. Before a sprinkler system is installed or altered, plans showing full details of the proposed sprinkler system and essential details of the building in which it is to be installed shall be drawn to an indicated scale.
‌Structural and Foundation Drawings and Calculations
1. ‌Application‌
  1. This Subsection applies only to buildings covered in Part 4 of Division B. (See Article 1.3.3.2. of Division A.)
2. ‌Professional Seal and Signature of Designer
  1. Structural drawings and related documents submitted with the application to build shall be dated and shall bear the authorized professional seal and signature of the designer as defined in Sentence 2.2.1.2.(1).
3. ‌Information Required on Structural Drawings
  1. Structural drawings and related documents submitted with the application to build shall indicate, in addition to those items specified in Article 2.2.4.6. and in Part 4 of Division B applicable to the specific material,
    1. ‌the name and address of the person responsible for the structural design,
    2. the date of issue of the Code and standards to which the design conforms,
    3. the dimensions, location and size of all structural members in sufficient detail to enable the design to be checked,
    4. sufficient detail to enable the dead loads to be determined,
    5. all effects and loads, other than dead loads, used for the design of the structural members and exterior cladding, and
    6. the Importance Category of the building.
4. ‌Drawings of Parts or Components
  1. Structural drawings of parts or components including guards designed by a person other than the designer of the building shall be dated and shall bear the
    authorized professional seal and signature of the designer of such parts or components.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division C 2.2.7.1.
5. ‌Design Calculations and Analysis
  1. The calculations and analysis made in the design of the structural members, including parts and components, of a building shall be available for inspection upon request.
6. ‌Information Required on Foundation Drawings
  1. Foundation drawings submitted with the application to build or excavate shall be provided to indicate
    1. the type and condition of the soil or rock, as well as the groundwater
      conditions, as determined by the subsurface investigation,
    2. the factored bearing pressures on the soil or rock, the factored loads when applicable and the design loads applied to foundation units, and
    3. the earth pressures and other loads applied to the supporting structures of supported excavations.
  2. When required, evidence that justifies the information on the drawings shall be submitted with the application to excavate or build.
7. ‌Altered Conditions
  1. Where conditions as described under Sentences 4.2.2.4.(1) and (2) of Division B are encountered, or where foundation units or their locations are altered, this information shall be recorded on appropriate drawings or new “as constructed” drawings.
‌Drawings and Specifications for Environmental Separators and Other Assemblies Exposed to the Exterior
1. ‌Application‌
  1. This Subsection applies to building materials, components and assemblies to which Part 5 of Division B applies. (See Article 1.3.3.2. of Division A.)
2. ‌Information Required on Drawings and Specifications
  1. Information shown on drawings and in specifications shall be clear and legible, and shall contain sufficient details to demonstrate conformance with this Code. (See Note A-2.2.6.2.(1).)
‌Heating, Ventilating and Air-conditioning Drawings and Specifications
1. ‌Application‌
  1. This Subsection applies only to buildings covered in Part 6 of Division B. (See Article 1.3.3.2. of Division A.)
2. ‌Information Required on Drawings
  1. The information shown on architectural drawings and on drawings for heating, ventilating and air-conditioning systems shall be clear and legible and shall contain all necessary details to demonstrate conformance with this Code. (See Note A-2.2.6.2.(1).)
‌Review of Work
1. ‌Application
  1. This Subsection applies only to buildings covered in Part 4 of Division B (see Article 1.3.3.2. of Division A), except that Articles 2.2.7.5. and 2.2.7.6. apply to all buildings covered in this Code. (See Article 1.1.1.1. of Division A.)
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
2. ‌Division C
‌Drawings, Specifications and Calculations for Energy Performance Compliance
1. ‌Application
  1. This Subsection applies only to houses with or without a secondary suite and to buildings containing only dwelling units and common spaces whose total floor area does not exceed 20% of the total floor area of the building that are modeled in accordance with Subsection 9.36.5. of Division B to demonstrate compliance with the energy efficiency objectives of Subsections 9.36.2. to 9.36.4. of Division B. (See Note A-2.2.8.1.(1).) (See also Sentence 9.36.1.2.(1) and Note A-9.36.1.3.(3) of Division B.)‌
2. ‌Information Required on Drawings and Specifications
  1. Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (4), the drawings and specifications for the proposed house shall include
    1. the effective thermal resistance values and respective areas of all opaque building envelope assemblies, including all above-ground and below-ground roof/ceiling, wall, and floor assemblies,
    2. the overall thermal transmittance (U-value), solar heat gain coefficient and respective areas of all fenestration and door components,
    3. the ratio of total vertical fenestration and door area to gross wall area,
    4. the performance rating, energy source, and types of all equipment required for space-heating and -cooling and service water heating,
    5. the design basis for the ventilation rates,
    6. where a test is used to determine the airtightness of a house, the measured airtightness of the building envelope in air changes per hour, and
    7. any additional features used in the energy model calculations that account for a significant difference in house energy performance.
  2. The effective thermal resistance values and respective areas of opaque building envelope assemblies that cover less than 2% of the total area of their respective assembly type need not be provided in the drawings and specifications required in Sentence (1).
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    Division C 2.3.1.1.
  3. Where part-load characteristics are used in the modeling of the HVAC equipment, they need not be provided in the drawings and specifications required in Sentence (1).‌
  4. The features of the proposed house that differ from those of the reference house shall be detailed in the specifications required in Sentence (1).
3. ‌House Performance Compliance Calculation Report‌
  1. A house performance compliance calculation report shall be provided in accordance with Sentence (2) for each proposed house design.
  2. In addition to the drawings and specifications required in Article 2.2.8.2., the house performance compliance calculation report shall include
    1. a project information section containing
      1. the name or identifier of the project,
      2. a description of the project,
      3. the address of the project,
      4. the name and version of the calculation tool,
      5. the geographic region in which the proposed house is to be built, and
      6. the identifier for the climatic data set used for analysis,
    2. a summary of the characteristics of the building envelope, HVAC system and service water heating system reflecting the information provided in Article 2.2.8.2.,
    3. an energy performance data summary containing
      1. the annual energy consumption of all energy sources calculated for the proposed house (see Note A-2.2.8.3.(2)(c)(i)), and
      2. the house energy target of all energy sources calculated for the reference house,
    4. where a software program is used to determine compliance,
      1. the name of the software program(s), and
      2. ‌a list of any adaptations made by the user to the software relating to input or output values, and
    5. a statement that the calculation was performed in compliance with Subsection 9.36.5. of Division B.

‌Section 2.3. Alternative Solutions

‌Documentation of Alternative Solutions‌
(See Note A-2.3.1.)
1. ‌Documentation
  1. ‌Documentation conforming to this Subsection shall be provided by the person requesting the use of an alternative solution to demonstrate that the proposed alternative solution complies with this Code.
  2. The documentation referred to in Sentence (1) shall include
    1. a Code analysis outlining the analytical methods and rationales used to determine that a proposed alternative solution will achieve at least the level of performance required by Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) of Division A, and
    2. information concerning any special maintenance or operational requirements, including any building component commissioning requirements, that are necessary for the alternative solution to achieve compliance with the Code after the building is constructed.
  3. The Code analysis referred to in Clause (2)(a) shall identify the applicable objectives, functional statements and acceptable solutions, and any assumptions, limiting or restricting factors, testing procedures, engineering studies or building performance parameters that will support a Code compliance assessment.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    2.3.1.1. Division C
  4. The Code analysis referred to in Clause (2)(a) shall include information about the qualifications, experience and background of the person or persons taking responsibility for the design.
  5. The information provided under Sentence (3) shall be in sufficient detail to convey the design intent and to support the validity, accuracy, relevance and precision of the Code analysis.
  6. Where the design of a building includes proposed alternative solutions that involve more than one person taking responsibility for different aspects of the design, the applicant for the permit shall identify a single person to co-ordinate the preparation of the design, Code analysis and documentation referred to in this Subsection.

‌Division C

‌Notes to Part 2 Administrative Provisions

‌A-2.2.1.2.(1) Structural Design. Part 4 of Division B is written on the assumption that structural design will be carried out by a professional who is qualified to perform such design. Sentence 2.2.1.2.(1) is not intended to imply that a professional may not also be required in the application of requirements in other Parts of the NBC.

A-2.2.6.2.(1) Information Required on Drawings and Specifications. Examples of information that should be shown on architectural drawings and drawings for heating, ventilating and air-conditioning systems are:

the name, type and location of the building,
the name of the owner,
the name of the architect,
the name of the engineer or designer,
the north point,
the dimensions and height of all rooms,
the intended use of all rooms,
the details or description of the wall, roof, ceiling and floor construction, including insulation,
the details or description of the windows and outside doors, including the size, weatherstripping, storm sashes, sills and storm doors,
the size and continuity of all pipes, ducts, shafts, flues and fire dampers,
‌the location, size, capacity and type of all principal units of equipment,
the size, shape and height of all chimneys and gas vents,
the size and location of all combustion air and ventilation openings, and
the location and fire-resistance rating of required fire separations.

A-2.2.7.6. Conversions and Tolerances.

Historical Background

For the 1977 edition of the NBC, most imperial values in the Code were converted to metric values. A document entitled “Metric Values for Use with the National Building Code 1977,” published by the NRC Associate Committee on the National Building Code, lists all of the metric values and provides some commentary on the rationale applied in the conversion process.

As explained in this document, the metric values of dimensions were “rounded off to the greatest extent possible, consistent with the sensitivity of the particular dimension to the standard of safety to be achieved.” For more sensitive dimensions, such as heights of handrails and guards, headroom clearances and design loads, the metric values were rounded to a higher precision.

Dimensions dependent on product sizes were generally converted to a metric approximation of the imperial values, a process referred to as “soft” conversion. In many instances, the factor used to convert inches to millimetres was taken as 25 mm instead of 25.4 mm, the exact conversion factor. The resulting soft conversions were 1.6% smaller than the corresponding exact conversions. Therefore, the soft conversion process frequently led to metric values that were somewhat different in magnitude from the original imperial values.

These Notes are included for explanatory purposes only and do not form part of the requirements. The number that introduces each Note corresponds to the applicable requirement in this Part.

A-2.2.8.1.(1) Division C

Review of Construction Dimensions

When reviewing workmanship, materials or construction for compliance with the Code, for any measurement related to commonly available building components and materials, the designer or another suitably qualified person must consider the imperial value that formed the basis for the original prescriptive requirement.

‌For instance, the metric values given for the spacing between framing members are soft conversions, rather than exact conversions of the original imperial values. However, it remains common construction practice to arrange joists, rafters and studs in 12, 16 or 24 in. increments so as to properly align them with the edges of sheathing materials. It is, therefore, assumed that framing members will be spaced according to the exact metric equivalents as shown for the examples in the following table.

Table A-2.2.7.6.

Metric Conversion Values of Common Imperial Values Used in Building Construction

Imperial Value

Exact Metric Conversion

Soft Metric Conversion

12 in.

16 in.

24 in.

305 mm

406 mm

610 mm

300 mm

400 mm

600 mm

‌The person conducting the review should also consider reasonable construction tolerances and the inherent accuracy of their measurement device. Furthermore, consideration should be given to the implied tolerance of the original imperial value. For example, where the Code originally specified framing member spacings as 12, 16 and 24 in. on centre, an acceptable tolerance of ± 0.5 in. is implied by the position of

the last significant digit in the imperial values. The corresponding acceptable tolerance for the metric values would be ± 12.7 mm.

‌A-2.2.8.1.(1) Use of Terms “Building” and “House”. Although the word “house” is used in the terms “proposed house,” “reference house” and “house performance compliance calculation report” in Subsection 2.2.8., it is intended to include other types of residential buildings also addressed by Subsection 9.36.5. of Division B. The terms “proposed building,” “reference building” and “building performance compliance calculation report” used in the NECB apply to other types of buildings.

‌A-2.2.8.3.(2)(c)(i) Annual Energy Consumption. The performance compliance calculation method detailed in Subsection 9.36.5. of Division B uses a number of assumptions regarding environmental values and operating conditions in order to standardize the calculations and neutralize the impact of occupant behaviour or to exclude issues that are not addressed in the requirements. Note that the result of the energy model calculations is not a prediction of the actual energy consumption of the proposed house.

A-2.3.1. Documentation of Alternative Solutions. Beyond the purposes of demonstrating compliance and acquiring a building permit, there are other important reasons for requiring that the proponent of an alternative solution submit project documentation (i.e. a compliance report) to the authority having jurisdiction and for the authority having jurisdiction to retain that documentation for a substantial period following the construction of a building:

Most jurisdictions require that a building be maintained in compliance with the codes under which it was built. Alternative solutions made possible by objective-based codes may have special maintenance requirements, which would be described in the documentation.
Documentation helps consultants perform code compliance assessments of existing buildings before they are sold and informs current owners or prospective buyers of existing buildings of any limitations pertaining to their future use or development.
Documentation provides design professionals with the basic information necessary to design changes to an existing building.
An alternative solution could be invalidated by a proposed alteration to a building. Designers and regulators must therefore know the details of the particular alternative solutions that were integral to the original design. Complete documentation should provide insight as to why one alternative solution was chosen over another.
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
Division C A-2.3.1.
- Documentation is the “paper trail” of the alternative solution negotiated between the designer and the regulator and should demonstrate that a rational process led to the acceptance of the alternative solution as an equivalency.
- It is possible that over time a particular alternative solution may be shown to be inadequate. It would be advantageous for a jurisdiction to know which buildings included that alternative solution as part of their design: documentation will facilitate this type of analysis.
- Project documentation provides important information to a forensic team that is called to investigate an accident or why a design failed to provide the level of performance expected.

This subject is discussed in further detail in “Recommended Documentation Requirements for Projects Using Alternative Solutions in the Context of Objective-Based Codes,” which was prepared for the CCBFC Task Group on Implementation of Objective-Based Codes and is available on the NRC's website.

2-10 Division C

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1

Index

A

Abbreviations acronyms, 1.3.2.1.

symbols and, 1.2.2.1. terms and, 1.4.1.2.[A]

Acceptable solutions, 1.1.2.1., 1.2.1.1.[A]

Access

attics or roof spaces, 3.6.4.4., 9.19.2.1.

chimneys, 6.3.3.4.

crawl spaces, 3.6.4.6., 9.18.2.1., 9.18.4.1.

fire dampers, 3.1.8.10. hatchways to roof, 9.19.2.1.

horizontal service spaces, 3.6.4.5., 9.18.2.1.,

9.18.4.1., 9.19.2.1.

HVAC equipment, 6.2.1.6., 6.3.2.15., 9.33.4.4.

smoke dampers, 3.1.8.11.

Access to exits

capacity, 3.3.1.17., 9.9.3.

corridors in assembly occupancy, 3.3.2.6. corridor width, 3.3.1.9.

dead-end corridors, 9.9.7.3.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

dimensions, 9.9.3.

doors, 3.3.1.13., 3.3.2.7., 9.9.6., 9.9.7.4.

doors, sliding, 3.3.1.12.

doors, transparent, 3.3.1.20.

dwelling units, 9.9.9.

flame-spread rating, 9.10.21.6. within floor areas, 3.3.1.3. headroom clearance, 3.3.1.8., 9.9.3.4. independent access to, 9.9.7.5. lighting, 9.9.12.2.

podiums, terraces, platforms and contained open spaces, 9.9.7.1.

residential occupancy, 3.3.4.4.

roofs, 3.3.1.3., 9.9.7.1.

service rooms, 9.9.7.5.

suites, 9.9.7.2.

transparent panels, 3.3.1.20.

travel distance, 9.9.7.6.

when exits are means of egress, 9.9.7. width, 9.9.3.2., 9.9.3.3.

Access for firefighting

access routes, 3.2.5.4., 3.2.5.5., 3.2.5.6.

basements, 3.2.5.2., 9.10.20.2.

and building size determination, 1.3.3.4.[A]

provisions, 9.10.20.

roof area, 3.2.5.3.

storeys below ground, 3.2.2.15. storeys above grade, 3.2.5.1. street frontages, 3.2.2.10.

Accessibility (see Barrier-free)

Accessible change space, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.13.

Access openings

construction barricades, 8.2.1.3.

HVAC systems, 6.8.1.1.

Access panels, 3.2.5.1., 9.10.20.1.

Access routes design, 3.2.5.6.

location, 3.2.5.5., 9.10.20.3.

need for, 3.2.5.4.

self-service storage buildings, 3.9.2.3. as streets, 3.2.2.10.

Adaptable seats, 3.8.2.3., 3.8.3.22.

Adaptive technology (see Assistive listening systems) Adfreezing, 1.4.1.2.[A], 4.2.4.4.

Adhesives

ceramic wall tiles, 9.29.10.3. ducts, 3.6.5.4., 9.33.6.4.

Administration of the Code, 2.2.[C]

Admixtures concrete, 9.3.1.8.

mortar and grout, 9.20.3.2.

Aggregate

for built-up-roofing, 9.26.11.1., 9.26.11.4.

for concrete, 9.3.1.1., 9.3.1.4., 9.3.1.7.

for mortar, 5.9.1.1., 9.20.3.1., 9.20.3.2., 9.29.10.2.

for stucco, 9.28.2.2., 9.28.5.1.

Air

circulation, 6.3.2.7., 9.33.6.7.

discharged from evaporative heat rejection, 6.3.2.15.

distribution, 9.33.6.11.

duct systems, 6.3.2.

flow through and around insulation, 5.3.1.3., 9.19.1.3., 9.25.2.3., 9.25.2.4.

intakes, 6.3.2.9., 6.3.2.15.

leakage, 3.1.8.4., 5.1.1.1., 5.4.1.1., 5.9.3.4., 5.9.4.1.,

9.25.5.1.

leakage resistance, 5.4.1.1., 5.4.1.2., 9.13.4., 9.18.6.2.,

9.25.5.1.

makeup, 6.3.2.8., 9.32.3.8.

permeance, 9.25.5.1.

return ducts, 6.3.2.11.

[A] – Reference occurs in Division A. [C] – Reference occurs in Division C. All other references occur in Division B.

tempering, 9.32.3.4., 9.32.3.8.

transfer, 5.1.1.1., 5.2.1.3.

Air barrier assemblies, 5.4.1.1., 5.4.1.2.

Air barrier systems

airtightness, 5.4.1.1., 9.36.2.9., 9.36.2.10.

assemblies in contact with the ground, 9.13.4., 9.25.3.6.

continuity, 5.4.1.1., 9.25.3.3., 9.36.2.9.

crawl space floors, 9.18.6.2. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

deflections, 5.2.2.1.

energy efficiency, 9.36.2.9.

environmental loads, 5.1.4.1.

environmental separation, 5.1.1.1.

floors-on-ground, 9.18.6.2., 9.25.3.6. housing and small buildings, 9.25.3. installation, 9.23.2.2., 9.25.3.3.

material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.18.6.2., 9.25.3.2.,

9.25.3.6.

properties, 9.25.3.1., 9.25.5.1.

properties of, 5.4.1.1., 9.25.3.2.

repair garages, 9.10.9.19.

requirement for, 9.25.3.1.

storage garages, 9.10.9.18.

Airborne sound rating, 3.3.4.6., 5.8.1.2., 9.11. Air cleaning devices, 6.3.2.14.

Air-conditioning systems and equipment access, 6.2.1.6., 6.8.1.1., 9.33.4.4.

cleaning, 6.2.1.6., 9.33.4.4.

continuity of insulation, 9.36.3.5. cooling units, 6.6.1.1.

design, 6.2.1., 9.33.1.1., 9.33.3.2., 9.33.4.1., 9.33.5.3.

energy efficiency, 9.36.

fire safety characteristics, 6.9.1.1., 9.33.6.

installation, 6.2.1., 6.6.1.1., 9.32.3.2., 9.33.1.1.,

9.33.4., 9.33.5.2., 9.33.9.1.

installation standards, 6.2.1.5., 9.33.5.2., 9.33.5.3.,

9.33.6.7.

performance requirements, 9.36.3.10.

protection from freezing, 6.2.1.6., 9.33.4.5.

structural movement, 6.2.1.4., 9.33.4.7.

system pressure, 6.2.1.3., 9.33.4.6.

temperature controls, 9.36.3.6.

Air contaminants, 6.3.1.5., 6.3.2.3., 6.3.2.9., 6.3.2.14.

Air duct systems

application of Code, 6.3.2.1.

clearance of ducts and plenums, 6.3.2.6. connections, 6.3.2.4.

drain pans, 6.3.2.2.

duct coverings and linings, 6.3.2.5. filters, 6.3.2.13.

interconnection, 6.3.2.7.

makeup air, 6.3.2.8.

materials, 6.3.2.3.

openings, 6.8.1.2.

supply, return, intake and exhaust air openings, 6.3.2.9.

tape, 6.3.2.19.

vibration isolation connectors, 6.3.2.18.

Air filters, 6.3.2.13., 6.8.1.3., 9.33.6.14.

Air intakes

area, 9.32.3.13.

connection, 9.33.6.6.

grilles, 6.3.2.9., 9.33.6.10.

labeling, 9.32.3.13.

location, 6.3.2.9., 6.3.3.1., 9.32.3.13., 9.33.6.10.,

9.33.6.12.

protection, 6.3.2.9., 6.3.2.15., 9.32.3.13., 9.33.6.10.

Air leakage metric, 9.36.6.

Air outlets

diffusers, 9.33.6.10., 9.33.6.11.

grilles, 6.3.2.9., 9.32.3.13., 9.33.6.10.

labeling, 9.32.3.13.

location, 6.3.2.9., 9.32.3.13., 9.33.6.10., 9.33.6.11.

protection, 6.3.2.9., 9.32.3.13., 9.33.6.10.

warm air heating, 9.33.6.10., 9.33.6.11.

Air quality, emergency power supply, 3.2.7.9.

Air-supported structures

clearance to flammable material, 3.1.18.4. clearance to other structures, 3.1.18.3. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

electrical systems, 3.1.18.7. emergency air supply, 3.1.18.6. fire protection, 9.10.1.3.

fire safety restrictions, 3.1.18.2. flame resistance, 3.1.18.5. means of egress, 3.1.18.1.

roof coverings, 3.1.15.2. structural design basis, 4.4.1.1.

Airtightness

building envelope, 9.36.2.9., 9.36.2.10., 9.36.6. buildings and dwelling units, 9.36.6. determination of, 9.36.6.3.

energy conservation measures, 9.36.8. energy conservation points, 9.36.8. guarded test, 9.36.6.

level, 9.36.6., 9.36.8.8.

material standards, 5.9.1.1.

measurement, 9.36.6.3.

measuring, 9.36.6.

requirement for, 5.4.1.1.

unguarded test, 9.36.6.

windows, doors and skylights, 5.9.2.3., 9.7.4.

Air washers, 6.3.2.16.

Aisles

with adaptable seats, 3.8.3.22. with fixed seats, 3.3.2.5. within floor areas, 3.3.1.10. leading to exits, 3.4.2.5. minimum clear width, 3.3.2.1.

outdoor places of assembly, 3.3.2.11. with steps, handrails for, 3.3.2.10. width, 3.4.3.2.

Alarm signal

audibility, 3.2.4.17., 3.2.4.18. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

design, 3.2.4.4.

high buildings, 3.2.6.7.

silencing, 3.2.4.6.

sound pressure, 3.2.4.18., 9.10.19.4.

system monitoring, 3.2.4.15.

Alert signal

audibility, 3.2.4.17., 3.2.4.18.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

design, 3.2.4.4.

high buildings, 3.2.6.7.

system monitoring, 3.2.4.15.

Alterations to buildings, 1.1.1.1.[A], 1.4.1.2.[A]

Alternative materials, 1.2.2.1.[A] Alternative solutions, 1.2.1.1.[A], 2.3.1.[C]

Aluminum

flashing, 9.20.13.1., 9.26.4.2., 9.27.3.7., 9.28.1.5.

nails, 9.26.2.3.

roofing, 9.26.13.1.

siding, 9.27.11.1.

structural design basis, 4.3.5.

Ammonium nitrate, 3.3.6.6.

Anchorage

anchor bolts, 9.20.11.6., 9.20.17.6.

columns, 9.23.6.2., 9.35.4.3.

concrete stairs, 9.8.10.2.

cornices, 9.20.11.5.

floors, 9.20.11.

foundations, 9.23.6., 9.35.4.3.

framing, 9.23.6.

horizontal force factor, 4.1.8.18. lateral loads, 9.23.6.1.

masonry, 9.20.9., 9.20.11.

masonry walls to wood-frame construction, 9.20.11.3., 9.20.11.4.

roofs, 9.20.11., 9.20.17.6.

sills, 9.20.11.5.

small buildings, 9.23.6.3.

walls, 9.20.11., 9.23.3.4.

Anhydrous ammonia, storage, 3.3.6.3.

Annual energy consumption building envelope, 9.36.5.6. climatic data calculations, 9.36.5.5. definition, 9.36.5.2.

HVAC systems, 9.36.5.7.

modeling, proposed house, 9.36.5.9. - 9.36.5.12.

modeling, reference house, 9.36.5.13. - 9.36.5.16.

performance compliance, 9.36.5.3. performance compliance calculations, 9.36.5.4. service water heating systems, 9.36.5.8.

Annunciators, fire alarm, 3.2.4.8., 3.2.4.9., 3.2.4.15.,

3.2.5.14., 3.2.7.10.

Antennas and antenna-supporting structures wind loads, 4.1.7.6., 4.1.7.11.

Apparent sound transmission class (ASTC) calculation of, 5.8.1.2., 5.8.1.4., 5.8.1.5., 9.11.1.2.

compliance, 5.8.1.3., 9.11.1.3.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

Appliances

(see also Heating appliances; Heating systems and equipment; Heating, ventilating and air-conditioning (HVAC) systems and equipment)

in access to exit, 3.3.1.2.

air-conditioning, 6.2.1., 9.33.4.1., 9.33.5.2.

characteristics, 1.2.2.1.[A]

cooling, 6.2.1., 6.6.1.1., 9.33.4.1., 9.33.5.2., 9.33.9.1.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

in exit, 3.4.4.4.

exterior, 3.6.1.5.

fuel-fired, 3.6.2.1., 9.10.10.4.

heating, 6.2.1.1., 9.33.4.1., 9.33.5.2.

location, 3.6.1.5., 6.3.2.17., 6.4.1.1., 9.10.10.4.

in means of egress, 9.9.5.7.

outdoor location, 6.2.1.6., 6.3.2.17., 6.4.1.2.

protection from freezing, 6.2.1.6., 9.33.4.5.

rooftop, 3.6.1.5., 3.6.2.1., 6.4.1.2., 9.10.1.3.

solid-fuel-burning, 3.6.2.1., 6.2.1.5., 9.33.5.3. storage, 1.2.2.2.[A]

used, 1.2.2.3.[A]

ventilating, 6.2.1., 9.32.3.2.

Application of National Building Code divisions A, B, C, 1.3.[A]

factory-constructed buildings, 1.1.1.1.[A] farm buildings, 1.1.1.1.[A]

new buildings, 1.1.1.1.[A] objectives, 2.1.1.[A], 3.2.[A]

seasonally and intermittently occupied buildings, 9.1.1.1.

Arches

fire-resistance ratings, 9.10.8.3.

in storeys below ground, 3.2.2.15. supporting floor above basement, 3.2.1.4. supporting masonry over openings, 9.20.5.2. supporting service room/space, 3.1.7.5.

Arch roofs, snow and rain loads, 4.1.6.10. Areas of refuge, 3.3.3.6.

Areas and spaces design, 9.5.

dimensions, 9.5.1.1.

Arena-type buildings

building classification, 3.1.2.3. building height exceptions, 3.2.1.1. roof assemblies, 3.2.2.17.

seating, 3.3.2.2.

Artesian groundwater, 1.4.1.2.[A], 4.2.5.5.

Asbestos in air distribution systems and equipment, 6.2.1.7., 9.33.4.8.

Assembly areas

loads on floor or roof, 4.1.5.3. loads on tributary areas, 4.1.5.8. sway forces and load, 4.1.5.10.

Assembly occupancy (Group A)

air-supported structure as, 3.1.18.6. assistive listening devices, 3.8.2.9., 3.8.3.19.

building classification, 3.1.2.1.

corridors, 3.3.2.6. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

doors, 3.3.2.7.

fire protection, 3.2.2.17., 3.2.2.20. - 3.2.2.35., 9.10.1.3.

fire safety within floor areas, 3.3.1., 3.3.2.1. location of smoke/fire dampers, 3.1.8.7. occupant load, 3.1.17.1.

safety glazing, 3.3.2.17.

signals to fire department, 3.2.4.7. visible alarm signals, 3.2.4.19. washrooms, 3.7.2.

wheelchair spaces, 3.8.2.3.

Assistive listening systems, 3.8.2.9., 3.8.2.10., 3.8.3.19.

Atomizers, 6.3.2.16.

Attendant booths, 6.3.1.3.

Attics or roof spaces access, 3.6.4.4., 9.19.2.

clearances, 9.19.1.3.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

exterior wall enclosing, 3.2.3.3.

fire blocks, 3.1.11.1., 3.1.11.5., 9.10.16.1.

fire protection, 9.10.12.4.

foamed plastics in, 3.1.4.2., 9.10.17.10. housing and small buildings, 9.19. insulation, 9.25.2.4.

loads, 4.1.5.3., 9.4.2.4.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.3. service spaces, 3.6.1.1.

soffits protection, 3.2.3.16.

venting, 5.3.1.2., 6.3.1.2., 9.19.1.

Audible signal devices, 3.2.4.17., 3.2.4.18.

Auditoriums

size and construction, 3.2.2.21., 3.2.2.22.

seating, 3.3.2.4.

Authority having jurisdiction, 1.4.1.2.[A]

Automatic locking devices, 3.3.4.5.

Automatic sprinkler systems (see Sprinkler systems)

B

Backdraft prevention, 6.3.2.10., 9.32.3.13.

Backfill

(see also Fill) excavations, 9.12.3.

material, 4.2.5.8., 9.12.3.3.

Backfilling

beneath foundations, 4.2.5.8.

grading, 9.12.3.2.

placement, 4.2.5.8., 9.12.3.1.

review, 4.2.2.3.

Bacteria, minimizing growth of, 6.3.1.5., 6.3.2.15.,

6.3.2.16.

Balance stops, 9.33.6.9.

Balconies

as access to exit, 9.9.9.3. concealed spaces in, 3.1.11.5.

doors and door hardware, 3.3.1.13. earthquake load and effects, 4.1.8.18. exception to travel limit, 9.9.9.1.

exterior, 3.2.2.11.

guards around, 3.3.1.18., 9.8.8.

horizontal exits, 3.4.6.10.

limiting distance, 3.2.3.6.

loads on floor or roof, 4.1.5.3., 4.1.5.4., 9.4.2.3.

occupant load, 3.1.17.1.

snow loads, 9.4.2.3.

sprinkler systems, 3.2.5.12.

wind loads, 4.1.7.5., 4.1.7.6.

Banks, 3.4.6.17.

Barricades, construction and demolition sites, 8.2.1.3., 8.2.3.3.

Barrier-free

accessible change space, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.13. adult-size change table, 3.8.3.13. balconies, 3.3.1.7.

bathtubs, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.18.

clear floor area/space, 3.3.3.5., 3.4.6.10., 3.7.2.8.,

3.8.3.2., 3.8.3.6. - 3.8.3.8., 3.8.3.10. - 3.8.3.13.,

3.8.3.16. - 3.8.3.18., 3.8.3.21.

controls, 3.8.2.6., 3.8.3.8.

counters, 3.8.2.11., 3.8.3.20.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

design standards, 3.8., 3.8.3.1., 9.5.2. doors and doorways, 3.8.3.6. drinking fountains, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.10.

elevators, 3.3.1.7., 3.5.2.1., 3.8.2.3., 3.8.3.7.

entrances, 3.8.2.2.

exterior walks, 3.8.3.3.

floor areas, 3.8.2.3.

floor surfaces, 3.8.3.2.

lavatories, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.16.

parking areas, 3.8.2.5.

path of travel (see Path of travel, barrier-free) ramps, 3.8.3.5.

service counters, 3.8.2.9., 3.8.2.11., 3.8.3.20.

showers, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.17.

signs, 3.8.2.10., 3.8.3.9.

soap and towel dispensers, 3.8.3.16., 3.8.3.17.

spaces in seating areas, 3.8.2.3., 3.8.3.22. tactile attention indicators, 3.3.1.19. telephone shelves, 3.8.2.11., 3.8.3.21.

transfer space, 3.8.3.12., 3.8.3.13., 3.8.3.17. universal dressing and shower room, 3.8.2.8.,

3.8.3.17.

universal washrooms, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.13.

urinals, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.15.

vestibules, 3.8.3.6.

washrooms, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.9., 3.8.3.12., 3.8.3.16.

water bottle filling station, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.11.

water closets, 3.8.3.12., 3.8.3.14.

Barriers

across transparent panels, 3.3.1.20. preventing exit obstruction, 3.4.6.11., 9.9.11.2.

Basements

access, 3.2.5.2., 9.10.20.2.

ceiling height, 9.5.3.1.

crawl spaces considered as, 3.2.2.9., 9.10.8.9. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

exit signs, 3.4.5.3.

fire containment, 3.2.1.5.

fire protection, 3.2.2.15., 9.10.1.3.

fire-resistance of floor assemblies over, 3.2.1.4. fire separations, 9.10.9.4., 9.10.9.16.

heating requirements, 9.33.3.1. industrial occupancy (Group F), 3.3.5.3. insulation, 9.25.2.2.

large or multi-storey, 9.10.1.3. lighting, 9.34.2.3., 9.34.2.4.

residential occupancy (Group C), 3.2.2.47. storage garages, 3.1.10.3., 3.2.1.2., 9.10.4.3.

supply outlets, 9.33.6.11.

Bathroom accessories, 3.7.2.3., 3.7.2.8., 3.8.3.8.,

3.8.3.12., 3.8.3.16., 3.8.3.18.

Bathrooms

doorways, 9.4.4.3.

flame-spread rating, 3.1.13.3.

Bathtubs, 3.7.2.8., 3.8.3.18., 9.6.1.4.

Beams

bearing, 9.23.8.1.

built-up, 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.4., 9.23.8.3.

dimensions, 9.23.4.1.

glued-laminated, 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.4. in heavy timber construction, 3.1.4.7. lumber grade, 9.3.2.1.

preservative treatment, 9.23.2.2., 9.23.2.3.

ridge, 9.23.14.8.

spans, 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.4.

spans, maximum, 9.23.4.

steel, 9.23.4.3., 9.23.8.2.

supported on masonry or concrete, 9.10.9.11., 9.15.5., 9.20.8.3., 9.20.8.4., 9.21.5.3., 9.23.2.2.,

9.23.2.3.

to support floors, 9.23.8. wood, 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.4.

Bearing surface, 1.4.1.2.[A]

Bedrooms

means of egress, 9.9.10.1. mechanical ventilation, 9.32.2.3.

natural ventilation, 9.32.2.2.

windows, 9.9.10.1.

Bio-contaminants, minimizing growth of, 6.3.1.5., 6.3.2.15.

Bleachers

aisles, 3.3.2.5.

guards, 3.3.2.9.

inspection, 4.1.5.12.

load analysis, 4.1.5.12.

locking, 4.1.5.12.

seats, 3.3.2.5.

steps, 3.3.2.5., 3.3.2.12.

Blocking

cladding, 9.27.5.2.

cladding and interior finishing materials, 9.23.10.5. doors, 9.7.5.2.

with handrails, 9.8.7.7.

joists, 9.23.9.3., 9.23.9.4., 9.23.14.9.

nailing, 9.23.3.4.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.2. rafters and joints, 9.23.14.7.

roof edges, 9.23.16.6., 9.23.16.7.

subflooring, 9.23.15.3.

walls, 9.23.9.8., 9.23.10.2.

Boarding and lodging houses, 9.10.9.16. Boiler rooms, 3.6.2.2., 9.10.10.4.

Boilers

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A] installation standard, 6.2.1.5.

performance requirements, 9.36.3.10.

Bonding

intersecting masonry walls, 9.20.11.2. masonry, 9.20.9.

Book shelves, 3.3.2.13.

Braced wall bands, 1.4.1.2.[A], 9.23.13.4., 9.23.13.5.

Braced wall panels

anchorage, 9.23.6.1., 9.23.13.5. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A] fastening, 9.23.3.4., 9.23.3.5.

gypsum board, 9.29.5.9.

lateral loads, 9.23.13.5., 9.23.13.6.

plywood, 9.29.6.3.

and wall supports, 9.23.9.8.

Bracing, wood-frame walls, 9.23.13., 9.23.13.4.,

9.23.13.5.

Breeching, 1.4.1.2.[A] Bridging floor joists, 9.23.9.4. Builder (see Constructor)

Building area

assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 1), 3.2.2.20.

assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 2), 3.2.2.23.

assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 3), 3.2.2.29.

business and personal services occupancy (Group D), 3.2.2.56.

care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B Division 1), 3.2.2.36., 3.2.2.37.

care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B Division 2), 3.2.2.38. - 3.2.2.41.

care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B Division 3), 3.2.2.42. - 3.2.2.46.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A] determination, 1.3.3.4.[A]

determination of fire safety requirements, 3.2.2.5. high-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F,

Division 1), 3.2.2.72.

low-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 3), 3.2.2.82.

medium-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 2), 3.2.2.76.

mercantile occupancy (Group E), 3.2.2.66. residential occupancy (Group C), 3.2.2.47. self-service storage buildings, 3.9.2.1.

Building assemblies

effective thermal resistance, 9.36.2.6. fire-resistance rating, 3.1.7.5.

off-site review, 2.2.7.5.[C]

replacement options, 9.36.2.11. thermal resistance calculation, 9.36.2.4.

Building classification

by major occupancy, 3.1.2.1., 9.10.2. for wind load calculations, 4.1.7.2.

Building, definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

Building envelope

energy efficiency, 9.36.2.

energy performance calculations, 9.36.5.6.

energy performance modeling, 9.36.5.10., 9.36.5.14.

replacement options, 9.36.2.11. thermal resistance calculation, 9.36.2.4.

Building height

access route design, 3.2.5.6.

assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 1), 3.2.2.20.

assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 2), 3.2.2.23.

assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 3), 3.2.2.29.

business and personal services occupancy (Group D), 3.2.2.56., 3.2.2.59., 3.2.2.60.

care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B Division 1), 3.2.2.36., 3.2.2.37.

care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B Division 2), 3.2.2.38. - 3.2.2.41.

care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B Division 3), 3.2.2.42. - 3.2.2.46.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

determination, 1.3.3.4.[A], 3.2.1.1., 9.10.4. determination of fire safety requirements, 3.2.2.5. exceptions, 3.2.1.1.

garages as separate buildings, 9.10.4.3.

high-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 1), 3.2.2.72.

low-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 3), 3.2.2.82.

medium-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 2), 3.2.2.76.

mercantile occupancy (Group E), 3.2.2.66. mezzanines excluded, 9.10.4.1.

mezzanines included, 9.10.4.2.

residential occupancy (Group C), 3.2.2.47., 3.2.2.51., 3.2.2.52.

rooftop enclosures excluded, 9.10.4.4.

Building services

barrier-free controls, 3.8.3.8. emergency power supply, 3.2.7.9. and fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.2. and firewalls, 3.1.10.1.

penetrating fire separations and fire-rated assemblies, 9.10.9.6.

Building size determination application of Code, 1.3.3.4.[A] inclusions, 9.10.4.1.

relative to occupancy, 3.2.2.1., 9.10.8.

Built-up roofing, 9.26.11.

Business and personal services occupancy (Group D) classification, 3.1.2.1., 9.10.2.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

emergency power for fire alarm systems, 3.2.7.8. emergency power for lighting, 3.2.7.4.

exit stairs, 9.9.4.7.

exposing building face, 9.10.14.5. fire access route design, 3.2.5.6. fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.1., 9.10.18.

fire protection, 3.2.2.56. - 3.2.2.65.

fire-resistance rating, 9.10.8.

fire safety within floor areas, 3.3.1. flame-spread rating, 9.10.17.

occupant load, 3.1.17.1.

sprinkler systems, 3.2.5.12.

washrooms, 3.7.2.

C

Cabinetry, around cooktops, 9.10.22.3.

Cables

in air barrier systems, 9.36.2.10.

in combustible construction, 3.1.4.3. elevator, 3.1.5.22.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.21. penetrating fire separations, 3.1.9.2.

in plenums, 3.6.4.3.

Caissons (see Pile foundations)

Calculations and analyses

heat, air and moisture transfer, 5.2.1.2., 5.2.1.3. HVAC equipment and systems, 6.2.1.1., 9.33.4.1. limit states design, 4.1.3.

snow, rain and ice load, 4.1.6. structural, 2.2.4.5.[C], 4

wind load, 4.1.7., 5.2.1.3., 5.2.2.2.

Canopies

fabrics, 3.1.16.1.

for vertically separated openings, 3.2.3.17. wind loads, 4.1.7.12.

Capacity of exit, 3.4.3.2.

Carbon monoxide

alarms, 9.32.3.8., 9.32.3.9.

concentration, 6.3.1.3.

detectors, 6.3.1.3., 6.9.3.1., 9.32.3.8., 9.32.3.9.

Care, definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

Care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B) air circulation, 6.3.2.7.

building classification, 3.1.2.1. carbon monoxide alarms, 6.9.3.1. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

door hold-open devices, 3.1.8.14. doorway width, 3.3.3.4.

electromagnetic locks, 3.4.6.17.

emergency lighting, 3.2.7.3. emergency power supply, 3.2.7.6.

evaporative heat rejection systems, 6.3.2.15. fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.1., 3.2.4.18.

fire protection, 3.2.2.36. - 3.2.2.46.

fire safety within floor areas, 3.3.1., 3.3.3., 3.3.3.1. location of smoke/fire dampers, 3.1.8.7. occupant load, 3.1.17.1.

ramp slope maximum, 3.4.6.7. as residential occupancy, 3.1.2.5.

self-closing door hardware, 3.1.8.13. sleeping room exits, 3.4.1.6.

smoke alarms, 3.2.4.20.

smoke detectors, 3.2.4.11.

sprinkler systems, 3.2.2.19., 3.2.5.12. visible alarm signals, 3.2.4.19.

Carpets, 3.1.13.1.

Carports

concrete for floors, 9.3.1.6. for dwelling units, 9.35.

spatial separation from other buildings, 9.10.14.1., 9.10.14.4.

walls, 9.35.4.1., 9.35.4.3.

Catch basins, 9.14.6.4.

Caulking

(see also Sealants)

for ceramic wall tile, 9.29.10.5. door frames, 9.20.13.11.

material standards, 9.29.10.5.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.2. requirements, 9.27.4., 9.27.4.1.

sill plates, 9.23.7.2.

stucco, 9.28.1.5.

windows and frames, 9.7.6.2., 9.20.13.11.

Cavity walls corbelling, 9.20.12.2.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

flashing, 9.20.13.5., 9.20.13.6.

framing supported by, 9.20.8.2. height and thickness, 9.20.6.2. lateral support, 9.20.10.1.

mortar droppings, 9.20.13.10.

precipitation protection, 9.27.2.2.

tying, 9.20.9.4.

Ceiling membranes

fire-resistance rating, 3.6.4.3., 9.10.3.4. fire stop flaps, 9.10.13.14.

openings in, 3.1.9.5., 9.10.5., 9.10.9.6., 9.10.9.7.

suspended, 9.10.3.4.

Ceiling panels, factory-assembled, 3.1.5.7.

Ceilings

air barrier systems, 9.25.3. area, calculating, 9.36.2.3.

assembly used as plenum, 3.1.9.6. in corridors, 3.1.13.6.

effective thermal resistance, 9.36.2.6. fastened to floor joists, 9.23.9.4. finish, 3.1.5.12., 9.29.

foamed plastics in, 9.10.17.10. framing, 9.23.14.

framing around openings, 9.23.14.2. height, 9.5.3.

joists, 9.23.14.1., 9.23.14.7.

thermal insulation, 9.25.1.1. Cement, standards for, 9.3.1.2.

Central alarm and control facility, 3.2.4.22., 3.2.6.4., 3.2.6.7.

Ceramic tile

as flooring, 9.30.6.

installation, 9.29.10.1.

as interior finish, 9.29.10.

subfloor, 9.23.15.5.

underlay, 9.23.15.5., 9.30.2.1., 9.30.2.2.

Chases, 9.20.7.

Children's custodial homes (see also Home-type care occupancy), 3.1.2.5., 3.2.4.3., 9.10.2.2.

Chimneys

access ladders, 6.3.3.4.

airtightness, 9.36.2.10.

bracing, 9.21.4.5.

caps, 9.21.4.6.

cleanouts, 9.21.4.7.

clearances, 6.3.3.1., 9.21.5., 9.25.3.3.

concrete, 1.4.1.2.[A], 6.3.3.2., 9.21., 9.21.4.2.,

9.33.10.3.

construction, 9.21.4. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

design of, 6.3.3.2., 9.20.2.3., 9.21., 9.33.10.3.

earthquake loads and effects, 4.1.8.18. factory-built, 1.4.1.2.[A], 9.33.10.2.

fireplace, 9.21.2.4., 9.21.2.5.

flashing, 9.21.4.6., 9.21.4.10., 9.26.4.4., 9.26.4.6.,

9.26.4.8.

flues, 9.21.2., 9.21.4.4.

footings, 9.21.4.3.

fuel-fired appliances, 6.3.3.1., 9.33.10.1.

incinerators, 9.10.10.5., 9.21.2.1.

lateral stability, 9.21.4.5. liners (see Liners, chimney)

masonry, 1.4.1.2.[A], 6.3.3.2., 9.21., 9.21.4.1.,

9.33.10.3.

metal, 6.3.3.3., 9.33.10.2.

saddles, 9.26.4.8.

sealing, 9.21.5.2.

venting equipment, 6.3.3.1.

walls, 9.21.1.2.

wall thickness, 9.21.4.8.

Chutes

linen, 3.6.3.3., 9.10.1.3.

refuse, 3.6.3.3., 9.10.1.3.

sprinklers, 3.6.3.3.

venting, 3.6.3.3.

Cladding attachment, 9.27.5.

for braced wall panels, 9.23.13.6. combustible, 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5.

in combustible construction, 3.1.4.8. exposing building face, 3.2.3.7.

fastening to flat wall insulating concrete form units, 9.27.5.4.

fastening to steel studs, 9.24.1.4. housing and small buildings, 9.27.

installation, 5.6.1.2., 5.9.1.1., 9.27.2.4., 9.27.3.6.,

9.27.5.

interior, 3.1.13.1.

noncombustible, 3.1.4.8., 3.2.3.7., 3.2.3.9. in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.5. protection against precipitation, 5.6. requirement for, 5.6.1.1., 9.27.2.1.

sealing, 5.6.2.1., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.4.

on steel studs, 9.24.1.5.

support of, 9.20.5., 9.23.10.5., 9.24.3.4.

waterproofing, 9.27.4.

wind loads, 4.1.7.5., 4.1.7.6., 4.1.7.14.

Cladding, clay tile, 9.23.4.5.

Cladding, concrete design, 9.20.6.6.

water absorption, 9.20.2.6.

weight, 9.20.2.6.

Cladding, decorative, 3.1.5.24.

Cladding, exterior insulation finish systems application, 9.27.14.1.

design and installation, 9.27.14.3. materials, 9.27.14.2.

Cladding, hardboard clearances, 9.27.2.4., 9.27.9.5.

dimensions, 9.27.9.2.

housing and small buildings, 9.27.9. installation, 9.27.2.4., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.5., 9.27.9.3.

material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.9.1.

Cladding, insulated vinyl siding and vinyl siding housing and small buildings, 9.27.12. installation, 9.27.5., 9.27.12.2.

material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.12.1.

Cladding, lumber dimensions, 9.27.6.2.

housing and small buildings, 9.27.6. installation, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.2.4., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.5.

material standards, 5.9.1.1.

Cladding, masonry

bonding and tying, 9.20.9. flashing, 9.20.13.

housing and small buildings, 9.20., 9.27.2.2.

installation, 5.6.1.2.

material standards, 5.9.1.1.

mortar joints, 9.20.4.

support of, 9.20.5.

Cladding, metal

housing and small buildings, 9.27.11. installation, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.5.

material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.11.1.

Cladding, OSB and waferboard clearances, 9.27.2.4., 9.27.10.4.

dimensions, 9.27.10.2.

housing and small buildings, 9.27.10. installation, 9.27.2.4., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.5., 9.27.10.3.,

9.27.10.4.

material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.10.1.

Cladding, plywood dimensions, 9.27.8.2.

housing and small buildings, 9.27.8. installation, 9.27.2.4., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.5., 9.27.8.3.

material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.8.1.

sealing, 5.6.2.1., 9.27.8.3., 9.27.8.4.

Cladding, polypropylene attachment, 9.27.13.2.

material standards, 9.27.13.1.

Cladding, stone, 9.20.6.6.

Cladding, waferboard (see Cladding, OSB and waferboard)

Cladding, wood shingles and shakes grades, 9.27.7.1.

housing and small buildings, 9.27.7. material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.7.1.

Classification of buildings/building parts by major occupancy, 3.1.2.1., 9.10.2. for wind load calculations, 4.1.7.2.

Clearances

(see also Headroom clearance)

air discharged from, 6.3.2.15., 6.3.3.1. attic or roof spaces, 9.19.1.3. chimneys, 6.3.3.1., 9.21.5., 9.25.3.3.

cladding above ground, 9.27.2.4. cladding to roof, 9.27.2.4. combustible framing, 9.22.9.3.

combustible material, 6.3.2.6., 9.22.9., 9.33.6.8.

cooktops, 9.10.22.1.

crawl spaces, 9.18.4.1.

door frames, 9.27.9.5., 9.27.10.4.

ducts, 6.3.2.6., 9.22.9.4., 9.33.6.8.

electric ranges, 9.10.22.1.

furnace plenums, 6.3.2.6., 9.33.6.8.

furnaces, 6.2.1.5., 9.33.5.2.

gas-fired ranges, 9.10.22.1.

gas vents, 9.25.3.3.

above ground, 9.15.4.6., 9.27.2.4.

handrails, 9.8.7.5.

hardboard siding, 9.27.9.5., 9.27.10.4.

heating and air-conditioning equipment, 6.2.1.5., 9.33.5.2.

ovens, 9.10.22.1.

pipes, 6.7.1.2., 9.33.8.3.

propane ranges, 9.10.22.1. siding above ground, 9.27.2.4. siding to roof, 9.27.2.4.

smoke chambers, 9.22.9.3.

solid-fuel-burning appliances, 9.33.5.3. solid-fuel fired appliances, 6.2.1.5. stucco from ground, 9.28.1.4.

supply ducts, 6.3.2.6., 9.33.6.8.

unit heaters, 6.4.2.1.

vented products of combustion, 6.3.3.1. window frames, 9.27.9.5., 9.27.10.4.

wood-frame construction, 9.23.2.2.

wood above ground, 9.3.2.9., 9.23.2.3.

Climatic data, 1.1.3., 9.36.5.5.

Closures

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

door latches, 3.1.8.15., 3.4.6.16., 9.10.13.9.

elevator shaft openings, 3.2.6.5. exterior wall openings, 3.2.3.5.

fire dampers, 3.1.8.7., 3.1.8.8., 3.1.8.10., 9.10.13.13.

fire-protection rating, 3.1.8.4., 3.1.8.5., 9.10.13.1.

in fire separations, 3.2.8.2., 3.3.3.5., 9.10.9.3.,

9.10.13., 9.10.13.8.

glass blocks, 3.1.8.16., 3.2.3.5., 9.10.13.7.

hold-open devices, 3.1.8.14., 9.10.13.11.

installation, 3.1.8.5., 9.10.13.1.

maximum openings, 3.1.8.6. protection of exit facilities, 3.2.3.13.

self-closing devices, 3.1.8.13., 3.4.6.13., 9.9.6.7.,

9.10.13.10., 9.10.13.15.

smoke dampers, 3.1.8.7., 3.1.8.9., 3.1.8.11.

temperature limits, 3.1.8.17.

twenty-minute, 3.1.8.12.

unprotected openings, 3.2.3.1.

wired glass, 3.1.8.16., 3.2.3.5.

Cold weather requirements concrete, 9.3.1.9.

excavations, 9.12.1.3.

gypsum board, 9.29.5.10.

HVAC systems and equipment, 6.2.1.6., 9.33.4.5.

masonry, 9.20.14.

stucco, 9.28.6.1.

Collar ties, 9.23.14.7.

Columns

anchorage, 9.23.6.2., 9.35.4.3.

carports, 9.35.3.4., 9.35.4.2., 9.35.4.3.

concrete, 9.17.6.

fire-resistance rating, 9.10.8.3.

garages, 9.35.4.2., 9.35.4.3.

heavy timber construction, 3.1.4.7. housing and small buildings, 9.17. lateral support, 9.17.2.2.

masonry, 9.17.5.

steel, 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5., 9.17.3.

supported on masonry or concrete, 9.20.8.4. wood, 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5., 9.17.4.

Combustible cladding, 3.2.3.7., 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.2.

Combustible construction definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

exterior cladding, 3.1.4.8.

fire-retardant-treated wood in, 3.1.4.5., 3.1.4.8.

foamed plastics in, 3.1.4.2., 9.10.17.10.

heavy timber in, 3.1.4.6., 3.1.4.7.

materials permitted, 3.1.4.1.

projections, 9.10.12.4., 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5.

raceways in, 3.1.4.4.

supports, 3.1.8.2., 9.10.9.10.

wires and cables in, 3.1.4.3. Combustible content, 3.2.8.8.

Combustible dusts definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

and fire hose nozzles, 3.2.5.11.

Combustible fibres definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

storage building classification, 3.1.2.6.

Combustible gases

compressed, indoor storage, 3.3.6.3. storage, 3.3.6.2.

Combustible liquids definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

storage, 3.3.2.16., 3.3.4.3.

storage and dispensing rooms, 3.3.6.4.

Combustible materials

clearances to ducts, 3.6.5.6., 6.3.2.6., 9.33.6.8. in combustible construction, 3.1.4.1.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.2., 3.1.5.6.,

9.10.6.

storage, 3.3.6.2.

Combustible piping

drain, waste and vent, 3.1.9.4., 9.10.9.7. in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.19.

in sprinkler systems, 3.1.9.4., 3.2.5.13., 9.10.9.6. in vacuum cleaning systems, 3.1.9.4.

for water distribution, 3.1.9.4., 9.10.9.6.

Combustible projections

exposing building face, 3.2.3.6., 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5.

at firewalls, 3.1.10.7.

limiting distance, 3.2.3.6.

soffit protection, 3.2.3.16., 9.10.12.4.

Combustible refuse storage, 3.6.2.5. Combustion venting, 6.3.3.1., 9.32.3.8.

Commercial cooking equipment, 3.3.1.2., 6.3.1.6.,

9.10.1.4., 9.10.13.13.

Communication, voice (see Voice communication systems)

Compatibility

fasteners for cladding, 9.27.5.5. resistance to deterioration, 5.1.4.2.

Compliance

definition, 1.2.1.1.[A]

energy performance, 2.2.8.3.[C]

Concealed spaces

fire blocks in, 3.1.11.1., 3.1.11.3., 3.1.11.4., 3.1.11.5.,

3.1.11.7., 9.10.16., 9.10.16.1.

above fire separations, 3.1.8.3.

fire separations in, 3.6.4.2., 3.6.4.3., 9.10.9.12.

insulation, 3.1.11.2.

Concrete

admixtures, 9.3.1.8.

aggregate for, 9.3.1.1., 9.3.1.4., 9.3.1.7. cantilevered precast steps, 9.8.10. cellular, 9.20.2.4.

chimneys, 1.4.1.2.[A], 6.3.3.2., 9.21., 9.33.10.3.

cold weather requirements, 9.3.1.9. columns, 9.17.6.

dampproofing, 9.13.2.3., 9.13.2.4., 9.13.2.5.

design, 4.2.3.5., 4.2.3.6., 9.3.1., 9.4.1.1.

flues, 9.21.

foundations, 4.2.3.5., 4.2.3.6., 9.15.

joints, 9.15.4.9.

mixes, 9.3.1.7.

plain, reinforced and prestressed, 4.3.3., 9.3.1.

roof tiles, 9.26.2.1., 9.26.17.

slabs, for floors-on-ground, 9.16.4., 9.25.2.3.,

9.33.6.7.

stairs, 9.8.9.2., 9.8.10.

standards for, 9.3.1.1., 9.3.1.3.

strength, compressive, 9.3.1.6. structural design basis, 4.3.3.1. sulphate-resistant, 9.3.1.3.

surface finish, 9.16.4.1.

as thermal barrier, 3.1.5.14., 3.1.5.15.

topping, 9.16.4.2., 9.23.4.4.

water used in, 9.3.1.5.

Concrete block, 9.15.2.2., 9.17.5.1., 9.20.2.6.

Condensation control

air barrier systems, 9.25.3.1. in exhaust ducts, 6.3.2.10. and heat transfer, 5.3.1.2.

properties, 9.25.5.1. scope of Code, 5.1.1.1.

thermal insulation, 9.25.2.1. vapour barrier properties, 5.5.1.2. vapour barriers, 9.25.4.3.

Conditioned space, 1.4.1.2.[A] Conflicting requirements, 1.5.1.2.[A] Connected buildings, 3.2.6.3.

Construction

relative to occupancy, 9.10.8. review of work, 2.2.7.2.[C] types, 9.10.6.

Construction camps, 9.10.21.

Construction sites excavations, 8.2.2.

guard persons, 8.2.1.4.

repair of damaged public property, 8.2.3.4. safety measures, 8.1.

unoccupied, 8.2.1.5.

use of streets or public property, 8.2.3. vehicular traffic control, 8.2.4. warning lights, 8.2.3.5.

waste material, 8.2.5.

Constructor, definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

Contained use areas definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

doors and door hardware, 3.3.1.13., 3.4.6.11.,

3.4.6.16.

fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.1. fire annunciators, 3.2.4.8.

fire separations, 3.3.3.7.

smoke detectors, 3.2.4.11.

sprinkler system requirements, 3.2.2.19.

Contaminated air

minimum distances of air intakes from, 6.3.2.9. movement, 3.2.6.2., 3.2.6.3.

removal, 6.3.1.5., 6.3.2.14.

Continental seating, 3.3.2.4.

Controls

barrier-free, 3.8.2.6., 3.8.3.8., 3.8.3.10., 3.8.3.17.,

3.8.3.18.

feedback signal, 3.8.3.8.

location, 3.8.3.8.

operation, 3.8.3.8.

temperature, 9.33.4.3.

visible, 3.8.3.8.

Convalescent homes

fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.3.

as residential occupancies, 3.1.2.5., 9.10.2.2.

Convectors, 9.33.7.1.

Cooking equipment, commercial, 3.3.1.2., 6.3.1.6.,

9.10.1.4., 9.10.13.13.

Cooktops

(see also Stoves)

clearances, 9.10.22.1., 9.10.22.2.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

fans, 9.32.3.11.

hoods, 9.32.3.11.

installation, 9.10.22.1., 9.33.5.3.

protection around, 9.10.22.3.

Coolers, walk-in, 3.1.4.2., 3.1.5.7., 9.10.17.10.

Cooling systems and equipment installation, 6.6.1.1., 9.33.9.1.

structural movement, 4.1.8.18., 6.2.1.4., 9.33.4.7.

system pressure, 6.2.1.3., 9.33.4.6.

Corbelling, 9.15.4.8., 9.20.12.

Cornices, 3.1.11.5.

Corridors

assembly occupancy, 3.3.2.6.

care, treatment or detention occupancy, 3.3.3.3., 3.3.3.5.

dead-end, 3.1.8.17., 3.3.1.9., 3.3.3.3., 3.3.4.4., 9.9.7.3.

dimensions, 3.3.1.9., 9.9.5.2.

doors opening into, 3.3.1.11., 9.9.6.1.

emergency lighting, 3.2.7.3.

fire separations, 9.10.9.17.

flame-spread rating, 3.1.13.6., 9.10.21.6.

illumination, 3.2.7.1., 3.2.7.3.

loads on floor or roof, 4.1.5.3., 4.1.5.4. obstructions, 3.3.1.9., 9.9.5.2., 9.9.5.3., 9.9.6.1.

paired doors in, 3.3.3.3.

protruding building elements, 3.3.1.8., 9.9.5.3. serving patients' sleeping rooms, 3.3.3.5. sliding glass partitions, 9.6.1.4.

smoke detectors, 3.2.4.11.

temperature rise and area limits exception, 3.1.8.19. transparent doors in, 3.3.1.20.

transparent panels in, 3.3.1.20. width, 3.3.1.9., 9.9.3.3., 9.9.5.2.

width, in dwelling units, 9.5.4.1. windows in, 3.3.1.20.

Corrosion protection

service water heaters, 9.31.6.3. steel beams, 9.23.8.2.

steel lintels, 9.20.5.2.

Corrosion resistance

elements in environmental separators, 5.1.4.2. fasteners for cladding, 9.27.5.5.

masonry connectors, 9.20.16.1.

plumbing, 9.31.2.2.

screens and grilles, 6.3.2.9., 9.32.3.13. service water heaters, 9.31.6.3.

Counters

for service to the public, 3.8.3.1., 3.8.3.20. for telephones, 3.8.3.21.

Covered ways, 8.2.1.1., 8.2.1.2.

Coverings

ducts, 3.6.5.4., 6.3.2.5., 9.33.6.4.

pipes, 6.3.2.5.

Crack control joints, 9.15.4.9.

Cranes, loads due to, 4.1.3.2., 4.1.5.11.

Crawl spaces

access, 3.6.4.6., 9.18.2.1., 9.18.4.1.

air barrier systems in, 9.18.1.3. application of Code, 3.6.1.1. clearance, 9.18.4.1.

drainage, 9.18.5.

fire blocks in, 3.1.11.1., 3.1.11.6.

fire resistance of floors over, 9.10.8.1., 9.10.9.4. fire separations, 3.3.1.4.

flame-spread rating, 9.18.7.1.

ground cover, 9.18.6.

heated, 9.13.4.2., 9.18.1.3., 9.33.3.1.

housing and small buildings, 9.18. insulation, 9.18.1.3., 9.25.2.2., 9.25.2.3.

regulated as basements, 3.2.2.9., 9.10.8.9.

return-air inlets, 9.33.6.12.

supply outlets, 9.33.6.11.

unheated, 9.18.1.3.

vapour barrier in, 9.18.1.3. ventilation, 6.3.1.2., 9.18.3.

as warm-air plenums, 9.18.7.1.

Curbs, repair and storage garages, 3.3.5.4., 9.8.8.4. Curtain walls (see Fenestration)

Curved roofs, snow and rain loads, 4.1.6.10. Cutting operations room, 3.3.1.26.

D

Dampers

adjustable, 9.33.6.9.

fireplaces, 9.22.6.1.

Dampproofing

crawl spaces, 9.18.6.

floors, 9.23.2.3.

floors-on-ground, 9.13.2.1., 9.13.2.6.

foundations, 9.13.2.

installation, 9.13.2.4.

material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.13.2.2. preparation of surface, 9.13.2.3. protection from groundwater, 5.7.3.4.

protection of interior finishes, 9.13.2.5., 9.20.13.9.,

9.23.2.3.

requirement for, 9.13.2.1.

walls, 9.13.2.1., 9.13.2.3., 9.13.2.4., 9.20.13.9.,

9.23.2.3.

Dance halls

access to exit, 3.3.1.17. principal entrances, 3.4.2.6.

Dangerous goods

access openings, 3.2.5.1. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A] hazardous areas design, 3.3.6. process plants, 3.3.6.8., 3.3.6.9.

storage, 3.3.6.2., 3.3.6.3.

Dead-end corridors, 3.1.8.17., 3.3.1.9., 3.3.3.3., 3.3.4.4.,

9.9.7.3.

Dead loads, 1.4.1.2.[A], 4.1.3.2., 4.1.4., 9.4.3.1.

Decay, protection against, 9.3.2.9., 9.23.2.2., 9.23.2.3. (see also Deterioration)

Decking for wood shingled roofs, 9.26.9.1.

Decks

foundations, 9.12.2.2.

snow loads, 9.4.2.3.

sprinkler systems, 3.2.5.12.

Deep foundations damaged, 4.2.7.6.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

design, 4.2.7.2.

installation, 4.2.7.5.

load testing, 4.2.7.2.

location and alignment, 4.2.7.3., 4.2.7.4.

Definitions of words and phrases, 1.4.1.2.[A], 4.1.3.1.

Deflections

air barrier systems, 5.2.2.1., 5.4.1.1.

structure, 4.1.3.5., 4.1.8.1., 4.1.8.3., 4.1.8.13., 9.4.3.

Deformation resistance, 5.2.2.1., 9.12.2.2., 9.15.1.3. Demolition sites, safety measures, 8.1.1.3.

Depressurization, protection against, 9.32.3.8.

Design

environmental separation, 5

HVAC systems, 6.2.1.1., 9.33.1.1., 9.33.4.1.

structural, 4, 9.4.

Design calculations and analyses, 2.2.4.5.[C]

Designer

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

of parts and components, 2.2.4.4.[C]

as reviewer of work, 2.2.7.2.[C], 2.2.7.3.[C], 2.2.7.4.[C]

signature requirements, 2.2.4.2.[C], 2.2.4.4.[C] structural, requirements for, 2.2.1.2.[C] subsurface inspection, 4.2.2.3., 4.2.2.4., 4.2.4.1.

Design temperatures

indoor, 5.2.1.2., 5.3.1.2., 5.5.1.2., 9.33.3.1.

outdoor, 1.1.3.1., 5.2.1.1., 5.3.1.2., 5.5.1.2., 6.2.1.2.,

9.33.3.2., 9.33.5.1.

Detectors

carbon monoxide, 6.3.1.3., 6.9.3.1., 9.32.3.8.,

9.32.3.9.

fire, 1.4.1.2.[A], 3.2.4.4., 3.2.4.10.

heat, 1.4.1.2.[A], 9.10.18.3., 9.10.18.4.

smoke, 1.4.1.2.[A], 3.1.8.14., 3.2.4.8., 3.2.4.11.,

3.2.4.12., 3.2.4.14., 3.2.4.20., 3.2.4.21., 3.6.2.7.,

6.9.2.2., 9.10.18., 9.10.18.3., 9.10.18.4., 9.10.18.5.,

9.10.21.7.

sprinklers installed in lieu of, 9.10.18.4.

Detention occupancy (see Care, treatment or detention occupancy)

Deterioration

resistance to, 5.1.4.2., 9.20.16.1.

Diaphragms, earthquake design, 4.1.8.1., 4.1.8.11.,

4.1.8.15., 4.1.8.18.

Differential movement columns, 9.17.2.2.

decks and other accessible platforms, 9.12.2.2., 9.23.6.2.

elements in environmental separation, 5.1.4.1., 5.2.2.1.

metal and vinyl cladding, 9.27.5.6. Diffusers, 3.6.5.7., 9.33.6.10., 9.33.6.11.

Direct-vented, 1.4.1.2.[A]

Dispensing rooms, flammable and combustible liquids, 3.3.6.4.

Distilled beverage alcohol, 1.4.1.2.[A] Distilleries, 1.4.1.2.[A], 3.2.5.11.

Distribution panel, emergency lighting, 3.2.7.10. Domes, snow and rain loads, 4.1.6.10.

Door assemblies

as fire-protection closures, 3.1.8.5. leakage rates, 3.1.8.4.

Door frames

caulking, 9.20.13.11.

sealant, 9.27.4.1.

steel, 9.10.13.6.

thermal breaks, 9.7.3.3.

wood, 9.10.13.3.

Doors

airtightness, 9.36.2.9., 9.36.2.10.

area, calculating, 9.36.2.3.

barrier-free path of travel, 3.8.3.6. in bedrooms, 9.9.10.1.

containing foamed plastics, 3.1.4.2.

in corridors, 3.3.1.13., 3.3.3.3., 9.9.6.1., 9.10.13.

dimensions, 3.3.3.4., 9.5.5., 9.9.6.3.

direction of swing, 3.3.1.11., 3.3.3.3., 3.4.6.10.,

3.4.6.12., 3.6.2.6., 9.9.6.5., 9.10.13.12.

between dwelling unit and garage, 9.10.13.15. in dwelling units, 3.1.13.2.

emergency crossover access to floor areas, 3.4.6.18. energy conservation measures, 9.36.8.

energy conservation points, 9.36.8.

for exits, 3.1.8.14., 3.4.5.1., 3.4.6.11., 3.4.6.12.,

3.4.6.16., 9.9.6.

exterior, 5.3.1.2., 5.4.1.2., 9.7.4.3., 9.7.5.2.

in fire separations, 3.1.8.12. - 3.1.8.15., 3.1.8.17.,

3.3.3.5., 9.10.13.

flame-spread rating, 3.1.13.2., 3.1.13.7., 9.10.17.1. force required to open, 9.9.6.8.

glass or transparent, 3.3.1.20., 3.4.1.8., 9.6., 9.6.1.3.,

9.9.4.3.

hardware (see Hardware for doors) housing and small buildings, 9.7. incinerator rooms, 3.6.2.6.

installation, 9.7.6.

at landings, 9.8.6.2.

manufactured and pre-assembled, 9.7.4.

in means of egress, 3.3.1.13., 3.4.6.10., 3.4.6.11.,

9.9.6., 9.9.7., 9.10.13.

in means of egress from dwelling units, 9.9.9. in means of egress from suites, 9.9.6., 9.9.7.4.,

9.9.7.6., 9.9.8.

near steps or stairs, 3.4.6.11., 9.8.6.2., 9.9.6.6. opening onto landings, 9.8.6.3. performance expectations, 9.7.3.

power operators, 3.8.2.7., 3.8.3.6.

protection, 9.8.8.1.

resistance to forced entry, 9.7.5.2. revolving, 3.4.6.15., 9.9.6.4.

service rooms, 3.6.2.6., 9.10.13.12.

site-built, 9.7.5.

sliding (see Sliding doors)

in smoke-tight barriers, 9.10.9.3. of solid core wood, 9.10.13.

standards for, 5.3.1.2., 5.4.1.2., 9.7.4., 9.10.13.2.

storage garages, 9.9.6.4.

storage suites, 9.9.6.4.

storm, 5.9.2.4., 9.6.1.4., 9.7.3.1., 9.7.3.3.

temperature limits, 3.1.8.17.

thermal breaks, 5.9.2.4., 9.7.3.3.

thermal characteristics, 9.36.2.7.

thresholds, 3.3.1.13., 3.4.6.1., 3.8.3.6., 3.8.3.17.

water-closet stalls, 3.8.3.12.

Door stops, 9.10.13.16.

Doorways

(see also Doors)

barrier-free path of travel, 3.8.3.6. bathrooms, 9.5.5.3.

dimensions, 3.3.3.4., 3.4.3.2., 9.5.5., 9.7.2.2., 9.9.6.2.,

9.9.6.3.

between dwelling unit and garage, 9.10.13.15. dwelling units, 9.5.5.1.

headroom clearance, 3.4.3.4.

at landings, 9.8.6.2., 9.8.6.3. means of egress, 3.3.1.5.

means of egress from dwelling units, 9.9.9. means of egress from suites, 3.3.1.3., 3.3.1.5.,

9.9.7.2., 9.9.7.4., 9.9.7.6., 9.9.8.

near stairs, 9.8.6.2.

obstructions, 9.9.6.1., 9.9.6.3. at ramp landings, 9.8.6.3. secondary suites, 9.5.5.1.

service rooms, 9.9.5.9.

water-closet rooms, 9.5.5.2.

width, 3.3.3.4., 3.4.3.2.

Downspouts, 5.6.2.2., 9.14.6.5., 9.26.18.1.

Draft stops, 3.2.8.6.

Drainage

above-ground masonry walls, 9.20.13.9. building envelopes, 5.6.2.2.

crawl spaces, 9.18.5.

disposal, 5.6.2.2., 9.14.5.

evacuation site, 9.14.4.3.

floors, 9.16.3.3.

floors-on-ground, 9.16.3.

footings, 9.14.

foundations, 9.14.2., 9.35.3.3.

granular layer installation, 9.14.4.2., 9.14.4.4.

granular layers, 9.14.2.1., 9.14.4.

granular material, 9.14.4.1. housing and small buildings, 9.14. pipes, 9.14.3.

pipes and tiles installation, 9.14.3.3. roofs, 5.6.2.2., 9.26.18.

second plane of protection, 9.27.3. surface water, 5.7., 9.12.3.2., 9.14., 9.14.6.

tiles, 9.14.3.

underground ducts, 6.3.2.12., 9.33.6.7.

Drainage systems, sanitary, 1.4.1.2.[A], 9.31., 9.31.2.1.,

9.31.5.

(see also Plumbing)

Drain pans, 6.3.2.2.

Drains

floors, 9.31.4.3.

from noncombustible water closets, 9.10.9.7. roofs, 5.6.2.2., 9.26.18.2.

Drain, waste and vent piping, 3.1.9.4., 9.10.9.7. (see also Plumbing)

Draperies, in exits, 9.9.5.6.

Drift limits, earthquake design, 4.1.8.1., 4.1.8.13. Drilling of framing members, 9.23.5.1.

Drinking fountains, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.10.

Dry standpipes, 3.2.5.9.

Dry wells, 9.14.5.3.

Ducts

access, 3.6.4.5., 6.2.1.6., 9.33.4.4.

access openings, 6.3.2.4.

adhesives, 3.6.5.4., 9.33.6.4. air filters in, 6.8.1.3. aluminum, 9.33.6.5.

in ceiling spaces, 3.1.9.5., 9.10.5.1.

cleaning, 6.2.1.6., 9.33.4.4.

clearances, 3.6.5.6., 6.3.2.6., 9.22.9.4., 9.33.6.8.

combustible, 3.6.5.1., 9.33.6.2.

in or beneath concrete slabs, 9.33.6.7. connections, 6.3.2.4., 9.33.6.6., 9.33.6.7.

connectors, 3.6.5.1., 6.3.2.3., 6.3.2.18., 9.33.6.2.

construction, 9.33.6.6.

for cooking equipment, 3.1.8.8., 3.1.8.9., 3.6.3.5.

coverings, 3.6.5.4., 6.3.2.5., 9.10.17.12., 9.33.6.4.

design, 6.2.3., 9.33.6.1., 9.33.6.5.

dimensions, 9.32.3.11.

drainage, 6.3.2.12., 9.33.6.7.

drain pans, 6.3.2.2.

exhaust (see Exhaust ducts) in exits, 6.9.2.4.

in fire-rated assemblies, 3.1.9.5., 9.10.5.1., 9.10.9.6.

firestops, 9.33.6.6.

fittings, 6.3.2.3., 9.32.3.11., 9.33.6.2., 9.33.6.5.

galvanized, 9.33.6.5.

installation, 6.2.3., 9.33.6.1., 9.33.6.7.

insulation, 3.6.5.4., 6.3.2.5., 9.32.3.11., 9.33.6.4.

interconnection, 6.3.2.7., 9.33.6.7.

joints, 6.3.2.4., 9.32.3.11., 9.33.6.3., 9.33.6.6., 9.33.6.7.

leakage, 6.3.2.7.

linings, 3.6.5.4., 6.3.2.5., 9.10.17.12., 9.33.6.4.

materials, 6.3.2.3., 9.32.3.11., 9.33.6.2.

metal, 9.33.6.5.

noncombustible, 3.1.8.8., 3.1.8.9., 3.6.5.1. in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.18. penetrating fire blocks, 9.10.16.4.

penetrating fire separations, 3.1.8.7., 3.1.8.8.,

3.1.8.9., 9.10.9.6., 9.10.13.13.

penetrating firestops, 3.1.11.7.

return air systems, 1.4.1.2.[A], 3.6.5.8., 6.3.2.11.,

9.33.6.7., 9.33.6.13.

sealing, 3.6.5.3., 6.3.2.19., 9.32.3.11., 9.33.6.3.,

9.33.6.7.

smoke detectors in, 6.9.2.2. supply, 9.32.3.11., 9.33.6.7.

systems, 6.2.3., 9.33.6.

trunk, 9.33.6.7.

underground, 6.3.2.12., 9.33.6.7.

ventilation, 6.2.3., 9.32.3.11., 9.33.6.2.

Duct-type smoke detectors, 3.2.4.12. Dumbwaiters, 3.5.1.1., 3.5.2.1., 3.5.3.2.

Dusts, hazardous, 6.9.1.2.

Dwelling units

combustible projections, 3.2.3.6., 9.10.14.5. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

doors in means of egress, 9.9.6. door swing, 3.4.6.12., 9.9.6.5.

doorways, 9.5.5., 9.9.6.2., 9.9.6.3.

egress, 3.3.4.4., 9.9.9.

electrical outlets, 9.34.2.2.

exception for combustible projections, 9.10.15.5. fire alarms, 9.10.18.2.

fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.1. fire detectors, 3.2.4.10.

fire protection, 3.2.2.47. - 3.2.2.55., 9.10.

fire-protection closures, 3.1.8.5.

fire-resistance rating, 9.10.8.10.

fire separations, 3.3.4.2., 9.9.4., 9.10.9.4., 9.10.9.13.,

9.10.9.14., 9.10.9.16.

firewalls, 9.10.11.2.

floors-on-ground, 9.16.1.3.

guards, 3.3.4.7., 9.8., 9.8.8.

hallways, 9.5.4.1.

handrails, 3.3.4.7., 9.8., 9.8.7.

height of rooms and spaces, 3.7.1.1., 9.5.3. landings, 9.8.6., 9.8.6.3.

manual fire alarm stations, 3.2.4.16. ramps, 9.8., 9.8.5.2.

secondary suites, 9.1.2.1.

in self-service storage buildings, 3.9.3.1. shared egress facilities, 9.9.9.3.

smoke alarms, 3.2.4.20., 9.10.19.

sound control, 3.3.4.6., 5.8.1.1., 9.11. spatial separation between houses, 9.10.15. sprinkler systems, 3.2.5.12.

stairs, 3.3.4.7., 9.8.

travel limit to exits, 9.9.9.1.

uniformity of runs in flights with mixed treads, 9.8.4.5.

water closets, 9.31.4.1.

Dynamic procedure

earthquake load and effects calculations, 4.1.8.12. wind load calculations, 4.1.7.8.

E

Earthquake design

accidental torsional effects, 4.1.8.1., 4.1.8.12. additional performance requirements, 4.1.8.23. additional system restrictions, 4.1.8.10. analysis, 4.1.8.1., 4.1.8.7.

anchorage of building frames, 9.23.6.1. bracing to resist lateral loads, 9.23.13. building strength and stability, 4.1.3.2. deflections, 4.1.8.1., 4.1.8.13.

direction of loading, 4.1.8.8. dynamic analysis, 4.1.8.12.

equivalent static force analysis, 4.1.8.11. fasteners for sheathing or subflooring, 9.23.3.5. foundations, 4.1.8.15. - 4.1.8.17.

general requirements, 4.1.8.3.

joints in top plates of loadbearing walls, 9.23.11.4. masonry walls, 9.20.1.2., 9.20.15.

notation, 4.1.8.2.

roof sheathing, 9.23.16.1.

seismic force modification factors and general restrictions, 4.1.8.9.

seismic isolation, 4.1.8.19., 4.1.8.20.

site designation, 4.1.8.4.

site properties, 4.1.8.4.

structural irregularities, 4.1.8.6., 4.1.8.10.

structural separation, 4.1.8.14.

supplemental energy dissipation, 4.1.8.21., 4.1.8.22.

Eave projections, 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5., 9.26.5.

Eave protection, 9.26.2.1., 9.26.5.1., 9.26.5.2.

Effective thermal resistance (RSI value), definition, 9.36.1.2.

Egress (see Doors; Doorways; Means of egress) Egress doorways, 3.3.1.5., 3.3.1.6.

Electrical conductors protection of, 3.2.7.10.

tests, 3.2.7.10.

Electrical equipment, 3.6.1.2., 9.33.5.2., 9.34. Electrical equipment vaults, 3.6.2.7.

Electrical supervision, fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.9.

Electrical wiring exit signs, 3.4.5.3.

housing and small buildings, 9.34. service facilities, 3.6.1.2.

Electric cables, storage, 3.3.6.2.

Electromagnetic locking device, 3.3.1.13., 3.4.6.16.,

3.4.6.18., 9.9.6.7.

Elevating devices, 3.8.2.3., 3.8.3.7.

Elevator cables, 3.1.5.22.

Elevator cars, flame-spread rating, 3.1.13.11.

Elevators

application of Code, 3.5.1.1.

barrier-free path of travel, 3.3.1.7., 3.8.2.3., 3.8.3.2.,

3.8.3.7.

combustible travelling cables for elevators, 3.1.5.22. dimensions, 3.5.4.1.

earthquake design, 4.1.8.18.

emergency operation, 3.2.6.4., 3.2.7.9.

emergency recall, 3.2.4.14., 3.2.6.4.

for firefighters, 3.2.6.5., 3.2.7.9.

fire protection, 9.10.1.3.

flame-spread rating, 3.1.13.7.

high buildings, 3.2.7.9.

hoistway noise, 5.8.1.1.

hoistways, 3.2.6.4., 3.2.6.6., 3.2.8.4., 3.5.3.1., 3.5.3.3.,

3.5.4.2., 9.10.18.4.

limited-use/limited-application (LULA), 3.5.4.1.

machine rooms, 3.2.1.1., 3.2.2.14., 3.2.5.12., 3.5.3.3.

not a means of egress, 9.9.2.3. smoke detectors, 3.2.4.11., 3.2.4.14.

standards, 3.5.2.1., 3.8.3.7.

Emergency cables and conductors, 3.2.7.10. Emergency elevators, 3.2.6.4., 3.2.6.5., 3.2.7.9.

Emergency lighting, 3.2.7.3., 3.2.7.4., 3.2.7.10., 9.9.12.,

9.9.12.3.

Emergency power supply exit signs, 9.9.11.3.

installation, 3.2.7.5., 3.6.2.8.

lighting, 3.2.7.4., 9.9.12.3.

smoke alarms, 9.10.19.4.

Emergency return, elevators, 3.2.4.14., 3.2.6.4. Encapsulated mass timber construction, 3.1.6.

building fire safety, 3.2.1.2., 3.2.2.48., 3.2.2.57. combustible components in exterior walls, 3.1.6.10. combustible elements in partitions, 3.1.6.15. combustible flooring elements, 3.1.6.12. combustible interior finishes, 3.1.6.14.

combustible roofing materials, 3.1.6.7. combustible stairs, 3.1.6.13.

combustible window sashes and frames, 3.1.6.8. determination of encapsulation ratings, 3.1.6.5. encapsulation of mass timber elements, 3.1.6.4. encapsulation materials, 3.1.6.6.

exposed construction materials and components in concealed spaces, 3.1.6.16.

exterior cladding, 3.1.6.9.

materials permitted, 3.1.6.2.

nailing elements, 3.1.6.11. penetration by outlet boxes, 3.1.6.17.

spatial separation and exposure protection, 3.2.3.7., 3.2.3.19.

structural mass timber elements, 3.1.6.3.

EnerGuide rating system, 9.36.5.3.

Energy conservation measures and points above-ground opaque assemblies, 9.36.8.5. airtightness, 9.36.8.8.

building volume, 9.36.8.11. fenestration and doors, 9.36.8.6. HVAC systems, 9.36.8.9.

opaque building assemblies below-grade or in contact with ground, 9.36.8.7.

service water heating equipment, 9.36.8.10.

Energy efficiency

building envelope, 9.36.2.

definition, 9.36.1.2.

energy performance compliance, 9.36.5. housing and small buildings, 9.36.

HVAC systems and equipment, 9.36.3. service water heating systems, 9.36.4.

Energy performance compliance, 9.36.5.

definitions, 9.36.5.2.

drawings and specifications, 2.2.8.[C]

tier, 9.36.7., 9.36.8.

Engineered wood as siding, 5.9.1.1. Entrances, barrier-free, 3.8.2.2.

Environmental loads, 5.1.4.1., 5.2.1., 5.2.1.3., 5.9.3.2.

Environmental separation air leakage, 9.25., 9.25.3. application of Code, 5

compliance with standards, 5.9.1.1. condensation control, 9.25.

crawl spaces, 9.18.

dampproofing, 9.13., 9.13.2.

drawings and specifications, 2.2.5.2.[C]

fire (see Fire separations) heat transfer, 9.25., 9.25.2.

roof spaces, 9.19.

soil gas control, 9.13., 9.13.4.

sound control, 5.8.1., 9.11.

waterproofing, 9.13., 9.13.3.

Equipment

air-conditioning, 9.33.5. characteristics, 1.2.2.1.[A]

cooking, 3.3.1.2., 6.3.1.6., 9.10.1.4., 9.10.13.13.

electrical installations, 9.33.5.2., 9.34.1.1.

HVAC, 6.1.1.2., 9.33.1.1., 9.33.5.

loads on floors and roofs, 4.1.5.3. odour removal, 9.33.6.14.

space cooling, 9.33.5.2., 9.33.9.

space heating, 9.33.5.2.

storage, 1.2.2.2.[A]

used, 1.2.2.3.[A]

Escalators, 3.2.8.2., 3.5.1.1., 3.5.2.1., 3.8.2.4., 9.10.1.3.

earthquake design, 4.1.8.18.

illumination, 3.2.7.1.

Evaporative air coolers, 6.3.2.16. Evaporative heat rejection systems, 6.3.2.15.

Excavations backfill, 9.12.3.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

housing and small buildings, 9.12. native soil, 9.12.1.1.

organic material, 9.12.1.1.

protection from freezing, 4.2.5.7., 9.12.1.3.

safety measures, 8.2.2.

structural design, 4.2.5.

support of, 4.2.5.3.

water control, 4.2.5.5.

water in, 8.2.2.1., 9.12.1.2.

Exhaust

capacity, 9.32.3.3., 9.32.3.4., 9.32.3.7.

discharge, 6.3.2.10.

ducts, 6.3.2.10.

fans, 9.32.3.7.

to garages, 6.3.2.10.

intakes, 9.32.3.3., 9.32.3.5., 9.32.3.7.

outlets, 3.6.5.7., 6.3.2.10.

systems, 3.2.6.6., 3.2.8.7., 3.3.1.21., 9.10.9.20.

Exhaust air openings, 6.3.2.9.

Exhaust ducts combining, 6.3.2.10.

condensation, 6.3.2.10.

connection, 6.3.2.10.

containing air from conditioned spaces, 6.3.2.10. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

fire dampers in, 9.10.13.13. fire dampers waived, 3.1.8.8.

insulation, 6.3.2.5., 9.32.3.11., 9.33.6.4.

interconnection, 6.3.2.7., 6.3.2.10.

laboratory enclosures, 6.3.4.3.

of non-mechanical ventilating systems, 6.3.2.10. serving cooking equipment, 6.3.2.10.

serving laundry equipment, 6.3.2.10., 9.32.1.3. serving rooms containing WC, urinals, showers,

slop sinks, 6.3.2.10.

serving more than one fire compartment, 9.10.9.20. smoke dampers waived, 3.1.8.9.

vertical service spaces, 3.6.3.4.

Exhibitions, 3.1.2.3.

Existing buildings, application of Code, 1.1.1.1.[A]

Exits

aggregate width, 3.4.3.1., 3.4.3.2., 9.9.3.

appliances in, 9.9.5.7.

balconies, 3.4.4.1.

capacity, 3.4.3.2.

combustible glazing restrictions, 3.4.1.10. concealed exits, 3.4.6.11., 3.8.3.6.

convergence, 3.4.1.2.

cumulative width, 3.4.3.2. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A] distance between, 3.4.2.3.

door hardware, 3.4.6.16., 3.4.6.17.

doors, 3.2.3.13., 3.4.3.3., 3.4.6.11., 3.4.6.13., 3.4.6.16.,

9.7.2.2.

door swing, 3.4.6.12.

ducts in, 6.9.2.4.

dwelling units, 3.3.4.4., 9.9.9.

emergency access, 3.4.6.18.

emergency lighting, 3.2.7.3., 9.9.12.

exterior passageways, 3.1.13.10., 3.4.1.5.

finish, interior, 9.10.17. fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.1.

fire hose connections, 3.2.5.10. fire separations, 3.4.4.1., 9.9.4. from floor areas, 9.9.8. general requirements, 9.9.2.

glass block in, 3.2.3.13., 9.9.4.3. - 9.9.4.7.

glass doors, 9.6., 9.9.4.3.

glass and transparent panels and doors, 3.4.1.8. guards, 3.4.6.6.

headroom clearance, 3.4.3.4., 9.8.2.2., 9.9.3.4.,

9.9.6.2.

horizontal, 3.4.1.4., 3.4.1.6., 9.9.2.1.

housing and small buildings, 9.9. integrity, 3.4.4.4., 9.9.4.2.

interconnected floor space, 3.2.8.4., 3.4.3.2.

landings, 9.8.1.3.

level, lowest, and smoke contamination, 3.2.6.2. levels, 1.4.1.2.[A], 3.2.6.2.

lighting, 3.2.7.1., 9.9.12.

loads on floor or roof, 4.1.5.3. through lobbies, 3.4.4.2., 9.9.8.5.

location, 3.4.2.5., 9.9.8.4.

manual fire alarm stations, 3.2.4.16. from mezzanine, 3.4.2.2., 9.9.8.6.

minimum number, 3.4.2.1.

mirror restrictions, 3.4.1.9., 9.9.5.6.

number, 9.9.7.1., 9.9.7.2., 9.9.8.2., 9.9.9.

obstructions, 3.4.6.11., 9.9.5., 9.9.5.5., 9.9.6.1.,

9.9.6.2., 9.9.11.2.

obstructions permitted, 3.4.3.3.

protected floor space, 3.2.8.5., 3.4.3.2.

purpose, 9.9.2.2.

ramps, 3.4.5.3.

revolving doors, 3.4.6.15., 9.9.6.4.

rooms opening into, 3.4.4.4., 9.9.5.9., 9.9.8.5.

secondary suites, 9.9.9.

separation, 3.4.1.2.

service rooms under, 3.6.2.2., 9.9.5.8.

signs, 3.4.5.1., 3.4.5.3., 9.9.11., 9.9.11.3.

smoke detectors, 3.2.4.11.

stairs, 3.4.5.3., 3.4.6.8., 3.4.6.9., 9.8.1.3., 9.8.2.1.,

9.8.3.1.

storage garages, 9.9.6.4.

storeys, 1.4.1.2.[A], 3.2.6.2.

tactile signs, 3.4.5.2., 3.4.6.16., 3.4.6.18., 3.8.3.9.

travel distance, 3.4.2.1., 3.4.2.3., 3.4.2.4., 9.9.8.2.

types, 3.4.1.4., 9.9.2.1.

visibility, 9.9.11.2.

wall openings near, 9.9.4.4. weather protection, 3.4.6.11.

width, 3.4.3.3., 9.9.3.2., 9.9.3.3., 9.9.8.3.

windows, 3.2.3.13., 9.7.2.2., 9.9.4.

wired glass in, 3.2.3.13., 9.9.4.3. - 9.9.4.6.

Expansion and contraction

elements in environmental separation, 5.1.4.1., 5.2.2.1.

heating and cooling systems, 6.2.1.3., 9.33.4.6.,

9.33.8.1.

metal and vinyl siding, 9.27.5.6. piping, 6.7.1.1., 9.33.8.1.

structural, 4.1.2.1.

Explosion venting, 3.3.1.21.

Exposing building face area, 3.2.3.2.

area and aspect ratio, 9.10.14.5.

area and location, 9.10.14.2., 9.10.15.2.

construction, 3.2.3.7., 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

exits, 3.2.3.13.

fire resistance waived, 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5. first storey facing a street, 9.10.14.4. garage serving a dwelling unit, 9.10.14.5. glazed openings, 9.10.15.2.

limiting distance, 3.2.3.5., 3.2.3.6., 3.2.3.7., 9.10.14.5.,

9.10.15.5.

low-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 3), 3.2.3.11.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.5. protection of, 3.2.3.8.

restrictions on combustible projections, 3.2.3.6., 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5.

spatial separation between buildings, 9.10.14., 9.10.15.

structural members, 3.2.3.9.

unlimited openings, 3.2.3.10., 9.10.14.4., 9.10.15.4.

unprotected openings, 3.2.3.1., 3.2.3.2., 3.2.3.12.,

9.10.14.4., 9.10.15.4.

Exterior areas, loads on, 4.1.5.5.

Exterior insulation finish systems, 5.9.4., 9.27.14.

Exterior ornamentations

earthquake loads, 4.1.8.1., 4.1.8.18.

wind loads, 4.1.7.11.

F

Fabrics, for canopies and marquees, 3.1.16.1.

Factories

loads on floor or roof, 4.1.5.3. storage areas, 4.1.5.3.

Factory-built chimneys, 1.4.1.2.[A], 9.33.10.2. Factory-constructed buildings, 1.1.1.1.[A] Falsework, 4.1.1.3.

Fans

access, 6.2.1.6., 9.33.4.4.

auxiliary, 9.32.3.4.

bathrooms, 9.32.3.3.

capacity, 9.32.3.3., 9.32.3.10.

controls, 9.32.3.3.

cooktops, 9.32.3.7., 9.32.3.11.

dehumidistat, 9.32.3.3., 9.32.3.7. emergency power supply, 3.2.7.9. emergency stoppage, 3.2.6.2.

exhaust, 9.32.3.3., 9.32.3.5.

housing and small buildings, 9.32.3.

installation, 6.3.2.17., 9.32.3.3. - 9.32.3.6., 9.32.3.10.

kitchens, 9.32.3.3., 9.32.3.7.

location, 6.3.2.17., 9.32.3.2.

noise, 9.32.3.2.

sound ratings, 9.32.3.10.

standards for, 9.32.3.10.

supplementary exhaust, 9.32.3.7.

supply, 9.32.3.4., 9.32.3.5.

vibration, 9.32.3.2.

Farm buildings

application of Code, 1.1.1.1.[A], 1.3.3.5.[A]

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

automatic sprinkler systems, 2.2.4.2. classification, 2.1.4.1.

dangerous goods storage, 2.2.8.7. design of bins and silos, 2.3.1.1.

electrical wiring and equipment, 2.2.1.15. exceptions in determining building height, 2.2.2.2. exhaust ventilation and explosion venting, 2.2.8.2. farm machinery and vehicles, 2.3.2.4.

fire detectors, 2.2.3.7.

geotechnical design parameters, 2.3.1.1.

liquid manure storage tanks, 2.3.1.1., 2.3.2.5., 2.3.4. loads due to earthquakes, 2.3.4.

loads due to snow, 2.3.3.

loads due to use and occupancy, 2.3.2.

loads supported on a floor or suspended from a ceiling, 2.3.2.1.

location of heating appliances, 2.4.3.1. means of egress, 2.2.6.1.

minimum lighting requirements, 2.2.5.1. occupant load, 2.2.1.17.

required ventilation, 2.4.2.1.

separation of occupancies, 2.2.1.4. unobstructed slipper roofs, 2.3.3.1.

Fasteners

cladding, 9.27.5.4.

dimensions, 9.27.5.4.

gypsum board, 9.29.5.5.

roofing, 9.26.2.3., 9.26.2.4.

siding, 9.27.5.4.

standard for, 9.23.3.1.

stucco, 9.28.3.1., 9.28.3.2.

Fastening

cladding, 9.27.5.4.

furring, 9.29.3.2.

gypsum board, 9.29.5.8., 9.29.5.9.

hardboard finish, 9.29.7.3.

plywood finish, 9.29.6.3.

sheathing, 9.23.3.5.

shingles, 9.26.7.4., 9.26.8.4., 9.26.8.5.

siding, 9.27.5.4.

steel framing, 9.24.3.6.

steel studs, 9.24.1.4.

stucco lath, 9.28.4.6.

subflooring, 9.23.3.5.

underlay, 9.30.2.3.

wood-frame construction, 9.23.3.

wood shingles and shakes, 9.26.9.5., 9.26.10.3. Faucets and other bathroom accessories, 3.7.2.3.,

3.7.2.8., 3.8.3.8., 3.8.3.12., 3.8.3.16., 3.8.3.18.

Fences, at construction and demolition sites, 8.2.1.3.

Fenestration

area, calculating, 9.36.2.3.

definition, 9.36.1.2.

energy conservation measures, 9.36.8. energy conservation points, 9.36.8. heat transfer, 5.9.3.3.

resistance to water penetration, 5.9.3.5. structural and environmental loads, 5.9.3.2. thermal characteristics, 9.36.2.2., 9.36.2.7. thermal resistance calculation, 9.36.2.11. types, 5.9.3.1.

water penetration, 5.9.3.5.

Fibreboard fastening, 9.29.8.3.

installation, 9.29.8.3., 9.29.8.4. as insulating finish, 9.29.8. material standard, 9.29.8.1.

nailing, 9.29.8.3.

as roof sheathing, 9.23.16.7. thickness, 9.29.8.2.

as wall sheathing, 9.23.17.2., 9.23.17.3.

Fill

beneath floors-on-ground, 9.16.2.1., 9.16.2.2.

beneath footings, 9.15.3.2.

beneath foundations, 4.2.4.13.

Filters, air, 6.8.1.3., 9.33.6.14.

Finishes

interior (see Interior finishes) slip-resistant, 3.4.6.1.

Fire alarm and detection systems annunciators, 3.2.4.8.

audibility, 3.2.4.18., 3.2.4.21.

audible alert and alarm signals, 3.2.4.17. central alarm and control facility, 3.2.6.7. central vacuum shutdown, 3.2.4.13. continuity, 3.2.4.2.

design, 9.10.18.3.

and door hold-open devices, 3.1.8.14. electrical supervision, 3.2.4.9. emergency power supply, 3.2.7.8. fire detectors, 3.2.4.4., 3.2.4.10.

fire separations for, 3.6.2.8. installation, 3.2.4.1., 3.2.4.5., 9.10.18.3.

manual stations, 3.2.4.16.

requirements, 9.10.18.

residential fire warning systems, 3.2.4.21., 9.10.19.8.

signal devices, 3.2.4.18.

signals to fire department, 3.2.4.7. silencing, 3.2.4.6.

single stage systems, 3.2.4.3., 3.2.4.4., 3.2.4.7.

smoke alarms, 3.2.4.20.

smoke alarms interconnection, 9.10.19.5. smoke detectors, 3.2.4.11., 3.2.4.12., 9.10.18.,

9.10.18.5.

sprinkler systems, 3.2.4.8.

testing, 3.2.4.5.

two-stage systems, 3.2.4.3., 3.2.4.4., 3.2.4.7.

types, 3.2.4.3.

vacuum cleaning systems, 9.10.18.7. visible signal devices, 3.2.4.19.

voice communication systems, 3.2.4.22. waterflow trigger, 3.2.5.14.

Fire blocks

(see also Firestops)

in concealed spaces, 3.1.11., 3.1.11.5., 9.10.16. in crawl spaces, 3.1.11.6.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

in eave overhangs, 3.2.3.16.

in encapsulated mass timber construction, 3.1.11.3., 3.1.11.5., 3.1.11.7.

in floor assemblies, 3.1.11.5.

in mansard and gambrel roofs, 3.1.11.5., 9.10.16.1. materials, 3.1.11.7., 9.10.16.3.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.2., 3.1.11.3. pipes and ducts in, 9.10.16.4.

in roof assemblies, 3.1.11.5., 3.1.11.7.

between vertical and horizontal spaces, 3.1.11.4. in walls/wall assemblies, 3.1.11.2., 9.10.16.2.

Fire chambers, 9.22.4.

Fire compartments annunciators, 3.2.4.8.

basements, 3.2.1.5.

combustible sprinkler piping, 3.2.5.13. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

exits, 3.2.3.13.

exposing building face area, 3.2.3.2.

unprotected openings, 3.2.3.1.

wall exposed to another wall, 3.2.3.14.

Fire curtains, 3.3.2.14.

Fire dampers

(see also Dampers) access, 3.1.8.10.

as closures, 3.1.8.5.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

in ducts, 9.10.13.13.

in fire separations, 3.1.8.7. in HVAC systems, 6.9.2.1. installation, 3.1.8.10.

leakage rates, 3.1.8.4.

in non-loadbearing walls, 9.24.3.7. penetrating fire separations, 9.10.9.6. waived, 3.1.8.8.

Fire department

access routes, 3.2.5.4., 3.2.5.6.

limiting distance, 9.10.15.3.

signals to, 3.2.4.7., 3.2.4.9., 3.2.6.7.

Fire department connections on buildings, 3.2.5.5., 3.2.5.9., 3.2.5.15.

Fire detectors, 1.4.1.2.[A], 3.2.4.4., 3.2.4.10.

Fire escapes access, 3.4.7.3.

balconies, 3.4.7.3.

closures, 3.4.7.4.

construction, 3.4.7.2.

dwelling units, 3.4.7.3.

existing buildings, 3.4.7.1.

as means of egress, 3.4.1.4., 9.9.2.3.

protection of, 3.4.7.4. scope of Code, 3.4.7.1. stairs, 3.4.6.8., 3.4.7.5.

Fire extinguishers, 3.2.5.16., 9.10.20.4., 9.10.21.8. Fire extinguishing systems, industrial occupancies,

3.3.5.2.

Firefighters, 3.2.6.2., 3.2.6.5., 3.2.8.7.

Firefighting (see Access for firefighting) Firefighting services (see Fire department) Fire hose cabinets, 3.2.5.11.

Fire hose nozzles, 3.2.5.11.

Fire hose stations, 3.2.5.11., 9.10.21.9.

Fire load, 1.4.1.2.[A], 3.2.2.91., 3.2.3.11.

Fireplaces

airtightness, 9.36.2.9.

chimneys, 9.21.2.5., 9.21.2.6.

clearances, 9.22.9.

combustion air, 9.22.1.4.

concrete materials, 9.22.1.2. continuity of insulation, 9.36.2.5. dampers, 9.22.6.1.

design and installation, 6.9.4.2. factory-built, 9.22.8.

fire chamber, 9.22.4.

footings, 9.22.1.3.

hearth, 9.22.5.

housing and small buildings, 9.22., 9.33.5.4.

inserts, 9.22.10.

liners (see Liners, fireplace) masonry materials, 9.22.1.2.

protection against depressurization, 9.32.3.8. smoke chambers, 9.22.7.

walls, 9.22.3.

Fire protection

air-supported structures, 3.1.18.

building classification, 3.1.2.

combustible construction, 3.1.4.

commissioning of life safety and fire protection systems, 9.10.1.2.

components, 2.2.3.[C], 3.1.1.4.

construction camps, 9.10.21.

cooktops, 9.10.22.

crawl spaces, 9.18.7.

dwelling units, 9.10.

electric ranges, 9.10.22.

electrical conductors, 3.2.7.10.

exceptions, 3.2.2.3.

exits, 9.9.4.

fire-resistance ratings, 3.1.7. fire safety plan, 1.1.4.

gas ranges, 9.10.22.

limiting distance and spatial separation between buildings, 3.2.3.1.

multiple occupancy requirements, 3.1.3. noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.

ovens, 9.10.22.

penetrations in fire separations and fire-rated assemblies, 3.1.9.1.

propane ranges, 9.10.22.

structural, 3.2.2.3.

structural members, 3.2.3.9.

tents, 3.1.18.

testing of integrated fire protection and life safety systems, 9.10.1.2.

tests, 3.2.9.1.

Fire-protection rating

of closures, 3.1.8.4., 3.1.8.5. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

of doors, 3.1.8.12.

exceptions, 9.10.13.2., 9.10.13.5., 9.10.13.7.

of fire dampers, 3.1.8.7. tests, 3.1.8.4., 9.10.3.1.

Fire protection systems, 3.2.5.17., 9.10.18., 9.10.20.5.

Fire pumps, 3.2.4.9., 3.2.5.9., 3.2.5.18., 9.10.1.3.

Fire-resistance ratings about, 9.10.3.

arena-type building roof assemblies, 3.2.2.17. ceilings, 9.10.3.3.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A] determination of, 3.1.7.1., 9.10.3.1.

doors, 5.3.1.2.

encapsulated mass timber construction, 3.1.7.5. exemptions, 3.1.7.2., 9.10.8., 9.10.8.11., 9.10.14.

exits, 9.9.4.2.

exposing building face, 3.2.3.7. fire separations, 3.1.7.3.

firewalls, 3.1.7.3., 3.1.10.2., 9.10.3.3.

floors and floor assemblies, 3.1.7.3., 3.2.1.4.,

9.10.3.1., 9.10.3.3., 9.10.8.

grease duct enclosures, 3.6.3.5. membrane ceilings, 9.10.3.4.

minimum, 3.1.7.4.

relation to occupancy and height, 9.10.8. roofs, 9.10.8.

separation of suites, 3.3.1.1., 9.10.9.15., 9.10.9.16.

steel framing, 9.24.2.4., 9.24.3.2.

supporting construction, 3.1.7.5., 9.10.8.3.

test methods, 9.10.3.1.

vertical fire separations, 9.10.3.3. walls, 9.10.3.3.

walls, exterior, 3.1.7.2., 3.1.7.3., 3.2.3.7., 3.2.3.11.,

9.10.3.1., 9.10.3.3., 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5.

walls, interior, 9.10.3.1., 9.10.3.3.

walls, loadbearing, 3.1.7.5., 9.10.8.3.

windows, 5.3.1.2.

Fire-retardant-treated wood

in assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 2), 3.2.2.25.

in assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 3), 3.2.2.32.

in business and personal services occupancy (Group D), 3.2.2.62.

in combustible construction, 3.1.4.5., 3.1.4.8. for decorative cladding, 3.1.5.24.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

in low-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 3), 3.2.2.85.

in medium-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 2), 3.2.2.78.

in mercantile occupancy (Group E), 3.2.2.68.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.5., 3.1.5.12.,

3.1.13.8.

in roof systems, 3.1.14.1.

Fire safety

and building size, 3.2.1.1., 3.2.2.1., 9.10.8.

construction sites, 8.1.1.1.

demolition sites, 8.1.1.1.

in HVAC systems and equipment, 6.9.1.1., 9.33.6. and occupancy, 9.10.8.

self-service storage buildings, 3.9.2. tests, 3.2.9.1.

Fire separations

airtightness of windows and doors in, 5.4.1.2., 5.9.2.3.

barrier-free floor areas, 3.3.1.7. boarding and lodging houses, 9.10.9.16. on building face, 3.2.3.2.

business and personal services occupancy, 3.3.1.1. care, treatment or detention occupancy, 3.3.3.1. closures in, 3.1.8.1., 3.1.8.4., 3.1.8.5., 9.10.13.

in combustible construction, 3.1.8.2. construction camps, 9.10.21.2. containment in basements, 3.2.1.5.

continuity, 3.1.8.1., 3.1.8.3., 9.10.9.2., 9.10.11.2.

crawl spaces, 3.2.2.9., 9.10.9.4.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

and door hold-open devices, 3.1.8.14.

and door self-closing devices, 3.1.8.13. dumbwaiters, 3.5.3.2.

dwelling units, 3.3.4.2., 9.10.9.13., 9.10.9.14.,

9.10.9.15.

elevator machine rooms, 3.5.3.3. elevators, 3.2.6.5., 3.5.3.1.

exits, 3.4.4.1., 9.9.4.

fire dampers in, 3.1.8.7.

fire-resistance rating, 3.1.7.3.

firestops, 3.1.9.1.

firewalls, 3.1.10.1.

floor assemblies, 3.3.4.2. floors over basements, 3.2.1.4.

garages, 9.10.4.3., 9.10.9.18., 9.10.9.19.

grease duct enclosures, 3.6.3.5. horizontal, 3.1.8.8.

in horizontal service spaces, 3.1.8.3. horizontal service spaces, 3.6.4.2., 9.10.9.12.

industrial occupancy (group F), 3.3.5.1., 9.10.9.13.,

9.10.9.14., 9.10.9.18., 9.10.9.19.

integrity, 9.10.9.3.

interconnected floor spaces, 9.10.9.5. interior walls, 9.10.12.3.

laboratory ventilation enclosures, 3.3.1.21. libraries, 3.3.2.13.

and major occupancy, 9.10.9.13., 9.10.9.18.,

9.10.9.19.

meeting of two exterior walls, 9.10.12.3. mercantile occupancy (group E), 3.3.1.1. mezzanines, 3.2.1.6., 3.2.8.1.

and multiple occupancies, 3.1.3.1., 9.10.9.13.,

9.10.10.

between openings, 3.2.3.17.

openings in, 3.1.8.1., 3.1.8.6., 3.1.8.17., 3.2.8.2.,

9.10.13., 9.24.3.7.

openings protected by glass blocks or wired glass, 3.1.8.16.

operating, recovery and delivery rooms, 3.3.3.6. protected floor spaces, 3.2.8.5.

public corridors, 3.3.1.4., 9.10.9.17.

rating, 9.10.3.

repair garages, 3.3.5.5.

residential occupancy (Group C), 3.2.2.47., 3.3.4.2.,

9.10.9.13., 9.10.9.14., 9.10.9.16.

rooftop enclosures, 3.2.2.14.

between rooms and spaces within buildings, 9.10.9. secondary suites, 9.10.9.4., 9.10.9.16., 9.10.9.17.,

9.10.10.4., 9.10.11.2., 9.10.12.3.

self-service storage buildings, 3.9.3.1. self-storage warehouses, 3.3.5.9.

service penetrations, 3.1.9.1., 3.1.9.2., 3.1.9.5.,

9.10.9.6.

service rooms, 3.6.2.1., 9.10.8.5., 9.10.10.

soffit protection, 9.10.12.4.

steel framing, 9.24.2.4., 9.24.3.7. storage of dangerous goods, 3.3.6.2.

storage garages, 3.2.1.2., 3.3.4.2., 3.3.5.6., 3.3.5.7.

storage rooms, 3.3.4.3., 9.10.10.6. storeys below ground, 3.2.2.15.

suites, 3.3.1.1., 3.3.4.2., 9.10.9.15., 9.10.9.16.

temperature rise and area limits, 3.1.8.19.

theatre stages, 3.3.2.14.

thermal breaks in windows and doors in, 5.3.1.2. twenty-minute closures, 3.1.8.12.

vehicular passageways, 3.2.3.18.

vertical, 3.1.8.8., 3.1.8.9. vertical service spaces, 3.6.3.1. in vertical shafts, 3.1.8.3. vestibules, 3.2.8.4.

walkways, 3.2.3.19., 3.2.3.20.

wall exposed to another wall, 3.2.3.14. watertightness of windows and doors in, 5.9.2.3. between zones in hospitals or nursing homes,

3.3.3.5.

Fire stop flaps, 1.4.1.2.[A], 3.6.4.3., 9.10.13.14.

Firestops

general, 3.1.8.3., 3.1.9.1.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.2. pipes and ducts in, 3.1.9.1., 3.1.9.4., 9.10.9.6.,

9.33.6.6.

and service penetrations, 3.1.9.2., 3.1.9.3., 9.10.9.7.

Firewalls

combustible projections, 3.1.10.7.

construction, 9.10.11.

continuity, 3.1.10.3.

continuity of insulation, 9.36.2.5. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

exemptions, 9.10.11.2.

exterior walls meeting, 3.1.10.6. and fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.2.

fire-resistance rating, 3.1.7.3., 3.1.10.2., 9.10.3.3.,

9.10.11.3.

maximum openings in, 3.1.10.5. mezzanines, 3.2.8.1.

parapets, 3.1.10.4.

party walls as, 9.10.11.1. penetrations in, 3.1.9.1. separating buildings, 1.3.3.4.[A]

structural stability, 3.1.10.1., 4.1.5.17.

support of, 3.1.10.1., 4.1.5.17.

First storey, 1.4.1.2.[A], 3.2.2.15., 3.2.5.1., 3.2.8.2.

Fixed seats, 3.3.2.4.

Fixed seats, bench type without arms, 3.3.2.8. Flags, for directing traffic, 8.2.4.2.

Flame-spread rating

bathrooms, 3.1.13.3., 9.10.17.11.

business and personal services occupancy, 9.10.17. combustible insulation, 3.1.5.14., 9.10.17.10.,

9.10.17.12.

combustible piping, 3.1.5.19.

combustible skylights, 9.10.17.9.

corridors, 9.10.17.2., 9.10.17.5.

crawl spaces, 9.18.7.1.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

diffusers and grilles, 9.33.6.10. doors, 3.1.13.2., 9.7.2.2., 9.10.17.1.

ducts, linings and coverings, 9.10.17.12., 9.33.6.4.

elevator cars, 3.1.13.7., 3.1.13.11.

exits, 3.1.13.2., 3.1.13.7., 3.1.13.8., 9.10.17.2.

exterior exit passageways, 3.1.13.10., 9.10.17.4.

fire-retardant-treated wood, 3.1.4.5.

firewalls, 9.10.11.3.

foamed plastic insulation, 3.1.5.15., 9.10.17.10.

glazing, 3.1.5.4., 3.1.13.2., 9.10.17., 9.10.17.1.,

9.10.17.6., 9.10.17.9.

gypsum board, 9.29.5.2.

high buildings, 3.1.13.7.

industrial occupancy, 9.10.17.

insulation, 5.9.1.1., 9.25.2.2.

insulation in concealed spaces, 9.10.17. insulation in noncombustible construction,

3.1.5.14., 3.1.5.15.

interior finishes, 3.1.5.12., 9.10.17.

light diffusers and lenses, 3.1.13.4., 9.10.17.6.,

9.10.17.8.

lobbies, 3.1.13.2., 9.10.17.3.

mercantile occupancy, 9.10.17.

public corridors, 3.1.13.6., 9.10.17.

residential occupancy, 3.1.13.3., 9.10.17.

service rooms, 3.1.13.7., 9.10.17.

skylights, 3.1.5.4., 3.1.13.2., 9.7.2.2., 9.10.17.,

9.10.17.1., 9.10.17.6., 9.10.17.9.

tests, 3.1.12.1., 9.10.3.2.

vehicular passageways, 3.1.13.2. ventilated laboratory enclosures, 6.3.4.4. vestibules, 3.1.13.7.

windows, 9.7.2.2.

Flammable gases (see Combustible gases)

Flammable liquids definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

door thresholds, 3.3.1.13., 3.4.6.1. piping for, in trench, 6.9.1.2. storage, 3.3.2.16., 3.3.4.3., 3.3.6.2.

storage and dispensing rooms, 3.3.6.4.

Flashing, chimney caps, 9.21.4.6.

junctions with other materials, 9.21.4.10.

Flashing, doors, 9.7.6.2.

Flashing, roof

built-up-roofing at cant strips, 9.26.11.10. built-up-roofing to masonry, 9.26.4.6.

built-up-roofing to other than masonry, 9.26.4.7. at intersections, 9.26.4.

materials, 9.26.2.1., 9.26.4.2., 9.26.4.3.

purpose, 9.26.1.2.

sealing and drainage, 5.6.2.1. shingles to masonry, 9.26.4.4.

shingles to other than masonry, 9.26.4.5. valley, 9.26.4.3.

Flashing, skylights, 9.7.6.2.

Flashing, wall

cavity walls, 9.20.13.5., 9.20.13.6.

fastening, 9.20.13.2.

installation, 9.20.13.3., 9.27.3.8.

masonry veneer, 9.20.13.6.

masonry walls, 9.20.13.

materials, 9.20.13.1., 9.27.3.7. sealing and drainage, 5.6.2.1. stucco, 9.28.1.5.

Flashing, windows, 9.7.6.2., 9.20.13.3., 9.20.13.4.

Flash point, 1.4.1.2.[A]

Flat roofs, wind loads, 4.1.7.6.

Flat wall insulating concrete forms, 5.9.1.1. Flight, 1.4.1.2.[A]

(see also Stairs)

Floor areas

barrier-free design, 9.5.2.

barrier-free path of travel, 3.3.1.7.

care, treatment or detention occupancy, 3.3.3.1. combination rooms, 9.5.1.2.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

emergency access, 3.4.6.18.

general requirements, 3.3.1.

secondary suites, 9.1.2.1.

self-service storage buildings, 3.9.3. separation of suites, 3.3.1.1. termination, 9.10.12.1.

Flooring

ceramic tile, 9.23.15.5., 9.30.6.

finish, 9.30.1.4.

in hazardous materials storage area, 3.3.6.7. housing and small buildings, 9.30.

parquet, 9.30.4.

supports, 9.30.1.3.

underlay, 9.30.2.

water-resistant membranes, 9.30.1.2.

wood strip, 9.23.15.5., 9.30.3. Floor joists, support of, 9.15.5.1. Floor numbers

Arabic numerals, 3.4.6.19., 9.9.11.5.

elevator hoistways, 3.5.4.2.

exits, 3.4.6.19., 9.9.11.5.

Floors

acting as diaphragms, 4.1.8.1., 4.1.8.11., 4.1.8.15.,

4.1.8.18.

air barrier systems, 9.25.3. anchorage, 9.20.11.1.

cantilevered, 9.23.9.9.

combustible elements in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.10.

concrete topping, 9.23.4.4.

construction camps, 9.10.21.3.

dampproofing, 9.13.2.1.

drains, 9.31.4.3.

fire-resistance ratings, 3.1.7.3., 9.10.3.1., 9.10.8.1.,

9.10.8.8.

as fire separations, 9.10.9.4. framing, 9.23.4.

garages, 9.35.2.2.

in heavy timber construction, 3.1.4.7. joists, 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.4., 9.23.9.

loads due to use of, 4.1.5.

loads on, 9.23.1.1., 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.4.

subfloors, 9.23.15.

supports, 3.2.1.4., 9.30.1.3.

thermal insulation, 9.25.1.1.

vibrations, 4.1.3.6.

Floors-on-ground concrete, 9.16.4.

dampproofing, 9.13.2.1., 9.13.2.6.

drainage, 9.16.3.

in dwelling units, 9.16.1.3.

in housing and small buildings, 9.16. hydrostatic uplift, 9.16.3.2.

material beneath, 9.16.2.

soil gas control, 9.13.4., 9.25.3.6.

thermal resistance, 9.36.2.8.

Flue collars, 1.4.1.2.[A]

Flue pipes, 1.4.1.2.[A], 9.21.1.2.

Flues, chimney connections, 9.21.2.2. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

dimensions, 9.21.2.4., 9.21.2.5., 9.21.4.4.

fireplace, 9.21.2.5.

inclination, 9.21.2.3. masonry and concrete, 9.21. oval, 9.21.2.6.

rectangular, 9.21.2.5.

round, 9.21.2.5.

slope, 9.21.2.3.

standard for, 9.21.2.

Foamed plastic dampproofing, 9.13.2.5.

insulation, 3.1.5.14., 3.1.5.15., 3.6.3.2., 5.3.1.3.,

9.10.17.10., 9.25.2.2., 9.33.6.4.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.2., 3.1.5.7.,

3.1.5.14., 3.1.5.15.

protection of, 3.1.4.2., 9.10.17.10.

vapour barrier, 9.25.4.2.

Footbridges, 4.1.5.3.

Footings

area for column spacing, 9.15.3.3., 9.15.3.4., 9.15.3.7.

chimneys, 9.15.3.1., 9.21.4.3.

design, 9.4.4.1.

dimensions, 9.15.3.

drainage, 9.14.

fireplaces, 9.15.3.1., 9.22.1.3. granular drainage layer, 9.14.4. housing and small buildings, 9.15.

non-loadbearing masonry walls, 9.15.3.6. projections, 9.15.3.8.

stepped, 9.15.3.9.

thickness, 9.15.3.8.

trenches, 9.12.4.1.

width, 9.15.3.3., 9.15.3.4., 9.15.3.5., 9.15.3.6., 9.15.3.8.

Forced-air furnace, 1.4.1.2.[A]

Forced-air heating systems

Formwork, 4.1.1.3.

Foundations adfreezing, 4.2.4.4.

backfilling, 4.2.5.8., 9.12.3.

capacity in weaker soil or rock, 9.4.4.2.

of concrete, 4.2.3.5., 9.3.1.6., 9.3.1.7., 9.15.1.1.,

9.15.2., 9.15.4.

of concrete block, 9.15.4.2. dampproofing, 9.13.2.

deep, 1.4.1.2.[A], 4.2.7.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

for deformation-resistant buildings, 9.12.2.2., 9.15.1.3.

depth, 4.2.4.4., 9.12.2.

design, 4.2.4., 9.4.4., 9.15.1.1.

drainage, 9.14.2., 9.35.3.3.

drawings and specifications, 2.2.4.6.[C], 2.2.4.7.[C], 4.2.2.2.

dynamic loading, 4.2.4.7.

earthquake design, 4.1.8.16., 4.1.8.17.

eccentric loading, 4.2.4.6.

equivalent approaches to design, 4.1.1.5. excavations, 4.2.5., 9.12.

extension above ground, 9.15.4.6. on filled ground, 4.2.4.13.

of flat insulating concrete forms, 5.9.1.1., 9.15.1.1., 9.15.3.3., 9.15.4., 9.15.4.5.

footing size, 9.15.3.

frost action, 4.2.4.4., 9.12.2.2. on frozen ground, 9.12.1.3.

for garages and carports, 9.35.3. granular drainage layer, 9.14.4.

and groundwater level, 4.2.4.9., 9.4.4.3. for housing and small buildings, 9.15. hydrostatic pressure, 4.2.4.8., 9.16.3.2.

insulation, 9.25.2.2., 9.25.2.3.

lateral support, 9.15.4.2., 9.15.4.3., 9.15.4.4., 9.15.4.5.

limit states design, 4.2.4.1. loads, 4.2.4.1.

of masonry, 4.2.3.3., 4.2.3.4., 9.15.1.1., 9.15.2.,

9.15.4., 9.15.4.10.

materials, 4.2.3., 9.15.2.

movement, 4.2.4.1., 9.12.2.2.

on organic soils, 9.12.1.1.

on permafrost, 4.2.4.10., 9.15.1.2.

of permanent form material, 9.15.4.1. pier type, 9.15.2.3.

protection from surface water, 5.7.1.1. review, 4.2.2.3.

on rock, 9.15.3.1., 9.15.3.2.

shallow, 1.4.1.2.[A], 4.2.6.

site stability, 4.1.8.17.

on sloping ground, 4.2.4.5. special, 4.2.8.

stairs with, 9.12.2.2.

of steel, 4.2.3.7.

structural design, 4.2.4.14.

subsurface investigation, 4.2.2.1., 4.2.4.2. supporting floor joists, 9.15.5.1.

on swelling and shrinking soils, 4.2.4.11., 9.4.4.4. thermal resistance, 9.36.2.8.

thickness, 9.15.4.2., 9.15.4.7.

trenches beneath, 9.12.4.

vertical reinforcement, 9.15.4.6.

walls, 9.4.4.6., 9.15.4., 9.36.2.8.

of wood, 4.2.3.1., 4.2.3.2., 9.15.1.1., 9.15.2.4.

for wood-frame construction, 9.15.1.1., 9.15.2.4.

Foundation units definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

drawing alterations, 2.2.4.7.[C]

Framing

anchorage, 9.23.6.

ceiling, 9.23.14.

drilling, 9.23.5.1.

maximum spans, 9.23.4.

notching, 9.23.5.2.

over openings, 9.23.12.

roof, 9.23.14.

sheet steel stud, 9.24.

supported on masonry or concrete, 9.20.8. trusses, 9.23.14.11.

wood-frame construction, 9.23.

Freezers, walk-in, 3.1.4.2., 3.1.5.7., 9.10.17.10.

Freezing, protection from (see Protection from freezing)

Frost action

(see also Frost penetration, depth; Protection from freezing)

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A] floors-on-ground, 9.16.2.2.

soil under foundations, 9.4.4.4.

Frost penetration, depth, 1.1.3.2., 9.12.2.2.

Fuel dispensing facilities, 3.3.5.8., 9.10.1.3. Fuel supply, shut-off valves, 3.2.7.7.

Functional statements application, 3.1.[A] list of, 3.2.1.[A]

Furnaces

capacity, 9.33.3.1., 9.33.5.1.

clearances, 6.2.1.5., 9.33.5.2., 9.33.6.8.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

forced-air, 1.4.1.2.[A]

installation, 6.2.1.6., 9.33.5.2.

performance requirements, 9.36.3.10.

plenums, 9.33.6.6., 9.33.6.7., 9.33.6.8.

Furring

cladding, 9.27.5.3.

dimensions, 9.29.3.1.

fastening, 9.29.3.2.

interior finish, 9.29.3.

metal thickness, 9.24.1.3.

nailing, 9.29.3.2.

stucco lath, 9.28.4.4.

G

Gable roofs

snow and rain loads, 4.1.6.9. wind loads, 4.1.7.6.

Galvanized sheet metal, 9.3.3.2.

Gambrel roof

fire blocks, 9.10.16.1.

venting, 9.19.1.4.

Garages

columns, 9.35.4.2., 9.35.4.3.

detached, 9.10.14.4., 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.4., 9.10.15.5.,

9.35.3.3.

doors, 9.10.13.15., 9.36.2.9.

for dwelling units, 9.7.5.2., 9.10.9.18., 9.35.

exhaust discharge into, 6.3.2.10. floors, 9.3.1.6., 9.35.2.2.

foundations, 9.35.3.

guards and guardrails, 9.8.8.4. interconnection of ducting, 6.3.2.7., 9.33.6.7.

lighting, 9.34.2.6.

loads on floor or roof, 4.1.5.3. open-air, 9.10.14.4.

pressure, 6.3.1.3.

repair (see Repair garages) resistance to forced entry, 9.7.5.2. storage (see Storage garages) ventilation, 3.3.5.4., 6.3.1.3., 9.32.1.1.

walls, 9.35.4.1., 9.35.4.3.

Gas-burning equipment, installation standard, 6.2.1.5., 9.33.5.2.

Gases, hazardous, 6.9.1.2.

Gas mains, under buildings, 3.2.3.21.

Gas vents

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

materials and installation, 9.33.10.1. sealing around, 9.25.3.3.

Girders, in heavy timber construction, 3.1.4.7.

Glass

design, 9.6.1.3.

doors, 3.3.1.20., 9.6.1.4., 9.7.5.2.

earthquake design, 4.1.8.18.

in exits, 3.4.1.8.

in fire separations, 3.2.3.13., 5.3.1.2., 9.10.13.5.

in guards, 9.8.8.7.

panels, 3.3.1.20.

public areas, 9.6.1.4., 9.7.5. safety (see Safety glass) sidelights, 9.6.1.4.

spandrel, 5.9.1.1.

standards for, 5.9.1.1., 9.6.1.2., 9.6.1.3., 9.6.1.4.,

9.7.5.2., 9.8.8.7.

structural design basis, 4.3.6. structural strength, 9.6.1.3.

thermal breaks, 5.9.2.4., 9.7.3.3.

thickness, 9.6.1.3.

types of, 9.6.1.4.

wired (see Wired glass)

Glass block assemblies, thermal characteristics, 9.36.2.7.

Glass blocks

area limits, 3.1.8.18.

as closures, 3.1.8.5., 9.10.13.7.

excluding, and temperature limits, 3.1.8.19. in exits, 9.9.4.3. - 9.9.4.6.

in fire separations, 3.1.8.16. in glazed openings, 9.10.15.4.

not to be used as closures, 3.2.3.5.

not in fireplaces or chimneys, 9.20.2.3. protection of exit facilities, 3.2.3.13. reinforcing, 9.20.9.6.

in unprotected openings, 3.2.3.12., 9.10.14.4. Glass-reinforced polyester roofing, 9.26.14.1. Glazed architectural structures (see Fenestration)

Glazed openings, 9.10.15., 9.10.15.2., 9.10.15.4.

Glazing

in doors, 9.7.1.1.

exit restrictions, 3.4.1.10.

in fire separations, 3.1.8.16.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.4. in public areas, 9.8.8.1.

in shower or bathroom, 9.6.1.4.

in unprotected openings, 3.2.3.12.

wired glass, 3.1.8.16., 3.1.8.18., 3.1.8.19., 3.2.3.5.

Glued-laminated timber

beams, 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.4.

flooring, 3.1.4.7.

lintels, 9.23.12.3.

Grab bars

bathtubs, 3.7.2.8., 3.8.3.18.

loads on, 9.31.2.3.

showers, 3.8.3.17.

universal washrooms, 3.8.3.13.

washrooms, 3.7.2.7., 3.8.3.12.

Grade, 1.4.1.2.[A], 3.2.3.18., 3.2.5.1.

Grading, site

backfill, 9.8.10.3., 9.12.3.2.

environmental separation, 5.1.2.1.

excavations, 9.14.4.3.

surface drainage, 9.14.6.

water control, 5.7.1.1., 9.16.3., 9.18.5.

Granular material

beneath floors-on-ground, 9.16.1.1., 9.16.2.1.

beneath footings and foundations, 9.14.2.1., 9.14.4.

Grease duct enclosures, 3.6.3.5.

Ground cover

crawl spaces, heated, 9.18.6.2. crawl spaces, unheated, 9.18.6.1. warm-air plenums, 9.18.7.1.

Groundwater

around excavations, 4.2.5.5. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

and foundations, 2.2.4.6.[C], 4.2.2.1., 4.2.2.4.,

4.2.4.3., 4.2.4.9.

level, 1.4.1.2.[A], 4.2.4.9., 9.4.4.3., 9.14.5.3., 9.15.3.4.,

9.16.3.1.

protection from, 5.7.3.

Group A occupancy (see Assembly occupancy)

Group B occupancy (see Care, treatment or detention occupancy)

Group C occupancy (see Residential occupancy)

Group D occupancy (see Business and personal services occupancy)

Group E occupancy (see Mercantile occupancy) Group F occupancy (see Industrial occupancy) Grout, 9.20.3.2.

Guards (devices)

balconies and decks, 4.1.7.5., 9.8.8.1., 9.8.8.3. cane-detectable, on doors, 3.8.3.6. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

doorways, 9.8.8.1.

dwelling units, 3.3.4.7., 9.8.1.

exits, 3.4.6.6.

fire escapes, 3.4.7.6.

fixed seats, 3.3.2.9.

garages, 3.3.5.4., 9.8.8.4.

glass, 9.8.8.7.

height, 3.3.1.18., 3.3.5.4., 3.4.6.6., 9.8.8.3.

housing and small buildings, 9.8.8. industrial occupancies, 3.3.5.10.

landings, 3.4.6.6., 9.8.8.3.

loads, 3.3.5.4., 4.1.5.14., 9.8.8.2., 9.8.8.4.

means of egress, 9.9.1.1.

to not facilitate climbing, 9.8.8.6. openable windows, 3.3.4.8.

openings through, 3.3.1.18., 3.4.6.6., 3.4.7.6., 9.8.8.5.

porches, 9.8.8.3.

as protection for vehicles, 4.1.5.15. ramps, 3.4.6.6., 3.8.3.5., 9.8.8.1., 9.8.8.4.

secondary suites, 9.8.1.

stairs, 3.4.6.6.

where required, 9.8.8.1.

windows in public areas, 3.3.1.20. windows in residential occupancy, 9.8.8.1.

Guards (human), for danger zones, 8.2.1.4.

Gypsum board

application standard, 9.29.5.1.

on exposing building face, 3.2.3.7. fasteners for, 9.29.5.5.

fastening, 9.29.5.8., 9.29.5.9.

as fire separation in exit, 9.9.4.2. as firestop, 3.1.11.7.

installation, 9.29.5.3., 9.29.5.8., 9.29.5.9.

as interior finish, 9.29.5. material standard, 9.29.5.2.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.13. standards, 9.10.9.2.

as thermal barrier, 3.1.5.14., 3.1.5.15.

as wall sheathing, 9.23.17.2., 9.23.17.3.

Gypsum lath, 9.29.4.1.

Gypsum panel, 5.9.1.1.

H

Hallways (see Corridors)

Handrails

in aisles with steps, 3.3.2.10. attachment, 9.8.7.7.

continuity, 3.4.6.5., 9.8.7.2.

design, 9.8.7.7.

in dwelling units, 3.3.4.7., 9.8.1., 9.8.7.1.

ergonomic design, 9.8.7.5.

graspability, 3.4.6.5., 9.8.7.5.

height, 3.4.6.5., 9.8.7.4.

in housing and small buildings, 9.8.7. loads, 3.4.6.5., 4.1.5.14., 9.8.7.7.

in means of egress, 9.9.1.1.

projecting into means of egress, 3.4.3.3. projecting into stair or ramp, 9.8.7.6. for ramps, 3.4.6.5., 3.8.3.5., 9.8.7.

in secondary suites, 9.8.1., 9.8.7.

for stairs, 3.4.6.5., 3.4.6.9., 9.8.7.

termination, 9.8.7.3.

Hardboard

as cladding, 9.27.2.4., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.5.

fastening, 9.29.7.3.

as insulating finish, 9.25.5.1. as interior finish, 9.29.7.

material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.9.1., 9.29.7.1.

nailing, 9.29.7.3.

as siding, 9.27.2.4., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.9.

thickness, 9.3.2.7., 9.29.7.2.

as underlay, 9.30.2.2.

as wall sheathing, 9.25.5.1.

Hardware for doors access to exit, 3.3.1.13.

automatic locking devices, 3.3.4.5. bolts, 9.7.5.2.

closers in barrier-free path of travel, 3.8.3.6. closures, 3.1.8.5.

door release devices, 3.3.1.13., 3.3.2.7., 3.4.6.16.,

9.9.6.7.

height, 3.4.6.16.

hinges, 9.7.5.2.

hold-open devices, 3.1.8.14., 9.10.13.11.

locks and latches, 3.3.1.13., 3.4.6.16., 3.4.6.17.,

3.4.6.18., 9.7.5.2., 9.9.6.7., 9.9.6.8., 9.10.13.9.

power operators, 3.8.3.6.

self-closing devices, 3.1.8.13., 3.4.6.13., 9.9.6.7.,

9.10.13.10., 9.10.13.15.

strikeplates, 9.7.5.2.

on transparent doors and panels, 3.3.1.20. universal washrooms, 3.8.3.13.

Hatchways, 9.19.2.1., 9.25.3.3.

Hazardous substances explosion venting, 3.3.1.21.

fire detectors, 3.2.4.10.

fire protection, 9.10.1.3.

heat and smoke detection, 9.10.18.4. prohibited in basements, 3.3.5.3. safety within floor areas, 3.3.1.2. storage, 9.10.1.3.

Headroom clearance access to exits, 9.9.3.4.

doorways, 3.4.3.4., 9.5.5.1.

exits, 3.4.3.4., 9.9.3.4.

stairways, 3.4.3.4., 9.8.2.2.

Hearths, fireplace extensions, 9.22.5.1.

standard for, 9.22.5.

support, 9.22.5.2.

Heat detectors, 1.4.1.2.[A], 9.10.18.3., 9.10.18.4.

Heating appliances

capacity, 9.33.3.1., 9.33.5.1.

design, 6.4.1.2., 9.33.5.3.

installation, 6.2.1.6.

installation standards, 6.2.1.5., 9.33.5.2., 9.33.5.3.

location, 6.4.1.1.

Heating coils, service water heaters, 9.31.6.5.

Heating systems and equipment access, 6.2.1.6., 6.8.1.1., 9.33.4.4.

asbestos in, 6.2.1.7., 9.33.4.8.

capacity, 9.33.3.1., 9.33.5.1.

cleaning, 6.2.1.6., 9.33.4.4.

continuity of insulation, 9.36.3.5.

design, 6.2.1.1., 6.4.1.2., 9.33.1.1., 9.33.4.1., 9.33.5.3.

drawings and specifications, 2.2.6.2.[C]

earthquake design, 4.1.8.18.

energy efficiency, 9.36.

fire safety characteristics, 6.9.1.1., 9.33.6.2. - 9.33.6.4.

installation, 6.2.1., 9.33.1.1., 9.33.4.1.

installation standards, 6.2.1.1., 6.2.1.5., 9.33.5.2.,

9.33.5.3.

location, 6.4.1.1.

performance requirements, 9.36.3.10.

protection from freezing, 6.2.1.6., 9.33.4.5. in residential buildings, 9.33.2.1.

solid-fuel-burning, 6.2.1.5., 9.33.5.3.

structural movement, 6.2.1.4., 9.33.4.7.

system pressure, 6.2.1.3., 9.33.4.6.

temperature controls, 9.33.4.3., 9.36.3.6.

Heating, ventilating and air-conditioning (HVAC) systems and equipment

access, 6.2.1.1., 6.2.1.6., 6.8.1.1., 9.33.4.4.

air duct systems, 6.3.2.

air intakes and outlet dampers, 9.36.3.3. airtightness, 9.36.2.10.

application of Code, 6 asbestos in, 6.2.1.7., 9.33.4.8.

cleaning, 6.2.1.6., 9.33.4.4.

contaminant transfer prevention, 9.33.4.8. continuity of insulation, 9.36.3.5.

design, 6.2., 6.2.1.1., 6.4.1.2., 9.32.3.2., 9.33.1.1.,

9.33.4.1., 9.33.5.3.

drawings and specifications, 2.2.6.2.[C]

earthquake design, 4.1.8.18.

energy conservation measures, 9.36.8. energy conservation points, 9.36.8. energy efficiency, 9.36., 9.36.3.

energy performance calculations, 9.36.5.7.

energy performance modeling, 9.36.5.11., 9.36.5.15. equipment and ducts, 9.36.3.2.

fire safety characteristics, 6.9.1.1., 9.33.6.2. - 9.33.6.4.

heat recovery, 9.36.3.8., 9.36.3.9.

humidification, 6.3.2.16., 9.36.3.7.

installation, 6.2., 9.32.3.2., 9.33.1.1., 9.33.4.1.

installation standards, 6.2.1.1., 6.2.1.5., 9.33.5.2.,

9.33.5.3.

outdoor design conditions, 6.2.1.2. performance requirements, 9.36.3.10.

piping, 9.36.3.4.

protection from freezing, 6.2.1.6., 9.33.4.5.

structural movement, 6.2.1.4., 9.33.4.7.

system pressure, 6.2.1.3., 9.33.4.6.

temperature controls, 9.36.3.6.

Heat pumps, 9.36.3.6., 9.36.3.10.

Heat recovery

indoor pools and hot tubs, 9.36.3.8. ventilation systems, 9.36.3.9.

Heat recovery ventilators balancing, 9.32.3.12.

capacity, 6.3.1.4., 9.32.3.10.

condensate, 9.32.3.12.

installation, 6.3.1.4., 9.32.3.12.

standards for, 9.32.3.10.

Heat transfer

application of Code, 5.1.1.1.

calculations and analyses, 5.2.1.3. exterior insulation finish systems, 5.9.4.1.

performance in doors, windows and skylights, 5.9.2.4., 9.7.3.2.

performance in other fenestration assemblies, 5.9.3.3.

and required thermal insulation, 9.25.2.1. thermal resistance of assemblies, 5.3.1., 5.3.1.2.

Heavy timber construction

assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 1), 3.2.2.21.

assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 3), 3.2.2.30., 3.2.2.31.

assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 4), 3.2.2.35.

construction of exposing building faces, 9.10.15.5. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

dimensions, 3.1.4.7.

exposing building faces, 9.10.14.5. fire resistance, 9.10.6.2.

fire safety requirements, 3.1.4.7. flame-spread rating, 3.1.13.8.

high-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 1), 3.2.2.73.

low-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 3), 3.2.2.89., 3.2.2.90.

roofs, 3.2.2.16.

structural members, 3.2.3.9.

walkways, 3.2.3.19.

when permissible, 3.1.4.6., 3.2.2.16.

Height

access to exit, 3.3.1.8., 9.9.3.4.

between landings, 9.8.3.3., 9.8.4.4., 9.8.5.5.

ceilings, 9.5.3.

doorways, 9.5.5., 9.9.6.2.

exits, 9.9.3.4., 9.9.6.2.

guards, 9.8.8.3.

handrails, 9.8.7.4.

mezzanines, 9.5.3.2.

over landings, 9.8.6.4.

over ramps, 9.8.5.3.

over stairs, 9.8.2.2.

rooms and spaces, 9.5.3.1. storage garages, 9.5.3.3., 9.9.3.4.

Helicopter landing areas, 3.2.4.7., 3.2.4.16., 4.1.5.13.,

9.23.16.7.

High buildings

additional requirements, 3.2.6.1.

anchorage, 9.23.6.1.

central alarm and control facility, 3.2.6.7. construction site protection of public, 8.2.3.2. interior finishes, 3.1.13.7.

smoke control system testing, 3.2.6.9. smoke movement limits, 3.2.6.2. vertical transportation in, 3.5.1.1. voice communication systems, 3.2.6.8. wind loads, 4.1.7.3.

High-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 1)

building classification, 3.1.2.1. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

egress doorways, 3.3.1.5.

fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.1., 3.2.4.3.

fire protection, 3.2.2.72. - 3.2.2.75.

occupant load, 3.1.17.1.

safety within floor areas, 3.3.1.2.

High importance buildings, 4.1.8.1., 4.1.8.5., 4.1.8.10.,

4.1.8.13., 4.1.8.23.

Hipped roofs, wind loads, 4.1.7.6. Hold-open devices, 3.1.8.14., 9.10.13.11.

Home-type care occupancy (Group B, Division 4) (see also Children's custodial homes and

convalescent homes)

air-handling system, 9.10.2.2.

building classification, 9.10.2.1.

emergency lighting, 9.10.2.2. means of egress, 9.10.2.2.

residential fire warning system, 9.10.2.2. sleeping accommodations, 9.10.2.2.

sprinklers, 9.10.2.2.

Horizontal exits balconies, 3.4.6.10.

bridges, 3.4.6.10.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

hose station beside, 3.2.5.11. and other types of exits, 3.4.1.4. restricted use, 3.4.1.6.

vestibules, 3.4.6.10.

width, 3.4.6.10.

Horizontal service spaces access, 3.6.4.5.

application of Code, 3.6.1.1., 3.6.4.1.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

fire blocks in, 3.1.11.5.

above fire separations, 3.1.8.3., 9.10.9.12. fire separations for, 3.6.4.2.

sprinkler systems, 3.2.5.14.

Hose connections, 3.2.5.9., 3.2.5.10.

Hospitals, 3.1.8.13., 3.3.3.5., 3.4.1.6.

Hot tubs, heat recovery, 9.36.3.8. Hot water supply, 9.31.4.2.

Housing and small buildings (see also Dwelling units) air leakage, 9.25.

cladding, 9.27.

columns, 9.17.

concrete materials, 9.3.1.

condensation control, 9.25.

crawl spaces, 9.18.

dampproofing, 9.13.

design of areas and spaces, 9.5. drainage, 9.14.

electrical facilities, 9.34.

energy efficiency, 9.36.

excavations, 9.12.

fire protection, 9.10.

fireplaces, 9.22.

flooring, 9.30.

floors-on-ground, 9.16. footings and foundations, 9.15. glass, 9.6.

heat transfer, 9.25.

heating and air-conditioning, 9.33. interior wall and ceiling finishes, 9.29. lumber and wood products for, 9.3.2. masonry and concrete chimneys, 9.21.

masonry and insulating concrete walls, 9.20. materials, systems and equipment, 9.3. means of egress, 9.9.

plumbing facilities, 9.31.

roof spaces, 9.19.

roofing, 9.26.

sheet steel stud wall framing, 9.24. soil gas control, 9.13.

sound control, 9.11.

stairs, ramps, handrails and guards, 9.8. structural requirements, 9.4.

stucco, 9.28.

ventilation, 9.32.

waterproofing, 9.13.

windows, doors and skylights, 9.7. wood-frame construction, 9.23.

Humidification, 6.3.2.16., 9.36.3.7.

HVAC (see Heating, ventilating and air-conditioning (HVAC) systems and equipment)

Hydrants, 3.2.5.5., 3.2.5.15.

Hydronic heating design, 9.33.4.1.

installation, 9.33.4.2.

secondary suites, 9.33.1.1.

Hydrostatic pressure, 4.2.4.8., 5.7.2., 9.13.3.1., 9.16.3.2.

I

Ice, accumulation, 4.1.6.2., 4.1.6.15., 4.1.7.11., 5.3.1.2.,

5.6.2.2.

Impeded egress zones definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

door release hardware, 3.4.6.16., 9.9.6.7. doors and door hardware, 3.3.1.13.

fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.1. fire annunciators, 3.2.4.8.

sliding doors, 3.4.6.14.

sprinkler system requirements, 3.2.2.19. Importance categories for buildings, 4.1.2.1.

Importance factors earthquake loads, 4.1.8.5.

snow loads, 4.1.6.2.

wind loads, 4.1.7.3.

Incinerator rooms, 3.6.2.4., 9.10.10.5.

Indirect service water heaters (see Service water heaters)

Indoor design temperature, 5.2.1.2., 5.3.1.2., 5.5.1.2.,

9.33.3.1.

Indoor pools

heat recovery, 9.36.3.8.

temperature controls, 9.36.4.6.

water heaters, 9.36.4.2.

Industrial occupancy (Group F)

(see also High-hazard industrial occupancy; Low-hazard industrial occupancy; Medium-hazard industrial occupancy)

classification, 9.10.2.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

door thresholds, rooms with flammable liquids, 3.3.1.13., 3.4.6.1.

exposing building face, 9.10.14.5. fire alarm systems, 9.10.18.

fire-resistance rating, 9.10.8.

fire separations, 9.10.9.13., 9.10.9.14.

flame-spread rating, 9.10.17.

guards, 3.3.5.10., 9.8.8.5.

ramps and stairways, 3.3.1.14., 3.4.6.7., 3.4.6.8. self-service storage buildings, 3.9.1.3. washrooms, 3.7.2.

Information required for proposed work, 2.2.2.1.[C]

Institutional occupancy (see Care, treatment or detention occupancy)

Insulation

attic or roof spaces, 9.25.2.4. basements, 9.25.2.2.

combustible, in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.14., 3.1.5.15.

concealed spaces, 3.1.11.2.

continuity of, 9.36.2.5.

crawl spaces, 9.25.2.2., 9.25.2.3.

ducts, 3.1.5.18., 6.3.2.5., 9.32.3.11., 9.33.6.4.

environmental separation, 5.1.1.1.

exposure to exterior space on ground, 5.1.2.1. foamed plastic, 3.1.5.14., 3.1.5.15., 5.3.1.3.,

9.10.17.10., 9.25.2.2., 9.33.6.4.

foundations, 9.12.2.2., 9.25.2.2., 9.25.2.3.

installation, 5.3.1.3., 9.25.2.3., 9.27.3.4.

loose-fill, 9.25.2.4.

materials, 9.25.2.2.

material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.25.2.2.

pipes, 3.1.5.18., 6.5.1.1., 9.33.8.2., 9.33.8.4.

plenums, 9.33.6.4.

properties, 9.25.5.1.

protection of, 9.10.17.10., 9.25.2.3.

requirement for, 5.3.1.1., 9.25.2.1.

roofs, 9.25.2.2.

slabs-on-ground, 9.25.2.3.

spray-applied, 5.3.1.3., 9.25.2.5. supported by gypsum board, 9.29.5.4. thermal, 9.25.2.

thermal resistance, 5.3.1.

walls, 9.25.2.4.

wall sheathing, 9.23.17.2., 9.23.17.3., 9.27.3.4.

wires and cables, 3.1.5.21.

Interconnected floor spaces, 1.4.1.2.[A], 3.2.3.2., 3.2.8.2., 3.2.8.8., 9.10.9.5.

Interconnection of duct systems, 6.3.2.7., 6.3.2.10.,

9.33.6.7.

Interior finishes

bathrooms in residential suites, 3.1.13.3. for braced wall panels, 9.23.13.6. ceilings, 9.23.9.4., 9.29.

dampproofing, 9.13.2.5.

elevator cars, 3.1.13.11.

encapsulated mass timber construction, 3.1.13.12. exterior exit passageway, 3.1.13.10.

fastening to steel studs, 9.24.1.4. flame-spread limits, 9.10.17.

flame-spread rating, 3.1.13.2.

floors, 9.30.

gypsum board, 9.29.5.

hardboard, 9.29.7.

high buildings, 3.1.13.7.

insulating fibreboard, 9.29.8.

light diffusers and lenses, 3.1.13.4. masonry walls, 9.20.13.9.

materials, 3.1.13.1.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.12., 3.1.13.8.

OSB, 9.29.9.

particle board, 9.29.9.

plastering, 9.29.4.

plywood, 9.29.6.

public corridor ceilings, 3.1.13.6. skylights, 3.1.13.5.

on steel studs, 9.24.1.5. support, 9.23.10.5., 9.24.3.4.

tiles, 9.29.10.

underground walkways, 3.1.13.9.

waferboard, 9.29.9.

walls, 9.29.

waterproof, 9.29.2.

J

Janitors' rooms, 3.2.4.10., 3.3.1.22., 9.10.18.4.

Joints and connections for ducts, 9.33.6.2., 9.33.6.3., 9.33.6.6., 9.33.6.7.

Joists

bearing, 9.23.9.1.

cantilevered, 9.23.9.9.

ceilings, 9.23.14.1., 9.23.14.7.

continuity, 9.23.14.1.

dimensions, 9.23.4.1., 9.23.14.7., 9.23.14.10.

end bearing length, 9.23.14.3.

floors, 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.4., 9.23.9.

framing around openings, 9.23.14.2. header, 9.23.9.5., 9.23.9.7.

lumber grade, 9.3.2.1.

nailing, 9.23.3.4., 9.23.9.3., 9.23.14.9.

preservative treatment, 9.23.2.2., 9.23.2.3.

roofs, 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.5., 9.23.14.1., 9.23.14.7.,

9.23.14.9.

spans, 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.4., 9.23.4.5.,

9.23.14.7., 9.23.14.10.

strapping, bridging and furring, 9.23.9.4. support, 9.23.14.7.

supported on beams, 9.23.9.2.

supported on masonry or concrete, 9.20.8.2., 9.20.8.3., 9.21.5.3., 9.23.2.2., 9.23.2.3.

supporting walls, 9.23.9.8.

tail, 9.23.9.7.

trimmer, 9.23.9.6.

wood, 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.4., 9.23.4.5.

Junction boxes, electrical, 3.1.5.2., 9.10.9.6.

K

Kitchens

commercial cooking equipment, 3.3.1.2., 6.3.1.6.,

9.10.1.4., 9.10.13.13.

emergency lighting, 3.2.7.3.

exhaust ducts, 3.1.8.8., 3.1.8.9., 6.3.2.10., 9.32.3.11.

exhaust fans, 9.32.3.3., 9.32.3.7.

exhaust outlets, 6.3.2.10. grease duct enclosures, 3.6.3.5. loads on floor or roof, 4.1.5.3.

L

Laboratories

enclosure exhaust ventilation, 3.3.1.21., 6.3.4.3. live loads on floor or roof, 4.1.5.3.

ventilation, 6.3.4.

Landings

barrier-free, 3.8.3.5.

configurations, 9.8.6.3.

dimensions, 3.4.3.4., 3.4.6.4., 9.8.6.3.

at doorways, 3.4.3.3., 3.4.6.3., 9.8.6.2., 9.8.6.3.,

9.9.6.1.

fire escapes, 3.4.7.7.

guards, 3.4.6.6., 9.8.8.

height between, 3.4.6.3., 9.8.3.3., 9.8.4.4., 9.8.5.5.

height over, 9.8.6.4.

in housing and small buildings, 9.8.6. omitted, 3.4.6.3.

openings in, 3.4.6.4. as part of exit, 9.8.1.3. on ramps, 9.8.6.

slip-resistance, 3.4.6.1., 9.8.9.6.

on stairs, 9.8.6.

Lateral loads anchorage, 9.23.6.1.

braced wall bands, 9.23.13.4., 9.23.13.5.

braced wall panels, 9.23.13.5., 9.23.13.6.

bracing considerations, 9.23.13.7.

bracing requirements, 9.23.13., 9.23.13.1. fasteners for framing, 9.23.3.4.

fasteners for sheathing and subfloors, 9.23.3.5. floor joists supporting walls, 9.23.9.8.

lumber roof sheathing, 9.23.16.5. materials, 9.23.13.6.

particleboard, OSB or waferboard finishes, 9.29.9.3. plywood finish, 9.29.6.3.

roof sheathing, required, 9.23.16.1. spacing of nails in gypsum board, 9.29.5.8.

spacing of screws in gypsum board, 9.29.5.9.

Lath, plaster gypsum, 9.29.4.1.

metal, 9.29.4.1.

Lath, stucco

attachment to sheathing, 9.27.5.1. dimensions, 9.28.4.3.

fastening, 9.27.5.7., 9.27.7.5., 9.28.4.6.

installation, 9.28.4.2., 9.28.4.5., 9.28.4.6.

materials, 9.28.4.1., 9.28.4.3.

nailing, 9.27.5., 9.28.4.6.

self-furring, 9.28.4.4.

standard for, 9.28.4.

stapling, 9.27.5., 9.28.4.6.

uses, 9.28.1.2.

Lattice structures, ice loading, 4.1.6.15. Laundry-drying equipment, 9.32.1.3.

Laundry rooms, 3.2.4.10., 3.3.1.23., 9.10.18.4.

Lavatories, 3.7.2.3., 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.16.

Legionella, 6.2.1.1., 6.3.2.15., 6.3.2.16.

Libraries, 3.3.2.13., 4.1.5.3.

Licensed beverage establishments access to exit, 3.3.1.17. principal entrances, 3.4.2.6.

Life safety systems, 3.2.9.1., 9.10.1.2.

Light diffusers and lenses, 3.1.13.4., 9.10.17.6.,

9.10.17.8.

Lighting

basements, 9.34.2.3., 9.34.2.4.

elements, 3.1.13.1., 9.10.17.6., 9.10.17.8.

emergency, 3.2.7.3., 3.2.7.4., 9.9.12.3., 9.34.2.7.,

9.34.3.

entrances, 9.34.2.1.

exits, 3.2.7.1.

fixtures, recessed, 3.2.7.2., 9.34.1.4. garages and carports, 9.34.2.6. levels, 9.9.12.2., 9.9.12.3.

levels, minimum, 3.2.7.1. means of egress, 9.9.12. outlets for, 3.2.7.1., 9.34.2.

public corridors, 3.2.7.1., 9.9.12.2., 9.9.12.3. public and service areas, 9.34.2.7. stairways, 9.34.2.3.

Lightning protection systems, 3.6.1.3.

Limited-use/limited-application elevators (LULA), 3.5.4.1.

Limiting distance

between construction camp buildings, 9.10.21.5. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

exposing building face, 3.2.3.5., 3.2.3.6., 3.2.3.7.,

9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5.

exterior walls, 9.10.3.3.

fire department response time, 3.2.3.1. and firefighting services, 9.10.15.3.

fire-resistance rating exception, 3.1.7.2. less than 1.2 m, 3.2.3.5.

low-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 3), 3.2.3.11.

maximum concentrated area, 3.2.3.1.

spatial separation between buildings, 3.2.3.1., 9.10.14.3., 9.10.15.

unprotected openings, 3.2.3.1., 3.2.3.10. wall exposed to another wall, 3.2.3.14.

Limit states design application, 4.1.3.

dead load, 4.1.3.2. definition of terms, 4.1.3.1.

effect of factored loads, 4.1.3.2.

fatigue check, 4.1.3.3.

importance factors, 4.1.6.2., 4.1.8.5.

load factors, 4.1.3.2.

resistance, 4.1.3.2.

serviceability check, 4.1.3.4. strength and stability check, 4.1.3.2.

Linen chutes, 3.6.3.3., 9.10.1.3.

Liners, chimney clay, 9.21.3.3.

clearances, 9.21.3.8.

concrete, 9.21.3.5.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

extensions, 9.21.3.10.

firebrick, 9.21.3.4.

installation, 9.21.3.7.

separation, 9.21.4.9.

standard for, 9.21.3.

Liners, fireplace firebrick, 9.22.2.2.

standard for, 9.22.2.

steel, 9.22.2.3.

wall thickness, 9.22.3.

Linings

for ducts and plenums, 3.1.5.18., 6.3.2.5., 9.33.6.4.

for radiators and convectors, 6.4.3.1., 9.33.7.1.

Lintels

dimensions, 9.23.12.3.

fireplaces, 9.22.1.2.

nailing, 9.23.12.3.

spans, 9.23.12.3.

steel, 3.2.2.3., 9.10.7.1., 9.20.5.2., 9.22.1.2.

supporting masonry over openings, 9.20.5.2. wood, 9.23.12.

Liquids, combustible (see Combustible liquids) Liquids, flammable (see Flammable liquids) Liquids, hazardous, 6.9.1.2.

Live loads (see Loads) Loadbearing, definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

Loads

in attics, 9.4.2.4.

bearing pressure for soil or rock, 9.4.4.1. climatic, 1.1.3., 5.2.1.1.

combinations, 4.1.3.2.

concentrated, 4.1.5.9.

dead, 1.4.1.2.[A], 4.1.3.2., 4.1.4., 9.4.3.1.

deflections under, 4.1.3.5., 9.4.3.

design requirement, 4.1.1.3.

in dining areas, 4.1.5.3., 4.1.5.6.

due to crane, 4.1.3.2., 4.1.5.11.

due to earthquakes, 4.1.3.2., 4.1.8. due to ice, 4.1.6.15.

due to partitions, 4.1.4.1. due to resonance, 4.1.3.6.

due to snow and rain, 4.1.6., 4.1.6.4., 9.4.2.2., 9.4.2.3. due to sway forces, 4.1.5.10.

due to use and occupancy, 4.1.5. during construction, 4.1.1.3.

eccentric, on foundations, 4.2.4.6. environmental, 5.1.4.1., 5.2.1., 5.2.1.3. on exterior areas, 4.1.5.5.

on firewalls, 4.1.5.17.

on floors, 4.1.5.3., 9.23.1.1., 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2.,

9.23.4.4.

on foundations, 4.2.4.1., 9.4.4.6. full and partial, 4.1.5.3.

on grab bars, 3.7.2.7., 9.31.2.3.

on guards, 3.3.5.4., 4.1.5.14., 9.8.8.2., 9.8.8.4.

on handrails, 3.4.6.5., 4.1.5.14., 9.8.7.7.

and helipads, 4.1.5.13.

hydrostatic, 4.2.4.8., 9.13.3.1., 9.16.3.2.

impact of machinery and equipment, 4.1.5.11. lateral (see Lateral loads)

limit states, 4.1.3.

live, 1.4.1.2.[A], 4.1.5.

with more than one occupancy, 4.1.5.7. not specified, 4.1.2.2.

permanent, 4.1.3.2.

on ramps, 9.8.9.1.

on residential balconies, 4.1.5.3., 9.4.2.3.

on retaining walls, 9.4.4.5., 9.4.4.6.

specified, 4.1.2., 9.4.2.

on stairs, 9.8.9.1.

structural, 4.1., 9.4.

structural, on environmental separators, 5.1.4.1., 5.2.2.

and structural strength, 5.2.2. variation with tributary area, 4.1.5.8. on vehicle guardrails, 4.1.5.15. vibration, 4.1.3.6.

on walls acting as guards, 4.1.5.16. wind (see Wind load)

Lobbies, 3.4.4.2., 9.9.8.5., 9.10.17.3.

(see also Vestibules)

Locking devices automatic, 3.3.4.5.

contained use area, 3.3.1.13.

electromagnetic, 3.3.1.13., 3.4.6.16., 3.4.6.18., 9.9.6.7.

impeded egress zone, 3.3.1.13. principal entrances, 9.9.6.7.

Locks, deadbolt, 9.7.5.2.

Low buildings, wind loads, 4.1.7.5., 4.1.7.6.

Lowest exit level, 3.2.6.2., 3.4.3.2., 3.4.5.3., 9.9.11.4.

Low fire load, 3.2.2.91., 3.2.3.11.

Low-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 3)

building classification, 3.1.2.1. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.1., 9.10.18.

fire protection, 3.2.2.82. - 3.2.2.92., 3.2.3.11. fire safety within floor areas, 3.3.1., 3.3.5. occupant load, 3.1.17.1.

Lumber

dimensions, 9.3.2.6.

firestops, 3.1.11.7.

grades, 9.3.2.1., 9.3.2.2., 9.3.2.3.

for housing and small buildings, 9.3.2. moisture content, 9.3.2.5.

protection from termites and decay, 9.3.2.9.

sheathing, 9.23.16.5.

structural uses, 9.3.2.9.

undersized, 9.3.2.8.

M

Main entrances (see Principal entrances)

Major occupancy

and building classification, 3.1.2.1., 9.10.2.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

occupancy combination prohibitions, 3.1.3.2.

Major occupancy and fire safety requirements building area determination, 3.2.2.5. exceptions, 3.2.2.8.

fire separations, 3.1.3.1.

multiple occupancies, 3.1.3., 3.2.2.4., 3.2.2.6.,

9.10.2., 9.10.9.13., 9.10.9.18., 9.10.9.19.

superimposed occupancies, 3.2.2.7.

Makeup air

and depressurization protection, 9.32.3.8. fans, 9.32.3.10.

requirements, 6.3.2.8.

for subfloor depressurization, 9.13.4.3. venting of laundry-drying, 6.3.2.10.

Make-up water connections, 6.3.2.15., 6.3.2.16.

Mansard roofs firestopping, 3.1.11.5.

sheathing, 9.23.17.6.

venting, 9.19.1.4.

Manual stations, fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.4., 3.2.4.16. Manufactured buildings, foundations, 9.12.2.2.,

9.15.1.3.

Marquees, 3.1.5.24., 3.1.16.1., 3.2.2.3.

Masonry

bonding, 9.20.9., 9.20.11.2.

chases and recesses, 9.20.7.

chimneys, 1.4.1.2.[A], 6.3.3.2., 9.21., 9.33.10.3.

cold weather requirements, 9.20.14. columns, 9.17.5.

corbelling, 9.20.12.

dampproofing, 9.13.2.3.

earthquake reinforcement, 9.20.1.2., 9.20.15. exposure to weather, 9.20.2.6.

flashing, 9.20.13., 9.26.4.4., 9.26.4.6.

flues, 9.21.

foundations, 4.2.3.3., 4.2.3.4., 9.15.1.1., 9.15.2.,

9.15.4., 9.15.4.10.

grout, 9.20.3.2.

installation, 5.6.1.2., 9.15.2.2., 9.15.2.3., 9.20.

joints, 9.20.4., 9.20.9.1.

lateral support, 9.20.10.

material standards, 5.6.1.2., 5.9.1.1., 9.15.2.2.,

9.17.5.1.

mortar, 9.20.3.1., 9.20.3.2.

parapet walls, 9.20.6.5.

for pilasters, 9.15.5.3. solid, 1.4.1.2.[A]

structural design basis, 4.3.2.1. stucco on, 9.28.1.3.

supporting beams, 9.15.5.2.

supporting floor joists, 9.15.5.1. support of loads, 9.20.5., 9.20.8.

as thermal barrier, 3.1.5.14., 3.1.5.15.

ties, 9.20.9.5.

tying, 9.20.9., 9.20.11.2.

units, 1.4.1.2.[A], 9.20.2., 9.20.2.1.

used brick, 9.20.2.2.

veneer, 9.20.6.4., 9.20.8.5., 9.20.9.5., 9.20.12.3.

walls, 9.20.

weep holes, 5.6.2.1., 9.20.13.5., 9.20.13.6., 9.20.13.8.

Mastics, 3.1.5.2.

Materials

braced wall panels, 9.23.13.6. characteristics, 1.2.2.1.[A]

cladding, hardboard, factory-finished, 9.27.9.1. cladding, lumber, 9.27.6.1.

cladding, OSB and waferboard, 9.27.10.1. cladding, plywood, 9.27.8.1.

cladding, strip steel, 9.27.11.1. cladding, vinyl, 9.27.12.1. columns, unit masonry, 9.17.5.1. columns, wood, 9.17.4.2.

combustible, in noncombustible construction, 9.10.6.

concrete, 9.3.1.

dampproofing, 9.13.2.2.

design requirements, 4.3. drainage tile and pipe, 9.14.3.1. ducts, 6.3.2.3., 9.32.3.11., 9.33.6.2.

eave protection, 9.26.5.2.

exterior insulation finish systems, 9.27.14. fibreboard, insulating, 9.29.8.1.

fire blocks, 9.10.16.3.

firestops, 3.1.9.1., 3.1.11.7.

flashing, 9.20.13.1., 9.26.4.2., 9.27.3.7.

foundations, 4.2.3.

glass, 9.6.1.2.

granular, beneath floors, 9.16.2. gypsum products, 9.29.5.2.

hardboard, 9.29.7.1.

for housing and small buildings, 9.30. lumber and wood products, 9.3.2. metal, 9.3.3.

particleboard finish, 9.29.9.1.

pipes for heating and cooling systems, 6.7.1.1., 9.33.8.1.

review of, 2.2.7.4.[C] roofing, 9.26.2.1.

roof sheathing, 9.23.16.2.

sealants, 9.27.4.2.

shingles and shakes, 9.27.7.1. standards, 1.5.[A], 5.9.1.1.

steel studs and runners, 9.24.1.2. storage, 1.2.2.2.[A], 9.10.1.3.

subflooring, 9.23.15.2.

testing, 4.1.1.5.

thermal characteristics, 9.36.2.2.

underlay, panel-type, 9.30.2.2.

used, 1.2.2.3.[A]

waterproofing, 9.13.3.2., 9.29.2.2.

Materials, appliances, systems and equipment characteristics, 1.2.2.1.[A]

storage, 1.2.2.2.[A]

used, 1.2.2.3.[A]

Means of egress (see also Exits)

from air-supported structures, 3.1.18.1.

from care, treatment or detention occupancy, 3.3.3.3.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

dimensions, 9.9.3.

through doors and windows in dwelling units, 9.7.2.2.

from dwelling units, 3.3.4.4., 9.9.9. exterior passageways as, 3.2.2.12. and fire hose cabinets, 3.2.5.11. within floor areas, 3.3.1.3.

from housing and small buildings, 9.9. lighting of, 9.9.12.2.

obstructions in, 3.3.1.24., 3.4.3.3., 9.9.5., 9.9.5.5.,

9.9.11.2.

from outdoor places of assembly, 3.3.2.11. from secondary suites, 9.9.9.

sliding doors in, 3.3.1.12. from tents, 3.1.18.1.

transparent panels or doors in, 3.3.1.20., 9.6.1.4. with two separate exits, 9.9.9.2.

Measurement, rooms and spaces, 9.5.1.1. Mechanical systems and equipment (see

Heatingventilating and air-conditioning (HVAC) systems and equipment)

Mechanical ventilation (see Ventilation) Medical gas piping, 3.7.3.1., 9.31.1.1.

Medium-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 2)

ammonium nitrate storage, 3.3.6.6. building classification, 3.1.2.1.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.1., 9.10.18.

fire protection, 3.2.2.76. - 3.2.2.81.

fire safety within floor areas, 3.3.1., 3.3.5. occupant load, 3.1.17.1.

Mercantile occupancy (Group E) classification, 3.1.2.1., 9.10.2.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

exit stairs, 9.9.4.7.

exposing building face, 9.10.14.5. fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.1., 9.10.18.

fire protection, 3.2.2.66. - 3.2.2.71.

fire-resistance rating, 9.10.8.

fire safety within floor areas, 3.3.1. flame-spread rating, 9.10.17.

occupant load, 3.1.17.1.

security, 3.4.6.17.

Metal

cladding, 5.6.1., 5.9.1.1., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.5.6., 9.27.11.

for housing and small buildings, 9.3.3. galvanized sheet, 9.3.3.2.

roof deck assembly, 3.1.14.2. sheet thickness, 9.3.3.1.

siding, 5.6.1., 5.9.1.1., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.5.6., 9.27.11.

Mezzanines

application of requirements to exterior passageways, 3.2.2.12.

assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 1), 3.2.2.20.

assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 2), 3.2.2.23.

assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 3), 3.2.2.29.

and building height, 3.2.1.1., 9.10.4.1., 9.10.4.2. business and personal services occupancy

(Group D), 3.2.2.56.

care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B, Division 1), 3.2.2.36., 3.2.2.37.

care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B, Division 2), 3.2.2.38. - 3.2.2.41.

care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B, Division 3), 3.2.2.42. - 3.2.2.46.

ceiling height, 9.5.3.2. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

fire-resistance rating, 3.2.2.17., 9.10.8.6., 9.10.9.4.

fire separations, 3.2.1.6., 3.2.8.1., 9.10.12.1.

guards, 3.3.1.18., 9.8.8.1.

gymnasiums, swimming pools, arenas and rinks, 3.2.2.17.

high-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 1), 3.2.2.72.

loads on floor or roof, 4.1.5.3., 4.1.5.4.

low-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 3), 3.2.2.82.

means of egress, 3.4.2.2., 9.9.8.6.

medium-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 2), 3.2.2.76.

mercantile occupancy (Group E), 3.2.2.66. occupant load, 3.1.17.1.

openings in floor assemblies, 3.2.8.2. residential occupancy (Group C), 3.2.2.47. termination, 9.10.12.1.

Micro-organisms, minimizing growth of, 6.3.2.2., 6.3.2.15., 6.3.2.16.

Mild climate indicator, 9.25.4.2., 9.25.5.1.

Millwork, combustible, 3.1.5.9.

Mirrors

in exits, 9.9.5.6.

in washrooms, 3.8.3.16.

Misters, 6.3.2.16.

Moisture

diffusion, 5.1.1.1., 5.5.1.2. flooring resistant to, 9.30.1.2.

protection against, application of Code, 9.13.1.1. resistant backing for wall tile, 9.29.10.4. transfer, 5.1.1.1., 5.2.1.3., 5.5.1.2.

Moisture index, 9.27.2.2.

Mortar

aggregate for, 5.9.1.1., 9.20.3.1., 9.20.3.2., 9.29.10.2.

as base for ceramic wall tile, 9.29.10.2. cold weather requirements, 9.20.14. joints, 9.20.4.

material standards, 9.20.3.1.

mixes, 9.20.3.2.

standard for, 9.20.3.

uses, 9.20.3.2.

Movement, differential columns, 9.17.2.2.

decks and other accessible platforms, 9.12.2.2., 9.23.6.2.

elements in environmental separation, 5.1.4.1., 5.2.2.1.

metal and vinyl cladding, 9.27.5.6.

Moving walks, 3.2.8.2., 3.8.2.3., 3.8.2.4., 9.8.1.4.

Multiple occupancies

and building classification, 9.10.2.

building size and construction requirements, 3.2.2.4.

fire separations, 3.1.3.

requirements decided by most restricted occupancy, 3.2.2.6.

separation of repair garages, 9.10.9.19. separation of residential occupancies, 9.10.9.13. separation of storage garages, 9.10.9.18.

N

Nailing

bracing, 9.23.10.2.

built-up beams, 9.23.8.3.

cladding, 9.27.5., 9.27.7.3.

columns, 9.17.4.2.

fibreboard finish, 9.29.8.3.

framing, 9.23.3.4.

furring, 9.29.3.2.

gypsum board, 9.29.5.5., 9.29.5.8.

hardboard finish, 9.29.7.3.

joists, 9.23.9.2., 9.23.9.3., 9.23.14.9.

lintels, 9.23.12., 9.23.12.3.

OSB finish, 9.29.9.3.

particleboard finish, 9.29.9.3.

plywood finish, 9.29.6.3. prevention of splitting, 9.23.3.3. rafters, 9.23.14.4.

shingles, 9.26.7.4., 9.26.7.6., 9.26.8.5., 9.27.7.3.

siding, 9.27.5., 9.27.7.3.

stucco, 9.28.3.2.

subflooring, 9.23.3.5., 9.23.15.6.

underlay, 9.30.2.3.

waferboard finish, 9.29.9.3.

wall plates, 9.23.11.3.

wood-frame construction, 9.23.3.

wood shingles and shakes, 9.26.9.5., 9.26.10.4. wood strip flooring, 9.30.3.3.

Nailing and supporting elements fire blocks required, 3.1.11.3.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.8.

Nails

for cladding, 9.27.5., 9.27.5.4., 9.27.7.3.

diameters, 9.23.3.1.

dimensions, 9.23.3.5., 9.26.2.3., 9.27.5.4.

for fibreboard finish, 9.29.8.3. for gypsum board, 9.29.5.6. length, 9.23.3.2.

for OSB finish, 9.29.9.3.

for particleboard finish, 9.29.9.3. for roofing, 9.23.3.5., 9.26.2.3.

for shingles, 9.26.7.4.

standard for, 9.23.3.1., 9.26.2.3., 9.29.5.6.

for underlay, 9.30.2.3.

for waferboard finish, 9.29.9.3.

National Building Code acceptable solutions, 1.2.1.1.[A] administration, 2.2.[C] alternative solutions, 1.2.1.1.[A]

application, 1.1.1.[A], 1.1.1.[C], 1.3.[A], 2.1.1.[A],

3.1.[A]

compliance, 2.2.[A]

conflicting requirements, 1.5.1.2.[A]

objectives, 2.2.1.1.[A]

referenced documents, 1.3.1., 1.5.1.[A] scope, 1.1.1.[C], 1.3.1.[B]

Noise, protection from, 5.8., 9.32.3.10.

Noncombustible cladding, 3.1.4.8., 3.1.5.5., 3.2.3.7.,

3.2.3.9.

Noncombustible construction

assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 1), 3.2.2.20., 3.2.2.21.

assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 2), 3.2.2.23., 3.2.2.24.

assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 3), 3.2.2.29.

assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 4), 3.2.2.35.

business and personal services occupancy (Group D), 3.2.2.56.

care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B, Division 1), 3.2.2.36., 3.2.2.37.

care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B, Division 2), 3.2.2.38. - 3.2.2.41.

care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B, Division 3), 3.2.2.42. - 3.2.2.46.

combustible ducts, 3.1.5.18.

combustible elements, 3.1.5.6., 3.1.5.16., 9.10.6.1. combustible finishes in, 3.1.5.12.

combustible flooring in, 3.1.5.10. combustible insulation in, 3.1.5.14. combustible piping materials, 3.1.5.19. combustible plumbing fixtures, 3.1.5.20. combustible stairs in, 3.1.5.11. decorative wood cladding, 3.1.5.24. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

ducts (combustible) in, 3.1.5.18. exposing building face, 3.2.3.7. exterior walls, 3.1.5.5., 3.1.5.6.

factory-assembled panels, 3.1.5.7.

firestops, 3.1.11.3.

firewalls, 3.1.10.1., 3.1.10.2.

flame-spread rating, 3.1.13.8. glazing and skylights, 3.1.5.4.

high-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 1), 3.2.2.72., 3.2.2.73.

low-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 3), 3.2.2.82., 3.2.2.89.

materials permitted in, 3.1.5.1.

medium-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 2), 3.2.2.76., 3.2.2.77.

mercantile occupancy (Group E), 3.2.2.66. metal roof decks, 3.1.14.2.

minor combustible components, 3.1.5.2. nailing elements, 3.1.5.8.

non-metallic raceways in, 3.1.5.23. partitions in, 3.1.5.16.

plumbing fixtures, 3.1.5.20.

residential occupancy (Group C), 3.2.2.47. roofing materials, 3.1.5.3.

support of, 9.10.8.4.

vehicular passageways, 3.2.3.18.

walkways, 3.2.3.19., 3.2.3.20.

wires and cables, 3.1.5.21., 3.1.5.22.

Noncombustible materials

permitted in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.1. return air ducts, 3.6.5.8.

Notching of framing members, 9.23.5.2. Nursing homes, 3.1.8.13., 3.3.3.5., 3.4.1.6.

O

Objectives of the Code application, 2.1.1.2.[A], 3.2.[A]

definition, 2.2.1.1.[A]

Obstructions

in corridors, 3.3.1.9., 9.9.5.2., 9.9.5.3., 9.9.6.1.

in doorways, 9.9.6.1., 9.9.6.3.

in exits, 3.4.3.3., 9.9.5., 9.9.5.5., 9.9.6.1., 9.9.6.2.

in means of egress, 3.3.1.24., 9.9.5., 9.9.5.5.

Occupancy

and building classification, 3.1.2.1., 9.10.2. and building size determination, 1.3.3.4.[A] combination prohibitions, 3.1.3.2., 9.10.9.14.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

and live loads, 4.1.5.3.

multiple (see Multiple occupancies)

Occupant load

and access to exits, 9.9.7.1. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

and exit stairway, 3.4.3.1.

and fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.1. fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.22.

fire safety requirements, 3.1.17.1. and means of egress, 9.9.1.3.

and seating, 3.3.2.2.

Odour removal equipment, 6.8.1.3., 9.33.6.14.

Office areas, 4.1.5.3.

Oil-burning equipment, 6.2.1.5., 9.33.5.2. Open-air storage garages, 9.10.18.8.

Open-air storey

access route, 3.2.5.4.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

exposing building face, 9.10.14.4.

fire containment exception, 3.2.1.5., 3.2.2.82. low-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F,

Division 3), 3.2.2.92.

storage garages, 6.3.1.3.

unprotected openings, 3.2.3.10.

Openings

in barrier-free path of travel, 3.8.3.2.

care, treatment or detention occupancy, 3.3.3.2. for ducts, 6.3.2.9., 9.10.5.1., 9.33.6.10.

for escalators, 3.2.8.2.

in exposing building face, 9.10.14., 9.10.15.

in exterior walls, 3.2.3.13., 3.2.3.17., 9.10.12.3. for fire dampers, 9.24.3.7.

fire protection, 9.10.1.3.

in fire separations, 3.1.8.1., 3.1.8.6., 3.2.3.13., 3.3.3.2.,

3.4.4.4., 9.10.5., 9.10.9.3., 9.10.13., 9.10.13.8.

through floor assemblies, interconnected floor spaces, 3.2.8.

in garage floors, 3.3.5.4. in guards, 9.8.8.5.

guards for, 3.3.1.18., 3.4.6.6.

in membrane ceilings, 3.1.9.5., 9.10.5. for moving walks, 3.2.8.2.

for natural ventilation, 9.32.2.2. near exterior exits, 9.9.4.4. - 9.9.4.6.

onto landings, 3.4.6.4.

in repair garages, 3.3.3.2. for stairways, 3.2.8.2.

support of masonry above, 9.20.5.2.

in walls above adjoining roof, 9.10.12.2.

in walls exposed to adjoining roof, 3.2.3.15.

Operating rooms, 3.3.3.6., 4.1.5.3. Oriented strand board (see OSB) Orphanages, 3.2.4.3.

OSB

as cladding, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.2.4., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.5.,

9.27.10.

fire blocks, 9.10.16.3.

fire protection of soffits, 9.10.12.4. firestopping, 3.1.11.7.

as interior finish, 9.29.9. material, 9.3.2.4.

material standard, 5.9.1.1., 9.23.15.2., 9.23.16.2.,

9.23.17.2., 9.27.10.1., 9.29.9.1., 9.30.2.2.

as roof sheathing, 9.3.2.4., 9.23.3.5., 9.23.16.2.

as siding, 9.27.2.4., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.5., 9.27.10.

as subflooring, 9.3.2.4., 9.23.15.2., 9.23.15.5.

thickness, 9.3.2.7.

as underlay, 9.30.2.

as wall sheathing, 9.3.2.4., 9.23.3.5., 9.23.10.2.,

9.23.13., 9.23.17.2., 9.23.17.5.

Outdoor places of assembly, 3.3.2.11. Outdoor process equipment, 3.2.3.21.

Outdoors

air quality, 6.2.1.2., 6.3.2.14.

air supply rates, 6.3.1.1., 6.3.1.3.

design temperatures, 1.1.3.1., 5.2.1.1., 5.3.1.2.,

5.5.1.2., 6.2.1.2., 9.33.3.2., 9.33.5.1.

Outlet boxes, electrical

combustible, in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.2.

penetrating fire separations, 3.1.9.2., 3.1.9.3.,

9.10.5.1., 9.10.9.6.

Ovens, fire protection, 9.10.22. Owner, definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

Oxidizing gases (see Combustible gases)

P

Paint

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.2. on steel columns, 9.17.3.3., 9.23.8.2.

Parapets

design, 4.1.8.18., 5.6.2.2., 9.20.6.5.

firewalls as, 3.1.10.4.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.3. wind loads, 4.1.7.5., 4.1.7.6.

Parging

of above-grade masonry, 9.20.13.9. for dampproofing, 9.13.2.3., 9.13.2.4. of foundation walls, 9.15.6.

for protection of insulation, 9.25.2.3. for waterproofing, 9.13.3.3.

Parking areas access, 3.8.2.5.

barrier-free path of travel, 3.8.2.5. ventilation, 6.3.1.3.

Parking decks on roofs, 4.1.5.5. Parking garages (see Storage garages)

Parking structures, structural design basis, 4.4.2.1.

Particleboard

as interior finish, 9.29.9.

material standard, 9.23.15.2., 9.29.9.1., 9.30.2.2.

subflooring, 9.23.15.2.

thickness, 9.3.2.7.

underlay, 9.30.2.2.

Partitions

dead loads, 4.1.4.1.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

exceptions for mezzanines, 3.2.8.2. in lieu of sliding doors, 3.3.1.12.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.16. sliding glass, 3.3.1.20.

Party walls

airtightness, 9.36.2.10. continuity of insulation, 9.36.2.5. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

fire separations, 9.10.9.

as firewalls, 3.2.3.4., 9.10.11.1. not as firewalls, 9.10.11.2.

Passageways

as exits, 3.4.1.4.

as means of egress, 9.9.2.1. vehicular, 3.2.3.18.

Passageways, exterior

as access to exit, 9.9.9.3. exemptions, 3.4.4.3.

as exits, 3.3.1.15., 3.4.1.5.

fire-resistance rating, 9.10.8.8.

fire separations, 9.9.4.2.

flame-spread rating, 9.10.17.4.

interior finishes, 3.1.13.10. as means of egress, 3.2.2.12.

Passenger elevating device dimensions, 3.5.4.1.

Passenger loading zones, 3.8.2.5., 3.8.3.4. Passenger pickup areas, barrier-free, 3.8.3.1.

Path of travel, barrier-free

access to storeys served by escalators and moving walks, 3.8.2.3.

apartment buildings, 9.5.2.3. application of Code, 3.8.2.1. doors and doorways, 3.8.3.6. drinking fountains, 3.8.3.10.

elevators, 3.3.1.7., 3.8.2.3., 3.8.3.2., 3.8.3.7.

exterior, 3.8.2.2., 3.8.2.3., 3.8.2.5., 3.8.2.7., 3.8.3.2.,

3.8.3.3., 3.8.3.5., 3.8.3.13.

floor areas, 3.3.1.7., 9.5.2.2.

parking areas, 3.8.2.5.

protruding building elements, 3.3.1.8. signs, 3.8.2.4.

storage garage, 3.8.2.5.

universal shower and dressing room, 3.8.3.17. universal washrooms, 3.8.3.13.

walkways, 3.8.3.3.

wheelchair spaces, 3.8.2.3., 3.8.3.22.

width, 3.8.3.2.

Patients' bedrooms, 3.3.3.5., 3.4.1.6., 4.1.5.3.

Pedestrian traffic, construction sites, 8.2.3.1., 8.2.3.2.

Penetrations in fire assemblies, 3.1.4.2., 3.1.5.23., 3.1.9.

Penthouses, 3.6.1.1., 4.1.8.1., 4.1.8.6., 4.1.8.11., 4.1.8.18.

Perched groundwater, 1.4.1.2.[A], 4.2.5.5.

Permafrost, 4.2.4.10., 9.15.1.2.

Piers

anchoring to, 9.20.11.6.

dimensions, 9.35.3.4.

Pier-type foundations, 9.15.2.3.

Pilasters, 9.15.5.3., 9.20.8.4.

Pile foundations, 1.4.1.2.[A], 4.1.8.16., 4.2.3.8.

Pipes

clearances, 6.7.1.2., 9.33.8.3. combustible (see Combustible piping) corrosion protection, 9.31.2.2.

coverings, 3.6.5.5.

drainage, 9.14.3.

expansion and contraction, 6.7.1.1., 9.33.8.1. for heating and cooling systems, 9.33.8. insulation, 3.6.5.5., 6.5.1.1., 9.33.8.2., 9.33.8.4.

materials, 6.7.1.1., 9.14.3.1. for medical gas, 3.7.3.1. metal, 9.14.3., 9.31.2.2.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.18., 3.1.5.19.

penetrating fire separations, 3.1.9.4., 9.10.9.6.,

9.10.9.7.

plumbing, 9.31.2.2.

polypropylene, 3.1.5.19.

for service water heating systems, 9.36.4.4. in shafts, 6.7.1.5.

sleeves for, 6.7.1.4., 9.33.8.4.

standards for drainage, 9.14.3.1. support, 6.7.1.1., 9.33.8.1.

Plans, specifications and calculations administration, 2.2.[C]

energy performance compliance, 2.2.8.[C] environmental separation, 2.2.5.2.[C]

fire protection components, 2.2.3.[C] foundations, 2.2.4.[C], 2.2.4.6.[C], 2.2.4.7.[C]

general information, 2.2.2.1.[C] HVAC systems, 2.2.6.2.[C], 6.1.3.1. site, 2.2.2.2.[C]

sprinkler systems, 2.2.3.2.[C] structural, 2.2.4.[C], 4.1.1.4.

Plastering, 9.29.4.

Plaster, material standard, 9.29.4.1.

Plates

fastening of, 9.23.3.4.

sill, 9.23.7.

wall, 9.23.11.

Platform equipped passenger-elevating device, 3.8.2.3., 3.8.3.2.

Platforms, serving as roofs, 9.26.1.1.

Plenums

in air duct systems, 3.6.5.1., 6.3.2.3. ceiling assemblies used as, 3.1.9.6. ceilings used as, 3.6.4.3.

clearances, 3.6.5.6., 6.3.2.6., 9.33.6.8.

combustible, 9.33.6.2.

in combustible construction, 3.1.4.3. connectors, 9.33.6.2.

construction, 6.3.2.3., 9.33.6.6.

coverings, 3.6.5.4., 6.3.2.5., 9.33.6.4.

crawl spaces used as, 9.18.7.1. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

fittings, 6.3.2.3., 9.33.6.2.

furnace, 9.33.6.6., 9.33.6.7., 9.33.6.8.

insulation, 6.3.2.5., 9.33.6.4.

linings, 3.6.5.4., 6.3.2.5., 9.33.6.4.

materials, 6.3.2.3., 9.33.6.2., 9.33.6.3.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.18. return air, 3.6.4.3., 9.32.3.4.

tape used for, 6.3.2.19.

Plumbing

barrier-free design, 3.8.2.8.

combustible piping, 3.1.5.20., 9.10.9.7.

in dwelling units, 3.7.2., 9.31.

facilities required, 3.7.2., 3.8.2.8., 9.31.4.

fixtures, 3.1.5.20., 3.7.2., 9.31.4.

Plumbing services, 7 Plumbing systems

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

design and installation, 7.1.2.1. in dwelling units, 7.1.3.2. facilities required, 7.1.3.

Plywood

as cladding, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.2.4., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.5.,

9.27.8.

fastening, 9.29.6.3.

fire blocks, 9.10.16.3.

fire protection of soffits, 9.10.12.4. firestops, 3.1.11.7.

grooved, 9.29.6.2.

as interior finish, 9.29.6. lapped strips, 9.27.8.5.

material, 9.3.2.4.

material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.23.15.2., 9.23.16.2.,

9.23.17.2., 9.27.8.1., 9.30.2.2.

as roof sheathing, 9.3.2.4., 9.23.3.5., 9.23.16.2.,

9.23.16.6., 9.23.16.7.

as siding, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.8.

as subflooring, 9.23.3.5., 9.23.15.

thickness, 9.3.2.7., 9.29.6.1.

as underlay, 9.30.2.

as wall sheathing, 9.23.3.5., 9.23.10.2., 9.23.13.,

9.23.17.2., 9.23.17.5.

Police stations, 3.1.2.4.

Pool heaters, 9.36.4.2.

Portable fire extinguishers, 3.2.5.16., 9.10.20.4.,

9.10.21.8.

Post-disaster buildings definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

earthquake load and effects, 4.1.8.1., 4.1.8.5.,

4.1.8.10., 4.1.8.13., 4.1.8.18., 4.1.8.23.

loads and effects, 4.1.2.1. snow loads, 4.1.6.2.

structural loads, 5.2.2.1.

wind loads, 4.1.7.3.

Potable water systems, 9.31.3.

Power door operators, 3.8.2.7., 3.8.3.6.

Power-operated doors, 3.8.2.7., 3.8.3.6.

Precipitation

ingress, 5.6.1.1., 5.6.2.1., 9.27.2.

protection from, 5.6.1.1., 5.6.2.1., 9.20.13., 9.26.

Pressure piping, 6.2.1.5., 9.33.5.2.

Pressure vessels, 9.33.5.2.

Principal entrances

access routes, 3.2.5.4., 3.2.5.5.

door requirements, 9.7.2.1.

as exits, 3.3.1.17., 3.4.2.6.

latching, locking and opening mechanisms, 9.9.6.7. manual fire alarm stations, 3.2.4.16.

as means of egress, 9.9.2.4.

Private sewage disposal systems (see Sewage disposal systems, private)

Process plants

basements and pits, 3.3.6.9. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A] volatile liquids, 3.3.6.9.

Protected floor space, 1.4.1.2.[A], 3.2.8.5., 3.4.3.2.

Protection from freezing (see also Frost action) concrete, 9.3.1.9.

concrete stairs, 9.8.10.3.

excavations, 9.12.1.3.

fire hose stations, 9.10.21.9.

fire protection systems, 3.2.5.17., 9.10.20.5.

foundations, 9.12.1.3.

gypsum board, 9.29.5.10.

HVAC systems and equipment, 6.2.1.6., 9.33.4.,

9.33.4.5.

masonry, 9.20.14.1.

stucco, 9.28.6.1.

Protection from high temperature piping, 6.7.1.4., 9.33.8.4.

Public areas

glass used in, 3.3.1.14., 9.6.1.4.

transparent panels used in, 3.3.1.20., 9.6.1.4., 9.7.5.

windows in, 3.3.1.20., 9.7.5.

Public corridors

(see also Corridors)

access to exit, 9.9.9.1., 9.9.9.3.

containing occupancy, 9.10.17.7.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

doors and door hardware, 3.3.1.13. doors opening onto, 9.10.13.12. emergency lighting, 3.2.7.3., 9.9.12.3.

exit signs, 3.4.5.3.

fire separations, 3.3.1.4.

flame-spread rating, 3.1.13.6., 9.10.17.2., 9.10.17.5.

lighting, 3.2.7.1., 9.9.12.2.

serving sprinklered buildings, 3.3.1.1. smoke control measures, 3.2.6.2. travel distance to exit, 3.4.2.5.

width, 3.3.1.9.

Public thoroughfares, 3.2.3.9., 3.2.5.6., 9.10.20.3.

Public ways

combustible projections near, 3.2.3.6.

at construction sites, 8.2.1.1., 8.2.3.2., 8.2.3.5.,

8.2.4.1.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

Pyritic soil and rock drainage, 9.14.2.1., 9.14.4.1.

beneath floors-on-ground, 9.16.2.2.

and footings, 9.15.3.2.

foundations on, 9.4.4.4. not in backfill, 9.12.3.3.

R

Raceways

collapse of, in firewalls, 3.1.10.1.

in combustible construction, 3.1.4.4. earthquake design, 4.1.8.18.

in exit areas, 3.4.4.4.

and fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.2.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.21., 3.1.5.23. penetrating fire separations, 9.10.9.6.

in plenums, 3.6.4.3.

Radiation from interior fires, control, 3.2.3.1., 9.10.14., 9.10.15.

Radiators, 6.7.1.3., 9.33.7.1.

Radon gas infiltration

depressurization system, 9.32.3.8. and HVAC design, 6.2.1.1. required resistance to, 5.4.1.1.

rough-in for subfloor depressurization system, 9.13.4.3.

Rafters

anchoring to masonry, 9.20.11.4. continuity, 9.23.14.1.

deflection, 9.4.3.1.

dimensions, 9.23.4.2., 9.23.14.6., 9.23.14.7.

fastening, 9.23.3.4., 9.23.14.4. framing around openings, 9.23.14.2. hip and valley, 9.23.14.6. installation, 9.23.14.4.

lumber grade, 9.3.2.1.

nailing, 9.23.3.4., 9.23.14.4.

ridge support, 9.23.14.8.

shaping, 9.23.14.5.

spans, 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.5., 9.23.14.7.

support, 9.23.14.3., 9.23.14.7.

in wood-frame construction, 9.23.14.

Rain loads, 4.1.6.4., 4.1.6.12., 9.4.2.2.

(see also Moisture index)

Rain penetration control, 5.6., 9.20.13., 9.26., 9.27.4.

Ramps

barrier-free, 3.8.2.2., 3.8.3.2., 3.8.3.5., 9.8.5.1.

barrier-free floor areas, 3.3.1.7. basement, 3.4.5.3.

at doors, 9.8.6.2., 9.9.4.4.

for dwelling units, 9.8.1.

as exits, 3.4.1.4., 9.8.1.3., 9.9.2.1.

exit signs, 9.9.11.4.

finishes, 9.8.9.6.

in garages, 9.8.8.4.

guards, 3.4.6.6., 3.8.3.5., 9.8.8.

handrails, 3.4.6.5., 3.8.3.5., 9.8.7., 9.8.7.1.

height, 9.8.5.5.

height over, 9.8.5.3.

for housing and small buildings, 9.8.5. landings on, 3.4.6.3., 9.8.6.

loads, 9.8.9.1.

rise, 9.8.5.5.

safety requirements, 3.3.1.14. for secondary suites, 9.8.1. slip-resistance, 3.4.6.1., 9.8.9.6.

slope, 3.4.6.7., 3.8.3.5., 9.8.5.4.

width, 3.4.3.2., 9.8.5.2.

Ranges (see Stoves)

Receptacles, electrical, 9.34.1.1., 9.34.2.2.

Recessed lighting fixtures, 3.2.7.2., 9.34.1.4.

Recesses, 9.20.7.

Referenced documents, 1.3.1., 1.5.1.[A]

Reference house definition, 9.36.5.2.

modeling of energy performance,

9.36.5.13. - 9.36.5.16.

Refrigerating systems and equipment

in housing and small buildings, 9.33.9. installation, 6.2.1.5., 6.6.1.1., 9.33.5.2., 9.33.9.1.

Refuse

bins, 3.6.3.3.

chutes, 3.6.3.3., 5.8.1.1., 9.10.1.3.

combustible, 9.10.10.6.

rooms, 3.6.2.5., 3.6.3.3.

Registers and outlets

(see also Air outlets; Diffusers)

exhaust, 6.3.2.10., 9.32.3.13.

heating, 9.33.6.10., 9.33.6.11.

over pipeless furnaces, 9.33.6.8. ventilation, 9.32.3.5., 9.32.3.6.

Reinforced concrete, 4.3.3.1., 9.3.1.1.

Reinforcing

concrete block foundations, 9.20.15.2. earthquakes, 9.20.1.2., 9.20.15.

glass block, 9.20.9.6.

insulating concrete form walls, 9.3.1.1., 9.15.4.5.,

9.20.17.

masonry, 9.20.15.

stucco, 9.28.1.2., 9.28.4.5.

Repair garages definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

design, 4.4.2.1.

fire separation requirements, 9.10.9.19. in industrial occupancies, 3.3.5.4.

separation from care, treatment or detention occupancies, 3.3.3.2.

solid-fuel burning appliances prohibited in, 3.6.2.1. Residential fire warning systems, 3.2.4.21., 9.10.19.8. Residential occupancy (Group C)

classification, 3.1.2.1., 9.10.2.

convalescent and children's homes as, 3.1.2.5. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

door hold-open devices, 3.1.8.14.

emergency power for fire alarm systems, 3.2.7.8. emergency power for lighting, 3.2.7.4.

fire access route design, 3.2.5.6.

fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.1., 3.2.4.11., 3.2.4.18.,

9.10.18.

fire protection, 3.2.2.47. - 3.2.2.55.

fire-resistance rating, 9.10.8.

fire safety within floor areas, 3.3.1., 3.3.4.1. fire separations, 9.10.9.13., 9.10.9.14., 9.10.9.16.

firewalls, 9.10.11.2.

flame-spread rating, 3.1.13.3., 9.10.17.

lighting requirements, 3.2.7.1.

location of smoke/fire dampers, 3.1.8.7. occupant load, 3.1.17.1.

ramp slope maximum, 3.4.6.7. smoke alarms, 3.2.4.20., 9.10.19. smoke control measures, 3.2.6.2. sprinkler piping, 3.2.5.13.

sprinkler systems, 3.2.5.12.

storage lockers, 3.1.5.17.

Resilient flooring, 9.30.2.1., 9.30.5.

Resistance to deterioration, 5.1.4.2., 9.20.16.1. (see also Corrosion protection; Corrosion

resistance; Decay, protection against)

Resistance to forced entry doors, 9.7.5.2.

windows, 9.7.5.3.

Resistant design, earthquake load, 4.1.3.2. Restaurants, 3.2.4.1., 3.3.2.15., 6.3.1.6.

Return air inlets, 9.33.6.12.

Return air systems, 3.6.5.8., 6.3.2.11., 9.33.6.13. (see also Air intakes; Ducts)

Return ducts, 1.4.1.2.[A], 6.3.2.11., 9.33.6.13.

Review of work, 2.2.7.[C] Revolving doors, 3.4.6.15., 9.9.6.4.

Rim joists

airtightness, 9.36.2.10. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

effective thermal resistance, 9.36.2.6. and exterior wall framing, 9.23.3.4.

Risers

aisle steps, 3.3.2.5.

bleacher steps, 3.3.2.12.

curved flights, 3.3.1.16.

dimensions, 3.4.6.8., 9.8.4.1.

minimum number, 3.4.6.2., 9.8.3.2.

restaurant stairs, 3.3.2.15.

uniformity and tolerances, 3.4.6.8., 9.8.4.4.

Rock

bearing pressure, 9.4.4.1., 9.4.4.2. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A] foundations on, 9.12.2.2.

Rock, pyritic

drainage, 9.14.2.1., 9.14.4.1.

beneath floors-on-ground, 9.16.2.2.

and footings, 9.15.3.2.

foundations on, 9.4.4.4. not in backfill, 9.12.3.3.

Roof aggregate, 9.26.11.1., 9.26.11.4.

Roof arches (see Roof and ceiling framing)

Roof assemblies

effective thermal resistance, 9.36.2.6.

fire-resistance rating, 3.1.7.5., 3.2.2.17., 3.2.2.25.,

3.2.2.35., 3.2.2.50., 3.2.2.53., 3.2.2.58., 3.2.2.62.,

3.2.2.68., 3.2.2.78., 3.2.2.83., 3.2.2.85.

fire-retardant-treated wood roof systems, 3.1.14.1. gymnasiums, swimming pools, arenas and rinks,

3.2.2.17.

metal roof deck assemblies, 3.1.14.2.

non-contiguous, 3.1.15.2., 3.2.2.51., 3.2.2.60.

Roof and ceiling framing

bearing on cavity walls, 9.20.8.2. earthquake design, 4.1.8.18.

fire-resistance rating, 3.1.7.3.

in heavy timber construction, 3.1.4.7. loads on, 9.4.2.2., 9.4.2.4.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.3. sheathing, 9.3.2.4., 9.23.16.

trusses, 9.4.2.2., 9.23.5.5., 9.23.14.11.

in wood-frame construction, 9.23.14. Roof coverings, 3.1.15.1., 3.1.15.2., 9.26.

(see also Roofing)

Roofing

(see also Roof covering)

asphalt-coated glass-base sheets, 5.9.1.1.

asphalt shingles, 5.6.1.2., 5.9.1.1., 9.26.1.3., 9.26.2.1.,

9.26.7., 9.26.8.

bituminous, 9.26.2.1.

built-up, 5.9.1.1., 9.26.11.

built-up materials, 9.26.2.1.

cedar shingles and shakes, 9.26.2.1., 9.26.3.1.,

9.26.10.

clay tile, 9.23.4.5.

concrete tile, 5.9.1.1., 9.23.4.5., 9.26.2.1., 9.26.17.

definition, 9.26.1.1.

elastomeric sheets, 5.9.1.1., 9.26.2.1.

fasteners, 9.26.2.3., 9.26.2.4.

flashing, 9.26.4.

glass-reinforced polyester, 9.26.14.

installation alternatives, 9.26.1.3. installation of materials, 9.26.2.2. installation standards, 5.6.1.2.

material standards, 9.26.2.1.

metal, 9.26.13.

nails, 9.26.2.3.

over wood-based sheathing, 9.26.11.8.

polyvinyl chloride sheets, 5.6.1.2., 5.9.1.1., 9.26.2.1.,

9.26.16.

prefabricated bituminous membranes, 9.26.2.1. prefabricated modified bituminous sheets, 5.9.1.1. requirement for, 5.6.1.1., 9.26.1.2.

rubberized asphalt, 5.6.1.2., 9.26.2.1., 9.26.15.

selvage, 9.26.12.

slope of, 9.26.3.

standards for, 5.9.1.1.

staples, 9.26.2.4.

vegetative, 5.6.1.2.

wood shakes, 9.26.10.

wood shingles, 9.26.9.

Roof parking decks design, 4.1.5.5.

Roofs

access, 3.2.5.3.

acting as diaphragms, 4.1.8.15., 4.1.8.18.

anchorage of, 9.20.11.1., 9.20.11.4., 9.20.17.6.

appliances mounted on, 3.6.1.5., 6.4.1.2., 9.10.1.3. arched or curved, snow loads, 4.1.6.10.

beams, 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.5.

considered as walls, 3.2.1.3., 9.10.1.1.

definition, 9.26.1.1.

deflection, 9.4.3.1.

drains, 5.6.2.2., 9.26.18.2.

egress from, 3.3.1.3., 9.9.7.1.

fire blocks, 9.10.16.1.

fire rating, 9.10.3.3.

fire-resistance rating, 9.10.8.1., 9.10.8.2., 9.10.8.7.

fire-retardant-treated wood, 3.1.14.1.

fire separations, 3.2.2.13.

firewall termination, 3.1.10.3.

framing, 9.23.4., 9.23.14.

framing around openings, 9.23.14.2. gable, snow loads, 4.1.6.9.

guards, 3.3.1.18.

heavy timber construction, 3.1.4.7., 3.2.2.16.

helipad loads, 4.1.5.13.

insulation, 9.25.2.2.

joists, 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.5., 9.23.14.1., 9.23.14.7.,

9.23.14.9.

loads due to use, 4.1.5., 9.4.2.4.

metal decking, 3.1.14.2.

multi-level, 4.1.6.5., 9.4.2.2.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.3.

parapets, 3.1.5.3., 3.1.10.4., 4.1.7.5., 4.1.7.6., 4.1.8.1.,

4.1.8.18., 5.6.2.2., 9.20.6.5.

rain loads, 4.1.6.4., 5.6.2.2., 9.4.2.2.

ridge support, 9.23.14.8.

scuppers, 4.1.6.4.

sheathing installation, 9.23.16.3., 9.23.16.4.,

9.23.16.6.

sheathing materials, 9.3.2.1., 9.3.2.4., 9.23.16.2.,

9.23.16.5., 9.23.16.7.

sloped, 4.1.6.12., 9.10.1.1.

snow loads, 4.1.6.2., 4.1.6.3., 4.1.6.5., 4.1.6.7.,

4.1.6.8., 4.1.6.11., 4.1.6.12., 9.4.2.2.

sprinklers in lieu of structural fire resistance, 9.10.8.2.

supporting an occupancy, 3.2.2.13., 9.10.8.7.

trusses, 9.4.2.2., 9.23.5.5., 9.23.14.11.

of underground structures, 9.13.1.1., 9.13.3.,

9.25.3.5.

venting, 9.19.1.

wind loads, 4.1.7.6., 5.2.2.2.

Roof spaces (see Attics or roof spaces)

Rooftop

air-handling equipment, 6.3.2.17.

appliances, 3.6.1.5., 3.6.2.1., 6.4.1.2., 9.10.1.3.

enclosures, 3.2.1.1., 3.2.2.14., 9.10.4.4.

Rooms, height, 3.7.1.1., 9.5.3.

Runners, sheet steel framing fastening, 9.24.3.1.

in fire-rated walls, 9.24.3.2. installation, 9.24.3.1.

metal thickness, 9.24.1.3., 9.24.2.3., 9.24.2.4.

at openings, 9.24.2.4.

Runs, stairs

aisle steps, 3.3.2.5.

bleacher steps, 3.3.2.12.

curved flights, 3.3.1.16. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A] landing dimensions, 3.4.6.4.

minimum, 3.4.6.8.

rectangular treads, 9.8.4.2.

tapered treads, 3.3.1.16., 3.4.6.9., 9.8.4.3.

uniformity and tolerances, 9.8.4.4., 9.8.4.5.

S

Safety glass

in guards, 9.8.8.7.

on revolving doors, 3.4.6.15. standards for, 9.6.1.2.

transparent panels and doors, 3.3.1.20., 3.4.1.8.

uses, 9.6.1.4.

washrooms, 3.7.2.4.

Safety of public, construction and demolition sites, 8.2.

Sanitary drainage systems, 1.4.1.2.[A], 9.31., 9.31.2.1.,

9.31.5.

Sawtooth roofs, wind loads, 4.1.7.6. Scaffolding, 4.1.1.3.

Screens

in exhaust outlets, 6.3.2.9., 9.32.3.13.

in intake openings, 6.3.2.9., 9.32.3.13.

in natural ventilation openings, 9.32.2.2.

Screw installation gypsum board, 9.29.5.9.

sheet steel framing, 9.24.1.5., 9.24.3.1.

Screws

dimensions, 9.23.3.5.

fastening to steel studs, 9.24.1.4.

for gypsum board, 9.29.5.5., 9.29.5.7.

sheathing, 9.23.3.5.

standard for, 9.23.3.1., 9.24.1.4., 9.29.5.7.

subflooring, 9.23.3.5.

wood-frame construction, 9.23.3.5.

Sealants

cladding, 9.27.4., 9.27.8.4., 9.27.9.3., 9.27.9.4.,

9.27.10.3.

material properties, 9.27.4.2.

material standards, 9.27.4.2.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.2.

siding, 9.27.4., 9.27.8.4., 9.27.9.3., 9.27.9.4., 9.27.10.3.

windows, doors and skylights, 9.7.6.2.

Sealing

(see also Air barrier systems; Soil gas control; Waterproofing)

against precipitation, 5.6.2., 9.27.4. against soil gas, 9.25.3.6.

air barrier systems, 5.4.1.1., 9.10.9.18., 9.10.9.19.,

9.25.3.3.

at chimneys, 9.21.5.2., 9.25.3.3.

ducts, 3.6.5.3., 6.3.2.19., 9.32.3.11., 9.33.6.3., 9.33.6.7.

floors-on-ground, 9.25.3.6. at gas vents, 9.25.3.3. ground cover, 9.18.6.2.

sill plates, 9.23.7.2.

windows, doors and skylights, 9.7.6., 9.20.13.11.,

9.27.4.

Seasonally and intermittently occupied buildings application of Part 9, 9.1.1.1.

Seating

adaptable seats, 3.8.2.3., 3.8.3.22.

aisle width, 3.3.2.1.

not fixed, 3.3.2.2.

occupant load, 3.3.2.2., 4.1.5.10.

in showers, 3.8.3.17.

wheelchair space, 3.8.2.3., 3.8.3.22.

Secondary suites

ceiling height, 9.5.3.1.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

doors, direction of swing, 9.9.6.5. doors in means of egress, 9.9.6. doorways, 9.5.5., 9.9.6.2., 9.9.6.3.

egress, 9.9.9.

electrical outlets, 9.34.2.3.

fire protection, 9.10.8.

fire-resistance rating, 9.10.8.8.

fire separations, 9.9.4., 9.10.9.4., 9.10.9.16.,

9.10.9.17., 9.10.10.4., 9.10.12.3.

firewalls, 9.10.11.2. floor area limits, 9.1.2.1. guards, 9.8., 9.8.8.

handrails, 9.8., 9.8.7.

heating and air-conditioning, 9.33.1.1., 9.33.3.1.,

9.33.3.2.

height of rooms and spaces, 9.5.3. landings, 9.8.6., 9.8.6.3.

ramps, 9.8., 9.8.5.2.

smoke alarms, 9.10.19.

soffit protection, 9.10.12.4.

sound control, 9.11.

spatial separation, 9.10.15.

sprinkler systems, 3.2.5.12.

stairs, 9.8.

ventilation, 9.32.1.2., 9.32.3.8., 9.32.3.9.

Seismic category, 4.1.8.5.

Seismic data, 1.1.3.

Seismic isolation

definitions and analysis, 4.1.8.19. design provisions, 4.1.8.20.

Seismic loads (see Earthquake design)

Self-closing devices, 3.1.8.13., 3.4.6.13., 9.9.6.7.,

9.10.13.10., 9.10.13.15.

Self-contained emergency lighting, 3.2.7.4., 9.9.12.3. Self-service storage buildings, 3.9.

Self-storage warehouses, 3.3.5.9., 9.9.6.4. Septic disposal beds, 9.14.6.2.

Serviceability, 4.1.3.4.

Service counters, barrier-free, 3.8.2.9., 3.8.2.11.,

3.8.3.20.

Service lines under buildings, 3.2.3.21.

Service rooms

access to exit, 9.9.7.5. application of Code, 3.6.1.1. and building height, 9.10.4.4.

carbon monoxide alarms, 9.32.3.9. construction supporting, 9.10.8.5. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

doors, 9.10.13.12.

doors and door hardware, 3.3.1.13., 3.4.6.11.

emergency lighting, 3.2.7.3.

exits, 3.4.4.4., 3.6.2.2.

fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.2. fire detectors, 3.2.4.10.

fire resistance of supporting construction, 3.1.7.5. fire separations, 3.6.2.1., 9.10.10.3.

heat and smoke detectors, 9.10.18.4.

for housing and small buildings, 9.10.10. loads on floor or roof, 4.1.5.3.

opening into exit, 9.9.5.9. ramps and stairways, 3.3.1.14.

rooftop, 3.2.1.1., 3.2.2.14., 9.10.4.4.

service equipment in, 3.6.2.3. under exits, 9.9.5.8.

Service spaces

and building height, 3.2.1.1. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

egress, 3.3.1.25.

emergency lighting, 3.2.7.3.

exits, 3.4.4.4.

fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.18.

horizontal (see Horizontal service spaces) lightning protection systems, 3.6.1.3. means of egress, 3.3.1.3.

protection of electrical conductors, 3.2.7.10. ramps and stairways, 3.3.1.14.

signage, 3.3.1.25.

sprinkler systems, 3.2.5.14. storage use prohibition, 3.6.1.4. travel distance to exit, 3.4.2.4.

vertical (see Vertical service spaces)

Service water heaters definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

in housing and small buildings, 9.31.6. indirect, 1.4.1.2.[A]

protection from corrosion, 9.31.6.3. steel, 9.31.6.3.

storage type, 1.4.1.2.[A], 9.31.6.2., 9.31.6.3.

Service water heating systems

energy conservation measures, 9.36.8. energy conservation points, 9.36.8. energy efficiency, 9.36., 9.36.4.

energy performance calculations, 9.36.5.8.

energy performance modeling, 9.36.5.12., 9.36.5.16.

equipment efficiency, 9.36.4.2.

temperature controls, 9.36.4.5.

Sewage disposal, 9.14.5., 9.31.2.1., 9.31.5.

Sewage disposal systems, private, 1.4.1.2.[A], 9.31.2.1., 9.31.5.2.

Shafts

installation, 6.7.1.5.

opening into an interconnected floor space, 3.2.8.4. piping in, 6.7.1.5.

service, 9.10.1.3.

Shakes, wood cladding, 9.27.7.

dimensions, 9.27.7.2., 9.27.7.6.

eave protection, 9.26.5.1., 9.26.10.7.

flashing, 9.26.10.6.

grades, 9.26.10.8., 9.27.7.1.

installation, 9.27.5., 9.27.7.3.

material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.26.2.1., 9.27.7.1.

roofing, 9.26.10.

spacing and joints, 9.26.10.3. underlay, 9.26.10.2.

Shallow foundations damaged, 4.2.6.4.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

design, 4.2.6.1.

footing design, 9.4.4.1.

incorrect placement, 4.2.6.3.

support, 4.2.6.2.

Sheathing

(see also Subflooring)

for braced wall panels, 9.23.13.6.

for bracing and lateral support, 9.23.10.2.

in exposing building face, 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.2.

fastening, 9.23.3.5.

fibreboard as, 9.23.16.7.

installation, 9.23.3.5., 9.23.16.3., 9.23.16.4.,

9.23.17.4., 9.23.17.5.

insulating, 9.20.13.6., 9.27.3.4.

low permeance, 9.25.5.1.

lumber as, 9.3.2.1., 9.23.16.5., 9.23.17.2., 9.23.17.4.

material standards, 9.23.16.2., 9.23.17.2., 9.26.2.1. in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.3.

OSB as, 9.3.2.4., 9.23.16.2., 9.23.17.2.

plywood as, 9.3.2.4., 9.23.16.2., 9.23.17.2.

roofs, 9.3.2.1., 9.3.2.4., 9.23.16., 9.26.2.1.

on steel studs, 9.24.1.5.

beneath stucco, 9.28.1.1., 9.28.4.2.

support, 9.23.10.5., 9.24.3.4.

thickness, 9.23.16.7., 9.23.17.2.

waferboard as, 9.3.2.4., 9.23.16.2., 9.23.17.2.

walls, 9.3.2.1., 9.3.2.4., 9.23.17.

Sheathing membranes installation, 9.27.3.3. - 9.27.3.6.

insulation, 9.27.3.5.

interior of masonry walls, 9.20.13.9. mansard roofs, 9.23.17.6.

material standard, 9.27.3.2.

for precipitation protection, 9.27.3.1. - 9.27.3.6.

Sheathing paper (see Sheathing membranes)

Shingles, asphalt

eave protection, 9.26.5.1., 9.26.7.7.

flashing, 9.26.4.

installation, 9.26.1.3., 9.26.7., 9.26.8.

material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.26.2.1.

Shingles, wood cladding, 9.27.7.

dimensions, 9.26.9.3., 9.27.7.2., 9.27.7.6.

eave protection, 9.26.9.8.

exposure, 9.26.9.6.

flashing, 9.26.9.7.

grade, 9.26.9.2., 9.27.7.1.

installation, 9.26.9.4., 9.27.2.4., 9.27.5., 9.27.7.3.

materials, 9.27.7.1.

material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.26.2.1., 9.27.7.1.

roofing, 9.26.9.

Shop drawings, review of work, 2.2.7.3.[C] Showers, 3.8.3.17.

Sidelights, 3.3.1.20., 9.6.1.4., 9.7.1.1., 9.7.2.1., 9.9.4.3.

Sidewalks, 4.1.5.3., 8.2.1.2., 8.2.3.1.

Siding (see Cladding)

Signs

barrier-free accessibility, 3.8.2.4., 3.8.2.10., 3.8.3.9.

construction sites, 8.2.3.3., 8.2.3.5., 8.2.4.1.

directing traffic, 8.2.4.3.

directional, 3.4.5.1., 3.8.2.10., 9.9.11.3.

egress points, 3.3.1.25.

emergency crossover access to floor areas, 3.4.6.18. exit obstruction prevention, 3.4.6.11., 9.9.11.2.

exits, 3.4.5.1., 9.9.11., 9.9.11.3.

floor numbers, 3.4.6.19., 3.5.4.2., 9.9.11.5.

graphical symbols, 3.4.5.3.

occupant load, 3.1.17.1. stairs and ramps, 9.9.11.4.

tactile signs, 3.4.5.2., 3.4.6.16., 3.4.6.18., 3.8.3.9.

visual information signs, 3.4.6.16., 3.4.6.18., 3.8.3.9.,

9.9.11.2.

Silencing devices, 3.2.4.18., 3.2.4.20., 3.2.4.22., 3.2.6.7.

Sill plates

dimensions, 9.23.7.1.

leveling, 9.23.7.2.

sealing, 9.23.7.2.

standard for, 9.23.7. Site plans, 2.2.2.2.[C]

Site stability, earthquake design, 4.1.8.17.

Skylights

airtightness, 9.36.2.9., 9.36.2.10.

area, 9.10.17.9.

in area calculations, 9.10.17.6. combustible, in corridors, 3.1.13.5.

in compartments that are not sprinklered, 9.10.12.2. flame-spread rating, 3.1.13.2., 9.10.17.1.

glass standards, 9.6.1.3.

in housing and small buildings, 9.7. installation, 9.7.6.

manufactured and pre-assembled, 9.7.4. in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.4. performance expectations, 9.7.3.

requirements, 9.7.2.2.

on roof adjacent to wall with windows, 3.2.3.15. site-built, 9.7.5.

standards for, 5.4.1.2., 5.9.2.1., 5.9.2.2., 9.7.4.

thermal characteristics, 9.7.3.3., 9.36.2.7.

Slabs-on-ground

concrete, 9.16.4.

ducts in or beneath, 9.33.6.7. finishing, 9.16.4.1., 9.16.4.2.

insulation, 9.25.2.3.

thickness, 9.16.4.3.

Sleepers, 9.30.1.3.

Slide escapes, 3.4.1.6.

Sliding doors

barrier-free, 3.8.3.6.

exits, 3.4.6.14.

glass used in, 9.6.1.4.

as means of egress, 3.3.1.12., 9.9.6.4.

performance expectations, 9.7.3.1., 9.7.3.2.

standards for, 5.3.1.2., 5.4.1.2., 9.7.4.2.

Slip-resistance

barrier-free path of travel, 3.8.3.2. bathtubs, 3.8.3.18.

exterior walks, 3.8.3.3.

ramps and stairways, 3.3.1.14., 3.4.6.1.

showers, 3.8.3.17.

treads and landings, 9.8.9.6.

Smoke

circulation prevention, 3.2.4.12., 9.10.18.5.

contamination, 3.2.6.2., 3.2.8.4.

control of, 3.1.8.14., 3.2.6.1., 3.2.6.9., 3.3.1.7., 3.3.3.5.,

3.3.3.7.

Smoke alarms definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

in housing and small buildings, 9.10.19. interconnection, 9.10.19.5.

location, 9.10.19.3.

maintenance and care instructions, 9.10.19.7. power supply, 9.10.19.4.

requirements, 3.2.4.20., 9.10.19.1.

silencing, 9.10.19.6.

smoke detectors in lieu of, 3.2.4.20., 3.2.4.21. sound patterns, 9.10.19.2.

Smoke barrier doors, 3.2.3.20. Smoke barriers, 9.10.9.2., 9.10.9.17.

Smoke chambers clearances, 9.22.9.3.

slope, 9.22.7.1.

standard for, 9.22.7.

wall thickness, 9.22.7.2.

Smoke dampers access, 3.1.8.11.

as closures, 3.1.8.5.

in fire separations, 3.1.8.7. installation, 3.1.8.11.

leakage rates, 3.1.8.4.

waived, 3.1.8.9.

Smoke detectors

in air-handling systems, 6.9.2.2., 9.10.18.5.

annunciators, 3.2.4.8.

for construction camps, 9.10.21.7. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

design and installation, 9.10.18.3. duct-type, 3.2.4.12.

in electrical equipment rooms, 3.6.2.7. in elevators, 3.2.4.11., 3.2.4.14.

in fire alarm systems, 9.10.18.

in lieu of smoke alarms, 3.2.4.20., 3.2.4.21., 9.10.19.4., 9.10.19.8.

and release of hold-open devices, 3.1.8.14. requirements, 3.2.4.11., 9.10.18.4.

Smoke developed classification duct requirements, 3.6.5.1.

high buildings, 3.1.13.7.

plenum requirements, 3.6.4.3.

tests, 3.1.12.1.

Smoke shafts (venting to aid firefighting), 3.2.6.6. Smoke stacks (venting for chimneys), 6.3.3.3.

Snow accumulation, 4.1.6.2., 4.1.6.3., 4.1.6.7., 4.1.6.10.,

5.6.2.2.

Snow loads

arch roofs, 4.1.6.10.

areas adjacent to roof projections, 4.1.6.7. basic load factors, 4.1.6.2., 9.4.2.2.

curved roofs, 4.1.6.10.

domes, 4.1.6.10.

due to sliding, 4.1.6.11. exterior platforms, 9.4.2.3. full and partial, 4.1.6.3. gable roofs, 4.1.6.9.

and gap between roof and higher roof, 4.1.6.6. multi-level roofs, 4.1.6.5., 9.4.2.2.

snow drift at roof corners, 4.1.6.8., 4.1.6.13. specified, 4.1.6.2., 9.4.2.2.

and structural design, 4.1.6.

valleys in curved or sloped roofs, 4.1.6.12. weight calculations for drifts, 4.1.6.13.

Snow removal, 4.1.6.14.

Soffits

projections, 3.2.3.6., 9.10.14., 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.,

9.10.15.4., 9.10.15.5.

protection of, 3.2.3.16., 9.10.12.4.

venting, 9.19.1.2., 9.19.1.3., 9.25.2.4.

Soft conversion application, 9.4.2.1.

general, 9.4.1.1.

limitations, 9.23.1.1.

review of construction dimensions, 2.2.7.6.[C]

Soil gas control

application of Code, 9.13.1.1. crawl spaces, 9.13.4.2.

floors-on-ground, 9.16.2.1., 9.25.3.6.

requirements, 5.4.1.1., 9.13.4., 9.13.4.2. walls in contact with the ground, 9.25.3.4.

Soil, pyritic

drainage, 9.14.2.1., 9.14.4.1.

beneath floors-on-ground, 9.16.2.2.

and footings, 9.15.3.2.

foundations on, 9.4.4.4. not in backfill, 9.12.3.3.

Soils

bearing pressure, 9.4.4.1., 9.4.4.2.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

erosion control, 5.6.2.2.

excavations, 4.2.5., 9.12.

beneath footings and foundations, 9.12.4.1., 9.15.1.1., 9.15.3.2.

identification and classification, 4.2.4.3., 9.4.4.

subsurface investigation, 4.2.2.1., 4.2.4.1., 4.2.4.2.

swelling and shrinking, 4.2.4.11., 9.4.4.4., 9.12.3.3.,

9.14.2.1., 9.14.4.1., 9.15.3.2., 9.16.2.2.

temperature, 5.2.1.1., 5.2.1.3., 9.12.2.2., 9.16.2.2.

Solar domestic hot water systems, 9.36.4.3.

Solar panels

snow loads, 4.1.6.16.

wind loads, 4.1.7.13.

Solar thermal systems, 9.36.3.11.

Solid-fuel-burning appliances

carbon monoxide alarms, 6.9.3.1., 9.32.3.9.

design, 9.33.5.3.

fireplace inserts and hearth-mounted stoves, 9.22.10.

and fire separations, 3.6.2.1.

installation standard, 6.2.1.5., 9.22.10.2., 9.33.5.3.

Solid masonry, 1.4.1.2.[A]

Solid masonry units, 1.4.1.2.[A], 9.15.5.1.

Sound

protection from, 3.3.4.6., 5.1.1.1., 5.8.1., 9.11. rating for fans, 9.32.3.10.

smoke alarms, 9.10.19.3.

Sound transmission class (STC) calculation of, 5.8.1.2., 9.11.1.2.

compliance, 5.8.1.3., 9.11.1.3.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

Space heaters

design and standards, 9.33.5.3. performance requirements, 9.36.3.10.

Space heating appliances definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

installation standards, 9.33.5.2.

Spans

maximums, 9.23.4.

steel, 9.23.4.3.

wood, 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.4., 9.23.4.5.

Spatial separation between buildings, 3.2.3., 9.10.14.,

9.10.21.5.

Spatial separation between houses, 3.2.3. Special structures, 3.2.2.2.

Sprinklered buildings or spaces egress from bedrooms, 9.9.10.1.

fire-resistance rating, 9.10.8.2., 9.10.9.17., 9.10.10.6.

fire separations, 3.3.1.4., 3.6.2.5., 9.10.9.6., 9.10.9.15.,

9.10.9.17., 9.10.10.6.

heat and smoke detection, 9.10.18.4. limiting distance, 9.10.14.3.

lobbies, 3.4.4.2., 9.9.8.5.

openings in exposing building faces, 3.2.3.1., 9.10.14.4., 9.10.15.4.

openings in fire separations, 9.10.13.8. and safety within floor areas, 3.3. service spaces, 3.6.

soffit protection, 9.10.12.4.

and travel distance, 3.4.2.4., 3.4.2.5., 9.9.8.1., 9.9.8.2.,

9.9.8.6.

Sprinklered, definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

Sprinkler systems

for arena-type buildings, 3.1.2.3.

for assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 1), 3.2.2.20.

for assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 2), 3.2.2.23., 3.2.2.24., 3.2.2.26., 3.2.2.27.

for assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 3), 3.2.2.29., 3.2.2.31., 3.2.2.33.

for assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 4), 3.2.2.35.

for barrier-free floor areas, 3.3.1.7. for basements, 3.2.1.5.

for business and personal services occupancy (Group D), 3.2.2.56., 3.2.2.57., 3.2.2.59., 3.2.2.60.,

3.2.2.61., 3.2.2.63., 3.2.2.65.

for care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B, Division 1), 3.2.2.36., 3.2.2.37.

for care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B, Division 2), 3.2.2.38. - 3.2.2.41.

for care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B, Division 3), 3.2.2.42. - 3.2.2.46.

combustible pipes in, 3.1.9.4., 3.2.5.13., 9.10.9.6.

construction of, 3.2.5.12.

for contained use areas, 3.3.3.7. and controlled egress, 3.4.6.17. for corridors, 3.1.13.6., 3.3.2.6.

design, 3.2.5.12.

and door hold-open devices, 3.1.8.14. and egress doorways, 3.3.1.5. electrical supervision, 3.2.4.9. exceptions for mezzanines, 3.2.8.2. for exposing building face, 3.2.3.2.

and fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.1., 3.2.4.7., 3.2.4.8.,

9.10.18.4.

fire department connection, 3.2.5.15. and firefighting access, 3.2.5.1.

fire hose connections, 3.2.5.10. fire hose stations, 3.2.5.11.

fire separations in residential occupancy, 3.3.4.2. flame-spread rating, 3.1.13.8.

for garages, 3.2.1.2., 3.3.5.4., 3.3.5.7.

in heavy timber construction, 3.1.4.7., 3.2.2.16. for high buildings, 3.1.13.7.

for high-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 1), 3.2.2.72. - 3.2.2.74.

for impeded egress areas, 3.2.2.19. installation, 3.2.5.12., 9.10.1.3.

for interconnected floor space, 3.2.8.3. for libraries, 3.3.2.13.

in lieu of fire detectors, 3.2.4.10. limiting distance, 3.2.3.1.

for low-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 3), 3.2.2.82., 3.2.2.84., 3.2.2.86., 3.2.2.88.,

3.2.2.90.

for medium-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F Division 2), 3.2.2.76., 3.2.2.77., 3.2.2.79., 3.2.2.81.

for mercantile occupancy (Group E), 3.2.2.66., 3.2.2.67., 3.2.2.69., 3.2.2.71.

and metal roof deck, 3.1.14.2.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.19. plans, 2.2.3.2.[C]

for repair garages, 3.3.5.4. required, 3.2.2.18.

for residential occupancy (Group C),

3.2.2.47. - 3.2.2.49., 3.2.2.51., 3.2.2.52.,

3.2.2.55., 3.2.5.12.

self-storage warehouses, 3.3.5.9.

and separation of public corridors, 3.3.1.4. and separation of suites, 3.3.1.1.

and service penetrations, 3.1.9.4. for service spaces, 3.2.5.14.

and soffit protection, 3.2.3.16. stages, 3.3.2.14.

and standpipes, 3.2.5.8., 3.2.5.9.

for storage garages, 3.2.1.2., 3.3.5.4., 3.3.5.7. for storage rooms, 3.3.4.3.

for storeys below ground, 3.2.2.15. system monitoring, 3.2.4.15.

testing, 3.2.5.12.

for theatres, 3.3.2.14.

for underground walkways, 3.2.3.20.

and unprotected openings, 3.2.3.1., 3.2.3.12.,

3.2.3.14., 3.2.3.15., 3.2.3.17.

Stability, structural, 4.1.3.2.

Stages, theatrical, 1.4.1.2.[A], 3.3.1.18., 3.3.2.14.

Stairs

cantilevered, 9.8.9.2., 9.8.10. clear height over, 9.8.2.2. concrete, 9.8.9.2., 9.8.10.

construction, 9.8.9.

curved, 3.3.1.16., 3.4.6.5., 3.4.6.9., 9.8.3.1.

dimensions, 3.3.2.15., 9.8.2.

doors onto, 3.4.6.3., 3.4.6.11., 9.8.6.2., 9.9.4.4.,

9.9.6.6.

in dwelling units, 3.3.4.7., 9.8.

for exits, 9.8.1.3., 9.8.2.1., 9.8.3.1., 9.9.9.3.

exit signs with, 9.9.11.4.

exterior, 9.3.1.6., 9.8.9.2., 9.8.9.3.

finishes, 3.4.6.1., 9.8.9.6.

fire blocks required, 3.1.11.4., 9.10.16.1. on fire escapes, 3.4.7.5.

with foundations, 9.12.2.2.

guards for, 9.8.8.

handrails, 3.4.6.5., 9.8.7., 9.8.7.1.

height of, 9.8.3.3.

horizontal exit prohibition, 3.4.6.10. landings (see Landings)

loads on, 9.8.9.1.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.11. nosings, 9.8.4.8.

permitted configurations, 9.8.3.1.

in restaurants, 3.3.2.15.

rise, 3.4.6.8., 9.8.3.3., 9.8.4.1., 9.8.4.4.

risers (see Risers) runs (see Runs, stairs)

in secondary suites, 9.8.

slip-resistance, 3.4.6.1., 9.8.9.6.

spiral, 9.8.3.1., 9.8.4.7.

tolerances, 9.8.4.4. treads (see Treads) vertical rise, 3.4.6.3.

width, 9.8.2.1.

winders, 9.8.3.1., 9.8.4.6.

wood, 9.8.9.3., 9.8.9.4.

Stairways

as exits, 3.2.3.13., 3.4.1.4., 3.4.2.3., 3.4.3.3., 3.4.6.6.,

9.9.4.7.

headroom clearance, 3.4.3.4., 9.8.2.2., 9.8.6.4.

landings, 3.4.3.3.

lighting, 3.2.7.1., 9.9.12.2., 9.34.2.3.

in means of egress, 9.9.1.1. mezzanine egress, 9.9.8.6.

projections into, 9.8.7.6.

requirements, 3.3.1.14.

rooftop enclosures, 3.2.2.14.

weather protection, 3.3.5.4., 3.4.6.11.

width, 3.4.3.2., 3.4.3.3., 9.8.2.1.

Standards, materials, 1.5.[A], 5.9.1.1.

Standpipe systems

in construction camps, 9.10.21.9. design, 3.2.5.9.

fire department connection, 3.2.5.15. fire hose connections, 3.2.5.10.

fire protection, 9.10.1.3.

installation, 3.2.5.9.

requirements, 3.2.5.8.

testing, 3.2.5.9.

trouble switch, 3.2.4.9.

Staples

for cladding, 9.27.5.4.

dimensions, 9.23.3.5., 9.26.2.4., 9.27.5.4.

for roofing, 9.26.2.4.

for sheathing, 9.23.3.5. for stucco lath, 9.28.3.2. for subflooring, 9.23.3.5.

for underlay, 9.30.2.3.

for wood strip flooring, 9.30.3.4.

Stapling

asphalt shingles, 9.26.7.4., 9.26.7.6., 9.26.8.5.

cladding, 9.27.5.4., 9.27.7.3.

plywood finish, 9.29.6.3.

roofing, 9.26.7.4., 9.26.7.6., 9.26.8.5., 9.26.9.5.

sheathing, 9.23.3.5.

sheathing membrane, 9.27.3.5.

siding, 9.27.5.4., 9.27.7.3.

subflooring, 9.23.3.5.

underlay, 9.30.2.3.

wood-frame construction, 9.23.3.

wood shingles and shakes, 9.26.9.5., 9.27.7.3. wood strip flooring, 9.30.3.4.

Static procedure, wind load calculations, 4.1.7.3.

Steel

beams, 9.23.4.3., 9.23.8.2.

cold-formed, structural design basis, 4.3.4.2. columns, 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5., 9.17.3.

design, 9.4.1.1.

door frames, 9.10.13.6.

fire protection, 3.2.2.3., 9.10.7.

flashing, 9.20.13.1., 9.27.3.7.

in foundations, 4.2.3.7.

in foundations, high-strength tendons in, 4.2.3.9. framing, 9.24.

lintels, 9.20.5.2., 9.22.1.2.

protection from corrosion, 4.2.3.10., 5.1.4.2., 9.3.3.2.,

9.17.3.3., 9.20.5.2., 9.20.16., 9.23.8.2.

roofing, 5.9.1.1., 9.26.13.

runners, 9.24.1.2., 9.24.1.3., 9.24.2.3., 9.24.2.4.,

9.24.3.1., 9.24.3.2., 9.24.3.6.

siding, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.11.1.

structural design basis, 4.3.4.

studs, 9.24.1.1., 9.24.2.1., 9.24.2.2., 9.24.2.4., 9.24.2.5.,

9.24.3.2.

Stone

facings, 9.20.6.6.

masonry units, 9.20.2.5.

veneer, 9.20.8.5.

Storage

of ammonium nitrate, 3.3.6.6. of anhydrous ammonia, 3.3.6.3. on the building site, 1.2.2.2.[A] of dangerous goods, 3.3.6.2.

of flammable and combustible liquids, 3.3.6.4. of flammable, toxic and oxidizing gases, 3.3.6.3. of materials, 1.2.2.2.[A], 9.10.1.3.

outdoors, 3.2.3.21.

of tires, 3.3.6.5.

Storage areas, theatres, 3.3.2.14.

Storage bins

for ash, 6.9.4.1.

for solid fuel, 6.7.2.1.

Storage buildings, self-service application of Code, 3.9.1.2. definition, 3.9.1.1.

fire safety, 3.9.2.

floor areas, 3.9.3.

occupancy classification, 3.9.1.3.

sanitary facilities, 3.9.3.2.

Storage garages

(see also Garages)

access through vestibule, 3.3.5.7. in basements, 9.10.4.3.

in buildings with superimposed major occupancies, 3.2.2.7.

carbon monoxide alarms, 6.9.3.1. cladding, 9.10.14.5.

construction, 9.10.14.5., 9.35. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

design, 4.4.2.1.

doors, 9.9.6.4., 9.10.17.10.

exhaust to, 6.3.2.10.

exposing building face, 9.10.14.4., 9.10.14.5.

fire alarms, 3.2.4.1., 9.10.18.8.

fire separations, 3.3.5.6., 9.10.9.18.

headroom clearance, 3.3.1.8.

height, 3.3.5.4., 9.5.3.3., 9.9.3.4.

interconnection of ducting, 6.3.2.7., 9.33.6.7.

limiting distance, 9.10.14.4.

in low-hazard industrial occupancies (Group F, Division 3), 3.2.2.92.

open-air, 9.10.14.4., 9.10.18.8.

openings for vehicular ramps, 3.2.8.2.

pressure less than in adjoining occupancies, 6.3.1.3. as separate buildings, 3.2.1.2.

standpipes requirement, 3.2.5.9.

unprotected openings in, 3.2.3.10., 9.10.14.4.

ventilation, 3.3.5.4., 6.3.1.3., 9.32.1.1.

Storage lockers, 3.1.5.17.

Storage racks, design, 4.1.8.18., 4.4.3.1.

Storage rooms

in assembly occupancy, 3.3.2.16. for combustible garbage, 9.10.10.6. electrical outlets in, 9.34.2.5.

fire alarm and detection systems, 9.10.18.6. fire detectors in, 3.2.4.10., 9.10.18.4.

fire separations, 3.3.4.3., 3.6.2.5., 9.10.10.6.

for flammable and combustible liquids, 3.3.6.4. flooring in areas of dangerous goods, 3.3.6.7.

Storage tanks, 3.1.1.3., 4.1.8.18.

Storage-type service water heaters, 1.4.1.2.[A], 9.31.6.2., 9.31.6.3.

Storefronts (see Fenestration)

Storeys

below ground, 3.2.2.15. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

open-air, 1.4.1.2.[A], 3.2.1.5., 3.2.2.82., 3.2.2.92.,

3.2.3.10., 3.2.5.4., 6.3.1.3., 9.10.14.4.

sprinkler system requirements, 3.2.2.18.

Stoves

design and installation standard, 9.33.5.2., 9.33.5.3.

hearth-mounted, 9.22.10.

installation, 9.10.22.1. Strandboard (see OSB)

Strapping, floor joists, 9.23.3.4., 9.23.9.3., 9.23.9.4.

Streets

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

exposing building face on, 9.10.14.4. fire access routes, 3.2.2.10.

repairs following construction, 8.2.3.4.

safe passage past construction sites, 8.2.3.1., 8.2.3.2. unprotected openings facing, 3.2.3.10.

Stress reversal, 4.1.3.2. Structural design

Code requirements, 4

housing and small buildings, 9.4. limit states design, 4.1.3.

and structural loads, 5.2.2. Structural drawings, 2.2.4.3.[C]

Structural fire protection, 3.2.2.3., 3.2.3.9., 9.10.8. Structural loads and design procedures, 4.1., 5.2.2.,

5.9.3.2., 9.4.

exterior insulation finish systems, 5.9.4.1.

Structural movement

mechanical systems and equipment, 4.1.8.18., 6.2.1.4., 9.33.4.7.

service water heaters, 9.31.6.2.

Structures, special, 3.2.2.2.

Stucco

aggregate for, 9.28.2.2., 9.28.5.1.

application, 9.28.6.

fasteners, 9.28.3.1., 9.28.3.2.

flashing for, 9.28.1.5.

ground clearance, 9.28.1.4.

for housing and small buildings, 9.28. installation, 9.28.1.2., 9.28.1.3., 9.28.3.1., 9.28.3.2.,

9.28.6.

lath (see Lath, stucco) materials, 9.28.2., 9.28.5.

sheathing beneath, 9.28.1.1., 9.28.4.2.

staples for, 9.28.3.

thickness, 9.28.6.

Studs, steel

bracing and lateral support, 9.24.1.5. dimensions, 9.24.2.1., 9.24.2.5.

fastening, 9.24.1.4., 9.24.3.6.

in fire-rated walls, 9.24.2.4., 9.24.3.2. in housing and small buildings, 9.24.

metal thickness, 9.24.1.3., 9.24.2.2., 9.24.2.4.,

9.24.2.5.

notching and drilling, 9.23.5.3.

at openings, 9.24.2.4., 9.24.3.5., 9.24.3.7.

orientation, 9.24.3.3.

spacing, 9.24.2.1., 9.24.2.5.

standard for, 9.24.1.2.

Studs, wood bracing, 9.23.10.2.

continuity, 9.23.10.4.

at corners and intersections, 9.23.10.5. dimensions, 9.23.10.1.

lateral support, 9.23.10.2.

lumber grade, 9.3.2.1. notching and drilling, 9.23.5.3. at openings, 9.23.10.6.

orientation, 9.23.10.3.

spacing, 9.23.10.1.

standard for, 9.24.1.2.

Subflooring

depressurization, 9.13.4., 9.13.4.3. direction of installation, 9.23.15.4. edge support, 9.23.15.3.

lumber, 9.23.15.7.

materials, 9.23.15.2., 9.23.15.7.

nailing, 9.23.15.6.

thickness, 9.23.15.5.

wood-frame construction, 9.23.15.

Subsurface investigation, 1.4.1.2.[A], 2.2.4.6.[C], 4.2.2.,

4.2.4.2.

Suites

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

doors and door hardware, 3.3.1.13. fire separations, 9.10.9.15., 9.10.9.16.

separation of, 3.3.1.1.

smoke control measures, 3.2.6.2.

Sump pits, 9.14.5.2.

Sumps, evaporative air coolers and air washers, 6.3.2.16.

Supervisory signal and switch for alarms, 3.2.4.9., 3.2.6.7.

Supplemental energy dissipation definitions and analysis, 4.1.8.21. design considerations, 4.1.8.22.

Supply air

capacity, 9.32.2.3., 9.32.3.6., 9.32.3.7., 9.33.3.1.,

9.33.5.1., 9.33.6.11.

diffusers, 9.33.6.10., 9.33.6.11.

duct clearances, 3.6.5.6.

ducts, 1.4.1.2.[A], 6.3.2.7., 9.32.3.4., 9.32.3.11.,

9.33.6.5., 9.33.6.11.

fans, 9.32.3.4., 9.32.3.5., 9.32.3.6.

outlets, 9.32.3.5., 9.32.3.6., 9.33.6.10., 9.33.6.11.

systems, 9.32.3.4., 9.32.3.6., 9.33.5.

tempering, 6.3.2.8., 9.32.3.4., 9.32.3.5., 9.32.3.8.,

9.32.3.11.

Supporting construction, fire-resistance rating, 3.1.7.5.

Supports beams, 9.23.8.

cladding, 9.20.5., 9.23.10.5., 9.24.3.4.

combustible construction, 3.1.8.2., 9.10.9.10.

excavations, 4.2.5.3.

firewalls, 3.1.10.1., 4.1.5.17.

floors, 3.2.1.4., 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.4., 9.23.8.3.,

9.30.1.3.

hearths, 9.22.5.2.

interior finishes, 9.23.10.5., 9.24.3.4.

joists, 9.23.14.7.

noncombustible construction, 9.10.8.4.

pipes, 6.7.1.1., 9.33.8.1.

walls, 9.23.9.8.

Surface temperature

of pipes, 6.7.1.4., 9.33.8.2.

of radiators, 6.7.1.3., 9.33.7.2.

Swinging doors, 3.8.3.6.

Symbols, 1.2.2.1., 1.4.2.1.[A]

Systems

characteristics, 1.2.2.1.[A] storage, 1.2.2.2.[A]

used, 1.2.2.3.[A]

T

Tablet arms, 3.3.2.4.

Tape, sealing, 3.1.5.2., 3.6.5.3., 6.3.2.19., 9.33.6.3.

Telephones, 3.2.4.22., 3.2.6.7., 3.4.6.17., 3.8.3.21.

Temperature

indoor design, 5.2.1.2., 5.3.1.2., 5.5.1.2., 9.33.3.1.

outdoor design, 1.1.3.1., 5.2.1.1., 5.3.1.2., 5.5.1.2.,

6.2.1.2., 9.33.3.2., 9.33.5.1.

of pipes, 6.7.1.4., 9.33.8.2.

of radiators, 6.7.1.3., 9.33.7.2.

soils, 5.2.1.1., 5.2.1.3., 9.12.2.2., 9.16.2.2.

supply air, 9.33.6.11.

transfer calculations, 5.2.1.3.

Temperature controls HVAC systems, 9.36.3.6.

indoor pools, 9.36.4.6.

service water heating systems, 9.36.4.5.

Tempering of makeup air, 6.3.2.8., 9.32.3.4., 9.32.3.5.,

9.32.3.8.

Tents

clearance to flammable material, 3.1.18.4. clearance to other structures, 3.1.18.3. electrical systems, 3.1.18.7.

fire protection, 9.10.1.3.

fire safety restrictions, 3.1.18.2. flame resistance, 3.1.18.5. means of egress, 3.1.18.1.

roof coverings, 3.1.15.2.

Termites, protection against, 4.3.1.3., 9.3.2.9., 9.12.1.1.,

9.15.5.1.

Tests

building fire safety, 3.2.9.1.

fire-protection rating, 3.1.8.4., 9.10.3.1.

fire-resistance rating, 3.1.7.1., 9.10.3.1.

flame-spread rating, 3.1.12.1., 3.1.13.4., 6.9.1.1.,

9.10.3.2., 9.33.6.3., 9.33.6.4.

load, 4.1.1.5., 4.2.4.1., 9.23.14.11.

roof coverings, 3.1.15.1.

smoke developed classification, 3.1.12.1. smoke movement in high buildings, 3.2.6.9. sound transmission, 5.8.1.2., 9.11.1.2.

vapour permeance, 9.25.4.2.

Theatres, 1.4.1.2.[A], 3.3.2.14.

Thermal barriers

for foamed plastic, 9.10.17.10.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.14., 3.1.5.15.

Thermal breaks, 5.9.2.4., 9.7.3.3.

Thermal bridging, 5.3.1.3., 9.25.1., 9.25.5.1. Thermal insulation systems, 6.5.

Thermal resistance

building assemblies, 9.36.2.4., 9.36.2.6.

building assemblies below grade or in contact with ground, 9.36.2.8.

location and installation of materials, 5.3.1.3.

materials in the building envelope, 9.25.5.1. replacement options, 9.36.2.11.

requirements, 5.3.1., 9.25.1.

windows, doors and skylights, 9.36.2.7.

Thermal systems, solar, 9.36.3.11. Ticket booths, 6.3.1.3.

Tiered

performance requirements, 9.36.1.3., 9.36.7.

prescriptive requirements, 9.36.1.3., 9.36.8.

Tile

clay, 9.23.4.5.

concrete, 9.23.4.5.

Tile, drainage, 9.14.3.

Tile, floor, 9.30.2.1., 9.30.2.2., 9.30.6.

Tile, roof

concrete, 5.9.1.1., 9.26.2.1.

eave protection, 9.26.5.1.

installation, 9.26.17.

Tile, wall

installation, 9.29.10.1.

moisture-resistant backing, 9.29.10.4.

Tires, storage, 3.3.6.5.

Top plates, walls, 9.23.5.4., 9.23.11.4.

Towers

earthquake loads and effects, 4.1.8.1., 4.1.8.18.

wind loads, 4.1.7.11.

Toxic gases, storage, 3.3.6.3. Trade shows, 3.1.2.3.

Traffic control, construction sites, 8.2.4. Transformer vaults, 3.6.2.7., 9.10.1.3.

Transparent panels, 3.3.1.20., 3.4.1.8., 9.6.1.4., 9.7.2.1.

Transponder, for fire alarm, 3.2.7.10.

Travel distance

banks and mercantile facilities, 3.4.6.17. to egress doorways, 3.3.1.5., 3.3.1.6.

to exit, 3.4.2.1., 3.4.2.3., 3.4.2.4., 9.9.8.2.

in fire compartments, 3.3.3.5. measurement of, 9.9.8.1.

mezzanines, 9.9.8.6.

and number of required exits, 9.9.8.2. rooms and suites, 9.9.7.4., 9.9.7.6.

to unlocked doors, 3.4.6.18.

Treads

dimensions, 3.3.1.16., 3.4.6.8., 9.8.4., 9.8.4.3.

finishes, 9.8.9.6.

mixed, 9.8.4.5.

nosings, 9.8.4.8.

rectangular, 9.8.3.1., 9.8.4.1., 9.8.4.2.

slip-resistance, 3.4.6.1., 9.8.9.6.

tapered, 3.3.1.16., 3.4.6.9., 9.8.3.1., 9.8.4.1., 9.8.4.3.,

9.8.4.4.

thickness, 9.8.9.5.

uniformity and tolerances, 9.8.4.4. in winders, 9.8.4.6.

Treatment occupancy (see Care, treatment or detention occupancy)

Trench, for piping of flammable liquids, 6.9.1.2. Trim, for windows, doors and skylights, 9.7.6.2. Trouble signals, 3.2.4.8., 3.2.4.9., 3.2.6.7.

Trusses

design, 9.4.1.1., 9.4.2.2., 9.23.14.11.

lumber grade, 9.3.2.1.

maximum deflections, 9.23.14.11.

snow loads, 9.4.2.2.

Tubing for pneumatic controls, 3.1.5.2., 3.6.4.3.

Turnstiles, 3.4.3.3., 9.9.5.4., 9.9.5.5.

Tying (see Anchorage)

U

Underground ducts, 6.3.2.12., 9.33.6.7.

Underground walkways, 3.1.13.9., 3.2.3.20., 3.2.7.3.,

9.9.12.3.

Underlay

fastening, 9.30.2.3.

for flooring, 9.30.2.

hardboard, 9.30.2.2.

installation, 9.26.6.2., 9.26.10.2., 9.30.2.3.

materials, 9.26.6.1., 9.30.2.2., 9.30.2.5.

material standards, 9.30.2.2.

nailing, 9.30.2.3.

OSB, 9.30.2.2.

particleboard, 9.30.2.2.

plywood, 9.30.2.2.

roofing, 9.26.6., 9.26.10.2.

beneath shakes, 9.26.10.2.

beneath shingles, 9.26.6.

stapling, 9.30.2.3.

thickness, 9.30.2.2. Unit heaters, 1.4.1.2.[A]

Universal washrooms, 3.8.3.13.

emergency lighting, 3.2.7.3.

Unprotected openings (see also Openings) area increase, 3.2.3.12.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

in exposing building face, 3.2.3.7. in exterior walls, 3.2.3.1.

in floors, 9.10.1.3.

maximum area, 9.10.14.4.

and spatial separation between buildings, 9.10.14., 9.10.15.

unlimited, 3.2.3.10.

in wall exposed to another wall, 3.2.3.14.

Unsafe conditions, 1.4.1.2.[A] Unstable liquids, 1.4.1.2.[A] Unusual structures, 3.2.2.2.

Urinals, barrier-free design, limited mobility, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.15.

V

Vacuum cleaning systems emergency shutdown, 3.2.4.13. fire safety shutdown, 9.10.18.7.

penetrating fire separations, 3.1.9.4., 9.10.9.6.

suites served, 9.10.9.21.

Vapour

diffusion, 5.1.1.1., 5.2.1.2., 5.2.1.3., 5.5., 5.9.4.1.,

9.25.4.1., 9.25.5.1.

permeance, 5.5.1.2., 9.25.4.2., 9.25.5.1.

transfer, 5.1.1.1., 5.2.1.2., 5.2.1.3.

Vapour barriers

and dampproofing, 9.13.2.5. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

in housing and small buildings, 9.25.4. installation, 5.5.1.2., 9.23.2.2., 9.25.4.3.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.2. permeance, 5.5.1.2., 9.25.4.2.

products used, 9.25.4.3.

required resistance to vapour diffusion, 5.5.1.1. requirements, 9.25.4.1.

standards for, 5.9.1.1., 9.25.4.2.

Vapour pressure, 5.5.1.1.

Vehicular passageways, 3.1.13.2., 3.2.3.18.

Vehicular ramps, 3.2.8.2., 3.3.1.18., 9.8.8.4.

Vehicular traffic, construction sites, 8.2.3.1., 8.2.4.1.

Veneer

flashing, 5.6.2.1., 9.20.13.3.

masonry, 5.6.1.2., 9.20.6.4., 9.20.8.5., 9.20.9.5.,

9.20.12.3.

Vent connectors, 1.4.1.2.[A]

Ventilating systems (see Heating, ventilating and air-conditioning (HVAC) systems and equipment)

Ventilation

of air contaminants, 6.3.1.5.

attic or roof spaces, 6.3.1.2., 9.19.1.

capacity, 9.32.2.3., 9.32.3.3.

crawl spaces, 6.3.1.2., 9.18.3., 9.18.3.1., 9.18.3.2.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A] direct-vent, 9.32.3.8.

dwelling units, 6.3.1.1., 9.32. electrical equipment vaults, 3.6.2.7.

exhaust, 3.3.1.21., 9.10.9.20., 9.32.3.6., 9.32.3.13.

exhaust ducts and outlets, 6.3.2.10. garages, 3.3.5.4.

housing and small buildings, 9.32. for laboratories, 6.3.4.

mechanical, 6.3.1.1., 6.3.1.3. - 6.9.1.2., 9.32.2.3.,

9.32.3., 9.32.3.3. - 9.32.3.6.

natural, 9.32.2.2.

outlets, 9.32.3.5., 9.32.3.6.

requirements, 6.2.2., 6.3.1.1., 9.32.1.2., 9.32.2.1.,

9.32.3.1.

residential, 6.3.1.1.

restaurants, 6.3.1.6.

secondary suites, 9.32.1.2., 9.32.3.8., 9.32.3.9.

storage garages, 3.3.5.7., 6.3.1.3., 9.32.1.1.

windows for, 9.32.2.2.

Venting

air space in building envelopes, 9.25.5.1., 9.27.2.2. attic or roof spaces, 5.3.1.2., 6.3.1.2., 9.19.1.

chimneys, 9.21., 9.33.10.1.

combustion products, 6.3.3.1., 9.32.3.8., 9.33.10.1.

crawl spaces, 6.3.1.2., 9.18.3., 9.18.3.1., 9.18.3.2.

explosion relief devices, 3.3.1.21. firefighting, 3.2.8.7.

firefighting in high buildings, 3.2.6.6., 3.2.6.9.

heating appliances, 9.21., 9.33.5.2., 9.33.5.3.,

9.33.10.1.

laundry-drying equipment, 9.32.1.3. mansard or gambrel roofs, 9.19.1.4. soffits, 9.19.1.2., 9.19.1.3., 9.25.2.4.

Vents

area, 9.19.1.2.

gas, 9.33.10.1.

installation, 9.19.1.2. in stair shafts, 3.2.6.2. standard for, 9.19.1.2.

Vertical service spaces

application of Code, 3.6.1.1., 3.6.3.1. combustible piping in, 3.1.9.4. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

for dumbwaiters, 3.5.3.2.

elevator machinery, 3.5.3.3.

exhaust ducts, 3.6.3.4., 9.10.9.20.

fire dampers, 9.10.13.13.

fire protection, 9.10.1.3.

fire separations, 3.6.3.1.

flame-spread rating, 3.1.13.2. penetrating floor assemblies, 3.2.8.1.

Vestibules

(see also Lobbies)

access to storage garages, 3.3.5.7. barrier-free doors, 3.8.3.6.

and closure devices, 3.1.8.19.

elevators for use by firefighters, 3.2.6.5. garages, 3.3.5.4.

high buildings, 3.1.13.7.

horizontal exits, 3.4.6.10. interconnected floor space, 3.2.8.4.

Vibrations

combustible isolation connector, 3.6.5.2., 6.3.2.18.

floors, 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2.

limit states design, 4.1.3.6. Visible signal devices, 3.2.4.19. Visual disability, 3.3.1.9.

Voice communication systems

central alarm and control facility, 3.2.6.7. emergency power supply, 3.2.7.8.

high buildings, 3.2.6.8.

requirements, 3.2.4.22.

speakers, 3.2.4.22.

use of alarm circuitry, 3.2.4.18.

W

Waferboard

as cladding, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.2.4., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.5.,

9.27.10.

fire blocks, 9.10.16.3.

fire protection of soffits, 9.10.12.4. firestops, 3.1.11.7.

as interior finish, 9.29.9. material, 9.3.2.4.

material standard, 5.9.1.1., 9.23.15.2., 9.23.16.2.,

9.23.17.2., 9.27.10.1., 9.29.9.1., 9.30.2.2.

as roof sheathing, 9.3.2.4., 9.23.3.5., 9.23.16.

as siding, 9.27.3.6., 9.27.5., 9.27.10.

as subflooring, 9.3.2.4., 9.23.3.5., 9.23.15.2.,

9.23.15.5.

thickness, 9.3.2.7.

as underlay, 9.30.2.

as wall sheathing, 9.3.2.4., 9.23.3.5., 9.23.10.2.,

9.23.17.2., 9.23.17.5.

Walk-in coolers/freezers, 3.1.4.2., 3.1.5.7., 9.10.17.10.

Walks, moving, 3.2.8.2., 3.8.2.3., 3.8.2.4., 9.8.1.4.

Walkways

barrier-free path of travel, 3.8.3.3. between buildings, 3.2.3.19.

construction camps, 9.10.21.4.

construction sites, 8.2.1.1. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

exterior, 3.8.3.3., 9.9.4.2., 9.9.9.3., 9.10.8.8., 9.10.17.4.

fire protection, 9.10.1.3.

smoke detectors, 3.2.4.11.

underground, 3.1.13.9., 3.2.3.20., 3.2.7.3., 9.9.12.3.

Wall membranes, 9.10.5.

Wall panels

braced (see Braced wall panels) factory-assembled, 3.1.5.7.

Wall plates, 9.23.3.4., 9.23.11.

Walls

anchorage, 9.20.11., 9.23.3.4., 9.35.4.3.

area, calculating, 9.36.2.3.

bracing, 9.23.10.2., 9.23.13.

in carports, 9.35.4.1., 9.35.4.3.

cladding, 9.27.

continuity of insulation, 9.36.2.5.

exposed to adjoining roof, 3.2.3.15., 9.10.12.2. fire blocks in, 9.10.16.2.

fire-resistance rating, 3.2.3.7., 3.2.3.11., 9.10.8.3.,

9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5.

firewalls (see Firewalls) foamed plastics in, 9.10.17.10. foundations, 4.2., 9.15.4.

framing, 9.23.10., 9.24.

garages, 9.35.4.1.

as guards, 4.1.5.16.

in health facilities, 3.3.3.5. height, 9.20.6.

intersecting, anchorage, 9.20.11.

lateral support, 9.20.10., 9.23.10.2.

loadbearing, 3.2.1.4., 9.10.8.3., 9.23.9.8., 9.23.10.1.,

9.23.10.2., 9.23.10.6., 9.23.12.2., 9.23.12.3.,

9.24.1.1.

masonry, 5.6.1.2., 9.20., 9.25.3.4.

masonry veneer, 5.6.1.2., 9.20.6.4.

non-loadbearing, 9.23.9.8., 9.23.10.1., 9.23.10.6.,

9.23.12.1., 9.24.

openings in loadbearing, 9.23.10.6., 9.23.12.2.,

9.23.12.3.

openings in non-loadbearing, 9.23.10.6., 9.23.12.1.,

9.24.2.4., 9.24.3.5., 9.24.3.7.

in public corridors, 9.10.17.5. recesses, 9.20.7.

retaining, 9.3.2.9., 9.4.4.5., 9.4.4.6.

sheathing, 9.23.13., 9.23.17., 9.27.3.4., 9.27.3.5.

steel stud, 9.24.

support on framed floors, 9.23.9.8. supports, 9.23.9.8.

thermal insulation, 9.25.1.1.

thickness, 9.20.6.

wind loads, 4.1.7.5., 4.1.7.6.

Walls, exterior

in combustible construction, 3.1.4.8. continuity of insulation, 9.36.2.5. enclosing attic or roof space, 3.2.3.3.

exposed to another wall, 3.2.3.14., 9.10.12.3.

fire-resistance rating, 3.1.7.2., 3.1.7.3., 3.2.3.7.,

3.2.3.11., 9.10.3.1., 9.10.3.3., 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5.

at firewall, 3.1.10.6.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.5., 3.1.5.6. restrictions on combustible projections, 3.2.3.6.,

9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5.

thickness, 9.20.6.1.

Walls, interior airtightness, 9.36.2.10.

finish, 9.29.

not fire separations, 9.10.12.3. thickness, 9.20.6.3.

Wall studs (see Studs, steel; Studs, wood)

Warehouses

door swing, 3.3.1.11.

loads on floor or roof, 4.1.5.3. self-storage, 3.3.5.9., 9.9.6.4.

Warm air outlets, 9.33.6.10., 9.33.6.11. Warning lights, construction sites, 8.2.3.5. Wash fountains, circular, 3.7.2.3.

Washrooms

(see also Bathrooms)

barrier-free, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.9., 3.8.3.12., 3.8.3.16.

emergency lighting, 3.2.7.3.

floor drains, 3.7.2.6.

requirements, 3.7.2.2.

self-service storage buildings, 3.9.3.2. signage, 3.8.3.9.

surface protection, 3.7.2.5.

universal, 3.8.3.13.

Waste material chutes, 8.2.5.4.

enclosures, 8.2.5.3.

removal, 8.2.5.2.

Water

bottle filling station, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.11.

drainage, 5.6.2.2., 9.14.

drainage disposal, 9.14.5.

in excavations, 9.12.1.2. flooring resistant to, 9.30.1.2. ingress, 5.7.1.1.

protection against, application of Code, 9.13.1.1. protection against, in exterior insulation finish

systems, 5.9.4.1.

protection against, in fenestration, 5.9.3.5. protection against hydrostatic pressure, 5.7.2. protection from groundwater, 5.7.3.

required protection against, 5.7.1.2. surface, 5.7., 5.7.1.1.

Water closets bathtubs, 3.7.2.8.

doorways, 9.5.5.2.

in dwelling units, 9.31.4.1. floor drains, 3.7.2.6.

grab bars, 3.7.2.7.

for persons with disabilities, 3.8.3.14.

for persons with limited mobility, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.15. requirements, 3.7.2.2.

stalls, 3.8.3.12.

surface protection, 3.7.2.5.

Waterflow detecting devices, 3.2.4.4., 3.2.4.7., 3.2.4.15.,

3.2.5.14., 3.2.6.7.

Water heaters, solar, 9.36.4.3. Waterproof flooring, 9.30.1.2.

Waterproofing

floors-on-ground, 9.13.3.1., 9.13.3.5.

installation, 5.6.1.2., 9.13.3.4.

installation standards, 9.26.15.1.

material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.13.3.2., 9.26.2.1. preparation of surface, 9.13.3.3.

protection from groundwater, 5.7.3.3. requirement for, 9.13.3.1.

roofs, 5.6.1.2., 9.13.3.1., 9.26.2.1.

walls, 9.13.3.1., 9.13.3.3., 9.13.3.4.

Waterproof interior wall finish, 9.29.2.

Water supply

for firefighting, 3.2.5.7., 3.2.5.9., 3.2.7.9.

hot water, 9.31.4.2.

potable water, 9.31.3.

Water supply valves, 3.2.4.9.

Water systems

dwelling units, 9.31.3.

potable water, 9.31.3.1.

Weep holes, 9.20.13.5., 9.20.13.6., 9.20.13.8.

Welding operations room, 3.3.1.26.

Wells

dry, 9.14.5.3.

water supply, 9.14.6.2.

Wheelchair spaces, and path of travel, 3.8.2.3., 3.8.3.22.

Wheelchair turning space, universal washrooms, 3.8.3.13.

Winders, 9.8.3.1., 9.8.4.1., 9.8.4.4., 9.8.4.6.

Wind load

and air barrier systems, 9.25.3.2. anchorage of building frames, 9.23.6.1. bracing to resist, 9.23.13.

calculation of, 4.1.7., 5.2.1.3., 5.2.2.2.

dynamic effects, 4.1.7.2.

dynamic procedure, 4.1.7.8.

environmental separation, 5.1.4.1. exterior ornamentations, equipment and

appendages, 4.1.7.11.

external pressure coefficients, 4.1.7.5. external pressure coefficients, low buildings,

4.1.7.6.

fasteners for sheathing or subflooring, 9.23.3.5. full and partial, 4.1.7.9.

interior walls and partitions, 4.1.7.10. internal pressure coefficient, 4.1.7.7. pressure differences due to, 4.1.7.10., 5.4.1.2.

roof sheathing, 9.23.16.1.

specified, 4.1.7.1.

static procedure, 4.1.7.3. and structural design, 4.1.7.

structural strength, 9.4.1.1., 9.6.1.3.

topographic factor, 4.1.7.4., 9.6.1.3. wind tunnel procedure, 4.1.7.14.

Windows

airtightness, 5.9.1.1., 5.9.2.3., 9.7.4., 9.36.2.9.,

9.36.2.10.

barriers or railings with, 3.3.1.20. in bedrooms, 9.9.10.1.

caulking and sealing, 9.7.4., 9.20.13.11., 9.27.4.

as closures, 3.1.8.5.

dimensions, 9.32.2.2.

in exits, 9.9.4.5.

in exposing building faces, 9.10.14.4., 9.10.15.4.

flashing, 9.20.13.3., 9.20.13.4., 9.20.13.12., 9.27.3.8.

glass thickness, 9.6.1.3.

for housing and small buildings, 9.7. installation, 9.7.6.

manufactured and pre-assembled, 9.7.4. as means of egress, 9.7.2.2.

for natural ventilation, 9.32.2.2.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.4. not a means of egress, 9.9.2.3.

opening into window wells, 9.9.10.1. openings, 9.8.8.1., 9.9.10.1.

performance expectations, 9.7.3.

protection of, 3.3.4.8.

protection in public areas, 9.8.8.1. protection in residential occupancy, 9.8.8.1. requirements, 9.7.2.2.

resistance to forced entry, 9.7.5.3. sills, 9.20.13.12., 9.27.3.8.

site-built, 9.7.5.

standard for, 5.9.1.1., 5.9.2.2., 9.7.4.

thermal breaks, 5.9.2.4., 9.7.3.3.

thermal resistance calculation, 9.36.2.11. thermal transmittance (U-value), 9.7.3.3. unobstructed opening area, 9.9.10.1., 9.32.2.2.

watertightness, 5.9.1.1., 5.9.2.3., 9.7.4.

wind load resistance, 5.2.2.2., 9.7.4.

Window walls (see Fenestration) Window wells, 9.9.10.1., 9.14.6.3. Wind tunnel procedure, 4.1.7.14.

Wired glass

area limits, 3.1.8.18.

area limits waived, 3.1.8.19. as closure, 9.10.13.5.

in exits, 3.2.3.13., 9.9.4.3.

in fire separations, 3.1.8.16. in guards, 9.8.8.7.

not to be used as closures, 3.2.3.5. temperature rise limits waived, 3.1.8.19. in transparent panels and doors, 3.3.1.20.

in unprotected openings, 3.2.3.12., 9.10.14.4.

uses, 9.6.1.4.

in windows, doors and skylights, 5.9.1.1., 5.9.2.1.

Wires and cables

in combustible construction, 3.1.4.3. electrical, 3.2.6.5., 9.34., 9.34.1.5.

in fire separations, 9.10.9.6.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.21. penetrating fire separations, 3.1.9.2.

in plenums, 3.6.4.3.

protection of electrical conductors, 3.2.7.10. storage, 3.3.6.2.

Wood

bracing, 9.23.13.

cant strips, 9.26.4.6., 9.26.4.7., 9.26.11.10.

columns, 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5., 9.17.4., 9.35.4.2.

design and construction, 9.23. door frames, 9.10.13.3.

doors, 9.7.5.2.

fire-resistance rating, 9.10.6.2.

fire-retardant-treated (see Fire-retardant-treated wood)

floor beams, 9.23.8.1.

floor joists, 9.23.9.

flooring, 9.30.3., 9.30.4.

floors-on-ground, 9.16.5.

floor supports, 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.4., 9.23.8.3.,

9.30.1.3.

foundations, 4.2.3.1., 4.2.3.2., 9.15.1.1., 9.15.2.4.

in heavy timber construction, 3.1.4.7.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.2., 3.1.5.3.,

3.1.5.5., 3.1.5.8., 3.1.5.10.

preservative treatment, 4.2.3.2., 9.8.9.3., 9.23.2.2.,

9.23.2.3.

roofs, 3.1.14.1., 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.5., 9.23.16.

shingles and shakes, 9.26.2.1., 9.26.2.3., 9.26.3.1.,

9.26.9., 9.26.10., 9.27.7.

siding, 9.27.6., 9.27.7., 9.27.8., 9.27.9., 9.27.10.

stairs, 9.8.9.3., 9.8.9.4.

structural design basis, 4.3.1.

Wood blocking

cladding, 9.23.10.5., 9.27.5.2.

doors, 9.7.5.2.

with handrails, 9.8.7.7.

interior finishing materials, 9.23.10.5. joists, 9.23.9.3., 9.23.9.4., 9.23.14.9.

nailing, 9.23.3.4.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.2. rafters and joists, 9.23.14.7.

roof edges, 9.23.16.6., 9.23.16.7.

subflooring, 9.23.15.3.

walls, 9.23.9.8., 9.23.10.2.

Wood-burning appliances

chimney liners, 9.21.3.9., 9.22.2.3.

chimneys and flues, 6.3.3.2., 6.3.3.3., 9.21.1.1.,

9.21.2.1., 9.21.2.2., 9.33.10.2.

ducts serving, 3.6.5.8., 9.33.6.13.

factory-built fireplaces, 9.22.1.4., 9.22.8.1.

hearth-mounted stoves, 9.22.10.

inserts, 9.22.10.

installation, 3.6.2.1.

installation standard, 6.2.1.5., 9.22.10.2., 9.31.6.2.

masonry fireplaces, 9.22.

product standards, 9.22.2.3., 9.22.8.1., 9.22.10.1.,

9.33.5.3.

protection against depressurization, 9.32.3.8. venting, 6.3.3.1., 9.33.10.1.

Wood-frame construction

alternative structural components, 9.23.1.1. beams to support floors, 9.23.8.

bracing for earthquake and wind loads, 9.23.13. fasteners, 9.23.3.

floor joists, 9.23.9.

framing over openings, 9.23.12. housing and small buildings, 9.23. maximum spans, 9.23.4.

notching and drilling, 9.23.5. roof and ceiling framing, 9.23.14. roof sheathing, 9.23.16.

sill plates, 9.23.7.

subflooring, 9.23.15.

wall plates, 9.23.11.

wall sheathing, 9.23.17.

wall studs, 9.23.10.

Wood products

dimensions, 9.3.2.6., 9.3.2.7.

for housing and small buildings, 9.3.2. preservative treatment, 9.3.2.9. protection against moisture, 9.3.2.9. undersized, 9.3.2.8.

Workmanship review, 2.2.7.4.[C]

Y

Yard, as access for firefighters, 9.10.20.3.

Conversion Factors

To Convert	To	Multiply by
°C	°F	1.8 and add 32
kg	lb.	2.205
kPa	lbf/in.2(psi)	0.1450
kPa	lbf/ft.2	20.88
kW	Btu/h	3412
L	gal. (imp.)	0.2200
L/s	gal./min (gpm)	13.20
lx	ft.-candle	0.09290
m	ft.	3.281
m2	ft.2	10.76
m3	ft.3	35.31
mm	in.	0.03937
m3/h	ft.3/min (cfm)	0.5886
m/s	ft./min	196.8
MJ	Btu	947.8
N	lbf	0.2248
ng/(Pa×s×m2)	Btu/h	3.412

CANADIAN COMMISSION ON BUILDING AND FIRE CODES

BUILDING

National Building Code of Canada 2020

Volume 2

National Building Code of Canada

2020

Volume 2

Issued by the

Canadian Commission on Building and Fire Codes National Research Council of Canada

First Edition 1941

Second Edition 1953

Third Edition 1960

Fourth Edition 1965

Fifth Edition 1970

Sixth Edition 1975

Seventh Edition 1977

Eighth Edition 1980

Ninth Edition 1985

Tenth Edition 1990

Eleventh Edition 1995

Twelfth Edition 2005

Thirteenth Edition 2010

Fourteenth Edition 2015

Fifteenth Edition 2020

Paper: ISBN 978-0-660-37913-5 NR24-28/2020E PDF: ISBN 978-0-660-37912-8 NR24-28/2020E-PDF

NRCC-CONST-56435E

Printed in Canada First Printing

Aussi disponible en français :

Code national du bâtiment – Canada 2020 NRCC-CONST-56435F

Papier : ISBN 978-0-660-37915-9 PDF : ISBN 978-0-660-37914-2

Preface

Volume 1

Relationship of the NBC to Standards Development and Conformity Assessment Canadian Commission on Building and Fire Codes and Standing Committees

Division A Compliance, Objectives and Functional Statements

Part 1 Compliance

Part 2 Objectives

Part 3 Functional Statements

Division B Acceptable Solutions

Part 1 General

Part 2 Farm Buildings

Part 3 Fire Protection, Occupant Safety and Accessibility Part 4 Structural Design

Part 5 Environmental Separation

Part 6 Heating, Ventilating and Air-conditioning Part 7 Plumbing Services

Part 8 Safety Measures at Construction and Demolition Sites Appendix C Climatic and Seismic Information

Appendix D Fire-Performance Ratings

Division C Administrative Provisions

Part 1 General

Part 2 Administrative Provisions

Index

Volume 2

Division B Acceptable Solutions

Part 9 Housing and Small Buildings

Index

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2

Division B

Acceptable Solutions

Division B

‌Part 9

Housing and Small Buildings

General
1. Application 9-1
2. Limits on Floor Area 9-1
Definitions
1. General 9-1
Materials, Systems and
Equipment
1. Concrete 9-1
2. Lumber and Wood Products 9-3
3. Metal 9-6
Structural Requirements
1. Structural Design Requirements
  and Application Limitations 9-6
2. Specified Loads 9-7
3. Deflections 9-8
4. Foundation Conditions 9-9
Design of Areas and Spaces
1. General 9-10
2. Barrier-Free Design 9-10
3. Ceiling Heights 9-11
4. Hallways 9-11
5. Doorway Sizes 9-12
Glass
1. General 9-12
Windows, Doors and Skylights
1. General 9-16
2. Required Windows, Doors and
  Skylights 9-16
3. Performance of Windows,
  Doors and Skylights 9-17
4. Manufactured Windows, Doors
  and Skylights 9-18
5. Site-built Windows, Doors and
  Skylights 9-19
6. Installation 9-20
Stairs, Ramps, Handrails and Guards
1. Application 9-21
2. Stair Dimensions 9-21
3. Stair Configurations 9-22
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  Division B
4. Step Dimensions 9-22
5. Ramps 9-25
6. Landings 9-26
7. Handrails 9-27
8. Guards 9-29
9. Construction 9-31
10. Cantilevered Precast Concrete
  Steps 9-32
Means of Egress
1. General 9-33
2. Types and Purpose of Exits 9-33
3. Dimensions of Means of Egress 9-34
4. Fire Protection of Exits 9-34
5. Obstructions and Hazards in
  Means of Egress 9-36
6. Doors in a Means of Egress 9-37
7. Access to Exits 9-39
8. Exits from Floor Areas 9-40
9. Egress from Dwelling Units 9-42
10. Egress from Bedrooms 9-43
11. Signs 9-43
12. Lighting 9-44
Fire Protection
1. Definitions and Application 9-45
2. Occupancy Classification 9-46
3. Ratings 9-48
4. Building Size Determination 9-49
5. Permitted Openings in Wall and
  Ceiling Membranes 9-50
6. Construction Types 9-50
7. Steel Members 9-50
8. Fire Resistance and Combustibility in Relation to Occupancy, Height and
  Supported Elements 9-50
9. Fire Separations and
  Smoke-tight Barriers between Rooms and Spaces within
  Buildings 9-52
10. Service Rooms 9-58
11. Firewalls 9-59
12. Prevention of Fire Spread at
  Exterior Walls and between
  Storeys 9-60
13. Doors, Dampers and Other
  Closures in Fire Separations 9-61
14. Spatial Separation Between
  Buildings 9-64
15. Spatial Separation Between
  Houses 9-69
16. Fire Blocks 9-74
17. Flame-Spread Limits 9-75
18. Alarm and Detection Systems 9-77
19. Smoke Alarms 9-78
20. Firefighting 9-80
21. Fire Protection for Construction
  Camps 9-81
22. Fire Protection for Gas, Propane and Electric Cooktops and

Ovens 9-82

Division B

Sound Transmission
1. Protection from Airborne Noise 9-83
Excavation
1. General 9-85
2. Depth 9-85
3. Backfill 9-86
4. Trenches beneath Footings 9-87
Dampproofing, Waterproofing and Soil Gas Control
1. General 9-87
2. Dampproofing 9-87
3. Waterproofing 9-89
4. Soil Gas Control 9-91
Drainage
1. Scope 9-92
2. Foundation Drainage 9-92
3. Drainage Tile and Pipe 9-92
4. Granular Drainage Layer 9-93
5. Drainage Disposal 9-93
6. Surface Drainage 9-94
Footings and Foundations
1. Application 9-94
2. General 9-95
3. Footings 9-96
4. Foundation Walls 9-98
5. Support of Joists and Beams
  on Masonry Foundation Walls 9-102
6. Parging and Finishing of
  Masonry Foundation Walls 9-103
Floors-on-Ground
1. Scope 9-103
2. Material beneath Floors 9-103
3. Drainage 9-104
4. Concrete 9-104
5. Wood 9-105
Columns
1. Scope 9-105
2. General 9-105
3. Steel Columns 9-106
4. Wood Columns 9-106
5. Unit Masonry Columns 9-107
6. Solid Concrete Columns 9-107
Crawl Spaces
1. General 9-107
2. Access 9-107
3. Ventilation 9-108
4. Clearance 9-108
5. Drainage 9-108
6. Ground Cover 9-108
7. Fire Protection 9-109
Roof Spaces
1. Venting 9-109
2. Access 9-110

Division B

Masonry and Insulating
Concrete Form Walls Not In Contact with the Ground
1. Application 9-110
2. Masonry Units 9-111
3. Mortar 9-112
4. Mortar Joints 9-113
5. Masonry Support 9-114
6. Thickness and Height 9-114
7. Chases and Recesses 9-115
8. Support of Loads 9-116
9. Bonding and Tying 9-117
10. Lateral Support 9-118
11. Anchorage of Roofs, Floors and Intersecting Walls 9-119
12. Corbelling 9-120
13. Control of Rainwater
  Penetration 9-120
14. Protection during Work 9-122
15. Reinforcement for Earthquake
  Resistance 9-123
16. Corrosion Resistance 9-123
17. Above-Ground Flat Insulating
  Concrete Form Walls 9-123
Masonry and Concrete
Chimneys and Flues
1. General 9-125
2. Chimney Flues 9-125
3. Chimney Lining 9-127
4. Masonry and Concrete Chimney
  Construction 9-128
5. Clearance from Combustible
  Construction 9-129
Fireplaces
1. General 9-130
2. Fireplace Liners 9-130
3. Fireplace Walls 9-130
4. Fire Chamber 9-131
5. Hearth 9-131
6. Damper 9-131
7. Smoke Chamber 9-131
8. Factory-Built Fireplaces 9-131
9. Clearance of Combustible
  Material 9-131
10. Fireplace Inserts and
  Hearth-Mounted Stoves 9-132
Wood-Frame Construction
1. Application 9-132
2. General 9-133
3. Fasteners and Connectors 9-133
4. Maximum Spans 9-137
5. Notching and Drilling 9-139
6. Anchorage 9-140
7. Sill Plates 9-141
8. Beams to Support Floors 9-142
9. Floor Joists 9-142
10. Wall Studs 9-144
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  Division B
11. Wall Plates 9-146
12. Framing over Openings 9-147
13. Bracing to Resist Lateral Loads
  Due to Wind and Earthquake 9-148
14. Roof and Ceiling Framing 9-153
15. Subflooring 9-156
16. Roof Sheathing 9-158
17. Wall Sheathing 9-159
Sheet Steel Stud Wall
Framing
1. General 9-161
2. Size of Framing 9-161
3. Installation 9-163
Heat Transfer, Air Leakage and
Condensation Control
1. General 9-164
2. Thermal Insulation 9-164
3. Air Barrier Systems 9-166
4. Vapour Barriers 9-168
5. Properties and Position of
  Materials in the Building
  Envelope 9-169
Roofing
1. General 9-170
2. Roofing Materials 9-170
3. Slope of Roofed Surfaces 9-172
4. Flashing at Intersections 9-173
5. Eave Protection for Shingles
  and Shakes 9-175
6. Underlay beneath Shingles 9-175
7. Asphalt Shingles on Slopes of
  1 in 3 or Greater 9-176
8. Asphalt Shingles on Slopes of
  less than 1 in 3 9-177
9. Wood Roof Shingles 9-177
10. Cedar Roof Shakes 9-178
11. Built-Up Roofs 9-179
12. Selvage Roofing 9-180
13. Sheet Metal Roofing 9-180
14. Glass Reinforced Polyester
  Roofing 9-181
15. Hot Applied Rubberized Asphalt
  Roofing 9-181
16. Polyvinyl Chloride Sheet
  Roofing 9-181
17. Concrete Roof Tiles 9-181
18. Roof Drains and Downspouts 9-181
Cladding
1. Application 9-181
2. Required Protection from
  Precipitation 9-182
3. Second Plane of Protection 9-184
4. Sealants 9-186
5. Attachment of Cladding 9-187
6. Lumber Siding 9-189
7. Wood Shingles and Shakes 9-190
8. Plywood 9-191
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  Division B
9. Hardboard 9-192
10. OSB and Waferboard 9-192
11. Metal 9-193
12. Vinyl Siding, Insulated Vinyl
  Siding and Vinyl Soffits 9-193
13. Polypropylene Siding 9-194
14. Exterior Insulation Finish
  Systems 9-194
Stucco
1. General 9-194
2. Stucco Materials 9-195
3. Fasteners 9-196
4. Stucco Lath 9-196
5. Stucco Mixes 9-197
6. Stucco Application 9-197
Interior Wall and Ceiling Finishes
1. General 9-198
2. Waterproof Wall Finish 9-198
3. Wood Furring 9-198
4. Plastering 9-199
5. Gypsum Board Finish (Taped
  Joints) 9-199
6. Plywood Finish 9-201
7. Hardboard Finish 9-202
8. Insulating Fibreboard Finish 9-203
9. Particleboard, OSB or
  Waferboard Finish 9-203
10. Wall Tile Finish 9-204
Flooring
1. General 9-204
2. Panel-Type Underlay 9-205
3. Wood Strip Flooring 9-206
4. Parquet Flooring 9-207
5. Resilient Flooring 9-207
6. Ceramic Tile 9-207
Plumbing Facilities
1. Scope 9-207
2. General 9-207
3. Water Supply and Distribution 9-208
4. Required Facilities 9-208
5. Sewage Disposal 9-208
6. Service Water Heating
  Facilities 9-208
Ventilation
1. General 9-209
2. Non-Heating-Season
  Ventilation 9-210
3. Heating-Season Mechanical
  Ventilation 9-212
Heating and Air-conditioning
1. General 9-223
2. Required Heating Systems 9-223
3. Design Temperatures 9-223
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  Division B
  Equipment 9-232
Electrical Facilities
1. General 9-232
2. Lighting Outlets 9-233
3. Emergency Lighting 9-234
Garages and Carports
1. Scope 9-234
2. General 9-235
3. Foundations 9-235
4. Walls and Columns 9-236
Energy Efficiency
1. General 9-236
2. Building Envelope 9-237
3. HVAC Requirements 9-249
4. Service Water Heating Systems 9-255
5. Energy Performance
  Compliance 9-258
6. Airtightness of Building
  Envelope 9-270
7. Tiered Energy Performance
  Compliance: Performance Path 9-272
8. Tiered Energy Performance
  Compliance: Prescriptive Path 9-274
Objectives and Functional Statements
1. Objectives and Functional

Statements 9-281

Fire and Sound

Resistance Tables 9-395

Span Tables 9-477

Notes to Part 9 9-511

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2

‌Division B

Part 9 Housing and Small Buildings

‌Section 9.1. General‌‌

‌Application
1. ‌Application
  1. The application of this Part shall be as described in Subsection 1.3.3. of Division A. (See Note A-9.1.1.1.(1) regarding application to seasonally and intermittently occupied buildings.)‌
‌Limits on Floor Area‌
1. ‌Floor Area Limits for Secondary Suites
  1. The total floor area of all storeys of a secondary suite shall be not more than the lesser of
    1. 80% of the total floor area of all storeys of the other dwelling unit, excluding the garage floor area and common spaces serving both dwelling units, and
    2. ‌80 m2.

‌Section 9.2. Definitions

‌General
1. ‌Defined Words‌
  1. Words in italics are defined in Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A.

‌Section 9.3. Materials, Systems and Equipment‌

‌Concrete‌

‌General
1. Except as provided in Sentence (2) and Articles 9.3.1.6. and 9.3.1.7., unreinforced and nominally reinforced concrete shall be designed, mixed, placed, cured and tested in accordance with the requirements for “R” class concrete stated in Section 9 of CSA A23.1, “Concrete materials and methods of concrete construction.”
2. Unreinforced and nominally reinforced site-batched concrete shall be designed, mixed, placed and cured in accordance with Articles 9.3.1.2. to 9.3.1.9.
3. Except as provided in Sentence (4), reinforced concrete shall be designed to conform to the requirements of Part 4.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022

‌Division B

For flat insulating concrete form walls not exceeding 2 storeys in building height and having a maximum floor to floor height of 3 m, in buildings of light-frame construction, the concrete and reinforcing shall comply with Part 4 or

the concrete shall conform to CSA A23.1, “Concrete materials and methods of concrete construction,” with a maximum aggregate size of 19 mm, and
the reinforcing shall
1. conform to CSA G30.18, “Carbon steel bars for concrete reinforcement,”
2. ‌have a minimum specified yield strength of 400 MPa, and
3. be lapped a minimum of 450 mm for 10M bars and 650 mm for 15M bars (see also Articles 9.15.4.5. and 9.20.17.2.

to 9.20.17.4.).

‌Cement‌
1. Cement shall meet the requirements of CSA A3001, “Cementitious Materials for Use in Concrete.”
‌Concrete in Contact with Sulphate Soil
1. Concrete in contact with sulphate soil, which is deleterious to normal cement, shall conform to the requirements in Clause 4.1.1.6 of CSA A23.1, “Concrete materials and methods of concrete construction.”‌
‌Aggregates
1. Aggregates shall
  1. consist of sand, gravel, crushed rock, crushed air-cooled blast furnace slag, expanded shale or expanded clay conforming to CSA A23.1, “Concrete materials and methods of concrete construction,” and
  2. ‌be clean, well-graded and free of injurious amounts of organic and other deleterious material.
‌Water‌
1. ‌Water shall be clean and free of injurious amounts of oil, organic matter, sediment or any other deleterious material.
‌Compressive Strength
(See also Article 9.12.4.1., Sentence 9.15.4.2.(1) and Article 9.18.6.1.)
1. ‌Except as provided elsewhere in this Part, the compressive strength of unreinforced concrete after 28 days shall be not less than‌
  1. 15 MPa for walls, columns, fireplaces and chimneys, footings, foundation
    walls, grade beams and piers,
  2. 20 MPa for floors other than those in garages and carports, and
  3. ‌for garage and carport floors, and the exterior steps,
    1. 32 MPa, or
    2. ‌30 MPa where indigenous aggregates do not achieve 32 MPa with a 0.45 water to cementing material ratio.
2. ‌Site-batched concrete used for garage and carport floors and exterior steps shall have air entrainment of 5 to 8%.

‌Concrete Mixes

(See Note A-9.3.1.7.)

For pre-mixed concrete and for the site-batched concrete mixes described in Table 9.3.1.7., the maximum ratio of water to cementing materials measured by weight shall not exceed‌‌

0.70 for walls, columns, fireplaces and chimneys, footings, foundation walls, grade beams and piers,
0.65 for floors other than those in garages and carports, and

0.45 for garage and carport floors, and exterior steps.

‌Division B 9.3.2.1.

Table 9.3.1.7.

Site-Batched Concrete Mixes

Forming Part of Sentence 9.3.1.7.(1)

Maximum Size of Coarse Aggregate, mm	Materials, volume
	Cementing Material		Fine Aggregate (damp average coarse sand)		Coarse Aggregate (gravel or crushed stone)
	Parts(1)	L	Parts	L	Parts	L
14	1	28	1.75	49	2	56
20	1	28	1.75	49	2.5	70
28	1	28	2	56	3	84
‌40	1	28	2	56	3.5	98

Notes to Table 9.3.1.7.:

(1) 1 part cementing material = 1 × 40 kg bag

The size of aggregate in unreinforced site-batched concrete mixes referred to in Sentence (1) shall not exceed
1. ‌1/5 the distance between the sides of vertical forms, or
2. 1/3 the thickness of flatwork.

‌Admixtures
1. Admixtures shall conform to ASTM C260, “Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete,” or ASTM C494/C494M, “Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete,” as applicable.‌
‌Cold Weather Requirements
1. ‌When the air temperature is below 5°C, concrete shall be
  1. ‌kept at a temperature of not less than 10°C or more than 25°C while being mixed and placed, and
  2. maintained at a temperature of not less than 10°C for 72 h after placing.
2. No frozen material or ice shall be used in concrete described in Sentence (1).

‌Lumber and Wood Products‌

‌Grade Marking
1. Lumber for joists, rafters, trusses and beams and for the uses listed in
  Table 9.3.2.1. shall be identified by a grade stamp to indicate its grade as determined by NLGA 2017, “Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber.” (See Note A-9.3.2.1.(1).)
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022

‌Division B

Table 9.3.2.1.

Minimum Lumber Grades for Specific End Uses

Forming Part of Sentence 9.3.2.1.(1)

Use	Boards(1)			Framing
	Paragraph in the NLGA Grading Rules under which boards are graded			Framing
	All Species		Eastern White Pine & Red Pine	All Species
	Para 113	Para 114	Para 118	All Species
Stud wall framing (loadbearing members)	—	—	—	Stud, Standard, No.2
Stud wall framing (non-loadbearing members)	—	—	—	Stud, Utility, No. 3
Plank frame construction (loadbearing members)	No. 3 Common	—	No. 3 Common	No. 2
Plank frame construction (non-loadbearing members)	No. 5 Common	—	No. 5 Common	Economy, No. 3
Posts and beams less than 114 mm in thickness	—	—	—	Standard, No. 2
Posts and beams not less than 114 mm in thickness	—	—	—	Standard
Roof sheathing	No. 3 Common	Standard	No. 4 Common	—
Subflooring	No. 3 Common	Standard	No. 3 Common	—
Wall sheathing when required as a nailing base	No. 4 Common	Utility	No. 4 Common	—
‌Wall sheathing not required as a nailing base	No. 5 Common	Economy	No. 5 Common	—

Notes to Table 9.3.2.1.:

‌(1) See Note A-Table 9.3.2.1.

‌Lumber Grades
1. Except for joists, rafters, trusses and beams, visually graded lumber shall conform to the grades in Table 9.3.2.1. (See Article 9.23.4.2. for joists, rafters and beams and Article 9.23.14.11. for trusses.)
‌Machine Stress Rated Lumber‌
1. Machine stress rated lumber shall conform to the requirements of Subsection 4.3.1.
‌OSB, Waferboard and Plywood Marking
1. ‌OSB, waferboard and plywood used for roof sheathing, wall sheathing and subflooring shall be legibly identified on the face of the material indicating
  1. the manufacturer of the material,
  2. ‌the standard to which it is produced, and
  3. that the material is of an exterior type.
‌Moisture Content‌
1. ‌Moisture content of lumber shall be not more than 19% at the time of installation.
‌Lumber Dimensions‌
1. Lumber dimensions referred to in this Part are actual dimensions determined in conformance with CSA O141, “Softwood Lumber.”
‌Panel Thickness Tolerances
1. The thicknesses specified in this Part for plywood, hardboard, particleboard, OSB and waferboard shall be subject to the tolerances permitted in the standards referenced for these products unless specifically indicated herein.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  ‌Division B 9.3.2.9.‌
‌Undersized Lumber
1. Joist, rafter, lintel and beam members up to 5% less than the actual Canadian standard sizes are permitted to be used provided the allowable spans for the grade and species of lumber under consideration are reduced 5% from those shown in the Span Tables for full size members. (See Note A-9.3.2.8.(1).)‌
‌Termite and Decay Protection
1. In localities where termites are known to occur,
  1. clearance between structural wood elements and the finished ground level directly below them shall be not less than 450 mm and, except as provided in Sentence (2), all sides of the supporting elements shall be visible to permit inspection, or
  2. ‌structural wood elements, supported by elements in contact with the ground or exposed over bare soil, shall be pressure-treated with a chemical that is toxic to termites.
    (See Note A-9.3.2.9.(1).)
2. In localities where termites are known to occur and foundations are insulated or otherwise finished in a manner that could conceal a termite infestation,
  1. ‌a metal or plastic barrier shall be installed through the insulation and any other separation or finish materials above finished ground level to control the passage of termites behind or through the insulation, separation or finish materials, and
  2. all sides of the finished supporting assembly shall be visible to permit inspection.
3. Structural wood elements shall be pressure-treated with a preservative to resist decay,
  1. where the vertical clearance between structural wood elements and the finished ground level is less than 150 mm (see also Articles 9.23.2.2. and 9.23.2.3.), or
  2. where
    1. the wood elements are not protected from exposure to precipitation,
    2. ‌the configuration is conducive to moisture accumulation, and
    3. the moisture index is greater than 1.00. (See Note A-9.3.2.9.(3).)
4. Structural wood elements used in retaining walls and cribbing shall be pressure-treated with a preservative to resist decay, where
  1. the retaining wall or cribbing supports ground that is critical to the stability of building foundations, or
  2. the retaining wall or cribbing is greater than 1.2 m in height. (See Note A-9.3.2.9.(4).)
5. Where wood is required by this Article to be treated to resist termites or decay, such treatment shall be in accordance with Table 2, Use Categories for Specific Products, Uses, and Exposures, of CAN/CSA-O80.1, “Specification of treated wood,” as follows:
  1. Use Category 1 (UC1), where the wood member is used in
    1. interior construction,
    2. above-ground applications, and
    3. applications where the wood member remains dry,
  2. Use Category 2 (UC2), where the wood member is used in
    1. interior construction,
    2. above-ground applications, and
    3. applications where the wood member may be subjected to occasional sources of moisture,
  3. Use Category 3.2 (UC3.2), where the wood member is used in
    1. exterior construction,
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
      9.3.3.1. Division B
    2. above-ground applications, and
    3. applications where the wood member is uncoated or is used in a configuration conducive to moisture accumulation,
      1. Use Category 4.1 (UC4.1), where
        the wood member is in contact with the ground,
        the wood member is in contact with fresh water, or
        ‌the vertical clearance between the wood element and the finished ground level is less than 150 mm and the wood elements are not separated from permeable supporting materials by a moisture barrier, or
      2. Use Category 4.2 (UC4.2), where the wood member is used in critical structural components, including permanent wood foundations.
6. Where wood is protected in accordance with UC1 or UC2 using an inorganic boron preservative, the wood shall be
  1. protected from direct exposure to water during and after the completion of construction, and
  2. separated from permeable supporting materials by a moisture barrier that is resistant to all expected mechanisms of deterioration in the service environment if the vertical clearance to the ground is less than 150 mm.
7. ‌Wood that is required by this Article to be treated to resist termites or decay shall be identified by a mark to indicate the type of preservative used and conformance to the relevant required Use Category.‌

‌Metal
1. ‌Sheet Metal Thickness
  1. Minimum thicknesses for sheet metal material that are stated in this Part refer to the actual minimum base metal thicknesses measured at any point of the material and, in the case of galvanized steel described in Sentence 9.3.3.2.(1), include the thickness of the galvanizing coating unless otherwise indicated.‌
2. ‌Galvanized Sheet Steel
  1. Where sheet steel is required to be galvanized, it shall be metallic-coated with zinc or an alloy of 55% aluminum-zinc meeting the requirements of
    1. ASTM A653/A653M, “Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process,” or
    2. ASTM A792/A792M, “Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, 55% Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process.”
  2. ‌Where galvanized sheet steel is intended for use in locations exposed to the weather or as a flashing material, it shall have a zinc coating not less than the

G90 [Z275] coating designation or an aluminum-zinc alloy coating not less than the AZM150 coating designation, as referred to in Sentence (1).

‌Section 9.4. Structural Requirements‌

‌Structural Design Requirements and Application Limitations‌
1. ‌General
  (See Note A-9.4.1.1. and Article 2.2.7.6. of Division C.)
  1. Subject to the application limitations defined elsewhere in this Part, structural members and their connections shall
    1. conform to requirements provided elsewhere in this Part,
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
      ‌Division B 9.4.2.2.
    2. be designed according to good engineering practice such as that provided in CWC 2014, “Engineering Guide for Wood Frame Construction,” or
    3. be designed according to Part 4 using the loads and deflection and vibration limits specified in
      1. Part 9, or
      2. Part 4.
  2. Where floor framing is designed in accordance with Clause (1)(b) or (c), and where supporting wall framing and fastenings, or footings are designed according to Clause (1)(a), the maximum specified live load on the floor according to Table 4.1.5.3. shall not exceed 2.4 kPa.
  3. Location-specific information for structural design, including snow and wind loads and seismic spectral accelerations, shall be determined according to Subsection 1.1.3.
‌Specified Loads
1. ‌Application
  (See Note A-9.4.2.1. and 9.4.2.2.)
  1. This Subsection applies to light-frame constructions whose wall, floor and roof planes are generally comprised of frames of small repetitive structural members, and where
    1. ‌the roof and wall planes are clad, sheathed or braced on at least one side,
    2. the small repetitive structural members are spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.,
    3. the clear span of any structural member does not exceed 12.2 m,
    4. the maximum deflection of the structural roof members conforms to Article 9.4.3.1.,
    5. the maximum total roof area, notwithstanding any separation of adjoining
      buildings by firewalls, is 4 550 m2, and
    6. for flat roofs, there are no significant obstructions on the roof, such as parapet walls, spaced closer than the distance calculated by
      
      where
      ‌Do = minimum distance between obstructions, m, Ho = height of the obstruction above the roof, m,
      Ss = ground snow load, kPa, and
      ‌γ = specific weight of snow taken as 4.0 kN/m3 or 0.43Ss + 2.2 kN/m3, whichever is lesser.
2. ‌Specified Snow Loads
  (See Note A-9.4.2.1. and 9.4.2.2.)
  1. Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (4), specified snow loads shall be not less than those calculated using the following formula:
    
    where
    S = specified snow load,
    Cb = basic snow load roof factor, which is 0.45 where the entire width of the roof does not exceed 4.3 m and 0.55 for all other roofs,
    Ss = 1-in-50-year ground snow load in kPa, determined according to Subsection 1.1.3., and
    Sr = associated 1-in-50-year rain load in kPa, determined according to Subsection 1.1.3.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
3. ‌Division B
  1. ‌In no case shall the specified snow load be less than 1 kPa.
  2. Bow string, arch or semi-circular roof trusses having an unsupported span greater than 6 m shall be designed in conformance with the snow load requirements in Subsection 4.1.6.
  3. Where the height of a roof step at the intersection of an upper level roof and a lower level roof is greater than 2 m, and the upper level roof has a slope less than 1 in 6 and an area greater than 600 m2, the specified snow load on the lower level roof shall be
    1. ‌for distances from the roof step that are less than or equal to the drift length, xd, calculated in accordance with Sentence (5), not less than 1.5 times the specified snow load, S, calculated using the formula in Sentence (1) with
      Cb equal to 0.55, and
    2. for distances from the roof step that are greater than the drift length, xd, calculated in accordance with Sentence (5), as specified in Sentence (1).
  4. For the purposes of Sentence (4), the drift length, xd, in m, shall be calculated as follows:
  ‌where
  ‌h = height of the roof step, in m, and
  γ = specific weight of snow as specified in Clause 9.4.2.1.(1)(f).

‌Deflections‌

‌Deflections

The maximum deflection of structural members shall conform to Table 9.4.3.1.

Dead loads need not be considered in computing deflections referred to in Sentence (1).

Table 9.4.3.1.

Maximum Deflections

Forming Part of Sentence 9.4.3.1.(1)

Structural Members	Type of Ceiling Supported	Max. Allowable Deflection as an Expressed Ratio of the Clear Span
Roof rafters, roof joists and roof beams	No ceiling	1/180
	Other than plaster or gypsum board	1/240
	Plaster or gypsum board	1/360
Ceiling joists	Other than plaster or gypsum board	1/240
	Plaster or gypsum board	1/360
Floor beams, floor joists and floor decking	All cases	1/360

Division B 9.4.4.4.

Table 9.4.3.1. (Continued)

‌Structural Members	Type of Ceiling Supported	Max. Allowable Deflection as an Expressed Ratio of the Clear Span
Beams, joists and decking for balconies, decks	Serving a single dwelling unit	1/240
‌and other accessible exterior platforms	Other	1/360

‌Foundation Conditions‌

‌Allowable Bearing Pressures

Footing sizes for shallow foundations shall be

determined in accordance with Section 9.15., or

designed in accordance with Section 4.2. using

the maximum allowable bearing pressures in Table 9.4.4.1., or

allowable bearing pressures determined from subsurface investigation.

Table 9.4.4.1.

Allowable Bearing Pressure for Soil or Rock

Forming Part of Sentence 9.4.4.1.(1)

Type and Condition of Soil or Rock	Maximum Allowable Bearing Pressure, kPa
Dense or compact sand or gravel(1)	150
Loose sand or gravel(1)	50
Dense or compact silt(1)	100
Stiff clay(1)	150
Firm clay(1)	75
Soft clay(1)	40
Till	200
Clay shale	300
Sound rock	500

Notes to Table 9.4.4.1.:

‌(1) See Note A-Table 9.4.4.1.

‌Foundation Capacity in Weaker Soil and Rock
1. Where a soil or rock within a distance equal to twice the footing width below the bearing surface has a lower allowable bearing pressure than that at the bearing surface as shown in Article 9.4.4.1., the design capacity of the foundation shall not be greater than would cause the weakest soil or rock to be stressed beyond its allowable bearing pressure.
2. In calculating subsurface pressures referred to in Sentence (1), the loads from the footings shall be assumed to be distributed uniformly over a horizontal plane within a frustum extending downward from the footing at an angle of 60° to the horizontal.‌
‌High Water Table‌
1. Where a foundation bears on gravel, sand or silt, and the water table is within a distance below the bearing surface equal to the width of the foundation, the allowable bearing pressure shall be 50% of that determined in Article 9.4.4.1.
‌Soil Movement
1. Where a foundation is located in an area where soil movement caused by changes in soil moisture content, freezing, or chemical-microbiological oxidation is known to occur to the extent that it will damage a building, measures shall be taken to preclude
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
Division B

such movement or to reduce its effects on the building so that the building's stability and the performance of assemblies will not be adversely affected. (See Note A-9.4.4.4.(1).)‌

‌Retaining Walls‌
1. ‌Walls shall be designed to resist the lateral pressure of the retained material.
‌Walls Supporting Drained Earth
(See Note A-9.4.4.6. and 9.15.1.1.)
1. Except where constructed in accordance with Section 9.15., walls supporting drained earth shall be designed
  1. for a pressure equivalent to that exerted by a fluid that has a density of not less than 480 kg/m3 and a depth equal to that of the retained earth, or
  2. in accordance with Section 4.2. so as to be able to resist the loads and effects described in Article 4.1.2.1.
2. ‌Walls supporting other than drained earth shall be designed
  1. for the pressure described in Clause (1)(a) plus the fluid pressure of the surcharge, or
  2. in accordance with Section 4.2. so as to be able to resist the loads and effects described in Article 4.1.2.1.

‌Section 9.5. Design of Areas and Spaces‌

‌General
1. ‌Method of Measurement
  1. ‌Unless otherwise indicated herein, dimensions of rooms or spaces shall be measured between finished wall surfaces and between finished floor and ceiling surfaces.
2. ‌Combination Rooms
  (See Note A-9.5.1.2.)
  1. ‌Two or more areas may be considered as a combination room if the opening between the areas occupies the larger of 3 m2 or 40% or more of the area of the wall measured on the side of the dependent area.‌
  2. ‌Where the dependent area is a bedroom, direct passage shall be provided between the two areas.
‌Barrier-Free Design
1. ‌General‌
  1. Except as provided in Articles 9.5.2.3. and 3.8.2.1., every building shall be designed in conformance with Section 3.8.
2. ‌Protection on Floor Areas with a Barrier-Free Path of Travel‌
  1. Where a barrier-free path of travel required in Article 9.5.2.1. is provided to any
    storey above the first storey, the requirements in Article 3.3.1.7. shall apply.
3. ‌Exception for Apartment Buildings
  1. Except as provided in Sentence (2), if the building is not equipped with an elevator, the barrier-free path of travel described in Section 3.8. need only be provided on the entrance level of an apartment building.
  2. The barrier-free path of travel on the entrance level described in Sentence (1) need not be provided where the difference in floor elevation between the entrance level and every dwelling unit exceeds 600 mm.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 9.5.4.1.‌

‌Ceiling Heights‌

‌Ceiling Heights of Rooms or Spaces‌

Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), the ceiling heights and clear heights in rooms or spaces in residential occupancies shall conform to Table 9.5.3.1.
Ceiling heights in secondary suites shall be not less than 1.95 m.
Clear heights under beams and ducting in secondary suites shall be not less than 1.85 m.

Areas in rooms or spaces over which ceiling height and clear height are not less than the minimum specified in Table 9.5.3.1. or Sentence (2) or (3) shall be contiguous with the entry or entries to those rooms or spaces.

Table 9.5.3.1.

Room Ceiling Heights

Forming Part of Sentences 9.5.3.1.(1) and (4)

Room or Space	Minimum Ceiling Height, m	Minimum Clear Height, m	Minimum Area Over Which Minimum Ceiling Height Shall Be Provided(1)
Living room or space	2.1		Lesser of area of the space or 10.0 m2
Dining room or space	2.1		Lesser of area of the space or 5.2 m2
Kitchen or kitchen space	2.1		Lesser of area of the space or 3.2 m2
Master bedroom or bedroom space	2.1		Lesser of area of the space or 4.9 m2
Other bedroom or sleeping space	2.1		Lesser of area of the space or 3.5 m2
Unfinished basement including laundry area therein		2.0	Clear height under beams and in any location that would normally be used for passage
Bathroom, water-closet room or laundry area above grade	2.1		Lesser of area of the space or 2.2 m2
Passage, hall or main entrance vestibule	2.1		Area of the space
‌Habitable rooms and spaces not specifically mentioned above	2.1		Lesser of area of the space or 2.2 m2

Notes to Table 9.5.3.1.:

‌(1) Area of the space shall be measured at floor level.

‌Mezzanines‌
1. The ceiling height above and below a mezzanine floor assembly in occupancies
  other than residential occupancies shall be not less than 2.1 m.
‌Storage Garages‌
1. The clear height in a storage garage shall be not less than 2 m.

‌Hallways‌
1. ‌Hallway Width
  1. The unobstructed width of a hallway within a dwelling unit shall be not less than 860 mm, except that the hallway width is permitted to be 710 mm where
    1. there are only bedrooms and bathrooms at the end of the hallway furthest from the living area, and
    2. a second exit is provided
      1. in the hallway near the end farthest from the living area, or
      2. in each bedroom served by the hallway.
        © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
        ‌9.5.5.1. Division B‌

‌Doorway Sizes‌

‌Doorway Opening Sizes

Except as provided in Sentence (2) and Articles 9.5.5.3., 9.9.6.2. and 9.9.6.3., doorway openings within dwelling units and within houses with a secondary suite including their common spaces shall be designed to accommodate at least the door sizes given in Table 9.5.5.1. for swing-type and folding doors.

Doorway openings within secondary suites shall be designed to accommodate swing-type and folding doors not less than 1 890 mm high where the ceiling height complies with Sentence 9.5.3.1.(2).

Table 9.5.5.1. Size of Doors

Forming Part of Sentence 9.5.5.1.(1)

At Entrance to:	Minimum Width, mm	Minimum Height, mm
Dwelling unit or house with a secondary suite including common spaces (required entrance) Vestibule or entrance hall	810	1 980
Stairs to a floor level that contains a finished space All doors in at least one line of passage from the exterior to the basement Utility rooms	810	1 980
Walk-in closet	610	1 980
Bathroom, water-closet room, shower room(1)	610	1 980
Rooms located off hallways that are permitted to be 710 mm wide	610	1 980
‌Rooms not mentioned above, exterior balconies	760	1 980

Notes to Table 9.5.5.1.:

‌(1) See Article 9.5.5.3.

‌Doorways to Public Water-Closet Rooms‌
1. ‌Doorways to public water-closet rooms shall be not less than 810 mm wide and 2 030 mm high.
‌Doorways to Rooms with a Bathtub, Shower or Water Closet
(See Note A-9.5.5.3.)
1. This Article applies where a hallway of not less than 860 mm wide serves one or more rooms containing a bathtub, shower or water closet.
2. At least one doorway in a hallway described in Sentence (1) shall be constructed
  1. so that access is provided to not less than 1 of each type of fixture described in Sentence (1), and
  2. ‌to accommodate a door not less than 760 mm wide.

‌Section 9.6. Glass

‌General

‌Application
1. This Section applies to
  1. glass in
    1. interior doors and interior windows and their sidelights,
    2. clothes closets,
    3. site-built exterior windows, doors and skylights,
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
      Division B 9.6.1.3.
    4. ‌shower or bathtub enclosures,
    5. ‌glazed panels and partitions, and
  2. the protection of glass.
‌Material Standards for Glass
1. Glass shall conform to
  1. CAN/CGSB-12.1, “Safety Glazing,”
  2. CAN/CGSB-12.2-M, “Flat, Clear Sheet Glass,”
  3. CAN/CGSB-12.3-M, “Flat, Clear Float Glass,”
  4. CAN/CGSB-12.4-M, “Heat Absorbing Glass,”
  5. CAN/CGSB-12.8, “Insulating glass units,”
  6. CAN/CGSB-12.9, “Spandrel glass,”
  7. CAN/CGSB-12.10-M, “Glass, Light and Heat Reflecting,”
  8. CAN/CGSB-12.11-M, “Wired Safety Glass,” or
  9. ASTM E2190, “Standard Specification for Insulating Glass Unit Performance and Evaluation.”
2. Mirrored glass doors are only permitted to be used at the entrance to clothes closets and shall conform to the requirements of CAN/CGSB-82.6-M, “Doors, Mirrored Glass, Sliding or Folding, Wardrobe.” (See Note A-9.6.1.2.(2).)‌

‌Structural Sufficiency of Glass

Except as provided in Sentence (2), glass shall be designed in conformance with
1. CAN/CGSB-12.20-M, “Structural Design of Glass for Buildings,”or
2. ASTM E1300, “Standard Practice for Determining Load Resistance of Glass in Buildings.” (See also Article 4.3.6.1.)

Where the building has an essentially uniform distribution of paths for air leakage, including operable openings, but no large openings that would permit wind gusts to rapidly enter the building and the building is not in an exceptionally exposed location such as a hilltop, the maximum area of individual panes of glass for windows shall conform to‌

Tables 9.6.1.3.-A to 9.6.1.3.-C, where the building has a height from grade to the uppermost roof of 12 m or less, and is located in a built-up area, no less than 120 m away from the boundary between this area and open terrain, or

Tables 9.6.1.3.-D to 9.6.1.3.-F.

(See Note A-9.6.1.3.(2).)

Table 9.6.1.3.-A

Maximum Glass Area for Windows in Areas for which the 1-in-50 Hourly Wind Pressure (HWP) is less than 0.55 kPa(1)

Forming Part of Clause 9.6.1.3.(2)(a)

Type of Glass	Maximum Glass Area, m2
	Glass Thickness, mm
	2.5	3	4	5	6	8	10	12
Annealed	0.58	0.96	1.47	2.04	2.84	4.74	6.65	9.74
Factory-sealed insulated glass (IG) units(2)	1.02	1.71	2.68	3.74	5.24	7.93	9.92	13.92
Heat-strengthened or tempered	1.24	1.93	2.60	3.18	3.99	5.55	6.99	9.74
Wired	0.27	0.45	0.68	0.93	1.31	2.15	3.07	5.03

Notes to Table 9.6.1.3.-A:

(1) The maximum hourly wind pressure with one chance in fifty of being exceeded in any one year, as provided in Appendix C.

(2) Maximum glass area values apply to IG units of two identical lites (annealed, heat-strengthened or tempered) spaced at 12.7 mm.

‌9.6.1.3. Division B

Table 9.6.1.3.-B

Maximum Glass Area for Windows in Areas for which the 1-in-50 Hourly Wind Pressure (HWP) is less than 0.75 kPa(1)

Forming Part of Clause 9.6.1.3.(2)(a)

Type of Glass	Maximum Glass Area, m2
	Glass Thickness, mm
	2.5	3	4	5	6	8	10	12
Annealed	0.42	0.68	1.02	1.42	2.04	3.34	4.70	7.65
Factory-sealed insulated glass (IG) units(2)	0.72	1.19	1.85	2.56	3.64	6.01	8.35	11.83
Heat-strengthened	0.88	1.46	2.21	2.71	3.39	4.73	5.92	8.29
Tempered	1.18	1.64	2.21	2.71	3.39	4.73	5.92	8.29
Wired	0.20	0.32	0.50	0.68	0.94	1.55	2.19	3.60

‌Notes to Table 9.6.1.3.-B:

(1) The maximum hourly wind pressure with one chance in fifty of being exceeded in any one year, as provided in Appendix C.

(2) Maximum glass area values apply to IG units of two identical lites (annealed, heat-strengthened or tempered) spaced at 12.7 mm.

Table 9.6.1.3.-C

Maximum Glass Area for Windows in Areas for which the 1-in-50 Hourly Wind Pressure (HWP) is less than 1.00 kPa(1)

Forming Part of Clause 9.6.1.3.(2)(a)

Type of Glass	Maximum Glass Area, m2
	Glass Thickness, mm
	2.5	3	4	5	6	8	10	12
Annealed	0.30	0.50	0.77	1.05	1.45	2.40	3.40	5.62
Factory-sealed insulated glass (IG) units(2)	0.52	0.86	1.31	1.86	2.57	4.30	6.10	9.89
Heat-strengthened	0.65	1.04	1.63	2.26	2.92	4.07	5.10	7.14
Tempered	1.01	1.42	1.90	2.33	2.92	4.07	5.10	7.14
Wired	0.16	0.26	0.38	0.52	0.71	1.15	1.63	2.69

‌Notes to Table 9.6.1.3.-C:

(1) The maximum hourly wind pressure with one chance in fifty of being exceeded in any one year, as provided in Appendix C.

(2) Maximum glass area values apply to IG units of two identical lites (annealed, heat-strengthened or tempered) spaced at 12.7 mm.

Table 9.6.1.3.-D

Maximum Glass Area for Windows in Areas for which the 1-in-50 Hourly Wind Pressure (HWP) is less than 0.55 kPa – OPEN TERRAIN(1)

Forming Part of Clause 9.6.1.3.(2)(b)

Type of Glass	Maximum Glass Area, m2
	Glass Thickness, mm
	2.5	3	4	5	6	8	10	12
Annealed	0.46	0.75	1.16	1.60	2.25	3.76	5.32	8.70
Factory-sealed insulated glass (IG) units(2)	0.80	1.34	2.11	2.93	4.10	6.90	9.66	12.53
Heat-strengthened	0.98	1.74	2.33	2.86	3.59	5.00	6.26	8.78
Tempered	1.25	1.74	2.33	2.86	3.59	5.00	6.26	8.78
Wired	0.22	0.36	0.55	0.76	1.05	1.75	2.47	4.09

Notes to Table 9.6.1.3.-D:

(1) The maximum hourly wind pressure with one chance in fifty of being exceeded in any one year, as provided in Appendix C.

(2) Maximum glass area values apply to IG units of two identical lites (annealed, heat-strengthened or tempered) spaced at 12.7 mm.

‌Division B 9.6.1.3.

Table 9.6.1.3.-E

Maximum Glass Area for Windows in Areas for which the 1-in-50 Hourly Wind Pressure (HWP) is less than 0.75 kPa – OPEN TERRAIN(1)

Forming Part of Clause 9.6.1.3.(2)(b)

Type of Glass	Maximum Glass Area, m2
	Glass Thickness, mm
	2.5	3	4	5	6	8	10	12
Annealed	0.33	0.54	0.83	1.14	1.61	2.67	3.75	6.14
Factory-sealed insulated glass (IG) units(2)	0.57	0.94	1.47	2.04	2.85	4.75	6.72	10.97
Heat-strengthened	0.70	1.15	1.79	2.44	3.06	4.36	5.34	7.47
Tempered	1.06	1.48	1.99	2.44	3.06	4.36	5.34	7.47
Wired	0.16	0.26	0.40	0.55	0.76	1.24	1.77	2.93

‌Notes to Table 9.6.1.3.-E:

(1) The maximum hourly wind pressure with one chance in fifty of being exceeded in any one year, as provided in Appendix C.

(2) Maximum glass area values apply to IG units of two identical lites (annealed, heat-strengthened or tempered) spaced at 12.7 mm.

Table 9.6.1.3.-F

Maximum Glass Area for Windows in Areas for which the 1-in-50 Hourly Wind Pressure (HWP) is less than 1.00 kPa – OPEN TERRAIN(1)

Forming Part of Clause 9.6.1.3.(2)(b)

Type of Glass	Maximum Glass Area, m2
	Glass Thickness, mm
	2.5	3	4	5	6	8	10	12
Annealed	0.25	0.40	0.62	0.84	1.17	1.94	2.75	4.50
Factory-sealed insulated glass (IG) units(2)	0.42	0.68	1.04	1.46	2.05	3.41	4.87	7.92
Heat-strengthened	0.51	0.84	1.30	1.79	2.52	3.69	4.60	6.44
Tempered	0.92	1.28	1.72	2.10	2.63	3.69	4.60	6.44
Wired	0.12	0.20	0.30	0.41	0.57	0.94	1.31	2.18

‌Notes to Table 9.6.1.3.-F:

(1) The maximum hourly wind pressure with one chance in fifty of being exceeded in any one year, as provided in Appendix C.

(2) Maximum glass area values apply to IG units of two identical lites (annealed, heat-strengthened or tempered) spaced at 12.7 mm.

The maximum area of individual panes of glass for doors shall conform to Table 9.6.1.3.-G.

Table 9.6.1.3.-G

Glass Area for Doors

Forming Part of Sentence 9.6.1.3.(3)

Glass Thickness, mm	Maximum Glass Area, m2(1)
	Type of Glass
	‌Annealed	Annealed, Multiple- Glazed, Factory-Sealed Units	Laminated	Wired	Heat- Strengthened	Fully Tempered	Fully Tempered, Multiple- Glazed, Factory-Sealed
3	0.50	0.70	(2)	(2)	1.00	1.00	2.00
4	1.00	1.50	(2)	(2)	1.50	4.00	4.00
5	1.50	1.50	(2)	(2)	1.50	No limit	No limit
6	1.50	1.50	1.20	1.00	1.50	No limit	No limit

9.6.1.4. Division B

Table 9.6.1.3.-G (Continued)

‌Notes to Table 9.6.1.3.-G:

(1) See Note A-Table 9.6.1.3.-G.

‌(2) Not generally available.

‌Types of Glazing and Protection of Glazing
1. Glass sidelights greater than 500 mm wide that could be mistaken for doors, glass in storm doors and glass in sliding doors within or at every entrance to a dwelling unit and in public areas shall be
  1. safety glazing of the tempered or laminated type conforming to CAN/CGSB-12.1, “Safety Glazing,” or
  2. wired glass conforming to CAN/CGSB-12.11-M, “Wired Safety Glass.”
2. Except as provided in Sentence (4), glass in entrance doors to dwelling units and in public areas, other than the entrance doors described in Sentence (1), shall be safety glazing or wired glass of the type described in Sentence (1) where the glass area exceeds 0.5 m2 and extends to less than 900 mm from the bottom of the door.‌
3. Except as provided in Sentence (4), transparent panels that could be mistaken as a means of egress shall be protected by barriers or railings.
4. Sliding glass partitions that separate a public corridor from an adjacent occupancy and that are open during normal working hours need not conform to Sentences (2), (3) and (5), except that such partitions shall be suitably marked to indicate their existence and position.‌
5. Except as provided in Sentence (4), every glass or transparent door accessible to the public shall be equipped with hardware, bars or other permanent fixtures designed so that the existence and position of such doors is readily apparent.
6. Glazing used for a shower or bathtub enclosure shall conform to Class A of CAN/CGSB-12.1, “Safety Glazing.”

‌Section 9.7. Windows, Doors and Skylights‌

‌General‌
1. ‌Application
  1. This Section applies to windows, doors and skylights in buildings.
  2. ‌For the purpose of this Section, the term “skylight” refers to unit skylights, roof windows and tubular daylighting devices.
  3. ‌For the purpose of this Section, the term “doors” includes glazing in doors and sidelights for doors.
‌Required Windows, Doors and Skylights‌‌
1. ‌Entrance Doors
  1. A door shall be provided at each entrance to a dwelling unit.
  2. Main entrance doors to dwelling units shall be provided with
    1. a door viewer or transparent glazing in the door, or
    2. a sidelight.
2. ‌Other Requirements for Windows, Doors and Skylights
  1. Minimum sizes of doorways and doors within a barrier-free path of travel shall conform to Section 9.5.
  2. The protection of window and door openings to protect persons from falling through them shall conform to Article 9.8.8.1.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    Division B 9.7.3.1.
  3. Properties of windows and doors within exits shall conform to Section 9.9.
  4. Windows and doors installed to provide the required means of egress from bedrooms shall conform to Subsection 9.9.10.
  5. The location and protection of windows, doors and skylights in order to control the spread of fire shall conform to Subsection 9.10.12.
  6. Doors between dwelling units and attached garages shall conform to Article 9.10.13.15.
  7. The surface flame-spread rating for doors and skylights shall conform to Article 9.10.17.1.
  8. Windows and doors installed to provide the required access to a building for firefighting purposes shall conform to Subsection 9.10.20.
  9. Windows and skylights installed to provide required non-heating season ventilation shall conform to Article 9.32.2.2.
  10. Windows, doors and skylights shall conform to the energy efficiency requirements in Section 9.36.

‌Performance of Windows, Doors and Skylights‌

‌General Performance Expectations
1. Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (4), windows, doors and skylights and their components separating conditioned space from unconditioned space or the exterior shall be designed, constructed and installed so that, when in the closed position, they
  1. resist the ingress of precipitation into interior space (see Note A-9.7.4.2.(1)),
  2. resist wind loads,
  3. ‌control air leakage,
  4. resist the ingress of insects and vermin,
  5. where required, resist forced entry, and
  6. ‌are easily operable when not intended to be fixed.
2. Skylights and their components shall be designed, constructed and installed so that they resist snow loads.
3. Where windows, doors and skylights and their components separate suites from the remainder of the building, they shall be designed, constructed and installed so that, when in the closed position, they
  1. control air leakage,
  2. where required, resist forced entry, and
  3. are easily operable when not intended to be fixed.
4. Storm doors for sliding doors and their components shall be designed, constructed and installed so that, when in the closed position, they
  1. resist wind loads,
  2. control air leakage to a minimum allowable 5 m3h/m and a maximum allowable 8.35 m3h/m,
  3. resist the ingress of insects and vermin, and
  4. be easily operable.
5. Compliance with the performance requirements described in Sentences (1) to (4) shall be demonstrated by
  1. complying with the requirements in
    1. Subsection 9.7.4. or 9.7.5., and
    2. Subsection 9.7.6., or
  2. design and construction conforming to Part 5.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022

‌Division B‌

‌Heat Transfer Performance‌
1. Windows, doors and skylights and their components described in Sentence 9.7.1.1.(1) shall be designed, constructed and installed to
  1. minimize surface condensation on the warm side of the component (see Note A-9.7.3.2.(1)(a)), and
  2. ensure comfortable conditions for occupants.
2. Compliance with the heat transfer performance requirements described in Sentence (1) shall be demonstrated by
  1. complying with the requirements in Article 9.7.3.3., or
  2. design and construction conforming to Part 5.

‌Thermal Characteristics of Windows, Doors and Skylights

Metal frames and sash of windows, doors and skylights shall incorporate a thermal break.
Windows and doors described in Sentence (1) do not require a thermal break where they are installed as
1. vehicular access doors,
2. storm windows and doors, or
3. windows and doors that are required to have a fire-resistance rating.

Windows, doors and skylights with or without storm doors or sash that are installed in buildings where the intended use of the interior space will not result in high moisture generation shall have a maximum thermal transmittance (U-value) or minimum temperature index (I) in accordance with Table 9.7.3.3.‌

Table 9.7.3.3.

Maximum U-value or Minimum Temperature Index (I) for Windows, Doors and Skylights(1)(2)

Forming Part of Sentence 9.7.3.3.(3)

Component	2.5% January Design Temperature
	Warmer than –15°C		Between –15°C and –30°C		Colder than –30°C
	max. U-value, W/(m²×K)	min. I	max. U-value, W/(m²×K)	min. I	max. U-value, W/(m²×K)	min. I
Windows and doors	2.5	54	2.0	68	1.7	77
Skylights	3.5	(2)	3.0	(2)	2.7	(2)

Notes to Table 9.7.3.3.:

‌(1) U-values for specific products can be determined according to measures referenced in AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440, “North American Fenestration Standard/Specification for windows, doors, and skylights.” Temperature index (I) is determined according to the physical test procedure given in CSA A440.2/A440.3, “Fenestration energy performance/User guide to CSA A440.2:19, Fenestration energy performance.”

(2) There is no appropriate test procedure available for testing the condensation resistance of sloped glazing.

Windows, doors and skylights with or without storm doors or sash that are installed in portions of buildings where the intended use of the interior space will result in high moisture generation shall be designed in conformance with Section 5.3. (See Note A-9.25.5.2.)

‌Manufactured Windows, Doors and Skylights‌
1. ‌Application
  1. This Subsection applies to windows, doors and skylights covered in the scope of AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440, “North American Fenestration Standard/Specification for windows, doors, and skylights” (Harmonized Standard).
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 9.7.5.2.‌
2. ‌General‌
  1. ‌Manufactured and pre-assembled windows, doors and skylights and their installation shall conform to
    1. AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440, “North American Fenestration Standard/Specification for windows, doors, and skylights” (Harmonized Standard),
    2. CSA A440S1, “Canadian Supplement to AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440-17, North American Fenestration Standard/Specification for windows, doors, and skylights,”
    3. the remainder of this Subsection, and
    4. the applicable requirements in Subsection 9.7.6. (See Note A-9.7.4.2.(1).)
3. ‌Performance Requirements
  1. Performance grades for windows, doors and skylights shall be selected according to the Canadian Supplement referenced in Clause 9.7.4.2.(1)(b) so as to be appropriate for the conditions and geographic location in which the window, door or skylight will be installed.
  2. Windows, doors and skylights shall conform to the performance grades selected in Sentence (1) when tested in accordance with the Harmonized Standard referenced in Clause 9.7.4.2.(1)(a).‌
  3. The minimum level of performance required for windows, doors and skylights shall be that of the Performance Class R.
  4. Exterior wood doors shall conform to CAN/CSA-O132.2 Series, “Wood Flush Doors,” and shall have legibly indicated on them
    1. the name of the manufacturer,
    2. the standard according to which they were produced, and
    3. that they are of an exterior type.
‌Site-built Windows, Doors and Skylights‌
1. ‌Application and Compliance
  1. Materials, design, construction and installation of windows, doors and skylights that separate conditioned space from unconditioned space or the exterior but that are not covered in the scope of AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440, “North American Fenestration Standard/Specification for windows, doors, and skylights,” shall conform
    1. to
      1. the remainder of this Subsection or Subsection 9.7.4., and
      2. the applicable requirements in Subsection 9.7.6., or
    2. to Part 5.
  2. Glass for site-built windows, doors, sidelights for doors, and skylights shall comply with Section 9.6.
2. ‌Resistance to Forced Entry for Doors
  1. Except for exterior doors to garages and to other ancillary spaces, this Article applies to
    1. swinging entrance doors to dwelling units,
    2. swinging doors between dwelling units and attached garages or other ancillary spaces, and
    3. swinging doors that provide access directly or indirectly from a storage garage to a dwelling unit.
      (See Note A-9.7.5.2.(1).)
  2. Doors, frames and hardware that conform to a security level of at least Grade 10 as described in the Annex to ASTM F476, “Standard Test Methods for Security of Swinging Door Assemblies,” are not required to conform to Sentences (3) to (7). (See Note A-9.7.5.2.(2).)
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
3. ‌Division B
  1. Except as permitted in Sentence (2), wood doors as described in Sentence (1) shall
    1. ‌be solid core or stile-and-rail type,
    2. be not less than 45 mm thick, and
    3. if of the stile-and-rail type, have a panel thickness of not less than 19 mm, with a total panel area not more than half of the door area.
  2. Except as permitted in Sentence (2), doors described in Sentence (1) shall be provided with
    1. ‌a deadbolt lock with a cylinder having no fewer than 5 pins, and
    2. a bolt throw not less than 25 mm long, protected with a solid or hardened free-turning ring or beveled cylinder housing.
      (See Article 9.9.6.7.)
  3. Except as permitted in Sentence (2), an inactive leaf in double doors used in locations specified in Sentence (1) shall be provided with heavy-duty bolts top and bottom having an engagement of not less than 15 mm.
  4. Except as permitted in Sentence (2), hinges for doors described in Sentence (1) shall be fastened
    1. ‌to wood doors with wood screws not less than 25 mm long and to wood frames with wood screws so that at least 2 screws per hinge penetrate not less than 30 mm into solid wood, or
    2. to metal doors and metal frames with machine screws not smaller than No. 10 and not less than 10 mm long.
      (See Note A-9.7.5.2.(6).)
  5. Strikeplates for deadbolts described in Sentence (4) shall be fastened
    1. ‌to wood frames with wood screws that penetrate not less than 30 mm into solid wood, or
    2. to metal frames with machine screws not smaller than No. 8 and not less than 10 mm long.
      (See Note A-9.7.5.2.(6))
  6. Except for storm or screen doors, doors described in Sentence (1) that swing outward shall be provided with hinges or pins so that the doors cannot be removed when they are in the closed position. (See Note A-9.7.5.2.(8).)
  7. Solid blocking shall be provided on both sides at the lock height between the jambs for doors described in Sentence (1) and the structural framing so that the jambs will resist spreading by force.‌
‌Installation‌
1. ‌Installation of Windows, Doors and Skylights
  1. The installation of windows, doors and skylights shall conform to CSA A440.4, “Window, door, and skylight installation,” except that
    1. ‌shims used to support windows, doors and skylights are permitted to be made of treated plywood, and
    2. protection from precipitation for walls incorporating windows or doors and for roofs incorporating skylights, and the interfaces of these walls with windows or doors and of roofs with skylights, shall also conform to Section 9.27.
  2. The installation of manufactured and pre-assembled windows, doors and skylights and the field assembly of manufactured window and door combination units shall conform to the manufacturer's instructions.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 9.8.2.1.‌
  3. ‌Windows, doors and skylights shall be sealed to air barriers.
2. ‌Sealants, Trim and Flashing
  1. The sealing compound used to seal the glass component of an insulating glazing unit to the sash component shall be compatible with the sealing compound used to edge seal the glass component.
  2. Flashing used to protect openings shall conform to Articles 9.27.3.7. and 9.27.3.8.
  3. Sealants shall be applied between window frames or trim and the exterior cladding or masonry in conformance with Subsection 9.27.4.
  4. ‌All unfinished portions of the frame and other components of aluminum windows, doors or skylights in contact with the edges of masonry, concrete, stucco or plaster shall be protected with an alkali-resistant coating.‌

‌Section 9.8. Stairs, Ramps, Handrails and Guards

‌Application
1. ‌General
  1. This Section applies to the design and construction of interior and exterior stairs, steps, ramps, handrails and guards.
2. ‌Stairs, Ramps, Landings, Handrails and Guards in Garages
  1. Where stairs, ramps, landings, handrails or guards are installed in garages that serve a single dwelling unit or a house with a secondary suite including their common spaces, the garage shall be considered to be part of the dwelling unit and the requirements for stairs, ramps, landings, handrails and guards within dwelling units shall apply.
3. ‌Exit Stairs, Ramps and Landings‌
  1. Where a stair, ramp or landing forms part of an exit, the appropriate requirements in Sections 9.9. and 9.10. shall also apply.
4. ‌Escalators and Moving Walkways‌
  1. ‌Escalators and moving walkways shall conform to the appropriate requirements in Part 3.
‌Stair Dimensions‌
1. ‌Stair Width
  1. Except as provided in Sentence (2) and Article 9.8.4.7., required exit stairs and public stairs serving buildings of residential occupancy shall have a width of not less than 900 mm.‌
  2. Exit stairs serving a single dwelling unit or a house with a secondary suite
    including their common spaces shall have a width of not less than 860 mm.
  3. Except as provided in Article 9.8.4.7., required exit stairs and public stairs serving buildings of other than residential occupancy shall have a width of not less than the greater of
    1. 900 mm, or
    2. 8 mm per person based on the occupant load limits specified in Table 3.1.17.1.
  4. Except as provided in Article 9.8.4.7., at least one stair between each floor level within a dwelling unit, and exterior stairs serving a single dwelling unit except required exit stairs, shall have a width of not less than 860 mm.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
2. ‌Division B
  ‌secondary suites shall not be less than 1 850 mm.
‌Stair Configurations‌
1. ‌Permitted Configurations
  (See Notes A-9.8.3.1. and A-9.8.4.)
  1. Stairs in buildings other than dwelling units and houses with a secondary suite, including their common spaces, shall consist of
    1. straight flights,
    2. except as provided in Sentence (4), curved flights, or
    3. except as provided in Sentence 9.8.4.7.(2), spiral stairs.
  2. Stairs within dwelling units and houses with a secondary suite, including their common spaces, shall consist of
    1. straight flights,
    2. except as provided in Sentence (4), curved flights,
    3. except as provided in Sentence 9.8.4.7.(2), spiral stairs,
    4. except as provided in Sentence (3), flights with rectangular treads and winders, or
    5. ‌flights with a mix of rectangular and tapered treads.
  3. Only one set of winders described in Article 9.8.4.6. shall be permitted between floor levels.
  4. Curved flights in exits shall comply with Sentence 3.4.6.9.(2).
  5. All tapered treads within a flight shall turn in the same direction.
2. ‌Minimum Number of Risers‌
  1. Except for stairs within a dwelling unit, at least 3 risers shall be provided in interior flights.
3. ‌Maximum Height of Stairs‌
  1. The vertical height of any flight of stairs shall not exceed 3.7 m.
‌Step Dimensions‌
(See Note A-9.8.4.)
1. ‌Dimensions for Risers
  (See Note A-9.8.4.)
  1. Except as provided in Article 9.8.4.7. and except for stairs serving areas only used as service rooms or service spaces, the rise, which is measured as the vertical nosing-to-nosing distance, shall comply with Table 9.8.4.1.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 9.8.4.3.
    
    Table 9.8.4.1.
    Rise for Rectangular Treads, Tapered Treads and Winders
    Forming Part of Sentence 9.8.4.1.(1)
    
    Stair Type
    Rectangular Treads, Tapered Treads and Winders
    Rise, mm
    Max.
    Min.
    Private(1)
    200
    125
    Public(2)
    180
    125
    Notes to Table 9.8.4.1.:
    (1) Private stairs are exterior and interior stairs that serve
    1. single dwelling units,
    2. houses with a secondary suite including their common spaces, or
    3. garages that serve a) or b).
    (2) Public stairs are all stairs not described as service stairs or private stairs.
2. ‌Dimensions for Rectangular Treads‌‌
  (See Note A-9.8.4.)
  1. Except for stairs serving areas only used as service rooms or service spaces, the run
    shall comply with Table 9.8.4.2.
    
    Table 9.8.4.2.
    Run for Rectangular Treads
    Forming Part of Sentence 9.8.4.2.(1)
    
    Stair Type
    Rectangular Treads
    Run, mm
    Max.
    Min.
    Private(1)
    355
    255
    Public(2)
    No limit
    280
    Notes to Table 9.8.4.2.:
    (1) Private stairs are exterior and interior stairs that serve
    1. single dwelling units,
    2. houses with a secondary suite including their common spaces, or
    3. garages that serve a) or b).
    (2) Public stairs are all stairs not described as service stairs or private stairs.
  2. The depth of a rectangular tread shall be not less than its run and not more than its run plus 25 mm.‌
3. ‌Dimensions of Tapered Treads
  (See Note A-9.8.4.)
  1. Except as provided in Sentence (2) and Articles 9.8.4.6. and 9.8.4.7., tapered treads shall have a run that
    1. ‌is not less than 150 mm at the narrow end of the tread, and
    2. complies with the dimensions stated in Table 9.8.4.2. when measured at a point 300 mm from the centre line of the handrail at the narrow end of the tread.
  2. Tapered treads in required exit stairs shall conform to the requirements in Article 3.4.6.9.
  3. The depth of a tapered tread shall be not less than its run at any point and not more than its run at any point plus 25 mm.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
4. ‌Division B‌
‌Ramps
1. ‌Application
  1. This Subsection applies to pedestrian ramps, except ramps in a barrier-free path of travel.
  2. ‌Ramps in a barrier-free path of travel shall conform to the requirements in Article 3.8.3.5.
2. ‌Ramp Width‌
  (See also Article 9.9.3.2.)
  1. Except as provided in Sentence (2), ramps shall be not less than 1 100 mm wide.
  2. ‌Ramps serving a single dwelling unit or a house with a secondary suite including their common spaces shall be not less than 860 mm wide.
3. ‌Height over Ramps‌
  1. Except as permitted by Sentence (2), the clear height over ramps shall be not less than 2 050 mm.
  2. The clear height over ramps serving a single dwelling unit or a house with a
    secondary suite including their common spaces shall be not less than 1 950 mm.
4. ‌Ramp Slope
  1. The slope of ramps shall be not more than
    1. 1 in 10 for exterior ramps,
    2. 1 in 10 for interior ramps serving residential occupancies,
    3. 1 in 6 for industrial occupancies, and
    4. 1 in 8 for all other occupancies.
5. ‌Maximum Rise
  1. Where the slope of the ramp is greater than 1 in 12, the maximum rise between floors or landings shall be 1 500 mm.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌9.8.6.1. Division B
‌Landings
1. ‌Application
  1. This Subsection applies to landings, except landings for ramps in a barrier-free
    path of travel.
  2. Landings for ramps in a barrier-free path of travel shall conform to the requirements in Article 3.8.3.5.
  3. Finished floors, and ground surfaces with a slope not exceeding 1 in 50, at the top and bottom of stairs or ramps shall be considered as landings.
2. ‌Required Landings
  1. Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (4) and Sentence 9.9.6.6.(2), a landing shall be provided
    1. at the top and bottom of each flight of interior and exterior stairs, including stairs in garages,
    2. at the top and bottom of every ramp with a slope greater than 1 in 50,
    3. where a doorway opens onto a stair or ramp,
    4. where a ramp opens onto a stair, and
    5. where a stair opens onto a ramp.
  2. Where a door at the top of a stair within a dwelling unit swings away from the stair, no landing is required between the doorway and the stair. (See Note A-9.8.6.2.(2).)
  3. A landing may be omitted at the top of an exterior flight serving a secondary entrance to a single dwelling unit or a house with a secondary suite, provided
    1. ‌the stair does not contain more than 3 risers,
    2. the principal door is a sliding door or swings away from the stair, and
    3. only a storm or screen door, if any, swings over the stair and is equipped with hardware to hold it open.
  4. A landing may be omitted at the bottom of an exterior stair or ramp, provided there is no obstruction, such as a gate or door, within the lesser of the width of the stair or ramp or
    1. 900 mm for stairs or ramps serving a single dwelling unit, and
    2. 1 100 mm for stairs or ramps not serving a single dwelling unit.
3. ‌Dimensions of Landings
  (See Note A-3.4.6.4.) (See also Articles 9.9.6.1. and 9.9.6.6. regarding landings in exits.)
  1. Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (7), landings shall be at least as wide and as long as the width of the stair or ramp in which they occur.
  2. Where the landing in a stairway or ramp does not turn or turns less than 90°, the length of the landing need not be more than the lesser of
    1. the required width of the stair or ramp, or
    2. 1 100 mm.
  3. The length of a landing shall be measured perpendicular to the nosings of adjacent steps or to the end of the ramp, at a distance equal to half the length required in Sentence (2) from the narrow edge of the landing.
  4. Where stair flights or ramps of different widths adjoin a single landing, the minimum width of the landing shall be
    1. where one or more of the stair or ramp widths do not exceed their respective required widths, not less than the greater required stair or ramp width, or
    2. where all of the widths of the stairs or ramps exceed their respective required widths, not less than the lesser actual stair or ramp width.
  5. Where a door swings toward a stair, the full arc of the swing shall be over the landing.
  6. The slope of landings shall not exceed 1 in 50.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 9.8.7.2.
  7. Where a doorway or stairway opens onto the side of a ramp, the landing shall extend for a distance of not less than 300 mm on either side of the doorway or stairway, except on a side abutting an end wall.‌
4. ‌Height over Landings‌
  1. Except as permitted by Sentence (2), the clear height over landings shall be not less than 2 050 mm.
  2. The clear height over landings serving a single dwelling unit or a house with a
    secondary suite including their common spaces shall be not less than 1 950 mm.

‌Handrails‌

‌Required Handrails‌

Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (4), handrails shall be installed on stairs and ramps in accordance with Table 9.8.7.1.

Table 9.8.7.1.

Number of Sides of Stair or Ramp Required to Have a Handrail

Forming Part of Sentence 9.8.7.1.(1)

Location of Stair or Ramp	Handrails Serving Stairs			Handrails Serving Ramps
	Stairs < 1 100 mm Wide		Stairs ≥1 100 mm Wide	Ramps <1 100 mm Wide	Ramps ≥1 100 mm Wide
	Straight	Curved	All	Straight or Curved	All
	Number of Sides Required to Have a Handrail
Within a dwelling unit or a house with a secondary suite	1	1	1	1	2
All other locations	1	2	2	2	2

Except where a stair or ramp serves not more than two dwelling units, at least one handrail shall be located not more than 750 mm from the natural path of travel on the stair or ramp. (See Note A-9.8.7.1.(2).)
Handrails are not required for stairs and ramps serving a single dwelling unit, where
1. interior stairs have not more than 2 risers,
2. exterior stairs have not more than 3 risers, or
3. ramps rise not more than 400 mm.
Only one handrail is required on exterior stairs having more than 3 risers provided such stairs serve not more than one dwelling unit or a house with a secondary suite.
Except for stairs with winders, where a flight of stairs within a dwelling unit consists of tapered treads, or a mix of tapered treads and rectangular treads, one handrail shall be installed along the narrow end of the treads.‌

‌Continuity of Handrails
(See Note A-9.8.7.2.)
1. Except as provided in Sentence (3), required handrails shall be continuously graspable throughout the length of
  1. ramps, and
  2. flights of stairs, from the bottom riser to the top riser.
2. Except for stairs or ramps serving a single dwelling unit or a house with a
  secondary suite including their common spaces, at least one required handrail shall be
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
Division B

continuous throughout the length of the stair or ramp, including at the landing except where interrupted by doorways. (See Note A-3.4.6.5.(11).)‌
3) For stairs or ramps serving a single dwelling unit or a house with a secondary suite
‌including their common spaces, a handrail is permitted to start from a newel post or volute installed on the bottom tread.
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B 9.8.8.2.‌

‌Guards‌

‌Required Guards
(See Note A-9.8.8.1.)
1. Except as provided in Sentence (2) and except at the leading edge at the top of a flight, every surface to which access is provided, including but not limited to flights of steps and ramps, exterior landings, porches, balconies, mezzanines, galleries and raised walkways, shall be protected by a guard on each side that is not protected by a wall for the length where the difference in elevation is more than 600 mm between the walking surface and the adjacent surface within 1.2 m.
2. ‌Guards are not required
  1. at loading docks,
  2. at floor pits in repair garages, or
  3. where access is provided for maintenance purposes only.
3. Doors in buildings of residential occupancy, where the finished floor on one side of the door is more than 600 mm above the floor or other constructed surface or ground level on the other side of the door, shall be protected by
  1. a guard, or
  2. ‌a mechanism capable of controlling the free swinging or sliding of the door so as to limit any clear unobstructed opening to not more than 100 mm.
4. Except as provided in Sentence (5), openable windows in buildings of residential occupancy shall be protected by
  1. a guard, or
  2. ‌a mechanism that can only be released with the use of tools or special knowledge to control the free swinging or sliding operation of the openable part of the window so as to limit any clear unobstructed opening to not more than 100 mm measured either vertically or horizontally.
    (See Note A-9.8.8.1.(4).)
5. Windows need not be protected in accordance with Sentence (4), where the bottom edge of the openable portion of the window is located
  1. ‌more than 900 mm above the finished floor, or
  2. less than 1 800 mm above the floor or ground on the other side of the window.
    (See Note A-9.8.8.1.(4).)
6. Except as provided in Sentence (7), glazing installed over stairs, ramps and landings that extends to less than 1 070 mm above the surface of the treads, ramp or landing shall be
  1. protected by guards, in accordance with this Subsection, or
  2. non-openable and designed to withstand the specified lateral loads for balcony guards as provided in Article 4.1.5.14.
7. In dwelling units, glazing installed over stairs, ramps and landings that extends to less than 900 mm above the surface of the treads, ramp or landing shall be
  1. protected by guards, in accordance with this Subsection, or
  2. non-openable and designed to withstand the specified lateral loads for balcony guards as provided in Article 4.1.5.14.
8. Glazing installed in public areas that extends to less than 1 m from the floor and is located above the second storey in buildings of residential occupancy shall be
  1. protected by guards in accordance with this Subsection, or
  2. non-openable and designed to withstand the specified lateral loads for balcony guards as provided in Article 4.1.5.14.
‌Loads on Guards
(See Note A-9.8.8.2.)
1. Except as provided in Sentences (2), (3) and (5), guards shall be designed to resist the specified loads prescribed in Table 9.8.8.2.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022

‌Division B

Table 9.8.8.2.

Specified Loads for Guards

Forming Part of Sentence 9.8.8.2.(1)

Location of Guard	Minimum Specified Loads
Location of Guard	Horizontal Load Applied Inward or Outward at any Point at the Minimum Required Height of the Guard	Horizontal Load Applied Outward on Elements Within the Guard, Including Solid Panels and Balusters	Evenly Distributed Vertical Load Applied at the Top of the Guard
Guards within dwelling units and exterior guards serving not more than two dwelling units	0.5 kN/m OR concentrated load of 1.0 kN applied at any point(1)	0.5 kN applied over a maximum width of 300 mm and a height of 300 mm(2)	1.5 kN/m
Guards serving access ways to equipment platforms and similar areas where the gathering of many people is improbable	Concentrated load of 1.0 kN applied at any point	Concentrated load of 0.5 kN applied over an area of 100 mm by 100 mm located at any point on the element or elements so as to produce the most critical effect	1.5 kN/m
All other guards	0.75 kN/m OR concentrated load of 1.0 kN applied at any point(1)	Concentrated load of 0.5 kN applied over an area of 100 mm by 100 mm located at any point on the element or elements so as to produce the most critical effect	1.5 kN/m

‌Notes to Table 9.8.8.2.:

(1) The load that creates the most critical condition shall apply.

(2) See Sentence (3).

The size of the opening between any two adjacent vertical elements within a guard shall not exceed the limits required by Sentence 9.8.8.5.(1) when each of these elements is subjected to a specified live load of 0.1 kN applied in opposite directions in the in-plane direction of the guard so as to produce the most critical effect.
For guards within dwelling units and within houses with a secondary suite including their common spaces and for exterior guards serving not more than two dwelling units, where the width and spacing of balusters are such that
‌three balusters can be engaged by a load imposed over a 300 mm width, the load shall be imposed so as to engage three balusters.
None of the loads specified in Table 9.8.8.2. need be considered to act simultaneously.
For guards within dwelling units and within houses with a secondary suite

including their common spaces and for exterior guards serving not more than

two dwelling units, Table 9.8.8.2. need not apply where the guard construction used has been demonstrated to provide effective performance.

‌Height of Guards
(See Note A-9.8.8.3.)
1. Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), all guards shall be not less than 1 070 mm high.
2. All guards within dwelling units or within houses with a secondary suite including their common spaces shall be not less than 900 mm high.
3. Exterior guards serving not more than one dwelling unit or a house with a secondary suite including their common spaces shall be not less than 900 mm high where the walking surface served by the guard is not more than 1 800 mm above the finished ground level.
4. The height of guards for flights of steps shall be measured vertically from the top of the guard to a line drawn through the tread nosing served by the guard.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  ‌Division B 9.8.9.1.‌
‌Guards for Floors and Ramps in Garages
1. Except for floors of garages referred to in Section 9.35., where garage floors or ramps are 600 mm or more above the adjacent ground or floor level, every opening through a garage floor and the perimeter of floors and ramps that have no exterior walls shall be provided with
  1. a continuous curb not less than 140 mm in height, and
  2. a guard not less than 1 070 mm above the floor level.
2. Vehicle guardrails shall be designed and constructed to withstand the loading values stipulated in Sentence 4.1.5.15.(1). (See Note A-4.1.5.14. and 4.1.5.15.(1).)
‌Openings in Guards
1. Except as permitted in Sentences (3) and (4), openings through guards shall be of a size that prevents the passage of a spherical object having a diameter of 100 mm. (See Note A-9.8.8.5.(1) and (3).)
2. Except for guards that serve industrial occupancies, the triangular openings formed by stair risers, stair treads and the bottom element of a required guard shall be of a size that prevents the passage of a 150 mm diam sphere.
3. Except where they serve storage garages, guards in industrial occupancies are permitted to consist of
  1. a top railing, and
  2. one or more horizontal intermediate rails spaced such that the size of the openings through the guard prevents the passage of a spherical object having a diameter of 535 mm.
    (See Note A-9.8.8.5.(1) and (3).)
4. Openings through any guard that is not required by Article 9.8.8.1. and that serves an occupancy other than an industrial occupancy shall be of a size that
  1. prevents the passage of a spherical object having a diameter of 100 mm, or
  2. permits the passage of a spherical object having a diameter of 200 mm. (See Note A-9.8.8.5.(4).)
‌Design of Guards to Not Facilitate Climbing
1. Except for guards in industrial occupancies, guards required by Article 9.8.8.1. that protect a level located more than 4.2 m above the adjacent level shall be designed so that no member, attachment or opening located between 140 mm and 900 mm above the level protected by the guard facilitates climbing. (See Note A-9.8.8.6.(1).)‌
‌Glass in Guards
1. Glass in guards shall be
  1. safety glazing of the laminated or tempered type conforming to CAN/CGSB-12.1, “Safety Glazing,” or
  2. wired glass conforming to CAN/CGSB-12.11-M, “Wired Safety Glass.”

‌Construction‌
1. ‌Loads on Stairs and Ramps
  1. Except as specified in Articles 9.8.9.4. and 9.8.9.5., stairs and ramps shall be designed for strength and rigidity under uniform loading criteria to support specified loads of
    1. 1.9 kPa for stairs and ramps serving not more than one dwelling unit or a house with a secondary suite including their common spaces, and
    2. 4.8 kPa for other stairs and ramps.
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
2. ‌Division B‌
‌Cantilevered Precast Concrete Steps‌
1. ‌Design
  1. Exterior concrete steps and their anchorage system that are cantilevered from a foundation wall shall be designed and installed to support the loads to which they may be subjected.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 9.9.2.2.‌
2. ‌Anchorage‌
  1. Cantilevered concrete steps referred to in Article 9.8.10.1. shall be anchored to concrete foundation walls not less than 200 mm thick.
3. ‌Prevention of Damage Due to Frost
  1. Suitable precautions shall be taken during backfilling and grading operations to ensure that subsequent freezing of the soil will not cause uplift forces on the underside of cantilevered concrete steps to the extent that the steps or the walls to which they are attached will be damaged.‌

‌Section 9.9. Means of Egress‌

‌General
1. ‌Application
  1. Stairways, handrails and guards in a means of egress shall conform to the requirements in Section 9.8. as well as to the requirements in this Section.
2. ‌Fire Protection‌
  1. In addition to the fire protection requirements provided in Subsection 9.9.4., flame-spread ratings, fire-resistance ratings and fire-protection ratings for means of egress shall conform to Section 9.10.
3. ‌Occupant Load
  1. Except for dwelling units, the occupant load of a floor area or part of a floor area shall be the number of persons for which such areas are designed, but not fewer than that determined from Table 3.1.17.1., unless it can be shown that the area will be occupied by fewer persons.‌
  2. The occupant load for dwelling units shall be based on 2 persons per bedroom or sleeping area.
‌Types and Purpose of Exits
1. ‌Types of Exits
  1. Except as otherwise provided in this Section, an exit from any floor area shall be one of the following used singly or in combination:
    1. an exterior doorway,
    2. an exterior passageway,
    3. an exterior ramp,
    4. an exterior stairway,
    5. a fire escape,
    6. a horizontal exit,
    7. an interior passageway,
    8. an interior ramp, or
    9. an interior stairway.
  2. Fire escapes shall only be used as exits on existing buildings and shall be designed and installed in conformance with Subsection 3.4.7.
  3. Where a horizontal exit is used, it shall conform to Sentence 3.4.1.6.(1) and Article 3.4.6.10.
2. ‌Purpose of Exits
  1. An exit shall be designed for no purpose other than for exiting except that an
    exit may also serve as an access to a floor area.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
3. ‌Division B‌
‌Dimensions of Means of Egress
1. ‌Application
  1. This Subsection applies to every means of egress except
    1. ‌exits that serve not more than one dwelling unit or a house with a secondary suite including their common spaces, and
    2. ‌access to exits within dwelling units and within houses with a secondary suite
      including their common spaces.
2. ‌Exit Width
  1. Except for doors and corridors, the width of every exit facility shall be not less than 900 mm. (See Article 9.9.6.3. for doors, Article 9.8.2.1. for stairs, and Article 9.8.5.2. for ramps.)‌
3. ‌Width of Corridors‌
  1. The width of every public corridor, corridor used by the public, and exit corridor shall be not less than 1 100 mm. (See also Subsection 9.9.5. for obstructions in corridors.)
4. ‌Clear Height
  1. Except for stairways, doorways and storage garages, the minimum clear height in exits and access to exits shall be 2.1 m. (See Article 9.8.2.2. for stairs, Article 9.8.5.3. for ramps, Article 9.8.6.4. for landings and Article 9.9.6.2. for doorways.)‌
  2. The clear height in exits and access to exits in storage garages shall be not less than 2 m.
‌Fire Protection of Exits
1. ‌Application‌
  1. Except as provided in Articles 9.9.4.4. and 9.9.4.6., this Subsection applies to the fire protection of all exits except exits serving not more than one dwelling unit.
2. ‌Fire Separations for Exits
  1. Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (5) and Article 9.9.8.5., every exit other than an exterior doorway shall be separated from each adjacent floor area or from another exit
    1. where there is a floor assembly above the floor area, bya fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the floor assembly above the floor area (see Article 9.10.9.12.), and
    2. where there is no floor assembly above the floor area, by a fire separation
      having a fire-resistance rating not less than the greater of
      1. that required by Subsection 9.10.8. for the floor assembly below, or
      2. 45 min.
        © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
        ‌Division B 9.9.4.5.
  2. Where an exit is located in a house with a secondary suite including their common spaces, the exit shall be protected by a continuous smoke-tight barrier of not less than 12.7 mm thick gypsum board installed on
    1. both sides of walls separating the exit from the remainder of the building, and
    2. the underside of floor-ceiling framing separating the exit from the remainder of the building.
      (See Sentence 9.10.9.3.(2) for closures.)
  3. A fire separation common to 2 exits shall be smoke-tight and not be pierced by doorways, duct work, piping or any other opening that may affect the continuity
    of the separation.
  4. A fire separation that separates an exit from the remainder of the building shall have no openings except those for electrical wiring, noncombustible conduit and noncombustible piping that serve only the exit, and for standpipes, sprinkler piping, exit doorways and wired glass and glass block permitted in Article 9.9.4.3.
  5. The requirements in Sentences (1) and (2) do not apply to an exterior exit passageway provided the passageway has not less than 50% of its exterior sides open to the outdoors and is served by an exit stair at each end of the passageway.‌
3. ‌Wired Glass or Glass Block
  (See Note A-3.1.8.19.(1).)
  1. This Article applies to wired glass in doors, and wired glass or glass block in sidelights, where these are installed in fire separations between exit enclosures and floor areas.‌
  2. Except as provided in Sentence (3), the combined area of glazing in doors and sidelights shall not exceed 0.8 m2.
  3. Where an exit enclosure connects with a floor area through an enclosed vestibule or corridor separated from the floor area by fire separations having not less than a 45 min fire-resistance rating, the glazed areas described in Sentence (1) need not be limited as required in Sentence (2).‌
4. ‌Openings Near Unenclosed Exterior Exit Stairs and Ramps
  1. Unprotected openings in exterior walls of the building shall be protected with wired glass in fixed steel frames or glass block conforming to Articles 9.10.13.5. and 9.10.13.7., where
    1. an unenclosed exterior exit stair or ramp provides the only means of egress from a suite and is exposed to fire from unprotected openings in the exterior walls of
      1. another fire compartment, or
      2. another dwelling unit, ancillary space or common space in a house with a secondary suite, and
    2. ‌unprotected openings in the exterior walls of the building are within 3 m horizontally and less than 10 m below or less than 5 m above the exit stair or ramp.
5. ‌Openings in Exterior Walls of Exits
  1. Either openings in exterior walls of an exit or openings in adjacent exterior walls of the building the exit serves shall be protected with wired glass in fixed steel frames or glass block installed in accordance with Articles 9.10.13.5. and 9.10.13.7., where
    1. the exit enclosure has exterior walls that intersect the exterior walls of the building at an angle of less than 135° measured on the outside of the building, and
    2. the openings in the exterior walls of the building are within 3 m horizontally and less than 2 m above the openings in the exterior walls of the exit.
      (See Note A-9.9.4.5.(1).)
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
6. ‌Division B‌
  fire-resistance rating of not less than 45 min.
‌Obstructions and Hazards in Means of Egress
1. ‌Application‌
  1. This Subsection applies to obstructions and hazards in every means of egress
    except those within a dwelling unit or serving not more than one dwelling unit.
2. ‌Occupancies in Corridors‌
  1. Where a corridor contains an occupancy, the occupancy shall not reduce the unobstructed width of the corridor to less than the required width of the corridor.
3. ‌Obstructions in Public Corridors
  1. Except as permitted in Sentence (2), obstructions located within 1 980 mm of the floor shall not project horizontally more than 100 mm into exit passageways,
    corridors used by the public or public corridors in a manner that would create a hazard for visually impaired persons travelling adjacent to walls.
  2. The horizontal projection of an obstruction referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to exceed 100 mm where the obstruction extends to less than 680 mm above the floor. (See Note A-3.3.1.8.(2) and (3).)‌
4. ‌Obstructions in Exits‌
  1. Except as permitted in Subsection 9.9.6. and Article 9.8.7.6., no fixture, turnstile or construction shall project within the required width of an exit.
5. ‌Obstructions in Means of Egress
  1. No obstructions such as posts or turnstiles shall be placed so as to restrict the width of a required means of egress from a floor area or part of a floor area to less than 750 mm unless an alternate unobstructed means of egress is provided adjacent to and plainly visible from the restricted egress.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 9.9.6.2.
  2. Except as provided in Sentence (3), no obstructions, such as counter gates, that do not meet the requirements for exit doors, shall be placed ina required means of egress from a floor area or part of a floor area unless an alternate unobstructed means of egress is provided adjacent to and plainly visible from the restricted egress.
  3. Obstructions, such as counter gates, that do not satisfy Sentence (2), are permitted to be placed in a required means of egress from a part of a floor area in mercantile occupancies and business and personal services occupancies, provided that the part of the floor area served by the obstructed means of egress is not generally accessible to the public.‌
6. ‌Mirrors or Draperies‌
  1. No mirror shall be placed in or adjacent to any exit so as to confuse the direction of exit, and no mirror or draperies shall be placed on or over exit doors.
7. ‌Fuel-Fired Appliances‌
  1. Fuel-fired appliances shall not be installed in an exit or corridor serving as an
    access to exit.
8. ‌Service Rooms
  1. ‌Service rooms containing equipment subject to possible explosion, such as boilers designed to operate at a pressure in excess of 100 kPa, and certain types of refrigerating and transformer equipment, shall not be located under required exits.‌
9. ‌Ancillary Rooms
  1. Except in houses with a secondary suite, ancillary rooms such as storage rooms, washrooms, toilet rooms, laundry rooms and service rooms shall not open directly into an exit.‌
‌Doors in a Means of Egress‌
1. ‌Obstructions by Doors
  1. Except as provided in Sentence (4), obstructions created by doors shall be limited in accordance with Sentences (2) and (3)
    1. at exit doors,
    2. at doors that open into or are located within a public corridor, and
    3. at doors that open into or are located within another facility that provides
      access to exit from a suite.
  2. When fully open, doors described in Sentence (1) shall not decrease the required exit width by more than
    1. 100 mm in exit corridors, and
    2. 50 mm for other exit facilities.
  3. The swing of doors described in Sentence (1) shall not reduce the width of the path of travel to less than
    1. the required exit width in exit corridors and passageways, and
    2. 750 mm on exit stairs or landings.
  4. Doors serving a single dwelling unit or a house with a secondary suite need not comply with Sentences (2) and (3).
2. ‌Clear Opening Height at Doorways
  1. Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), the clear opening height of doorways shall be not less than 2 030 mm high at
    1. exit doors,
    2. doors that open into or are located within a public corridor, and
    3. doors that open into or are located within another facility that provides
      access to exit from a suite.
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
3. ‌Division B
  1. The clear opening height under door closers and other devices in doorways described in Sentence (1) shall be not less than 1 980 mm.‌
  2. Doorways serving a single dwelling unit or a house with a secondary suite need not comply with Sentences (1) and (2). (See also Article 9.5.5.1.)

‌Access to Exits‌

‌Egress from Roof Area, Podiums, Terraces, Platforms and Contained Open Spaces‌
1. An access to exit shall be provided from every roof intended for occupancy and from every podium, terrace, platform or contained open space.
2. Where a roof is intended for an occupant load of more than 60 persons, at least 2 separate means of egress shall be provided from the roof to stairs designed in
  conformance with the requirements for exit stairs and located remote from each other.
3. Where a podium, terrace, platform or contained open space is provided, egress requirements shall conform to the appropriate requirements for rooms or suites in Article 9.9.7.4.
‌Means of Egress from Suites
1. Except as required in Sentence 9.9.9.3.(1), each suite in a floor area occupied by more than one suite shall have
  1. an exterior exit doorway,
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022

‌Division B‌

a doorway to a public corridor, or
a doorway to an exterior passageway.

Except as provided in Sentences 9.9.7.3.(1) and 9.9.8.2.(2), from the point where a doorway described in Clause (1)(b) or (c) enters the public corridor or exterior passageway, it shall be possible to go in opposite directions to each of 2 separate exits.‌

‌Dead-End Corridors
1. Except for a dead-end corridor that is entirely within a suite and except as permitted in Sentence 9.9.9.2.(1), a dead-end corridor is permitted provided it is not more than 6 m long.‌

‌Number and Spacing of Egress Doors‌

Except for dwelling units, at least 2 egress doors shall be provided when the area of a room or suite, or the distance measured from any point within the room or suite to the nearest egress door, exceeds the values in Table 9.9.7.4.

Doors required in Sentence (1) shall be spaced so that in the event that one door is made inaccessible by a fire within such room or suite, the other door will provide safe egress.

Table 9.9.7.4.

Maximum Areas and Travel Distances for Rooms, Suites and Mezzanines with a Single Means of Egress

Forming Part of Sentences 9.9.7.4.(1) and 9.9.8.6.(2)

Occupancy of Room, Suite or Floor Area	Maximum Area of Room, Suite or Floor Area, m2	Maximum Distance to Egress Door, m
Group C (except dwelling units)	100	15
Group D	200	25
‌Group E	150	15
Group F, Division 2	150	10
‌Group F, Division 3	200	15

‌Independent Access to Exit‌
1. Required access to exit from suites shall not be through any other dwelling unit, service room or other occupancy.
‌Travel Distance within Rooms and Suites‌
1. Except for dwelling units, the travel distance from any point within the room or suite to the nearest egress door shall not exceed the maximum travel distance in Article 9.9.8.2.

‌Exits from Floor Areas
1. ‌Measurement of Travel Distance
  1. Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), for the purposes of this Subsection, travel distance means the distance from any point in the floor area to an exit measured along the path of exit travel.
  2. Where a room or suite is separated from the remainder of the floor area by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating of at least 45 min or, in a sprinklered building, bya fire separation which is not required to have a fire-resistance rating, the travel distance may be measured from an egress door of the room or suite to the nearest exit.
  3. Where a public corridor is not less than 9 m wide and conforms to Subclauses 3.4.2.5.(1)(d)(i) to (d)(iv), the travel distance may be determined in accordance with those Subclauses.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 9.9.8.6.‌
2. ‌Number of Required Exits
  1. Except as provided in Sentence (2) and Subsection 9.9.9., at least 2 exits shall be provided from every floor area, spaced so that the travel distance to the nearest exit is not more than
    1. 40 m in the case of business and personal services occupancies,
    2. 45 m for all occupancies where the floor area is sprinklered, and
    3. 30 m for all other occupancies.
  2. Except as provided in Subsection 9.9.9., a single exit is permitted from each storey in buildings of 1 and 2 storeys in building height provided the floor area and travel distance requirements conform to those required in Article 9.9.7.4. and the total occupant load served by an exit facility does not exceed 60 persons.‌
3. ‌Contribution of Each Exit‌
  1. Where more than one exit is required from a floor area, each exit shall be considered as contributing not more than half the required exit width.
4. ‌Location of Exits
  1. Where more than one exit is required from a floor area, at least 2 exits shall be independent of each other and be placed remote from each other along the path of travel between them. (See Note A-9.9.8.4.(1).)‌
5. ‌Exiting through a Lobby‌
  1. Not more than one exit from a floor area above or below the first storey is permitted to lead through a lobby.
  2. The lobby referred to in Sentence (1) shall be not more than 4.5 m above grade, and the path of travel through the lobby to the outdoors shall not exceed 15 m.
  3. The lobby referred to in Sentence (1) shall conform in all respects to the requirements for exits, except that rooms other than service rooms, storage rooms and rooms of residential or industrial occupancy are permitted to open directly onto such lobby.
  4. Where the lobby referred to in Sentence (1) and adjacent occupancies that are permitted to open into the lobby are sprinklered, the fire separation between such occupancies and the lobby need not have a fire-resistance rating. (See Note A-3.4.4.2.(2)(e).)
  5. Passenger elevators are permitted to open onto the lobby referred to in Sentence (1) provided the elevator doors are designed to remain closed except while loading and unloading passengers.‌
6. ‌Mezzanine Means of Egress
  1. Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and (3), the space above a mezzanine shall be served by means of egress leading to exits accessible at the mezzanine level, on the same basis as floor areas.
  2. The means of egress from a mezzanine need not conform to Sentence (1), provided
    1. the mezzanine is not required to terminate at a vertical fire separation, as permitted by Sentence 9.10.12.1.(2),
    2. the occupant load of the mezzanine is not more than 60,
    3. the area of the mezzanine does not exceed the area limits stated in Table 9.9.7.4., and
    4. the distance limits stated in Table 9.9.7.4., measured along the path of travel, are not exceeded from any point on the mezzanine to
      1. an egress door serving the space that the mezzanine
        overlooks if the space is served by a single egress door, or
      2. an egress stairway leading to an access to exit in the space below if that space is required to be served by 2 or more egress doorways in conformance with Sentence 9.9.7.4.(1).
        © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
        ‌9.9.9.1. Division B
        
        One of the means of egress from a mezzanine that is not required to terminate at a fire separation, as permitted by Sentence 9.10.12.1.(2), and that exceeds the limits of Sentence (2) is permitted to lead through the room in which the mezzanine is located, provided all other means of egress from that mezzanine lead to exits accessible at the mezzanine level.‌
        Except as provided in Sentence (2), the maximum travel distance from any point on a mezzanine to the nearest exit shall be not more than
        40 m in a business and personal services occupancy,
        45 m in a floor area that is sprinklered throughout, provided it does not contain a high-hazard industrial occupancy, or
        30 m in any floor area not referred to in Clause (a) or (b).
‌Egress from Dwelling Units‌
1. ‌Travel Limit to Exits or Egress Doors
  1. Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), every dwelling unit containing more than 1 storey shall have exits or egress doors located so that it shall not be necessary to travel up or down more than 1 storey to reach a level served by
    1. an egress door to a public corridor, enclosed exit stair or exterior passageway, or
    2. an exit doorway not more than 1.5 m above adjacent ground level.
  2. Where a dwelling unit is not located above or below another suite, the travel limit from a floor level in the dwelling unit to an exit or egress door may exceed 1 storey where that floor level is served by an openable window
    1. providing an unobstructed opening of not less than 1 m in height and
      ‌0.55 m in width, and
    2. located so that the sill is not more than
      1. 1 m above the floor, and
      2. ‌7 m above adjacent ground level.
  3. The travel limit from a floor level in a dwelling unit to an exit or egress door may exceed 1 storey where that floor level has direct access to a balcony.
2. ‌Two Separate Exits
  1. Except as provided in Sentence 9.9.7.3.(1) and except for dwelling units in a house with a secondary suite, where an egress door from a dwelling unit opens onto a public corridor or exterior passageway it shall be possible from the location where the egress door opens onto the corridor or exterior passageway to go in opposite directions to 2 separate exits unless the dwelling unit has a second and separate means of egress.‌
3. ‌Shared Egress Facilities
  1. Except for dwelling units in a house with a secondary suite, a dwelling unit shall be provided with a second and separate means of egress where an egress door from the dwelling unit opens onto
    1. an exit stairway serving more than one suite,
    2. a public corridor
      1. serving more than one suite, and
      2. served by a single exit,
    3. an exterior passageway
      1. serving more than one suite,
      2. served by a single exit stairway or ramp, and
      3. more than 1.5 m above adjacent ground level, or
    4. ‌a balcony
      1. serving more than one suite,
      2. served by a single exit stairway or ramp, and
      3. more than 1.5 m above adjacent ground level.
  2. Where a dwelling unit is located above another dwelling unit or common space in a house with a secondary suite, the upper dwelling unit shall be provided with a
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    Division B 9.9.11.3.
    
    second and separate means of egress where an egress door from that dwelling unit opens onto an exterior passageway that
    1. has a floor assembly with a fire-resistance rating less than 45 min,
    2. is served by a single exit stairway or ramp, and
    3. is located more than 1.5 m above adjacent ground level.
‌Egress from Bedrooms‌
1. ‌Egress Windows or Doors for Bedrooms
  1. Except where the suite is sprinklered, each bedroom or combination bedroom shall have at least one outside window or exterior door openable from the inside without the use of keys, tools or special knowledge and without the removal of sashes or hardware. (See Article 9.5.1.2. and Note A-9.9.10.1.(1).)
  2. The window referred to in Sentence (1) shall
    1. ‌provide an unobstructed opening of not less than 0.35 m2 in area with no dimension less than 380 mm, and
    2. maintain the required opening during an emergency without the need for additional support.
      (See Note A-9.9.10.1.(2).)
  3. Where a window required in Sentence (1) opens into a window well, a clearance of not less than 760 mm shall be provided in front of the window. (See Note A-9.9.10.1.(3).)
  4. Where the sash of a window referred to in Sentence (3) swings towards the window well, the operation of the sash shall not reduce the clearance in a manner that would restrict escape in an emergency.
  5. Where a protective enclosure is installed over the window well referred to in Sentence (3), the enclosure shall be openable from the inside without the use of keys, tools or special knowledge of the opening mechanism.
‌Signs
1. ‌Application‌
  1. This Subsection applies to all exits except those serving not more than one
    dwelling unit or a house with a secondary suite.
2. ‌Visibility of Exits‌
  1. Exits shall be located so as to be clearly visible or their locations shall be clearly indicated.
  2. Where an exit door leading directly to the outside is subject to being obstructed by parked vehicles or storage because of its location, a visible sign or a physical barrier prohibiting such obstructions shall be installed on the exterior side of the door.‌
3. ‌Exit Signs
  1. Every exit door shall have an exit sign placed over it or adjacent to it if the
    ‌exit serves
    1. a building that is 3 storeys in building height,
    2. a building having an occupant load of more than 150, or
    3. a room or floor area that has a fire escape as part of a required means of egress.
  2. Every exit sign shall
    1. be visible on approach to the exit,
    2. consist of a green and white or lightly tinted graphical symbol meeting the colour specifications referred to in ISO 3864-1, “Graphical symbols –
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
4. Division B
  
  Safety colours and safety signs – Part 1: Design principles for safety signs and safety markings,” and
  1. conform to ISO 7010, “Graphical symbols – Safety colours and safety signs – Registered safety signs,” for the following symbols (see Note A-3.4.5.1.(2)(c)):
    1. ‌E001 emergency exit left,
    2. E002 emergency exit right,
    3. E005 90-degree directional arrow, and
    4. E006 45-degree directional arrow.
  1. Internally illuminated exit signs shall be continuously illuminated and
    1. where illumination of the sign is powered by an electrical circuit, be constructed in conformance with CSA C22.2 No. 141, “Emergency lighting equipment,” or
    2. where illumination of the sign is not powered by an electrical circuit, be constructed in conformance with CAN/ULC-S572, “Standard for Photoluminescent and Self-Luminous Exit Signs and Path Marking Systems.”‌
  2. Externally illuminated exit signs shall be continuously illuminated and be constructed in conformance with CAN/ULC-S572, “Standard for Photoluminescent and Self-Luminous Exit Signs and Path Marking Systems.” (See Note A-3.4.5.1.(4).)
  3. The circuitry serving lighting for externally and internally illuminated exit
    ‌signs shall
    1. serve no equipment other than emergency equipment, and
    2. be connected to an emergency power supply as described in Sentences 9.9.12.3.(2), (3) and (7).
  4. Where no exit is visible from a public corridor, from a corridor used by the public, or from principal routes serving an open floor area having an occupant load of more than 150, an exit sign conforming to Clauses (2)(b) and (c) with an arrow or pointer indicating the direction of egress shall be provided.‌
‌Lighting
1. ‌Application‌
  1. This Subsection applies to the lighting of all means of egress except those within
    dwelling units or a house with a secondary suite.
2. ‌Required Lighting in Egress Facilities
  1. Every exit, public corridor or corridor providing access to exit for the public shall be equipped to provide illumination to an average level of not less than 50 lx at floor or tread level and at all points such as angles and intersections at changes of level where there are stairs or ramps.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 9.10.1.3.
  2. The minimum value of the illumination required by Sentence (1) shall be not less than 10 lx.‌
3. ‌Emergency Lighting
  1. Emergency lighting shall be provided in
    1. exits,
    2. principal routes providing access to exit in an open floor area,
    3. corridors used by the public,
    4. underground walkways, and
    5. ‌public corridors.
  2. Emergency lighting required in Sentence (1) shall be provided from a source of energy separate from the electrical supply for the building.
  3. Lighting required in Sentence (1) shall be designed to be automatically actuated for a period of at least 30 min when the electric lighting in the affected area is interrupted.‌
  4. Illumination from lighting required in Sentence (1) shall be provided to average levels of not less than 10 lx at floor or tread level.
  5. The minimum value of the illumination required by Sentence (4) shall be not less than 1 lx.
  6. Where incandescent lighting is provided, lighting equal to 1 W/m2 of floor area
    shall be considered to meet the requirement in Sentence (4).
  7. Where self-contained emergency lighting units are used, they shall conform to CSA C22.2 No. 141, “Emergency lighting equipment.”

‌Section 9.10. Fire Protection‌

‌Definitions and Application
1. ‌Sloped Roofs
  1. For the purposes of this Section, roofs with slopes of 60° or more to the horizontal that are adjacent to a room or space intended for occupancy shall be considered as a wall.‌
2. ‌Testing of Integrated Fire Protection and Life Safety Systems
  1. Where life safety and fire protection systems and systems with fire protection and life safety functions are integrated with each other, they shall be tested as a whole in accordance with CAN/ULC-S1001, “Standard for Integrated Systems Testing of Fire Protection and Life Safety Systems,” to verify that they have been properly integrated. (See Note A-3.2.9.1.(1).)
3. ‌Items under Part 3 Jurisdiction
  1. Tents, air-supported structures, transformer vaults, walkways, elevators and escalators shall conform to Part 3.
  2. Where rooms or spaces are intended for an assembly occupancy, such rooms or spaces shall conform to Part 3.
  3. Basements containing more than 1 storey or exceeding 600 m2 in area shall conform to Part 3.
  4. Where rooms or spaces are intended for the storage, manufacture or use of hazardous or explosive material, such rooms or spaces shall conform to Part 3. (See Note A-3.3.1.2.(1).)
  5. Except as provided in Article 3.3.5.8., facilities for the dispensing of fuel shall not be installed in any building.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
4. Division B

‌Occupancy Classification‌

Except as provided in Article 9.10.2.2., every building or part thereof shall be classified according to its major occupancy as belonging to one of the groups or divisions described in Table 9.10.2.1.

Table 9.10.2.1.

Occupancy Classifications

Forming Part of Sentence 9.10.2.1.(1)

Group

Division

Description of Major Occupancies(1)

B C D E F F

—

— 2

Home-type care occupancies Residential occupancies

Business and personal services occupancies Mercantile occupancies

Medium-hazard industrial occupancies

‌Low-hazard industrial occupancies (Does not include storage garages serving individual dwelling units)

Notes to Table 9.10.2.1.:

(1) See Note A-3.1.2.1.(1).

‌Home-Type Care Occupancies
(See Note A-9.10.2.2.)
1. Children's custodial homes and convalescent homes for ambulatory occupants living as a single housekeeping unit in a dwelling unit with sleeping accommodation for not more than 10 persons are permitted to be classified as residential occupancies (Group C).
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  ‌Division B 9.10.2.2.
2. Home-type care occupancies with sleeping accommodation for not more than 10 persons shall
  1. comply with the applicable requirements of Part 9 relating to detached houses (see Note A-9.10.2.2.(2)(a)), and
  2. except as provided in Sentences (3) and (4), be
    1. sprinklered in conformance with NFPA 13D, “Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems in One- and Two-Family Dwellings and Manufactured Homes,” and
    2. provided with a minimum 30-minute water supply for the sprinkler system.
3. A sprinkler system need not be provided in accordance with Sentence (2) where the building
  1. is 1 storey in building height, without a basement or mezzanine,
  2. has sleeping accommodation for not more than 4 residents receiving care on a floor area served by 2 barrier-free means of egress leading to an exit at ground level that is not more than 30 m from any point in the floor area,
  3. in lieu of having smoke alarms installed as required in Subsection 9.10.19., has a residential fire warning system installed in conformance with CAN/ULC-S540, “Standard for Residential Fire and Life Safety Warning Systems: Installation, Inspection, Testing and Maintenance,”
    1. with smoke detectors in each sleeping room, in the kitchen, and in common spaces such as activity rooms, corridors and hallways,
    2. with heat detectors in each attached storage garage, service room, laundry room and storage room,
    3. capable of sounding audible signals in accordance with Articles 9.10.19.2. and 9.10.19.5. at a frequency not higher than 520 Hz,
    4. powered in accordance with Article 9.10.19.4.,
    5. equipped with a silencing device in accordance with Article 9.10.19.6.,
    6. equipped with an annunciator panel with separate zone indication of the actuation of the alarm-initiating devices, and
    7. designed to notify the fire department in conformance with Sentence 3.2.4.7.(4) that an alarm signal has been initiated,
  4. has emergency lighting in the common means of egress that complies with Sentences 9.9.12.3.(2) to (7), and
  5. complies with Section 3.8.
4. A sprinkler system need not be provided in accordance with Sentence (2) where
  1. the building is not more than 2 storeys in building height,
  2. the building has sleeping accommodation for not more than 4 residents receiving care only on the first storey,
  3. the first storey is served by 2 barrier-free means of egress leading to an exit at ground level that is not more than 30 m from any point in the first storey,
  4. in lieu of having smoke alarms installed as required in Subsection 9.10.19., the building has a residential fire warning system installed in conformance with CAN/ULC-S540, “Standard for Residential Fire and Life Safety Warning Systems: Installation, Inspection, Testing and Maintenance,”
    1. with smoke detectors in each sleeping room, in the kitchen, and in common spaces such as activity rooms, corridors and hallways,
    2. with heat detectors in each attached storage garage, service room, laundry room and storage room,
    3. capable of sounding audible signals in accordance with Articles 9.10.19.2. and 9.10.19.5. at a frequency not higher than 520 Hz,
    4. powered in accordance with Article 9.10.19.4.,
    5. equipped with a silencing device in accordance with Article 9.10.19.6.,
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
Division B
1. all floors of the building have emergency lighting in the common means of egress that complies with Sentences 9.9.12.3.(2) to (7),
2. the basement is separated from the remainder of the building by a door that complies with Sentence 9.10.9.3.(2) and by a continuous smoke-tight barrier consisting of not less than 12.7 mm thick gypsum board installed on
  1. both sides of the walls, and
  2. the underside of the floor-ceiling framing,
3. an air-handling system designed to shut down upon a signal from the residential fire warning system serves the basement and other storeys, and
4. the first storey complies with Section 3.8.
10 persons shall comply with the applicable requirements of Part 3 relating to care occupancies.

‌Ratings‌
1. ‌Fire-Resistance and Fire-Protection Ratings
  1. Where a fire-resistance rating or a fire-protection rating is required in this Section for an element of a building, such rating shall be determined in conformance with
    1. ‌the test methods described in Part 3,
    2. the calculation method presented in Appendix D, or
    3. the construction specifications presented in Tables 9.10.3.1.-A and 9.10.3.1.-B.
2. ‌Flame-Spread Ratings
  1. Where a flame-spread rating is required in this Section for an element of a building, such rating shall be determined in accordance with the test methods described in Part 3, or in accordance with Appendix D.
  2. Unless the flame-spread rating is referred to herein as a “surface flame-spread rating,” it shall apply to any surface of the element being considered that would be exposed by cutting through it as well as to the exposed surface of the element.
3. ‌Fire Exposure
  1. Floor, roof and ceiling assemblies shall be rated for exposure to fire on the underside.
  2. Exterior walls shall be rated for exposure to fire from inside the building, except that such walls need not comply with the temperature rise limitations required by
    the standard tests referred to in Article 9.10.3.1. if such walls have a limiting distance
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    Division B 9.10.4.3.
    
    of not less than 1.2 m, and due allowance is made for the effects of heat radiation in accordance with the requirements in Part 3.
  3. Interior vertical fire separations required to have fire-resistance ratings shall be rated for exposure to fire on each side.
4. ‌Suspended Membrane Ceilings
  1. Where a ceiling construction has a suspended membrane ceiling with lay-in panels or tiles which contribute to the required fire-resistance rating, hold down clips or other means shall be provided to prevent the lifting of such panels or tiles in the event of a fire.‌
‌Building Size Determination
1. ‌Mezzanines not Considered as Storeys
  1. Except as required by Sentences (2) and 9.10.4.2.(1), the space above a mezzanine
    is permitted to be excluded from the calculation of building height, provided
    1. the aggregate area of mezzanines that are not superimposed does not exceed 10% of the floor area of the building in which they are located, and
    2. the area of mezzanine in a suite does not exceed 10% of the area of that suite
      on the storey on which it is located.
  2. Except as required by Sentence 9.10.4.2.(1), the space above a mezzanine is permitted to be excluded from the calculation of building height, provided
    1. the aggregate area of mezzanines that are not superimposed does not exceed 40% of the open area of the room in which they are located (see Note A-3.2.1.1.(3)(a)), and
    2. except as permitted in Sentence (3), the space above the mezzanine floor is used as an open area without partitions or subdividing walls higher than 1 070 mm above the mezzanine floor.
  3. The space above a mezzanine conforming to Sentence (2) is permitted to include an enclosed space whose area does not exceed 10% of the open area of the room in which the mezzanine is located, provided the enclosed space does not obstruct visual communication between the open space above the mezzanine and the room in which it is located.
  4. For the purpose of determining occupant load, the areas of mezzanines that are not considered as storeys shall be added to the floor area of the storey on which they are located. (See Note A-9.10.4.1.(4).)
  5. Platforms and catwalks intended solely for periodic inspection and maintenance need not be considered as floor assemblies or mezzanines for the purpose of calculating building height, provided
    1. they are not used for storage, and
    2. they are constructed with noncombustible materials, unless the building is permitted to be of combustible construction.
2. ‌More Than One Level of Mezzanine‌
  1. Each level of mezzanine that is partly or wholly superimposed above the first level of mezzanine shall be considered as a storey in calculating the building height.
3. ‌Basement Storage Garages
  1. Where a basement is used primarily as a storage garage, the basement is permitted to be considered as a separate building for the purposes of this Section provided the floor above the basement and the exterior walls of the basement above the adjoining ground level are constructed as fire separations of masonry or concrete having a
  fire-resistance rating of not less than 2 h.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
4. ‌Division B
‌Permitted Openings in Wall and Ceiling Membranes‌
1. ‌Permitted Openings in Wall and Ceiling Membranes
  1. Except as permitted in Sentences (2) and (3), a membrane forming part of an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating shall not be pierced by openings into the assembly unless the assembly has been tested and rated for such openings.
  2. A wall or ceiling membrane forming part of an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating is permitted to be pierced by openings for electrical and similar service outlet boxes, provided such outlet boxes and the penetrations conform to Article 9.10.9.8.
  3. A membrane ceiling forming part of an assembly assigned a fire-resistance rating on the basis of Table 9.10.3.1.-B or Appendix D is permitted to be pierced by openings leading to ducts within the ceiling space, provided the ducts, the amount of openings and their protection conform to the requirements of Appendix D.‌
‌Construction Types
1. ‌Combustible Elements in Noncombustible Construction‌
  1. Where a building or part of a building is required to be of noncombustible construction, combustible elements shall be limited in conformance with the requirements in Subsection 3.1.5.
2. ‌Heavy Timber Construction‌
  1. ‌Heavy timber construction shall be considered to have a 45 min fire-resistance rating when it is constructed in accordance with the requirements for heavy timber construction in Article 3.1.4.7.
‌Steel Members‌
1. ‌Protection of Steel Members
  1. Except as permitted in Article 3.2.2.3., structural steel members used in construction required to have a fire-resistance rating shall be protected to provide the required fire-resistance rating.

‌Fire Resistance and Combustibility in Relation to Occupancy, Height and Supported Elements‌‌

‌Fire-Resistance Ratings for Floors and Roofs

Except as otherwise provided in this Subsection, the fire-resistance ratings of floors and roofs shall conform to Table 9.10.8.1. (See Subsection 9.10.2. for mixed occupancies and Subsection 9.10.21. for construction camps.)

‌Division B 9.10.8.8.

Table 9.10.8.1.

Fire-Resistance Ratings for Floors and Roofs

Forming Part of Sentence 9.10.8.1.(1)

Major Occupancy	Maximum Building Height, storeys	Minimum Fire-Resistance Rating by Building Element, min
Major Occupancy	Maximum Building Height, storeys	Floors Except Floors over Crawl Spaces	Mezzanine Floors	Roofs
‌Residential (Group C)	3	45	45	—
All other occupancies	2 ‌3	45 45	— 45	— 45

‌Fire-Resistance Ratings in Sprinklered Buildings‌
1. The requirements in Table 9.10.8.1. for roof assemblies to have a fire-resistance rating are permitted to be waived in sprinklered buildings where
  1. the sprinkler system is electrically supervised in conformance with Sentence 3.2.4.9.(3), and
  2. the operation of the sprinkler system will cause a signal to be transmitted to the fire department in conformance with Sentence 3.2.4.7.(4).
‌Fire-Resistance Ratings for Walls, Columns and Arches
1. Except as otherwise provided in this Subsection, all loadbearing walls, columns and arches in the storey immediately below a floor or roof assembly shall have a
  fire-resistance rating of not less than that required for the supported floor or roof assembly.
2. Light-frame walls, columns, arches and beams as well as loadbearing steel elements that support floors between dwelling units in a house with a secondary suite including their common spaces shall be protected by not less than 12.7 mm thick gypsum board. (See Note A-9.10.8.3.(2).)‌
‌Support of Noncombustible Construction‌
1. Where an assembly is required to be of noncombustible construction and to have a
‌fire-resistance rating, it shall be supported by noncombustible construction.
‌Service Rooms
1. Construction supporting a service room need not conform to Article 9.10.8.3.
‌Mezzanines‌
1. Mezzanines required to be counted as storeys in Articles 9.10.4 1. and 9.10.4.2.
shall be constructed in conformance with the requirements for “Floors Except Floors over Crawl Spaces” in Table 9.10.8.1.
‌Roofs Supporting an Occupancy‌
1. Where a portion of a roof supports an occupancy, that portion shall be constructed as a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating conforming to the rating for “Floors Except Floors over Crawl Spaces” in Table 9.10.8.1.
‌Floors of Exterior Passageways
1. Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), the floor assembly of every exterior passageway used as part of a means of egress shall have a fire-resistance rating of not less than 45 min or be of noncombustible construction.
2. No fire-resistance rating is required for floors of exterior passageways serving buildings of Group D, E or F major occupancy that are not more than 2 storeys in building height.
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B
1. No fire-resistance rating is required for floors of exterior passageways serving
  1. a house with a secondary suite, or
  2. a single dwelling unit where no suite is located above or below the dwelling unit (see also Sentence 9.9.9.3.(2)).

‌Fire Separations and Smoke-tight Barriers between Rooms and Spaces within Buildings
1. ‌Application
  1. ‌This Subsection applies to
    1. fire separations required between rooms and spaces in buildings, and
    2. smoke-tight barriers required in houses with a secondary suite including their common spaces.
2. ‌Continuous Barrier‌
  1. Except as permitted in Article 9.10.9.3., a wall or floor assembly required to be a fire separation shall be constructed as a continuous barrier against the spread of fire and retard the passage of smoke.
  2. Except as permitted in Article 9.10.9.3., a wall or floor assembly required to be a smoke-tight barrier shall be constructed as a continuous barrier against the spread of smoke. (See Note A-9.10.9.2.(2) and (3).)
  3. Except as provided in Sentence (6), the continuity of a fire separation where it abuts another fire separation or smoke-tight barrier, a floor, a ceiling, or a roof shall be maintained by a firestop that, when subjected to the fire test method in CAN/ULC-S115, “Standard Method of Fire Tests of Firestop Systems,” has an FT rating not less than the fire-resistance rating for the abutting fire separation. (See Note A-9.10.9.2.(2) and
    (3).) (See also Note A-3.1.8.3.(2).)
  4. Except as provided in Sentence (6), joints located in a horizontal plane between a floor and an exterior wall shall be sealed by a firestop that, when subjected to the fire test method in ASTM E2307, “Standard Test Method for Determining Fire Resistance of Perimeter Fire Barriers Using Intermediate-Scale, Multi-storey Test Apparatus,” has an F rating not less than the fire-resistance rating for the horizontal fire separation.
  5. Except as provided in Sentence (6), all gypsum board joints in the assemblies described in Sentences (1) and (2) shall conform to CSA A82.31-M, “Gypsum Board Application,” to maintain the integrity of the smoke-tight barrier over the entire surface.
  6. Joints between ceilings and walls, between floors and walls, and between walls at corners need not comply with Sentences (3) to (5) where such joints consist of
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  Division B 9.10.9.7.
  
  gypsum board that is attached to framing members and arranged so as to restrict the passage of flame and smoke through the joints. (See Note A-3.1.8.3.(5).)‌
3. ‌Openings to be Protected with Closures‌
  1. Except as permitted in Articles 9.10.9.5. to 9.10.9.8., openings in required fire separations shall be protected with closures conforming to Subsection 9.10.13.
  2. ‌Doors in smoke-tight barriers shall
    1. be solid-core, wood doors at least 45 mm thick, and
    2. have a self-closing device. (See Note A-9.10.9.3.(2).)
4. ‌Floor Assemblies‌
  1. Except as permitted in Sentences (2) to (4), all floor assemblies shall be constructed as fire separations.
  2. Floor assemblies contained within dwelling units and within houses with a
    secondary suite need not be constructed as fire separations.
  3. Floor assemblies for which no fire-resistance rating is required by Subsection 9.10.8. and floors of mezzanines not required to be counted as storeys in Articles 9.10.4.1. and 9.10.4.2. need not be constructed as fire separations.‌
  4. Where a crawl space is not required by Article 9.10.8.9. to be constructed as a
  basement, the floor above it need not be constructed as a fire separation.
5. ‌Interconnected Floor Spaces‌
  1. ‌Interconnected floor spaces shall conform to Subsection 3.2.8.
6. ‌General Requirements for Penetrations of Fire Separations
  (See Note A-3.1.9.)
  1. Except as required by Sentence (2) and Articles 9.10.9.7. and 9.10.9.8. and as permitted by Article 9.10.9.9., penetrations of a required fire separation or a membrane forming part of an assembly required to be a fire separation shall be
    1. sealed by a firestop that, when subjected to the fire test method in CAN/ULC-S115, “Standard Method of Fire Tests of Firestop Systems,” has an F rating not less than the required fire-resistance rating for the fire separation,‌
    2. ‌tightly fitted or cast in place, provided the penetrating item is made of steel, ferrous, copper, concrete or masonry, or
    3. sealed to maintain the integrity of the fire separation. (See Note A-9.10.9.6.(1).)
  2. Penetrations of a firewall shall be sealed at the penetration by a firestop that, when subjected to the fire test method in CAN/ULC-S115, “Standard Method of Fire Tests of Firestop Systems,” has an FT rating not less than the fire-resistance rating for the fire separation.‌
7. ‌Piping Penetrations
  (See Note A-3.1.9.)
  1. Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (5), piping for drain, waste, vent and central vacuum systems that is not located in a vertical shaft is permitted to penetrate a fire separation required to have a fire-resistance rating or a membrane that forms part of an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating, provided the penetration is protected in accordance with Clause 9.10.9.6.(1)(a) or (b).
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
8. ‌Division B
‌Service Rooms
1. ‌Application
  1. This Subsection applies to service rooms in all buildings except rooms located within a dwelling unit.
2. ‌Service Room Floors‌
  1. The fire-resistance rating requirements in this Subsection do not apply to the floor assembly immediately below a service room.
3. ‌Separation of Service Rooms
  1. Except as provided in Sentence (2) and Articles 9.10.10.5. and 9.10.10.6., service rooms shall be separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating of not less than 1 h when the floor area containing the service room is not sprinklered.
  2. Where a room contains a limited quantity of service equipment and the service equipment does not constitute a fire hazard, the requirements in Sentence (1) shall not apply.‌
4. ‌Location of Fuel-Fired Appliances
  1. Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3) and Article 9.10.10.5., fuel-fired appliances shall be located in a service room separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having not less than a 1 h fire-resistance rating.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 9.10.11.2.
  2. Except as required in the appliance installation standards referenced in Sentences 6.2.1.5.(1), 9.33.5.2.(1) and 9.33.5.3.(1), fuel-fired space-heating appliances, space-cooling appliances, service water heaters and laundry appliances need not be separated from the remainder of the building as required in Sentence (1),
    1. where the appliances serve
      1. not more than one room or suite, or
      2. a building with a building area of not more than 400 m2 and a
        building height of not more than 2 storeys, or
    2. where the appliances
      1. serve a house with a secondary suite including their common spaces, and
      2. are located in a service room where both sides of any wall assemblies and the underside of any floor-ceiling framing separating this room from both dwelling units or their common spaces are protected by a continuous smoke-tight barrier consisting of not less than 12.7 mm thick gypsum board.‌
  3. Sentence (1) does not apply to fireplaces and cooking appliances.
5. ‌Incinerators‌
  1. Service rooms containing incinerators shall be separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating of not less than 2 h.
  2. The design, construction, installation and alteration of each indoor incinerator shall conform to NFPA 82, “Standard on Incinerators and Waste and Linen Handling Systems and Equipment.”‌
  3. Every incinerator shall be connected to a chimney flue conforming to the requirements in Section 9.21. and serving no other appliance.
  4. An incinerator shall not be located in a room with other fuel-fired appliances.
6. ‌Storage Rooms
  1. Rooms for the temporary storage of combustible refuse and materials for recycling in all occupancies or for public storage in residential occupancies shall be separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having not less than a 1 h fire-resistance rating, except that a fire separation with a fire-resistance rating of not less than 45 min is permitted where
    1. the fire-resistance rating of the floor assembly is not required to exceed 45 min, or
    2. the room is sprinklered.
‌Firewalls‌
1. ‌Required Firewalls‌
  1. Except as provided in Article 9.10.11.2., a party wall on a property line shall be constructed as a firewall. (See Note A-3.2.3.4.(1).)
2. ‌Firewalls Not Required
  1. Except as stated in Sentence (2), a party wall on a property line of a building of residential occupancy need not be constructed as a firewall, provided it is constructed as a fire separation having not less than a 1 h fire-resistance rating, where the party wall separates
    1. two dwelling units where there is no dwelling unit above another dwelling unit,
    2. a dwelling unit and a house with a secondary suite including their common spaces, or
    3. two houses with a secondary suite including their common spaces.
  2. Where a building of residential occupancy contains more than 2 houses, a party wall that separates any 2 adjacent houses with a secondary suite from the rest of the
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
3. Division B
  
  ‌building shall be constructed as a firewall to create separate buildings each containing no more than 2 adjacent houses with a secondary suite.‌
  1. The wall described in Sentence (1) shall provide continuous protection from the top of the footings to the underside of the roof deck.
  2. Any space between the top of the wall described in Sentence (1) and the roof deck shall be tightly filled with mineral wool or noncombustible material.
‌Prevention of Fire Spread at Exterior Walls and between Storeys‌
1. ‌Termination of Floors or Mezzanines
  1. Except as provided in Sentence (2) and in Articles 9.10.1.3. and 9.10.9.5., the portions of a floor area or mezzanine that do not terminate at an exterior wall, a firewall or a vertical shaft, shall terminate at a vertical fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the floor assembly that terminates at the separation.‌
  2. A mezzanine need not terminate at a vertical fire separation where the mezzanine
  is not required to be considered as a storey in Articles 9.10.4.1. and 9.10.4.2.
2. ‌Location of Skylights
  1. Where a wall in a building is exposed to a fire hazard from an adjoining roof of a separate fire compartment that is not sprinklered in the same building, the roof shall
  ‌contain no skylights within a horizontal distance of 5 m of the windows in the exposed wall.
3. ‌Exterior Walls Meeting at an Angle
  1. Except as provided in Article 9.9.4.5., where exterior walls of a building meet at an external angle of 135° or less, the horizontal distance from an unprotected opening in one exterior wall to an unprotected opening in the other exterior wall shall be not less than 1.2 m, where these openings are
    1. in different fire compartments, or
    2. in different dwelling units, ancillary spaces or common spaces in a house with a secondary suite.
  2. Except as provided in Sentence (3), the exterior wall of each fire compartment referred to in Sentence (1) within the 1.2 m distance shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the interior vertical fire separation between the compartment and the remainder of the building.
  3. Where interior walls between dwelling units, ancillary spaces or common spaces in a house with a secondary suite are not constructed as fire separations, the exterior wall of each dwelling unit, ancillary space or common space referred to in Sentence (1) within the 1.2 m distance shall be finished on the interior with not less than 12.7 mm thick gypsum board.‌
4. ‌Protection of Soffits
  1. ‌This Article applies to the portion of any soffit enclosing a projection that is
    1. less than 2.5 m vertically above a window or door, and
    2. less than 1.2 m from either side of the window or door. (See Note A-9.10.12.4.(1).)
  2. Except as provided in Sentences (4) and (5), the construction described in Sentence (1) shall have no unprotected openings and shall be protected in accordance with Sentence (3), where the soffit encloses
    1. a common attic or roof space that spans more than 2 suites of residential occupancy and projects beyond the exterior wall of the building,
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
      Division B 9.10.13.2.
    2. a floor space where an upper storey projects beyond the exterior wall of a lower storey and
      1. a fire separation is required at the floor between the two, or
      2. the floor separates dwelling units from each other or a dwelling unit from an ancillary space or a common space in a house with a secondary suite, or
    3. a floor space where an upper storey projects beyond the exterior wall of a lower storey, and the projection is continuous across
      1. a vertical fire separation separating two suites, or
      2. a wall separating dwelling units from each other or a dwelling unit from an ancillary space or a common space in a house with a secondary suite.
  3. Protection required by Sentence (2) shall be provided by
    1. noncombustible material having a minimum thickness of 0.38 mm and a melting point not below 650°C,
    2. not less than 12.7 mm thick gypsum soffit board or gypsum board installed according to CSA A82.31-M, “Gypsum Board Application,”
    3. ‌not less than 11 mm thick plywood,
    4. not less than 12.5 mm thick OSB or waferboard, or
    5. not less than 11 mm thick lumber. (See Note A-9.10.12.4.(3).)
  4. In the case of a soffit described in Sentence (1) that is at the edge of an attic or roof space and completely separated from the remainder of that attic or roof space by fire blocks, the requirements in Sentence (2) do not apply.
  5. Where all suites spanned by a common attic or roof space or situated above or below the projecting floor are sprinklered, the requirements of Sentence (2) do not apply, provided that all rooms, including closets and bathrooms, having openings in the wall beneath the soffit are sprinklered, notwithstanding any exceptions in the sprinkler standards referenced in Article 3.2.5.12.‌
‌Doors, Dampers and Other Closures in Fire Separations‌
1. ‌Closures
  1. Except as provided in Article 9.10.13.2., openings in required fire separations shall be protected with a closure conforming to Table 9.10.13.1. and shall be installed in conformance with Chapters 2 to 14 of NFPA 80, “Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives,” unless otherwise specified herein. (See also Article 9.10.3.1.)
  Table 9.10.13.1.
  Fire-Protection Ratings for Closures
  Forming Part of Sentence 9.10.13.1.(1)
  
  Required Fire-Resistance Rating of Fire Separation
  Minimum Fire-Protection Rating of Closure
  30 or 45 min
  20 min(1)
  1 h
  45 min(1)
  1.5 h
  1 h
  2 h
  1.5 h
  3 h
  2 h
  ‌4 h
  3 h
  Notes to Table 9.10.13.1.:
  ‌(1) See Article 9.10.13.2.
2. ‌Solid Core Wood Door as a Closure
  1. A 45 mm thick solid core wood door is permitted to be used where a minimum
  fire-protection rating of 20 min is permitted or between a public corridor and a suite
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
3. Division B
  
  provided that the door conforms to CAN/ULC-S113, “Standard Specification for Wood Core Doors Meeting the Performance Required by CAN/ULC-S104 for Twenty Minute Fire Rated Closure Assemblies.” (See Note A-9.10.13.2.(1).)‌

‌Spatial Separation Between Buildings

‌Application
1. This Subsection applies to buildings other than those to which Subsection 9.10.15. applies.
2. This Subsection does not apply to detached carports conforming to Section 9.35. that serve not more than one dwelling unit or a house with a secondary suite.
‌Area and Location of Exposing Building Face
1. The area of an exposing building face shall be
  1. taken as the exterior wall area facing in one direction on any side of a
    building, and
  2. calculated as
    1. the total area measured from the finished ground level to the uppermost ceiling, or
    2. the area for each fire compartment, where a building is divided into fire compartments by fire separations with fire-resistance ratings not less than 45 min.
2. For the purpose of using Table 9.10.14.4.-A to determine the maximum aggregate area of unprotected openings in an irregularly shaped or skewed exterior wall, the location of the exposing building face shall be taken as a vertical plane located so that there are no unprotected openings between the vertical plane and the line to which the limiting distance is measured. (See Note A-3.2.3.1.(4).)
3. For the purpose of using Table 9.10.14.5.-A to determine the required type of construction, cladding and fire-resistance rating for an irregularly shaped or skewed exterior wall,
  1. the location of the exposing building face shall be taken as a vertical plane located so that no portion of the actual exposing building face is between the vertical plane and the line to which the limiting distance is measured, and
  2. the value for the maximum area of unprotected openings (see second column of Table 9.10.14.5.-A) shall be determined using the limiting distance measured from the location described in Clause (a). (See Note A-3.2.3.1.(4).)
‌Limiting Distance and Fire Department Response
1. Except for the purpose of applying Sentences 9.10.14.4.(2), (3), (8) and (9), and Sentences 9.10.14.5.(3), (8) and (13), a limiting distance equal to half the actual limiting distance shall be used as input to the requirements of this Subsection, where
  1. the time from receipt of notification of a fire by the fire department until the first fire department vehicle arrives at the building exceeds 10 min in 10% or more of all calls to the building, and
  2. any storey in the building is not sprinklered. (See Notes A-3.2.3. and A-3.2.3.1.(8).)

‌Openings in Exposing Building Face

Except as provided in Sentences (6) to (10), the maximum aggregate area of
unprotected openings in an exposing building face shall
1. conform to Table 9.10.14.4.-A,
2. conform to Subsection 3.2.3., or
3. where the limiting distance is not less than 1.2 m, be equal to or less than
  1. the limiting distance squared, for residential occupancies, business and personal services occupancies and low-hazard industrial occupancies, and
  2. half the limiting distance squared, for mercantile occupancies

and medium-hazard industrial occupancies.

‌Division B 9.10.14.4.

Table 9.10.14.4.-A

Maximum Aggregate Area of Unprotected Openings in Exterior Walls(1)

Forming Part of Sentence 9.10.14.4.(1)

Occupancy Classification of Building	Maximum Total Area of Exposing Building Face, m2	Maximum Aggregate Area of Unprotected Openings, % of Exposing Building Face Area
		Limiting Distance, m
		Less than 1.2	1.2	1.5	2.0	4.0	6.0	8.0	10.0	12.0	16.0	20.0	25.0
	30	0	7	9	12	39	88	100	—	—	—	—	—
Residential, business and personal services, and low-hazard industrial	40 50 100	0 0 0	7 7 7	8 8 8	11 10 9	32 28 18	69 57 34	100 100 56	— — 84	— — 100	— — —	— — —	— — —
	Over 100	0	7	7	8	12	19	28	40	55	92	100	—
	30	0	4	4	6	20	44	80	100	—	—	—	—
Mercantile and medium-hazard	40 50	0 0	4 4	4 4	6 5	16 14	34 29	61 50	97 79	100 100	— —	— —	— —
industrial	100	0	4	4	4	9	17	28	42	60	100	—	—
	Over 100	0	4	4	4	6	10	14	20	27	46	70	100

‌Notes to Table 9.10.14.4.-A:

(1) See also Sentences (6) and (7) to calculate the maximum permitted area of unprotected openings in sprinklered buildings or where wired glass or glass blocks are used.

Openings in a wall having a limiting distance of less than 1.2 m shall be protected by closures, of other than wired glass or glass block, whose fire-protection rating is in conformance with the fire-resistance rating required for the wall. (See Table 9.10.13.1.)
Except for buildings that are sprinklered and for openable windows having an unobstructed opening equal to 0.35 m2 installed in accordance with Sentences 9.9.10.1.(1) and (2), where the limiting distance is 2 m or less, individual unprotected openings shall be no greater than
1. the area stated in Table 9.10.14.4.-B, or
2. where the limiting distance is equal to or greater than 1.2 m, the area calculated by
  
  ‌where
  Area = area of the unprotected opening, and LD = limiting distance.
  
  Table 9.10.14.4.-B
  Maximum Concentrated Area of Unprotected Openings
  Forming Part of Sentence 9.10.14.4.(3)
  
  Limiting Distance, m
  Maximum Area of Individual Unprotected Openings, m2
  1.2
  0.35
  1.5
  0.78
  2.0
  1.88
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022

‌Division B

The spacing between individual unprotected openings described in Sentence (3) that serve a single room or space described in Sentence (5) shall be not less than
1. 2 m horizontally of another unprotected opening that is on the same exposing building face and serves the single room or space, or
2. 2 m vertically of another unprotected opening that serves the single room or space, or another room or space on the same storey.
For the purpose of Sentence (4), “single room or space” shall mean
1. two or more adjacent spaces having a full-height separating wall extending less than 1.5 m from the interior face of the exterior wall, or
2. two or more stacked spaces that are on the same storey.
The maximum aggregate area of unprotected openings is permitted to be up to twice the area determined according to Sentence (1), where the unprotected openings are glazed with
1. wired glass in steel frames, as described in Article 9.10.13.5., or
2. glass blocks, as described in Article 9.10.13.7.
Where the building is sprinklered, the maximum aggregate area of unprotected openings is permitted to be up to twice the area determined according to Sentence (1), provided all rooms, including closets and bathrooms, that are adjacent to the exposing building face and that have unprotected openings are sprinklered, notwithstanding any exemptions in the sprinkler standards referenced in Article 3.2.5.12.
The maximum aggregate area of unprotected openings in an exposing building face
of a storage garage need not comply with Sentence (1), where
1. all storeys are constructed as open-air storeys, and
2. the storage garage has a limiting distance of not less than 3 m.
The maximum aggregate area of unprotected openings in an exposing building face of a storey that faces a street and is at the same level as the street need not comply with Sentence (1), where the limiting distance is not less than 9 m.
Except as provided in Sentence (11), for garages or accessory buildings that serve a single dwelling unit only and are detached from any building, the maximum aggregate area of glazed openings shall comply with the requirements for unprotected openings.
The limits on the area of glazed openings stated in Sentence (10) need not apply to the exposing building face of a detached garage or accessory building facing a dwelling unit, where
1. the detached garage or accessory building serves only one dwelling unit,
2. the detached garage or accessory building is located on the same property as that dwelling unit, and
3. the dwelling unit served by the detached garage or accessory building is the only major occupancy on the property.

‌9.10.14.5. Construction of Exposing Building Face and Walls above Exposing Building Face

Except as permitted in Sentences (3) to (14), each exposing building face and any exterior wall located above an exposing building face that encloses an attic or roof space shall be constructed in conformance with Table 9.10.14.5.-A. (See Note A-9.10.14.5.(1).) (See also Subsection 9.10.8.)

‌Division B 9.10.14.5.

Table 9.10.14.5.-A

Minimum Construction Requirements for Exposing Building Faces

Forming Part of Sentence 9.10.14.5.(1)

Occupancy Classification of Building or Fire Compartment	Maximum Area of Unprotected Openings Permitted, % of Exposing Building Face Area	Minimum Required Fire-Resistance Rating	Type of Construction Required	Type of Cladding Required
	0 to 10	1h	Noncombustible	Noncombustible
Residential, business and personal services, and low-hazard industrial	> 10 to 25 > 25 to 50	1h 45 min	Combustible or noncombustible Combustible or noncombustible	Noncombustible Noncombustible
	> 50 to < 100	45 min	Combustible or noncombustible	Combustible or noncombustible
	0 to 10	2h	Noncombustible	Noncombustible
‌Mercantile and medium-hazard industrial	> 10 to 25 > 25 to 50	2h 1h	Combustible or noncombustible Combustible or noncombustible	Noncombustible Noncombustible
	> 50 to < 100	1h	Combustible or noncombustible	Combustible or noncombustible

Except as provided in Sentences (3) to (8), cladding on exposing building faces and exterior walls located above exposing building faces that enclose an attic or roof space, for buildings or fire compartments where the maximum permitted area of unprotected openings is more than 10% of the exposing building face, need not be noncombustible where the wall assembly complies with the requirements of Clause 3.1.5.5.(1)(b) when tested in conformance with CAN/ULC-S134, “Standard Method of Fire Test of Exterior Wall Assemblies.”
Except as provided in Sentences (4) to (8) and permitted by Sentence (9), cladding on exposing building faces and on exterior walls located above exposing building faces of buildings or fire compartments where the maximum permitted area of unprotected openings is more than 25% but not more than 50% of the exposing building face need not be noncombustible, where
1. the limiting distance is greater than 5.0 m,
2. the limiting distance is greater than 2.5 m where the area and width-to-height ratio of the exposing building face conform to Table 9.10.14.5.-B,
3. the building or fire compartment is sprinklered,
4. the cladding
  1. conforms to Subsection 9.27.6., 9.27.7., 9.27.8. or 9.27.9.,
  2. is installed without furring members, or on furring not more than 25 mm thick, over gypsum sheathing at least
    12.7 mm thick or over masonry, and
  3. after conditioning in conformance with ASTM D2898, “Standard Practice for Accelerated Weathering of Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood for Fire Testing,” has a flame-spread rating not greater than 25 when tested in accordance with Sentence 3.1.12.1.(2), or
5. the cladding
  1. conforms to Subsection 9.27.12.,
  2. is installed with or without furring members over a gypsum sheathing at least 12.7 mm thick or over masonry,
  3. has a flame-spread rating not greater than 25 when tested in accordance with Sentence 3.1.12.1.(2), and
  4. does not exceed 2 mm in thickness exclusive of fasteners, joints and local reinforcements.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌9.10.14.5. Division B
    
    Table 9.10.14.5.-B
    Maximum Allowable Area and Ratio of Width to Height of Exposing Building Face
    Forming Part of Sentence 9.10.14.5.(3)
    
    Maximum Ratio of Width to Height of Exposing Building Face
    Maximum Area of Exposing Building Face, m2
    1:1
    88
    2:1
    102
    ‌3:1
    129
    4:1
    161
    5:1
    195
Except as provided in Sentence (5), where a garage or accessory building serves one dwelling unit only and is detached from any building, the exposing building face
1. need not conform to the minimum required fire-resistance rating stated in Table 9.10.14.5.-A, where the limiting distance is 0.6 m or more,
2. shall have a fire-resistance rating of not less than 45 min, where the limiting distance is less than 0.6 m, and
3. need not conform to the type of cladding and type of construction required by Table 9.10.14.5.-A, regardless of the limiting distance.
The requirements regarding fire-resistance rating, type of construction and type of cladding need not apply to the exposing building face of a detached garage or accessory building facing a dwelling unit, where
1. the detached garage or accessory building serves only one dwelling unit,
2. the detached garage or accessory building is located on the same property as that dwelling unit, and
3. the dwelling unit served by the detached garage or accessory building is the only major occupancy on the property.
Except as provided in Sentence (7), combustible projections on the exterior of a wall that are more than 1 m above ground level and that could expose an adjacent building to fire spread shall not be permitted within
1. 1.2 m of a property line or the centre line of a public way, or
2. 2.4 m of a combustible projection on another building on the same property.
Except as provided in Sentences (9) to (12), Sentence (6) shall not apply to
1. buildings containing one or two dwelling units only, and
2. detached garages or accessory buildings, where
  1. the detached garage or accessory building serves only one
    dwelling unit,
  2. the detached garage or accessory building is located on the same property as that dwelling unit, and
  3. the dwelling unit served by the detached garage or accessory
    building is the only major occupancy on the property. (See Note A-9.10.14.5.(7).)
Where combustible projections on an exposing building face are permitted by Sentence (7), are totally enclosed and constructed with solid faces, such as for fireplaces and chimneys, and extend within 1.2 m of a property line,
1. the construction of the face and sides of the projection shall comply with the corresponding requirements for exposing building faces for limiting distances less than 1.2 m as stated in Sentence (2) or (3), and
2. where the underside of the projection is more than 0.6 m above finished ground level, it shall be protected by
  1. not less than 0.38 mm thick noncombustible material,
  2. unvented aluminum conforming to CAN/CGSB-93.2-M, “Prefinished Aluminum Siding, Soffits, and Fascia, for Residential Use,”
  3. not less than 12.7 mm thick gypsum soffit board or gypsum ceiling board installed according to CSA A82.31-M, “Gypsum Board Application,”
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    Division B 9.10.15.2.
  4. ‌not less than 11 mm thick plywood,
  5. not less than 12.5 mm thick OSB or waferboard, or
  6. not less than 11 mm thick lumber. (See Note A-9.10.14.5.(8).)
Except as provided in Sentence (11), where the exposing building face has a limiting distance of not more than 0.45 m, projecting roof soffits shall not be constructed above the exposing building face. (See Note A-3.2.3.6.(2).)
Except as provided in Sentence (11), where the exposing building face has a
limiting distance of more than 0.45 m, the face of roof soffits shall not project to less than
0.45 m from the property line. (See Note A-3.2.3.6.(2).)
The face of a roof soffit is permitted to project to the property line, where it faces a public way. (See Note A-9.10.14.5.(11) and 9.10.15.5.(10).)
Where roof soffits project to less than 1.2 m from the property line, the centre line of a public way, or an imaginary line between two buildings or fire compartments on the same property, they shall
1. have no openings, and
2. be protected by
  1. not less than 0.38 mm thick sheet steel,
  2. unvented aluminum conforming to CAN/CGSB-93.2-M, “Prefinished Aluminum Siding, Soffits, and Fascia, for Residential Use,”
  3. not less than 12.7 mm thick gypsum soffit board or gypsum ceiling board installed according to CSA A82.31-M, “Gypsum Board Application,”
  4. ‌not less than 11 mm thick plywood,
  5. not less than 12.5 mm thick OSB or waferboard, or
  6. not less than 11 mm thick lumber. (See Note A-3.2.3.6.(2).)
Heavy timber and steel columns need not conform to the requirements of Sentence (1), provided the limiting distance is not less than 3 m.
Non-loadbearing wall components need not have a minimum fire-resistance rating, where the building
1. is 1 storey in building height,
2. is of noncombustible construction,
3. is classified as a low-hazard industrial occupancy and used only for low fire load occupancies, such as power-generating plants or plants for the manufacture or storage of noncombustible materials, and
4. has a limiting distance of 3 m or more.

‌Spatial Separation Between Houses

‌Application
1. This Subsection applies to
  1. ‌buildings that contain only dwelling units and have no dwelling unit above another dwelling unit, and
  2. houses with a secondary suite including their common spaces. (See Note A-9.10.15.1.(1).)
‌Area and Location of Exposing Building Face
1. The area of an exposing building face shall be
  1. taken as the exterior wall area facing in one direction on any side of a
    building, and
  2. calculated as
    1. the total area measured from the finished ground level to the uppermost ceiling,
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022

Division B

the area for each fire compartment, where a building is divided into fire compartments by fire separations with fire-resistance ratings not less than 45 min, or
except as provided in Sentence (2), where Table 9.10.15.4. is used to determine the maximum aggregate area of glazed openings, the area of any number of individual portions of the exposing building face. (See Note A-9.10.15.4.(2).)

Where the exposing building face of any section of an exterior wall enclosing a single room or space, or combination room and space, has a limiting distance of 2 m or less, that section of the exposing building face serving the room or space shall not be divided into portions for the purpose of calculating area of exposing building face. (See Sentence 9.10.15.4.(5) and Note A-9.10.15.4.(2).)
For the purpose of using Table 9.10.15.4. to determine the maximum aggregate area of glazed openings in an irregularly shaped or skewed exterior wall, the location of the exposing building face shall be taken as a vertical plane located so that there are no glazed openings between the vertical plane and the line to which the limiting distance is measured. (See Note A-3.2.3.1.(4).)
In determining the required cladding-sheathing assembly and fire-resistance rating for an irregularly shaped or skewed exterior wall, the location of the exposing building face shall be taken as a vertical plane located so that no portion of the actual exposing building face is between the vertical plane and the line to which the limiting distance is measured. (See Article 9.10.15.5. and Note A-3.2.3.1.(4).)‌

‌Limiting Distance and Fire Department Response
1. Except for the purpose of applying Sentences 9.10.15.2.(2), 9.10.15.4.(3)
  and 9.10.15.5.(13), a limiting distance equal to half the actual limiting distance shall be used as input to the requirements of this Subsection, where
  1. the time from receipt of notification of a fire by the fire department until the first fire department vehicle arrives at the building exceeds 10 min in 10% or more of all calls to the building, and
  2. any storey in the building is not sprinklered. (See Notes A-3.2.3. and A-3.2.3.1.(8).)

‌Glazed Openings in Exposing Building Face

Except as provided in Sentences (6) and (7), the maximum aggregate area of glazed openings in an exposing building face shall
1. conform to Table 9.10.15.4.,
2. conform to Subsection 3.2.3., or
3. where the limiting distance is not less than 1.2 m, be equal to or less than the limiting distance squared.
Where the limits on the area of glazed openings are determined for individual portions of the exposing building face, as described in Subclause 9.10.15.2.(1)(b)(iii), the maximum aggregate area of glazed openings for any portion shall be determined using the values in Table 9.10.15.4. corresponding to
1. the maximum total area of exposing building face, which is equal to the sum of all portions of the exposing building face, and
2. the limiting distance of each portion. (See Note A-9.10.15.4.(2).)
Except for buildings that are sprinklered and for openable windows having an unobstructed opening equal to 0.35 m2 installed in accordance with Sentences 9.9.10.1.(1) and (2), where the limiting distance is 2 m or less, individual
glazed openings or a group of glazed openings in an exposing building face shall not exceed 50% of the maximum allowable aggregate area of glazed openings determined in Sentence (1).
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B 9.10.15.5.
The spacing between individual glazed openings described in Sentence (3) serving a single room or space described in Sentence (5) shall be not less than
1. 2 m horizontally of another glazed opening that is on the same exposing building face and serves the single room or space, or
2. 2 m vertically of another glazed opening that serves the single room or space, or another room or space on the same storey.
For the purpose of Sentence (4), “single room or space” shall mean
1. two or more adjacent spaces having a full-height separating wall extending less than 1.5 m from the interior face of the exterior wall, or
2. two or more stacked spaces that are on the same storey.
The limits on the area of glazed openings shall not apply to the exposing building face of a dwelling unit facing a detached garage or accessory building, where
1. the detached garage or accessory building serves only one dwelling unit,
2. the detached garage or accessory building is located on the same property as that dwelling unit, and
3. the dwelling unit served by the detached garage or accessory building is the only major occupancy on the property.

The maximum aggregate area of glazed openings in an exposing building face is permitted to be up to twice the area determined in accordance with Sentence (1), where

the glazed openings consist of glass blocks, as described in Article 9.10.13.7., or

the building is sprinklered, provided all rooms, including closets, bathrooms and attached garages, that are adjacent to the exposing building face and that have glazed openings are sprinklered, notwithstanding any exemptions in the sprinkler standards referenced in Article 3.2.5.12.

Table 9.10.15.4.

Maximum Area of Glazed Openings in Exterior Walls of Houses

Forming Part of Subclause 9.10.15.2.(1)(b)(iii) and Sentences 9.10.15.4.(1) and (2)

Maximum Total Area of Exposing Building Face, m2	Maximum Aggregate Area of Glazed Openings, % of Exposing Building Face Area
	Limiting Distance, m
	Less than 1.2	1.2	1.5	2.0	4.0	6.0	8.0	10.0	12.0	16.0	20.0	25.0
30	0	7	9	12	39	88	100	—	—	—	—	—
40	0	7	8	11	32	69	100	—	—	—	—	—
‌50	0	7	8	10	28	57	100	—	—	—	—	—
100	0	7	8	9	18	34	56	84	100	—	—	—
‌Over 100	0	7	7	8	12	19	28	40	55	92	100	—

‌Construction of Exposing Building Face of Houses
1. Except as provided in Sentences (4) and (13), each exposing building face and any exterior wall located above an exposing building face that encloses an attic or roof space shall be constructed in conformance with Sentences (2) and (3)
  1. for the exposing building face as a whole, or
  2. for any number of separate portions of the exposing building face (see Subclause 9.10.15.2.(1)(b)(iii), Sentence 9.10.15.4.(2), and Note A-9.10.15.4.(2)).
    (See also Subsection 9.10.8.)
2. Except as provided in Sentences (4) and (5), where the limiting distance is less than 0.6 m, the exposing building face and exterior walls located above the exposing building face that enclose an attic or roof space shall have a fire-resistance rating of not less than 45 min, and
  1. the cladding shall be metal or noncombustible cladding installed in accordance with Section 9.20., 9.27. or 9.28. (see Note A-9.10.14.5.(1)),
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    9.10.15.5. Division B
  2. the cladding shall
    1. conform to Subsection 9.27.12.,
    2. be installed without furring members over gypsum sheathing at least 12.7 mm thick or over masonry,
    3. have a flame-spread rating not greater than 25 when tested in accordance with Sentence 3.1.12.1.(2), and
    4. ‌not exceed 2 mm in thickness exclusive of fasteners, joints and local reinforcements, or
  3. the wall assembly shall comply with Clause 3.1.5.5.(1)(b) when tested in conformance with CAN/ULC-S134, “Standard Method of Fire Test of Exterior Wall Assemblies.”
3. Except as provided in Sentence (4), where the limiting distance is equal to or greater than 0.6 m and less than 1.2 m, the exposing building face and any exterior wall located above the exposing building face that encloses an attic or roof space shall have a fire-resistance rating of not less than 45 min, and
  1. the cladding shall be metal or noncombustible cladding installed in accordance with Section 9.20., Subsection 9.27.11. or Section 9.28. (see Note A-9.10.14.5.(1)),
  2. the cladding shall
    1. conform to Subsection 9.27.6., 9.27.7., 9.27.8., 9.27.9.,
      or 9.27.10.,
    2. be installed without furring members, or on furring not more than 25 mm thick, over gypsum sheathing at least
      12.7 mm thick or over masonry, and
    3. after conditioning in conformance with ASTM D2898, “Standard Practice for Accelerated Weathering of Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood for Fire Testing,” have a flame-spread rating not greater than 25 when tested in accordance with Sentence 3.1.12.1.(2),
  3. the cladding shall
    1. conform to Subsection 9.27.12.,
    2. be installed with or without furring members over gypsum sheathing at least 12.7 mm thick or over masonry,
    3. have a flame-spread rating not greater than 25 when tested in accordance with Sentence 3.1.12.1.(2), and
    4. ‌not exceed 2 mm in thickness exclusive of fasteners, joints and local reinforcements, or
  4. the wall assembly shall comply with Clause 3.1.5.5.(1)(b) when tested in conformance with CAN/ULC-S134, “Standard Method of Fire Test of Exterior Wall Assemblies.”
4. The requirements regarding fire-resistance rating and type of cladding-sheathing assembly shall not apply to the exposing building face or projections from an exposing building face of a dwelling unit facing a detached garage or accessory building, or a garage or accessory building facing a dwelling unit, where
  1. the detached garage or accessory building serves only one dwelling unit,
  2. the detached garage or accessory building is located on the same property as that dwelling unit, and
  3. the dwelling unit served by the detached garage or accessory building is the only major occupancy on the property.
5. Except as provided in Sentence (6), combustible projections on the exterior of a wall that are more than 1 m above ground level and that could expose an adjacent building to fire spread shall not be permitted within
  1. 1.2 m of a property line or the centre line of a public way, or
  2. 2.4 m of a combustible projection on another building on the same property.
6. Except as provided in Sentences (8) to (11), Sentence (5) shall not apply to
  1. buildings containing one or two dwelling units only, and
  2. detached garages or accessory buildings, where
    1. the detached garage or accessory building serves only one
      dwelling unit,
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
      Division B 9.10.15.5.
    2. the detached garage or accessory building is located on the same property as that dwelling unit, and
    3. the dwelling unit served by the detached garage or accessory
      building is the only major occupancy on the property. (See Note A-9.10.14.5.(7).)
7. Where combustible projections on an exposing building face are permitted by Sentence (6), are totally enclosed and constructed with solid faces, such as for fireplaces and chimneys, and extend within 1.2 m of a property line,
  1. the construction of the face and sides of the projection shall comply with the corresponding requirements for exposing building faces for limiting distances less than 1.2 m as stated in Sentence (2) or (3), and
  2. where the underside of the projection is more than 0.6 m above finished ground level, it shall be protected by
    1. not less than 0.38 mm thick noncombustible material,
    2. unvented aluminum conforming to CAN/CGSB-93.2-M, “Prefinished Aluminum Siding, Soffits, and Fascia, for Residential Use,”
    3. not less than 12.7 mm thick gypsum soffit board or gypsum ceiling board installed according to CSA A82.31-M, “Gypsum Board Application,”
    4. ‌not less than 11 mm thick plywood,
    5. not less than 12.5 mm thick OSB or waferboard, or
    6. not less than 11 mm thick lumber. (See Note A-9.10.14.5.(8).)
8. Except as provided in Sentence (10), where the exposing building face has a limiting distance of not more than 0.45 m, projecting roof soffits shall not be constructed above the exposing building face. (See Note A-3.2.3.6.(2).)
9. Except as provided in Sentence (10), where the exposing building face has a
  limiting distance of more than 0.45 m, the face of roof soffits shall not project to less than
  0.45 m from the property line. (See Note A-3.2.3.6.(2).)
10. The face of a roof soffit is permitted to project to the property line, where it faces a public way . (See Note A-9.10.14.5.(11) and 9.10.15.5.(10).)
11. Where roof soffits project to less than 1.2 m from the property line, the centre line of a public way, or an imaginary line between two buildings or fire compartments on the same property, they shall
  1. have no openings, and
  2. be protected by
    1. not less than 0.38 mm thick sheet steel,
    2. unvented aluminum conforming to CAN/CGSB-93.2-M, “Prefinished Aluminum Siding, Soffits, and Fascia, for Residential Use,”
    3. not less than 12.7 mm thick gypsum soffit board or gypsum ceiling board installed according to CSA A82.31-M, “Gypsum Board Application,”
    4. not less than 11 mm thick plywood,
    5. not less than 12.5 mm thick OSB or waferboard, or
    6. not less than 11 mm thick lumber. (See Note A-3.2.3.6.(2).)
12. For buildings of combustible construction, materials installed to provide the required protection for soffits may be covered with a combustible or noncombustible finish material.
13. Heavy timber and steel columns need not conform to the requirements of Sentence (1), provided the limiting distance is not less than 3 m.

‌9.10.16.1. Division B‌

‌Fire Blocks‌
1. ‌Required Fire Blocks in Concealed Spaces
  1. Vertical concealed spaces in interior walls and exterior walls shall be separated by fire blocks
    1. one from the other, and
    2. from horizontal concealed spaces.
  2. Horizontal concealed spaces in attics, roof spaces, ceilings, floors, and crawl spaces shall be separated by fire blocks
    1. one from the other, and
    2. from vertical concealed spaces.
  3. ‌Fire blocks shall be provided at all interconnections between concealed vertical and horizontal spaces in interior coved ceilings, drop ceilings and soffits where the exposed construction materials within the concealed spaces have a surface flame-spread rating greater than 25.
  4. ‌Fire blocks shall be provided at the top and bottom of each run of stairs where they pass through a floor containing concealed space in which the exposed construction materials within the space have a surface flame-spread rating greater than 25.
  5. Where not sprinklered, concealed spaces of combustible construction created by a ceiling, roof space or unoccupied attic space shall be separated by fire blocks into compartments‌
    1. not more than 60 m in greatest dimension, and
    2. where such space contains exposed construction materials having a surface
      ‌flame-spread rating greater than 25, not more than 300 m2 in area.
  6. No dimension of the concealed space described in Clause (5)(b) shall exceed 20 m.
  7. Concealed spaces in mansard or gambrel style roofs, exterior cornices, balconies and canopies of combustible construction in which the exposed construction materials within the space have a surface flame-spread rating exceeding 25 shall have vertical fire blocks at intervals of not more than 20 m and at points where such concealed spaces extend across the ends of required vertical fire separations.‌
2. ‌Required Fire Blocks in Wall Assemblies
  1. Except as permitted in Sentence (2), fire blocks shall be provided to block off concealed spaces within wall assemblies, including spaces created by furring,
    1. at each floor level,
    2. ‌at each ceiling level where the ceiling contributes to part of the required
      fire-resistance rating, and
    3. at other locations within the wall, so that the distance between fire blocks
      does not exceed 20 m horizontally and 3 m vertically.
  2. Fire blocks described in Sentence (1) are not required, provided
    1. the insulated wall assembly contains not more than one concealed air space whose horizontal thickness is not more than 25 mm,
    2. the exposed construction materials within the space are noncombustible,
    3. the exposed construction materials within the space, including insulation, but not including wiring, piping or similar services, have a flame-spread rating of not more than 25, or‌
    4. the concealed wall space is filled with insulation.
3. ‌Fire Block Materials
  1. Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and (3), fire blocks shall be constructed of materials that will remain in place and prevent the passage of flames for not less than 15 min when subjected to the standard fire exposure in CAN/ULC-S101, “Standard Method of Fire Endurance Tests of Building Construction and Materials.”
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 9.10.17.4.
  2. Fire blocks are deemed to comply with Sentence (1) if they are constructed of not less than
    1. 0.38 mm sheet steel,
    2. 12.7 mm gypsum board,
    3. ‌12.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, with joints having continuous supports,
    4. two layers of lumber, each not less than 19 mm thick, with joints staggered, or
    5. 38 mm lumber.
  3. In a building permitted to be of combustible construction, semi-rigid fibre insulation board produced from glass, rock or slag is permitted to be used to block the vertical space in a double-frame wall assembly formed at the intersection of the floor assembly and the walls, provided the width of the vertical space does not exceed 25 mm and the insulation board
    1. has a density not less than 45 kg/m3,
    2. is securely fastened to one set of studs,
    3. extends from below the bottom of the top plates in the lower storey to above the top of the bottom plate in the upper storey, and
    4. ‌completely fills the portion of the vertical space between the headers and between the wall plates.
  (See Note A-3.1.11.7.(8).)
4. ‌Penetration of Fire Blocks
  1. Where fire blocks are pierced by pipes, ducts or other elements, the effectiveness of the fire blocks shall be maintained around such elements. (See also Note A-3.1.11.7.(7).)‌
‌Flame-Spread Limits‌
1. ‌Flame-Spread Rating of Interior Surfaces
  1. Except as otherwise provided in this Subsection, the exposed surface of every interior wall and ceiling, including skylights and glazing, shall have a surface flame-spread rating of not more than 150.‌
  2. Except as permitted in Sentence (3), doors need not conform to Sentence (1) provided they have a surface flame-spread rating of not more than 200.
  3. Doors within dwelling units, other than garage doors, need not conform to Sentences (1) and (2).
2. ‌Ceilings in Exits or Public Corridors
  1. At least 90% of the exposed surface of every ceiling in an exit or ceiling that is not sprinklered in a public corridor shall have a surface flame-spread rating of not more than 25. (See Article 9.10.17.6.)‌
3. ‌Walls in Exits
  1. Except as provided in Sentence (2), at least 90% of the exposed surfaces of every wall in an exit shall have a surface flame-spread rating of not more than 25. (See Article 9.10.17.6.)‌
  2. At least 75% of the wall surface of a lobby used as an exit in Article 9.9.8.5. shall have a surface flame-spread rating of not more than 25. (See Article 9.10.17.6.)
4. ‌Exterior Exit Passageways
  1. Where an exterior exit passageway provides the only means of egress from the rooms or suites it serves, the wall and ceiling finishes of that passageway, including the soffit beneath and the guard on the passageway, shall have a surface flame-spread rating of not more than 25, except that up to 10% of the total wall area and 10% of the total ceiling area is permitted to have a surface flame-spread rating of not more than 150.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
5. ‌Division B‌

‌Alarm and Detection Systems‌

‌Access Provided through a Firewall
1. Where access is provided through a firewall, the requirements in this Subsection shall apply to the floor areas on both sides of the firewall as if they were in the same building.‌

‌Fire Alarm System Required‌

Except as permitted in Sentences (3) and (4), a fire alarm system shall be installed in buildings in which a sprinkler system is installed.

Except as provided in Sentence (5), a fire alarm system shall be installed

in every building that contains more than 3 storeys, including storeys below the first storey,
where the total occupant load exceeds 300, or

when the occupant load for any major occupancy in Table 9.10.18.2. is exceeded.

Table 9.10.18.2.

Maximum Occupant Load for Buildings without Fire Alarm Systems

Forming Part of Sentence 9.10.18.2.(2)

Major Occupancy Classification

Occupant Load Above which a Fire Alarm System is Required

Residential

Business and personal services, Mercantile Low- or medium-hazard industrial

10 (sleeping accommodation) 150 above or below the first storey

75 above or below the first storey

In buildings in which a sprinkler system has been installed in accordance with NFPA 13D, “Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems in One- and Two-Family Dwellings and Manufactured Homes,” a fire alarm system need not be installed.‌
In buildings that contain fewer than 9 sprinklers conforming to Sentence 3.2.5.12.(4), a fire alarm system need not be installed.
A fire alarm system is not required in a residential occupancy where an exit or public corridor serves not more than 4 suites or where each suite has direct access to an exterior exit facility leading to ground level.

‌Design and Installation Requirements‌
1. Except as stated in Sentence (2) and as required by this Subsection, where fire alarm, fire detection and smoke detection devices and systems are installed, these devices and systems and their installation shall conform to Subsection 3.2.4.
2. The following Articles in Subsection 3.2.4. regarding fire alarm systems do not apply to Part 9 buildings: Articles 3.2.4.1., 3.2.4.10., 3.2.4.11., 3.2.4 12., 3.2.4.13.
and 3.2.4.22.
‌Rooms and Spaces Requiring Heat Detectors or Smoke Detectors
1. Where a fire alarm system is required, every public corridor in buildings of
residential occupancy and every exit stair shaft shall be provided with smoke detectors.
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B

‌Smoke Alarms‌
1. ‌Required Smoke Alarms
  1. Except as permitted by Article 9.10.19.8., smoke alarms conforming to CAN/ULC-S531, “Standard for Smoke Alarms,” shall be installed in
    1. each dwelling unit,
    2. each sleeping room not within a dwelling unit, and
    3. ancillary spaces and common spaces not in dwelling units in a house with a secondary suite.
2. ‌Sound Patterns of Smoke Alarms
  1. The sound patterns of smoke alarms shall
    1. meet the temporal patterns of alarm signals (see Note A-3.2.4.18.(2)), or
    2. be a combination of temporal pattern and voice relay.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  ‌Division B 9.10.19.6.‌
3. ‌Location of Smoke Alarms
  1. Within dwelling units, sufficient smoke alarms shall be installed so that
    1. there is at least one smoke alarm installed on each storey, including basements, and
    2. on any storey of a dwelling unit containing sleeping rooms, a smoke alarm is installed
      1. in each sleeping room, and
      2. in a location between the sleeping rooms and the remainder of the storey, and if the sleeping rooms are served by a hallway, the smoke alarm shall be located in the hallway.
        (See Note A-9.10.19.3.(1).)
  2. A smoke alarm required by Sentence (1) shall be installed in conformance with CAN/ULC-S553, “Standard for the Installation of Smoke Alarms.”
  3. ‌Smoke alarms required in Article 9.10.19.1. and Sentence (1) shall be installed on or near the ceiling.
4. ‌Power Supply
  1. Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), smoke alarms described in Sentence 9.10.19.1.(1) shall
    1. be installed with permanent connections to an electrical circuit (see Note A-3.2.4.20.(9)(a)),
    2. have no disconnect switch between the overcurrent device and the smoke alarm, and
    3. in case the regular power supply to the smoke alarm is interrupted, be provided with a battery as an alternative power source that can continue to provide power to the smoke alarm for a period of no less than 7 days in the normal condition, followed by 4 minutes of alarm.‌
  2. Where the building is not supplied with electrical power, smoke alarms are permitted to be battery-operated.
  3. Suites of residential occupancy are permitted to be equipped with smoke detectors
    in lieu of smoke alarms, provided the smoke detectors
    1. are capable of independently sounding audible signals with a sound pressure level between 75 dBA and 110 dBA within the individual suites (see also Note A-3.2.4.18.(4)),
    2. except as permitted in Sentence (4), are installed in conformance with CAN/ULC-S524, “Standard for Installation of Fire Alarm Systems,” and
    3. form part of the fire alarm system. (See Note A-3.2.4.20.(10).)
  4. ‌Smoke detectors permitted to be installed in lieu of smoke alarms as stated in Sentence (3) are permitted to sound localized alarms within individual suites, and need not sound an alarm throughout the rest of the building.‌
5. ‌Interconnection of Smoke Alarms
  1. Where more than one smoke alarm is required in a dwelling unit, the smoke alarms shall be interconnected so that the activation of any one alarm causes all alarms within the dwelling unit to sound.
  2. ‌Smoke alarms in a house with a secondary suite shall be wirelessly interconnected or interconnected by hard-wiring so that the activation of any one smoke alarm causes all smoke alarms within the house with a secondary suite to sound. (See Note A-9.10.19.5.(2).)‌
6. ‌Silencing of Smoke Alarms
  1. Except as permitted in Sentence (2), a manually operated device shall be incorporated within the circuitry of a smoke alarm installed in a dwelling unit so that the signal emitted by the smoke alarm can be silenced for a period of not more than 10 min, after which the smoke alarm will reset and sound again if the level of smoke in the vicinity is sufficient to re-actuate it.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
7. ‌Division B
‌Firefighting‌
1. ‌Windows or Access Panels Required
  1. Except as provided in Sentence (3), a window or access panel providing an opening not less than 1 100 mm high and 550 mm wide and having a sill height of not more than 900 mm above the floor shall be provided on the second and third storeys of every building in at least one wall facing on a street if such storeys are not sprinklered.‌
  2. Access panels required in Sentence (1) shall be readily openable from both inside and outside or be glazed with plain glass.
  3. Access panels required in Sentence (1) need not be provided in
    1. ‌buildings containing only dwelling units where there is no dwelling unit above another dwelling unit, or
    2. houses with a secondary suite.
2. ‌Access to Basements
  1. Except for basements in houses with a secondary suite or basements serving not more than one dwelling unit, each basement that is not sprinklered that exceeds 25 m in length or width shall be provided with direct access to the outdoors to at least one street.
  2. Access required in Sentence (1) may be provided by a door, window or other means that provides an opening not less than 1 100 mm high and 550 mm wide, the sill height of which shall not be more than 900 mm above the floor.
  3. Access required in Sentence (1) may also be provided by an interior stair accessible from the outdoors.
3. ‌Fire Department Access to Buildings‌
  1. Access for fire department equipment shall be provided to each building by means of a street, private roadway or yard. (See Notes A-9.10.20.3.(1) and A-3.2.5.6.(1).)
  2. Where access to a building as required in Sentence (1) is provided by means of a roadway or yard, the design and location of such roadway or yard shall take into account connection with public thoroughfares, weight of firefighting equipment, width of roadway, radius of curves, overhead clearance, location of fire hydrants, location
  of fire department connections and vehicular parking.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  ‌Division B 9.10.21.8.‌
4. ‌Portable Extinguishers
  1. Portable extinguishers shall be installed in all buildings, except within dwelling units, in conformance with the appropriate provincial or territorial regulations or municipal bylaws or, in the absence of such regulations or bylaws, the NFC.‌
5. ‌Freeze Protection of Fire Protection Systems
  1. ‌Equipment forming part of a fire protection system that may be adversely affected by freezing temperatures and that is located in an unheated area shall be protected from freezing.
‌Fire Protection for Construction Camps
1. ‌Requirements for Construction Camps‌
  1. Except as provided in Articles 9.10.21.2. to 9.10.21.9., construction camps shall conform to Subsections 9.10 1. to 9.10.20.
2. ‌Separation of Sleeping Rooms
  1. Except for sleeping rooms within dwelling units, sleeping rooms in construction camps shall be separated from each other and from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having not less than a 30 min fire-resistance rating.‌
3. ‌Floor Assemblies between the First and Second Storey
  1. Except in a dwelling unit, a floor assembly in a construction camp building separating the first storey and the second storey shall be constructed as a fire separation having not less than a 30 min fire-resistance rating.‌
4. ‌Walkways Connecting Buildings
  1. ‌Walkways of combustible construction connecting buildings shall be separated from each connected building by a fire separation having not less than a 45 min fire-resistance rating.‌
5. ‌Spatial Separations‌
  1. Construction camp buildings shall be separated from each other by a distance of not less than 10 m except as otherwise permitted in Subsections 9.10. 14. and 9.10.15.
6. ‌Flame-Spread Ratings
  1. Except in dwelling units and except as provided in Sentence (2), the surface flame-spread rating of wall and ceiling surfaces in corridors and walkways, exclusive of doors, shall not exceed 25 over not less than 90% of the exposed surface area and not more than 150 over the remaining surface area.‌
  2. Except within dwelling units, corridors that provide access to exit from sleeping rooms and that have a fire-resistance rating of not less than 45 min shall have a
  flame-spread rating conforming to the appropriate requirements in Subsection 9.10.17.
7. ‌Smoke Detectors
  1. Except in dwelling units, corridors providing access to exit from sleeping rooms in construction camp buildings with sleeping accommodation for more than 10 persons shall be provided with a smoke detector connected to the building alarm system.‌
8. ‌Portable Fire Extinguishers
  1. Each construction camp building shall be provided with portable fire extinguishers in conformance with the appropriate provincial or territorial regulations or municipal bylaws or, in the absence of such regulations or bylaws, in conformance with the NFC.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
9. ‌Division B‌
  
  ‌9.10.21.9. Hose Stations
  1. Every construction camp building providing sleeping accommodation for more than 30 persons shall be provided with a hose station that is protected from freezing and is equipped with a hose of sufficient length so that every portion of the building is within reach of a hose stream.‌
  2. Hose stations required in Sentence (1) shall be located near an exit.
  3. Hoses referred to in Sentence (1) shall be not less than 19 mm inside diam and shall be connected to a central water supply or to a storage tank having a capacity of not less than 4 500 L with a pumping system capable of supplying a flow of not less than 5 L/s at a gauge pressure of 300 kPa.
‌Fire Protection for Gas, Propane and Electric Cooktops and Ovens‌‌
(See Note A-9.10.22.)
1. ‌Installation of Cooktops and Ovens
  1. Except as required in Sentence (2), natural gas and propane cooktops and ovens shall be installed in accordance with the applicable provincial or territorial regulations or municipal bylaws or, in the absence of such regulations or bylaws, with CSA B149.1, “Natural gas and propane installation code.” (See also Article 9.34.1.1.)‌
  2. Clearances for and protection around gas, propane and electric ranges shall be not less than those provided in Articles 9.10.22.2. and 9.10.22.3.
2. ‌Vertical Clearances above Cooktops
  1. Except as provided in Sentence (2), framing, finishes and cabinetry installed directly above the location of the cooktop shall be not less than 750 mm above the level of cooktop burners or elements.
  2. The vertical clearance described in Sentence (1) for framing, finishes and cabinets located directly above the location of the cooktop may be reduced to 600 mm above the level of the elements or burners, provided the framing, finishes and cabinets
    1. are noncombustible, or
    2. ‌are protected by a metal hood that projects 125 mm beyond the framing, finishes and cabinets.
3. ‌Protection around Cooktops

Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), combustible wall framing, finishes or cabinets within 450 mm of the area where the cooktop is to be located shall be protected above the level of the heating elements or burners by
1. gypsum board not less than 9.5 mm thick, or
2. any material providing a fire-resistance rating of not less than 10 min and a
  ‌flame-spread rating of not more than 25.
Counter-top splash boards or back plates that extend above the level of heating elements or burners need not be protected as described in Sentence (1).
Except for cabinetry described in Article 9.10.22.2., cabinetry located not less than 450 mm above the level of the heating elements or burners need not be protected as described in Sentence (1).

‌Division B 9.11.1.3.

‌Section 9.11. Sound Transmission‌

(See Note A-9.11.)

‌Protection from Airborne Noise‌
1. ‌Required Protection
  1. Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), a dwelling unit shall be separated from every other space in a building in which noise may be generated by
    1. a separating assembly and adjoining constructions, which together provide an apparent sound transmission class (ASTC) rating of not less than 47, or
    2. a separating assembly providing a sound transmission class (STC) rating of not less than 50 and adjoining constructions that conform to Article 9.11.1.4.
      (See Note A-9.11.1.4.)
  2. Where a house contains a secondary suite, each dwelling unit shall be separated from every other space in the house in which noise may be transmitted by
    1. construction
      1. whose joist spaces are filled with sound-absorbing material of not less than 150 mm nominal thickness,
      2. whose stud spaces are filled with sound-absorbing material,
      3. having a resilient channel on one side of the separation spaced 400 or 600 mm o.c., and
      4. having not less than 12.7 mm thick gypsum board on ceilings and on both sides of walls,
    2. construction providing an STC rating of not less than 43, or
    3. a separating assembly and adjoining constructions, which together provide an ASTC rating of not less than 40.
      (See Note A-9.11.1.1.(2).)
  3. Construction separating a dwelling unit from an elevator shaft or refuse chute shall have an STC rating of not less than 55.
2. ‌Determination of Sound Transmission Ratings
  1. The STC ratings shall be determined in accordance with ASTM E413, “Cl assification for Rating Sound Insulation,” using the results from measurements carried out in accordance with ASTM E90, “Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements.”
  2. The ASTC ratings shall be
    1. determined in accordance with ASTM E413, “Classification for Rating Sound Insulation,” using the results from measurements carried out in accordance with ASTM E336, “Standard Test Method for Measurement of Airborne Sound Attenuation between Rooms in Buildings,” or
    2. calculated in accordance with Article 5.8.1. 4. or 5.8.1.5.
3. ‌Compliance with Required Ratings
  1. Compliance with the required STC ratings shall be demonstrated through
    1. measurements carried out in accordance with Sentence 9.11.1.2.(1), or
    2. the construction of separating assemblies conforming to Table 9.10.3.1.-A or 9.10.3.1.-B, as applicable.
  2. Compliance with the required ASTC ratings shall be demonstrated through
    1. measurements or calculations carried out in accordance with Sentence 9.11.1.2.(2), or
    2. the construction of separating assemblies conforming to Table 9.10.3.1.-A or 9.10.3.1.-B, as applicable, that have an STC rating of not less than 50 in conjunction with flanking assemblies constructed in accordance with Article 9.11.1.4. (see Note A-9.11.1.3.(2)(b)).
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
4. ‌Division B

‌Adjoining Constructions
(See Note A-9.11.1.4.)
1. This Article applies where the required protection is provided in accordance with Clause 9.11.1.1.(1)(b) and compliance is demonstrated in accordance with Clause 9.11.1.3.(2)(b).
2. Flanking wall assemblies connected to a separating floor or ceiling assembly shall be constructed with
  1. concrete or concrete block having a mass per area greater than 200 kg/m2, or
  2. ‌gypsum board finish that
    1. is supported on wood or steel framing, and
    2. ends or is interrupted where it meets the structure of the separating floor or ceiling assembly.
3. Flanking wall and ceiling assemblies connected to a separating wall assembly shall be constructed with
  1. concrete or concrete block having a mass per area greater than 300 kg/m2, or
  2. gypsum board finish that
    1. ‌is supported on wood or steel framing, and
    2. ends or is interrupted where it meets the structure of the separating wall assembly or, for double-stud walls, where it meets the space between the two lines of studs.
4. Flanking floor assemblies connected to a separating wall assembly shall be
  1. constructed
    1. with concrete having a mass per area greater than 300 kg/m2, or
    2. in accordance with Section 9.16., or
  2. supported on joists or trusses that are not continuous across the junction and are covered with floor treatments in accordance with Table 9.11.1.4. for the applicable wall construction.

Table 9.11.1.4.

Floor Treatments for Flanking Wood-Framed Floor Assemblies in Horizontally Adjoining Spaces

Forming Part of Sentence 9.11.1.4.(4)

Type of Separating Wall Assembly with STC ≥ 50 from Table 9.10.3.1.-A	Minimum Requirements for Floor Treatments Applied Over Subfloor of Wood-Framed Flanking Floor Assemblies on Both Sides of Floor/Wall Junction
‌W5, W6, W10, W12 (staggered studs)	wood strip flooring not less than 16 mm thick aligned parallel to separating wall, or one layer of OSB or plywood not less than 15.5 mm thick plus finished flooring, or one additional material layer plus finished flooring having a combined mass per area not less than 8 kg/m2(1)
W4, W11 (staggered studs)	one layer of OSB or plywood not less than 12.5 mm thick plus hardwood strip flooring not less than 19 mm thick aligned parallel to separating wall, or one additional material layer plus finished flooring having a combined mass per area not less than 16 kg/m2(1)
W8, W9 (staggered studs)	concrete or gypsum concrete topping not less than 19 mm thick bonded to the subfloor plus finished flooring, or one additional material layer plus finished flooring having a combined mass per area not less than 32 kg/m2(1)
W13, W14, W15 (double stud walls)	where a continuous subfloor or other rigid materials at the floor/wall junction provide structural connection between the two rows of studs in the separating wall: hardwood strip flooring not less than 16 mm thick aligned parallel to separating wall, or one layer OSB or plywood not less than 15.5. mm thick plus finished flooring, or one additional material layer plus finished flooring having a combined mass per area not less than 8 kg/m2(1) any finished flooring where the subfloor and other rigid materials are not connected at the floor/wall junction and where there are no structural connections between the two rows of studs in the separating wall
B1 to B10	any finished flooring

Division B 9.12.2.2.

Table 9.11.1.4. (Continued)

Notes to Table 9.11.1.4.:

‌(1) See Note A-Table 9.11.1.4.

‌Section 9.12. Excavation‌

‌General‌
1. ‌Removal of Topsoil and Organic Matter‌
  1. The topsoil and vegetable matter in all unexcavated areas under a building
    shall be removed.
  2. In localities where termite infestation is known to be a problem, all stumps, roots and other wood debris shall be removed from the soil to a depth of not less than 300 mm in unexcavated areas under a building.‌
  3. The bottom of every excavation shall be free of all organic material.
2. ‌Standing Water‌
  1. ‌Excavations shall be kept free of standing water.
3. ‌Protection from Freezing‌
  1. The bottom of excavations shall be kept from freezing throughout the entire construction period.

‌Depth‌

‌Excavation to Undisturbed Soil‌
1. ‌Excavations for foundations shall extend to undisturbed soil.

‌Minimum Depth of Foundations‌

Except as provided in Sentences (4) to (7), the minimum depth of foundations

below finished ground level shall conform to Table 9.12.2.2.

Table 9.12.2.2.

Minimum Depths of Foundations

Forming Part of Sentence 9.12.2.2.(1)

Type of Soil	Minimum Depth of Foundation Containing Heated Basement or Crawl Space(1)		Minimum Depth of Foundation Containing No Heated Space(2)
Type of Soil	Good Soil Drainage	Poor Soil Drainage	Good Soil Drainage	Poor Soil Drainage
Rock	No limit	No limit	No limit	No limit
Coarse grained soils	No limit	No limit	No limit	Below the depth of frost penetration
Silt	No limit	No limit	Below the depth of frost penetration(3)	Below the depth of frost penetration
Clay or soils not clearly defined(4)	1.2 m(3)	1.2 m	1.2 m but not less than the depth of frost penetration(3)	1.2 m but not less than the depth of frost penetration

Notes to Table 9.12.2.2.:

(1) Foundation not insulated to reduce heat loss through the footings.

(2) Including foundations insulated to reduce heat loss through the footings.

(3) Good soil drainage to not less than the depth of frost penetration.

(4) See Note A-Table 9.12.2.2.

‌9.12.3.1. Division B

Where a foundation is insulated in a manner that will reduce heat flow to the soil beneath the footings, the foundation depth shall conform to that required for foundations containing no heated space. (See Note A-9.12.2.2.(2).)
The minimum depth of foundations for exterior concrete steps with more than 2 risers shall conform to Sentences (1), (2) and (5).
Concrete steps with 1 and 2 risers are permitted to be laid on ground level.
The foundation depths required in Sentence (1) are permitted to be decreased where experience with local soil conditions shows that lesser depths are satisfactory, or where the foundation is designed for lesser depths.
The foundation depths required by Sentence (1) do not apply to foundations for
1. buildings
  1. that are not of masonry or masonry veneer construction, and
  2. whose superstructure conforms to the requirements of the deformation resistance test in CSA Z240.2.1, “Structural requirements for manufactured homes,” or
2. accessory buildings
  1. that are not of masonry or masonry veneer construction,
  2. not more than 1 storey in height,
  3. not more than 55 m2 in building area, and
  4. where the distance from finished ground to the underside of the floor joists is not more than 600 mm.
The foundation depths required by Sentence (1) do not apply to foundations for decks and other accessible exterior platforms
1. of not more than 1 storey,
2. not more than 55 m2 in area,
3. where the distance from finished ground to the underside of the joists is not more than 600 mm,
4. ‌not supporting a roof, and
5. not attached to another structure, unless it can be demonstrated that differential movement will not adversely affect the performance of that structure.
Where decks or other accessible exterior platforms are supported on surface foundations supported on other than coarse-grained soil with good drainage or rock, access to the foundation positions to permit re-levelling of the platform shall be provided
1. ‌by passageways with a clear height under the platform of not less than 600 mm and a width of not less than 600 mm, or
2. by installing the decking in a manner that allows easy removal.

‌Backfill‌
1. ‌Placement of Backfill‌
  1. Backfill shall be placed to avoid damaging the foundation wall, the drainage tile, externally applied thermal insulation and waterproofing or dampproofing of the wall.
2. ‌Grading of Backfill‌
  1. Backfill shall be graded to prevent drainage towards the foundation after settling.
3. ‌Deleterious Debris and Boulders‌
  1. Backfill that is within 600 mm of the foundation shall be free of deleterious debris and boulders larger than 250 mm diam. (See Note A-9.12.3.3.(1).)
  2. Except as provided in Sentence (3), backfill shall not contain pyritic material or material that is susceptible to ice lensing in concentrations that will damage the building to a degree that would adversely affect its stability or the performance of assemblies. (See Note A-9.4.4.4.(1).)
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 9.13.2.2.
  3. Backfill with material of any concentration that is susceptible to ice lensing is permitted where foundation walls are
    1. cast-in-place concrete,
    2. ‌concrete block insulated on the exterior, or
    3. ‌concrete block protected from the backfill by a material that serves as a slip plane.
      (See Note A-9.4.4.4.(1).)
‌Trenches beneath Footings‌
1. ‌Support of Footings
  1. The soil in trenches beneath footings for sewers and watermains shall be compacted by tamping up to the level of the footing base, or shall be filled with concrete having a strength not less than 10 MPa to support the footing.
    
    ‌Section 9.13. Dampproofing, Waterproofing and Soil Gas Control‌‌
  2. ‌Except as otherwise specified in this Section, materials used for exterior dampproofing shall
    1. conform to one of the following standards:
      1. ASTM D1227/D1227M, “Standard Specification for Emulsified Asphalt Used as a Protective Coating for Roofing,” Type III, Class I,
      2. ASTM D4479/D4479M, “Standard Specification for Asphalt Roof Coatings – Asbestos-Free,” Type III,
      3. CAN/CGSB-51.34-M, “Vapour Barrier, Polyethylene Sheet for Use in Building Construction,” or
      4. CAN/CSA-A123.4, “Asphalt for Constructing Built-Up Roof Coverings and Waterproofing Systems,”or
    2. have a water vapour permeance of not more than 43 ng/(Pa×s×m2) when tested in accordance with Procedure A (wet cup) of ASTM E96/E96M, “Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials,” and consist of one of the following material types:
      1. a vapour-resistant coating,
      2. ‌a cold-fluid-applied or hot-rubberized bituminous dampproofing membrane,
      3. ‌a liquid-applied or spray-applied asphalt-based emulsion dampproofing, or
      4. a type III hot-applied asphalt.

‌Preparation of Surface‌
1. ‌The area in which dampproofing is to be carried out shall be kept free of water during the application and curing of the dampproofing system.
2. ‌The surface to be dampproofed shall be prepared in accordance with the instructions of the dampproofing material manufacturer.
3. Where the dampproofing material is to be applied on insulating concrete form (ICF) walls, the instructions of the ICF wall manufacturer shall be followed.
4. Unit masonry walls to be dampproofed shall be parged on the exterior face below ground level with not less than 6 mm of mortar conforming to Section 9.20. coved over the footing.
5. ‌Concrete walls to be dampproofed shall have holes and recesses sealed with cement mortar or a mastic or sealant that is suitable for vertical applications and compatible with the dampproofing material.
6. ‌The surface required to be dampproofed shall be clean and dry and free of ice, snow, frost, dust, dirt, oil, grease, cracks, projections and depressions, loose particles and debris that could be detrimental to the performance of the material to be applied.‌
‌Application of Dampproofing Material‌
1. Exterior dampproofing shall be applied from finished ground level to the top of the exterior of the footing.
2. Unless otherwise stated in this Subsection, dampproofing shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions with regard to
  1. ‌surface priming,
  2. conditions during application,
  3. application quantity and rate, and
  4. curing times.
3. Joints, cracks and penetrations shall be sealed to maintain the continuity of the dampproofing, where the dampproofing material is not capable of bridging such discontinuities.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  ‌Division B 9.13.3.2.
‌Moisture Protection for Interior Finishes‌
(See Note A-9.13.2.5.)
1. The interior surface of foundation walls below ground level shall be protected by means that minimize the ingress of moisture from the foundation wall into interior spaces, where
  1. a separate interior finish is applied to a concrete or unit masonry wall that is in contact with the soil, or
  2. wood members are placed in contact with such walls for the installation of insulation or finish.
2. Except as provided in Sentence (3), where the protection of interior finishes required in Sentence (1) consists of membranes or coatings,
  1. the membrane or coating shall extend from the basement floor surface up to the highest extent of the interior insulation or finish, but not higher than the exterior finished ground level, and
  2. ‌no membrane or coating with a permeance less than 170 ng/(Pa×s×m2) shall be applied to the interior surface of the foundation wall above ground level between the insulation and the foundation wall.
3. Where insulation functions as both moisture protection for interior finishes and as a vapour barrier in accordance with Subsection 9.25.4., it shall be applied over the entire interior surface of the foundation wall.
‌Dampproofing of Floors-on-Ground
1. Where dampproofing is installed below the floor, it shall consist of
  1. polyethylene not less than 0.15 mm thick with joints lapped not less than 100 mm,
  2. type S roll roofing with joints lapped not less than 100 mm, or
  3. rigid extruded/expanded polystyrene with sealed or ship-lapped joints that has
    1. ‌sufficient compressive strength to support the floor assembly, and
    2. a water vapour permeance complying with Clause 9.13.2.2.(2)(a).
2. Where dampproofing is installed between a floor-on-ground and a finished floor, it shall consist of
  1. rigid extruded/expanded polystyrene with sealed or ship-lapped joints that has
    1. sufficient compressive strength to support the floor assembly, and
    2. a water vapour permeance complying with Clause 9.13.2.2.(2)(b), or
  2. ‌polyethylene not less than 0.05 mm thick with joints lapped not less than 100 mm.

‌Waterproofing‌
1. ‌Required Waterproofing‌
  1. Where hydrostatic pressure occurs, waterproofing is required for assemblies separating interior space from the ground to prevent the ingress of water into building assemblies and interior spaces.
  2. Waterproofing is required for roofs of underground structures to prevent the ingress of water into building assemblies and interior spaces.
2. ‌Waterproofing Materials
  1. Materials installed to provide required waterproofing shall be
    1. compatible with adjoining materials, and
    2. resistant to mechanisms of deterioration that may reasonably be expected, given the nature, function and exposure of the materials.
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
3. ‌Division B
  1. Materials used for exterior waterproofing shall conform to
    1. ASTM D1227/D1227M, “Standard Specification for Emulsified Asphalt Used as a Protective Coating for Roofing,” in which case, they shall be installed in accordance with Sentence 9.13.3.3.(3),
    2. ASTM D3019/D3019M, “Standard Specification for Lap Cement Used with Asphalt Roll Roofing, Non-Fibered, and Fibered,” where non-fibered and non-asbestos-fibered (Types I and III) asphalt roll roofing are permitted,
    3. ASTM D4479/D4479M, “Standard Specification for Asphalt Roof Coatings – Asbestos-Free,” in which case, they shall be installed in accordance with Sentence 9.13.3.3.(3) and with reinforcing material,
    4. ASTM D4637/D4637M, “Standard Specification for EPDM Sheet Used In Single-Ply Roof Membrane,”
    5. ASTM D4811/D4811M, “Standard Specification for Nonvulcanized (Uncured) Rubber Sheet Used as Roof Flashing,”
    6. ASTM D6878/D6878M, “Standard Specification for Thermoplastic Polyolefin Based Sheet Roofing,”
    7. CGSB 37-GP-9Ma, “Primer, Asphalt, Unfilled, for Asphalt Roofing, Dampproofing and Waterproofing,” where a primer is required,
    8. CAN/CGSB-37.50-M, “Hot-Applied, Rubberized Asphalt for Roofing and Waterproofing,”
    9. CAN/CGSB-37.54, “Polyvinyl Chloride Roofing and Waterproofing Membrane,”
    10. CGSB 37-GP-56M, “Membrane, Modified, Bituminous, Prefabricated, and Reinforced for Roofing,”
    11. CAN/CGSB-37.58-M, “Membrane, Elastomeric, Cold-Applied Liquid, for Non-Exposed Use in Roofing and Waterproofing,”
    12. CAN/CSA-A123.2, “Asphalt-Coated Roofing Sheets,”
    13. CAN/CSA-A123.4, “Asphalt for Constructing Built-Up Roof Coverings and Waterproofing Systems,” in which case, they shall be installed with reinforcing material, or‌
    14. CSA A123.17, “Asphalt Glass Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing.”
‌Soil Gas Control
(See Note A-9.13.4.)
1. ‌Application and Scope
  1. This Subsection applies to
    1. wall, roof and floor assemblies separating conditioned space from the ground, and
    2. the rough-in to allow the future protection of conditioned space that is separated from the ground by a wall, roof or floor assembly.
  2. This Subsection addresses the leakage of soil gas from the ground into the
    building.
2. ‌Protection from Soil Gas Ingress‌
  1. All wall, roof and floor assemblies separating conditioned space from the ground shall be protected by an air barrier system conforming to Subsection 9.25.3.
  2. Unless the space between the air barrier system and the ground is designed to be accessible for the future installation of a subfloor depressurization system, dwelling units and buildings containing residential occupancies shall be provided with the rough-in for a radon extraction system conforming to Article 9.13.4.3.
  3. Where buildings are used for occupancies other than those described in Sentence (2), protection from radon ingress and the means to address high radon concentrations in the future shall conform to
    1. Article 9.13.4.3., or
    2. Parts 5 and 6 (see Article 5.4.1.1. and 6.2.1.1.). (See Note A-9.13.4.2.(3).)
3. ‌Providing for the Rough-in for a Subfloor Depressurization System
  (See Note A-9.13.4.3.)
  1. ‌Floors-on-ground shall be provided with a rough-in for subfloor depressurization consisting of‌
    1. a gas-permeable layer, an inlet and an outlet as described in Sentence (2), or
    2. clean granular material and a pipe as described in Sentence (3).
  2. The rough-in referred to in Clause (1)(a) shall include
    1. a gas-permeable layer installed in the space between the air barrier and the ground to allow the depressurization of that space,
    2. an inlet that allows for the effective depressurization of the gas-permeable layer (see Note A-9.13.4.3.(2)(b) and (3)(b)(i)), and
    3. an outlet in the conditioned space that
      1. permits connection to depressurization equipment,
      2. is sealed to maintain the integrity of the air barrier system, and
      3. is clearly labeled to indicate that it is intended only for the removal of radon from below the floor-on-ground.

‌9.14.1.1. Division B‌

The rough-in referred to in Clause (1)(b) shall include
1. clean granular material installed below the floor-on-ground in accordance with Sentence 9.16.2.1.(1), and
2. a pipe not less than 100 mm in diameter installed through the floor, such that
  1. its bottom end opens into the granular layer required in Clause (a) at or near the centre of the floor and not less than 100 mm of granular material projects beyond the terminus of the pipe measured along its axis (see Note A-9.13.4.3.(2)(b) and (3)(b)(i)),
  2. its top end permits connection to depressurization equipment and is provided with an airtight cap, and
  3. ‌the pipe is clearly labeled near the cap and, if applicable, every 1.8 m and at every change in direction to indicate that it is intended only for the removal of radon from below the floor-on-ground.‌

‌Section 9.14. Drainage

‌Scope
1. ‌Application
  1. This Section applies to subsurface drainage and to surface drainage.
2. ‌Crawl Spaces
  1. Drainage for crawl spaces shall conform to Section 9.18.
3. ‌Floors-on-Ground
  1. Drainage requirements beneath floors-on-ground shall conform to Section 9.16.
‌Foundation Drainage‌
1. ‌Foundation Wall Drainage
  1. Unless it can be shown to be unnecessary, the bottom of every exterior foundation wall shall be drained by drainage tile or pipe laid around the exterior of the foundation in conformance with Subsection 9.14.3. or by a layer of gravel or crushed rock in conformance with Subsection 9.14.4.‌
  2. Where mineral fibre insulation or crushed rock backfill is provided adjacent to the exterior surface of a foundation wall,
    1. the insulation or backfill shall extend to the footing level to facilitate the drainage of ground water to the foundation's drainage system (see Note A-9.14.2.1.(2)(a)), and
    2. any pyritic material in the crushed rock shall be limited to a concentration that will not damage the building to a degree that would adversely affect its stability or the performance of assemblies (see Sentence 9.12.3.3.(2) and Note A-9.4.4.4.(1)).‌
‌Drainage Tile and Pipe‌
1. ‌Material Standards
  1. Drain tile and drain pipe for foundation drainage shall conform to
    1. ASTM C4, “Standard Specification for Clay Drain Tile and Perforated Clay Drain Tile,”
    2. ASTM C412M, “Standard Specification for Concrete Drain Tile,”
    3. ASTM C444M, “Standard Specification for Perforated Concrete Pipe,”
    4. ASTM C700, “Standard Specification for Vitrified Clay Pipe, Extra Strength, Standard Strength, and Perforated,”
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
      Division B 9.14.5.2.
    5. BNQ 3624-115, “Polyethylene (PE) Pipe and Fittings for Soil and Foundation Drainage,”
    6. CSA B182.1, “Plastic drain and sewer pipe and pipe fittings,” or
    7. CAN/CSA-G401, “Corrugated steel pipe products.”
2. ‌Minimum Size‌
  1. Drain tile or pipe used for foundation drainage shall be not less than 100 mm in diam.
3. ‌Installation
  1. Drain tile or pipe shall be laid on undisturbed or well-compacted soil so that the top of the tile or pipe is below the bottom of the floor slab or the ground cover of the crawl space.‌
  2. ‌Drain tile or pipe with butt joints shall be laid with 6 mm to 10 mm open joints.
  3. The top half of joints referred to in Sentence (2) shall be covered with sheathing paper, 0.10 mm polyethylene or No. 15 asphalt or tar-saturated felt.
  4. ‌The top and sides of drain pipe or tile shall be covered with not less than
    ‌150 mm of crushed stone or other coarse clean granular material containing not more than 10% of material that will pass a 4 mm sieve.
‌Granular Drainage Layer‌
1. ‌Type of Granular Material‌
  1. Granular material used to drain the bottom of a foundation shall consist of a continuous layer of crushed stone or other coarse clean granular material containing
    1. ‌not more than 10% of material that will pass a 4 mm sieve, and
    2. no pyritic material in a concentration that will damage the building to a degree that would adversely affect its stability or the performance of assemblies (see Note A-9.4.4.4.(1)).
2. ‌Installation
  1. Granular material described in Article 9.14.4.1. shall be laid on undisturbed or compacted soil to a minimum depth of not less than 125 mm beneath the footing of the building and extend not less than 300 mm beyond the outside edge of the footings.‌
3. ‌Grading‌
  1. The bottom of an excavation drained by a granular layer shall be graded so that the entire area described in Article 9.14.4.2. is drained to a sump conforming to Article 9.14.5.2.
4. ‌Wet Site Conditions
  1. Where because of wet site conditions soil becomes mixed with the granular drainage material, sufficient additional granular material shall be provided so that the top 125 mm are kept free of soil.‌
‌Drainage Disposal‌‌
1. ‌Drainage Disposal
  1. ‌Foundation drains shall drain to a sewer, drainage ditch or dry well.
2. ‌Sump Pits‌‌‌
  1. Where a sump pit is provided it shall be
    1. not less than 750 mm deep,
    2. not less than 0.25 m2 in area, and
    3. provided with a cover.
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
3. ‌Division B‌
  1. ‌Covers for sump pits shall be designed‌
    1. to resist removal by children, and
    2. to be airtight in accordance with Sentence 9.25.3.3.(7).
  2. Where gravity drainage is not practical, an automatic sump pump shall be provided to discharge the water from the sump pit described in Sentence (1) into a sewer, drainage ditch or dry well.‌
‌Surface Drainage‌
1. ‌Surface Drainage‌
  1. The building shall be located or the building site graded so that water will not accumulate at or near the building.
2. ‌Drainage away from Wells or Septic Disposal Beds‌
  1. ‌Surface drainage shall be directed away from the location of a water supply well or septic tank disposal bed.
3. ‌Window Wells‌
  1. ‌Every window well shall be drained to the footing level or other suitable location.
4. ‌Catch Basin‌
  1. Where runoff water from a driveway is likely to accumulate or enter a garage, a catch basin shall be installed to provide adequate drainage.
5. ‌Downspouts‌
  1. Downspouts shall conform to Article 9.26.18.2.

‌Section 9.15. Footings and Foundations‌‌

‌Application‌
1. ‌General
  (See Notes A-9.15.1.1. and A-9.4.4.6. and 9.15.1.1.)
  1. Except as provided in Articles 9.15.1.2. and 9.15.1.3., this Section applies to
    1. concrete or unit masonry foundation walls and concrete footings not subject to surcharge
      1. on stable soils with an allowable bearing pressure of 75 kPa or greater, and
      2. for buildings of wood-frame or masonry construction,
        © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
        Division B 9.15.2.3.
    2. wood-frame foundation walls and wood or concrete footings not subject to surcharge
      1. on stable soils with an allowable bearing pressure of 75 kPa or greater, and
      2. for buildings of wood-frame construction, and
    3. flat insulating concrete form foundation walls and concrete footings not subject to surcharge (see Note A-9.15.1.1.(1)(c) and 9.20.1.1.(1)(b))
      1. on stable soils with an allowable bearing pressure of 75 kPa or greater, and
      2. for buildings of light-frame or flat insulating concrete form construction that are not more than 2 storeys in building height, with a maximum floor-to-floor height of 3 m.
  2. Foundations for applications other than as described in Sentence (1) shall be designed in accordance with Section 9.4.
2. ‌Permafrost‌
  1. ‌Buildings erected on permafrost shall have foundations designed by a designer
    competent in this field in accordance with the appropriate requirements of Part 4.
3. ‌Foundations for Deformation-Resistant Buildings
  1. Where the superstructure of a detached building conforms to the requirements of the deformation resistance test in CSA Z240.2.1, “Structural requirements for manufactured homes,” the foundation shall be constructed in conformance with
    1. the remainder of this Section, or
    2. CSA Z240.10.1, “Site preparation, foundation, and installation of buildings.”
‌General‌
1. ‌Concrete‌
  1. Concrete shall conform to Section 9.3.
2. ‌Unit Masonry Construction
  1. Concrete block shall conform to CSA A165.1, “Concrete block masonry units,” and shall have a compressive strength over the average net cross-sectional area of the block of not less than 15 MPa.
  2. Mortar, grout, mortar joints, corbelling and protection for unit masonry shall conform to Section 9.20.
  3. For concrete block foundation walls required to be reinforced,
    1. mortar shall be Type S, conforming to CAN/CSA-A179, “Mortar and Grout for Unit Masonry,”
    2. grout shall be coarse, conforming to CAN/CSA-A179, “Mortar and Grout for Unit Masonry,” and
    3. placement of grout shall conform to CAN/CSA-A371, “Masonry Construction for Buildings.”
3. ‌Pier-Type Foundations‌
  1. Where pier-type foundations are used, the piers shall be designed to support the applied loads from the superstructure.
  2. Where piers are used as a foundation system in a building of 1 storey in building height, the piers shall be installed to support the principal framing members and shall be spaced not more than 3.5 m apart along the framing, unless the piers and their footings are designed for larger spacings.‌
  3. The height of piers described in Sentence (2) shall not exceed 3 times their least dimension at the base of the pier.
  4. Where concrete block is used for piers described in Sentence (2), they shall be laid with cores placed vertically, and where the width of the building is 4.3 m or less,
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
4. Division B
  
  ‌placed with their longest dimension at right angles to the longest dimension of the‌
  building.
  (See Note A-9.15.2.4.(1).)
‌Footings‌
1. ‌Footings Required
  1. Footings shall be provided under walls, pilasters, columns, piers, fireplaces and chimneys that bear on soil or rock, except that footings may be omitted under piers or monolithic concrete walls if the safe loadbearing capacity of the soil or rock is not exceeded.‌
2. ‌Support of Footings‌
  1. Footings shall rest on undisturbed soil, rock or compacted granular fill.
  2. Granular fill shall not contain pyritic material in a concentration that will damage the building to a degree that would adversely affect its stability or the performance of assemblies. (See also Article 9.4.4.4. and Note A-9.4.4.4.(1).)
3. ‌Application of Footing Width and Area Requirements
  1. Except as provided in Sentence 9.15.3.4.(2), the minimum footing width or area requirements provided in Articles 9.15.3.4. to 9.15.3.7. shall apply to footings, where
    1. the footings support
      1. ‌foundation walls of masonry, concrete, or flat insulating concrete form walls,
      2. above-ground walls of masonry, flat insulating concrete form walls or light wood-frame construction, and
      3. floors and roofs of light wood-frame construction,
    2. the span of supported joists does not exceed 4.9 m, and
    3. the specified live load on any floor supported by the footing does not exceed
      2.4 kPa (see Table 4.1.5.3.).
  2. Except as provided in Sentence 9.15.3.4.(2), where the span of the supported joists exceeds 4.9 m, footings shall be designed in accordance with Section 4.2.
  3. Where the specified live load exceeds 2.4 kPa, footings shall be designed in accordance with Section 4.2.
4. ‌Basic Footing Widths and Areas‌
  1. Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3) and in Articles 9.15.3.5. to 9.15.3.7., the minimum footing width or area shall comply with Table 9.15.3.4.
  2. Where the supported joist span exceeds 4.9 m in buildings with light wood-frame walls, floors and roofs, strip footing widths shall be determined according to
    1. Section 4.2., or
    2. the following formula
      
      where
      W = minimum footing width,
      w = minimum width of footings supporting joists not exceeding
      4.9 m, as defined by Table 9.15.3.4.,
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
      Division B 9.15.3.8.
      
      Σ sjs = sum of the supported joist spans on each storey bearing on an exterior wall whose load is transferred to the footing, or sum of half of the supported joist spans on each storey bearing on both sides of an interior wall whose load is transferred to the footing, and
      storeys = number of storeys supported by the footing. (See Note A-9.15.3.4.(2).)
  3. Where a foundation rests on gravel, sand or silt in which the water table level is less than the width of the footings below the bearing surface,
    1. the footing width for walls shall be not less than twice the width required by Sentences (1) and (2), and Articles 9.15.3.5. and 9.15.3.6., and
    2. the footing area for columns shall be not less than twice the area required by Sentences (1) and (2) and Article 9.15.3.7.
      
      Table 9.15.3.4.
      Minimum Footing Sizes
      Forming Part of Sentence 9.15.3.4.(1)
      
      No. of Floors Supported
      Minimum Width of Strip Footings, mm
      Minimum Footing Area for Columns Spaced 3 m o.c.,(1) m2
      Supporting Exterior Walls(2)
      Supporting Interior Walls(3)
      1
      250
      200
      0.4
      2
      350
      350
      0.75
      3
      450
      500
      1.0
      ‌Notes to Table 9.15.3.4.:
      (1) See Sentence 9.15.3.7.(1).
      (2) See Sentence 9.15.3.5.(1).
      ‌(3) See Sentence 9.15.3.6.(1).
5. ‌Adjustments to Footing Widths for Exterior Walls
  1. The strip footing widths for exterior walls shown in Table 9.15.3.4. shall be increased by
    1. 65 mm for each storey of masonry veneer over wood-frame construction supported by the foundation wall,
    2. 130 mm for each storey of masonry construction supported by the foundation
      wall, and
    3. 150 mm for each storey of flat insulating concrete form wall construction supported by the foundation wall.
6. ‌Adjustments to Footing Widths for Interior Walls
  1. The minimum strip footing widths for interior loadbearing masonry walls shown in Table 9.15.3.4. shall be increased by 100 mm for each storey of masonry construction supported by the footing.
  2. Footings for interior non-loadbearing masonry walls shall be not less than
    ‌200 mm wide for walls up to 5.5 m high and the width shall be increased by 100 mm for each additional 2.7 m of height.
7. ‌Adjustments to Footing Area for Columns‌
  1. The footing area for column spacings other than shown in Table 9.15.3.4. shall be adjusted in proportion to the distance between columns.
8. ‌Footing Thickness
  1. Footing thickness shall be not less than the greater of
    1. 100 mm, or
    2. the width of the projection of the footing beyond the supported element.
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
9. ‌Division B‌
  
  ‌9.15.3.9. Step Footings
  1. ‌Where step footings are used,
    1. the vertical rise between horizontal portions shall not exceed 600 mm, and
    2. ‌the horizontal distance between risers shall not be less than 600 mm.

‌Foundation Walls‌

‌Flat Wall Insulating Concrete Form Units‌
1. Flat wall insulating concrete form units shall conform to CAN/ULC-S717.1, “Standard for Flat Wall Insulating Concrete Form (ICF) Units – Material Properties.”

‌Foundation Wall Thickness and Required Lateral Support

Except as required in Sentence (2), the thickness of foundation walls made of unreinforced concrete block, concrete core in flat wall insulating concrete forms or solid concrete and subject to lateral earth pressure shall conform to Table 9.15.4.2.-A for walls not exceeding 3.0 m in unsupported height.

The concrete core in flat insulating concrete form foundation walls shall be not less than the greater of

150 mm, or

the thickness of the concrete in the wall above.

Table 9.15.4.2.-A

Thickness of Solid Concrete, Concrete Core in Flat Wall Insulating Concrete Form and Unreinforced Concrete Block Foundation Walls

Forming Part of Sentence 9.15.4.2.(1)

Type of Foundation ‌ Wall	Minimum Thickness of Concrete or Concrete Block, mm	Maximum Height of Finished Ground Above Basement Floor or Crawl Space Ground Cover,m
		Height of Foundation Wall Laterally Unsupported at the Top(1)(2)	Height of Foundation Wall Laterally Supported at the Top(1)(2)
		≤ 3.0 m	≤ 2.5 m	> 2.5 m and ≤ 2.75 m	> 2.75 m and ≤ 3.0 m
‌Solid concrete and	150	0.8	1.5	1.5	1.4
concrete core in flat wall insulating concrete forms,(3)	200 250	1.2 1.4	2.15 2.3	2.15 2.6	2.1 2.5
15 MPa min. strength	300	1.5	2.3	2.6	2.85
Solid concrete and	150	0.8	1.8	1.6	1.6
concrete core in flat wall insulating concrete forms,(3)	200 250	1.2 1.4	2.3 2.3	2.3 2.6	2.2 2.85
‌20 MPa min. strength	300	1.5	2.3	2.6	2.85
	140	0.6	0.8	—	—
Unreinforced concrete	190	0.9	1.2	(4)	(4)
block	240	1.2	1.8	(4)	(4)
	290	1.4	2.2	—	—

Notes to Table 9.15.4.2.-A:

(1) See Article 9.15.4.3.

(2) See Article 9.15.4.6.

(3) See Note A-Table 9.15.4.2.-A.

(4) See Table 9.15.4.2.-B.

‌Division B 9.15.4.2.

The thickness and reinforcing of foundation walls made of reinforced concrete block and subject to lateral earth pressure shall conform to Table 9.15.4.2.-B and Sentences (4) to (7), where
1. ‌the walls are laterally supported at the top,
2. average stable soils are encountered, and
3. wind loads on the exposed portion of the foundation are no greater than
  0.70 kPa.
For concrete block walls required to be reinforced, continuous vertical reinforcement shall
1. be provided at wall corners, wall ends, wall intersections, at changes in wall height, at the jambs of all openings and at movement joints,
2. extend from the top of the footing to the top of the foundation wall, and
3. where foundation walls are laterally supported at the top, have not less than 50 mm embedment into the footing, if the floor slab does not provide lateral support at the wall base.

‌For concrete block walls required to be reinforced, a continuous horizontal bond beam containing not less than one 15M bar shall be installed

along the top of the wall,
at the sill and head of all openings greater than 1.20 m in width, and

at structurally connected floors.

Table 9.15.4.2.-B

Reinforced Concrete Block Foundation Walls Laterally Supported at the Top(1)

Forming Part of Sentence 9.15.4.2.(3)

Maximum Height of Finished Ground Above Basement Floor or Crawl Space Ground Cover, m(2)	Size and Spacing of Continuous Vertical Reinforcement, M at mm o.c.
	190 mm Minimum Wall Thickness			240 mm Minimum Wall Thickness
	Foundation Wall Height			Foundation Wall Height
	≤ 2.5 m	≤ 2.75 m	≤ 3.0 m	≤ 2.5 m	≤ 2.75 m	≤ 3.0 m
0.8	(3)	(3)	(3)	(3)	(3)	(3)
1	(3)	1-15M at 1 800	1-15M at 1 800	(3)	(3)	(3)
1.2	(3)	1-15M at 1 600	1-15M at 1 600	(3)	1-20M at 2 000	1-20M at 2 000
1.4	1-15M at 1 600	1-15M at 1 600	1-15M at 1 600	(3)	1-20M at 1 800	1-20M at 1 800
1.6	1-15M at 1 400	1-15M at 1 400	1-15M at 1 400	(3)	1-20M at 1 600	1-20M at 1 600
1.8	1-15M at 1 400	1-15M at 1 400	1-15M at 1 200	(3)	1-20M at 1 600	1-20M at 1 600
2	1-15M at 1 200	1-15M at 1 000 or 1-20M at 1 200	2-15M at 1 200	1-20M at 1 600	1-20M at 1 600	1-20M at 1 600
2.2	2-15M at 1 200	2-15M at 1 000	2-15M at 1 000	1-20M at 1 400	1-20M at 1 400	1-20M at 1 400
2.4	2-15M at 1 000	2-15M at 1 000	2-15M at 800	1-20M at 1 400	1-20M at 1 400	1-20M at 1 200
2.6	n/a	2-15M at 800 or 1-25M at 1 000	2-15M at 800 or 1-25M at 1 000	n/a	1-20M at 1 000	1-20M at 1 000
2.8	n/a	n/a	1-20M at 600	n/a	n/a	1-20M at 800 or 2-15M at 1 000
3	n/a	n/a	1-20M at 400 or 1-25M at 600	n/a	n/a	2-15M at 800

Notes to Table 9.15.4.2.-B:

(1) See Article 9.15.4.3.

(2) See Article 9.15.4.6.

(3) No reinforcement required.

‌Division B

‌In concrete block walls required to be reinforced, all vertical bar reinforcement shall be installed along the centre line of the wall.
‌In concrete block walls required to be reinforced, ladder- or truss-type lateral reinforcement not less than 3.8 mm in diameter (no. 9 ASWG) shall be installed in the bed joint of every second masonry course.

‌Foundation Walls Considered to be Laterally Supported at the Top‌
1. Sentences (2) to (4) pertain to lateral support for walls described in Sentence 9.15.4.2.(1).
2. Foundation walls shall be considered to be laterally supported at the top if
  1. such walls support a solid masonry superstructure or flat insulating concrete form wall,
  2. the floor joists are embedded in the top of the foundation walls,
  3. the floor system is anchored to the top of the foundation walls with anchor bolts, in which case the joists may run either parallel or perpendicular to the foundation walls, or
  4. ‌they extend from the footing to no more than 300 mm above the finished ground level and are backfilled on both sides such that the difference in elevation between the finished ground levels on either side of the wall is no more than 150 mm.
3. Unless the wall around an opening is reinforced to withstand earth pressure, the portion of the foundation wall beneath an opening shall be considered laterally unsupported if
  1. the opening is more than 1.2 m wide, or
  2. the total width of the openings in the foundation wall constitutes more than 25% of the length of the wall.
4. For the purposes of Sentence (3), the combined width of the openings shall be considered as a single opening if the average width is greater than the width of solid wall between them.
5. Flat insulating concrete form foundation walls shall be considered to be laterally supported at the top if the floor joists are installed according to Article 9.20.17.5.
‌Foundation Walls Considered to be Laterally Supported at the Bottom
1. Flat insulating concrete form foundation walls shall be considered to be laterally supported at the bottom where the foundation wall
  1. supports backfill not more than 1.2 m in height,
  2. ‌is supported at the footing by a shear key and at the top by the ground floor framing, or
  3. is doweled to the footing with not less than
    1. ‌15M bars spaced not more than 1.2 m o.c., or
    2. 10M bars spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.

‌Reinforcement for Flat Insulating Concrete Form Foundation Walls

Horizontal reinforcement in flat insulating concrete form foundation walls shall
1. consist of
  1. one 10M bar placed not more than 300 mm from the top of the wall, and
  2. 10M bars at 600 mm o.c., and
2. ‌be located
  1. in the inside half of the wall section, and
  2. with a minimum cover of 30 mm from the inside face of the concrete.
Vertical reinforcement in flat insulating concrete form foundation walls shall be
1. provided in accordance with
  1. Table 9.15.4.5.-A for 150 mm walls,
  2. Table 9.15.4.5.-B for 190 mm walls, and
  3. Table 9.15.4.5.-C for 240 mm walls,
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    Division B 9.15.4.5.
2. ‌located in the inside half of the wall section with a minimum cover of 30 mm from the inside face of the concrete wall, and
3. where interrupted by wall openings, placed not more than 600 mm from each side of the openings.
Cold joints in flat insulating concrete form foundation walls shall be reinforced with no less than one 15M bar spaced at not more than 600 mm o.c. and embedded 300 mm on both sides of the joint.‌

Reinforcing around openings in flat insulating concrete form foundation walls shall comply with Article 9.20.17 3. or 9.20.17.4.

Table 9.15.4.5.-A

Vertical Reinforcement for 150 mm Flat Insulating Concrete Form Foundation Walls

Forming Part of Sentence 9.15.4.5.(2)

Max. Height of Finished Ground Above Finished Basement Floor, m	Minimum Vertical Reinforcement
	Maximum Unsupported Basement Wall Height
	2.44 m	2.75 m	3.0 m
1.35	10M at 400 mm o.c.	10M at 400 mm o.c.	10M at 400 mm o.c.
1.6	10M at 400 mm o.c.	10M at 380 mm o.c.	10M at 380 mm o.c.
2	10M at 380 mm o.c.	10M at 380 mm o.c.	10M at 380 mm o.c.
2.2	10M at 250 mm o.c.	10M at 250 mm o.c.	10M at 250 mm o.c.
‌2.35	n/a	10M at 250 mm o.c.	10M at 250 mm o.c.
2.6	n/a	10M at 250 mm o.c.	10M at 250 mm o.c.
3	n/a	n/a	15M at 250 mm o.c.

Table 9.15.4.5.-B

Vertical Reinforcement for 190 mm Flat Insulating Concrete Form Foundation Walls

Forming Part of Sentence 9.15.4.5.(2)

Max. Height of Finished Ground Above Finished Basement Floor, m	Minimum Vertical Reinforcement
	Maximum Unsupported Basement Wall Height
	2.44 m	2.75 m	3.0 m
2.2	None required	10M at 400 mm o.c.	10M at 400 mm o.c.
‌2.35	n/a	10M at 300 mm o.c.	10M at 300 mm o.c.
2.6	n/a	10M at 300 mm o.c.	15M at 400 mm o.c.
3.0	n/a	n/a	15M at 400 mm o.c.

Table 9.15.4.5.-C

Vertical Reinforcement for 240 mm Flat Insulating Concrete Form Foundation Walls

Forming Part of Sentence 9.15.4.5.(2)

Max. Height of Finished Ground Above Finished Basement Floor, m	Minimum Vertical Reinforcement
	Maximum Unsupported Basement Wall Height
	2.44 m	2.75 m	3.0 m
2.2	None required	None required	None required
2.6	n/a	15M at 400 mm o.c.	15M at 400 mm o.c.
3.0	n/a	n/a	15M at 400 mm o.c.

‌Division B‌

‌Extension above Ground Level‌
1. Exterior foundation walls shall extend not less than 150 mm above finished ground level.
‌Reduction in Thickness
1. Where the top of a foundation wall is reduced in thickness to permit the installation of floor joists, the reduced section shall be not more than 350 mm high and not less than 90 mm thick.
2. Where the top of a foundation wall is reduced in thickness to permit the installation of a masonry exterior facing, the reduced section shall be
  1. not less than 90 mm thick, and
  2. tied to the facing material with metal ties conforming to Sentence 9.20.9.4.(3) spaced not more than
    1. 200 mm o.c. vertically, and
    2. ‌900 mm o.c. horizontally.
3. The space between wall and facing described in Sentence (2) shall be filled with mortar.
‌Corbelling‌
1. Corbelling of masonry foundation walls supporting cavity walls shall conform to Article 9.20.12.2.
‌Crack Control Joints‌
1. Crack control joints shall be provided in foundation walls more than 25 m long at intervals of not more than 15 m.
2. Joints required in Sentence (1) shall be designed to resist moisture penetration and shall be keyed to prevent relative displacement of the wall portions adjacent to the joint.
‌Interior Masonry Walls‌
1. Interior masonry foundation walls not subject to lateral earth pressure shall conform to Section 9.20.

‌Support of Joists and Beams on Masonry Foundation Walls‌
1. ‌Support of Floor Joists
  1. Except as permitted in Sentence (2), foundation walls of hollow masonry units supporting floor joists shall be capped with
    1. ‌not less than 50 mm of concrete,
    2. solid masonry units that are 100% solid and not less than 50 mm high, or
    3. semi-solid or hollow solid masonry units that have the top course completely filled with mortar, grout or concrete.
  2. Capping required in Sentence (1) need not be provided
    1. ‌in localities where termites are not known to occur,
    2. ‌when the joists are supported on a wood plate not less than 38 mm by 89 mm, and
    3. when the siding overlaps the foundation wall not less than 12 mm.
2. ‌Support of Beams‌
  1. Not less than 190 mm depth of solid masonry shall be provided beneath beams supported on masonry.
  2. Where the beam referred to in Sentence (1) is supported below the top of the
    foundation walls, the ends of such beams shall be protected from the weather.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 9.16.2.1.‌
3. ‌Pilasters‌
  1. Pilasters shall be provided under beams that frame into unit masonry foundation
    ‌walls 140 mm or less in thickness.
  2. Pilasters required in Sentence (1) shall be not less than 90 mm by 290 mm and shall be bonded or tied into the wall.
  3. The top 200 mm of pilasters required in Sentence (1) shall be solid masonry with the cells of hollow or semi-solid units filled with mortar, grout or concrete.
‌Parging and Finishing of Masonry Foundation Walls
1. ‌Foundation Walls below Ground‌
  1. Concrete block foundation walls shall be parged on the exterior face below ground level as required in Section 9.13.
2. ‌Foundation Walls above Ground‌
  1. Exterior surfaces of concrete block foundation walls above ground level shall have tooled joints, or shall be parged or otherwise suitably finished.
3. ‌Form Ties‌
  1. ‌All form ties shall be removed at least flush with the concrete surface.

‌Section 9.16. Floors-on-Ground‌

‌Scope
1. ‌Application‌
  1. This Section applies to floors supported on ground or on granular fill that do not provide structural support for the superstructure.
2. ‌Structural Floors‌
  1. Floors-on-ground that support loads from the superstructure shall be designed in conformance with Part 4.
3. ‌Required Floors-on-Ground‌
  1. All spaces within dwelling units, except crawl spaces, shall be provided with a floor-on-ground, where
    1. access is provided to the space, and
    2. ‌a floor supported by the structure is not provided.
4. ‌Dampproofing and Waterproofing
  1. Dampproofing and waterproofing shall conform to Section 9.13.
‌Material beneath Floors‌
1. ‌Required Installation of Granular Material
  1. Except as provided in Sentence (2), not less than 100 mm of coarse clean granular material containing not more than 10% of material that will pass a
    4 mm sieve shall be placed beneath floors-on-ground. (See also Subsection 9.13.4. and Note A-9.13.4.)
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
2. ‌Division B
  1. Granular material need not be installed under
    1. slabs in garages, carports or accessory buildings, or
    2. ‌buildings of industrial occupancy where the nature of the process contained therein permits or requires the use of large openings in the building envelope even during the winter.
‌Drainage‌
1. ‌Control of Water Ingress
  1. Except as provided in Article 9.16.3.2. or where it can be shown to be unnecessary, ingress of water underneath a floor-on-ground shall be prevented by grading or drainage.‌
2. ‌Hydrostatic Pressure
  1. Where groundwater levels may cause hydrostatic pressure beneath a floor-on-ground, the floor-on-ground shall be
    1. ‌a poured concrete slab, and
    2. designed to resist such pressures.
3. ‌Floor Drains‌
  1. When floor drains are required (see Section 9.31.), the floor surface shall be sloped so that no water can accumulate.
‌Concrete‌‌
1. ‌Surface Finish‌
  1. The finished surface of concrete floor slabs shall be trowelled smooth and even.
  2. ‌Dry cement shall not be added to the floor surfaces to absorb surplus water.
2. ‌Topping Course
  1. ‌When a topping course is provided for a concrete floor slab, it shall consist of 1 part cement to 2.5 parts clean, well graded sand by volume, with a water/cement ratio approximately equal to that of the base slab.‌
  2. ‌When concrete topping is provided, it shall not be less than 20 mm thick.
3. ‌Thickness‌
  1. ‌Concrete slabs shall not be less than 75 mm thick exclusive of concrete topping.
4. ‌Bond Break
  1. A bond-breaking material shall be placed between the slab and footings or rock.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 9.17.2.2.‌
‌Wood‌
1. ‌Wood-Frame Floors‌
  1. Floors-on-ground constructed of wood shall conform to CSA S406, “Specification of permanent wood foundations for housing and small buildings.”

‌Section 9.17. Columns‌

‌Scope‌
1. ‌Application
  1. This Section applies to columns used to support
    1. beams carrying loads from not more than 2 wood-frame floors where
      1. the supported length of joists bearing on such beams does not exceed 5 m, and
      2. the live load on any floor does not exceed 2.4 kPa (see Table 4.1.5.3.),
    2. beams or header joists carrying loads from not more than 2 levels of wood-frame balconies, decks or other accessible exterior platforms, or 1 level plus the roof, where
      1. the supported length of joists bearing on such beams or joists does not exceed 5 m,
      2. the sum of the specified snow and occupancy loads does not exceed 4.8 kPa (see Sentence 9.4.2.3.(1) for the
        determination of load on platform-type constructions), and
      3. the platform serves only a single suite of residential occupancy, or
    3. carport roofs (see Section 9.35.).
  2. Columns for applications other than as described in Sentence (1) shall be designed in accordance with Part 4.
‌General‌
1. ‌Location‌
  1. Columns shall be centrally located on a footing conforming to Section 9.15.
2. ‌Lateral Support
  1. Columns shall be securely fastened to the supported member to reduce the likelihood of lateral differential movement between the column and the supported member. (See also Article 9.23.6.2.)
  2. Except as permitted by Sentence (3), columns shall be laterally supported to resist racking
    1. directly, or
    2. by connection to the supported members. (See Note A-9.17.2.2.(2).)
  3. Columns need not be provided with lateral support as described in Sentence (2), where
    1. the distance from finished ground to the underside of the joists is not more than 600 mm, and
    2. the columns support a deck with no superstructure.
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
      ‌9.17.3.1. Division B‌
‌Steel Columns‌
1. ‌Size and Thickness‌
  1. Except as permitted in Sentence (2), steel pipe columns shall have an outside diameter of not less than 73 mm and a wall thickness of not less than 4.76 mm.
  2. Columns of sizes other than as specified in Sentence (1) are permitted to be used where the loadbearing capacities are shown to be adequate.
2. ‌End Bearing Plates
  1. Except as permitted in Sentence (2), steel columns shall be fitted with not less than 100 mm by 100 mm by 6.35 mm thick steel plates at each end, and where the column supports a wooden beam, the top plate shall extend across the full width of the beam.
  2. The top plate required in Sentence (1) need not be provided where a column supports a steel beam and provision is made for the attachment of the column to the beam.‌
3. ‌Paint‌
  1. ‌Exterior steel columns shall be treated on the outside surface with at least one coat of rust-inhibitive paint.
4. ‌Design of Steel Columns
  (See Note A-9.17.3.4.)
  1. Where the imposed load does not exceed 36 kN, adjustable steel columns shall conform to CAN/CGSB-7.2, “Adjustable Steel Columns.”
  2. Steel columns other than those described in Sentence (1) shall be designed in accordance with Part 4.
‌Wood Columns‌
1. ‌Column Sizes‌
  1. The width or diameter of a wood column shall be not less than the width of the supported member.
  2. Except as provided in Article 9.35.4.2., columns shall be not less than 184 mm for round columns and 140 mm by 140 mm for rectangular columns, unless calculations are provided to show that lesser sizes are adequate.‌
2. ‌Materials‌
  1. Wood columns shall be either solid, glued-laminated or built-up.
  2. Built-up columns shall consist of not less than 38 mm thick full-length members
    1. ‌bolted together with not less than 9.52 mm diam bolts spaced not more than 450 mm o.c., or
    2. nailed together with not less than 76 mm nails spaced not more than 300 mm o.c.
  3. Glued-laminated columns shall conform to Section 4.3.
3. ‌Columns in Contact with Concrete
  1. Wood columns shall be separated from concrete in contact with the ground by
    0.05 mm polyethylene film or Type S roll roofing.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 9.18.2.1.‌
‌Unit Masonry Columns‌
1. ‌Materials
  1. ‌Unit masonry columns shall be built of masonry units
    1. conforming to CSA A165.1, “Concrete block masonry units,” and
    2. ‌having a compressive strength over the net area of the block of not less than 15 MPa.
2. ‌Sizes‌
  1. Unit masonry columns shall be not less than 290 mm by 290 mm or 240 mm by 380 mm in size.
‌Solid Concrete Columns‌
1. ‌Materials
  1. Concrete shall conform to Section 9.3.
2. ‌Sizes‌
  1. ‌Concrete columns shall be not less than 200 mm by 200 mm for rectangular columns and 230 mm diam for circular columns.

‌Section 9.18. Crawl Spaces

‌General
1. ‌Application
  1. ‌This Section applies to crawl spaces whose exterior walls have less than 25% of their total area above exterior ground level open to the outdoors.
2. ‌Foundations
  1. Foundations enclosing crawl spaces shall conform to Section 9.15.
3. ‌Heated and Unheated Crawl Spaces
  1. Crawl spaces shall be considered to be heated where the space
    1. is used as a hot air plenum,
    2. contains heating ducts that are not sealed and insulated to minimize heat loss to the space, or
    3. is not separated from heated space in accordance with Section 9.25.
  2. Heating of heated crawl spaces shall conform to Section 9.33.
  3. Insulation, an air barrier system and a vapour barrier shall be installed in the walls of heated crawl spaces in accordance with Section 9.25.
‌Access‌
1. ‌Access Openings
  1. An access opening of not less than 500 mm by 700 mm shall be provided to each crawl space where the crawl space serves a single dwelling unit, and not less than
    550 mm by 900 mm for other crawl spaces.
  2. Access openings shall be fitted with a door or hatch, except when the crawl space is heated and the access opening into the crawl space is from an adjacent heated space.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌9.18.3.1. Division B‌
‌Ventilation‌‌
1. ‌Ventilation of Unheated Crawl Spaces
  1. ‌Unheated crawl spaces shall be ventilated by natural or mechanical means.
  2. ‌Where an unheated crawl space is ventilated by natural means, ventilation shall be provided to the outside air by not less than 0.1 m2 of unobstructed vent area for every 50 m2 of floor area.‌‌
  3. Vents shall be
    1. uniformly distributed on opposite sides of the building, and
    2. ‌designed to prevent the entry of snow, rain and insects.
2. ‌Ventilation of Heated Crawl Spaces
  1. Heated crawl spaces shall be ventilated in accordance with Section 9.32.
‌Clearance‌
(See also Article 9.3.2.9.)
1. ‌Access Way to Services
  1. ‌Where equipment requiring service such as plumbing cleanouts, traps and burners is located in crawl spaces, an access way with a height and width of not less than 600 mm shall be provided from the access door to the equipment and for a distance of 900 mm on the side or sides of the equipment to be serviced.‌
‌Drainage‌
1. ‌Drainage
  1. Except where it can be shown to be unnecessary, the ingress of water into a crawl space shall be controlled by grading or drainage.
  2. Drainage of foundation walls shall conform to Article 9.14.2.1.
  3. Drainage of the ground cover or floor-on-ground in the crawl space shall conform to Subsection 9.16.3.
  4. Drains shall conform to Section 9.14.
‌Ground Cover‌
1. ‌Ground Cover in Unheated Crawl Spaces
  1. Where a crawl space is unheated, a ground cover shall be provided consisting of not less than
    1. ‌50 mm of asphalt,
    2. 100 mm of 15 MPa Portland cement concrete,
    3. ‌Type S roll roofing, or
    4. 0.10 mm polyethylene.
  2. Joints in sheet-type ground cover required in Sentence (1) shall be lapped not less than 100 mm and weighted down.
2. ‌Ground Cover in Heated Crawl Spaces
  1. ‌Where a crawl space is heated, a ground cover consisting of not less than
    0.15 mm polyethylene sheet conforming to CAN/CGSB-51.34-M, “Vapour Barrier, Polyethylene Sheet for Use in Building Construction,” shall be installed as part of an air barrier system in accordance with Subsection 9.25.3.
  2. The ground cover required in Sentence (1) shall have its joints lapped not less than 300 mm, and
    1. be sealed and evenly weighted down, or
    2. be covered with concrete not less than 50 mm thick.
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
      ‌Division B 9.19.1.3.
      1. The perimeter of the ground cover required in Sentence (1) shall be sealed to the foundation wall. (See Notes A-9.13.4., A-9.25.3.4. and 9.25.3.6., and A-9.25.3.6.(2) and (3).)‌
      2. All penetrations of the ground cover required in Sentence (1) shall be sealed against air leakage. (See Subsection 9.25.3.)
‌Fire Protection‌
1. ‌Crawl Spaces as Warm Air Plenums‌
  1. Only crawl spaces under 1-storey portions of dwelling units shall be used as warm-air plenums.
  2. Enclosing material in crawl spaces described in Sentence (1), including insulation, shall have a surface flame-spread rating not greater than 150.
  3. ‌Combustible ground cover in crawl spaces described in Sentence (1) shall be protected beneath each register opening with noncombustible material.
  4. The noncombustible register protection described in Sentence (3) shall
    1. ‌extend not less than 300 mm beyond the projection of the register opening, and
    2. have up-turned edges. (See Note A-9.18.7.1.(4).)

‌Section 9.19. Roof Spaces‌

‌Venting‌
1. ‌Required Venting
  1. Except where it can be shown to be unnecessary, where insulation is installed between a ceiling and the underside of the roof sheathing, a space shall be provided between the insulation and the sheathing, and vents shall be installed to permit the transfer of moisture from the space to the exterior. (See Note A-9.19.1.1.(1).)‌
2. ‌Vent Requirements‌
  1. Except as provided in Sentence (2), the unobstructed vent area shall be not less than 1/300 of the insulated ceiling area.
  2. ‌Where the roof slope is less than 1 in 6 or in roofs that are constructed with roof joists, the unobstructed vent area shall be not less than 1/150 of the insulated ceiling area.
  3. Required vents may be roof type, eave type, gable-end type or any combination thereof, and shall be distributed
    1. uniformly on opposite sides of the building,
    2. ‌with not less than 25% of the required openings located at the top of the space, and
    3. with not less than 25% of the required openings located at the bottom of the space.
  4. ‌Except where each joist space is separately vented, roof joist spaces shall be interconnected by installing purlins not less than 38 mm by 38 mm on the top of the roof joists.‌
  5. Vents shall comply with CAN3-A93-M, “Natural Airflow Ventilators for Buildings.”
3. ‌Clearances
  1. Except as provided in Sentence (2), not less than 63 mm of space shall be provided between the top of the insulation and the underside of the roof sheathing.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
4. ‌Division B
  1. At the junction of sloped roofs and exterior walls, where preformed baffles are used to contain the insulation, the baffles shall
    1. provide an unobstructed air space, between the insulation and the underside of the roof sheathing, that is
      1. ‌not less than 25 mm in dimension, and
      2. of sufficient cross area to meet the attic or roof space venting requirements of Article 9.19.1.2., and
    2. ‌extend vertically not less than 50 mm above the top of the insulation.
  2. Ceiling insulation shall be installed in a manner that will not restrict the free flow of air through roof vents or through any portion of the attic or roof space.
‌Access‌
1. ‌Access‌
  1. Every attic or roof space shall be provided with an access hatch where the open space in the attic or roof space measures
    1. 3 m2 or more in area,
    2. ‌1 m or more in length or width, and
    3. 600 mm or more in height over at least the area described in Clauses (a) and (b).
      (See Note A-9.19.2.1.(1).)
  2. The hatch required in Sentence (1) shall be not less than 550 mm by 900 mm except that, where the hatch serves not more than one dwelling unit, the hatch may be reduced to 0.32 m2 in area with no dimension less than 500 mm.‌
  3. Hatchways to attic or roof spaces shall be fitted with doors or covers.

‌Section 9.20. Masonry and Insulating Concrete Form Walls Not In Contact with the Ground‌

‌Application‌
1. ‌General
  1. Except as provided in Article 9.20.1.2., this Section applies to
    1. unreinforced masonry and masonry veneer walls not in contact with the ground, where
      1. the height of the walls constructed on the foundation walls does not exceed 11 m, and
      2. the roof or floor assembly above the first storey is not of concrete construction, and
    2. flat insulating concrete form walls not in contact with the ground that (see Note A-9.15.1.1.(1)(c) and 9.20.1.1.(1)(b))
      1. have a maximum floor-to-floor height of 3 m,
      2. are erected in buildings not more than 2 storeys in building height, and
      3. are erected in locations where the seismic spectral acceleration, Sa(0.2), is not greater than 0.4 (see Note A-9.20.1.2.).
  2. For walls other than those described in Sentence (1), or where the masonry walls or insulating concrete form walls not in contact with the ground are designed for
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    Division B 9.20.2.7.
    
    specified loads on the basis of ultimate and serviceability limit states, Subsection 4.3.2. shall apply.
2. ‌Earthquake Reinforcement
  (See Note A-9.20.1.2.)
  1. In locations where the spectral acceleration, Sa(0.2), is greater than 0.55, loadbearing elements of masonry buildings more than 1 storey in building height shall be reinforced with not less than the minimum amount of reinforcement required by Subsection 9.20.15.
  2. ‌In locations where the spectral acceleration, Sa(0.2), is greater than 0.35 but less than or equal to 0.55, loadbearing elements of masonry buildings 3 storeys in building height shall be reinforced with not less than the minimum amount of reinforcement required by Subsection 9.20.15.‌

‌Masonry Units‌

‌Masonry Unit Standards
1. Masonry units shall comply with
  1. ASTM C73, “Standard Specification for Calcium Silicate Brick (Sand-Lime Brick),”
  2. ASTM C126, “Ceramic Glazed Structural Clay Facing Tile, Facing Brick, and Solid Masonry Units,”
  3. ASTM C212, “Standard Specification for Structural Clay Facing Tile,”
  4. CAN/CSA-A82, “F ired masonry brick made from clay or shale,”
  5. CSA A165.1, “Concrete block masonry units,”
  6. CSA A165.2, “Concrete brick masonry units,” or
  7. CSA A165.3, “Prefaced concrete masonry units.”
‌Used Brick‌
1. Used bricks shall be free of old mortar, soot or other surface coating and shall conform to Article 9.20.2.1.
‌Glass Blocks‌
1. Glass blocks shall not be used as loadbearing units or in the construction of fireplaces or chimneys.
‌Cellular Concrete‌
1. ‌Masonry made with cellular concrete shall not be used in contact with the
  soil or exposed to the weather.
‌Stone‌
1. ‌Stone shall be sound and durable.
‌Concrete Blocks Exposed to the Weather
1. Concrete blocks exposed to the weather shall have density and water absorption characteristics conforming to concrete types A, B, C, or D described in CSA A165.1, “Concrete block masonry units.”‌

‌Compressive Strength

The compressive strength of concrete blocks shall conform to Table 9.20.2.7.

‌9.20.3.1. Division B

Table 9.20.2.7.

Compressive Strength of Concrete Blocks

Forming Part of Sentence 9.20.2.7.(1)

Type of Unit	Minimum Compressive Strength Over Net Area, MPa
Type of Unit	Exposed to Weather	Not Exposed to Weather
‌Solid or hollow concrete blocks	15	10
Solid loadbearing cellular blocks	Not permitted	5
Solid non-loadbearing cellular blocks	Not permitted	2

‌Mortar‌

‌Mortar Materials‌
1. Cementitious materials and aggregates for mortar and grout shall comply with CAN/CSA-A179, “Mortar and Grout for Unit Masonry.”
2. ‌Water and aggregate shall be clean and free of significant amounts of deleterious materials.
3. ‌Lime used in mortar shall be hydrated.
4. ‌If lime putty is used in mortar, it shall be made by slaking quicklime in water for not less than 24 h or soaking hydrated lime in water for not less than 12 h.

‌Mortar and Grout Mixes‌

Mortar types shall be in accordance with Table 9.20.3.2.-A.‌
‌Mortar for glass block masonry shall be
1. Type S Portland cement-lime where exposed to the exterior, or
2. Type S or N where protected from the exterior.
Mortar shall be mixed within the proportion limits provided in Table 9.20.3.2.-B, with sufficient water to bring the mixture to a consistency adequate for laying masonry units.
Grout shall be mixed within the proportion limits provided in Table 9.20.3.2.-C, with sufficient water to provide a suitable flow to fill all voids completely, without excessive segregation or bleeding.
Except as provided in Sentence (6), mortar shall be used and placed in final position
1. within 1.5 h after mixing when the air temperature is 25°C or higher, or
2. within 2.5 h after mixing when the air temperature is less than 25°C.
‌Mortar and grout containing a set-control admixture shall be manufactured off-site in a batching plant and shall be used and placed in final position within a time not exceeding the useful life stipulated by the manufacturer.

Grout used for reinforced masonry shall be placed in accordance with the requirements of CAN/CSA-A371, “M asonry Construction for Buildings.”

‌Division B 9.20.4.2.

Table 9.20.3.2.-A

Mortar Use

Forming Part of Sentence 9.20.3.2.(1)

Location	Building Element	Mortar Type
Exterior, Above Ground	Loadbearing walls and columns	S
	Non-loadbearing walls and columns	N or S
	Parapets, chimneys, masonry veneer	N or S
‌Exterior, At or Below Ground	Foundation walls and columns	S
Interior	Loadbearing walls and columns	N
Interior	Non-loadbearing walls and columns	N

Table 9.20.3.2.-B

Mortar Mix Proportions (by volume)

Forming Part of Sentence 9.20.3.2.(3)

Mortar Type	Portland Cement	Lime	Masonry Cement Type N	Masonry Cement Type S	Fine Aggregate (damp, loose-state sand)
Type S	1	½	–	–	3½ to 4½
	–	–	–	1	2¼ to 3
	‌½	–	1	–	3½ to 4½
Type N	1	1	–	–	4½ to 6
Type N	–	–	1	–	2¼ to 3

Table 9.20.3.2.-C

Grout Mix Proportions (by volume)

Forming Part of Sentence 9.20.3.2.(4)

‌Portland Cement	Lime	Fine Aggregate (sand)	Coarse Aggregate
1	0 to 1/10	‌2¼ to 3 times the sum of the cement and lime volumes	1 to 2 times the sum of the cement and lime volumes

‌Mortar Joints‌
1. ‌Thickness‌
  1. Except as provided in Sentence (2), mortar joint thickness for burned clay brick and concrete masonry units shall be 10 mm.
  2. ‌Permitted tolerances in head and bed joints shall be not more than ± 5 mm.
2. ‌Masonry Units‌
  1. Hollow masonry units shall be laid with mortar applied to head and bed joints of both inner and outer face shells.
  2. ‌Vertically aligned webs of hollow masonry units shall be laid in a full bed of mortar
    1. under the starting course,
    2. in all courses of columns, and
    3. where adjacent to cells or cavities that are to be filled with grout.
  3. Except for head joints left open for weep holes and ventilation, solid masonry units shall be laid with full head and bed joints.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌9.20.5.1. Division B‌

‌Masonry Support‌

‌Masonry Support
1. All masonry shall be supported on masonry, concrete or steel, except that masonry veneer walls may be supported on foundations of wood frame constructed in conformance with Sentence 9.15.2.4.(1). (See Note A-9.20.5.1.(1).)‌
2. Every masonry wall shall be at least as thick as the wall it supports, except as otherwise permitted in Article 9.20.12.2.

‌Lintels or Arches‌

‌Masonry over openings shall be supported by steel, masonry or reinforced concrete lintels, or masonry arches.

Steel angle lintels supporting masonry veneer above openings shall

conform to Table 9.20.5.2., and

have a bearing length not less than 90 mm.

Table 9.20.5.2.

Maximum Allowable Spans for Steel Lintels Supporting Masonry Veneer

Forming Part of Sentence 9.20.5.2.(2)

Minimum Angle Size, mm			Maximum Allowable Spans, m
Vertical Leg	Horizontal Leg	Thickness	Supporting 75 mm Brick	Supporting 90 mm Brick	Supporting 100 mm Stone
89	76	6.4	2.55	—	—
89	89	6.4	2.59	2.47	2.30
102	89	6.4	2.79	2.66	2.48
127	89	7.9	3.47	3.31	3.08
127	89	11	3.64	3.48	3.24

Steel angle lintels supporting masonry other than veneer, masonry and reinforced concrete lintels, and masonry arches shall be designed in accordance with Part 4 to support the imposed load.‌
‌Steel angle lintels supporting masonry shall be prime painted or otherwise protected from corrosion.

‌Thickness and Height‌
1. ‌Thickness of Exterior Walls
  1. Masonry exterior walls, other than cavity walls, in 1-storey buildings and the top storeys of 2- and 3-storey buildings shall be not less than 140 mm thick, provided the walls are not more than 2.8 m high at the eaves and 4.6 m high at the peaks of gable ends.‌
  2. The exterior walls of the bottom storeys of 2-storey buildings, and exterior walls of the bottom 2 storeys of 3-storey buildings shall be not less than 190 mm thick.
  3. ‌In exterior walls composed of more than one wythe, each wythe shall be not less than 90 mm thick.
2. ‌Cavity Walls‌
  1. ‌Cavity walls shall be made with not less than 90 mm wide units if the joints are raked and not less than 75 mm wide units if the joints are not raked.
  2. The width of a cavity in a cavity wall shall be not less than 50 mm and not greater than 150 mm.
  3. The minimum thickness of cavity walls above the supporting base shall be 230 mm for the top 7.6 m and 330 mm for the remaining portion, except that where
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    Division B 9.20.7.3.
    
    75 mm wide units are used, the wall height above the top of the foundation wall shall not exceed 6 m.
3. ‌Thickness of Interior Walls‌
  1. The thickness of loadbearing interior walls shall be determined on the basis of the maximum lateral support spacing as provided in Sentences 9.20.10.1.(2) and (3).
  2. The thickness of interior non-loadbearing walls shall be‌
    1. determined on the basis of the maximum lateral support spacing as provided in Sentences 9.20.10.1.(2) and (3), and
    2. in any case, not less than 65 mm.
4. ‌Masonry Veneer
  1. Except for masonry veneer where each masonry unit is supported individually by the structural backing, masonry veneer shall consist of solid masonry units not less than 75 mm thick.‌
  2. Veneer described in Sentence (1) over wood-frame walls shall have not less than a 25 mm air space behind the veneer.
  3. ‌Masonry veneer less than 90 mm thick shall have unraked joints.
  4. Masonry veneer shall conform to Subsection 4.3.2., where the masonry units are required to be individually supported by the structural backing.
5. ‌Parapet Walls‌
  1. The height of parapet walls above the adjacent roof surface shall be not more than 3 times the parapet wall thickness.
  2. Parapet walls shall be solid masonry
    1. ‌with the cells of hollow or semi-solid units filled with mortar, grout, or concrete, and
    2. that extends from the top of the parapet to not less than 300 mm below the adjacent roof level.
6. ‌Stone or Concrete Facings‌
  1. Slab and panel facings of precast concrete and natural or artificial stone shall conform to Subsection 4.3.2.
‌Chases and Recesses‌
1. ‌Maximum Dimensions
  1. Except as permitted in Sentence 9.20.7.2.(2) and Article 9.20.7.4., the depth of any chase or recess shall not exceed one third the thickness of the wall, and the width of the chase or recess shall not exceed 500 mm.‌
2. ‌Minimum Wall Thickness‌
  1. Except as permitted in Sentence (2) and Article 9.20.7.4., no chase or recess shall be constructed in any wall 190 mm or less in thickness.
  2. ‌Recesses may be constructed in 190 mm walls provided they do not exceed 100 mm in depth, 750 mm in height and 500 mm in width.
3. ‌Separation of Chases or Recesses
  1. Chases and recesses shall be not less than
    1. 4 times the wall thickness apart, and
    2. 600 mm away from any pilaster, cross wall, buttress or other vertical element providing required lateral support for the wall.
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
4. ‌Division B‌
‌Support of Loads‌
1. ‌Capping of Hollow Masonry Walls
  1. Except as permitted in Sentence (2), loadbearing walls of hollow masonry units supporting roof or floor framing members shall be capped with not less than 50 mm of solid masonry or have the top course filled with concrete.‌
  2. Capping required in Sentence (1) may be omitted where the roof framing is supported on a wood plate not less than 38 mm by 89 mm.
2. ‌Cavity Walls Supporting Framing Members‌
  1. Floor joists supported on cavity walls shall be supported on solid masonry units
    not less than 57 mm high.
  2. Floor joists described in Sentence (1) shall not project into the cavity.
  3. Roof and ceiling framing members bearing on cavity walls shall be supported on
    1. ‌solid masonry units not less than 57 mm high that bridge the full thickness of the wall, or
    2. ‌a wood plate not less than 38 mm thick, bearing not less than 50 mm on each wythe.
3. ‌Bearing of Beams and Joists‌
  1. ‌The bearing area under beams and joists shall be sufficient to carry the supported load.
  2. ‌In no case shall the minimum length of end bearing of beams supported on masonry be less than 90 mm.
  3. ‌The length of end bearing of floor, roof or ceiling joists supported on masonry shall be not less than 40 mm.
4. ‌Support of Beams and Columns‌
  1. ‌Beams and columns supported on masonry walls shall be supported on pilasters where the thickness of the masonry wall or wythe is less than 190 mm.
  2. Not less than 190 mm depth of solid masonry or concrete shall be provided under the beam or column referred to in Sentence (1).
  3. Pilasters required in Sentence (1) shall be bonded or tied to masonry walls.
  4. Concrete pilasters required in Sentence (1) shall be not less than 50 mm by 300 mm.
  5. Unit masonry pilasters required in Sentence (1) shall be not less than 100 mm by 290 mm.
5. ‌Projection of Masonry Veneer Beyond Supporting Members
  1. Masonry veneer of solid masonry units resting on a bearing support shall not project more than one third of the thickness of the veneer. (See Note A-9.20.8.5.(1).)
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    Division B 9.20.9.4.
  2. Where the masonry veneer described in Sentence (1) is rough stone masonry,
    1. the projection shall be measured as the average projection of the units, and
    2. ‌the thickness of the veneer shall be measured as the average thickness of the veneer.
‌Bonding and Tying‌
1. ‌Joints to be Offset or Reinforced
  1. ‌Vertical joints in adjacent masonry courses shall be offset unless each wythe of masonry is reinforced with the equivalent of not less than 2 corrosion-resistant steel bars of 3.76 mm diam placed in the horizontal joints at vertical intervals not exceeding 460 mm.‌
  2. Where joints in the reinforcing referred to in Sentence (1) occur, the bars shall be lapped not less than 150 mm.
2. ‌Bonding or Tying of Other than Masonry Veneer
  1. Except as provided in Article 9.20.9.5. regarding masonry veneer, masonry walls that consist of 2 or more wythes shall have the wythes bonded or tied together with masonry bonding units as described in Article 9.20.9.3. or with metal ties as described in Article 9.20.9.4.‌
3. ‌Bonding‌
  1. Where wythes are bonded together with masonry units, the bonding units shall comprise not less than 4% of the wall surface area.
  2. Bonding units described in Sentence (1) shall be spaced not more than 600 mm vertically and horizontally in the case of brick masonry and 900 mm o.c. in the case of block or tile.‌
  3. Units described in Sentence (1) shall extend not less than 90 mm into adjacent wythes.
4. ‌Tying‌
  1. Where 2 or more wythes are tied together with metal ties of the individual rod type, the ties shall conform to the requirements in Sentences (3) to (6).
  2. Other ties may be used where it can be shown that such ties provide walls that are at least as strong and as durable as those made with the individual rod type.
  3. ‌Metal ties of the individual rod type shall
    1. be corrosion-resistant,
    2. have a minimum cross-sectional area of not less than 17.8 mm2, and
    3. have not less than a 50 mm portion bent at right angles at each end.
  4. Metal ties of the individual rod type shall
    1. ‌extend from within 25 mm of the outer face of the wall to within 25 mm of the inner face of the wall,
    2. be completely embedded in mortar except for the portion exposed in cavity walls, and
    3. be staggered from course to course.
  5. Where 2 or more wythes in walls other than cavity walls and masonry veneer/masonry backing walls are tied together with metal ties of the individual rod type, the space between wythes shall be completely filled with mortar.
  6. Ties described in Sentence (5) shall be
    1. located within 300 mm of openings and spaced not more than 900 mm apart around openings, and
    2. spaced not more than 900 mm apart horizontally and 460 mm apart vertically at other locations.
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
5. ‌Division B
  1. Except as required in Sentences (8) and (9), where the inner and outer wythes of cavity walls are tied with individual wire ties, the ties shall be spaced not more than 900 mm apart horizontally and 400 mm apart vertically.‌
  2. Within 100 mm of the bottom of each floor or roof assembly where the cavity extends below the assemblies, the ties described in Sentence (7) shall be spaced not more than 600 mm apart horizontally.
  3. Within 300 mm of any openings, the ties described in Sentence (7) shall be spaced not more than 900 mm apart.
‌Lateral Support‌
1. ‌Lateral Support Required
  1. Masonry walls shall be laterally supported by floor or roof construction or by intersecting masonry walls or buttresses.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 9.20.11.4.‌
  2. The spacing of supports required in Sentence (1) shall be not more than
    1. 20 times the wall thickness for all loadbearing walls and exterior non-loadbearing walls, and
    2. 36 times the wall thickness for interior non-loadbearing walls.
  3. In applying Sentence (2), the thickness of cavity walls shall be taken as the greater of
    1. two-thirds of the sum of the thicknesses of the wythes, or
    2. the thickness of the thicker wythe.
  4. Floor and roof constructions providing lateral support for walls as required in Sentence (1) shall be constructed to transfer lateral loads to walls or buttresses approximately at right angles to the laterally supported walls.‌
‌Anchorage of Roofs, Floors and Intersecting Walls‌
1. ‌Anchorage to Floor or Roof Assemblies where Masonry Walls Require Lateral Support
  1. Where required to receive lateral support (see Subsection 9.20.10.), masonry walls shall be anchored to each floor or roof assembly at maximum intervals of 2 m, except that anchorage to floor joists not more than 1 m above grade may be omitted.‌
  2. Anchors required in Sentence (1) shall be corrosion-resistant and be not less than the equivalent of 40 mm by 4.76 mm thick steel straps.
  3. Anchors required in Sentence (1) shall be shaped to provide a mechanical key with the masonry and shall be securely fastened to the horizontal support to develop the full strength of the anchor.‌
  4. When joists are parallel to the wall, anchors required in Sentence (1) shall extend across not less than 3 joists.
2. ‌Bonding and Tying Intersecting Masonry Walls where Walls Require Lateral Support‌
  1. ‌Where required to provide lateral support, intersecting walls shall be bonded or tied together.
  2. Where bonding is used to satisfy the requirements of Sentence (1), 50% of the adjacent masonry units in the intersecting wall, distributed uniformly over the height of the intersection, shall be embedded in the laterally supported wall.
  3. Where tying is used to satisfy the requirements of Sentence (1), the ties shall be
    1. corrosion-resistant metal,
    2. ‌equivalent to not less than 4.76 mm by 40 mm steel strapping,
    3. spaced not more than 800 mm o.c. vertically, and
    4. ‌shaped at both ends to provide sufficient mechanical key to develop the strength of the ties.
3. ‌Anchoring Intersecting Wood-Frame Walls to Masonry Walls‌
  1. Wood-frame walls shall be anchored to masonry walls that they intersect with not less than 4.76 mm diam corrosion-resistant steel rods spaced not more than 900 mm o.c. vertically.
  2. Anchors required in Sentence (1) shall be fastened to the wood framing at one end and shaped to provide a mechanical key at the other end to develop the strength of the anchor.‌
4. ‌Anchoring Wood-Frame Roof Systems to Masonry Walls
  1. Except as permitted in Sentence (2), roof systems of wood-frame construction shall be anchored to exterior masonry walls by not less than 12.7 mm diam anchor bolts,
    1. spaced not more than 2.4 m apart,
    2. embedded not less than 90 mm into the masonry, and
    3. fastened to a rafter plate of not less than 38 mm thick lumber.
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
5. ‌Division B
  
  ‌2) The roof system described in Sentence (1) is permitted to be anchored by nailing the wall furring strips to the side of the rafter plate.‌
‌Corbelling‌
1. ‌Corbelling‌
  1. All corbelling shall consist of solid masonry units.
  2. The units referred to in Sentence (1) shall be corbelled so that the horizontal projection of any unit does not exceed 25 mm and the total projection does not exceed one third of the total wall thickness.‌
2. ‌Corbelling for Cavity Walls
  1. ‌Cavity walls of greater thickness than the foundation wall on which they rest shall not be corbelled but may project 25 mm over the outer face of the foundation wall disregarding parging.
  2. Where the foundation wall referred to in Sentence (1) is unit masonry, it is permitted to be corbelled to meet flush with the inner face of a cavity wall provided
    1. ‌the projection of each course does not exceed half the height or one third the thickness of the corbelled unit, and
    2. the total corbel does not exceed one third of the foundation wall thickness. (See Note A-9.20.12.2.(2).)
3. ‌Corbelling for Masonry Veneer
  1. ‌Masonry veneer resting on a bearing support shall not project more than 25 mm beyond the supporting base where the veneer is not less than 90 mm thick, and 12 mm beyond the supporting base where the veneer is less than 90 mm thick.
  2. ‌In the case of rough stone veneer, the projection, measured as the average projection of the stone units, shall not exceed one-third the bed width beyond the supporting base.‌

‌Control of Rainwater Penetration‌

‌Materials for Flashing

Materials used for flashing shall conform to Table 9.20.13.1.

‌Division B 9.20.13.6.

Table 9.20.13.1.

Flashing Materials

Forming Part of Sentence 9.20.13.1.(1)

Material	Minimum Thickness, mm
Material	Exposed Flashing	Concealed Flashing
Aluminum	0.48	—
Copper	0.46	0.46
Copper or aluminum laminated to felt or kraft paper	—	0.05
Galvanized steel	0.33	0.33
Lead sheet	1.73	1.73
‌Polyethylene	—	0.50
Roll roofing, Type S	—	standard
Zinc	0.46	0.46

‌Aluminum flashing in contact with masonry or concrete shall be effectively coated or separated from the masonry or concrete by an impervious membrane.‌

‌Fastening of Flashing‌
1. ‌Fastening devices for flashing shall be corrosion-resistant and, where metal flashing is used, shall be compatible with the flashing with respect to galvanic action.
‌Location of Flashing
1. Flashing shall be installed in masonry and masonry veneer walls
  1. beneath jointed masonry window sills,
  2. over the back and top of parapet walls,
  3. over the heads of glass block panels,
  4. ‌beneath weep holes, and
  5. ‌over the heads of window or door openings in exterior walls when the vertical distance between the top of a window or door frame and the bottom edge of the eave exceeds one-quarter of the horizontal eave overhang.
‌Extension of Flashing
1. ‌When installed beneath jointed masonry window sills or over the heads of openings, flashing shall extend from the front edge of the masonry up behind the sill or lintel.‌
‌Flashing for Weep Holes in Masonry/Masonry Walls
1. Flashing beneath weep holes in cavity walls and masonry veneer/masonry backing walls shall
  1. ‌be bedded not less than 25 mm in the inside wythe,
  2. extend to not less than 5 mm beyond the outer face of the building element below the flashing, and
  3. be installed with a nominally horizontal slope toward the outside wythe.
‌Flashing for Weep Holes in Masonry Veneer‌
1. Flashing beneath weep holes in masonry veneer over masonry backing walls shall conform to the flashing requirements for cavity walls and masonry veneer/masonry backing walls in Article 9.20.13.5.
2. Flashing beneath weep holes in masonry veneer over wood-frame walls shall be installed so that it extends from a point not less than 5 mm beyond the outer face of the building element below the flashing to a point 150 mm up the wood-frame wall.
3. Where the frame wall is sheathed with a sheathing membrane, a
  non-wood-based rigid exterior insulating sheathing or a semi-rigid insulating
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
Division B

‌sheathing with an integral sheathing membrane, the flashing shall be installed behind the sheathing membrane or insulating sheathing.
‌4) Flashing described in Sentence (2) is permitted to conform to the requirements for concealed flashing in Table 9.20.13.1.

‌Protection during Work‌
1. ‌Laying Temperature of Mortar and Masonry‌
  1. ‌Mortar and masonry shall be maintained at a temperature not below 5°C during installation and for not less than 48 h after installation.
  2. ‌No frozen material shall be used in mortar mix.
2. ‌Protection from Weather
  1. The top surface of uncompleted masonry exposed to the weather shall be completely covered with a waterproofing material when construction is not in progress.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 9.20.17.2.‌
‌Reinforcement for Earthquake Resistance‌
1. ‌Amount of Reinforcement
  1. ‌Where reinforcement is required in this Section, masonry walls shall be reinforced horizontally and vertically with steel having a total cross-sectional area of not less than 0.002 times the horizontal cross-sectional area of the wall, so that not less than one-third of the required steel area is installed either horizontally or vertically and the remainder in the other direction.‌
2. ‌Installation Standard
  1. Where reinforcement for masonry is required in this Section, it shall be installed in conformance with the requirements for reinforced masonry as contained in CAN/CSA-A371, “Masonry Construction for Buildings.”‌

‌Corrosion Resistance‌

‌Corrosion Resistance of Connectors‌

Carbon steel connectors required to be corrosion-resistant shall be galvanized to at least the minimum standards in Table 9.20.16.1.

Table 9.20.16.1.

Minimum Requirements for Galvanizing

Forming Part of Sentence 9.20.16.1.(1)

Connector Material	ASTM Standard	Coating Class or Thickness
Wire ties and continuous reinforcing (hot-dipped galvanizing)	ASTM A153/A153M	Class B2 or 458 g/m2
Hardware and bolts	ASTM A153/A153M	See ASTM A153/A153M
Strip, plate, bars and rolled sections (not less than 3.18 mm thick)	ASTM A123/A123M	610 g/m2
Sheet (less than 3.18 mm thick)	ASTM A123/A123M	460 g/m2 on material 0.76 mm thick(1)

‌Notes to Table 9.20.16.1.:

(1) ASTM A123/A123M does not apply to metal less than 0.76 mm thick. Galvanizing coatings may be interpolated for thicknesses between 3.18 mm and 0.76 mm.

‌Above-Ground Flat Insulating Concrete Form Walls‌
1. ‌Thickness of Flat Insulating Concrete Form Walls
  1. ‌The thickness of the concrete in flat insulating concrete form walls not in contact with the ground shall be
    1. ‌not less than 140 mm, and
    2. constant for the entire height of the wall.
2. ‌Reinforcement for Flat Insulating Concrete Form Walls
  1. Horizontal reinforcement in above-grade flat insulating concrete form walls shall
    1. consist of
      1. ‌one 10M bar placed not more than 300 mm from the top of the wall, and
      2. 10M bars at 600 mm o.c., and
    2. be placed in the middle third of the wall section.
  2. ‌Vertical reinforcement in above-grade flat insulating concrete form walls shall
    1. consist of 10M bars at 400 mm o.c., and
    2. be placed in the middle third of the wall section.
  3. Vertical reinforcement required by Sentence (2) and interrupted by wall openings shall be placed not more than 600 mm from each side of the opening.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
3. ‌Division B‌

‌Openings in Non-Loadbearing Flat Insulating Concrete Form Walls‌
1. No openings shall occur within 1 200 mm of interior and exterior corners of exterior non-loadbearing flat insulating concrete form walls.
2. Portions of walls above openings in non-loadbearing flat insulating concrete form walls shall have a minimum depth of concrete of no less than 200 mm across the width of the opening.
3. Openings that are more than 600 mm but not more than 3 000 mm in width in non-loadbearing flat insulating concrete form walls shall be reinforced at the top and bottom with one 10M bar.‌
4. Openings more than 3 000 mm in width in non-loadbearing flat insulating concrete form walls shall be reinforced on all four sides with two 10M bars.
5. Reinforcing bars described in Sentences (3) and (4) shall extend 600 mm beyond the edges of the opening.
6. The cumulative width of openings in non-loadbearing flat insulating concrete form walls shall not make up more than 70% of the length of any wall.
‌Openings in Loadbearing Flat Insulating Concrete Form Walls‌
1. No openings shall occur within 1 200 mm of interior and exterior corners of exterior loadbearing flat insulating concrete form walls.
2. In loadbearing flat insulating concrete form walls, lintels shall be provided over all openings wider than 900 mm.
3. Lintels described in Sentence (2) shall be constructed in accordance with Span Table 9.20.17.4.-A, 9.20.17.4.-B or 9.20.17.4.-C.
4. Lintels described in Sentence (2) over openings wider than 1 200 mm shall be reinforced for shear with 10M stirrups at a maximum spacing of half the distance from the bottom reinforcing bar to the top of the lintel.‌
‌Framing Supported on Flat Insulating Concrete Form Walls‌
1. Floor joists supported on the side of flat insulating concrete form walls shall be supported with joist hangers secured to wood ledger boards.
2. The ledger boards referred to in Sentence (1) shall be not less than
  1. 38 mm thick, and
  2. the depth of the floor joists.
3. Anchor bolts shall be used to secure ledger boards to flat insulating concrete form walls and shall be
  1. ‌embedded in the wall to a depth not less than 100 mm, and
  2. spaced in accordance with Table 9.20.17.5.
4. Floor joists and building frames supported on the top of flat insulating concrete form walls shall be anchored in conformance with Article 9.23.6.1.
  
  Table 9.20.17.5.
  Maximum Anchor Bolt Spacing for the Connection of Floor Ledgers to Flat Insulating Concrete Form Walls
  Forming Part of Sentence 9.20.17.5.(3)
  
  Maximum Clear Floor Span, m
  Maximum Anchor Bolt Spacing, mm
  Staggered 12.7 mm Diameter Anchor Bolts
  Staggered 16 mm Diameter Anchor Bolts
  2.44
  450
  500
  3.0
  400
  450
  4.0
  300
  400
  5.0
  275
  325
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  ‌Division B 9.21.2.2.
‌Anchoring of Roof Framing to the Top of Flat Insulating Concrete Form Walls‌
1. ‌Roof framing supported on the top of flat insulating concrete form walls shall be fixed to the top plates, which shall be anchored to the wall with anchor bolts
  1. not less than 12.7 mm in diameter, and
  2. spaced at not more than 1 200 mm o.c.
2. The anchor bolts described in Sentence (1) shall be placed in the centre of the flat insulating concrete form wall and shall be embedded no less than 100 mm into the concrete.
3. Attachment of roof framing to wood top plates shall be in accordance with Table 9.23.3.4.
‌Protection from Precipitation and Damage‌
1. Above-ground flat insulating concrete form walls shall be protected from precipitation and damage in conformance with Section 9.27.

‌Section 9.21. Masonry and Concrete Chimneys and Flues‌‌

‌General‌
1. ‌Application
  1. This Section applies to
    1. rectangular masonry or concrete chimneys not more than 12 m in height serving fireplaces or serving appliances having a combined total rated heat output of 120 kW or less, and
    2. flue pipes connected to such chimneys.
  2. ‌Chimneys, other than those described in Sentence (1), gas vents and flue pipes serving gas-, oil- or solid-fuel-burning appliances and their associated equipment, including stoves, cooktops, ovens and space heaters, covered by the standards referenced in Sentences 9.33.5.2.(1) and 9.33.5 3.(1) shall conform to Subsection 9.33.10.
  3. ‌Chimneys and flue pipes other than those described in Sentences (1) and (2) shall conform to Section 6.3.
2. ‌Chimney or Flue Pipe Walls‌
  1. The walls of any chimney or flue pipe shall be constructed so as to be smoke- and flame-tight.

‌Chimney Flues‌

‌Chimney Flue Limitations‌
1. A chimney flue that serves a fireplace or incinerator shall not serve any other
  appliance.
2. A chimney flue that serves a solid-fuel-burning appliance shall not be connected to a natural-gas- or propane-fired appliance.
3. A chimney flue that serves a solid-fuel-burning appliance shall not be connected to an oil-burning appliance unless the solid-fuel-burning appliance is certified for such installation and the installation of both appliances meets the requirements of the relevant standards referenced in Article 9.33.5.2.‌
‌Connections of More Than One Appliance
1. Except as required by Article 9.21.2.1., where two or more fuel-burning
  appliances are connected to the same chimney flue, the connections shall be made as
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022

Division B

described in Sentences (2) to (4) and an adequate draft shall be provided for the connected appliances in conformance with the requirements of applicable provincial or territorial regulations or municipal bylaws or, in the absence of such regulations or bylaws, with the requirements of the relevant standards listed in Subsection 9.33.10.‌

Where 2 or more fuel-burning appliances are connected to the same chimney flue, the appliances shall be located on the same storey.
The connection referred to in Sentence (2) for a solid-fuel-burning appliance
shall be made below connections for appliances burning other fuels.
The connection referred to in Sentence (2) for a liquid-fuel-burning appliance

shall be made below any connections for appliances burning natural gas or propane.

‌Inclined Chimney Flues‌
1. Chimney flues shall not be inclined more than 45° to the vertical.
‌Size of Chimney Flues
1. Except for chimneys serving fireplaces, the size of a chimney flue shall conform to the requirements of the appliance installation standards referenced in Sentences 9.33.5.2.(1) and 9.33.5.3.(1).‌
2. Where a chimney flue serves only one appliance, the flue area shall be at least equal to that of the flue pipe connected to it.

‌Fireplace Chimneys‌

The size of a chimney flue serving a masonry fireplace shall conform to Table 9.21.2.5.-A or 9.21.2.5.-B.

Table 9.21.2.5.-A

Diameter of Round Flues for Fireplace Chimneys

Forming Part of Sentence 9.21.2.5.(1)

Fireplace Opening, m2				Chimney	Height, m
	3.0 to 4.5		> 4.5 to 5.9			> 5.9 to 8.9	> 8.9 to 12
	Flue Diameter, mm
	min.	max.	min.	max.		min.	max.	min.	max.
up to 0.150	110	170	100	160		90	150	90	150
0.151 to 0.250	150	210	130	190		130	190	120	180
0.251 to 0.350	180	240	160	220		150	210	140	200
0.351 to 0.500	220	280	200	260		190	250	170	230
0.501 to 0.650	260	320	230	290		220	280	200	260
0.651 to 0.800	290	350	260	320		240	300	220	280
0.801 to 1.00	330	390	290	350		270	330	250	310
1.01 to 1.20	360	420	320	380		300	360	270	330
1.21 to 1.40	390	450	350	410		330	390	300	360
1.41 to 1.60	420	480	380	440		350	410	320	380
1.61 to 1.80	—	—	400	460		370	430	340	400
1.81 to 2.00	—	—	—	—		400	460	360	420
2.01 to 2.20	—	—	—	—		—	—	380	440

‌Division B 9.21.3.6.

Table 9.21.2.5.-B

Rectangular Flue Sizes for Fireplace Chimneys

Forming Part of Sentence 9.21.2.5.(1)

Fireplace Opening, m2				Chimney	Height, m
	3.0 to 4.5		> 4.5 to 5.9			> 5.9 to 8.9	> 8.9 to 12
	Flue Size, mm
	min.	max.	min.	max.		min.	max.	min.	max.
up to 0.150	200 × 200	200 × 200	100 × 200	100 × 200		100 × 200	100 × 200	100 × 200	100 × 200
0.151 to 0.250	200 × 200	200 × 200	200 × 200	200 × 200		200 × 200	200 × 200	200 × 200	200 × 200
0.251 to 0.350	200 × 300	200 × 300	200 × 200	200 × 300		200 × 200	200 × 200	200 × 200	200 × 200
0.351 to 0.500	300 × 300	300 × 300	200 × 300	200 × 300		200 × 300	200 × 300	200 × 200	200 × 300
0.501 to 0.650	300 × 300	300 × 400	300 × 300	300 × 300		300 × 300	300 × 300	200 × 300	200 × 300
0.651 to 0.800	300 × 400	300 × 400	300 × 300	300 × 400		300 × 300	300 × 300	300 × 300	300 × 300
0.801 to 1.00	400 × 400	400 × 400	300 × 400	300 × 400		300 × 400	300 × 400	300 × 300	300 × 300
1.01 to 1.20	400 × 400	400 × 400	400 × 400	400 × 400		300 × 400	300 × 400	300 × 400	300 × 400
‌1.21 to 1.40	—	—	400 × 400	400 × 400		400 × 400	400 × 400	300 × 400	300 × 400
1.41 to 1.60	—	—	—	—		400 × 400	400 × 400	400 × 400	400 × 400
1.61 to 1.80	—	—	—	—		—	—	400 × 400	400 × 400
‌1.81 to 2.00	—	—	—	—		—	—	400 × 400	400 × 400

‌Oval Chimney Flues‌
1. The width of an oval chimney flue shall be not less than two-thirds its breadth.

‌Chimney Lining‌
1. ‌Lining Materials‌
  1. Every masonry or concrete chimney shall have a lining of clay, concrete, firebrick or metal.
2. ‌Joints in Chimney Liners‌
  1. Joints of chimney liners shall be sealed to provide a barrier to the passage of flue
    ‌gases and condensate into the cavity between the liner and the surrounding masonry.
  2. Joints of clay, concrete or firebrick chimney liners shall be struck flush to provide a straight, smooth, aligned chimney flue.
3. ‌Clay Liners‌
  1. Clay liners shall conform to CAN/CSA-A324-M, “Clay Flue Liners.”
  2. Liners referred to in Sentence (1) shall be not less than 15.9 mm thick and shall be capable of resisting, without softening or cracking, a temperature of 1 100°C.
4. ‌Firebrick Liners‌
  1. Firebrick liners shall conform to ASTM C27, “Standard Classification of Fireclay and High-Alumina Refractory Brick.”
  2. Firebrick liners shall be laid with high temperature cement mortar conforming to CAN/CGSB-10.3, “Air Setting Refractory Mortar.”
5. ‌Concrete Liners‌
  1. Concrete flue liners shall conform to Clause 4.2.6.4 of CAN/CSA-A405-M, “Design and Construction of Masonry Chimneys and Fireplaces.”
6. ‌Metal Liners
  1. Metal liners shall be constructed of not less than 0.3 mm thick stainless steel.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
7. ‌Division B
‌Masonry and Concrete Chimney Construction‌
1. ‌Unit Masonry
  1. Unit masonry shall conform to Section 9.20.
2. ‌Concrete
  1. Concrete shall conform to Section 9.3.
3. ‌Footings‌
  1. Footings for masonry chimneys and concrete chimneys shall conform to Section 9.15.
4. ‌Height of Chimney Flues‌
  1. A chimney flue shall extend not less than
    1. 900 mm above the highest point at which the chimney comes in contact with the roof, and
    2. 600 mm above the highest roof surface or structure within 3 m of the
      chimney.
      (See Note A-9.21.4.4.(1).)
5. ‌Lateral Stability‌
  1. Except as provided in Sentence (2), chimneys shall be braced in accordance with Subsection 4.3.2. to provide lateral stability under wind loads.
  2. A chimney need not be laterally braced provided
    1. no horizontal outside dimension is less than 400 mm, and
    2. the chimney extends not more than 3.6 m above a roof or the masonry wall of which it forms a part.
      (See Note A-9.21.4.5.(2).)
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
      ‌Division B 9.21.5.3.‌
6. ‌Chimney Caps‌
  1. The top of a chimney shall have a waterproof cap of reinforced concrete, masonry or metal.
  2. The cap required in Sentence (1) shall slope from the lining and be provided with a drip not less than 25 mm from the chimney wall.
  3. Cast-in-place concrete caps shall be separated from the chimney liner by a bond break and be sealed at that location.
  4. Jointed precast concrete or masonry chimney caps shall have flashing installed beneath the cap extending from the liner to the drip edge.
7. ‌Cleanout‌
  1. A cleanout opening with a metal frame and a tight-fitting metal door shall be installed near the base of the chimney flue.
8. ‌Wall Thickness‌
  1. The walls of a masonry chimney shall be built of solid masonry units not less than 75 mm thick.
9. ‌Separation of Flue Liners
  1. ‌Flue liners in the same chimney shall be separated by not less than 75 mm of masonry or concrete exclusive of liners where clay liners are used, or 90 mm of firebrick where firebrick liners are used.‌
  2. ‌Flue liners referred to in Sentence (1) shall be installed to prevent significant lateral movement.
10. ‌Flashing‌
  1. ‌Junctions with adjacent materials shall be adequately flashed to shed water.
‌Clearance from Combustible Construction‌
1. ‌Clearance from Combustible Materials‌
  1. The clearance between masonry or concrete chimneys and combustible framing shall be not less than‌
    1. 50 mm for interior chimneys, and
    2. 12 mm for exterior chimneys. (See Note A-9.21.5.1.(1).)
  2. A clearance of not less than 150 mm shall be provided between a cleanout opening and combustible material.
  3. ‌Combustible flooring and subflooring shall have not less than a 12 mm clearance from masonry or concrete chimneys.
2. ‌Sealing of Spaces‌
  1. All spaces between masonry or concrete chimneys and combustible framing shall be sealed top or bottom with noncombustible material.
3. ‌Support of Joists or Beams
  1. Joists or beams may be supported on masonry walls which enclose chimney flues provided the combustible members are separated from the flue by not less than 290 mm of solid masonry.

‌9.22.1.1. Division B‌

‌Section 9.22. Fireplaces

‌General
1. ‌Application‌
  1. Except when otherwise specifically stated herein, this Section applies to masonry fireplaces constructed on-site.
2. ‌Masonry and Concrete‌
  1. Except as otherwise stated in this Section, unit masonry shall conform to Section 9.20. and concrete to Section 9.3.
  2. Masonry above openings shall be supported by steel lintels conforming to Sentence 9.20.5.2.(2), reinforced concrete or a masonry arch.
3. ‌Footings
  1. Footings for masonry and concrete fireplaces shall conform to Section 9.15.
4. ‌Combustion Air
  1. Where a supply of combustion air is provided directly to the fire chamber of a fireplace, including a factory-built fireplace, the installation shall comply with the “Outdoor Air Supply” requirements provided in CAN/CSA-A405-M, “Design and Construction of Masonry Chimneys and Fireplaces.”‌
‌Fireplace Liners‌
1. ‌Brick or Steel Liners‌
  1. ‌Except where a fireplace is equipped with a steel liner, every fireplace shall have a firebrick liner.
2. ‌Firebrick Liners‌‌
  1. ‌Firebrick liners shall be not less than
    1. 50 mm thick for the sides and back, and
    2. ‌25 mm thick for the floor.
  2. Firebrick liners shall be laid with high temperature cement mortar conforming to CAN/CGSB-10.3, “Air Setting Refractory Mortar.”
  3. ‌Joints between a firebrick liner and the adjacent backing masonry shall be offset.
3. ‌Steel Liners
  1. Steel liners for fireplaces shall conform to CAN/ULC-S639-M, “Standard for Steel Liner Assemblies for Solid-Fuel Burning Masonry Fireplaces,” and shall be installed in accordance with the installation instructions in that standard.‌
‌Fireplace Walls‌
1. ‌Thickness of Walls
  1. Except as provided in Sentence (2), the thickness of the back and sides of a fireplace, including the thickness of any firebrick liner, shall be not less than 190 mm where a metal liner or a firebrick liner less than 51 mm thick is used.‌
  2. ‌When a steel fireplace liner is used with an air circulating chamber surrounding the firebox, the back and sides of the fireplace shall consist of
    1. solid masonry units not less than 90 mm thick, or
    2. hollow masonry units not less than 190 mm thick.
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
      ‌Division B 9.22.9.1.‌
‌Fire Chamber‌
1. ‌Fire Chamber Dimensions‌
  1. ‌The distance from the back of the fire chamber to the plane of the fireplace opening shall be not less than 300 mm.
‌Hearth‌
1. ‌Hearth Extension‌
  1. Except as required in Sentence (2), fireplaces shall have a noncombustible hearth extending not less than 400 mm in front of the fireplace opening and not less than 200 mm beyond each side of the fireplace opening.
  2. ‌Where the fire chamber floor is elevated more than 150 mm above the hearth, the dimension of the hearth measured perpendicular to the plane of the fireplace opening shall be increased by not less than‌‌
    1. ‌50 mm for an elevation above 150 mm and not more than 300 mm, and
    2. an additional 25 mm for every 50 mm in elevation above 300 mm.
2. ‌Support of Hearth‌
  1. Except as permitted in Sentence (2), the fire chamber floor and hearth shall be supported on a reinforced concrete slab not less than 100 mm thick at its supports and, if cantilevered, not less than 50 mm thick at its unsupported edge.
  2. A hearth for a fireplace with an opening raised not less than 200 mm from a combustible floor is permitted to be supported on that floor provided the requirements of Clauses 5.3.6.5. to 5.3.6.7. of CAN/CSA-A405-M, “Design and Construction of Masonry Chimneys and Fireplaces,” are followed.‌
‌Damper‌
1. ‌Required Damper and Size‌
  1. ‌The throat of every fireplace shall be equipped with a metal damper sufficiently large to cover the full area of the throat opening.
‌Smoke Chamber‌
1. ‌Slope of Smoke Chamber‌
  1. The sides of the smoke chamber connecting a fireplace throat with a flue shall not be sloped at an angle greater than 45° to the vertical.
2. ‌Wall Thickness
  1. ‌The thickness of masonry walls surrounding the smoke chamber shall be not less than 190 mm at the sides, front and back, except that the portions of the back exposed to the outside may be 140 mm thick.‌
‌Factory-Built Fireplaces‌
1. ‌Conformance to Standard‌
  1. Factory-built fireplaces and their installation shall conform to CAN/ULC-S610, “Standard for Factory-Built Fireplace Systems.”
‌Clearance of Combustible Material‌
1. ‌Clearance to the Fireplace Opening
  1. Combustible material shall not be placed on or near the face of a fireplace within 150 mm of the fireplace opening, except that where the combustible material projects
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
2. Division B
  
  ‌more than 38 mm out from the face of the fireplace above the opening, such material shall be not less than 300 mm above the top of the opening.‌
‌Fireplace Inserts and Hearth-Mounted Stoves‌
1. ‌Appliance Standard‌
  1. Fireplace inserts and hearth-mounted stoves vented through the throat of a fireplace shall conform to ULC-S628, “Standard for Fireplace Inserts.”
2. ‌Installation
  1. The installation of fireplace inserts and hearth-mounted stoves vented through the throat of a fireplace shall conform to CSA B365, “Installation Code for Solid-Fuel-Burning Appliances and Equipment.”‌
    
    ‌Section 9.23. Wood-Frame Construction‌
  2. Nails used to comply with Table 9.23.3.4. shall have a diameter not less than that stated in Table 9.23.3.1. (See Note A-9.23.3.1.(2).)
    
    Table 9.23.3.1.
    Diameter of Nails
    Forming Part of Sentence 9.23.3.1.(2)
    
    Minimum Length of Nails, mm
    Minimum Diameter of Nails, mm
    57
    2.87
    63
    3.25
    ‌76
    3.66
    82
    3.66
    101 or greater
    4.88
  3. Wood screws specified in this Section shall conform to ASME B18.6.1, “Wood Screws (Inch Series).” (See Note A-9.23.3.1.(3).)‌

‌Length of Nails‌
1. ‌All nails shall be long enough so that not less than half their required length penetrates into the second member.
‌Prevention of Splitting
1. Splitting of wood members shall be minimized by staggering the nails in the direction of the grain and by keeping nails well in from the edges. (See Note A-9.23.3.3.(1).)‌

‌Nailing of Framing‌

Except as provided in Sentence (2), nailing of framing shall conform to Table 9.23.3.4.

Where the bottom wall plate or sole plate of an exterior wall is not nailed to floor joists, rim joists or blocking in conformance with Table 9.23.3.4., the exterior wall is permitted to be fastened to the floor framing by

having plywood, OSB or waferboard sheathing extend down over floor framing and fastened to the floor framing by nails or staples conforming to Article 9.23.3.5., or

tying the wall framing to the floor framing by galvanized-metal strips

‌50 mm wide,
not less than 0.41 mm thick,
spaced not more than 1.2 m apart, and

fastened at each end with at least two 63 mm nails.

Table 9.23.3.4.

Nailing for Framing

Forming Part of Sentences 9.23.3.4.(1) and 9.23.14.4.(2)

Construction Detail	Minimum Length of Nails, mm	Minimum Number or Maximum Spacing of Nails
Floor joist or blocking perpendicular to sill plate or top wall plate below – toe nail	82	2 per floor joist or blocking
Rim joist, trimmer joist or blocking – supporting walls with required braced wall panels – to sill plate or top wall plate – toe nail	82	150 mm o.c.
Wood or metal strapping to underside of floor joists	57	2
Cross bridging to joists	57	2 at each end
Double header or trimmer joists	76	300 mm o.c.
Floor joist to stud (balloon construction)	76	2

Division B 9.23.3.4.

Table 9.23.3.4. (Continued)

Construction Detail	Minimum Length of Nails, mm	Minimum Number or Maximum Spacing of Nails
Ledger strip to wood beam	82	2 per joist
Joist to joist splice (see also Table 9.23.14.8.)	76	2 at each end
Tail joist to adjacent header joist	82	5
(end nailed) around openings	101	3
Each header joist to adjacent trimmer joist	82	5
(end nailed) around openings	101	3
Stud to wall plate (each end) toe nail	63	4
or end nail	82	2
‌Doubled studs at openings, or studs at walls or wall intersections and corners	76	750 mm o.c.
Doubled top wall plates(1)	76	600 mm o.c.
Bottom wall plate or sole plate to floor joists, rim joists or blocking (exterior walls)(2)	82	400 mm o.c.
Bottom wall plate or sole plate – in required braced wall panels – to floor joists, rim joists or	82	150 mm o.c.
blocking (exterior walls)(2)
Interior walls to framing or subflooring	82	600 mm o.c.
Required braced wall panels – in interior walls – to framing above and below	82	150 mm o.c.
Horizontal member over openings in non-loadbearing walls – each end	82	2
Lintels to studs	82	2 at each end
Ceiling joist to plate – toe nail each end	82	2
Roof rafter, roof truss or roof joist to plate – toe nail(3)	82	3
Rafter plate to each ceiling joist	101	2
Rafter to joist (with ridge supported)	76	3
Rafter to joist (with ridge unsupported)	76	see Table 9.23.14.8.
Gusset plate to each rafter at peak	57	4
Rafter to ridge board – toe nail – end nail	82	3
Collar tie to rafter – each end	76	3
Collar tie lateral support to each collar tie	57	2
Jack rafter to hip or valley rafter	82	2
Roof strut to rafter	76	3
Roof strut to loadbearing wall – toe nail	82	2
38 mm × 140 mm or less plank decking to support	82	2
Plank decking wider than 38 mm × 140 mm to support	82	3
38 mm edge laid plank decking to support (toe nail)	76	1
38 mm edge laid plank to each other	76	450 mm o.c.
End-joist or end-rafter to built-up wall stud(4)	76	5 or 8(5)

Notes to Table 9.23.3.4.:

(1) See Article 9.23.11.4. for requirements on the nailing of top plates in braced wall bands.

‌(2) See Sentence 9.23.3.4.(2).

(3) See Sentence 9.23.3.4.(3).

(4) See Sentence 9.23.13.5.(3).

(5) Where heavyweight construction is used in the roof of the space, at least 8 nails are required (see Note A-9.23.13.2.(1)(a)(i)).

‌Where the 1-in-50 hourly wind pressure is equal to or greater than 0.8 kPa, roof rafters, joists or trusses shall be tied to the wall framing with connectors that will resist a factored uplift load of 3 kN.
Galvanized-steel straps are deemed to comply with Sentence (3), provided they are
1. 50 mm wide,
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022

Division B

‌not less than 0.91 mm thick, and‌
fastened at each end with at least four 63 mm nails.

‌Fasteners for Sheathing or Subflooring‌

Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (4), fastening of sheathing and subflooring shall conform to Table 9.23.3.5.-A.

Table 9.23.3.5.-A

Fasteners for Subflooring and for Sheathing where the 1-in-50 HWP < 0.8 kPa and Sa(0.2) ≤ 0.70

Forming Part of Sentence 9.23.3.5.(1)

Element	Minimum Length of Fasteners, mm				Minimum Number or Maximum Spacing of Fasteners
Element	Common or Spiral Nails	Ring Thread Nails or Screws	Roofing Nails	Staples	Minimum Number or Maximum Spacing of Fasteners
Board lumber 184 mm or less wide	51	45	n/a	51	2 per support
Board lumber more than 184 mm wide	51	45	n/a	51	3 per support
Fibreboard sheathing up to 13 mm thick	n/a	n/a	44	28	‌150 mm o.c. along edges and 300 mm o.c. along intermediate supports
Gypsum sheathing up to 13 mm thick	n/a	n/a	44	n/a
Plywood, OSB or waferboard up to 10 mm thick	51	45	n/a	38
Plywood, OSB or waferboard over 10 mm and up to 20 mm thick	51	45	n/a	51
Plywood, OSB or waferboard over 20 mm and up to 25 mm thick	57	51	n/a	n/a

Fastening of roof sheathing and sheathing in required braced wall panels shall conform to Table 9.23.3.5.-B, where

‌the 1-in-50 hourly wind pressure (HWP) is equal to or greater than 0.8 kPa and less than 1.2 kPa and the seismic spectral acceleration, Sa(0.2), is not more than 0.90, or

the seismic spectral acceleration, Sa(0.2), is greater than 0.70 and not more than 0.90.

Table 9.23.3.5.-B

Fasteners for Sheathing where 0.8 kPa ≤ 1-in-50 HWP < 1.2 kPa and Sa(0.2)≤ 0.90 or where 0.70< Sa(0.2) ≤ 0.90

Forming Part of Sentence 9.23.3.5.(2)

Element	Minimum Length of Fasteners, mm			Minimum Number or Maximum Spacing of Fasteners
Element	Common, Spiral or Ring Thread Nails	Screws	14-gauge Staples	Minimum Number or Maximum Spacing of Fasteners
Board lumber 184 mm or less wide	63	51	63	2 per support
Board lumber more than 184 mm wide	63	51	63	3 per support
Plywood, OSB or waferboard up to 20 mm thick(1)	63	51	63	150 mm o.c. along edges and 300 mm o.c. along intermediate supports; and for roof sheathing where HWP is equal to or greater than 0.8 kPa and less than 1.2 kPa, 50 mm o.c. within 1 m of the edges of the roof
Plywood, OSB or waferboard over 20 mm and up to 25 mm thick	63	57	n/a

Notes to Table 9.23.3.5.-B:

(1) See Note A-Table 9.23.3.5.-B.

‌Division B 9.23.4.1.

Fastening of roof sheathing and sheathing in required braced wall panels shall conform to Table 9.23.3.5.-C, where

‌the 1-in-50 hourly wind pressure (HWP) is equal to or greater than 0.8 kPa and less than 1.2 kPa and the spectral acceleration, Sa(0.2), is not more than 1.8, or

the seismic spectral acceleration, Sa(0.2), is greater than 0.90 and not more than 1.8.

Table 9.23.3.5.-C

Fasteners for Sheathing where 0.8 kPa ≤ 1-in-50 HWP < 1.2 kPa and Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.8 or where 0.90 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.8

Forming Part of Sentence 9.23.3.5.(3)

Element	Minimum Length of Fasteners, mm		Minimum Number or Maximum Spacing of Fasteners
	Common, Spiral or Ring Thread Nails	Screws
Plywood, OSB or waferboard up to 20 mm thick(1)	63	51	75 mm o.c. along edges and 300 mm o.c. along intermediate supports; and for roof sheathing where 1-in-50 HWP is equal to or greater than ‌0.8 kPa and less than 1.2 kPa, 50 mm o.c. within 1 m of the edges of the roof
Plywood, OSB or waferboard over 20 mm and up to 25 mm thick	63	57

Notes to Table 9.23.3.5.-C:

(1) See Note A-Table 9.23.3.5.-B.

‌Fastening of sheathing shall conform to Part 4,
1. where the 1-in-50 hourly wind pressure is equal to or greater than 1.2 kPa, or
2. for required braced wall panels, where the seismic spectral acceleration, Sa(0.2), is greater than 1.8.
‌Staples shall not be less than 1.6 mm in diameter or thickness, with not less than a 9.5 mm crown driven with the crown parallel to framing.
‌Roofing nails for the attachment of fibreboard or gypsum sheathing shall not be less than 3.2 mm in diameter with a minimum head diameter of 11.1 mm.
Flooring screws shall not be less than 3.2 mm in diameter.
The edges of sheathing in a braced wall panel shall be supported and fastened to wood blocking where
1. the seismic spectral acceleration, Sa(0.2), is greater than 1.2, or
2. the braced wall panel supports more than a roof of lightweight construction.

‌Maximum Spans

‌Application
1. Spans provided in this Subsection for joists, beams and lintels supporting floors shall apply only where
  1. the floors serve residential areas as described in Table 4.1.5.3., or
  2. the uniformly distributed live load on the floors does not exceed that specified for residential areas as described in Table 4.1.5.3.
2. Spans for joists, beams and lintels supporting floors shall be determined according to Subsection 4.1.3. where the supported floors
  1. serve other than residential areas, or
  2. support a uniform live load in excess of that specified for residential areas.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022

‌Division B

‌Spans for Joists, Rafters and Beams‌
(See Note A-9.23.4.2.)

‌Steel Beams‌

The spans for steel floor beams with laterally supported top flanges shall conform to Table 9.23.4.3. (See Note A-9.23.4.3.(1).)

Beams described in Sentence (1) shall at least meet the requirements for Grade 350 W steel contained in CSA G40.21, “Structural quality steel.”

Table 9.23.4.3.

Maximum Spans for Steel Beams Supporting Floors in Dwelling Units(1)

Forming Part of Sentence 9.23.4.3.(1)

Section	Supported Joist Length, m (half the sum of joist spans on both sides of the beam)
Section	2.4	3.0	3.6	4.2	4.8	5.4	6.0
One Storey Supported
W150 × 22	5.5	5.2	4.9	4.8	4.6	4.5	4.3
W200 × 21	6.5	6.2	5.9	5.7	5.4	5.1	4.9
W200 × 27	7.3	6.9	6.6	6.3	6.1	5.9	5.8
W200 × 31	7.8	7.4	7.1	6.8	6.6	6.4	6.2
W250 × 24	8.1	7.6	7.3	7.0	6.6	6.2	5.9
W250 × 33	9.2	8.7	8.3	8.0	7.7	7.5	7.3
W250 × 39	10.0	9.4	9.0	8.6	8.4	8.1	7.9
W310 × 31	10.4	9.8	9.4	8.9	8.4	8.0	7.6
W310 × 39	11.4	10.7	10.2	9.8	9.5	9.2	9.0
Two Storeys Supported
W150 × 22	4.9	4.4	4.1	3.8	3.5	3.4	3.2
W200 × 21	5.6	5.1	4.6	4.3	4.1	3.8	3.7
W200 × 27	6.4	6.1	5.6	5.3	4.9	4.7	4.4
W200 × 31	6.9	6.5	6.2	5.8	5.4	5.1	4.9
W250 × 24	6.8	6.1	5.6	5.2	4.9	4.6	4.4
W250 × 33	8.2	7.7	7.0	6.5	6.1	5.8	5.5
W250 × 39	8.8	8.3	7.8	7.2	6.8	6.4	6.1
W310 × 31	8.7	7.8	7.2	6.7	6.2	5.9	5.6
W310 × 39	10.0	9.3	8.5	7.9	7.4	7.0	6.7

Notes to Table 9.23.4.3.:

(1) See Note A-Table 9.23.4.3.

‌Division B 9.23.5.5.

‌Concrete Topping‌
(See Note A-9.23.4.4.)
1. Except as permitted in Sentence (2), where a floor is required to support a concrete topping, the joist spans shown in Span Table 9.23.4.2.-A or the spacing of the members shall be reduced to allow for the loads due to the topping.
2. Where a floor is required to support a concrete topping, joist spans are permitted to be selected from Span Table 9.23.4.2.-B provided the concrete
  1. ‌is 38 to 51 mm thick,
  2. is normal weight,
  3. is placed directly on the subflooring, and
  4. has not less than 20 MPa compressive strength after 28 days.
3. Where a floor is required to support a concrete topping not more than 51 mm thick, the allowable beam spans shown in Span Tables 9.23.4.2.-H to 9.23.4.2.-K shall be multiplied by 0.8 or the supported length of the floor joists shall be reduced to allow for the loads due to the topping.‌
‌Heavy Roofing Materials
1. Where a roof is required to support an additional uniform dead load from roofing materials such as concrete roofing tile, or materials other than as specified in Section 9.26., such as clay roofing tiles, the additional load shall be allowed for by reducing
  1. the spans for roof joists and rafters in Span Tables 9.23.4.2.-D to 9.23.4.2.-G, or the spacing of the members, and
  2. the spans for ridge beams and lintels in Span Tables 9.23.4.2.-L and 9.23.12.3.-A to 9.23.12.3.-D.

(See Note A-9.23.4.2.)

‌Notching and Drilling‌
1. ‌Holes Drilled in Framing Members
  1. ‌Holes drilled in roof, floor or ceiling framing members shall be not larger than one-quarter the depth of the member and shall be located not less than 50 mm from the edges, unless the depth of the member is increased by the size of the hole.‌
2. ‌Notching of Framing Members
  1. ‌Floor, roof and ceiling framing members are permitted to be notched provided the notch is located on the top of the member within half the joist depth from the edge of bearing and is not deeper than one-third the joist depth, unless the depth of the member is increased by the size of the notch.‌
3. ‌Wall Studs
  1. Wall studs shall not be notched, drilled or otherwise damaged so that the undamaged portion of the stud is less than two-thirds the depth of the stud if the stud is loadbearing or 40 mm if the stud is non-loadbearing, unless the weakened studs are suitably reinforced.‌
4. ‌Top Plates
  1. ‌Top plates in walls shall not be notched, drilled or otherwise weakened to reduce the undamaged width to less than 50 mm unless the weakened plates are suitably reinforced.‌
5. ‌Roof Trusses
  1. Roof truss members shall not be notched, drilled or otherwise weakened unless such notching or drilling is allowed for in the design of the truss.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌9.23.6.1. Division B‌

‌Anchorage‌

‌Anchorage of Building Frames

Except as required by Sentence 9.23.6.3.(1), building frames shall be anchored to the foundation unless a structural analysis that considers wind and earthquake loads and lateral earth pressures shows that anchorage is not required.
Except as provided in Sentences (3) to (6), anchorage shall be provided by
1. embedding the ends of the first floor joists in concrete, or
2. fastening the sill plate to the foundation with not less than 12.7 mm diam anchor bolts spaced not more than 2.4 m o.c.
For buildings with 2 or more floors supported by frame walls that are in areas where the seismic spectral acceleration, Sa(0.2), is not greater than 0.70 or the 1-in-50 hourly wind pressure (HWP) is equal to or greater than 0.80 kPa but not greater than
1.20 kPa, anchorage shall be provided by fastening the sill plate to the foundation with not less than two anchor bolts per braced wall panel, where all anchor bolts used are
1. ‌not less than 15.9 mm in diameter, located within 0.5 m of the end of the
  foundation, and spaced not more than 2.4 m o.c, or
2. not less than 12.7 mm in diameter, located within 0.5 m of the end of the
  foundation, and spaced not more than 1.7 m o.c.

For buildings supported by frame walls that are in areas where the seismic spectral acceleration, Sa(0.2), is greater than 0.70 but not greater than 1.8 and the

1-in-50 hourly wind pressure (HWP) is not greater than 1.20 kPa, anchorage shall be provided by fastening the sill plate to the foundation with not less than two anchor bolts per braced wall panel located within 0.5 m of the end of the foundation and spaced in accordance with Table 9.23.6.1.

Table 9.23.6.1.

Anchor Bolt Spacing where the 1-in-50 HWP ≤ 1.20 kPa and 0.70 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.8

Forming Part of Sentence 9.23.6.1.(4)

Anchor Bolt Diameter, mm	Sa(0.2)	Maximum Spacing of Anchor Bolts Along Braced Wall Band, m
		Light Construction			Heavy Construction(1)
		Number of Floors Supported(2)
		1	2	3	1	2
	0.70 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 0.80	2.4	2.3	1.8	2.4	2.0
	0.80 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 0.90	2.4	2.3	1.8	2.4	2.0
	0.90 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.0	2.4	2.2	1.5	2.4	1.8
12.7	1.0 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.1 1.1 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.2	2.4 2.4	2.1 2.0	1.4 1.3	2.4 2.4	1.6 1.5
	1.2 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.3	2.4	1.9	1.3	2.4	1.5
	1.3 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.35	2.4	1.8	1.2	2.3	1.4
	1.35 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.8	2.4	1.8	1.1	2.3	1.4
	0.70 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 0.80	2.4	2.4	2.2	2.4	2.4
	0.80 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 0.90	2.4	2.4	2.2	2.4	2.4
	0.90 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.0	2.4	2.4	2.1	2.4	2.3
15.9Table9.23.6.1	1.0 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.1 1.1 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.2	2.4 2.4	2.4 2.4	1.9 1.9	2.4 2.4	2.3 2.2
	1.2 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.3	2.4	2.4	1.8	2.4	2.1
	1.3 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.35	2.4	2.3	1.7	2.4	2.0
	1.35 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.8	2.4	2.2	1.6	2.4	1.9

Division B 9.23.7.2.

Table 9.23.6.1. (Continued)

‌Notes to Table 9.23.6.1.:

(1) See Note A-9.23.13.2.(1)(a)(i).

(2) All constructions include support of a roof load in addition to the indicated number of floors.

Anchor bolts referred to in Sentences (2) to (4) shall be
1. ‌fastened to the sill plate with nuts and washers,
2. embedded not less than 100 mm in the foundation, and
3. so designed that they may be tightened without withdrawing them from the foundation.
‌Where the seismic spectral acceleration, Sa(0.2), is greater than 1.8 or the 1-in-50 hourly wind pressure is equal to or greater than 1.2 kPa, anchorage shall be designed according to Part 4.‌

‌Anchorage of Columns and Posts‌
1. Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), exterior columns and posts shall be anchored to resist uplift and lateral movement.
2. Except as provided in Sentence (3), where columns or posts support balconies, decks, verandas or other exterior platforms, and the distance from finished ground
  to the underside of the joists is not more than 600 mm,
  1. the columns or posts shall be anchored to the foundation to resist uplift and lateral movement, or
  2. the supported joists or beams shall be directly anchored to the ground to resist uplift.
3. Anchorage is not required for platforms described in Sentence (2) that
  1. are not more than 1 storey in height,
  2. are not more than 55 m2 in area,
  3. ‌do not support a roof, and
  4. ‌are not attached to another structure, unless it can be demonstrated that differential movement will not adversely affect the performance of the structure to which the platform is attached.
‌Anchorage of Smaller Buildings
1. ‌Buildings not more than 4.3 m wide and not more than 1 storey in building height that are not anchored in accordance with Sentence 9.23.6.1.(1) shall be anchored in conformance with the requirements of CSA Z240.10.1, “Site preparation, foundation, and installation of buildings.”‌

‌Sill Plates‌
1. ‌Size of Sill Plates‌
  1. ‌Where sill plates provide bearing for the floor system, they shall be not less than 38 mm by 89 mm material.
2. ‌Levelling and Sealing of Sill Plates
  1. Sill plates shall be
    1. levelled by setting them on a full bed of mortar, or
    2. laid directly on the foundation if the top of the foundation is level. (See also Article 9.23.2.3.)
  2. The joint between the sill plate for exterior walls and the foundation shall be sealed in accordance with Subsection 9.25.3.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌9.23.8.1. Division B‌
‌Beams to Support Floors‌
1. ‌Bearing for Beams
  1. Beams shall have even and level bearing and the bearing at end supports shall be not less than 89 mm long, except as stated in the notes to Span Tables 9.23.4.2.-H to 9.23.4.2.-K.‌‌
2. ‌Priming of Steel Beams
  1. ‌Exterior steel beams shall be shop primed.
3. ‌Built-up Wood Beams
  (See Note A-9.23.8.3.)
  1. ‌Where a beam is made up of individual pieces of lumber that are nailed together, the individual members shall be 38 mm or greater in thickness and installed on edge.‌
  2. Except as permitted in Sentence (3), where individual members of a built-up beam are butted together to form a joint, the joint shall occur over a support.
  3. ‌Where a beam is continuous over more than one span, individual members are permitted to be butted together to form a joint at or within 150 mm of the end quarter points of the clear spans, provided the quarter points are not those closest to the ends of the beam.‌
  4. Members joined at quarter points shall be continuous over adjacent supports.
  5. ‌Joints in individual members of a beam that are located at or near the end quarter points shall not occur in adjacent members at the same quarter point and shall not reduce the effective beam width by more than half.‌
  6. Not more than one butt joint shall occur in any individual member of a built-up beam within any one span.
  7. Except as provided in Sentence (8), where 38 mm members are laid on edge to form a built-up beam, individual members shall be nailed together with a double row of nails not less than 89 mm in length, spaced not more than 450 mm apart in each row with the end nails located 100 mm to 150 mm from the end of each piece.
  8. Where 38 mm members in built-up wood beams are not nailed together as provided in Sentence (7), they shall be bolted together with not less than 12.7 mm diam bolts equipped with washers and spaced not more than 1.2 m o.c., with the end bolts located not more than 600 mm from the ends of the members.‌
‌Floor Joists‌
1. ‌End Bearing for Joists‌
  1. ‌Except when supported on ribbon boards, floor joists shall have not less than 38 mm length of end bearing.
  2. Ribbon boards referred to in Sentence (1) shall be not less than 19 mm by 89 mm lumber let into the studs.
2. ‌Joists Supported by Beams‌
  1. Floor joists may be supported on the tops of beams or may be framed into the sides of beams.
  2. When framed into the side of a wood beam, joists referred to in Sentence (1) shall be supported on
    1. joist hangers or other acceptable mechanical connectors, or
    2. not less than 38 mm by 64 mm ledger strips nailed to the side of the beam, except that 38 mm by 38 mm ledger strips may be used provided each joist is nailed to the beam by not less than four 89 mm nails, in addition to the nailing for the ledger strip required in Table 9.23.3.4.
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
      ‌Division B 9.23.9.5.
      1. When framed into the side of a steel beam, joists referred to in Sentence (1) shall be supported on the bottom flange of the beam or on not less than 38 mm by 38 mm lumber bolted to the web with not less than 6.3 mm diam bolts spaced not more than 600 mm apart.‌
      2. Joists referred to in Sentence (3) shall be spliced above the beam with not less than 38 mm by 38 mm lumber at least 600 mm long to support the flooring.
      3. Not less than a 12 mm space shall be provided between the splice required in Sentence (4) and the beam to allow for shrinkage of the wood joists.
3. ‌Restraint of Joist Bottoms
  1. Except as provided in Sentence 9.23.9.4.(1), bottoms of floor joists shall be restrained from twisting at each end by toe-nailing to the supports, end-nailing to the header joists or by providing continuous strapping, blocking between the joists or cross-bridging near the supports.
4. ‌Strapping, Bridging, Furring and Ceilings in Span Tables 9.23.4.2.-A and -B‌
  (See Note A-9.23.4.2.(2).)
  1. Except as permitted by Sentence (5), where strapping is specified in Span Table 9.23.4.2.-A, it shall be
    1. ‌not less than 19 mm by 64 mm, nailed to the underside of floor joists,
    2. located not more than 2 100 mm from each support or other rows of strapping, and
    3. fastened at each end to a sill or header.
  2. Where bridging is specified in Span Table 9.23.4.2.-A, it shall consist of not less than 19 mm by 64 mm or 38 mm by 38 mm cross bridging located not more than 2 100 mm from each support or other rows of bridging.
  3. Where bridging and strapping are specified in Span Table 9.23.4.2.-A,
    1. bridging shall
      1. comply with Sentence (2), or
      2. consist of 38 mm solid blocking located not more than
        ‌2 100 mm from each support or other rows of bridging and securely fastened between the joists, and
    2. except as provided in Sentence (5), strapping shall comply with Sentence (1) and be installed under the bridging.
  4. Bridging specified in Span Table 9.23.4.2.-B shall consist of
    1. bridging as described in Sentence (2), or
    2. 38 mm solid blocking located not more than 2 100 mm from each support or other rows of bridging and securely fastened between the joists.
  5. Strapping described in Sentence (1) and Clause (3)(b) is not required where
    1. furring strips complying with Table 9.29.3.1. are fastened directly to the joists, or
    2. a panel-type ceiling finish complying with Subsection 9.29.5., 9.29.6., 9.29.7., 9.29.8., or 9.29.9. is attached directly to the joists.
  6. Where a ceiling attached to wood furring is specified in Span Table 9.23.4.2.-B,
    1. the ceiling finish shall consist of gypsum board, plywood or OSB not less than 12.7 mm thick, and
    2. the furring shall be
      1. ‌19 mm by 89 mm wood furring spaced at not more than 600 mm o.c., or
      2. ‌19 mm by 64 mm wood furring spaced at not more than 400 mm o.c.
5. ‌Header Joists
  1. Header joists around floor openings shall be doubled when they exceed 1.2 m in length.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
6. Division B
  
  ‌2) The size of header joists exceeding 3.2 m in length shall be determined by calculations.‌

‌Wall Studs‌

‌Stud Size and Spacing

The size and spacing of studs shall conform to Table 9.23.10.1.

‌Division B 9.23.10.3.

Table 9.23.10.1.

Size and Spacing of Studs

Forming Part of Sentence 9.23.10.1.(1)

‌Type of Wall	Supported Loads (including dead loads)	Minimum Stud Size, mm	Maximum Stud Spacing, mm	Maximum Unsupported Height, m
	No load	38 × 38	400	2.4
	No load	38 × 89 flat(1)	400	3.6
		38 × 64	600	3.0
	Attic not accessible by a stairway	38 × 64 flat(1) 38 × 89	400 600	2.4 3.6
		38 × 89 flat(1)	400	2.4
	Attic accessible by a stairway plus one floor
Interior	Roof load plus one floor Attic not accessible by stairway plus 2 floors	38 × 89	400	3.6
	Roof load	38 × 64	400	2.4
	Attic accessible by a stairway Attic not accessible by a stairway plus one floor	38 × 89	600	3.6
	Attic accessible by a stairway plus 2 floors Roof load plus 2 floors	38 × 89 64 × 89 38 × 140	300 400 400	3.6 3.6 4.2
	Attic accessible by a stairway plus 3 floors	38 × 140	300	4.2
	Roof load plus 3 floors	38 × 140	300	4.2
	Roof with or without attic storage	38 × 64	400	2.4
	Roof with or without attic storage	38 × 89	600	3.0
	Roof with or without attic storage plus one floor	38 × 89	400	3.0
Exterior	Roof with or without attic storage plus one floor	38 × 140	600	3.0
Exterior		38 × 89	300	3.0
	Roof with or without attic storage plus 2 floors	64 × 89	400	3.0
		38 × 140	400	3.6
	‌Roof with or without attic storage plus 3 floors	38 × 140	300	1.8

Notes to Table 9.23.10.1.:

‌(1) See Article 9.23.10.3.

‌Bracing and Lateral Support
1. Where loadbearing interior walls are not finished in accordance with Section 9.29., blocking or strapping shall be fastened to the studs at mid-height to prevent sideways buckling.‌
‌Orientation of Studs‌
1. Except as permitted in Sentences (2) and (3), all studs shall be placed at right angles to the wall face.
2. Studs on the flat are permitted to be used in gable ends of roofs that contain only unfinished space or in non-loadbearing interior walls within the limits described in Article 9.23.10.1.
3. Wall studs that support only a load from an attic not accessible by a stairway are permitted to be placed on the flat within the limits permitted in Article 9.23.10.1. provided
  1. the studs are clad on not less than one side with plywood, OSB or waferboard sheathing fastened to the face of the studs with a structural adhesive, and
  2. the portion of the roof supported by the studs does not exceed 2.1 m in width.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B‌
(See Note A-9.23.10.6.(3).)

‌Wall Plates‌

‌Size of Wall Plates
1. Except as provided in Sentence (2), wall plates shall be
  1. not less than 38 mm thick, and
  2. ‌not less than the required width of the wall studs.
2. In non-loadbearing walls and in loadbearing walls where the studs are located directly over framing members, the bottom wall plate is permitted to be 19 mm thick.
‌Bottom Wall Plates‌
1. ‌A bottom wall plate shall be provided in all cases.
2. ‌The bottom plate in exterior walls shall not project more than one-third the plate width over the support.
‌Top Plates‌
1. Except as permitted in Sentences (2) to (4), at least 2 top plates shall be provided in loadbearing walls.
2. A single top plate is permitted to be used in a section of a loadbearing wall containing a lintel provided the top plate forms a tie across the lintel.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  ‌Division B 9.23.12.1.
3. A single top plate is permitted to be used in loadbearing walls where the concentrated loads from ceilings, floors and roofs are not more than 50 mm to one side of the supporting studs and in all non-loadbearing walls.
4. The top plates need not be provided in a section of loadbearing wall containing a lintel provided the lintel is tied to the adjacent wall section with not less than
  1. 75 mm by 150 mm by 0.91 mm thick galvanized steel, or
  2. ‌19 mm by 89 mm by 300 mm wood splice nailed to each wall section with at least three 63 mm nails.

‌Joints in Top Plates‌

Joints in the top plates of loadbearing walls shall be staggered not less than one stud spacing.
The top plates in loadbearing walls shall be lapped or otherwise tied at corners and intersecting walls in accordance with Sentence (4).
Joints in single top plates used with loadbearing walls shall be tied in accordance with Sentence (4).
Ties referred to in Sentences (2) and (3) shall be the equivalent of not less than 75 mm by 150 mm by 0.91 mm thick galvanized steel nailed to each wall with at least three 63 mm nails.

‌Where the seismic spectral acceleration, Sa(0.2), is greater than 0.70 but not more than 1.8, doubled top plates in braced wall bands shall be fastened on each side of a splice with 76 mm long common steel wire nails or spiral nails in accordance with Table 9.23.11.4.

Table 9.23.11.4.

Fasteners in Doubled Top Plate Splice Connections in Braced Wall Bands where 0.70 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.8

Forming Part of Sentence 9.23.11.4.(5)

Sa(0.2)	Minimum Number of Nails on Each Side of Doubled Top Plate Splice
	Light Construction			Heavy Construction(1)
	Number of Supported Floors(2)
	0	1	2	0	1
0.70 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 0.80	2	5	8	3	8
0.80 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 0.90	2	5	8	4	8
0.90 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.0	3	6	10	4	10
1.0 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.1	3	7	11	5	11
1.1 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.2	3	7	11	5	12
1.2 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.3	3	8	12	5	12
1.3 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.35	4	8	12	5	13
1.35 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.8	4	8	13	5	13

‌Notes to Table 9.23.11.4.:

(1) See Note A-9.23.13.2.(1)(a)(i).

‌(2) All constructions include support of a roof load in addition to the number of floors indicated.

‌Framing over Openings‌
1. ‌Openings in Non-Loadbearing Walls
  1. Except as provided in Sentence (2), openings in non-loadbearing walls shall be framed with not less than 38 mm material the same width as the studs, securely nailed to adjacent studs.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
2. ‌Division B
  1. Openings for doors in non-loadbearing walls required to be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating shall be framed with the equivalent of at least two 38 mm thick members that are the same width as the wall plates.‌

‌Bracing to Resist Lateral Loads Due to Wind and Earthquake‌

(See Note A-9.23.13.)

‌Requirements for Low to Moderate Wind and Seismic Forces
(See Note A-9.23.13.1.)
1. This Article applies in locations where the seismic spectral acceleration, Sa(0.2), is not more than 0.70 and the 1-in-50 hourly wind pressure is less than 0.80 kPa.
2. Bracing to resist lateral loads shall be designed and constructed as follows:
  1. exterior walls shall be
  2. in accordance with
    1. Articles 9.23.13.4. to 9.23.13.7.,
    2. Part 4, or
    3. good engineering practice such as that provided in CWC 2014, “Engineering Guide for Wood Frame Construction.”
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
      ‌Division B 9.23.13.5.
‌Requirements for High Wind and Seismic Forces
1. Except as provided in Article 9.23.13.1., this Article applies in locations where
  1. the seismic spectral acceleration, Sa(0.2), is greater than 0.70 but not more than 1.8 and
    1. the lowest exterior frame wall supports not more than 1 floor in buildings of heavy construction (see Note A-9.23.13.2.(1)(a)(i)), or
    2. the lowest exterior frame wall supports not more than 2 floors in other types of construction, and
  2. the 1-in-50 hourly wind pressure is less than 1.20 kPa.
2. Bracing to resist lateral loads shall be designed and constructed in accordance with
  1. Articles 9.23.13.4. to 9.23.13.7.,
  2. Part 4, or
  3. good engineering practice such as that provided in CWC 2014, “Engineering Guide for Wood Frame Construction.”
‌Requirements for Extreme Wind and Seismic Forces
1. Except as provided in Articles 9.23.13.1. and 9.23.13.2., this Article applies in locations where
  1. the seismic spectral acceleration, Sa(0.2), is
    1. greater than 1.8,
    2. greater than 0.70 and the lowest exterior frame wall supports more than 2 floors in buildings of light construction, or
    3. greater than 0.70 and the lowest exterior frame wall supports more than 1 floor in buildings of heavy construction, or
  2. the 1-in-50 hourly wind pressure is equal to or greater than 1.20 kPa.
2. ‌Bracing to resist lateral loads shall be designed and constructed in accordance with
  1. Part 4, or
  2. good engineering practice such as that provided in CWC 2014, “Engineering Guide for Wood Frame Construction.”
‌Braced Wall Bands‌‌
(See Note A-9.23.13.4.)
1. ‌Braced wall bands shall‌
  1. be full storey height,
  2. be not more than 1.2 m wide,
  3. lap at both ends with another braced wall band,
  4. be aligned with braced wall bands on storeys above and below, and
  5. conform to the spacing and dimensions given in Table 9.23.13.5.
2. The perimeter of the building shall be located within braced wall bands.
3. For split-level buildings, a braced wall band shall be located where there is a change in floor level greater than the depth of one floor joist.

‌Braced Wall Panels in Braced Wall Bands

Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (5) and Article 9.23.13.7., braced wall panels shall

be located within braced wall bands,
extend, as applicable, from the top of the supporting footing, slab or subfloor to the underside of the floor, ceiling or roof framing above, and

conform to the spacing and dimensions given in Table 9.23.13.5.

‌9.23.13.5. Division B

Table 9.23.13.5.

Spacing and Dimensions of Braced Wall Bands and Braced Wall Panels

Forming Part of Sentences 9.23.13.4.(1) and 9.23.13.5.(1)

Description	Spacing and Dimensions of Braced Wall Bands and Braced Wall Panels(1)(2)(3)
	Seismic and Wind Loads
	0.70 < Sa(0.2) < 1.0	1.0 ≤ Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.8 or 0.80 ≤ HWP < 1.2 kPa
Maximum distance between centre lines of adjacent braced wall bands measured from the furthest points between centres of the bands	10.6 m	7.6 m
Maximum distance between required braced wall panels measured from the edges of the panels	6.4 m	6.4 m
Maximum distance from the end ofa braced wall band to the edge of the closest required braced wall panel	2.4 m	2.4 m
Minimum length of individual braced wall panels: braced wall panel connects to an intersecting braced wall panel	600 mm 750 mm
Minimum total length of all braced wall panels in a braced wall band	75% of length of braced wall band 75% of length of braced wall band 40% of length of braced wall band 40% of length of braced wall band 25% of length of braced wall band 25% of length of braced wall band

panel located at the end of a braced wall band where the
panel not located at the end of a braced wall band or braced wall panel located at the end of a braced wall band where the braced wall panel does not connect to an intersecting braced wall panel

supporting 3 floors, light construction
supporting 2 floors, heavy construction(4)
supporting 2 floors, light construction
supporting 1 floor, heavy construction(4)
supporting 1 floor, light construction
not supporting a floor

Notes to Table 9.23.13.5.:

‌(1) See Note A-Table 9.23.13.5.

(2) All constructions include support of a roof load in addition to the indicated number of floors.

(3) See Article 9.23.13.7. for alternative methods of compliance.

(4) See Sentence 9.23.13.3.(1) for overall limit on application to heavy construction.

In basements or crawl spaces where the perimeter foundation walls extend from the footings to the underside of the supported floor, braced wall bands constructed with braced wall panels shall be spaced not more than
1. 15 m from the perimeter foundation walls,
2. 15 m from interior foundation walls, and
3. 15 m from adjacent braced wall bands constructed with braced wall panels. (See Note A-9.23.13.5.(2).)
Portions of the perimeter of a single open or enclosed space need not comply with Sentence (1), where
1. the roof of the space projects not more than
  1. 3.5 m from the face of the framing of the nearest parallel
    braced wall band, and
  2. the perpendicular plan dimension,
2. that portion of the perimeter structure does not support a floor,
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  Division B 9.23.13.6.
3. the roof of the space is
  1. integral with the roof of the rest of the building with framing members not more than 400 mm o.c. where roof sheathing edges are not supported on blocking and not more than 600 mm o.c. where roof sheathing edges are supported on blocking securely fastened between framing members, or
  2. constructed with roof framing not more than 400 mm o.c. where roof sheathing edges are not supported on blocking and not more than 600 mm o.c. where roof sheathing edges are supported on blocking securely fastened between framing members, and fastened to the wall framing (see Table 9.23.3.4. and Article 9.23.9.1. for balloon framing), and
4. the end-joists or end-rafters for the roof of the space are fastened to a 3-ply, 38 mm × 140 mm built-up column or a 5-ply, 38 mm × 89 mm built-up column that is integral with the wall framing.
  (See Note A-9.23.13.5.(3).)
Walls in detached garages and in accessory buildings serving a single dwelling unit, and the front wall of attached garages serving a single dwelling unit need not comply with Sentence (1) where these walls do not support a floor.
Braced wall panels in the braced wall band at the front of an attached garage serving a single dwelling unit need not comply with Sentence (1), provided
1. the maximum spacing between the front of the garage and the back wall of the garage does not exceed 7.6 m,
2. there is not more than one floor above the garage,
3. not less than 50% of the length of the back wall of the garage is constructed of braced wall panels, and
4. not less than 25% of the length of the side walls is constructed of braced wall panels.

‌Materials in Braced Wall Panels

Required braced wall panels shall be

clad with panel-type cladding complying with Section 9.27. and Table 9.23.3.4.,
sheathed with plywood, OSB, waferboard or diagonal lumber sheathing complying with Subsection 9.23.16. and Table 9.23.13.6., and fastened in accordance with Article 9.23.3.5., or

finished on the interior with a panel-type material in accordance with the requirements of Section 9 29. and Table 9.23.13.6.

Table 9.23.13.6.

Minimum Thicknesses of Cladding, Sheathing or Interior Finish for Braced Wall Panels

Forming Part of Sentence 9.23.13.6.(1)

Panel-Type Cladding, Sheathing or Interior Finish	Minimum Thickness
	Where Sa(0.2) ≤ 0.90		Where Sa(0.2) > 0.90
	With supports 400 mm o.c.	With supports 600 mm o.c.	With supports 400 mm o.c.	With supports 600 mm o.c.
Gypsum board interior finish(1)	12.7 mm	15.9 mm	12.7 mm	15.9 mm
Sheathing complying with CSA O325	W16	W24	W16	W24
OSB O-1 and O-2 grades	11 mm	12.5 mm	11 mm	12.5 mm
Waferboard R-1 grade	9.5 mm	12.5 mm	n/a	n/a
Plywood	11 mm	12.5 mm	11 mm	12.5 mm
Diagonal lumber	17 mm	17 mm	n/a	n/a

Notes to Table 9.23.13.6.:

(1) See Sentences (5) and (6).

‌Division B
1. Except as provided in Sentence (3), required interior braced wall panels shall be
  1. sheathed or finished on both sides with a wood-based material, or
  2. finished on both sides with gypsum board.
2. Required interior braced wall panels of wood-based material may be sheathed on one side only, provided
  1. the sheathing material is plywood, OSB or waferboard, and
  2. the maximum spacing of fasteners along the edge is half of the maximum spacing shown in Table 9.23.3.5.-B.
3. For stacked braced wall bands, where the construction of any one braced wall panel is required to be of a wood-based material, a wood-based material shall be installed in all the required braced wall panels in that braced wall band.
4. Gypsum board interior finish shall not be considered as an acceptable sheathing material to provide the required bracing in exterior walls. (See Note A-9.23.13.6.(5) and (6).)
5. At braced wall band spacing intervals of not more than 15 m, braced wall panels shall be constructed with OSB, plywood or diagonal lumber. (See Note A-9.23.13.6.(5) and (6).)
‌9.23.13.7. Additional System Considerations
1. Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), one exterior wall of the uppermost storey in each orthogonal direction may be set back from the exterior wall of the storey below, provided the adjacent interior braced wall band of the storey below the setback
  1. is spaced not more than 10.6 m from the exterior wall of the storey below the setback wall,
  2. consists of braced wall panels that are constructed of a wood-based material in conformance with Sentence 9.23.13.6.(2),
  3. extends to the foundation, and
  4. is not taken into consideration when providing braced wall panels constructed of a wood-based material at spacing intervals of not more than 15 m as per Sentence 9.23.13.6.(6).
2. Where the exterior wall of the uppermost storey is set back from the exterior wall of the storey below, the roof and floor space supporting the setback wall shall be sheathed with a wood-based material between the exterior wall of the storey below the setback and the adjacent interior braced wall bands of the storey below the setback.
3. Where the exterior wall of the uppermost storey is set back from the exterior wall of the storey below, the exterior walls perpendicular to the setback wall shall
  1. have their top plate connected with nails that are spaced at no greater than half the spacing required in Table 9.23.3.4., and
  2. have their top plate splices fastened with twice the number of nails specified in Sentences 9.23.11.4.(4) and (5).
4. The maximum distance between adjacent required braced wall panels in a braced wall band, measured from the edge of the panels, may be increased to 7.3 m provided that, throughout the height of the building, the length of any braced wall panel within the braced wall band is not less than 1.2 m.
5. The maximum spacing between the centre lines of required braced wall bands given in Table 9.23.13.5. may be increased from 7.6 m to no more than 10.6 m, provided that the interior braced wall band whose spacing is being increased is replaced with
  an interior braced wall band that
6. For each orthogonal direction of the building, the length of required braced wall panels of one exterior wall given in Table 9.23.13.5. may be reduced from 40% to no
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  Division B 9.23.14.7.
  
  less than 25% of the length of the braced wall band, provided an additional parallel and adjacent interior braced wall band is constructed that
  1. is spaced not more than 10.6 m from the exterior wall,
  2. consists of braced wall panels that are constructed of a wood-based material in conformance with Sentence 9.23.13.6.(2) and whose lengths sum to no less than 25% of the length of the braced wall band,
  3. extends to the foundation, and
  4. is not taken into consideration when providing braced wall panels constructed of a wood-based material at spacing intervals no greater than 15 m as per Sentence 9.23.13.6.(6).
7. Where the length of required braced wall panels of an exterior wall is reduced as described in Sentence (6), the ratio of the length of braced wall panels in the respective upper braced wall bands to the length of braced wall panels in the reduced exterior braced wall band shall not exceed 2.‌

‌Roof and Ceiling Framing‌

‌Continuity of Rafters and Joists‌
1. ‌Roof rafters and joists and ceiling joists shall be continuous or shall be spliced over vertical supports that extend to suitable bearing.
‌Framing around Openings‌
1. ‌Roof and ceiling framing members shall be doubled on each side of openings greater than 2 rafter or joist spacings wide.
‌End Bearing Length‌
1. ‌The length of end bearing of joists and rafters shall be not less than 38 mm.
‌Location and Attachment of Rafters
1. ‌Rafters shall be located directly opposite each other and tied together at the peak, or may be offset by their own thickness if nailed to a ridge board not less than‌
  17.5 mm thick.
2. Except as permitted in Sentence (3), framing members shall be connected by gusset plates or nailing at the peak in conformance with Table 9.23.3.4.
3. ‌Where the roof framing on opposite sides of the peak is assembled separately, such as in the case of factory-built houses, the roof framing on opposite sides is permitted to be fastened together with galvanized-steel strips not less than 200 mm by 75 mm by 0.41 mm thick spaced not more than 1.2 m apart and nailed at each end to the framing by at least two 63 mm nails.‌
‌Shaping of Rafters‌
1. ‌Rafters shall be shaped at supports to provide even bearing surfaces and supported directly above the exterior walls.
‌Hip and Valley Rafters‌
1. ‌Hip and valley rafters shall be not less than 50 mm greater in depth than the common rafters and not less than 38 mm thick, actual dimension.
‌Intermediate Support for Rafters and Joists
1. ‌Ceiling joists and collar ties of not less than 38 mm by 89 mm lumber are permitted to be assumed to provide intermediate support to reduce the span for rafters and joists where the roof slope is 1 in 3 or greater.
2. Collar ties referred to in Sentence (1) more than 2.4 m long shall be laterally supported near their centres by not less than 19 mm by 89 mm continuous members at right angles to the collar ties.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022

Division B

‌Dwarf walls and struts are permitted to be used to provide intermediate support to reduce the span for rafters and joists.
When struts are used to provide intermediate support they shall be not less than 38 mm by 89 mm material extending from each rafter to a loadbearing wall at an angle of not less than 45° to the horizontal.
When dwarf walls are used for rafter support, they shall be framed in the same manner as loadbearing walls and securely fastened top and bottom to the roof and ceiling framing to prevent over-all movement.‌
Solid blocking shall be installed between floor joists beneath dwarf walls referred to in Sentence (5) that enclose finished rooms.

‌Ridge Support

Except as provided in Sentence (4), roof rafters and joists shall be supported at the ridge of the roof by
1. a loadbearing wall extending from the ridge to suitable bearing, or
2. a ridge beam supported by not less than 89 mm length of bearing.
Except as provided in Sentence (3), the ridge beam referred to in Sentence (1) shall conform to the sizes and spans shown in Span Table 9.23.4.2.-L, provided
1. the supported rafter or joist length does not exceed 4.9 m, and
2. the roof does not support any concentrated loads.
The ridge beam referred to in Sentence (1) need not comply with Sentence (2) where
1. ‌the beam is of not less than 38 mm by 140 mm material, and
2. ‌the beam is supported at intervals not exceeding 1.2 m by not less than 38 mm by 89 mm members extending vertically from the ridge to suitable bearing.
‌Where the roof slope is 1 in 3 or steeper, ridge support need not be provided when the lower ends of the rafters are adequately tied to prevent outward movement.

Ties required in Sentence (4) are permitted to consist of tie rods or ceiling joists forming a continuous tie for opposing rafters and nailed in accordance with Table 9.23.14.8.

Table 9.23.14.8.

Rafter-to-Joist Nailing (Unsupported Ridge)

Forming Part of Sentences 9.23.14.8.(5) and (8)

Roof Slope	‌Rafter Spacing, mm	Minimum Number of Nails Not Less Than 76 mm Long and 3.66 mm in Diameter(1)(2)(3)(4)
		Building Width up to4 m			Building Width up to6 m			Building Width up to8 m			Building Width up to 10 m
		Specified Roof Snow Load, kPa			Specified Roof Snow Load, kPa			Specified Roof Snow Load, kPa			Specified Roof Snow Load, kPa
		1.0	1.5	2.0	1.0	1.5	2.0	1.0	1.5	2.0	1.0	1.5	2.0
	300	3	4	5	5	6	7	6	8	10	7	10	(5)
1 in 3	400	4	5	7	6	8	10	8	10	(5)	10	(5)	(5)
	600	6	8	10	9	(5)	(5)	(5)	(5)	(5)	(5)	(5)	(5)
	300	3	3	4	4	5	6	5	6	8	6	8	10
1 in 2.4	400	3	4	5	5	6	8	6	8	10	8	10	(5)
	600	5	6	8	7	9	(5)	9	(5)	(5)	(5)	(5)	(5)
	300	2	3	4	3	4	5	4	5	7	5	7	8
1 in 2	400	3	4	5	4	5	7	5	7	9	7	9	(5)
	600	4	5	7	6	8	10	8	10	(5)	10	(5)	(5)

Division B 9.23.14.8.

Table 9.23.14.8. (Continued)

Roof Slope	Rafter Spacing, mm	Minimum Number of Nails Not Less Than 76 mm Long and 3.66 mm in Diameter(1)(2)(3)(4)
		Building Width up to 4 m			Building Width up to 6 m			Building Width up to 8 m			Building Width up to 10 m
		Specified Roof Snow Load, kPa			Specified Roof Snow Load, kPa			Specified Roof Snow Load, kPa			Specified Roof Snow Load, kPa
		1.0	1.5	2.0	1.0	1.5	2.0	1.0	1.5	2.0	1.0	1.5	2.0
	300	2	3	3	3	4	4	4	5	6	4	6	7
1 in 1.71	400	3	3	4	4	5	6	5	6	8	6	7	9
	600	4	5	6	5	7	8	7	9	(5)	8	(5)	(5)
	300	2	2	3	3	3	4	3	4	5	4	5	6
1 in 1.5	400	2	3	4	3	4	5	4	5	7	5	7	8
	600	3	4	5	5	6	7	6	8	10	7	10	(5)
	300	2	2	3	2	3	4	3	4	5	4	5	6
1 in 1.33	400	2	3	3	3	4	5	4	5	6	5	6	7
	600	3	4	5	4	5	7	5	7	9	7	9	(5)
	300	2	2	2	2	3	3	3	3	4	3	4	5
1 in 1.2	400	2	2	3	3	3	4	3	4	5	4	5	7
	600	3	3	4	4	5	6	5	6	8	6	8	10
	300	2	2	2	2	2	3	2	3	4	3	4	4
1 in 1	400	2	2	3	2	3	4	3	4	5	4	5	6
	600	2	3	4	3	4	5	4	5	7	5	7	8

Notes to Table 9.23.14.8.:

(1) Nails with a diameter less than 3.66 mm are permitted to be used, provided the minimum number of nails stated in the Table is modified as follows:

For a nail diameter greater than or equal to 2.86 mm and less than 3.25 mm, add 3 nails to the minimum number of nails, up to a maximum of 10 nails.
For a nail diameter greater than or equal to 3.25 mm and less than 3.66 mm, add 2 nails to the minimum number of nails, up to a maximum of 10 nails.

Where more than 10 nails are required, the connections between the rafters and the ceiling joists shall be designed in accordance with Clause 9.4.1.1.(1)(b) or (c).

(2) The minimum number of nails stated in the Table is applicable to Spruce-Pine-Fir, Douglas Fir-Larch and Hem-Fir members. For Northern Species members, add 2 nails to the minimum number of nails, up to a maximum of 10 nails. Where more than 10 nails are required, the connections between the rafters and the ceiling joists shall be designed in accordance with Clause 9.4.1.1.(1)(b) or (c).

‌(3) To accommodate nail spacing, not less than 38 mm × 140 mm joists shall be used where 6 or more nails are required, and not less than 38 mm × 184 mm joists shall be used where 8 or more nails are required.

(4) The minimum number of nails in the Table is applicable for a maximum roof dead load of 0.5 kPa.

(5) The connections between the rafters and the ceiling joists shall be designed in accordance with Clause 9.4.1.1.(1)(b) or (c).

Except as permitted in Sentence (7), ceiling joists referred to in Sentence (5) shall be tied to the base of every rafter.
Where ceiling joists referred to in Sentence (5) are raised above the base of the rafters, the connections between the rafters and the ceiling joists shall be designed in accordance with Clause 9.4.1.1.(1)(b) or (c).‌
Ceiling joists referred to in Sentence (5) that are spliced to make a continuous joist shall be fastened together at each splice with at least one more nail than required for the rafter-to-joist connection shown in Table 9.23.14.8.
Members referred to in Sentences (6) and (8) are permitted to be fastened together either directly or through a gusset plate.

‌Division B‌

‌Subflooring‌
1. ‌Subflooring Required
  1. Subflooring shall be provided beneath finish flooring where the finish flooring does not have adequate strength to support the specified live loads (see Subsection 9.30.3.).‌
2. ‌Material Standards
  1. Except as provided in Sentence (2), wood-based panels for subfloors shall conform to
    1. CSA O121, “Douglas fir plywood,”
    2. CSA O151, “Canadian softwood plywood,”
    3. CSA O153, “Poplar plywood,”
    4. CSA O325, “Construction sheathing,” or
    5. CSA O437.0, “OSB and Waferboard.”
  2. Particleboard subflooring may be used only where a building is constructed in a factory so that the subfloor will not be exposed to the weather.
  3. Subflooring described in Sentence (2) shall conform to grade D-2 or D-3 in ANSI A208.1, “Particleboard.”
  4. Subflooring described in Sentence (2) shall have its upper surface and all edges treated to restrict water absorption, where the subfloor is used in bathrooms, kitchens, laundry rooms or other areas subject to periodic wetting. (See Note A-9.23.15.2.(4).)‌
3. ‌Edge Support
  1. Where the edges of panel-type subflooring are required to be supported (see Sentence 9.30.2.1.(2)), such support shall consist of tongue-and-groove panel edges or not less than 38 mm by 38 mm blocking securely nailed between framing members.‌
4. ‌Direction of Installation
  1. Plywood subflooring shall be installed with the surface grain at right angles to the joists and with joints parallel to floor joists staggered.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 9.23.15.7.
  2. OSB subflooring conforming to CSA O325, “Construction sheathing,” or to O-1 and O-2 grades in CSA O437.0, “OSB and Waferboard,” and waferboard subflooring conforming to R-1 grade in CSA O437.0 shall be installed so that the direction of face orientation is at right angles to the joists and the joints parallel to the floor joists are staggered. (See Note A-9.23.15.4.(2).)‌
5. ‌Subfloor Thickness or Rating‌
  1. Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), subfloors shall conform to either Table 9.23.15.5.-A or 9.23.15.5.-B.
    
    Table 9.23.15.5.-A
    Thickness of Subflooring
    Forming Part of Sentences 9.23.15.5.(1) and 9.23.16.7.(1)
    
    Maximum Spacing of Supports, mm
    Minimum Thickness, mm
    Plywood and OSB, O-2 Grade
    OSB, O-1 Grade, and Waferboard, R-1 Grade
    Particleboard
    Lumber
    ‌400
    15.5
    15.9
    15.9
    17.0
    500
    15.5
    15.9
    19.0
    19.0
    600
    18.5
    19.0
    25.4
    19.0
    
    Table 9.23.15.5.-B
    Rating for Subfloor when Applying CSA O325
    Forming Part of Sentences 9.23.15.5.(1) and 9.23.16.7.(1)
    
    Maximum Spacing of Supports, mm
    Panel Mark
    Subfloor
    Used with Panel-Type Underlay
    ‌400
    1F16
    2F16
    500
    1F20
    2F20
    600
    1F24
    2F24
  2. Where the finished flooring consists of not less than 19 mm matched wood strip flooring laid at right angles to joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c., subflooring shall be permitted to consist of not less than
    1. 12.5 mm thick plywood,
    2. ‌12.5 mm thick OSB conforming to O-2 grade,
    3. 12.7 mm thick OSB conforming to O-1 grade,
    4. 12.7 mm thick waferboard conforming to R-1 grade, or
    5. OSB conforming to 2R32/2F16 grade.
  3. Except where the flooring consists of ceramic tiles applied with adhesive, where a separate panel-type underlay or concrete topping is applied to a subfloor on joists spaced not more than 400 mm o.c., the subfloor is permitted to consist of not less than
    1. 12.5 mm thick plywood,
    2. ‌12.5 mm thick OSB conforming to O-2 grade,
    3. 12.7 mm thick OSB conforming to O-1 grade,
    4. ‌12.7 mm thick waferboard conforming to R-1 grade, or
    5. OSB conforming to 2R32/2F16 grade.
6. ‌Annular Grooved Nails
  1. ‌When resilient flooring is applied directly to an OSB, waferboard, particleboard or plywood subfloor, the subfloor shall be fastened to the supports with annular grooved nails.‌
7. ‌Lumber Subflooring
  1. Lumber subflooring shall be laid at an angle of not less than 45° to the joists.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌9.23.16.1. Division B‌
  2. ‌Lumber subflooring shall be fully supported at the ends on solid bearing.
  3. ‌Lumber for subflooring shall be of uniform thickness and not more than 184 mm wide.

‌Roof Sheathing‌

‌Required Roof Sheathing
1. ‌Except where the 1-in-50 hourly wind pressure is less than 0.8 kPa and the seismic spectral acceleration, Sa(0.2), is less than or equal to 0.70, continuous lumber or panel-type roof sheathing shall be installed to support the roofing.‌
‌Material Standards
1. Wood-based panels used for roof sheathing shall conform to the requirements of
  1. CSA O121, “Douglas fir plywood,”
  2. CSA O151, “Canadian softwood plywood,”
  3. CSA O153, “Poplar plywood,”
  4. CSA O325, “Construction sheathing,” or
  5. CSA O437.0, “OSB and Waferboard.”
‌Direction of Installation‌
1. Plywood roof sheathing shall be installed with the surface grain at right angles to the roof framing.
2. OSB roof sheathing conforming to CSA O325, “Construction sheathing,” or to O-1 and O-2 grades as specified in CSA O437.0, “OS B and Waferboard,” shall be installed with the direction of face orientation at right angles to the roof framing members. (See Note A-9.23.15.4.(2).)‌
‌Joints in Panel-Type Sheathing
1. ‌Panel-type sheathing board shall be applied so that joints perpendicular to the roof ridge are staggered where
  1. the sheathing is applied with the surface grain parallel to the roof ridge, and
  2. ‌the thickness of the sheathing is such that the edges are required to be supported.
2. ‌A gap of not less than 2 mm shall be left between sheets of plywood, OSB or waferboard.
‌Lumber Roof Sheathing‌
1. Lumber roof sheathing shall not be more than 286 mm wide and shall be applied so that all ends are supported with end joints staggered.
2. Lumber roof sheathing shall be installed diagonally, where
  1. the seismic spectral acceleration, Sa(0.2), is greater than 0.70 but not greater than 1.2, or
  2. the 1-in-50 hourly wind pressure is equal to or greater than 0.80 kPa but less than 1.20 kPa.
3. ‌Lumber roof sheathing shall be designed according to Part 4, where
  1. ‌the seismic spectral acceleration, Sa(0.2), is greater than 1.2, or
  2. the 1-in-50 hourly wind pressure is equal to or greater than 1.20 kPa.
‌Edge Support
1. Where panel-type roof sheathing requires edge support, the support shall consist of metal H clips or not less than 38 mm by 38 mm blocking securely nailed between framing members.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  ‌Division B 9.23.17.2.‌

‌Thickness or Rating‌

The thickness or rating of roof sheathing on a flat roof used as a walking deck shall conform to either Table 9.23.15.5.-A or 9.23.15.5.-B for subfloors.
The thickness or rating of roof sheathing on a roof not used as a walking deck shall conform to either Table 9.23.16.7.-A or 9.23.16.7.-B.
Asphalt-coated or asphalt-impregnated fibreboard not less than 11.1 mm thick conforming to CAN/ULC-S706.1, “Standard for Wood Fibre Insulating Boards for Buildings,” is permitted to be used as a roof sheathing over supports spaced not more than 400 mm o.c. provided the roofing consists of
1. a continuous sheet of galvanized steel not less than 0.33 mm in thickness, or
2. ‌a continuous sheet of aluminum not less than 0.61 mm in thickness.

All edges of sheathing described in Sentence (3) shall be supported by blocking or framing.

Table 9.23.16.7.-A

Thickness of Roof Sheathing

Forming Part of Sentence 9.23.16.7.(2)

Maximum Spacing of Supports, mm	Minimum Thickness, mm
	Plywood, and OSB, O-2 Grade		OSB, O-1 Grade, and Waferboard, R-1 Grade		Lumber
	Edges Supported	Edges Unsupported	Edges Supported	Edges Unsupported	Lumber
‌300	7.5	7.5	9.5	9.5	17.0
400	7.5	9.5	9.5	11.1	17.0
600	9.5	12.5	11.1	12.7	19.0

Table 9.23.16.7.-B

Rating for Roof Sheathing When Applying CSA O325

Forming Part of Sentence 9.23.16.7.(2)

Maximum Spacing of Supports, mm	Panel Mark
Maximum Spacing of Supports, mm	Edges Supported	Edges Unsupported
‌400	2R16	1R16
500	2R20	1R20
‌600	2R24	1R24

‌Wall Sheathing‌
1. ‌Required Sheathing
  1. ‌Exterior walls and gable ends shall be sheathed when the exterior cladding requires intermediate fastening between supports or if the exterior cladding requires solid backing.‌
2. ‌Thickness, Rating and Material Standards
  1. Where wall sheathing is required for the purpose of complying with this Section, it shall conform to either Table 9.23.17.2.-A or 9.23.17.2.-B. (See also Article 9.25.5.1.)
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
3. ‌Division B

Table 9.23.17.2.-A

Wall Sheathing Thickness and Specifications

Forming Part of Sentence 9.23.17.2.(1)

Type of Sheathing	Minimum Thickness, mm(1)		Material Standards
Type of Sheathing	With Supports 400 mm o.c.	With Supports 600 mm o.c.	Material Standards
Fibreboard (insulating)	9.5	11.1	CAN/ULC-S706.1
Gypsum sheathing	9.5	12.7	ASTM C1177/C1177M ASTM C1396/C1396M(2)
Lumber	17.0	17.0	See Table 9.3.2.1.
Mineral Fibre, Rigid Board, Type 2	25	25	CAN/ULC-S702.1
OSB, O-2 Grade	6.0	7.5	CSA O437.0
OSB, O-1 Grade, and Waferboard, R-1 Grade	6.35	7.9	CSA O437.0
Phenolic, faced	25	25	CAN/CGSB-51.25-M
Plywood (exterior type)	6.0	7.5	CSA O121 CSA O151 CSA O153
Polystyrene, Types 1 and 2	38	38	CAN/ULC-S701.1
Polystyrene, Types 3 and 4	25	25	CAN/ULC-S701.1
Polyurethane and Polyisocyanurate Type 1, faced	38	38	CAN/ULC-S704.1
Polyurethane and Polyisocyanurate Types 2 and 3, faced	25	25	CAN/ULC-S704.1

‌Notes to Table 9.23.17.2.-A:

(2) The flame-spread rating of gypsum board shall be determined in accordance with CAN/ULC-S102, “Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials and Assemblies.”

Table 9.23.17.2.-B

Rating for Wall Sheathing when Applying CSA O325

Forming Part of Sentence 9.23.17.2.(1)

Maximum Spacing of Supports, mm	Panel Mark
‌400	W16
500	W20
600	W24

‌Attachment of Cladding to Sheathing‌
1. ‌Gypsum sheathing, rigid insulation and fibreboard shall not be used for the attachment of cladding materials.
‌Lumber Sheathing‌
1. ‌Lumber wall sheathing shall be applied so that all ends are supported.
2. Where lumber wall sheathing is required to provide bracing according to Article 9.23.10.2., it shall be applied with end joints staggered.
‌Joints in Panel-Type Sheathing‌
1. A gap of not less than 2 mm shall be left between sheets of plywood, OSB, waferboard or fibreboard.
‌Mansard Style Roofs

Where the bottom portions of mansard style roofs are vented, the vertical framing members behind the sloping portions shall be considered on the same basis as exterior wall studs and shall conform to Articles 9.27.3.2. to 9.27.3.6.

‌Division B 9.24.2.1.‌

‌Section 9.24. Sheet Steel Stud Wall Framing‌

‌General
1. ‌Application‌
  1. This Section applies to sheet steel studs for use in non-loadbearing exterior and interior walls.
  2. Where loadbearing steel studs are used, they shall be designed in conformance with Part 4.
2. ‌Material Standards‌
  1. Steel studs and runners shall conform to AISI S201, “North American Standard for Cold-Formed Steel Framing - Product Data 2012 Edition.”
3. ‌Metal Thickness‌
  1. ‌Metal thickness specified in this Section shall be the minimum base steel thickness exclusive of coatings.
4. ‌Screws
  1. Screws for the application of cladding, sheathing or interior finish materials to steel studs, runners and furring channels shall conform to
    1. ASTM C954, “Standard Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Steel Studs from 0.033 in. (0.84 mm) to 0.112 in. (2.84 mm) in Thickness,” or
    2. ASTM C1002, “Standard Specification for Steel Self-Piercing Tapping Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs or Steel Studs.”
5. ‌Cladding, Sheathing and Interior Finish Required
  1. ‌Cladding or sheathing, and interior finish shall be installed on steel stud framing and shall be fastened with screws
    1. spaced at the appropriate spacing described in Section 9.29., and
    2. penetrating not less than 10 mm through the metal.

‌Size of Framing‌

‌Size and Spacing of Studs in Interior Walls
1. Except as required in Articles 9.24.2.3. and 9.24.2.4., the size and spacing of steel studs for non-loadbearing interior walls shall conform to Table 9.24.2.1.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022

‌Division B

Table 9.24.2.1.

Steel Studs for Non-Loadbearing Interior Walls(1)

Forming Part of Sentence 9.24.2.1.(1)

Minimum Stud Size, mm	Maximum Stud Spacing, mm	Maximum Wall Height, m
32 × 41	400	3.0
32 × 41	600	2.7
	300	4.4
32 × 64	400	4.0
	600	3.5
	300	5.2
32 × 89	400	4.6
	600	3.9
	300	6.6
32 × 152	400	5.8
	600	4.9

‌Notes to Table 9.24.2.1.:

‌(1) The values in the Table are based on a single layer of 12.7 mm gypsum panel sheathing installed on each side of the studs. Where one side is not accessible, gypsum panels on only one side will suffice. The values are also based on attaching gypsum panel sheathing using screws not smaller than No. 6 spaced at a maximum of 300 mm at edges and at intermediate supports.

‌Thickness of Studs‌
1. Except as required in Article 9.24.2.4., steel studs in non-loadbearing interior walls shall have a metal thickness of not less than 0.46 mm.
‌Runners
1. Runners for interior and exterior non-loadbearing walls shall have a thickness not less than the thickness of the corresponding studs and shall have not less than 30 mm flanges.‌
‌Openings in Fire Separations
1. Where openings for doors in non-loadbearing fire separations required to have a
  fire-resistance rating do not exceed 1 200 mm in width,
  1. the width of steel studs shall be not less than 63 mm, and
  2. the metal thickness shall be not less than 0.46 mm.
2. Where openings described in Sentence (1) exceed 1 200 mm in width,
  1. the width of steel studs shall be not less than 91 mm, and
  2. ‌the metal thickness shall be not less than 0.85 mm.
3. The distance to the first stud beyond the jamb of any door opening in a fire separation required to have a fire-resistance rating shall not exceed 400 mm.
4. Where the distance between the framing over the opening referred to in Sentence (3) and the top runner exceeds 400 mm in such walls, intermediate support shall be installed at intervals of not more than 400 mm above the opening.‌
‌Size and Spacing of Studs in Exterior Walls
1. The size and spacing of non-loadbearing steel studs for exterior walls shall conform to Table 9.24.2.5.

‌Division B 9.24.3.5.

Table 9.24.2.5.

Size and Spacing of Steel Studs for Non-Loadbearing Exterior Walls

Forming Part of Sentence 9.24.2.5.(1)

Minimum Stud Size, mm	Minimum Metal Thickness, mm	Maximum Stud Length, m
		Spacing of Studs
		300 mm o.c.	400 mm o.c.	600 mm o.c.
30 × 91	0.53	3.0	2.4	—
‌30 × 91	0.69	3.3	2.7	2.4
30 × 91	0.85	3.6	3.0	2.7
‌30 × 91	1.0	4.0	3.3	3.0

‌Installation‌‌
1. ‌Installation of Runners
  1. Runners shall be provided at the tops and bottoms of walls.
  2. Runners required in Sentence (1) shall be securely attached to the building at approximately 50 mm from the ends, and at intervals of not more than 600 mm o.c. for interior walls and 300 mm o.c. for exterior walls.‌
  3. Fasteners used for attachment described in Sentence (2) shall consist of the equivalent of 63 mm nails or 25 mm screws.
  4. ‌Studs at openings and which are not full wall height shall be supported by a runner at the ends of the studs, securely fastened to the full length studs at the sides of the opening.
2. ‌Fire-Rated Walls
  1. Steel studs used in walls required to have a fire-resistance rating shall be installed so that there is not less than a 12 mm clearance between the top of the stud and the top of the runner to allow for expansion in the event of fire.‌
  2. Except as provided in Article 9.24.3.6., studs in walls referred to in Sentence (1) shall not be attached to the runners in a manner that will prevent such expansion.
  3. Framing above doors with steel door frames in non-loadbearing fire separations required to have a fire-resistance rating shall consist of 2 runners on the flat fastened back to back. (See Note A-9.24.3.2.(3).)
  4. The upper runner required in Sentence (3) shall be bent at each end to extend upwards not less than 150 mm and fastened to the adjacent studs.
  5. A gypsum board filler piece, the width and length of the runner, shall be provided between the door frame referred to in Sentence (3) and the adjacent runner.
3. ‌Orientation of Studs‌
  1. ‌Steel studs shall be installed with webs at right angles to the wall face and, except at openings, shall be continuous for the full wall height.
4. ‌Support for Cladding Materials‌
  1. ‌Corners and intersections of walls shall be constructed to provide support for the cladding materials.
5. ‌Framing around Openings
  1. ‌Studs shall be doubled on each side of every opening where such openings involve more than one stud space, and shall be tripled where the openings in exterior walls exceed 2.4 m in width.
  2. Studs described in Sentence (1) shall be fastened together by screws, crimping or welding to act as a single structural unit in resisting transverse loads.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
6. ‌Division B‌

‌Attachment of Studs to Runners
1. ‌Studs shall be attached to runners by screws, crimping or welding around wall openings and elsewhere where necessary to keep the studs in alignment during construction.‌
2. Where clearance for expansion is required in Article 9.24.3.2., attachment required in Sentence (1) shall be applied between studs and bottom runners only.
‌Openings for Fire Dampers‌
1. Openings for fire dampers in non-loadbearing fire separations required to have a
  fire-resistance rating shall be framed with double studs on each side of the opening.
2. The sill and header for openings described in Sentence (1) shall consist of a runner track with right angle bends made on each end so as to extend 300 mm above the header or below the sill and fastened to the studs.‌
3. The openings described in Sentence (1) shall be lined with a layer of gypsum board not less than 12.7 mm thick fastened to stud and runner webs.

‌Section 9.25. Heat Transfer, Air Leakage and Condensation Control‌‌

‌General
1. ‌Scope and Application‌
  1. This Section is concerned with heat, air and water vapour transfer and measures to control condensation.
  2. All walls, ceilings and floors separating conditioned space from unconditioned space, the exterior air or the ground shall be
    1. provided with
      1. thermal insulation conforming to Subsection 9.25.2. and Section 9.36.,
      2. an air barrier conforming to Subsection 9.25.3. and Section 9.36., and
      3. a vapour barrier conforming to Subsection 9.25.4., and
    2. constructed in such a way that the properties and relative position of all materials conform to Subsection 9.25.5.
      (See Note A-9.25.1.1.(2).)
  3. Insulation and sealing of heating and ventilating ducts shall conform to Sections 9.32., 9.33. and 9.36.
‌Thermal Insulation‌
1. ‌Required Insulation
  1. All walls, ceilings and floors separating heated space from unheated space, the exterior air or the exterior soil shall be provided with sufficient thermal insulation to prevent moisture condensation on their room side during the winter and to ensure comfortable conditions for the occupants. (See Note A-9.1.1.1.(1).)‌
2. ‌Insulation Materials
  1. Except as required in Sentence (2), thermal insulation shall conform to the requirements of
    1. ASTM C726, “Standard Specification for Mineral Wool Roof Insulation Board,”
    2. CAN/CGSB-51.25-M, “Thermal Insulation, Phenolic, Faced,”
    3. CGSB 51-GP-27M, “Thermal Insulation, Polystyrene, Loose Fill,”
    4. CAN/ULC-S701.1, “Standard for Thermal Insulation, Polystyrene Boards,”
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
      Division B 9.25.2.4.
    5. CAN/ULC-S702.1, “Standard for Mineral Fibre Thermal Insulation for Buildings, Part 1: Material Specification,”
    6. CAN/ULC-S703, “Standard for Cellulose Fibre Insulation (CFI) for Buildings,”
    7. CAN/ULC-S704.1, “Standard for Thermal Insulation, Polyurethane and Polyisocyanurate, Boards, Faced,”
    8. CAN/ULC-S705.1, “Standard for Thermal Insulation – Spray Applied Rigid Polyurethane Foam, Medium Density – Material Specification,” or
    9. CAN/ULC-S706.1, “Standard for Wood Fibre Insulating Boards for Buildings.”
  2. The flame-spread ratings requirements contained in the standards listed in Sentence (1) shall not apply. (See Note A-9.25.2.2.(2).)
  3. Insulation in contact with the ground shall be inert to the action of soil and water and shall be such that its insulative properties are not significantly reduced by moisture.‌
3. ‌Installation of Thermal Insulation‌
  1. ‌Insulation shall be installed so that there is a reasonably uniform insulating value over the entire face of the insulated area.
  2. Insulation shall be applied to the full width and length of the space between furring or framing.
  3. Except where the insulation provides the principal resistance to air leakage, thermal insulation shall be installed so that at least one face is in full and continuous contact with an element with low air permeance. (See Note A-9.25.2.3.(3).)‌
  4. Insulation shall be installed over the full height of foundation walls enclosing a
    basement or heated crawl space. (See also Note A-9.36.2.5.(5).)
  5. Insulation around concrete slabs-on-ground shall be located so that heat from the building is not restricted from reaching the ground beneath the perimeter, where exterior walls are not supported by footings extending below frost level.
  6. ‌Where insulation is exposed to the weather and subject to mechanical damage, it shall be protected with not less than
    1. 6 mm preservative-treated plywood, or
    2. 12 mm cement parging on wire lath applied to the exposed face and edge.
  7. ‌Insulation located in areas where it may be subject to mechanical damage shall be protected by a covering such as gypsum board, plywood, particleboard, OSB, waferboard or hardboard.‌
  8. Insulation in factory-built buildings shall be installed so that it will not become dislodged during transportation.
4. ‌Installation of Loose-Fill Insulation‌
  1. Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (6), loose-fill insulation shall be used on horizontal surfaces only.
  2. Where loose-fill insulation is installed in an unconfined sloped space, such as an attic space over a sloped ceiling, the supporting slope shall not be more than
    1. 4.5 in 12 for mineral fibre or cellulose fibre insulation, and
    2. ‌2.5 in 12 for other types of insulation.
  3. Loose-fill insulation is permitted to be used in wood-frame walls of existing
    ‌buildings. (See Note A-9.25.2.4.(3).)
  4. Where blown-in insulation is installed in above-ground or below-ground wood-frame walls of new buildings,
    1. the density of the installed insulation shall be sufficient to preclude settlement,
    2. the insulation shall be installed behind a membrane that will permit visual inspection prior to the installation of the interior finish,
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
5. ‌Division B
  1. ‌the insulation shall be installed in a manner that will not interfere with the installation of the interior finish, and‌
  2. ‌no water shall be added to the insulation, unless it can be shown that the added water will not adversely affect other materials in the assembly.
  1. Water repellent loose-fill insulation is permitted to be used between the outer and inner wythes of masonry cavity walls. (See Note A-9.25.2.4.(5).)
  2. ‌Where soffit venting is used, measures shall be taken
    1. to prevent loose-fill insulation from blocking the soffit vents and to maintain an open path for circulation of air from the vents into the attic or roof space, and
    2. to minimize airflow into the insulation near the soffit vents to maintain the thermal performance of the material. (See Article 9.19.1.3.)
‌Air Barrier Systems‌
1. ‌Required Barrier to Air Leakage
  1. Wall, ceiling and floor assemblies separating conditioned space from unconditioned space or from the ground shall be constructed so as to include an air barrier system that will provide a continuous barrier to air leakage
    1. from the interior of the building into wall, floor, attic or roof spaces, sufficient to prevent excessive moisture condensation in such spaces during the winter, and
    2. from the exterior or the ground inward sufficient to
      1. ‌prevent moisture condensation on the room side during winter,
      2. ensure comfortable conditions for the occupants, and
      3. minimize the ingress of soil gas. (See Note A-9.25.3.1.(1).)
2. ‌Air Barrier System Properties
  (See Note A-9.25.5.1.(1).)
  1. ‌Air barrier systems shall possess the characteristics necessary to provide an effective barrier to air infiltration and exfiltration under differential air pressure due to stack effect, mechanical systems or wind.
  2. Where polyethylene sheet is used to provide airtightness in the air barrier system, it shall conform to CAN/CGSB-51.34-M, “Vapour Barrier, Polyethylene Sheet for Use in Building Construction.”‌
3. ‌Continuity of the Air Barrier System‌
  1. Where the air barrier system consists of an air-impermeable panel-type material, all joints shall be sealed to prevent air leakage.
  2. Except as provided in Sentence 9.25.3.6.(3), where the air barrier system consists of flexible sheet material, all joints shall be
    1. sealed, or
    2. lapped not less than 100 mm and clamped, such as between framing members, furring or blocking, and rigid panels.
  3. Where an interior wall meets an exterior wall, ceiling, floor or roof required to be provided with air barrier protection, the air barrier system shall extend across the intersection.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    Division B 9.25.3.6.
  4. Where an interior wall projects through a ceiling or extends to become an exterior wall, spaces in the wall shall be blocked to provide continuity across those spaces with the air barrier system in the abutting walls or ceiling.
  5. Where an interior floor projects through an exterior wall or extends to become an exterior floor, continuity of the air barrier system shall be maintained from the abutting walls across the floor assembly.
  6. Penetrations of the air barrier system, such as those created by the installation of doors, windows, electrical wiring, electrical boxes, piping or ductwork, shall be sealed to maintain the integrity of the air barrier system over the entire surface.
  7. Where access hatches and sump pit covers are installed through assemblies constructed with an air barrier system, they shall be weatherstripped around their perimeters to prevent air leakage.
  8. Clearances between chimneys or gas vents and the surrounding construction that would permit air leakage from within the building into a wall or attic or roof space shall be sealed by noncombustible material to prevent such leakage.‌
4. ‌Air Leakage Control in Masonry Walls
  (See Note A-9.25.3.4. and 9.25.3.6.)
  1. ‌Masonry walls required to provide a barrier to the ingress of air from the ground shall
    1. include a course of masonry units without voids, or
    2. be sealed with flashing material extending across the full width of the masonry.
  2. The masonry course or flashing described in Sentence (1) shall
    1. be located at the level of the adjoining floor and be sealed to it in accordance with Article 9.25.3.6., or
    2. in the absence of a floor, be located at the level of the ground cover required by Article 9.18.6.1. and be sealed to it.
5. ‌Air Leakage Control in Underground Roofs‌
  1. ‌Waterproofing systems for roofs of underground structures shall be sealed to the air barrier in the walls.
6. ‌Air Barrier Systems in Floors-on-ground
  (See Note A-9.25.3.4. and 9.25.3.6.)
  1. Materials used to provide a barrier to the ingress of air through floors-on-ground shall conform to CAN/CGSB-51.34-M, “Vapour Barrier, Polyethylene Sheet for Use in Building Construction.”
  2. Where the floor-on-ground is a concrete slab, the air barrier shall be
    1. ‌installed below the slab, or
    2. applied to the top of the slab, provided a separate floor is installed over the slab.
      (See Note A-9.25.3.6.(2) and (3).)
  3. Where the air barrier installed below a floor-on-ground is flexible sheet material, joints in the barrier shall be lapped not less than 300 mm. (See Note A-9.25.3.6.(2)
    and (3).)
  4. Where installed in conjunction with a framed floor-on-ground or above a floor-on-ground, the air barrier shall be installed in accordance with Article 9.25.3.3.
  5. A floor-on-ground shall be sealed around its perimeter to the inner surfaces of adjacent walls using flexible sealant.
  6. All penetrations of a floor-on-ground that are required to drain water from the floor surface shall be sealed in a manner that prevents the upward flow of air without preventing the downward flow of liquid water.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌9.25.4.1. Division B‌
‌Vapour Barriers‌
1. ‌Required Barrier to Vapour Diffusion
  1. Thermally insulated wall, ceiling and floor assemblies shall be constructed with a vapour barrier so as to provide a barrier to diffusion of water vapour from the interior into wall spaces, floor spaces or attic or roof spaces.‌
2. ‌Vapour Barrier Materials
  1. Except as provided in Sentence (2), vapour barriers shall have a permeance not greater than 60 ng/(Pa×s×m2) measured in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M, “Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials,” using the desiccant method (dry cup).
  2. Thermally insulated foundation wall assemblies are permitted to be constructed with variable-permeance vapour barriers having a permeance not greater than 60 ng/(Pa×s×m2) using the desiccant method (dry cup) and greater than 300 ng/(Pa×s×m2) using the water method (wet cup) measured in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M, “Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials.”(See Note A-9.25.4.2.(2).)‌
  3. Where the intended use of the interior space will result in high moisture generation, the assembly shall be designed according to Part 5. (See Note A-9.25.4.2.(3).)
  4. Where polyethylene is installed to serve only as the vapour barrier, it shall comply with Clause 4.4, Thermal Stability, and Clause 5.7, Oxidative Induction Time, of CAN/CGSB-51.34-M, “Vapour Barrier, Polyethylene Sheet for Use in Building Construction.”
  5. Membrane-type vapour barriers other than polyethylene shall conform to the requirements of CAN/CGSB-51.33-M, “Vapour Barrier Sheet, Excluding Polyethylene, for Use in Building Construction.”
  6. Membrane-type vapour barriers other than polyethylene that are susceptible to deterioration under prolonged exposure to direct ultraviolet radiation shall
    1. ‌be covered, or
    2. only be installed in locations that are not exposed to direct ultraviolet radiation after the completion of construction.
      (See Note A-9.25.4.2.(6).)
  7. Where a coating is applied to gypsum board to function as the vapour barrier, the permeance of the coating shall be determined in accordance with CAN/CGSB-1.501-M, “Method for Permeance of Coated Wallboard.”‌
  8. Where foamed plastic insulation functions as the vapour barrier, it shall be sufficiently thick so as to meet the requirement of Sentence (1).
3. ‌Installation of Vapour Barriers‌
  1. Products installed to function as the vapour barrier shall protect the warm side of wall, ceiling and floor assemblies.
  2. Where different products are used for the vapour barrier and the insulation, the vapour barrier shall be installed sufficiently close to the warm side of the insulation to prevent condensation at design conditions. (See Notes A-9.25.4.3.(2) and A-9.25.5.1.(1).)
  3. Where the same product is used for the vapour barrier and the insulation, the product shall be installed sufficiently close to the warm side of the assembly to prevent condensation at design conditions. (See Notes A-9.25.4.3.(2), A-9.25.5.1.(1) and A-9.25.5.2.)
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 9.25.5.2.
‌Properties and Position of Materials in the Building Envelope‌‌
1. ‌General
  (See Note A-9.25.5.1.)
  1. Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (4), sheet and panel-type materials incorporated into assemblies described in Article 9.25.1.1. shall conform to Article 9.25.5.2., where
    1. the material has
      1. an air leakage characteristic less than 0.1 L/(s×m2) at 75 Pa, and
      2. ‌a water vapour permeance less than 60 ng/(Pa×s×m2) when measured in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M, “Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials,” using the desiccant method (dry cup) (see Note A-9.25.5.1.(1)(a)(ii)), and
    2. the intended use of the interior space where the materials are installed will not result in high moisture generation.
      (See Note A-9.25.5.1.(1).)
  2. ‌Where the intended use of the interior space will result in high moisture generation, the assembly shall be designed according to Part 5.
  3. Wood-based sheathing materials not more than 12.5 mm thick and complying with Article 9.23.17.2. need not comply with Sentence (1). (See Note A-9.25.5.1.(3).)
  4. ‌Where a material has a water vapour permeance not less than
    ‌30 ng/(Pa×s×m2) and a thermal resistance not less than 0.7 (m2×K)/W and the heating degree-days of the building location are less than 6000, the assembly need not comply with Sentence (1).
2. ‌Position of Low Permeance Materials‌
  (See Note A-9.25.5.2.)
  1. Sheet and panel-type materials described in Article 9.25.5.1. shall be installed
    1. on the warm face of the assembly (see also Article 9.25.4.2.),
    2. at a location where the ratio between the total thermal resistance of all materials outboard of its innermost impermeable surface and the total thermal resistance of all materials inboard of that surface is not less than that required by Table 9.25.5.2., or
    3. ‌outboard of an air space that is vented to the outdoors.
  2. For walls, the air space described in Clause (1)(c) shall comply with Clause 9.27.2.2.(1)(a).

Table 9.25.5.2.

Ratio of Outboard to Inboard Thermal Resistance

Forming Part of Sentence 9.25.5.2.(1)

Heating Degree-Days of Building Location(1), Celsius degree-days	Minimum Ratio of Total Thermal Resistance Outboard of Material's Inner Surface to Total Thermal Resistance Inboard of Material's Inner Surface
up to 4 999	0.20
5 000 to 5 999	0.30
6 000 to 6 999	0.35
7 000 to 7 999	0.40
8 000 to 8 999	0.50
9 000 to 9 999	0.55
10 000 to 10 999	0.60
11 000 to 11 999	0.65
12 000 or higher	0.75

9.26.1.1. Division B

Table 9.25.5.2. (Continued)

Notes to Table 9.25.5.2.:

(1) See Sentence 1.1.3.1.(1).

‌Section 9.26. Roofing‌‌

‌General
1. ‌Definitions
  1. For the purpose of this Section, the term “roof” shall mean sloped or
    near-horizontal assemblies that protect the spaces beneath them, including platforms that effectively serve as roofs with respect to the accumulation or drainage of precipitation. (See Note A-9.26.1.1.(1).)
  2. ‌For the purpose of this Section, the term “roofing” shall mean the primary covering for roofs.
2. ‌Required Protection
  1. Roofs shall be protected with roofing, including flashing, installed so as to
    1. effectively shed water,
    2. prevent the ingress of water and moisture into building assemblies and occupied space, and
    3. minimize the ingress of water due to ice damming into building assemblies.
  2. Compliance with Sentence (1) shall be demonstrated by conforming to
    1. ‌the remainder of this Section, or
    2. Part 5.
3. ‌Alternative Installation Methods
  1. Methods described in CSA A123.51, “Asphalt shingle application on roof slopes 1:6 and steeper,” are permitted to be used for the installation of asphalt shingles in lieu of the methods described in this Section.‌

‌Roofing Materials‌

‌Material Standards

Where materials used for the preparation of the substrate for roofing are covered in the scope of a standard listed in Table 9.26.2.1.-A, they shall conform to that standard.

Table 9.26.2.1.-A

Materials for Preparation of the Substrate for Roofing

Forming Part of Sentence 9.26.2.1.(1)

‌Type of Material

Standards

Sheathing membranes

Primers

CAN/CGSB-51.32-M, “Sheathing, Membrane, Breather Type”

CGSB 37-GP-9Ma, “Primer, Asphalt, Unfilled, for Asphalt Roofing, Dampproofing and Waterproofing”

Where roofing materials are covered in the scope of a standard listed in Table 9.26.2.1.-B, they shall conform to that standard.

‌Division B 9.26.2.3.

Table 9.26.2.1.-B

Roofing Materials

Forming Part of Sentence 9.26.2.1.(2)

Types of Roof Covering

Standards

Built-up roofing (BUR)

ASTM D3019/D3019M, “Standard Specification for Lap Cement Used with Asphalt Roll Roofing, Non-Fibered, and Fibered”(1)

ASTM D4479/D4479M, “Standard Specification for Asphalt Roof Coatings – Asbestos-Free” CAN/CGSB-37.50-M, “Hot-Applied, Rubberized Asphalt for Roofing and Waterproofing”

CGSB 37-GP-56M, “Membrane, Modified, Bituminous, Prefabricated, and Reinforced for Roofing” CAN/CSA-A123.2, “Asphalt-Coated Roofing Sheets”

CSA A123.3, “Asphalt Saturated Organic Roofing Felt”

CAN/CSA-A123.4, “Asphalt for Constructing Built-Up Roof Coverings and Waterproofing Systems” CSA A123.17, “Asphalt Glass Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing”

CSA A123.23, “Product specification for polymer-modified bitumen sheet, prefabricated and reinforced”

Single-ply membranes

ASTM D4637/D4637M, “Standard Specification for EPDM Sheet Used In Single-Ply Roof Membrane”

ASTM D4811/D4811M, “Standard Specification for Nonvulcanized (Uncured) Rubber Sheet Used as Roof Flashing”

ASTM D6878/D6878M, “Standard Specification for Thermoplastic Polyolefin Based Sheet Roofing” CAN/CGSB-37.54, “Polyvinyl Chloride Roofing and Waterproofing Membrane”

CAN/CGSB-37.58-M, “Membrane, Elastomeric, Cold-Applied Liquid, for Non-Exposed Use in Roofing and Waterproofing”

Shingles, shakes, tiles, panels

CSA A123.5, “Asphalt shingles made from glass felt and surfaced with mineral granules” CAN/CSA-A220 Series, “Concrete Roof Tiles”

CSA O118.1, “Western Red Cedar Shakes and Shingles”

CSA O118.2, “Eastern White Cedar Shingles”

Eave protection

CAN/CSA-A123.16, “Asphalt-coated glass-base sheets”

CSA A123.22, “Self-Adhering Polymer Modified Bituminous Sheet Materials Used as Steep Roofing Underlayment for Ice Dam Protection”

Flashing

ASTM D4811/D4811M, “Standard Specification for Nonvulcanized (Uncured) Rubber Sheet Used as Roof Flashing”

‌Notes to Table 9.26.2.1.-B:

‌(1) For the purpose of this Subsection, ASTM D3019/D3019M shall only apply to the non-fibered and non-asbestos-fibered types (I and III) of asphalt roll roofing.

‌Installation of Materials
1. Materials listed in Tables 9.26.2.1.-A and 9.26.2.1.-B shall be installed in conformance with the manufacturer's written instructions. (See Sentence 1.5.1.2.(1) of Division A.)‌
‌Nails
1. ‌Nails used for roofing shall be corrosion-resistant roofing or shingle nails conforming to
  1. ASTM F1667, “Standard Specification for Driven Fasteners: Nails, Spikes, and Staples,” or
  2. CSA B111, “Wire Nails, Spikes and Staples.”
2. Nails shall have sufficient length to penetrate through, or 12 mm into, roof sheathing.
3. Nails used with asphalt roofing shall have a head diameter of not less than
  9.5 mm and a shank thickness of not less than 2.95 mm.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B

‌4) Nails used with wood shingles or shakes shall have a head diameter of not less than 4.8 mm and a shank thickness of not less than 2.0 mm and shall be stainless steel, aluminum or hot-dipped galvanized. (See Note A-9.26.2.3.(4).)‌

‌Slope of Roofed Surfaces‌

‌Slope‌

Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), the slopes on which roof coverings may be applied shall conform to Table 9.26.3.1.
Asphalt and gravel or coal tar and gravel roofs may be constructed with lower slopes than required in Sentence (1) when effective drainage is provided by roof drains located at the lowest points on the roofs.
Profiled metal roof cladding systems specifically designed for low-slope applications are permitted to be installed with lower slopes than required by Sentence (1), provided they are installed in conformance with the manufacturer's written recommendations.
Except where back-slope will not adversely affect adjacent supported or supporting constructions due to water ingress, roofs and constructions that effectively serve as roofs shall be constructed with sufficient slope away from
1. ‌exterior walls, and
2. guards that are connected to the roof, or to a construction that effectively serves as a roof, by more than pickets or posts.
  (See Notes A-9.26.1.1.(1), A-9.26.4.1. and A-9.27.3.8.(4).)

The slope required by Sentence (4) shall be sufficient to maintain a positive slope

after expected shrinkage of the building frame, where these surfaces are supported by exterior walls and exterior columns (see Note A-9.27.3.8.(4)), and

once design loading is taken into consideration, where these surfaces are cantilevered from exterior walls.

‌Division B 9.26.4.3.

Table 9.26.3.1.

Roofing Types and Slope Limits

Forming Part of Sentence 9.26.3.1.(1)

Type of Roofing

Minimum Slope

Maximum Slope

Asphalt Shingles

Low slope application Normal application

‌Built-up Roofing

Asphalt base (without gravel) Asphalt base (gravelled) Coal-tar base (gravelled) Cold process

Cedar Shakes Clay Tile

Glass Fibre Reinforced Polyester Roofing Panels Modified Bituminous Membranes

Profiled Metal Roofing Roll Roofing

480 mm wide selvage asphalt roofing Cold application felt

Smooth and mineral surfaced Sheet Metal Shingles

Slate Shingles

‌Wood Shingles

1 in 6

1 in 3

1 in 25

1 in 50(1)

1 in 25 1 in 3

1 in 2

1 in 4 1 in 50 1 in 4(1)

1 in 6 1 in 50 1 in 4

1 in 4(1)

1 in 2

1 in 4

no limit no limit

1 in 2 1 in 4 1 in 25 1 in 1.33

no limit no limit no limit 1 in 4 no limit

no limit 1 in 1.33

no limit no limit no limit

no limit

Notes to Table 9.26.3.1.:

‌(1) See Sentence 9.26.3.1.(3).

‌Flashing at Intersections‌
1. ‌Required Flashing at Intersections
  (See Notes A-9.26.4.1. and A-9.26.1.1.(1).)
  1. Except where the omission of flashing will not adversely affect adjacent supported or supporting constructions, flashing shall be installed at junctions between roofs and
    1. walls that rise above the roof, and
    2. ‌guards that are connected to the roof by more than pickets or posts.
  2. For the purpose of Sentence (1), roofs shall include platforms that effectively serve as roofs with respect to the accumulation or drainage of precipitation.
2. ‌Materials
  1. Sheet metal flashing shall consist of not less than
    1. 1.73 mm thick sheet lead,
    2. ‌0.33 mm thick galvanized steel,
    3. 0.33 mm thick copper,
    4. ‌0.35 mm thick zinc, or
    5. 0.48 mm thick aluminum.
3. ‌Valley Flashing‌
  1. ‌Where sloping surfaces of shingled roofs intersect to form a valley, the valley shall be flashed.
  2. Valley flashing shall be installed over continuous sheathing.
  3. Closed valleys shall not be used with rigid shingles on slopes of less than 1 in 1.2.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
4. ‌Division B
‌Eave Protection for Shingles and Shakes‌
1. ‌Required Eave Protection
  1. Except as provided in Sentence (2), eave protection shall be provided on shingle, shake or tile roofs, extending from the edge of the roof a minimum of 900 mm up the roof slope to a line not less than 300 mm inside the inner face of the exterior wall.
  2. Eave protection is not required
    1. over unheated garages, carports and porches,
    2. ‌where the roof overhang exceeds 900 mm measured along the roof slope from the edge of the roof to the inner face of the exterior wall,
    3. on roofs of asphalt shingles installed in accordance with Subsection 9.26.8.,
    4. ‌on roofs with slopes of 1 in 1.5 or greater, or
    5. in regions with 3 500 or fewer degree-days.
2. ‌Materials
  1. Eave protection shall be laid beneath the starter strip and shall consist of
    1. No. 15 asphalt-saturated felt laid in two plies lapped 480 mm and cemented together with lap cement,
    2. ‌Type M or S roll roofing laid with not less than 100 mm head and end laps cemented together with lap cement,
    3. glass fibre or polyester fibre coated base sheets, or
    4. ‌self-sealing composite membranes consisting of modified bituminous coated material.
‌Underlay beneath Shingles‌
1. ‌Materials
  1. Except as required in Sentence (2), when underlay is used beneath shingles, it shall be‌
    1. asphalt-saturated sheathing paper weighing not less than 0.195 kg/m2, or
    2. No. 15 plain or perforated asphalt-saturated felt.
  2. ‌Underlay used beneath wood shingles shall be breather type.
2. ‌Installation‌
  1. When used with shingles, underlay shall be installed parallel to the eaves with head and end lap of not less than 50 mm.
  2. The top edge of each strip of underlay referred to in Sentence (1) shall be fastened with sufficient roofing nails to hold it in place until the shingles are applied.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌9.26.7.1. Division B
  3. The underlay referred to in Sentence (1) shall overlap the eave protection by not less than 100 mm. (See Article 9.26.10.2. for underlay beneath wood shakes.)‌
‌Asphalt Shingles on Slopes of 1 in 3 or Greater‌
1. ‌Coverage‌
  1. ‌Coverage shall be not less than 2 thicknesses of shingle over the entire roof, disregarding cutouts.
2. ‌Starter Strip
  1. ‌A starter strip shall be installed along the lower edge of the roof so that it extends approximately 12 mm beyond the eaves and rake of the roof and fastened along the bottom edge with nails spaced not more than 300 mm o.c.
  2. Starter strips shall be
    1. ‌at least Type M mineral-surfaced roll roofing not less than 300 mm wide,
    2. shingles of the same weight and quality as those used as a roof covering with tabs facing up the roof slope, or
    3. ‌pre-manufactured starter strips installed with sealant at the eaves.
  3. ‌Starter strips need not be provided where eave protection of not less than Type M mineral-surfaced roll roofing is provided.
3. ‌Head Lap‌
  1. ‌Shingles shall have a head lap of not less than 50 mm.
4. ‌Fasteners‌
  1. Except as provided in Sentence (2), shingles shall be fastened with at least 4 nails or staples for 1 m wide shingles so that no nails or staples are exposed.
  2. ‌Where staples with an 11 mm crown are used, shingles shall be fastened with at least 6 staples.
  3. ‌Fasteners may be reduced for narrower shingles in proportion to the width of the shingle or when shingles incorporating interlocking devices are used.
  4. Fasteners referred to in Sentences (1) and (2) shall be located 25 mm to 40 mm from each end of each strip shingle with other fasteners equally spaced between them.
  5. Fasteners referred to in Sentences (1) and (2) shall be located not less than 12 mm above the tops of the cutouts.
5. ‌Securing of Tabs‌
  1. ‌Shingle tabs shall be secured by a spot of plastic cement not exceeding 25 mm diam under the centre of each tab or by interlocking devices or self-sealing strips.
6. ‌Hips and Ridges‌
  1. Shingles on hips and ridges shall be applied so they extend not less than 100 mm on either side of the hip or ridge, and shall be lapped not less than 150 mm.
  2. Shingles referred to in Sentence (1) shall be fastened with nails or staples on each side located not more than 25 mm from the edge and 25 mm above the butt of the overlying shingle.
7. ‌Eave Protection
  1. Eave protection shall conform to Subsection 9.26.5.
8. ‌Flashing
  1. Flashing shall conform to Subsection 9.26.4.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 9.26.9.3.‌
‌Asphalt Shingles on Slopes of less than 1 in 3‌
1. ‌Coverage‌
  1. ‌Except for the first 2 courses, coverage shall be not less than 3 thicknesses of shingle over the entire roof, disregarding cutouts.‌
2. ‌Starter Strip
  1. A starter strip shall be installed as in Article 9.26.7.2.
  2. Starter strips required in Sentence (1) shall be laid in a continuous band of cement not less than 200 mm wide.
3. ‌Securing of Tabs
  1. ‌Shingle tabs shall be secured with cold application cement applied at the rate of not less than 0.5 L/m2 of cemented area, or hot application asphalt applied at the rate of 1 kg/m2 of cemented area.‌
4. ‌Securing of Shingle Courses
  1. ‌The first course of shingles shall be secured by a continuous band of cement along the eaves applied so that the width of the band equals the shingle exposure plus 100 mm.‌
  2. ‌The succeeding courses of shingles shall be secured by a continuous band of cement applied so that the width of the band equals the shingle exposure plus 50 mm.
  3. The band required in Sentence (2) shall be located not more than 50 mm above the butt of the overlying course of shingles.
5. ‌Hips and Ridges‌
  1. Shingles on hips and ridges shall be not less than 300 mm wide applied to provide triple coverage.
  2. Shingles referred to in Sentence (1) shall be cemented to the roof shingles and to each other with a coat of cement and fastened with nails or staples located 40 mm above the butt of the overlying shingle and 50 mm from each edge.
6. ‌Flashing
  1. Flashing shall conform to Subsection 9.26.4.
7. ‌Fastening
  1. Shingles shall be fastened in accordance with Article 9.26.7.4.
‌Wood Roof Shingles
1. ‌Decking‌
  1. Except as provided in Sentence 9.23.16.1.(1), decking for wood shingled roofs may be continuous or spaced.
2. ‌Grade‌‌
  1. Western cedar shingles shall be not less than No. 2 grade.
  2. ‌Eastern white cedar shingles shall be not less than B (clear) grade.
3. ‌Size
  1. Wood shingles shall be not less than 400 mm long and not less than 75 mm or more than 350 mm wide.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
4. ‌Division B‌
‌Cedar Roof Shakes‌
1. ‌Size and Thickness
  1. ‌Shakes shall be not less than 450 mm long and not less than 100 mm nor more than 350 mm wide with a butt thickness of not more than 32 mm and not less than‌
    9 mm.
2. ‌Underlay
  1. Where eave protection is not provided, an underlay conforming to the requirements in Article 9.26.6.1. for wood shingles shall be laid as a strip not less than 900 mm wide along the eaves.
  2. A strip of material similar to that described in Sentence (1) not less than 450 mm wide shall be interlaid between each course of shakes with the bottom edge of the strip positioned above the butt line at a distance equal to double the exposure of the shakes.‌
  3. Interlaid strips referred to in Sentence (2) shall be lapped not less than 150 mm at hips and ridges in a manner that will prevent water from reaching the roof sheathing.
3. ‌Spacing and Joints‌
  1. ‌Shakes shall be spaced 6 mm to 9 mm apart and the joints in any one course shall be separated not less than 40 mm from joints in adjacent courses.
4. ‌Fastening
  1. Shakes shall be fastened with nails located approximately 20 mm from the sides of the shakes and 40 mm above the exposure line.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 9.26.11.6.‌
5. ‌Exposure
  1. ‌The exposure of wood shakes shall not exceed
    1. 190 mm for shakes not less than 450 mm long, and
    2. ‌250 mm for shakes not less than 600 mm long.
6. ‌Flashing
  1. Flashing shall conform to Subsection 9.26.4.
7. ‌Eave Protection
  1. Eave protection shall conform to Subsection 9.26.5.
8. ‌Grade‌
  1. ‌Shakes shall be not less than No. 1 or Handsplit grade.

‌Built-Up Roofs‌

‌Quantity of Materials‌

The quantities of bituminous materials used on built-up roofs shall conform to Table 9.26.11.1.

Table 9.26.11.1.

Quantities of Bitumen for Built-up Roofs

Forming Part of Sentence 9.26.11.1.(1)

Type of Roof

Amount of Bitumen per Square Metre of Roof Surface

Mopping Coats between Layers

Flood Coat

‌Asphalt and aggregate Coal-tar and aggregate

‌Cold process roofing

1 kg

1.2 kg

0.75 L cold process cement

3 kg

3.6 kg

2 L cold process top coating

‌Coal-Tar and Asphalt Products‌
1. ‌Coal-tar products and asphalt products shall not be used together in built-up roof construction.
‌Roof Felts‌
1. ‌Bitumen roofing felts shall be at least No. 15 felt.
‌Aggregate Surfacing
1. Aggregate used for surfacing built-up roofs shall be clean, dry and durable and shall consist of particles of gravel, crushed stone or air-cooled blast furnace slag having a size of from 6 mm to 15 mm.
2. ‌The minimum amount of aggregate surfacing per square metre of roof surface shall be 15 kg gravel or crushed stone or 10 kg crushed slag.
‌Flashing
1. Flashing for built-up roofs shall conform to Subsection 9.26.4.
‌Number of Layers
1. Built-up roofing shall consist of not less than 3 mopped-down layers of roofing felt flood coated with bitumen.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B‌

‌Selvage Roofing‌
1. ‌Coverage‌
  1. ‌Wide selvage asphalt roofing shall provide double coverage over the entire roof surface.‌
2. ‌Joints
  1. ‌Plies of selvage roofing shall be cemented together to ensure a watertight joint.
‌Sheet Metal Roofing‌
1. ‌Thickness
  1. Sheet metal roofing shall be not less than
    1. 0.33 mm thick galvanized steel,
    2. 0.46 mm thick copper,
    3. 0.46 mm thick zinc, or
    4. 0.48 mm thick aluminum.
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
      ‌Division B 9.27.1.1.‌
2. ‌Support
  1. Except as provided in Sentence 9.23.16.1.(1), where sheet metal roofing is not supported by roof decking but spans between spaced supports, the panels shall be designed to support the specified live loads for roofs.‌
‌Glass Reinforced Polyester Roofing‌
1. ‌Support
  1. Except as provided in Sentence 9.23.16.1.(1), where glass-reinforced polyester roofing panels are not supported by roof decking but span between spaced supports, the panels shall be designed to support the specified live roof loads.‌
‌Hot Applied Rubberized Asphalt Roofing‌
1. ‌Installation
  1. Hot applied rubberized asphalt roofing shall be installed in accordance with CAN/CGSB-37.51-M, “Application for Hot-Applied Rubberized Asphalt for Roofing and Waterproofing.”‌
‌Polyvinyl Chloride Sheet Roofing‌
1. ‌Installation
  1. Polyvinyl chloride sheet applied roofing membrane shall be installed in accordance with CGSB 37-GP-55M, “Application of Sheet Applied Flexible Polyvinyl Chloride Roofing Membrane.”‌
‌Concrete Roof Tiles‌
1. ‌Installation‌
  1. Except as provided in Sentence 9.23.16.1.(1), concrete roof tiles shall be installed according to CAN/CSA-A220 Series, “Concrete Roof Tiles.” (See Note A-9.26.17.1.(1).)
‌Roof Drains and Downspouts
1. ‌Roof Drains‌
  1. ‌When roof drains are provided they shall conform to Part 7.
2. ‌Downspouts
  1. Where downspouts are provided and are not connected to a sewer, extensions shall be provided to carry rainwater away from the building in a manner which will prevent soil erosion.‌
    
    ‌Section 9.27. Cladding
  2. The drained and vented air space, and drainage material described in Sentence (1) may be interrupted by
    1. ‌penetrations for windows, doors and services,
    2. flashing, and
    3. furring, provided the furring does not make up more than 20% of the furred area.
  3. Where a construction projects over the top of the drained and vented air space described in Clause (1)(a) or over the drainage material described in Clause (1)(b), the air space or drainage material shall not be contiguous with concealed spaces in the projecting construction.
  4. Exterior walls exposed to precipitation shall be protected against precipitation ingress by an exterior cladding assembly consisting of a first plane of protection and a second plane of protection, where such walls enclose spaces of residential occupancy or spaces that directly serve spaces of residential occupancy.
  5. Except as provided in Sentence (6), exterior walls exposed to precipitation shall be protected against precipitation ingress by an exterior cladding assembly consisting of a first plane of protection and a second plane of protection incorporating a capillary break, where
    1. ‌the number of degree-days is less than 3400 and the moisture index is greater than 0.90, or
    2. the number of degree-days is 3400 or more, and the moisture index is greater than 1.00.
      (See Sentence 1.1.3.1.(1) and Appendix C for information on the moisture index.)
  6. In exterior walls described in Sentence (5), the first and second planes of protection need not incorporate a capillary break, where
    1. it can be shown that omitting the capillary break will not adversely affect the performance of the building assemblies,
    2. the building is an accessory building, or
    3. the wall
      1. ‌is constructed of non-moisture-sensitive materials, and intersecting or supported floors are also constructed of non-moisture-sensitive materials, or
      2. ‌is constructed as a mass wall of sufficient thickness to minimize the transfer of moisture to the interior.

‌First and Second Planes of Protection
1. Where walls required to provide protection from precipitation comprise cladding assemblies with first and second planes of protection,
  1. the first plane of protection shall
    1. consist of cladding with appropriate trim, accessory pieces and fasteners, and
    2. be designed and constructed to minimize the passage of rain and snow into the wall by minimizing holes and
      managing precipitation ingress caused by the kinetic energy of raindrops, surface tension, capillarity, gravity, and air pressure differences (see Subsection 9.27.4.),
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
Division B
1. the second plane of protection shall be designed and constructed to (see Subsection 9.27.3.)
  1. intercept all rain and snow that gets past the first plane of protection, and
  2. effectively dissipate any rain or snow to the exterior, and
2. the protection provided by the first and second planes of protection shall be maintained
  1. ‌at wall penetrations created by the installation of components and services such as windows, doors, ventilation ducts, piping, wiring and electrical outlets, and‌
  2. at the interface with other wall assemblies.

‌Second Plane of Protection‌
1. ‌Elements of the Second Plane of Protection
  (See Note A-9.27.3.1.)
  1. ‌The second plane of protection shall consist of a drainage plane having an appropriate inner boundary and flashing to dissipate rainwater to the exterior.
  2. Except for cladding systems conforming to Subsection 9.27.14., the inner boundary of the drainage plane shall comply with Articles 9.27.3.2. to 9.27.3.6.
  3. The protection provided by the second plane of protection shall be maintained
    1. ‌at wall penetrations created by the installation of components and services such as windows, doors, ventilation ducts, piping, wiring and electrical outlets, and
    2. at the interface with other wall assemblies.
  4. Flashing material and its installation shall comply with Articles 9.27.3.7. and 9.27.3.8.
2. ‌Sheathing Membrane Material Standard‌
  1. Sheathing membranes shall conform to the performance requirements of CAN/CGSB-51.32-M, “Sheathing, Membrane, Breather Type.”
3. ‌Required Sheathing Membrane and Installation‌
  1. Except as provided in Articles 9.27.3.4. to 9.27.3.6., at least one layer of sheathing membrane shall be applied beneath cladding.
  2. Sheathing membrane required in Sentence (1) shall be applied so that joints are lapped not less than 100 mm.
  3. Where sheathing membrane required in Sentence (1) is applied horizontally, the upper sheets shall overlap the lower sheets.
4. ‌Insulating Sheathing in lieu of Sheathing Membrane
  1. Where non-wood-based rigid exterior insulating sheathing, or exterior insulating sheathing with an integral sheathing membrane is installed, a separate sheathing membrane is not required.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 9.27.3.8.
  2. Where insulating sheathing is installed as provided in Sentence (1),
    1. sheathing panels subject to moisture deterioration shall be sealed at all joints, and
    2. the joints of sheathing panels not subject to moisture deterioration shall be
      1. ‌sealed at all joints, or
      2. ‌lapped or tongue and groove, and detailed to ensure drainage of water to the exterior.
        (See Note A-9.27.3.4.(2).)
5. ‌Sheathing Membranes in lieu of Sheathing
  1. Except as provided in Article 9.27.3.6., where no sheathing is used, at least 2 layers of sheathing membrane shall be applied beneath the cladding. (See Article 9.23.17.1. and Note A-9.27.3.5.(1).)
  2. All joints in the sheathing membrane required in Sentence (1) shall occur over framing, and the membrane shall be fastened to the framing with roofing nails or staples spaced not more than 150 mm along the edges of the outer layer of sheathing membrane.
  3. Wall sheathing is permitted to be used in lieu of one layer of sheathing membrane required in Sentence (1), and its thickness need not conform to Table 9.23.17.2.-A.‌
6. ‌Face Sealed Cladding
  (See Note A-9.27.3.6.)
  1. Sheathing membrane is permitted to be omitted beneath cladding when the joints in the cladding are formed to effectively prevent the passage of wind and rain in conformance with Sentence (2) or (3), as applicable.
  2. Cladding consisting of sheets of plywood, hardboard, OSB, waferboard or fibre cement is considered to meet the requirements of Sentence (1), provided the cladding is applied so that
    1. all edges are directly supported by framing,
    2. the vertical joints between adjacent sheets are sealed and
      1. covered with battens,
      2. shiplapped, or
      3. ‌otherwise matched to provide weathertight joints, and
    3. the horizontal joints between adjacent sheets are sealed and
      1. shiplapped, or
      2. ‌otherwise matched to provide weathertight joints.
  3. Metal siding consisting of sheets of metal is considered to meet the requirements of Sentence (1) where the joints between sheets are of the locked-seam type.
7. ‌Flashing Materials
  1. Flashing shall consist of not less than
    1. 1.73 mm thick sheet lead,
    2. 0.33 mm thick galvanized steel,
    3. ‌0.46 mm thick copper,
    4. 0.46 mm thick zinc,
    5. ‌0.48 mm thick aluminum, or
    6. 1.02 mm thick vinyl.
8. ‌Flashing Installation‌
  1. Except as provided in Sentence (2), flashing shall be installed at
    1. every horizontal junction between cladding elements,
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
      ‌9.27.4.1. Division B
    2. ‌every horizontal offset in the cladding, and‌
    3. every horizontal line where the cladding substrates change and where
      1. the substrates differ sufficiently for stresses to be concentrated along that line, or
      2. ‌the installation of the cladding on the lower substrate may compromise the drainage of moisture from behind the cladding above.‌
        (See Note A-9.27.3.8.(1).)
  2. Flashing need not be installed as described in Sentence (1)
    1. where the upper cladding elements overlap the lower cladding elements by not less than 25 mm,
    2. ‌where
      1. the cladding above and below the joint is installed outboard of a drained and vented air space (see Clause 9.27.2.2.(1)(a)), and
      2. ‌the horizontal detail is constructed so as to minimize the ingress of precipitation into the air space, or
    3. ‌at horizontal construction joints in stucco, where
      1. the joint is finished with an expansion-contraction strip, and
      2. the cladding is installed outboard of a drained and vented air space (see Clause 9.27.2.2.(1)(a)).
  3. Flashing shall be installed over exterior wall openings where the vertical distance from the bottom of the eave to the top of the trim is more than one-quarter of the horizontal overhang of the eave. (See Note A-9.27.3.8.(3).)
  4. Flashing described in Sentences (1) and (3) shall
    1. extend not less than 50 mm upward inboard of the sheathing membrane or sheathing installed in lieu of the sheathing membrane (see Article 9.27.3.4.),
    2. have a slope of not less than 6% toward the exterior after the expected shrinkage of the building frame,
    3. terminate at each end with an end-dam
      1. with a height in millimetres not less than 25 mm or 1/10 the value of the 1-in-5 driving rain wind pressure in Pa, and
      2. at the height defined in Subclause (c)(i), extending to the face of the adjacent cladding,
    4. lap not less than 10 mm vertically over the building element below, and
    5. terminate in a drip offset not less than 5 mm outward from the outer face of the building element below.
      (See Note A-9.27.3.8.(4).)
  5. ‌Where the sills of windows and doors installed in exterior walls are not
    self-flashing, flashing shall be installed between the underside of the window or door and the wall construction below. (See Note A-9.27.3.8.(5).)
‌Sealants‌
1. ‌Required Sealants‌
  1. Sealant shall be provided where required to prevent the entry of water into the structure.
  2. ‌Sealant shall be provided between masonry, siding or stucco and the adjacent door and window frames or trim, including sills, unless such locations are completely protected from the entry of rain.
  3. Sealant shall be provided at vertical joints between different cladding materials unless the joint is suitably lapped or flashed to prevent the entry of rain. (See Articles 9.7.6.2., 9.20.13.12. and 9.28.1.5.)‌
2. ‌Materials
  1. Sealants shall be
    1. a non-hardening type suitable for exterior use,
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
      Division B 9.27.5.4.
    2. ‌selected for their ability to resist the effects of weathering, and
    3. compatible with and adhere to the substrate to which they are applied. (See Note A-9.27.4.2.(1).)
  2. Sealants shall conform to
    1. ASTM C834, “Standard Specification for Latex Sealants,”
    2. ASTM C920, “Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants,”
    3. ASTM C1184, “Standard Specification for Structural Silicone Sealants,” or
    4. ASTM C1311, “Standard Specification for Solvent Release Sealants.”
  3. Backer rod shall conform to ASTM C1330, “Standard Specification for Cylindrical Sealant Backing for Use with Cold Liquid-Applied Sealants.” (See Note A-9.27.4.2.(1).)‌

‌Attachment of Cladding‌

‌Attachment‌
1. Except as permitted by Sentences (2) to (5), cladding shall be fastened to the framing members or furring members, or to blocking between the framing members.
2. ‌Vertical lumber, stucco lath or reinforcing, vertically applied vinyl siding, vertically applied insulated vinyl siding, and polypropylene siding are permitted to be attached to sheathing only where the sheathing consists of not less than
  1. 14.3 mm lumber,
  2. 12.5 mm plywood or waferboard, or
  3. 11 mm OSB.
3. ‌Vertically applied metal siding and wood shingles and shakes are permitted to be attached to the sheathing only where the sheathing consists of not less than
  1. 14.3 mm lumber,
  2. 7.5 mm plywood, or
  3. 7.5 mm OSB or waferboard.
4. Where wood shingles or shakes are applied to sheathing which is not suitable for attaching the shingles or shakes, the shingles or shakes are permitted to be attached to a wood lath not less than 38 mm by 9.5 mm thick securely nailed to the framing and applied as described in Article 9.27.7.5.
5. Cladding, trim and furring members are permitted to be attached to the web fastening strips of flat wall insulating concrete form units using screws in accordance with Sentence 9.27.5.4.(2).‌
‌Blocking‌
1. ‌Blocking for the attachment of cladding shall be not less than 38 mm by 38 mm lumber securely nailed to the framing and spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
‌Furring‌
1. Except as permitted in Sentence 9.27.5.1.(4), furring for the attachment of cladding shall be not less than 19 mm by 38 mm lumber when applied over sheathing.
2. When applied without sheathing, furring referred to in Sentence (1) shall be not less than
  1. 19 mm by 64 mm lumber on supports spaced not more than 400 mm o.c., or
  2. 19 mm by 89 mm lumber on supports spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
3. Furring referred to in Sentence (1) shall be
  1. ‌securely fastened to the framing, and
  2. spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.

‌Size and Spacing of Fasteners

Nail or staple size and spacing for the attachment of cladding and trim to wood framing, furring members or blocking shall conform to Table 9.27.5.4.-A.

‌9.27.5.4. Division B

Table 9.27.5.4.-A

Attachment of Cladding to Wood Framing, Furring Members or Blocking

Forming Part of Sentence 9.27.5.4.(1)

Type of Cladding

Minimum Nail or Staple Length, mm(1)

Minimum Number of Nails or Staples

Maximum Nail or Staple Spacing, mm o.c.

Wood trim

—

600

Lumber siding or horizontal siding made from sheet material

—

600

Metal cladding

—

600 (nailed to framing)

400 (nailed to sheathing only)

Wood shakes

up to 200 mm in width over 200 mm in width

—

Wood shingles

‌up to 200 mm in width over 200 mm in width

—

Vinyl and insulated vinyl siding

horizontally applied vertically applied

—

400(2)

300

Polypropylene siding

—

400(2)

Panel- or sheet-type cladding up to 7 mm thick

over 7 mm thick

—

150 (along edges)

300 (along intermediate supports)

‌Notes to Table 9.27.5.4.-A:

(1) The minimum fastener length need not exceed the minimum fastener penetration depth required by Article 9.27.5.7.

(2) The maximum spacing of 400 mm o.c. applies to nails and staples used to attach horizontally applied vinyl, insulated vinyl and polypropylene siding, unless a greater spacing is permitted in an evaluation report prepared by an accredited certification organization.

Screw size and spacing for the attachment of cladding, trim and furring members to the web fastening strips of flat wall insulating concrete form (ICF) units shall conform to Table 9.27.5.4.-B where the 1-in-50 hourly wind pressure (HWP) is less than or equal to 0.60 kPa. (See Note A-9.27.5.4.(2).)

Table 9.27.5.4.-B

Attachment of Cladding to Flat Wall ICF Units where the 1-in-50 HWP ≤ 0.60 kPa

Forming Part of Sentence 9.27.5.4.(2)

Type of Cladding(1)	Minimum Screw Length	Minimum Screw Diameter, mm	Maximum Horizontal Spacing of Screws, mm o.c.(2)
‌Wood trim	(3)	3.5	400 or 450 (screwed to web fastening strip)
Lumber siding or horizontal siding made from sheet material	(3)	4.2	400 or 450 (screwed to web fastening strip)
Metal cladding	(3)	4.2	400 or 450 (screwed to web fastening strip)
Vinyl cladding	(3)	3.5	400 or 450 (screwed to web fastening strip)
Masonry veneer(4)	(3)	4.2	400 or 450 (masonry tie screwed to web fastening strip)
Panel- or sheet-type cladding up to 7 mm thick over 7 mm thick	(3) (3)	3.5 4.2	150 or 200 (along edges) 300 or 400 (along intermediate supports)

Division B 9.27.6.3.

Table 9.27.5.4.-B (Continued)

Notes to Table 9.27.5.4.-B:

(1) Wood shakes and wood shingles are permitted to be attached to horizontal wood furring members in accordance with Table 9.27.5.4.-A. The wood furring members shall be attached to the web fastening strips of flat wall ICF units with screws not less than 4.2 mm in diameter spaced horizontally not more than 400 or 450 mm o.c. (two horizontal spacing options are given to accommodate the 150 and 200 mm o.c. horizontal spacing options for web fastening strips).

‌(2) Two horizontal spacing options are given to accommodate the 150 mm o.c. and 200 mm o.c. horizontal spacing options for web fastening strips. The maximum vertical spacing of screws or masonry ties, as applicable, shall be 400 mm.

(3) Screws must be long enough to penetrate through the web fastening strips by a minimum of 6 mm.

‌(4) See also Subsection 9.20.5. for requirements on the support of masonry veneer.

‌Fastener Materials‌
1. ‌Nails or staples for the attachment of cladding and wood trim shall be corrosion-resistant and shall be compatible with the cladding material.
‌Expansion and Contraction‌
1. ‌Fasteners for metal cladding shall be positioned to permit expansion and contraction of the cladding.
2. ‌Fasteners for vinyl siding, insulated vinyl siding and polypropylene siding shall be installed in the centre of the slots of the nail hem.
‌Penetration of Fasteners
(See Note A-9.27.5.7.)
1. Fasteners for shakes and shingles shall penetrate through the nail-holding base or not less than 19 mm into the framing.
2. ‌Fasteners for vinyl cladding, insulated vinyl cladding and polypropylene cladding shall penetrate through the nail-holding base or not less than 32 mm into the framing.‌
3. Fasteners for cladding other than that described in Sentences (1) and (2) shall penetrate through the nail-holding base or not less than 25 mm into the framing.

‌Lumber Siding‌
1. ‌Materials‌
  1. ‌Lumber siding shall be sound, free of knot holes, loose knots, through checks or splits.
2. ‌Thickness and Width‌
  1. Drop, rustic, novelty, lapped board and vertical wood siding shall be not less than 14.3 mm thick and not more than 286 mm wide.
  2. Bevel siding shall be
    1. not less than 5 mm thick at the top, and
    2. ‌not less than
      1. ‌12 mm thick at the butt for siding 184 mm or less in width, and
      2. ‌14.3 mm thick at the butt for siding wider than 184 mm.
  3. Bevel siding shall be not more than 286 mm wide.
3. ‌Joints‌
  1. Lumber siding shall prevent water from entering at the joints by the use of lapped or matched joints or by vertical wood battens.
  2. Siding shall overlap not less than 1 mm per 16 mm width of lumber, but not less than
    1. 9.5 mm for matched siding,
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
      9.27.7.1. Division B
    2. ‌25 mm for lapped bevel siding, or
    3. ‌12 mm for vertical battens.
‌Wood Shingles and Shakes‌
1. ‌Materials
  1. ‌Shingles and shakes shall conform to
    1. CSA O118.1, “Western Red Cedar Shakes and Shingles,” or
    2. CSA O118.2, “Eastern White Cedar Shingles.”
  2. ‌Western cedar shakes shall be not less than No. 1 or Handsplit grade, and western cedar shingles not less than No. 2 grade, except that No. 3 grade may be used for undercoursing.‌
  3. ‌Eastern white cedar shingles shall be at leastB (clear) grade, except thatC grade may be used for the lower course of double course applications.
2. ‌Width‌
  1. ‌Shingles and shakes shall be not less than 65 mm or more than 350 mm wide.
3. ‌Fasteners
  1. ‌Shingles or shakes shall be fastened with nails or staples located approximately 20 mm from each edge and not less than 25 mm above the exposure line for
    ‌single-course applications, or approximately 50 mm above the butt for double-course applications.
4. ‌Offsetting of Joints‌
  1. In single-course application, joints in succeeding courses shall be offset not less than 40 mm so that joints in any 2 of 3 consecutive courses are staggered.
  2. ‌In double-course application, joints in the outer course shall be offset from joints in the under-course by not less than 40 mm, and joints in succeeding courses shall be offset not less than 40 mm.‌
5. ‌Fastening to Lath‌
  1. When lath is used with double-course application [see Sentence 9.27.5.1.(4)], it shall be spaced according to the exposure and securely fastened to the framing.
  2. The butts of the under-course of the application referred to in Sentence (1) shall rest on the top edge of the lath.
  3. The outer course of the application referred to in Sentence (1) shall be fastened to the lath with nails of sufficient length to penetrate through the lath.
  4. The butts of the shingles or shakes shall be so located that they project not less than 12 mm below the bottom edge of the lath referred to in Sentence (1).
  5. If wood lath is not used, the butts of the under-course shingles or shakes of the application referred to in Sentence (1) shall be located 12 mm above the butts of the outer course.‌
6. ‌Exposure and Thickness
  1. The exposure and butt thickness of shingles and shakes shall conform to Table 9.27.7.6.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 9.27.8.5.
    
    Table 9.27.7.6.
    Exposure and Thickness of Wood Shingles and Shakes
    Forming Part of Sentence 9.27.7.6.(1)
    
    Shake or Shingle Length, mm
    Maximum Exposure, mm
    Minimum Butt Thickness, mm
    Single Coursing
    Double Coursing
    ‌400
    190
    305
    10
    450
    216
    356
    11
    ‌600
    292
    406
    13
‌Plywood‌
1. ‌Material Standards
  1. Plywood cladding shall be exterior type conforming to
    1. ANSI/HPVA HP-1, “American National Standard for Hardwood and Decorative Plywood,”
    2. CSA O121, “Douglas fir plywood,”
    3. CSA O151, “Canadian softwood plywood,” or
    4. CSA O153, “Poplar plywood.”
2. ‌Thickness‌
  1. ‌Plywood cladding shall be not less than 6 mm thick when applied directly to sheathing.
  2. When applied directly to framing or over furring strips, plywood cladding thickness shall conform to Table 9.27.8.2.
    
    Table 9.27.8.2.
    Minimum Plywood Cladding Thickness
    Forming Part of Sentences 9.27.8.2.(2) and 9.27.10.2.(2)
    
    Spacing of Supports, mm
    Minimum Thickness, mm
    Face Grain Parallel to Supports
    Face Grain Right Angles to Supports
    400
    8
    6
    600
    11
    8
  3. ‌The thickness of grooved or textured plywood cladding shall be measured at the point of least thickness.‌
3. ‌Edge Treatment‌
  1. ‌The edges of plywood cladding shall be treated with a suitable paint or sealer.
4. ‌Panel Cladding‌
  1. ‌Plywood applied in panels shall have all edges supported.
  2. Not less than a 2 mm gap shall be provided between panels referred to in Sentence (1).
  3. Vertical joints in cladding referred to in Sentence (1) shall be protected with batten strips or sealant when the plywood joints are not matched.
  4. Horizontal joints in cladding referred to in Sentence (1) shall be lapped not less than 25 mm or shall be suitably flashed.
5. ‌Lapped Strip Siding
  1. Plywood applied in horizontal lapped strips shall have not less than a 2 mm gap provided at the butted ends, which shall be caulked.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌9.27.9.1. Division B
  2. The horizontal joints of siding described in Sentence (1) shall be lapped not less than 25 mm.‌
  3. ‌Wedges shall be inserted under all vertical butt joints and at all corners when horizontal lapped plywood is applied without sheathing.
‌Hardboard‌
1. ‌Material Standards‌
  1. Hardboard cladding shall conform to ANSI A135.6, “Engineered Wood Siding.”
2. ‌Thickness
  1. Hardboard cladding shall be not less than
    1. ‌9.5 mm thick when applied over sheathing that provides continuous support or over furring or framing members not more than 400 mm o.c., or
    2. ‌11.1 mm thick when applied over furring or framing members not more than 600 mm o.c.
  2. ‌Where hardboard cladding is grooved, the grooves shall not extend more than
    1.5 mm into the minimum required thickness. (See Note A-9.27.9.2.(2).)
3. ‌Panel Cladding‌
  1. ‌Hardboard cladding applied in panels shall have all edges supported with not less than a 5 mm gap provided between sheets.
  2. Vertical joints in cladding described in Sentence (1) shall be protected with batten strips or sealant when the joints are not matched.
  3. Horizontal joints in cladding described in Sentence (1) shall be lapped not less than 25 mm or shall be suitably flashed.
4. ‌Lapped Strip Siding
  1. ‌Hardboard applied in horizontal lapped strips shall have not less than a 5 mm gap provided at the butted ends, which shall be sealed or otherwise protected with suitable mouldings.
  2. The horizontal joints of siding described in Sentence (1) shall overlap not less than 1 mm per 16 mm width of siding board but not less than 9.5 mm for matched joint siding or 25 mm for lapped siding.‌
5. ‌Clearance‌
  1. ‌Not less than 3 mm clearance shall be provided between hardboard cladding and door or window frames.
‌OSB and Waferboard‌
1. ‌Material Standard‌
  1. OSB and waferboard cladding shall conform to CSA O437.0, “OSB and Waferboard.”
2. ‌Thickness‌
  1. OSB conforming to O-2 grade shall be not less than 6.0 mm thick where applied directly to sheathing.
  2. OSB conforming to O-2 grade applied directly to framing or over furring strips shall conform to the thickness shown for plywood in Table 9.27.8.2. (See Note A-9.27.10.2.(2).)
  3. OSB conforming to O-1 grade and waferboard conforming to R-1 grade shall be not less than 7.9 mm thick where applied directly to sheathing.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 9.27.12.2.
  4. ‌Where applied directly to framing or over furring strips, OSB conforming to O-1 grade and waferboard conforming to R-1 grade shall be not less than
    1. ‌9.5 mm thick on supports spaced not more than 400 mm o.c., and
    2. 12.7 mm thick on supports spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
3. ‌Panel Cladding‌
  1. ‌OSB and waferboard applied in panels shall have all edges supported and treated with a primer or sealer.
  2. Not less than a 3 mm gap shall be provided between sheets in cladding described in Sentence (1).
  3. Vertical joints in cladding described in Sentence (1) shall be protected with batten strips or sealant when the OSB and waferboard joints are not matched.
  4. Horizontal joints in cladding described in Sentence (1) shall be lapped not less than 25 mm or shall be suitably flashed.
4. ‌Clearance‌
  1. ‌Not less than a 3 mm clearance shall be provided between OSB and waferboard cladding and door or window frames.
‌Metal‌
1. ‌Material Standards
  1. ‌Steel sheet cladding, including horizontal and vertical strip steel siding, flashing and trim accessories, shall
    1. have a minimum thickness of 0.33 mm, and
    2. conform to CSSBI 23M, “Standard for Residential Steel Cladding.” (See Note A-9.27.11.1.(1).)
  2. Horizontal and vertical strip aluminum siding, including flashing and trim accessories, shall conform to CAN/CGSB-93.2-M, “Prefinished Aluminum Siding, Soffits, and Fascia, for Residential Use.” (See Note A-9.27.11.1.(2) and (3).)
  3. Aluminum sheet cladding shall conform to CAN/CGSB-93.1-M, “Sheet, Aluminum Alloy, Prefinished, Residential,” and shall have a thickness of not less than
    0.58 mm, except that siding supported by backing or sheathing shall have a thickness of not less than 0.46 mm. (See Note A-9.27.11.1.(2) and (3).)
‌Vinyl Siding, Insulated Vinyl Siding and Vinyl Soffits‌
1. ‌Material Standards‌
  1. Vinyl siding shall conform to ASTM D3679, “Standard Specification for Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Siding.”
  2. Insulated vinyl siding shall conform to ASTM D7793, “Standard Specification for Insulated Vinyl Siding.”
  3. Rigid vinyl soffits shall conform to ASTM D4477, “Standard Specification for Rigid (Unplasticized) Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Soffit.”
  4. Where vinyl siding, insulated vinyl siding or rigid vinyl soffits are required to have a flame-spread rating, the rating shall be determined in accordance with CAN/ULC-S102.2, “Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Flooring, Floor Coverings, and Miscellaneous Materials and Assemblies.”
2. ‌Attachment
  1. The attachment of vinyl siding and insulated vinyl siding shall conform to the requirements in Subsection 9.27.5.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌9.27.13.1. Division B‌
‌Polypropylene Siding‌
1. ‌Material Standard‌
  1. Polypropylene siding shall conform to ASTM D7254, “Standard Specification for Polypropylene (PP) Siding.”
  2. Where polypropylene siding is required to have a flame-spread rating, the rating shall be determined in accordance with CAN/ULC-S102.2, “Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Flooring, Floor Coverings, and Miscellaneous Materials and Assemblies.”
2. ‌Attachment‌
  1. The attachment of polypropylene siding shall conform to the requirements in Subsection 9.27.5.
‌Exterior Insulation Finish Systems‌
1. ‌Application
  1. Except as provided in Sentence (2), this Subsection applies to exterior insulation finish systems (EIFS) that
    1. are covered in the scope of CAN/ULC-S716.1, “Standard for Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS) - Materials and Systems,” and
    2. ‌have a geometrically defined drainage cavity with a minimum cavity depth of 10 mm and an open area equal to not less than 13% of the area of a
      full-size EIFS panel. (See Note A-9.27.14.1.(1).)
  2. EIFS that are not covered by Sentence (1) shall comply with Part 5.
2. ‌Materials‌
  1. The materials used in EIFS shall conform to CAN/ULC-S716.1, “Standard for Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS) - Materials and Systems.”
  2. ‌The substrate on which the EIFS is installed shall
    1. be compatible with that particular system (see Note A-9.27.14.2.(2)(a)), and
    2. comply with the structural requirements for sheathing materials stated in Section 9.23.
3. ‌Design and Installation
  1. The design and installation of EIFS on the substrate described in Sentence 9.27.14.2.(2) shall comply with
    1. CAN/ULC-S716.2, “Standard for Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS) - Installation of EIFS Components and Water Resistive Barrier,” and
    2. CAN/ULC-S716.3, “Standard for Exterior Insulation and Finish System (EIFS) - Design Application.”

‌Section 9.28. Stucco‌

‌General‌
1. ‌Sheathing beneath Stucco
  1. Sheathing shall be provided beneath stucco applied over wood-frame walls except as permitted in Article 9.28.4.2.
  2. Where applied beneath stucco, sheathing shall conform to Subsection 9.23.17.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 9.28.2.3.‌
2. ‌Lath and Reinforcing‌
  1. Stucco lath or reinforcing shall be used to attach stucco to any substrate other than masonry.
  2. ‌Stucco lath or reinforcing shall be used to attach stucco to masonry where
    1. the masonry is soft-burned tile or brick of less strength than the stucco, or
    2. ‌the masonry surface is not sound, clean and sufficiently rough to provide a good key.
  3. Stucco applied over masonry chimneys shall be reinforced.
3. ‌Concrete Masonry Units‌
  1. ‌Stucco finish shall not be applied over concrete masonry units less than one month old unless the units have been cured by the autoclave process.
4. ‌Clearance over Ground Level‌
  1. ‌Stucco shall be not less than 200 mm above finished ground level except when it is applied over concrete or masonry.
5. ‌Flashing and Caulking
  1. Flashing and caulking used with stucco shall conform to Subsections 9.27.3. and 9.27.4., except that if aluminum flashing is used, it shall be separated from the stucco by an impervious membrane or coating. (See Article 9.7.6.2. for caulking around window frames.)‌
‌Stucco Materials‌
1. ‌Portland Cement‌
  1. Portland cement shall conform to CSA A3001, “Cementitious Materials for Use in Concrete.”
2. ‌Aggregate
  1. ‌Aggregate shall be clean, well-graded natural sand or sand manufactured from crushed stone, gravel or air-cooled blast furnace slag and shall contain no significant amounts of deleterious material.‌
  2. Aggregate grading shall conform to Table 9.28.2.2.
    
    Table 9.28.2.2.
    Aggregate Grading for Stucco
    Forming Part of Sentence 9.28.2.2.(2)
    
    Sieve Sizes, mm
    % Aggregate Passing Sieve
    Maximum
    Minimum
    4
    —
    100
    2
    —
    90
    1
    90
    60
    ‌0.5
    60
    45
    0.25
    30
    10
    ‌0.125
    5
    —
3. ‌Water
  1. Water shall be clean and free of significant amounts of deleterious material.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌9.28.3.1. Division B‌
‌Fasteners‌
1. ‌Materials‌
  1. ‌Fasteners for stucco lath or reinforcing shall be corrosion-resistant and of a material other than aluminum.
2. ‌Nails and Staples‌
  1. ‌Nails for stucco lath or reinforcing shall be not less than 3.2 mm diam with a head diameter of not less than 11.1 mm.
  2. Staples for stucco lath or reinforcing shall be not less than 1.98 mm diam or thickness.
  3. ‌Staples and nails for attaching stucco lath or reinforcing to vertical surfaces shall be of sufficient length to penetrate 25 mm into framing members or to the full depth of the sheathing where the sheathing is used for attachment.‌
  4. ‌On horizontal surfaces nails for stucco lath or reinforcing shall be not less than 38 mm long.

‌Stucco Lath‌

‌Materials
1. ‌Rib lath or expanded metal stucco mesh shall be
  1. ‌copper-alloy steel coated with rust-inhibitive paint after fabrication, or
  2. galvanized.
2. ‌Woven or welded wire mesh shall be galvanized.
‌No Sheathing Required
1. ‌Sheathing need not be provided beneath stucco where not less than 1.19 mm diam galvanized wire is applied horizontally to the framing at vertical intervals of not more than 150 mm, or where paper-backed welded wire metal lath is used.‌‌

‌Stucco Lath Specifications

Stucco lath shall conform to Table 9.28.4.3.

Table 9.28.4.3.

Stucco Lath

Forming Part of Sentence 9.28.4.3.(1)

Location	Type of Lath	Minimum Diam of Wire, mm	Maximum Mesh Opening	Minimum Mass, kg/m2
		1.15	25 mm	—
	Welded or woven wire	1.30	38 mm	—
Vertical surfaces		1.50	51 mm	—
	Stucco mesh reinforcing	—	25.8 cm2	0.98
	(expanded metal)	—	25.8 cm2	0.98
‌Horizontal surfaces(1)	9.5 mm rib lath	—	—	1.84
‌Horizontal surfaces(1)	Cedar lath	—	—	—

Notes to Table 9.28.4.3.:

‌(1) See Note A-Table 9.28.4.3.

‌Self-Furring Devices
1. Stucco lath shall be held not less than 6 mm away from the backing by means of suitable self-furring devices.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  ‌Division B 9.28.6.1.‌
‌Application of Stucco Lath‌‌
1. Stucco lath shall be applied with the long dimension horizontal.
2. ‌Horizontal and vertical joints in stucco lath shall be lapped not less than 50 mm.
3. End joints of stucco lath shall be staggered and shall occur over framing members.
4. ‌External corners of stucco lath shall be reinforced with a vertical strip of lath or reinforcing extending not less than 150 mm on both sides of the corner, or the lath or reinforcing shall extend around corners not less than 150 mm.‌
‌Fastening
1. Stucco lath shall be fastened in conformance with Subsection 9.27.5.
2. ‌Fasteners on vertical surfaces shall be spaced not more than
  1. ‌150 mm o.c. vertically and 400 mm o.c. horizontally, or
  2. 100 mm o.c. vertically and 600 mm o.c. horizontally.
3. Nailing patterns other than those required in Sentence (2) are permitted to be used provided there are at least 20 fasteners per square metre of wall surface.
4. Fasteners on horizontal surfaces shall be spaced not more than
  1. ‌150 mm o.c. along the framing members when members are spaced not more than 400 mm o.c., and
  2. ‌100 mm o.c. along members when members are spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.

‌Stucco Mixes‌‌
1. ‌Mixes
  1. Stucco mixes shall conform to Table 9.28.5.1.
    
    Table 9.28.5.1.
    Stucco Mixes
    Forming Part of Sentence 9.28.5.1.(1)
    
    ‌Materials, volume
    Portland Cement
    Masonry Cement
    Lime
    Aggregate
    1
    —
    0.25 to 1
    3.25 to 4 parts per part of cementitious material
    ‌1
    1
    —
2. ‌Pigments‌
  1. ‌Pigment if used shall consist of pure mineral oxides inert to the action of sun, lime and cement.
  2. ‌Pigment shall not exceed 6% of the Portland cement by weight.
3. ‌Mixing‌‌
  1. Materials shall be thoroughly mixed before and after water is added.
  2. ‌Stucco shall be applied not later than 3 h after the initial mixing.
‌Stucco Application‌‌
1. ‌Low Temperature Conditions
  1. The base for stucco shall be maintained above freezing.
  2. Stucco shall be maintained at a temperature of not less than 10°C during application, and for not less than 48 h afterwards.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
2. ‌Division B‌

‌Number of Coats and Total Thickness
1. ‌Stucco shall be applied with at least 2 base coats and one finish coat, providing a total thickness of not less than 15 mm, measured from the face of the lath or the face of the masonry where no lath is used.‌
‌First Coat‌
1. ‌The first coat shall be not less than 6 mm thick, measured from the face of the lath or masonry, fully embedding the lath.
2. ‌The surface of the first coat shall be scored to provide a key with the second coat.
‌Second Coat‌
1. ‌The second coat shall be not less than 6 mm thick.
2. ‌The surface of the second coat shall be lightly roughened to provide a key with the finish coat if the finish coat is other than stone dash.
‌Finish Coat‌
1. ‌When the finish coat is other than stone dash, the base shall be dampened but not saturated before the finish coat is applied.
2. ‌The thickness of the finish coat shall be not less than 3 mm.
3. ‌When a stone dash finish is used, the stone shall be partially embedded in the second coat before the second coat starts to set or stiffen.

‌Section 9.29. Interior Wall and Ceiling Finishes

‌General
1. ‌Fire Protection and Sound Control‌
  1. A wall or ceiling finish shall also conform to the appropriate requirements in Sections 9.10. and 9.11., in addition to the requirements in this Section.
‌Waterproof Wall Finish‌
1. ‌Where Required
  1. ‌Waterproof finish shall be provided to a height of not less than
    1. 1.8 m above the floor in shower stalls,
    2. ‌1.2 m above the rims of bathtubs equipped with showers, and
    3. 400 mm above the rims of bathtubs not equipped with showers.
2. ‌Materials‌
  1. ‌Waterproof finish shall consist of ceramic, plastic or metal tile, sheet vinyl, tempered hardboard, laminated thermosetting decorative sheets or linoleum.

‌Wood Furring‌

‌Size and Spacing of Furring

Wood furring for the attachment of wall and ceiling finishes shall conform to Table 9.29.3.1.

‌Division B 9.29.5.3.

Table 9.29.3.1.

Size and Spacing of Furring

Forming Part of Sentence 9.29.3.1.(1)

Maximum Spacing of Furring, mm	Minimum Size of Furring, mm
	Maximum Spacing of Furring Supports
	Continuous Supports	400 mm o.c.	600 mm o.c.
‌300	19 × 38	19 × 38	19 × 64
400	19 × 38	19 × 38	19 × 64
‌600	19 × 38	19 × 64	19 × 89

‌Fastening‌
1. ‌Furring shall be fastened to the framing or to wood blocks with not less than 51 mm nails.

‌Plastering‌
1. ‌Application
  1. Application of plaster wall and ceiling finishes, including installation of metal or gypsum lath, shall conform to CSA A82.30-M, “Interior Furring, Lathing and Gypsum Plastering.”‌

‌Gypsum Board Finish (Taped Joints)

‌Application
1. ‌The requirements for application of gypsum board in this Subsection apply to the single layer application of gypsum board to wood furring or framing using nails or screws.‌
2. Except as provided in Sentence (3), gypsum board applications not described in this Subsection shall conform to CSA A82.31-M, “Gypsum Board Application.”
3. The application of gypsum board to flat insulating concrete form (ICF) walls shall conform to ASTM C840, “Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board.” (See Note A-9.29.5.1.(3).)‌
‌Materials
1. ‌Gypsum products shall conform to
  1. ASTM C1178/C1178M, “Standard Specification for Coated Glass Mat Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Panel,” or
  2. ASTM C1396/C1396M, “Standard Specification for Gypsum Board,” except that the flame-spread rating of gypsum board shall be determined in accordance with CAN/ULC-S102, “Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials and Assemblies.”‌
‌Maximum Spacing of Supports
1. Maximum spacing of supports for gypsum board applied as a single layer shall conform to Table 9.29.5.3.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022

‌Division B

Table 9.29.5.3.

Spacing of Supports for Gypsum Board

Forming Part of Sentence 9.29.5.3.(1)

Thickness, mm	Orientation of Board to Framing	Maximum Spacing of Supports, mm o.c.
		Walls	Ceilings
		Walls	Painted Finish	Water-Based Texture Finish
Gypsum board conforming to Sentence 9.29.5.2.(1) (except Sections 9 and 12 of ASTM C1396/C1396M)
9.5	parallel	—	—	—
9.5	perpendicular	400	400	—
12.7	parallel	600	400	—
12.7	perpendicular	600	600	400
15.9	parallel	600	400	—
15.9	perpendicular	600	600	600
Gypsum ceiling board conforming to Clause 9.29.5.2.(1)(b) (only Section 12 of ASTM C1396/C1396M)
12.7	parallel	600	400	—
12.7	‌perpendicular	600	600	600

‌Support of Insulation‌
1. ‌Gypsum board supporting insulation shall be not less than 12.7 mm thick.
‌Length of Fasteners
1. The length of fasteners for gypsum board shall conform to Table 9.29.5.5., except that lesser depths of penetration are permitted for assemblies required to have a fire-resistance rating provided it can be shown, on the basis of fire tests, that such depths are adequate for the required rating.
  
  Table 9.29.5.5.
  Fastener Penetration into Wood Supports
  Forming Part of Sentence 9.29.5.5.(1)
  
  Required Fire-Resistance Rating of Assembly
  Minimum Penetration, mm
  Walls
  Ceilings
  Nails
  Screws
  Nails
  Screws
  Not required
  20
  15
  20
  15
  ‌45 min
  20
  20
  30
  30
  1h
  20
  20
  45
  45
  ‌1.5 h
  20
  20
  60
  60
‌Nails
1. ‌Nails for fastening gypsum board to wood supports shall conform to
  1. ASTM F1667, “Standard Specification for Driven Fasteners: Nails, Spikes, and Staples,” or
  2. CSA B111, “Wire Nails, Spikes and Staples.”
‌Screws
1. Screws for fastening gypsum board to wood supports shall conform to ASTM C1002, “Standard Specification for Steel Self-Piercing Tapping Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs or Steel Studs.”
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  ‌Division B 9.29.6.1.‌
‌Spacing of Nails
1. For single-layer application on a ceiling, nails shall be spaced
  1. ‌not more than 180 mm o.c. on ceiling supports, or
  2. every 300 mm o.c. along ceiling supports, in pairs about 50 mm apart.
2. Where the ceiling sheets are supported by the wall sheets around the perimeter of the ceiling, this support may be considered as equivalent to nailing at this location.
3. Except as required by Sentence (4), for single-layer application on walls, nails shall be spaced
  1. not more than 200 mm o.c. on vertical wall supports, or
  2. every 300 mm o.c. along vertical wall supports, in pairs about 50 mm apart.
4. For single-layer application on walls, where gypsum board provides required bracing in braced wall panels, lateral support for studs, or fire protection, nails shall be spaced not more than 200 mm o.c. on
  1. vertical wall supports, and
  2. top and bottom plates.
    (See Article 9.23.10.2. and Section 9.10.)
5. ‌The uppermost nails on vertical wall supports shall be not more than 200 mm below the ceiling.‌
6. Nails shall be located not less than 10 mm from the side or edge of the board.
7. ‌Nails shall be driven so that the heads do not puncture the paper.
‌Spacing of Screws
1. ‌For single-layer application on a ceiling, screws shall be spaced not more than 300 mm o.c. on ceiling supports.
2. Where the ceiling sheets are supported by the wall sheets around the perimeter of the ceiling, this support may be considered as equivalent to screwing at this location.
3. Except as required by Sentence (4), for single-layer application on walls, screws shall be spaced
  1. ‌not more than 300 mm o.c. on vertical wall supports where the supports are more than 400 mm o.c., or
  2. not more than 400 mm o.c. on vertical wall supports where the supports are not more than 400 mm o.c.
4. Except as provided in Sentence (5), for single-layer application on walls, where gypsum board provides required bracing in braced wall panels, lateral support for studs, or fire protection, screws shall be spaced not more than 300 mm o.c. on
  1. vertical wall supports, and
  2. top and bottom plates.
    (See Article 9.23.10.2. and Section 9.10.)
5. Where a fire-resistance rating is determined based on Table 9.10.3.1.-A, Sentence (4) need not apply for the purpose of fire protection.‌
6. Screws shall be located not less than 10 mm from the edge of the board.
7. ‌Screws shall be driven so that the heads do not puncture the paper.
‌Low Temperature Conditions
1. ‌In cold weather, heat shall be provided to maintain a temperature not below 10°C for 48 h prior to taping and finishing and maintained for not less than 48 h thereafter.‌

‌Plywood Finish‌
1. ‌Thickness
  1. Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), the minimum thickness of plywood interior finish shall conform to Table 9.29.6.1.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
2. ‌Division B
  
  Table 9.29.6.1.
  Thickness of Plywood Interior Finish
  Forming Part of Articles 9.29.6.1. and 9.29.6.2.
  
  Maximum Spacing of Supports, mm o.c.
  Minimum Thickness, mm(1)
  On Supports with no Horizontal Blocking
  On Supports with Blocking at Vertical Intervals not Exceeding 1.2 m
  400
  4.7
  4.0
  600
  8.0
  4.7
  ‌Notes to Table 9.29.6.1.:
  ‌(1) Thickness limits shall apply to the net effective thickness (NET) of grooved, striated, textured and/or embossed panels and to the actual thickness of flat panels.
‌Hardboard Finish‌‌
1. ‌Material Standard‌
  1. Hardboard shall conform to CAN/CGSB-11.3-M, “Hardboard.”
2. ‌Thickness
  1. Hardboard shall be not less than
    1. ‌3 mm thick where applied over continuous backing,
    2. ‌6 mm thick when applied over supports spaced not more than 400 mm o.c., and
    3. 9 mm thick when applied over supports spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
3. ‌Nails
  1. Nails for fastening hardboard shall be casing or finishing nails not less than 38 mm long, spaced not more than 150 mm o.c. along edge supports and 300 mm
    o.c. along intermediate supports.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 9.29.9.2.‌
4. ‌Edge Support‌
  1. ‌All hardboard edges shall be supported by furring, blocking or framing where the backing is not continuous.
‌Insulating Fibreboard Finish‌
1. ‌Material Standard‌
  1. Insulating fibreboard shall conform to CAN/ULC-S706.1, “Standard for Wood Fibre Insulating Boards for Buildings.”
2. ‌Thickness‌
  1. ‌Insulating fibreboard sheets shall be not less than 11.1 mm thick on supports not more than 400 mm o.c.
  2. ‌Insulating fibreboard tile shall be not less than 12.7 mm thick on supports spaced not more than 400 mm o.c.
3. ‌Nails
  1. ‌Nails for fastening fibreboard sheets shall be not less than 2.6 mm shank diameter casing or finishing nails of sufficient length to penetrate not less than 20 mm into the supports.‌
  2. ‌Nails shall be spaced not more than 100 mm o.c. along edge supports and 200 mm o.c. along intermediate supports.‌
4. ‌Edge Support
  1. ‌All fibreboard edges shall be supported by blocking, furring or framing.
‌Particleboard, OSB or Waferboard Finish‌‌
1. ‌Material Standard
  1. Particleboard finish shall conform to ANSI A208.1, “P articleboard.”
  2. OSB or waferboard finish shall conform to
    1. CSA O325, “Construction sheathing,” or
    2. CSA O437.0, “OSB and Waferboard.”
2. ‌Minimum Thickness‌
  1. Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), the minimum thickness of O-2 grade OSB used as an interior finish shall conform to that shown for plywood in Table 9.29.6.1.
  2. Thicknesses listed in Table 9.29.6.1. shall permit a manufacturing tolerance of
    ‌−0.4 mm.
  3. No minimum thickness is required where O-2 grade OSB is applied over continuous backing.
  4. OSB conforming to O-1 grade, waferboard conforming to R-1 grade and particleboard shall be
    1. ‌not less than 6.35 mm thick on supports not more than 400 mm o.c.,
    2. not less than 9.5 mm thick on supports not more than 600 mm o.c., and
    3. not less than 6.35 mm thick on supports not more than 600 mm o.c. in walls where blocking is provided at midwall height.
  5. OSB conforming to CSA O325, “Construction sheathing,” shall meet the minimum panel mark of
    1. W16, on supports not more than 400 mm o.c.,
    2. W24, on supports not more than 600 mm o.c., and
    3. W16, on supports not more than 600 mm o.c. where blocking is provided at mid-wall height.
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
3. ‌Division B‌
‌Wall Tile Finish‌‌
1. ‌Tile Application‌
  1. ‌Ceramic tile shall be set in a mortar base or applied with an adhesive.
  2. Plastic tile shall be applied with an adhesive.
2. ‌Mortar Base‌
  1. ‌When ceramic tile is applied to a mortar base the cementitious material shall consist of one part Portland cement to not more than one-quarter part lime by volume.
  2. The cementitious material described in Sentence (1) shall be mixed with not less than 3 nor more than 5 parts of aggregate per part of cementitious material by volume.
  3. ‌Mortar shall be applied over metal lath or masonry.
  4. ‌Ceramic tile applied to a mortar base shall be thoroughly soaked and pressed into place forcing the mortar into the joints while the tile is wet.
3. ‌Adhesives‌
  1. ‌Adhesives to attach ceramic and plastic tile shall be applied to the finish coat or brown coat of plaster that has been steel-trowelled to an even surface or to gypsum board or to masonry provided the masonry has an even surface.
4. ‌Moisture-Resistant Backing‌
  1. ‌Ceramic and plastic tile installed on walls around bathtubs or showers shall be applied over moisture-resistant backing.
5. ‌Joints between Tiles and Bathtub
  1. The joints between wall tiles and a bathtub shall be suitably caulked with material conforming to CAN/CGSB-19.22-M, “Mildew-Resistant Sealing Compound for Tubs and Tiles.”‌

‌Section 9.30. Flooring‌

‌General‌‌
1. ‌Required Finished Flooring‌
  1. Finished flooring shall be provided in all residential occupancies.
2. ‌Water Resistance
  1. Where water permeable finished flooring in bathrooms, kitchens, public entrance halls and laundry areas is supported by a subfloor of a type that would be damaged by water, such flooring shall be installed over a membrane with a water permeance not exceeding 18 ng/(Pa×s×m2) when tested in accordance with ASTM
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    Division B 9.30.2.4.
    
    E96/E96M, “Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials.” (See Note A-9.30.1.2.(1).)‌
3. ‌Sleepers
  1. ‌Wood sleepers supporting finished flooring over a concrete base supported on the ground shall be not less than 19 mm by 38 mm and shall be treated with a wood preservative.
4. ‌Finish Quality‌
  1. ‌Finished flooring shall have a surface that is smooth, even and free from roughness or open defects.
‌Panel-Type Underlay‌
1. ‌Required Underlay
  1. A panel-type underlay shall be provided under resilient flooring, parquet flooring, ceramic tile, felted-synthetic-fibre floor coverings or carpeting laid over lumber subflooring. (See Sentence 9.30.3.2.(1).)
  2. Panel-type underlay shall be provided under resilient flooring, parquet flooring, felted-synthetic-fibre floor coverings or carpeting on panel-type subflooring whose edges are unsupported. (See Article 9.23.15.3.)‌
  3. ‌Panel-type underlay shall be provided under ceramic tile applied with adhesive.
2. ‌Materials and Thickness
  1. Panel-type underlay shall be not less than 6 mm thick and shall conform to
    1. ANSI A208.1, “Particleboard,”
    2. CAN/CGSB-11.3-M, “H ardboard,”
    3. ANSI/HPVA HP-1, “American National Standard for Hardwood and Decorative Plywood,”
    4. CSA O121, “Douglas fir plywood,”
    5. CSA O151, “Canadian softwood plywood,”
    6. CSA O153, “Poplar plywood,” or
    7. CSA O437.0, “OSB and Waferboard.”
  2. ‌Panel-type underlay under ceramic tile applied with adhesive shall be not less than
    1. ‌6 mm thick where the supports are spaced up to 300 mm o.c., and
    2. 11 mm thick where the supports are spaced wider than 300 mm o.c.
3. ‌Fastening
  1. ‌Panel-type underlay shall be fastened to the subfloor with staples, annular grooved flooring nails or spiral nails, spaced not more than 150 mm o.c. along the edges and 200 mm o.c. both ways at other locations.‌
  2. Nails for panel-type underlay shall be not less than 19 mm long for 6 mm thick underlay and 22 mm long for 7.9 mm thick underlay.
  3. Staples for panel-type underlay shall
    1. ‌have not less than a 1.2 mm shank diameter or thickness with a 4.7 mm crown, and
    2. be not less than
      1. ‌22 mm long for 6 mm underlay, and
      2. 28 mm long for 7.9 mm and 9.5 mm underlay.
4. ‌Joints Offset
  1. Where panel-type underlay is required to be installed over plywood, OSB or waferboard, the joints in the underlay shall be offset not less than 200 mm from the joints in the underlying subfloor.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
5. ‌Division B‌

‌Wood Strip Flooring‌‌

‌Thickness

The thickness of wood strip flooring shall conform to Table 9.30.3.1.

Table 9.30.3.1.

Thickness of Wood Strip Flooring

Forming Part of Sentence 9.30.3.1.(1)

Type of Flooring

Max. Joist Spacing, mm

Minimum Thickness of Flooring, mm

With Subfloor

No Subfloor

Matched hardwood

(interior use only)

400

600

7.9

19.0

33.3

Matched softwood

‌(interior or exterior use)

400

600

19.0

31.7

Square edge softwood

‌(exterior use only)

400

600

—

25.4

38.1

‌Strip Direction and End Joints‌
1. Wood strip flooring shall not be laid parallel to lumber subflooring unless a separate underlay is provided.
2. ‌If wood strip flooring is applied without a subfloor, it shall be laid at right angles to the joists so that the end joints are staggered and occur over supports or are end matched.
3. ‌If the flooring is end matched, it shall be laid so that no 2 adjoining strips break joints in the same space between supports and each strip bears on no fewer than 2 supports.‌
‌Nailing
1. When nails are used, wood strip flooring shall be toe nailed or face nailed with not less than one nail per strip at the spacings shown in Table 9.30.3.3., except that face nailed strips more than 25 mm in width shall have at least 2 nails per strip.
  
  Table 9.30.3.3.
  Nailing of Wood Strip Flooring
  Forming Part of Sentence 9.30.3.3.(1)
  
  Finish Floor Thickness, mm
  Minimum Length of Flooring Nails, mm
  Maximum Spacing of Flooring Nails, mm
  7.9
  38(1)
  200
  11.1
  51
  300
  19.0
  57
  400
  25.4
  63
  400
  31.7
  70
  600
  38.1
  83
  600
  Notes to Table 9.30.3.3.:
  (1) See Article 9.30.3.4.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  ‌Division B 9.31.2.2.‌
2. ‌Face nails shall be countersunk.
‌Staples‌
1. Staples are permitted to be used to fasten wood strip flooring not more than
  ‌7.9 mm in thickness provided the staples are not less than 29 mm long with a shank diameter of 1.19 mm and with 4.7 mm crowns.

‌Parquet Flooring‌
1. ‌Adhesive‌
  1. ‌Adhesive used to attach parquet block flooring shall be suitable for bonding wood to the applicable subfloor material.
‌Resilient Flooring‌
1. ‌Materials‌
  1. ‌Resilient flooring used on concrete slabs supported on ground shall consist of asphalt, rubber, unbacked vinyl or vinyl with an inorganic type backing.
  2. Flooring described in Sentence (1) shall be attached to the base with a suitable waterproof and alkali-resistant adhesive.
‌Ceramic Tile‌
1. ‌Substrate‌
  1. ‌Ceramic tile shall be set in a mortar bed or applied to a sound smooth base with a suitable adhesive.
  2. Panel-type subfloor to which ceramic tile is to be applied with adhesive shall have its edges supported according to Article 9.23.15.3.

‌Section 9.31. Plumbing Facilities‌

‌Scope
1. ‌Application
  1. This Section applies to the plumbing facilities and plumbing systems within
    dwelling units.
  2. In occupancies other than dwelling units, plumbing facilities, grab bars, floor drains, and floor and wall finishes around urinals shall conform to Subsection 3.7.2. (See also Section 3.8. regarding barrier-free plumbing facilities.)
  3. Medical gas piping systems shall conform to Subsection 3.7.3.
  4. Systems used for service water heating shall conform to the energy efficiency requirements in Section 9.36.
‌General
1. ‌General‌
  1. The construction, extension, alteration, renewal or repair of plumbing systems and sewage disposal systems shall conform to Part 7.
2. ‌Corrosion Protection
  1. Metal pipes in contact with cinders or other corrosive material shall be protected by a heavy coating of bitumen or other corrosion protection.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
3. ‌Division B‌
  1.3 kN applied vertically or horizontally.
‌Water Supply and Distribution‌
1. ‌Required Water Supply‌
  1. Every dwelling unit shall be supplied with potable water.
2. ‌Required Connections‌
  1. ‌Where a piped water supply is available, piping for hot and cold water shall be connected to every kitchen sink, lavatory, bathtub, shower, slop sink and laundry area.
  2. ‌Piping for cold water shall be run to every water closet.
‌Required Facilities‌
1. ‌Required Fixtures‌
  1. A kitchen sink, lavatory, bathtub or shower, and water closet shall be provided for every dwelling unit where a piped water supply is available.
2. ‌Hot Water Supply‌
  1. Where a piped water supply is available a hot water supply shall be provided in every dwelling unit.
3. ‌Floor Drains‌
  1. Where gravity drainage to a sewer, drainage ditch or dry well is possible, a floor drain shall be installed in a basement forming part of a dwelling unit.
  2. A floor drain shall be provided in a garbage room, incinerator room or boiler
    room serving more than one dwelling unit.
‌Sewage Disposal‌
1. ‌Building Sewer‌
  1. Wastes from every plumbing fixture shall be piped to the building sewer.
2. ‌Discharge of Sewage‌
  1. ‌Building sewers shall discharge into a public sewage system where such system is available.
  2. Where a public sewage system is not available, the building sewer shall discharge into a private sewage disposal system.
‌Service Water Heating Facilities‌
1. ‌Hot Water Supply‌
  1. Where hot water is required to be supplied in accordance with Article 9.31.4.2., equipment shall
    1. ‌provide an adequate supply of hot water, and
    2. be installed in conformance with Part 7.
2. ‌Equipment and Installation
  1. Service water heaters shall conform to appropriate provincial or territorial requirements or, in the absence of such requirements, to the NPC.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 9.32.1.2.
  2. The installation of service water heaters, including provisions for mounting, clearances and air supply, shall conform to appropriate provincial or territorial requirements or, in the absence of such requirements, to
    1. CSA B51, “Boiler, pressure vessel, and pressure piping code,”
    2. CSA B139 Series, “Installation code for oil-burning equipment,”
    3. CSA B149.1, “Natural gas and propane installation code,”
    4. CSA B365, “Installation Code for Solid-Fuel-Burning Appliances and Equipment,” or
    5. CSA C22.1, “Canadian Electrical Code, Part I.”
  3. Where the building is in a location where the spectral acceleration, Sa(0.2), is greater than 0.55, service water heaters shall be secured to the structure to prevent overturning. (See Note A-9.31.6.2.(3).)‌
3. ‌Corrosion-Resistant Coating
  1. Where storage tanks for service water heaters are of steel, they shall be coated with zinc, vitreous enamel (glass lined), hydraulic cement or other corrosion-resistant material.‌
4. ‌Fuel-Burning Heaters‌
  1. Fuel-burning service water heaters shall be connected to a chimney flue conforming to Section 9.21.
5. ‌Heating Coils‌
  1. Heating coils of service water heaters shall not be installed in a flue or in the combustion chamber of a boiler or furnace heating a building.

‌Section 9.32. Ventilation‌

‌General
1. ‌Application
  1. This Section applies to the ventilation of rooms and spaces in residential occupancies.
  2. Ventilation of all other occupancies shall comply with Part 6.
  3. A storage garage for up to 4 motor vehicles that serves a residential occupancy may be considered to be part of that occupancy.
  4. Systems used for ventilation shall conform to the energy efficiency requirements in Section 9.36.
2. ‌Required Ventilation‌
  1. Every residential occupancy shall incorporate
    1. provisions for non-heating-season ventilation in accordance with Subsection 9.32.2., and
    2. except as required by Sentences (2) and (3), if supplied with electrical power and a heating system, provisions for heating-season ventilation in accordance with Part 6.
  2. A self-contained heating-season ventilation system serving a single dwelling unit
    shall comply with Subsection 9.32.3. (See Note A-9.32.1.2.(2).)
  3. In houses that contain a secondary suite, heating-season ventilation need not be provided for
    1. exits,
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
3. ‌Division B
  1. ‌public corridors, and
  2. ancillary spaces that are not within a dwelling unit, except as provided in Sentence (4).
  (See Note A-9.32.1.2.(2).)
  ‌4) Where ancillary spaces described in Clause (3)(c) contain exhaust devices, these spaces shall be provided with make-up air in accordance with Article 9.32.3.8.

‌Non-Heating-Season Ventilation‌

‌Required Ventilation
1. The non-heating-season ventilation required by Clause 9.32.1.2.(1)(a) shall be supplied by
  1. natural ventilation in accordance with Article 9.32.2.2., or
  2. a mechanical ventilation system in accordance with Article 9.32.2.3.

‌Non-Heating-Season Natural Ventilation‌

The unobstructed openable ventilation area to the outdoors for rooms and spaces in residential buildings ventilated by natural means shall conform to Table 9.32.2.2.

Table 9.32.2.2.

Natural Ventilation Area

Forming Part of Sentence 9.32.2.2.(1)

Location		Minimum Unobstructed Area
Within a dwelling unit	Bathrooms or water-closet rooms	0.09 m2
	Unfinished basement space	0.2% of the floor area
	Dining rooms, living rooms, bedrooms, kitchens, combined rooms, dens, recreation rooms and all other finished rooms	0.28 m2 per room or combination of rooms
Other than within a dwelling unit	Bathrooms or water-closet rooms	0.09 m2 per water closet
	Sleeping areas	0.14 m2 per occupant
	Laundry rooms, kitchens, recreation rooms	4% of the floor area
	Corridors, storage rooms and other similar public rooms or spaces	2% of the floor area
	Unfinished basement space not used on a shared basis	0.2% of the floor area

Division B 9.32.2.3.

Where a vestibule opens directly off a living or dining room within a dwelling unit, ventilation to the outdoors for such rooms may be through the vestibule.‌
‌Openings for natural ventilation other than windows shall provide protection from the weather and insects.
‌Screening shall be of corrosion-resistant material.

‌Non-Heating-Season Mechanical Ventilation

Where a habitable room or space is not provided with natural ventilation as described in Article 9.32.2.2. and is mechanically cooled, its non-heating-season mechanical ventilation system shall
1. have the capacity to exhaust air from inside the room or space, or to introduce outdoor air into that room or space, at a rate conforming with Table 9.32.2.3., or
2. comply with Subsection 9.32.3.

In applying Clause (1)(a),

at least one bedroom in each dwelling unit shall be designated as the master bedroom,
air change rates for any combined living/dining or family/dining space shall be determined as if the spaces were individual rooms,
where a basement incorporates rooms of the types designated in Table 9.32.2.3., the assigned air change rate for each room shall be as specified for those types of rooms,
basement areas used for other purposes that exceed 2/3 of the total basement floor area shall be assigned an air change rate of 10 L/s,
‌basement areas used for other purposes that are 2/3 of the total basement floor area or less shall be assigned an air change rate of 5 L/s, and

other habitable rooms, other than spaces intended solely for access, egress, storage, or service equipment, shall be assigned an air change rate of 5 L/s.

Table 9.32.2.3.

Air Change Rate

Forming Part of Clause 9.32.2.3.(1)(a)

Room or Space	Rate, L/s
Master bedroom	10
Other bedrooms	5
Living room	5
Dining room	5
Family room	5
Recreation room	5
Basement	10
Kitchen	5
Bathroom or water-closet room	5
‌Laundry room	5
Utility room	5
Other habitable rooms	5

Where a habitable room or space is not provided with natural ventilation as described in Article 9.32.2.2. and is not mechanically cooled, the non-heating-season mechanical ventilation system shall have the capacity to exhaust indoor air from the room or space or to introduce outdoor air to that room or space at a rate of one air change per hour.
A non-heating-season mechanical ventilation system shall be designed and installed in conformance with good practice such as that described in the ASHRAE
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
9.32.3.1. Division B

Handbooks and Standards, the HRAI Digest, the Hydronics Institute Manuals and the SMACNA Manuals.

‌Heating-Season Mechanical Ventilation‌‌

(See Note A-9.32.3.)

‌Required Ventilation‌
1. The heating-season ventilation required by Clause 9.32.1.2.(1)(b) shall be provided by a mechanical ventilation system complying with
  1. good practice such as that described in CAN/CSA-F326-M, “Residential Mechanical Ventilation Systems,”
  2. for dwelling units with 5 or fewer bedrooms, the balance of this Subsection, or
  3. Part 6.
    (See Note A-9.32.3.1.(1).)
2. ‌Mechanical ventilation systems complying with the balance of this Subsection shall incorporate at least the following components:‌‌
‌Design and Installation
1. Aspects of mechanical ventilation systems not specifically described in this Subsection shall be designed, constructed and installed in accordance with good practice such as that described in the ASHRAE Handbooks and Standards, the HRAI Digest, the HRAI Residential Mechanical Ventilation Manual, the Hydronics Institute Manuals and the SMACNA Manuals.
2. ‌Ventilation system equipment installed to meet the requirements of this Section shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturers' instructions and recommendations except that, where such instructions and recommendations are in conflict with the requirements of this Subsection, the requirements of this Subsection shall govern.
3. ‌Except where mounted on concrete foundations, fans and heat recovery ventilators shall be isolated from structural components by resilient mountings to minimize the transmission of noise and vibration to occupied spaces.
4. Where flow-regulating dampers are required,
  1. ‌they shall be adjustable and accessible without requiring the removal of fans, motors or insulating materials, or the use of specialized tools, and
  2. ‌a device on the outside of the duct or device in which they are installed shall indicate the position of the damper.
5. Ventilation equipment shall be accessible for inspection, maintenance, repair and cleaning.
6. ‌Ventilation equipment installed in unheated spaces shall be installed so as to avoid condensation of moisture on fans and motors, in accordance with the manufacturers' instructions.‌
‌Principal Ventilation System
(See Note A-9.32.3.3.)
1. ‌The principal ventilation system shall incorporate the following components:
  1. a principal ventilation fan complying with this Article, and
  2. except as permitted by Article 9.32.3.6., provision for the introduction of outdoor air to the dwelling unit, in conformance with Article 9.32.3.4. or 9.32.3.5.
2. The principal ventilation fan shall be capable of operating at an exhaust capacity complying with Table 9.32.3.3., referred to hereinafter as the “normal operating exhaust capacity.” (See Note A-9.32.3.3.(2).)
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  ‌Division B 9.32.3.4.
  
  Table 9.32.3.3.
  Normal Operating Exhaust Capacity of Principal Ventilation Fan
  Forming Part of Sentence 9.32.3.3.(2)
  
  Number of Bedrooms in Dwelling Unit
  Normal Operating Exhaust Capacity of Principal Ventilation Fan, L/s
  Minimum
  Maximum
  1
  16
  24
  2
  18
  28
  3
  22
  32
  4
  26
  38
  5
  30
  45
  More than 5
  System must comply with Clause 9.32.3.1.(1)(a)
3. The requirement for a principal ventilation fan may be satisfied by a single fan, by the exhaust side of a heat recovery ventilator, or by a group of fans, provided all fans in the group are controlled simultaneously by a controller complying with Sentences (5) to (7). (See Note A-9.32.3.3.(3).)‌
4. The components of the principal ventilation system shall be approved by their manufacturer for continuous operation.
5. The principal ventilation fan shall be controlled by a manual switch located within the living area of the dwelling unit and clearly marked “VENTILATION FAN.” (See Note A-9.32.3.3.(5).)‌
6. If all controls serving the principal ventilation fan are in the “off” position, the principal ventilation system shall not operate.
7. The requirement for a manual switch stated in Sentence (5) can be satisfied by a manual override incorporated in a dehumidistat or other automatic control, provided
  1. the automatic control is located within the living area of the dwelling unit, and
  2. the manual override is clearly marked “VENTILATION FAN.”
8. Where the principal ventilation fan is controlled by a dehumidistat or other automatic control in addition to the manual switch required by Sentence (5), the manual switch shall be capable of activating the fan regardless of the setting of the automatic control.
9. Where an exhaust air intake for the principal ventilation fan is connected directly to the return side of the duct system of a forced air heating system or other forced air distribution system, it shall be connected, where applicable, not less than 1 m upstream from the connection of the outdoor air supply duct required by Sentence 9.32.3.4.(5).
10. Exhaust air intakes for principal ventilation fans located in kitchens, bathrooms and water-closet rooms shall be located in the ceiling or on the wall not less than 2 m above the floor. (See Note A-9.32.3.3.(10).)

‌Ventilation Systems Used in Conjunction with Forced Air Heating Systems

(See Note A-9.32.3.4.)

Where outdoor air is to be introduced to the dwelling unit through a forced air heating system, the provision of outdoor air shall comply with this Article.
Where the actual normal operating exhaust capacity of the fan installed to satisfy the requirement for a principal ventilation fan exceeds the maximum outdoor airflow permitted by Table 9.32.3.4. for a mixed air temperature of 15°C or exceeds the minimum acceptable return air temperature specified by the manufacturer of the furnace, whichever is less, then either
1. the system shall incorporate a means for tempering outdoor air introduced to the heating system ducts so that a mixed air temperature of 15°C or the
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  9.32.3.4. Division B
  
  minimum acceptable return air temperature specified by the manufacturer of the furnace, whichever is less, is achieved when the outdoor air is at the January 2.5% temperature and the indoor air temperature is 22°C, or
2. this Article shall be considered to be no longer applicable and the mechanical ventilation system shall comply with either Clause 9.32.3.1.(1)(a) or with Article 9.32.3.5.
For the purposes of Table 9.32.3.4., the furnace airflow shall be determined
1. by operating the forced air heating system's circulation fan at the rate chosen to satisfy Clause (9)(a) when measuring the return airflow in the furnace return air plenum immediately upstream of the connection of the outdoor air supply duct required by Sentence (5) and then adding this return airflow measurement to the actual normal operating exhaust capacity of the fan installed to satisfy the requirement for a principal ventilation fan, or
2. by using the manufacturer's rated flow for the furnace for 150 Pa static pressure and the wiring configuration necessary to achieve the flow specified in Clause (9)(a).

Linear interpolation is permitted in using Table 9.32.3.4.

Table 9.32.3.4.

Maximum Outdoor Airflow

Forming Part of Sentence 9.32.3.4.(2)

January 2.5% Temperature as per Appendix C, °C	Maximum Outdoor Airflow for Indicated Mixed Temperature, L/s
January 2.5% Temperature as per Appendix C, °C	0	0	0	-10	-10	-10	-20	-20	-20	-30	-30	-30	-40	-40	-40	-50	-50	-50
Minimum Mixed Air Temperature, °C	15	10	5	15	10	5	15	10	5	15	10	5	15	10	5	15	10	5
Furnace Airflow, L/s
0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0
100	32	55	77	22	38	53	17	29	40	13	23	33	11	19	27	10	17	24
200	64	109	155	44	75	106	33	57	81	27	46	65	23	39	55	19	33	47
‌300	—	—	—	66	113	159	50	86	121	40	69	98	34	58	82	29	50	71
400	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	54	92	131	45	77	110	39	67	94
500	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	49	83	118

An outdoor air supply duct shall be installed between the outdoors and the‌
‌furnace return air plenum and shall be connected
1. not less than 3 m upstream of the plenum connection to the furnace, as measured along the length of the duct, or
2. through an acceptable mixing device installed in the return air plenum.
The outdoor air supply duct required by Sentence (5) shall incorporate a flow-regulating damper.
Where the outdoor air supply duct required by Sentence (5) is not connected to an outdoor air supply fan, it shall be connected downstream of all return branch connections.‌
Where the outdoor air supply duct required by Sentence (5) is connected to an auxiliary outdoor air supply fan, the auxiliary outdoor air supply fan shall be‌
1. approved by the manufacturer for the handling of untempered outdoor air if it will be handling untempered outdoor air,
2. approved by the manufacturer for continuous operation, and
3. designed to provide an outdoor air supply flow within ±10% of the actual normal operating exhaust capacity of the exhaust fan installed to satisfy the requirement for a principal ventilation fan.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  ‌Division B 9.32.3.5.
The principal ventilation fan control required by Sentence 9.32.3.3.(5) shall be wired in such a way that‌
1. ‌activation of the principal ventilation fan automatically activates the forced air heating system's circulation fan to provide an airflow not greater than the space-heating airflow,
2. where applicable, activation of the principal ventilation fan automatically activates the auxiliary outdoor air supply fan described in Sentence (8), and
3. the auxiliary outdoor air supply fan does not operate when the principal ventilation fan is not operating.
With the principal ventilation fan operating at its normal operating exhaust capacity, the airflow in the outdoor air supply duct shall be measured and the
flow-regulating damper required by Sentence (6) shall be adjusted and permanently fixed so that the airflow in the outdoor air supply duct is within ±10% of the actual normal operating exhaust capacity of the principal ventilation fan.
The airflow measurements required by Sentences (3) and (10) shall be done using a method accurate to within ±15% of the flow rate being measured.
All connections between the ventilation system and the heating system shall be in accordance with Articles 9.33.4 1. and 9.33.5.2.

‌Ventilation Systems Not Used in Conjunction with Forced Air Heating Systems
(See Note A-9.32.3.5.)
1. Where outdoor air is to be introduced to the dwelling unit through means other than a forced air heating system, the provision of outdoor air shall comply with this Article.
2. ‌An outdoor air supply fan shall be installed with a rated capacity within ±10% of the actual normal operating exhaust capacity of the exhaust fan installed to satisfy the requirement for a principal ventilation fan.‌
3. The principal ventilation fan control required by Sentence 9.32.3.3.(5) shall be wired in such a way that
  1. activation of the principal ventilation fan automatically activates the outdoor air supply fan required by Sentence (2), and
  2. ‌the outdoor air supply fan does not operate when the principal ventilation fan is not operating.
4. The outdoor air supply fan shall be connected to the outdoors through an outdoor air supply duct.
5. The outdoor air supply duct required by Sentence (4) shall incorporate a flow-regulating damper.
6. With the principal ventilation fan operating at its normal operating exhaust capacity, the airflow in the outdoor air supply duct shall be measured and the
  flow-regulating damper required by Sentence (5) shall be adjusted and permanently fixed so that the airflow in the outdoor air supply duct is within ±10% of the actual normal operating exhaust capacity of the principal ventilation fan.
7. The airflow measurements required by Sentence (6) shall be done using a method accurate to within ±15% of the flow rate being measured.
8. ‌Except where a heat recovery ventilator is used to supply the outdoor air, the outdoor air shall be tempered to at least 12°C before being circulated to habitable spaces.‌
9. Any tempering device installed to comply with Sentence (8) shall be installed in accordance with Articles 9.33.4. 1. and 9.33.5.2.
10. Except as provided in Sentence (11), outdoor air shall be distributed by a system of trunk and branch supply ducts, from the outdoor air supply fan required by Sentence (2) to
  1. each bedroom,
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
Division B

any storey, including basements and heated crawl spaces, without a bedroom, and
if there is no storey without a bedroom, to the principal living area.

In a dwelling unit in which there is no storey without a bedroom, if an exhaust air intake for the principal ventilation fan is located in the principal living area and the principal ventilation fan has no more than 2 exhaust air intakes located in other rooms, distribution of outdoor air to the principal living area is not required.
All branch supply ducts that are not fitted with diffusers with adjustable balance stops shall be supplied with balancing dampers that
1. can be fixed in their adjusted positions, and
2. ‌include devices to indicate the positions of the dampers.
‌The air supply outlets through which outdoor air is delivered to the rooms shall be located in the ceiling or in a wall at not less than 2 m above the floor and shall be designed and installed to promote diffusion across the ceiling.
‌Provision shall be made for the free flow of air to or from all rooms by leaving gaps beneath doors, using louvred doors or installing grilles in doors.

‌Exhaust-Only Ventilation Systems
(See Note A-9.32.3.6.)
1. A ventilation system with no provision for the introduction of outdoor air to the dwelling unit may only be used where the dwelling unit
  1. contains no solid-fuel-burning appliance, no fireplace of other than
    direct-vented type, and no other fuel-fired space- or water-heating appliance
    of other than direct-vented or mechanically vented types, and
  2. has a forced air distribution system with a circulation fan with a rated capacity equal to at least 5 times the actual normal operating exhaust capacity of the fan installed to satisfy the requirement for a principal ventilation fan, a supply side that complies with Sentences 9.32.3.5.(10)
    to (12), and a return side that complies with Articles 9.33.6.12. and 9.33.6.13.
2. Except as provided in Sentence (3), where an exhaust-only system is installed, the principal ventilation fan control required by Sentence 9.32.3.3.(5) shall be wired in such a way that, where applicable, activation of the principal ventilation fan
  automatically activates the circulation fan of the forced air distribution system required by Clause (1)(b) at its rated capacity.
3. Interlocking the forced air distribution system's circulation fan with the principal ventilation fan as required by Sentence (2) is not required where the forced air distribution system is equipped with a control that automatically activates the circulation fan at user-selected intervals.‌
‌Supplemental Exhaust
(See Note A-9.32.3.7.)
1. Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), a supplemental exhaust fan with a rated capacity not less than 50 L/s shall be installed in each kitchen.
2. ‌A supplemental exhaust fan is not required in a kitchen where the only exhaust air intake for the principal ventilation fan is located in that kitchen.
3. A supplemental exhaust fan is not required in a kitchen where the principal ventilation fan draws from that kitchen and other rooms, provided
  1. the principal ventilation fan can be switched to a high exhaust rate equal to not less than 2.5 times the minimum normal operating exhaust capacity specified in Table 9.32.3.3., and
  2. the high exhaust rate of the principal ventilation fan, as described in Clause (a), is activated by a manual switch in the kitchen labeled “KITCHEN EXHAUST.”
4. Where an exhaust air intake for the principal ventilation fan is not located in a bathroom or water-closet room, a supplemental exhaust fan with a rated capacity not less than 25 L/s shall be installed in that bathroom or water-closet room.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  ‌Division B 9.32.3.8.
5. Where the intake for a supplemental exhaust fan other than a cooking appliance exhaust fan serving a cooktop is installed in a kitchen, it shall be installed in the ceiling or on the wall at not less than 2 m above the floor.‌
6. A supplemental exhaust fan required by this Article shall be controlled by a manual switch located in the room served by the fan.
7. Where a kitchen or bathroom is exempted from the requirement to install a supplemental exhaust fan by virtue of Sentence (2) or (3), the principal ventilation fan shall be controlled by a manual switch located in the kitchen or bathroom and wired in parallel with the manual switch required by Sentence 9.32.3.3.(5).
8. Where a supplemental exhaust fan required by this Article is controlled by a dehumidistat or other automatic control in addition to the manual switch required by Sentence (6), the manual switch shall be capable of activating the fan regardless of the setting of the automatic control.
‌Protection Against Depressurization
(See Note A-9.32.3.8.)
1. This Article applies to
  1. dwelling units that contain a fuel-fired space-heating appliance or fuel-fired water-heating appliance of other than direct-vented or mechanically vented types, and
  2. ancillary spaces that contain an exhaust device, where the space is not within a dwelling unit in a house with a secondary suite and where the house with a secondary suite contains a fuel-fired space-heating appliance or fuel-fired water-heating appliance of other than direct-vented or mechanically vented types.
2. Except as provided in Sentences (6) to (8), any mechanical air exhausting device, other than the principal ventilation fan operating at a rate not greater than the maximum permitted by Table 9.32.3.3., shall be provided with outdoor makeup air supplied by a fan rated to deliver outdoor air to the dwelling unit at a rate‌‌
  1. not less than the exhaust capacity of the device, and
  2. not greater than that exhaust capacity plus 10%.
3. An outdoor makeup air supply fan required by Sentence (2) shall be wired so that it is activated whenever the device for which it supplies outdoor makeup air is activated.
4. The outdoor makeup air required by Sentence (2) shall be
  1. introduced to a normally unoccupied area in the dwelling unit, or
  2. tempered to at least 12°C before being introduced to occupied areas or to a supply duct system.
5. If the outdoor makeup air required by Sentence (2) is not tempered upstream of the supply fan, the supply fan required by Sentence (2) shall be approved by the manufacturer for the handling of untempered outdoor air.
6. The provision of makeup air as described in Sentence (2) is not required in a dwelling unit with solid-fuel-burning appliances, where all other fuel-fired appliances are direct-vented or mechanically vented.
7. The provision of makeup air as described in Sentence (2) is not required if it can be shown using the test procedures in CAN/CGSB-51.71, “Depressurization Test,” that the maximum depressurization levels to which fuel-fired space- or water-heating appliances and their venting systems will be exposed will not exceed the limits set out in CAN/CGSB-51.71 for the categories of fuel-fired appliances and venting systems installed in the dwelling unit.
8. The provision of makeup air as described in Sentence (2) is not required for mechanical exhausting devices operating a subfloor depressurization system installed for the purpose of reducing the risk of radon ingress.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B

‌Carbon Monoxide Alarms
(See Note A-9.32.3.9.)
1. This Article applies to every building that contains a residential occupancy and that also contains‌
  1. a fuel-burning appliance, or
  2. a storage garage.
2. ‌Carbon monoxide (CO) alarms required by this Article shall
  1. conform to CSA 6.19, “Residential carbon monoxide alarming devices,”
  2. be equipped with an integral alarm that satisfies the audibility requirements of CSA 6.19, “Residential carbon monoxide alarming devices,”
  3. have no disconnect switch between the overcurrent device and the CO alarm, where the CO alarm is powered by the dwelling unit's electrical system, and
  4. be mechanically fixed at a height recommended by the manufacturer.
3. Where a room contains a solid-fuel-burning appliance,a CO alarm conforming to CSA 6.19, “Residential carbon monoxide alarming devices,” shall be mechanically fixed
  1. at the manufacturer's recommended height where these instructions specifically mention solid-fuel-burning appliances, or
  2. in the absence of specific instructions related to solid-fuel-burning appliances, on or near the ceiling.
4. Where a fuel-burning appliance is installed in a suite of residential occupancy, a CO alarm shall be installed
  1. inside each bedroom, or
  2. outside each bedroom, within 5 m of each bedroom door, measured following corridors and doorways.
5. Where a fuel-burning appliance is installed in a service room that is not in a suite
  of residential occupancy, a CO alarm shall be installed
  1. either inside each bedroom, or if outside, within 5 m of each bedroom door, measured following corridors and doorways, in every suite of residential occupancy that shares a wall or floor/ceiling assembly with the service room, and
  2. in the service room.
6. For each suite of residential occupancy that shares a wall or floor/ceiling assembly with a storage garage or that is adjacent to an attic or crawl space to which the storage garage is also adjacent, a CO alarm shall be installed
  1. inside each bedroom, or
  2. outside each bedroom, within 5 m of each bedroom door, measured following corridors and doorways.
7. Where CO alarms are installed in a house with a secondary suite including their common spaces, the CO alarms shall be wired so that the activation of any one CO alarm causes all CO alarms within the house with a secondary suite including their common spaces to sound.‌

‌Fans

(See Note A-9.32.3.10.)

Except as provided in Sentence (4), capacity ratings for required fans shall be determined in accordance with
1. CAN/CSA-C260-M, “Rating the Performance of Residential Mechanical Ventilating Equipment,” or
2. HVI Publication 916, “Airflow Test Procedure.”
‌Sound ratings for fans shall be determined in accordance with
1. CAN/CSA-C260-M, “Rating the Performance of Residential Mechanical Ventilating Equipment,” or
2. HVI Publication 915, “Loudness Testing and Rating Procedure.”
Capacity ratings for fans shall be measured at the external static pressure differentials shown in Table 9.32.3.10.-A.
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B 9.32.3.11.
‌Fans in heat recovery ventilators used to provide one or more required fans shall have their airflow at normal temperature rated in accordance with
CAN/CSA-C439, “Standard laboratory methods of test for rating the performance of heat/energy-recovery ventilators.”

Where a heat recovery ventilator is used to provide one or more required fans, it shall have a low-temperature ventilation reduction factor of not less than 50% when tested in accordance with CAN/CSA-C439, “Standard laboratory methods of test for rating the performance of heat/energy-recovery ventilators,” at an outdoor temperature at least as low as the outdoor design temperature for the location where the ventilation system is to be installed, but the outdoor design temperature need

not be lower than -25°C.

Table 9.32.3.10.-A

Minimum External Static Pressure Differential for Rating of Fans

Forming Part of Sentence 9.32.3.10.(3)

Fan Configuration or Application	Minimum External Static Pressure Differential to be Used in Determining Rated Capacity
Fans installed with ducts connected on both sides, any application	100 Pa (0.4 inch water column)
Fans installed with ducts on one side only, used as the principal ventilation fan in exhaust-only systems permitted by Article 9.32.3.6.	62 Pa (0.25 inch water column)
Other required fans	25 Pa (0.1 inch water column)

Fans, including makeup air supply fans, installed to satisfy Articles 9.32.3.3. to 9.32.3.8. with less than 1 m of duct between themselves and the visible interior surfaces of rooms other than unfinished basements, furnace rooms, utility rooms and attics, shall have a sound rating complying with Table 9.32.3.10.-B when operating at the required flow rate.‌

Mechanical ventilation devices shall conform to CSA C22.2 No. 113, “Fans and Ventilators.”

Table 9.32.3.10.-B

Maximum Sound Rating for Fans

Forming Part of Sentence 9.32.3.10.(6)

Fan Application	Maximum Sound Rating, sones
Fan Application	Rated according to CAN/CSA-C260-M	Rated according to HVI Publication 915
Principal ventilation fan	2.0	2.5
‌Supplemental fans installed in bathrooms and their makeup air fans	2.5	3.5
Supplemental fans installed in kitchens and their makeup air fans	No rating required	No rating required

‌Ducts‌

(See Note A-9.32.3.11.)

Except as provided in Sentence (6), ventilation ducts and their fittings shall conform to the requirements of Article 9.33.6.2., except that exhaust ducts serving onlya bathroom or water-closet room are permitted to be of combustible material, provided they are reasonably airtight and constructed of a material impervious to water.‌
Exhaust ducts shall not discharge into heated or unheated enclosed spaces.
Where an exhaust duct passes through an unheated space or is not separated from an unheated space by an insulated building assembly, the duct shall be insulated to not less than RSI 0.5.
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌9.32.3.11. Division B
‌Where a duct carrying outdoor air that is not tempered and not mixed with indoor air passes through heated space, it shall be
1. insulated to not less than RSI 0.5, and
2. provided with a vapour barrier.
All exhaust intakes located within 3 m horizontally of a cooktop shall be equipped with a grease filter at the intake end.‌
Ductwork for cooking appliance exhaust fans shall
1. be of noncombustible, corrosion-resistant material,
2. lead directly to the outdoors with no connections to other exhaust fans or ducts, and
3. ‌be equipped with a grease filter at the intake end.
‌All ductwork shall be installed to avoid crushing and shall be permanently supported to prevent sagging.
‌Joints in all ventilation system ducting shall be sealed with mastic, metal foil duct tape or the manufacturers' specified sealants.

Except where the size of a duct can be determined using Table 9.32.3.11.-A or Table 9.32.3.11.-B, duct sizes shall be determined according to Subsection 9.33.4.

Table 9.32.3.11.-A

Equivalent Duct Sizes

Forming Part of Sentence 9.32.3.11.(9)

Fan's External Static Pressure, Pa	Duct Diameter, mm	Maximum Airflow in Duct, L/s
		7	15	25	35	50	75	100
		Maximum Length of Duct, m
	75	6	1	0	0	0	0	0
	100	25	6	2	1	0	0	0
25	125 150	60 60	17 42	6 16	3 8	1 4	0 2	0 1
	175	60	60	34	18	9	4	2
	200	60	60	60	35	18	8	5
	75	16	4	1	0	0	0	0
	100	60	16	6	3	1	0	0
50	125 150	60 60	47 60	18 44	9 23	5 12	2 5	1 3
	175	60	60	60	49	25	12	7
	200	60	60	60	60	48	22	13
	75	22	5	2	1	0	0	0
	100	60	21	8	4	2	1	0
62.5	125 150	60 60	60 60	24 58	12 31	6 15	3 7	1 4
	175	60	60	60	60	33	15	9
	200	60	60	60	60	60	29	17
	75	38	9	3	1	0	0	0
	100	60	36	14	7	3	1	1
100	125 150	60 60	60 60	41 60	22 53	11 27	5 12	3 7
	175	60	60	60	60	57	27	15
	200	60	60	60	60	60	51	30

Division B 9.32.3.12.

Table 9.32.3.11.-A (Continued)

Fan's External Static Pressure, Pa	Duct Diameter, mm	Maximum Airflow in Duct, L/s
		7	15	25	35	50	75	100
		Maximum Length of Duct, m
	75	59	14	5	2	1	0	0
	100	60	57	22	11	6	2	1
150	125 150	60 60	60 60	60 60	34 60	17 42	8 20	4 11
	175	60	60	60	60	60	42	24
	200	60	60	60	60	60	60	46

In using Table 9.32.3.11.-A,
1. when sizing branch ducts, “maximum length of duct” refers to the physical length of the duct from the interior grille served by that branch duct to
  the exterior hood,
2. when sizing a trunk duct, “maximum length of duct” refers to the physical length of the duct from the interior grille of the longest branch served by that trunk to the exterior hood,
3. outdoor air supply ducts shall be sized as trunk ducts,
4. “maximum airflow in duct” refers to the maximum airflow rate that a given section of duct (branch or trunk) must provide to satisfy the ventilation system design, and
5. “fan's external static pressure” refers to the external static pressure at which the fan is rated to achieve the maximum airflow rate that the fan is required or intended to provide.
Where flexible duct is used, it may be sized by choosing the next higher diameter in Table 9.32.3.11.-A or by choosing the diameter for a duct twice as long as the actual length.‌

Where rectangular duct is used in place of round duct, it shall be selected according to Table 9.32.3.11.-B.

Table 9.32.3.11.-B

Equivalent Duct Sizes

Forming Part of Sentences 9.32.3.11.(9) and (12)

Required Round Duct Size, mm	Permitted Equivalent Rectangular Duct Size, mm
Required Round Duct Size, mm	Stack	duct	100 m	m	depth	125 mm depth	150 mm depth
75	75 ×	150	50 × 100			—	—
100	75 ×	250	75 × 100			75 × 125	75 × 150
‌125	75 ×	250	125 × 100			100 × 125	100 × 150
150	75 ×	300	200 × 100			150 × 125	125 × 150
175	75 ×	350	275 × 100			200 × 125	175 × 150
> 175	Design to Subsection 9.33.4.

‌Heat Recovery Ventilators
(See Note A-9.32.3.12.)
1. ‌This Article shall apply to heat recovery ventilators installed to provide one or more of the fans required by this Subsection.
2. Two or more heat recovery ventilators shall not be connected in parallel airflow to a common air supply duct, unless specifically permitted by the manufacturer.
3. Two or more heat recovery ventilators shall not be connected in parallel airflow to a common downstream exhaust duct.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B

‌All start-up procedures recommended by the manufacturer, including air balancing and airflow determination, shall be followed.
A means for the free flow of condensate shall be provided in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations or, in their absence, a condensate drain of at least 1/2 inch nominal pipe size pitched in the direction of flow and complete with a trap or condensate pump of sufficient capacity shall be installed and connected to the dwelling unit's drain, waste and vent system.‌
‌The heat recovery ventilator and all condensate lines shall be installed in a space where the ambient temperature will not adversely affect the operation of the system.

‌9.32.3.13. Outdoor Intake and Exhaust Openings

Intake openings shall be located so as to avoid contamination of the ventilation air from other local sources such as automobile exhaust and exhaust from the building or adjacent buildings.‌
The distance from the bottom of an air intake opening to finished ground or to any nearer and lower permanent horizontal surface shall be not less than 450 mm or the depth of expected snow accumulation, whichever is greater.
The distance separating air intakes for mechanical ventilation from exhaust outlets that are potential sources of contaminants, such as gas vents or oil fill pipes, shall be not less than 1 800 mm.‌
Except as provided in Sentences (5) and (6), exhaust outlets that discharge air containing moisture, such as bathroom ventilation and clothes dryer exhaust outlets, shall be located at least 1 800 mm from air intakes and vented soffits.
Where an exhaust outlet referred to in Sentence (4) is located within a soffit, the soffit shall either be unvented, or if vented, the full depth of the soffit shall be blocked for a distance of 1 800 mm on each side of the exhaust outlet.

Where an exhaust outlet referred to in Sentence (4) is located in a side wall less than 1 800 mm from a soffit, a section of the soffit above the exhaust outlet shall be unvented, or if vented, the full depth of the soffit shall be blocked in accordance with the widths stipulated in Table 9.32.3.13.-A, centred over the location of the outlet.

Table 9.32.3.13.-A

Widths of Unvented or Blocked Soffits Where Exhaust Outlets Are Less Than 1 800 mm from a Soffit

Forming Part of Sentence 9.32.3.13.(6)

Distance Between Exhaust Outlet and Soffit, mm	Total Width of Unvented or Blocked Soffit Centred Over Location of Exhaust Outlet, mm
1 to 300	3 600
301 to 600	3 400
601 to 900	3 100
‌901 to 1 200	2 700
1 201 to 1 500	2 000
1 501 to 1 799	1 000

Air intakes shall be clearly labeled as such for identification from locations outside the dwelling unit.‌
The distance from the bottom of an exhaust outlet to finished ground or to any nearer and lower permanent horizontal surface shall be not less than 100 mm.
‌Where air intake and exhaust openings are in exposed locations, provision shall be made to protect them from the entry of precipitation by the use of louvres, weather cowls or other suitable protection.
Air intake openings shall incorporate screens or grilles to protect against the entry of animals and insects.
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B 9.33.3.1.
‌Except for exhaust outlets serving heat recovery ventilators, exhaust outlets shall incorporate backdraft dampers.‌
An exhaust outlet that does not incorporate a backdraft damper located at the building envelope shall incorporate a screen located at the building envelope to protect against the entry of animals.
Screens, grilles and filters installed in air intake and exhaust openings shall be easily removable for cleaning purposes, without the need for special tools.
Where screens or grilles are installed in air intake and exhaust openings, the net free area of the air intake or exhaust opening shall be equal to or greater than the required cross-sectional area of the duct served or such openings shall comply with Table 9.32.3.13.-B ‌
Screens and grilles shall be of corrosion-resistant material.

Table 9.32.3.13.-B

Area of Openings with Screens or Grilles

Forming Part of Sentence 9.32.3.13.(14)

Mesh Size of Screen or Grille, mm

Area of Opening

‌Less than 4

4 to 6

Larger than 6

3 times required area of duct served 2 times required area of duct served

Required area of duct served

‌Section 9.33. Heating and Air-conditioning‌‌

‌General‌
1. ‌Application
  1. This Section applies to the design and installation of
    1. heating systems, including requirements for combustion air, and air-conditioning systems serving only one dwelling unit, and
    2. radiant heating systems in houses with a secondary suite including their common spaces.
  2. The design and installation of heating systems, including requirements for combustion air, and air-conditioning systems other than those described in Sentence (1) shall conform to Part 6. (See Note A-9.33.1.1.(2) and Subsection 9.10.10.)
  3. Air duct distribution systems serving one of the dwelling units in a house with a
    secondary suite shall not be directly interconnected with other parts of the house.
  4. Systems used for heating and air-conditioning shall conform to the energy efficiency requirements in Section 9.36.
‌Required Heating Systems‌
1. ‌Required Heating Systems‌
  1. Residential buildings intended for use in the winter months on a continuing basis shall be equipped with heating facilities conforming to this Section.
‌Design Temperatures‌
1. ‌Indoor Design Temperatures
  1. At the outside winter design temperature, required heating facilities shall be capable of maintaining an indoor air temperature of not less than
    1. 22°C in all living spaces,
    2. 18°C in unfinished basements,
      © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
2. Division B
  1. 18°C in common service rooms, ancillary spaces and exits in houses with a secondary suite, and
  2. 15°C in heated crawl spaces.
‌General Requirements for Heating and Air-conditioning Systems‌‌
1. ‌Design of Heating and Air-conditioning Systems
  1. Heating and air-conditioning systems, including ducting, and mechanical heating and refrigeration equipment, shall be designed, constructed and installed to conform to the relevant provincial or territorial regulations or municipal bylaws or, in the absence of such regulations or bylaws, with good practice such as that described in the ASHRAE Handbooks and Standards, the HRAI Digest, the CHC Handbook
    on Hydronic Heating Systems, the Hydronics Institute Manuals and the SMACNA Manuals. (See also Subsection 9.32.3. for the design of systems that also provide ventilation.)
2. ‌Installation of Hydronic Heating Systems
  1. The installation of a hydronic heating system shall conform to applicable provincial or territorial regulations or municipal bylaws or, in the absence of such regulations or bylaws, to CSA B214, “Installation code for hydronic heating systems.”‌
3. ‌Heating System Control
  1. Where a single heating system serves a house with a secondary suite, individual temperature controls shall be provided in each dwelling unit served by the system. (See Note A-9.33.4.3.(1).)‌
4. ‌Access
  1. ‌Equipment forming part of a heating or air-conditioning system, with the exception of embedded pipes or ducts, shall be installed with provision for access for inspection, maintenance, repair and cleaning.‌
5. ‌Protection from Freezing
  1. ‌Equipment forming part of a heating or air-conditioning system that may be adversely affected by freezing temperatures and that is located in an unheated area shall be protected from freezing.‌
6. ‌Expansion, Contraction and System Pressure
  1. ‌Heating and cooling systems shall be designed to allow for expansion and contraction of the heat transfer fluid and to maintain the system pressure within the rated working pressure limits of all components of the system.‌
7. ‌Structural Movement
  1. Mechanical systems and equipment shall be designed and installed to accommodate the maximum amount of structural movement provided for in the construction of the building.
  2. Where the building is in a location where the spectral acceleration, Sa(0.2), is greater than 0.55, heating and air-conditioning equipment with fuel or power
    connections shall be secured to the structure to resist overturning and displacement. (See Note A-9.31.6.2.(3).)
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 9.33.6.2.‌
8. ‌Asbestos‌
  1. ‌Asbestos shall not be used in air distribution systems or equipment.
9. ‌Contaminant Transfer
  1. Systems serving garages, and systems serving other occupied parts of a dwelling unit but located in or running through a garage, shall be designed and constructed in a manner such that means are not provided for the transfer of contaminants from the garage into other spaces in the dwelling unit.‌
‌Heating and Air-conditioning Appliances and Equipment‌
1. ‌Capacity of Heating Appliances
  1. The required capacity of heating appliances located in a dwelling unit and serving only that dwelling unit, shall be determined in accordance with CSA F280, “Determining the required capacity of residential space heating and cooling appliances,” except that the design temperatures shall conform to Subsection 9.33.3.‌
2. ‌Installation Standards
  1. Except as provided in Articles 9.33.5.3. and 9.33.5.4., the installation of heating and air-conditioning equipment, including mechanical refrigeration equipment,
    and including provisions for mounting, clearances and air supply, shall conform to applicable provincial or territorial regulations or municipal bylaws or, in the absence of such regulations or bylaws, to
    1. CSA B51, “Boiler, pressure vessel, and pressure piping code,”
    2. CSA B52, “Mechanical refrigeration code,”
    3. CSA B139 Series, “Installation code for oil-burning equipment,”
    4. CSA B149.1, “Natural gas and propane installation code,”
    5. CSA C22.1, “Canadian Electrical Code, Part I,” or
    6. CAN/CSA-C448 Series, “Design and installation of earth energy systems.” (See also Sentence 9.33.5.3.(1).)
3. ‌Design, Construction and Installation Standard for Solid-Fuel-Burning Appliances‌
  (See Note A-9.33.5.3.)
  1. The design, construction and installation, including the provision of combustion air, of solid-fuel-burning appliances and equipment, including stoves, cooktops, ovens and space heaters, shall conform to CSA B365, “Installation Code for Solid-Fuel-Burning Appliances and Equipment.”‌
4. ‌Fireplaces
  1. Fireplaces shall conform to Section 9.22.

‌Air Duct Systems

‌Application
1. ‌The design, construction and installation of air duct distribution systems serving heating systems in which the rated heat input does not exceed 120 kW shall conform to this Subsection.
2. Air duct distribution systems in which the rated heat input exceeds 120 kW shall conform to Part 6 and Subsection 3.6.5.
‌Materials in Air Duct Systems
1. Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (6) and in Article 3.6.4.3., all ducts, duct connectors, associated fittings and plenums used in air duct systems shall be constructed of steel, aluminum alloy, copper, clay or similar noncombustible material.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022

‌Division B

Ducts, associated fittings and plenums are permitted to contain combustible ‌
‌material provided they
1. conform to the appropriate requirements for Class 1 duct materials in CAN/ULC-S110, “Standard Methods of Test for Air Ducts,”
2. conform to Article 3.1.5.18. and Subsection 3.1.9.,
3. are not used in vertical runs serving more than 2 storeys, and
4. ‌are not used in air duct systems in which the air temperature may exceed 120°C.
Duct sealants shall have a flame-spread rating of not more than 25 and a smoke developed classification of not more than 50.
Duct connectors that contain combustible materials and that are used between ducts and air outlet units shall‌
1. conform to the appropriate requirements for Class 1 air duct materials in CAN/ULC-S110, “Standard Methods of Test for Air Ducts,”
2. be limited to 4 m in length,
3. be used only in horizontal runs, and
4. not penetrate required fire separations.
‌Combustible ducts that are part of a duct system carrying only ventilation air and that are contained entirely within a dwelling unit need not comply with the requirements of Sentences (1) to (4).
Except as provided in Sentences 9.33.6.13.(2) and (3), ducts that are part of a return-air duct system and that are contained entirely within a dwelling unit need not comply with the requirements of Sentences (1) to (4).‌
Materials referred to in Sentences (1) to (6), when used in a location where they may be subjected to excessive moisture, shall‌
1. ‌have no appreciable loss of strength when wet, and
2. be corrosion-resistant.

‌Tape
1. Tape used for sealing duct joints in air ducts, plenums and other parts of air duct systems shall meet the flame-resistance requirements for fabric in CAN/ULC-S109, “Standard Method for Flame Tests of Flame-Resistant Fabrics and Films.”‌
‌Coverings, Linings, Adhesives and Insulation
1. Coverings, linings and associated adhesives and insulation of air ducts, plenums and other parts of air duct systems shall be of noncombustible material when exposed to heated air or radiation from heat sources that would result in the exposed surface exceeding a temperature of 120°C.‌
2. Except as provided in Sentence (3), when combustible coverings and linings, including associated adhesives and insulation, are used, they shall have
  1. a flame-spread rating of not more than 25 on any exposed surface, or any surface that would be exposed by cutting through the material in any direction, and
  2. ‌a smoke developed classification of not more than 50.
3. The outer covering of ducts, plenums and other parts of air duct systems used within an assembly of combustible construction are permitted to have‌
  1. an exposed surface flame-spread rating of not more than 75, and
  2. a smoke developed classification greater than 50.
4. ‌Combustible coverings, linings and foamed plastic insulation described in Sentences (2), (3) and (6) shall not flame, glow, smoulder or smoke when tested in accordance with the method of test in ASTM C411, “Standard Specification for
  Hot-Surface Performance of High-Temperature Thermal Insulation,” at the maximum temperature to which they are to be exposed in service.
5. Except as provided in Sentences (6) and (7), foamed plastic insulation shall not be used as part of an air duct.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  ‌Division B 9.33.6.5.
6. Foamed plastic insulation conforming to Article 9.25.2.2. is permitted to be used to insulate a galvanized steel, stainless steel or aluminum air duct, provided
  1. the foamed plastic insulation applied to supply ductwork is not less than 3 m from the furnace bonnet,
  2. the temperature within the ductwork where the insulation is installed is not greater than 50°C,
  3. duct joints are taped with a product conforming to Sentence 9.33.6.3.(1),
  4. return air plenums are separated from the foamed plastic insulation, and
  5. the foamed plastic insulation is protected
    1. by one of the interior finishes described in Subsections 9.29.4. to 9.29.9.,
    2. provided the building does not contain a Group C major occupancy, by sheet metal that is mechanically fastened to the supporting assembly independent of the insulation, is not less than 0.38 mm thick and has a melting point of 650°C or more, or
    3. by any thermal barrier that meets the requirements of Clause 3.1.5.15.(2)(e).
7. Foamed plastic insulation is permitted to be used in a ceiling space that acts as a return air plenum provided the foamed plastic insulation is protected from exposure
  to the plenum in accordance with Sentence 3.1.5.14.(4).
8. ‌Combustible coverings and linings of ducts, including associated adhesives and insulation, shall be interrupted‌
  1. at the immediate area of operation of heat sources in a duct system, such as electric resistance heaters or fuel-burning heaters or furnaces, and
  2. where the duct penetrates a fire separation.
9. Linings of ducts shall be installed so that they will not interfere with the operation of volume or balancing dampers or of fire dampers, fire stop flaps and other closures.‌

‌Galvanized Steel or Aluminum Supply Ducts‌

Galvanized steel or aluminum supply ducts shall conform to Table 9.33.6.5.

The design of fittings for ducts shall conform to ANSI/SMACNA 006, “HVAC Duct Construction Standards – Metal and Flexible,” except that metal thicknesses shall conform to Table 9.33.6.5.

Table 9.33.6.5.

Minimum Metal Thickness of Ducts

Forming Part of Article 9.33.6.5.

Type of Duct

Maximum Diameter, mm

Maximum Width or Depth, mm

Minimum metal thickness, mm

Duct Material

Galvanized Steel

Aluminum

Round ducts serving single dwelling units

125 or less

—

0.254

0.30

Round

350

Over 350

—

0.33

0.41

0.30

0.41

Rectangular, enclosed

—

350

Over 350

0.33

0.41

0.30

0.41

Rectangular, not enclosed, for single dwelling units, with required clearance up to 12 mm

—

350

Over 350

0.33

0.41

0.48

Rectangular, not enclosed, with required clearance of more than 12 mm

—

350

Over 350

0.41

0.48

0.41

0.48

‌Division B‌

‌Construction of Ducts and Plenums
1. Where the installation of heating supply ducts in walls and floors creates a space between the duct and construction material, the space shall be firestopped with noncombustible material at each end.
2. ‌Ducts shall be securely supported by metal hangers, straps, lugs or brackets, except that, where zero clearance is permitted, wooden brackets are permitted to be used.‌
3. ‌All round duct joints shall be tight-fitting and lapped not less than 25 mm.
4. ‌Rectangular duct connections shall be made with S and drive cleats or equivalent mechanical connections.
5. ‌Duct systems shall have no openings other than those required for the proper operation and maintenance of the system.
‌Installation of Ducts and Plenums‌
1. Air duct systems serving garages shall not be interconnected with other parts of the dwelling unit.
2. Trunk supply ducts shall not be nailed directly to wood members.
3. ‌Branch ducts shall be supported at suitable spacings to maintain alignment and prevent sagging.
4. Ducts passing through unheated spaces shall have all joints taped or otherwise sealed to ensure that the ducts are airtight throughout their length.
5. ‌Combustible ducts in concrete slabs-on-ground that are connected to a furnace supply plenum shall be located not closer than 600 mm to that plenum and not less than 600 mm from its connection to a riser or register.‌
6. ‌Ducts in or beneath concrete slabs-on-ground shall be watertight and corrosion-, decay-, and mildew-resistant.
7. ‌Underground ducts shall‌
  1. ‌be constructed to provide interior drainage from and access to all low points, and
  2. not be connected directly to a sewer.
‌Clearances of Ducts and Plenums‌
1. The clearance of furnace plenums from combustible material shall conform to the appropriate standards in Sentence 9.33.5.2.(1).
2. Where the plenum clearance required in Sentence (1) is 75 mm or less, the clearance between a supply duct and combustible material shall
  1. be equal to the required plenum clearance within 450 mm of the plenum, and
  2. be not less than 12 mm at a distance of 450 mm or more from the plenum, except that this clearance may be reduced to zero beyond a bend or offset in the duct sufficiently large to shield the remainder of the supply duct from direct radiation from the furnace heat exchanger. (See Note A-3.6.5.6.(2).)‌
3. Where the plenum clearance required in Sentence (1) is more than 75 mm but not more than 150 mm, the clearance between a supply duct and combustible material shall be
  1. equal to the required plenum clearance within a horizontal distance of 1.8 m of the plenum, and
  2. not less than 12 mm at a horizontal distance of 1.8 m or more from the plenum, except that this distance may be reduced to zero beyond a bend or offset in the duct sufficiently large to shield the remainder of the duct from direct radiation from the furnace heat exchanger. (See Note A-3.6.5.6.(3).)‌
4. Where the plenum clearance required in Sentence (1) is more than 150 mm, the clearance between a supply duct and combustible material shall be
  1. equal to the required plenum clearance within a horizontal distance of 1 m of the plenum,
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 9.33.6.12.
  2. not less than 150 mm within a horizontal distance between 1 m and 1.8 m from the plenum, and
  3. not less than 25 mm at a horizontal distance of 1.8 m or more from the plenum, except that this distance may be reduced to 8 mm beyond a bend or offset in the duct sufficiently large to shield the remainder of the supply duct from direct radiation from the furnace heat exchanger. (See Note A-3.6.5.6.(4).)
5. Where a register is installed in a floor directly over a pipeless furnace, a double-walled register box with not less than 100 mm between walls, or a register box with the warm-air passage completely surrounded by the cold-air passage, shall be permitted in lieu of the clearances listed in Sentences (2) to (4).‌
‌Adjustable Dampers and Balance Stops‌
1. All branch supply ducts that are not fitted with diffusers with adjustable balance stops shall be supplied with adjustable dampers and fitted with devices to indicate the positions of the dampers.
‌Warm-Air Supply Outlets and Return Inlets — General‌
1. Supply outlets and return openings in the dwelling unit, when located less than 2 m above the floor, shall be protected by grilles having openings of a size that will not allow the passage of a 15 mm diam sphere.
2. ‌Combustible grilles, diffusers and other devices for the supply and return air openings installed in walls and ceilings shall have a flame-spread rating of‌
  1. ‌not more than 200 in bathrooms, and
  2. not more than 150 in rooms or spaces other than bathrooms.
‌Warm-Air Supply Outlets‌
1. In a dwelling unit, a warm-air supply outlet shall be provided in each finished room that is located adjacent to unheated space.
2. Except as provided in Sentence (3), when a room described in Sentence (1) is located adjacent to exterior walls, such outlet shall be located so as to bathe at least one exterior wall or window with warm air, except in bathrooms, utility rooms or kitchens, where this may not be practical.
3. ‌Where the heating system is also designed to provide ventilation air, ceiling outlets or outlets located high on interior walls are permitted to be installed, provided the outlets are designed for this purpose and are installed with diffusers.
4. ‌At least one warm-air supply outlet shall be provided for each 40 m2 of floor surface area in unfinished basements serving dwelling units, and it shall be located so as to provide adequate distribution of warm air throughout the basement.‌
5. At least one warm-air supply outlet shall be provided for each 80 m2 of floor surface area in heated crawl spaces serving dwelling units, and it shall be located so as to provide adequate distribution of warm air throughout the crawl space.
6. Except for pipeless furnaces, the capacity of warm-air supply outlets serving dwelling units shall be not less than the design heat loss from the area served and shall not exceed 3 kW per outlet.
7. In basements and heated crawl spaces, the calculated heat gain from the supply ducts and plenum surfaces is permitted to be considered in calculating the design heat loss.
8. ‌The temperature of supply air at warm-air supply outlets shall not exceed 70°C.
9. Warm-air supply outlets located in finished areas shall be provided with diffusers and adjustable openings and shall not be located on a furnace plenum.
‌Return-Air Inlets
1. Return-air inlets shall not be installed in an enclosed room or crawl space that provides combustion air to a furnace.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B

Except for unfinished areas and floor levels which are less than 900 mm above or below an adjacent floor level which is provided with a return-air inlet, at least one return-air inlet shall be provided in each floor level in a dwelling unit.‌
Provision shall be made for the return of air from all rooms by leaving gaps beneath doors, using louvred doors or installing return duct inlets.

‌Return-Air System‌
(See Note A-9.33.6.13.)
1. The return-air system shall be designed to handle the entire air supply.
2. Where any part of a return duct will be exposed to radiation from the furnace heat exchanger or other radiating part within the furnace, such part of a return duct directly above or within 600 mm of the outside furnace casing shall be noncombustible.‌
3. ‌Return ducts serving solid-fuel-burning furnaces shall be constructed of
  ‌noncombustible material.
4. Combustible return ducts shall be lined with noncombustible material‌
  1. below floor registers,
  2. at the bottom of vertical ducts, and
  3. under furnaces having a bottom return.
5. Spaces between studs or joists used as return ducts shall be separated from the unused portions of such spaces by tight-fitting metal stops or wood blocking.
6. A vertical return duct shall have openings to return air on not more than one floor.
7. ‌The return-air system shall be designed so that the negative pressure from the circulating fan cannot‌
  1. affect the furnace combustion air supply, nor
  2. draw combustion products from joints or openings in the furnace or flue pipe.
‌Filters and Odour Removal Equipment
1. Air filters for air duct systems shall conform to the requirements for Class 2 air filter units as described in CAN/ULC-S111, “Standard Method of Fire Tests for Air Filter Units.”
2. When electrostatic-type filters are used, they shall be installed so as to ensure that the electric circuit is automatically de-energized when filter access doors are opened or, in dwelling units, when the furnace circulation fan is not operating.‌
3. ‌When odour removal equipment of the adsorption type is used it shall be‌
  1. ‌installed to provide access so that adsorption material can be reactivated or renewed, and
  2. protected from dust accumulation by air filters installed on the inlet side.

‌Radiators and Convectors‌
1. ‌Recessed Radiators and Convectors
  1. Every steam or hot water radiator and convector located in a recess or concealed space or attached to the face of a wall of combustible construction shall be provided with a noncombustible lining or backing.‌
2. ‌Surface Temperature
  1. The exposed surface temperature of a steam or hot water radiator shall not exceed 70°C unless precautions are taken to prevent human contact.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 9.33.8.3.‌
‌Piping for Heating and Cooling Systems‌
1. ‌Piping Materials and Installation
  1. Piping shall be made from materials designed to withstand the effects of temperatures and pressures that may occur in the system. (See Articles 3.1.5 19., 3.1.9.1.
    and 9.10.9.7., and Sentence 9.10.9.9.(3) for fire safety requirements.)
  2. Every pipe used in a heating or air-conditioning system shall be installed to allow for expansion and contraction due to temperature changes.
  3. ‌Supports and anchors for piping in a heating or air-conditioning system shall be designed and installed to ensure that undue stress is not placed on the supporting structure.‌
2. ‌Insulation and Coverings
  1. ‌Insulation and coverings on pipes shall be composed of material suitable for the operating temperature of the system to withstand deterioration from softening, melting, mildew and mould.‌
  2. ‌Insulation and coverings on pipes in which the temperature of the fluid exceeds 120°C
    1. shall be made of noncombustible material, or
    2. shall not flame, glow, smoulder or smoke when tested in accordance with ASTM C411, “Standard Specification for Hot-Surface Performance of High-Temperature Thermal Insulation,” at the maximum temperature to which such insulation or covering is to be exposed in service.
  3. Except as provided in Sentence (6), where combustible insulation is used on piping in a horizontal or vertical service space, the insulation and coverings on such pipes shall have a flame-spread rating throughout the material of not more than‌‌
    1. 25 in buildings of noncombustible construction, and
    2. 75 in buildings of combustible construction.
  4. Except as provided in Sentence (6), insulation and coverings on piping located in rooms and spaces other than the service spaces described in Sentence (3) shall have a flame-spread rating not more than that required for the interior finish for the ceiling of the room or space.‌
  5. Pipes that are exposed to human contact shall be insulated so that the exposed surface does not exceed 70°C. (See Note A-6.5.1.1.(3).)
  6. No flame-spread rating or smoke developed classification limitations are required where combustible insulation and coverings are used on piping when such piping is
    1. located within a concealed space in a wall,
    2. ‌located in a floor slab, or
    3. enclosed in a noncombustible raceway or conduit.
3. ‌Clearances‌
  1. Clearances between combustible material and bare pipes carrying steam or hot water shall conform to Table 9.33.8.3.
    
    Table 9.33.8.3.
    Clearance between Steam or Hot Water Pipes and Combustible Material
    Forming Part of Sentence 9.33.8.3.(1)
    
    Steam or Water Temperature (T), °C
    Minimum Clearance, mm
    T ≤ 95
    no clearance required
    95 < T ≤ 120
    15
    T > 120
    25
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
4. ‌Division B‌
‌Refrigerating Systems and Equipment for Air-conditioning‌
1. ‌Cooling Units‌
  1. Where a cooling unit is combined with a fuel-fired furnace in the same duct system, the cooling unit shall be installed‌
    1. in parallel with the heating furnace,
    2. upstream of the furnace, provided the furnace is designed for such application, or
    3. downstream of the furnace, provided the cooling unit is designed to prevent excessive temperature or pressure in the refrigeration system.
‌Chimneys and Venting Equipment
1. ‌Requirement for Venting
  1. Except as provided in Articles 9.33.10.2. and 9.33.10.3., the products of combustion from oil-, gas- and solid-fuel-burning appliances, including stoves, cooktops, ovens and space heaters, shall be vented in conformance with the applicable appliance installation standard listed in Sentences 9.33.5.2.(1) and 9.33.5.3.(1).‌
2. ‌Factory-Built Chimneys
  1. ‌Factory-built chimneys serving solid-fuel-burning appliances, and their installation, shall conform to CAN/ULC-S629, “Standard for 650°C Factory-Built Chimneys.” (See Note A-9.33.10.2.(1).)‌
3. ‌Masonry or Concrete Chimneys
  1. ‌Masonry or concrete chimneys shall conform to Section 9.21.
    
    ‌Section 9.34. Electrical Facilities‌
  2. The outlet required in Sentence (1) nearest the stairs shall be controlled by a wall switch located at the head of the stairs.‌

‌Storage Rooms‌
1. ‌A lighting outlet with fixture shall be provided in storage rooms.
‌Garages and Carports‌
1. ‌A lighting outlet with fixture shall be provided for an attached, built-in or detached garage or carport.
2. Except as provided in Sentence (3), outlets required in Sentence (1) shall be controlled by a wall switch near the doorway.
3. Where the outlet and fixture required in Sentence (1) are ceiling mounted above an area not normally occupied by a parked car, or are wall mounted, a fixture with a built-in switch accessible to an adult of average height is permitted to be used.
4. Where a carport is lighted by a light at the entrance to a dwelling unit, additional carport lighting is not required.

‌Public and Service Areas

Every public or service area in buildings shall be provided with lighting outlets with fixtures controlled by a wall switch or panel to illuminate every portion of such areas.‌
When provided by incandescent lighting, illumination required in Sentence (1) shall conform to Table 9.34.2.7. (See Article 9.9.12.2. for lighting in means of egress.)

When other types of lighting are used, illumination equivalent to that shown in Table 9.34.2.7. shall be provided.

Table 9.34.2.7.

Lighting for Public Areas

Forming Part of Sentences 9.34.2.7.(2) and (3)

Room or Space	Minimum Illumination, lx	Minimum Lighting Power Density, W/m 2 of floor area (incandescent lighting)
Storage rooms	50	5
Service rooms and laundry areas	200	20
Garages	50	5
‌Public water-closet rooms	100	10
Service hallways and stairways	50	5
Recreation rooms	100	10

‌Emergency Lighting‌
1. ‌Criteria for Emergency Lighting
  1. Emergency lighting shall conform to Subsection 9.9.12.

‌Section 9.35. Garages and Carports

‌Scope
1. ‌Application
  1. This Section applies to garages and carports serving not more than one dwelling unit.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    Division B 9.35.3.4.
2. ‌Construction Requirements‌
  1. The construction of a garage or carport shall conform to the requirements for other buildings in this Part except as provided in this Section.
‌General
1. ‌Carport Considered to be Garage
  1. ‌Where a roofed enclosure used for the storage or parking of motor vehicles has more than 60% of the total perimeter enclosed by walls, doors or windows, the enclosure shall be considered a garage.‌
2. ‌Garage Floor
  1. Where an attached or built-in garage is provided and where adjacent spaces in the building are less than 50 mm above the garage floor,
    1. the garage floor shall be sloped to the outdoors, or
    2. where the garage can accommodate not more than 3 vehicles, an airtight curb or partition not less than 50 mm high shall be installed at the edges of the garage floor adjacent to interior space.
      (See Note A-9.35.2.2.(1).)
‌Foundations
1. ‌Foundation Required
  1. Except as permitted in this Subsection, foundations conforming to Sections 9.12. and 9.15. shall be provided for the support of carport and garage super-structures, including that portion beneath garage doors.
  2. ‌Detached garages of less than 55 m2 floor area and not more than 1 storey in height that are not of masonry or masonry veneer construction are permitted to be supported on
    1. ‌wood mud sills, or
    2. a 100 mm thick concrete floor slab.
2. ‌Protection from Damage due to Soil Movement
  1. In clay-type soils subject to significant movement with a change in soil moisture content, the foundation depth of carports or garages connected to a dwelling unit directly or by a breezeway shall be approximately the same depth as the main building foundation.
  2. Where slab-on-ground construction is used, a construction joint shall be provided between the main building slab and a slab serving an attached garage, breezeway or carport.
  3. Except as provided in Section 9.12., foundations for attached unheated garages or carports shall be below frost level.
3. ‌Drainage
  1. ‌Detached garages of less than 55 m2 floor area and not more than 1 storey in height that are not of masonry or masonry veneer construction need not conform with the foundation drainage requirements stated in Section 9.14., where the finished ground level is at or near the elevation of the garage's floor and where the ground slopes away from the building.‌
4. ‌Column Piers‌
  1. Piers for the support of carport columns shall extend not less than 150 mm above ground level.
  2. Piers referred to in Sentence (1) shall project not less than 25 mm beyond the base of the column but in no case be less than 190 mm by 190 mm in size.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌9.35.4.1. Division B‌
‌Walls and Columns
1. ‌Interior Finish‌
  1. ‌Interior finish need not be applied to garage and carport walls.
2. ‌Columns‌
  1. Columns for garages and carports shall conform to Section 9.17., except that 89 mm by 89 mm wood columns may be used.
3. ‌Anchorage
  1. Garage or carport walls and columns shall be anchored to the foundation to resist wind uplift in conformance with Subsection 9.23.6., except that where a garage is supported on the surface of the ground, ground anchors shall be provided to resist wind uplift.‌

‌Section 9.36. Energy Efficiency

‌General
1. ‌Scope
  1. This Section is concerned with the energy used by buildings as a result of
    1. the design and construction of the building envelope, and
    2. ‌the design and construction or specification of systems and equipment for
      1. heating, ventilating or air-conditioning, and
      2. service water heating. (See Note A-9.36.1.1.(1).)
2. ‌Definitions
  1. For the purpose of this Section, the term “common space” shall mean all spaces required to be conditioned spaces in accordance with the requirements of the Code
    that are not within a suite but shall not include crawl spaces and vertical service spaces. (See Note A-9.36.1.3.(3).)
  2. For the purpose of this Section, the term “overall thermal transmittance,” or U-value, shall mean the rate, in W/(m2×K), at which heat is transferred through a building assembly that is subject to temperature differences. (See Note A-9.36.1.2.(2).)
  3. For the purpose of this Section, the term “effective thermal resistance,” or RSI value, shall mean the inverse of the overall thermal transmittance of an assembly,
    in (m2×K)/W. (See Note A-9.36.1.2.(3).)
  4. For the purpose of this Section, the term “fenestration” shall mean all building envelope assemblies, including their frames, that transfer visible light, such as windows, clerestories, skylights, translucent wall panels, glass block assemblies, transoms, sidelights, sliding, overhead or swinging glass doors, and glazed inserts in doors, etc. (See Note A-9.36.1.2.(4).)
  5. For the purpose of this Section, the term “annual energy consumption” shall mean the annual sum of service water heating and space-conditioning energy consumption of the proposed house design, calculated in accordance with Article 9.36.5.4. or 9.36.7.3., as applicable. (See Note A-9.36.1.2.(5) and (6).)
  6. For the purpose of this Section, the term “house energy target” shall mean the annual energy consumption of the reference house, calculated in accordance with Article 9.36.5.4. or 9.36.7.3., as applicable. (See Note A-9.36.1.2.(5) and (6).)
  7. For the purpose of this Section, the term “principal ventilation rate” shall mean the normal operating exhaust capacity of the principal ventilation fan as required
    by Article 9.32.3.3.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    Division B 9.36.2.1.
  8. For the purpose of this Section, the term “volume of conditioned space” shall refer to the volume measured at the interior surfaces of exterior walls, ceilings and floors of a building.‌
3. ‌Compliance and Application
  (See Note A-9.36.1.3.)
  1. Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (6), buildings shall comply with
    1. the prescriptive or trade-off requirements in Subsections 9.36.2. to 9.36.4.,
    2. the performance requirements in Subsection 9.36.5.,
    3. the tiered performance requirements in Subsection 9.36.7.,
    4. the tiered prescriptive requirements in Subsection 9.36.8., or
    5. the NECB.
  2. Subsections 9.36.2. to 9.36.4. apply to
    1. buildings of residential occupancy to which Part 9 applies,
    2. ‌buildings containing business and personal services, mercantile or low-hazard industrial occupancies to which Part 9 applies whose combined total floor area does not exceed 300 m2, excluding parking garages that serve residential occupancies, and
    3. buildings containing a mix of the residential and non-residential occupancies
    described in Clauses (a) and (b).
  3. Subsection 9.36.5. and 9.36.7. apply only to
    1. houses with or without a secondary suite, and
    2. buildings containing only dwelling units and common spaces whose total floor area does not exceed 20% of the total floor area of the building.
    (See Note A-9.36.1.3.(3).)
  4. Subsection 9.36.8. applies only to buildings of residential occupancy to which Part 9 applies.
  5. Buildings containing non-residential occupancies whose combined total floor area
    ‌exceeds 300 m2 or medium-hazard industrial occupancies shall comply with the NECB.
  6. ‌Buildings or portions of buildings that are not required to be conditioned spaces are exempted from the requirements of this Section. (See Note A-9.36.1.3.(6).)
‌Building Envelope
1. ‌Scope and Application
  1. Except as provided in Sentence (2), this Subsection is concerned with the loss of energy due to heat transfer and air leakage through materials, components and assemblies, including their interfaces, forming part of the building envelope where it separates conditioned space from unconditioned space, the exterior air or the ground.
  2. The requirements of this Subsection also apply to components of a building envelope assembly that separate a conditioned space from an adjoining storage garage, even if the storage garage is intended to be heated. (See Notes A-9.36.2.1.(2) and A-9.36.1.3.(6).)
  3. Except for skylight shafts addressed in Sentence 9.36.2.6.(4), for the purpose of this Subsection, wall assemblies inclined less than 60° from the horizontal shall be considered as roof assemblies, and roof assemblies inclined 60° or more from the horizontal shall be considered as wall assemblies.
  4. The properties, performance and installation of windows, doors and skylights shall also conform to Section 9.7.
  5. The properties, location and installation of thermal insulation, air barrier systems, vapour barriers, and materials with low air or vapour permeance shall also conform to Section 9.25.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
2. ‌Division B

Where an ornamentation or appendage penetrates an exterior wall and breaks the continuity of the plane of insulation, the penetrating element shall be insulated
1. on both of its sides, inward or outward from the building envelope, for a distance equal to 4 times the insulated thickness of the exterior wall to an effective thermal resistance not less than that required for the wall as stated in Table 9.36.2.6.-A or 9.36.2.6.-B,
2. ‌within the plane of insulation of the wall to an effective thermal resistance not less than 55% of that required for the exterior wall, or
3. within the penetrating element to an effective thermal resistance not less than that required for the exterior wall.
Except as provided in Sentences (9) and (10), where two planes of insulation are separated by a building envelope assembly and cannot be physically joined, one of the planes of insulation shall be extended for a distance equal to at least 4 times the thickness of the assembly separating the two planes. (See Note A-9.36.2.5.(5).)
Except as provided in Sentence (7) and Article 9.36.2.11., where mechanical, plumbing or electrical system components, such as pipes, ducts, conduits, cabinets, chases, panels or recessed heaters, are placed within and parallel to a wall assembly required to be insulated, the effective thermal resistance of that wall at the projected area of the system component shall be not less than that required by Tables 9.36.2.6.-A, 9.36.2.6.-B, 9.36.2.8.-A and 9.36.2.8.-B (See Note A-9.36.2.5.(6).)
The effective thermal resistance of a wall at the projected areas of plumbing and electrical system components, such as plumbing vent pipes, conduits, and electrical outlet and switch boxes, need not comply with Sentence (6), provided
1. the effective thermal resistance at the projected area of the system component is not less than 60% of that required in Articles 9.36.2.6. and 9.36.2.8., and
2. the insulation is continuous on the cold side behind the system component.
Except as permitted by Article 9.36.2.11., where mechanical ducts, plumbing pipes, conduits for electrical services or communication cables are placed within the insulated portion of a floor or ceiling assembly, the effective thermal resistance of the assembly at the projected area of the ducts, pipes, conduits or cables shall be not less than 2.78 (m2×K)/W.
Joints and junctions between walls and other building envelope components shall be insulated in a manner that provides an effective thermal resistance that is no less than the lower of the minimum values required for the respective adjoining components. (See Note A-9.36.2.5.(9).)
Sentence (1) does not apply where the continuity of the insulation is interrupted
1. between the insulation in the foundation wall and that of the floor slab,
2. by an integral perimeter footing of a slab-on-grade (see Sentences 9.25.2.3.(5) and 9.36.2.8.(8)), or
3. at the horizontal portion of a foundation wall that supports masonry veneer and is insulated on the exterior.

‌Thermal Characteristics of Above-ground Opaque Building Assemblies

Except as provided in Sentences (2) and 9.36.2.8.(3) and Articles 9.36.2.5. and 9.36.2.11., the effective thermal resistance of above-ground opaque building assemblies or portions thereof shall be not less than that shown for the applicable heating-degree day category in

Table 9.36.2.6.-A, where the ventilation system does not include heat-recovery equipment, or

Table 9.36.2.6.-B, where the ventilation system includes heat-recovery equipment conforming to Article 9.36.3.9.

(See Note A-9.36.2.6.(1).)

‌Division B 9.36.2.7.

Table 9.36.2.6.-A

Effective Thermal Resistance of Above-ground Opaque Assemblies in Buildings without a Heat-Recovery Ventilator

Forming Part of Sentence 9.36.2.6.(1)

Above-ground Opaque Building Assembly	Heating Degree-Days of Building Location,(1) in Celsius Degree-Days
	Zone 4 < 3000	Zone 5 3000 to 3999	Zone 6 4000 to 4999	Zone 7A 5000 to 5999	Zone 7B 6000 to 6999	Zone 8 ≥ 7000
	Minimum Effective Thermal Resistance (RSI), (m2×K)/W
Ceilings below attics	6.91	8.67	8.67	10.43	10.43	10.43
Cathedral ceilings and flat roofs	4.67	4.67	4.67	5.02	5.02	5.02
Walls(2)	2.78	3.08	3.08	3.08	3.85	3.85
Floors over unheated spaces	4.67	4.67	4.67	5.02	5.02	5.02

‌Notes to Table 9.36.2.6.-A:

(1) See Article 1.1.3.1.

(2) See Sentence 9.36.2.8.(3) for requirements concerning the above-ground portion of foundation walls.

Table 9.36.2.6.-B

Effective Thermal Resistance of Above-ground Opaque Assemblies in Buildings with a Heat-Recovery Ventilator

Forming Part of Sentence 9.36.2.6.(1)

Above-ground Opaque Building Assembly	Heating Degree-Days of Building Location,(1) in Celsius Degree-Days
	Zone 4 < 3000	Zone 5 3000 to 3999	Zone 6 4000 to 4999	Zone 7A 5000 to 5999	Zone 7B 6000 to 6999	Zone 8 ≥ 7000
	Minimum Effective Thermal Resistance (RSI), (m2×K)/W
Ceilings below attics	6.91	6.91	8.67	8.67	10.43	10.43
Cathedral ceilings and flat roofs	4.67	4.67	4.67	5.02	5.02	5.02
Walls(2)	2.78	2.97	2.97	2.97	3.08	3.08
Floors over unheated spaces	4.67	4.67	4.67	5.02	5.02	5.02

‌Notes to Table 9.36.2.6.-B:

(1) See Article 1.1.3.1.

(2) See Sentence 9.36.2.8.(3) for requirements concerning the above-ground portion of foundation walls.

The effective thermal resistance of rim joists shall be not less than that required for above-ground walls in Table 9.36.2.6.-A or 9.36.2.6.-B, as applicable.
‌A reduction in the effective thermal resistance of ceiling assemblies in attics under sloped roofs is permitted for a length no greater than 1 200 mm but only to the extent imposed by the roof slope and minimum venting clearance, provided the
nominal thermal resistance of the insulation directly above the exterior wall is not less than 3.52 (m2×K)/W. (See Note A-9.36.2.6.(3).)
Except for tubular daylighting devices, the minimum effective thermal resistance values for walls stated in Tables 9.36.2.6.-A and 9.36.2.6.-B shall also apply to shafts for skylights.‌

‌Thermal Characteristics of Fenestration, Doors and Skylights

Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (8) and Article 9.36.2.11., fenestration and doors shall have an overall thermal transmittance (U-value) not greater than, or an Energy Rating not less than, the values listed in Table 9.36.2.7.-A for the applicable heating-degree day category. (See Note A-9.36.2.7.(1) and (2).)

‌Division B

Table 9.36.2.7.-A

Required Thermal Characteristics of Fenestration and Doors

Forming Part of Sentence 9.36.2.7.(1)

Components	Thermal Char- acteristics(1)	Heating Degree-Days of Building Location,(2) in Celsius Degree-Days
Components	Thermal Char- acteristics(1)	Zone 4 < 3000	Zone 5 3000 to 3999	Zone 6 4000 to 4999	Zone 7A 5000 to 5999	Zone 7B 6000 to 6999	Zone 8 ≥ 7000
Fenestration(3) and doors	Max. U-value, W/(m2×K)	1.84	1.84	1.61	1.61	1.44	1.44
Fenestration(3) and doors	Min. Energy Rating	21	21	25	25	29	29

‌Notes to Table 9.36.2.7.-A:

(1) See Note A-Table 9.36.2.7.-A.

(2) See Article 1.1.3.1.

(3) Except skylights (see Sentence (2)) and glass block assemblies (see Sentence (4)).

Skylights shall have an overall thermal transmittance not greater than the values listed in Table 9.36.2.7.-B for the applicable heating-degree day category. (See Note A-9.36.2.7.(1) and (2).)

Table 9.36.2.7.-B

Overall Thermal Transmittance of Skylights

Forming Part of Sentence 9.36.2.7.(2)

Component	Heating Degree-Days of Building Location,(1) in Celsius Degree-Days
	Zone 4 < 3000	Zone 5 3000 to 3999	Zone 6 4000 to 4999	Zone 7A 5000 to 5999	Zone 7B 6000 to 6999	Zone 8 ≥ 7000
	Maximum Overall Thermal Transmittance, W/(m2×K)
‌Skylights	2.92	2.92	2.75	2.75	2.41	2.41

Notes to Table 9.36.2.7.-B:

(1) See Article 1.1.3.1.

Except for site-assembled or site-glazed factory-made fenestration products, curtain wall construction, and site-built windows and glazed doors that are tested in accordance with Sentence 9.36.2.2.(3), site-built windows and glazed doors need not comply with Sentence (1), provided they are constructed in accordance with one of the options presented in Table 9.36.2.7.-C for the applicable climate zone. (See Note A-9.36.2.7.(3).)

‌Division B 9.36.2.8.

Table 9.36.2.7.-C

Compliance Options for Site-built Windows and Glazed Portion of Doors

Forming Part of Sentence 9.36.2.7.(3)

Component	Description of Component	Compliance Options
		Climate Zones 4 and 5 ≤ 3999 HDD			Climate Zones 6 and 7A 4000 to 5999 HDD			Climate Zones 7B and 8 ≥ 6000 HDD
		1	2	3	1	2	3	1	2
Frame	non-metallic thermally broken metallic	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Glazing	double triple argon-filled	— —	—	— —	—	— —	—	— —	—
	none		—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Low-e coating	number of panes with ≤ 0.10	—	≥ 1	—	—	—	—	≥ 2	—
	‌number of panes with ≤ 0.20	—	—	2	≥ 1	2	≥ 2	—	≥ 2
Spacer	size, mm non-metallic	12.7 —	—	12.7 —	≥ 12.7 —	12.7 —	≥ 12.7 —	≥ 12.7 —	≥ 12.7 —

Glass block assemblies separating conditioned space from unconditioned space or the exterior shall have
1. an overall thermal transmittance of not more than 2.9 W/(m2×K), and
2. a total aggregate area of not more than 1.85 m2.
One door separating a conditioned space from an unconditioned space or the exterior is permitted to have an overall thermal transmittance up to 2.6 W/(m2×K).
Storm windows and doors need not comply with Sentence (1).
Vehicular access doors separating a conditioned space from an unconditioned space or the exterior shall have a nominal thermal resistance of not less than
Access hatches separating a conditioned space from an unconditioned space shall be insulated to a nominal thermal resistance of not less than 2.6 (m2×K)/W.

‌Thermal Characteristics of Building Assemblies Below-Grade or in Contact with the Ground

Except as provided in Sentence (2) and Article 9.36.2.5., the effective thermal resistance of building assemblies that are below-grade or in contact with the ground shall be not less than that shown for the applicable heating-degree day category in

Table 9.36.2.8.-A, where the ventilation system does not include heat-recovery equipment, or

Table 9.36.2.8.-B, where the ventilation system includes heat-recovery equipment conforming to Article 9.36.3.9.

(See Note A-9.36.2.8.(1).)

‌Division B

Table 9.36.2.8.-A

Effective Thermal Resistance of Assemblies Below-Grade or in Contact with the Ground in Buildings without a Heat-Recovery Ventilator

Forming Part of Sentences 9.36.2.8.(1) to (9)

Building Assembly Below-Grade or in Contact with the Ground(1)	Heating Degree-Days of Building Location,(2) in Celsius Degree-Days
	Zone 4 < 3000	Zone 5 3000 to 3999	Zone 6 4000 to 4999	Zone 7A 5000 to 5999	Zone 7B 6000 to 6999	Zone 8 ≥ 7000
	Minimum Effective Thermal Resistance (RSI), (m2×K)/W
‌Foundation walls	1.99	2.98	2.98	3.46	3.46	3.97
Unheated floors(3) below frost line(4)(5) above frost line(5)	uninsulated 1.96	uninsulated 1.96	uninsulated 1.96	uninsulated 1.96	uninsulated 1.96	uninsulated 1.96
Heated and unheated floors on permafrost	n/a	n/a	n/a	n/a	4.44	4.44
‌Heated floors(6)	2.32	2.32	2.32	2.84	2.84	2.84
Slabs-on-grade with an integral footing(6)	1.96	1.96	1.96	3.72	3.72	4.59

Notes to Table 9.36.2.8.-A:

(1) See Note A-Tables 9.36.2.8.-A and -B.

(2) See Article 1.1.3.1.

(3) Does not apply to below-grade floors over heated crawl spaces.

‌(4) Typically applies to floors-on-ground in full-height basements.

(5) Refers to undisturbed frost line before house is constructed.

(6) See Sentence 9.25.2.3.(5) for requirement on placement of insulation. The design of slabs-on-grade with an integral footing is addressed in Part4 (see Article 9.16.1.2.).

Table 9.36.2.8.-B

Effective Thermal Resistance of Assemblies Below-Grade or in Contact with the Ground in Buildings with a Heat-Recovery Ventilator

Forming Part of Sentences 9.36.2.8.(1) to (9)

Building Assembly Below-Grade or in Contact with the Ground(1)	Heating Degree-Days of Building Location,(2) in Celsius Degree-Days
	Zone 4 < 3000	Zone 5 3000 to 3999	Zone 6 4000 to 4999	Zone 7A 5000 to 5999	Zone 7B 6000 to 6999	Zone 8 ≥ 7000
	Minimum Effective Thermal Resistance (RSI), (m2×K)/W
‌Foundation walls	1.99	2.98	2.98	2.98	2.98	2.98
Unheated floors(3) below frost line(4)(5) above frost line(5)	uninsulated 1.96	uninsulated 1.96	uninsulated 1.96	uninsulated 1.96	uninsulated 1.96	uninsulated 1.96
Heated and unheated floors on permafrost	n/a	n/a	n/a	n/a	4.44	4.44
‌Heated floors(6)	2.32	2.32	2.32	2.84	2.84	2.84
Slabs-on-grade with an integral footing(6)	1.96	1.96	1.96	2.84	2.84	3.72

Notes to Table 9.36.2.8.-B:

(1) See Note A-Tables 9.36.2.8.-A and -B.

(2) See Article 1.1.3.1.

(3) Does not apply to below-grade floors over heated crawl spaces.

(4) Typically applies to floors-on-ground in full-height basements.

(5) Refers to undisturbed frost line before house is constructed.

(6) See Sentence 9.25.2.3.(5) for requirement on placement of insulation. The design of slabs-on-grade with an integral footing is addressed in Part4 (see Article 9.16.1.2.).

‌Division B 9.36.2.9.

Where an entire floor assembly falls into two of the categories listed in Tables 9.36.2.8.-A and 9.36.2.8.-B, the more stringent value shall apply. (See Note A-9.36.2.8.(2).)
Where the top of a section of foundation wall is on average less than 600 mm above the adjoining ground level, the above-ground portion of that section of wall shall be insulated to the effective thermal resistance required in Table 9.36.2.8.-A or 9.36.2.8.-B.
Unheated floors-on-ground that are above the frost line and have no embedded heating pipes, cables or ducts shall be insulated to the effective thermal resistance required in Table 9.36.2.8.-A or 9.36.2.8.-B
1. on the exterior of the foundation wall down to the footing, or
2. on the interior of the foundation wall and, as applicable,
  1. beneath the slab for a distance not less than 1.2 m horizontally or vertically down from its perimeter with a thermal break along the edge of the slab that meets at least 50% of the required thermal resistance,
  2. ‌on top of the slab for a distance not less than 1.2 m horizontally from its perimeter, or
  3. within the wooden sleepers below the floor for a distance not less than 1.2 m horizontally from its perimeter.
    (See Note A-9.36.2.8.(4).)
Except as provided in Sentence (6), floors-on-ground with embedded heating ducts, cables or pipes shall be insulated to the effective thermal resistance required in Table 9.36.2.8.-A or 9.36.2.8.-B under their full bottom surface including the edges.
Where only a portion of a floor-on-ground has embedded heating ducts, cables or pipes, that heated portion shall be insulated to the effective thermal resistance required in Table 9.36.2.8.-A or 9.36.2.8.-B under its full bottom surface to 1.2 m beyond its perimeter including exterior edges if applicable.
In addition to the requirements stated in Sentences (5) and (6), heated floors-on-ground shall be insulated to the effective thermal resistance required in Table 9.36.2.8.-A or 9.36.2.8.-B vertically
1. around their perimeter, or
2. on the outside of the foundation wall, extending down to the level of the bottom of the floor.
Floors on permafrost shall be insulated to the effective thermal resistance required in Table 9.36.2.8.-A or 9.36.2.8.-B under the entire slab and around all edges, and under the integral perimeter footing.
Slabs-on-grade with an integral perimeter footing shall
1. be insulated to the effective thermal resistance required in Table 9.36.2.8.-A or 9.36.2.8.-B under the entire slab and around all edges, but not under the integral perimeter footing, and
2. ‌be constructed with skirt insulation having the same effective thermal resistance as the insulation installed under the slab.
  (See Note A-9.36.2.8.(9).) (See also Sentences 9.25.2.3.(5) and 9.36.2.5.(9).)
Junctions between below-grade assemblies shall be protected from the ingress of
soil gas in conformance with Subsection 9.25.3.

‌Airtightness‌
1. The leakage of air into and out of conditioned spaces shall be controlled by constructing
  1. a continuous air barrier system in accordance with Sentences (2) to (6), Subsection 9.25.3. and Article 9.36.2.10.,
  2. a continuous air barrier system in accordance with Sentences (2) to (6) and Subsection 9.25.3. and a building assembly having an air leakage rate not greater than 0.20 L/(s×m2) (Type A4) when tested in accordance with
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
Division B

CAN/ULC-S742, “Standard for Air Barrier Assemblies – Specification,” at a pressure differential of 75 Pa, or
1. a continuous air barrier system in accordance with Sentences (2) to (6) and Subsection 9.25.3. and a building assembly having an air leakage rate not greater than 0.20 L/(s×m2) when tested in accordance with ASTM E2357, “Standard Test Method for Determining Air Leakage Rate of Air Barrier Assemblies,” where
  1. the building will not be subjected to sustained wind loads calculated based on a 1-in-50 hourly wind pressure that exceed 0.65 kPa, and
  2. the air barrier assembly is installed on the warm side of the thermal insulation of the opaque building assembly.
(See Note A-9.36.2.9.(1).)
‌Division B

Plumbing vent stack pipes that penetrate the building envelope shall be constructed airtight by
1. ‌sealing the air barrier material to the vent stack pipe with a compatible sealant or sheathing tape, or
2. installing a rubber gasket or prefabricated roof flashing at the penetration of the plane of airtightness then sealing it and mechanically fastening it to the top plate.
Where a party wall meets the plane of airtightness, that junction shall be constructed airtight by sealing any voids within the party wall at the perimeter to the adjacent air barrier material and by
1. sealing all junctions between the structural components, or
2. covering the structural components with an air barrier material and sealing it to the adjacent air barrier material.
‌Where the concrete in a flat insulating concrete form wall acts as the air barrier, the continuity of the plane of airtightness shall be maintained between the concrete and adjacent air barrier materials.

‌Trade-off Options for Above-ground Building Envelope Components and Assemblies
(See Note A-9.36.2.11.)
1. Subject to the limitations stated in Sentences (6) to (8), the trade-off options described in Sentences (2) to (4) apply only to above-ground building envelope components and assemblies, or portions thereof, of a single building.
2. The effective thermal resistance of one or more above-ground opaque building envelope assemblies is permitted to be less than that required in Article 9.36.2.6., provided
  1. the total areas of all proposed and reference assemblies are equal,
  2. the effective thermal resistance of one or more other proposed above-ground opaque building envelope assembly areas is increased to more than that required by Article 9.36.2.6., and
  3. the sum of the areas of all traded above-ground opaque building envelope assemblies divided by their respective effective thermal resistance is
    less than or equal to what it would be if all assemblies complied with Article 9.36.2.6.
    (See Notes A-9.36.2.11.(2) and A-9.36.2.11.(2) and (3).)
3. The effective thermal resistance of one or more windows, as calculated in accordance with Sentence (5), is permitted to be less than that required in Article 9.36.2.7., provided
  1. the total areas of all traded windows are equal,
  2. the traded windows are located in the same orientation,
  3. the effective thermal resistance of one or more other windows is increased to more than that required by Article 9.36.2.7., and
  4. the sum of the areas of all traded windows divided by their respective effective thermal resistance is less than or equal to what it would be if all windows complied with Article 9.36.2.7.
    (See Notes A-9.36.2.11.(3) and A-9.36.2.11.(2) and (3).)
4. The effective thermal resistance of one or more portions of floor insulation or ceiling insulation in attics under sloped roofs in buildings that are one storey in building height is permitted to be less than that required in Article 9.36.2.6., provided
  1. the total area of fenestration, excluding skylights, and doors does not exceed 15% of the above-ground gross wall area as calculated in accordance with Article 9.36.2.3.,
  2. the floor-to-ceiling height measured from the top of the subfloor to the underside of the finished ceiling of the storey does not exceed 2.34 m,
  3. the distance measured from the top of the subfloor to the underside of the bottom chord of the truss or joist of the roof is not more than 2.39 m, and
  4. the difference between the sum of the proposed areas of ceilings or floors divided by their respective proposed effective thermal resistance
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    Division B 9.36.3.2.
    
    and the sum of the reference areas of ceilings or floors divided by their respective thermal resistance required in Article 9.36.2.6. is not more than the difference between 17% fenestration and door area and the proposed fenestration and door areas divided by the required effective thermal resistance values for windows and doors in Article 9.36.2.7.
    (See Notes A-9.36.2.11.(4) and A-9.36.2.11.(2) and (3).)
5. The effective thermal resistance of windows shall be determined as RSI = 1/U-value.
6. The reduction in effective thermal resistance of above-ground opaque building envelope assemblies permitted by Sentences (2) and (4) shall result in an RSI value that is not less than‌
  1. 55% of that required in Article 9.36.2.6. for above-ground walls and joist-type roofs (see Note A-9.36.2.11.(6)(a)), and
  2. 60% of that required in Article 9.36.2.6. for other opaque assemblies.
7. ‌The effective thermal resistances of above-ground opaque assemblies with embedded heating cables, pipes or membranes are not permitted to be traded.
8. The effective thermal resistances of doors and access hatches described in Sentences 9.36.2.7.(3) to (7) are not permitted to be traded.

‌HVAC Requirements

‌Scope and Application‌
1. This Subsection is concerned with the efficient use of energy by systems and equipment used for heating, ventilating and air-conditioning (HVAC).
2. Where HVAC systems, equipment or techniques other than those described in this Subsection are used, the building shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the energy efficiency requirements of the NECB.‌
‌Equipment and Ducts
1. HVAC systems shall be sized in accordance with good practice as described in Sections 9.32. and 9.33. (See Note A-9.36.3.2.(1).)
2. Ducts shall be designed and installed in accordance with Sections 9.32. and 9.33. (See Note A-9.36.3.2.(2).)
3. Except for exhaust ducts leading directly to the exterior, ducts and plenums
  carrying conditioned air and located outside the plane of insulation shall
  1. except as provided in Sentence (4), have all joints sealed against air infiltration and exfiltration with
    1. sealants or gaskets made from liquids, mastics or heat-applied materials,
    2. ‌mastic with embedded fabric, or
    3. foil-faced butyl tape, and
  2. except as provided in Sentence (5), be insulated to the same level as required in Subsection 9.36.2. for exterior above-ground walls.
4. Fabric-backed tape with rubber adhesives shall not be used as a primary sealant to meet the requirements of Clause (3)(a).
5. The underside of rectangular ducts installed under an insulated floor over an unconditioned space is permitted to be insulated to a lower level than required in Sentence (3) but not to less than 2.11 (m2×K)/W, provided both sides of such ducts are insulated to a compensating higher thermal resistance so that the resulting heat loss does not exceed that of ducts complying with Sentence (3). (See Note A-9.36.3.2.(5).)
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022

‌Division B‌

‌Air Intake and Outlet Dampers
1. Except as provided in Sentences (3) and (4), every duct or opening intended to discharge air to the outdoors shall be equipped with
  1. a motorized damper, or
  2. a gravity- or spring-operated backflow damper.
2. Except as provided in Sentences (3) and (4) and except in locations with fewer than 3500 heating degree-days as listed in Appendix C, every outdoor air intake duct or opening shall be equipped with a motorized damper that remains in the “open” position if the damper fails.‌
3. Where other regulations are in effect that do not permit dampers, air intakes and outlets need not comply with Sentences (1) and (2).
4. Air intakes and outlets serving HVAC systems that are required to operate continuously need not comply with Sentences (1) and (2). (See Note A-9.36.3.3.(4).)
‌Piping for Heating and Cooling Systems‌
1. Piping for heating and cooling systems shall be designed and installed in accordance with Subsection 9.33.8. (See Note A-9.36.2.10.(5)(b).)
2. Except for high-temperature refrigerant piping, all piping forming part of a heating or air-conditioning system shall be located
  1. inside the plane of insulation, or
  2. within or outside the plane of insulation, provided the piping is insulated to a thermal resistance not less than that required in Subsection 9.36.2. for exterior above-ground walls.‌
    (See Note A-9.36.3.4.(2).)
‌Equipment for Heating and Air-conditioning Systems
1. Equipment for heating and air-conditioning systems shall be located
  1. ‌inside the plane of insulation, or
  2. ‌outdoors or in an unconditioned space, provided the equipment is designated by the manufacturer for such installation.
    (See Note A-9.36.3.5.(1).)
‌Temperature Controls
1. Except for manually fuelled solid-fuel-fired appliances, the supply of heating and cooling energy to each dwelling unit, suite or common space shall be controlled by thermostatic controls that activate the appropriate supply when the temperature in a conditioned space fluctuates ±0.5°C from the set-point temperature for that space.
2. ‌Where heating and cooling systems are controlled by separate thermostatic controls, means shall be provided to prevent these controls from simultaneously calling for heating and cooling.
3. Space temperature control devices used to control unitary electric resistance space heaters shall conform to CAN/CSA-C828, “Performance requirements for thermostats used with individual room electric space heating devices.”
4. Controls required by Sentence (1) shall be designed such that lowering the set-point temperature on the thermostat for the heating system will not cause
  cooling energy to be expended to reach the lowered setting, and raising the set-point temperature on the thermostat for the cooling system will not cause heating energy to be expended to reach the raised setting.
5. ‌Automatic devices or manually operated dampers, valves or switches shall be provided, as appropriate for the heating system used, to allow the heating of each zone to be adjusted.
6. Heat pumps equipped with supplementary heaters shall incorporate controls to prevent supplementary heater operation when the heating load can be met by the heat pump alone, except during defrost cycles.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  ‌Division B 9.36.3.9.
7. Heat pumps with a programmable thermostat shall be equipped with setback controls that will temporarily suppress electrical back-up or adaptive anticipation of the recovery point, in order to prevent the activation of supplementary heat during the heat pump's recovery. (See Note A-9.36.3.6.(7).)‌
‌Humidification‌
1. Where an HVAC system is equipped with a means for adding moisture to maintain specific humidity levels, an automatic humidity control device shall be provided.
‌Heat Recovery from Dehumidification in Spaces with an Indoor Pool or Hot Tub‌
(See Note A-9.36.3.8.)
1. Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), spaces containing an indoor pool or hot tub shall be equipped with air exhaust systems conforming to Sentence (4) at design conditions. (See also Article 9.25.4.2.)
2. Spaces containing an indoor pool need not comply with Sentence (1), provided a stationary mechanical or desiccant dehumidification system is installed that provides at least 80% of the dehumidification that would result from compliance with Sentence (1).‌
3. ‌Spaces containing an indoor pool or hot tub having a total water surface area of less than 10 m2 need not comply with Sentence (1), provided they are equipped with a cover having a nominal thermal resistance not less than 2.1 (m2×K)/W.
4. Heat-recovery systems used to meet the requirements of Sentence (1) shall
  1. be capable of recovering at least 40% of the sensible heat from exhausted air when tested in accordance with AHRI 1060 (I-P), “Performance Rating of Air-to-Air Exchangers for Energy Recovery Ventilation Equipment,” (see Note A-9.36.3.8.(4)(a)), or
  2. have a sensible-heat-recovery efficiency complying with Sentence 9.36.3.9.(3) when tested in accordance with CAN/CSA-C439, “Standard laboratory methods of test for rating the performance of heat/energy-recovery ventilators.”
5. The sensible heat, in kW, referred to in Clause (4)(a), which is the sensible heat content of the total quantity of exhausted air, shall be calculated as follows:
  
  where
  Te = temperature of exhausted air before heat recovery, in °C,
  ‌To = outdoor 2.5% January design temperature as listed in Appendix C, in °C, and
  ‌Q = rated capacity of exhaust system at normal temperature of exhausted air, in L/s.
‌Heat Recovery from Ventilation Systems
1. This Article applies where a self-contained mechanical ventilation system is installed whose principal exhaust component is equipped with heat-recovery capability. (See Note A-9.36.3.9.(1).)
2. ‌Where an integrated mechanical system (IMS) with a heat-recovery ventilator provides the principal exhaust ventilation, the IMS shall
  1. be tested in accordance with CSA P.10, “Performance of Integrated Mechanical Systems for Residential Heating and Ventilation,” and
  2. have a minimum overall thermal performance factor conforming to Table 9.36.3.10.
3. When tested in conformance with the low-temperature thermal and ventilation test methods described in CAN/CSA-C439, “Standard laboratory methods of test for
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
Division B

rating the performance of heat/energy-recovery ventilators,” heat-recovery ventilators described in Sentence (1) shall have a sensible heat-recovery efficiency of‌

at least 60% at an outside air test temperature of 0°C for locations with a 2.5% January design temperature greater than or equal to –10°C, and
‌at least 60% at an outside air test temperature of 0°C and at least 55% at an outside air test temperature of –25°C for locations with a 2.5% January design temperature less than –10°C.

(See Note A-9.36.3.9.(3).)

The requirements of Sentence (3) shall be met using a principal ventilation rate not less than that required in Section 9.32. (See Note A-9.36.3.9.(3).)

‌9.36.3.10. Equipment Efficiency‌

HVAC equipment and components shall comply with the performance requirements stated in Table 9.36.3.10. (See Note A-9.36.3.10.(1).)

Table 9.36.3.10.

HVAC Equipment Performance Requirements

Forming Part of Sentences 9.36.3.9.(2) and 9.36.3.10.(1)

Type of Equipment	Heating or Cooling Capacity, kW	Performance Testing Standard	Minimum Performance(1)
Air-Cooled Unitary Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps – Electrically Operated
Split system	< 19	CSA C656	SEER = 14.5 EER = 11.5 HSPF V = 7.1
Single-package system	< 19	CSA C656	SEER = 14 EER = 11 HSPF V = 7.0
Heat pumps, split and single-package	≥ 19	See Tables 5.2.12.1.-A to -P of Division B of the NECB
Air conditioners, all electrical phases, split and single-package	≥ 19	See Tables 5.2.12.1.-A to -P of Division B of the NECB
Single-Package Vertical Air Conditioners (SPVAC) and Heat Pumps (SPVHP)
SPVAC and SPVHP in cooling mode	< 19	CAN/CSA-C746	EER = 11
SPVAC and SPVHP in heating mode	< 19	CAN/CSA-C746	COPh ≥ 3.3
SPVAC and SPVHP	≥ 19	See Tables 5.2.12.1.-A to -P of Division B of the NECB
Water-Cooled Unitary Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps – Electrically Operated
Ground-source and water-source heat pumps open loop closed loop	≤ 40	CAN/CSA-C13256-1	COPc ≥ 4.75, COPh ≥ 3.6 COPc ≥ 3.93, COPh ≥ 3.1
Water-to-water heat pumps open loop closed loop	≤ 40	CAN/CSA-C13256-2	COPc ≥ 5.60, COPh ≥ 3.4 COPc ≥ 4.21, COPh ≥ 2.8
Internal water-loop heat pumps	< 5 ≥ 5 and ≤ 40	CAN/CSA-C13256-1	COPc ≥ 3.28, COPh ≥ 4.2 COPc ≥ 3.52, COPh ≥ 4.2
Water-cooled air conditioners – all types	< 19	ANSI/AHRI 210/240	COP = 3.54, ICOP = 3.60
Water-cooled air conditioners – all types	≥ 19	See Tables 5.2.12.1.-A to -P of Division B of the NECB

Division B 9.36.3.10.

Table 9.36.3.10. (Continued)

Type of Equipment	Heating or Cooling Capacity, kW	Performance Testing Standard	Minimum Performance(1)
Direct-Expansion Ground-Source Heat Pumps – Electrically Operated
Direct-expansion ground-source heat pumps	≤ 21	CSA C748	EER = 13.0
Direct-expansion ground-source heat pumps	≤ 21	CSA C748	COPh = 3.1
Packaged Terminal Air Conditioners (PTAC) and Heat Pumps (PTHP)
PTAC – all types and modes	All capacities	See Tables 5.2.12.1.-A to -P of Division B of the NECB
PTHP – all types and modes	All capacities	See Tables 5.2.12.1.-A to -P of Division B of the NECB
Room Air Conditioners and Room Air Conditioner Heat Pumps
Louvered, without reverse cycle	< 2.3	CSA C368.1	CEER ≥ 11.0
	≥ 2.3 and < 4.1		CEER ≥ 10.9
	≥ 4.1 and < 5.9		CEER ≥ 10.7
	≥ 5.9 and < 8.2		CEER ≥ 9.4
	≥ 8.2 and < 10.6		CEER ≥ 9.0
Non-louvered, without reverse cycle	< 2.3		CEER ≥ 10.0
	≥ 2.3 and < 3.2		CEER ≥ 9.6
	≥ 3.2 and < 4.1		CEER ≥ 9.5
	≥ 4.1 and < 5.9		CEER ≥ 9.3
	≥ 5.9 and < 10.6		CEER ≥ 9.4
Louvered, with reverse cycle	< 5.9		CEER ≥ 9.8
Louvered, with reverse cycle	≥ 5.9 and < 10.6		CEER ≥ 9.3
Non-louvered, with reverse cycle	< 4.1		CEER ≥ 9.3
Non-louvered, with reverse cycle	≥ 4.1 and < 10.6		CEER ≥ 8.7
Room air conditioner, casement only	All capacities		CEER ≥ 9.5
Room air conditioner, casement slider	All capacities		CEER ≥ 10.4
Boilers
Electric boilers	< 88	—	Must be equipped with automatic water temperature control(2)
Gas-fired boilers(3)	< 88 ≥ 88 and < 733	CAN/CSA-P.2 ANSI/AHRI 1500 or DOE 10 CFR, Part 431, Subpart E, Appendix A	AFUE ≥ 90% Et ≥ 83%
Oil-fired boilers	< 88	CAN/CSA-P.2	AFUE ≥ 86%
Oil-fired boilers	≥ 88 and ≤ 733	ANSI/AHRI 1500 or DOE 10 CFR, Part 431, Subpart E, Appendix A	Et ≥ 83%
Warm-Air Furnaces, Combination Warm-Air Furnace/Air-conditioning Units, Duct Furnaces and Unit Heaters
Gas-fired warm-air furnaces(3)	≤ 66 using single-phase electric current ≤ 66, through-the- wall furnace ≤ 66 using three-phase electric current > 66 and ≤ 117.23	CAN/CSA-P.2 ANSI Z21.47/CSA 2.3	AFUE ≥ 95% and must be equipped with a high-efficiency constant torque or constant airflow fan motor Et ≥ 78.5% AFUE ≥ 90% AFUE ≥ 78% or Et ≥ 80% Et ≥ 80%

Division B

Table 9.36.3.10. (Continued)

Type of Equipment	Heating or Cooling Capacity, kW	Performance Testing Standard	Minimum Performance(1)
Commercial gas-fired outdoor packaged furnaces (rooftop units)(3)	> 66 and ≤ 117.23	CAN/CSA-P.8	Et ≥ 80%
Gas-fired duct furnaces(3)	≤ 117.23	ANSI Z83.8/CSA 2.6	Et ≥ 81%
Gas-fired unit heaters(3)	≤ 117.23	CAN/CSA-P.11	Et ≥ 82%
Oil-fired warm-air furnaces	≤ 66	CAN/CSA-P.2	AFUE ≥ 85%
Oil-fired duct furnaces and unit heaters	—	CSA B140.4	Et ≥ 81%
Combined space- and water-heating systems (combos)	≤ 87.9 if boiler-based ≤ 73.2 if based on service water heater	CAN/CSA-P.9(4)	TPF = 0.80
Integrated mechanical systems	All capacities	CSA P.10	OTPF = 0.85
Electric furnaces	≤ 66	No energy performance test required	Must be equipped with a high-efficiency constant torque or constant airflow fan motor
Other
Gas-fired fireplaces and stoves(3) heating decorative(5)(6)	—	CAN/CSA-P.4.1	FE ≥ 50%, see Sentence (2) See Sentence (2)
Solid-fuel-burning space-heating equipment(7)	< 500 kW output capacity	EPA 40 CFR, Part 60, Subpart AAA and Subpart QQQQ, CSA B415.1, or EN 303-5	(8)
Dehumidifiers	≤ 16.6 L/day	CAN/CSA-C749	EF ≥ 1.35
	> 16.6 and ≤ 21.3 L/day		EF ≥ 1.50
	> 21.3 and ≤ 25.5 L/day		EF ≥ 1.60
	> 25.5 and ≤ 35.5 L/day		EF ≥ 1.70
	> 35.5 and ≤ 87.5 L/day		EF ≥ 2.50
Unitary electric resistance space heaters(9)	All capacities	No energy performance test required	—

Notes to Table 9.36.3.10.:

(1) The symbols and abbreviations that appear in this column have the following meanings: AFUE = annual fuel utilization efficiency

CEER = combined energy-efficiency ratio, in (Btu/h)/W COPc = coefficient of performance in cooling mode, in W/W COPh = coefficient of performance in heating mode, in W/W EER = energy-efficiency ratio, in (Btu/h)/W

EF = energy factor, in %/h Et = thermal efficiency FE = fireplace efficiency

HSPF V = heating seasonal performance factor for region V (see map in CSA C656), in (Btu/h)/W ICOP = integrated coefficient of performance, in W/W

OTPF = overall thermal performance factor

SEER = seasonal energy-efficiency ratio, in (Btu/h)/W TPF = thermal performance factor

(2) An automatic water temperature control device adjusts the temperature of the water in the boiler so that the heat supplied corresponds more closely to the heat demanded under varying outdoor temperatures.

(3) Includes propane.

(4) See Sentence (3).

(5) Decorative gas-fired fireplaces and stoves are vented decorative gas appliances that are marked as such on their rating plate and that comply with ANSI Z21.50/CSA 2.22, “Vented decorative gas appliances.”

Division B 9.36.4.2.

Table 9.36.3.10. (Continued)

(6) Decorative gas-fired fireplaces and stoves shall not be used to satisfy heating requirements or as part of the heating system required by Section 9.33.

‌(7) Does not include stoves with an oven whose volume is greater than 0.028 m3.

(8) Minimum performance values are omitted from the Table in cases where the referenced standard itself contains such requirements. Equipment tested to the referenced standards provides an acceptable level of energy performance.

(9) See Sentence 9.36.3.6.(3).

‌Natural gas and propane fireplaces shall be
1. direct-vent (sealed), and
2. pilot-on-demand, interrupted or intermittent ignition systems without a standing pilot light.
The heat source component of combined space- and service water heating systems that are not within the scope of CAN/CSA-P.9, “Test method for determining the performance of combined space and water heating systems (combos),” shall meet the performance requirements stated in Table 9.36.3.10. for the applicable equipment type. (See Note A-9.36.3.10.(3).)‌

‌Solar Thermal Systems‌
1. ‌Space-heating systems that use solar thermal technology shall conform to the manufacturer's design requirements and installation procedures.
2. Service water heating systems that use solar thermal technology shall be installed in accordance with the NPC.
3. Hot water storage tanks associated with the systems referred to in Sentence (2) shall be installed in a conditioned space.

‌Service Water Heating Systems

‌Scope and Application‌
1. This Subsection is concerned with the efficient use of energy by systems used to heat service water for household use as well as for indoor pools and hot tubs.
2. Where service water heating equipment or techniques other than those described in this Subsection are used, the building shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the energy efficiency requirements of the NECB.‌

‌Equipment Efficiency‌

Service water heaters, boilers, pool heaters and storage tanks shall comply with the performance requirements stated in Table 9.36.4.2. (See Note A-9.36.4.2.(2).)

Hot service water storage tanks not listed in Table 9.36.4.2. shall be covered with insulation having a minimum thermal resistance of 1.8 (m2×K)/W.

‌9.36.4.2. Division B

Table 9.36.4.2.

Service Water Heating Equipment Performance Requirements

Forming Part of Sentences 9.36.4.2.(1) and (2)

Type of Equipment	Input(1)	Performance Testing Standard	Performance Requirement(2)
Storage-Type Service Water Heaters
Electric	≤ 12 kW (Vr > 50L but ≤ 270 L)	CAN/CSA-C191	SL ≤ 35+ (0.20 Vr) (top inlet)
	≤ 12 kW (Vr > 50L but ≤ 270 L)		SL ≤ 40+ (0.20 Vr) (bottom inlet)
	≤ 12 kW (Vr > 270 L but ≤ 454 L)		SL ≤ (0.472 Vr) – 38.5 (top inlet)
	≤ 12 kW (Vr > 270 L but ≤ 454 L)		SL ≤ (0.472 Vr) – 33.5 (bottom inlet)
	>12 kW	ANSI Z21.10.3/CSA 4.3 or DOE 10 CFR, Part 431, Subpart G, Appendix B	SL ≤ 0.30 +(102.2 Vs)
Heat pump water heaters	≤ 24 A and ≤ 250 V	CAN/CSA-C745	EF ≥ 2.1
‌Gas-fired(3)	≤ 22 kW and first-hour rating < 68 L	CAN/CSA-P.3	UEF ≥ 0.3456 – (0.00053 Vs)(4)
	≤ 22 kW and first-hour rating ≥ 68 L but < 193 L		UEF ≥ 0.5982 – (0.00050 Vs)(4)
	≤ 22 kW and first-hour rating ≥ 193 L but < 284 L		UEF ≥ 0.6483 – (0.00045 Vs)(4)
	≤ 22 kW and first-hour rating ≥ 284 L		UEF ≥ 0.6920 – (0.00034 Vs)(4)
	> 22 kW but ≤ 30.5 kW and Vr ≤ 454 L		UEF ≥ 0.8107 – (0.00021 Vs)(4)
	> 22 kW	DOE 10 CFR, Part 431, Subpart G, Appendix A	Et ≥ 90% and SL ≤ 0.84 [(1.25 Q) + (16.57 √Vr)]
Oil-fired	≤ 30.5 kW and first-hour rating < 68 L	CAN/CSA-B211 for EF or CAN/CSA-P.3 for UEF	EF ≥ 0.68 – (0.0005 Vr) or UEF ≥ 0.2509 – (0.00032 Vs)
	≤ 30.5 kW and first-hour rating ≥ 68 L but < 193 L		EF ≥ 0.68 – (0.0005 Vr) or UEF ≥ 0.5330 – (0.00042 Vs)
	≤ 30.5 kW and first-hour rating ≥ 193 L but < 284 L		EF ≥ 0.68 – (0.0005 Vr) or UEF ≥ 0.6078 – (0.00042 Vs)
	≤ 30.5 kW and first-hour rating ≥ 284 L		EF ≥ 0.68 – (0.0005 Vr) or UEF ≥ 0.6815 – (0.00037 Vs)
	> 30.5 kW but ≤ 40.99 kW and Vr ≤ 454 L		UEF ≥ 0.6740 – (0.00035 Vs)
	> 40.99 kW	DOE 10 CFR, Part 431, Subpart G, Appendix A	Et ≥ 80% and SL ≤ (1.25 Q) + (16.57 √Vr)
Tankless Service Water Heaters
Gas-fired	< 58.56 kW, Vr ≤ 7.6L and max. flow rate < 6.4 L/min	CAN/CSA-P.3	UEF ≥ 0.86
	< 58.56 kW, Vr ≤ 7.6L and max. flow rate ≥ 6.4 L/min	CAN/CSA-P.3	UEF ≥ 0.87
	≥ 58.56 kW, Vr ≤ 37.85 L and input rate to Vr ratio ≥ 309 W/L	DOE 10 CFR, Part 431, Subpart G, Appendix C	Et ≥ 94%
Oil-fired	≤ 61.5 kW(5)	DOE 10 CFR, Part 430, Subpart B, Appendix E	EF ≥ 0.59 − (0.0005 Vr)
Oil-fired	Other	ANSI Z21.10.3/CSA 4.3 and DOE 10 CFR, Part 431, Subpart G	Et ≥ 80%
Electric	—	—	(6)
Combined space- and water-heating systems (combos)	≤ 87.9 kW if boiler-based ≤ 73.2 kW if based on service water heater	CAN/CSA-P.9	TPF = 0.80

Division B 9.36.4.5.

Table 9.36.4.2. (Continued)

Type of Equipment	Input(1)	Performance Testing Standard	Performance Requirement(2)
Integrated mechanical systems	—	CSA P.10	OTPF = 0.85
Pool Heaters
Gas-fired(3)	< 117.2 kW	ANSI Z21.56/CSA 4.7 or CSA P.6	Et ≥ 82%
Oil-fired	—	CSA B140.12	Et ≥ 78%

Notes to Table 9.36.4.2.:

(1) 1 kW = 3412 Btu/h

(2) The symbols and abbreviations used in this column have the following meanings: EF = energy factor

Et = thermal efficiency with a 38.9°C (70°F) water temperature difference OTPF = overall thermal performance factor

Q = nameplate input rate, in kW SL = standby loss, in W

TPF = thermal performance factor UEF = uniform energy factor

Vr = rated nominal storage volume, in L Vs = measured storage volume, in L

(3) Includes propane.

‌(4) Industry and regulators are transitioning from using EF to UEF as the metric to evaluate service water heater performance. While this Code sets out performance requirements for gas-fired storage-type service water heaters within the scope of CAN/CSA-P.3 in terms of UEF, the “Energy Efficiency Regulations” set out performance standards for such service water heaters in terms of both EF and UEF.

(5) Consistent with the U.S. Congress “National Appliance Energy Conservation Act of 1987.”

(6) No standard addresses the performance efficiency of electric tankless service water heaters; however, their efficiency typically approaches 100%.

Except for components that are required to be installed outdoors, service water heating equipment shall be installed in a conditioned space. (See Note A-9.36.4.2.(3).)‌

‌Solar Domestic Hot Water Systems‌
1. ‌Service water heating systems that use solar thermal technology shall conform to the manufacturer's design requirements and installation procedures.
2. Service water heating systems that use solar thermal technology shall be installed in accordance with the NPC.
3. Hot water storage tanks associated with the systems referred to in Sentence (2) shall be installed in a conditioned space.
‌Piping
1. ‌The first 2 m of outlet piping downstream and of inlet piping upstream leading from a storage tank or heating vessel shall be covered with piping insulation that
  ‌is at least 12 mm thick.
2. All piping forming part of a continuously operating recirculating service water heating system shall be covered with piping insulation that is at least 12 mm thick.
3. Where piping forming part of the service water heating system is located outside the building envelope or in an unconditioned space, it shall be insulated to a thermal resistance not less than the effective thermal resistance required for the exterior above-ground walls.‌
‌Controls
1. Service water heating systems with storage tanks shall be equipped with automatic temperature controls capable of adjustment between the minimum and maximum temperature settings permitted for the intended use.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B‌

‌Energy Performance Compliance

‌Scope and Application
1. This Subsection is concerned with modeling the energy performance of components, systems and assemblies, including heat gains from internal loads described in Sentence 9.36.5.4.(4), that are addressed in the scope of the prescriptive requirements in Subsections 9.36.2. to 9.36.4. and that are installed in buildings described in Sentence 9.36.1.3.(3).
2. Internal loads other than those described in Sentence 9.36.5.4.(4) shall be excluded from the performance compliance calculations as they relate to
  1. the lighting of unconditioned spaces,
  2. exterior lighting, and
  3. the ventilation of unconditioned spaces.
‌Definitions
(See Note A-9.36.5.2.)
1. For the purpose of this Subsection, the term “reference house” shall mean
  a hypothetical replica of the proposed house design using the same energy sources for the same functions and having the same environmental requirements, occupancy, climatic data and operating schedules, but made to comply with all applicable prescriptive requirements of Subsections 9.36.2. to 9.36.4.
2. For the purpose of this Subsection, the term “proposed house” shall mean a modeled replica of the actual house under consideration, in which some elements covered in Subsections 9.36.2. to 9.36.4. are specific to the actual house, while other elements not covered in those Subsections, but that are necessary for the calculation of the annual energy consumption, are assigned default values.
‌Compliance
(See Note A-9.36.5.3.)
1. ‌The performance compliance calculations shall determine the annual energy consumption of the proposed house and the house energy target of a reference house in accordance with‌
  1. this Subsection, or
  2. the EnerGuide Rating System, version 15, and Sentence (2). (See Note A-9.36.5.3.(1).)
2. The annual energy consumption of the proposed house shall not exceed the house energy target of the reference house. (See Note A-9.36.5.3.(2).)
3. In establishing the house energy target, building components, systems and assemblies shall be accounted for in accordance with the prescriptive requirements of Subsections 9.36.2. to 9.36.4. for the climate zone under consideration.
4. In establishing the annual energy consumption, building components, systems and assemblies that are addressed in the scope of the prescriptive requirements
  of Subsections 9.36.2. to 9.36.4. shall be accounted for for the climate zone under consideration.
5. Where the construction techniques or building components, systems or assemblies used are more energy-efficient than those prescribed by the prescriptive
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  Division B 9.36.5.4.
  
  ‌requirements, the performance compliance calculations are permitted to take this increased performance level into account in the determination of the annual energy consumption, provided it can be quantified and is not dependent on occupant interaction.
6. Both the proposed and reference houses shall be modeled using the same climatic data, soil conditions, operating schedules in Article 9.36.5.4. and temperature set-points.‌

‌Calculation Methods

Except as provided in Sentence (2), the energy model calculations shall account for the annual energy consumption of systems and equipment required for
1. space heating,
2. ‌ventilation,
3. service water heating, and
4. where installed, space cooling. (See Note A-9.36.5.4.(1).)
Redundant or back-up equipment for the systems and equipment listed in Sentence (1) is permitted to be excluded from the energy model, provided it is equipped with controls and is not required to meet the space-conditioning load of the house. (See Note A-9.36.5.4.(2).)
The schedules used in the energy model shall
1. ‌be based on a time interval not greater than one hour, where the energy model evaluates the performance of the house over hourly intervals, or
2. be applied in an hourly-bin model then averaged, where the energy model does not evaluate the performance of the house over hourly intervals.

‌The energy model calculations shall account for the loads due to heat gains from occupants, lighting and miscellaneous equipment, which shall be fixed for every day of the year, by

following the schedule provided in Table 9.36.5.4., and
increasing the loads for each hour by 3.58 W per square metre of floor area in common spaces, if applicable.

Table 9.36.5.4.

‌Default Schedule for Internal Heat Gain Loads(1)

Forming Part of Sentence 9.36.5.4.(4)

Houses without a Secondary Suite(2)
Average Load, in W, Before Noon
12 a.m.	1 a.m.	2 a.m.	3 a.m.	4 a.m.	5 a.m.	6 a.m.	7 a.m.	8 a.m.	9 a.m.	10 a.m.	11 a.m.
646	454	452	431	429	450	522	597	696	724	745	811
Average Load, in W, After Noon
12 p.m.	1 p.m.	2 p.m.	3 p.m.	4 p.m.	5 p.m.	6 p.m.	7 p.m.	8 p.m.	9 p.m.	10 p.m.	11 p.m.
815	768	738	749	760	895	1159	1305	1288	1218	981	783
Each Dwelling Unit in Residential Buildings with Two or More Dwelling Units(2)
Average Load, in W, Before Noon
12 a.m.	1 a.m.	2 a.m.	3 a.m.	4 a.m.	5 a.m.	6 a.m.	7 a.m.	8 a.m.	9 a.m.	10 a.m.	11 a.m.
397	284	283	270	269	282	324	368	426	442	455	493
Average Load, in W, After Noon
12 p.m.	1 p.m.	2 p.m.	3 p.m.	4 p.m.	5 p.m.	6 p.m.	7 p.m.	8 p.m.	9 p.m.	10 p.m.	11 p.m.
496	468	451	457	463	543	697	783	773	732	593	477

Division B

Table 9.36.5.4. (Continued)

‌Notes to Table 9.36.5.4.:

(1) The schedule indicates at what time of day the heat gains from the metabolic activity of the occupants and occupant-dependent appliance, lighting and receptacle electrical loads are present; it does not account for heat gains from exterior lighting, lighting of unconditioned spaces, service water heating systems and HVAC equipment.

(2) See Note A-Table 9.36.5.4.

‌The energy model calculations shall account for the following space-heating temperature set-points:
1. 20°C in all living spaces above the basement,
2. 19°C in basements and common spaces, and
3. 15°C in crawl spaces intended to be conditioned spaces.
The energy model calculations shall account for a space-cooling temperature set-point of 25°C in all conditioned spaces served by the cooling system.
The energy model calculations shall account for a thermostatic control that responds to fluctuations of ±0.5°C from the temperature set-point. (See Note A-9.36.5.4.(7).)
If a computer program is used to carry out the compliance calculations, the calculation methods employed in the energy model shall
1. be used for both the reference and proposed houses, and
2. be tested in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE 140, “Standard Method of Test for the Evaluation of Building Energy Analysis Computer Programs,” with variations in the computer program from the range recommended therein reported in accordance with Division C.
The proposed and reference houses shall both be modeled using the same approach and assumptions, except where building components or energy efficiency features are permitted by this Subsection to be different.‌
The energy model calculations shall account for the effect of airtightness in accordance with Sentence 9.36.5.10.(10) or Article 9.36.6.3., as applicable.
The energy model calculations shall account for heat transfer through elements separating conditioned space from unconditioned space, the exterior or the ground.

‌Climatic Data
1. To calculate the effect of heating and cooling consumption, the energy model calculations shall be performed using climatic data measured at time intervals no greater than one hour for one year (8 760 hours) based on the average of at least 10 years of measured data collected at the weather station nearest to the region in which the proposed house is located. (See Note A-9.36.5.5.(1).)‌
2. For urban regions with several climatic data sets and for locations for which climatic data are not available, the energy model calculations shall be performed using climatic data that best represent the climate at the building site.
3. The energy model calculations shall account for ground reflectance by
  1. ‌increasing ground reflectance due to snow cover in a ratio of 30% without snow cover and 70% with snow cover, or
  2. ‌taking into account changes in ground reflectance throughout the heating season.
‌Building Envelope Calculations
1. ‌For each hour of the year, the energy model calculations shall account for heat transfer through wall assemblies, roof-ceiling assemblies, including attics where applicable, and exposed floor assemblies due to the thermal characteristics of the particular assembly and thermal bridging.
2. The following building envelope assemblies and components shall be addressed in the energy model calculations:
  1. above-ground walls and roof-ceiling assemblies,
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    Division B 9.36.5.7.
  2. ‌floors and walls in contact with the ground, and
  3. doors, windows and skylights. (See Subsection 9.36.2.)
3. For each wall assembly, fenestration component, roof-ceiling assembly and exposed floor assembly, the energy model calculations shall account for
  1. ‌the area of the interior side of the insulated surface,
  2. emissivity, and
  3. the effective thermal resistance or overall thermal transmittance, as applicable.
4. The energy model calculations shall account for the effect that each assembly in contact with the ground has on below-grade heat transfer due to
  1. the geometry of the foundation,
  2. soil conditions (see Note A-1.1.3.1.(2)), and
  3. the configuration of the insulation.
5. The energy model calculations shall account for heat transfer through fenestration separating conditioned spaces from the outdoors, including skylights, while accounting for both temperature difference and transmission of solar radiation based on
  1. ‌orientation as a function of azimuth and tilt of the surface,
  2. area of frame opening and glazed area,
  3. overall thermal transmittance, and
  4. ‌solar heat gain coefficient.
6. Where the energy model calculations account for the effect of thermal mass, the contents of the house shall be excluded. (See Note A-9.36.5.6.(6).)
7. The energy model calculations shall account for the presence of thermally active walls, floors and ceilings with embedded conditioning systems that form part of the building envelope.
8. Where skylights are installed in the roof, the gross roof area shall be determined in accordance with Sentence 9.36.2.3.(1).
9. ‌Skylights shall be considered to have no shading.
10. ‌The energy model calculations shall account for the effects of exterior permanent and fixed shading only on solar heat gain from fenestration.
11. The ratio of fenestration area to opaque area of doors shall be the same for the proposed and reference houses. (See Note A-9.36.5.6.(11).)
‌HVAC System Calculations
1. The energy model calculations shall account for the energy consumption of each heating, ventilating and, where installed, cooling system for each hour of the year. (See Note A-9.36.5.7.(1).)‌
2. Each heating system and, where installed, cooling system shall be accounted for separately in the energy model calculations.
3. Conditioned spaces in both the reference and proposed houses shall be modeled as being
  1. ‌heated, where only heating systems are provided in the proposed house,
  2. cooled, where only cooling systems are provided in the proposed house, or
  3. ‌heated and cooled, where complete heating and cooling systems are provided in the proposed house.
4. The performance requirements stated in Table 9.36.3.10. shall be used in the energy model calculations.
5. Where duct and piping losses are accounted for in the energy model calculations, they shall be included for both the proposed and reference houses and calculated the same way for both houses. (See Note A-9.36.5.7.(5).)
6. The same time periods shall be used in the simulation of the operation of the ventilation system for both the proposed and reference houses.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B

‌During the heating season, any solar and internal heat gains that cause an increase in space temperature beyond 5.5°C above the setpoint shall be
1. excluded from the energy model calculations, or
2. ‌calculated as being vented from the house.
The energy model calculations shall account for the part-load performance of equipment, including electrical consumption.
The energy model calculations shall account for the heat-recovery efficiency of heat-recovery ventilators using a minimum of 2 data test points derived from testing in accordance with Clause 9.36.3.9.(3)(a) or (b), as applicable.‌

‌Service Water Heating System Calculations‌

‌The energy model calculations shall account for the energy consumption of all service water heating systems.
The performance requirements stated in Table 9.36.4.2. shall be used in the energy model calculations.
‌Where piping or standby losses are accounted for in the energy model calculations, they shall be included for both the proposed and reference houses, including their effect on space heating and cooling, and calculated the same way for both houses.
The energy model calculations shall use a supply cold water temperature, in °C, that is
1. ‌equal to –0.002 (HDD) + 20.3, where HDD < 7 999,
2. equal to 4.3, where HDD ≥ 8 000, or
3. ‌determined based on the ground and air temperatures in the climatic data file.
Except as provided in Sentence (8), the energy model calculations shall use a service water delivery temperature of 55˚C. (See Note A-9.36.5.8.(5).)

For hot service water usage other than for showering, the energy model calculations shall take into account the service water heating use schedule presented in Table 9.36.5.8. using a load of

97 L/ day for houses without a secondary suite, or

65 L/day for each dwelling unit in residential buildings with two or more

dwelling units.

Table 9.36.5.8.

Default Schedule of Service Water Heating Use

Forming Part of Sentence 9.36.5.8.(6)

Type of Small Residential Building	Distribution of Hourly Draws on Service Water Heating, L/h
Houses without a secondary suite (97 L/day/house)	12 a.m.	1 a.m.	2 a.m.	3 a.m.	4 a.m.	5 a.m.	6 a.m.	7 a.m.	8 a.m.	9 a.m.	10 a.m.	11 a.m.
	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	2.2	8.6	12.9	23.7	11.9
	12 p.m.	1 p.m.	2 p.m.	3 p.m.	4 p.m.	5 p.m.	6 p.m.	7 p.m.	8 p.m.	9 p.m.	10 p.m.	11 p.m.
	3.2	1.1	2.2	5.4	9.7	6.5	6.5	2.2	1.1	0	0	0
Each dwelling unit in residential buildings with two or more dwelling units (65 L/day/dwelling unit)	12 a.m.	1 a.m.	2 a.m.	3 a.m.	4 a.m.	5 a.m.	6 a.m.	7 a.m.	8 a.m.	9 a.m.	10 a.m.	11 a.m.
	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	1.4	5.7	8.6	15.8	7.9
	12 p.m.	1 p.m.	2 p.m.	3 p.m.	4 p.m.	5 p.m.	6 p.m.	7 p.m.	8 p.m.	9 p.m.	10 p.m.	11 p.m.
	2.2	0.7	1.4	3.6	6.5	4.3	4.3	1.4	0.7	0	0	0

‌Division B 9.36.5.10.

‌The energy model calculations shall take into account daily hot service water usage for showering
1. at 7 a.m. for 15 mins for houses without a secondary suite, or
2. at 7 a.m. for 10 mins for each dwelling unit in residential buildings with two or more dwelling units.
‌The energy model shall set the service water delivery temperature for showering to 41°C at the shower head, with a flow rate of 7.6 L/min.

‌General Requirements for Modeling the Proposed House
1. Except where permitted by Articles 9.36.5.10. to 9.36.5.12., the energy model calculations for the proposed house shall be consistent with the proposed construction specifications for that house with regard to
  1. fenestration and opaque building envelope assembly type, effective thermal resistance and areas,
  2. HVAC system types and capacities, and
  3. service water heating system types and capacities. (See Note A-9.36.5.9.(1).)
‌Modeling Building Envelope of Proposed House
1. Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), the energy model calculations for the proposed house shall be consistent with the proposed construction specifications for that house with regard to
  1. the area of the above-ground portion of foundation walls,
  2. the effective thermal resistance of above-ground walls, ceilings below attics, roof assemblies and rim joists,
  3. the maximum overall thermal transmittance of doors, as calculated in accordance with Sentence 9.36.2.2.(3),
  4. the effective thermal resistance of below-ground walls and slabs-on-ground,
  5. exterior walls, roof-ceiling assembly, doors, walls, exposed floors, and floors in contact with the ground,
  6. distribution, orientation and area of fenestration and doors, as calculated in accordance with Article 9.36.2.3.,
  7. solar heat gain coefficient and overall thermal transmittance of fenestration, as calculated in accordance with Sentence 9.36.2.2.(3),
  8. configuration of insulation in assemblies in contact with the ground, and
  9. effective thermal resistance of foundation walls.
2. Except for penetrations, slab-on-ground edge insulation and assemblies with embedded heating pipes, where a building envelope component or assembly covers less than 2% of the total area of the assembly type to which it belongs, its thermal characteristics are not required to be calculated as belonging to a distinct assembly, provided the area of the component or assembly is included in an adjacent assembly having the same orientation (See Note A-9.36.5.10.(2).)
3. ‌Building envelope assemblies with the same thermal characteristics and orientation are not required to be calculated as distinct assemblies, provided their area is included in an adjacent assembly.‌
4. Building envelope assemblies and components separating conditioned space from enclosed unconditioned space shall have a solar heat gain coefficient equal to 0.
5. Except as stated in Sentence 9.36.5.6.(9), the energy model calculations for the proposed house shall account for the effects of exterior permanent and fixed shading devices, including fins, overhangs, and light shelves, on solar heat gain.
6. Where thermal mass is included in the energy model calculations for the proposed house, it shall be set as
  1. the specified mass up to the inside edge of insulation in exterior walls, the mass of interior walls, the mass up to the centre-line of party walls, and the mass of floors, as applicable,
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
Division B

the specified mass of the building envelope assembly, where the energy model calculations include a transient analysis of thermal transfer of the entire building envelope assembly, or
a default value of 0.060 MJ/(m2×°C).

‌Exterior walls, roofs and exposed floors shall have a solar absorptance of 0.4.
The orientation of the foundation of the proposed house as constructed shall be within 22.5° of the orientation used in the energy model calculations.
‌The airtightness used in the energy model calculations for the proposed house shall be
1. 3.2 air changes per hour at 50 Pa pressure differential with a pressure exponent of 0.67, where the construction complies with Section 9.25.,
2. 2.5 air changes per hour at 50 Pa pressure differential with a pressure exponent of 0.67, where it can be shown that the air barrier system is constructed in accordance with Subsection 9.25.3. and Articles 9.36.2.9. and 9.36.2.10., or
3. the airtightness determined in accordance with Sentence 9.36.6.3.(1) expressed as
  1. ‌the number of air changes per hour at 50 Pa pressure differential with a pressure exponent determined through a multi-point test, and
  2. ‌the equivalent leakage area.
For compliance with Clause (9)(c), a design airtightness value shall be assigned for use in the energy model until the actual airtightness has been measured.

‌Modeling HVAC System of Proposed House
1. ‌Where multiple HVAC systems serve a single space, the energy model calculations for the proposed house shall call each system in the order of priority established by the system control in the proposed house.
2. ‌Where a heat pump is included in the proposed house, the energy model calculations shall include
  1. the effect of the source temperature on the heat pump's efficiency, and
  2. the temperature at which the heat pump shuts down.
3. ‌Permanent supplementary heating systems that are operated by a thermostat or automatic control shall be included in the energy model calculations for the proposed house.‌
4. The performance characteristics of the heat-recovery ventilation system of the proposed house shall be as specified at not less than the principal ventilation rate required for a system designed in accordance with Section 9.32.
5. The ventilation system shall be modeled as operating 8 hours a day at the principal ventilation rate.
6. The energy model calculations shall determine the required principal ventilation rate, in L/s, in accordance with Article 9.32.3.3. based on the number of bedrooms in the proposed house.
7. ‌The energy model calculations may include duct and piping losses, taking into account the properties of the specified duct and piping insulation of the proposed house.‌
8. The energy model calculations shall include a heating system and, where installed, a cooling system sized according to the specifications for the proposed house.
9. The energy model calculations shall include the effect of part-load performance of equipment using
  1. the same modeled part-load performance data used for the reference house as per Clause 9.36.5.15.(6)(a),
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    Division B 9.36.5.12.
  2. the default part-load performance characteristics stated in Clause 9.36.5.15.(6)(b), or
  3. measured data for the specified equipment. (See Note A-9.36.5.11.(9).)
10. Where a heat-recovery ventilator is installed in the proposed house, the energy model calculations shall only account for the recovery of sensible heat using the efficiency ratings in Sentence 9.36.3.9.(3). (See Note A-9.36.5.11.(10).)
11. Except as provided in Sentence (12), where a forced-air system is installed in the proposed house, the energy model calculations shall assume the circulation fan operates when the heating, cooling or principal ventilation system is operating. (See Note A-9.36.5.11.(11).)
12. ‌Where a forced-air system is installed in the proposed house and where the principal ventilation system in the proposed house is a separate, fully ducted ventilation system, the energy model calculations shall assume the circulation fan operates only when the heating or cooling system is operating.‌
13. Where the proposed house contains multiple HVAC systems, the circulation fan power shall be the sum of the circulation fan power capacity of each system.
14. ‌The ventilation fan power consumption shall be modeled
  1. as being 2.32 W/L/s for each ventilation fan on the exhaust side and, where applicable, on the supply side, or
  2. as specified, where a heat-recovery ventilator is used.
15. ‌Where a forced-air system is installed in the proposed house, the energy model calculations shall determine the flow rate, in L/s, of the circulation fan in the reference house by multiplying the capacity, in W, of the heating system in the proposed house by
  1. 0.0604 for heat pumps, and
  2. 0.0251 for all other types of heating systems.
16. Where a forced-air system is installed in the proposed house, the energy model calculations shall determine the minimum electricity requirement, in W, of the circulation fan by multiplying the flow rate, in L/s, of the circulation fan in the reference house, determined in accordance with Sentence (15), by a factor of 2.30.
17. Where a forced-air system is installed in the proposed house, the flow rate of the circulation fan shall be modeled as being the larger of
  1. the flow rate of the circulation fan of the reference house, determined in accordance with Sentence (15), or
  2. the flow rate of the circulation fan for the forced-air system specified in the design for the proposed house.
18. Except as provided in Sentence (19), where a forced-air system is installed in the proposed house, the power capacity of the circulation fan shall be modeled as specified in the design for the proposed house.
19. Where the design for the proposed house specifies a forced-air system with a circulation fan flow rate that is lower than the flow rate of the circulation fan in the reference house, as determined in accordance with Sentence (15), the electricity capacity, in W, of the circulation fan shall be modeled as being the larger of
  1. ‌the electricity capacity specified for the circulation fan in the proposed forced-air system, or
  2. the minimum circulation fan electricity capacity determined in accordance with Sentence (16).
20. ‌For natural gas-, oil-, propane- and wood-burning heating systems, the energy model calculations shall set the auxiliary electricity requirements, including that of combustion fans, to those specified for the proposed house.‌
‌Modeling Service Water Heating System of Proposed House
1. The service water heating system used in the energy model calculations shall be sized as specified in the design for the proposed house.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B

The energy model calculations may include
1. piping losses, and
2. drain-water heat recovery, provided
  1. the calculation of the heat recovered is based on the performance of the drain-water heat-recovery unit specified, as determined in accordance with CSA B55.1, “Test method for measuring efficiency and pressure loss of drain water heat recovery units,” using a drain-water inlet temperature of 35°C, and
  2. ‌where there are one or two above-ground showers, all of them are served by the drain-water heat-recovery unit, and where there are more than two above-ground

‌showers, at least two of them are served by the drain-water heat-recovery unit.

(See Note A-9.36.5.12.(2).)

‌General Requirements for Modeling the Reference House
1. Except as provided in Sentence (2) and Articles 9.36.5.14. to 9.36.5.16., the energy model calculations for the reference house shall be consistent with the prescriptive requirements of Subsections 9.36.2. to 9.36.4. with regard to
  1. fenestration and opaque building envelope assembly types and areas,
  2. HVAC system types and capacities, and
  3. service water heating system types and capacities. (See Note A-9.36.5.9.(1).)
2. ‌The energy model calculations for the reference house shall include the same values as those used for the proposed house with regard to
  1. floor area,
  2. ‌heated volume, and
  3. number and types of rooms.
‌Modeling Building Envelope of Reference House
1. The energy model calculations for the reference house shall include the same values as those used for the proposed house with regard to
  1. the gross area of above-ground portion of foundation walls,
  2. soil conditions,
  3. the orientation of the foundation, and
  4. the ratio of fenestration area to opaque area of doors.
2. The energy model calculations for the reference house shall use the following values:
  1. 0.060 MJ/(m2×°C) for thermal mass,
  2. a solar absorptance of 0.4 for the exterior walls, roofs and exposed floors,
  3. 0.26 for the solar heat gain coefficient of fenestration,
  4. an airtightness of
    1. 3.0 air changes per hour at 50 Pa pressure differential for attached zones, where the airtightness used for the proposed house is determined in accordance with Sentence 9.36.6.3.(1) using the unguarded method, and
    2. ‌2.5 air changes per hour at 50 Pa pressure differential otherwise, and
  5. the pressure exponent used for the proposed house where this value is less than 0.67, otherwise, 0.67.
3. The effective thermal resistance and overall thermal transmittance values, as applicable, used in the energy model calculations for the reference house shall be determined for the applicable heating degree-day zone in accordance with
  1. Table 9.36.2.6.-A for walls, ceilings below attics, roof assemblies and rim joists,
  2. Table 9.36.2.7.-A for doors, and
  3. Table 9.36.2.8.-A for below-grade walls and slabs-on-ground.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    ‌Division B 9.36.5.15.
4. Except as provided in Sentences (5) and (6), the exterior walls, roof-ceiling assembly, doors, walls, exposed floors, and floors of the reference house that are in contact with the ground shall have the same area as those of the proposed house.‌
5. ‌The area and orientation of fenestration and doors of the reference house shall be modeled as being equally distributed on all sides of the house.
6. The gross wall area and the area of fenestration and doors of the reference house shall be determined in accordance with Article 9.36.2.3.
7. Windows and other glazed components in the reference house shall have a maximum overall thermal transmittance as required in Table 9.36.2.7.-A for the applicable heating degree-day category.‌
8. The configuration of insulation in assemblies of the reference house that are in contact with the ground shall be modeled as conforming to Article 9.36.2.8.
9. ‌Foundation walls shall be modeled using the applicable effective thermal resistance values in Table 9.36.2.8.-A and as conforming to Sentence 9.36.2.8.(2).
10. The fenestration and door area to gross wall area ratio (FDWR) of the reference house shall be
  1. for houses containing one or two dwelling units,
    1. as per the proposed house, where its FDWR is between 17% and 22%,
    2. 17%, where the FDWR of the proposed house is less than 17%, or
    3. 22%, where the FDWR of the proposed house is greater than 22%, and
  2. for buildings of residential occupancy containing more than two dwelling units,
    1. the FDWR determined in Clause (a) for the areas determined in accordance with Sentence 9.36.2.3.(2) and, where the FDWR determined in accordance with the calculation in Sentence 9.36.2.3.(3) only does not exceed 40%, or
    2. 40% of the gross wall area enclosing conditioned space where the area of fenestration and doors is greater than 40% of the gross wall area enclosing conditioned space determined in accordance with Sentence 9.36.2.3.(2).‌
      (See Note A-9.36.5.14.(10).)

‌Modeling HVAC System of Reference House

Where multiple HVAC systems serve a single space, the energy model calculations for the reference house shall use the same order of priority as that used for the proposed house. (See Sentence 9.36.5.11.(1).)
The energy model calculations for the reference house shall include the same features as those used for the proposed house with regard to
1. ‌the principal heating and cooling energy sources, which are gas, electricity, oil, propane, wood or a heat pump,
2. the primary and secondary energy sources, which are gas, electricity, oil, propane, wood or a heat pump, and
3. the ventilation rate (see Sentence 9.36.5.11.(6)).
Except as required in Sentence 9.36.3.8.(1), the reference house shall be modeled without a heat-recovery ventilator.
The ventilation system shall be modeled as operating 8 hours a day.
The heating system and, where installed, the cooling system shall be sized in accordance with Article 9.33.5.1. with regard to total heat output capacity and nominal cooling capacity. (See Note A-9.36.5.15.(5).)
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌9.36.5.15. Division B

‌The part-load performance of HVAC equipment in the reference house shall be calculated using‌‌

modeled part-load performance characteristics, where applicable, or

the performance values for each type of system multiplied by an adjustment factor from Table 9.36.5.15.-A, 9.36.5.15.-B or 9.36.5.15.-C as follows:

for furnaces, by multiplying the furnace steady-state efficiency by the adjustment factor given in
Table 9.36.5.15.-A,
for heat pumps and air conditioners, by multiplying the heat pump steady-state coefficient of performance by the adjustment factor given in Table 9.36.5.15.-B, and

for boilers, combination space-heating and service water heating systems, and integrated mechanical systems, by multiplying the net-full-load heating efficiency by the adjustment factor given in Table 9.36.5.15.-C.

(See Note A-9.36.5.15.(6).)

Table 9.36.5.15.-A

Part-Load Adjustment Factors for Furnaces

Forming Part of Subclause 9.36.5.15.(6)(b)(i)

Fuel Source	Type of Equipment	Capacity	Part-Load Ratio
			0.15	0.4	1.0
			Adjustment Factors
‌Gas	Warm-air furnaces	≤ 65.9 kW	1.03	1.02	1.0
	Warm-air furnaces	> 65.9 kW	0.91	0.97	1.0
	Duct furnaces and unit heaters	All capacities	0.91	0.97	1.0
Oil	All types	All capacities	0.95	0.98	1.0

Table 9.36.5.15.-B

Part-Load Adjustment Factors for Heat Pumps and Air Conditioners

Forming Part of Subclause 9.36.5.15.(6)(b)(ii)

Type of Equipment	Part-Load Ratio
	0.15	0.4	1.0
	Adjustment Factors
Air-source heat pumps and air conditioners	0.72	0.86	1.0
Water-source heat pumps	0.93	0.98	1.0
Ground-source heat pumps	0.93	0.98	1.0

‌Division B 9.36.5.15.

Table 9.36.5.15.-C

Part-Load Adjustment Factors for Boilers, Combination Systems and Integrated Mechanical Systems

Forming Part of Subclause 9.36.5.15.(6)(b)(iii)

Fuel Source	Type of Equipment	Part-Load Ratio
		0.15	0.4	1.0
		Adjustment Factors
‌Gas	Boiler	1.03	1.02	1.0
	Integrated mechanical systems(1) within the scope of CSA P.10(2)	N/A	N/A	N/A
	Combination space- and service water heating systems within the scope of CAN/CSA-P.9(2)	N/A	N/A	N/A
	Combination space- and service water heating systems not within the scope of CAN/CSA-P.9	Same as gas boiler
Oil	Boiler	1.03	1.02	1.0
	Combination space- and service water heating systems within the scope of CAN/CSA-P.9(2)	N/A	N/A	N/A
	Combination space- and service water heating systems not within the scope of CAN/CSA-P.9	Same as oil boiler

‌Notes to Table 9.36.5.15.-C:

(1) Integrated mechanical systems perform all three functions of space-heating, water-heating and heat-recovery ventilation.

(2) The part-load characteristics of these types of systems shall not be accounted for in the energy model calculations.

The performance of the HVAC equipment in the reference house shall be modeled
1. as conforming to Table 9.36.3.10. for the corresponding type, fuel source and capacity of equipment in the proposed house, or
2. where the HVAC equipment for the proposed house is not addressed in Table 9.36.3.10., as a gas warm-air furnace with a minimum performance rating of 92% annual fuel utilization efficiency.
Where a heat-recovery ventilator is installed in the reference house, the energy model calculations shall only account for the recovery of sensible heat using the efficiency ratings in Sentence 9.36.3.9.(3). (See Note A-9.36.5.15.(8).)
‌The energy model calculations shall assume all ventilation and circulation fans required to be modeled in the reference house are equipped with permanent-split capacitor (PSC) motors.
‌Where a forced-air system is installed in the reference house, the energy model calculations shall assume the circulation fan operates when the heating, cooling or principal ventilation system is called for.‌
Where the reference house contains multiple HVAC systems, the circulation fan power shall be the sum of the circulation fan power capacity of each system.
The principal ventilation flow rate, in L/s, prescribed in Section 9.32. shall be multiplied by 2.32 W/L/s to determine the ventilation fan power capacity, in W, to be used in the energy model calculations for each fan on the exhaust side and, where applicable, on the supply side.
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌9.36.5.16. Division B
Where a heat-recovery ventilator is required in the reference house in accordance with Article 9.36.3.8., the ventilation flow rate, in L/s, in the zone served by the pool or hot tub shall be multiplied by 4.18 W/L/s to determine the heat-recovery ventilator power, in W, to be used in the energy model calculations.
‌Where a forced-air system is installed in the reference house, the system's capacity, in W, shall be multiplied by one of the following factors to determine the circulation fan flow rate, in L/s:
1. 0.0604 for heat pumps, and
2. 0.0251 for all other types of heating systems.
‌Where a forced-air system is installed in the reference house, the circulation fan flow rate, in L/s, shall be multiplied by 2.30 W/L/s to determine the circulation fan power capacity, in W.
‌For natural gas-, oil-, propane- and wood-burning heating systems, the energy model calculations shall set the auxiliary electricity capacity, including that of combustion fans, to 208 W during operation.‌

‌Modeling Service Water Heating System of Reference House
1. ‌The energy source of the reference house's service water heating system, which is gas, electricity, oil, propane, wood or a heat pump, shall be the same as that for the system in the proposed house.‌
2. The service water heating system in the reference house shall be sized in accordance with Subsection 9.31.6. with regard to output capacity.
3. Except as required by Table 9.36.5.16., the performance of the service water heating equipment in the reference house shall be modeled as conforming to Table 9.36.4.2. for the energy source, capacity and type of service water heating equipment in the proposed house.

Table 9.36.5.16.

Performance of Service Water Heating (SWH) Equipment in the Reference House

Forming Part of Sentence 9.36.5.16.(3)

Type of SWH Equipment in Proposed House	Input for Proposed SWH Equipment	Type of SWH Equipment to be Used for Reference House	Input for Reference SWH Equipment
Gas-fired tankless service water heater	≤ 73.2 kW	Gas-fired storage type	≤ 22 kW
Gas-fired tankless service water heater	> 73.2 kW	Gas-fired storage type	> 22 kW
Oil-fired tankless service water heater	≤ 61.5 kW(1)	Oil-fired storage type	≤ 30.5 kW(1)
Oil-fired tankless service water heater	Other	Oil-fired storage type	> 30.5 kW
Not listed in Table 9.36.4.2.	—	Gas-fired storage type	≥ 22 kW (Et ≥ 80%)

Notes to Table 9.36.5.16.:

(1) Consistent with the U.S. Congress “National Appliance Energy Conservation Act of 1987.”

‌Airtightness of Building Envelope
1. ‌Scope and Application
  1. This Subsection is concerned with
    1. determining the airtightness of buildings and dwelling units and parts thereof
      1. for use in the energy model calculations described in Subsection 9.36.5., or
      2. for use in determining the Airtightness Level for the purposes of Clause (b), and
    2. determining the Airtightness Level for a building or dwelling unit to demonstrate compliance with Article 9.36.8.8.
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    Division B 9.36.6.4.
2. ‌Definitions
  1. For the purposes of this Subsection, the following terms shall have the meanings stated herein:
    1. “zone” means a conditioned space or part thereof having a sufficiently large opening onto the location where the airtightness testing equipment is installed to provide enough airflow such that the entire zone is at the same pressure (see Note A-9.36.6.2.(1)(a)),
    2. “attached zone” means a zone whose boundary area is fully or partially in contact with an adjacent zone or zones (see Note A-9.36.6.2.(1)(b)),
    3. “ACH50” refers to the air changes per hour at a reference pressure of 50 Pa,
    4. ‌“NLA10” refers to the normalized leakage area at a reference pressure of 10 Pa, and
    5. ‌“NLR50” refers to the normalized leakage rate at a reference pressure of 50 Pa.
3. ‌Determination of Airtightness
  1. Where airtightness is to be used as input to the energy model calculations, it shall be determined through a multi-point depressurization test carried out in accordance with CAN/CGSB-149.10, “Determination of the airtightness of building envelopes by the fan depressurization method,” using the following parameters described therein:
    1. as-operated, and
    2. guarded or unguarded.
  2. Except as provided in Sentence (3), where airtightness is to be used to demonstrate compliance with an Airtightness Level listed in Table 9.36.6.4.-A or 9.36.6.4.-B, it shall be determined through a single-point, two-point or
    multi-point depressurization test carried out in accordance with CAN/CGSB-149.10, “Determination of the airtightness of building envelopes by the fan depressurization method,” using the following parameters described therein:
    1. ‌as-operated, and
    2. guarded or unguarded, as applicable.
  3. ‌Determining NLA10 using a single-point test is not permitted.
4. ‌Determination of Airtightness Level
  1. Compliance with an Airtightness Level listed in Table 9.36.6.4.-A or 9.36.6.4.-B shall be determined in accordance with this Article using the value of ACH50, NLA10, or NLR50 determined in accordance with Sentence 9.36.6.3.(2).
  2. For the purposes of Sentences (3) and (4), the Airtightness Level for buildings or dwelling units containing more than one zone shall be the lowest Airtightness Level achieved for the zones therein. (See Note A-9.36.6.4.(2).)
  3. Except as provided in Sentence (4), the Airtightness Level for single zones and attached zones shall be determined by complying with one of the corresponding airtightness values stipulated in Table 9.36.6.4.-A.
    
    Table 9.36.6.4.-A
    Airtightness Levels for Single Zones and Attached Zones Determined Using the Guarded Method
    Forming Part of Sentences 9.36.6.3.(2), 9.36.6.4.(1) and (3), and 9.36.8.8.(1)
    
    Airtightness Levels
    Airtightness Metrics
    ACH50
    NLA10, cm2/m2
    NLR50, L/s×m2
    Maximum Airtightness Values
    AL-1A
    2.5
    1.20
    0.89
    AL-2A
    2.0
    0.96
    0.71
    AL-3A
    1.5
    0.72
    0.53
    © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
    9.36.7.1. Division B
    
    Table 9.36.6.4.-A (Continued)
    
    Airtightness Levels
    Airtightness Metrics
    ACH50
    NLA10, cm2/m2
    NLR50, L/s×m2
    ‌Maximum Airtightness Values
    AL-4A
    AL-5A
    1.0
    0.6
    0.48
    0.29
    0.35
    0.21
  4. Where the unguarded method is used to determine the airtightness of an attached zone, the Airtightness Level shall be determined by complying with one of the corresponding airtightness values stipulated in Table 9.36.6.4.-B, provided the zone is tested independently.
    
    Table 9.36.6.4.-B
    Airtightness Levels for Attached Zones Determined Using the Unguarded Method
    Forming Part of Sentences 9.36.6.3.(2), 9.36.6.4.(1) and (4), and 9.36.8.8.(1)
    
    Airtightness Levels
    Airtightness Metrics
    ACH50
    NLA10, cm2/m2
    NLR50, L/s×m2
    Maximum Airtightness Values
    AL-1B
    3.0
    1.92
    1.17
    AL-2B
    2.5
    1.6
    0.98
    AL-3B
    2.0
    1.28
    0.78
    ‌AL-4B
    1.5
    0.96
    0.59
    AL-5B
    1.0
    0.64
    0.39
    AL-6B
    0.6
    0.38
    0.23

‌Tiered Energy Performance Compliance: Performance Path

‌Scope and Application
1. This Subsection is concerned with determining compliance with one of the energy performance tiers through modeling of the energy performance of components, systems and assemblies that are installed in buildings and houses with or without a secondary suite described in Sentence 9.36.1.3.(3).
2. For the purpose of this Subsection, the term “house” shall mean all houses, with or without a secondary suite, that
  1. have HVAC systems that serve only the house, only the secondary suite, or both the house and the secondary suite,
  2. ‌have service water heating systems that serve only the house, only the
    secondary suite, or both the house and the secondary suite, and
  3. do not share common spaces intended for occupancy with other dwelling units or houses, except for a secondary suite.

‌Compliance

The energy performance of buildings and houses, when calculated in accordance with Article 9.36.7.3., shall conform to the target energy performance based on the total volume of conditioned space within the building or house for the energy performance metrics indicated in Table 9.36.7.2. such that

the target “percent heat loss reduction” is met or exceeded, and
one of the following conditions is satisfied (see Note A-9.36.7.2.(1)(b)):
1. the target “percent improvement” is met or exceeded, or
2. the target “percent house energy target” is not exceeded.

‌Division B 9.36.7.3.

Table 9.36.7.2.

Energy Performance Tiers for Buildings and Houses

Forming Part of Sentence 9.36.7.2.(1)

Total Volume of Conditioned Space Within the Building or House‌	Energy Performance Metrics	Target Energy Performance
		Applicable Energy Performance Tier
		1	2	3	4	5
‌> 300 m3 and where volume is not determined	Percent heat loss reduction(1)	n/a	≥ 5%	≥ 10%	≥ 20%	≥ 40%
‌> 300 m3 and where volume is not determined	Percent improvement(2) OR Percent house energy target(3)	≥ 0% ≤ 100%	≥ 10% ≤ 90%	≥ 20% ≤ 80%	≥ 40% ≤ 60%	≥ 70% ≤ 30%
≤ 300 m3	Percent heat loss reduction(1)	n/a	≥ 0%	≥ 5%	≥ 15%	≥ 25%
≤ 300 m3	Percent improvement(2) OR Percent house energy target(3)	≥ 0% ≤ 100%	≥ 0% ≤ 100%	≥ 10% ≤ 90%	≥ 30% ≤ 70%	≥ 60% ≤ 40%

‌Notes to Table 9.36.7.2.:

(1) See Sentence 9.36.7.3.(6).

(2) See Sentence 9.36.7.3.(7).

(3) See Sentence 9.36.7.3.(8).

‌Energy Performance Improvement Compliance Calculations
1. Except where otherwise stated in this Article, the proposed and reference houses shall be modeled in accordance with Subsection 9.36.5. to determine
  1. the annual energy consumption of the proposed house and the house energy target of the reference house,
  2. the annual gross space heat loss of the proposed and reference houses calculated in accordance with Sentence (5), and
  3. the peak cooling load of the proposed and reference houses (see Sentence (4)).
  (See Note A-9.36.7.3.(1).)
2. The peak cooling load for the proposed house shall not be greater than the peak cooling load for the reference house. (See Sentence (4).)
3. Except for energy performance tier 1, where space heating is provided by a heat pump in the proposed house, the reference house shall be modeled using
  1. equipment of the same type as the secondary or back-up system in the proposed house, but made to comply with the energy efficiency requirements of Article 9.36.3.10., or
  2. electric resistance heaters, where no back-up is provided in the proposed house.
4. Where cooling systems are not installed in the proposed house, both the proposed and reference houses shall have additional models using appropriately sized space-cooling equipment serving all conditioned spaces to determine the peak cooling load. (See Note A-9.36.7.3.(4).)
5. The annual gross space heat loss shall be calculated as the sum of the cumulative heat loss from
  1. conduction across opaque and transparent elements of the building envelope,
  2. air infiltration and exfiltration, and
  3. mechanical ventilation. (See Note A-9.36.7.3.(5).)
6. The percent heat loss reduction shall be calculated by subtracting the annual gross space heat loss of the proposed house from the annual gross space heat loss of the reference house and dividing the result by the annual gross space heat loss of the reference house.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  ‌9.36.8.1. Division B
7. ‌The percent improvement shall be calculated by subtracting the annual energy consumption of the proposed house from the house energy target of the reference house and dividing the result by the house energy target of the reference house.
8. ‌The percent house energy target shall be calculated by dividing the annual energy consumption of the proposed house by the house energy target of the reference house.
9. The airtightness value used in the energy model for the proposed house shall be
  1. the airtightness value set out in Clause 9.36.5.10.(9)(a), or
  2. where an airtightness test is to be conducted, a design airtightness, until the airtightness has been measured in accordance with Sentence 9.36.6.3.(1) and the appropriate airtightness value set out in Sentence 9.36.5.10.(9) can be selected.
  (See Note A-9.36.7.3.(9).)

‌Tiered Energy Performance Compliance: Prescriptive Path

‌Scope‌
1. ‌This Subsection is concerned with the energy performance improvement of the
  building through the implementation of energy conservation measures.
‌Compliance‌
1. Compliance with this Subsection shall be achieved by
  1. designing and constructing buildings to which this Subsection applies in accordance with one or more of the energy conservation measures
    prescribed in Articles 9.36.8.4. to 9.36.8.10. to accumulate the minimum sum of energy conservation points required to attain Energy Performance Tier 2, 3, 4 or 5 as specified in Table 9.36.8.2., and
  2. complying with Subsections 9.36.2. to 9.36.4., except where these requirements are specifically permitted by this Subsection to be waived (see Note A-9.36.8.2.(1)(b)).
  Table 9.36.8.2.
  Energy Performance Tiers
  Forming Part of Clause 9.36.8.2.(1)(a)
  
  Energy Performance Tier
  Minimum Sum of Energy Conservation Points
  1
  (1)
  2
  10
  3
  Reserved
  4
  Reserved
  5
  Reserved
  
  Notes to Table 9.36.8.2.:
  (1) Tier 1 represents compliance with the baseline energy efficiency requirements stated in Subsections 9.36.2. to 9.36.4.; therefore, this Tier has no energy conservation points associated with it.
‌Definitions‌
1. Reserved
‌Building Envelope – General
1. The building envelope shall be designed and constructed in accordance with Articles 9.36.2.1. to 9.36.2.5. and this Subsection.
  © His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
  ‌Division B 9.36.8.5.

‌Energy Conservation Measures for Above-Ground Opaque Building Assemblies

Except as permitted by Articles 9.36.2.5. and 9.36.2.11., and Sentence 9.36.2.6.(3), the effective thermal resistance of above-ground opaque building assemblies or portions thereof shall be not less than that shown for the applicable heating degree-days of
the building location in Table 9.36.2.6.-B.
Above-ground walls that comply with one of the energy conservation measures prescribed in Table 9.36.8.5. shall be credited with the corresponding energy conservation points stipulated therein.‌
The effective thermal resistance of rim joists shall be not less than that of the above-ground walls.
Where the top of a section of foundation wall is on average greater than or equal to 600 mm above the adjoining ground level, the effective thermal resistance of the above-ground portion of that section of wall shall be not less than that of the above-ground walls.‌
Except for tubular daylighting devices, the effective thermal resistance of skylight shafts shall be not less than that of the above-ground walls.
Except as provided in Sentence (7), where above-ground walls are constructed using two or more wall assemblies with different calculated effective thermal resistance values, the above-ground wall assembly with the lowest effective thermal resistance value shall be used to determine the applicable energy conservation points from
Table 9.36.8.5.

The effective thermal resistance of one or more of the above-ground wall assemblies referred to in Sentence (6) is permitted to be less than that required to meet an energy conservation measure target listed in Table 9.36.8.5. for the wall or walls to be credited with the energy conservation points listed for that target, provided

the effective thermal resistance of one or more of the other above-ground wall assemblies is increased to more than the energy conservation measure target listed in Table 9.36.8.5. to account for the wall assemblies that do not meet the target, and
the sum of the results of each individual above-ground wall assembly area divided by its respective effective thermal resistance is less than or equal to the total area of all above-ground wall assemblies divided by the effective thermal resistance target listed in Table 9.36.8.5. that is to be credited.

(See also Note A-9.36.2.11.(2).)

Table 9.36.8.5.

Energy Conservation Measures and Points for Above-Ground Walls(1)

Forming Part of Sentences 9.36.8.5.(2), (6) and (7)

Energy Conservation Measures for Above-Ground Walls – Minimum Effective RSI Values, (m2×K)/W	Heating Degree-Days of Building Location, in Celsius Degree-Days
	Zone 4 < 3000	Zone 5 3000 to 3999	Zone 6 4000 to 4999	Zone 7A 5000 to 5999	Zone 7B 6000 to 6999	Zone 8 ≥ 7000
	Energy Conservation Points
2.97	2.0	–	–	–	–	–
3.08	3.2	1.4	1.6	2.1	–	–
3.69	7.4	5.4	6.2	6.7	5.4	5.2
3.85	8.2	6.0	6.9	7.4	6.2	6.0
3.96	8.9	6.8	7.7	8.2	7.0	6.8
4.29	10.2	8.1	9.2	9.7	8.6	8.4
4.40	10.8	8.7	9.9	10.3	9.3	9.1
4.57	11.4	9.3	10.6	11.1	10.1	9.9
4.73	11.9	9.7	11.1	11.5	10.6	10.4

Division B

Table 9.36.8.5. (Continued)

Energy Conservation Measures for Above-Ground Walls – Minimum Effective RSI Values, (m2×K)/W	Heating Degree-Days of Building Location, in Celsius Degree-Days
	Zone 4 < 3000	Zone 5 3000 to 3999	Zone 6 4000 to 4999	Zone 7A 5000 to 5999	Zone 7B 6000 to 6999	Zone 8 ≥ 7000
	Energy Conservation Points
4.84	12.3	10.2	11.6	12.1	11.2	10.9
5.01	12.9	10.7	12.2	12.7	11.8	11.6
‌5.45	14.0	11.9	13.6	14.0	13.3	13.1

Notes to Table 9.36.8.5.:

‌(1) See also Subsection 9.25.5.

‌Energy Conservation Measures for Fenestration and Doors

Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (4), fenestration and doors that comply with one of the energy conservation measures prescribed in Table 9.36.8.6. shall
be credited with the corresponding energy conservation points stipulated therein, provided all fenestration and doors comply with that energy conservation measure.
Where the individual doors or windows have more than one overall thermal transmittance value (U-value), an average U-value is permitted to be used to determine the applicable energy conservation points from Table 9.36.8.6., provided the requirements of Sentence (3) are met.
The U-value of one or more doors or fenestration is permitted to be greater than that required in Table 9.36.8.6., provided
1. the traded doors and fenestration are located in the same orientation,
2. the U-value of one or more of the other doors and fenestration is decreased to less than the energy conservation measure target in Table 9.36.8.6. to account for the doors and windows that do not meet the target, and
3. the sum of each individual door or fenestration area multiplied by its respective U-value is less than or equal to the total area of all fenestration and doors multiplied by the U-value target in Table 9.36.8.6. that is to be credited.
  (See also Note A-9.36.2.11.(3).)

Where the fenestration and doors make up not more than 17% of the total above-ground wall area, including openings, in a given orientation, the fenestration and doors in that orientation need not comply with Sentence (1) and are not subject to the provisions of Sentences (2) and (3), provided they meet or exceed the minimum Energy Rating stated in Table 9.36.8.6. that is to be credited. (See Note A-9.36.8.6.(4).)

Table 9.36.8.6.

Energy Conservation Measures and Points for Fenestration and Doors

Forming Part of Article 9.36.8.6.

Energy Conservation Measures for Fenestration and Doors(1)		Heating Degree-Days of Building Location, in Celsius Degree-Days
Maximum U-values, W/(m2×K)	Minimum Energy Ratings(2)	Zone 4 < 3000	Zone 5 3000 to 3999	Zone 6 4000 to 4999	Zone 7A 5000 to 5999	Zone 7B 6000 to 6999	Zone 8 ≥ 7000
Maximum U-values, W/(m2×K)	Minimum Energy Ratings(2)	Energy Conservation Points
1.61	25	1.9	1.8	–	–	–	–
1.44	29	3.8	3.6	1.6	1.8	–	–
1.22	34	6.9	7.0	4.6	5.5	3.2	3.4

Notes to Table 9.36.8.6.:

(1) Except skylights and glass block assemblies.

(2) See Sentence (4). Energy Ratings shall be determined in accordance with CSA A440.2, “Fenestration energy performance.”

‌Division B 9.36.8.8.

‌Energy Conservation Measures for Opaque Building Assemblies Below-Grade or in Contact with the Ground

Opaque building assemblies below-grade or in contact with the ground shall be designed and constructed in accordance with Sentences 9.36.2.8.(2) to (10) and this Article.
Except as permitted by Article 9.36.2.5., the effective thermal resistance of foundation walls shall be not less than that shown for the applicable heating degree-days of the building location in Table 9.36.2.8.-B.
‌Foundation walls that comply with one of the energy conservation measures prescribed in Table 9.36.8.7. shall be credited with the corresponding energy conservation points stipulated therein.‌

Where foundation walls are constructed with more than one effective thermal resistance (RSI) value, the lowest effective RSI value of any of these walls shall be used to determine the applicable energy conservation points from Table 9.36.8.7.

Table 9.36.8.7.

Energy Conservation Measures and Points for Opaque Building Assemblies Below-Grade or In Contact with Ground

Forming Part of Sentences 9.36.8.7.(3) and (4)

Energy Conservation Measures for Foundation Walls – Minimum Effective RSI Values, (m2×K)/W	Heating Degree-Days of Building Location, in Celsius Degree-Days
	Zone 4 < 3000	Zone 5 3000 to 3999	Zone 6 4000 to 4999	Zone 7A 5000 to 5999	Zone 7B 6000 to 6999	Zone 8 ≥ 7000
	Energy Conservation Points
2.98	1.7	–	–	–	–	–
‌3.09	1.8	0.2	0.2	0.2	0.2	–
3.46	2.2	0.6	0.8	0.6	0.7	–
‌3.90	2.6	1.2	1.4	1.1	1.3	–

‌Energy Conservation Measures Relating to Airtightness

‌Buildings to which this Subsection applies shall be designed and constructed in accordance with
1. Articles 9.36.2.9. and 9.36.2.10., or
2. Article 9.36.2.9. and Sentences 9.36.2.10.(1) to (7) and shall, where airtightness testing is carried out in accordance with Subsection 9.36.6., comply with an Airtightness Level listed in Table 9.36.6.4.-A or 9.36.6.4.-B.

Buildings that comply with an Airtightness Level determined in accordance with Clause (1)(b) shall be credited with the corresponding energy conservation points stipulated in Table 9.36.8.8.

Table 9.36.8.8.

Energy Conservation Measures and Points for Airtightness

Forming Part of Sentence 9.36.8.8.(2)

Energy Conservation Measures for Airtightness – Airtightness Levels(1)	Heating Degree-Days of Building Location, in Celsius Degree-Days
	Zone 4 < 3000	Zone 5 3000 to 3999	Zone 6 4000 to 4999	Zone 7A 5000 to 5999	Zone 7B 6000 to 6999	Zone 8 ≥ 7000
	Energy Conservation Points
Airtightness Levels from Table 9.36.6.4.-A
AL-1A	–	–	–	–	–	–
AL-2A	2.0	3.4	3.5	4.6	6.1	6.1

Division B

Table 9.36.8.8. (Continued)

Energy Conservation Measures for Airtightness – Airtightness Levels(1)	Heating Degree-Days of Building Location, in Celsius Degree-Days
	Zone 4 < 3000	Zone 5 3000 to 3999	Zone 6 4000 to 4999	Zone 7A 5000 to 5999	Zone 7B 6000 to 6999	Zone 8 ≥ 7000
	Energy Conservation Points
AL-3A	4.0	6.7	7.0	9.3	12.1	12.11
AL-4A	5.9	10.1	10.5	13.9	18.0	18.0
AL-5A	7.6	13.0	13.4	17.8	22.7	22.7
Airtightness Levels from Table 9.36.6.4.-B
AL-1B	–	–	–	–	–	–
AL-2B	–	–	–	–	–	–
AL-3B	2.2	3.0	3.5	4.6	4.1	4.6
AL-4B	4.0	6.0	6.9	9.1	8.2	9.3
AL-5B	6.0	9.1	10.4	13.6	12.3	14.2
AL-6B	7.7	11.6	13.3	17.4	15.6	18.2

‌Notes to Table 9.36.8.8.:

(1) All dwelling units and common spaces in a building, or the whole building, must meet the Airtightness Level for which energy conservation points are being credited.

‌Energy Conservation Measures for HVAC Systems‌

HVAC systems, equipment and installations shall be designed and constructed in accordance with Articles 9.36.3.2. to 9.36.3.8. and this Article.
Where HVAC systems, equipment or techniques other than those described in Articles 9.36.3.2. to 9.36.3.8. and this Article are used, the building shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the NECB.‌
Ventilation systems serving buildings to which this Subsection applies shall be equipped with a heat-recovery ventilator conforming to Article 9.36.3.9.
Heat-recovery ventilators that comply with one of the energy conservation measures prescribed in Table 9.36.8.9. shall be credited with the corresponding energy conservation points stipulated therein.

Table 9.36.8.9.

Energy Conservation Measures and Points for Ventilation Systems

Forming Part of Sentence 9.36.8.9.(4)

Energy Conservation Measures for Ventilation Systems – Sensible Heat-Recovery Efficiency, SRE(1)	Heating Degree-Days of Building Location, in Celsius Degree-Days
	Zone 4 < 3000	Zone 5 3000 to 3999	Zone 6 4000 to 4999	Zone 7A 5000 to 5999	Zone 7B 6000 to 6999	Zone 8 ≥ 7000
	Energy Conservation Points
60% ≤ SRE < 65%	0.7	0.7	0.7	0.6	0.8	0.4
65% ≤ SRE < 75%	2.1	2.1	2.2	1.7	2.3	1.2
75% ≤ SRE < 84%	3.4	3.2	3.5	2.7	3.7	1.8

Notes to Table 9.36.8.9.:

(1) SRE = sensible recovery efficiency measured at an outside air test temperature of 0°C

‌Division B 9.36.8.11.

‌Energy Conservation Measures for Service Water Heating Equipment‌

Service water heating equipment and components shall be designed and constructed in accordance with Subsection 9.36.4. and this Article.
Where service water heating equipment or techniques other than those described in Subsection 9.36.4. and this Article are used, the building shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the NECB.

Service water heating equipment that complies with one of the energy conservation measures prescribed in Table 9.36.8.10. shall be credited with the corresponding energy conservation points stipulated therein.

Table 9.36.8.10.

Energy Conservation Measures and Points for Service Water Heating Equipment

Forming Part of Sentence 9.36.8.10.(3)

Type of Equipment

Energy Conservation Measures

for Service Water Heating Equipment

– Energy Efficiency, EF or UEF(1)(2)

Performance Testing Standard

Heating Degree-Days of Building Location, in Celsius Degree-Days

Zone 4

< 3000

Zone 5

3000 to 3999

Zone 6

4000 to 4999

Zone 7A 5000 to 5999

Zone 7B 6000 to 6999

Zone 8

≥ 7000

Energy Conservation Points

Gas- or oil-fired tankless

condensing water heater

EF ≥ 0.95 or UEF ≥ 0.92

CAN/CSA-P.3

8.9

5.4

4.9

3.1

Gas- or oil-fired residential

storage-type service water heater

EF ≥ 0.80 or UEF ≥ 0.83

8.9

5.4

4.9

3.1

Gas- or oil-fired

residential-duty commercial storage-type service water heater

UEF ≥ 0.79

4.6

2.7

2.4

1.5

UEF ≥ 0.85

6.0

3.6

3.2

2.0

Heat pump water heater

EF ≥ 2.35

CAN/CSA-C745

6.4

3.9

3.8

3.0

Notes to Table 9.36.8.10.:

‌(1) EF = energy factor

UEF = uniform energy factor

‌(2) Applies to storage-type service water heaters that heat potable water, including storage-type service water heaters used to generate heat in combined space- and water-heating systems.

‌Energy Conservation Points for Building Volume
1. ‌Buildings to which this Subsection applies that contain more than one dwelling unit, each of which contains not more than 230 m3 of conditioned space measured at the interior surfaces of the walls, ceilings and floors enclosing the suite, are permitted to be credited with ten energy conservation points.
2. Buildings to which this Subsection applies that contain not more than 390 m3 of conditioned space, measured at the interior surfaces of exterior walls, ceilings and

‌9.36.8.11. Division B

floors, are permitted to be credited with energy conservation points determined in accordance with Table 9.36.8.11.

Table 9.36.8.11.

Energy Conservation Points for Building Volume

Forming Part of Sentence 9.36.8.11.(2)

Building Volume (V), m3	Energy Conservation Points
380 < V ≤ 390	1
370 < V ≤ 380	2
360 < V ≤ 370	3
350 < V ≤ 360	4
340 < V ≤ 350	5
330 < V ≤ 340	6
320 < V ≤ 330	7
310 < V ≤ 320	8
300 < V ≤ 310	9
V ≤ 300	10

‌Division B 9.37.1.1.‌

‌Section 9.37. Objectives and Functional Statements

‌Objectives and Functional Statements‌
1. ‌Attributions to Acceptable Solutions
  1. ‌For the purpose of compliance with this Code as required in

Table 9.37.1.1.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(4)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F80-OS2.3]
	[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
	of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4]
	[F 21,F80-O P2.3,OP2.4]
	[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
	of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F21,F80-OH1.1] Applies where concrete supports
	or is used in the walls of chimneys or fireplaces.
	[F 20,F21,F80,F61,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2]
	[F20,F21,F80,F61-OH1.3] Applies to elements
	that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F21,F80-OH4] Applies to elements that support
	floors.
	[F 20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to concrete that supports
	wood-frame floors or steps.
	[F 20,F80-O S3.4,OS3.7] Applies where concrete supports
	or is used in chimneys or fireplaces.
	[F 20,F80-OS1.1] Applies where concrete supports or is
	used in chimneys or fireplaces.
9.3.1.2. Cement
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F80-OS2.3]
	[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
	of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4]
	[F80-O P2.3,OP2.4]
	[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
	of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F80-OH1.1] Applies where concrete supports or is
	used in the walls of chimneys or fireplaces.
	[F 20,F80,F61,F55-OH1.1,O H1.2] [F20 ,F80 ,F61-OH1.3]
	Applies where concrete supports or is used in an
	environmental separator.
	[F 20,F80-OH4] Applies where concrete elements support
	wood-frame floors.
	[F 20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to concrete floors or steps,
	concrete that supports wood-frame floors or steps, and
	concrete steps that support guards or handrails.
	[F 20,F80-O S3.4,OS3.7] Applies where concrete supports
	or is used in chimneys or fireplaces.
	[F 20,F80-OS1.1] Applies where concrete supports or is
	used in chimneys or fireplaces.

Objectives and Functional Statements Attributed to the Acceptable Solutions in Part 9

Forming Part of Sentence 9.37.1.1.(1)

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.1.2.1. Floor Area Limits for Secondary Suites
(1)	[F05-OS1.5]
(1)	[F05-OS3.7]
9.3.1.1. General
(1)	[F20-O S2.1] [F20,F21 ,F80-OS2.3]
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4]
	[F21-OP2.3,OP2.4]
	[F20 ,F80-OP2.3]
	[F20,F21,F80-OH1.1] Applies where concrete supports
	or is used in the walls of chimneys or fireplaces.
	[F20 ,F21 ,F55,F61,F80-O H1.1,OH1.2]
	[F20,F21 ,F61,F80-OH1.3] Applies where concrete
	supports or is used in an environmental separator.
	[F20,F21 ,F80-OH4] Applies where concrete elements
	support wood-frame floors.
	[F20,F21,F80-O S3.1,OS3.7] Applies to concrete floors or
	steps, concrete that supports wood-frame floors or steps,
	and concrete steps that support guards or handrails.
	[F20,F21 ,F80-OS3.4] Applies where concrete supports
	or is used in chimneys or fireplaces.
	[F20,F21,F80-OS1.1] Applies where concrete supports
	or is used in chimneys or fireplaces.

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.3.1.3. Concrete in Contact with Sulphate Soil
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F80-OS2.3]
	[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
	of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4]
	[F80-O P2.3,OP2.4]
	[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
	of an environmental separator.
	[F80-OH1.1] Applies where concrete supports or is used
	in the walls of chimneys or fireplaces.
	[F80 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies where concrete
	supports or is used in an environmental separator.
	[F80-OH4] Applies where concrete elements support
	wood-frame floors.
	[F80-OS3.1] Applies to concrete floors or steps, concrete
	that supports wood-frame floors or steps, and concrete
	steps that support guards or handrails.
	[F80 -OS3.4,OS3.7] Applies where concrete supports or
	is used in chimneys or fireplaces.
	[F80-OS1.1] Applies where concrete is used in footings
	for chimneys or fireplaces.
9.3.1.4. Aggregates
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F80-OS2.3]
	[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
	of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4]
	[F80-O P2.3,OP2.4]
	[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
	of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F80 ,F61,F55-O H1.1,OH1.2] Applies to elements
	that support or are part of an environmental separator
	and to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
	[F20 ,F80 ,F61-OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or
	are part of an environmental separator and to masonry
	used in chimneys and fireplaces.
	[F20 ,F80 -OS1.1] Applies to concrete used in chimneys
	or fireplaces.
	[F20 ,F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
	support floors.
	[F20 ,F80 -OS3.4] Applies to concrete used in chimneys
	or fireplaces.
	[F20 ,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
	support floors.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.3.1.5. Water
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F80-OS2.3]
	[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
	of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4]
	[F80-O P2.3,OP2.4]
	[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
	of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F80,F61,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies to elements
	that support or are part of an environmental separator
	and to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
	[F 20,F80,F61-OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or
	are part of an environmental separator and to masonry
	used in chimneys and fireplaces.
	[F 20,F80-OH4] Applies where concrete elements support
	wood-frame floors.
	[F 20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to concrete floors or steps,
	concrete that supports wood-frame floors or steps, and
	concrete steps that support guards or handrails.
	[F 20,F80-O S3.4,OS3.7] Applies where concrete supports
	or is used in chimneys or fireplaces.
	[F 20,F80-OS1.1] Applies where concrete supports or is
	used in chimneys or fireplaces.

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.3.1.6. Compressive Strength
(1)	(a) [F20-OS2.1] (a) [F21,F80-OS2.3] (a) [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	(a) [F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] (a) [F21-O P2.3,OP2.4] (a) [F80-OP2.3] (a) [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	(a) [F20,F80-O H1.1] Applies where concrete supports or is used in the walls of chimneys or fireplaces. (a) [F20,F 80,F61,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2] [F20 ,F80 ,F61-OH1.3] Applies where concrete supports or is used in an environmental separator.
	(a) [F20,F21,F80-OH4] Applies to elements that support floors.
	(a) [F20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to elements that support floors or steps. (a) [F20,F80-O S3.4,OS3.7] Applies where concrete supports or is used in chimneys or fireplaces.
	(a) [F20,F 21,F80-OS1.1] Applies where concrete supports or is used in chimneys or fireplaces.
	(b) [F20-OS2.1] (b) [F21,F80-OS2.3] (b) [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	(b) [F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] (b) [F21-O P2.3,OP2.4] (b) [F80-OP2.3] (b) [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	(b) [F20,F21,F80,F 61,F55-OH1.1,O H1.2] [F20 ,F21 ,F80 ,F61-OH1.3]
	(b) [F20,F21,F80-OS3.1]
	(c) [F20-OS2.1] [F20 ,F21 ,F80-OS2.3]
	(c) [F20-O P2.1] [F20 ,F21 ,F80-O P2.3,OP2.4]
	(c) [F20,F21,F80-OS3.1]
(2)	[F80-OS3.1]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.3.1.7. Concrete Mixes
(1)	(a) [F20-OS2.1] (a) [F21-OS2.3] (a) [F20,F61,F55-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	(a) [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4] (a) [F21-OP2.3,OP2.4] (a) [F20,F55,F61-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	(a) [F20,F21,F80-O H1.1] Applies where concrete supports or is used in the walls of chimneys or fireplaces. (a) [F20,F21,F80,F61,F55-O H1.1,OH1.2] [F 20,F21,F80,F61-OH1.3] Applies where concrete supports or is used in an environmental separator.
	(a) [F20,F21,F61-OH4] Applies to elements that support floors.
	(a) [F20,F21,F61-O S3.1] Applies to concrete floors or steps, concrete that supports wood-frame floors or steps, and concrete steps that support guards or handrails. (a) [F20,F 21,F61-O S3.4,O S3.7] Applies where concrete supports or is used in chimneys or fireplaces.
	(a) [F20,F21,F61-O S1.1] Applies where concrete supports or is used in chimneys or fireplaces.
	(b) [F20-OS2.1] (b) [F21,F80-OS2.3] (b) [F20-OS2.3] Applies where concrete is used in an environmental separator.
	(b) [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4] (b) [F21-OP2.3,OP2.4] (b) [F80-OP2.3] (b) [F20-OP2.3] Applies where concrete is used in an environmental separator.
	(b) [F20,F21,F80,F61,F55-O H1.1,OH1.2] [F 20,F21,F80,F61-OH1.3]
	(b) [F20,F21,F80-OS3.1]
	(c) [F20,F21-O S2.1] [F20,F 21,F80-OS2.3]
	(c) [F20,F 21,F80-OS3.1]
	(c) [F20,F 21,F80-OP2.3,OP2.4]

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F20-OS2.1] [F21-OS2.3] [F20 ,F61 ,F55-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F21-O P2.3,OP2.4] [F20 ,F61 ,F55-OP2.3] Applies where concrete supports or is used in an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F21 ,F61,F55-O H1.1] Applies where concrete supports or is used in the walls of chimneys or fireplaces. [F20 ,F21 -OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where concrete supports or is used in an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F21 ,F61 ,F55-OH4] Applies where concrete elements support wood-frame floors.
	[F20 ,F80 -OS3.1] Applies to concrete floors or steps, concrete that supports wood-frame floors or steps, and concrete steps that support guards or handrails. [F20 ,F80 -OS3.4,OS3.7] Applies where concrete supports or is used in chimneys or fireplaces.
	[F20 ,F21 -OS1.1] Applies where concrete supports or is used in chimneys or fireplaces.
9.3.1.8. Admixtures
(1)	[F20-OS2.1] [F21-OS2.3] [F20 ,F61 ,F55-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F21-O P2.3,OP2.4] [F80-O P2.3,OP2.4] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F80 -OH1.1] Applies where concrete supports or is used in the walls of chimneys or fireplaces. [F20 ,F80 ,F61 ,F55-O H1.1 ,OH1.2] [F20,F80,F61-OH1.3] Applies where concrete supports or is used in an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F21 ,F80-OH4] Applies where concrete elements support wood-frame floors.
	[F20 ,F80 -OS3.1] Applies to concrete floors or steps, concrete that supports wood-frame floors or steps, and concrete steps that support guards or handrails. [F20 ,F80 -OS3.4,OS3.7] Applies where concrete supports or is used in chimneys or fireplaces.
	[F20 ,F21 ,F80-O S1.1] Applies where concrete supports or is used in chimneys or fireplaces.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.3.1.9. Cold Weather Requirements
(1)	[F20-OS2.1] [F21-OS2.3] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F 21,F80-O P2.3,OP2.4] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F80-O H1.1] Applies where concrete supports or is used in the walls of chimneys or fireplaces. [F 20,F80,F61,F55-OH1.1,O H1.2] [F20 ,F80 ,F61-OH1.3] Applies where concrete supports or is used in an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F21,F80-OH4] Applies where concrete elements support wood-frame floors.
	[F 20,F80-O S3.1] Applies to concrete floors or steps, concrete that supports wood-frame floors or steps, and concrete steps that support guards or handrails. [F 20,F80-O S3.4,O S3.7] Applies where concrete supports or is used in chimneys or fireplaces.
	[F 20,F21,F80-OS1.1] Applies where concrete supports or is used in chimneys or fireplaces.
(2)	[F20-O H1.1] Applies where concrete supports or is used in the walls of chimneys or fireplaces. [F 20,F61,F55-OH1.1,O H1.2] [F20 ,F61-OH1.3] Applies where concrete supports or is used in an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS2.1] [F 20,F61,F55-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F 20,F61,F55-OP2.3] [F61 ,F55-OP2.4] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O S1.1] Applies to concrete that supports or is used in chimneys or fireplaces.
	[F 20,F61,F55-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F 20,F61,F55-OS3.4] Applies to concrete that supports or is used in chimneys or fireplaces.
	[F 20,F61,F55-OH4] Applies to elements that support floors.

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.3.2.2. Lumber Grades
(1)	[F20-OS2.1] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.4] [F22-OP2.4] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, or elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20 ,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.3.2.5. Moisture Content
(1)	[F21 ,F80-OS2.3]
	[F21 ,F80 -OP2.3,OP2.4]
	[F21 ,F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F21 ,F80 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F21 ,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F21 ,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.3.2.8. Undersized Lumber
(1)	[F20-OS2.1] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.4] [F22-OP2.4] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20 ,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.3.2.9. Termite and Decay Protection
(1)	[F 82,F80-OS2.3]
	[F 82,F80-O P2.3,OP2.4]
	[F 82,F80,F61,F55-OH1.1,O H1.2] [F82 ,F80 ,F61-OH1.3] Applies where structural wood elements support or are used in an environmental separator.
	[F 82,F80-OH4] Applies where structural wood elements support or are used in floors.
	[F 82,F80-OS3.1] Applies where structural wood elements support or are used in floors.
	[F 82,F80-OS1.2] Applies where structural wood elements support or are used in assemblies that are required to provide fire resistance.
(2)	[F 80,F82-OS2.3]
	[F 80,F82-O P2.3,OP2.4]
	[F 82,F80,F61,F55-OH1.1,O H1.2] [F82 ,F80 ,F61-OH1.3] Applies where structural wood elements support or are used in an environmental separator.
	[F 82,F80-OH4] Applies where structural wood elements support or are used in floors.
	[F 82,F80-OS3.1] Applies where structural wood elements support or are used in floors.
	[F 82,F80-OS1.2] Applies where structural wood elements support or are used in assemblies that are required to provide fire resistance.
(3)	[F80-OS2.3]
	[F80-O P2.3,OP2.4]
	[F 82,F80,F61,F55-OH1.1,O H1.2] [F82 ,F80 ,F61-OH1.3] Applies where structural wood elements support or are used in an environmental separator.
	[F80-OH4] Applies where structural wood elements support or are used in floors.
	[F80-OS3.1] Applies where structural wood elements support or are used in floors.
	[F80-OS1.2] Applies where structural wood elements support or are used in assemblies that are required to provide fire resistance.
(4)	[F80-O S2.3,OS2.5]
	[F80-O P2.3,O P2.4,OP2.5]
	[F 80,F61,F55-OH1.1,O H1.2] [F80 ,F61-OH1.3] Applies where cribbing or retaining walls support an environmental separator.
	[F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F80-OS3.1] Applies where cribbing or retaining walls support floors.
	[F80-OS1.2] Applies where cribbing or retaining walls support assemblies that are required to provide fire resistance.

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(5)	[F80 ,F81 -OS2.3,OS2.4]
	[F80 ,F81 -OP2.3,OP2.4]
	[F55 ,F61 ,F80 ,F81-O H1.1 ,OH1.2] [F61,F80,F81-OH1.3] Applies where structural wood elements support or are used in an environmental separator.
	[F80 ,F81-OH4] Applies where structural wood elements support wood-frame floors.
	[F80 ,F81-OS3.1] Applies where structural wood elements support or are used in floors.
	[F80 ,F81-OS1.2] Applies where structural wood elements support or are used in assemblies that are required to provide fire resistance.
(6)	[F20 ,F60-OS2.3]
	[F20 ,F61 -OP2.3,OP2.4]
	[F20 ,F55 ,F61-O H1.1,OH1.2] [F20,F61-OH1.3] Applies where structural wood elements support or are used in an environmental separator.
	[F61 ,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F61-OS3.1] Applies where structural wood elements support or are used in floors.
	[F80 ,F81-OS1.2] Applies where structural wood elements support or are used in assemblies that are required to provide fire resistance.
9.3.3.2. Galvanized Sheet Steel
(1)	[F80-OS2.3]
	[F80-O P2.3,OP2.4]
	[F80 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies where sheet metal is used in an environmental separator.
	[F80-OS3.1] Applies where sheet metal is used in assemblies that support floors.
	[F80-OH4] Applies where sheet metal is used in assemblies that support floors.
(2)	[F80-OS2.3]
	[F80-OP2.3]
	[F80 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
9.4.2.2. Specified Snow Loads
(1)	[F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-OS2.3]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.3]
	[F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
(2)	[F20-OS2.1]
(2)	[F20-OP2.1]
(4)	[F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-OS2.3]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.3]
	[F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
9.4.2.3. Platforms Subject to Snow and Occupancy Loads
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
(1)	[F20-OP2.1]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.4.2.4. Attics and Roof Spaces
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
(1)	[F20-OP2.1]
9.4.3.1. Deflections
(1)	[F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4]
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
	[F22-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
9.4.4.1. Allowable Bearing Pressures
(1)	[F20-OS2.2] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.2,OP2.4] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to footings that support an environmental separator.
	[F20-OH4] Applies to footings that support floors and other elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to footings that support floors and other elements that support floors. [F20-OS3.7] Applies to footings that support walls that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.4.4.2. Foundation Capacity in Weaker Soil and Rock
(1)	[F20-OS2.2] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.2,OP2.4] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F20-OS2.2] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.2,OP2.4] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.4.4.3. High Water Table
(1)	[F20-OS2.2] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.2,OP2.4] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.4.4.4. Soil Movement
(1)	[F21-OS2.1] [F21-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F21-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F21-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F21 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to walls that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F21 -OH4] Applies to foundations that support floors and other elements that support floors.
	[F21-OS3.1] Applies to footings that support floors and other elements that support floors. [F21-OS3.7] Applies to footings that support walls that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.4.4.5. Retaining Walls
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.3]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4]
	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.4.4.6. Walls Supporting Drained Earth
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.3]
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.3,OP2.4]
	[F20-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F20-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(2)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.3]
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.3,OP2.4]
	[F20-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F20-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.5.1.2. Combination Rooms
(2)	[F10-OS3.7]
9.5.3.1. Ceiling Heights of Rooms or Spaces
(1)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(3)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(4)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.5.3.2. Mezzanines
(1)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.5.3.3. Storage Garages
(1)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.5.4.1. Hallway Width
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]
9.5.5.1. Doorway Opening Sizes
(1)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F10-O S3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
9.5.5.2. Doorways to Public Water-Closet Rooms
(1)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.5.5.3. Doorways to Rooms with a Bathtub, Shower or Water Closet
(2)	[F74-OA2]
9.6.1.2. Material Standards for Glass
(1)	[F20-O S2.1] [F63-OS2.3]
	(e),(i) [F63-O H1.1] [F51 ,F63-OH1.2]
	(h) [F03-OS1.2]

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.6.1.3. Structural Sufficiency of Glass
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
(2)	[F20-OS2.1]
(3)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.6.1.4. Types of Glazing and Protection of Glazing
(1)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(3)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(4)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-O S3.7] Applies to portion of Code text: “… except that such partitions shall be suitably marked to indicate their existence and position.”
(5)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(6)	[F20 ,F30-OS3.1]
9.7.2.1. Entrance Doors
(1)	[F42-OH2.5]
	[F51 ,F54 -OH1.2] [F40,F 61,F42-OH1.1]
	[F61 ,F42-OS2.3]
(2)	[F35-OS4.2]
9.7.3.1. General Performance Expectations
(1)	[F42 ,F55 ,F61 ,F62 ,F63-OH1.1] [F81 -OH1.1] Applies to windows that provide required non-heating season ventilation. [F54 ,F55 ,F61 ,F62 ,F63-O H1.2] [F61,F62,F63-OH1.3]
	[F20 ,F55 ,F61-O S2.1,OS2.3]
	[F42-OH2.5]
	[F81-OS3.7]
	[F34-OS4.1]
(2)	[F81-OH1.1] Applies to skylights that provide required non-heating season ventilation. [F20 ,F22-OH1.3]
(2)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.3]
(3)	[F42 ,F55-OH1.1]
	[F42-OH2.5]
	[F81-OS3.7]
	[F34-OS4.1]
(4)	[F20 ,F22-OS2.3]
	[F30-OS3.1]
	[F20 ,F61 -OH1.1,OH1.2]
	[F34-OS4.1]
9.7.3.2. Heat Transfer Performance
(1)	[F51 ,F63 -OH1.1,OH1.2]
(1)	[F63-OS2.3]
9.7.3.3. Thermal Characteristics of Windows, Doors and Skylights
(1)	[F63 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
(1)	[F63-OS2.3]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(3)	[F63-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(3)	[F63-OS2.3]
(4)	[F63-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F63-OS2.3]
	[F63-OS3.1]
9.7.4.2. General
(1)	[F20,F55,F61,F62,F63-OH1.1] [F81-OH1.1] Applies to windows that provide required non-heating season ventilation. [F 54,F55,F61,F62,F63-OH1.2] [F20 ,F61,F62,F63-OH1.3]
	[F 20,F21,F61-OS2.3]
	[F10-O S1.5] Applies where windows, doors or skylights serve bedrooms, except bedrooms that have direct access to the exterior through an exit door or bedrooms that are in sprinklered suites.
9.7.4.3. Performance Requirements
(1)	[F 20,F55,F61-OH1.1] [F55-O H1.2] [F20,F 61,F62-OH1.3]
(3)	[F 40,F42,F61-OH1.1] [F54,F 55,F61,F62-OH1.2] [F 61,F62,F63-OH1.3]
(4)	[F 40,F61,F42-OH1.1] [F51 ,F54-OH1.2]
	[F 61,F42-OS2.3]
	[F80-OS3.7]
	[F80-OS4.1]
	[F42-OH2.5]
9.7.5.2. Resistance to Forced Entry for Doors
(2)	[F34-OS4.1]
(3)	[F20-OS4.1]
(4)	[F34-OS4.1]
(5)	[F34-OS4.1]
(6)	[F20-OS4.1]
(7)	[F20-OS4.1]
(8)	[F34-OS4.1]
(9)	[F20-OS4.1]
9.7.5.3. Resistance to Forced Entry for Windows
(1)	[F34-OS4.1]
9.7.6.1. Installation of Windows, Doors and Skylights
(1)	[F 20,F54,F55,F61,F63-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(1)	[F 20,F61,F63-OS2.3]
(2)	[F 54,F55,F61,F63-OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
(2)	[F 61,F63-OS2.3]
(3)	[F 55,F61,F63-OS2.3]
(3)	[F 55,F61,F63-OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.7.6.2. Sealants, Trim and Flashing
(1)	[F61 ,F63 -OH1.1,O H1.3] [F51,F54,F61,F63-OH1.2]
(1)	[F61 ,F63-OS2.3]
(4)	[F80-O S2.1,OS2.3]
	[F80-O P2.1,OP2.3]
	[F80 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
9.8.2.1. Stair Width
(1)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(3)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(4)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.8.2.2. Height over Stairs
(2)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(3)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(4)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.8.3.1. Permitted Configurations
(1)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F10-OS3.7]
(3)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(4)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(5)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.8.3.2. Minimum Number of Risers
(1)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.8.3.3. Maximum Height of Stairs
(1)	[F30-OS3.1]
9.8.4.1. Dimensions for Risers
(1)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.8.4.2. Dimensions for Rectangular Treads
(1)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.8.4.3. Dimensions of Tapered Treads
(1)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(3)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.8.4.4. Uniformity and Tolerances for Risers, Runs and Treads
(1)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(3)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(4)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(5)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.8.4.5. Uniformity of Runs in Flights with Mixed Treads within Dwelling Units
(1)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.8.4.6. Winders
(1)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.8.4.7. Spiral Stairs
(1)	[F30-OS3.1]
(3)	[F30-OS3.1]
9.8.4.8. Tread Nosings
(1)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.8.4.9. Open Risers
(1)	[F30-OS3.1]
9.8.5.2. Ramp Width
(1)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.8.5.3. Height over Ramps
(1)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.8.5.4. Ramp Slope
(1)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.8.5.5. Maximum Rise
(1)	[F30-OS3.1]
9.8.6.2. Required Landings
(1)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.8.6.3. Dimensions of Landings
(1)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(4)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(5)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(6)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(7)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.8.6.4. Height over Landings
(1)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.8.7.1. Required Handrails
(1)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F10-O S3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(5)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.8.7.2. Continuity of Handrails
(1)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F73-OA1]
9.8.7.3. Termination of Handrails
(1)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.8.7.4. Height of Handrails
(2)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.8.7.5. Ergonomic Design
(1)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.8.7.6. Projections into Stairs and Ramps
(1)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.8.7.7. Design and Attachment of Handrails
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
(1)	[F20-O S3.1,OS3.7]
(2)	[F20-OS2.1]
(2)	[F20-O S3.1,OS3.7]
9.8.8.1. Required Guards
(1)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(3)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(4)	[F30-OS3.1]
(6)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(7)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(8)	[F30-OS3.1]
9.8.8.2. Loads on Guards
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
(2)	[F22-OS2.4]
9.8.8.3. Height of Guards
(1)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(3)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.8.8.4. Guards for Floors and Ramps in Garages
(1)	[F10-OS3.1]
(2)	[F20-OS2.1]
9.8.8.5. Openings in Guards
(1)	[F30-OS3.1]
(2)	[F30-OS3.1]
(3)	[F30-OS3.1]
(4)	[F30-OS3.1]
9.8.8.6. Design of Guards to Not Facilitate Climbing
(1)	[F30-OS3.1]
9.8.8.7. Glass in Guards
(1)	[F20-O S3.1,OS3.7]
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
9.8.9.1. Loads on Stairs and Ramps
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
(1)	[F22-OH4]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.8.9.2. Exterior Concrete Stairs
(1)	[F22-O S3.1,OS3.7]
9.8.9.3. Exterior Wood Steps
(1)	[F80-O S3.1,OS3.7]
	[F80-OS2.3]
9.8.9.4. Wooden Stair Stringers
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F22-OH4]
(2)	[F22-OH4]
	[F20-OS2.1]
9.8.9.5. Treads
(1)	[F22-OH4]
	[F20-OS2.1]
(2)	[F22-OH4]
	[F20-OS2.1]
9.8.9.6. Finish for Treads and Landings
(1)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.8.10.1. Design
(1)	[F22-O S3.1,OS3.7]
	[F20-OS2.1]
9.8.10.2. Anchorage
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F22-O S3.1,OS3.7]
	[F20-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
9.8.10.3. Prevention of Damage Due to Frost
(1)	[F21-OS3.1]
	[F21-OS2.1]
	[F21-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
9.9.1.3. Occupant Load
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F10-OS3.7]
9.9.2.2. Purpose of Exits
(1)	[F10-O S3.7] Applies to “An exit shall be designed for no purpose other than for exiting ...”
9.9.2.3. Elevators, Slide Escapes and Windows as Means of Egress
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]
9.9.2.4. Principal Entrances
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]
9.9.3.2. Exit Width
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.9.3.3. Width of Corridors
(1)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.9.3.4. Clear Height
(1)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F30 -OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.9.4.2. Fire Separations for Exits
(1)	[F05 -OS1.5] [F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(2)	[F03 -OS1.2] [F05-OS1.5]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(3)	[F05-OS1.5]
(4)	[F05 -OS1.5] [F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
9.9.4.3. Wired Glass or Glass Block
(2)	[F05-OS1.5]
9.9.4.4. Openings Near Unenclosed Exterior Exit Stairs and Ramps
(1)	[F05-OS1.5]
9.9.4.5. Openings in Exterior Walls of Exits
(1)	[F05-OS1.5]
9.9.4.6. Openings Near Exit Doors
(1)	[F05-OS1.5]
9.9.4.7. Stairways in 2 Storey, Group D or E Buildings
(1)	[F05-OS1.5]
9.9.5.2. Occupancies in Corridors
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]
9.9.5.3. Obstructions in Public Corridors
(1)	[F30-OS3.1]
9.9.5.4. Obstructions in Exits
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]
9.9.5.5. Obstructions in Means of Egress
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F10-OS3.7]
9.9.5.6. Mirrors or Draperies
(1)	[F10 -OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
9.9.5.7. Fuel-Fired Appliances
(1)	[F10-OS1.5]
	[F10-OS3.7]
9.9.5.8. Service Rooms
(1)	[F10 -OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
9.9.5.9. Ancillary Rooms
(1)	[F05 ,F06-OS1.5]
	[F10-OS3.7]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.9.6.1. Obstructions by Doors
(2)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(3)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.9.6.2. Clear Opening Height at Doorways
(1)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.9.6.3. Clear Opening Width at Doorways
(2)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(3)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.9.6.4. Door Action
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F10-OS3.7]
9.9.6.5. Direction of Door Swing
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F10-OS3.7]
(3)	[F10-OS3.7]
(4)	[F10-OS3.7]
9.9.6.6. Nearness of Doors to Stairs
(1)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F10-OS3.7]
9.9.6.7. Door Latching, Locking and Opening Mechanisms
(1)	(a) [F10-OS3.7]
(1)	(b) [F10,F81-OS3.7]
(2)	[F10-OS3.7]
(3)	[F10-OS3.7]
(3)	[F73-OA1]
(4)	[F10-OS3.7]
9.9.6.8. Effort Required to Open
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]
9.9.7.1. Egress from Roof Area, Podiums, Terraces, Platforms and Contained Open Spaces
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F10-OS3.7]
9.9.7.2. Means of Egress from Suites
(1)	[F10-OS1.5]
(2)	[F10-OS3.7]
9.9.7.3. Dead-End Corridors
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]
9.9.7.4. Number and Spacing of Egress Doors
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F10-OS1.5]
9.9.7.5. Independent Access to Exit
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.9.8.2. Number of Required Exits
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]
9.9.8.3. Contribution of Each Exit
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]
9.9.8.4. Location of Exits
(1)	[F10-OS1.5]
9.9.8.5. Exiting through a Lobby
(1)	[F10-OS1.5]
(2)	[F10-OS1.5]
(3)	[F10-OS1.5]
(4)	[F10-OS1.5]
(5)	[F05-OS1.5]
9.9.8.6. Mezzanine Means of Egress
(1)	[F05-OS1.5]
(4)	[F05-OS1.5]
9.9.9.1. Travel Limit to Exits or Egress Doors
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F10-OS3.7]
(3)	[F10-OS3.7]
9.9.9.2. Two Separate Exits
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]
9.9.9.3. Shared Egress Facilities
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F10-OS3.7]
9.9.10.1. Egress Windows or Doors for Bedrooms
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F10-OS3.7]
(3)	[F10-OS3.7]
(4)	[F10-OS3.7]
(5)	[F10-OS3.7]
9.9.11.2. Visibility of Exits
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F10-OS3.7]
9.9.11.3. Exit Signs
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F10-OS3.7]
(3)	[F10 ,F81-OS3.7]
(4)	[F10 ,F81-OS3.7]
(5)	[F10-OS3.7]
(6)	[F10-OS3.7]
9.9.11.4. Signs for Stairs and Ramps at Exit Level
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.9.11.5. Floor Numbering
(1)	[F10-OS3.7]
	[F73-OA1]
9.9.12.2. Required Lighting in Egress Facilities
(1)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.9.12.3. Emergency Lighting
(1)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(3)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(4)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(5)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(7)	[F30-O S3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.10.1.2. Testing of Integrated Fire Protection and Life Safety Systems
(1)	[F 02,F81,F82-OS1.2,OS1.5]
	[F 02,F81,F82-OP1.2]
9.10.1.3. Items under Part 3 Jurisdiction
(5)	[F01-O S1.1] Applies to portion of Code text: “ ... facilities for the dispensing of fuel shall not be installed in any building.”
9.10.2.2. Home-Type Care Occupancies
(2)	[F10-OS1.5]
9.10.3.4. Suspended Membrane Ceilings
(1)	[F04-OS1.3]
	[F04-OP1.3]
9.10.4.3. Basement Storage Garages
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.5.1. Permitted Openings in Wall and Ceiling Membranes
(1)	[F03-O S1.2] [F04-OS1.3]
	[F03-O P1.2] [F04-OP1.3]
(2)	[F04-OS1.3]
	[F04-OP1.3]
(3)	[F04-O S1.2,OS1.3]
	[F04-OP1.3]
9.10.7.1. Protection of Steel Members
(1)	[F03-O S1.2] [F04-OS1.3]
	[F03-O P1.2] [F04-OP1.3]

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.10.8.1. Fire-Resistance Ratings for Floors and Roofs
(1)	[F03 -OS1.2] [F04-O S1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “Except as otherwise provided in this Subsection, the fire-resistance ratings of floors and roofs shall conform to Table 9.10.8.1.”
	[F03 -OP1.2] [F04-O P1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “Except as otherwise provided in this Subsection, the fire-resistance ratings of floors and roofs shall conform to Table 9.10.8.1.”
9.10.8.2. Fire-Resistance Ratings in Sprinklered Buildings
(1)	(a),(b) [F 02,F82-OS1.3] [F13 -OS1.5,OS1.2]
	(a),(b) [F02,F82-OP1.3] [F13-OP1.2]
9.10.8.3. Fire-Resistance Ratings for Walls, Columns and Arches
(1)	[F04-O S1.2,OS1.3]
	[F04-O P1.2,OP1.3]
(2)	[F04-O S1.2,OS1.3]
	[F04-O P1.2,OP1.3]
9.10.8.4. Support of Noncombustible Construction
(1)	[F04-OS1.3]
	[F04-OP1.3]
9.10.8.7. Roofs Supporting an Occupancy
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.8.8. Floors of Exterior Passageways
(1)	[F05 -OS1.5] [F06-O S1.5,OS1.2]
	[F04 -OP1.3] [F06-OP1.2]
9.10.9.2. Continuous Barrier
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(2)	[F03-OS1.2]
(3)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(4)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F04-OP1.2]
(5)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.9.3. Openings to be Protected with Closures
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(2)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.9.4. Floor Assemblies
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.10.9.6. General Requirements for Penetrations of Fire Separations
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(2)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.9.7. Piping Penetrations
(1)	[F03-O S1.2] [F04-OS1.2]
	[F03-O P1.2] [F04-OP1.2]
(2)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(5)	[F03-O S1.2] [F04-OS1.2]
	[F03-O P1.2] [F04-OP1.2]
9.10.9.8. Penetrations by Outlet Boxes or Service Equipment in Concealed Spaces
(1)	[F03-O S1.2] [F04-OS1.2]
	[F03-O P1.2] [F04-OP1.2]
(6)	[F03-O S1.2] [F04-OS1.2]
	[F03-O P1.2] [F04-OP1.2]
9.10.9.10. Collapse of Combustible Construction
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.9.11. Reduction in Thickness of Fire Separation by Beams and Joists
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.9.12. Concealed Spaces above Fire Separations
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(2)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.9.13. Separation of Residential Occupancies
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(2)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(3)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.9.14. Residential Suites in Industrial Buildings
(1)	[F02-OS1.2]
9.10.9.15. Separation of Suites
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F02-OS1.2]
	[F02-OP1.2]
9.10.9.16. Separation of Residential Suites
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(3)	[F03-OS1.2]
(4)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.9.17. Separation of Public Corridors
(1)	[F05 ,F03 -OS1.5] [F06-OS1.5,OS1.2]
	[F03 ,F06-OP1.2]
(2)	[F03-O S1.2] [F06,F05-OS1.5]
	[F03 ,F06-OP1.2]
(3)	[F03-O S1.2] [F06,F05-OS1.5]
	[F03 ,F06-OP1.2]
(4)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(5)	[F03 ,F05 -OS1.5] [F03,F06-O S1.5,OS1.2]
	[F03 ,F06-OP1.2]
9.10.9.18. Separation of Storage Garages
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(2)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(4)	[F44-OS3.4]
	[F01-OS1.1]
(5)	[F44-OS3.4]
	[F01-OS1.1]
9.10.9.19. Separation of Repair Garages
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(3)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(4)	[F44-OS3.4]
	[F44-OS1.1]
	[F44-OH1.1]
(5)	[F44-OS3.4]
	[F44-OS1.1]
	[F44-OH1.1]
9.10.9.20. Exhaust Ducts Serving More Than One Fire Compartment
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
(2)	[F03-OS1.2]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.10.9.21. Central Vacuum Systems
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
9.10.10.3. Separation of Service Rooms
(1)	[F03-O S1.2] [F03,F81-OS1.4]
	[F03-O P1.2] [F03,F81-OP1.4]
9.10.10.4. Location of Fuel-Fired Appliances
(1)	[F03-O S1.2] [F03,F81-OS1.4]
	[F03-O P1.2] [F03,F81-OP1.4]
9.10.10.5. Incinerators
(1)	[F03-O S1.2] [F03,F81-OS1.4]
	[F03-O P1.2] [F03,F81-OP1.4]
(2)	[F01-OS1.1]
(3)	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F 40,F61-O H1.1,OH1.3]
	[F20-O P2.1] [F80-OP2.3]
	[F20-O S2.1] [F80-OS2.3]
	[F01-OP1.1]
(4)	[F 01,F02-OS1.2]
9.10.10.6. Storage Rooms
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.11.1. Required Firewalls
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP3.1]
	[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.11.2. Firewalls Not Required
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP3.1]
(2)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP3.1]
(3)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP3.1]
(4)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP3.1]
9.10.12.1. Termination of Floors or Mezzanines
(1)	[F03-OS1.5]
	[F03-O P1.2,OP1.4]
9.10.12.2. Location of Skylights
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.12.3. Exterior Walls Meeting at an Angle
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(3)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.12.4. Protection of Soffits
(2)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(3)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.13.1. Closures
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.13.2. Solid Core Wood Door as a Closure
(2)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.13.5. Wired Glass as a Closure
(2)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(3)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.13.6. Steel Door Frames
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.13.8. Maximum Size of Opening
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(2)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.13.9. Door Latch
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.13.10. Self-closing Device
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.13.12. Service Room Doors
(1)	[F30 -OS3.1] Applies to portion of Code text: “Swing-type doors shall open into service rooms containing fuel-fired equipment where such doors lead to public corridors or rooms used for assembly ...”
	[F10-OS1.5] Applies to portion of Code text: “... but shall swing outward from such rooms in all other cases.”
9.10.13.13. Fire Dampers
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.10.13.14. Fire Stop Flaps
(1)	[F03-OS1.3]
(1)	[F03-OP1.3]
9.10.13.15. Doors between Garages and Dwelling Units
(1)	[F44-OS3.4]
(1)	[F01-OS1.1]
(2)	[F44-OS3.4]
(2)	[F01-OS1.1]
9.10.13.16. Door Stops
(1)	[F81-OS1.4]
(1)	[F81-OP1.4]
9.10.14.3. Limiting Distance and Fire Department Response
(1)	[F03-OP3.1]
9.10.14.4. Openings in Exposing Building Face
(1)	[F03-OP3.1]
(2)	[F03-OP3.1]
(3)	[F03-OP3.1]
(4)	[F03-OP3.1]
(6)	[F03-OP3.1]
(7)	[F03-OP3.1]
9.10.14.5. Construction of Exposing Building Face and Walls above Exposing Building Face
(1)	[F 02,F03-OP3.1]
(2)	[F03-OP3.1]
(3)	[F 02,F03-OP3.1]
(4)	[F03-OP3.1]
(6)	[F03-OP3.1]
(7)	[F03-OP3.1]
(8)	[F 02,F03-OP3.1]
(9)	[F03-OP3.1]
(10)	[F03-OP3.1]
(12)	[F03-OP3.1]
9.10.15.3. Limiting Distance and Fire Department Response
(1)	[F03-OP3.1]
9.10.15.4. Glazed Openings in Exposing Building Face
(1)	[F03-OP3.1]
(3)	[F03-OP3.1]
(4)	[F03-OP3.1]
(7)	[F03-OP3.1]
9.10.15.5. Construction of Exposing Building Face of Houses
(2)	[F 02,F03-OP3.1]
(3)	[F 02,F03-OP3.1]
(5)	[F03-OP3.1]

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(7)	[F02 ,F03-OP3.1]
(8)	[F03-OP3.1]
(9)	[F03-OP3.1]
(11)	[F03-OP3.1]
9.10.16.1. Required Fire Blocks in Concealed Spaces
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(2)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(3)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(4)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(5)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(6)	[F02 ,F03-OS1.2]
	[F02 ,F03-OP1.2]
(7)	[F02 ,F03-OS1.2]
	[F02 ,F03-OP1.2]
9.10.16.2. Required Fire Blocks in Wall Assemblies
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.16.3. Fire Block Materials
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(2)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
(3)	[F04-OS1.2]
	[F04-OP1.2]
9.10.16.4. Penetration of Fire Blocks
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.17.1. Flame-Spread Rating of Interior Surfaces
(1)	[F02-OS1.2]
9.10.17.2. Ceilings in Exits or Public Corridors
(1)	[F05-OS1.5]
9.10.17.3. Walls in Exits
(1)	[F05-OS1.5]
(2)	[F05-OS1.5]
9.10.17.4. Exterior Exit Passageways
(1)	[F05-OS1.5]
9.10.17.5. Walls in Public Corridors
(1)	[F05-OS1.5]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.10.17.9. Combustible Skylights
(1)	[F 02,F05-OS1.5]
9.10.17.10. Protection of Foamed Plastics
(1)	[F 01,F02,F05-OS1.5]
(2)	[F05-O S1.5] [F02-OS1.2]
(2)	[F02-OP1.2]
(3)	[F 01,F02-OS1.2]
9.10.18.1. Access Provided through a Firewall
(1)	[F11-OS1.5]
9.10.18.2. Fire Alarm System Required
(1)	[F11-O S1.5] [F13-O S1.2,O S1.5] [F03-OS1.2]
(1)	[F13-OP1.2]
(2)	[F11-OS1.5]
9.10.18.4. Rooms and Spaces Requiring Heat Detectors or Smoke Detectors
(1)	[F11-OS1.5]
(2)	[F11-OS1.5]
(3)	[F02-O S1.2] Applies to sprinklered buildings. [F11-OS1.5] Applies to the supervision of the system and the flow alarm.
9.10.18.5. Smoke Detectors in Recirculating Air-Handling Systems
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
9.10.18.6. Portions of Buildings Considered as Separate Buildings
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
(2)	[F11-OS1.2]
9.10.18.7. Central Vacuum Systems
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
9.10.19.1. Required Smoke Alarms
(1)	[F 81,F11-OS1.5]
9.10.19.2. Sound Patterns of Smoke Alarms
(1)	[F11-OS1.5]
9.10.19.3. Location of Smoke Alarms
(1)	[F11-OS1.5]
(2)	[F 81,F11-OS1.5]
(3)	[F11-OS1.5]
9.10.19.4. Power Supply
(1)	[F 11,F81-OS1.5]
(3)	[F 11,F81-OS1.5]
9.10.19.5. Interconnection of Smoke Alarms
(1)	[F11-OS1.5]
(2)	[F11-OS1.5]

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.10.19.6. Silencing of Smoke Alarms
(1)	[F11 ,F81-OS1.5]
9.10.19.7. Instructions for Maintenance and Care
(1)	[F82-OS1.5]
9.10.19.8. Residential Fire Warning Systems
(1)	[F11 ,F81-OS1.5]
9.10.20.1. Windows or Access Panels Required
(1)	[F12-O S1.2,OS1.5]
	[F12-OP1.2]
(2)	[F12-O S1.5,OS1.2]
	[F12-OP1.2]
9.10.20.2. Access to Basements
(1)	[F12-O S1.2,OS1.5]
	[F12-OP1.2]
(2)	[F12 -OS1.2,OS1.5] Applies to portion of Code text: “Access required in Sentence (1) ... provides an opening not less than 1 100 mm high and 550 mm wide, the sill height of which shall not be more than 900 mm above the floor."
	[F12 -OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “Access required in Sentence (1) ... provides an opening not less than 1 100 mm high and 550 mm wide, the sill height of which shall not be more than 900 mm above the floor.”
9.10.20.3. Fire Department Access to Buildings
(1)	[F12-O S1.2,OS1.5]
	[F12-OP1.2]
(2)	[F12-O S1.2,OS1.5]
	[F12-OP1.2]
9.10.20.4. Portable Extinguishers
(1)	[F81 ,F02 ,F12-OS1.2]
	[F81 ,F02 ,F12-OP1.2]
9.10.20.5. Freeze Protection of Fire Protection Systems
(1)	[F81 ,F02-OS1.2]
	[F81 ,F02-OP1.2]
9.10.21.2. Separation of Sleeping Rooms
(1)	[F03-OS1.2]
	[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.21.3. Floor Assemblies between the First and Second Storey
(1)	[F03-O S1.2,OS1.5]
	[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.21.4. Walkways Connecting Buildings
(1)	[F03 ,F06 -OS1.2,OS1.5]
	[F03-OP1.2]
	[F03-OP3.1]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.10.21.5. Spatial Separations
(1)	[F03-OP3.1]
9.10.21.6. Flame-Spread Ratings
(1)	[F05-O S1.5,OS1.2]
9.10.21.7. Smoke Detectors
(1)	[F11-OS1.5]
9.10.21.8. Portable Fire Extinguishers
(1)	[F 81,F12,F02-OP1.2]
(1)	[F 81,F12,F02-OS1.2]
9.10.21.9. Hose Stations
(1)	[F 81,F12,F02-OP1.2]
(1)	[F 81,F12,F02-OS1.2]
(2)	[F12-OP1.2]
(2)	[F12-OS1.2]
(3)	[F12-OP1.2]
(3)	[F12-OS1.2]
9.10.22.1. Installation of Cooktops and Ovens
(1)	[F 81,F43,F01-OS1.1]
(1)	[F 81,F43-OS3.4]
9.10.22.2. Vertical Clearances above Cooktops
(1)	[F01-O S1.1,OS1.2]
(2)	[F01-O S1.1,OS1.2]
9.10.22.3. Protection around Cooktops
(1)	[F01-O S1.1,OS1.2]
(3)	[F01-O S1.1,OS1.2]
9.11.1.1. Required Protection
(1)	[F56-OH3.1]
(2)	[F56-OH3.1]
(3)	[F56-OH3.1]
9.11.1.2. Determination of Sound Transmission Ratings
(1)	[F56-OH3.1]
(2)	[F56-OH3.1]
9.11.1.4. Adjoining Constructions
(2)	[F56-OH3.1]
(3)	[F56-OH3.1]
(4)	[F56-OH3.1]
9.12.1.1. Removal of Topsoil and Organic Matter
(1)	[F 40,F41,F20-OH1.1]

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F81-OS2.3]
	[F81-O P2.3,OP2.4]
	[F81 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F81-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F81-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(3)	[F20,F21,F40,F41 -OH1.1] [F20,F21-O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 -OS2.2,OS2.3] [F21-OS2.3]
	[F20-O P2.2] [F20,F21-O P2.3,OP2.4]
	[F20 ,F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.12.1.2. Standing Water
(1)	[F60-O S2.2,OS2.3]
	[F60 -OP2.2,OP2.3,OP2.4]
	[F60 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F60-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F60-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.12.1.3. Protection from Freezing
(1)	[F21-OS2.3]
	[F21-O P2.3,OP2.4]
	[F21 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.12.2.1. Excavation to Undisturbed Soil
(1)	[F20-O S2.2,OS2.3]
	[F20 -OP2.2,OP2.3,OP2.4]
	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.12.2.2. Minimum Depth of Foundations
(1)	[F21-OS2.3]
	[F21-O P2.3,OP2.4]
	[F21-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors, elements that support floors, and concrete steps with more than 2 risers.
	[F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(8)	[F21-OS2.3]
	[F21-O P2.3,OP2.4]
	[F21-OS3.1]
	[F21-OH4]
9.12.3.1. Placement of Backfill
(1)	[F81-OS2.1] [F81-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F81-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4] [F81-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F81-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.12.3.2. Grading of Backfill
(1)	[F 60,F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 60,F61-OS2.3]
	[F 60,F61-OP2.3]
9.12.3.3. Deleterious Debris and Boulders
(1)	[F81-OS2.3]
	[F81-OP2.3]
	[F81-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F81-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.3]
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.3]
	[F20-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(3)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.3]
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.3]
	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.12.4.1. Support of Footings
(1)	[F21 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F21-OS2.1] [F21-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F21-OP2.2] [F21-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F21-OH2.1] Applies to sewer-line locations beneath footings.
	[F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.13.2.1. Required Dampproofing
(1)	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
(2)	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
9.13.2.2. Dampproofing Materials
(1)	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
(2)	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
9.13.2.3. Preparation of Surface
(1)	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
(2)	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
(3)	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
(4)	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
(5)	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
(6)	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
9.13.2.4. Application of Dampproofing Material
(1)	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
(2)	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(3)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
9.13.2.5. Moisture Protection for Interior Finishes
(1)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2]
	[F61-OS2.3]
(2)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
(3)	[F 61,F80-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 61,F80-OS2.3]
9.13.2.6. Dampproofing of Floors-on-Ground
(1)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
(2)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
9.13.3.1. Required Waterproofing
(1)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
(2)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
9.13.3.2. Waterproofing Materials
(1)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
(2)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
9.13.3.3. Preparation of Surface
(1)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
(2)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
(3)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
(4)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
(5)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
9.13.3.4. Application of Waterproofing Membranes
(1)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
(2)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
(3)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(4)	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
(4)	[F61-OS2.3]
9.13.3.5. Floor Waterproofing System
(1)	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
(1)	[F61-OS2.3]
9.13.4.2. Protection from Soil Gas Ingress
(1)	[F40-OH1.1]
(2)	[F40-OH1.1]
(3)	[F40-OH1.1]
9.13.4.3. Providing for the Rough-in for a Subfloor Depressurization System
(1)	[F40-OH1.1]
(2)	[F40-OH1.1]
(3)	[F40-OH1.1]
9.14.2.1. Foundation Wall Drainage
(1)	[F60 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F60 -OS2.1,OS2.2,OS2.3]
	[F60 -OP2.1,OP2.2,OP2.3]
(2)	(a) [F60-OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies where foundations serve as or support an environmental separator.
	(a) [F60-OS2.1] (a) [F60-OS2.3] Applies where foundations serve as or support an environmental separator.
	(b) [F21-OS2.1] (b) [F21-OS2.3] Applies where foundations serve as or support an environmental separator.
	(b) [F21-OP2.1] (b) [F21-OP2.3] Applies where foundations serve as or support an environmental separator. (b) [F21-O P2.4] Applies where foundations support walls or floors.
	(b) [F21-OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies where foundations serve as or support an environmental separator.
	(b) [F21-O H4] Applies where foundations support floors or elements supporting floors.
	(b) [F21-OS3.1] Applies where foundations support floors or elements supporting floors. (b) [F21-O S3.7] Applies where foundations support walls that contain windows or doors required for emergency egress.
9.14.3.1. Material Standards
(1)	[F60 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F60-O S2.1,OS2.3]
	[F60-O P2.1,OP2.3]
9.14.3.2. Minimum Size
(1)	[F60 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F60 -OS2.1,OS2.2,OS2.3]
	[F60 -OP2.1,OP2.2,OP2.3]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.14.3.3. Installation
(1)	[F60-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F60-O S2.1,O S2.2,OS2.3]
	[F60-O P2.1,O P2.2,OP2.3]
(2)	[F60-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F60-O S2.1,O S2.2,OS2.3]
	[F60-O P2.1,O P2.2,OP2.3]
(3)	[F60-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F60-O S2.1,O S2.2,OS2.3]
	[F60-O P2.1,O P2.2,OP2.3]
(4)	[F60-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F60-O S2.1,O S2.2,OS2.3]
	[F60-O P2.1,O P2.2,OP2.3]
9.14.4.1. Type of Granular Material
(1)	(a) [F60-O S2.3] [F21-OS2.2]
	(a) [F60-O P2.3] [F21-OP2.6]
	(a) [F60-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	(b) [F21-OS2.1] (b) [F21-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	(b) [F21-OP2.1,OP2.4] (b) [F21-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	(b) [F21-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	(b) [F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	(b) [F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.14.4.2. Installation
(1)	[F60-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F60-O S2.1,O S2.2,OS2.3]
	[F60-O P2.1,O P2.2,OP2.3]
9.14.4.3. Grading
(1)	[F60-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F60-O S2.1,O S2.2,OS2.3]
	[F60-O P2.1,O P2.2,OP2.3]
9.14.4.4. Wet Site Conditions
(1)	[F60-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F60-O S2.1,O S2.2,OS2.3]
	[F60-O P2.1,O P2.2,OP2.3]
9.14.5.1. Drainage Disposal
(1)	[F60-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F60-O S2.1,O S2.2,OS2.3]
	[F60-O P2.1,O P2.2,OP2.3]

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.14.5.2. Sump Pits
(1)	(a),(b) [F60,F61-OH1.1,OH1.3] (c) [F40-O H1.1] [F52-OH1.2]
	(a),(b) [F60,F61-O S2.1,OS2.3] (c) [F52-OS2.3]
	(a),(b) [F60,F61-O P2.3,OP2.4] (c) [F52-OP2.3]
	(c) [F30-OS3.1]
(2)	(a) [F30-OS3.1]
	(b) [F40-OH1.1]
(3)	[F60 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F60 -OS2.1,OS2.2,OS2.3]
	[F60 -OP2.1,OP2.2,OP2.3]
9.14.5.3. Dry Wells
(1)	[F60 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F60 -OS2.1,OS2.2,OS2.3]
	[F60 -OP2.1,OP2.2,OP2.3]
(2)	[F60 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F60 -OS2.1,OS2.2,OS2.3]
	[F60 -OP2.1,OP2.2,OP2.3]
9.14.6.1. Surface Drainage
(1)	[F60 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F60 -OS2.1,OS2.2,OS2.3]
	[F60 -OP2.1,OP2.2,OP2.3]
9.14.6.2. Drainage away from Wells or Septic Disposal Beds
(1)	[F46-OH2.2] Applies to directing drainage away from the location of a water supply. [F44-OH2.1] Applies to directing drainage away from a septic tank disposal system.
9.14.6.3. Window Wells
(1)	[F60 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F60-O S2.1,OS2.3]
	[F60-O P2.1,OP2.3]
9.14.6.4. Catch Basin
(1)	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
	[F61-OP2.3]
	[F61-OS3.1]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.15.1.3. Foundations for Deformation-Resistant Buildings
(1)	[F20-OS2.2] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OP2.2] [F22-OP2.4] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.15.2.2. Unit Masonry Construction
(1)	[F20-OS2.1] [F 20,F21,F61-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F21,F61-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F21,F61-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F21,F61-OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F 21,F61-OP2.4] [F 20,F21,F61-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(3)	(a) [F20-OS2.1] (a) [F20,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	(a) [F20-OP2.1] (a) [F80-OP2.4] (a) [F20,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	(a) [F20,F80-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	(a) [F20,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	(a) [F20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	(b) [F20-OS2.1] (b) [F20,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	(b) [F20-OP2.1] (b) [F80-OP2.4] (b) [F20,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	(b) [F20,F80-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	(b) [F20,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	(b) [F20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	(c) [F20-OS2.1] (c) [F20,F61-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	(c) [F20-OP2.1] (c) [F61-OP2.4] (c) [F20,F61-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	(c) [F20,F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	(c) [F20,F61-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	(c) [F20,F61-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.15.2.3. Pier-Type Foundations
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.2] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.2] [F22-OP2.4] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.2] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.2] [F22-OP2.4] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(3)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.4] [F22-O S2.4,OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.4,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(4)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.4] [F22-O S2.4,OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.15.2.4. Wood-Frame Foundations
(1)	(a) [F20-OS2.1,OS2.2] (a) [F20,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	(a) [F20-OP2.1,OP2.2] (a) [F20,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	(a) [F20,F80-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	(a) [F20,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	(a) [F20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.15.3.1. Footings Required
(1)	[F20-OS2.2] [F20 ,F21-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OP2.2] [F20 ,F21-OP2.4] [F20 ,F21-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F21 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.15.3.2. Support of Footings
(1)	[F21-OS2.4] [F21-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F21-OP2.4] [F21-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F21 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)	[F21-OS2.1] [F21-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F21-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F21-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F21 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.15.3.4. Basic Footing Widths and Areas
(1)	[F20-OS2.2] [F 20,F21-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F21-OP2.4] [F 20,F21-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F21-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)	[F20-OS2.2] [F 20,F21-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OP2.2] [F21-OP2.4] [F 20,F21-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F21-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(3)	[F20-OS2.2] [F 20,F21-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OP2.2] [F21-OP2.4] [F 20,F21-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F21-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.15.3.5. Adjustments to Footing Widths for Exterior Walls
(1)	[F20-O S2.2,O S2.3] [F21-OS2.3]
	[F20-O P2.2,O P2.3] [F21-O P2.3,OP2.4]
	[F 20,F21-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 20,F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.15.3.6. Adjustments to Footing Widths for Interior Walls
(1)	[F20-OS2.2] [F20 ,F21-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OP2.2] [F21-OP2.4] [F20 ,F21-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F21 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)	[F20-OS2.2]
(2)	[F20-OP2.2]
9.15.3.7. Adjustments to Footing Area for Columns
(1)	[F20-OS2.2] [F20 ,F21-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OP2.2] [F21-OP2.4] [F20 ,F21-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F21 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.15.3.8. Footing Thickness
(1)	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.15.3.9. Step Footings
(1)	[F 20,F22-O S2.3,OS2.4]
	[F 20,F22-O P2.3,OP2.4]
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where the foundation supports or is part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H4] Applies to foundations that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-O S3.1] Applies to foundations that support floors.
9.15.4.1. Flat Wall Insulating Concrete Form Units
(1)	[F 22,F63,F55-OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
9.15.4.2. Foundation Wall Thickness and Required Lateral Support
(1)	[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-OS2.3]
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.3] [F22-O P2.3,OP2.4]
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)	[F 20-OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-OS2.3]
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.3] [F22-O P2.3,OP2.4]
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(3)	[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-OS2.3]
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.3] [F22-O P2.3,OP2.4]
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(4)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.3] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.4]
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.3] [F22-O P2.3,OP2.4]
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(5)	[F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.4]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-O P2.3,OP2.4]
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20 ,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(6)	[F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.4]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-O P2.3,OP2.4]
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20 ,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(7)	[F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.4]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-O P2.3,OP2.4]
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20 ,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.15.4.5. Reinforcement for Flat Insulating Concrete Form Foundation Walls
(1)	[F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.4]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-O P2.3,OP2.4]
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20 ,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)	[F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.4]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-O P2.3,OP2.4]
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20 ,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(3)	[F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.4]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-O P2.3,OP2.4]
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20 ,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(4)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.3] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.4]
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.3] [F22-O P2.3,OP2.4]
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.15.4.6. Extension above Ground Level
(1)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
	[F61-OP2.3]
9.15.4.7. Reduction in Thickness
(1)	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)	[F20-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(3)	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.15.4.9. Crack Control Joints
(1)	[F21-OS2.3]
	[F21-OP2.3]
	[F21 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
(2)	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS2.1] [F20 ,F61-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F20 ,F61-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
9.15.5.1. Support of Floor Joists
(1)	[F20-OS2.1] [F40 ,F61-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F20 -OP2.3] [F40,F61-O P2.3,OP2.4] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F40 ,F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F40 ,F61-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F40 ,F61-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.15.5.2. Support of Beams
(1)	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)	[F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F80 -OP2.3,OP2.4] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F80 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.15.5.3. Pilasters
(1)	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)	[F20-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(3)	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.15.6.2. Foundation Walls above Ground
(1)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
	[F61-OP2.3]
9.15.6.3. Form Ties
(1)	[F61-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F30-OS3.1]
	[F61-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F61-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.16.1.3. Required Floors-on-Ground
(1)	(a),(b) [F30-OS3.1]
	(a),(b) [F40-OH2.4]
9.16.2.1. Required Installation of Granular Material
(1)	[F40 ,F61 -OH1.1] [F60,F61-O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F60-OS2.3]
9.16.2.2. Support of Floors
(1)	[F21-O S2.1,OS2.3]
	[F21 -OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4]
	[F21 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F21-OS3.1]
(2)	[F21-O S2.1,OS2.3]
	[F21 -OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4]
	[F21 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F21-OS3.1]
(3)	[F22-OS3.1]
9.16.3.1. Control of Water Ingress
(1)	[F60 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F60-OS2.3]
	[F60-OS3.1]
9.16.3.2. Hydrostatic Pressure
(1)	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20 -OS2.1] [F61-OS2.3]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F61-OP2.3]
	[F20-OS3.1]
9.16.3.3. Floor Drains
(1)	[F62 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F62-OS2.3]
	[F62-OS3.1]
9.16.4.1. Surface Finish
(1)	[F40-OH2.4]
	[F30 ,F80-OS3.1]
	[F62 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
(2)	[F41-OH1.1]
	[F20 ,F80-OS3.1]
9.16.4.2. Topping Course
(1)	[F20 ,F80-OS3.1]
(2)	[F20 ,F80-OS3.1]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.16.4.3. Thickness
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.3]
	[F20-OS3.1]
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.3]
	[F20-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-OH4]
9.16.4.4. Bond Break
(1)	[F21-OS3.1]
9.16.5.1. Wood-Frame Floors
(1)	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.3] Applies where wood-frame floors-on-ground serve as an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS3.1]
	[F20-OP2.1] [F20-OP2.3] Applies where wood-frame floors-on-ground serve as an environmental separator.
	[F20-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies where wood-frame floors-on-ground serve as an environmental separator.
	[F20-OH4]
9.17.2.1. Location
(1)	[F20-OS2.2] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.2,OP2.4] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.17.2.2. Lateral Support
(1)	[F22-O S2.4,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F22-O S2.4,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.17.3.1. Size and Thickness
(1)	[F20-OS2.1] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F20 ,F22-OP2.4] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)	[F20-OS2.1] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F20 ,F22-OP2.4] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.17.3.2. End Bearing Plates
(1)	[F20-OS2.1] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F 20,F22-OP2.4] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.17.3.3. Paint
(1)	[F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F80-OS2.3]
	[F80-O P2.3,OP2.4]
	[F80-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.17.3.4. Design of Steel Columns
(1)	[F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F 20,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.17.4.1. Column Sizes
(1)	[F20-OS2.1] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F20 ,F22-OP2.4] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)	[F20-OS2.1] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F20 ,F22-OP2.4] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.17.4.2. Materials
(1)	[F20-OS2.1] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F20 ,F22-OP2.4] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F20-OS2.1] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F 20,F22-OP2.4] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.17.4.3. Columns in Contact with Concrete
(1)	[F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F80-OP2.4] [F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F80-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.17.5.1. Materials
(1)	[F20-OS2.1] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F 20,F22-OP2.4] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.17.5.2. Sizes
(1)	[F20-OS2.1] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F20 ,F22-OP2.4] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.17.6.2. Sizes
(1)	[F20-OS2.1] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F20 ,F22-OP2.4] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.18.2.1. Access Openings
(1)	[F82-O H1.1,OH1.2]
(2)	[F51 ,F63-OS2.3] Applies where crawl spaces are unheated and access is from the interior. [F42 ,F61-OS2.3] Applies where crawl spaces are heated or unheated and access is from the exterior.
	[F63-OS2.3] Applies where crawl spaces are unheated and access is from the interior. [F42 ,F61-OS2.3] Applies where crawl spaces are heated or unheated and access is from the exterior.
	[F42 -OH2.4,OH2.5] Applies where crawl spaces are heated or unheated and access is from the exterior.
9.18.3.1. Ventilation of Unheated Crawl Spaces
(1)	[F62-OH1.1]
(1)	[F62-OS2.3]
(2)	[F62-OH1.1]
(2)	[F62-OS2.3]
(3)	(a) [F62-O H1.1,OH1.2] (b) [F61,F42-O H1.1,OH1.2]
	(a),(b) [F61,F62,F42-OS2.3]
	(b) [F42-O H2.3,OH2.5]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.18.4.1. Access Way to Services
(1)	[F82-O H1.1,OH1.2]
	[F82-OH2.1]
9.18.5.1. Drainage
(1)	[F60-O H1.1,OH1.2]
	[F60-OS2.3]
9.18.6.1. Ground Cover in Unheated Crawl Spaces
(1)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2]
	[F61-OS2.3]
(2)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2]
	[F61-OS2.3]
9.18.6.2. Ground Cover in Heated Crawl Spaces
(1)	[F 40,F61-O H1.1] [F61-OH1.2]
	[F61-OS2.3]
(2)	[F 40,F61-O H1.1] [F61-OH1.2]
	[F61-OS2.3]
(3)	[F40-OH1.1]
(4)	[F 40,F61-O H1.1,OH1.2]
	[F61-OS2.3]
9.18.7.1. Crawl Spaces as Warm Air Plenums
(1)	[F51-O H1.1,OH1.2]
	[F51-OS2.3]
(2)	[F02-OS1.2]
(3)	[F01-OS1.1]
(4)	(a),(b) [F01-OS1.1]
9.19.1.1. Required Venting
(1)	[F 51,F62-O H1.1,OH1.2] [F51-OH1.3] Applies to sloped roof assemblies that may be subject to ice damming.
	[F 62,F51-OS2.3]
9.19.1.2. Vent Requirements
(1)	[F 51,F62-O H1.1,OH1.2] [F51-OH1.3] Applies to sloped roof assemblies that may be subject to ice damming.
	[F 62,F51-OS2.3]
(2)	[F 51,F62-O H1.1,OH1.2] [F51-OH1.3] Applies to sloped roof assemblies that may be subject to ice damming.
	[F 62,F51-OS2.3]
(3)	[F 51,F62-O H1.1,OH1.2] [F51-OH1.3] Applies to sloped roof assemblies that may be subject to ice damming.
	[F 62,F51-OS2.3]

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(4)	[F51 ,F62 -OH1.1,OH1.2] [F51-OH1.3] Applies to sloped roof assemblies that may be subject to ice damming.
	[F62 ,F51-OS2.3]
(5)	[F42 ,F51 ,F61 ,F62-OS2.3]
	[F42 -OH1.1] Applies to resistance to the entry of insects. [F51 ,F61 ,F62-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F42-OH2.5] Applies to resistance to the entry of insects.
9.19.1.3. Clearances
(1)	[F62 ,F51 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F62 ,F51-OS2.3]
(2)	[F62 ,F51 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F62 ,F51-OS2.3]
(3)	[F51 ,F62 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F51 ,F62-OS2.3]
9.19.2.1. Access
(1)	[F82-OS2.3]
	[F82 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
(2)	[F82-O H1.1,OH1.2]
	[F82-OS2.3]
(3)	[F42 -OH1.1] [F61-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies where access is from the exterior. [F42-OH1.1] Applies where access is from an unheated enclosed space. [F51-OH1.2] Applies where access is from an interior heated space.
	[F61 ,F42-OS2.3] Applies where access is from the exterior or an unheated enclosed space.
	[F42-OH2.5] Applies where access is from the exterior or an unheated enclosed space.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.20.2.1. Masonry Unit Standards
(1)	[F 20,F80-OS2.1] [F 20,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
	[F 20,F80-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F 20,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
	[F 20,F80-O H1.1,O H1.2 ,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator and to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
	[F 20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F 20,F80-O S3.4] Applies to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
	[F 20,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance. [F01-O S1.1,O S1.2] Applies to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
	[F 20,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F80-OP1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance. [F 01,F20,F80-OP1.2] Applies to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
9.20.2.2. Used Brick
(1)	[F 20,F80-OS2.1] [F 20,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
	[F 20,F80-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F 20,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
	[F 20,F80-O H1.1,O H1.2 ,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator and to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
	[F 20,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance. [F01-O S1.1,O S1.2] Applies to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
	[F 20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F 20,F80-O S3.4] Applies to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
	[F 20,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F80-OP1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance. [F01-O P1.2] Applies to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.20.2.3. Glass Blocks
(1)	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,O H1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator and to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
	[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F01 ,F20 -OS3.4] Applies to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
	[F01 ,F20 -OS1.1] [F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F01 ,F20 -OP1.1] [F20-OP1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.20.2.4. Cellular Concrete
(1)	[F80-OS2.1] [F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
	[F80-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
	[F80 -OH1.1,O H1.2,O H1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator and to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
	[F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F80 -OS3.4] Applies to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
	[F80 -OP1.2] Applies to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
	[F80 -OS1.2] Applies to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.20.2.5. Stone
(1)	[F 20,F80-OS2.1] [F 20,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
	[F 20,F80-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F 20,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
	[F 20,F80-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator and to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
	[F 20,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance. [F01-O S1.1,O S1.2] Applies to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
	[F 20,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F80-OP1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance. [F 01,F20,F80-OP1.2] Applies to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
9.20.2.6. Concrete Blocks Exposed to the Weather
(1)	[F80-O S2.1,O S2.3] [F61-OS2.3]
	[F80-O P2.1,O P2.3] [F61-OP2.3]
	[F 61,F80-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F80-O S3.1] Applies to elements that support floors. [F80-O S3.4] Applies to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
	[F80-O P1.2] Applies to concrete blocks in chimneys and fireplaces.

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.20.2.7. Compressive Strength
(1)	[F20 ,F80-OS2.1] [F20 ,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
	[F20 ,F80 -OP2.1,OP2.4] [F20 ,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
	[F20 ,F80 -OH1.1,O H1.2,O H1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator and to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
	[F20 ,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance. [F01 -OS1.1,OS1.2] Applies to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
	[F20 ,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F20 ,F80 -OS3.4] Applies to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
	[F20 ,F80-OP1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance. [F01 ,F20 ,F80-OP1.2] Applies to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
9.20.3.1. Mortar Materials
(1)	[F20 ,F80-OS2.1] [F20 ,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F80 -OP2.1,OP2.4] [F20 ,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F80 -OH1.1,O H1.2,O H1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator and to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
	[F20 ,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
	[F20-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(3)	[F21-OS2.1] [F21-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
	[F21-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F21-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
	[F21-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator and to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
	[F21-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(4)	[F21-OS2.1] [F21-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
	[F21-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F21-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
	[F21-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator and to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
	[F21-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.20.3.2. Mortar and Grout Mixes
(1)	[F20 ,F21 ,F61-OS2.1] [F20 ,F21 ,F61-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F21 ,F61-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F20 ,F21 ,F61-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F21 ,F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,O H1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator and to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
	[F20 ,F21 ,F61-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F21 ,F61-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F21-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(2)	(a) [F21,F61,F55-O S2.1,OS2.3]
	(a) [F21,F61,F55-O P2.1,OP2.3]
	(a) [F21,F61,F55-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	(b) [F21-OS2.1]
	(b) [F21-OP2.1]
	(b) [F21,F44-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(3)	[F20 ,F21 ,F61-OS2.1] [F20 ,F21 ,F61-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F21 ,F61-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F20 ,F21 ,F61-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F21 ,F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,O H1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator and to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
	[F20 ,F21 ,F61-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F21 ,F61-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F21-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(4)	[F 20,F21-OS2.1] [F 20,F21-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F21-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F 20,F21-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F21-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator and to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
	[F 20,F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F21-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(5)	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator and to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
	[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(6)	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator and to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
	[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(7)	[F20 ,F21 ,F61-OS2.1] [F20 ,F21 ,F61-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F21 ,F61-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F20 ,F21 ,F61-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F21 ,F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,O H1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator and to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
	[F20 ,F21 ,F61-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F21 ,F61-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F21 ,F61-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.20.4.1. Thickness
(1)	[F20 ,F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F61-OS2.1] [F20 ,F61-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
	[F20 ,F61 -OP2.1,OP2.4] [F20 ,F61-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
	[F20 ,F61-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20 ,F61-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F61-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)	[F20 ,F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F61-OS2.1] [F20 ,F61-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
	[F20 ,F61 -OP2.1,OP2.4] [F20 ,F61-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
	[F20 ,F61-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20 ,F61-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F61-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.20.4.2. Masonry Units
(1)	[F20-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator and to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
	[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator and to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
	[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(3)	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
	[F20-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator and to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
	[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.20.5.1. Masonry Support
(1)	[F20 ,F21 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F21-OS2.1] [F20 ,F21-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
	[F20 ,F21 -OP2.1,OP2.4] [F20 ,F21-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
	[F20 ,F21-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20 ,F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
	[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.20.5.2. Lintels or Arches
(1)	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22-OS2.1] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
	[F20 ,F22 -OP2.1,OP2.4] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20 ,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-OS2.1] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(4)	[F80-OS2.1] [F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
	[F80-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
	[F80-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F80-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.20.6.1. Thickness of Exterior Walls
(1)	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.4,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.4,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(3)	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.4,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20 ,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.20.6.2. Cavity Walls
(1)	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.4,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20 ,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F 20,F22,F61-OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22,F61-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.4,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22,F61-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F61-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(3)	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.4,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.20.6.3. Thickness of Interior Walls
(2)	(b) [F20-O S2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5]
(2)	(b) [F20-O P2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.5]
9.20.6.4. Masonry Veneer
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(2)	[F61-OS2.3]
	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OP2.3]
	[F61-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(3)	[F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.5]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,OP2.5]
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.20.6.5. Parapet Walls
(1)	[F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3,O S2.5] [F22-OS2.5]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3,O P2.5] [F22-OP2.5]
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
(2)	[F61-OS2.3]
	[F61-OP2.3]
	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS1.2]
9.20.7.1. Maximum Dimensions
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.4,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20 ,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.20.7.2. Minimum Wall Thickness
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.4,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20 ,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.4,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F 20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.20.7.3. Separation of Chases or Recesses
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.4,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F 20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.20.7.4. Non-Conforming Chases or Recesses
(1)	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.4,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.20.7.5. Chases or Recesses Cut into Walls
(1)	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.20.8.1. Capping of Hollow Masonry Walls
(1)	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.20.8.2. Cavity Walls Supporting Framing Members
(1)	[F20-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)	[F80-OS2.3]
(2)	[F80-OP2.3]
(3)	[F20-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.20.8.3. Bearing of Beams and Joists
(1)	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
(1)	[F20-OP2.1] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
(2)	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
(2)	[F20-OP2.1] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
(3)	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
(3)	[F20-OP2.1] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.20.8.4. Support of Beams and Columns
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.4,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20 ,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(3)	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.4,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20 ,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(4)	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.4,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F 20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(5)	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.4,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F 20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.20.8.5. Projection of Masonry Veneer Beyond Supporting Members
(1)	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.4,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.20.9.1. Joints to be Offset or Reinforced
(1)	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.20.9.2. Bonding or Tying of Other than Masonry Veneer
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F20 ,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.20.9.3. Bonding
(1)	[F20-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)	[F20-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(3)	[F20-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.20.9.4. Tying
(2)	[F20 ,F80 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F80-OS2.1] [F20 ,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F80 -OP2.1,OP2.4] [F20 ,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20 ,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F20 ,F80-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(3)	[F20 ,F80 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F80-OS2.1] [F20 ,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F80 -OP2.1,OP2.4] [F20 ,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20 ,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F20 ,F80-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(4)	[F20 ,F80 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F80-OS2.1] [F20 ,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F80 -OP2.1,OP2.4] [F20 ,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20 ,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F20 ,F80-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(5)	[F20-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(6)	[F20-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(7)	[F20-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(8)	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(9)	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.20.9.5. Ties for Masonry Veneer
(1)	[F20 ,F22 ,F80-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F80-OS2.1] [F20 ,F22 ,F80-OS2.5] [F20 ,F22 ,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F80-OP2.1] [F20 ,F22 ,F80-OP2.5] [F20 ,F22 ,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 ,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(2)	[F20 ,F80-OS2.1] [F20 ,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F80-OP2.1] [F20 ,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F80 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.20.9.6. Reinforcing for Glass Block
(1)	[F20-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(2)	[F20-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.20.10.1. Lateral Support Required
(1)	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS2.1] [F 20,F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F 20,F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F 20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	(a) [F20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS2.1] [F20 ,F22-OS2.5] (a) [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F20 ,F22-OP2.5] (a) [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	(a) [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	(a) [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(4)	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS2.1] [F20 ,F22-OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F20 ,F22 -OP2.4,OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20 ,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.20.11.1. Anchorage to Floor or Roof Assemblies where Masonry Walls Require Lateral Support
(1)	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS2.1] [F20 ,F22-OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F20 ,F22 -OP2.4,OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20 ,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F 20,F80-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F80-OS2.1] [F 20,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F80-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F 20,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
	[F 20,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F 20,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F 20,F80-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(3)	[F20-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
	[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(4)	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS2.1] [F 20,F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F 20,F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F 20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.20.11.2. Bonding and Tying Intersecting Masonry Walls where Walls Require Lateral Support
(1)	[F20 ,F22-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS2.1] [F20 ,F22-OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F20 ,F22-OP2.4,OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20 ,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(3)	[F20 ,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20 ,F80-OS2.1] [F20 ,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F80 -OP2.1,OP2.4] [F20,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F80 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F20 ,F80-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.20.11.3. Anchoring Intersecting Wood-Frame Walls to Masonry Walls
(1)	[F 20,F22,F80 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F80-OS2.1] [F 20,F22,F80-OS2.5] [F 20,F22,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F80-O P2.1] [F 20,F22,F80 -OP2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F 20,F22,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F22,F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F 20,F22,F80-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(2)	[F20-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F 20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.20.11.4. Anchoring Wood-Frame Roof Systems to Masonry Walls
(1)	[F20-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.3]
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.3]
(2)	[F20-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.3]
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.3]
9.20.11.5. Anchoring Masonry Cornices, Sills and Trim to Masonry Walls
(1)	[F 20,F80-O S2.1,O S2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5]

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.20.11.6. Anchoring to Masonry Piers
(1)	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.20.12.1. Corbelling
(1)	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.20.12.2. Corbelling for Cavity Walls
(1)	[F20-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)	[F20-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.20.12.3. Corbelling for Masonry Veneer
(1)	[F20-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
(2)	[F20-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
9.20.13.1. Materials for Flashing
(1)	[F80-O S2.1,OS2.3]
	[F80-O P2.1,OP2.3]
	[F80-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F80-O S2.1,OS2.3]
	[F80-O P2.1,OP2.3]
	[F80 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.20.13.2. Fastening of Flashing
(1)	[F80 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F80-O S2.1,OS2.3]
	[F80-O P2.1,OP2.3]
	[F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.20.13.3. Location of Flashing
(1)	[F61 ,F62 -OS2.1,OS2.3]
	[F61 ,F62 -OP2.1,OP2.3]
	[F61 ,F62 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
9.20.13.4. Extension of Flashing
(1)	[F61-O S2.1,OS2.3]
	[F61-O P2.1,OP2.3]
	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.20.13.5. Flashing for Weep Holes in Masonry/Masonry Walls
(1)	[F61 ,F62 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61 ,F62 -OS2.1,OS2.3]
	[F61 ,F62 -OP2.1,OP2.3]
	[F61 ,F62-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.20.13.6. Flashing for Weep Holes in Masonry Veneer
(2)	[F61 ,F62 -OS2.1,OS2.3]
	[F61 ,F62 -OP2.1,OP2.3]
	[F61 ,F62 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61 ,F62-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(3)	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-O S2.1,OS2.3]
	[F61-O P2.1,OP2.3]
	[F61-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.20.13.7. Flashing Joints
(1)	[F61 ,F62 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61 ,F62 -OS2.1,OS2.3]
	[F61 ,F62 -OP2.1,OP2.3]
	[F61 ,F62-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.20.13.8. Required Weep Holes
(1)	[F62-O S2.1,OS2.3]
	[F62-O P2.1,OP2.3]
	[F62-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F62-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.20.13.9. Protection of Interior Finish
(1)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-O S2.1,OS2.3]
	[F61-O P2.1,OP2.3]
(2)	[F 61,F62-O S2.1,OS2.3]
	[F 61,F62-O P2.1,OP2.3]
	[F 61,F62-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
9.20.13.10. Mortar Droppings
(1)	[F 61,F62-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 61,F62-O S2.1,OS2.3]
	[F 61,F62-O P2.1,OP2.3]
	[F 61,F62-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.20.13.12. Drips beneath Window Sills
(1)	[F 61,F62-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 61,F62-O S2.1,OS2.3]
	[F 61,F62-O P2.1,OP2.3]
	[F 61,F62-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.20.14.1. Laying Temperature of Mortar and Masonry
(1)	[F 20,F80-OS2.1] [F 20,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
	[F 20,F80-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F 20,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
	[F 20,F80-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F 20,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F 20,F80-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F20 ,F80-OS2.1] [F20 ,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
	[F20 ,F80 -OP2.1,OP2.4] [F20 ,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
	[F20 ,F80 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20 ,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F20 ,F80-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.20.14.2. Protection from Weather
(1)	[F80-O S2.1,OS2.3]
	[F80-O P2.1,OP2.3]
9.20.15.1. Amount of Reinforcement
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.3]
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.3]
9.20.15.2. Installation Standard
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.3]
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.3]
9.20.16.1. Corrosion Resistance of Connectors
(1)	[F80 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F80-OS2.1] [F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
	[F80-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
	[F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F80-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.20.17.1. Thickness of Flat Insulating Concrete Form Walls
(1)	[F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F 20,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.20.17.2. Reinforcement for Flat Insulating Concrete Form Walls
(1)	[F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F 20,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(2)	[F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F 20,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(3)	[F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F20 ,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.20.17.3. Openings in Non-Loadbearing Flat Insulating Concrete Form Walls
(1)	[F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.4]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-O P2.3,OP2.4]
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20 ,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F20 ,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(2)	[F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F20 ,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(3)	[F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F 20,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(4)	[F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F 20,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(5)	[F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F 20,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(6)	[F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F20 ,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.20.17.4. Openings in Loadbearing Flat Insulating Concrete Form Walls
(1)	[F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F20 ,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(2)	[F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F20 ,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(3)	[F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F 20,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(4)	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.20.17.5. Framing Supported on Flat Insulating Concrete Form Walls
(1)	[F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-OH4]
	[F 20,F22-OS3.1]
(2)	[F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-OH4]
	[F 20,F22-OS3.1]

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(3)	[F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22-OH4]
	[F20 ,F22-OS3.1]
9.20.17.6. Anchoring of Roof Framing to the Top of Flat Insulating Concrete Form Walls
(1)	[F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.4]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-O P2.3,OP2.4]
	[F20,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
(2)	[F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.4]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-O P2.3,OP2.4]
	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
9.21.1.2. Chimney or Flue Pipe Walls
(1)	[F01 -OS1.1] Applies to the walls of any chimney or flue pipe, which are required to be constructed to be flame-tight.
	[F44-OH1.1] Applies to the walls of any chimney or flue pipe, which are required to be constructed to be smoke-tight.
	[F01 -OP1.1] Applies to the walls of any chimney or flue pipe, which are required to be constructed to be flame-tight.
9.21.2.1. Chimney Flue Limitations
(1)	[F44-OH1.1]
	[F44-OS3.4]
(2)	[F44-OH1.1]
	[F44-OS3.4]
(3)	[F44-OS3.4]
	[F44-OH1.1]
9.21.2.2. Connections of More Than One Appliance
(1)	[F44-OH1.1]
	[F44-OS3.4]
(2)	[F44-OS3.4]
(3)	[F44-OH1.1]
	[F44-OS3.4]
(4)	[F44-OH1.1]
	[F44-OS3.4]
9.21.2.3. Inclined Chimney Flues
(1)	[F44-OH1.1]
	[F44-OS3.4]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.21.2.4. Size of Chimney Flues
(2)	[F44-OH1.1]
	[F44-OS3.4]
9.21.2.5. Fireplace Chimneys
(1)	[F44-OH1.1]
	[F44-OS3.4]
9.21.2.6. Oval Chimney Flues
(1)	[F44-OH1.1]
	[F44-OS3.4]
9.21.3.1. Lining Materials
(1)	[F20-OS2.3]
	[F20-OH1.1]
	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F44-OS3.4]
	[F 44,F01,F20-OP1.1]
9.21.3.2. Joints in Chimney Liners
(1)	[F44-OH1.1]
	[F 44,F20-OS2.3]
	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]
	[F01-OS3.4]
(2)	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F44-OS3.4]
	[F01-OP1.1]
	[F44-OH1.1]
9.21.3.3. Clay Liners
(1)	[F20-OS2.2]
	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F 20,F44-OS3.4]
	[F 20,F44-OH1.1]
	[F 20,F01-OP1.1]
(2)	[F44-OH1.1]
	[F 01,F20-OP1.1]
	[F44-OS3.4]
	[F 01,F20-OS1.1]
	[F20-O S2.3] Applies to the liners referred to in Sentence 9.21.3.3.(1), which are required to be not less than 15.9 mm thick.
9.21.3.4. Firebrick Liners
(1)	[F 20,F44-OS3.4]
	[F44-OH1.1]
	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F20-OH1.1]
	[F20 ,F01-OS1.1]
	[F20-OS2.2]
	[F20 ,F44-OS3.4]
	[F01 ,F20-OP1.1]
9.21.3.5. Concrete Liners
(1)	[F01 ,F20-OS1.1]
	[F44-OH1.1]
	[F20 ,F44-OS3.4]
	[F01-OP1.1]
	[F20-OS2.3]
9.21.3.6. Metal Liners
(1)	[F20 ,F44-OH1.1]
	[F01 ,F20-OP1.1]
	[F20 ,F44-OS3.4]
	[F20 ,F01-OS1.1]
	[F20-OS2.3]
(2)	[F44-OH1.1]
	[F20-OS2.3]
	[F20-OP1.1]
	[F20 ,F44-OS3.4]
	[F20 ,F01-OS1.1]
9.21.3.7. Installation of Chimney Liners
(1)	[F44-OH1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]
	[F44-OS3.4]
	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F20-OS2.3]
9.21.3.8. Spaces between Liners and Surrounding Masonry
(1)	[F01-OP1.1]
	[F20-OS2.3]
	[F01-OS1.1]
(2)	[F20-OS1.1]
	[F44-OH1.1]
	[F44-OS3.4]
	[F01-OP1.1]
	[F20-OS2.3]
9.21.3.9. Mortar for Chimney Liners
(1)	(b) [F20-OS2.3]
	(a),(b) [F01,F20-OP1.1]
	[F20 ,F44-OH1.1]
	[F20 ,F44-OS3.4]
	(a),(b) [F01,F20-OS1.1]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F 20,F01-OP1.1]
	[F 20,F44-OH1.1]
	[F20-OS2.3]
	[F44-OS3.4]
	[F 20,F01-OS1.1]
9.21.3.10. Extension of Chimney Liners
(1)	[F20-OS2.3]
	[F 44,F20-OH1.1]
	[F44-OS3.4]
	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]
9.21.4.4. Height of Chimney Flues
(1)	(a),(b) [F44-OH1.1]
(1)	(a),(b) [F44-OS3.4]
9.21.4.6. Chimney Caps
(1)	[F20-OS2.3]
	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]
	[F 20,F44-OH1.1]
	[F44-OS3.4]
(2)	[F20-OS2.3]
(3)	[F20-OS2.3]
	[F 20,F01-OS1.1]
	[F 20,F01-OP1.1]
	[F 20,F44-OS3.4]
(4)	[F20-OS2.3]
	[F 20,F01-OS1.1]
	[F 20,F01-OP1.1]
	[F 20,F44-OH1.1]
	[F 20,F44-OS3.4]
9.21.4.7. Cleanout
(1)	[F01-OP1.1]
(1)	[F01-OS1.1]
9.21.4.8. Wall Thickness
(1)	[F 20,F22-OS2.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]
	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F22-OP2.1]

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.21.4.9. Separation of Flue Liners
(1)	[F20 ,F44-OH1.1]
	[F20 ,F01-OP1.1]
	[F20 ,F22-OS2.3]
	[F44-OS3.4]
	[F01-OS1.1]
(2)	[F20 ,F22-OS2.3]
	[F20 ,F44-OH1.1]
	[F20 ,F44-OS3.4]
	[F01-OS1.1]
9.21.4.10. Flashing
(1)	[F20 ,F61-OS2.3]
9.21.5.1. Clearance from Combustible Materials
(1)	(a),(b) [F01-OP1.1]
	(a),(b) [F01-OS1.1]
(2)	[F01-OP1.1]
	[F01-OS1.1]
(3)	[F01-OP1.1]
	[F01-OS1.1]
9.21.5.2. Sealing of Spaces
(1)	[F01-OP1.1]
	[F01-OS1.1]
9.21.5.3. Support of Joists or Beams
(1)	[F01-OP1.1]
	[F01-OS1.1]
9.22.1.2. Masonry and Concrete
(2)	[F22 ,F20-OS2.3]
9.22.1.4. Combustion Air
(1)	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]
9.22.2.1. Brick or Steel Liners
(1)	[F20 ,F01-OS1.1]
	[F20 ,F01-OP1.1]
9.22.2.2. Firebrick Liners
(1)	(a),(b) [F01-OS1.1]
	(a),(b) [F01-OP1.1]
(2)	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]
(3)	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.22.2.3. Steel Liners
(1)	[F44-OH1.1]
	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F44-OS3.4]
	[F01-OP1.1]
9.22.3.1. Thickness of Walls
(1)	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]
(2)	(a),(b) [F01-OS1.1]
	(a),(b) [F01-OP1.1]
9.22.4.1. Fire Chamber Dimensions
(1)	[F44-OH1.1]
	[F44-OS3.4]
9.22.5.1. Hearth Extension
(1)	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]
(2)	(a),(b) [F01-OS1.1]
	(a),(b) [F01-OP1.1]
9.22.5.2. Support of Hearth
(1)	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F20-OS2.3]
	[F 20,F01-OP1.1]
(2)	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]
9.22.6.1. Required Damper and Size
(1)	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F54-OH1.2]
	[F01-OP1.1]
9.22.7.1. Slope of Smoke Chamber
(1)	[F44-OH1.1]
	[F44-OS3.4]
9.22.7.2. Wall Thickness
(1)	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]
9.22.8.1. Conformance to Standard
(1)	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F44-OH1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]
	[F44-OS3.4]
9.22.9.1. Clearance to the Fireplace Opening
(1)	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.22.9.2. Metal Exposed to the Interior
(1)	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]
9.22.9.3. Clearance to Combustible Framing
(1)	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]
(2)	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]
9.22.9.4. Heat-Circulating Duct Outlets
(1)	(a),(b) [F01-OS1.1]
	(a),(b) [F01-OP1.1]
9.22.10.1. Appliance Standard
(1)	[F44-OH1.1]
	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F44-OS3.4]
	[F01-OP1.1]
9.22.10.2. Installation
(1)	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F44-OH1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]
	[F44-OS3.4]
9.23.2.1. Strength and Rigidity
(1)	[F20-OS2.1] [F20 ,F22-OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F20 ,F22 -OP2.4,OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.23.2.2. Protection from Decay
(1)	[F80-OS2.3]
	[F80-O P2.3,OP2.4]
	[F80-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F80-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(2)	[F81-OS2.3]
	[F81-OP2.3]
	[F81-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F81-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F81-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F81-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.23.2.3. Protection from Dampness
(1)	[F80-O S2.1,OS2.3]
	[F80-O P2.1,O P2.3,OP2.4]
	[F80-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.23.2.4. Connections to Preservative-Treated Wood
(1)	[F 20,F80-OS2.3]
(1)	[F 20,F80-OP2.3]
(2)	[F 20,F80-OS2.3]
(2)	[F 20,F80-OP2.3]
(3)	[F 20,F80-OS2.3]
(3)	[F 20,F80-OP2.3]

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.23.3.1. Standards for Nails and Screws
(1)	[F20-OS2.1] [F20 ,F22-OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F20 ,F22 -OP2.4,OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(2)	[F20-OS2.1] [F20 ,F22-OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F20 ,F22 -OP2.4,OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(3)	[F20-OS2.1] [F 20,F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.23.3.2. Length of Nails
(1)	[F20-OS2.1] [F 20,F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.23.3.3. Prevention of Splitting
(1)	[F80-OS2.1] [F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F80-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F80-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.23.3.4. Nailing of Framing
(1)	[F20-OS2.1] [F20 ,F22-OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(2)	[F20-OS2.1] [F20 ,F22-OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(3)	[F20 -OS2.1] [F20,F22-O S2.3] [F20 ,F22-OS2.5]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.5] [F20,F22-O P2.3] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5]
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(4)	[F20 -OS2.1] [F20,F22-O S2.3] [F20 ,F22-OS2.5]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.5] [F20,F22-O P2.3] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5]
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.23.3.5. Fasteners for Sheathing or Subflooring
(1)	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
	[F20-OS2.1] [F 20,F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
(2)	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
	[F20-O S2.1] [F20 ,F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
(3)	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
	[F20-O S2.1] [F20 ,F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(5)	[F20-OS2.1] [F20 ,F22-OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(6)	[F20-OS2.1] [F20 ,F22-OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(7)	[F20 ,F22-OS2.1]
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(8)	[F20 -OS2.1] [F20,F22-OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.23.4.2. Spans for Joists, Rafters and Beams
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-O S2.4,OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(2)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-O S2.4,OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(3)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.3,OS2.5]
(3)	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.3,OP2.5]
(4)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.3,OS2.5]
(4)	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.3,OP2.5]

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.23.4.3. Steel Beams
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-O S2.4,OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-O S2.4,OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.23.4.4. Concrete Topping
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-O S2.4,OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(2)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-O S2.4,OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(3)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-O S2.4,OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20 ,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to elements that support walls that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.23.4.5. Heavy Roofing Materials
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-O S2.4,OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.23.5.1. Holes Drilled in Framing Members
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.23.5.2. Notching of Framing Members
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.23.5.3. Wall Studs
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.23.5.4. Top Plates
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.23.5.5. Roof Trusses
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.23.6.1. Anchorage of Building Frames
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(3)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(4)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(5)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(6)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.23.6.2. Anchorage of Columns and Posts
(1)	[F22-O S2.4,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F22-O S2.4,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F22-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
9.23.6.3. Anchorage of Smaller Buildings
(1)	[F22-O S2.3,OS2.5]
9.23.7.1. Size of Sill Plates
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
	[F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.23.7.2. Levelling and Sealing of Sill Plates
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-O S2.4,OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.23.8.1. Bearing for Beams
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.5] [F22-OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F20 ,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.23.8.2. Priming of Steel Beams
(1)	[F80-OS2.1] [F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F80-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F80 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.23.8.3. Built-up Wood Beams
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-OP2.1]
(2)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-OP2.1]
(3)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-OP2.1]
(4)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-OP2.1]
(5)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-OP2.1]
(6)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-OP2.1]
(7)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-OP2.1]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(8)	[F20-OS2.1]
(8)	[F20-OP2.1]
9.23.9.1. End Bearing for Joists
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4]
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1]
(2)	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1]
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4]
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
9.23.9.2. Joists Supported by Beams
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4]
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4]
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(3)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4]
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(4)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4]
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(5)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4]
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.23.9.3. Restraint of Joist Bottoms
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4]
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.23.9.4. Strapping, Bridging, Furring and Ceilings in Span Tables 9.23.4.2.-A and -B
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4]
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4]
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(3)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4]
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(4)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4]
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(5)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4]
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(6)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4]
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.23.9.5. Header Joists
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4]
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.23.9.6. Trimmer Joists
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4]
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.23.9.7. Support of Tail and Header Joists
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4]
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.23.9.8. Support of Walls
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4]
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4]
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(4)	[F22-OS3.1] [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4]
	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
(5)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4]
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(6)	[F22-OS3.1] [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4]
	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
9.23.9.9. Cantilevered Floor Joists
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4]
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(2)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4]
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(3)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4]
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.23.10.1. Stud Size and Spacing
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.23.10.2. Bracing and Lateral Support
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to walls that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to walls that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to walls that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to walls that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-O S3.1] Applies to walls that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.23.10.3. Orientation of Studs
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(3)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.23.10.4. Continuity of Studs
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.23.10.5. Support for Cladding, Sheathing and Finishing Materials
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.23.10.6. Studs at Sides of Openings
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F20 ,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F 20,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(3)	[F20-OS2.1] (b) [F20,F22-OS2.5] (b) [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OP2.1] (b) [F20-OP2.5] (b) [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5] (b) [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	(b) [F20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	(b) [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	(b) [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. (b) [F20,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
	(b) [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.23.11.1. Size of Wall Plates
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(2)	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.23.11.2. Bottom Wall Plates
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(2)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.5]
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,O P2.4,OP2.5]
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.23.11.3. Top Plates
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(3)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(4)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.23.11.4. Joints in Top Plates
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(3)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(4)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(5)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.23.12.1. Openings in Non-Loadbearing Walls
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(2)	[F 20,F22-OS1.2]

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.23.12.2. Openings in Loadbearing Walls
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(2)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.23.12.3. Lintel Spans and Sizes
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(2)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(3)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.23.13.1. Requirements for Low to Moderate Wind and Seismic Forces
(2)	[F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,O S2.4,OS2.5]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,O P2.4,OP2.5]
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22 -OS3.1] Applies to walls that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
	[F20 ,F22-OH4] Applies to walls that support floors.
9.23.13.4. Braced Wall Bands
(1)	[F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,O S2.4,OS2.5]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,O P2.4,OP2.5]
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22 -OS3.1] Applies to walls that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
	[F20 ,F22-OH4] Applies to walls that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
(2)	[F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,O S2.4,OS2.5]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,O P2.4,OP2.5]
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22 -OS3.1] Applies to walls that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
	[F20 ,F22-OH4] Applies to walls that support floors.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(3)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,O S2.4,OS2.5]
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,O P2.4,OP2.5]
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-O S3.1] Applies to walls that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
	[F 20,F22-OH4] Applies to walls that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
9.23.13.5. Braced Wall Panels in Braced Wall Bands
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,O S2.4,OS2.5]
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,O P2.4,OP2.5]
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-O S3.1] Applies to walls that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
	[F 20,F22-OH4] Applies to walls that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
(2)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,O S2.4,OS2.5]
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,O P2.4,OP2.5]
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-O S3.1] Applies to walls that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
	[F 20,F22-OH4] Applies to walls that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
9.23.13.6. Materials in Braced Wall Panels
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,O S2.4,OS2.5]
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,O P2.4,OP2.5]
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-O S3.1] Applies to walls that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
	[F 20,F22-OH4] Applies to walls that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
(2)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,O S2.4,OS2.5]
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,O P2.4,OP2.5]
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to walls that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-OH4] Applies to walls that support floors.

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(4)	[F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,O S2.4,OS2.5]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,O P2.4,OP2.5]
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22 -OS3.1] Applies to walls that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
	[F20 ,F22-OH4] Applies to walls that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
(5)	[F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,O S2.4,OS2.5]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,O P2.4,OP2.5]
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22 -OS3.1] Applies to walls that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
	[F20 ,F22-OH4] Applies to walls that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
(6)	[F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,O S2.4,OS2.5]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,O P2.4,OP2.5]
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22 -OS3.1] Applies to walls that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
	[F20 ,F22-OH4] Applies to walls that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
9.23.13.7. Additional System Considerations
(7)	[F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,O S2.4,OS2.5]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,O P2.4,OP2.5]
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22 -OS3.1] Applies to walls that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
	[F20 ,F22-OH4] Applies to walls that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.23.14.1. Continuity of Rafters and Joists
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.23.14.2. Framing around Openings
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.23.14.3. End Bearing Length
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.5] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
9.23.14.4. Location and Attachment of Rafters
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.5]
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,OP2.5]
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(2)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.5]
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,OP2.5]
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(3)	[F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.5]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,OP2.5]
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.23.14.5. Shaping of Rafters
(1)	[F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.5]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,OP2.5]
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.23.14.6. Hip and Valley Rafters
(1)	[F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.5]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,OP2.5]
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
9.23.14.7. Intermediate Support for Rafters and Joists
(1)	[F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.5]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,OP2.5]
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(2)	[F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.5]
(2)	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,OP2.5]
(4)	[F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.5]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,OP2.5]
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(5)	[F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.5]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,OP2.5]
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(6)	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,O P2.4,OP2.5]
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.5]
	[F22-OH4]
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.23.14.8. Ridge Support
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.5]
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,O P2.4,OP2.5]
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(3)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.5]
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,O P2.4,OP2.5]
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(4)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.5]
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,O P2.4,OP2.5]
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(5)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.5]
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,O P2.4,OP2.5]
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(6)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.5]
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,O P2.4,OP2.5]
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(7)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.5]
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,O P2.4,OP2.5]
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(8)	[F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.5]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,O P2.4,OP2.5]
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(9)	[F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.5]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,O P2.4,OP2.5]
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20 ,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.23.14.9. Restraint of Joist Bottoms
(1)	[F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.5]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,OP2.5]
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.23.14.10. Ceiling Joists Supporting Roof Load
(1)	[F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.5]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,OP2.5]
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(2)	[F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.5]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,OP2.5]
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.23.14.11. Roof Trusses
(1)	[F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.5]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,OP2.5]
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(3)	[F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.5]
(3)	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,OP2.5]
9.23.15.1. Subflooring Required
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.23.15.2. Material Standards
(1)	[F22-OS3.1]
	[F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
	[F20-OS2.1]
(2)	[F80-OS3.1]
	[F80-OP2.4]
	[F80-OH4]
	[F80-OS2.1]
(3)	[F22-OS3.1]
	[F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
	[F20-OS2.1]
(4)	[F80-OS3.1]
	[F80-OP2.4]
	[F80-OH4]
	[F80-OH1.1]
9.23.15.3. Edge Support
(1)	[F22-OS3.1]
	[F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
9.23.15.4. Direction of Installation
(1)	[F22-OS3.1]
	[F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
(2)	[F22-OS3.1]
	[F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
9.23.15.5. Subfloor Thickness or Rating
(1)	[F22-OS3.1]
	[F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
	[F20-OS2.1]
(2)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F22-OS3.1]
	[F22-OH4]
	[F22-OP2.4]
(3)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F22-OH4]
	[F22-OS3.1]
	[F22-OP2.4]

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.23.15.6. Annular Grooved Nails
(1)	[F81-OS2.3]
	[F81-OP2.3]
	[F81-OH1.1]
9.23.15.7. Lumber Subflooring
(1)	[F22-OS3.1]
	[F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
(2)	[F22-OS3.1]
	[F22-OP2.4]
	[F22-OH4]
(3)	[F22-OS3.1]
	[F22-OP2.4]
9.23.16.1. Required Roof Sheathing
(1)	[F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,O S2.4,OS2.5]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,O P2.4,OP2.5]
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
9.23.16.2. Material Standards
(1)	[F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.5]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,OP2.5]
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.23.16.3. Direction of Installation
(1)	[F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.5]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,OP2.5]
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(2)	[F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.5]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,OP2.5]
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.23.16.4. Joints in Panel-Type Sheathing
(1)	[F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.5]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,OP2.5]
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.5]
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,OP2.5]
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.23.16.5. Lumber Roof Sheathing
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.5]
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,OP2.5]
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(2)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,O S2.4,OS2.5]
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,O P2.4,OP2.5]
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
9.23.16.6. Edge Support
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.5]
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,OP2.5]
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.23.16.7. Thickness or Rating
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.5]
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,O P2.4,OP2.5]
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F22-OH4]
	[F22-OS3.1]
(2)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.5]
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,OP2.5]
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(3)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.5]
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,OP2.5]
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(4)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.5]
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,OP2.5]
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.23.17.1. Required Sheathing
(1)	[F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.5]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,O P2.4,OP2.5]
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
	[F20 ,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.23.17.2. Thickness, Rating and Material Standards
(1)	[F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.5]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,O P2.4,OP2.5]
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20 ,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.23.17.4. Lumber Sheathing
(1)	[F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.5]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,O P2.4,OP2.5]
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F20 ,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)	[F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.5]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,O P2.4,OP2.5]
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
	[F20 ,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.23.17.5. Joints in Panel-Type Sheathing
(1)	[F 80,F81-OS2.3]
	[F 80,F81-O P2.3,OP2.4]
	[F 80,F81-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 80,F81-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F 80,F81-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.24.1.2. Material Standards
(1)	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F 22,F80-OP2.4] [F 20,F22,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.4] [F 22,F80-OS2.4] [F 20,F22,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22,F80-OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 20,F22,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F 22,F80-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.24.1.4. Screws
(1)	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F 22,F80-OP2.4] [F 20,F22,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22,F80-OS2.1] [F 20,F22,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22,F80-OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 20,F22,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F 22,F80-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.24.1.5. Cladding, Sheathing and Interior Finish Required
(1)	[F 20,F22,F80-OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 20,F22,F80-OS2.1] [F 20,F22,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22,F80-OP2.1,OP2.4] [F 20,F22,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F 22,F80-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.24.2.1. Size and Spacing of Studs in Interior Walls
(1)	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F20 -OS2.1,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.4]
	[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.24.2.2. Thickness of Studs
(1)	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.4]
	[F20 -OS2.1,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.4]
	[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.24.2.3. Runners
(1)	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.4] [F22-OS2.4] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.4] [F22-OP2.4] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.24.2.4. Openings in Fire Separations
(1)	[F20-OS1.2]
(2)	[F20-OS1.2]
(3)	[F20-OS1.2]
(4)	[F20-OS1.2]
9.24.2.5. Size and Spacing of Studs in Exterior Walls
(1)	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3,O S2.4] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.4]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3,O P2.4] [F22-O P2.3,OP2.4]
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22 ,F80-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.24.3.1. Installation of Runners
(1)	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.4] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.4] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F 22,F80-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(2)	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.4] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.4] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(3)	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 20,F22-O S2.1,OS2.4] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(4)	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.4] [F22-OS2.4] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.4] [F22-OP2.4] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.24.3.2. Fire-Rated Walls
(1)	[F21-OS1.2]
(2)	[F21-OS1.2]
(3)	[F20-OS1.2]
(4)	[F20-OS1.2]
(5)	[F03-OS1.2]
9.24.3.3. Orientation of Studs
(1)	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.4] [F22-OS2.4] [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.4] [F22-OP2.4] [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.24.3.4. Support for Cladding Materials
(1)	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.4] [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.24.3.5. Framing around Openings
(1)	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.4] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.4] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(2)	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.4] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.4] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.24.3.6. Attachment of Studs to Runners
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.4] [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.4] [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(2)	[F21-OS1.2]
9.24.3.7. Openings for Fire Dampers
(1)	[F20-OS1.2]
(2)	[F20-OS1.2]
(3)	[F03-OS1.2]

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.25.1.1. Scope and Application
(2)	[F51 ,F63 -OH1.1,O H1.2] [F55-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F55 ,F63-OS2.3]
9.25.2.1. Required Insulation
(1)	[F51 ,F63 -OH1.1,OH1.2]
	[F63-OS2.3]
9.25.2.2. Insulation Materials
(1)	[F51 ,F63 ,F80-O H1.1,OH1.2]
	[F63 ,F80-OS2.3]
(3)	[F51 ,F63 -OH1.1,OH1.2]
	[F63-OS2.3]
9.25.2.3. Installation of Thermal Insulation
(1)	[F51 ,F63 -OH1.1,OH1.2]
	[F63-OS2.3]
(2)	[F51 ,F63 -OH1.1,OH1.2]
	[F63-OS2.3]
(3)	[F55-O H1.1,OH1.2]
	[F55-OS2.3]
(4)	[F51 ,F63 ,F80-O H1.1,OH1.2]
	[F63 ,F80-OS2.3]
(5)	[F21 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F21-O S2.2,OS2.3]
(6)	[F80-O H1.1,OH1.2]
	[F80-OS2.3]
(7)	[F80-O H1.1,OH1.2]
	[F80-OS2.3]
(8)	[F21-O H1.1,OH1.2]
	[F21-OS2.3]
9.25.2.4. Installation of Loose-Fill Insulation
(1)	[F51 ,F63 -OH1.1,OH1.2]
	[F63-OS2.3]
(2)	[F51 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F51-OS2.3]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(4)	(a) [F21,F51-OS2.3]
	(a) [F21,F51-OH 1.1,OH1.2]
	(c) [F81-O S2.1,OS2.3] (c) [F81-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where the interior finish provides the required bracing.
	(c) [F81-O H1.1,OH1.2] (c) [F81-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where the interior finish provides the required bracing.
	(c) [F81-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where the interior finish provides to the required bracing.
	(c) [F81-OP3.1] Applies where the interior finish contributes to the required fire resistance of the wall.
	(c) [F81-OS3.7] Applies where the interior finish provides the required bracing. (c) [F81-OS3.1] Applies where the interior finish provides the required bracing of walls that support floors.
	(c) [F81-OH4] Applies where the interior finish provides the required bracing of walls that support floors.
	(d) [F80-OS2.3]
	(d) [F80-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(5)	[F 51,F63-O H1.1,OH1.2]
(5)	[F63-OS2.3]
(6)	(a) [F51,F62-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] (b) [F51,F63-OH 1.1,OH1.2]
(6)	(a) [F62,F51-OS2.3] (b) [F51,F63-OS2.3]
9.25.2.5. Installation of Spray-Applied Polyurethane
(1)	[F 51,F41,F63-OH1.1] [F51 ,F63-OH1.2]
(1)	[F63-OS2.3]
9.25.3.1. Required Barrier to Air Leakage
(1)	[F55-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] [F40-OH1.1]
	[F55-OS2.3]
	[F44-O S1.1] Applies where the air barrier system separates a garage, or suite containing a garage, from residential space.
	[F44-O S3.4] Applies where the air barrier system separates a garage, or suite containing a garage, from residential space.
9.25.3.2. Air Barrier System Properties
(1)	[F 20,F55-O H1.1,O H1.2 ,OH1.3] [F40-OH1.1]
	[F 20,F55-OS2.3]
	[F 20,F44-O S1.1] Applies where the air barrier system separates a garage, or suite containing a garage, from residential space.
	[F 20,F44-O S3.4] Applies where the air barrier system separates a garage, or suite containing a garage, from residential space.

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F20 ,F80 ,F55-O H1.1,OH1.2,O H1.3] [F40-OH1.1]
	[F20 ,F80 ,F55-OS2.3]
	[F20 ,F80 ,F44-O S1.1] Applies where the air barrier system separates a garage, or suite containing a garage, from residential space.
	[F20 ,F80 ,F44-O S3.4] Applies where the air barrier system separates a garage, or suite containing a garage, from residential space.
9.25.3.3. Continuity of the Air Barrier System
(1)	[F55 -OH1.1,O H1.2,O H1.3] [F40-OH1.1]
	[F55-OS2.3]
	[F44 -OS1.1] Applies where the air barrier system separates a garage, or suite containing a garage, from residential space.
	[F44 -OS3.4] Applies where the air barrier system separates a garage, or suite containing a garage, from residential space.
(2)	[F55 -OH1.1,O H1.2,O H1.3] [F40-OH1.1]
	(a) [F44-O S3.4] Applies where the air barrier system separates a garage, or suite containing a garage, from residential space.
	[F55-OS2.3]
	(a) [F44-O S1.1] Applies where the air barrier system separates a garage, or suite containing a garage, from residential space.
(6)	[F55 -OH1.1,O H1.2,O H1.3] [F40-OH1.1]
	[F55-OS2.3]
	[F44 -OS1.1] Applies where the air barrier system separates a garage, or suite containing a garage, from residential space.
	[F44 -OS3.4] Applies where the air barrier system separates a garage, or suite containing a garage, from residential space.
(7)	[F55 -OH1.1,O H1.2,O H1.3] [F40-OH1.1]
(7)	[F55-OS2.3]
(8)	[F01-OS1.1]
9.25.3.4. Air Leakage Control in Masonry Walls
(1)	[F40-OH1.1]
(2)	[F40-OH1.1]
9.25.3.5. Air Leakage Control in Underground Roofs
(1)	[F40-OH1.1]
9.25.3.6. Air Barrier Systems in Floors-on-ground
(1)	[F40-OH1.1]
(2)	[F40-OH1.1]
(3)	[F40-OH1.1]
(5)	[F40-OH1.1]
(6)	[F40-OH1.1]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.25.4.1. Required Barrier to Vapour Diffusion
(1)	[F63-O H1.1,OH1.2]
	[F63-OS2.3]
9.25.4.2. Vapour Barrier Materials
(1)	[F63-OS2.3]
	[F63-O H1.1,OH1.2]
(2)	[F63-OS2.3]
	[F63-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(3)	[F 62,F63-OS2.3]
	[F 62,F63-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(4)	[F 63,F80-OS2.3]
	[F 63,F80-O H1.1,OH1.2]
(5)	[F 63,F80-OS2.3]
	[F 63,F80-O H1.1,OH1.2]
(6)	[F 63,F80-OS2.3]
	[F 63,F80-O H1.1,OH1.2]
(7)	[F63-OS2.3]
	[F63-O H1.1,OH1.2]
(8)	[F63-OS2.3]
	[F63-O H1.1,OH1.2]
9.25.4.3. Installation of Vapour Barriers
(1)	[F63-O H1.1,OH1.2]
	[F63-OS2.3]
(2)	[F63-O H1.1,OH1.2]
	[F63-OS2.3]
(3)	[F63-OS2.3]
	[F63-O H1.1,OH1.2]
9.25.5.1. General
(2)	[F 62,F63-OS2.3]
	[F 62,F63-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
9.25.5.2. Position of Low Permeance Materials
(1)	[F 62,F63-OS2.3]
	[F 62,F63-O H1.1,OH1.2]
9.26.1.2. Required Protection
(1)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.1.3. Alternative Installation Methods
(1)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.2.1. Material Standards
(1)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.2.2. Installation of Materials
(1)	[F61 -OH1.2,O H1.3,OH1.1]
	[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.2.3. Nails
(1)	[F20 ,F80 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20 ,F80-OS2.3]
(2)	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-OS2.3]
(3)	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-OS2.3]
(4)	[F20 ,F80 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20 ,F80-OS2.3]
9.26.2.4. Staples
(1)	[F20 ,F80 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20 ,F80-OS2.3]
(2)	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-OS2.3]
(3)	[F20 ,F80 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20 ,F80-OS2.3]
9.26.3.1. Slope
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.3] [F61,F80-OS2.3]
	[F20 ,F61 ,F80-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(2)	[F20 ,F61 ,F80-OS2.3]
	[F20 ,F61 ,F80-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(3)	[F61 ,F80-OS2.3]
	[F61 ,F80 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
(4)	[F61 ,F80-OS2.3]
	[F61 ,F80 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
(5)	[F21-OS2.3]
	[F21 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
9.26.4.1. Required Flashing at Intersections
(1)	[F61-OS2.3]
	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
9.26.4.2. Materials
(1)	[F61 ,F62 ,F80-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61 ,F62 ,F80-OS2.3]
9.26.4.3. Valley Flashing
(1)	[F61-OS2.3]
	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
(2)	[F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.4]
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(3)	[F61-OS2.3]
(3)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(4)	[F 20,F61,F80-OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
(4)	[F 20,F61,F80-OS2.3]
(5)	[F 20,F61,F80-OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
(5)	[F 20,F61,F80-OS2.3]
(6)	[F 20,F61,F80-OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
(6)	[F 20,F61,F80-OS2.3]
9.26.4.4. Intersection of Shingle Roofs and Masonry
(1)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
	[F61-O S1.1] Applies where a shingle roof intersects with a masonry chimney.
	[F61-O P1.1] Applies where a shingle roof intersects with a masonry chimney.
	[F61-O S3.4] Applies where a shingle roof intersects with a masonry chimney.
(2)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
	[F61-O S1.1] Applies where counter flashing is installed between a shingle roof and a masonry chimney.
	[F61-O P1.1] Applies where counter flashing is installed between a shingle roof and a masonry chimney.
	[F61-O S3.4] Applies where counter flashing is installed between a shingle roof and a masonry chimney.
(3)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
	[F61-O S1.1] Applies where flashing is installed between a shingle roof and a masonry chimney.
	[F61-O P1.1] Applies where flashing is installed between a shingle roof and a masonry chimney.
	[F61-O S3.4] Applies where flashing is installed between a shingle roof and a masonry chimney.
(4)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
	[F61-O S1.1] Applies where a shingle roof slopes upward from a masonry chimney.
	[F61-O P1.1] Applies where a shingle roof slopes upward from a masonry chimney.
	[F61-O S3.4] Applies where a shingle roof slopes upward from a masonry chimney.
9.26.4.5. Intersection of Shingle Roofs and Walls other than Masonry
(1)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(1)	[F61-OS2.3]
(2)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(2)	[F61-OS2.3]

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(3)	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
(3)	[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.4.6. Intersection of Built-Up Roofs and Masonry
(1)	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
	[F61 -OS1.1] Applies where a built-up roof intersects with a masonry chimney.
	[F61 -OP1.1] Applies where a built-up roof intersects with a masonry chimney.
	[F61 -OS3.4] Applies where a built-up roof intersects with a masonry chimney.
(2)	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
	[F61 -OS1.1] Applies where counter flashing is installed between a built-up roof and a masonry chimney.
	[F61 -OP1.1] Applies where counter flashing is installed between a built-up roof and a masonry chimney.
	[F61 -OS3.4] Applies where counter flashing is installed between a built-up roof and a masonry chimney.
9.26.4.7. Intersection of Built-Up Roofs and Walls other than Masonry
(1)	[F61-OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
(1)	[F61-OS2.3]
(2)	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
(2)	[F61-OS2.3]
(3)	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
(3)	[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.4.8. Chimney Saddles
(1)	[F61-OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
	[F61-OS1.1]
	[F61-OP1.1]
	[F61-OS3.4]
(2)	[F20 ,F81 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20 ,F81-OS2.3]
	[F20 ,F81-OS1.1]
	[F20 ,F81-OP1.1]
	[F20 ,F81-OS3.4]
(3)	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
(3)	[F61-OS2.3]
(5)	[F61-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
	[F61-OS1.1]
	[F61-OP1.1]
	[F61-OS3.4]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.26.5.1. Required Eave Protection
(1)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.5.2. Materials
(1)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.6.1. Materials
(1)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
(2)	[F62-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F62-OS2.3]
9.26.6.2. Installation
(1)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
(2)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
(3)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.7.1. Coverage
(1)	[F 61,F80-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 61,F80-OS2.1]
9.26.7.2. Starter Strip
(1)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
(2)	[F 61,F80-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 61,F80-OS2.3]
(3)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.7.3. Head Lap
(1)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.7.4. Fasteners
(1)	[F 20,F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 20,F61-OS2.3]
(2)	[F20-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-OS2.3]
(3)	[F20-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-OS2.3]
(4)	[F20-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-OS2.3]
(5)	[F20-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-OS2.3]

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.26.7.5. Securing of Tabs
(1)	[F20 ,F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20 ,F61-OS2.3]
9.26.7.6. Hips and Ridges
(1)	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
(2)	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-OS2.3]
9.26.8.1. Coverage
(1)	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.8.2. Starter Strip
(2)	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.8.3. Securing of Tabs
(1)	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.8.4. Securing of Shingle Courses
(1)	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
(2)	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
(3)	[F61-OS2.3]
	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
9.26.8.5. Hips and Ridges
(1)	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
(2)	[F61 ,F80-OS2.3]
	[F61 ,F80 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
9.26.9.2. Grade
(1)	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
(2)	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.9.3. Size
(1)	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.9.4. Spacing and Joints
(1)	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.9.5. Fastening
(1)	[F20 ,F80 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20 ,F80-OS2.3]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.26.9.6. Exposure
(1)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.10.1. Size and Thickness
(1)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.10.2. Underlay
(1)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
(2)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
(3)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.10.3. Spacing and Joints
(1)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.10.4. Fastening
(1)	[F 20,F80-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 20,F80-OS2.3]
9.26.10.5. Exposure
(1)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.10.8. Grade
(1)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.11.1. Quantity of Materials
(1)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.11.2. Coal-Tar and Asphalt Products
(1)	[F 61,F80-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 61,F80-OS2.3]
9.26.11.3. Roof Felts
(1)	[F20-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-OS2.3]
9.26.11.4. Aggregate Surfacing
(1)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
(2)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.11.6. Number of Layers
(1)	[F 20,F80-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 20,F80-OS2.3]

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.26.11.7. Installation of Layers
(1)	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-OS2.3]
(2)	[F61 ,F81 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61 ,F81-OS2.3]
(3)	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-OS2.3]
9.26.11.8. Roofing over Wood-Based Sheathing
(1)	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
(2)	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.11.9. Attachment to Decking
(1)	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.11.10. Cant Strips
(1)	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
	[F61-OS3.1]
(2)	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
(3)	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
(4)	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
	[F61-OS3.1]
(5)	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
(6)	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.12.1. Coverage
(1)	[F61 ,F80 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61 ,F80-OS2.3]
9.26.12.2. Joints
(1)	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.13.1. Thickness
(1)	[F61 ,F80 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61 ,F80-OS2.3]
9.26.13.2. Support
(1)	[F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.4]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-O P2.3,OP2.4]
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.26.14.1. Support
(1)	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.3] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.4]
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.3] [F22-O P2.3,OP2.4]
9.26.15.1. Installation
(1)	[F 61,F80-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 61,F80-OS2.3]
9.26.16.1. Installation
(1)	[F 61,F80-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 61,F80-OS2.3]
9.26.17.1. Installation
(1)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.18.2. Downspouts
(1)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
9.27.2.1. Minimizing and Preventing Ingress and Damage
(1)	[F61-OS2.3]
	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(2)	[F 80,F81-OS2.3]
	[F 80,F81-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
9.27.2.2. Minimum Protection from Precipitation Ingress
(3)	[F62-OS2.3]
	[F62-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(4)	[F 61,F62-OS2.3]
	[F 61,F62-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(5)	[F 61,F62-OS2.3]
	[F 61,F62-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
9.27.2.3. First and Second Planes of Protection
(1)	[F 61,F62-OS2.3]
	[F 61,F62-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
9.27.2.4. Protection of Cladding from Moisture
(1)	[F 61,F80-OS2.3]
	[F 61,F80-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(2)	[F 61,F80-OS2.3]
	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
9.27.3.1. Elements of the Second Plane of Protection
(1)	[F 61,F62-OS2.3]
	[F 61,F62-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(3)	[F 61,F62-OS2.3]
	[F 61,F62-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.27.3.2. Sheathing Membrane Material Standard
(1)	[F20 ,F61 ,F62 ,F55-OS2.3]
	[F20 ,F61 ,F62,F55-O H1.1 ,OH1.2,OH1.3]
9.27.3.3. Required Sheathing Membrane and Installation
(1)	[F61 ,F55-OS2.3]
	[F61 ,F55 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
(2)	[F61 ,F55-OS2.3]
	[F61 ,F55 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
(3)	[F61-OS2.3]
	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
9.27.3.4. Insulating Sheathing in lieu of Sheathing Membrane
(2)	[F61 ,F55-OS2.3]
	[F61 ,F55 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
9.27.3.5. Sheathing Membranes in lieu of Sheathing
(1)	[F61 ,F55-OS2.3]
	[F61 ,F55 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
(2)	[F61 ,F55-OS2.3]
	[F61 ,F55 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
9.27.3.6. Face Sealed Cladding
(2)	[F20 ,F61 ,F55-OS2.3]
	[F20 ,F61 ,F55-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(3)	[F61 ,F55-OS2.3]
	[F61 ,F55 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
9.27.3.7. Flashing Materials
(1)	[F61 ,F62 ,F80-OS2.3]
	[F61 ,F62 ,F80-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
9.27.3.8. Flashing Installation
(1)	(a),(b),(c)(i) [F61-OS2.3]
	(a),(b),(c)(i) [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	(c)(ii) [F 61,F62-OS2.3]
	(c)(ii) [F 61,F62-OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
(2)	(a),(b)(ii),(c)(i) [F61-OS2.3] Applies to detailing of horizontal joints.
	(a),(b)(ii),(c)(i) [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to detailing of horizontal joints.
	(b)(i),(c)(ii) [F61,F62-OS2.3] Applies to cladding installed outboard of a drained and vented air space.
	(b)(i),(c)(ii) [F61,F62-OH1 .1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to cladding installed outboard of a drained and vented air space.
(3)	[F61 ,F62-OS2.3]
	[F61 ,F62 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
(4)	[F61 ,F62-OS2.3]
	[F61 ,F62 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(5)	[F 61,F62-OS2.3]
	[F 61,F62-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
9.27.4.1. Required Sealants
(1)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
(2)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
(3)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
9.27.4.2. Materials
(1)	[F80-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F80-OS2.3]
(2)	[F80-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F80-OS2.3]
(3)	[F80-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F80-OS2.3]
9.27.5.1. Attachment
(1)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.3] [F20-O S2.1,O S2.3,O S2.4] [F22-O S2.3 ,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.3,O P2.4] [F22-O P2.3 ,OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.
	[F20-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] [F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.
	[F 20,F22-OH4] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing of walls that support floors.
	[F 20,F22-OS3.1] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing of walls that support floors. [F 20,F22-OS3.7] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide required bracing of walls that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(2)	[F20-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.3]
(3)	[F20-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-OS2.3]
(4)	[F20-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.3]

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.27.5.2. Blocking
(1)	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] [F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.
	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.3] [F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3,O S2.4] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3,O P2.4] [F22-O P2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.
9.27.5.3. Furring
(1)	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.3] [F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3,O S2.4] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where furring is used for the attachment of panel-type cladding installed to provide the required bracing.
(2)	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] [F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies where furring is used for the attachment of panel-type cladding installed to provide the required bracing.
	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.3] [F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3,O S2.4] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where furring is used for the attachment of panel-type cladding installed to provide the required bracing.
(3)	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] [F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies where furring is used for the attachment of panel-type cladding installed to provide the required bracing.
	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.3] [F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3,O S2.4] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where furring is used for the attachment of panel-type cladding installed to provide the required bracing.
9.27.5.4. Size and Spacing of Fasteners
(1)	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] [F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to the attachment of panel-type cladding installed to provide the required bracing.
	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.3] [F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3,O S2.4] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.
(2)	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.3]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.27.5.5. Fastener Materials
(1)	[F80-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F80-OS2.3] [F80-O S2.3,OS2.4] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.
	[F80-O P2.1,O P2.3,O P2.4,OP2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.
9.27.5.6. Expansion and Contraction
(1)	[F21-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F21-OS2.3]
(2)	[F21-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F21-OS2.3]
9.27.5.7. Penetration of Fasteners
(1)	[F20-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.3]
(2)	[F20-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.3]
(3)	[F20-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] [F 20,F22-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.
	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.3] [F20-O S2.1,O S2.3,O S2.4] [F22-O S2.3 ,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.3,O P2.4] [F22-O P2.3 ,OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.
9.27.6.1. Materials
(1)	[F 61,F20-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 62,F20-OS2.3]
9.27.6.2. Thickness and Width
(1)	[F20-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-OS2.3]
(2)	[F20-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-OS2.3]
(3)	[F20-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-OS2.3]
9.27.6.3. Joints
(1)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
(2)	[F 21,F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 21,F61-OS2.3]
9.27.7.1. Materials
(1)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F61 ,F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61 ,F20-OS2.3]
(3)	[F61 ,F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61 ,F20-OS2.3]
9.27.7.2. Width
(1)	[F61 ,F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61 ,F20-OS2.3]
9.27.7.3. Fasteners
(1)	[F61 ,F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61 ,F20-OS2.3]
9.27.7.4. Offsetting of Joints
(1)	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
(2)	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
9.27.7.5. Fastening to Lath
(1)	[F81 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F81-OS2.3]
(2)	[F62 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F62-OS2.3]
(3)	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-OS2.3]
(4)	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-OS2.3]
(5)	[F62 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F62-OS2.3]
9.27.7.6. Exposure and Thickness
(1)	[F62 ,F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F62 ,F20-OS2.3]
9.27.8.1. Material Standards
(1)	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.3] [F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3,O S2.4] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3,O P2.4] [F22-O P2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.
9.27.8.2. Thickness
(1)	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20 ,F22 -OS2.1,OS2.3] [F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3,O S2.4] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.3] [F20-O S2.1,O S2.3,O S2.4] [F22-O S2.3 ,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.3] [F22 -OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.
9.27.8.3. Edge Treatment
(1)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3] [F61-O S2.3,O S2.4,OS2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.
	[F61-O P2.3,O P2.4,OP2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.
9.27.8.4. Panel Cladding
(1)	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 20,F22-O S2.1,OS2.3] [F20-O S2.1,O S2.3,O S2.4] [F22-O S2.3 ,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.3,O P2.4] [F22-O P2.3 ,OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.
(2)	[F21-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F21-OS2.3]
(3)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
(4)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
9.27.8.5. Lapped Strip Siding
(1)	[F 21,F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 21,F61-OS2.3]
(2)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
(3)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
9.27.9.1. Material Standards
(1)	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.3] [F20-O S2.1,O S2.3,O S2.4] [F22-O S2.3 ,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.

9.37.1.1. Division B

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.27.9.2. Thickness
(1)	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20 ,F22 -OS2.1,OS2.3] [F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3,O S2.4] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3,O P2.4] [F22-O P2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.
(2)	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20 ,F22 -OS2.1,OS2.3] [F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3,O S2.4] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3,O P2.4] [F22-O P2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.
9.27.9.3. Panel Cladding
(1)	[F20 ,F21 ,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20 ,F21 ,F22-O S2.1,OS2.3] [F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3,O S2.4] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3,O P2.4] [F22-O P2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.
(2)	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
(3)	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
9.27.9.4. Lapped Strip Siding
(1)	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
(2)	[F61 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
9.27.9.5. Clearance
(1)	[F21 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F21-O S2.1,OS2.3] [F21 -OS2.1,OS2.3,O S2.4,OS2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.
	[F21 -OP2.1,OP2.3,O P2.4,OP2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.
9.27.10.1. Material Standard
(1)	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.3] [F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3,O S2.4] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.27.10.2. Thickness
(1)	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 20,F22-O S2.1,OS2.3] [F20-O S2.1,O S2.3,O S2.4] [F22-O S2.3 ,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.
(2)	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 20,F22-O S2.1,OS2.3] [F20-O S2.1,O S2.3,O S2.4] [F22-O S2.3 ,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.3,O P2.4] [F22-O P2.3 ,OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.
(3)	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 20,F22-O S2.1,OS2.3] [F20-O S2.1,O S2.3,O S2.4] [F22-O S2.3 ,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.
(4)	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 20,F22-O S2.1,OS2.3] [F20-O S2.1,O S2.3,O S2.4] [F22-O S2.3 ,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.
	[F20-O P2.1,O P2.3,O P2.4] [F22-O P2.3 ,OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.
9.27.10.3. Panel Cladding
(1)	[F 20,F22,F80-OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 20,F22,F80-OS2.1,OS2.3] [F 20,F80-O S2.1,O S2.3,O S2.4] [F22,F80-O S2.3,O S2.4,OS Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.
(2)	[F21-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F21-OS2.3]
(3)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
(4)	[F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F61-OS2.3]
9.27.10.4. Clearance
(1)	[F21-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F21-O S2.1,OS2.3] [F21-O S2.1,O S2.3,O S2.4,OS2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.
	[F21-O P2.1,O P2.3,O P2.4,OP2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.

2.5]

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.27.11.1. Material Standards
(1)	[F20 ,F22 ,F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22,F61-OS2.3] [F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3,O S2.4] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.
(2)	[F20 ,F22 ,F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-O S2.1,O S2.3] [F22,F61-OS2.3]
(3)	[F20 ,F22 ,F61-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22,F61-OS2.3] [F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3,O S2.4] [F22-O S2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.
9.27.12.1. Material Standards
(1)	[F62 ,F61 ,F20-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F62 ,F61 ,F20-OS2.3]
(2)	[F62 ,F61 ,F20-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F62 ,F61 ,F20-OS2.3]
(3)	[F62 ,F61 ,F20,F42-O H1.1 ,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F62 ,F61 ,F20 ,F42-OS2.3]
(4)	[F02-OS1.2]
	[F02-OP1.2]
9.27.13.1. Material Standard
(1)	[F62 ,F61 ,F20-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F62 ,F61 ,F20-OS2.3]
(2)	[F02-OS1.2]
	[F02-OP1.2]
9.27.14.2. Materials
(1)	[F20 ,F61 ,F62-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20 ,F61 ,F62-OS2.3]
(2)	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20 ,F22-OS2.3]
9.27.14.3. Design and Installation
(1)	[F20 ,F61 ,F62-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20 ,F61 ,F62-OS2.3]
9.28.1.1. Sheathing beneath Stucco
(1)	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20 ,F22-OS2.3]
9.28.1.2. Lath and Reinforcing
(1)	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-OS2.3]
(2)	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-OS2.3]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(3)	[F 20,F21-OS1.1]
	[F 20,F21-OS2.3]
	[F 20,F21-OS3.4]
	[F 20,F21-OP1.1]
	[F 20,F21-OH1.1]
9.28.1.3. Concrete Masonry Units
(1)	[F80-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F80-OS2.3]
	[F80-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F80-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F80-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
9.28.1.4. Clearance over Ground Level
(1)	[F80-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(1)	[F80-OS2.3]
9.28.1.5. Flashing and Caulking
(1)	[F80-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to the separation of aluminum flashing from stucco.
(1)	[F80-OS2.3] Applies to the separation of aluminum flashing from stucco.
9.28.2.1. Portland Cement
(1)	[F20-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-OS2.3]
	[F20-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F20-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F20-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
9.28.2.2. Aggregate
(1)	[F80-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F80-OS2.3]
	[F80-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F80-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F80-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F20 ,F80 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20 ,F80-OS2.3]
	[F20 ,F80 -OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F20 ,F80 -OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F20 ,F80 -OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
9.28.2.3. Water
(1)	[F80 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F80-OS2.3]
	[F80-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F80-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F80-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
9.28.3.1. Materials
(1)	[F80 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F80-OS2.3]
	[F80-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F80-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F80-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
9.28.3.2. Nails and Staples
(1)	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-OS2.3]
	[F20-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F20-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F20-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
(2)	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
(2)	[F20-OS2.3]
(3)	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-OS2.3]
	[F20-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F20-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F20-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
(4)	[F20-OS2.1]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.28.4.1. Materials
(1)	[F80-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F80-OS2.3]
	[F80-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F80-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F80-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
(2)	[F80-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F80-OS2.3]
	[F80-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F80-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F80-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
9.28.4.2. No Sheathing Required
(1)	[F20-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(1)	[F20-OS2.3]
9.28.4.3. Stucco Lath Specifications
(1)	[F20-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-OS2.3]
	[F20-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F20-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F20-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
9.28.4.4. Self-Furring Devices
(1)	[F 20,F80-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 20,F80-OS2.3]
	[F 20,F80-O S1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F 20,F80-O S3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F 20,F80-O P1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
9.28.4.5. Application of Stucco Lath
(1)	[F20-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-OS2.3]
	[F20-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F20-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F20-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-OS2.3]
	[F20-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F20-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F20-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
(3)	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
(3)	[F20-OS2.3]
(4)	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-OS2.3]
	[F20-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F20-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F20-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
9.28.4.6. Fastening
(2)	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-OS2.3]
	[F20-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F20-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F20-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
(3)	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-OS2.3]
	[F20-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F20-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F20-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
(4)	[F20-OS2.1]
9.28.5.1. Mixes
(1)	[F20 ,F61 ,F80-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20 ,F61 ,F80-OS2.3]
	[F20 ,F61 ,F80-O S1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F20 ,F61 ,F80-O S3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F20 ,F61 ,F80-O P1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.28.5.2. Pigments
(1)	[F 20,F80-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 20,F80-OS2.3]
	[F 20,F80-O S1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F 20,F80-O S3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F 20,F80-O P1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
(2)	[F 20,F80-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(2)	[F 20,F80-OS2.3]
9.28.5.3. Mixing
(1)	[F 20,F80-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 20,F80-OS2.3]
	[F 20,F80-O S1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F 20,F80-O S3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F 20,F80-O P1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
(2)	[F 20,F80-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 20,F80-OS2.3]
	[F 20,F80-O S1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F 20,F80-O S3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F 20,F80-O P1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
9.28.6.1. Low Temperature Conditions
(1)	[F 20,F80-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 20,F80-OS2.3]
	[F 20,F80-O S1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F 20,F80-O S3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F 20,F80-O P1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
(2)	[F 20,F80-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F 20,F80-OS2.3]
	[F 20,F80-O S1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F 20,F80-O S3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F 20,F80-O P1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.28.6.2. Number of Coats and Total Thickness
(1)	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-OS2.3]
	[F20-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F20-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F20-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
9.28.6.3. First Coat
(1)	[F20 ,F80 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20 ,F80-OS2.3]
	[F20 ,F80 -OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F20 ,F80 -OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F20 ,F80 -OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
(2)	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-OS2.3]
	[F20-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F20-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F20-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
9.28.6.4. Second Coat
(1)	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-OS2.3]
	[F20-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F20-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F20-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
(2)	[F20 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-OS2.3]
	[F20-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F20-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F20-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.28.6.5. Finish Coat
(1)	[F80-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F80-OS2.3]
	[F80-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F80-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F80-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
(2)	[F20-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F20-OS2.3]
	[F20-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F20-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F20-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
(3)	[F80-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
	[F80-OS2.3]
	[F80-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F80-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
	[F80-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
9.29.2.1. Where Required
(1)	[F 80,F81-O H1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F 80,F81-OS2.3]
	[F 80,F81-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F 80,F81-O P2.3,OP2.4]
9.29.2.2. Materials
(1)	[F 80,F81-O H1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F80-OS2.3]
	[F80-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F80-O P2.3,OP2.4]

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.29.3.1. Size and Spacing of Furring
(1)	[F20 ,F22-OS2.1]
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F20 ,F22 -OP2.1,OP2.4]
9.29.3.2. Fastening
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F20 -OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4]
9.29.4.1. Application
(1)	[F20 ,F80 -OS2.1,OS2.3]
	[F20 ,F22 ,F80 ,F81-O H1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20 ,F80-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F20 ,F80 -OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22,F80-OP2.4]
9.29.5.1. Application
(2)	[F20 ,F80 -OS2.1,OS2.3]
	[F20 ,F22 ,F80 ,F81-O H1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20 ,F22 ,F80-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F20 ,F80 -OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22,F80-OP2.4]
(3)	[F20 ,F80 -OS2.1,OS2.3]
	[F20 ,F22 ,F80 ,F81-O H1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20 ,F22 ,F80-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F20 ,F80 -OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22,F80-OP2.4]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.29.5.2. Materials
(1)	[F 20,F80-O P2.1,O P2.3] [F22 ,F80-OP2.4]
	[F 20,F80-O S2.1,OS2.3]
	[F 20,F22,F80-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F 20,F22,F80,F81-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
9.29.5.3. Maximum Spacing of Supports
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20-O P2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4]
9.29.5.4. Support of Insulation
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F20-O P2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4]
9.29.5.5. Length of Fasteners
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F20-O H1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4]
9.29.5.6. Nails
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F20-O H1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4]

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.29.5.7. Screws
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F20 -OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.4]
9.29.5.8. Spacing of Nails
(1)	[F20-OP2.1] [F20-OP2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20 -OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F20-OP1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
(3)	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F20-OP2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20 -OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(4)	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-O S2.5] [F22-O S2.4,OS2.5] Applies where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs. [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F20-O P2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] Applies where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs. [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs, or where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F 20,F22-OH4] Applies where walls support floors and where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs or where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F 20,F22-O S3.1,OS3.7] Applies where walls support floors and where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs or where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20-OP3.1] Applies where interior finishes are installed to contribute to the required fire resistance of exterior walls.
	[F20-OP1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(5)	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-O S2.5] [F22-O S2.4,OS2.5] Applies where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs. [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F20-O P2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] Applies where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs. [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs, or where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20-OH4] Applies where walls support floors and where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs or where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20 -OS3.1,OS3.7] Applies where walls support floors and where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs or where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F20-OP1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F20-OP3.1] Applies where interior finishes are installed to contribute to the required fire resistance of exterior walls.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(6)	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-O S2.5] [F22-O S2.4,OS2.5] Applies where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs. [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F20-O P2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] Applies where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs. [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20-OH4] Applies where walls support floors and where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs or where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20-OP1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F20-O S3.1,OS3.7] Applies where walls support floors and where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs or where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(7)	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-O S2.5] [F22-O S2.4,OS2.5] Applies where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs. [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F20-O P2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] Applies where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs. [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs, or where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20-OH4] Applies where walls support floors and where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs or where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20 -OS3.1,OS3.7] Applies where walls support floors and where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs or where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F20-OP1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F20-OP3.1] Applies where interior finishes are installed to contribute to the required fire resistance of exterior walls.
9.29.5.9. Spacing of Screws
(1)	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F20-OP2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20 -OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F20-OP1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(3)	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F20-OP2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20-O H1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20-O S1.2] Applies where gypsum board is required to provide the fire resistance and the rating of the assembly is determined according to Table 9.10.3.1.-A.
	[F20-O P1.2] Applies where gypsum board is required to provide the fire resistance and the rating of the assembly is determined according to Table 9.10.3.1.-A.
	[F20-OP3.1] Applies where interior finishes are installed to contribute to the required fire resistance of exterior walls.
(4)	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-O S2.5] [F22-O S2.4,OS2.5] Applies where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs. [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F20-O P2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] Applies where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs. [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs, or where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F 20,F22-O S3.1,OS3.7] Applies where the walls support floors and where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs or where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F 20,F22-OH4] Applies where the walls support floors and where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs or where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20-OP3.1] Applies where interior finishes are installed to contribute to the required fire resistance of exterior walls.
	[F20-OP1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(6)	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-O S2.5] [F22-O S2.4,OS2.5] Applies where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs. [F20 ,F22-OS2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F20-O P2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] Applies where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs. [F20 ,F22-OP2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs, or where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20-OH4] Applies where walls support floors and where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs or where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20 -OS3.1,OS3.7] Applies where walls support floors and where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs or where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F20-OP1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F20-OP3.1] Applies where interior finishes are installed to contribute to the required fire resistance of exterior walls.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(7)	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-O S2.5] [F22-O S2.4,OS2.5] Applies where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs. [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F20-O P2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] Applies where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs. [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs, or where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20-O S3.1,OS3.7] Applies where walls support floors and where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs or where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F20-OH4] Applies where walls support floors and where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs or where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20-OP1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F20-OP3.1] Applies where interior finishes are installed to contribute to the required fire resistance of exterior walls.
9.29.5.10. Low Temperature Conditions
(1)	[F81-O S1.2] Applies where the finishing of joints is required to maintain required fire-resistance ratings.
9.29.6.1. Thickness
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20-O P2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4]

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.29.6.2. Grooved Plywood
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20-O P2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4]
9.29.6.3. Nails and Staples
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20-O P2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4]
(2)	[F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,O S2.4,OS2.5]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,O P2.4,OP2.5]
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22 -OS3.1] Applies to walls that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
	[F20 ,F22-OH4] Applies to walls that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
9.29.6.4. Edge Support
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20-O P2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4]
9.29.7.1. Material Standard
(1)	[F20 ,F80 -OS2.1,OS2.3]
	[F20 ,F22 ,F80-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F20 ,F22 ,F80 ,F81-O H1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20 ,F80 -OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22,F80-OP2.4]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.29.7.2. Thickness
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20-O P2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4]
9.29.7.3. Nails
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20-O P2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4]
9.29.7.4. Edge Support
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F20-O P2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4]
9.29.8.1. Material Standard
(1)	[F 20,F80-O S2.1,OS2.3]
	[F 20,F22,F80-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F 20,F22,F80,F81-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F 20,F80-O P2.1,OP2.3]
9.29.8.2. Thickness
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20-O P2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4]

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20-O P2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4]
9.29.8.3. Nails
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F20 -OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20 -OP2.1] [F20-OP2.4]
(2)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20-O P2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4]
9.29.8.4. Edge Support
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F20-O P2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4]
9.29.9.1. Material Standard
(1)	[F20 ,F80 -OS2.1,OS2.3]
	[F20 ,F22 ,F80-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F20 ,F22 ,F80 ,F81-O H1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20 ,F80 -OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22,F80-OP2.4]
(2)	[F20 ,F80 -OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22,F80-OP2.4]
	[F20 ,F80 -OS2.1,OS2.3]
	[F20 ,F22 ,F80-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F20 ,F22 ,F80 ,F81-O H1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.29.9.2. Minimum Thickness
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20-O P2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4]
(4)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20-O P2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4]
(5)	[F20-OS2.1] [F 20,F22-O S2.4,OS2.5] Applies where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs. [F 20,F22-OS2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F20-O P2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] Applies where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs. [F 20,F22-OP2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements, or where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing of exterior walls.
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics.
9.29.9.3. Nails
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F 20,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F 20,F22-O H1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20-O P2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4]

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F20 -OS2.1,OS2.3,O S2.5] [F22-O S2.3,O S2.4,OS2.5]
	[F20 -OP2.1,OP2.3,O P2.5] [F22-O P2.3,O P2.4,OP2.5]
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
	[F22 -OS3.1] Applies to walls that support floors. [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
	[F20 ,F22-OH4] Applies to walls that support floors.
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
9.29.9.4. Edge Support
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
	[F20 ,F22 -OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
	[F20 ,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F20-O P2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4]
9.29.10.1. Tile Application
(1)	[F20,F81-O H1.1,OH1.2] Applies where the substrate serves as a required environmental separation element.
	[F20-OS2.1] [F20 -OS2.5] [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where the substrate for the tile contributes to the required bracing or lateral support for studs. [F20-OS2.3] Applies where the substrate for the tile serves as a required environmental separation element or where the tile is installed to provide the required waterproof wall finish.
	[F20-OS1.2] Applies where the substrate is required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F20 -OP2.5] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where the substrate for the tile contributes to the required bracing or lateral support for studs. [F20-OP2.3] Applies where the substrate for the tile serves as a required environmental separation element or where the tile is installed to provide the required waterproof wall finish.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F 20,F81-O H1.1,OH1.2] Applies where the substrate serves as a required environmental separation element.
	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-O S2.5] [F22-O S2.4,OS2.5] Applies where the substrate for the tile contributes to the required bracing or lateral support for studs. [F20-OS2.3] Applies where the substrate for the tile serves as a required environmental separation element or where the tile is installed to provide the required waterproof wall finish.
	[F20-OS1.2] Applies where the substrate is required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F20-O P2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] Applies where the substrate for the tile contributes to the required bracing or lateral support for studs. [F20-OP2.3] Applies where the substrate for the tile serves as a required environmental separation element or where the tile is installed to provide the required waterproof wall finish.
9.29.10.2. Mortar Base
(1)	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-O S2.5] [F22-O S2.4,OS2.5] Applies where the substrate for the tile contributes to the required bracing or lateral support for studs. [F 20,F80-OS2.3] Applies where the substrate for the tile serves as a required environmental separation element or where the tile is installed to provide the required waterproof wall finish.
	[F 20,F80-OS1.2] Applies where the substrate is required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F 20,F80,F81-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where the substrate serves as a required environmental separation element.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F20-O P2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] Applies where the substrate for the tile contributes to the required bracing or lateral support for studs. [F20-OP2.3] Applies where the substrate for the tile serves as a required environmental separation element or where the tile is installed to provide the required waterproof wall finish.

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F20-OS2.1] [F20 -OS2.5] [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where the substrate for the tile contributes to the required bracing or lateral support for studs. [F20 ,F80-OS2.3] Applies where the substrate for the tile serves as a required environmental separation element or where the tile is installed to provide the required waterproof wall finish.
	[F20 ,F80-OS1.2] Applies where the substrate is required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F20 ,F80 ,F81-O H1.1,OH1.2] Applies where the substrate serves as a required environmental separation element.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F20 -OP2.5] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where the substrate for the tile contributes to the required bracing or lateral support for studs. [F20-OP2.3] Applies where the substrate for the tile serves as a required environmental separation element or where the tile is installed to provide the required waterproof wall finish.
(3)	[F20-OS2.1] [F20 -OS2.5] [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where the substrate for the tile contributes to the required bracing or lateral support for studs. [F20-OS2.3] Applies where the substrate for the tile serves as a required environmental separation element.
	[F20-OS1.2] Applies where the substrate is required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F20,F81-O H1.1,OH1.2] Applies where the substrate serves as a required environmental separation element.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F20 -OP2.5] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where the substrate for the tile contributes to the required bracing or lateral support for studs. [F20-OP2.3] Applies where the substrate for the tile serves as a required environmental separation element or where the tile is installed to provide the required waterproof wall finish.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(4)	[F20-OS2.1] [F20-O S2.5] [F22-O S2.4,OS2.5] Applies where the substrate for the tile contributes to the required bracing or lateral support for studs. [F20-OS2.3] Applies where the substrate for the tile serves as a required environmental separation element or where the tile is installed to provide the required waterproof wall finish.
	[F20-O H1.1,OH1.2] Applies where the substrate serves as a required environmental separation element.
	[F20-OS1.2] Applies where the substrate is required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F20-OP2.1] [F20-O P2.5] [F22-O P2.4,OP2.5] Applies where the substrate for the tile contributes to the required bracing or lateral support for studs. [F20-OP2.3] Applies where the substrate for the tile serves as a required environmental separation element or where the tile is installed to provide the required waterproof wall finish.
9.29.10.3. Adhesives
(1)	[F20-O H1.1,OH1.2] Applies where the substrate serves as a required environmental separation element.
	[F20-OS2.3]
	[F20-OS1.2] Applies where the substrate is required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F20-O P2.3,OP2.4]
9.29.10.4. Moisture-Resistant Backing
(1)	[F81-O H1.1,OH1.2] Applies where the substrate supports or serves as a required environmental separation element.
	[F20-OS2.3]
	[F20-OS1.2] Applies where the substrate is required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F81-O P2.3,OP2.4]
9.29.10.5. Joints between Tiles and Bathtub
(1)	[F81-O H1.1,OH1.2] Applies where the substrate serves as a required environmental separation element.
	[F81-OS2.3]
	[F81-OS1.2] Applies where the substrate is required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
	[F81-O P2.3,OP2.4]
9.30.1.1. Required Finished Flooring
(1)	[F30-OS3.1]
	[F 40,F41-OH2.4]

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.30.1.2. Water Resistance
(1)	[F80-OS2.3] Applies where finished flooring is required to provide water resistance.
	[F41 ,F81-OH1.1] Applies where finished flooring is required to provide water resistance.
9.30.1.3. Sleepers
(1)	[F20 ,F80-OS3.1]
	[F80-OH1.1] Applies to portion of Code text: “Wood sleepers supporting finished flooring over a concrete base supported on the ground ... shall be treated with a wood preservative.”
9.30.2.1. Required Underlay
(1)	[F81-OS3.1]
	[F81-OS2.3] Applies where finished flooring is required to provide water resistance.
	[F81-OH1.1] Applies where finished flooring is required to provide water resistance.
(2)	[F81-OS3.1]
	[F81-OS2.3] Applies where finished flooring is required to provide water resistance.
	[F81-OH1.1] Applies where finished flooring is required to provide water resistance.
(3)	[F81-OS3.1]
	[F81-OH1.1] Applies where finished flooring is required to provide water resistance.
	[F81-OS2.3] Applies where finished flooring is required to provide water resistance.
9.30.2.2. Materials and Thickness
(1)	[F81-OS3.1]
	[F81-OS2.3] Applies where finished flooring is required to provide water resistance.
	[F81-OH1.1] Applies where finished flooring is required to provide water resistance.
(2)	[F81-OS2.3] Applies where finished flooring is required to provide water resistance.
	[F81-OS3.1]
	[F81-OH1.1] Applies where finished flooring is required to provide water resistance.
9.30.2.3. Fastening
(1)	[F81-OS3.1]
	[F81-OS2.3] Applies where finished flooring is required to provide water resistance.
	[F81-OH1.1] Applies where finished flooring is required to provide water resistance.
(2)	[F81-OS3.1]
	[F81-OS2.3] Applies where finished flooring is required to provide water resistance.
	[F81-OH1.1] Applies where finished flooring is required to provide water resistance.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(3)	[F81-OS3.1]
	[F81-OS2.3] Applies where finished flooring is required to provide water resistance.
	[F81-OH1.1] Applies where finished flooring is required to provide water resistance.
9.30.2.4. Joints Offset
(1)	[F81-OS3.1]
	[F81-OS2.3] Applies where finished flooring is required to provide water resistance.
	[F81-OH1.1] Applies where finished flooring is required to provide water resistance.
9.30.2.5. Surface Defects
(1)	[F81-OS3.1]
	[F81-OS2.3] Applies where finished flooring is required to provide water resistance.
	[F81-OH1.1] Applies where finished flooring is required to provide water resistance.
9.30.3.1. Thickness
(1)	[F30-OS3.1]
	[F20-OS2.1]
9.30.3.2. Strip Direction and End Joints
(1)	[F30-OS3.1]
(2)	[F20-OS2.1]
(3)	[F20-OS2.1]
9.30.3.3. Nailing
(1)	[F30-OS3.1]
(2)	[F30-OS3.1]
9.30.3.4. Staples
(1)	[F30-OS3.1]
9.30.4.1. Adhesive
(1)	[F81-OS3.1]
9.30.5.1. Materials
(1)	[F 41,F80-OH1.1]
	[F80-OS3.1]
(2)	[F 81,F80-OS3.1]
	[F41-OH1.1]
9.30.6.1. Substrate
(1)	[F81-OS3.1]
	[F81-OH1.1] Applies where finished flooring is required to provide water resistance.
	[F81-OS2.3] Applies where finished flooring is required to provide water resistance.

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(2)	[F81-OH1.1] Applies where finished flooring is required to provide water resistance.
	[F81-OS3.1]
	[F81-OS2.3] Applies where finished flooring is required to provide water resistance.
9.31.2.2. Corrosion Protection
(1)	[F80-OH2.1]
	[F80-OS2.3]
9.31.2.3. Grab Bars
(1)	[F20-OS3.1]
9.31.3.1. Required Water Supply
(1)	[F70 ,F71 -OH2.2,OH2.3]
9.31.3.2. Required Connections
(1)	[F71-OH2.3]
(2)	[F71 ,F70-OH2.3]
9.31.4.1. Required Fixtures
(1)	[F71 ,F70 ,F72-O H2.1,OH2.3]
9.31.4.2. Hot Water Supply
(1)	[F71-OH2.3]
9.31.4.3. Floor Drains
(1)	[F62 ,F40 ,F41-O H1.2,OH1.3] [F62-OH1.1]
(2)	[F62 ,F52 -OH1.2,O H1.3] [F62-OH1.1]
9.31.5.1. Building Sewer
(1)	[F72-OH2.1]
9.31.5.2. Discharge of Sewage
(1)	[F72-OH2.1]
(2)	[F72-OH2.1]
9.31.6.1. Hot Water Supply
(1)	(a) [F40-O H2.1,OH2.4] [F71-OH2.3]
9.31.6.2. Equipment and Installation
(1)	[F31 ,F30 ,F81-O S3.2] [F44-OS3.4]
(2)	[F44-OH1.1]
	[F01-OS1.1]
(3)	[F23-OS3.4]
	[F01-OS1.1]
9.31.6.3. Corrosion-Resistant Coating
(1)	[F81 ,F80-OH2.3]
9.31.6.4. Fuel-Burning Heaters
(1)	[F41-OH1.1]
	[F01-OS1.1]
9.31.6.5. Heating Coils
(1)	[F31-OS3.2]
	[F71-OH2.3]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.32.1.2. Required Ventilation
(1)	[F 40,F50,F52-OH1.1] [F51 ,F52-OH1.2]
(2)	[F 40,F50,F52-OH1.1] [F51 ,F52-OH1.2]
9.32.1.3. Venting of Laundry-Drying Equipment
(1)	[F 40,F44,F50,F52-OH1.1]
	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]
(2)	[F81-OS1.1]
	[F81-OP1.1]
	[F 40,F80-OH1.1]
	[F 63,F80-OS2.3]
(3)	[F 40,F44,F50,F52-OH1.1]
	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]
9.32.2.1. Required Ventilation
(1)	[F 40,F50,F52-OH1.1] [F51 ,F52-OH1.2]
9.32.2.2. Non-Heating-Season Natural Ventilation
(1)	[F 51,F52-O H1.2] [F40 ,F52 ,F50-OH1.1]
(3)	[F42-OH2.5]
	[F 61,F42-OH1.1]
	[F 61,F42-OS2.3]
(4)	[F80-OH2.5]
(4)	[F 80,F42-O H1.1,OH1.2]
9.32.2.3. Non-Heating-Season Mechanical Ventilation
(1)	[F 40,F50,F52-OH1.1]
(3)	[F 40,F50,F52-OH1.1] [F51 ,F52-OH1.2]
(4)	[F 40,F50,F52-OH1.1] [F51 ,F52-OH1.2]
9.32.3.1. Required Ventilation
(1)	[F 40,F50,F53-OS3.4]
(1)	[F 40,F50,F52-OH1.1] [F51 ,F52-OH1.2]
(2)	(a),(b) [F 40,F50,F52-OH1.1] (a),(b) [F 51,F52-OH1.2] (c) [F53-OH1.1]
(2)	(c) [F53-OS3.4]
9.32.3.2. Design and Installation
(1)	[F52-OS2.3]
(1)	[F 40,F52,F50-OH1.1] [F52 ,F51-OH1.2]
(2)	[F81-OH1.1]
(3)	[F81-OH1.1]
(3)	[F81-OS3.4]
(4)	[F 40,F43,F50,F53-OH1.1]
(4)	[F 43,F53,F82-OS3.4]
(5)	[F82-OH1.1]

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(6)	[F63 ,F81-OH1.1]
9.32.3.3. Principal Ventilation System
(1)	[F40 ,F50 ,F52-O H1.1] [F51,F52-OH1.2]
(2)	[F40 ,F50 ,F52-O H1.1] [F51,F52-OH1.2]
(4)	[F80 ,F81-OH1.1]
(5)	[F81-OH1.1]
(6)	[F81-OH1.1]
(7)	[F81-OH1.1]
(8)	[F81-OH1.1]
(9)	[F40 ,F50 ,F52-OH1.1]
(10)	[F40-OH1.1]
9.32.3.4. Ventilation Systems Used in Conjunction with Forced Air Heating Systems
(2)	[F50 ,F51 ,F81-O H1.1] [F51,F81-OH1.2]
(2)	[F43 ,F50 ,F81-OS3.4]
(5)	[F40 ,F43 ,F50 ,F52-OH1.1]
(5)	(a) [F43,F50,F53-OS3.4] (b) [F43,F50,F81-OS3.4]
(6)	[F53-OH1.1]
	[F43 ,F50 ,F53-OS3.4]
	[F53 ,F63-OS2.3]
(7)	[F40 ,F50 ,F52 ,F53-OH1.1]
(7)	[F43 ,F50 ,F53-OS3.4]
(8)	(a),(b) [F81-OH1.1] (c) [F53-OH1.1]
(8)	(c) [F53,F63-OS2.3]
(9)	(a),(b) [F43,F53-OH1.1] (c) [F53,F63-OH1.1]
	(a),(b) [F43,F50,F53-OS3.4]
	(c) [F53,F63-OS2.3]
(10)	[F53-OH1.1]
	[F43 ,F50 ,F53-OS3.4]
	[F53 ,F63-OS2.3]
(11)	[F53-OH1.1]
(12)	[F81-OH1.2]
9.32.3.5. Ventilation Systems Not Used in Conjunction with Forced Air Heating Systems
(2)	[F53-OH1.1]
(2)	[F43 ,F50 ,F53-OS3.4]
(3)	(a) [F43,F53-OH1.1] (b) [F53,F63-OH1.1]
	(a) [F43,F50,F53-OS3.4]
	(b) [F53,F63-OS2.3]
(4)	[F40 ,F43 ,F50 ,F52-OH1.1]
(4)	[F43 ,F50 ,F53-OS3.4]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(5)	[F53-OH1.1]
	[F 53,F63-OS2.3]
	[F 43,F50,F53-OS3.4]
(6)	[F53-OH1.1]
	[F 53,F63-OS2.3]
	[F 43,F50,F53-OS3.4]
(7)	[F53-OH1.1]
(8)	[F 51,F54-OH1.2]
(9)	[F54-OH1.2]
(10)	[F 40,F50,F52-OH1.1]
(12)	[F 40,F50,F52-OH1.1]
(13)	[F 51,F54-OH1.2]
(14)	[F 40,F50,F52-OH1.1]
9.32.3.6. Exhaust-Only Ventilation Systems
(1)	[F 40,F50,F52-OH1.1]
(1)	[F43-OS3.4]
(2)	[F 40,F50,F52-OH1.1]
(3)	[F 40,F50,F52-OH1.1]
9.32.3.7. Supplemental Exhaust
(1)	[F 40,F52-OH1.1]
(3)	[F 40,F52-OH1.1]
(4)	[F 40,F52-OH1.1]
(5)	[F 40,F52-OH1.1]
(6)	[F81-OH1.1]
(7)	[F81-OH1.1]
(8)	[F81-OH1.1]
9.32.3.8. Protection Against Depressurization
(2)	[F53-OH1.1]
	(a) [F43,F50,F53-OS3.4]
	(b) [F53,F63-OS2.3]
(3)	[F 53,F81-OH1.1]
(3)	[F 43,F50,F53,F81-OS3.4]
(4)	[F81-OS3.4]
(4)	[F81-O H1.1,OH1.2]
(5)	[F53-OH1.1]
	[F81-OS1.1]
	[F 80,F81-OS3.4]
(7)	[F 43,F50,F53-OS3.4]
(7)	[F53-OH1.1]
9.32.3.9. Carbon Monoxide Alarms
(2)	(a),(b),(d) [F44-OS3.4] (c) [F81-OS3.4]
(3)	[F44-OS3.4]

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(4)	[F44-OS3.4]
(5)	[F44-OS3.4]
(6)	[F44-OS3.4]
(7)	[F11-OS3.4]
9.32.3.10. Fans
(1)	[F40 ,F50 ,F52 ,F53-O H1.1] [F51,F52-OH1.2]
(1)	[F53 ,F63-OS2.3]
(2)	[F81-O H1.1,OH1.2]
(3)	[F53-O H1.1,OH1.2]
(3)	[F53-OS3.4]
(4)	[F40 ,F50 ,F52 ,F53-O H1.1] [F51,F52-OH1.2]
(5)	[F81-O H1.1,OH1.2]
(6)	[F81-OS3.4]
(6)	[F81-O H1.1,OH1.2]
(7)	[F40 ,F50 ,F52 ,F53-O H1.1] [F51,F52-OH1.2]
(7)	[F81-OS3.4]
9.32.3.11. Ducts
(1)	[F81-OH1.1]
(2)	[F40 ,F52 ,F63-OH1.1]
(2)	[F52 ,F63-OS2.3]
(3)	[F63-OH1.1]
(3)	[F63 ,F80-OS2.3]
(4)	[F63-OH1.1]
(5)	[F41 ,F82-OH1.1]
(5)	[F01 ,F82-OS1.1]
(6)	(a),(b),(c) [F02,F03-OS1.1] (a) [F80-OS1.1] (c) [F82-OS1.1]
(7)	[F41 ,F53 ,F80-OH1.1]
(8)	[F40 ,F41-OH1.1]
(8)	[F40 ,F63-OS2.3]
(9)	[F40 ,F50 ,F52 ,F53-OH1.1]
(9)	[F53-OS3.4]
(12)	[F40 ,F50 ,F52 ,F53-OH1.1]
(12)	[F53-OS3.4]
9.32.3.12. Heat Recovery Ventilators
(2)	[F40 ,F50 ,F52-OH1.1]
(3)	[F40 ,F50 ,F52-OH1.1]
(4)	[F53-O H1.1,OH1.2]
	[F53 ,F63-OS2.3]
	[F43 ,F53-OS3.4]
(5)	[F62-OH1.1]
(6)	[F81-OH1.1]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.32.3.13. Outdoor Intake and Exhaust Openings
(1)	[F 40,F50,F52-OH1.1]
	[F 40,F44,F50-OS3.4]
(2)	[F 40,F50,F52,F53-OH1.1]
	[F 43,F53-OS3.4]
(3)	[F 40,F50,F52-OH1.1]
	[F 40,F50,F44-OS3.4]
(4)	[F 62,F63-OS2.3]
	[F 62,F63-OP2.3]
(5)	[F 62,F63-OS2.3]
	[F 62,F63-OP2.3]
(6)	[F 62,F63-OS2.3]
	[F 62,F63-OP2.3]
(7)	[F 40,F50,F52-OH1.1]
	[F 40,F44,F50,F53-OS3.4]
(8)	[F 40,F53-OH1.1]
(9)	[F61-OH1.1]
	[F61-OS2.3]
(10)	[F42-OH1.1]
	[F 01,F42-OS1.1]
	[F42-OH2.5]
(11)	[F 42,F63-OH1.1]
	[F 01,F42-OS1.1]
(12)	[F42-OH1.1]
	[F 01,F42-OS1.1]
(13)	[F 53,F82-OH1.1]
	[F 43,F53,F82-OS3.4]
(14)	[F 53,F81-OH1.1]
	[F 43,F53-OS3.4]
(15)	[F 42,F80-OH2.5]
	[F 01,F42,F80-OS1.1]
9.33.1.1. Application
(3)	[F40-OH1.1]
	[F40-OS3.4]
9.33.2.1. Required Heating Systems
(1)	[F 51,F52-O H1.2] [F63-OH1.1]
	[F63-OS2.3]
9.33.3.1. Indoor Design Temperatures
(1)	[F51-OH1.2]
9.33.4.1. Design of Heating and Air-conditioning Systems
(1)	[F 41,F63-O H1.1] [F 51,F52-OH1.2]
	[F63-OS2.3] Applies only to heating systems.
	[F44-OS3.4] Applies only to heating systems.

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.33.4.2. Installation of Hydronic Heating Systems
(1)	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]
	[F63 -OH1.1] [F51,F52-OH1.2]
	[F63-OS2.3]
	[F44-OS3.4] Applies to heating equipment.
9.33.4.3. Heating System Control
(1)	[F51 ,F52 -OH1.2] [F63-OH1.1]
9.33.4.4. Access
(1)	[F82-O H1.1,OH1.2]
	[F82-OS2.3] Applies only to heating systems.
	[F82-OS1.1]
	[F82-OP1.1]
9.33.4.5. Protection from Freezing
(1)	[F81-O H1.1,OH1.2]
	[F81-OS2.3] Applies only to heating systems.
9.33.4.6. Expansion, Contraction and System Pressure
(1)	[F20-O H1.1,OH1.2]
	[F20-OS3.2]
	[F20-OS2.3] Applies only to heating systems.
9.33.4.7. Structural Movement
(1)	[F23-OS3.4]
	[F23-O H1.1,OH1.2]
	[F23-OS1.1]
	[F23-OP1.1]
(2)	[F20-O S3.3,OS3.4]
	[F20-OS1.1]
9.33.4.8. Asbestos
(1)	[F43-OH1.1]
9.33.4.9. Contaminant Transfer
(1)	[F44-OH1.1]
	[F44-OS3.4]
9.33.5.1. Capacity of Heating Appliances
(1)	[F63-O H1.1] [F51-OH1.2]
	[F63-OS2.3]
9.33.5.2. Installation Standards
(1)	[F01-OP1.1] Applies to heating equipment.
	[F41 ,F63 ,F50-O H1.1] [F51,F52-OH1.2]
	[F63-OS2.3] Applies to heating equipment.
	[F44-OS3.4] Applies to heating equipment.
	[F01-OS1.1] Applies to heating equipment.

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.33.5.3. Design, Construction and Installation Standard for Solid-Fuel-Burning Appliances
(1)	[F 41,F43-O H1.1] [F51-OH1.2]
	[F51-OS2.3]
	[F43-OS3.4]
	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]
9.33.6.2. Materials in Air Duct Systems
(1)	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]
(2)	(a),(b),(c),(d) [F01-OS1.1]
	(a),(b),(c),(d) [F01-OP1.1]
(3)	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]
(4)	(a),(b),(c),(d) [F01-OS1.1]
	(a),(b),(c),(d) [F01-OP1.1]
(7)	(a),(b) [F41,F63-OH1.1] [F50,F51,F52-OH1.2]
	(a),(b) [F63-OS2.3]
9.33.6.3. Tape
(1)	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]
9.33.6.4. Coverings, Linings, Adhesives and Insulation
(1)	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]
(2)	(a),(b) [F01-OS1.1]
	(a),(b) [F01-OP1.1]
(3)	(a),(b) [F01-OS1.1]
	(a),(b) [F01-OP1.1]
(4)	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]
(5)	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]
(6)	[F01-OS1.1]
	(c) [F01,F 02,F05-OS1.5]
	[F01-OP1.1]
(7)	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]
(8)	(a),(b) [F01,F03-OS1.1]
	(a),(b) [F01,F03-OP1.1]

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(9)	[F63 -OH1.1] Applies to ventilation ducts and their fittings. [F51 ,F52-OH1.2] Applies to air duct distribution systems serving heating systems.
	[F03-OS1.1] Applies to air duct distribution systems.
	[F03-OP1.1] Applies to air duct distribution systems.
	[F63-OS2.3] Applies to air duct distribution systems.
9.33.6.5. Galvanized Steel or Aluminum Supply Ducts
(1)	[F20-O H1.1,OH1.2]
	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]
(2)	[F20 ,F63 -OH1.1] [F20,F 51,F52-OH1.2]
(2)	[F20 ,F63-OS2.3]
9.33.6.6. Construction of Ducts and Plenums
(1)	[F03-OS1.1]
(1)	[F03-OP1.1]
(2)	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F20-OS3.1]
	[F63 -OH1.1] [F51,F52-OH1.2]
	[F20 ,F63-OS2.3]
(3)	[F43 ,F63 -OH1.1] [F51,F52-OH1.2]
	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F63-OS2.3]
	[F01-OP1.1]
(4)	[F43 ,F63 -OH1.1] [F51,F52-OH1.2]
	[F63-OS2.3]
	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]
(5)	[F63 -OH1.1] [F51,F52-OH1.2]
	[F63-OS2.3]
	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]
9.33.6.7. Installation of Ducts and Plenums
(1)	[F40-OH1.1]
(1)	[F40-OS3.4]
(2)	[F63 -OH1.1] [F51,F52-OH1.2]
	[F63-OS2.3]
	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]
(3)	[F63 -OH1.1] [F51,F52-OH1.2]
	[F63-OS2.3]
	[F20-OS3.1]
(4)	[F51 ,F52 -OH1.2] [F63,F50-OH1.1]
(4)	[F63 ,F80-OS2.3]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(5)	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]
(6)	[F80-O H1.1,OH1.2]
	[F80-OS2.3]
(7)	(a),(b) [F40,F62-O H1.1,OH1.2]
	(a),(b) [F40,F62-OS2.3]
	(b) [F44-OS3.4]
9.33.6.8. Clearances of Ducts and Plenums
(2)	(a),(b) [F01-OS1.1]
	(a),(b) [F01-OP1.1]
(3)	(a),(b) [F01-OS1.1]
	(a),(b) [F01-OP1.1]
(4)	(a),(b),(c) [F01-OS1.1]
	(a),(b),(c) [F01-OP1.1]
(5)	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]
9.33.6.9. Adjustable Dampers and Balance Stops
(1)	[F 40,F63-O H1.1] [F 51,F52-OH1.2]
	[F63-O S2.3] Applies to branch supply ducts that are not fitted with diffusers with adjustable balance stops.
9.33.6.10. Warm-Air Supply Outlets and Return Inlets — General
(1)	[F81-OS1.1]
	[F81-O H1.1,OH1.2]
	[F81-OS2.3]
(2)	(a),(b) [F01,F02-OS1.1]
	(a),(b) [F01,F02-OP1.1]
9.33.6.11. Warm-Air Supply Outlets
(1)	[F 40,F63-O H1.1] [F 51,F52-OH1.2]
	[F63-OS2.3]
(2)	[F63-O H1.1] [F51-OH1.2]
	[F63-OS2.3]
(3)	[F 40,F63-O H1.1] [F51-OH1.2]
(4)	[F 40,F63-O H1.1] [F51-OH1.2]
	[F63-OS2.3]
(5)	[F 40,F63-O H1.1] [F51-OH1.2]
	[F63-OS2.3]
(6)	[F 40,F63-O H1.1] [F51-OH1.2]
	[F63-OS2.3]
(8)	[F31-OS3.2]
(9)	[F 40,F63-O H1.1] [F51-OH1.2]
	[F63-OS2.3] Applies to warm-air supply outlets located in finished areas.

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.33.6.12. Return-Air Inlets
(1)	[F44 ,F40-OH1.1]
	[F44 ,F40-OS3.4]
(2)	[F63-O H1.1] [F51-OH1.2]
(3)	[F63-O H1.1] [F51-OH1.2]
	[F63-OS2.3]
9.33.6.13. Return-Air System
(1)	[F63-O H1.1] [F51-OH1.2]
	[F63-OS2.3]
(2)	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]
(3)	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]
(4)	(a),(b),(c) [F01-OS1.1]
	(a),(b),(c) [F01-OP1.1]
(5)	[F51 ,F52 -OH1.1,OH1.2]
	[F51 ,F52-OS2.3]
(6)	[F63-O H1.1] [F51-OH1.2]
	[F63-OS2.3]
(7)	(a),(b) [F44-OH1.1]
	(a),(b) [F44-OS3.4]
9.33.6.14. Filters and Odour Removal Equipment
(1)	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]
(2)	[F32-OS3.3]
	[F41-OH1.1]
(3)	(a),(b) [F81-OH1.1]
9.33.7.1. Recessed Radiators and Convectors
(1)	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]
9.33.7.2. Surface Temperature
(1)	[F31-OS3.2]
9.33.8.1. Piping Materials and Installation
(1)	[F20-OS3.2]
	[F20-O H1.1,OH1.2]
(2)	[F21 ,F40 -OH1.1] [F21,F51-OH1.2]
(3)	[F20-OS2.2]
9.33.8.2. Insulation and Coverings
(1)	[F80-OH1.2]
	[F80-OS3.2]
(2)	(a),(b) [F01-OS1.1]
	(a),(b) [F01-OP1.1]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(3)	(a),(b) [F01 ,F02-O S1.1,OS1.2]
	(a),(b) [F01 ,F02-O P1.1,OP1.2]
(4)	[F 01,F02-O S1.1,OS1.2]
	[F 01,F02-OP1.1]
(5)	[F31-OS3.2]
9.33.8.3. Clearances
(1)	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]
9.33.8.4. Protection
(1)	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]
(2)	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]
9.33.9.1. Cooling Units
(1)	(a),(b),(c) [F43-OH1.1] [F51-OH1.2]
9.33.10.2. Factory-Built Chimneys
(1)	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F44-OS3.4]
	[F 44,F41-OH1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]
9.34.1.1. Standard for Electrical Installations
(1)	[F32-OS3.3]
	[F01-OS1.1]
	[F01-OP1.1]
9.34.1.3. Location of Equipment in Public Areas
(1)	[F10-O S3.1] [F32-OS3.3]
9.34.1.4. Recessed Lighting Fixtures
(1)	[F01-OS1.1]
9.34.1.5. Wiring and Cables
(1)	[F02-OS1.2]
	[F02-OP1.2]
9.34.2.1. Lighting of Entrances
(1)	[F30-OS3.1]
	[F34-OS4.2]
9.34.2.2. Outlets in Dwelling Units
(1)	[F30-OS3.1]
(2)	[F30-OS3.1]
9.34.2.3. Stairways
(1)	[F30-OS3.1]
(2)	[F30-OS3.1]
9.34.2.4. Basements
(1)	[F30-OS3.1]
(2)	[F30-OS3.1]

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.34.2.5. Storage Rooms
(1)	[F30-OS3.1]
9.34.2.6. Garages and Carports
(1)	[F30-OS3.1]
(2)	[F30-OS3.1]
(3)	[F30-OS3.1]
9.34.2.7. Public and Service Areas
(1)	[F30-OS3.1]
(2)	[F30-OS3.1]
(3)	[F30-OS3.1]
9.35.2.2. Garage Floor
(1)	[F40-OS1.1]
9.35.3.2. Protection from Damage due to Soil Movement
(1)	[F21-OS2.3]
	[F21 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F21-O P2.3,OP2.4]
	[F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)	[F21-OS2.3]
	[F21 -OH1.1,O H1.2,OH1.3]
	[F21-O P2.3,OP2.4]
	[F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
	[F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.35.3.4. Column Piers
(1)	[F80-OS2.3]
(1)	[F80-OP2.3]
(2)	[F20-O S2.1,OS2.2]
(2)	[F20-O P2.1,OP2.2]
9.35.4.2. Columns
(1)	[F20-OS2.1]
(1)	[F20-OP2.1]
9.35.4.3. Anchorage
(1)	[F22-O S2.4,OS2.5]
(1)	[F22-O P2.4,OP2.5]
9.36.2.2. Determination of Thermal Characteristics of Materials, Components and Assemblies
(1)	[F92-OE1.1]
(2)	[F92-OE1.1]
(3)	[F92-OE1.1]
(4)	[F92-OE1.1]
(5)	[F92-OE1.1]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.36.2.4. Calculation of Effective Thermal Resistance of Assemblies
(1)	[F92-OE1.1]
(3)	[F92-OE1.1]
9.36.2.5. Continuity of Insulation
(1)	[F92-OE1.1]
(2)	[F92-OE1.1]
(3)	[F92-OE1.1]
(4)	[F92-OE1.1]
(5)	[F92-OE1.1]
(6)	[F92-OE1.1]
(7)	[F92-OE1.1]
(8)	[F92-OE1.1]
(9)	[F92-OE1.1]
9.36.2.6. Thermal Characteristics of Above-ground Opaque Building Assemblies
(1)	[F92-OE1.1]
(2)	[F92-OE1.1]
(3)	[F92-OE1.1]
(4)	[F92-OE1.1]
9.36.2.7. Thermal Characteristics of Fenestration, Doors and Skylights
(1)	[F92-OE1.1]
(2)	[F92-OE1.1]
(3)	[F92-OE1.1]
(4)	[F92-OE1.1]
(5)	[F92-OE1.1]
(7)	[F92-OE1.1]
(8)	[F92-OE1.1]
9.36.2.8. Thermal Characteristics of Building Assemblies Below-Grade or in Contact with the Ground
(1)	[F92-OE1.1]
(2)	[F92-OE1.1]
(3)	[F92-OE1.1]
(4)	[F92-OE1.1]
(5)	[F92-OE1.1]
(6)	[F92-OE1.1]
(7)	[F92-OE1.1]
(8)	[F92-OE1.1]
(9)	[F92-OE1.1]
9.36.2.9. Airtightness
(1)	[F90-OE1.1]
(2)	[F90-OE1.1]
(3)	[F90-OE1.1]

9.37.1.1. Division B

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(4)	[F90-OE1.1]
(5)	[F90-OE1.1]
(6)	[F90-OE1.1]
9.36.2.10. Construction of Air Barrier Details
(1)	[F90-OE1.1]
(2)	[F90-OE1.1]
(3)	[F90-OE1.1]
(4)	[F90-OE1.1]
(5)	[F90-OE1.1]
(6)	[F90-OE1.1]
(7)	[F90 ,F91 ,F92 ,F93 ,F95,F 100-OE1.1]
(8)	[F90-OE1.1]
(9)	[F90-OE1.1]
(10)	[F90-OE1.1]
(11)	[F90-OE1.1]
(12)	[F90-OE1.1]
(13)	[F90-OE1.1]
(14)	[F90-OE1.1]
(15)	[F90-OE1.1]
(16)	[F90-OE1.1]
(17)	[F90-OE1.1]
(18)	[F90-OE1.1]
9.36.2.11. Trade-off Options for Above-ground Building Envelope Components and Assemblies
(2)	[F92-OE1.1]
(3)	[F92-OE1.1]
(4)	[F92-OE1.1]
(5)	[F92-OE1.1]
(6)	[F92-OE1.1]
(7)	[F92-OE1.1]
(8)	[F92-OE1.1]
9.36.3.2. Equipment and Ducts
(1)	[F95-OE1.1]
(3)	[F91 ,F93-OE1.1]
(4)	[F91 ,F93-OE1.1]
(5)	[F91 ,F93-OE1.1]
9.36.3.3. Air Intake and Outlet Dampers
(1)	[F91 ,F95-OE1.1]
(2)	[F91 ,F95-OE1.1]
9.36.3.4. Piping for Heating and Cooling Systems
(2)	[F93-OE1.1]
9.36.3.5. Equipment for Heating and Air-conditioning Systems
(1)	[F98-OE1.1]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.36.3.6. Temperature Controls
(1)	[F95-OE1.1]
(2)	[F 95,F98-OE1.1]
(3)	[F95-OE1.1]
(4)	[F95-OE1.1]
(5)	[F95-OE1.1]
(6)	[F95-OE1.1]
(7)	[F95-OE1.1]
9.36.3.7. Humidification
(1)	[F95-OE1.1]
9.36.3.8. Heat Recovery from Dehumidification in Spaces with an Indoor Pool or Hot Tub
(1)	[F 95,F100-OE1.1]
(4)	[F 98,F100-OE1.1]
(5)	[F 98,F100-OE1.1]
9.36.3.9. Heat Recovery from Ventilation Systems
(2)	[F 95,F100-OE1.1]
(3)	[F 95,F100-OE1.1]
(4)	[F 95,F98,F100-OE1.1]
9.36.3.10. Equipment Efficiency
(1)	[F 95,F98,F99-OE1.1]
(2)	[F 95,F98,F99-OE1.1]
9.36.3.11. Solar Thermal Systems
(1)	[F 95,F98,F99-OE1.1]
(3)	[F 93,F96-OE1.1]
9.36.4.2. Equipment Efficiency
(1)	[F 96,F98-OE1.1]
(2)	[F 93,F96-OE1.1]
(3)	[F98-OE1.1]
9.36.4.3. Solar Domestic Hot Water Systems
(1)	[F 96,F98-OE1.1]
(3)	[F 93,F96-OE1.1]
9.36.4.4. Piping
(1)	[F 93,F96-OE1.1]
(2)	[F 93,F96-OE1.1]
(3)	[F 93,F96-OE1.1]
9.36.4.5. Controls
(1)	[F96-OE1.1]
9.36.4.6. Indoor Swimming Pool Equipment Controls
(1)	[F96-OE1.1]
(2)	[F96-OE1.1]
9.36.5.3. Compliance
(2)	[F 92,F93,F95,F96,F98,F99,F100-OE1.1]

Division B 9.37.1.1.

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued) Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(3)	[F92 ,F93 ,F95 ,F96 ,F98,F 99,F100-OE1.1]
(4)	[F92 ,F93 ,F95 ,F96 ,F98,F 99,F100-OE1.1]
(5)	[F92 ,F93 ,F95 ,F96 ,F98,F 99,F100-OE1.1]
(6)	[F99-OE1.1]
9.36.5.4. Calculation Methods
(3)	[F99-OE1.1]
(4)	[F99-OE1.1]
(5)	[F95 ,F99-OE1.1]
(6)	[F95 ,F99-OE1.1]
(7)	[F95 ,F99-OE1.1]
(8)	[F99-OE1.1]
(9)	[F99-OE1.1]
(10)	[F90 ,F99-OE1.1]
(11)	[F90 ,F99-OE1.1]
9.36.5.5. Climatic Data
(1)	[F99-OE1.1]
(2)	[F99-OE1.1]
(3)	[F99-OE1.1]
9.36.5.6. Building Envelope Calculations
(1)	[F92 ,F99-OE1.1]
(2)	[F92 ,F99-OE1.1]
(3)	[F92 ,F99-OE1.1]
(4)	[F92 ,F99-OE1.1]
(5)	[F92 ,F99-OE1.1]
(6)	[F92 ,F99-OE1.1]
(7)	[F92 ,F93 ,F95 ,F96 ,F99-OE1.1]
(8)	[F92 ,F99-OE1.1]
(9)	[F92 ,F99-OE1.1]
(10)	[F92 ,F99-OE1.1]
(11)	[F92 ,F99-OE1.1]
9.36.5.7. HVAC System Calculations
(1)	[F95 ,F99-OE1.1]
(2)	[F95 ,F99-OE1.1]
(3)	[F95 ,F99-OE1.1]
(4)	[F95 ,F99-OE1.1]
(5)	[F95 ,F99-OE1.1]
(6)	[F95 ,F99-OE1.1]
(7)	[F95 ,F99-OE1.1]
(8)	[F95 ,F99-OE1.1]
(9)	[F95 ,F99-OE1.1]
9.36.5.8. Service Water Heating System Calculations
(1)	[F96 ,F99-OE1.1]
(2)	[F96 ,F99-OE1.1]

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
(3)	[F 96,F99-OE1.1]
(4)	[F 96,F99-OE1.1]
(5)	[F 96,F99-OE1.1]
(6)	[F 96,F99-OE1.1]
(7)	[F 96,F99-OE1.1]
(8)	[F 96,F99-OE1.1]
9.36.5.9. General Requirements for Modeling the Proposed House
(1)	[F99-OE1.1]
9.36.5.10. Modeling Building Envelope of Proposed House
(1)	[F 92,F95,F99-OE1.1]
(4)	[F 92,F95,F99-OE1.1]
(5)	[F 92,F95,F99-OE1.1]
(6)	[F 92,F95,F99-OE1.1]
(7)	[F 92,F95,F99-OE1.1]
(9)	[F 90,F91,F92,F95,F99-OE1.1]
(10)	[F 90,F91,F92,F93,F95,F99-OE1.1]
9.36.5.11. Modeling HVAC System of Proposed House
(1)	[F 95,F99-OE1.1]
(2)	[F 95,F99-OE1.1]
(3)	[F 92,F95,F99-OE1.1]
(4)	[F 95,F99,F100-OE1.1]
(5)	[F 95,F99-OE1.1]
(6)	[F 95,F99-OE1.1]
(8)	[F 95,F99-OE1.1]
(9)	[F 95,F99-OE1.1]
(10)	[F 95,F99,F100-OE1.1]
(11)	[F 95,F99-OE1.1]
(12)	[F 95,F99,F100-OE1.1]
(13)	[F 95,F99-OE1.1]
(14)	[F 95,F99,F100-OE1.1]
(15)	[F 95,F99-OE1.1]
(16)	[F 95,F99-OE1.1]
(17)	[F 95,F99-OE1.1]
(18)	[F 95,F99-OE1.1]
(19)	[F 95,F99-OE1.1]
(20)	[F 95,F99-OE1.1]
9.36.5.12. Modeling Service Water Heating System of Proposed House
(1)	[F 96,F99-OE1.1]
9.36.5.13. General Requirements for Modeling the Reference House
(1)	[F99-OE1.1]
(2)	[F99-OE1.1]

9.37.1.1. Division B

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.36.5.14. Modeling Building Envelope of Reference House
(1)	[F92 ,F95 ,F99-OE1.1]
(2)	[F90 ,F91 ,F92 ,F95 ,F99-OE1.1]
(3)	[F92 ,F95 ,F99-OE1.1]
(4)	[F92 ,F95 ,F99-OE1.1]
(5)	[F92 ,F99-OE1.1]
(6)	[F92 ,F95 ,F99-OE1.1]
(7)	[F92 ,F99-OE1.1]
(8)	[F92 ,F99-OE1.1]
(9)	[F92 ,F99 ,F95-OE1.1]
(10)	[F92 ,F99-OE1.1]
9.36.5.15. Modeling HVAC System of Reference House
(1)	[F95 ,F99-OE1.1]
(2)	[F95 ,F99-OE1.1]
(3)	[F95 ,F99 ,F100-OE1.1]
(4)	[F95 ,F99-OE1.1]
(5)	[F95 ,F99-OE1.1]
(6)	[F95 ,F99-OE1.1]
(7)	[F95 ,F99-OE1.1]
(8)	[F95 ,F99 ,F100-OE1.1]
(9)	[F95 ,F99-OE1.1]
(10)	[F95 ,F99-OE1.1]
(11)	[F95 ,F99-OE1.1]
(12)	[F95 ,F99 ,F100-OE1.1]
(13)	[F95 ,F99 ,F100-OE1.1]
(14)	[F95 ,F99-OE1.1]
(15)	[F95 ,F99-OE1.1]
(16)	[F95 ,F99-OE1.1]
9.36.5.16. Modeling Service Water Heating System of Reference House
(1)	[F95 ,F99-OE1.1]
(2)	[F95 ,F99-OE1.1]
(3)	[F95 ,F99-OE1.1]
9.36.6.3. Determination of Airtightness
(1)	[F90-OE1.1]
9.36.6.4. Determination of Airtightness Level
(1)	[F90 ,F91 ,F92 ,F93 ,F95,F 100-OE1.1]
(2)	[F90 ,F91 ,F92 ,F93 ,F95,F 100-OE1.1]
(3)	[F90 ,F91 ,F92 ,F93 ,F95,F 100-OE1.1]
(4)	[F90 ,F91 ,F92 ,F93 ,F95,F 100-OE1.1]
9.36.7.2. Compliance
(1)	[F90,F91,F92,F93,F95,F96,F98,F99,F100-OE1.1]

Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

Provision	Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.36.7.3. Energy Performance Improvement Compliance Calculations
(2)	[F95-OE1.1]
(3)	[F 90,F91,F92,F93,F95,F96,F98,F 99,F100-OE1.1]
(5)	[F 90,F91,F92,F93,F95,F100-OE1.1]
(6)	[F99-OE1.1]
(7)	[F99-OE1.1]
(8)	[F 90,F91,F92,F93,F95,F96,F98,F 99,F100-OE1.1]
(9)	[F 90,F91,F92,F93,F95,F100-OE1.1]
9.36.8.2. Compliance
(1)	[F 90,F91,F92,F93,F95,F96,F98,F 99,F100-OE1.1]
9.36.8.5. Energy Conservation Measures for Above-Ground Opaque Building Assemblies
(2)	[F92-OE1.1]
(3)	[F92-OE1.1]
(4)	[F92-OE1.1]
(5)	[F92-OE1.1]
(6)	[F92-OE1.1]
(7)	[F92-OE1.1]
9.36.8.6. Energy Conservation Measures for Fenestration and Doors
(1)	[F92-OE1.1]
(3)	[F92-OE1.1]
(4)	[F92-OE1.1]
9.36.8.7. Energy Conservation Measures for Opaque Building Assemblies Below-Grade or in Contact with the Ground
(2)	[F92-OE1.1]
(3)	[F92-OE1.1]
9.36.8.8. Energy Conservation Measures Relating to Airtightness
(2)	[F90-OE1.1]
9.36.8.9. Energy Conservation Measures for HVAC Systems
(3)	[F 95,F100-OE1.1]
(4)	[F95-OE1.1]
9.36.8.10. Energy Conservation Measures for Service Water Heating Equipment
(3)	[F96-OE1.1]
9.36.8.11. Energy Conservation Points for Building Volume
(1)	[F95-OE1.1]
(2)	[F95-OE1.1]

Notes to Table 9.37.1.1.:

(1) See Parts 2 and 3 of Division A.

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2

Division B

9-395

‌Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-A

‌Fire and Sound Resistance of Walls(1)

Forming Part of Article 5.8.1.3., Sentence 9.10.3.1.(1), Articles 9.11.1.3. and 9.11.1.4., and Sentence 9.29.5.9.(5)

‌Type of Wall	Wall Number	Description	Fire-Resistance Rating(2)(3)(4)		Typical Sound Transmission Class(2)(4)(5)
‌Type of Wall	Wall Number	Description	Loadbearing	Non- Loadbearing	Typical Sound Transmission Class(2)(4)(5)
Wood Studs ‌Single Row‌ ‌Loadbearing or Non- Loadbearing	W1	38 mm × 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. with or without absorptive material 1 layer of gypsum board on each side

			GG00032A
	W1a	W1 with 89 mm thick absorptive material(6) 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	1 h	1 h	36
	W1b	W1 with 89 mm thick absorptive material(6) ‌12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	45 min [1 h(8)]	45 min [1 h(8)]	34
	W1c	W1 with 89 mm thick absorptive material(6) 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)(9)	30 min	30 min [45 min(8)]	32
	W1d	W1 with no absorptive material 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	1 h	1 h	32
	W1e	W1 with no absorptive material 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	45 min	45 min	32
	W2	38 mm × 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. with or without absorptive material 2 layers of gypsum board on each side	GG00033A
	W2a	W2 with 89 mm thick absorptive material(6) 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	1.5 h	2 h	38
	W2b	W2 with 89 mm thick absorptive material(6) 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	1 h	1.5 h	38
	W2c	W2 with 89 mm thick absorptive material(6) 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)	45 min	1 h	36
	W2d	W2 with no absorptive material 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	1.5 h	2 h	36
	W2e	W2 with no absorptive material 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	1 h	1.5 h	35
	W2f	W2 with no absorptive material 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)	45 min	1 h	34
	W3	38 mm × 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. 89 mm thick absorptive material(6) resilient metal channels on one side spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. 1 layer of gypsum board on each side	GG00034A
	W3a	W3 with studs spaced 400 mm o.c. 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	45 min	1 h	45
	W3b	W3 with studs spaced 600 mm o.c. 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	45 min	1 h	48
	W3c	W3 with studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	45 min	45 min	43

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-A (Continued)

Type of Wall	Wall Number	Description	Fire-Resistance Rating(2)(3)(4)		Typical Sound Transmission Class(2)(4)(5)
Type of Wall	Wall Number	Description	Loadbearing	Non- Loadbearing	Typical Sound Transmission Class(2)(4)(5)
	W4	38 mm × 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. 89 mm thick absorptive material(6) resilient metal channels on one side spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. 2 layers of gypsum board on resilient metal channel side 1 layer of gypsum board on other side	GG00035A
	W4a	W4 with studs spaced 400 mm o.c. 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	1 h	1 h [1.5 h(8)]	51
	W4b	W4 with studs spaced 600 mm o.c. 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	1 h	1 h [1.5 h(8)]	54
	W4c	W4 with studs spaced 400 mm o.c. 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	45 min [1 h(8)]	1 h	49
	W4d	W4 with studs spaced 600 mm o.c. 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	45 min [1 h(8)]	1 h	53
	W5	38 mm × 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. 89 mm thick absorptive material(6) resilient metal channels on one side spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. 1 layer of gypsum board on resilient metal channel side 2 layers of gypsum board on other side	GG00036A
	W5a	W5 with studs spaced 400 mm o.c. 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	45 min	1 h	51
	W5b	W5 with studs spaced 600 mm o.c. 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	45 min	1 h	54
	W5c	W5 with studs spaced 400 mm o.c. 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	45 min	1 h	49
	W5d	W5 with studs spaced 600 mm o.c. 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	45 min	1 h	53
	W6	38 mm × 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. with or without absorptive material resilient metal channels on one side 2 layers of gypsum board on each side	GG00037A
	W6a	W6 with studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. 89 mm thick absorptive material(6) resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. ‌15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	1.5 h	2 h	55
	‌W6b	W6 with studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. with blocking at mid-height(10) 89 mm thick rock or slag fibre insulation(11) resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. ‌15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	2 h	2 h	–
	W6c	W6 with studs spaced 400 mm o.c. with blocking at mid-height(10) 89 mm thick dry-blown cellulose fibre insulation(12) resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	2 h	2 h	–

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-A (Continued)

Type of Wall

Wall Number

Description

Fire-Resistance Rating(2)(3)(4)

Typical Sound Transmission Class(2)(4)(5)

Loadbearing

Non-

Loadbearing

W6d

W6 with

studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

1.5 h

2 h

W6e

W6 with

studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

1 h

1.5 h

W6f

W6 with

studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

1 h

1.5 h

W6g

W6 with

studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

1 h

1.5 h

W6h

W6 with

studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

1 h

1.5 h

W6i

W6 with

studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
no absorptive material
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

1.5 h

2 h

W6j

W6 with

studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
no absorptive material
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

1 h

1.5 h

Wood Studs
Two Rows
Staggered on
38 mm × 140 mm Plate
Loadbearing or Non-

Loadbearing

two rows 38 mm × 89 mm studs each spaced 400 mm
or 600 mm o.c. staggered on common 38 mm × 140 mm plate
89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or 65 mm thick on each side(6)

•1 layer of gypsum board on each side

GG00038A

W7a

W7 with

15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

1 h

W7b

W7 with

12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

45 min

[1 h(8)]

45 min

[1 h(8)]

W7c

W7 with

12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)(9)

30 min

[45 min(8)]

Two rows 38 mm × 89 mm studs each spaced 400 mm
or 600 mm o.c. staggered on common 38 mm × 140 mm plate
89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or 65 mm thick on each side(6)
2 layers of gypsum board on one side
1 layer of gypsum board on other side

GG00039A

W8a

W8 with

15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

1 h

1.5 h

W8b

W8 with

12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

45 min

1 h

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-A (Continued)

Type of Wall

Wall Number

Description

Fire-Resistance Rating(2)(3)(4)

Typical Sound Transmission Class(2)(4)(5)

Loadbearing

Non-

Loadbearing

two rows 38 mm × 89 mm studs each spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. staggered on common 38 mm × 140 mm plate
with or without absorptive material
2 layers of gypsum board on each side

GG00040A

W9a

W9 with

89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or 65 mm thick on each side(6)
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

1.5 h

2 h

W9b

W9 with

89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or 65 mm thick on each side(6)
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

1 h

1.5 h

W9c

W9 with

89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or 65 mm thick on each side(6)
12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)

45 min

1 h

W9d

W9 with

no absorptive material
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

1.5 h

2 h

W10

two rows 38 mm × 89 mm studs each spaced 400 mm
or 600 mm o.c. staggered on common 38 mm × 140 mm plate
with or without absorptive material
resilient metal channels on one side spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
2 layers of gypsum board on each side

GG00041A

W10a

W10 with

89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or 65 mm thick on each side(6)
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

1.5 h

2 h

W10b

W10 with

89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or 65 mm thick on each side(6)
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

1 h

1.5 h

W10c

W10 with

no absorptive material
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

1.5 h

2 h

W10d

W10 with

no absorptive material
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

1 h

1.5 h

W11

two rows 38 mm × 89 mm studs each spaced 400 mm
or 600 mm o.c. staggered on common 38 mm × 140 mm plate
89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or 65 mm thick on each side(6)
resilient metal channels on one side spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
2 layers of gypsum board on resilient channel side
1 layer of gypsum board on other side

GG00042A

W11a

W11 with

15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

1 h

W11b

W11 with

12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

45 min

[1 h(8)]

1 h

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-A (Continued)

Type of Wall	Wall Number	Description	Fire-Resistance Rating(2)(3)(4)		Typical Sound Transmission Class(2)(4)(5)
Type of Wall	Wall Number	Description	Loadbearing	Non- Loadbearing	Typical Sound Transmission Class(2)(4)(5)
	W12	two rows 38 mm × 89 mm studs each spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. staggered on common 38 mm × 140 mm plate 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or 65 mm thick on each side(6) resilient metal channels on one side spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. 1 layer of gypsum board on resilient metal channel side 2 layers of gypsum board on other side	GG00043A
	W12a	W12 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	45 min	1 h	56
	W12b	W12 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	45 min	1 h	54
Wood Studs ‌Two Rows on Separate Plates Loadbearing or Non- Loadbearing	W13	two rows 38 mm × 89 mm studs, each spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. on separate 38 mm × 89 mm plates set 25 mm apart with or without absorptive material 1 layer of gypsum board on each side


			GG00044A
	W13a	W13 with 89 mm thick absorptive material on each side(6)(13) 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	1 h	1 h	57
	W13b	W13 with 89 mm thick absorptive material on each side(6)(13) 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	45 min [1 h(8)]	45 min [1 h(8)]	57
	W13c	W13 with 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side only(6)(13) 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	1 h	1 h	54
	W13d	W13 with 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side only(6)(13) 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	45 min	45 min	53
	W13e	W13 with no absorptive material 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	1 h	1 h	45
	W13f	W13 with no absorptive material 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	45 min	45 min	45
	W14	two rows 38 mm × 89 mm studs, each spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. on separate 38 mm × 89 mm plates set 25 mm apart with or without absorptive material 2 layers of gypsum board on one side 1 layer of gypsum board on other side	GG00045B
	W14a	W14 with 89 mm thick absorptive material on each side(6)(13) 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	1 h	1 h [1.5 h(8)]	61
	W14b	W14 with 89 mm thick absorptive material on each side(6)(13) 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	45 min	1 h	61
	W14c	W14 with 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side only(6)(13) 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	1 h	1 h	57
	W14d	W14 with 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side only(6)(13) 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	45 min	1 h	57
	W14e	W14 with no absorptive material 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	1 h	1 h	51

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-A (Continued)

Type of Wall	Wall Number	Description	Fire-Resistance Rating(2)(3)(4)		Typical Sound Transmission Class(2)(4)(5)
Type of Wall	Wall Number	Description	Loadbearing	Non- Loadbearing	Typical Sound Transmission Class(2)(4)(5)
	W14f	W14 with no absorptive material 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	45 min	1 h	51
	W15	two rows 38 mm × 89 mm studs, each spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. on separate 38 mm × 89 mm plates set 25 mm apart with or without absorptive material 2 layers of gypsum board on each side


			GG00045B
	W15a	W15 with 89 mm thick absorptive material on each side(6)(13) 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	1.5 h	2 h	66
	W15b	W15 with 89 mm thick absorptive material on each side(6)(13) 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	1 h	1.5 h	65
	W15c	W15 with 89 mm thick absorptive material on each side(6)(13) 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)	45 min	1 h	61
	W15d	W15 with 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side only(6)(13) 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	1.5 h	2 h	62
	W15e	W15 with 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side only(6)(13) 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	1 h	1.5 h	60
	W15f	W15 with 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side only(6)(13) 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)	45 min	1 h	57
	W15g	W15 with no absorptive material 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	1.5 h	2 h	56
	W15h	W15 with no absorptive material 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	1 h	1.5 h	55
	W15i	W15 with no absorptive material 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)	45 min	1 h	51
	W16	two rows 38 mm x 89 mm studs, each spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. on separate 38 mm x 89 mm plates set 25 mm apart resilient metal channels on one side spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. with or without absorptive material 2 layers of gypsum board on each side	GG00046B
	W16a	W16 with 89 mm thick absorptive material on each side(6)(13) 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	1.5 h	2 h	66
	‌W16b	W16 with studs spaced 400 mm o.c. with blocking at mid-height(10) 89 mm thick rock or slag fibre insulation on each side(11) resilient metal channels on one side spaced 400 mm o.c. 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(14)	2 h	2 h	–
	W16c	W16 with 89 mm thick absorptive material on each side(6)(13) 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	1 h	1.5 h	65

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-A (Continued)

Type of Wall

Wall Number

Description

Fire-Resistance Rating(2)(3)(4)

Typical Sound Transmission Class(2)(4)(5)

Loadbearing

Non-

Loadbearing

W16d

W16 with

89 mm thick absorptive material on one side only(6)(13)
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

1.5 h

2 h

W16e

W16 with

89 mm thick absorptive material on one side only(6)(13)
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

1 h

1.5 h

W16f

W16 with

no absorptive material
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

1.5 h

2 h

W16g

W16 with

no absorptive material
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

1 h

1.5 h

Exterior
Wood Studs
Single Row
Loadbearing or Non-

Loadbearing

EW1

wood studs
rock or slag fibre insulation (11)
1 layer of gypsum board on inside
exterior sheathing and cladding

GG00099A

‌EW1a‌

EW1 with

38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(15)(16)
exterior OSB or plywood sheathing(17) or exterior gypsum sheathing(18) and cladding(19)

1 h

n/a

EW1b

EW1 with

38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(15)
exterior OSB or plywood sheathing(17) or exterior gypsum sheathing(18) and cladding(19)

45 min

1 h

n/a

EW1c

EW1 with

38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(15)(16)
exterior OSB or plywood sheathing(17) or exterior gypsum sheathing(18) and cladding(19)

45 min

1 h

n/a

EW1d

EW1 with

38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(15)
exterior OSB or plywood sheathing(17) or exterior gypsum sheathing(18) and cladding(19)

–

45 min

n/a

‌EW1e

EW1 with

38 mm x 140 mm studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(15)(16)
exterior wood sheathing, exterior gypsum sheathing, or insulated exterior sheathing(20)
masonry veneer cladding not less than 89 mm thick

45 min

n/a

EW2

wood studs
glass fibre insulation(21)
1 layer of gypsum board on inside
‌exterior sheathing and cladding

GG00099A

EW2a

EW2 with

38 mm × 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(15)(22)
exterior OSB or plywood sheathing(17) or exterior gypsum sheathing(23) and cladding(19)

1 h

n/a

EW2b

EW2 with

38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(15)(16)
exterior OSB or plywood sheathing(17) or exterior gypsum sheathing(18) and cladding(19)

45 min

1 h

n/a

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-A (Continued)

Type of Wall

Wall Number

Description

Fire-Resistance Rating(2)(3)(4)

Typical Sound Transmission Class(2)(4)(5)

Loadbearing

Non-

Loadbearing

EW2c

EW2 with

38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced at 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(15)
exterior OSB or plywood sheathing(17) and cladding(19)

45 min

1 h

n/a

EW2d

EW2 with

38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced at 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(15)
exterior OSB or plywood sheathing(17) and cladding(19)

–

45 min

n/a

EW2e

EW2 with

38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(15)
exterior gypsum sheathing(18) and cladding(19)

–

45 min

n/a

EW2f

EW2 with

38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced at 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(15)(16)
exterior OSB or plywood sheathing(17) and cladding(19)

45 min

1 h

n/a

EW2g

EW2 with

38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced at 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(15)(16)
exterior OSB or plywood sheathing(17) and cladding(19)

–

45 min

n/a

EW2h

EW2 with

38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(15)(16)
exterior gypsum sheathing(18) and cladding(19)

–

45 min

n/a

EW2i

EW2 with

38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced at 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(15)
exterior OSB or plywood sheathing(17) and cladding(19)

–

45 min

n/a

EW2j

EW2 with

38 mm x 140 mm studs spaced at 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(15)(16)
exterior wood sheathing, exterior gypsum sheathing or insulated exterior sheathing(20)
masonry veneer cladding not less than 89 mm thick

45 min

n/a

EW3

wood studs
dry-blown cellulose fibre insulation(12)
1 layer of gypsum board on inside
exterior sheathing and cladding

GG00099A

EW3a

EW3 with

38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced at 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(15)(16)
exterior OSB or plywood sheathing(17) or exterior gypsum sheathing(18) and cladding(19)

1 h

n/a

EW3b

EW3 with

38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced at 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(15)(16)
exterior OSB or plywood sheathing(17) and cladding(19)

1 h

n/a

EW3c

EW3 with

38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced at 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(15)(16)
exterior gypsum sheathing(18) and cladding(19)

45 min

1 h

n/a

EW3d

EW3 with

38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced at 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(15)
exterior OSB or plywood sheathing(17) or exterior gypsum sheathing(18) and cladding(19)

45 min

1 h

n/a

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-A (Continued)

Type of Wall

Wall Number

Description

Fire-Resistance Rating(2)(3)(4)

Typical Sound Transmission Class(2)(4)(5)

Loadbearing

Non-

Loadbearing

EW3e

EW3 with

38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced at 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(15)
exterior OSB or plywood sheathing(17) and cladding(19)

45 min

1 h

n/a

EW3f

EW3 with

38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced at 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(15)(16)
exterior OSB or plywood sheathing(17) or exterior gypsum sheathing(18) and cladding(19)

45 min

1 h

n/a

EW3g

EW3 with

38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced at 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(15)(16)
exterior OSB or plywood sheathing(17) and cladding(19)

45 min

1 h

n/a

EW3h

EW3 with

38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced at 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(15)(16)
exterior gypsum sheathing(18) and cladding(19)

–

45 min

n/a

EW3i

EW3 with

38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced at 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(15)
exterior OSB or plywood sheathing(17) or exterior gypsum sheathing(18) and cladding(19)

–

45 min

n/a

EW3j

EW3 with

38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced at 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(15)
exterior OSB or plywood sheathing(17) and cladding(19)

–

45 min

n/a

EW3k

EW3 with

38 mm x 140 mm studs spaced at 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(15)(16)
exterior wood sheathing, exterior gypsum sheathing or insulated exterior sheathing(20)
masonry veneer cladding not less than 89 mm thick

45 min

n/a

Non-Loadbearing
Steel Studs
0.46 mm (25 Gauge)

31 mm × 64 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm
o.c.
with or without absorptive material
1 layer of gypsum board on each side

GG00018A

S1a

S1 with

studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
65 mm thick absorptive material(6)
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

–

45 min

[1 h(8)]

S1b

S1 with

studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
65 mm thick absorptive material(6)
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

–

45 min

[1 h(8)]

S1c

S1 with

studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
no absorptive material

•15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

–

45 min

31 mm × 64 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm
o.c.
with or without absorptive material
1 layer of gypsum board on one side
2 layers of gypsum board on other side

GG00019A

S2a

S2 with

studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
65 mm thick absorptive material(6)
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

–

1 h

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-A (Continued)

Type of Wall

Wall Number

Description

Fire-Resistance Rating(2)(3)(4)

Typical Sound Transmission Class(2)(4)(5)

Loadbearing

Non-

Loadbearing

S2b

S2 with

studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
65 mm thick absorptive material(6)
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

–

1 h

S2c

S2 with

studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
65 mm thick absorptive material(6)
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

–

1 h

S2d

S2 with

studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
65 mm thick absorptive material(6)
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

–

1 h

S2e

S2 with

studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
no absorptive material
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

–

1 h

S2f

S2 with

studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
no absorptive material
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

–

1 h

S2g

S2 with

studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
no absorptive material
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

–

1 h

S2h

S2 with

studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
no absorptive material
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

–

1 h

31 mm × 64 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm
o.c.
with or without absorptive material
2 layers of gypsum board on each side

GG00020A

S3a

S3 with

studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
65 mm thick absorptive material(6)
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

–

2 h

S3b

S3 with

studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
65 mm thick absorptive material(6)
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

–

2 h

S3c

S3 with

studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
65 mm thick absorptive material(6)
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

–

1.5 h

S3d

S3 with

studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
65 mm thick absorptive material(6)
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

–

1.5 h

S3e

S3 with

studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
65 mm thick absorptive material(6)
12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)

–

1 h

S3f

S3 with

studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
65 mm thick absorptive material(6)
12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)

–

1 h

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-A (Continued)

Type of Wall

Wall Number

Description

Fire-Resistance Rating(2)(3)(4)

Typical Sound Transmission Class(2)(4)(5)

Loadbearing

Non-

Loadbearing

S3g

S3 with

studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
no absorptive material
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

–

2 h

S3h

S3 with

studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
no absorptive material
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

–

2 h

S3i

S3 with

studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
no absorptive material
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

–

1.5 h

S3j

S3 with

studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
no absorptive material
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

–

1.5 h

S3k

S3 with

studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
no absorptive material
12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)

–

1 h

S3l

S3 with

studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
no absorptive material
12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)

–

1 h

31 mm × 92 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm
o.c.
with or without absorptive material
1 layer of gypsum board on each side

GG00021A

S4a

S4 with

studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

–

45 min

[1 h(8)]

S4b

S4 with

studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

–

45 min

[1 h(8)]

S4c

S4 with

studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
no absorptive material
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

–

45 min

S4d

S4 with

studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
no absorptive material
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

–

45 min

31 mm × 92 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm
o.c.
with or without absorptive material
1 layer of gypsum board on one side
2 layers of gypsum board on other side

GG00022A

S5a

S5 with

studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

–

1 h

[1.5 h(8)]

S5b

S5 with

studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

–

1 h

[1.5 h(8)]

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-A (Continued)

Type of Wall

Wall Number

Description

Fire-Resistance Rating(2)(3)(4)

Typical Sound Transmission Class(2)(4)(5)

Loadbearing

Non-

Loadbearing

S5c

S5 with

studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

–

1 h

[1.5 h(8)]

S5d

S5 with

studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

–

1 h

[1.5 h(8)]

S5e

S5 with

studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
no absorptive material

•15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

–

1 h

S5f

S5 with

studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
no absorptive material
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

–

1 h

S5g

S5 with

studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
no absorptive material
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

–

1 h

S5h

S5 with

studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
no absorptive material
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

–

1 h

31 mm × 92 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm
o.c.
with or without absorptive material
2 layers of gypsum board on each side

GG00023A

S6a

S6 with

studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

–

2 h

S6b

S6 with

studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

–

2 h

S6c

S6 with

studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

–

1.5 h

S6d

S6 with

studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

–

1.5 h

S6e

S6 with

studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)

–

1 h

S6f

S6 with

studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)

–

1 h

S6g

S6 with

studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
no absorptive material
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

–

2 h

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-A (Continued)

Type of Wall	Wall Number	Description	Fire-Resistance Rating(2)(3)(4)		Typical Sound Transmission Class(2)(4)(5)
			Loadbearing	Non- Loadbearing
	S6h	S6 with studs spaced 400 mm o.c. no absorptive material 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	–	2 h	45
	S6i	S6 with studs spaced 600 mm o.c. no absorptive material 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	–	1.5 h	45
	S6j	S6 with studs spaced 400 mm o.c. no absorptive material 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	–	1.5 h	44
	S6k	S6 with studs spaced 600 mm o.c. no absorptive material 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)	–	1 h	41
	S6l	S6 with studs spaced 400 mm o.c. no absorptive material 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)	–	1 h	39
	S7	31 mm × 152 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. with or without absorptive material 1 layer of gypsum board on each side
			GG00024A
	S7a	S7 with 150 mm thick absorptive material(6) 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	–	45 min [1 h(8)]	51
	S7b	S7 with no absorptive material 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	–	45 min	41
	S8	31 mm × 152 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. with or without absorptive material 1 layer of gypsum board on one side 2 layers of gypsum board on other side	GG00025A
	S8a	S8 with 150 mm thick absorptive material(6) 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	–	1 h [1.5 h(8)]	55
	S8b	S8 with 150 mm thick absorptive material(6) 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	–	1 h [1.5 h(8)]	54
	S8c	S8 with no absorptive material 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	–	1 h	45
	S8d	S8 with no absorptive material 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	–	1 h	44
	S9	31 mm × 152 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. with or without absorptive material 2 layers of gypsum board on each side
			GG00026A
	S9a	S9 with 150 mm thick absorptive material(6) 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	–	2 h	59

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-A (Continued)

Type of Wall	Wall Number	Description	Fire-Resistance Rating(2)(3)(4)		Typical Sound Transmission Class(2)(4)(5)
Type of Wall	Wall Number	Description	Loadbearing	Non- Loadbearing	Typical Sound Transmission Class(2)(4)(5)
	S9b	S9 with 150 mm thick absorptive material(6) 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	–	1.5 h	57
	S9c	S9 with 150 mm thick absorptive material(6) 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)	–	1 h	53
	S9d	S9 with no absorptive material 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	–	2 h	49
	S9e	S9 with no absorptive material 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	–	1.5 h	47
	S9f	S9 with no absorptive material 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)	–	1 h	43
Loadbearing Steel Studs 0.84 mm to 1.52 mm Thickness	S10	41 mm × 92 mm loadbearing steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. with or without cross-bracing on one side with or without absorptive material 2 layers gypsum board on each side	GG00028A
	S10a	S10 with 89 mm thick absorptive material(6) 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	1 h	–	38
	S10b	S10 with 89 mm thick absorptive material(6) 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	45 min [1 h]	–	38
	S10c	S10 with 89 mm thick absorptive material(6) 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)	–	–	36
	S10d	S10 with no absorptive material 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	1 h	–	36
	S10e	S10 with no absorptive material 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	1 h	–	35
	S10f	S10 with no absorptive material 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)	–	–	34
	S11	41 mm × 92 mm loadbearing steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. with or without cross-bracing on one side with or without absorptive material resilient metal channels on one side 1 layer gypsum board on each side	GG00029A
	S11a	S11 with 89 mm thick absorptive material(6) resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c. 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	–	–	50
	S11b	S11 with 89 mm thick absorptive material(6) resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c. 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	–	–	47
	S11c	S11 with no absorptive material resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c. 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	–	–	41

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-A (Continued)

Type of Wall

Wall Number

Description

Fire-Resistance Rating(2)(3)(4)

Typical Sound Transmission Class(2)(4)(5)

Loadbearing

Non-

Loadbearing

S11d

S11 with

89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

–

S11e

S11 with

89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

–

S11f

S11 with

no absorptive material(6)
resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

–

S11g

S11 with

no absorptive material(6)
resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

–

S11h

S11 with

no absorptive material(6)
resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

–

S12

41 mm × 92 mm loadbearing steel studs spaced
400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
with or without cross-bracing on one side
with or without absorptive material
resilient metal channels on one side
2 layers gypsum board on resilient channel side
1 layer gypsum board on other side

GG00030A

S12a

S12 with

89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

–

S12b

S12 with

no absorptive material
resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

–

S12c

S12 with

89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

–

S12d

S12 with

no absorptive material
resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

–

S12e

S12 with

89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

–

S12f

S12 with

no absorptive material
resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

–

S12g

S12 with

89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

–

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-A (Continued)

Type of Wall

Wall Number

Description

Fire-Resistance Rating(2)(3)(4)

Typical Sound Transmission Class(2)(4)(5)

Loadbearing

Non-

Loadbearing

S12h

S12 with

no absorptive material
resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

–

S13

41 mm × 92 mm loadbearing steel studs spaced
400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material
resilient metal channels on one side spaced at 400 mm o.c.
2 layers gypsum board on resilient channel side
1 layer shear membrane and 1 layer gypsum board on other side

GG00096A

S13a

S13 with

89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
12.7 mm OSB shear membrane
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

30 min

–

S14

41 mm × 92 mm loadbearing steel studs spaced
400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material
resilient metal channels on one side
2 layers gypsum board on each side

GG00031A

S14a

S14 with

89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

1 h

–

S14b

S14 with

89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

45 min [1 h]

–

S14c

S14 with

89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)

–

S14d

S14 with

no absorptive material
resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

1 h

–

S14e

S14 with

studs at 400 mm o.c.
no absorptive material
resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

1 h

–

S14f

S14 with

studs at 600 mm o.c.
no absorptive material
resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)

1 h

–

S14g

S14 with

no absorptive material
resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)

–

S14h

S14 with

studs at 400 mm o.c.
89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

1 h

–

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-A (Continued)

Type of Wall

Wall Number

Description

Fire-Resistance Rating(2)(3)(4)

Typical Sound Transmission Class(2)(4)(5)

Loadbearing

Non-

Loadbearing

S14i

S14 with

studs at 600 mm o.c.
89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

1 h

–

S14j

S14 with

89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

45 min

[1 h]

–

S14k

S14 with

studs at 400 mm o.c.
no absorptive material
resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

1 h

–

S14l

S14 with

studs at 600 mm o.c.
no absorptive material
resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

1 h

–

S14m

S14 with

no absorptive material
resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

1 h

–

S15

•2 rows of 92 mm loadbearing steel studs spaced 400

mm or 600 mm o.c. staggered on separate 41 mm x 92 mm runners

with cross-bracing
with or without absorptive material
2 layers of gypsum board each side

GG00097A

S15a

S15 with

89 mm thick absorptive material in each cavity(6)
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

1 h

–

S15b

S15 with

no absorptive material
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

1 h

–

S15c

S15 with

89 mm thick absorptive material in each cavity(6)
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

1 h

–

S15d

S15 with

no absorptive material
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)

1.5 h

–

Hollow Concrete

Block (Normal Weight Aggregate)

140 mm or 190 mm concrete block

GG00001A

B1a

140 mm bare concrete block(5)

1 h

B1b

190 mm bare concrete block(5)

1.5 h

•140 mm or 190 mm concrete block

no absorptive material
1 layer gypsum-sand plaster or gypsum board on each side

GG00002A

B2a

B2 with

140 mm concrete block
12.7 mm gypsum-sand plaster

2 h

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-A (Continued)

Type of Wall	Wall Number	Description	Fire-Resistance Rating(2)(3)(4)		Typical Sound Transmission Class(2)(4)(5)
Type of Wall	Wall Number	Description	Loadbearing	Non- Loadbearing	Typical Sound Transmission Class(2)(4)(5)
	B2b	B2 with 140 mm concrete block 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board or 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	2 h	2 h	47
	B2c	B2 with 140 mm concrete block 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)	1.5 h	1.5 h	46
	B2d	B2 with 190 mm concrete block 12.7 mm gypsum-sand plaster	2.5 h	2.5 h	51
	B2e	B2 with 190 mm concrete block 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	3 h	3 h	50
	B2f	B2 with 190 mm concrete block 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	2.5 h	2.5 h	49
	B2g	B2 with 190 mm concrete block 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)	2 h	2 h	48
	B3	140 mm or 190 mm concrete block resilient metal channels on one side spaced at 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. absorptive material filling resilient metal channel space(6) 1 layer gypsum board on each side	GG00003A
	B3a	B3 with 140 mm concrete block 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board or 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	2 h	2 h	51
	B3b	B3 with 140 mm concrete block 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)(9)	1.5 h	1.5 h	48
	B3c	B3 with 190 mm concrete block 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	3 h	3 h	54
	B3d	B3 with 190 mm concrete block 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	2.5 h	2.5 h	53
	B3e	B3 with 190 mm concrete block 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)(9)	2 h	2 h	51
	B4	140 mm or 190 mm concrete block resilient metal channels on each side spaced at 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. with or without absorptive material 1 layer gypsum board on each side
	B4		GG00004A
	B4a	B4 with 140 mm concrete block •12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7), or 15.9 mm TypeX gypsum board(7)	2 h	2 h	47
	B4b	B4 with 140 mm concrete block 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)(9)	1.5 h	1.5 h	42

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-A (Continued)

Type of Wall	Wall Number	Description	Fire-Resistance Rating(2)(3)(4)		Typical Sound Transmission Class(2)(4)(5)
			Loadbearing	Non- Loadbearing
	B4c	B4 with 190 mm concrete block 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	3 h	3 h	50
	B4d	B4 with 190 mm concrete block 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	2.5 h	2.5 h	49
	B4e	B4 with 190 mm concrete block 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)(9)	2 h	2 h	45
	B5	190 mm concrete block 38 mm × 38 mm horizontal or vertical wood strapping on one side spaced at 600 mm o.c. with or without absorptive material 1 layer gypsum board on each side

			GG00005A
	B5a	B5 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	3 h	3 h	54
	B5b	B5 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	2.5 h	2.5 h	53
	B5c	B5 with 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)(9)	2 h	2 h	51
	B6	140 mm or 190 mm concrete block 38 mm × 38 mm horizontal or vertical wood strapping on each side spaced at 600 mm o.c. absorptive material filling strapping space on each side(6) 1 layer gypsum board on each side	GG00006A
	B6a	B6 with 140 mm concrete block 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board or 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	2 h	2 h	57
	B6b	B6 with 140 mm concrete block 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)(9)	1.5 h	1.5 h	56
	B6c	B6 with 190 mm concrete block 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	3 h	3 h	60
	B6d	B6 with 190 mm concrete block 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	2.5 h	2.5 h	59
	B6e	B6 with 190 mm concrete block 12.7 regular gypsum board(7)(9)	2 h	2 h	57
	B7	190 mm concrete block 65 mm steel studs each side spaced at 600 mm o.c. absorptive material filling stud space on each side(6) 1 layer gypsum board on each side	GG00007A
	B7a	B7 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	3 h	3 h	71
	B7b	B7 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	2.5 h	2.5 h	70

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-A (Continued)

Type of Wall	Wall Number	Description	Fire-Resistance Rating(2)(3)(4)		Typical Sound Transmission Class(2)(4)(5)
			Loadbearing	Non- Loadbearing
	B7c	B7 with 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)(9)	2 h	2 h	69
	B8	190 mm concrete block 38 mm× 64 mm wood studs on each side spaced at 600 mm o.c. absorptive material filling stud space on each side(6) 1 layer gypsum board on each side


			GG00008A
	B8a	B8 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	3 h	3 h	71
	B8b	B8 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	2.5 h	2.5 h	70
	B8c	B8 with 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)(9)	2 h	2 h	69
	B9	190 mm concrete block 50 mm metal Z-bars on each side spaced at 600 mm o.c. (or 38 mm × 38 mm horizontal or vertical wood strapping plus resilient metal channels) absorptive material filling Z-bar space on each side(6) 1 layer gypsum board on each side	GG00009A
	B9a	B9 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	3 h	3 h	65
	B9b	B9 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	2.5 h	2.5 h	64
	B9c	B9 with 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)(9)	2 h	2 h	63
	B10	190 mm concrete block resilient metal channels on one side spaced at 600 mm o.c. absorptive material filling resilient metal channel space(6) 2 layers gypsum board on one side only	GG00010A
	B10a	B10 with 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	3 h	3 h	56
	B10b	B10 with 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)	2.5 h	2.5 h	55
	B10c	B10 with 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)	2 h	2 h	54

Notes to Table 9.10.3.1.-A:

(1) See Note A-9.10.3.1.

(2) Fire-resistance ratings and STC ratings of wood-frame construction were evaluated only for constructions with solid-sawn 38 mm × 89 mm lumber. However, the fire-resistance ratings and STC ratings provided for 38 mm × 89 mm wood-frame construction may be applied to wood-frame constructions with solid-sawn 38 mm × 140 mm lumber; in some cases the ratings may be conservative. Where 38 mm × 140 mm framing is used and absorptive material is called for, the absorptive material must be 140 mm thick. (See Sentence D-1.2.1.(2) of Appendix D for the significance of fire-resistance ratings.) The STC ratings may also be applied to fingerjoined lumber. The fire-resistance ratings are applicable to constructions using fingerjoined lumber that has been manufactured with a heat-resistant adhesive (HRA) in accordance with NLGA special product standard SPS-1, “Fingerjoined Structural Lumber,” or SPS-3, “Fingerjoined “Vertical Stud Use Only” Lumber.” (See also Note A-9.23.10.4.(1).)

(3) For all fire-resistance ratings, the given spacing for framing is a maximum value.

(4) Sound ratings listed are based on the most reliable laboratory test data available for specimens conforming to installation details required by CSA A82.31-M, “Gypsum Board Application.” Results of specific tests may differ slightly because of measurement precision and minor variations in construction details. These results should only be used where the actual construction details, including spacing of fasteners and supporting

framing, correspond exactly to the details of the test specimens on which the ratings are based. For wood- and steel-framed assemblies, if the

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-A (Continued)

fasteners are spaced less than 300 mm o.c., subtract 1 from the sound transmission class value; if the fasteners are spaced less than 200 mm o.c., subtract 2 from the sound transmission class value. Narrower fastener spacing is not detrimental to the fire-resistance rating. Assemblies with sound transmission class ratings of 50 or more require methods to minimize airborne sound transmission at electrical boxes and other openings, and at the junction of intersecting walls and floors, except intersection of walls constructed of concrete or solid masonry units where the masonry joints at the intersection are mortared.

(5) Sound ratings are only valid where there are no discernible cracks or voids in the visible surfaces. For concrete blocks, surfaces must be sealed by at least 2 coats of paint or other surface finish described in Section 9.29. to prevent sound leakage.

(6) Sound absorptive material includes fibre processed from rock, slag, glass or cellulose fibre. It must fill at least 90% of the cavity thickness for the wall to have the listed STC value. The absorptive material should not overfill the cavity to the point of producing significant outward pressure on the finishes; such an assembly will not achieve the STC rating. Where the absorptive material used with steel stud assemblies is in batt form, “steel stud batts,” which are wide enough to fill the cavity from the web of one stud to the web of the adjacent stud, must be used.

(7) The complete descriptions of indicated finishes are as follows:

12.7 mm regular gypsum board – 12.7 mm regular gypsum board conforming to Article 9.29.5.2.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board – 12.7 mm special fire-resistant Type X gypsum board conforming to Article 9.29.5.2.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board – 15.9 mm special fire-resistant Type X gypsum board conforming to Article 9.29.5.2.
Except for exterior walls (see Table Note (15)), the outer layer of finish on both sides of the wall must have its joints taped and finished.
Except as otherwise required for fastener spacing (see Table Notes (14), (16) and (22)), fastener type, spacing and penetration depth for the attachment of gypsum board must conform to Subsection 9.29.5. and fasteners must consist of
- nails or screws when attaching gypsum board to wood studs or wood strapping, and
- screws when attaching gypsum board to cold-formed steel studs or resilient metal channels.
  (8) Absorptive material required for the higher fire-resistance rating shall be mineral fibre processed from rock or slag with a mass per unit area of wall surface of at least 4.8 kg/m² for 150 mm thickness, 2.8 kg/m² for 89 mm thickness and 2.0 kg/m² for 65 mm thickness and shall completely fill the wall cavity. For assemblies with double wood studs on separate plates, absorptive material is required in the stud cavities on both sides.
  (9) Regular gypsum board used in single layer assemblies must be installed so all edges are supported.
  (10) The fire-resistance rating values are achieved as follows:
for a single row of studs, by installing blocking at a spacing of not more than 1 524 mm o.c. as shown in Case A of Figure A-9.10.3.1.-E, or
for two rows of studs on separate plates, by installing blocking in both rows at a spacing of not more than 1 524 mm o.c. as shown in Case B of Figure A-9.10.3.1.-E.

(11) The mineral fibre insulation processed from rock or slag shall have a mass per unit area of wall surface of not less than 4.48 kg/m2 for 140 mm thickness and 2.85 kg/m2 for 89 mm thickness and shall completely fill the wall cavity.

(12) The dry-blown cellulose fibre insulation shall have a mass per unit area of wall surface of not less than 6.80 kg/m2 for 140 mm thickness and

4.32 kg/m2 for 89 mm thickness and shall completely fill the wall cavity.

(13) Where bracing material, such as diagonal lumber or plywood, OSB, gypsum board or fibreboard sheathing is installed on the inner face of one row of studs in double stud assemblies, the STC rating will be reduced by 3 for any assemblies containing absorptive material in both rows of studs or in the row of studs opposite to that to which the bracing material is attached. Attaching such layers on both inner faces of the studs may drastically reduce the STC value but enough data to permit assignment of STC ratings for this situation is not available. The fire-resistance rating is not affected by the inclusion of such bracing.

(14) For the attachment of the gypsum board, fasteners shall be spaced at not more than 200 mm (nominal) o.c. along the framing members and resilient metal channels in both the base and face layers.

(15) For exterior walls, the finish joints must be taped and finished for the outer layer of the interior side only.

(16) For the attachment of the gypsum board on the interior side of exterior wall assemblies, fasteners shall be spaced at not more than 200 mm (nominal) o.c. along the framing members. All joints shall be backed with lumber having the same dimensions as the framing members as shown in Figures A-9.10.3.1.-F and A-9.10.3.1.-G. For EW1e, EW2j and EW3k walls, blocking shall be installed at a spacing of not more than 1 524 mm o.c. as shown in Case A of Figure A-9.10.3.1.-E where joints are backed at a spacing of more than 1 524 mm o.c. along the height of the wall.

(17) The exterior OSB or plywood sheathing shall be not less than 11.1 mm thick and shall be installed with a gap of not less than 2 mm between sheets. Fastener types and spacing shall conform to Table 9.23.3.5.-A. All joints shall be backed with lumber having the same dimensions as the framing members as shown in Figures A-9.10.3.1.-F and A-9.10.3.1.-G.

(18) The exterior gypsum sheathing shall be Type X gypsum sheathing not less than 15.9 mm thick. Fasteners shall be spaced at not more than 200 mm (nominal) o.c. along the framing members.

(19) Any cladding allowed under Part 9 is permitted. The cladding can include foamed plastic and other insulations outboard of the sheathing, where permitted by spatial separation requirements in Subsection 9.10.14. or 9.10.15. Where OSB or plywood sheathing acts as the cladding, no additional outboard cladding is required, but is permitted.

(20) Includes any exterior wall sheathing listed in Table 9.23.17.2.-A and masonry veneer cladding conforming to Section 9.20. Foamed plastic sheathing is permitted in EW1e, EW2j and EW3k walls without the use of other sheathing, provided it is directly attached to the framing.

(21) The glass fibre insulation shall have a mass per unit area of wall surface of not less than 1.30 kg/m2 for 140 mm thickness and 1.0 kg/m2 for 89 mm thickness and shall completely fill the wall cavity.

(22) For the attachment of the gypsum board on the interior side of exterior wall assemblies, fasteners shall be spaced at not more than 150 mm (nominal) o.c. along the edges and 200 mm (nominal) o.c. along the intermediate supports. All joints shall be backed with lumber having the same dimensions as the framing members as shown in Figures A-9.10.3.1.-F and A-9.10.3.1.-G.

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-A (Continued)

(23) The exterior gypsum sheathing shall be not less than 12.7 mm thick. Fasteners shall be spaced at not more than 200 mm (nominal) o.c. along the framing members.

‌Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B

Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs(1)

Forming Part of Article 5.8.1.3., Sentences 9.10.3.1.(1) and 9.10.5.1.(3), and Article 9.11.1.3.

‌Type of Assembly‌‌

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

Floors and Ceilings

Concrete Slabs

concrete floors

GG00100A

F1a

90 mm reinforced concrete with 20 mm minimum cover over reinforcing steel

1 h

F1b

130 mm reinforced concrete with 25 mm minimum cover over reinforcing steel

2 h

F1c

pre-stressed hollow core slab 200 mm deep with 25 mm minimum cover over reinforcing steel

1 h

F1d

150 mm composite slab on 75 mm steel deck with 152 × 152 × MW3.8 × MW3.8 wire mesh

F1e

150 mm composite slab on 75 mm steel deck with 152 × 152 × MW3.8 × MW3.8 wire mesh
resilient metal channels 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
2 layers of 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board or 2 layers of 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1.5 h

Open Web Steel Joists

open web steel joists with concrete floor

GG00101A

F2a

50 mm thick concrete deck
on open web steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
furring channels spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. wired to underside of joists
1 layer of 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board on ceiling side

45 min

F2b

65 mm regular concrete minimum 155 kg/m 2
on composite steel joists spaced 1250 mm o.c.
furring channels spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. wired to underside of joists
1 layer of 12.7 mm or 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board on ceiling side

1.5 h

‌Wood Floor Joists(13)

F3(14)

subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity
1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00102A

F3a

F3 with

no absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F3b

F3 with

absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F3c

F3 with

no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F3d

F3 with

absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F3e

F3 with

no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F3f

F3 with

absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F4(14)

subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity
2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00103A

F4a

F4 with

wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
no absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F4b

F4 with

wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
no absorptive material in cavity
‌15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F4c

F4 with

wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

[1 h](15)

F4d

F4 with

wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

F4e

F4 with

wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F4f

F4 with

wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

F4g

F4 with

wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

F4h

F4 with

wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F4i

F4 with

no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F4j

F4 with

absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F5(14)

subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00104A

F5a

F5 with

no absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum

30 min

F5b

F5 with

no absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c
‌15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min

F5c

F5 with

absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min

[45 min](16)

F5d

F5 with

absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min

F5e

F5 with

no absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min

F5f

F5 with

no absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min

F5g

F5 with

absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min

[45 min](16)

F5h

F5 with

absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min

F5i

F5 with

no absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

< 30 min

F5j

F5 with

no absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

< 30 min

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F5k

F5 with

absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

< 30 min

F5l

F5 with

absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

< 30 min

F6(14)

subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side

‌GG00105A

F6a(17)

F6 with

no absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum boad

1 h

F6b(17)

F6 with

no absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F6c(17)

F6 with

absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F6d(17)

F6 with

absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F6e(17)

F6 with

no absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F6f(17)

F6 with

no absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F6g(17)

F6 with

absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
‌12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F6h(17)

F6 with

absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

[1 h](18)

F6i

F6 with

no absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F6j

F6 with

no absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F6k

F6 with

absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F6l

F6 with

absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F7(14)

subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity
1 layer of gypsum board attached directly to joists on ceiling side
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or
600 mm o.c. attached to joists through gypsum board
1 layer of gypsum board attached to resilient metal channels

GG00106A

F7a(17)

F7 with

no absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
resilient metal channels
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F7b(17)

F7 with

absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
resilient metal channels
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F7c(17)

F7 with

no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
resilient metal channels
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F7d(17)

F7 with

absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
resilient metal channels
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F7e

F7 with

no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm regular gypsum board
resilient metal channels
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F7f

F7 with

absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm regular gypsum board
resilient metal channels
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F8(14)

subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00107A

F8a

F8 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min

F8b

F8 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min

F8c

F8 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min

[45 min](16)

F8d

F8 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min

F8e

F8 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min

F8f

F8 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min

F8g

F8 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min

[45 min](16)

F8h

F8 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min

F8i

F8 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

< 30 min

F8j

F8 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

< 30 min

F8k

F8 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

< 30 min

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F8l

F8 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

< 30 min

F9(14)

subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00108A

F9a(17)

F9 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F9b(17)

F9 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
‌15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F9c(17)

F9 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

[1.5 h](19)

[54](19)

F9d(17)

F9 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

[1.5 h](19)

[56](19)

F9e(17)

F9 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F9f(17)

F9 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F9g(17)

F9 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

[1.5 h](19)

[53](19)

F9h(17)

F9 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

[1 h](18)

F9i

F9 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F9j

F9 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F9k

F9 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F9l

F9 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F10(14)

one subfloor layer of 11 mm sanded plywood, or OSB or waferboard
one subfloor layer of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 300, 400 or 600 mm o.c.
1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00109A

F10a

F10 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min

F10b

F10 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min

F10c

F10 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min

[45 min](18)

F10d

F10 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
‌15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min

[45 min](16)

F10e

F10 with

wood joists spaced at 400 mm o.c.
absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
‌15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h(20)

53(20)

F10f(21)

F10 with

wood I-joists spaced at 400 mm o.c.
absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 300 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h(20)

52(20)

F10g

F10 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min

F10h

F10 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F10i

F10 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min

[45 min](18)

F10j

F10 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min

[45 min](16)

F10k

F10 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F10l

F10 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F10m

F10 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F10n

F10 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F11(14)

one subfloor layer of 11 mm sanded plywood, or OSB or waferboard
one subfloor layer of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.

•2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00110A

F11a(17)

F11 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F11b(17)

F11 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F11c(17)

F11 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

[1.5 h](19)

[56](19)

F11d(17)

F11 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

[1.5 h](19)

[58](19)

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F11e(17)

F11 with

wood joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1.5 h(22)

56(22)

F11f(21)

F11 with

wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 300 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1.5 h(22)

56(22)

F11g(17)

F11 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F11h(17)

F11 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F11i(17)

F11 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

[1.5 h](19)

[55](19)

F11j(17)

F11 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

[1 h](18)

F11k

F11 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F11l

F11 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F11m

F11 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F11n

F11 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F12(14)

25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m 2)
subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity

•1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00111A

F12a

F12 with

no absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F12b

F12 with

absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F12c

F12 with

no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F12d

F12 with

absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F12e

F12 with

no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F12f

F12 with

absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F13(14)

25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m2)
subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity

•2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00112A

F13a

F13 with

wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
no absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F13b

F13 with

wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
no absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F13c

F13 with

wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

[1 h](15)

F13d

F13 with

wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

F13e

F13 with

wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F13f

F13 with

wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

F13g

F13 with

wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F13h

F13 with

wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F13i

F13 with

no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F13j

F13 with

absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F14(14)

25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m2)
subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 300, 400 or 600 mm o.c.

•1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00114A

F14a

F14 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F14b

F14 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F14c

F14 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min

[45 min](18)

F14d

F14 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F14e

F14 with

wood joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h(20)

60(20)

F14f(21)

F14 with

wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 300 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h(20)

61(20)

F14g

F14 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F14h

F14 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F14i

F14 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F14j

F14 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F14k

F14 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F14l

F14 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F14m

F14 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F14n

F14 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F15(14)

25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m2)
subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00115A

F15a(17)

F15 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h(23)

F15b(17)

F15 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F15c(17)

F15 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

[1.5 h](19)

[65](19)

F15d(17)

F15 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

[1.5 h](19)

[67](19)

F15e(17)

F15 with

wood joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1.5 h(22)

65(22)

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F15f(21)

F15 with

wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 300 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1.5 h(22)

64(22)

F15g(17)

F15 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F15h(17)

F15 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F15i(17)

F15 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

[1.5 h](19)

[64](19)

F15j(17)

F15 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

[1 h](18)

F15k

F15 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F15l

F15 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F15m

F15 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F15n

F15 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F16(14)

38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m2)
subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity
1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00116A

F16a

F 16 with

no absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F16b

F16 with

absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F16c

F16 with

no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F16d

F16 with

absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F16e

F16 with

no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F16f

F16 with

absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F17(14)

38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m2)
subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity
2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00117A

F17a

F17 with

wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
no absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F17b

F17 with

wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
no absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F17c

F17 with

wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

[1 h](15)

F17d

F17 with

wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

F17e

F17 with

wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F17f

F17 with

wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

F17g

F17 with

wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

F17h

F17 with

wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F17i

F17 with

no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F17j

F17 with

absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F18(14)

38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m 2)
subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00118A

F18a

F18 with

no absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F18b

F18 with

no absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F18c

F18 with

absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F18d

F18 with

absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F18e

F18 with

no absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F18f

F18 with

no absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F18g

F18 with

absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F18h

F18 with

absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F18i

F18 with

no absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F18j

F18 with

no absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F18k

F18 with

absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F18l

F18 with

absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F19(14)

38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m2)
subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00119A

F19a(17)

F19 with

no absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F19b(17)

F19 with

no absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F19c(17)

F19 with

absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F19d(17)

F19 with

absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F19e(17)

F19 with

no absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F19f(17)

F19 with

no absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F19g(17)

F19 with

absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F19h(17)

F19 with

absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F19i

F19 with

no absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F19j

F19 with

no absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F19k

F19 with

absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F19l

F19 with

absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F20(14)

38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m2)
subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 300, 400 or 600 mm o.c.
‌1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00120A

F20a

F20 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min(23)

F20b

F20 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F20c

F20 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min

[45 min]

(18)(23)

F20d

F20 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F20e

F20 with

wood joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h(20)

64(20)

F20f(21)

F20 with

wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 300 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h(20)

65(20)

F20g

F20 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F20h

F20 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F20i

F20 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F20j

F20 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F20k

F20 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F20l

F20 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F20m

F20 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F20n

F20 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F21(14)

38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m 2)
subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00121A

F21a(17)

F21 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F21b(17)

F21 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F21c(17)

F21 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

[1.5 h](19)

[68](19)

[42](19)

F21d(17)

F21 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

[1.5 h](19)

[70](19)

[42](19)

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F21e(17)

F21 with

wood joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

[1.5 h](22)

68(22)

F21f(21)

F21 with

wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 300 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

[1.5 h](22)

68(22)

F21g(17)

F21 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F21h(17)

F21 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F21i(17)

F21 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

[1.5 h](19)

[67](19)

F21j(17)

F21 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F21k

F21 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F21l

F21 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F21m

F21 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F21n

F21 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

Wood Floor Trusses(24)

F22

subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity
1 layer gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00122A

F22a

F22 with

no absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F22b

F22 with

absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F22c

F22 with

no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F22d

F22 with

absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F22e

F22 with

no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F22f

F22 with

absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F23

subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity
2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00123A

F23a

F23 with

wood trusses spaced 400 mm o.c.
no absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F23b

F23 with

wood trusses spaced 600 mm o.c.
no absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F23c

F23 with

wood trusses spaced 400 mm o.c.
absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

[1 h](15)

F23d

F23 with

wood trusses spaced 600 mm o.c.
absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

F23e

F23 with

wood trusses spaced 400 mm o.c.
no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F23f

F23 with

wood trusses spaced 600 mm o.c.
no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

F23g

F23 with

absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F23h

F23 with

no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F23i

F23 with

absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F24

subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00124A

F24a

F24 with

no absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F24b

F24 with

no absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F24c

F24 with

absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F24d

F24 with

absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F24e

F24 with

no absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F24f

F24 with

no absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F24g

F24 with

absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F24h

F24 with

absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F24i

F24 with

no absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F24j

F24 with

no absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F24k

F24 with

absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F24l

F24 with

absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F25

subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00125A

F25a

F25 with

no absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F25b

F25 with

no absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F25c

F25 with

absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F25d

F25 with

absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

[1 h](18)

F25e

F25 with

no absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F25f

F25 with

no absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F25g

F25 with

absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F25h

F25 with

absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

[1 h](18)

F25i

F25 with

no absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F25j

F25 with

no absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F25k

F25 with

absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F25l

F25 with

absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F26

subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity
1 layer of gypsum board attached directly to trusses on ceiling side
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. attached to trusses through the gypsum board
1 layer of gypsum board attached to resilient metal channels

GG00126A

F26a

F26 with

no absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
resilient metal channels
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F26b

F26 with

absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
resilient metal channels
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F26c

F26 with

no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
resilient metal channels
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F26d

F26 with

absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
resilient metal channels
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F26e

F26 with

no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm regular gypsum board
resilient metal channels
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F26f

F26 with

absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm regular gypsum board
resilient metal channels
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F27

subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00127A

F27a

F27 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F27b

F27 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
‌15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F27c

F27 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min

[45 min](25)

F27d

F27 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F27e

F27 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F27f

F27 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F27g

F27 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F27h

F27 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F27i

F27 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F27j

F27 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F27k

F27 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F27l

F27 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F28

subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00128A

F28a

F28 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F28b

F28 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F28c

F28 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F28d

F28 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

[1 h](18)

F28e

F28 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F28f

F28 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F28g

F28 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F28h

F28 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

[1 h](18)

F28i

F28 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F28j

F28 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F28k

F28 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F28l

F28 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F29

one subfloor layer 11 mm sanded plywood, or OSB or waferboard
one subfloor layer of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00129A

F29a

F29 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F29b

F29 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F29c

F29 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min

[45 min](25)

F29d

F29 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F29e

F29 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F29f

F29 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F29g

F29 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F29h

F29 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F29i

F29 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F29j

F29 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F29k

F29 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F29l

F29 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F30

one subfloor layer 11 mm sanded plywood, or OSB or waferboard
one subfloor layer of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.

•2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00130A

F30a

F30 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F30b

F30 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
‌15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F30c

F30 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

[1.5 h](26)

[58](26)

[50](26)

F30d

F30 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

[1 h](18)

F30e

F30 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F30f

F30 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F30g

F30 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F30h

F30 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

[1 h](18)

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F30i

F30 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F30j

F30 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F30k

F30 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F30l

F30 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F31

25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m2)
subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity
1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00131A

F31a

F31 with

no absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F31b

F31 with

absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F31c

F31 with

no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F31d

F31 with

absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F31e

F31 with

no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F31f

F31 with

absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F32

25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m2)
subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity
2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00132A

F32a

F32 with

wood trusses spaced 400 mm o.c.
no absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F32b

F32 with

wood trusses spaced 600 mm o.c.
no absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F32c

F32 with

wood trusses spaced 400 mm o.c.
absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

[1 h](15)

F32d

F32 with

wood trusses spaced 600 mm o.c.
absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

F32e

F32 with

wood trusses spaced 400 mm o.c.
no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F32f

F32 with

wood trusses spaced 600 mm o.c.
no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

F32g

F32 with

absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F32h

F32 with

no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F32i

F32 with

absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F33

25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m2)
subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00133A

F33a

F33 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F33b

F33 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F33c

F33 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min

[45 min](25)

F33d

F33 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F33e

F33 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F33f

F33 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F33g

F33 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F33h

F33 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F33i

F33 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F33j

F33 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F33k

F33 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F33l

F33 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F34

25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m2)
subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00134A

F34a

F34 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F34b

F34 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F34c

F34 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

[1.5 h](26)

[67](26)

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F34d

F34 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

[1 h](18)

F34e

F34 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F34f

F34 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F34g

F34 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F34h

F34 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

[1 h](18)

F34i

F34 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F34j

F34 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F34k

F34 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F34l

F34 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F35

38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m 2)
subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity
1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00135A

F35a

F35 with

no absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F35b

F35 with

absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F35c

F35 with

no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F35d

F35 with

absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F35e

F35 with

no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F35f

F35 with

absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F36

38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m 2)
subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity
2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00136A

F36a

F36 with

wood trusses spaced 400 mm o.c.
no absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F36b

F36 with

wood trusses spaced 600 mm o.c.
no absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F36c

F36 with

wood trusses spaced 400 mm o.c.
absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

[1 h](15)

F36d

F36 with

wood trusses spaced 600 mm o.c.
absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

F36e

F36 with

wood trusses spaced 400 mm o.c.
no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F36f

F36 with

wood trusses spaced 600 mm o.c.
no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

F36g

F36 with

absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F36h

F36 with

no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F36i

F36 with

absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F37

38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m 2)
subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00137A

F37a

F37 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

F37b

F37 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F37c

F37 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min

[45 min](25)

F37d

F37 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F37e

F37 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F37f

F37 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F37g

F37 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F37h

F37 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F37i

F37 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F37j

F37 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F37k

F37 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F37l

F37 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F38

38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m 2)
subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00138A

F38a

F38 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F38b

F38 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F38c

F38 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

[1.5](26)

[71](26)

F38d

F38 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F38e

F38 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F38f

F38 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F38g

F38 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F38h

F38 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F38i

F38 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F38j

F38 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F38k

F38 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F38l

F38 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

Cold-Formed-Steel Floor Joists(27)

F39

subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity
1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00139A

F39a

F39 with

no absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F39b

F39 with

absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F39c

F39 with

no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F39d

F39 with

absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F39e

F39 with

no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F39f

F39 with

absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F40

subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity
2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00140A

F40a

F40 with

steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
no absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F40b

F40 with

steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
no absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

F40c

F40 with

steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

F40d

F40 with

steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F40e

F40 with

steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F40f

F40 with

steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

F40g

F40 with

steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

F40h

F40 with

steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

F40i

F40 with

no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F40j

F40 with

absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F41

subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00141A

F41a

F41 with

no absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F41b

F41 with

no absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F41c

F41 with

absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min

[45 min](25)

F41d

F41 with

absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min

F41e

F41 with

no absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F41f

F41 with

no absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F41g

F41 with

absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min

[45 min](25)

F41h

F41 with

absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min

F41i

F41 with

no absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

< 30 min

F41j

F41 with

no absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

< 30 min

F41k

F41 with

absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

< 30 min

F41l

F41 with

absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

< 30 min

F42

subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00142A

F42a

F42 with

no absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F42b

F42 with

steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
no absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

F42c

F42 with

steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
no absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

F42d

F42 with

absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

‌F42e

F42 with

steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

[1 h](28)

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F42f

F42 with

steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

[1 h](15)

F42g

F42 with

no absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F42h

F42 with

steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
no absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

F42i

F42 with

steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
no absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

F42j

F42 with

absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F42k

F42 with

steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

[1 h](28)

F42l

F42 with

steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

[1 h](15)

F42m

F42 with

no absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F42n

F42 with

no absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F42o

F42 with

absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F42p

F42 with

absorptive material in cavity
steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F43

subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity
1 layer of gypsum board attached directly to joists on ceiling side
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. attached to joists through the gypsum board
1 layer of gypsum board attached to resilient metal channels

GG00143A

F43a

F43 with

no absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
resilient metal channels
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F43b

F43 with

absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
resilient metal channels
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F43c

F43 with

no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
resilient metal channels
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F43d

F43 with

absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
resilient metal channels
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F43e

F43 with

no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm regular gypsum board
resilient metal channels
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F43f

F43 with

absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm regular gypsum board
resilient metal channels
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F44

subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00144A

F44a

F44 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F44b

F44 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F44c

F44 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min

[45 min](25)

F44d

F44 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min

F44e

F44 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F44f

F44 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F44g

F44 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min

[45 min](25)

F44h

F44 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min

F44i

F44 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

< 30 min

F44j

F44 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

< 30 min

F44k

F44 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

< 30 min

F44l

F44 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

< 30 min

F45

subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00145A

F45a

F45 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F45b

F45 with

steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

F45c

F45 with

steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

F45d

F45 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F45e

F45 with

steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

[1 h](28)

F45f

F45 with

steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

[1 h](15)

F45g

F45 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F45h

F45 with

steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

F45i

F45 with

steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

F45j

F45 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F45k

F45 with

steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

[1 h](28)

F45l

F45 with

steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

[1 h](15)

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F45m

F45 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F45n

F45 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F45o

F45 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F45p

F45 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F46

one subfloor layer of 11 mm sanded plywood, or OSB or waferboard
one subfloor layer of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.

•1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00146A

F46a

F46 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F46b

F46 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F46c

F46 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F46d

F46 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F46e

F46 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F46f

F46 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F46g

F46 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F46h

F46 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F46i

F46 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F46j

F46 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F46k

F46 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F46l

F46 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F47

one subfloor layer of 15.5 mm plywood, or OSB or waferboard
one subfloor layer of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on steel joists spaced not more than 400 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00146A

F47a

F47 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min

F47b

F47 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min

F47c

F47 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min

[45 min](18)

[1 h](28)

F47d

F47 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

[30 min](18)

[45 min](28)

F47e

F47 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min

F47f

F47 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F47g

F47 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

[30 min](18)

[45 min](28)

F47h

F47 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F48

one subfloor layer of 11 mm sanded plywood, or OSB or waferboard
one subfloor layer of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00147A

F48a

F48 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F48b

F48 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F48c

F48 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F48d

F48 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F48e

F48 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F48f

F48 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F48g

F48 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F48h

F48 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F48i

F48 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F48j

F48 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F48k

F48 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F48l

F48 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F49

25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m2)
subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity
1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00148A

F49a

F49 with

no absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F49b

F49 with

absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F49c

F49 with

no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F49d

F49 with

absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F49e

F49 with

no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F49f

F49 with

absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F50

25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m2)
subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity
2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00149A

F50a

F50 with

no absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F50b

F50 with

absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F50c

F50 with

no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F50d

F50 with

absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F50e

F50 with

no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F50f

F50 with

absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F51

25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m2)
subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00150A

F51a

F51 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F51b

F51 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F51c

F51 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F51d

F51 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F51e

F51 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F51f

F51 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F51g

F51 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F51h

F51 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F51i

F51 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F51j

F51 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F51k

F51 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F51l

F51 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F52

25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m2)
subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00151A

F52a

F52 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F52b

F52 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F52c

F52 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F52d

F52 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

[1 h](25)

F52e

F52 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F52f

F52 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F52g

F52 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F52h

F52 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

[1 h](25)

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F52i

F52 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F52j

F52 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F52k

F52 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F52l

F52 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F53

38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m 2)
subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00152A

F53a

F53 with

no absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F53b

F53 with

absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F53c

F53 with

no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F53d

F53 with

absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F53e

F53 with

no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F53f

F53 with

absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F54

38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m 2)
subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00153A

F54a

F54 with

no absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F54b

F54 with

absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F54c

F54 with

no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F54d

F54 with

absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F54e

F54 with

no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F54f

F54 with

absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F55

38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m 2)
subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00154A

F55a

F55 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F55b

F55 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F55c

F55 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F55d

F55 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F55e

F55 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F55f

F55 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F55g

F55 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F55h

F55 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F55i

F55 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F55j

F55 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F55k

F55 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F55l

F55 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F56

38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m 2)
subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00155A

F56a

F56 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F56b

F56 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F56c

F56 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F56d

F56 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

[1 h](25)

F56e

F56 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F56f

F56 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F56g

F56 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F56h

F56 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

[1 h](25)

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F56i

F56 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F56j

F56 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F56k

F56 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F56l

F56 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F57

50 mm concrete
0.46 mm metal pan with 19 mm rib
on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00156A

F57a

F57 with

no absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F57b

F57 with

absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F57c

F57 with

no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F57d

F57 with

absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F57e

F57 with

no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F57f

F57 with

absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F58

50 mm concrete
0.38 mm metal pan with 16 mm rib
on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00157A

F58a

F58 with

no absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F58b

F58 with

absorptive material in cavity
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F58c

F58 with

no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F58d

F58 with

absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F58e

F58 with

no absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F58f

F58 with

absorptive material in cavity
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F59

50 mm concrete
0.38 mm metal pan with 16 mm rib
on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00158A

F59a

F59 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F59b

F59 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F59c

F59 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F59d

F59 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F59e

F59 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F59f

F59 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F59g

F59 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F59h

F59 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F59i

F59 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F59j

F59 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F59k

F59 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F59l

F59 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F60

50 mm concrete
0.46 mm metal pan with a 19 mm rib
on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00159A

F60a

F60 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F60b

F60 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F60c

F60 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F60d

F60 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

[1 h](25)

F60e

F60 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F60f

F60 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F60g

F60 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F60h

F60 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

[1 h](25)

F60i

F60 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F60j

F60 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F60k

F60 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F60l

F60 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm regular gypsum board

F61

50 mm concrete
0.38 mm metal pan with 16 mm rib
on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
with or without absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side

GG00159A

F61a

F61 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F61b

F61 with

steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F61c

F61 with

steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F61d

F61 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F61e

F61 with

steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F61f

F61 with

steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

F61g

F61 with

no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

Type of Assembly

Assembly Number

Description(2)(3)(4)

Fire- Resistance Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)

Typical Sound Transmission Class

(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)

(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(5)(9)(12) (IIC)

F61h

F61 with

steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F61i

F61 with

steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

F61j

F61 with

absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F61k

F61 with

steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

F61l

F61 with

steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
no absorptive material in cavity
resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

Roofs

Wood Roof Trusses

wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
1 layer 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min

Rating Provided by Membrane Only

supporting members spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
1 layer 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min

supporting members spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
2 layers 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

Notes to Table 9.10.3.1.-B:

(1) See Note A-9.10.3.1.

(2) For assemblies with a ceiling consisting of a single layer of gypsum board on resilient metal channels to obtain the listed ratings, the resilient metal channel arrangement at the gypsum board butt end joints should be as shown in Figure A-9.10.3.1.-A.

(3) For assemblies with a ceiling consisting of 2 layers of gypsum board on resilient metal channels to obtain the listed ratings, the fastener and resilient metal channel arrangement at the gypsum board butt end joints should be as shown in Figure A-9.10.3.1.-B.

(4) The fire-resistance rating and sound transmission class values given are for a minimum thickness of subfloor or deck as shown. Minimum subfloor thickness required is determined by structural member spacing (see Table 9.23.15.5.-A). Thicker subflooring or decking is also acceptable.

(5) Sound absorptive material includes

fibre processed from rock, slag, or glass, and
loose-fill or spray-applied cellulose fibre.

To obtain the listed sound transmission class rating, the nominal insulation thickness is 150 mm for rock, slag, or glass fibres or loose-fill cellulose fibre, and 90 mm for spray-applied cellulose fibre, unless otherwise specified. Absorptive material will affect the sound transmission class by approximately adding or subtracting 1 per 50 mm change of thickness. However, no additional sound transmission class value is achieved by adding a greater thickness of insulation than the depth of the assembly.

(6) The fire-resistance rating and sound transmission class values are based on the spacing of ceiling supports as noted. (See also Table Note (10).) A narrower spacing will be detrimental to the sound transmission class rating, but not to the fire-resistance rating.

(7) To obtain the listed rating, fastener type, spacing and penetration depth for the attachment of gypsum board must conform to Subsection 9.29.5., and

Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

fastener distance to board edges and butt ends should be not less than 38 mm, except for fasteners on the butt ends of the base layer in ceilings with two layers (see Figure A-9.10.3.1.-B),
fasteners are spaced not more than 300 mm o.c.,
fasteners must consist of nails or screws when attaching gypsum board to wood members, and
fasteners must consist of screws when attaching gypsum board to cold-formed steel channels or resilient metal channels.

For wood- and steel-framed assemblies, if fasteners are spaced less than 300 mm o.c., subtract 1 from the sound transmission class value; if fasteners are spaced less than 200 mm o.c., subtract 2 from the sound transmission class value. Narrower fastener spacing is not detrimental to the fire-resistance rating.

(8) See Sentence D-1.2.1.(2) of Appendix D for the significance of fire-resistance ratings.

(9) The sound transmission class values given in the Table are for the minimum depth of structural member noted in the description and applicable table notes. To obtain sound transmission class values for structural members deeper than that minimum, add 1 to the sound transmission class value in the Table for each 170 mm increase in structural member depth.

(10) The sound transmission class values given in the Table are for structural member spacing of 300 mm o.c., unless otherwise noted in the description and applicable table notes. To obtain sound transmission class values for assemblies with structural members spaced more than 500 mm o.c., add 1 to the sound transmission class value in the Table.

(11) Assemblies with sound transmission class ratings of 50 or more require methods to minimize airborne sound transmission at electrical boxes and other openings, and at wall/wall and wall/floor junctions, except at junctions constructed of concrete-to-concrete, concrete-to-masonry, or masonry-to-masonry where the intersecting joint along the junction is cast or mortared.

(12) The impact insulation class values given are for floor assemblies tested with no finished flooring.

(13) Wood floor joists are:

wood joists with a minimum member size of 38 mm (width) × 235 mm (depth), except as otherwise noted (see Table Note (16)); or
wood I-joists with a minimum flange size of 38 mm × 38 mm, a minimum OSB or plywood web thickness of 9.5 mm, and a minimum joist depth of 241 mm.

(14) Except where assemblies with wood I-joists are tested according to CAN/ULC-S101 the fire-resistance rating values apply only to I-joists that have been fabricated with a phenolic-based structural wood adhesive complying with CSA O112.10. For I-joists with flanges made of laminated veneer lumber (LVL), the fire-resistance rating values apply only where the adhesive used in the LVL fabrication is a phenolic-based structural wood adhesive complying with CSA O112.9.

(15) The fire-resistance rating value within square brackets is achieved only where absorptive material includes spray-applied cellulose fibre with

adhesive that is capable of providing a minimum cohesive/adhesive bond strength per unit area of 5 times the weight of the material under the test plate when tested in accordance with ASTM E736/E736M,
a minimum density of 35 kg/m3, and
a minimum thickness of 90 mm on the underside of the subfloor or deck, of 90 mm on the sides of the structural members, and for cold-formed steel joists, of 13 mm on the underside of the bottom flange other than at resilient metal channel locations.

(16) The fire-resistance rating value within square brackets only applies to assemblies with solid wood joists and is achieved only where absorptive material includes:

fibre processed from rock or slag with a minimum thickness of 90 mm and a minimum surface area mass of 2.8 kg/m2; or
spray-applied cellulose fibre with a minimum density of 50 kg/m3 and a minimum depth of 90 mm on the underside of the subfloor and of 90 mm on the sides of the floor joists.

(17) The fire-resistance rating, sound transmission class and impact insulation class values given are also applicable to assemblies with 38 mm (width) × 184 mm (depth) solid wood joists.

(18) The fire-resistance rating value within square brackets is achieved only where absorptive material includes:

fibre processed from rock or slag with a minimum thickness of 90 mm and a minimum surface area mass of 2.8 kg/m2; or
spray-applied cellulose fibre with a minimum density of 50 kg/m3 and a minimum depth of 90 mm on the underside of the subfloor and of 90 mm on the webs or the sides of the structural members.

(19) The fire-resistance rating, sound transmission class and impact insulation class values within the square brackets only apply to assemblies with solid wood joists and are achieved only where absorptive material includes dry-blown cellulose fibre with a minimum density of 40 kg/m3 filling the entire cavity; the cellulose fibre is supported on zinc-coated (galvanized) steel poultry fence fabric conforming to ASTM A390, which has 25-mm-wide hexagonal mesh openings and 0.81-mm-thick (20-gauge) wire and is attached to wood joists with metal staples having legs that are 50 mm long.

(20) The fire-resistance rating and sound transmission class values are achieved only where absorptive material includes:

fibre processed from rock or slag that fills the joist cavity and has a minimum surface area mass of 2.8 kg/m2, and for structural members at least 270 mm in depth, the fibre includes three layers each of which has a minimum thickness of 90 mm; or
dry-blown cellulose fibre with a minimum density of 40 kg/m3 filling the entire cavity; the cellulose fibre is supported on zinc-coated (galvanized) steel poultry fence fabric conforming to ASTM A390, which has 25-mm-wide hexagonal mesh openings and 0.81-mm-thick (20-gauge) wire and is attached to wood joists or wood I-joists with metal staples having legs that are 50 mm or 30 mm long, respectively.

(21) The fire-resistance rating value only applies to assemblies with wood I-joists with flanges with a minimum thickness of 38 mm and a minimum width of 63 mm.

(22) The fire-resistance rating and sound transmission class values are achieved only where absorptive material includes:

fibre processed from rock or slag that fills the joist cavity and has a minimum surface area mass of 2.8 kg/m2, and for structural members at least 270 mm in depth, the fibre includes three layers each of which has a minimum thickness of 90 mm; or
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)
dry-blown cellulose fibre with a minimum density of 40 kg/m3 filling the entire cavity; the cellulose fibre is supported on zinc-coated (galvanized) steel poultry fence fabric conforming to ASTM A390, which has 25-mm-wide hexagonal mesh openings and 0.81-mm-thick (20-gauge) wire and is attached to wood joists with metal staples having legs that are 50 mm long.

(23) The fire-resistance rating values given only apply to assemblies with solid wood joists spaced not more than 400 mm o.c. No information is available for assemblies constructed with wood I-joists.

(24) Wood floor trusses are:

metal-plate-connected wood trusses with wood framing members not less than 38 mm × 64 mm, metal connector plates not less than 1 mm (nominal) thick with teeth not less than 8 mm long, and a minimum truss depth of 305 mm;
metal-web wood trusses with wood chords not less than 38 mm × 64 mm, V-shaped webs made from galvanized steel of 1 mm (nominal) thickness with plate areas having teeth not less than 8 mm long, and a minimum truss depth of 286 mm; or
fingerjoined wood trusses with glued fingerjoined connections, chord members not less than 38 mm × 64 mm, web members not less than 38 mm × 38 mm and a minimum truss depth of 330 mm, all of which is glued together with an R-14 phenol-resorcinol resin conforming to CSA O112.10.

(25) The fire-resistance rating value within square brackets is achieved only where absorptive material includes fibre processed from rock or slag with a minimum thickness of 90 mm and a minimum surface area mass of 2.8 kg/m2.

(26) The fire-resistance rating and sound transmission class values within square brackets are achieved only where absorptive material includes dry-blown cellulose fibre with a minimum density of 40 kg/m3 filling the entire cavity; the cellulose fibre is supported on zinc-coated (galvanized)

steel poultry fence fabric conforming to ASTM A390, which has 25-mm-wide hexagonal mesh openings and 0.81-mm-thick (20-gauge) wire and is attached to wood trusses with metal staples having legs that are 38 mm long.

(27) Cold-formed steel floor joists (C-shaped joists) are members with a minimum size of 41 mm (width) × 203 mm (depth) × 1.22 mm (material thickness).

(28) The fire-resistance rating value within square brackets is achieved only where absorptive material includes spray-applied cellulose fibre with a minimum density of 50 kg/m3 and a minimum thickness of 90 mm on the underside of the subfloor, of 90 mm on the sides of the cold-formed steel floor joists, and of 13 mm on the underside of the bottom flange other than at resilient metal channel locations.

Division B 9-476

Span Tables

National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2

Division B 9-477

‌Span Tables

Table 9.20.17.4.-A

Maximum Allowable Clear Spans for Lintels in Flat Loadbearing Insulating Concrete Form (ICF) Walls(1)(2)(3) (1-10M Bottom Bar)

Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1) and 9.20.17.4.(3)

Minimum Lintel Thickness, mm	Minimum Lintel Depth, mm	Maximum Clear Span, m
		Supporting Light-Frame Roof Only		Supporting ICF Second Storey and Light-Frame Roof
		Maximum Ground Snow Load, kN/m2
		1.50	3.33	1.50	3.33
	200	1.41	1.18	1.03	0.93
	300	1.78	1.50	1.30	1.18
140	400	2.08	1.75	1.53	1.38
	500	2.33	1.97	1.72	1.56
	600	2.55	2.16	1.89	1.71
	200	1.41	1.18	1.02	0.92
	300	1.78	1.50	1.29	1.17
150	400	2.08	1.75	1.51	1.37
	500	2.33	1.97	1.70	1.54
	600	2.54	2.15	1.87	1.70
	200	1.41	1.18	1.01	0.91
	300	1.78	1.50	1.28	1.16
160	400	2.07	1.75	1.50	1.36
	500	2.32	1.96	1.68	1.53
	600	2.53	2.15	1.85	1.68
	200	1.41	1.19	0.98	0.89
	300	1.78	1.50	1.24	1.13
190	400	2.06	1.74	1.45	1.32
	500	2.30	1.95	1.63	1.49
	600	2.51	2.13	1.78	1.63
	200	1.41	1.19	0.97	0.89
	300	1.77	1.49	1.23	1.12
200	400	2.06	1.74	1.43	1.31
	500	2.30	1.95	1.61	1.48
	600	2.50	2.13	1.77	1.62
	200	1.41	1.19	0.94	0.86
	300	1.76	1.49	1.18	1.09
240	400	2.04	1.73	1.38	1.27
	500	2.27	1.93	1.55	1.43
	600	2.47	2.11	1.70	1.56

Notes to Table 9.20.17.4.-A:

(1) Deflection criterion is L/240, where “L” is the clear span of the lintel.

(2) Linear interpolation is permitted between ground snow loads and between lintel depths.

(3) 10M stirrups are required at a maximum d/2 spacing for spans greater than 1 200 mm, where “d” is the distance from the top of the lintel to the level of the bottom reinforcing bar in the lintel.

‌Span Tables

Table 9.20.17.4.-B

Maximum Allowable Clear Spans for Lintels in Flat Loadbearing Insulating Concrete Form (ICF) Walls(1)(2)(3) (1-15M Bottom Bar)

Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1) and 9.20.17.4.(3)

Minimum Lintel Thickness, mm	Minimum Lintel Depth, mm	Maximum Clear Span, m
		Supporting Light-Frame Roof Only		Supporting ICF Second Storey and Light-Frame Roof
		Maximum Ground Snow Load, kN/m2
		1.50	3.33	1.50	3.33
	200	1.63	1.46	1.31	1.23
	300	2.43	2.08	1.81	1.64
140	400	2.90	2.44	2.13	1.93
	500	3.26	2.75	2.41	2.18
	600	3.58	3.03	2.65	2.4
	200	1.67	1.49	1.33	1.25
	300	2.48	2.08	1.79	1.62
150	400	2.90	2.44	2.11	1.91
	500	3.26	2.75	2.38	2.16
	600	3.57	3.02	2.62	2.38
	200	1.70	1.53	1.35	1.26
	300	2.48	2.08	1.78	1.61
160	400	2.90	2.44	2.09	1.90
	500	3.25	2.75	2.36	2.14
	600	3.56	3.02	2.59	2.36
	200	1.80	1.61	1.36	1.24
	300	2.48	2.09	1.73	1.58
190	400	2.89	2.44	2.03	1.85
	500	3.23	2.74	2.29	2.09
	600	3.53	3.00	2.51	2.30
	200	1.83	1.64	1.35	1.23
	300	2.48	2.09	1.71	1.57
200	400	2.88	2.44	2.01	1.84
	500	3.22	2.74	2.26	2.07
	600	3.52	2.99	2.48	2.28
	200	1.93	1.65	1.30	1.20
	300	2.47	2.08	1.66	1.52
240	400	2.86	2.43	1.94	1.78
	500	3.19	2.72	2.18	2.01
	600	3.47	2.97	2.39	2.20

Notes to Table 9.20.17.4.-B:

(1) Deflection criterion is L/240, where “L” is the clear span of the lintel.

(2) Linear interpolation is permitted between ground snow loads and between lintel depths.

‌Span Tables

Table 9.20.17.4.-C

Maximum Allowable Clear Spans for Lintels in Flat Loadbearing Insulating Concrete Form (ICF) Walls(1)(2)(3) (2-15M Bottom Bar)

Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1) and 9.20.17.4.(3)

Minimum Lintel Thickness, mm	Minimum Lintel Depth, mm	Maximum Clear Span, m
		Supporting Light-Frame Roof Only		Supporting ICF Second Storey and Light-Frame Roof
		Maximum Ground Snow Load, kN/m2
		1.50	3.33	1.50	3.33
	200	1.63	1.46	1.31	1.23
	300	2.43	2.18	1.96	1.84
140	400	3.22	2.90	2.60	2.42
	500	4.00	3.60	3.25	2.70
	600	4.71	4.20	3.61	2.97
	200	1.67	1.49	1.33	1.25
	300	2.48	2.23	1.99	1.87
150	400	3.29	2.96	2.64	2.45
	500	4.80	3.68	3.29	2.74
	600	4.87	4.20	3.64	3.02
	200	1.70	1.53	1.35	1.27
	300	2.53	2.28	2.02	1.90
160	400	3.36	3.02	2.68	2.48
	500	4.16	3.76	3.27	2.78
	600	4.95	4.20	3.61	3.08
	200	1.80	1.61	1.39	1.32
	300	2.67	2.40	2.09	1.97
190	400	3.53	3.19	2.77	2.56
	500	4.38	3.81	3.18	2.90
	600	4.92	4.19	3.50	3.21
	200	1.83	1.64	1.41	1.33
	300	2.87	2.44	2.11	2.00
200	400	3.78	3.24	2.79	2.55
	500	4.46	3.81	3.15	2.89
	600	4.86	4.18	3.47	3.18
	200	2.07	1.74	1.46	1.38
	300	3.07	2.59	2.18	2.07
240	400	3.95	3.38	2.70	2.48
	500	4.40	3.80	3.04	2.80
	600	4.78	4.16	3.34	3.08

Notes to Table 9.20.17.4.-C:

(1) Deflection criterion is L/240, where “L” is the clear span of the lintel.

(2) Linear interpolation is permitted between ground snow loads and between lintel depths.

‌Span Tables

Table 9.23.4.2.-A

Maximum Spans for Floor Joists – General Cases(1)

Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1), 9.23.4.2.(1) and (2), 9.23.4.4.(1) and 9.23.9.4.(1) to (3)

Commercial Designation	Grade	Joist Size, mm	Maximum Span, m
			With Strapping(2)			With Bridging			With Strapping(2) and Bridging
			Joist Spacing, mm			Joist Spacing, mm			Joist Spacing, mm
			300	400	600	300	400	600	300	400	600
		38 × 89	2.13	1.97	1.73	2.19	1.99	1.73	2.19	1.99	1.73
	Select Structural	38 × 140 38 × 184 38 × 235	3.23 3.88 4.57	3.07 3.69 4.34	2.73 3.51 4.13	3.44 4.18 4.86	3.12 3.92 4.57	2.73 3.59 4.29	3.44 4.37 5.05	3.12 4.07 4.70	2.73 3.59 4.39
		38 × 286	5.21	4.95	4.71	5.49	5.16	4.85	5.66	5.28	4.92
		38 × 89	2.00	1.85	1.66	2.09	1.90	1.66	2.09	1.90	1.66
		38 × 140	3.09	2.91	2.62	3.29	2.99	2.62	3.29	2.99	2.62
Douglas Fir –	No. 1 and No. 2	38 × 184	3.71	3.53	3.36	4.00	3.76	3.44	4.19	3.90	3.44
Larch (includes Douglas Fir and Western Larch)		38 × 235 38 × 286	4.38 4.99	4.16 4.75	3.96 4.52	4.66 5.26	4.38 4.94	4.11 4.65	4.84 5.43	4.51 5.06	4.20 4.72
		38 × 89	1.90	1.69	1.38	1.95	1.69	1.38	1.95	1.69	1.38
		38 × 140	2.78	2.41	1.97	2.78	2.41	1.97	2.78	2.41	1.97
	No. 3	38 × 184	3.38	2.93	2.39	3.38	2.93	2.39	3.38	2.93	2.39
		38 × 235	4.14	3.58	2.93	4.14	3.58	2.93	4.14	3.58	2.93
		38 × 286	4.80	4.16	3.39	4.80	4.16	3.39	4.80	4.16	3.39
	Construction	38 × 89	1.90	1.77	1.61	2.03	1.84	1.61	2.03	1.84	1.61
	Standard	38 × 89	1.81	1.63	1.33	1.88	1.63	1.33	1.88	1.63	1.33
		38 × 89	2.08	1.93	1.71	2.16	1.96	1.71	2.16	1.96	1.71
	Select Structural	38 × 140 38 × 184 38 × 235	3.18 3.82 4.50	3.03 3.64 4.28	2.69 3.46 4.08	3.39 4.12 4.80	3.08 3.87 4.51	2.69 3.54 4.23	3.39 4.31 4.98	3.08 4.02 4.64	2.69 3.54 4.33
		38 × 286	5.14	4.89	4.65	5.42	5.09	4.78	5.59	5.21	4.86
		38 × 89	2.00	1.85	1.66	2.09	1.90	1.66	2.09	1.90	1.66
Hem – Fir (includes	No. 1 and No. 2	38 × 140 38 × 184	3.09 3.71	2.91 3.53	2.62 3.36	3.29 4.00	2.99 3.76	2.62 3.44	3.29 4.19	2.99 3.90	2.62 3.44
Western		38 × 235	4.38	4.16	3.96	4.66	4.38	4.11	4.84	4.51	4.20
Hemlock and Amabilis Fir)		38 × 286	4.99	4.75	4.52	5.26	4.94	4.65	5.43	5.06	4.72
Hemlock and Amabilis Fir)		38 × 89	1.90	1.77	1.61	2.03	1.84	1.61	2.03	1.84	1.61
		38 × 140	2.99	2.78	2.43	3.19	2.90	2.43	3.19	2.90	2.43
	No. 3	38 × 184	3.60	3.42	2.95	3.88	3.61	2.95	4.06	3.61	2.95
		38 × 235	4.24	4.03	3.61	4.51	4.24	3.61	4.68	4.37	3.61
		38 × 286	4.84	4.60	4.19	5.10	4.79	4.19	5.26	4.90	4.19
	Construction	38 × 89	1.90	1.77	1.61	2.03	1.84	1.61	2.03	1.84	1.61
	Standard	38 × 89	1.81	1.68	1.39	1.96	1.71	1.39	1.96	1.71	1.39

Span Tables

Table 9.23.4.2.-A (Continued)

Commercial Designation	Grade	Joist Size, mm	Maximum Span, m
			With Strapping(2)			With Bridging			With Strapping(2) and Bridging
			Joist Spacing, mm			Joist Spacing, mm			Joist Spacing, mm
			300	400	600	300	400	600	300	400	600
		38 × 89	1.95	1.81	1.64	2.06	1.87	1.64	2.06	1.87	1.64
	Select Structural	38 × 140 38 × 184 38 × 235	3.05 3.66 4.31	2.85 3.48 4.10	2.57 3.31 3.90	3.24 3.94 4.59	2.95 3.70 4.31	2.57 3.38 4.05	3.24 4.12 4.76	2.95 3.84 4.44	2.57 3.38 4.14
		38 × 286	4.91	4.67	4.45	5.18	4.87	4.57	5.34	4.98	4.64
Spruce – Pine		38 × 89	1.86	1.72	1.58	1.99	1.81	1.58	1.99	1.81	1.58
– Fir (includes Spruce (all species except	No. 1 and No. 2	38 × 140 38 × 184	2.92 3.54	2.71 3.36	2.49 3.20	3.14 3.81	2.85 3.58	2.49 3.27	3.14 3.99	2.85 3.72	2.49 3.27
Coast Sitka		38 × 235	4.17	3.96	3.77	4.44	4.17	3.92	4.60	4.29	4.00
Spruce), Jack Pine, Lodgepole Pine, Balsam Fir		38 × 286	4.75	4.52	4.30	5.01	4.71	4.42	5.17	4.82	4.49
Spruce), Jack Pine, Lodgepole Pine, Balsam Fir		38 × 89	1.81	1.68	1.55	1.96	1.78	1.55	1.96	1.78	1.55
and Alpine Fir)		38 × 140	2.84	2.64	2.43	3.08	2.80	2.43	3.08	2.80	2.43
	No. 3	38 × 184	3.47	3.30	2.95	3.74	3.52	2.95	3.92	3.61	2.95
		38 × 235	4.09	3.89	3.61	4.36	4.09	3.61	4.52	4.22	3.61
		38 × 286	4.67	4.44	4.19	4.92	4.62	4.19	5.08	4.73	4.19
	Construction	38 × 89	1.81	1.68	1.55	1.96	1.78	1.55	1.96	1.78	1.55
	Standard	38 × 89	1.70	1.58	1.44	1.88	1.71	1.44	1.88	1.71	1.44
		38 × 89	1.65	1.53	1.42	1.84	1.68	1.46	1.84	1.68	1.46
	Select Structural	38 × 140 38 × 184 38 × 235	2.59 3.27 3.85	2.41 3.11 3.66	2.24 2.94 3.48	2.90 3.52 4.10	2.63 3.31 3.85	2.30 3.03 3.62	2.90 3.69 4.26	2.63 3.44 3.97	2.30 3.03 3.70
		38 × 286	4.39	4.18	3.97	4.63	4.35	4.09	4.78	4.45	4.15
Northern		38 × 89 38 × 140 38 × 184 38 × 235 38 × 286	1.59 2.51 3.19 3.76 4.29	1.48 2.33 3.04 3.58 4.08	1.37 2.16 2.84 3.41 3.88	1.80 2.83 3.44 4.01 4.53	1.64 2.57 3.23 3.77 4.25	1.43 2.25 2.96 3.54 4.00	1.80 2.83 3.60 4.16 4.67	1.64 2.57 3.36 3.88 4.35	1.43 2.25 2.96 3.62 4.06
Species
(includes any	No. 1 and No. 2
Canadian	No. 1 and No. 2
Canadian
species covered
by the NLGA
Standard Grading Rules)
Standard Grading Rules)		38 × 89 38 × 140	1.54 2.42	1.43 2.24	1.32 1.94	1.74 2.74	1.57 2.38	1.36 1.94	1.76 2.75	1.60 2.38	1.36 1.94
	No. 3	38 × 184	3.12	2.90	2.37	3.35	2.90	2.37	3.35	2.90	2.37
		38 × 235	3.67	3.49	2.89	3.91	3.54	2.89	4.06	3.54	2.89
		38 × 286	4.19	3.98	3.36	4.42	4.11	3.36	4.55	4.11	3.36
	Construction	38 × 89	1.54	1.43	1.32	1.74	1.57	1.40	1.76	1.60	1.40
	Standard	38 × 89	1.48	1.37	1.15	1.63	1.41	1.15	1.63	1.41	1.15

Notes to Table 9.23.4.2.-A:

(1) Spans apply only where the floors serve residential areas as described in Table 4.1.5.3., or the uniformly distributed live load on the floors does not exceed that specified for residential areas as described in Table 4.1.5.3.

(2) See Sentence 9.23.9.4.(5) for alternatives to strapping.

‌Span Tables

Table 9.23.4.2.-B

Maximum Spans for Floor Joists – Special Cases(1)

Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1), 9.23.4.2.(1) and (2), 9.23.4.4.(2) and 9.23.9.4.(4) and (6)

Commercial Designation	Grade	Joist Size, mm	Maximum Span, m
			Joists with Ceilings Attached to Wood Furring						Joists with Concrete Topping
			Without Bridging			With Bridging			With or Without Bridging(2)
			Joist Spacing, mm			Joist Spacing, mm			Joist Spacing, mm
			300	400	600	300	400	600	300	400	600
		38 × 89	2.19	1.99	1.73	2.19	1.99	1.73	2.19	1.99	1.73
	Select Structural	38 × 140 38 × 184 38 × 235	3.44 4.24 4.98	3.12 3.99 4.69	2.73 3.59 4.29	3.44 4.52 5.47	3.12 4.11 5.20	2.73 3.59 4.58	3.44 4.52 5.77	3.12 4.11 5.24	2.73 3.59 4.58
		38 × 286	5.67	5.34	4.88	6.19	5.89	5.54	6.83	6.37	5.58
		38 × 89	2.09	1.90	1.66	2.09	1.90	1.66	2.09	1.90	1.66
		38 × 140	3.29	2.99	2.62	3.29	2.99	2.62	3.29	2.99	2.55
Douglas Fir –	No. 1 and No. 2	38 × 184	4.06	3.83	3.44	4.33	3.93	3.44	4.33	3.81	3.11
Larch (includes Douglas Fir and Western Larch)		38 × 235 38 × 286	4.78 5.44	4.50 5.12	4.11 4.68	5.24 5.93	4.98 5.64	4.31 5.00	5.37 6.24	4.65 5.40	3.80 4.41
		38 × 89	1.95	1.69	1.38	1.95	1.69	1.38	1.72	1.49	1.21
		38 × 140	2.78	2.41	1.97	2.78	2.41	1.97	2.45	2.12	1.73
	No. 3	38 × 184	3.38	2.93	2.39	3.38	2.93	2.39	2.98	2.58	2.11
		38 × 235	4.14	3.58	2.93	4.14	3.58	2.93	3.65	3.16	2.58
		38 × 286	4.80	4.16	3.39	4.80	4.16	3.39	4.23	3.66	2.99
	Construction	38 × 89	2.03	1.84	1.61	2.03	1.84	1.61	2.03	1.84	1.61
	Standard	38 × 89	1.88	1.63	1.33	1.88	1.63	1.33	1.66	1.44	1.17
		38 × 89	2.16	1.96	1.71	2.16	1.96	1.71	2.16	1.96	1.71
	Select Structural	38 × 140 38 × 184 38 × 235	3.39 4.18 4.92	3.08 3.94 4.63	2.69 3.54 4.23	3.39 4.46 5.39	3.08 4.05 5.13	2.69 3.54 4.52	3.39 4.46 5.69	3.08 4.05 5.17	2.69 3.54 4.52
		38 × 286	5.60	5.27	4.82	6.10	5.81	5.47	6.74	6.28	5.50
		38 × 89	2.09	1.90	1.66	2.09	1.90	1.66	2.09	1.90	1.66
Hem – Fir (includes	No. 1 and No. 2	38 × 140 38 × 184	3.29 4.06	2.99 3.83	2.62 3.44	3.29 4.33	2.99 3.93	2.62 3.44	3.29 4.33	2.99 3.93	2.62 3.26
Western		38 × 235	4.78	4.50	4.11	5.24	4.98	4.39	5.53	4.88	3.99
Hemlock and Amabilis Fir)		38 × 286	5.44	5.12	4.68	5.93	5.64	5.25	6.54	5.66	4.63
Hemlock and Amabilis Fir)		38 × 89	2.03	1.84	1.61	2.03	1.84	1.61	2.03	1.83	1.50
		38 × 140	3.19	2.90	2.43	3.19	2.90	2.43	3.02	2.62	2.14
	No. 3	38 × 184	3.94	3.61	2.95	4.17	3.61	2.95	3.68	3.18	2.60
		38 × 235	4.63	4.36	3.61	5.08	4.42	3.61	4.50	3.89	3.18
		38 × 286	5.27	4.96	4.19	5.74	5.13	4.19	5.22	4.52	3.69
	Construction	38 × 89	2.03	1.84	1.61	2.03	1.84	1.61	2.03	1.84	1.61
	Standard	38 × 89	1.96	1.71	1.39	1.96	1.71	1.39	1.74	1.50	1.23

Span Tables

Table 9.23.4.2.-B (Continued)

Commercial Designation	Grade	Joist Size, mm	Maximum Span, m
			Joists with Ceilings Attached to Wood Furring						Joists with Concrete Topping
			Without Bridging			With Bridging			With or Without Bridging(2)
			Joist Spacing, mm			Joist Spacing, mm			Joist Spacing, mm
			300	400	600	300	400	600	300	400	600
		38 × 89	2.06	1.87	1.64	2.06	1.87	1.64	2.06	1.87	1.64
	Select Structural	38 × 140 38 × 184 38 × 235	3.24 4.00 4.70	2.95 3.77 4.43	2.57 3.38 4.05	3.24 4.26 5.16	2.95 3.87 4.91	2.57 3.38 4.32	3.24 4.26 5.45	2.95 3.87 4.95	2.57 3.38 4.32
		38 × 286	5.35	5.04	4.61	5.84	5.55	5.23	6.45	6.01	5.26
Spruce – Pine		38 × 89	1.99	1.81	1.58	1.99	1.81	1.58	1.99	1.81	1.58
– Fir (includes Spruce (all species except	No. 1 and No. 2	38 × 140 38 × 184	3.14 3.87	2.85 3.64	2.49 3.27	3.14 4.12	2.85 3.75	2.49 3.27	3.14 4.12	2.85 3.75	2.49 3.27
Coast Sitka		38 × 235	4.55	4.28	3.91	4.99	4.75	4.18	5.27	4.79	4.13
Spruce), Jack Pine, Lodgepole Pine, Balsam Fir		38 × 286	5.18	4.88	4.46	5.65	5.37	5.06	6.23	5.81	4.79
Spruce), Jack Pine, Lodgepole Pine, Balsam Fir		38 × 89	1.96	1.78	1.55	1.96	1.78	1.55	1.96	1.78	1.50
and Alpine Fir)		38 × 140	3.08	2.80	2.43	3.08	2.80	2.43	3.02	2.62	2.14
	No. 3	38 × 184	3.80	3.58	2.95	4.05	3.61	2.95	3.68	3.18	2.60
		38 × 235	4.47	4.21	3.61	4.90	4.42	3.61	4.50	3.89	3.18
		38 × 286	5.09	4.79	4.19	5.55	5.13	4.19	5.22	4.52	3.69
	Construction	38 × 89	1.96	1.78	1.55	1.96	1.78	1.55	1.96	1.78	1.55
	Standard	38 × 89	1.88	1.71	1.44	1.88	1.71	1.44	1.80	1.56	1.27
		38 × 89	1.84	1.68	1.46	1.84	1.68	1.46	1.84	1.68	1.46
	Select Structural	38 × 140 38 × 184 38 × 235	2.90 3.58 4.20	2.63 3.37 3.96	2.30 3.03 3.62	2.90 3.81 4.61	2.63 3.46 4.39	2.30 3.03 3.86	2.90 3.81 4.87	2.63 3.46 4.42	2.30 3.03 3.86
		38 × 286	4.79	4.51	4.12	5.22	4.96	4.68	5.76	5.37	4.54
Northern		38 × 89 38 × 140 38 × 184 38 × 235 38 × 286	1.80 2.83 3.50 4.11 4.68	1.64 2.57 3.29 3.87 4.40	1.43 2.25 2.96 3.54 4.03	1.80 2.83 3.72 4.51 5.10	1.64 2.57 3.38 4.29 4.85	1.43 2.25 2.96 3.76 4.36	1.80 2.83 3.72 4.69 5.44	1.64 2.57 3.32 4.06 4.71	1.43 2.23 2.71 3.31 3.84
Species
(includes any	No. 1 and No. 2
Canadian	No. 1 and No. 2
Canadian
species covered
by the NLGA
Standard Grading Rules)
Standard Grading Rules)		38 × 89 38 × 140	1.76 2.75	1.60 2.38	1.36 1.94	1.76 2.75	1.60 2.38	1.36 1.94	1.70 2.42	1.47 2.10	1.20 1.71
	No. 3	38 × 184	3.35	2.90	2.37	3.35	2.90	2.37	2.95	2.55	2.08
		38 × 235	4.01	3.54	2.89	4.09	3.54	2.89	3.61	3.12	2.55
		38 × 286	4.56	4.11	3.36	4.75	4.11	3.36	4.18	3.62	2.96
	Construction	38 × 89	1.76	1.60	1.40	1.76	1.60	1.40	1.76	1.60	1.37
	Standard	38 × 89	1.63	1.41	1.15	1.63	1.41	1.15	1.44	1.25	1.02

Notes to Table 9.23.4.2.-B:

(2) No bridging is assumed for spans for floor joists with concrete topping.

‌Span Tables

Table 9.23.4.2.-C

Maximum Spans for Ceiling Joists – Attic not Accessible by a Stairway

Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1), 9.23.4.2.(1) and 9.23.14.10.(2)

Commercial Designation	Grade	Joist Size, mm	Maximum Span, m
			Joist Spacing, mm
			300	400	600
		38 × 89	3.41	3.10	2.71
		38 × 140	5.37	4.88	4.26
	Select Structural	38 × 184	7.05	6.41	5.60
		38 × 235	9.01	8.18	7.15
		38 × 286	10.96	9.96	8.70
		38 × 89	3.27	2.97	2.59
		38 × 140	5.14	4.67	4.08
Douglas Fir – Larch (includes	No. 1 and No. 2	38 × 184	6.76	6.14	5.36
Douglas Fir and Western		38 × 235	8.63	7.84	6.85
Larch)		38 × 286	10.50	9.54	8.34
		38 × 89	3.17	2.88	2.42
		38 × 140	4.89	4.23	3.46
	No. 3	38 × 184	5.95	5.15	4.20
		38 × 235	7.27	6.30	5.14
		38 × 286	8.44	7.31	5.97
	Construction	38 × 89	3.17	2.88	2.51
	Standard	38 × 89	3.06	2.78	2.34
		38 × 89	3.36	3.06	2.67
		38 × 140	5.29	4.81	4.20
	Select Structural	38 × 184	6.96	6.32	5.52
		38 × 235	8.88	8.07	7.05
		38 × 286	10.81	9.82	8.58
		38 × 89	3.27	2.97	2.59
		38 × 140	5.14	4.67	4.08
	No. 1 and No. 2	38 × 184	6.76	6.14	5.36
Hem – Fir (includes Western Hemlock and Amabilis Fir)		38 × 235 38 × 286	8.63 10.50	7.84 9.54	6.85 8.34
		38 × 89	3.17	2.88	2.51
		38 × 140	4.98	4.53	3.95
	No. 3	38 × 184	6.55	5.95	5.19
		38 × 235	8.36	7.60	6.34
		38 × 286	10.18	9.01	7.36
	Construction	38 × 89	3.17	2.88	2.50
	Standard	38 × 89	3.06	2.78	2.43

Span Tables

Table 9.23.4.2.-C (Continued)

Commercial Designation	Grade	Joist Size, mm	Maximum Span, m
			Joist Spacing, mm
			300	400	600
		38 × 89	3.22	2.92	2.55
		38 × 140	5.06	4.60	4.02
	Select Structural	38 × 184	6.65	6.05	5.28
		38 × 235	8.50	7.72	6.74
		38 × 286	10.34	9.40	8.21
		38 × 89	3.11	2.83	2.47
Spruce – Pine– Fir (includes Spruce (all species except	No. 1 and No. 2	38 × 140 38 × 184	4.90 6.44	4.45 5.85	3.89 5.11
Coast Sitka Spruce), Jack		38 × 235	8.22	7.47	6.52
Pine, Lodgepole Pine, Balsam Fir and Alpine Fir)		38 × 286	10.00	9.09	7.94
Pine, Lodgepole Pine, Balsam Fir and Alpine Fir)		38 × 89	3.06	2.78	2.43
		38 × 140	4.81	4.37	3.82
	No. 3	38 × 184	6.32	5.74	5.02
		38 × 235	8.07	7.33	6.34
		38 × 286	9.82	8.93	7.36
	Construction	38 × 89	3.06	2.78	2.43
	Standard	38 × 89	2.94	2.67	2.33
		38 × 89	2.88	2.61	2.28
		38 × 140	4.53	4.11	3.59
	Select Structural	38 × 184	5.95	5.40	4.72
		38 × 235	7.60	6.90	6.03
		38 × 286	9.25	8.40	7.34
		38 × 89	2.81	2.55	2.23
		38 × 140	4.42	4.02	3.51
Northern Species (includes	No. 1 and No. 2	38 × 184	5.81	5.28	4.61
any Canadian species covered by the NLGA Standard Grading Rules)		38 × 235 38 × 286	7.42 9.03	6.74 8.21	5.89 7.17
		38 × 89	2.74	2.49	2.18
		38 × 140	4.31	3.92	3.42
	No. 3	38 × 184	5.67	5.09	4.16
		38 × 235	7.19	6.23	5.08
		38 × 286	8.34	7.23	5.90
	Construction	38 × 89	2.74	2.49	2.18
	Standard	38 × 89	2.67	2.43	2.03

‌Span Tables

Table 9.23.4.2.-D

Maximum Spans for Roof Joists – Specified Roof Snow Loads 1.0 to 2.0 kPa

Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1), 9.23.4.2.(1), 9.23.4.5.(1) and 9.23.14.10.(2)

Commercial Designation	Grade	Joist Size, mm	Maximum Span, m
			Specified Snow Load, kPa
			1.0			1.5			2.0
			Joist Spacing, mm			Joist Spacing, mm			Joist Spacing, mm
			300	400	600	300	400	600	300	400	600
		38 × 89	2.71	2.46	2.15	2.37	2.15	1.88	2.15	1.95	1.71
	Select Structural	38 × 140 38 × 184 38 × 235	4.26 5.60 7.15	3.87 5.09 6.49	3.38 4.44 5.67	3.72 4.89 6.24	3.38 4.44 5.67	2.95 3.88 4.96	3.38 4.44 5.67	3.07 4.04 5.15	2.68 3.53 4.50
		38 × 286	8.70	7.90	6.91	7.60	6.91	6.03	6.91	6.27	5.48
		38 × 89	2.59	2.36	2.06	2.27	2.06	1.80	2.06	1.87	1.63
		38 × 140	4.08	3.71	3.24	3.57	3.24	2.83	3.24	2.94	2.57
Douglas Fir –	No. 1 and No. 2	38 × 184	5.36	4.87	4.26	4.69	4.26	3.72	4.26	3.87	3.38
Larch (includes Douglas Fir and Western Larch)		38 × 235 38 × 286	6.85 8.34	6.22 7.57	5.44 6.40	5.98 7.28	5.44 6.62	4.74 5.50	5.44 6.62	4.94 6.00	4.22 4.90
		38 × 89	2.49	2.16	1.76	2.14	1.85	1.51	1.91	1.65	1.35
		38 × 140	3.56	3.08	2.51	3.06	2.65	2.16	2.72	2.36	1.92
	No. 3	38 × 184	4.33	3.75	3.06	3.72	3.22	2.63	3.31	2.87	2.34
		38 × 235	5.29	4.58	3.74	4.55	3.94	3.22	4.05	3.51	2.86
		38 × 286	6.14	5.32	4.34	5.28	4.57	3.73	4.70	4.07	3.32
	Construction	38 × 89	2.51	2.28	1.99	2.20	1.99	1.74	1.99	1.81	1.58
	Standard	38 × 89	2.41	2.08	1.70	2.07	1.79	1.46	1.84	1.60	1.30
		38 × 89	2.67	2.43	2.12	2.33	2.12	1.85	2.12	1.93	1.68
	Select Structural	38 × 140 38 × 184 38 × 235	4.20 5.52 7.05	3.82 5.02 6.41	3.33 4.38 5.60	3.67 4.82 6.16	3.33 4.38 5.60	2.91 3.83 4.89	3.33 4.38 5.60	3.03 3.98 5.09	2.65 3.48 4.44
		38 × 286	8.58	7.80	6.81	7.50	6.81	5.95	6.81	6.19	5.41
		38 × 89	2.59	2.36	2.06	2.27	2.06	1.80	2.06	1.87	1.63
Hem – Fir (includes	No. 1 and No. 2	38 × 140 38 × 184	4.08 5.36	3.71 4.87	3.24 4.26	3.57 4.69	3.24 4.26	2.83 3.72	3.24 4.26	2.94 3.87	2.57 3.38
Western		38 × 235	6.85	6.22	5.44	5.98	5.44	4.75	5.44	4.94	4.32
Hemlock and Amabilis Fir)		38 × 286	8.34	7.57	6.62	7.28	6.62	5.77	6.62	6.01	5.25
Hemlock and Amabilis Fir)		38 × 89	2.51	2.28	1.99	2.20	1.99	1.74	1.99	1.81	1.58
		38 × 140	3.95	3.59	3.10	3.45	3.14	2.67	3.14	2.85	2.37
	No. 3	38 × 184	5.20	4.62	3.77	4.54	3.97	3.24	4.09	3.54	2.89
		38 × 235	6.53	5.65	4.61	5.61	4.86	3.97	5.00	4.33	3.53
		38 × 286	7.57	6.56	5.35	6.51	5.64	4.60	5.80	5.02	4.10
	Construction	38 × 89	2.51	2.28	1.99	2.20	1.99	1.74	1.99	1.81	1.58
	Standard	38 × 89	2.43	2.18	1.78	2.12	1.88	1.53	1.93	1.67	1.36

Span Tables

Table 9.23.4.2.-D (Continued)

Commercial Designation	Grade	Joist Size, mm	Maximum Span, m
			Specified Snow Load, kPa
			1.0			1.5			2.0
			Joist Spacing, mm			Joist Spacing, mm			Joist Spacing, mm
			300	400	600	300	400	600	300	400	600
		38 × 89	2.55	2.32	2.03	2.23	2.03	1.77	2.03	1.84	1.61
	Select Structural	38 × 140 38 × 184 38 × 235	4.02 5.28 6.74	3.65 4.80 6.13	3.19 4.19 5.35	3.51 4.61 5.89	3.19 4.19 5.35	2.79 3.66 4.68	3.19 4.19 5.35	2.90 3.81 4.86	2.53 3.33 4.25
		38 × 286	8.21	7.46	6.52	7.17	6.52	5.69	6.52	5.92	5.17
Spruce – Pine		38 × 89	2.47	2.24	1.96	2.16	1.96	1.71	1.96	1.78	1.56
– Fir (includes Spruce (all species except	No. 1 and No. 2	38 × 140 38 × 184	3.89 5.11	3.53 4.64	3.08 4.05	3.40 4.46	3.08 4.05	2.69 3.54	3.08 4.05	2.80 3.68	2.45 3.22
Coast Sitka		38 × 235	6.52	5.93	5.18	5.70	5.18	4.52	5.18	4.70	4.11
Spruce), Jack Pine, Lodgepole Pine, Balsam Fir		38 × 286	7.94	7.21	6.30	6.94	6.30	5.50	6.30	5.73	5.00
Spruce), Jack Pine, Lodgepole Pine, Balsam Fir		38 × 89	2.43	2.20	1.93	2.12	1.93	1.68	1.93	1.75	1.53
and Alpine Fir)		38 × 140	3.82	3.47	3.03	3.33	3.03	2.65	3.03	2.75	2.37
	No. 3	38 × 184	5.02	4.56	3.77	4.38	3.97	3.24	3.98	3.54	2.89
		38 × 235	6.41	5.65	4.61	5.60	4.86	3.97	5.00	4.33	3.53
		38 × 286	7.57	6.56	5.35	6.51	5.64	4.60	5.80	5.02	4.10
	Construction	38 × 89	2.43	2.20	1.93	2.12	1.93	1.68	1.93	1.75	1.53
	Standard	38 × 89	2.33	2.12	1.85	2.04	1.85	1.59	1.85	1.68	1.41
		38 × 89	2.28	2.07	1.81	1.99	1.81	1.58	1.81	1.65	1.44
	Select Structural	38 × 140 38 × 184 38 × 235	3.59 4.72 6.03	3.26 4.29 5.48	2.85 3.75 4.79	3.14 4.12 5.27	2.85 3.75 4.79	2.49 3.27 4.18	2.85 3.75 4.79	2.59 3.40 4.35	2.26 2.97 3.80
		38 × 286	7.34	6.67	5.82	6.41	5.82	5.09	5.82	5.29	4.62
Northern		38 × 89 38 × 140 38 × 184 38 × 235 38 × 286	2.23 3.51 4.61 5.89 7.17	2.03 3.19 4.19 5.35 6.52	1.77 2.79 3.66 4.68 5.58	1.95 3.07 4.03 5.15 6.26	1.77 2.79 3.66 4.68 5.69	1.55 2.43 3.20 4.09 4.80	1.77 2.79 3.66 4.68 5.69	1.61 2.53 3.33 4.25 5.17	1.41 2.21 2.91 3.68 4.27
Species
(includes any	No. 1 and No. 2
Canadian	No. 1 and No. 2
Canadian
species covered
by the NLGA
Standard Grading Rules)
Standard Grading Rules)		38 × 89 38 × 140	2.18 3.42	1.98 3.05	1.73 2.49	1.90 2.99	1.73 2.62	1.50 2.14	1.73 2.69	1.57 2.33	1.33 1.90
	No. 3	38 × 184	4.28	3.71	3.03	3.68	3.19	2.60	3.28	2.84	2.32
		38 × 235	5.23	4.53	3.70	4.50	3.90	3.18	4.01	3.47	2.83
		38 × 286	6.07	5.26	4.29	5.22	4.52	3.69	4.65	4.03	3.29
	Construction	38 × 89	2.18	1.98	1.73	1.90	1.73	1.51	1.73	1.57	1.37
	Standard	38 × 89	2.09	1.81	1.48	1.80	1.56	1.27	1.60	1.38	1.13

‌Span Tables

Table 9.23.4.2.-E

Maximum Spans for Roof Joists – Specified Roof Snow Loads 2.5 and 3.0 kPa

Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1), 9.23.4.2.(1), 9.23.4.5.(1) and 9.23.14.10.(2)

Commercial Designation	Grade	Joist Size, mm			Maximum	Span, m
			Specified Snow Load, kPa
			2.5			3.0
			Joist Spacing, mm			Joist Spacing, mm
			300	400	600	300	400	600
		38 × 89	1.99	1.81	1.58	1.88	1.71	1.49
		38 × 140	3.14	2.85	2.49	2.95	2.68	2.34
	Select Structural	38 × 184	4.12	3.75	3.27	3.88	3.53	3.08
		38 × 235	5.27	4.79	4.18	4.96	4.50	3.93
		38 × 286	6.41	5.82	5.09	6.03	5.48	4.79
		38 × 89	1.91	1.74	1.52	1.80	1.63	1.43
		38 × 140	3.01	2.73	2.39	2.83	2.57	2.25
Douglas Fir – Larch	No. 1 and No. 2	38 × 184	3.95	3.59	3.14	3.72	3.38	2.90
(includes Douglas Fir		38 × 235	5.05	4.59	3.84	4.75	4.32	3.55
and Western Larch)		38 × 286	6.14	5.46	4.46	5.78	5.05	4.12
		38 × 89	1.74	1.50	1.23	1.60	1.39	1.13
		38 × 140	2.48	2.15	1.75	2.29	1.98	1.62
	No. 3	38 × 184	3.01	2.61	2.13	2.79	2.41	1.97
		38 × 235	3.69	3.19	2.61	3.41	2.95	2.41
		38 × 286	4.28	3.70	3.03	3.95	3.42	2.79
	Construction	38 × 89	1.85	1.68	1.47	1.74	1.58	1.38
	Standard	38 × 89	1.68	1.45	1.19	1.55	1.34	1.10
		38 × 89	1.97	1.79	1.56	1.85	1.68	1.47
		38 × 140	3.10	2.81	2.46	2.91	2.65	2.31
	Select Structural	38 × 184	4.07	3.70	3.23	3.83	3.48	3.04
		38 × 235	5.20	4.72	4.12	4.89	4.44	3.88
		38 × 286	6.32	5.75	5.02	5.95	5.41	4.72
		38 × 89	1.91	1.74	1.52	1.80	1.63	1.43
		38 × 140	3.01	2.73	2.39	2.83	2.57	2.25
Hem – Fir (includes	No. 1 and No. 2	38 × 184	3.95	3.59	3.14	3.72	3.38	2.95
Western Hemlock		38 × 235	5.05	4.59	4.01	4.75	4.32	3.72
and Amabilis Fir)		38 × 286	6.14	5.58	4.68	5.78	5.25	4.32
		38 × 89	1.85	1.68	1.47	1.74	1.58	1.38
		38 × 140	2.91	2.65	2.16	2.74	2.45	2.00
	No. 3	38 × 184	3.72	3.22	2.63	3.44	2.98	2.43
		38 × 235	4.55	3.94	3.22	4.20	3.64	2.97
		38 × 286	5.28	4.57	3.73	4.88	4.22	3.45
	Construction	38 × 89	1.85	1.68	1.47	1.74	1.58	1.38
	Standard	38 × 89	1.76	1.52	1.24	1.62	1.40	1.15

Span Tables

Table 9.23.4.2.-E (Continued)

Commercial Designation	Grade	Joist Size, mm			Maximum	Span, m
			Specified Snow Load, kPa
			2.5			3.0
			Joist Spacing, mm			Joist Spacing, mm
			300	400	600	300	400	600
		38 × 89	1.88	1.71	1.49	1.77	1.61	1.41
		38 × 140	2.96	2.69	2.35	2.79	2.53	2.21
	Select Structural	38 × 184	3.89	3.54	3.09	3.66	3.33	2.91
		38 × 235	4.97	4.52	3.94	4.68	4.25	3.71
		38 × 286	6.05	5.50	4.80	5.69	5.17	4.52
		38 × 89	1.82	1.65	1.44	1.71	1.56	1.36
Spruce – Pine– Fir (includes Spruce (all species except	No. 1 and No. 2	38 × 140 38 × 184	2.86 3.76	2.60 3.42	2.27 2.99	2.69 3.54	2.45 3.22	2.14 2.81
Coast Sitka Spruce),		38 × 235	4.81	4.37	3.82	4.52	4.11	3.59
Jack Pine, Lodgepole Pine, Balsam Fir and Alpine Fir)		38 × 286	5.85	5.31	4.64	5.50	5.00	4.37
Jack Pine, Lodgepole Pine, Balsam Fir and Alpine Fir)		38 × 89	1.79	1.62	1.42	1.68	1.53	1.34
		38 × 140	2.81	2.56	2.16	2.65	2.40	2.00
	No. 3	38 × 184	3.70	3.22	2.63	3.44	2.98	2.43
		38 × 235	4.55	3.94	3.22	4.20	3.64	2.97
		38 × 286	5.28	4.57	3.73	4.88	4.22	3.45
	Construction	38 × 89	1.79	1.62	1.42	1.68	1.53	1.34
	Standard	38 × 89	1.72	1.56	1.29	1.62	1.46	1.19
		38 × 89	1.68	1.53	1.34	1.58	1.44	1.26
		38 × 140	2.65	2.40	2.10	2.49	2.26	1.98
	Select Structural	38 × 184	3.48	3.16	2.76	3.27	2.97	2.60
		38 × 235	4.44	4.04	3.53	4.18	3.80	3.32
		38 × 286	5.41	4.91	4.29	5.09	4.62	4.04
		38 × 89	1.64	1.49	1.31	1.55	1.41	1.23
Northern Species		38 × 140	2.59	2.35	2.05	2.43	2.21	1.93
(includes any	No. 1 and No. 2	38 × 184	3.40	3.09	2.70	3.20	2.91	2.53
Canadian species covered by the NLGA Standard Grading		38 × 235 38 × 286	4.34 5.28	3.94 4.76	3.35 3.89	4.09 4.97	3.71 4.40	3.10 3.59
Rules)		38 × 235 38 × 286	4.34 5.28	3.94 4.76	3.35 3.89	4.09 4.97	3.71 4.40	3.10 3.59
Rules)		38 × 89	1.60	1.46	1.21	1.51	1.37	1.12
		38 × 140	2.45	2.12	1.73	2.26	1.96	1.60
	No. 3	38 × 184	2.98	2.58	2.11	2.76	2.39	1.95
		38 × 235	3.65	3.16	2.58	3.37	2.92	2.38
		38 × 286	4.23	3.66	2.99	3.91	3.39	2.76
	Construction	38 × 89	1.60	1.46	1.27	1.51	1.37	1.20
	Standard	38 × 89	1.46	1.26	1.03	1.34	1.16	0.95

‌Span Tables

Table 9.23.4.2.-F

Maximum Spans for Roof Rafters – Specified Roof Snow Loads 1.0 to 2.0 kPa

Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1), 9.23.4.2.(1), 9.23.4.5.(1) and 9.23.14.10.(2)

Commercial Designation	Grade	Rafter Size, mm	Maximum Span, m
			Specified Snow Load, kPa
			1.0			1.5			2.0
			Rafter Spacing, mm			Rafter Spacing, mm			Rafter Spacing, mm
			300	400	600	300	400	600	300	400	600
		38 × 89	3.41	3.10	2.71	2.98	2.71	2.37	2.71	2.46	2.15
	Select Structural	38 × 140 38 × 184 38 × 235	5.37 7.05 9.01	4.88 6.41 8.18	4.26 5.60 7.15	4.69 6.16 7.87	4.26 5.60 7.15	3.72 4.89 6.24	4.26 5.60 7.15	3.87 5.09 6.49	3.38 4.44 5.62
		38 × 286	10.96	9.96	8.70	9.58	8.70	7.40	8.70	7.90	6.52
		38 × 89	3.27	2.97	2.59	2.86	2.59	2.27	2.59	2.36	2.06
Douglas Fir – Larch (includes Douglas Fir and Western Larch)	No. 1 and No. 2	38 × 140 38 × 184 38 × 235 38 × 286	5.14 6.76 8.30 9.63	4.67 5.88 7.19 8.34	3.95 4.80 5.87 6.81	4.49 5.74 7.02 8.14	4.08 4.97 6.08 7.05	3.34 4.06 4.96 5.76	4.08 5.06 6.19 7.18	3.60 4.38 5.36 6.22	2.94 3.58 4.38 5.08
		38 × 89	2.65	2.30	1.87	2.24	1.94	1.58	1.98	1.71	1.40
		38 × 140	3.78	3.28	2.68	3.20	2.77	2.26	2.82	2.44	1.99
	No. 3	38 × 184	4.61	3.99	3.26	3.89	3.37	2.75	3.43	2.97	2.43
		38 × 235	5.63	4.88	3.98	4.76	4.12	3.37	4.20	3.64	2.97
		38 × 286	6.53	5.66	4.62	5.52	4.78	3.91	4.87	4.22	3.44
	Construction	38 × 89	3.17	2.88	2.42	2.77	2.50	2.04	2.51	2.21	1.80
	Standard	38 × 89	2.56	2.22	1.81	2.17	1.88	1.53	1.91	1.65	1.35
		38 × 89	3.36	3.06	2.67	2.94	2.67	2.33	2.67	2.43	2.12
	Select Structural	38 × 140 38 × 184 38 × 235	5.29 6.96 8.88	4.81 6.32 8.07	4.20 5.52 7.05	4.62 6.08 7.76	4.20 5.52 7.05	3.67 4.82 6.16	4.20 5.52 7.05	3.82 5.02 6.41	3.33 4.38 5.54
		38 × 286	10.81	9.82	8.58	9.45	8.58	7.28	8.58	7.80	6.42
		38 × 89	3.27	2.97	2.59	2.86	2.59	2.27	2.59	2.36	2.06
Hem – Fir (includes Western	No. 1 and No. 2	38 × 140 38 × 184 38 × 235	5.14 6.76 8.63	4.67 6.14 7.54	4.08 5.04 6.16	4.49 5.90 7.36	4.08 5.21 6.37	3.50 4.26 5.20	4.08 5.31 6.49	3.71 4.60 5.62	3.08 3.75 4.59
Hemlock and Amabilis Fir)		38 × 286	10.11	8.75	7.15	8.54	7.40	6.04	7.53	6.52	5.33
Hemlock and Amabilis Fir)		38 × 89	3.17	2.83	2.31	2.76	2.39	1.95	2.44	2.11	1.72
		38 × 140	4.67	4.04	3.30	3.95	3.42	2.79	3.48	3.01	2.46
	No. 3	38 × 184	5.68	4.92	4.02	4.80	4.16	3.40	4.23	3.67	2.99
		38 × 235	6.95	6.02	4.91	5.87	5.08	4.15	5.18	4.48	3.66
		38 × 286	8.06	6.98	5.70	6.81	5.90	4.82	6.01	5.20	4.25
	Construction	38 × 89	3.17	2.88	2.51	2.77	2.51	2.14	2.51	2.28	1.89
	Standard	38 × 89	2.68	2.32	1.90	2.27	1.96	1.60	2.00	1.73	1.41

Span Tables

Table 9.23.4.2.-F (Continued)

Commercial Designation	Grade	Rafter Size, mm	Maximum Span, m
			Specified Snow Load, kPa
			1.0			1.5			2.0
			Rafter Spacing, mm			Rafter Spacing, mm			Rafter Spacing, mm
			300	400	600	300	400	600	300	400	600
		38 × 89	3.22	2.92	2.55	2.81	2.55	2.23	2.55	2.32	2.03
	Select Structural	38 × 140 38 × 184 38 × 235	5.06 6.65 8.50	4.60 6.05 7.72	4.02 5.28 6.74	4.42 5.81 7.42	4.02 5.28 6.74	3.51 4.61 5.89	4.02 5.28 6.74	3.65 4.80 6.13	3.19 4.19 5.35
		38 × 286	10.34	9.40	8.21	9.03	8.21	7.17	8.21	7.46	6.52
Spruce – Pine		38 × 89 38 × 140 38 × 184 38 × 235 38 × 286	3.11 4.90 6.44 8.22 10.00	2.83 4.45 5.85 7.47 9.06	2.47 3.89 5.11 6.38 7.40	2.72 4.28 5.62 7.18 8.74	2.47 3.89 5.11 6.52 7.66	2.16 3.40 4.41 5.39 6.25	2.47 3.89 5.11 6.52 7.80	2.24 3.53 4.64 5.82 6.76	1.96 3.08 3.89 4.75 5.52
– Fir (includes
Spruce (all	No. 1 and
species except	No. 2
Coast Sitka	No. 2
Coast Sitka
Spruce), Jack
Pine, Lodgepole Pine, Balsam Fir
Pine, Lodgepole Pine, Balsam Fir		38 × 89	3.06	2.78	2.31	2.67	2.39	1.95	2.43	2.11	1.72
and Alpine Fir)		38 × 140	4.67	4.04	3.30	3.95	3.42	2.79	3.48	3.01	2.46
	No. 3	38 × 184	5.68	4.92	4.02	4.80	4.16	3.40	4.23	3.67	2.99
		38 × 235	6.95	6.02	4.91	5.87	5.08	4.15	5.18	4.48	3.66
		38 × 286	8.06	6.98	5.70	6.81	5.90	4.82	6.01	5.20	4.25
	Construction	38 × 89	3.06	2.78	2.43	2.67	2.43	2.12	2.43	2.20	1.93
	Standard	38 × 89	2.78	2.41	1.97	2.35	2.04	1.66	2.07	1.79	1.47
		38 × 89	2.88	2.61	2.28	2.51	2.28	1.99	2.28	2.07	1.81
	Select Structural	38 × 140 38 × 184 38 × 235	4.53 5.95 7.60	4.11 5.40 6.90	3.59 4.72 6.03	3.95 5.20 6.64	3.59 4.72 6.03	3.14 4.12 5.11	3.59 4.72 6.03	3.26 4.29 5.48	2.85 3.68 4.51
		38 × 286	9.25	8.40	7.01	8.08	7.26	5.93	7.34	6.40	5.23
Northern Species (includes any Canadian species covered by the NLGA	No. 1 and No. 2	38 × 89 38 × 140 38 × 184 38 × 235 38 × 286	2.81 4.42 5.81 7.24 8.40	2.55 4.02 5.13 6.27 7.27	2.23 3.44 4.19 5.12 5.94	2.46 3.86 5.00 6.12 7.10	2.23 3.51 4.33 5.30 6.15	1.95 2.91 3.54 4.33 5.02	2.23 3.51 4.41 5.40 6.26	2.03 3.14 3.82 4.67 5.42	1.77 2.56 3.12 3.82 4.43
Standard Grading Rules)	No. 1 and No. 2	38 × 89 38 × 140 38 × 184 38 × 235 38 × 286	2.81 4.42 5.81 7.24 8.40	2.55 4.02 5.13 6.27 7.27	2.23 3.44 4.19 5.12 5.94	2.46 3.86 5.00 6.12 7.10	2.23 3.51 4.33 5.30 6.15	1.95 2.91 3.54 4.33 5.02	2.23 3.51 4.41 5.40 6.26	2.03 3.14 3.82 4.67 5.42	1.77 2.56 3.12 3.82 4.43
Standard Grading Rules)		38 × 89 38 × 140	2.62 3.74	2.27 3.24	1.85 2.65	2.22 3.16	1.92 2.74	1.57 2.24	1.95 2.79	1.69 2.42	1.38 1.97
	No. 3	38 × 184	4.56	3.94	3.22	3.85	3.33	2.72	3.40	2.94	2.40
		38 × 235	5.57	4.82	3.94	4.71	4.08	3.33	4.15	3.60	2.94
		38 × 286	6.46	5.60	4.57	5.46	4.73	3.86	4.82	4.17	3.41
	Construction	38 × 89	2.74	2.49	2.11	2.40	2.18	1.90	2.18	1.93	1.57
	Standard	38 × 89	2.22	1.93	1.57	1.88	1.63	1.33	1.66	1.44	1.17

‌Span Tables

Table 9.23.4.2.-G

Maximum Spans for Roof Rafters – Specified Roof Snow Loads 2.5 and 3.0 kPa

Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1), 9.23.4.2.(1) and 9.23.4.5.(1)

Commercial Designation	Grade	Rafter Size, mm			Maximum	Span, m
			Specified Snow Load, kPa
			2.5			3.0
			Rafter Spacing, mm			Rafter Spacing, mm
			300	400	600	300	400	600
		38 × 89	2.51	2.28	1.99	2.37	2.15	1.88
		38 × 140	3.95	3.59	3.14	3.72	3.38	2.95
	Select Structural	38 × 184	5.20	4.72	4.12	4.89	4.44	3.83
		38 × 235	6.64	6.03	5.08	6.24	5.67	4.68
		38 × 286	8.08	7.23	5.90	7.60	6.65	5.43
		38 × 89	2.41	2.19	1.86	2.27	2.06	1.71
Douglas Fir – Larch (includes Douglas Fir	No. 1 and No. 2	38 × 140 38 × 184 38 × 235	3.76 4.58 5.60	3.26 3.96 4.85	2.66 3.24 3.96	3.46 4.21 5.15	3.00 3.65 4.46	2.45 2.98 3.64
and Western Larch)		38 × 286	6.50	5.63	4.59	5.98	5.17	4.23
		38 × 89	1.79	1.55	1.26	1.64	1.42	1.16
		38 × 140	2.55	2.21	1.80	2.35	2.03	1.66
	No. 3	38 × 184	3.10	2.69	2.20	2.86	2.47	2.02
		38 × 235	3.80	3.29	2.68	3.49	3.02	2.47
		38 × 286	4.41	3.82	3.12	4.05	3.51	2.87
	Construction	38 × 89	2.30	2.00	1.63	2.12	1.84	1.50
	Standard	38 × 89	1.73	1.50	1.22	1.59	1.38	1.12
		38 × 89	2.48	2.25	1.97	2.33	2.12	1.85
		38 × 140	3.90	3.54	3.10	3.67	3.33	2.91
	Select Structural	38 × 184	5.13	4.66	4.07	4.82	4.38	3.77
		38 × 235	6.55	5.95	5.01	6.16	5.60	4.61
		38 × 286	7.97	7.12	5.81	7.50	6.55	5.34
		38 × 89	2.41	2.19	1.91	2.27	2.06	1.80
Hem – Fir (includes Western Hemlock	No. 1 and No. 2	38 × 140 38 × 184 38 × 235	3.79 4.80 5.87	3.42 4.16 5.08	2.79 3.40 4.15	3.57 4.42 5.40	3.14 3.83 4.68	2.57 3.12 3.82
and Amabilis Fir)		38 × 286	6.81	5.90	4.82	6.27	5.43	4.43
		38 × 89	2.21	1.91	1.56	2.03	1.76	1.43
		38 × 140	3.15	2.73	2.23	2.90	2.51	2.05
	No. 3	38 × 184	3.83	3.32	2.71	3.52	3.05	2.49
		38 × 235	4.68	4.06	3.31	4.31	3.73	3.05
		38 × 286	5.43	4.71	3.84	5.00	4.33	3.54
	Construction	38 × 89	2.33	2.09	1.71	2.20	1.93	1.57
	Standard	38 × 89	1.81	1.57	1.28	1.66	1.44	1.18

Span Tables

Table 9.23.4.2.-G (Continued)

Commercial Designation	Grade	Rafter Size, mm			Maximum	Span, m
			Specified Snow Load, kPa
			2.5			3.0
			Rafter Spacing, mm			Rafter Spacing, mm
			300	400	600	300	400	600
		38 × 89	2.37	2.15	1.88	2.23	2.03	1.77
		38 × 140	3.73	3.39	2.96	3.51	3.19	2.79
	Select Structural	38 × 184	4.90	4.45	3.89	4.61	4.19	3.66
		38 × 235	6.26	5.69	4.97	5.89	5.35	4.68
		38 × 286	7.62	6.92	5.90	7.17	6.52	5.43
Spruce– Pine– Fir		38 × 89 38 × 140 38 × 184 38 × 235 38 × 286	2.29 3.61 4.74 6.06 7.06	2.08 3.28 4.31 5.27 6.11	1.82 2.86 3.52 4.30 4.99	2.16 3.40 4.46 5.59 6.49	1.96 3.08 3.96 4.84 5.62	1.71 2.66 3.23 3.96 4.59
(includes Spruce	No. 1 and
(all species except	No. 2
Coast Sitka Spruce),	No. 2
Coast Sitka Spruce),
Jack Pine, Lodgepole
Pine, Balsam Fir and Alpine Fir)
Pine, Balsam Fir and Alpine Fir)		38 × 89	2.21	1.91	1.56	2.03	1.76	1.43
		38 × 140	3.15	2.73	2.23	2.90	2.51	2.05
	No. 3	38 × 184	3.83	3.32	2.71	3.52	3.05	2.49
		38 × 235	4.68	4.06	3.31	4.31	3.73	3.05
		38 × 286	5.43	4.71	3.84	5.00	4.33	3.54
	Construction	38 × 89	2.25	2.05	1.77	2.12	1.93	1.63
	Standard	38 × 89	1.87	1.62	1.33	1.72	1.49	1.22
		38 × 89	2.12	1.93	1.68	1.99	1.81	1.58
		38 × 140	3.33	3.03	2.65	3.14	2.85	2.49
	Select Structural	38 × 184	4.38	3.98	3.33	4.12	3.75	3.07
		38 × 235	5.60	4.99	4.08	5.27	4.59	3.75
		38 × 286	6.69	5.79	4.73	6.15	5.33	4.35
		38 × 89	2.07	1.88	1.62	1.95	1.77	1.49
Northern Species (includes any Canadian species covered by the NLGA Standard Grading	No. 1 and No. 2	38 × 140 38 × 184 38 × 235 38 × 286	3.26 3.99 4.88 5.66	2.84 3.46 4.23 4.90	2.32 2.82 3.45 4.00	3.02 3.67 4.49 5.21	2.61 3.18 3.89 4.51	2.13 2.60 3.17 3.68
Rules)	No. 1 and No. 2	38 × 140 38 × 184 38 × 235 38 × 286	3.26 3.99 4.88 5.66	2.84 3.46 4.23 4.90	2.32 2.82 3.45 4.00	3.02 3.67 4.49 5.21	2.61 3.18 3.89 4.51	2.13 2.60 3.17 3.68
Rules)		38 × 89	1.77	1.53	1.25	1.63	1.41	1.15
		38 × 140	2.52	2.19	1.78	2.32	2.01	1.64
	No. 3	38 × 184	3.07	2.66	2.17	2.82	2.45	2.00
		38 × 235	3.76	3.25	2.66	3.45	2.99	2.44
		38 × 286	4.36	3.77	3.08	4.01	3.47	2.83
	Construction	38 × 89	2.01	1.74	1.42	1.85	1.60	1.31
	Standard	38 × 89	1.50	1.30	1.06	1.38	1.19	0.98

‌Span Tables

Table 9.23.4.2.-H

Maximum Spans for Built-up Floor Beams Supporting not more than One Floor(1)(2)

Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1), 9.23.4.2.(3), 9.23.4.4.(3) and 9.23.8.1.(1)

Commercial Designation

Grade

Supported Length, m(3)(4)

Maximum Span, m(5)(6)

Size of Built-up Beam, mm

38×184

38×235

38×286

Douglas Fir – Larch (includes

Douglas Fir and Western Larch)

Select Structural

2.4

3.0

3.6

4.2

4.8

5.4

6.0

3.36

3.12

2.94

2.79

2.67

2.54

2.41

3.70

3.44

3.23

3.07

2.94

2.83

2.73

3.99

3.70

3.48

3.31

3.17

3.04

2.94

4.30

3.99

3.75

3.52

3.29

3.11

2.95

4.73

4.39

4.13

3.92

3.75

3.59

3.40

5.09

4.73

4.45

4.23

4.04

3.89

3.75

5.23

4.84

4.41

4.09

3.82

3.60

3.42

5.66

5.34

5.03

4.72

4.41

4.16

3.95

5.99

5.66

5.41

5.14

4.92

4.65

4.41

No. 1 and

No. 2

2.4

3.0

3.6

4.2

4.8

5.4

6.0

2.97

2.65

2.42

2.24

2.10

1.98

1.88

3.42

3.06

2.80

2.59

2.42

2.28

2.17

3.82

3.42

3.13

2.89

2.71

2.55

2.42

3.63

3.24

2.96

2.74

2.56

2.42

2.29

4.19

3.75

3.42

3.17

2.96

2.79

2.65

4.68

4.19

3.82

3.54

3.31

3.12

2.96

4.21

3.76

3.44

3.18

2.98

2.81

2.66

4.86

4.35

3.97

3.67

3.44

3.24

3.07

5.43

4.86

4.44

4.11

3.84

3.62

3.44

Hem – Fir (includes Western Hemlock and Amabilis Fir)

Select Structural

2.4

3.0

3.6

4.2

4.8

5.4

6.0

3.32

3.08

2.90

2.75

2.63

2.49

2.28

3.65

3.39

3.19

3.03

2.90

2.79

2.69

3.93

3.65

3.44

3.27

3.12

3.00

2.90

4.24

3.93

3.70

3.47

3.24

2.95

2.70

4.66

4.33

4.08

3.87

3.70

3.53

3.35

5.03

4.66

4.39

4.17

3.99

3.83

3.70

5.16

4.76

4.35

4.02

3.66

3.32

3.04

5.61

5.27

4.96

4.65

4.35

4.10

3.87

5.93

5.61

5.34

5.07

4.85

4.58

4.35

No. 1 and

No. 2

2.4

3.0

3.6

4.2

4.8

5.4

6.0

3.11

2.78

2.54

2.35

2.20

2.07

1.97

3.55

3.21

2.93

2.72

2.54

2.39

2.27

3.82

3.55

3.28

3.04

2.84

2.68

2.54

3.80

3.40

3.11

2.88

2.69

2.54

2.41

4.39

3.93

3.59

3.32

3.11

2.93

2.78

4.88

4.39

4.01

3.71

3.47

3.27

3.11

4.41

3.95

3.60

3.34

3.12

2.94

2.79

5.10

4.56

4.16

3.85

3.60

3.40

3.22

5.70

5.10

4.65

4.31

4.03

3.80

3.60

Span Tables

Table 9.23.4.2.-H (Continued)

Commercial Designation

Grade

Supported Length, m(3)(4)

Maximum Span, m(5)(6)

Size of Built-up Beam, mm

38×184

38×235

38×286

Spruce – Pine – Fir (includes Spruce (all species except Coast Sitka Spruce), Jack Pine, Lodgepole

Pine, Balsam Fir and Alpine Fir)

Select Structural

2.4

3.0

3.6

4.2

4.8

5.4

6.0

3.17

2.95

2.77

2.63

2.52

2.42

2.34

3.49

3.24

3.05

2.90

2.77

2.67

2.57

3.76

3.49

3.29

3.12

2.99

2.87

2.77

4.05

3.76

3.54

3.36

3.22

3.09

2.95

4.46

4.14

3.90

3.70

3.54

3.41

3.29

4.81

4.46

4.20

3.99

3.81

3.67

3.54

4.93

4.58

4.31

4.09

3.82

3.60

3.32

5.42

5.04

4.74

4.51

4.31

4.14

3.95

5.73

5.42

5.11

4.85

4.64

4.46

4.31

No. 1 and

No. 2

2.4

3.0

3.6

4.2

4.8

5.4

6.0

3.07

2.85

2.63

2.44

2.28

2.15

2.04

3.38

3.14

2.95

2.80

2.63

2.48

2.35

3.64

3.38

3.18

3.02

2.89

2.77

2.63

3.92

3.52

3.22

2.98

2.79

2.63

2.49

4.32

4.01

3.71

3.44

3.22

3.03

2.88

4.65

4.32

4.06

3.84

3.60

3.39

3.22

4.57

4.09

3.73

3.46

3.23

3.05

2.89

5.25

4.72

4.31

3.99

3.73

3.52

3.34

5.59

5.25

4.82

4.46

4.17

3.93

3.73

Northern Species (includes any Canadian species covered by the NLGA Standard Grading Rules)

Select Structural

2.4

3.0

3.6

4.2

4.8

5.4

6.0

2.84

2.63

2.48

2.31

2.16

2.04

1.93

3.12

2.90

2.73

2.59

2.48

2.35

2.23

3.36

3.12

2.94

2.79

2.67

2.57

2.48

3.62

3.34

3.05

2.82

2.64

2.49

2.36

3.99

3.70

3.48

3.26

3.05

2.87

2.73

4.30

3.99

3.75

3.57

3.41

3.21

3.05

4.33

3.88

3.54

3.28

3.06

2.89

2.74

4.85

4.47

4.08

3.78

3.54

3.34

3.16

5.23

4.85

4.57

4.23

3.96

3.73

3.54

No. 1 and

No. 2

2.4

3.0

3.6

4.2

4.8

5.4

6.0

2.59

2.31

2.11

1.95

1.83

1.72

1.64

2.99

2.67

2.44

2.26

2.11

1.99

1.89

3.29

2.99

2.73

2.52

2.36

2.23

2.11

3.16

2.83

2.58

2.39

2.24

2.11

2.00

3.65

3.27

2.98

2.76

2.58

2.43

2.31

4.08

3.65

3.33

3.09

2.89

2.72

2.58

3.67

3.28

3.00

2.77

2.59

2.45

2.32

4.24

3.79

3.46

3.20

3.00

2.82

2.68

4.74

4.24

3.87

3.58

3.35

3.16

3.00

Notes to Table 9.23.4.2.-H:

(1) Beam spans apply only where the floors serve residential areas as described in Table 4.1.5.3., or the uniformly distributed live load on the floors does not exceed that specified for residential areas as described in Table 4.1.5.3.

(2) When the floors have a concrete topping of not more than 51 mm, the spans must be multiplied by 0.8.

(3) Supported length means half the sum of the joist spans on both sides of the beam.

(4) Straight interpolation may be used for other supported lengths.

(5) Spans are clear spans between supports. For total span, add two bearing lengths.

(6) 3-ply beams with supported lengths greater than 4.2 m require 114 mm bearing. All other beams require 76 mm bearing.

‌Span Tables

Table 9.23.4.2.-I

Maximum Spans for Built-up Floor Beams Supporting not more than Two Floors(1)(2)

Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1), 9.23.4.2.(3), 9.23.4.4.(3) and 9.23.8.1.(1)

Commercial Designation

Grade

Supported Length, m(3)(4)

Maximum Span, m(5)(6)

Size of Built-up Beam, mm

38×184

38×235

38×286

Douglas Fir – Larch (includes

Douglas Fir and Western Larch)

Select Structural

2.4

3.0

3.6

4.2

4.8

5.4

6.0

2.80

2.55

2.33

2.16

2.00

1.82

1.67

3.08

2.86

2.69

2.49

2.33

2.20

2.08

3.32

3.08

2.90

2.75

2.60

2.45

2.33

3.49

3.12

2.85

2.64

2.38

2.17

2.00

3.93

3.60

3.29

3.04

2.85

2.68

2.51

4.24

3.93

3.68

3.40

3.18

3.00

2.85

4.05

3.62

3.30

2.99

2.69

2.45

2.26

4.67

4.18

3.82

3.53

3.30

3.08

2.83

5.16

4.67

4.27

3.95

3.69

3.48

3.30

No. 1 and

No. 2

2.4

3.0

3.6

4.2

4.8

5.4

6.0

2.22

1.99

1.81

1.68

1.57

1.48

1.40

2.56

2.29

2.09

1.94

1.81

1.71

1.62

2.87

2.56

2.34

2.17

2.03

1.91

1.81

2.72

2.43

2.22

2.05

1.92

1.81

1.72

3.14

2.80

2.56

2.37

2.22

2.09

1.98

3.51

3.14

2.86

2.65

2.48

2.34

2.22

3.15

2.82

2.57

2.38

2.23

2.10

1.99

3.64

3.25

2.97

2.75

2.57

2.43

2.30

4.07

3.64

3.32

3.07

2.88

2.71

2.57

Hem – Fir (includes Western Hemlock and Amabilis Fir)

Select Structural

2.4

3.0

3.6

4.2

4.8

5.4

6.0

2.76

2.51

2.15

1.90

1.70

1.56

1.44

3.04

2.82

2.65

2.40

2.15

1.95

1.79

3.27

3.04

2.86

2.72

2.56

2.35

2.15

3.43

2.97

2.56

2.26

2.03

1.86

1.72

3.88

3.55

3.24

2.85

2.56

2.32

2.14

4.18

3.88

3.62

3.35

3.08

2.79

2.56

3.99

3.34

2.88

2.55

2.30

2.11

1.96

4.60

4.12

3.65

3.21

2.88

2.62

2.42

5.09

4.60

4.20

3.87

3.46

3.14

2.88

No. 1 and

No. 2

2.4

3.0

3.6

4.2

4.8

5.4

6.0

2.33

2.08

1.90

1.76

1.65

1.55

1.44

2.69

2.41

2.20

2.03

1.90

1.79

1.70

3.01

2.69

2.45

2.27

2.13

2.00

1.90

2.85

2.55

2.33

2.15

2.01

1.86

1.72

3.29

2.94

2.68

2.49

2.33

2.19

2.08

3.68

3.29

3.00

2.78

2.60

2.45

2.33

3.30

2.96

2.70

2.50

2.30

2.11

1.96

3.82

3.41

3.12

2.88

2.70

2.54

2.41

4.27

3.82

3.48

3.22

3.02

2.84

2.70

Span Tables

Table 9.23.4.2.-I (Continued)

Commercial Designation

Grade

Supported Length, m(3)(4)

Maximum Span, m(5)(6)

Size of Built-up Beam, mm

38×184

38×235

38×286

Spruce – Pine – Fir (includes Spruce (all species except Coast Sitka Spruce), Jack Pine, Lodgepole

Pine, Balsam Fir and Alpine Fir)

Select Structural

2.4

3.0

3.6

4.2

4.8

5.4

6.0

2.64

2.45

2.31

2.07

1.85

1.69

1.56

2.91

2.70

2.54

2.41

2.31

2.13

1.95

3.13

2.91

2.73

2.60

2.48

2.39

2.31

3.37

3.12

2.79

2.46

2.21

2.02

1.86

3.71

3.45

3.24

3.04

2.79

2.53

2.32

4.00

3.71

3.49

3.32

3.17

3.00

2.79

4.05

3.62

3.14

2.77

2.50

2.28

2.11

4.52

4.18

3.82

3.50

3.14

2.85

2.62

4.87

4.52

4.25

3.95

3.69

3.42

3.14

No. 1 and

No. 2

2.4

3.0

3.6

4.2

4.8

5.4

6.0

2.41

2.16

1.97

1.82

1.71

1.61

1.53

2.79

2.49

2.27

2.11

1.97

1.86

1.76

3.03

2.79

2.54

2.35

2.20

2.08

1.97

2.95

2.64

2.41

2.23

2.09

1.97

1.86

3.41

3.05

2.78

2.57

2.41

2.27

2.15

3.81

3.41

3.11

2.88

2.69

2.54

2.41

3.42

3.06

2.79

2.59

2.42

2.28

2.11

3.95

3.53

3.23

2.99

2.79

2.63

2.50

4.42

3.95

3.61

3.34

3.12

2.95

2.79

Northern Species (includes any Canadian species covered by the NLGA Standard Grading Rules)

Select Structural

2.4

3.0

3.6

4.2

4.8

5.4

6.0

2.29

2.04

1.87

1.73

1.62

1.52

1.44

2.60

2.36

2.16

2.00

1.87

1.76

1.67

2.80

2.60

2.41

2.23

2.09

1.97

1.87

2.80

2.50

2.28

2.11

1.98

1.86

1.72

3.23

2.89

2.64

2.44

2.28

2.15

2.04

3.57

3.23

2.95

2.73

2.55

2.41

2.28

3.24

2.90

2.65

2.45

2.29

2.11

1.96

3.75

3.35

3.06

2.83

2.65

2.50

2.37

4.19

3.75

3.42

3.17

2.96

2.79

2.65

No. 1 and

No. 2

2.4

3.0

3.6

4.2

4.8

5.4

6.0

1.94

1.73

1.58

1.46

1.37

1.29

1.22

2.24

2.00

1.83

1.69

1.58

1.49

1.41

2.50

2.24

2.04

1.89

1.77

1.67

1.58

2.37

2.12

1.93

1.79

1.67

1.58

1.50

2.73

2.44

2.23

2.07

1.93

1.82

1.73

3.06

2.73

2.50

2.31

2.16

2.04

1.93

2.75

2.46

2.24

2.08

1.94

1.83

1.74

3.17

2.84

2.59

2.40

2.24

2.11

2.01

3.55

3.17

2.90

2.68

2.51

2.36

2.24

Notes to Table 9.23.4.2.-I:

(2) When the floors have a concrete topping of not more than 51 mm, the spans must be multiplied by 0.8.

(3) Supported length means half the sum of the joist spans on both sides of the beam.

(4) Straight interpolation may be used for other supported lengths.

(5) Spans are clear spans between supports. For total span, add two bearing lengths.

(6) 3-ply beams require 114 mm bearing. 4-ply and 5-ply beams with supported lengths greater than 3 m require 114 mm bearing. All other beams require 76 mm bearing.

‌Span Tables

Table 9.23.4.2.-J

Maximum Spans for Built-up Floor Beams Supporting not more than Three Floors(1)(2)

Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1), 9.23.4.2.(3), 9.23.4.4.(3) and 9.23.8.1.(1)

Commercial Designation

Grade

Supported Length, m(3)(4)

Maximum Span, m(5)(6)

Size of Built-up Beam, mm

38×184

38×235

38×286

Douglas Fir – Larch (includes Douglas Fir

and Western Larch)

Select Structural

2.4

3.0

3.6

4.2

4.8

5.4

6.0

2.38

2.13

1.88

1.66

1.50

1.38

1.28

2.74

2.46

2.24

2.08

1.88

1.71

1.58

2.95

2.74

2.51

2.32

2.17

2.05

1.88

2.91

2.60

2.24

1.99

1.80

1.65

1.53

3.36

3.00

2.74

2.49

2.24

2.04

1.89

3.75

3.36

3.06

2.84

2.65

2.44

2.24

3.37

2.92

2.53

2.25

2.04

1.88

1.75

3.89

3.48

3.18

2.81

2.53

2.31

2.14

4.35

3.89

3.56

3.29

3.02

2.75

2.53

No. 1 and

No. 2

2.4

3.0

3.6

4.2

4.8

5.4

6.0

1.85

1.66

1.51

1.40

1.31

1.23

1.17

2.14

1.91

1.74

1.62

1.51

1.42

1.35

2.39

2.14

1.95

1.81

1.69

1.59

1.51

2.26

2.02

1.85

1.71

1.60

1.51

1.43

2.61

2.34

2.13

1.98

1.85

1.74

1.65

2.92

2.61

2.39

2.21

2.07

1.95

1.85

2.63

2.35

2.14

1.99

1.86

1.75

1.66

3.03

2.71

2.48

2.29

2.14

2.02

1.92

3.39

3.03

2.77

2.56

2.40

2.26

2.14

Hem – Fir (includes Western Hemlock and Amabilis Fir)

Select Structural

2.4

3.0

3.6

4.2

4.8

5.4

6.0

2.22

1.85

1.61

1.43

1.30

1.19

1.11

2.70

2.35

2.02

1.78

1.61

1.47

1.36

2.91

2.70

2.43

2.14

1.92

1.74

1.61

2.64

2.21

1.92

1.71

1.56

1.44

1.34

3.31

2.79

2.40

2.13

1.92

1.76

1.63

3.70

3.31

2.89

2.54

2.28

2.08

1.92

2.98

2.50

2.18

1.95

1.77

1.64

1.53

3.78

3.14

2.71

2.40

2.18

2.00

1.85

4.29

3.78

3.24

2.86

2.58

2.35

2.18

No. 1 and

No. 2

2.4

3.0

3.6

4.2

4.8

5.4

6.0

1.94

1.74

1.58

1.43

1.30

1.19

1.11

2.24

2.00

1.83

1.69

1.58

1.47

1.36

2.51

2.24

2.05

1.89

1.77

1.67

1.58

2.37

2.12

1.92

1.71

1.56

1.44

1.34

2.74

2.45

2.24

2.07

1.92

1.76

1.63

3.06

2.74

2.50

2.32

2.17

2.04

1.92

2.75

2.46

2.18

1.95

1.77

1.64

1.53

3.18

2.84

2.60

2.40

2.18

2.00

1.85

3.56

3.18

2.90

2.69

2.51

2.35

2.18

Span Tables

Table 9.23.4.2.-J (Continued)

Commercial Designation

Grade

Supported Length, m(3)(4)

Maximum Span, m(5)(6)

Size of Built-up Beam, mm

38×184

38×235

38×286

Spruce – Pine – Fir (includes Spruce (all species except Coast Sitka Spruce), Jack Pine, Lodgepole Pine, Balsam Fir and Alpine Fir)

Select Structural

2.4

3.0

3.6

4.2

4.8

5.4

6.0

2.35

2.02

1.74

1.55

1.40

1.28

1.19

2.58

2.40

2.20

1.94

1.74

1.59

1.47

2.78

2.58

2.43

2.31

2.09

1.90

1.74

2.89

2.40

2.08

1.85

1.68

1.54

1.44

3.30

3.00

2.62

2.31

2.08

1.90

1.76

3.55

3.30

3.06

2.77

2.48

2.26

2.08

3.24

2.71

2.35

2.10

1.91

1.76

1.64

3.89

3.42

2.95

2.61

2.35

2.16

2.00

4.33

3.89

3.54

3.12

2.80

2.55

2.35

No. 1 and

No. 2

2.4

3.0

3.6

4.2

4.8

5.4

6.0

2.01

1.80

1.64

1.52

1.40

1.28

1.19

2.32

2.08

1.90

1.75

1.64

1.55

1.47

2.60

2.32

2.12

1.96

1.84

1.73

1.64

2.46

2.20

2.01

1.85

1.68

1.54

1.44

2.84

2.54

2.32

2.15

2.01

1.89

1.76

3.17

2.84

2.59

2.40

2.24

2.12

2.01

2.85

2.55

2.33

2.10

1.91

1.76

1.64

3.29

2.95

2.69

2.49

2.33

2.16

2.00

3.68

3.29

3.01

2.78

2.60

2.46

2.33

Northern Species (includes any Canadian species covered by the NLGA Standard Grading Rules)

Select Structural

2.4

3.0

3.6

4.2

4.8

5.4

6.0

1.91

1.70

1.56

1.43

1.30

1.19

1.11

2.20

1.97

1.80

1.66

1.56

1.47

1.36

2.46

2.20

2.01

1.86

1.74

1.64

1.56

2.33

2.08

1.90

1.71

1.56

1.44

1.34

2.69

2.41

2.20

2.03

1.90

1.76

1.63

3.01

2.69

2.46

2.27

2.13

2.01

1.90

2.70

2.42

2.18

1.95

1.77

1.64

1.53

3.12

2.79

2.55

2.36

2.18

2.00

1.85

3.49

3.12

2.85

2.64

2.47

2.33

2.18

No. 1 and

No. 2

2.4

3.0

3.6

4.2

4.8

5.4

6.0

1.61

1.44

1.32

1.22

1.14

1.08

1.02

1.86

1.67

1.52

1.41

1.32

1.24

1.18

2.08

1.86

1.70

1.57

1.47

1.39

1.32

1.97

1.76

1.61

1.49

1.40

1.32

1.25

2.28

2.04

1.86

1.72

1.61

1.52

1.44

2.55

2.28

2.08

1.93

1.80

1.70

1.61

2.29

2.05

1.87

1.73

1.62

1.53

1.45

2.64

2.36

2.16

2.00

1.87

1.76

1.67

2.96

2.64

2.41

2.23

2.09

1.97

1.87

Notes to Table 9.23.4.2.-J:

(2) When the floors have a concrete topping of not more than 51 mm, the spans must be multiplied by 0.8.

(3) Supported length means half the sum of the joist spans on both sides of the beam.

(4) Straight interpolation may be used for other supported lengths.

(5) Spans are clear spans between supports. For total span, add two bearing lengths.

(6) 3-ply beams with supported lengths greater than 4.2 m require 152 mm bearing. All other beams require 114 mm bearing.

‌Span Tables

Table 9.23.4.2.-K

Maximum Spans for Glued-Laminated Floor Beams – 20f-E Grade(1)

Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1), 9.23.4.2.(3), 9.23.4.4.(3) and 9.23.8.1.(1)

Number of Storeys Supported	Beam Width, mm	Supported Length, m(2)(3)	Maximum Span, m(4)(5)(6)(7)
			Beam Depth, mm
			228	266	304	342	380	418	456
		2.4	4.32	5.04	5.76	6.48	7.20	7.92	8.64
		3.0	3.87	4.51	5.15	5.80	6.44	7.09	7.73
		3.6	3.53	4.12	4.70	5.29	5.88	6.47	7.06
	80	4.2	3.27	3.81	4.36	4.90	5.44	5.99	6.53
		4.8	3.06	3.57	4.07	4.58	5.09	5.60	6.11
		5.4	2.88	3.36	3.84	4.32	4.80	5.28	5.76
1		6.0	2.73	3.19	3.64	4.10	4.56	5.01	5.47
1		2.4	5.51	6.43	7.35	8.26	9.18	10.10	11.02
		3.0	4.93	5.75	6.57	7.39	8.21	9.03	9.86
		3.6	4.50	5.25	6.00	6.75	7.50	8.25	9.00
	130	4.2	4.16	4.86	5.55	6.25	6.94	7.64	8.33
		4.8	3.90	4.54	5.19	5.84	6.49	7.14	7.79
		5.4	3.67	4.28	4.90	5.51	6.12	6.73	7.35
		6.0	3.48	4.07	4.65	5.23	5.81	6.39	6.97
		2.4	3.28	3.83	4.37	4.92	5.47	6.01	6.56
		3.0	2.93	3.42	3.91	4.40	4.89	5.38	5.87
		3.6	2.68	3.12	3.57	4.02	4.46	4.91	5.36
	80	4.2	2.48	2.89	3.31	3.72	4.13	4.54	4.96
		4.8	2.32	2.71	3.09	3.48	3.86	4.25	4.64
		5.4	2.19	2.55	2.91	3.28	3.64	4.01	4.37
2		6.0	2.07	2.42	2.77	3.11	3.46	3.80	4.15
2		2.4	4.18	4.88	5.57	6.27	6.97	7.66	8.36
		3.0	3.74	4.36	4.99	5.61	6.23	6.85	7.48
		3.6	3.41	3.98	4.55	5.12	5.69	6.26	6.83
	130	4.2	3.16	3.69	4.21	4.74	5.27	5.79	6.32
		4.8	2.96	3.45	3.94	4.43	4.93	5.42	5.91
		5.4	2.79	3.25	3.72	4.18	4.64	5.11	5.57
		6.0	2.64	3.08	3.53	3.97	4.41	4.85	5.29

Span Tables

Table 9.23.4.2.-K (Continued)

Number of Storeys Supported	Beam Width, mm	Supported Length, m(2)(3)	Maximum Span, m(4)(5)(6)(7)
			Beam Depth, mm
			228	266	304	342	380	418	456
		2.4	2.75	3.21	3.66	4.12	4.58	5.04	5.50
		3.0	2.46	2.87	3.28	3.69	4.10	4.51	4.92
		3.6	2.24	2.62	2.99	3.37	3.74	4.11	4.49
	80	4.2	2.08	2.42	2.77	3.12	3.46	3.81	4.15
		4.8	1.94	2.27	2.59	2.91	3.24	3.56	3.89
		5.4	1.83	2.14	2.44	2.75	3.05	3.36	3.66
3		6.0	1.74	2.03	2.32	2.61	2.90	3.19	3.48
3		2.4	3.50	4.09	4.67	5.25	5.84	6.42	7.01
		3.0	3.13	3.66	4.18	4.70	5.22	5.74	6.27
		3.6	2.86	3.34	3.81	4.29	4.77	5.24	5.72
	130	4.2	2.65	3.09	3.53	3.97	4.41	4.85	5.30
		4.8	2.48	2.89	3.30	3.72	4.13	4.54	4.95
		5.4	2.34	2.72	3.11	3.50	3.89	4.28	4.67
		6.0	2.22	2.58	2.95	3.32	3.69	4.06	4.43

Notes to Table 9.23.4.2.-K:

(2) Supported length means half the sum of the joist spans on both sides of the beam.

(3) Straight interpolation may be used for other supported lengths.

(4) Spans are valid for glued-laminated timber conforming to CAN/CSA-O122 and CSA O177.

(5) Spans are clear spans between supports. For total span, add two bearing lengths.

(6) Provide a minimum bearing length of 89 mm. (Alternatively, the bearing length may be designed in accordance with Part 4.)

(7) Top edge of beam assumed to be fully laterally supported by joists.

‌Span Tables

Table 9.23.4.2.-L

Maximum Spans for Built-up Ridge Beams and Lintels Supporting the Roof and Ceiling Only, No. 1 or No. 2 Grade

Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1), 9.23.4.2.(4), 9.23.4.5.(1), 9.23.12.3.(1) and (3), and 9.23.14.10.(2)

Commercial Designation	Beam or Lintel Size, mm	Maximum Span, m(1)(2)(3)
		Specified Snow Load, kPa
		1.0	1.5	2.0	2.5	3.0
	3-38×184	2.65	2.28	2.03	1.85	1.71
	4-38×184	3.06	2.64	2.35	2.14	1.97
	5-38×184	3.43	2.95	2.62	2.39	2.21
Douglas Fir – Larch	3-38×235	3.25	2.79	2.49	2.26	2.09
(includes Douglas Fir	4-38×235	3.75	3.22	2.87	2.61	2.41
and Western Larch)	5-38×235	4.19	3.60	3.21	2.92	2.70
	3-38×286	3.77	3.24	2.88	2.62	2.43
	4-38×286	4.35	3.74	3.33	3.03	2.80
	5-38×286	4.86	4.18	3.72	3.39	3.13
	3-38×184	2.78	2.39	2.13	1.94	1.79
	4-38×184	3.21	2.76	2.46	2.24	2.07
	5-38×184	3.59	3.09	2.75	2.50	2.31
Hem – Fir (includes	3-38×235	3.40	2.93	2.61	2.37	2.19
Western Hemlock	4-38×235	3.93	3.38	3.01	2.74	2.53
and Amabilis Fir)	5-38×235	4.39	3.78	3.36	3.06	2.83
	3-38×286	3.95	3.40	3.02	2.75	2.54
	4-38×286	4.56	3.92	3.49	3.18	2.94
	5-38×286	5.10	4.38	3.90	3.55	3.28
	3-38×184	2.88	2.48	2.21	2.01	1.86
	4-38×184	3.30	2.86	2.55	2.32	2.14
Spruce – Pine– Fir (includes Spruce (all species except	5-38×184 3-38×235	3.55 3.53	3.10 3.03	2.82 2.70	2.59 2.46	2.40 2.27
Coast Sitka Spruce)	4-38×235	4.07	3.50	3.12	2.84	2.62
Jack Pine, Lodgepole Pine, Balsam Fir and Alpine Fir)	5-38×235 3-38×286	4.54 4.09	3.91 3.52	3.49 3.13	3.17 2.85	2.93 2.63
	4-38×286	4.72	4.06	3.62	3.29	3.04
	5-38×286	5.28	4.54	4.04	3.68	3.40

Notes to Table 9.23.4.2.-L:

(1) Beam and lintel spans are calculated based on a maximum supported length of 4.9 m. Spans may be increased by 5% for supported lengths of not more than 4.3 m, by 10% for supported lengths of not more than 3.7 m, and by 25% for supported lengths of not more than 2.4 m.

(2) For ridge beams, supported length means half the sum of the rafter, joist or truss spans on both sides of the beam. For lintels, supported length means half the sum of truss, roof joist or rafter spans supported by the lintel plus the length of the overhang beyond the lintel.

(3) Provide minimum 76 mm bearing.

‌Span Tables

Table 9.23.12.3.-A

‌Maximum Spans for Douglas Fir – Larch Lintels – No. 1 or No. 2 Grade – Non-structural Sheathing(1)

Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1), 9.23.4.5.(1) and 9.23.12.3.(1) and (3)

Lintel Supporting	Lintel Size,(2) mm	Maximum Span, m(3)(4)
		Exterior Walls					Interior Walls
		Specified Snow Load, kPa
		1.0	1.5	2.0	2.5	3.0
	2-38×89						1.25
Limited attic	2-38×140						1.78
storage and ceiling	2-38×184 2-38×235	This Area Intentionally Left Blank					2.17 2.65
	2-38×286						3.08
	2-38×89	2.68	2.34	2.13	1.97	1.86	1.97
Roof and ceiling	2-38×140	4.21	3.68	3.34	3.10	2.92	3.10
only (tributary width of 0.6 m maximum)(5)	2-38×184 2-38×235	5.50 6.61	4.84 5.97	4.39 5.56	4.08 5.21	3.84 4.88	4.08 5.21
	2-38×286	7.66	6.92	6.44	6.09	5.66	6.09
	2-38×89	1.25	1.07	0.96	0.87	0.80	0.87
‌Roof and ceiling	2-38×140	1.78	1.53	1.36	1.24	1.15	1.24
only (tributary width of 4.9 m maximum)(6)	2-38×184 2-38×235	2.17 2.65	1.86 2.28	1.66 2.03	1.51 1.85	1.40 1.71	1.51 1.85
	2-38×286	3.08	2.64	2.35	2.14	1.98	2.14
	‌2-38×89	0.96	0.88	0.82	0.77	0.73	0.68
Roof, ceiling and 1 storey(3)(6)(7)	2-38×140 2-38×184 2-38×235	1.37 1.67 2.04	1.26 1.53 1.88	1.17 1.42 1.74	1.10 1.34 1.63	1.04 1.26 1.54	0.97 1.18 1.44
	2-38×286	2.37	2.18	2.02	1.90	1.79	1.67
	2-38×89	0.86	0.81	0.77	0.73	0.70	0.61
Roof, ceiling and 2 storeys(3)(6)(7)	2-38×140 2-38×184 2-38×235	1.23 1.50 1.84	1.16 1.41 1.72	1.09 1.33 1.63	1.04 1.27 1.55	0.99 1.21 1.48	0.87 1.06 1.30
	2-38×286	2.13	2.00	1.89	1.80	1.72	1.51
	2-38×89	0.81	0.77	0.73	0.71	0.68	0.57
Roof, ceiling and 3 storeys(3)(6)(7)	2-38×140 2-38×184 2-38×235	1.15 1.40 1.71	1.10 1.33 1.63	1.05 1.28 1.56	1.01 1.22 1.50	0.97 1.18 1.44	0.82 1.00 1.22
	2-38×286	1.99	1.89	1.81	1.74	1.67	1.41

Notes to Table 9.23.12.3.-A:

(1) Where structural sheathing is used, lintel spans may be increased by 15%. Structural sheathing consists of a minimum 9.5 mm thick structural panel conforming to CSA O121, CSA O151, CSA O325 or CSA O437.0 fastened with at least two rows of fasteners to the exterior face of the lintel, and a single row to the top plates and studs. Fasteners shall conform to Table 9.23.3.5.-A.

(2) A single piece of 89 mm thick lumber may be used in lieu of 2 pieces of 38 mm thick lumber on edge.

(3) If floor joists span the full width of the building without support, lintel spans shall be reduced by 15% for “roof, ceiling and 1 storey,” by 20% for “roof, ceiling and 2 storeys,” and by 25% for “roof, ceiling and 3 storeys.”

(4) For ends of lintels fully supported by walls, provide minimum 38 mm bearing for lintel spans up to 3 m, or minimum 76 mm bearing for lintel spans greater than 3 m.

(5) Spans for 0.6 m tributary width are calculated for lintels in end walls that support only a 0.6 m width of roof and ceiling, but do not support roof joists, roof rafters or roof trusses.

Span Tables

Table 9.23.12.3.-A (Continued)

(6) Lintel spans are calculated based on a maximum floor joist, roof joist or rafter span of 4.9 m and a maximum roof truss span of 9.8 m. Lintel spans may be increased by 5% if rafter and joist spans are no greater than 4.3 m and roof truss spans are no greater than 8.6 m. Spans may be increased by 10% if rafter and joist spans are no greater than 3.7 m and roof truss spans are no greater than 7.4 m.

(7) Spans apply only where the floors serve residential areas as described in Table 4.1.5.3., or the uniformly distributed live load does not exceed that specified for residential areas as described in Table 4.1.5.3.

‌Span Tables

Table 9.23.12.3.-B

Maximum Spans for Hem – Fir Lintels – No. 1 or No. 2 Grade – Non-structural Sheathing(1)

Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1), 9.23.4.5.(1) and 9.23.12.3.(1) and (3)

Lintel Supporting	Lintel Size,(2) mm	Maximum Span, m(3)(4)
		Exterior Walls					Interior Walls
		Specified Snow Load, kPa
		1.0	1.5	2.0	2.5	3.0
	2-38×89						1.31
Limited attic	2-38×140						1.87
storage and ceiling	2-38×184 2-38×235	This Area Intentionally Left Blank					2.27 2.78
	2-38×286						3.23
	2-38×89	2.68	2.34	2.13	1.97	1.86	1.97
Roof and ceiling	2-38×140	4.21	3.68	3.34	3.10	2.92	3.10
only (tributary width of 0.6 m maximum)(5)	2-38×184 2-38×235	5.50 6.61	4.84 5.97	4.39 5.56	4.08 5.21	3.84 4.90	4.08 5.21
	2-38×286	7.66	6.92	6.44	6.09	5.82	6.09
	2-38×89	1.31	1.13	1.00	0.91	0.84	0.91
Roof and ceiling	2-38×140	1.87	1.61	1.43	1.30	1.20	1.30
only (tributary width of 4.9 m maximum)(6)	2-38×184 2-38×235	2.27 2.78	1.95 2.39	1.74 2.13	1.58 1.92	1.42 1.71	1.58 1.92
	2-38×286	3.23	2.77	2.47	2.17	1.94	2.17
	2-38×89	1.01	0.93	0.86	0.81	0.76	0.69
Roof, ceiling and 1 storey(3)(6)(7)	2-38×140 2-38×184 2-38×235	1.44 1.75 2.14	1.32 1.61 1.96	1.23 1.47 1.76	1.14 1.34 1.60	1.05 1.23 1.48	0.95 1.12 1.35
	2-38×286	2.49	2.22	2.00	1.82	1.69	1.55
	2-38×89	0.91	0.85	0.80	0.76	0.72	0.60
Roof, ceiling and 2 storeys(3)(6)(7)	2-38×140 2-38×184 2-38×235	1.29 1.57 1.90	1.21 1.44 1.73	1.13 1.33 1.60	1.05 1.24 1.49	0.98 1.16 1.40	0.82 0.98 1.19
	2-38×286	2.15	1.97	1.82	1.70	1.60	1.37
	2-38×89	0.85	0.81	0.77	0.74	0.69	0.55
Roof, ceiling and 3 storeys(3)(6)(7)	2-38×140 2-38×184 2-38×235	1.21 1.43 1.72	1.14 1.33 1.60	1.06 1.25 1.50	1.00 1.18 1.42	0.95 1.12 1.35	0.76 0.91 1.10
	2-38×286	1.95	1.82	1.72	1.63	1.55	1.27

Notes to Table 9.23.12.3.-B:

(2) A single piece of 89 mm thick lumber may be used in lieu of 2 pieces of 38 mm thick lumber on edge.

(4) For ends of lintels fully supported by walls, provide minimum 38 mm bearing for lintel spans up to 3 m, or minimum 76 mm bearing for lintel spans greater than 3 m.

(5) Spans for 0.6 m tributary width are calculated for lintels in end walls that support only a 0.6 m width of roof and ceiling, but do not support roof joists, roof rafters or roof trusses.

Span Tables

Table 9.23.12.3.-B (Continued)

‌Span Tables

Table 9.23.12.3.-C

‌Maximum Spans for Spruce – Pine – Fir Lintels – No. 1 or No. 2 Grade – Non-structural Sheathing(1)

Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1), 9.23.4.5.(1) and 9.23.12.3.(1) and (3)

Lintel Supporting	Lintel Size,(2) mm	Maximum Span, m(3)(4)
		Exterior Walls					Interior Walls
		Specified Snow Load, kPa
		1.0	1.5	2.0	2.5	3.0
	2-38×89						1.27
Limited attic	2-38×140						1.93
storage and ceiling	2-38×184 2-38×235	This Area Intentionally Left Blank					2.35 2.88
	2-38×286						3.34
	2-38×89	2.55	2.23	2.02	1.88	1.77	1.88
Roof and ceiling	2-38×140	4.01	3.50	3.18	2.96	2.78	2.96
only (tributary width of 0.6 m maximum)(5)	2-38×184 2-38×235	5.27 6.37	4.61 5.76	4.18 5.34	3.88 4.96	3.66 4.67	3.88 4.96
	2-38×286	7.38	6.67	6.21	5.87	5.61	5.87
	2-38×89	1.27	1.11	1.01	0.93	0.87	0.93
‌Roof and ceiling	2-38×140	1.93	1.66	1.48	1.35	1.25	1.35
only (tributary width of 4.9 m maximum)(6)	2-38×184 2-38×235	2.35 2.88	2.02 2.47	1.80 2.20	1.64 2.01	1.52 1.84	1.64 2.01
	2-38×286	3.34	2.87	2.56	2.33	2.09	2.33
	‌2-38×89	1.05	0.96	0.89	0.84	0.79	0.74
Roof, ceiling and 1 storey(3)(6)(7)	2-38×140 2-38×184 2-38×235	1.49 1.82 2.22	1.37 1.67 2.04	1.27 1.55 1.89	1.19 1.44 1.73	1.13 1.33 1.59	1.02 1.20 1.45
	2-38×286	2.58	2.36	2.15	1.96	1.81	1.66
	2-38×89	0.94	0.88	0.83	0.79	0.76	0.64
Roof, ceiling and 2 storeys(3)(6)(7)	2-38×140 2-38×184 2-38×235	1.34 1.63 1.99	1.26 1.53 1.87	1.19 1.44 1.72	1.13 1.33 1.60	1.06 1.25 1.50	0.88 1.05 1.27
	2-38×286	2.31	2.12	1.96	1.82	1.71	1.45
	2-38×89	0.88	0.83	0.80	0.77	0.74	0.59
Roof, ceiling and 3 storeys(3)(6)(7)	2-38×140 2-38×184 2-38×235	1.25 1.52 1.86	1.19 1.44 1.73	1.14 1.35 1.62	1.08 1.27 1.53	1.02 1.21 1.45	0.81 0.97 1.17
	2-38×286	2.11	1.96	1.84	1.74	1.66	1.35

Notes to Table 9.23.12.3.-C:

(2) A single piece of 89 mm thick lumber may be used in lieu of 2 pieces of 38 mm thick lumber on edge.

(4) For ends of lintels fully supported by walls, provide minimum 38 mm bearing for lintel spans up to 3 m, or minimum 76 mm bearing for lintel spans greater than 3 m.

(5) Spans for 0.6 m tributary width are calculated for lintels in end walls that support only a 0.6 m width of roof and ceiling, but do not support roof joists, roof rafters or roof trusses.

Span Tables

Table 9.23.12.3.-C (Continued)

‌Span Tables

Table 9.23.12.3.-D

Maximum Spans for Glued-Laminated Timber Lintels – 20f-E Stress Grade – Exterior Walls – Roof and Ceiling Load Only

Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1), 9.23.4.5.(1) and 9.23.12.3.(1) and (3)

‌Lintel Size, mm‌	Maximum Span, m(1)(2)(3)
	Specified Snow Load, kPa
	1.0			1.5			2.0			2.5			3.0
	Supported length, m(4)(5)			Supported length, m(4)(5)			Supported length, m(4)(5)			Supported length, m(4)(5)			Supported length, m(4)(5)
	2.4	3.6	4.8	2.4	3.6	4.8	2.4	3.6	4.8	2.4	3.6	4.8	2.4	3.6	4.8
130 × 304	6.23	5.63	5.24	5.63	5.09	4.73	5.24	4.73	4.40	4.95	4.48	4.17	4.73	4.28	3.87
80 × 380	6.52	5.89	5.48	5.89	5.32	4.96	5.48	4.96	4.52	5.19	4.69	4.11	4.96	4.39	3.80
130 × 342	6.80	6.15	5.72	6.15	5.56	5.17	5.72	5.17	4.81	5.41	4.89	4.55	5.17	4.67	4.35
80 × 418	7.00	6.33	5.89	6.33	5.72	5.32	5.89	5.32	4.96	5.57	5.03	4.52	5.32	4.81	4.18
130 × 380	7.36	6.65	6.19	6.65	6.01	5.59	6.19	5.59	5.21	5.86	5.29	4.92	5.59	5.06	4.70
80 × 456	7.48	6.76	6.29	6.76	6.10	5.68	6.29	5.68	5.29	5.95	5.37	4.93	5.68	5.13	4.56
130 × 418	7.91	7.15	6.65	7.15	6.46	6.01	6.65	6.01	5.59	6.29	5.68	5.29	6.01	5.43	5.05
80 × 494	7.94	7.17	6.68	7.17	6.48	6.03	6.68	6.03	5.61	6.31	5.71	5.31	6.03	5.45	4.94
80 × 532	8.39	7.58	7.06	7.58	6.85	6.38	7.06	6.38	5.93	6.67	6.03	5.61	6.38	5.76	5.32
130 × 456	8.44	7.63	7.10	7.63	6.89	6.41	7.10	6.41	5.97	6.71	6.07	5.65	6.41	5.80	5.39

Notes to Table 9.23.12.3.-D:

(1) Spans are valid for glued-laminated timber conforming to CAN/CSA-O122 and CSA O177.

(2) Provide minimum 89 mm bearing. (Alternatively, the bearing length may be calculated in accordance with Part 4.)

(3) Top edge of lintel assumed to be fully laterally supported.

(4) Supported length means half the length of trusses or rafters, plus the length of the overhang beyond the wall.

(5) For intermediate supported lengths, straight interpolation may be used.

‌Division B

‌Notes to Part 9

Housing and Small Buildings

A-9.1.1.1.(1) Application of Part 9 to Seasonally and Intermittently Occupied Buildings. The National Building Code does not provide separate requirements which would apply to

seasonally or intermittently occupied buildings. Without compromising the basic health and safety provisions, however, various requirements in Part 9 recognize that leniency may be appropriate in some circumstances.

With greater use of “cottages” through the winter months, the proliferation of seasonally occupied multiple-dwelling buildings and the increasing installation of modern conveniences in these buildings, the number and extent of possible exceptions is reduced.

Thermal Insulation

Article 9.25.2.1. specifies that insulation is to be installed in walls, ceilings and floors which separate heated space from unheated space. Cottages intended for use only in the summer and which, therefore, have no space heating appliances, would not be required to be insulated. Should a heating system be installed at some later date, insulation should also be installed at that time. In the case of row units intended for intermittent winter use, the walls between the dwelling units may at times separate heated space from unheated space. In this case, the installation of insulation might be considered.

Air Barrier Systems and Vapour Barriers

Articles 9.25.3.1. and 9.25.4.1. require the installation of air barrier systems and vapour barriers only where insulation is installed. Dwellings with no heating system would thus be exempt from these requirements.

Interior Wall and Ceiling Finishes

The choice of interior wall and ceiling finishes has implications for fire safety. Where a dwelling is a detached building, there are no fire resistance requirements for the walls or ceilings within the dwelling. The exposed surfaces of walls and ceilings are required to have a flame-spread rating not greater than 150 (Subsection 9.10.17.). There is, therefore, considerable flexibility, even in continuously occupied dwellings, with respect to the materials used to finish these walls. Except where waterproof finishes are required (Subsection 9.29.2.), ceilings and walls may be left unfinished. Where two units adjoin, however, additional fire resistance requirements may apply to interior loadbearing walls, floors and the shared wall (Article 9.10.8.3., and Subsections 9.10.9. and 9.10.11.).

‌Plumbing and Electrical Facilities

Plumbing fixtures are required only where a piped water supply is available (Subsection 9.31.4.), and electrical facilities only where electrical services are available (Article 9.34.1.2.).

A-9.3.1.7. Ratio of Water to Cementing Material. While adding water to concrete on site may facilitate its distribution through formwork, this practice can have several undesirable results, such as reduced strength, greater porosity, and more propensity to shrinkage cracking. The ratio of water to cementing material is determined according to weight. For example, using Table 9.3.1.7., the maximum water-cement ratio of 0.45 for a 20 mm coarse aggregate would require 18 kg (or 18 L) of water (1 L of water weighs 1 kg).

These Notes are included for explanatory purposes only and do not form part of the requirements. The number that introduces each Note corresponds to the applicable requirement in this Part.

‌A-9.3.2.1.(1) Division B

A-9.3.2.1.(1) Grade Marking of Lumber. Lumber is generally grouped for marketing into the species combinations contained in Table A-9.3.2.1.(1)-A. The maximum allowable spans for those combinations are listed in the span tables for joists, rafters and beams. Some species of lumber are also marketed individually. Since the allowable span for the northern species combination is based on the weakest species in the combination, the use of the span for this combination is permitted for any individual species not included in the Spruce-Pine-Fir, Douglas Fir-Larch and Hemlock-Fir combinations.

Facsimiles of typical grade marks of lumber associations and grading agencies accredited by the Canadian Lumber Standards (CLS) Accreditation Board to grade mark lumber in Canada are shown in

Table A-9.3.2.1.(1)-B. Accreditation by the CLS Accreditation Board applies to the inspection, grading and grade marking of lumber, including mill supervisory service, in accordance with CSA O141, “Softwood Lumber.”

‌The grade mark of a CLS accredited agency on a piece of lumber indicates its assigned grade, species or species combination, moisture condition at the time of surfacing, the responsible grader or mill of origin and the CLS accredited agency under whose supervision the grading and marking was done.

Table A-9.3.2.1.(1)-A

Species Designations and Abbreviations

Commercial Designation of Species or Species Combination	Abbreviation Permitted on Grade Stamps	Species Included
Douglas Fir – Larch	D Fir – L (N)	Douglas Fir, Western Larch
Hemlock – Fir	Hem – Fir (N)	Western Hemlock, Amabilis Fir
Spruce – Pine – Fir	S – P – F or Spruce – Pine – Fir	White Spruce, Engelmann Spruce, Black Spruce, Red Spruce, Lodgepole Pine, Jack Pine, Alpine Fir, Balsam Fir
Northern Species	North Species	Any Canadian softwood covered by the “Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber”

Canadian lumber is graded to the “Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber,” published by the National Lumber Grades Authority. These rules specify standard grade names and grade name abbreviations for use in grade marks to provide positive identification of lumber grades. In a similar fashion, standard species names or standard species abbreviations, symbols or marks are provided in the rules for use in grade marks.

Grade marks denote the moisture content of lumber at the time of surfacing. “S-Dry” in the mark indicates the lumber was surfaced at a moisture content not exceeding 19%. “MC 15” indicates a moisture content not

exceeding 15%. “S-GRN” in the grade mark signifies that the lumber was surfaced at a moisture content higher than 19% at a size to allow for natural shrinkage during seasoning.

‌Each mill or grader is assigned a permanent number. The point of origin of lumber is identified in the grade mark by use of a mill or grader number or by the mill name or abbreviation. The CLS certified agency under whose supervision the lumber was grade marked is identified in the mark by the registered symbol of

the agency.

Table A-9.3.2.1.(1)-B

Facsimiles of Grade Marks Used by Canadian Lumber Manufacturing Associations and Agencies Authorized to Grade Mark Lumber in Canada

Facsimiles of Grade Mark	Association or Agency
	Alberta Forest Products Association
A.F.P.A®. 00	www.albertaforestproducts.ca
S–P–F NLGA 1
KD-HT
GG00056B

Division B A-9.3.2.1.(1)

Table A-9.3.2.1.(1)-B (Continued)

Facsimiles of Grade Mark		Association or Agency
	No1 CMSA® KD-HT 100 S- NLGA P- F	Canadian Mill Services Association www.canserve.org
GG00062B
CSI® No.1 00 K D - H T NLGA D FIR-L (N) GG00098A		Canadian Softwood Inspection Agency Inc. www.canadiansoftwood.com
® 26 S - P - F KD-HT 2 NLGA GG00058B		Central Forest Products Association Inc. www.cfpa-lumber.com
KD-HT 91 ® 1 NLGA S-P-F KD-HT 25 ® 1 NLGA D FIR- L(N) GG00057B		Council of Forest Industries www.cofi.org
No. 2 5 KD-HT ® S- P- F NLGA GG00064B		Macdonald Inspection Services Ltd. www.gradestamp.com
M S-P-F L® No.1 B KD-HT 99 NLGA GG00065B		Maritime Lumber Bureau www.mlb.ca

A-9.3.2.1.(1) Division B

Table A-9.3.2.1.(1)-B (Continued)

Facsimiles of Grade Mark	Association or Agency
N N L G A L S-P-F NO.1 P 000 A® KD HT GG00066B	Newfoundland & Labrador Lumber Producers' Association c/o Canadian Lumber Standards Accreditation Board www.clsab.ca
10 CONST S-P-F S-GRN NLGA GG00067B	Northwest Territories Forest Industries Association
CL®A 100 1 NLGA S-P -F KD-HT GG00059B	Ontario Forest Industries Association (Home of CLA Grading and Inspection) www.ofia.com
O.L.M.A®. 09 1 KD-HT NLGA S-P-F GG00068B	Ontario Lumber Manufacturers' Association www.olma.ca
NO. 1 KD - HT 0 ® S-P-F 0 NLGA RULES GG00069B	Pacific Lumber Inspection Bureau www.plib.org
® S-P-F KD-HT 1 477 NLGA GG00070B	Conseil de l'industrie forestière du Québec (Quebec Forest Industry Council) www.cifq.com

‌Division B A-9.3.2.9.(1)

‌A-Table 9.3.2.1. Lumber Grading. To identify board grades, the paragraph number of the NLGA “Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber” under which the lumber is graded must be shown in the grade mark. Paragraph 113 is equivalent to the WWPA “Western Lumber Grading Rules 2017” and paragraph 114 is equivalent to the WCLIB “Grading Rules for West Coast Lumber.” When graded in accordance with WWPA

or WCLIB rules, the grade mark will not contain a paragraph number.

A-9.3.2.8.(1) Non-Standard Lumber. NLGA 2017, “Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber,” permits lumber to be dressed to sizes below the standard sizes (38 × 89, 38 × 140, 38 × 184, etc.) provided the grade stamp shows the reduced size. This Sentence permits the use of the span tables for such lumber, provided the size indicated on the stamp is not less than 95% of the corresponding standard size. Allowable spans in the tables must be reduced a full 5% even if the undersize is less than the 5% permitted.

A-9.3.2.9.(1) Protection from Termites.

Yukon

Northwest Territories

Nunavut

Hudson Bay

British C

Newfoundland

Alberta

Manitoba

Saskatchewan

Quebec

Ontario

P.E.I.

New Brunswick

Nova Scotia

Areas in which specific locations with termites have been identified.

EG02049A

olumbia

Figure A-9.3.2.9.(1)-A

Known termite locations

Note to Figure A-9.3.2.9.(1)-A:

(1) Reference: J.K. Mauldin (1982), N.Y. Su (1995), T. Myles (1997).

A-9.3.2.9.(3) Division B

 450 mm

clear height of 450 mm between structural wood elements and finished ground directly below

supporting elements visible to permit inspection(1)

EG02050B

Figure A-9.3.2.9.(1)-B

‌Clearances under structural wood elements and visibility of supporting elements where required to permit inspection for termite infestation

Note to Figure A-9.3.2.9.(1)-B:

(1) For the height of structural wood elements not directly above finished ground, see Article 9.23.2.3.

‌A-9.3.2.9.(3) Protection of Structural Wood Elements from Moisture and Decay. There are many above-ground, structural wood systems where precipitation is readily trapped or drying is slow, creating conditions conducive to decay. Beams extending beyond roof decks, junctions between deck members, and connections between balcony guards and walls are three examples of elements that can accumulate water when exposed to precipitation if they are not detailed to allow drainage.

A-9.3.2.9.(4) Protection of Retaining Walls and Cribbing from Decay. Retaining walls supporting soil are considered to be structural elements of the building if a line drawn from the outer edge of the footing to the bottom of the exposed face of the retaining wall is greater than 45° to the horizontal. Retaining walls supporting soil may be structural elements of the building if the line described above has a lower slope.

wall height

< 45°: retaining wall may be supporting the building

> 45°: retaining wall is supporting the building

EG02051A

Figure A-9.3.2.9.(4)

Identifying retaining walls that require preservative treatment

‌Retaining walls that are not critical to the support of building foundations but are greater than 1.2 m in height may pose a danger of sudden collapse to persons adjacent to the wall if the wood is not adequately protected from decay. The height of the retaining wall or cribbing is measured as the vertical difference between the ground levels on each side of the wall.

A-9.4.1.1. Structural Design. Article 9.4.1.1. establishes the principle that the structural members of Part 9 buildings must

comply with the prescriptive requirements provided in Part 9,
be designed in accordance with accepted good practice, or
be designed in accordance with Part 4 using the loads and limits on deflection and vibration specified in Part 9 or Part 4.

Division B A-9.4.2.4.(1)

Usually a combination of approaches is used. For example, even if the snow load calculation on a wood roof truss is based on Subsection 9.4.2., the joints must be designed in accordance with Part 4. Wall framing may comply with the prescriptive requirements in Subsections 9.23.3., 9.23.10., 9.23.11. and 9.23.12., while the floor framing may be engineered.

Design according to Part 4 or accepted good engineering practice, such as that described in CWC 2014, “Engineering Guide for Wood Frame Construction,” requires engineering expertise. The CWC Guide contains alternative solutions and provides information on the applicability of the Part 9 prescriptive structural requirements to further assist designers and building officials to identify the appropriate design approach.

The need for professional involvement in the structural design of a building, whether to Part 4 or Part 9 requirements or accepted good practice, is defined by provincial and territorial legislation.

A-9.4.2.1. and 9.4.2.2. Application of Simplified Part 9 Snow Loads. The simplified specified snow loads described in Article 9.4.2.2. may be used where the structure is of the configuration that is typical of traditional wood-frame residential construction and its performance. This places limits on the spacing of joists, rafters and trusses, the spans of these members and supporting members, deflection under load, overall dimensions of the roof and the configuration of the roof. It assumes considerable redundancy in the structure.

Because very large buildings may be constructed under Part 9 by constructing firewalls to break up the building area, it is possible to have Part 9 buildings with very large roofs. The simplified specified snow loads

may not be used when the total roof area of the overall structure exceeds 4 550 m2. Thus, these snow loads may be used for typical townhouse construction, but would not be appropriate for much larger commercial or industrial buildings, for example.

The simplified specified snow load calculation of Sentence 9.4.2.2.(1) is not applicable to roof configurations that seriously exacerbate snow accumulation. This limitation does not pertain to typical projections above a sloped roof, such as dormers, but rather to high parapets and other significant projections above a flat roof, such as elevator penthouses, mechanical rooms and larger equipment, that collect snow and prevent it from blowing off the roof.

Although multi-level roofs generally lead to snow drift loads, smaller light-frame buildings constructed according to Part 9 have not collapsed under these loads. Consequently, the simplified calculation may be used for multi-level roofs where the upper level roof does not exceed 600 m2 in area. For multi-level roofs with larger upper roof areas (formed by multiple adjoining Part 9 buildings), where the upper level roof has a slope less than 1 in 6 and the roof step has a height greater than 2 m, the snow drift load on the lower level roof near the roof step must be considered in accordance with Sentence 9.4.2.2.(4).

The reference in Clause 9.4.2.1.(1)(d) to Article 9.4.3.1. invokes, for roof assemblies other than common lumber trusses, the same performance criteria for deflection.

‌Values of the specific weight of snow on roofs, γ, obtained from measurements at a number of weather stations across Canada ranged from about 1.0 to 4.5 kN/m3 with an average of approximately 3.0 kN/m 3. ASCE/SEI 7, “Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures,” contains a formula to calculate the increase in the value of γ based on an increase in the ground snow load: 0.43SS + 2.2 kN/m3. This formula provides results that are reasonably consistent with Canada's climatic reality. In Clause 9.4.2.1.(1)(f), the specific weight of snow is capped at 4.0 kN/m3, as higher values are extremely rare.

‌A-9.4.2.3.(1) Accessible Platforms Subject to Snow and Occupancy Loads. Many platforms are subject to both occupancy loads and snow loads. These include balconies, decks, verandas, flat roofs

over garages and carports. Where such a platform, or a segregated area of such a platform, serves a single dwelling unit, it must be designed for the greater of either the specified snow load or an occupancy load of

1.9 kPa. Where the platform serves more than one single dwelling unit or an occupancy other than a residential occupancy, higher occupancy loads will apply as specified in Table 4.1.5.3.

A-9.4.2.4.(1) Specified Loads for Attics or Roof Spaces with Limited Accessibility. Typical residential roofs are framed with roof trusses and the ceiling is insulated.

Residential trusses are placed at 600 mm on centre with web members joining top and bottom chords. Lateral web bracing is installed perpendicular to the span of the trusses. As a result, there is limited room for movement inside the attic or roof space or for storage of material. Access hatches are generally built to the minimum acceptable dimensions, further limiting the size of material that can be moved into the attic or roof space.

With exposed insulation in the attic or roof space, access is not recommended unless protective clothing and breathing apparatus are worn.

A-Table 9.4.4.1. Division B

‌Thus the attic or roof space is recognized as uninhabitable and loading can be based on actual dead load. In emergency situations or for the purpose of inspection, it is possible for a person to access the attic or roof space without over-stressing the truss or causing damaging deflections.

A-Table 9.4.4.1. Classification of Soils. Sand or gravel may be classified by means of a picket test in which a 38 mm by 38 mm picket beveled at the end at 45° to a point is pushed into the soil. Such material is classified as “dense or compact” if a man of average weight cannot push the picket more than 200 mm into the soil and “loose” if the picket penetrates 200 mm or more.

‌Clay and silt may be classified as “stiff” if it is difficult to indent by thumb pressure, “firm” if it can be indented by moderate thumb pressure, “soft” if it can be easily penetrated by thumb pressure, where this test is carried out on undisturbed soil in the wall of a test pit.

A-9.4.4.4.(1) Soil Movement. In susceptible soils, changes in temperature or moisture content can cause significant expansion and contraction. Soils containing pyrites can expand simply on exposure to air.

Expansion and Contraction due to Moisture

Clay soils are most prone to expansion and contraction due to moisture. Particularly wet seasons can sufficiently increase the volume of the soil under and around the structure to cause heaving of foundations and floors-on-ground, or cracking of foundation walls. Particularly dry seasons or draw-down of water

by fast-growing trees can decrease the volume of the soil supporting foundations and floors-on-ground, thus causing settling.

Frost Heave

Frost heave is probably the most commonly recognized phenomenon related to freezing soil. Frost heave results when moisture in frost-susceptible soil (clay and silt) under the footings freezes and expands. This mechanism is addressed by requirements in Section 9.12. regarding the depth of excavations.

Ice Lenses

When moisture in frost-susceptible soils freezes, it forms an ice lens and reduces the vapour pressure in the soil in the area immediately around the lens. Moisture in the ground redistributes to rebalance the vapour pressures providing more moisture in the area of the ice lens. This moisture freezes to the lens and the cycle repeats itself. As the ice lens grows, it exerts pressure in the direction of heat flow. When lenses

form close to foundations and heat flow is toward the foundation—as may be the case with unheated crawl spaces or open concrete block foundations insulated on the interior—the forces may be sufficient to crack the foundation.

Adfreezing

Ice lenses can adhere themselves to cold foundations. Where heat flow is essentially upward, parallel to the foundation, the pressures exerted will tend to lift the foundation. This may cause differential movement or cracking of the foundation. Heat loss through basement foundations of cast-in-place concrete or concrete block insulated on the exterior appears to be sufficient to prevent adfreezing. Care must be taken where the foundation does not enclose heated space or where open block foundations are insulated on the interior.

The installation of semi-rigid glass fibre insulation has demonstrated some effectiveness as a separation layer to absorb the adfreezing forces.

Pyrites

Pyrite is the most common iron disulphide mineral in rock and has been identified in rock of all types and ages. It is most commonly found in metamorphic and sedimentary rock, and especially in coal and shale deposits.

Weathering of pyritic shale is a chemical-microbiological oxidation process that results in volume increases that can heave foundations and floors-on-ground. Concentrations of as little as 0.1% by weight have caused heaving. Weathering can be initiated simply by exposing the pyritic material to air. Thus, building on

soils that contain pyrites in concentrations that will cause damage to the building should be avoided, or measures should be taken to remove the material or seal it. Material containing pyrites should not be used for backfill at foundations or for supporting foundations or floors-on-ground.

Division B A-9.6.1.3.(2)

Where it is not known if the soil or backfill contains pyritic material in a deleterious concentration, a test is available to identify its presence and concentration.

References:

Legget, R.F. and Crawford, C.B. Trees and Buildings. Canadian Building Digest 62, Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, 1965.
Hamilton, J.J. Swelling and Shrinking Subsoils. Canadian Building Digest 84, Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, 1966.
Hamilton, J.J. Foundations on Swelling and Shrinking Subsoils. Canadian Building Digest 184, Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, 1977.
‌Penner, W., Eden, W.J., and Gratten-Bellew, P.E. Expansion of Pyritic Shales. Canadian Building Digest 152, Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, 1975.
Swinton, M.C., Brown, W.C., and Chown, G.A. Controlling the Transfer of Heat, Air and Moisture through the Building Envelope. Small Buildings - Technology in Transition, Building Science Insight '90, Institute for Research in Construction, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, 1990.

‌A-9.4.4.6. and 9.15.1.1. Loads on Foundations. The prescriptive solutions provided in Part 9 relating to footings and foundation walls only account for the loads imposed by drained earth. Drained earth is assumed to exert a load equivalent to the load that would be exerted by a fluid with a density of 480 kg/m3. The prescriptive solutions do not account for surcharges from saturated soil or additional loads from heavy objects located adjacent to the building. Where such surcharges are expected, the footings and foundation walls must be designed and constructed according to Part 4.

A-9.5.1.2. Combination Rooms. If a room draws natural light and natural ventilation from another area, the opening between the two areas must be large enough to effectively provide sufficient light and air. This is why a minimum opening of 3 m2 is required, or the equivalent of a set of double doors. The effectiveness of the transfer of light and air also depends on the size of the transfer opening in relation to the size of the dependent room; in measuring the area of the wall separating the two areas, the whole wall on the side of the dependent room should be considered, not taking into account offsets that may be in the surface of the wall.

The opening does not necessarily have to be in the form of a doorway; it may be an opening at eye level. However, if the dependent area is a bedroom, provision must be made for the escape window required by Article 9.9.10.1. to fulfill its safety function. This is why a direct passage is required between the bedroom and the other area; the equivalent of at least a doorway is therefore required for direct passage between the two areas.

A-9.5.5.3. Doorways to Rooms with a Bathtub, Shower or Water Closet. The intent of Article 9.5.5.3. is to ensure a certain degree of barrier-free access to rooms that provide some or all of the facilities found in a typical residential bathroom.

If the minimum 860 mm hallway serves more than one room with identical facilities, only one of the rooms is required to have a door not less than 760 mm wide.

‌If a number of rooms have different facilities, for example, one room has a shower, lavatory and water closet, and another room has a lavatory and water closet, the room with the shower, lavatory and water closet must have the minimum 760 mm wide door. Where multiple rooms provide the same or similar facilities, one of these rooms must comply with the requirement to have at least one bathtub or shower, one lavatory and one water closet. Where the fixtures are located in two separate rooms served by the same hallway, the requirement for the minimum doorway width would apply to both rooms.

If the minimum 860 mm hallway does not serve any room containing a bathtub, shower and water closet, additional fixtures do not need to be installed.

A-9.6.1.2.(2) Mirrored Glass Doors. CAN/CGSB-82.6-M, “Doors, Mirrored Glass, Sliding or Folding, Wardrobe,” covers mirrored glass doors for use on reach-in closets. It specifies that such doors are not to be used for walk-in closets.

A-9.6.1.3.(2) Maximum Glass Area. Tables 9.6.1.3.-A to 9.6.1.3.-F are based on CAN/CGSB-12.20-M, “Structural Design of Glass for Buildings,” and the wind load provisions in Article 4.1.7.3. The maximum glass area values given in these Tables are intended to be equal to or smaller than those that would be determined using the standard and wind load provisions directly to design for each individual case.

‌A-Table 9.6.1.3.-G Division B

‌A-Table 9.6.1.3.-G Glass in Doors. Maximum areas in Table 9.6.1.3.-G for other than fully tempered

glazing are cut off at 1.50 m2, as this would be the practical limit after which safety glazing would be required by Sentence 9.6.1.4.(2).

‌A-9.7.3.2.(1)(a) Minimizing Condensation. The total prevention of condensation on the surfaces of fenestration products is difficult to achieve and, depending on the design and construction of the window or door, may not be absolutely necessary. Clause 9.7.3.2.(1)(a) therefore requires that condensation be minimized, which means that the amount of moisture that condenses on the inside surface of a window, door or skylight, and the frequency at which this occurs, must be limited. The occurrence of such condensation must be sufficiently rare, the accumulation of any water must be sufficiently small, and drying must be sufficiently rapid to prevent the deterioration of moisture-susceptible materials and the growth of fungi.

A-9.7.4.2.(1) Standards Referenced for Windows, Doors and Skylights.

Canadian Requirements in the Harmonized Standard

In addition to referencing the Canadian Supplement, CSA A440S1, “Canadian Supplement to AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440-17, North American Fenestration Standard/Specification for windows, doors, and skylights,” the Harmonized Standard, AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440, “North American Fenestration Standard/Specification for windows, doors, and skylights,” contains some Canada-specific test criteria.

Standards Referenced for Excluded Products

Clause 1.1, General, of the Harmonized Standard defines the limits to the application of the standard with respect to various types of fenestration products. A list of exceptions to the application statement identifies a number of standards that apply to excluded products. Compliance with those standards is not required by the Code; the references are provided for information purposes only.

Label Indicating Performance and Compliance with Standard

The Canadian Supplement requires that a product's performance ratings be indicated on a label according to the designation requirements in the Harmonized Standard and that the label include

design pressure, where applicable,
negative design pressure, where applicable,
water penetration test pressure, and
the Canadian air infiltration and exfiltration levels.

It should be noted that, for a product to carry a label in Canada, it must meet all of the applicable requirements of both the Harmonized Standard and the Canadian Supplement, including the forced entry requirements.

Water Penetration Resistance

For the various performance grades listed in the Harmonized Standard, the corresponding water penetration resistance test pressures are a percentage of the design pressure. For R-class products, water penetration resistance test pressures are 15% of design pressure. In Canada, driving rain wind pressures (DRWP) have been determined for the locations listed in Appendix C.

To achieve equivalent levels of water penetration resistance for all locations, the Canadian Supplement includes a provision for calculating specified DRWP at the building site considering building exposure. Specified DRWP values are, in some cases, greater than 15% of design pressure and, in other cases, less than 15% of design pressure. For a fenestration product to comply with the Code, it must be able to resist the structural and water penetration loads at the building site. Reliance on a percentage of design pressure

for water penetration resistance in the selection of an acceptable fenestration product will not always be adequate. Design pressure values are reported on a secondary designator, which is required by the

Canadian Supplement to be affixed to the window. The DRWP given in the Canadian Supplement should be used for all products covered in the scope of the Harmonized Standard.

Uniform Load Structural Test

The Harmonized Standard specifies that fenestration products be tested at 150% of design pressure for wind (specified wind load) and that skylights and roof windows be tested at 200% of design pressure for snow (specified snow load). With the change in the NBC 2005 to a 1-in-50 return period for wind load,

Division B A-9.7.4.2.(1)

a factor of 1.4 rather than 1.5 is now applied for wind. The NBC has traditionally applied a factor of 1.5 rather than 2.0 for snow. Incorporating these lower load factors into the Code requirements for fenestration would better reflect acceptable minimum performance levels; however, this has not been done in order

to avoid adding complexity to the Code, to recognize the benefits of Canada-US harmonization, and to recognize that differentiation of products that meet the Canadian versus the US requirements would add complexity for manufacturers, designers, specifiers and regulatory officials.

Condensation Resistance

The Harmonized Standard identifies three test procedures that can be used to determine the condensation resistance of windows and doors. Only the physical test procedure given in CSA A440.2, “Fenestration energy performance,” which is referenced in Table 9.7.3.3., can be used to establish Temperature Index

(I) values. Computer simulation tools can also be used to estimate the relative condensation resistance of windows, but these methods employ different expressions of performance known as Condensation Resistance Factors (CR). I and CR values are not interchangeable.

Where removable multiple glazing panels (RMGP) are installed on the inside of a window, care should be taken to hermetically seal the RMGP against the leakage of moisture-laden air from the interior into the cavity on the exterior of the RMGP because the moisture transported by the air could lead to significant condensation on the interior surface of the outside glazing.

Basement Windows

Clause 12.4.2, Basement Windows, of the Harmonized Standard refers to products that are intended to meet Code requirements for ventilation and emergency egress. The minimum test size of 800 mm × 360 mm (total area of 0.288 m2) specified in the standard will not provide the minimum openable area required by the Code for bedrooms (i.e. 0.35 m2 with no dimension less than 380 mm) and the means to provide minimum open area identified in the standard is inconsistent with the requirements of the Code (see Subsection 9.9.10. for bedroom windows). The minimum test size specified in the standard will also not provide the minimum ventilation area of 0.28 m2 required for non-heating-season natural ventilation (see Article 9.32.2.2.).

Greenhouse Windows

Greenhouse-type windows feature a sloped, roof-like top portion, which is subjected to the same snow loads as roofs. The Canadian Supplement only applies the snow load calculation to skylights, which do not include greenhouse windows according to the definition for skylights given in the Canadian Supplement and the Harmonized Standard. Where such windows are used, it is recommended that snow loads on the top portion of the window be taken into account.

Performance of Doors: Limited Water Ingress Control

While the control of precipitation ingress is a performance requirement for exterior doors, side-hinged doors can comply with the referenced standard, AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440, “North American Fenestration Standard/Specification for windows, doors, and skylights,” when tested at a pressure differential of 0 Pa (0.0 psf) or higher, but less than the minimum test pressure required for the indicated performance class and performance grade. Such doors are identified with a “Limited Water” (LW) rating on the product label.

There is no restriction on the use of side-hinged doors having a limited water designation when the tested water penetration resistance of such doors is equal to or greater than the specified Driving Rain Wind Pressure for the building location, as stated in Clause A.4.4 of CSA A440S1, “Canadian Supplement to AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440-17, North American Fenestration Standard/Specification for windows, doors, and skylights.” When an LW door does not have sufficient water penetration resistance for the building location, Clause B.5.3.3 of CSA A440S1 states that these doors should only be used and installed in a protected location, such as under a porch roof. Other protected locations would be behind a storm door, or a door separating conditioned space from unconditioned space, such as in cold storage rooms. The Exposure Nomograph in Annex A of CSA A440.4, “Window, door, and skylight installation,” provides an acceptable method to determine whether a door is considered protected, which depends on overhang ratio, and the terrain and moisture index of the building location. A door with an LW rating and a low exposure could provide acceptable water penetration resistance. However, given that the Exposure Nomograph in Annex A of CSA A440.4 does not account for the intensity of wind driven rain, a door with an LW rating may not provide appropriate protection in some locations. In such cases, the risk of water penetration may remain the same as if the overhead protection were not provided.

‌A-9.7.5.2.(1) Division B

‌A-9.7.5.2.(1) Forced Entry Via Glazing in Doors and Sidelights. There is no mandatory requirement that special glass be used in doors or sidelights, primarily because of cost. It is, however, a common method of forced entry to break glass in doors and sidelights to gain access to door hardware and unlock the door from the inside. Although insulated glass provides increased resistance over single glazing, the highest resistance is provided by laminated glass. Tempered glass, while stronger against static loads, is prone to shattering under high, concentrated impact loads.

1 x 6 mm laminated glass

1 x 6 mm annealed glass spacer

EG00315B

Figure A-9.7.5.2.(1)

Combined laminated/annealed glazing

Laminated glass is more expensive than annealed glass and must be used in greater thicknesses.

Figure A-9.7.5.2.(1) shows an insulated sidelight made of one pane of laminated glass and one pane of annealed glass. This method reduces the cost premium that would result if both panes were laminated.

Consideration should be given to using laminated glazing in doors and accompanying sidelights regulated by Article 9.6.1.3., in windows located within 900 mm of locks in such doors, and in basement windows.

ULC Standards has produced ULC-S332, “Standard for Burglary Resisting Glazing Material,” which provides a test procedure to evaluate the resistance of glazing to attacks by thieves. While it is principally intended for plate glass show windows, it may be of value for residential purposes.

A-9.7.5.2.(2) Resistance of Doors To Forced Entry. Sentence 9.7.5.2.(2) designates standard ASTM F476, “Standard Test Methods for Security of Swinging Door Assemblies,” as an alternative to compliance with the prescriptive requirements for doors and hardware. The annex to the standard provides four security classifications, with acceptance criteria, depending on the type of building and the crime rate of the area in which it is located. The NBC only specifies Grade 10, the minimum level. The annex suggests the following guidelines be followed when selecting security levels for door assemblies:

Grade 10: This is the minimum security level and is quite adequate for single-family residential buildings located in stable, low-crime areas.

Grade 20: This is the low–medium security level and is designed to provide security for residential buildings located in average crime-rate areas and for apartments in both low and average crime-rate areas.

Grade 30: This is the medium–high security level and is designed to provide security for residential buildings located in higher than average crime-rate areas or for small commercial buildings in average or low crime-rate areas.

Grade 40: This is the high security level and is designed for small commercial buildings located in high

crime-rate areas. This level could also be used for residential buildings having an exceptionally high incidence of semi-skilled burglary attacks.

All these grades satisfy the Code and can be considered for use where a higher level of security is desired or warranted.

‌Division B A-9.8.3.1.

‌A-9.7.5.2.(6) Door Fasteners. The purpose of the requirement for 30 mm screw penetration into solid wood is to prevent the door from being dislodged from the jamb due to impact forces. It is not the intent to prohibit other types of hinges or strikeplates that are specially designed to provide equal or greater protection.

‌A-9.7.5.2.(8) Hinged Doors. Methods of satisfying this Sentence include either using non-removable pin hinges or modifying standard hinges by screw fastening a metal pin in a screw hole in one half of the top and bottom hinges. When the door is closed, the projecting portion of the pin engages in the corresponding screw hole in the other half of the hinge and then, even if the hinge pin is taken out, the door cannot be removed.

A-9.7.5.3.(1) Resistance of Windows to Forced Entry. Although this Sentence only applies to windows within 2 m of adjacent ground level, certain house and site features, such as balconies or canopy roofs, allow for easy access to windows at higher elevations. Consideration should be given to specifying break-in resistant windows in such locations.

This Sentence does not apply to windows that do not serve the interior of the dwelling unit, such as windows to garages, sun rooms or greenhouses, provided connections between these spaces and the dwelling unit

are secure.

One method that is often used to improve the resistance of windows to forced entry is the installation of metal “security bars.” However, while many such installations are effective in increasing resistance to forced entry, they may also reduce or eliminate the usefulness of the window as an exit in case of fire or other emergency that prevents use of the normal building exits. Indeed, unless such devices are easily openable from the inside, their installation in some cases would contravene the requirements of Article 9.9.10.1., which requires every bedroom that does not have an exterior door to have at least one window that is large enough and easy enough to open that it can be used as an exit in case of emergency. Thus an acceptable security bar system should be easy to open from the inside while still providing increased resistance to entry from the outside.

A-9.8.3.1. Permitted Stair Configurations.

Table A-9.8.3.1.

Permitted Stair Configurations

Location/Use of Stairs	Configuration of Stair Treads
	Straight Flight with Rectangular Treads	Curved Flight with Tapered Treads	Winders	Flight with a mix of Rectangular Treads and Tapered Treads	Spiral Stairs
Stairs within dwelling units	Permitted(1)	Permitted(2)	Permitted(3)	Permitted(4)	Permitted(5)
Public stairs			Not permitted	Not permitted
Exit stairs		Permitted(6)			Not permitted

Notes to Table A-9.8.3.1.:

(1) See Articles 9.8.4.1. and 9.8.4.2.

(2) See Articles 9.8.4.1. and 9.8.4.3.

(3) See Article 9.8.4.6.

(4) See Article 9.8.4.5.

(5) See Article 9.8.4.7.

(6) See Articles 3.4.6.9. and 9.8.4.3.

‌A-9.8.4. Division B

A-9.8.4. Tread Configurations. The Code distinguishes four principal types of stair treads :

rectangular treads, which are found in straight flights;
‌tapered treads, which are found in curved flights;
winders are described in Note A-9.8.4.6.; and
spiral stairs, which are described in Note A-9.8.4.7. See Figure A-9.8.4.-A.

Rectangular treads

Tapered treads

Winders

Spiral stairs

EG02055C

45º

30º

Figure A-9.8.4.-A Types of treads

Articles 9.8.4.1. to 9.8.4.8. specify various dimensional limits for steps. Figure A-9.8.4.-B illustrates the elements of a step and how these are to be measured.

RUN:

measured nosing to nosing

TREAD DEPTH:

measured nosing to riser

RISE:

measured nosing to nosing

top of nosing with a rounded or bevelled edge extending 6 mm to 14 mm measured horizontally from the front of the nosing

EG00689C

Figure A-9.8.4.-B

Step dimensions and their measurement

‌Division B A-9.8.4.7.

‌A-9.8.4.6. Winders. Where a stair must turn, the safest method of incorporating the turn is to use a landing. Within a dwelling unit, however, where occupants are familiar with their environment, winders are an acceptable method of reducing the amount of floor area devoted to the stair and have not been shown to be more hazardous than a straight run of steps. Nevertheless, care is required to ensure that winders are as safe as possible. Experience has shown that 30° winders are the best compromise and require the least change in the natural gait of the stair user; 45° winders are also acceptable, as they are wider. The Code permits only these two angles. Although it is normal Code practice to specify upper and lower limits, in this case it

is necessary to limit the winders to specific angles with no tolerance above or below these angles other than normal construction tolerances. One result of this requirement is that winder-type turns in stairs are limited to 30° or 45° (1 winder), 60° (2 winders), or 90° (2 or 3 winders). See Figure A-9.8.4.6.

30˚

45˚

30˚

GG00168A

‌Figure A-9.8.4.6.

Winders

A-9.8.4.7. Spiral Stairs. A spiral stair is typically described as a stair with a circular plan having uniform treads that radiate from and wind around a common central post or supporting column.

In the context of the Code, the term “spiral stair” is used to describe any stair where:

the plan of the treads forms part or all of a circle,
the minimum stair width and tread depth are less than those required for curved stairs, and
the maximum riser height is greater than that permitted in all other stair configurations.

1 070 mm min.

A-9.8.4.8. Division B

660 mm min.

Elevation view

660 mm min. between handrails located on both sides

Plan view

190 mm min. deep tread at a point 300 mm

from the centre line of the handrail at the narrower edge

EG01396B

300 mm

240 mm max.

‌Figure A-9.8.4.7.

Spiral stairs

‌A-9.8.4.8. Tread Nosings. A sloped or beveled edge on tread nosings will make the tread more visible through light modeling. The sloped portion of the nosing must not be too wide so as to reduce the risk of slipping of the foot. See Figure A-9.8.4.-B.

A-9.8.6.2.(2) Exemption from Required Landing at Top of Stairs. A door that swings away from a stair exposes sufficient floor space to act as a landing for users before descending the stairs.

‌Division B A-9.8.7.2.

‌A-9.8.7.1.(2) Wider Stairs than Required. The intent of Sentence 9.8.7.1.(2) is that handrails be installed in relation to the required exit width only, regardless of the actual width of the stair and ramp. The required handrails are provided along the assumed natural path of travel to and from the building.

A-9.8.7.2. Continuity of Handrails. The guidance and support provided by handrails is particularly important at the beginning and end of ramps and flights of stairs and at changes in direction such as at landings and winders.

The intent of the requirement in Sentence (2) for handrails to be continuous throughout the length of the stair is that the handrail be continuous from the bottom riser to the top riser of the stair. (See Figure A-9.8.7.2.)

For stairs or ramps serving a single dwelling unit, the intent of the requirement for handrails to be continuous throughout the length of the flight is that the handrail be continuous from the bottom riser to the top riser of the flight. The required handrail may start back from the bottom riser only if it is supported by a newel post or volute installed on the bottom tread. (See Figure A-9.8.7.2.) With regard to stairs serving a single dwelling unit, the handrail may terminate at landings.

In the case of stairs within dwelling units that incorporate winders, the handrail should be configured so that it will in fact provide guidance and support to the stair user throughout the turn through the winder.

interruption permitted at landing

top

handrail permitted to start from a newel post or volute installed on bottom tread

top

Stairs serving a single dwelling unit or a house with a secondary suite (including their common spaces):

required handrails continuous throughout length of flight from bottom riser to top riser

Stairs not serving a single dwelling unit or a house with a secondary suite (including their common spaces):

at least one required handrail continuous throughout length of stair, including at landings except where interrupted by doorways

minimum extent of handrail where handrail is required(1)

newel post EG02057D

Figure A-9.8.7.2.

Continuity of handrails on stairs

Note to Figure A-9.8.7.2.:

(1) See Article 9.8.7.1. to determine the number of handrails required. Some stairs will require only one, while some will require two or more.

‌A-9.8.7.3.(1) Division B

A-9.8.7.3.(1) Termination of Handrails. Handrails are required to be installed so as not to obstruct pedestrian travel. To achieve this end, the rail should not extend so far into a hallway as to reduce the clear width of the hallway to less than the required width. Where the stair terminates in a room or other space, likely paths of travel through that room or space should be assessed to ensure that any projection of the handrail beyond the end of the stair will not interfere with pedestrian travel. As extensions of handrails beyond the first and last riser are not required in dwelling units (see Sentence 9.8.7.3.(2)) and as occupants of dwellings are generally familiar with their surroundings, the design of dwellings would not generally be affected by this requirement.

‌Handrails are also required to terminate in a manner that will not create a safety hazard to blind or visually impaired persons, children whose head may be at the same height as the end of the rail, or persons wearing loose clothing or carrying items that might catch on the end of the rail. One approach to reducing potential hazards is returning the handrail to a wall, floor or post. Again, within dwelling units, where occupants are generally familiar with their surroundings, returning the handrail to a wall, floor or post may not be necessary. For example, where the handrail is fastened to a wall and does not project past the wall into a hallway or other space, a reasonable degree of safety is assumed to be provided; other alternatives may provide an equivalent level of protection.

‌A-9.8.7.3.(2) Handrail Extensions. As noted in Note A-9.8.7.2., the guidance and support provided by handrails is particularly important at the beginning and end of ramps and flights of stairs and at changes in direction. The extended handrail provides guidance and allows users to steady themselves upon entering or leaving a ramp or flight of stairs. Such extensions are particularly useful to visually impaired persons, and persons with physical disabilities or who are encumbered in their use of the stairs or ramp.‌

A-9.8.7.4. Height of Handrails. Figure A-9.8.7.4. illustrates how to measure handrail height.

handrail

vertical measurement of height

straight line tangent to tread nosing

EG00322B

‌Figure A-9.8.7.4.

Measuring handrail height

A-9.8.7.5.(2) Handrail Sections. Handrails are intended to provide guidance and support to stair users. To fulfil this intent, handrails must be “graspable.”

The graspable portion of a handrail should allow a person to comfortably and firmly grab hold by allowing their fingers and thumb to curl under part or all of the handrail. Where the configuration or dimensions of the handrail do not allow a person's fingers and thumb to reach the bottom of it, recesses that are sufficiently wide

Division B A-9.8.8.1.(4)

‌and deep to accommodate a person's fingers and thumb must be provided on both sides of the handrail, at the bottom of the graspable portion, which must not have any sharp edges.

‌A-9.8.7.7. Attachment of Handrails. Handrails are intended to provide guidance and support to the stair user and to arrest falls. The loads on handrails may therefore be considerable. The attachment of handrails serving a single dwelling unit may be accepted on the basis of experience or structural design.

A-9.8.8.1. Required Guards. The requirements relating to guards stated in Part 9 are based on the premise that, wherever there is a difference in elevation of 600 mm or more between two floors, or between a floor or other surface to which access is provided for other than maintenance purposes and the next lower surface, the risk of injury in a fall from the higher surface is sufficient to warrant the installation of some kind of barrier to reduce the chances of such a fall. A wall along the edge of the higher surface will obviously prevent such a fall, provided the wall is sufficiently strong that a person cannot fall through it. Where there is no wall, a guard must be installed. Because guards clearly provide less protection than walls, additional requirements apply to guards to ensure that a minimum level of protection is provided. These relate to the characteristics described in Notes A-9.8.8.3., A-9.8.8.5.(1) and (3), A-9.8.8.5.(4) and A-9.8.8.6.(1).

no guard required

guard required

handrail required

≤ 600 mm

> 600 mm

≤ 1.2 m

left side view

front view

EG02058D

Examples of such surfaces where the difference in elevation could exceed 600 mm and consequently where guards would be required include, but are not limited to, landings, porches, balconies, mezzanines, galleries, and raised walkways. Especially in exterior settings, surfaces adjacent to walking surfaces, stairs or ramps often are not parallel to the walking surface or the surface of the treads or ramps. Consequently, the walking surface, stair or ramp may need protection in some locations but not in others. (See Figure A-9.8.8.1.) In some instances, grades are artificially raised close to walking surfaces, stairs or ramps to avoid installing guards. This provides little or no protection for the users. That is why the requirements specify differences in elevation not only immediately adjacent to the construction but also for a distance of 1.2 m from it. (See Figure A-9.8.8.1.)

‌Figure A-9.8.8.1.

Guards for exterior walking surfaces

A-9.8.8.1.(4) Window Fall Prevention. The primary intent of the requirement is to minimize the likelihood of small children falling significant heights from open windows. Reflecting reported cases, the requirement applies to openable windows in dwelling units and generally those located on the second floor or higher of residential or mixed use buildings.

Once cracked open, some openable windows can be opened further by simply pushing on the openable part of the window. Care must be taken in selecting windows, as some with special operating hardware can still be opened further by simply pushing on the window or by deactivating a spring-loaded button or other mechanism that is not considered a window opening control device (WOCD) that could be inadvertently operated by a young child. A technical description of WOCDs can be found in ASTM F2090, “Standard Specification for Window Fall Prevention Devices With Emergency Escape (Egress) Release Mechanisms.”

Examples of WOCDs that can limit window openings to a maximum of 100 mm as required by

Clause 9.8.8.1.(4)(b) include, but are not limited to, a fixed-stop lever, a fixed-length cable and a fixed-position stop block. It is important to note that rotary opening mechanisms cannot limit window openings to 100 mm as required by Clause 9.8.8.1.(4)(b) and that windows with such mechanisms cannot act as guards as required

A-9.8.8.2. Division B

by Clause 9.8.8.1.(4)(a), even when the crank handle is removed. Similarly, awning windows with scissor hardware may not keep the window from swinging open once it is unlatched. Hopper windows would be affected only if an opening is created at the bottom as well as at the top of the window. The requirement will impact primarily on the use of sliding windows which do not incorporate devices in their construction that can be used to limit the openable area of the window.

The 100 mm opening limit stated in Sentence 9.8.8.1.(4) is recognized as the maximum opening size required to protect small children from falling through open windows. The minimum 900 mm height of the openable portion of windows required by Sentence 9.8.8.1.(5) corresponds to the minimum height of guards required by Sentence 9.8.8.3.(2) as a means of fall protection in residential occupancies.

A-9.8.8.2. Loads on Guards. Guards must be constructed so as to be strong enough to protect persons from falling under normal use. Many guards installed in dwelling units or on exterior stairs serving one or two dwelling units have demonstrated acceptable performance over time. The loading described in the first row of Table 9.8.8.2. is intended to be consistent with the performance provided by these guards. Examples of guard construction presented in the “2012 Building Code Compendium, Volume 2, Supplementary Standard SB-7, Guards for Housing and Small Buildings” meet the criteria set in the National Building Code for loads on guards, including the more stringent requirements of Sentences 9.8.8.2.(1) and (3).

‌The load on guards within dwelling units, or on exterior guards serving not more than two dwelling units, is to be imposed over an area of the guard such that, where standard balusters are used and installed at the

maximum 100 mm spacing permitted for required guards, 3 balusters will be engaged. Where the balusters are wider, only two may be engaged unless they are spaced closer together. Where the guard is not required, and balusters are installed more than 100 mm apart, fewer balusters may be required to carry the imposed load.

‌A-9.8.8.3. Minimum Heights. Guard heights are generally based on the waist heights of average persons. Generally, lower heights are permitted in dwelling units because the occupants become familiar with the potential hazards, and situations which lead to pushing and jostling under crowded conditions are less likely to arise.

‌A-9.8.8.5.(1) and (3) Risk of Falling through Guards. The risk of falling through a guard is especially prevalent for children. Therefore the requirements are stringent for guards in all buildings except industrial buildings, where children are unlikely to be present except under strict supervision.

‌A-9.8.8.5.(4) Risk of Children Getting Their Head Stuck between Balusters. The requirements to prevent children falling through guards also serve to provide adequate protection against this problem. However, guards are often installed where they are not required by the Code; i.e., in places where the difference in elevation is less than 600 mm. In these cases, there is no need to require the openings between balusters to be less than 100 mm. However, there is a range of openings between 100 mm and 200 mm in which children can get their head stuck. Therefore, openings in this range are not permitted except in buildings of industrial occupancy, where children are unlikely to be present except under strict supervision.

A-9.8.8.6.(1) Configuration of Members, Attachments or Openings in Guards so as to not Facilitate Climbing. Some configurations of members, attachments or openings may be part of a guard design and still comply with Sentence 9.8.8.6.(1). Figures A-9.8.8.6.(1)-A to A-9.8.8.6.(1)-D present a few examples of designs that are considered to not facilitate climbing.

‌Protrusions that are greater than 450 mm apart horizontally and vertically are considered sufficiently far apart to reduce the likelihood that young children will be able to get a handhold or toehold on the protrusions and climb the guard.

> 450 mm

Division B A-9.8.8.6.(1)

> 450 mm

900 mm

Where the difference in elevation is greater

than 4.2 m, no climbable details are permitted in this location.

140 mm

EG02100B

Figure A-9.8.8.6.(1)-A

Example of minimum horizontal and vertical clearances between protrusions in guards

Protrusions that present a horizontal offset of 15 mm or less are considered to not provide a sufficient foot purchase to facilitate climbing.

Where the difference in elevation is greater than 4.2 m, no climbable details are permitted in this location.

≤ 15 mm offset

900 mm

140 mm

EG00746D

Figure A-9.8.8.6.(1)-B

Examples of maximum horizontal offset of protrusions in guards

A guard incorporating spaces that are not more than 45 mm wide by 20 mm high is considered to not facilitate climbing because the spaces are too small to provide a toehold.

A-9.8.8.6.(1) Division B

Where the difference in elevation is greater than 4.2 m, no climbable details are permitted in this location.

≤ 45 mm

≤ 20 mm

900 mm

140 mm

EG00949B

Figure A-9.8.8.6.(1)-C

Example of a guard with spaces that are not more than 45 mm wide and 20 mm high

‌Protrusions that present more than a 2-in-1 slope on the offset are considered to not facilitate climbing because such a slope is considered too steep to provide adequate footing.

Where the difference in elevation is greater than 4.2 m, no climbable details are permitted in this location.

900 mm

> 2

140 mm

EG00167B

Figure A-9.8.8.6.(1)-D

Example of guard protrusions with a slope greater than 2 in 1

‌Division B A-9.9.10.1.(1)

A-9.9.4.5.(1) Openings in Exterior Walls of Exits.

< 135°

135°

no protection required

> 3 m horizontally OR
opening in building > 2 m above openings in the exit

openings within 3 m horizontally and within 2 m above openings in the exit

protection required

< 135°

EG01221A

‌Figure A-9.9.4.5.(1)

Protection of openings in exterior walls of exits

A-9.9.8.4.(1) Independent and Remote Exits. Subsection 9.9.8. requires that some floor areas have more than one exit. The intent is to ensure that, if one exit is made untenable or inaccessible by a fire, or its exterior door is blocked by an exterior incident, one or more other exits will be available to permit the occupants to escape. However, if the exits are close together, all exits might be made untenable or inaccessible by the same fire. Sentence 9.9.8.4.(1) therefore requires at least two of the exits to be located remotely from each other.

This is not a problem in many buildings falling under Part 9. For instance, apartment buildings usually have exits located at either end of long corridors. However, in other types of buildings (e.g. dormitory and college residence buildings) this is often difficult to accomplish and problems arise in interpreting the meaning of the word “remote.” Article 3.4.2.3. is more specific, generally requiring the distance between exits to be one half the diagonal dimension of the floor area or at least 9 m. However, it is felt that such criteria would be too restrictive to impose on the design of all the smaller buildings which come under Part 9. Nevertheless, the exits should be placed as far apart as possible and the Part 3 criteria should be used as a target. Designs in which the exits are so close together that they will obviously both become contaminated in the event of a fire are not acceptable.

A-9.9.10.1.(1) Escape Windows from Bedrooms. Sentence 9.9.10.1.(1) generally requires every bedroom in a suite that is not sprinklered to have at least one window or door opening to the outside that is large enough and easy enough to open so that it can be used as an exit in the event that a fire prevents use of the building's normal exits. The minimum unobstructed opening specified for escape windows must be achievable using only the normal window operating procedure. The escape path must not go through nor open onto another room, floor or space.

Where a bedroom is located in a suite that is not sprinklered in a basement, an escape window or door must be located in the bedroom. It is not sufficient to rely on egress through other basement space to another escape window or door.

A-9.9.10.1.(2) Division B

Window Height

Article 9.9.10.1. does not set a maximum sill height for escape windows; it is therefore possible to install a window or skylight that satisfies the requirements of the Article but defeats the Article's intent by virtue of being so high that it cannot be reached for exit purposes. It is recommended that the sills of windows intended for use as emergency exits be not higher than 1.5 m above the floor. However, it is sometimes difficult to avoid having a higher sill: on skylights and windows in basement bedrooms for example. In these cases, it is recommended that access to the window be improved by some means such as built-in furniture installed below the window.

EG00319B

‌Figure A-9.9.10.1.(1)

Built-in furniture to improve access to a window

380 mm

920 mm

592 mm

‌A-9.9.10.1.(2) Bedroom Window Opening Areas and Dimensions. Although the minimum opening dimensions required for height and width are 380 mm, a window opening that is 380 mm by 380 mm would not comply with the minimum area requirements. (See Figure A-9.9.10.1.(2))

380 mm

592 mm

380 mm

(a)

(c)

(b)

(a) conforms to opening height and width requirements; does not conform to opening area requirements

(b) and (c) conform to height, width and opening area requirements

EG00318B

Opening area

0.144 m2

Opening area

0.35 m2

Opening area

0.35 m2

Figure A-9.9.10.1.(2)

Window opening areas and dimensions

‌Division B A-9.10.2.2.

A-9.9.10.1.(3) Window Opening into a Window Well. Sentence 9.9.10.1.(3) specifies that there must be a minimum clearance of 760 mm in front of designated escape windows to allow persons to escape a basement bedroom in an emergency. This specified minimum clearance is consistent with the minimum required width for means of egress from a floor area (see Article 9.9.5.5.) and the minimum required width for path of travel on exit stairs (see Article 9.9.6.1.). It is considered the smallest acceptable clearance between the escape window and the facing wall of the window well that can accommodate persons trying to escape

a bedroom in an emergency given that they are not moving straight through the window but must move outward and up, and must have sufficient space to change body orientation.

Once this clearance is provided, no additional clearance is needed for windows with sliders, casements, or inward-opening awnings. However, for windows with outward-opening awnings, additional clearance is needed to provide the required 760 mm beyond the outer edge of the sash. (See Figure A-9.9.10.1.(3).)

‌Depending on the likelihood of snow accumulation in the window well, it could be difficult—if not impossible—to escape in an emergency. The window well should be designed to provide sufficient clear space for a person to get out the window and then out the well, taking into account potential snow accumulation.

Hopper windows (bottom-hinged operators) should not be used as escape windows in cases where the occupants would be required to climb over the glass.

760

grade

760 mm

window well

grade

window well

basement

EG00688A

grade

‌Figure A-9.9.10.1.(3)

Windows providing a means of escape that open into a window well

‌A-9.9.11.5.(1)(d) Colour Contrast. The identification of floors and other signs intended to facilitate orientation for persons with vision loss should offer maximum colour contrast to be effective. For this reason, it is recommended that white on black or black on white be used, as this combination produces the best legibility.

It is also recommended that the sign surfaces be processed to prevent glare.

A-9.10.1.4.(1) Commercial Cooking Equipment. Part 6 refers to NFPA 96, “Standard for Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations,” which in turn references “Commercial Cooking Equipment.” However, the deciding factor as to whether or not NFPA 96 applies is the potential for production of grease-laden vapours and smoke, rather than the type of equipment used. While NFPA 96 does not apply to domestic equipment for normal residential family use, it should apply to domestic equipment used in commercial, industrial, institutional and similar cooking applications where the potential for the production of smoke and grease-laden vapours exceeds that for normal residential family use.

A-9.10.2.2. Building Design and Staff on Duty. The NFC requires that a fire safety plan be in place and that a sufficient number of supervisory staff be on duty in home-type care occupancies. The plan and the number of staff on duty—both of which are essential components for resident safety—will vary depending on the building's design and the level of assistance required by the residents.

‌A-9.10.2.2.(2)(a) Division B

‌A-9.10.2.2.(2)(a) Requirements for Detached Houses. The Part 9 requirements that apply to detached houses typically refer to “single dwelling units.”

A-9.10.3.1. Fire and Sound Resistance of Building Assemblies. Tables 9.10.3.1.-A and 9.10.3.1.-B have been developed from information gathered from tests. While a large number of the assemblies listed were tested, the fire-resistance and acoustical ratings for others were assigned on the basis of extrapolation

of information from tests of similar assemblies. Where there was enough confidence relative to the fire performance of an assembly, the fire-resistance ratings were assigned relative to the commonly used minimum ratings of 30 min, 45 min and 1 h, including a designation of “< 30 min” for assemblies that are known not to meet the minimum 30-minute rating. Where there was not enough comparative information on an assembly to assign to it a rating with confidence, its value in the Tables has been left blank (hyphen), indicating that

its rating remains to be assessed through another means. Future work is planned to develop much of this additional information.

These Tables are provided only for the convenience of Code users and do not limit the number of assemblies permitted to those in the Tables. The notes to Tables 9.10.3.1.-A and 9.10.3.1.-B are mandatory parts of the Tables and must be used by designers in complying with the design requirements of a particular assembly. Assemblies not listed or not given a rating in these Tables are equally acceptable provided their fire and sound resistance can be demonstrated to meet the above-noted requirements either on the basis of tests referred to

in Article 9.10.3.1. and Subsection 9.11.1. or by using the data in Appendix D, Fire-Performance Ratings. It should be noted, however, that Tables 9.10.3.1.-A and 9.10.3.1.-B are not based on the same assumptions as those used in Appendix D. Assemblies in Tables 9.10.3.1.-A and 9.10.3.1.-B are described through their

generic descriptions and variants and the important details given in the notes to the Tables. Assumptions for Appendix D include different construction details that must be followed rigorously for the calculated ratings to be expected. These are two different methods of choosing assemblies that meet required fire ratings.

Table 9.10.3.1.-B presents fire-resistance and acoustical ratings for floor, ceiling and roof assemblies. The

fire-resistance ratings are appropriate for all assemblies conforming to the construction specifications given in Table 9.10.3.1.-B, including applicable Table notes. Acoustical ratings for assemblies decrease with decreasing depth and decreasing separation of the structural members; the values listed for sound transmission class and impact insulation class are suitable for the minimum depth of structural members identified in the description, including applicable table notes, and for structural member spacing of 305 mm o.c., unless other values are explicitly listed for the assembly. Adjustments to the acoustical ratings to allow for the benefit of deeper or

GG00160A

more widely spaced structural members are given in Table Notes (9) and (10).

Figure A-9.10.3.1.-A

Single layer butt joint details

Notes to Figure A-9.10.3.1.-A:

‌Figure is for illustrative purposes only and is not to scale.
The structural member can be any one of the types described in the Table.
Adjacent gypsum board butt ends are attached to separate resilient channels using regular Type S screws, located a minimum of 38 mm from the butt end.
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
Division B A-9.10.3.1.

GG00161A

Figure A-9.10.3.1.-B

Double layer butt joint details

Notes to Figure A-9.10.3.1.-B:

Figure is for illustrative purposes only and is not to scale.
The structural member can be any one of the types described in the Table.
Base layer butt ends can be attached to a single resilient channel using regular Type S screws.
Type G screws measuring a minimum of 32 mm in length and located a minimum of 38 mm from the butt end are used to fasten the butt ends of the face layer to the base layer.

GG00172A

‌Figure A-9.10.3.1.-C

Example of steel furring channel

Note to Figure A-9.10.3.1.-C:

Figure is for illustrative purposes only and is not to scale.

GG00173A

‌Figure A-9.10.3.1.-D

Example of resilient metal channel

Note to Figure A-9.10.3.1.-D:

Figure is for illustrative purposes only and is not to scale.

Case A:

Cross-section of a single row of wood studs

Case B:

Cross-section of a double row of wood studs

EG00390A

1 524 mm max. 1 524 mm max.

A-9.10.3.1. Division B

‌Figure A-9.10.3.1.-E

Blocking for lightweight wood-frame walls with a single or double row of studs

Note to Figure A-9.10.3.1.-E:

Cross-section of a single row of wood studs

panel of exterior sheathing or interior finish

EG00391A

(1) Figure is for illustrative purposes only and is not to scale.

Figure A-9.10.3.1.-F

‌Vertical application of exterior wall sheathing or interior wall finish with all joints backed with lumber having the same dimensions as the framing members

Note to Figure A-9.10.3.1.-F:

(1) Figure is for illustrative purposes only and is not to scale.

Cross-section of a single row of wood studs

panel of exterior sheathing or interior finish

EG00392A

Division B A-9.10.9.6.(1)

Figure A-9.10.3.1.-G

‌Horizontal application of exterior wall sheathing or interior wall finish with all joints backed with lumber having the same dimensions as the framing members

Note to Figure A-9.10.3.1.-G:

(1) Figure is for illustrative purposes only and is not to scale.

‌A-9.10.4.1.(4) Mezzanines Not Considered as Storeys. Mezzanines increase the occupant load and the fire load of the storey of which they are part. To take the added occupant load into account for the purpose of evaluating other requirements that are dependent on this criteria, their floor area is added to the floor area of the storey.‌

A-9.10.8.3.(2) Light-frame Construction. Light-frame walls, columns, arches and beams do not include heavy timber elements or masonry or concrete construction.

‌A-9.10.9.2.(2) and (3) Continuity of Smoke-Tight Barrier. The continuity of a smoke-tight barrier where it abuts another smoke-tight barrier, a floor, a ceiling or a wall assembly is maintained by constructing smoke-tight joints (e.g., through the design of the gypsum board joints and framing members) or by filling

all openings at the juncture of the assemblies with a material that will ensure the integrity of the smoke-tight barrier at that location.

‌A-9.10.9.3.(2) Openings in Smoke-Tight Barriers to be Protected with Closures. Doors described in Sentence 9.10.9.3.(2) are deemed to provide a minimum 20 min fire-protection rating, which is considered an acceptable level of protection against the spread of fire in a house with a secondary suite. They are not required to be marked to identify conformance to CAN/ULC-S113, “Standard Specification for Wood Core Doors Meeting the Performance Required by CAN/ULC-S104 for Twenty Minute Fire Rated Closure Assemblies,” as is the case for solid-core doors installed in fire separations.

A-9.10.9.6.(1) Penetrations of Fire Separations. Sentence 9.10.9.6.(1), like Article 3.1.9.1., is intended to ensure that the integrity of fire separations is maintained where they are penetrated by various types of service equipment.

For buildings regulated by Part 3, firestop materials used to seal openings around building services, such as pipes, ducts and electrical outlet boxes, must meet a minimum level of performance demonstrated by standard test criteria.

A similar approach is applied to buildings regulated by Part 9 when complying with Clause 9.10.9.6.(1)(a). In addition, because of the type of construction normally used for Part 9 buildings, it is assumed that the requirement to maintain the integrity of the fire separation is satisfied by the use of generic firestop materials

A-9.10.9.8.(1) Division B

such as mineral wool, gypsum plaster or Portland cement mortar to seal penetrations in accordance with Clause 9.10.9.6.(1)(c).

The use of the terms “tightly fitted” and “cast in place” in Clause 9.10.9.6.(1)(b) is intended to emphasize that there are to be no gaps between the building service or penetrating item and the membrane or assembly it penetrates.

‌A-9.10.9.8.(1) Large Recessed Outlet Boxes. Outlet boxes that exceed the area limits specified in Sentence 9.10.9.8.(2) or (3) do not need to be sealed at the penetration by a firestop in accordance with Sentence 9.10.9.8.(1) if they are installed in a recessed enclosure with a construction that maintains the

continuity of the fire-resistance rating of the fire separation or membrane. Any penetrations of the enclosure by wiring or cables must comply with all applicable requirements.

‌A-9.10.9.8.(3)(a)(i) Separating Enclosures. The fire block material separating the outlet box from the adjacent space within the assembly should span the framing members such that all four sides and the back of the outlet box are enclosed by a membrane or framing member conforming to Article 9.10.16.3. Any penetrations of the enclosure by wiring or cables must comply with all applicable requirements. (See also Note A-3.1.11.7.(7).)

‌A-9.10.9.18.(4) Separation between Dwelling Units and Storage or Repair Garages. The gas-tight barrier between a dwelling unit and an attached garage is intended to provide protection against the entry of carbon monoxide and gasoline fumes into the dwelling unit. Building assemblies incorporating an air barrier system will perform adequately with respect to gas tightness, provided all joints in the airtight material are sealed and reasonable care is exercised where the wall or ceiling is pierced by building services. Where a garage is open to the adjacent attic space above the dwelling unit it serves, a gas-tight barrier in the ceiling of the dwelling unit will also provide protection. Unit masonry walls forming the separation between a dwelling unit and an adjacent garage should be provided with two coats of sealer or plaster, or covered with gypsum board on the side of the wall exposed to the garage. All joints must be sealed to ensure continuity of the barrier. (See also Sentences 9.25.3.3.(3) to (8).)

1.2 m

A-9.10.12.4.(1) Protection of Overhang of Common Roof Space.

area to be protected

2.5 m

or less

EG00357B

1.2 m

‌Figure A-9.10.12.4.(1)

Protection of overhang of common roof space

‌A-9.10.12.4.(3) Protection at Soffits. The materials required by this Sentence to be used as protection for soffit spaces in certain locations do not necessarily have to be the finish materials. They can be installed either behind the finishes chosen for the soffits or in lieu of these.

A-9.10.13.2.(1) Wood Doors in Fire Separations. CAN/ULC-S113, “Standard Specification for Wood Core Doors Meeting the Performance Required by CAN/ULC-S104 for Twenty Minute Fire Rated Closure Assemblies,” provides construction details to enable manufacturers to build wood core doors that will provide a 20 min fire-protection rating without the need for testing. The standard requires each door to be marked with

the manufacturer's or vendor's name or identifying symbol,
the words “Fire Door,” and
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B A-9.10.14.5.(8)
a reference to the fire-protection rating of 20 min.

‌A-9.10.14.5.(1) Minor Combustible Cladding Elements. Minor elements of cladding that is required to be noncombustible are permitted to be of combustible material, provided they are distributed over the building face and not concentrated in one area. Examples of minor combustible cladding elements include door and window trim and some decorative elements.

‌A-9.10.14.5.(7) Permitted Projections. The definition of exposing building face provided in Sentence 1.4.1.2.(1) of Division A refers to “that part of the exterior wall of a building … or, where a building is divided into fire compartments, the exterior wall of a fire compartment …” Because the exposing building face is defined with respect to the exterior wall, projections from exposing building faces are elements that do not incorporate exterior walls. Depending on their specific configurations, examples of constructions that would normally be permitted by Sentence 9.10.14.5.(7) are balconies, platforms, canopies, eave projections and stairs. However, if a balcony, platform or stair is enclosed, its exterior wall would become part of an exposing building face and the construction could not be considered to be a projection from the exposing building face.

A-9.10.14.5.(8) Protection at Projections. Sentence 9.10.14.5.(7) permits certain projections from exposing building faces where the projections do not have exterior walls and thus clearly do not constitute part of the exposing building face. Sentence 9.10.14.5.(8) refers to other types of projections from the exposing building face, such as those for fireplaces and chimneys. It is recognized that these types present more vertical surface area compared to platforms, canopies and eave projections, and may be enclosed by constructions that are essentially the same as exterior walls. These constructions, however, do not enclose habitable space, are of limited width and may not extend a full storey in height. Consequently, Sentence (8) allows these projections beyond the exposing building face of buildings identified in Sentence (6), provided additional fire protection is installed on the projection.

Figure A-9.10.14.5.(8) illustrates projections that extend within 1.2 m of the property line where additional protection must be provided. Where a projection extends within 0.6 m of the property line, it must be protected to the same degree as an exposing building face that has a limiting distance of less than 0.6 m. Where a projection extends to less than 1.2 m but not less than 0.6 m of the property line, it must be protected to the same degree as an exposing building face that has a limiting distance of less than 1.2 m.

Protection is also required on the underside of the projection where the projection is more than 0.6 m above finished ground level, measured at the exposing building face.

≥ 1.2 m

< 1.2 m

space enclosed by projection is not habitable space

< 1.2 m

space enclosed by projection is not habitable space

< 1.2 m

space enclosed by projection is not habitable space

> 0.6 m

property line

Plan

normal cladding-sheathing assembly

cladding-sheathing assembly providing additional fire protection

Section

EG00694F

Figure A-9.10.14.5.(8)

Protection at projections

‌A-9.10.14.5.(11) and 9.10.15.5.(10) Division B

A-9.10.14.5.(11) and 9.10.15.5.(10) Roof Soffit Projections.

With the exception below, where the limiting distance is not more than

0.45 m, projecting roof soffits are not permitted.(1)

≥ 0.45 m

limiting distance

≤ 0.45 m

limiting distance

> 0.45 m

With the exception below, where the limiting distance is more than 0.45 m, roof soffits must not project to less than

0.45 m from the property line.(2)

Roof soffits are permitted to project to the property line where it faces a public way.(3)

< 1.2 m

Where roof soffits project to less than 1.2 m from the property line, the centre line of a public way, or an imaginary line between two buildings or fire compartments on the same property, they must have no openings and be protected.(4)

EG01247C

Figure A-9.10.14.5.(11) and 9.10.15.5.(10)

Location and protection of projecting roof soffits

Notes to Figure A-9.10.14.5.(11) and 9.10.15.5.(10):

See Sentences 3.2.3.6.(2), 9.10.14.5.(9) and 9.10.15.5.(8).
See Sentences 3.2.3.6.(3), 9.10.14.5.(10) and 9.10.15.5.(9).
See Sentences 3.2.3.6.(4), 9.10.14.5.(11) and 9.10.15.5.(10).
See Sentences 3.2.3.6.(5), 9.10.14.5.(12) and 9.10.15.5.(11).
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌Division B A-9.10.15.4.(2)

A-9.10.15.1.(1) Application of Subsection 9.10.15. The buildings to which Subsection 9.10.15. applies include:
- traditional individual detached houses with or without a secondary suite,
- semi-detached houses (doubles) where each house may contain a secondary suite,
- row houses, where any house may contain a secondary suite (see Sentence 9.10.11.2.(1)), and
- ‌stacked dwelling units where one of them is a secondary suite.

Subsection 9.10.15. does not apply to stacked townhouses, stacked duplexes or stacked dwelling units that are not within a house with a secondary suite.

A-9.10.15.4.(2) Staggered or Skewed Exposing Building Faces of Houses. Studies at the National Fire Laboratory of the National Research Council have shown that, where an exposing building face is stepped back from the property line or is at an angle to the property line, it is possible to increase the percentage of glazing in those portions of the exposing building face further from the property line without increasing the amount of radiated energy that would reach the property line in the event of a fire in such a building. Figures A-9.10.15.4.(2)-A, A-9.10.15.4.(2)-B and A-9.10.15.4.(2)-C show how Sentences 9.10.15.4.(1) and (2), and 9.10.15.5.(2) and (3) can be applied to exposing building faces that are stepped back from or not parallel to the property line. The following procedure can be used to establish the maximum permitted area of glazed openings for such facades:

Calculate the total area of the exposing building face, i.e. facade of the fire compartment, as described in the definition of exposing building face.
Identify the portions into which the exposing building face is to be divided. It can be divided in any number of portions, not necessarily of equal size.
Measure the limiting distance for each portion. The limiting distance is measured along a line perpendicular to the wall surface from the point closest to the property line.
Establish the line in Table 9.10.15.4. from which the maximum permitted percentage area of glazed openings will be read. The selection of the line depends on the maximum area of exposing building face for the whole fire compartment, including all portions, as determined in Step 1.
On that line, read the maximum percentage area of glazed openings permitted in each portion of the exposing building face according to the limiting distance for that portion.
Calculate the maximum area of glazed openings permitted in each portion. The area is calculated from the percentage found applied to the area of that portion.

Table 9.10.15.4. is used to read the maximum area of glazed openings: this means that the opaque portion of doors does not have to be counted as for other types of buildings.

Note that this Note and the Figures do not describe or illustrate maximum permitted concentrated area or spacing of individual glazed openings, or limits on the location of dividing lines between portions of the exposing building face depending on the location of these openings with respect to interior rooms or spaces. See Sentences 9.10.15.2.(2) and 9.10.15.4.(2) to (4) for the applicable requirements.

A-9.10.15.4.(2) Division B

Property Line

limiting distance1

= 0.4 m

Exposing Building Face:

Total length: 16.6 m
Height: 2.4 m
Total area:

16.6 x 2.4 = 40 m2

limiting distance2

= 1.2 m

limiting distance3

= 2.0 m

7.6 m

3 m

6 m

45 min fire-resistance rating

Type of cladding

Permitted % of glazed openings(3)

Permitted aggregate area of glazed openings

required(1)

not required(2)

noncombustible(1)

no limits(2)

11%

3 x 2.4 x 0.07

= 0.50 m2

6 x 2.4 x 0.11 = 1.58 m2

EG00417D

Figure A-9.10.15.4.(2)-A

Example of determination of criteria for the exposing building face of a staggered wall of a house (plan view)

‌Notes to Figure A-9.10.15.4.(2)-A:

See Sentence 9.10.15.5.(2).
See Sentence 9.10.15.5.(3).
See Table 9.10.15.4., Subclause 9.10.15.2.(1)(b)(iii) and Sentence 9.10.15.4.(2).
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
2.0 m
5.0 m
Division B A-9.10.15.4.(2)

Property Line
limiting distance1
= 0.5 m
Exposing Building Face:
- Total length: 20.8 m
- Height: 2.4 m
- Total area:
20.8 x 2.4 = 50 m2
limiting distance2
= 0.58 m
30°
limiting distance3
= 1.73 m
3.8 m
limiting distance4
= 4.62 m
limiting distance5
= 8.66 m
45 min fire-resistance rating

Type of cladding
required (1) required (1) not required(2)
not required(2)
noncombustible (1) noncom-
no limits(2)
no limits(2)
not required (2)

no limits (2)
Permitted % of glazed openings(3)(4)
Permitted aggregate area of glazed openings
0%
bustible (1)

0%
9%
28%
100%
0
0
5.0 x 2.4 x 0.09
= 1.08 m2
7.0 x 2.4 x 0.28
= 4.70 m2
3.0 x 2.4 x 1.0
= 7.2 m2
EG00378D
7.0 m
3.0 m
Figure A-9.10.15.4.(2)-B
Example of determination of criteria for the exposing building face of a skewed wall of a house with some arbitrary division of the wall (plan view)
Notes to Figure A-9.10.15.4.(2)-B:
1. See Sentence 9.10.15.5.(2).
2. See Sentence 9.10.15.5.(3).
3. See Table 9.10.15.4., Subclause 9.10.15.2.(1)(b)(iii) and Sentence 9.10.15.4.(2).
4. To simplify the calculations, choose the column for the lesser limiting distance nearest to the actual limiting distance. Interpolation for limiting distance is also acceptable and may result in a slightly larger permitted area of glazed openings. Interpolation can only be used for limiting distances greater than 1.2 m.

9.0 m

1.0 m

A-9.10.15.4.(2) Division B

Property Line

limiting distance1

= 0.54 m

Exposing Building Face:

Total length: 20.8 m
Height: 2.4 m
Total area:

20.8 x 2.4 = 50 m2

limiting distance2 = 0.62 m limiting distance3 = 1.2 m

30°

limiting distance4

= 6.4 m

3.8 m

limiting distance5

= 9.3 m

45 min fire-resistance rating

required(1) required(2)

not required(2)

not required(2) not required(2)

Type of cladding

noncom- bustible(1)

noncombustible(2)

no limits(2)

Permitted % of glazed openings(3)(4)

Permitted aggregate area of glazed openings

57%

100%

9.0 x 2.4 x 0.07

= 1.51 m2

5.0 x 2.4 x 0.57

= 6.84 m2

2.0 x 2.4 x 1.0

= 4.8 m2

EG00379D

5.0 m

2.0 m

Figure A-9.10.15.4.(2)-C

Example of determination of criteria for the exposing building face of a skewed wall of a house with a different arbitrary division of the wall (plan view)

Notes to Figure A-9.10.15.4.(2)-C:

See Sentence 9.10.15.5.(2).
See Sentence 9.10.15.5.(3).
See Table 9.10.15.4., Subclause 9.10.15.2.(1)(b)(iii) and Sentence 9.10.15.4.(2).

To simplify the calculations, choose the column for the lesser limiting distance nearest to the actual limiting distance. Interpolation for limiting distance is also acceptable and may result in a slightly larger permitted area of glazed openings. Interpolation can only be used for limiting distances greater than 1.2 m.

Table A-9.10.15.4.(2)

Example of Determination of Maximum Area of Glazed Openings for the Exposing Building Face (EBF) of a House with a Setback Wall Using Figure A-9.10.15.4.(2)-D

Portion of EBF	Area of Each Portion of EBF	Limiting Distance of Each Portion of EBF	Permitted % of Glazed Openings Based on Total Area of EBF (52.8 m2) and Limiting Distance of Each Portion of EBF Using Table 9.10.15.4.	Permitted Area of Glazed Openings for Each Portion of EBF
A1	4m× 2.4 m= 9.6 m2	LD1 = 2 m	10%	9.6 m2 × 10% = 0.96 m2
A2	11 m × 2.4 m = 26.4 m2	LD2 = 6 m	57%	26.4 m2 × 57% = 15.05 m2
A3	7 m × 2.4 m = 16.8 m2	LD3 = 8 m	100%	16.8 m2 × 100% = 16.8 m2

2.4 m

LD2 = 6 m

11 m

2.4 m

LD1 = 2 m

LD3 = 8 m

Property line

EG01415A

‌Division B A-9.10.19.3.(1)

‌Figure A-9.10.15.4.(2)-D

Example of determination of criteria for the exposing building face of a house with a setback wall (perspective view)

Note to Figure A-9.10.15.4.(2)-D:

LD = limiting distance; A = area.

A-9.10.19.3.(1) Location of Smoke Alarms. There are two important points to bear in mind when considering where to locate smoke alarms in dwelling units:
- The most frequent point of origin for fires in dwelling units is the living area.
- The main concern in locating smoke alarms is to provide warning to people asleep in bedrooms.

A smoke alarm located in the living area and wired so as to sound another smoke alarm located near the bedrooms is the ideal solution. However, it is difficult to define exactly what is meant by “living area.” It is felt to be too stringent to require a smoke alarm in every part of a dwelling unit that could conceivably be considered a “living area” (living room, family room, study, etc.). Sentence 9.10.19.3.(1) addresses these issues by requiring at least one smoke alarm on every storey containing a sleeping room. Thus, in a dwelling unit complying with Sentence 9.10.19.3.(1), every living area will probably be located within a reasonable distance of a smoke alarm. Nevertheless, where a choice arises as to where on a storey to locate the required smoke

alarm or alarms, one should be located as close as possible to a living area, provided the requirements related to proximity to bedrooms are also satisfied.

A smoke alarm is not required on each level in a split-level dwelling unit as each level does not count as a separate storey. Determine the number of storeys in a split-level dwelling unit and which levels are part of which storey as follows:

establish grade, which is the lowest of the average levels of finished ground adjoining each exterior wall of a building;
identify the first storey, which is the uppermost storey having its floor level not more than 2 m above grade;
identify the basement, which is the storey or storeys located below the first storey;
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
A-9.10.19.5.(2) Division B
identify the second storey and, where applicable, the third storey.

As a minimum, one smoke alarm is required to be installed in each storey, preferably on the upper level of each one. As noted above, however, when the dwelling unit contains more than one sleeping area, an alarm must be installed to serve each area. Where the sleeping areas are on two levels of a single storey in a split-level dwelling unit, an additional smoke alarm must be installed so that both areas are protected. See Figure A-9.10.19.3.(1).

lower second storey hallway

lower second storey (with sleeping area)

upper second storey hallway

upper second storey (with sleeping area)

upper first storey

lower first storey

≤ 2 m

upper basement

grade

lower basement

= smoke alarm

EG00676D

Figure A-9.10.19.3.(1)

‌Location of smoke alarms in a two-storey split-level dwelling unit

Notes to Figure A-9.10.19.3.(1):

One smoke alarm required for each of the basement, first storey and second storey.
An additional smoke alarm is required on the lower level of the second storey outside the sleeping rooms.

‌A-9.10.19.5.(2) Interconnection of Smoke Alarms. Electrical regulations may require that separate power sources be provided for smoke alarms in the main dwelling unit and the secondary suite where the units have separate electrical services. In these situations, interconnection of smoke alarms between the units can be achieved through wireless communication.

‌A-9.10.20.3.(1) Fire Department Access Route Modification. In addition to other considerations taken into account in the planning of fire department access routes, special variations could be permitted for a house or residential building that is protected with an automatic sprinkler system. The sprinkler system must be designed in accordance with the appropriate NFPA standard and there must be assurance that water supply pressure and quantity are unlikely to fail. These considerations could apply to buildings that are located on the sides of hills and are not conveniently accessible by roads designed for firefighting equipment and also to infill housing units that are located behind other buildings on a given property.

A-9.10.22. Clearances from Gas, Propane and Electric Cooktops. CSA C22.1, “Canadian Electrical Code, Part I,” referenced in Article 9.34.1.1., and CSA B149.1, “Natural gas and propane installation code,” referenced in Article 9.10.22.1., address clearances directly above, in front of, behind and beside the appliance. Where side clearances are zero, the standards do not address clearances to building elements located both above the level of the cooktop elements or burners and to the side of the appliance. Through reference to the “Canadian Electrical Code, Part I” and the “Natural gas and propane installation code” and the requirements in Articles 9.10.22.2. and 9.10.22.3., the NBC addresses all clearances. Where clearances are addressed by the NBC and the “Canadian Electrical Code, Part I” or “Natural gas and propane installation code,” conformance with all relevant criteria is achieved by compliance with the most stringent criteria.

Division B A-9.11.

Figure A-9.10.22. illustrates the minimum clearances addressed in Subsection 9.10.22.

Installation of Microwave Ovens Over Cooktops

The minimum vertical clearances stated in Article 9.10.22.2. apply only to combustible framing, finishes and cabinets. They do not apply to microwave ovens installed over cooktops nor to range hoods. The “Canadian Electrical Code, Part I” requires that microwave ovens comply with CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 150, “Microwave Ovens.” This standard includes tests to confirm that the appliance will not present a hazard when installed according to the manufacturer's instructions.

The vertical clearance between the level of the elements or burners and framing, finishes and cabinets directly above the cooktop must not be less than:

600 mm where the framing, finishes and cabinets are noncombustible or are protected by a metal hood projecting 125 mm, and
750 mm otherwise.

Combustible framing, finishes and cabinets within 450 mm of the cooktop must be protected above the level of the elements or burners by a material providing fire resistance at least equivalent to that provided by a 9.5 mm thickness of gypsum board.

Combustible framing, finishes and cabinets not within 450 mm of the cooktop do not need to be protected.

level of the elements or burners

appliance opening

EG00380D

‌Figure A-9.10.22.

Minimum clearances from cooktops and protection of walls and cabinetry

A-9.11. Sound Transmission.

Airborne Sound

Airborne sound is transmitted between adjoining spaces directly through the separating wall, floor and ceiling assemblies and via the junctions between these separating assemblies and the flanking assemblies.

A-9.11. Division B

The Sound Transmission Class (STC) rating describes the performance of the separating wall or floor/ceiling assembly, whereas the Apparent Sound Transmission Class (ASTC) takes into consideration the performance of the separating element as well as the flanking transmission paths. Therefore, from the occupants' point of view, the best indicator of noise protection between two spaces is the ASTC rating.

As a key principle, it is important to follow a “whole-system” approach when designing or constructing assemblies that separate dwelling units because the overall sound performance of walls and floors is also influenced by fire protection measures and the structural design of the assemblies. Likewise, changes to the construction of assemblies to meet sound transmission requirements may have fire and structural implications. Another key principle is that enhancing the performance of the separating element does not automatically enhance the system's performance.

For horizontally adjoining spaces, the separating assembly is the intervening wall and the pertinent flanking surfaces include those of the floor, ceiling, and side wall assemblies that have junctions with the separating wall assembly, normally at its four edges. For each of these junctions, there is a set of sound transmission paths. Figure A-9.11.-A illustrates the horizontal sound transmission paths at the junction of a separating wall with flanking floor assemblies.

airborne sound source

separating wall assembly

direct path STC

ASTC

flanking paths

flanking floor/ceiling assembly

EG02095A

Figure A-9.11.-A

Horizontal sound transmission paths at floor/wall junction

‌For vertically adjoining spaces, the separating assembly is the intervening floor/ceiling and the pertinent flanking surfaces include those of the side wall assemblies in the upper and lower rooms that have junctions with the separating floor/ceiling assembly at its edges, of which there are normally four. For each of

these junctions, there is a set of sound transmission paths. Figure A-9.11.-B illustrates the vertical sound transmission paths at the junction of a separating floor/ceiling assembly with two flanking wall assemblies.

Division B A-9.11.

airborne sound source

flanking wall assemblies

separating floor/ceiling assembly

direct path

flanking paths

STC

ASTC

EG02096A

Figure A-9.11.-B

Vertical sound transmission paths at wall/floor junction

Control of Sound Leaks

The metrics used to characterize the sound transmission performance of assemblies separating dwelling units do not account for the adverse effects of air leaks in those assemblies, which can transfer sound. Sound leaks can occur where a wall meets another wall, the floor, or the ceiling. They can also occur where wall finishes are cut to allow the installation of equipment or services. The following are examples of measures for controlling sound leaks:

avoid back-to-back electrical outlets or medicine cabinets;
carefully seal cracks or openings so structures are effectively airtight;
apply sealant below the plates in stud walls, between the bottom of gypsum board and the structure behind, around all penetrations for services and, in general, wherever there is a crack, a hole or the possibility of one developing;
include sound-absorbing material inside the wall if not already required

The reduction of air leakage is also addressed to some extent by the smoke tightness requirements in the Code.

The NRC report entitled “Best Practice Guide on Fire Stops and Fire Blocks and their Impact on Sound Transmission,” provides additional information regarding the possible impacts of fire protection measures on sound transmission.

The calculation of and laboratory testing for STC and ASTC ratings are performed on intact assemblies having no penetrations or doors. When measuring ASTC ratings in the field, openings can be blocked with insulation and drywall.

To verify that the required acoustical performance is being achieved, a field test can be done at an early stage of construction. ASTM E336, “Standard Test Method for Measurement of Airborne Sound Attenuation between Rooms in Buildings,” gives a complete measurement. A simpler and less expensive method is

A-9.11.1.1.(2) Division B

presented in ASTM E597, “Practice for Determining a Single Number Rating of Airborne Sound Insulation for Use in Multi-Unit Building Specifications.” The rating derived from this test is usually within 2 points of the STC obtained from ASTM E336. It is useful for verifying performance and finding problems during construction. Alterations can then be made prior to project completion.

Impact Noise

Section 9.11. has no requirements for the control of impact noise transmission. However, footsteps and other impacts can cause severe annoyance in multifamily residences. Builders concerned about quality and reducing occupant complaints will ensure that floors are designed to minimize impact transmission. A recommended criterion is that bare floors (tested without a carpet) should achieve an impact insulation class (IIC) of 55. Some lightweight floors that satisfy this requirement may still elicit complaints about low frequency impact noise transmission. Adding carpet to a floor will always increase the IIC rating but

will not necessarily reduce low frequency noise transmission. Good footstep noise rejection requires fairly heavy floor slabs or floating floors. Impact noise requirements are being considered for inclusion in future editions of the NBC.

The most frequently used test methods for impact noise are ASTM E492, “Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Impact Sound Transmission Through Floor-Ceiling Assemblies Using the Tapping Machine,” and ASTM E1007, “Standard Test Method for Field Measurement of Tapping Machine Impact Sound Transmission Through Floor-Ceiling Assemblies and Associated Support Structures.”

Machinery Noise

‌Elevators, garbage chutes, plumbing, fans, and heat pumps are common sources of noise in buildings. To reduce annoyance from these, they should be placed as far as possible from sensitive areas. Vibrating parts should be isolated from the building structure using resilient materials such as neoprene or rubber.

‌A-9.11.1.1.(2) Sound Transmission in Houses with a Secondary Suite. Controlling sound transmission between dwelling units is important to the occupants' health and well-being. Although this may be difficult to achieve in an existing building, it is nevertheless necessary that a minimum level of sound transmission protection be provided between the dwelling units in a house with a secondary suite. A somewhat reduced level of performance is acceptable in the case of secondary suites because the occupants of the house containing a secondary suite are only affected by the sound of one other unit and, in many cases, it is the owner of the house who will decide on the desired level of protection.

‌A-9.11.1.3.(2)(b) Control of Airborne Noise in Buildings. Tables 9.10.3.1.-A and 9.10.3.1.-B present separating assemblies that comply with Section 9.11. However, selecting an appropriate separating assembly is only one part of the solution for reducing airborne sound transmission between adjoining spaces: to fully address the sound performance of the whole system, flanking assemblies must be connected to the separating assembly in accordance with Article 9.11.1.4.

A-9.11.1.4. Adjoining Constructions. Tables A-9.11.1.4.-A to A-9.11.1.4.-D present generic options for the design and construction of junctions between separating and flanking assemblies. Constructing according to these options is likely to meet or exceed an ASTC rating of 47. Other designs may be equally acceptable if their sound resistance can be demonstrated to meet the minimum ASTC rating or better on the basis of tests referred to in Article 9.11.1.2., or if they comply with Subsection 5.8.1. However, some caution should be applied when designing solutions that go beyond the options provided in these Tables: for example, adding more material to a wall could negatively impact its sound performance or have no effect at all.

Table A-9.11.1.4.-A presents compliance options for the construction of separating wall assemblies with flanking floor, ceiling and wall assemblies in horizontally adjoining spaces.

‌Division B A-9.11.1.4.

Table A-9.11.1.4.-A

Options for the Design and Construction of Junctions and Flanking Surfaces Between Separating Wall Assemblies in Horizontally Adjoining Spaces for Compliance with Clause 9.11.1.1.(1)(b)

Type of Separating Wall Assembly with STC ≥ 50 from Table 9.10.3.1.-A	Options for Design and Construction of Junctions and Flanking Surfaces(1) to Address Horizontal Sound Transmission Paths
	Bottom Junction (between separating wall and flanking floors)	Top Junction (between separating wall and flanking ceiling)	Side Junctions (between separating wall and flanking walls)
‌W4, W5, W6 (single stud) W8, W9, W10, W11, W12 ‌(staggered studs)	for additional material layer and finished flooring, see Table 9.11.1.4. subfloor on both sides of wall is plywood, OSB, waferboard (15.5 mm thick) or tongue and groove lumber (≥ 17 mm thick) floor is framed with wood joists, wood I-joists or wood trusses spaced ≥ 400 mm o.c., with or without absorptive material(2) in cavities floor joists or trusses are oriented parallel to separating wall (non-loadbearing case) or perpendicular to separating wall but are not continuous across junction (loadbearing case)	ceiling is framed with wood joists, wood I-joists, or wood trusses, with or without absorptive material(2) in cavities ceiling joists or trusses are oriented perpendicular to separating wall but are not continuous across junction (loadbearing case) or parallel to junction (non-loadbearing case) gypsum board ceiling is fastened directly to bottom of ceiling framing or on resilient metal channels(3)	gypsum board on flanking walls ends or is cut at separating wall and is fastened directly to framing or on resilient metal channels(3) flanking wall is framed with single row of wood studs, staggered studs on a single 38 mm × 140 mm plate, or 2 rows of 38 mm × 89 mm wood studs on separate 38 mm × 89 mm plates, with or without absorptive material(2) in cavities flanking wall framing is structurally connected to separating wall and terminates where it butts against framing of separating wall or is continuous across junction
	Example Showing Side View of Bottom and Top Junctions ceiling W5 separating wall additional material layer over subfloor plus finished flooring with mass per area > 8 kgm² EG01399A		Example Showing Plan View of Side Junctions W5 separating wall flanking wall EG02084A

A-9.11.1.4. Division B

Table A-9.11.1.4.-A (Continued)

Type of Separating Wall Assembly with STC ≥ 50 from Table 9.10.3.1.-A	Options for Design and Construction of Junctions and Flanking Surfaces(1) to Address Horizontal Sound Transmission Paths
	Bottom Junction (between separating wall and flanking floors)	Top Junction (between separating wall and flanking ceiling)	Side Junctions (between separating wall and flanking walls)
	Example Showing Side View of Bottom and Top Junctions ceiling W12 separating wall additional material layer over subfloor plus finished flooring with mass per area > 8 kg/m2 EG02087A		Example Showing Plan View of Side Junctions W12 separating wall flanking wall EG02086A
W13, W14, W15	for additional material layer and finished flooring, see Table 9.11.1.4. subfloor on both sides of wall is plywood, OSB, waferboard (15.5 mm thick) or tongue and groove lumber (≥ 17 mm thick) floor is framed with wood joists, wood I-joists or wood trusses spaced ≥ 400 mm o.c., with or without absorptive material(2) in cavities floor joists or trusses are oriented parallel to separating wall (non-loadbearing case) or perpendicular to separating wall but are not continuous across junction (loadbearing case) near leaf of separating wall is supported on “designated” joist	wood joists, wood I-joists or wood trusses are oriented perpendicular or parallel to separating wall, with or without absorptive material(2) in cavities joist framing at junction is supported on near leaf of separating wall gypsum board ceiling panels end at wall framing and are fastened directly to bottom of ceiling framing or on resilient metal channels (3)	flanking wall framing is fastened to adjacent leaf of separating wall flanking wall is framed with single row of wood studs, staggered studs on a single 38 mm × 140 mm plate, or 2 rows of 38 mm× 89 mm wood studs on separate 38 mm × 89 mm plates, with or without absorptive material(2) in cavities gypsum board panels on flanking walls ends or is cut at framing of separating wall and is fastened on resilient metal channels(3) or directly to framing of flanking wall if that framing and any sheathing are not continuous across the junction

Division B A-9.11.1.4.

Table A-9.11.1.4.-A (Continued)

Type of Separating Wall Assembly with STC ≥ 50 from Table 9.10.3.1.-A

Options for Design and Construction of Junctions and Flanking Surfaces(1) to Address Horizontal Sound Transmission Paths

Bottom Junction (between separating wall and flanking floors)

Top Junction (between separating wall and flanking ceiling)

Side Junctions (between separating wall and flanking walls)

Example Showing Side View of Bottom and Top Junctions

ceiling

W13 separating wall

additional material layer over subfloor plus finished flooring with mass per area

> 8 kg/m2

EG01366A

Example Showing Plan View of Side Junctions

W13 separating wall

flanking wall

EG01365A

A-9.11.1.4. Division B

Table A-9.11.1.4.-A (Continued)

Type of Separating Wall Assembly with STC ≥ 50 from Table 9.10.3.1.-A	Options for Design and Construction of Junctions and Flanking Surfaces(1) to Address Horizontal Sound Transmission Paths
	Bottom Junction (between separating wall and flanking floors)	Top Junction (between separating wall and flanking ceiling)	Side Junctions (between separating wall and flanking walls)
S1 to S15	F1 concrete floor assembly from Table 9.10.3.1.-B with mass per area not less than 300 kg/m2 (e.g. normal-weight concrete with average thickness of 130 mm) with or without an additional material layer or finished flooring	F1 concrete floor assembly from Table 9.10.3.1.-B with mass per area not less than 300 kg/m2 (e.g. normal-weight concrete with average thickness of 130 mm) with or without gypsum board ceiling suspended below concrete floor	flanking wall framing is structurally connected to separating wall and terminates where it butts against framing of separating wall or is continuous across junction gypsum board on flanking walls ends or is cut at separating wall and is fastened directly to framing or on resilient metal channels(3) flanking wall consists of steel framing (loadbearing or non-loadbearing steel studs) or concrete blocks with mass per area not less than 200 kg/m2 (e.g. normal-weight hollow core concrete block units(4) with a gypsum board lining supported on framing providing a cavity not less than 50 mm deep) with or without absorptive material(2) in cavities behind gypsum board of flanking walls
	Example Showing Side View of Bottom and Top Junctions concrete floor S14 separating wall concrete floor EG01368A		Example Showing Plan View of Side Junctions S14 separating wall flanking wall EG01369A

Division B A-9.11.1.4.

Table A-9.11.1.4.-A (Continued)

Type of Separating Wall Assembly with STC ≥ 50 from Table 9.10.3.1.-A	Options for Design and Construction of Junctions and Flanking Surfaces(1) to Address Horizontal Sound Transmission Paths
	Bottom Junction (between separating wall and flanking floors)	Top Junction (between separating wall and flanking ceiling)	Side Junctions (between separating wall and flanking walls)
B1 to B10	same options as stated above for walls S1 to S15	same options as stated above for walls S1 to S15 junction at top of concrete block assembly is loadbearing or non-loadbearing resilient joint	same options as stated above for walls S1 to S15
	Example Showing Side View of Bottom and Top Junctions concrete floor B3 separating wall concrete floor EG01370A		Examples Showing Plan View of Side Junctions B3 separating wall flanking wall EG01371A

Notes to Table A-9.11.1.4.-A:

(1) See also Table A-9.11.1.4.-B.

(2) Sound absorptive material is porous (closed-cell foam was not tested) and includes fibre processed from rock, slag, glass or cellulose fibre with a maximum density of 32 kg/m3. See Table Notes (5) and (8) of Table 9.10.3.1.-A and Table Note (5) of Table 9.10.3.1.-B for additional information.

(3) Resilient metal channels are formed from steel having a maximum thickness of 0.46 mm (25 gauge) with slits or holes in the single “leg” between the faces fastened to the framing and to the gypsum board (see Figure A-9.10.3.1.-D). ASTM C754, “Standard Specification for Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw-Attached Gypsum Panel Products,” describes the installation of resilient metal channels.

(4) Normal-weight concrete block units conforming to CSA A165.1, “Concrete block masonry units,” have aggregate with a density not less than 2 000 kg/m3; 190 mm hollow core units are 53% solid, providing a wall mass per area over 200 kg/m2; 140 mm hollow core units are 75% solid, providing a wall mass per area over 200 kg/m2.

Table A-9.11.1.4.-B presents options for improving the sound performance of separating wall systems beyond that achieved by implementing the options presented in Table A-9.11.1.4.-A. The suggested performance improvement options are listed in order of approximate acoustic priority and are interdependent, i.e., if options at the top of the list are not implemented, then options at the bottom of the list will have much lesser effect.

‌A-9.11.1.4. Division B

Table A-9.11.1.4.-B

Options for the Construction of a Separating Wall System to Further Improve the Sound Insulation Performance Achieved with the Options in Table A-9.11.1.4.-A

Type of Separating Wall Assembly with STC ≥ 50 from Table 9.10.3.1.-A	Performance Improvement Options for Junctions Between Separating Walls and Flanking Floor/Ceiling Assemblies
‌W4, W5, W6, W8, W9, W10, W11, W12	Increase mass per area of additional material layer and finished flooring over subfloor (e.g. concrete or gypsum concrete topping) Choose separating wall assembly with higher STC rating Orient floor and ceiling joists parallel to separating wall (non-loadbearing case) Add resilient layer under additional material layer over subfloor or between additional material layer and finished flooring Support gypsum board panels of ceiling on resilient metal channels(1) Support gypsum board panels of flanking walls on resilient metal channels(1)
‌W13, W14, W15	If seismic or other structural requirements permit, choose a fire block detail at floor/wall junction in accordance with Subsection 9.10.16. that does not provide a rigid connection between the two rows of framing of the separating wall (e.g. subfloor not continuous across junction and semi-rigid fibre insulation board filling the gap in accordance with Article 9.10.16.3.). In this case, an additional material layer would not be necessary. Also, choose separating wall assembly with higher STC rating (e.g. more absorptive material(2) in cavities and/or more gypsum board). If having a rigid structural connection at the floor/wall junction (such as subfloor continuous across the junction) is required for seismic or other structural reasons, obtain a higher ASTC rating as follows: Increase combined mass per area of additional material layer over subfloor and finished flooring (e.g. concrete or gypsum concrete topping) Choose separating wall assembly with higher STC rating (e.g. more absorptive material(2) and/or more gypsum board) Support gypsum board panels of ceiling on resilient metal channels(1) Support gypsum board panels of flanking walls on resilient metal channels(1) Add resilient layer under additional material layer over subfloor or between additional material layer and finished flooring
S1 to S15	Choose separating wall assembly with higher STC rating Increase thickness of concrete floor slab and/or add material layer and finished flooring over subfloor Add gypsum board ceiling on framing supported under the floor above, with cavity not less than 100 mm deep Add resilient layer under additional material layer over subfloor or between additional material layer and finished flooring Support gypsum board panels of flanking walls on resilient metal channels(1) if steel studs are loadbearing type
B1 to B10	Choose separating wall assembly with higher STC rating Add gypsum board ceiling supported below concrete floor with cavity not less than 100 mm deep and sound absorptive material(2) in cavity Increase thickness of concrete floor slab and/or add material layer and finished flooring over subfloor Add resilient layer under additional material layer over subfloor or between additional material layer and finished flooring and increase mass per area of additional material layer and finished flooring (e.g. floating concrete or gypsum concrete topping) Support gypsum board panels of flanking walls on resilient metal channels(1) if steel studs are loadbearing type

Notes to Table A-9.11.1.4.-B:

(1) Resilient metal channels are formed from steel having a maximum thickness of 0.46 mm (25 gauge) with slits or holes in the single “leg” between the faces fastened to the framing and to the gypsum board (see Figure A-9.10.3.1.-D). ASTM C754, “Standard Specification for Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw-Attached Gypsum Panel Products,” describes the installation of resilient metal channels.

Table A-9.11.1.4.-C presents compliance options for the construction of separating floor/ceiling assemblies with flanking wall assemblies in vertically adjoining spaces.

‌Division B A-9.11.1.4.

Table A-9.11.1.4.-C

Options for the Design and Construction of Junctions and Flanking Surfaces Between Separating Floor/Ceiling Assemblies in Vertically Adjoining Spaces for Compliance with Clause 9.11.1.1.(1)(b)

Type of Separating Floor/Ceiling Assembly with STC ≥ 50 from Table 9.10.3.1.-B	Options for Design and Construction of Junctions and Flanking Surfaces(1) to Address Vertical Sound Transmission Paths
‌F1 (with or without gypsum board ceiling)	Junctions with Flanking Steel-Framed Walls	Junctions with Flanking Concrete Walls
	floor ends at flanking wall assembly (T-junction) or extends beyond it (cross-junction) steel framing of flanking walls is loadbearing or non-loadbearing, with a single row of steel studs, staggered studs, or 2 rows of studs, with studs spaced not less than 400 mm o.c., with or without absorptive material(2) in cavities flanking wall structure is fastened to separating concrete floor but is not continuous across junction ‌gypsum board on flanking walls is not continuous across junction and is fastened directly to wall framing or on resilient metal channels(3)	floor ends at flanking wall assembly (T-junction) or extends beyond it (cross-junction) one wythe of concrete blocks with mass per area not less than 200 kg/m2 (e.g. normal-weight hollow core concrete block units(4)) loadbearing (solid) or non-loadbearing (resilient) junction between top of flanking concrete block wall and floor structure gypsum board lining is supported on wood or steel framing providing a cavity not less than 50 mm deep, with or without absorptive material(2) in cavities gypsum board on flanking walls is not continuous across junction and is fastened directly to wall framing or on resilient metal channels(3)
	Examples Showing Side View of Junctions S14 wall B3 wall F1 separating floor F1 separating floor EG01372A EG01373A
F8 to F38	Junctions with Flanking Loadbearing or Non-Loadbearing Walls
	wood studs of flanking wall are 38 mm × 89 mm or 38 mm × 140 mm and spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. flanking wall framing consists of single row of wood studs, staggered studs on a single 38 mm × 140 mm plate, or 2 rows of 38 mm × 89 mm wood studs on separate 38 mm × 89 mm plates, with or without absorptive material(2) in wall cavities gypsum board on flanking walls ends or is cut near floor framing and is fastened directly to wall framing or supported on resilient metal channels(3)

A-9.11.1.4. Division B

Table A-9.11.1.4.-C (Continued)

Type of Separating Floor/Ceiling Assembly with STC ≥ 50 from Table 9.10.3.1.-B

Options for Design and Construction of Junctions and Flanking Surfaces(1) to Address Vertical Sound Transmission Paths

Example Showing Side View of Junctions in Flanking Loadbearing Wall

F8d separating floor

EG01374A

Example Showing Side View of Junctions in Flanking Non-Loadbearing Wall

F8d separating floor

EG01375A

Notes to Table A-9.11.1.4.-C:

(1) See also Table A-9.11.1.4.-D.

Table A-9.11.1.4.-D presents options for improving the sound performance of separating floor/ceiling assemblies beyond that achieved by implementing the options presented in Table A-9.11.1.4.-C. The suggested performance improvement options are listed in order of approximate acoustic priority and are interdependent, i.e., if options at the top of the list are not implemented, then options at the bottom of the list will have much lesser effect.

‌Division B A-Table 9.11.1.4.

Table A-9.11.1.4.-D

Options for the Construction of a Separating Floor System to Further Improve the Sound Insulation Performance Achieved with the Options in Table A-9.11.1.4.-C

Type of Sep- arating Floor Assembly with STC ≥ 50 from Table 9.10.3.1.-B

Performance Improvement Options for Junctions Between Separating Floors and Flanking Wall Assemblies

‌F1 (with or without gypsum board ceiling)

Add heavier additional material layer over subfloor and/or resilient layer under additional material layer or between additional material layer and finished flooring
Add gypsum board ceiling supported at least 100 mm below concrete floor with minimal structural connection (e.g. ceiling framing supported resiliently) and sound absorptive material(1) in cavity
Support gypsum board of flanking walls of lower room on resilient metal channels(2) (if framed with loadbearing studs)

F8 to F38

Add heavier additional material layer over subfloor and/or resilient layer under additional material layer or between additional material layer and finished flooring
Add more/heavier gypsum board to ceiling and increase spacing of resilient metal channels(2) to 600 mm o.c.
Support gypsum board of flanking loadbearing walls of lower room on resilient metal channels(2)
Support gypsum board on flanking non-loadbearing walls of lower room on resilient metal channels(2)

Notes to Table A-9.11.1.4.-D:

‌(1) Sound absorptive material is porous (closed-cell foam was not tested) and includes fibre processed from rock, slag, glass or cellulose fibre with a maximum density of 32 kg/m3. See Table Notes (5) and (8) of Table 9.10.3.1.-A and Table Note (5) of Table 9.10.3.1.-B for additional information.

(2) Resilient metal channels are formed from steel having a maximum thickness of 0.46 mm (25 gauge) with slits or holes in the single “leg” between the faces fastened to the framing and to the gypsum board (see Figure A-9.10.3.1.-D). ASTM C754, “Standard Specification for Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw-Attached Gypsum Panel Products,” describes the installation of resilient metal channels.

‌A-Table 9.11.1.4. Floor Treatments. The sound insulation performance of lightweight framed floors can be improved by adding floor treatments, i.e., additional layers of material over the subfloor (e.g. concrete topping, OSB or plywood) and finished flooring or coverings (e.g., carpet, engineered wood). Table A-Table

9.11.1.4. presents the mass per area values based on thickness and density of a number of generic floor treatment materials (the values for proprietary products may be different; consult the manufacturer's current data sheets for their products' values).

Table A-Table 9.11.1.4.

Mass per Area of Floor Treatment Materials

Floor Treatment Material	Thickness, mm	Density, kg/m³	Mass per Area, kg/m2
Materials Typically Having a Mass per Area Less Than 8 kg/m²
Medium-density fibreboard (MDF)	2.9–6.1	790–810	2.3–5.0
Plywood – generic softwood	12.5–13.3 15.5–16.3	450–500	5.6–6.6 7.0–8.1
Ceramic tile	8.4	700–1 000	5.9–8.4
Materials Typically Having a Mass per Area Greater Than 8 kg/m² but Less Than 16 kg/m²
Particleboard	11.3–19.2	710–755	8.1–14.5
Medium-density fibreboard (MDF)	13.9–21.1	640–755	8.9–15.9
Oriented strandboard (OSB)	14.3–15.8 17.3–18.8	600–680	8.6–10.7 10.4–12.8
Plywood – generic softwood	25.5	450–500	11.5–13.1
Materials Typically Having a Mass per Area Greater Than 16 kg/m² but Less Than 32 kg/m²
Medium-density fibreboard (MDF)	25.0–32.1	640–740	16.0–23.7
Materials Typically Having a Mass per Area Greater Than 32 kg/m²
Concrete	40.0–50.0	2 015–2 380	80.6–119.0
Gypsum concrete	25.0	1 840–1 870	46.1–46.7

‌A-Table 9.12.2.2. Division B

‌A-Table 9.12.2.2. Minimum Depths of Foundations. The requirements for clay soils or soils not clearly defined are intended to apply to those soils that are subject to significant volume changes with changes in moisture content.

A-9.12.2.2.(2) Depth and Insulation of Foundations.

heat flow

Insulated in a manner that will allow heat flow to the soil beneath the footings

heat flow

Insulated in a manner that will reduce heat flow to the soil beneath the footings

EG00381D

Figure A-9.12.2.2.(2)

Foundation insulation and heat flow to the soil beneath the footings

‌Division B A-9.13.4.

A-9.12.3.3.(1) Deleterious Material in Backfill. The deleterious debris referred to in this provision includes, but is not limited to:

‌organic material and other material subject to decomposition and compaction, which could have an adverse effect on grading around the building,
materials that will off-gas and have the potential to pose a health hazard, and
materials that are incompatible with materials used in the foundations, footings, drainage materials or components, or other elements of the building whose required performance would be adversely affected.

A-9.13.2.5. Protection of Interior Finishes against Moisture. Excess water from cast-in-place concrete and ground moisture tends to migrate toward interior spaces, particularly in the spring and summer. Where moisture-susceptible materials, such as finishes or wood members, are in contact with the foundation wall, the moisture needs to be controlled by installing a moisture barrier on the interior surface of the foundation wall that extends from the underside of the interior finish up the face of the wall to a point just above the level of the ground outside.
The reason the moisture barrier on the interior surface of the foundation wall must be stopped near ground level is to allow any moisture that finds its way into the finished wall cavity from the interior space (through leaks in the air or vapour barrier) to diffuse to the exterior. If the vapour permeance of dampproofing membranes or coatings exceeds 170 ng/(Pa×s×m2), such moisture barriers may be carried full height; if
their vapour permeance is less than that, this moisture risks being trapped on the interior surface of the moisture barriers. The permeance limit corresponds to the lower limit for breather-type membranes, such as asphalt-impregnated sheathing paper.
‌Some insulation products can also be used to protect interior finishes from the effects of moisture. They have shown acceptable performance when applied over the entire foundation wall because, in this case, they also provide vapour barrier and moisture barrier functions and possibly also the air barrier function. Where a single product provides all these functions, there is no risk of trapping moisture between two functional barriers with low water vapour permeance.

A-9.13.4. Soil Gas Control. Outdoor air entering a dwelling through above-grade leaks in the building envelope normally improves the indoor air quality in the dwelling by reducing the concentrations of pollutants and water vapour. It is only undesirable because it cannot be controlled. On the other hand, air entering a dwelling through below-grade leaks in the envelope may increase the water vapour content of the indoor air and may also bring in a number of pollutants picked up from the soil. This mixture of air, water vapour and pollutants is sometimes referred to as “soil gas.” One pollutant often found in soil gas is radon.
Sentence 9.13.4.2.(1), which requires the installation of an air barrier system, addresses the protection from all soil gases, while the remainder of Article 9.13.4.2. along with Article 9.13.4.3., which require the provision of the means to depressurize the space between the air barrier and the ground, specifically address the capability to mitigate high radon concentrations in the future, should this become necessary.
Radon is a colourless, odourless, radioactive gas that occurs naturally as a result of the decay of radium. It is found to varying degrees as a component of soil gas in all regions of Canada and is known to enter dwelling units by infiltration into basements and crawl spaces. The presence of radon in sufficient quantity can lead to an increased risk of lung cancer.
The potential for high levels of radon infiltration is very difficult to evaluate prior to construction and thus a radon problem may only become apparent once the building is completed and occupied. Therefore various sections of Part 9 require the application of certain radon exclusion measures in all dwellings. These measures are
low in cost,
difficult to retrofit, and
desirable for other benefits they provide.

The principal method of resisting the ingress of all soil gases, a resistance which is required for all buildings (see Sentence 9.13.4.2.(1)), is to seal the interface between the soil and the occupied space, so far as is reasonably practicable. Sections 9.18. and 9.25. contain requirements for air and soil gas barriers in assemblies in contact with ground, including those in crawl spaces. Providing control joints to reduce cracking of foundation walls and airtight covers for sump pits (see Section 9.14.) are other measures that can help achieve this objective. The requirements provided in Subsection 9.25.3. are explained in Notes A-9.25.3.4. and 9.25.3.6. and A-9.25.3.6.(2) and (3).

A-9.13.4.2.(3) Division B

The principal method of excluding radon is to ensure that the pressure difference across the ground/space interface is positive (i.e., towards the outside) so that the inward flow of radon through any remaining leaks will be minimized. The requirements provided in Article 9.13.4.3. are explained in Note A-9.13.4.3.

‌A-9.13.4.2.(3) Exception for Buildings Occupied for a Few Hours a Day. The criterion used by Health Canada to establish the guideline for acceptable radon concentration is the time that occupants spend inside buildings. Health Canada recommends installing a means for the future removal of radon in buildings that are occupied by persons for more than 4 hours per day. Sentence 9.13.4.2.(3) may therefore not apply to buildings or portions of buildings that are intended to be occupied for less than 4 hours a day. Addressing a radon problem in such buildings in the future, should that become necessary, can also be achieved by providing a means for increased ventilation at times when these buildings are occupied.

A-9.13.4.3.

Providing Performance Criteria for the Depressurization of the Space Between the Air Barrier and the Ground

Article 9.13.4.3. contains two sets of requirements: Sentence (2) describes the criteria for subfloor depressurization systems using performance-oriented language, while Sentence (3) describes one particular acceptable solution using more prescriptive language.

In some cases, subfloor depressurization requires a solution other than the one described in Sentence (3), for example, where compactable fill is installed under slab-on-grade construction.

Completion of a Subfloor Depressurization System

The completion of a subfloor depressurization system may be necessary to reduce the radon concentration to a level below the guideline specified by Health Canada.

‌Further information on protection from radon ingress can be found in the following Health Canada publications:

“Radon: A Guide for Canadian Homeowners” (CMHC/HC), and
“Guide for Radon Measurements in Residential Dwellings (Homes).”

A-9.13.4.3.(2)(b) and (3)(b)(i) Effective Depressurization. To allow effective depressurization of the space between the air barrier and the ground, the extraction opening (the pipe) should not be blocked and should be arranged such that air can be extracted from the entire space between the air barrier and the ground. This will ensure that the extraction system can maintain negative pressure underneath the entire floor (or in heated crawl spaces underneath the air barrier). The arrangement and location of the extraction system inlet(s) may have design implications where the footing layout separates part of the space underneath the floor.

Division B A-9.14.2.1.(2)(a)

centre of floor slab

radon

permanently sealed cap radon labeled on pipe

100 mm minimum

granular material

end of pipe open to gas permeable layer

centre of floor slab

permanently sealed cap radon labeled on pipe

radon

membrane sealed to foundation wall with flexible sealant

air and soil gas barrier

100 mm minimum

exhaust pipe

end of pipe open to gas permeable layer

centre of floor slab

radon

permanently sealed cap radon labeled on pipe

100 mm minimum

end of pipe open to gas permeable layer

EG00692D

‌Figure A-9.13.4.3.(2)(b) and (3)(b)(i)

Acceptable configurations for the extraction opening in a depressurization system

A-9.14.2.1.(2)(a) Insulation Applied to the Exterior of Foundation Walls. In addition to the prevention of heat loss, some types of mineral fibre insulation, such as rigid glass fibre, are installed on the exterior of basement walls for the purpose of moisture control. This is sometimes used instead of crushed rock as a drainage layer between the basement wall and the surrounding soil in order to facilitate the drainage of soil moisture. Water drained by this drainage layer must be carried away from the foundation by the footing drains or the granular drainage layer in order to prevent it from developing hydro-static pressure against the wall.

Provision must be made to permit the drainage of this water either by extending the insulation or crushed rock to the drain or by the installation of granular material connecting the two. The installation of such drainage layer does not eliminate the need for normal waterproofing or dampproofing of walls as specified in Section 9.13.

‌A-9.15.1.1. Division B

‌A-9.15.1.1. Application of Footing and Foundation Requirements to Decks and Similar Constructions. Because decks, balconies, verandas and similar platforms support occupancies, they are, by definition, considered as buildings or parts of buildings. Consequently, the requirements in Section 9.15. regarding footings and foundations apply to these constructions.

A-9.15.1.1.(1)(c) and 9.20.1.1.(1)(b) Flat Insulating Concrete Form Walls. Insulating concrete form (ICF) walls are concrete walls that are cast into manufactured insulating forms, which remain in place after the concrete has cured.

Flat wall insulating concrete forms do not fall within the scope of CSA S269.1, “Falsework and formwork,” which addresses temporary falsework for concrete structures.

Flat ICF walls are solid ICF walls where the concrete is of uniform thickness over the height and width of the wall.

A-9.15.2.4.(1) Preserved Wood Foundations – Design Assumptions. Tabular data and figures in CSA S406, “Specification of permanent wood foundations for housing and small buildings,” are based upon the general principles provided in CSA O86, “Engineering design in wood,” with the following assumptions:

soil bearing capacity: 75 kPa or more,
clear spans for floors: 5 000 mm or less,
floor loadings: 1.9 kPa for first floor and suspended floor, and 1.4 kPa for second storey floor,
foundation wall heights: 2 400 mm for slab floor, 3 000 mm for suspended wood floor,
top of granular layer to top of suspended wood floor: 600 mm,
lateral load from soil pressure: equivalent to fluid pressure of 4.7 kPa per metre of depth,
ground snow load: 3 kPa,
basic snow load coefficient: 0.6,
roof loads are carried to the exterior wall,
dead loads:

roof 0.50 kPa

floor 0.47 kPa

wall (with siding) 0.32 kPa

‌wall (with masonry veneer) 1.94 kPa

foundation wall 0.27 kPa

partitions 0.20 kPa

A-9.15.3.4.(2) Footing Sizes. The footing sizes in Table 9.15.3.4. are based on typical construction consisting of a roof, not more than 3 storeys, and centre bearing walls or beams. For this reason,

Clause 9.15.3.3.(1)(b) stipulates a maximum supported joist span of 4.9 m.

It has become common to use flat wood trusses or wood I-joists to span greater distances in floors of small buildings. Where these spans exceed 4.9 m, minimum footing sizes may be based on the following method:

Determine for each storey the span of joists that will be supported on a given footing. Sum these lengths (sum1).
Determine the product of the number of storeys times 4.9 m (sum2).
Determine the ratio of sum1 to sum2.
Multiply this ratio by the minimum footing sizes in Table 9.15.3.4. to get the required minimum footing size.

Example: A 2-storey house is built using wood I-joists spanning 6 m.

sum1 = 6 + 6 = 12 m
sum2 = 4.9 × 2 = 9.8 m
ratio sum1/sum2 = 12/9.8 = 1.22
required minimum footing size = 1.22 × 350 mm (minimum footing size provided in Table 9.15.3.4.)

= 427 mm.

‌Division B A-9.20.5.1.(1)

A-Table 9.15.4.2.-A Flat Insulating Concrete Form Walls as Foundation Walls. Article 9.15.4.2. allows insulating concrete forms (ICFs) to be used to form both laterally supported and laterally unsupported flat, plain (unreinforced) concrete foundation walls intended to support wood-frame walls, floors and roofs under the conditions stipulated in Table 9.15.4.2.-A. Where the limits stated in the Table are exceeded, or where the ICF foundation wall is intended to support one or two storeys of concrete walls formed with flat wall ICFs above ground, Article 9.15.4.5. applies.

‌A-9.17.2.2.(2) Lateral Support of Columns. Because the NBC does not provide prescriptive criteria to describe the minimum required lateral support, constructions are limited to those that have demonstrated effective performance over time and those that are designed according to Part 4. Verandas on early 20th century homes provide one example of constructions whose floor and roof are typically tied to the rest of the building to provide effective lateral support. Large decks set on tall columns, however, are likely to require additional lateral support even where they are connected to the building on one side.

‌A-9.17.3.4. Design of Steel Columns. The permitted live floor loads of 2.4 kPa and the spans described for steel beams, wood beams and floor joists are such that the load on columns could exceed 36 kN, the maximum allowable load on columns prescribed in CAN/CGSB-7.2, “Adjustable Steel Columns.” In the context of Part 9, loads on columns are calculated from the supported area times the live load per unit area, using the supported length of joists and beams. The supported length is half of the joist spans on each side of the beam and half the beam span on each side of the column.

Dead load is not included based on the assumption that the maximum live load will not be applied over the whole floor. Designs according to Part 4 must consider all applied loads.

‌A-9.18.7.1.(4) Protection of Ground Cover in Warm Air Plenums. The purpose of the requirement is to protect combustible ground cover from smouldering cigarette butts that may drop through air registers. The protective material should extend beyond the opening of the register and have up-turned edges, as a butt may be deflected sideways as it falls.

‌A-9.19.1.1.(1) Venting of Attic or Roof Spaces. Controlling the flow of moisture by air leakage and vapour diffusion into attic or roof spaces is necessary to limit moisture-induced deterioration. Given that imperfections normally exist in the vapour barriers and air barrier systems, recent research indicates that venting of attic or roof spaces is generally still required. The exception provided in Article 9.19.1.1. recognizes that some specialized ceiling-roof assemblies, such as those used in some factory-built buildings, have, over time, demonstrated that their construction is sufficiently tight to prevent excessive moisture accumulation.

In these cases, ventilation would not be required.

‌A-9.19.2.1.(1) Access to Attic or Roof Space. The term “open space” refers to the space between the insulation and the roof sheathing. Sentence 9.19.2.1.(1) requires the installation of an access hatch where the open space in the attic or roof is large enough to allow visual inspection. Although the dimensions of an uninsulated attic or roof space may meet the size that triggers the requirement for an access hatch to be installed, most of that space will actually be filled with insulation and may therefore not be easily inspected, particularly in smaller buildings or under low-sloped roofs. See also Article 9.36.2.6.‌

A-9.20.1.2. Seismic Information. Information on spectral acceleration values for various locations can be found in Appendix C.

A-9.20.5.1.(1) Masonry Support. Masonry veneer must be supported on a stable structure in order to avoid cracking of the masonry due to differential movement relative to parts of the support. Wood framing is not normally used as a support for the weight of masonry veneer because of its shrinkage characteristics. Where the weight of masonry veneer is supported on a wood structure, as is the case for the preserved wood foundations referred to in Sentence 9.20.5.1.(1) for example, measures must be taken to ensure that any differential movement that may be harmful to the performance of masonry is minimized or accommodated. The general principle stated in Article 9.4.1.1., however, makes it possible to support the weight of masonry veneer on wood framing, provided that engineering design principles prescribed in Part 4 are followed to

ensure that the rigidity of the support is compatible with the stiffness of the masonry being supported and that differential movements between the support and masonry are accommodated.

‌A-9.20.8.5.(1) Division B

A-9.20.8.5.(1) Projection of Masonry Beyond Supporting Members.

solid masonry units

projection of masonry veneer  1/3 of its thickness

EG00573E

‌Figure A-9.20.8.5.(1)

Maximum projection of masonry veneer beyond its support

A-9.20.12.2.(2) Corbelling of Masonry Foundation Walls.

inner face of wall

masonry cavity wall

thickness of corbelled unit, w

height of corbelled unit, h

projection

≤ 25 mm

projection of each course

≤ w/3 and ≤ h/2

total projection

≤ T/3

foundation wall thickness, T

EG02714A

Figure A-9.20.12.2.(2)

Maximum corbel dimensions

‌Division B A-9.21.5.1.(1)

‌A-9.20.13.9.(3) Dampproofing of Masonry Walls. The reason for installing a sheathing membrane behind masonry walls is to prevent rainwater from reaching the interior finish if it should leak past the masonry. The sheathing membrane intercepts the rainwater and leads it to the bottom of the wall where the flashing directs it to the exterior via weep holes. If the insulation is a type that effectively resists the penetration of water, and is installed so that water will not collect behind it, then there is no need for a sheathing membrane. If water that runs down between the masonry and the insulation is able to leak out at the joints in the insulation, such insulation will not act as a substitute for a sheathing membrane. If water cannot leak through the joints in the insulation but collects in cavities between the masonry and insulation, subsequent freezing could damage the wall. Where a sheathing membrane is not used, the adhesive or mortar should therefore be applied to form

a continuous bond between the masonry and the insulation. If this is not practicable because of an irregular masonry surface, then a sheathing membrane is necessary.

‌A-9.21.3.6.(2) Metal Chimney Liners. Under the provisions of Article 1.2.1.1. of Division A, masonry chimneys with metal liners may be permitted to serve solid-fuel-burning appliances if tests show that such liners will provide an equivalent level of safety.

A-9.21.4.4.(1) Location of Chimney Top.

900 mm min.

less than 3 m

600 mm min.

3 m

EG00457B

‌Figure A-9.21.4.4.(1)

Vertical and horizontal distances from chimney top to roof

‌A-9.21.4.5.(2) Lateral Support for Chimneys. Where a chimney is fastened to the house framing with metal anchors, in accordance with CAN/CSA-A370, “Connectors for masonry,” it is considered to have adequate lateral support. The portion of the chimney stack above the roof is considered as free standing and may require additional lateral support.

A-9.21.5.1.(1) Clearance from Combustible Materials. For purposes of this Sentence, an exterior chimney can be considered to be one which has at least one surface exposed to the outside atmosphere or unheated space over the majority of its height. All other chimneys should be considered to be interior.

‌A-9.23.1.1. Division B

‌A-9.23.1.1. Constructions Other than Light Wood-Frame Constructions. The prescriptive requirements in Section 9.23. apply only to standard light wood-frame construction. Other constructions, such as post, beam and plank construction, plank frame wall construction, and log construction must be designed in accordance with Part 4.

A-9.23.1.1.(1) Application of Section 9.23. In previous editions of the Code, Sentence 9.23.1.1.(1) referred to “conventional” wood-frame construction. Over time, conventions have changed and the application of Part 9 has expanded.

The prescriptive requirements provided in Section 9.23. still focus on lumber beams, joists, studs and rafters as the main structural elements of “wood-frame construction.” The requirements recognize—and have recognized for some time—that walls and floors may be supported by components made of material other than lumber; for example, by foundations described in Section 9.15. or by steel beams described in Article 9.23.4.3. These constructions still fall within the general category of wood-frame construction.

With more recent innovations, alternative structural components are being incorporated into wood-frame buildings. Wood I-joists, for example, are very common. Where these components are used in lieu of lumber, the requirements in Section 9.23. that specifically apply to lumber joists do not apply to these components: for example, limits on spans and acceptable locations for notches and holes. However, requirements regarding the fastening of floor sheathing to floor joists still apply, and the use of wood I-joists does not affect the requirements for wall or roof framing.

Similarly, if steel floor joists are used in lieu of lumber joists, the requirements regarding wall or roof framing are not affected.

Conversely, Sentence 9.23.1.1.(1) precludes the installation of precast concrete floors on wood-frame walls since these are not “generally comprised of ... small repetitive structural members ... spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.”

Thus, the reference to “engineered components” in Sentence 9.23.1.1.(1) is intended to indicate that, where an engineered product is used in lieu of lumber for one part of the building, this does not preclude the application of the remainder of Section 9.23. to the structure, provided the limits to application with respect to cladding, sheathing or bracing, spacing of framing members, supported loads and maximum spans are respected.

‌A-9.23.2.4.(3) Dry Interior Environment for Interior Construction. Interior construction, which includes sill plates, that is not in contact with the ground, but is exposed to occasional sources of moisture, is considered to be a dry interior environment for the purpose of Sentence 9.23.2.4.(3).

A-9.23.3.1.(2) Alternative Nail Sizes. Where power nails or nails with smaller diameters than that required by Table 9.23.3.4. are used to connect framing, the following equations can be used to determine the required spacing or required number of nails.

The maximum spacing can be reduced using the following equation:

where

Sadj = adjusted nail spacing ≥ 20 × nail diameter, Stable = nail spacing required by Table 9.23.3.4.,

Dred = smaller nail diameter than that required by Table 9.23.3.1., and Dtable = nail diameter required by Table 9.23.3.1.

The number of nails can be increased using the following equation:

where

Nadj = adjusted number of nails,

Ntable = number of nails required by Table 9.23.3.4., Dtable = nail diameter required by Table 9.23.3.1., and

Dred = smaller nail diameter than required by Table 9.23.3.1.

Division B A-9.23.4.2.

‌Note that nails should be spaced sufficiently far apart—preferably no less than 55 mm apart—to avoid splitting of framing lumber.

‌A-9.23.3.1.(3) Standard for Screws. The requirement that wood screws conform to ASME B18.6.1, “Wood Screws (Inch Series),” is not intended to preclude the use of Robertson head screws. The requirement is intended to specify the mechanical properties of the fastener, not to restrict the means of driving the fastener.‌

A-9.23.3.3.(1) Prevention of Splitting. Figure A-9.23.3.3.(1) illustrates the intent of the phrase “staggering the nails in the direction of the grain.”

direction of grain

staggered nailing

EG01218A

‌Figure A-9.23.3.3.(1)

Staggered nailing

‌A-Table 9.23.3.5.-B Alternative Nail Sizes. Where power nails or nails having a different diameter than the diameters listed in CSA B111, “Wire Nails, Spikes and Staples,” are used to connect the edges of the wall sheathing to the wall framing of wood-sheathed braced wall panels, the maximum spacing should be as shown in Table A-Table 9.23.3.5.-B.

Table A-Table 9.23.3.5.-B Alternative Nail Diameters and Spacing

Element	Nail Diameter, mm(1)	Maximum Spacing of Nails Along Edges of Wall Sheathing, mm o.c.
Plywood, OSB or waferboard	2.19–2.52	75
	2.53–2.82	100
	2.83–3.09	125
	‌> 3.09	150

Notes to Table A-Table 9.23.3.5.-B:

(1) For alternative nail lengths of 63 mm or longer.

A-9.23.4.2. Span Tables for Wood Joists, Rafters and Beams. In these span tables the term “rafter” refers to a sloping wood framing member which supports the roof sheathing and encloses an attic space but does not support a ceiling. The term “roof joist” refers to a horizontal or sloping wood framing member that supports the roof sheathing and the ceiling finish but does not enclose an attic space.

Where rafters or roof joists are intended for use in a locality having a higher specified roof snow load than shown in the tables, the maximum member spacing may be calculated as the product of the member spacing and specified snow load shown in the span tables divided by the specified snow load for the locality being considered. The following examples show how this principle can be applied:

For a 3.5 kPa specified snow load, use spans for 2.5 kPa and 600 mm o.c. spacing but space members 400 mm o.c.
For a 4.0 kPa specified snow load, use spans for 2.0 kPa and 600 mm o.c. spacing but space members 300 mm o.c.

The maximum spans in the span tables are measured from the inside face or edge of support to the inside face or edge of support.

In the case of sloping roof framing members, the spans are expressed in terms of the horizontal distance between supports rather than the length of the sloping member. The snow loads are also expressed in terms of the horizontal projection of the sloping roof. Spans for odd size lumber may be estimated by straight line interpolation in the tables.

A-9.23.4.2.(2) Division B

These span tables may be used where members support a uniform live load only. Where the members are required to be designed to support a concentrated load, they must be designed in conformance with Subsection 4.3.1.

Supported joist length in Span Tables 9.23.4.2.-H, 9.23.4.2.-I and 9.23.4.2.-J means half the sum of the joist spans on both sides of the beam. For supported joist lengths between those shown in the tables, straight line interpolation may be used in determining the maximum beam span.

Span Tables 9.23.4.2.-A to 9.23.12.3.-D cover only the most common configurations. Especially in the area of floors, a wide variety of other configurations is possible: glued subfloors, concrete toppings, machine stress rated lumber, etc. The Canadian Wood Council publishes “The Span Book,” a compilation of span tables covering many of these alternative configurations. Although these tables have not been subject to the formal committee review process, the Canadian Wood Council generates, for the CCBFC, all of the Code's span tables for wood structural components; thus Code users can be confident that the alternative span tables in “The Span Book” are consistent with the span tables in the Code and with relevant Code requirements.

Spans for wood joists, rafters and beams which fall outside the scope of these tables, including those for U.S. species and individual species not marketed in the commercial species combinations described in the span tables, can be calculated in conformance with CSA O86, “Engineering design in wood.”

A-9.23.4.2.(2) Numerical Method to Establish Vibration-Controlled Spans for Wood-Frame Floors. In addition to the normal strength and deflection analyses, the calculations on which the floor joist span tables are based include a method of ensuring that the spans are not so long that floor vibrations could lead to occupants perceiving the floors as too “bouncy” or “springy.” Limiting deflection under the normal uniformly distributed loads to 1/360 of the span does not provide this assurance.

Normally, vibration analysis requires detailed dynamic modeling. However, the calculations for the span tables use the following simplified static analysis method of estimating vibration-acceptable spans:

The span which will result in a 2 mm deflection of a single joist supporting a 1 kN concentrated midpoint load is calculated.
This span is multiplied by a factor, K, to determine the “vibration-controlled” span for the entire floor system. If this span is less than the strength- or deflection-controlled span under uniformly distributed load, the vibration-controlled span becomes the maximum span.
The K factor is determined from the following relationship:

where

A, B = constants, the values of which are determined from Tables A-9.23.4.2.(2)-A or A-9.23.4.2.(2)-B, G = constant, the value of which is determined from Table A-9.23.4.2.(2)-C,

Si = span which results in a 2 mm deflection of the joist in question under a 1 kN concentrated midpoint load,

S184 = span which results in a 2 mm deflection of a 38 × 184 mm joist of same species and grade as the joist in question under a 1 kN concentrated midpoint load.

For a given joist species and grade, the value of K shall not be greater than K3, the value which results in a vibration-controlled span of exactly 3 m. This means that for vibration-controlled spans 3 m or less, K always equals K3, and for vibration-controlled spans greater than 3 m, K is as calculated.

Note that, for a sawn lumber joist, the ratio Si/S184 is equivalent to its depth (mm) divided by 184.

Due to rounding differences, the method, as presented here, might produce results slightly different from those produced by the computer program used to generate the span tables.

‌Division B A-9.23.4.2.(2)

Table A-9.23.4.2.(2)-A

Constants A and B for Calculating Vibration-Controlled Floor Joist Spans – General Cases

Subfloor Thickness, mm	With Strapping(1)			With Bridging			With Strapping and Bridging
	Joist Spacing, mm			Joist Spacing, mm			Joist Spacing, mm
	300	400	600	300	400	600	300	400	600
Constant A
15.5	0.30	0.25	0.20	0.37	0.31	0.25	0.42	0.35	0.28
19.0	0.36	0.30	0.24	0.45	0.37	0.30	0.50	0.42	0.33
Constant B
	‌0.33			0.38			0.41

Notes to Table A-9.23.4.2.(2)-A:

(1) Gypsum board attached directly to joists can be considered equivalent to strapping.

Table A-9.23.4.2.(2)-B

Constants A and B for Calculating Vibration-Controlled Floor Joist Spans – Special Cases

Subfloor Thickness, mm	Joists with Ceiling Attached to Wood Furring(1)						Joists with Concrete Topping(2)
	Without Bridging			With Bridging			With or Without Bridging
	Joist Spacing, mm			Joist Spacing, mm			Joist Spacing, mm
	300	400	600	300	400	600	300	400	600
Constant A
15.5	0.39	0.33	0.24	0.49	0.44	0.38	0.58	0.51	0.41
19.0	0.42	0.36	0.27	0.51	0.46	0.40	0.62	0.56	0.47
Constant B
	0.34			0.37			0.35

‌Notes to Table A-9.23.4.2.(2)-B:

(1) Wood furring means 19 × 89 mm boards not more than 600 mm o.c., or 19 × 64 mm boards not more than 300 mm o.c. For all other cases, see Table A-9.23.4.2.(2)-A.

(2) 30 mm to 51 mm normal weight concrete (not less than 20 MPa) placed directly on the subflooring.

Table A-9.23.4.2.(2)-C

Constant G for Calculating Vibration-Controlled Floor Joist Spans

‌Floor Description	Constant G
Floors with nailed(1) subfloor	0.00
Floor with nailed and field-glued(2) subfloor, vibration-controlled span greater than 3 m	0.10
Floor with nailed and field-glued(2) subfloor, vibration-controlled span 3 m or less	0.15

Notes to Table A-9.23.4.2.(2)-C:

(1) Common wire nails, spiral nails or wood screws can be considered equivalent for this purpose.

(2) Subfloor field-glued to floor joists with elastomeric adhesive complying with CAN/CGSB-71.26-M, “Adhesive for Field-Gluing Plywood to Lumber Framing for Floor Systems.”

Additional background information on this method can be found in the following publications:

Onysko, D.M. “Deflection Serviceability Criteria for Residential Floors.” Project 43-10C-024. Forintek Canada Corp., Ottawa, Canada 1988.
Onysko, D.M. “Performance and acceptability of wood floors – Forintek studies.” Proceedings of Symposium/Workshop on Serviceability of Buildings, Ottawa, May 16-18, National Research Council of Canada, Ottawa, 1988.

‌A-9.23.4.3.(1) Division B

‌A-9.23.4.3.(1) Maximum Spans for Steel Beams Supporting Floors in Dwellings. A beam may be considered to be laterally supported if wood joists bear on its top flange at intervals of 600 mm or less over its entire length, if all the load being applied to this beam is transmitted through the joists and if 19 mm by 38 mm wood strips in contact with the top flange are nailed on both sides of the beam to the bottom of the joists supported. Other additional methods of positive lateral support are acceptable.

For supported joist lengths intermediate between those in the table, straight line interpolation may be used in determining the maximum beam span.

A-Table 9.23.4.3. Spans for Steel Beams. The spans provided in Table 9.23.4.3. reflect a balance of engineering and acceptable proven performance. The spans have been calculated based on the following assumptions:

simply supported beam spans
laterally supported top flange
yield strength 350 MPa
deflection limit L/360
live load: first floor = 1.9 kPa; second floor = 1.4 kPa
dead load: 1.5 kPa (0.5 kPa floor + 1.0 kPa partition)

‌The calculation used to establish the specified maximum beam spans also applies a revised live load reduction factor to account for the lower probability of a full live load being applied over the supported area in

Part 9 buildings.

A-9.23.4.4. Concrete Topping. Vibration-controlled spans given in Span Table 9.23.4.2.-B for concrete topping are based on a partial composite action between the concrete, subflooring and joists. Normal weight concrete having a compressive strength of not less than 20 MPa, placed directly on the subflooring, provides extra stiffness and results in increased capacity. The use of a bond breaker between the topping and the subflooring, or the use of lightweight concrete topping limits the composite effects.

Where either a bond breaker or lightweight topping is used, Span Table 9.23.4.2.-A may be used but the additional dead load imposed by the concrete must be considered. The addition of 51 mm of concrete topping can impose an added load of 0.8 to 1.2 kPa, depending on the density of the concrete.

Example 1

Assumptions:

basic dead load = 0.5 kPa
topping dead load = 0.8 kPa
total dead load = 1.3 kPa
live load = 1.9 kPa
vibration limit per Note A-9.23.4.2.(2)
deflection limit = 1/360
ceiling attached directly to joists, no bridging

The spacing of joists in the span tables can be conservatively adjusted to allow for the increased load by using the spans in Span Table 9.23.4.2.-A for 600 mm spacing, but spacing the joists 400 mm apart. Similarly, floor beam span tables can be adjusted by using 4.8 m supported length spans for cases where the supported length equals 3.6 m.

‌Division B A-9.23.10.6.(3)

A-9.23.8.3. Joint Location in Built-Up Beams.

L 2 (–+150 mm)

L1 (–+150 mm)

not more than

one joint per piece in each span

no joints permitted in the end spans in this location

bearing plate above column

column

joints in not more

than half the members at these locations

EG00908B

‌Figure A-9.23.8.3.

Joint location in built-up beams

A-9.23.10.4.(1) Fingerjoined Lumber. NLGA 2017, “Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber,” referenced in Article 9.3.2.1., refers to two special product standards, SPS-1, “Fingerjoined Structural Lumber,” and SPS-3, “Fingerjoined “Vertical Stud Use Only” Lumber,” produced by NLGA. Material identified as conforming to these standards is considered to meet the requirements in this Sentence for joining with a structural adhesive. Lumber fingerjoined in accordance with SPS-3 should be used as a vertical end-loaded member in compression only, where sustained bending or tension-loading conditions are not present, and where the moisture content of the wood will not exceed 19%. Fingerjoined lumber may not be visually regraded or remanufactured into a higher stress grade even if the quality of the lumber containing fingerjoints would otherwise warrant such regrading.

A-9.23.10.6.(3) Single Studs at Sides of Openings.

Single studs permitted:

full height studs both sides
full height studs both sides and opening within stud space
opening within stud space

Single studs not permitted:

opening wider than stud space without full height studs both sides
opening narrower than but not within stud space

EG01408B

Figure A-9.23.10.6.(3)-A

Single studs on sides of openings in non-loadbearing interior walls not required to have a fire-resistance rating

A-9.23.13. Division B

Single studs permitted:

a), b), c) openings all narrower than and within stud space; no two full space width openings in adjacent stud spaces

Single studs not permitted:

opening wider than stud space
opening narrower than but not within stud space
two openings, full stud space width, in adjacent stud spaces

EG01409B

‌Figure A-9.23.10.6.(3)-B

Single studs on sides of openings in all other walls

A-9.23.13. Bracing for Resistance to Lateral Loads. Subsection 9.23.13. along with Articles 9.23.3.4., 9.23.3.5., 9.23.6.1., 9.23.9.8., 9.23.15.5., 9.29.5.8., 9.29.5.9., 9.29.6.3. and 9.29.9.3. provide

explicit requirements to address resistance to wind and earthquake loads in higher wind and earthquake regions of Canada.

Table A-9.23.13.

Application of Lateral Load Requirements

Applicable Requirements	Wind (HWP)			Earthquake Sa(0.2)
	Low to Moderate	High	Extreme	Low to Moderate	High	Extreme	High	Extreme
	HWP < 0.80 kPa	0.80 ≤ HWP < 1.20 kPa	HWP ≥ 1.20 kPa	Sa(0.2) ≤ 0.70	0.70 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.8	Sa(0.2) > 1.8	0.70 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.8	Sa(0.2) > 1.8
	All Construction			All Construction	Heavy Construction(1)		Light Construction
Design requirements in 9.23.16.2., 9.27., 9.29.	X(2)	N/A	N/A	X	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
Bracing requirements in 9.23.13.	X	X	N/A	X	X(3)(4)	N/A	X(4)(5)	N/A
Part 4 or CWC Guide	X	X	X	X	X	X	X	X
X = requirements are applicable

Notes to Table A-9.23.13.:

(1) See Note A-9.23.13.2.(1)(a)(i).

(2) Requirements apply to exterior walls only.

(3) Requirements apply where lowest exterior frame walls support not more than one floor.

(4) All constructions may include the support of a roof in addition to the stated number of floors.

(5) Requirements apply where lowest exterior frame walls support not more than two floors.

‌Division B A-9.23.13.4.

A-9.23.13.1.

Bracing to Resist Lateral Loads in Low Load Locations

Of the 679 locations identified in Appendix C, 614 are locations where the seismic spectral acceleration, Sa(0.2), is less than or equal to 0.70 and the 1-in-50 hourly wind pressure is less than 0.80 kPa. For buildings in these locations, Sentence 9.23.13.1.(2) requires only that exterior walls be braced using the acceptable materials and fastening specified. There are no spacing or dimension requirements for braced wall panels in these buildings.

Structural Design for Lateral Wind and Earthquake Loads

In cases where lateral load design is required, CWC 2014, “Engineering Guide for Wood Frame Construction,” provides acceptable engineering solutions as an alternative to Part 4. The CWC Guide also contains alternative solutions and provides information on the applicability of the Part 9 prescriptive structural requirements to further assist designers and building officials to identify the appropriate design approach.

A-9.23.13.2.(1)(a)(i) Heavy Construction. “Heavy construction” refers to buildings with tile roofs, stucco walls or floors with concrete topping, or that are clad with directly-applied heavyweight materials.

‌Heavyweight construction assemblies increase the lateral load on the structure during an earthquake. Assemblies should be considered as heavyweight where their average dead weight is as follows (an additional partition weight of 0.5 kPa per floor is assumed):

floor: 0.5 to 1.5 kPa
roof: 0.5 to 1.0 kPa
wall (vertical area): 0.32 to 1.2 kPa

A-9.23.13.4. Braced Wall Bands. Article 9.23.13.4. specifies the required characteristics of braced wall bands and their position in the building. Figures A-9.23.13.4.-A, A-9.23.13.4.-B and A-9.23.13.4.-C illustrate these requirements.

braced wall band max. 1.2 m wide

braced wall band full storey height

braced wall band aligned with braced wall bands on storeys above and below

braced wall band

braced wall panel

EG00682A

‌Figure A-9.23.13.4.-A

Braced wall bands in an example building section [Clauses 9.23.13.4.(1)(a), (b) and (d)]

A-9.23.13.4. Division B

building perimeter within braced wall bands

braced wall band

centre line of band

braced wall bands lap at both ends with another braced wall band so that the centre line of one band extends to the far side of the connecting band

braced wall panel

EG00683A

‌Figure A-9.23.13.4.-B

Lapping bands and building perimeter within braced wall bands [Clause 9.23.13.4.(1)(c) and Sentence 9.23.13.4.(2)]

EG00171C

Figure A-9.23.13.4.-C

Braced wall bands at changes in floor level in split-level buildings [Sentence 9.23.13.4.(3)]

‌Division B A-Table 9.23.13.5.

‌A-Table 9.23.13.5. Spacing of Braced Wall Bands and Braced Wall Panels. Identifying adjacent braced wall bands and determining the spacing of braced wall panels and braced wall bands is not complicated where the building plan is orthogonal or there are parallel braced wall bands: the adjacent braced wall band is the nearest parallel band. Figure Table A-9.23.13.5.-A illustrates spacing.

braced wall band

Where

braced wall panel

centre line of braced wall band

A = distance between centre lines of adjacent braced wall bands

B = distance between panel edges

C = distance from end of braced wall band to end of first braced wall panel

EG00684A

Figure Table A-9.23.13.5.-A

Spacing of parallel braced wall bands and spacing of braced wall panels

Identifying and Spacing Adjacent Non-Parallel Braced Wall Bands

Identifying the adjacent braced wall band and the spacing between braced wall bands is more complicated where the building plan is not orthogonal.

Where the plan is triangular, all braced wall bands intersect with the subject braced wall band. The prescriptive requirements in Part 9 do not apply to these cases and the building must be designed according to Part 4 with respect to lateral load resistance.

Where the braced wall bands are not parallel, the adjacent band is identified as follows using Figure Table A-9.23.13.5.-B as an example:

Determine the mid-point of the centre line of the subject braced wall band (A);
Project a perpendicular line from this mid-point (B);
The first braced wall band encountered is the adjacent braced wall band (C);
‌Where the projected line encounters an intersection point between two braced wall bands, either wall band may be identified as the adjacent braced wall band (complex cases).

The spacing of non-parallel braced wall bands is measured as the greatest distance between the centre lines of the bands.

A-Table 9.23.13.5. Division B

spacing between adjacent braced wall bands

Simple Cases

Complex Cases

braced wall band

braced wall panel

centre line of braced wall band

EG00685A

Figure Table A-9.23.13.5.-B

Identification and spacing of adjacent non-parallel braced wall bands

‌Division B A-9.23.13.5.(2)

‌A-9.23.13.5.(2) Perimeter Foundation Walls. Where the perimeter foundation walls in basements and crawl spaces extend from the footings to the underside of the supported floor, these walls perform the same function as braced wall bands with braced wall panels. All other braced wall bands in the basement or crawl space that align with bands with a wood-based bracing material on the upper floors need to be constructed with braced wall panels, which must be made of a wood-based bracing material, masonry or concrete. See Figure A-9.23.13.5.(2).

10 m

4 m

10 m

< 15 m

> 15 m

braced wall panels not required in braced wall band in basement

braced wall panels required in braced wall band in basement

10 m

5 m

10 m

15 m

10 m

braced wall panels required in one braced wall band in basement

braced wall band

centre line of braced wall band

braced wall panel with OSB, waferboard, plywood or diagonal lumber providing required bracing braced wall panel with gypsum board interior finish providing required bracing

EG00687A

Figure A-9.23.13.5.(2)

Braced wall bands in basements or crawl spaces with optional and required braced wall panels

‌A-9.23.13.5.(3) Division B

A-9.23.13.5.(3) Attachment of a Porch Roof to Exterior Wall Framing.

roof sheathed with structural wood panel or diagonally sheathed lumber

wall studs of the main building’s exterior braced wall band

not more than 3.5 m or D, whichever is less

end-joists or end-rafters attached to built-up column with at least five 76 mm minimum nails or at least eight 76 mm minimum nails where heavyweight construction is used in the roof of the space

ledger attached to wall studs to resist gravity loads

3-ply, 38 mm × 140 mm built-up column or 5-ply, 38 mm × 89 mm built-up column integral with wall framing

perpendicular plan dimension, D

EG00695D

Figure A-9.23.13.5.(3)-A

Porch roof framing perpendicular to wall framing between floors

roof sheathed with structural wood panel or diagonally sheathed lumber

wall studs of the main building’s exterior braced wall band

not more than 3.5 m or D, whichever is less

ledger attached to wall studs to support header beam

3-ply, 38 mm × 140 mm built-up column or 5-ply, 38 mm × 89 mm built-up column integral with wall framing

perpendicular plan dimension, D

EG00696D

Figure A-9.23.13.5.(3)-B

Porch roof framing parallel to wall framing between floors

‌Division B A-9.23.15.4.(2)

‌A-9.23.13.6.(5) and (6) Use of Gypsum Board Interior Finish to Provide Required Bracing. Braced wall panels constructed with gypsum board provide less resistance to lateral loads than panels constructed with OSB, waferboard, plywood or diagonal lumber; Sentence (5) therefore limits the use of gypsum board to interior walls. Sentence (6) further limits its use to provide the required lateral resistance

by requiring that walls not more than 15 m apart be constructed with panels made of wood or wood-based sheathing. See Figure A-9.23.13.6.(5) and (6).

maximum 15 m

braced wall band

centre line of braced wall band

braced wall panel with OSB, waferboard, plywood or diagonal lumber providing required bracing

braced wall panel with gypsum board interior finish providing required bracing EG00686A

‌Figure A-9.23.13.6.(5) and (6)

Braced wall panels constructed of wood-based material

A-9.23.14.11.(2) Wood Roof Truss Connections. Sentence 9.23.14.11.(2) requires that the connections used in wood roof trusses be designed in conformance with Subsection 4.3.1. and

Sentence 2.2.1.2.(1) of Division C, which applies to all of Part 4, requires that the designer be a professional engineer or architect skilled in the work concerned. This has the effect of requiring that the trusses themselves be designed by professional engineers or architects. Although this is a departure from the usual practice in Part 9, it is appropriate, since wood roof trusses are complex structures which depend on a number of components (chord members, web members, cross-bracing, connectors) working together to function safely. This complexity precludes the standardization of truss design into tables comprehensive enough to satisfy the variety of roof designs required by the housing industry.

‌A-9.23.15.2.(4) Water Absorption Test. A method for determining water absorption is described in ASTM D1037, “Standard Test Methods for Evaluating Properties of Wood-Base Fiber and Particle Panel

Materials.” The treatment to reduce water absorption may be considered to be acceptable if a 300 mm × 300 mm sample when treated on all sides and edges does not increase in weight by more than 6% when tested in

the horizontal position.

A-9.23.15.4.(2) OSB. CSA O437.0, “OSB and Waferboard,” requires that Type O (aligned or oriented) panels be marked to show the grade and the direction of face alignment.

‌A-9.24.3.2.(3) Division B

A-9.24.3.2.(3) Framing Above Doors in Steel Stud Fire Separations.

jack stud gypsum board

two screws - one at each end of header track

2 tracks back to back gypsum board

door frame

EG01219A

‌Figure A-9.24.3.2.(3)

Steel stud header detail

A-9.25.1.1.(2) Difference Between a Vapour Barrier and an Air Barrier. It is important to understand the difference between the functions of a vapour barrier and an air barrier. Some materials perform both functions, while others are only intended to perform one of the two.

Vapour barrier materials are intended to restrict the movement of water vapour due to vapour pressure differentials, which are created by differences in temperature and moisture content, while air barrier materials are intended to restrict the movement of air due to air pressure differentials.

A vapour barrier does not have to be continuous or sealed to perform its function of reducing the amount of water vapour that moves across an assembly, but an air barrier must be continuous and fully sealed to prevent the movement of air across the assembly.

Further information can be found in “The difference between a vapour barrier and an air barrier,” by Quirouette, R. L., Building Performance Section, Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, BPN 54, July 1985.

‌A-9.25.2.2.(2) Flame-Spread Ratings of Insulating Materials. Part 9 has no requirements for flame-spread ratings of insulation materials since these are seldom exposed in parts of buildings where fires are likely to start. Certain of the insulating material standards referenced in Sentence 9.25.2.2.(1) do include flame-spread rating criteria. These are included either because the industry producing the product wishes to demonstrate that their product does not constitute a fire hazard or because the product is regulated by

authorities other than building authorities (e.g., “Hazardous Products Act”). However, the Code cannot apply such requirements to some materials and not to others. Hence, these flame-spread rating requirements are excepted in referencing these standards.

A-9.25.2.3.(3) Position of Insulation. For thermal insulation to be effective, it must not be short-circuited by convective airflow through or around the material. If low-density fibrous insulation is

installed with an air space on both sides of the insulation, the temperature differential between the warm and cold sides will drive convective airflow around the insulation. If foamed plastic insulation is spot-adhered

to a backing wall or adhered in a grid pattern to an air-permeable substrate, and is not sealed at the joints and around the perimeter, air spaces between the insulation and the substrate will interconnect with spaces behind the cladding. Any temperature or air pressure differential across the insulation will again lead to short circuiting of the insulation by airflow. Thermal insulation must therefore be installed in full and continuous contact with the air barrier or another continuous component with low air permeance. (See Note A-9.25.5.1.(1) for examples of low-air-permeance materials.)

A-9.25.2.4.(3) Loose-Fill Insulation in Existing Wood-Frame Walls. The addition of insulation into exterior walls of existing wood-frame buildings increases the likelihood of damage to framing and cladding components as a result of moisture accumulation. Many older homes were constructed with little or no regard for protection from vapour transmission or air leakage from the interior. Adding thermal insulation will substantially reduce the temperature of the siding or sheathing in winter months, possibly leading to condensation of moisture at this location.

Defects in exterior cladding, flashing and caulking could result in rain entering the wall cavity. This moisture, if retained by the added insulation, could initiate the process of decay.

Division B A-9.25.3.4. and 9.25.3.6.

‌Steps should be taken therefore, to minimize these effects prior to the retrofit of any insulation. Any openings in walls that could permit leakage of interior heated air into the wall cavity should be sealed. The inside surface should be coated with a low-permeability paint to reduce moisture transfer by diffusion. Finally, the exterior siding, flashing and caulking should be checked and repaired if necessary to prevent rain penetration.

‌A-9.25.2.4.(5) Loose-Fill Insulation in Masonry Walls. Typical masonry cavity wall construction techniques do not lend themselves to the prevention of entry of rainwater into the wall space. For this reason, loose-fill insulation used in such space must be of the water repellent type. A test for water-repellency of loose-fill insulation suitable for installation in masonry cavity walls can be found in ASTM C516, “Standard Specification for Vermiculite Loose Fill Thermal Insulation.”

A-9.25.3.1.(1) Air Barrier Systems for Control of Condensation. The majority of moisture problems resulting from condensation of water vapour in walls and ceiling/attic spaces are caused by the leakage of moist interior heated air into these spaces rather than by the diffusion of water vapour through the building envelope.

Protection against such air leakage must be provided by a system of air-impermeable materials joined with leak-free joints. Generally, air leakage protection can be provided by the use of air-impermeable sheet materials, such as gypsum board or polyethylene of sufficient thickness, when installed with appropriate structural support. However, the integrity of the airtight elements in the air barrier system can be compromised at the joints and here special care must be taken in design and construction to achieve an effective air barrier system.

Although Section 9.25. refers separately to vapour barriers and airtight elements in the air barrier system, these functions in a wall or ceiling assembly of conventional wood-frame construction are often combined as a single membrane that acts as a barrier against moisture diffusion and the movement of interior air into insulated wall or roof cavities. Openings cut through this membrane, such as for electrical boxes, provide opportunities for air leakage into concealed spaces, and special measures must be taken to make such openings as airtight as possible. Attention must also be paid to less obvious leakage paths, such as holes for electric wiring, plumbing installations, wall-ceiling and wall-floor intersections, and gaps created by shrinkage of framing members.

In any case, air leakage must be controlled to a level where the occurrence of condensation will be sufficiently rare, or the quantities accumulated sufficiently small, and drying sufficiently rapid, to avoid material deterioration and the growth of mould and fungi.

Generally the location in a building assembly of the airtight element of the air barrier system is not critical; it can restrict air leakage whether it is located near the outer surface of the assembly, near the inner surface or at some intermediate location. However, if a material chosen to act as an airtight element in the air barrier system also has the characteristics of a vapour barrier (i.e., low permeability to water vapour), its location must be chosen more carefully in order to avoid moisture problems. (See Notes A-9.25.5.1.(1) and A-9.25.4.3.(2).)

In some constructions, an airtight element in the air barrier system is the interior finish, such as gypsum board, which is sealed to framing members and adjacent components by gaskets, caulking, tape or other methods

to complete the air barrier system. In such cases, special care in sealing joints in a separate vapour barrier is not critical. This approach often uses no separate vapour barrier but relies on appropriate paint coatings to give the interior finish sufficient resistance to water vapour diffusion that it can provide the required vapour diffusion protection.

The wording in Section 9.25. allows for such innovative techniques, as well as the more traditional approach of using a continuous sheet, such as polyethylene, to act as an “air/vapour barrier.”

Further information can be found in CBD 231, “Moisture problems in houses” (Canadian Building Digest 231), by A.T. Hansen, which is available from NRC.

A-9.25.3.4. and 9.25.3.6. Air Leakage and Soil Gas Control in Floors-on-ground. The requirement in Sentence 9.25.3.3.(6) regarding the sealing of penetrations of the air barrier also applies to hollow metal and masonry columns penetrating the floor slab. Not only the perimeters but also the centres of such columns must be sealed or blocked.

A-9.25.3.6.(2) and (3) Division B

exterior wall dampproofing (bituminous)

flexible sealant

slab dampproofing and soil gas barrier

granular fill

EG00419B

Figure A-9.25.3.4. and 9.25.3.6.-A

Dampproofing and soil gas control at foundation wall/floor junctions with solid walls

The requirement in Sentence 9.25.3.6.(6) regarding drainage openings in slabs can be satisfied with any of a number of proprietary devices that prevent the entry of radon and other soil gases through floor drains. Some types of floor drains incorporate a trap that is connected to a nearby tap so that the trap is filled every time the tap is used. This is intended to prevent the entry of sewer gas but would be equally effective against

the entry of radon and other soil gases.

exterior wall dampproofing (bituminous)

parging flexible sealant

slab dampproofing and soil gas barrier

granular fill

EG00419C

‌Figure A-9.25.3.4. and 9.25.3.6.-B

Dampproofing and soil gas control at foundation wall/floor junctions with hollow walls

A-9.25.3.6.(2) and (3) Polyethylene Air Barriers under Floors-on-Ground. Floors-on-ground separating conditioned space from the ground must be constructed to reduce the potential for the entry of air, radon or other soil gases. In most cases, this will be accomplished by placing 0.15 mm polyethylene under the floor.

Finishing a concrete slab placed directly on polyethylene can, in many cases, cause problems for the inexperienced finisher. A rule of finishing, whether concrete is placed on polyethylene or not, is to never finish or “work” the surface of the slab while bleed water is present or before all the bleed water has risen to the surface and evaporated. If finishing operations are performed before all the bleed water has risen and evaporated, surface defects such as blisters, crazing, scaling and dusting can result. In the case of slabs placed directly on polyethylene, the amount of bleed water that may rise to the surface and the time required for it to do so are increased compared to a slab placed on a compacted granular base. Because of the polyethylene, the excess water in the mix from the bottom portion of the slab cannot bleed downward and out of the slab and be absorbed into the granular material below. Therefore, all bleed water, including that from the bottom of the slab, must now rise through the slab to the surface. Quite often in such cases, finishing operations are begun too soon and surface defects result.

One solution that is often suggested is to place a layer of sand between the polyethylene and the concrete. However, this is not an acceptable solution for the following reason: it is unlikely that the polyethylene will survive the slab pouring process entirely intact. Nevertheless, the polyethylene will still be effective in retarding the flow of soil gas if it is in intimate contact with the concrete; soil gas will only be able to penetrate where a break in the polyethylene coincides with a crack in the concrete. The majority of concrete cracks will probably be underlain by intact polyethylene. On the other hand, if there is an intervening layer of a porous medium, such as sand, soil gas will be able to travel laterally from a break in the polyethylene to the nearest crack in the concrete and the total system will be much less resistant to soil gas penetration.

Division B A-9.25.5.1.

‌To reduce and/or control the cracking of concrete slabs, it is necessary to understand the nature and causes of volume changes of concrete and in particular those relating to drying shrinkage. The total amount of water in a mix is by far the largest contributor to the amount of drying shrinkage and resulting potential cracking that may be expected from a given concrete. The less total amount of water in the mix, the less volume change (due to evaporation of water), which means the less drying shrinkage that will occur. To lessen the volume change and potential cracking due to drying shrinkage, a mix with the lowest total amount of water that is practicable should always be used. To lower the water content of a mix, superplasticizers are often added to provide the needed workability of the concrete during the placing operation. Concretes with a high

water-to-cementing-materials ratio usually have high water content mixes. They should be avoided to minimize drying shrinkage and cracking of the slab. The water-to-cementing-materials ratio for slabs-on-ground should be no higher than 0.55.

A-9.25.4.2.(2) Vapour Barrier Materials in Foundation Wall Assemblies Enclosing Basements or Heated Crawl Spaces. In the summer, solar heating can cause condensation to form on the wall-facing side of polyethylene membranes that are installed on the warm side of foundation wall assemblies enclosing a basement or heated crawl space. Moisture in the foundation wall due to wind-driven rain is driven to the interior when the above-ground portion of the wall is exposed to solar heating.

Variable-permeance vapour barrier materials allow moisture to dissipate into the basement or heated crawl space during the summer and have thus been shown to minimize the formation of condensation in foundation wall assemblies. These materials have proven effective whether installed continuously over the full area of the foundation wall or continuously over not less than the top half of the full height of the wall area, starting from the above-ground portion, with a polyethylene membrane installed over the remaining bottom portion.

Sentence 9.25.4.2.(2) is not intended to preclude the use of variable-permeance vapour barriers in above-grade wall assemblies. However, when contemplating their use in such an application, consideration should be given to the climatic conditions at the building's location.

A-9.25.4.2.(3) Normal Conditions. The requirement for a 60 ng/(Pa×s×m2) vapour barrier stated in Sentence 9.25.4.2.(1) is based on the assumption that the building assembly is subjected to conditions that are considered normal for typical residential occupancies, and business and personal services occupancies.

‌However, where the intended use of an occupancy includes facilities or activities that will generate a substantial amount of moisture indoors during the heating season, such as swimming pools, greenhouses, laundromats, and any continuous operation of hot tubs and saunas, the building envelope assemblies would have to demonstrate acceptable performance levels in accordance with the requirements in Part 5.

‌A-9.25.4.2.(6) Protection of Vapour Barriers. The requirements of CAN/CGSB-51.33-M, “Vapour Barrier Sheet, Excluding Polyethylene, for Use in Building Construction,” were developed for paper-based vapour barriers, which are not susceptible to deterioration under prolonged exposure to direct ultraviolet (UV) radiation. Since the publication of the last edition of this standard in 1989, non-polyethylene vapour barriers have become available that are susceptible to UV-induced deterioration. These vapour barriers must be protected by a covering or installed in locations where they will not be exposed to direct UV radiation after the completion of construction. In addition, the vapour barrier manufacturer's guidance regarding the maximum allowable time of exposure to direct UV radiation should be followed where provided. Exposure to direct UV radiation most commonly occurs around window openings.

‌A-9.25.4.3.(2) Location of Vapour Barriers. Assemblies in which the vapour barrier is located partway through the insulation meet the intent of this Article provided it can be shown that the temperature of the vapour barrier will not fall below the dew point of the heated interior air.

A-9.25.5.1. Location of Low Permeance Materials.

Low Air- and Vapour-Permeance Materials and Implications for Moisture Accumulation

The location in a building assembly of a material with low air permeance is generally not critical; the material can restrict outward movement of indoor air whether it is located near the outer surface of the assembly, near the inner surface, or at some intermediate location, and such restriction of air movement is generally beneficial, whether or not the particular material is designated as part of the air barrier system. However, if such a material also has the characteristics of a vapour barrier (i.e. low permeability to water vapour), its location must be chosen more carefully in order to avoid moisture accumulation.

A-9.25.5.1. Division B

Any moisture from the indoor air that diffuses through the inner layers of the assembly or is carried by air leakage through those layers may be prevented from diffusing or being transferred through the assembly by a low air- and vapour-permeance material. This moisture transfer will usually not cause a problem if the material is located where the temperature is above the dew point of the indoor air: the water vapour will remain as vapour, the humidity level in the assembly will come to equilibrium with that of the indoor air, further accumulation of moisture will cease or stabilize at a low rate, and no harm will be done.

But if the low air- and vapour-permeance material is located where the temperature is below the dew point of the air at that location, water vapour will condense and accumulate as water or ice, which will reduce the humidity level and encourage the movement of more water vapour into the assembly. If the temperature remains below the dew point for any length of time, significant moisture could accumulate. When warmer weather returns, the presence of a material with low water vapour permeance can retard drying of the accumulated moisture. Moisture that remains into warmer weather can support the growth of decay organisms.

Due consideration should be given to the properties and location of any material in the building envelope, including paints, liquid-applied or sprayed-on and trowelled-on materials. It is recognized that constructions that include low air- and vapour-permeance materials are acceptable, but only where these materials are not susceptible to damage from moisture or where they can accommodate moisture, for example insulated concrete walls. Further information on the construction of basement walls can be found in “Performance Guidelines for Basement Envelope Systems and Materials,” published by NRC.

Cladding

Different cladding materials have different vapour permeances and different degrees of susceptibility to moisture deterioration. They are each installed in different ways that are more or less conducive to the release of moisture that may accumulate on the inner surface. Sheet or panel-type cladding materials, such as metal sheet, have a vapour permeance less than 60 ng/(Pa×s×m2). Sheet metal cladding that has lock seams also has a low air leakage characteristic and so must be installed outboard of a drained and vented air space. Assemblies clad with standard residential vinyl or metal strip siding do not require additional protection as the joints are not so tight as to prevent the dissipation of moisture.

Sheathing

Like cladding, sheathing materials have different vapour permeances and different degrees of susceptibility to moisture deterioration.

Low-permeance sheathing may serve as the vapour barrier if it can be shown that the temperature of the interior surface of the sheathing will not fall below that at which saturation will occur. This may be the case where insulating sheathing is used.

Thermal Insulation

Where low-permeance foamed plastic is the sole thermal insulation in a building assembly, the temperature of the inner surface of this element will be close to the interior temperature. If the foamed plastic insulation has a permeance below 60 ng/(Pa×s×m2), it can fulfill the function of a vapour barrier to control condensation within the assembly due to vapour diffusion. However, where low-permeance thermal insulating sheathing is installed on the outside of an insulated frame wall, the temperature of the inner surface of the insulating sheathing may fall below the dew point; in this case, the function of vapour barrier has to be provided by a separate building element installed on the warm side of the assembly.

Normal Conditions

The required minimum ratios given in Table 9.25.5.2. are based on the assumption that the building assembly is subjected to conditions that are considered normal for typical residential occupancies, and business and personal services occupancies.

However, where the intended use of an occupancy includes facilities or activities that will generate a substantial amount of moisture indoors during the heating season, such as swimming pools, greenhouses, the operation of a laundromat or any continuous operation of

Division B A-9.25.5.1.(1)

‌hot tubs and saunas, the building envelope assemblies would have to demonstrate acceptable performance levels in accordance with the requirements in Part 5.

‌A-9.25.5.1.(1) Air and Vapour Permeance Values. The air leakage characteristics and water vapour permeance values for a number of common materials are given in Table A-9.25.5.1.(1). These values are provided on a generic basis; proprietary products may have values differing somewhat from those in the Table (consult the manufacturers' current data sheets for their products' values).

The values quoted are for the material thickness listed. Water vapour permeance is inversely proportional to thickness: therefore, greater thicknesses will have lower water vapour permeance values.

Table A-9.25.5.1.(1)

Air and Vapour Permeance Values(1)

Material	Air Leakage Characteristic, L/(s×m2) at 75 Pa (Air Permeance)	Water Vapour Permeance, (Dry Cup) ng/(Pa×s×m2)
Sheet and panel-type materials 12.7-mm gypsum board painted (1 coat primer) painted (1 coat primer + 2 coats latex paint) 12.7-mm foil-backed gypsum board 12.7-mm gypsum board sheathing 6.4-mm plywood 11-mm oriented strandboard 12.5-mm cement board plywood (from 9.5 mm to 18 mm) fibreboard sheathing 17-mm wood sheathing	0.02	2600
	negligible	1300
	negligible	180
	negligible	negligible
	0.0091	1373
	0.0084	23 – 74
	0.0108	44 (range)
	0.147	590
	negligible – 0.01	40 – 57
	0.012 – 1.91	100 – 2900
	high – depends on no. of joints	982
Insulation
27-mm foil-faced polyisocyanurate	negligible	4.3
27-mm paper-faced polyisocyanurate	negligible	61.1
25-mm extruded polystyrene	negligible	23 – 92
25-mm expanded polystyrene (Type 2)	0.0214	86 – 160
fibrous insulations	very high	very high
25-mm polyurethane spray foam – low density	0.011	894 – 3791
25-mm polyurethane spray foam – medium density	negligible	96(2)
Membrane-type materials
asphalt-impregnated paper (10 min paper)	0.0673	370
asphalt-impregnated paper (30 min paper)	0.4	650
asphalt-impregnated paper (60 min paper)	0.44	1800
water-resistive barriers (9 materials)	negligible – 4.3	30 – 1200
0.15-mm polyethylene	negligible	1.6 – 5.8
asphalt-saturated felt (#15)	0.153	290
building paper	0.2706	170 – 1400
spun-bonded polyolefin film (expanded)	0.9593	3646
Other materials
brick (6 materials)	negligible	102 – 602
metal	negligible	negligible
mortar mixes (4 materials)	negligible	13 – 690
stucco	negligible	75 – 240
50-mm reinforced concrete (density: 2 330 kg/m3)	negligible	23

Notes to Table A-9.25.5.1.(1):

(1) Air leakage and vapour permeance values derived from:

Bombaru, D., Jutras, R. and Patenaude, A. “Air Permeance of Building Materials.” Summary Report prepared by AIR-INS Inc. for Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation, Ottawa, 1988. Values indicate properties of tested materials only; values for specific products
may vary significantly.
“Details of Air Barrier Systems for Houses.” Tarion Warranty Corporation (formerly Ontario New Home Warranty Program), Toronto, 1993.

A-9.25.5.1.(1)(a)(ii) Division B

Table A-9.25.5.1.(1) (Continued)

Kumaran, M.K., et al., ASHRAE Research Report 1018 RP, A Thermal and Moisture Transport Property Database for Common Building and Insulating Materials.
Kumaran, M.K., Lackey, J., Normandin, N., van Reenen, D., Tariku, F., Summary Report from Task 3 of MEWS Project at the Institute for Research in Construction-Hygrothermal Properties of Several Building Materials, IRC-RR-110, March 2002.
‌Mukhopadhyaya, P., Kumaran, M.K., et al., Hygrothermal Properties of Exterior Claddings, Sheathings Boards, Membranes and Insulation Materials for Building Envelope Design, Proceedings of Thermal Perfomance of the Exterior Envelopes of Whole Building X, Clearwater, Florida, December 2-7, 2007, pp. 1-16 (NRCC-50287).

(2) This water vapour permeance value is for a 25-mm-thick core layer of medium-density polyurethane spray foam. When installed in the field, a low permeance resin layer forms where the foam is in contact with the substrate. The water vapour permeance of the installed foam, were it measured including the resin layer, would therefore likely be lower than the value listed in the Table.

‌A-9.25.5.1.(1)(a)(ii) Reduced Potential for Condensation in the Building Envelope. The requirements in Article 9.25.5.2. aim to reduce the risk of condensation being introduced into wall assemblies due to the water vapour permeance of the outboard materials. Research has confirmed that the reduced condensation potential of exterior continuous insulation with a thermal resistance of at least 0.7 (m2×K)/W and a water vapour permeance between 30 and 1 800 ng/(Pa×s×m2) compares to reference assemblies without exterior insulation in a given geographic location and climatic exposure.

Water vapour permeance, ng/Pa×s×m2

‌A-9.25.5.1.(3) Wood-based Sheathing Materials. Wood-based sheathing materials, such as plywood and OSB, that are not more than 12.5 mm thick are exempt from complying with Sentence 9.25.5.1.(1) because wood has an adaptive vapour permeance based on relative humidity: it has a low vapour permeance in an environment with low relative humidity and a higher vapour permeance in an environment with high relative humidity (see Figure A-9.25.5.1.(3)).

2000

1800

1600

1400

OSB (11 mm thick with a density of 650 kg/m3) plywood (15 mm thick with a density of 600 kg/m3) range of extruded polystyrene products (25 mm thick)

1200

1000

800

600

400

200

Relative humidity, %

100

EG01392A

Figure A-9.25.5.1.(3)

Adaptive water vapour permeance of wood-based sheathing materials

Division B A-9.25.5.2.

‌This adaptive vapour permeance means that wood-based materials located on the outboard side of an assembly in winter, where the RH is typically 75% or higher, are relatively vapour-open, thus allowing greater vapour movement. The same wood-based material located on the inboard side of an assembly, where the RH is typically much lower in winter, has a low vapour permeance, thus mitigating the movement of vapour.

A-9.25.5.2. Assumptions Followed in Developing Table 9.25.5.2. Article 9.25.5.2. specifies that a low air- and vapour-permeance material must be located on the warm face of the assembly, outboard of a vented air space, or within the assembly at a position where its inner surface is likely to be warm enough for most of the heating season such that no significant accumulation of moisture will occur. This last position is defined by the ratio of the thermal resistance values outboard and inboard of the innermost impermeable surface of the material in question.

The design values given in Table 9.25.5.2. are based on the assumption that the building includes a mechanical ventilation system (between 0.3 and 0.5 air changes per hour), a 60 ng/(Pa×s×m2) vapour barrier, and an air barrier (values between 0.024 and 0.1 L/sm2 through the assembly were used). The moisture generated by occupants and their use of bathrooms, cleaning, laundry and kitchen appliances was assumed to fall between

7.5 and 11.5 L per day.

It has been demonstrated through modeling under these conditions that assemblies constructed according to the requirements in Table 9.25.5.2. do not lead to moisture accumulation levels that may lead to deterioration as long as the average monthly vapour pressure difference between the exterior and interior sides over the heating season does not increase above 750 Pa, which would translate into an interior relative humidity of 35% in colder climates and 60% in mild climates.

Health Canada recommends an indoor relative humidity between 35% and 50% for healthy conditions. ASHRAE accepts a 30% to 60% range. Environments that are much drier tend to exacerbate respiratory problems and allergies; more humid environments tend to support the spread of microbes, moulds and dust mites, which can adversely affect health.

In most of Canada in the winter, indoor RH is limited by the exterior temperature and the corresponding temperature on the inside of windows. During colder periods, indoor RH higher than 35% will cause significant condensation on windows. When this occurs, occupants are likely to increase the ventilation to remove excess moisture. Although indoor RH may exceed 35% for short periods when the outside temperature is warmer, the criteria provided in Table 9.25.5.2. will still apply. Where higher relative humidities are maintained for extended periods in these colder climates, the ratios listed in the Table may not provide adequate protection.

Some occupancies require that RH be maintained above 35% throughout the year, and some interior spaces support activities such as swimming that create high relative humidities. In these cases, Table 9.25.5.2. cannot be used and the position of the materials must be determined according to Part 5.

It should be noted that Part 9 building envelopes in regions with colder winters have historically performed acceptably when the interior RH does not exceed 35% over most of the heating season. With tighter building envelopes, it is possible to raise interior RH levels above 35%. There is no information, however, on how

Part 9 building envelopes will perform when exposed to these higher indoor RH levels for extended periods during the heating season over many years. Operation of the ventilation system, as intended to remove indoor pollutants, will maintain the lower RH levels as necessary.

Calculating Inboard to Outboard Thermal Resistance

The method of calculating the inboard to outboard thermal resistance ratio is illustrated in Figure A-9.25.5.2. The example wall section shows three planes where low air- and vapour-permeance materials have been installed. A vapour barrier, installed to meet the requirements of Subsection 9.25.4., is on the warm side of the insulation consistent with Clause 9.25.5.2.(1)(a) and Sentences 9.25.4.1.(1) and 9.25.4.3.(2). The vinyl siding has an integral drained and vented air space consistent with Clause 9.25.5.2.(1)(c). The position of the interior face of the low-permeance insulating sheathing, however, must be reviewed in terms of its thermal resistance relative to the overall thermal resistance of the wall, and the climate where the building is located.

Comparing the RSI ratio from the example wall section with those in Table 9.25.5.2. indicates that this wall would be acceptable in areas with Celsius degree-day values up to 7999, which includes, for example, Whitehorse, Fort McMurray, Yorkton, Flin Flon, Geraldton, Val-d'Or and Wabush. (Degree-day values for various locations in Canada are provided in Appendix C.)

A similar calculation would indicate that, for a similar assembly with a 140 mm stud cavity filled with an RSI 3.52 batt, the ratio would be 0.28. Thus such a wall could be used in areas with Celsius degree-day

A-9.25.5.2. Division B

values up to 4999, which includes, for example, Cranbrook, Lethbridge, Ottawa, Montreal, Fredericton, Sydney, Charlottetown and St. John's.

Table A-9.25.5.2. shows the minimum thicknesses of low-permeance insulating sheathing necessary to satisfy Article 9.25.5.2. in various degree-day zones for a range of resistivity values of insulating sheathing. These thicknesses are based on the detail shown in Figure A-9.25.5.2. but could also be used with cladding details, such as brick veneer or wood siding, which provide equal or greater outboard thermal resistance.

Outboard
RSI	Total RSI	RSI Ratio
0.03	1.02	1.02 = 0.44 2.31
0.12
0.87
2.11	2.31
0.08
0.12
Inboard

air film exterior

metal or vinyl siding insulating sheathing

plane of low air and vapour permeance

glass fibre batt in 89 mm stud cavity

vapour barrier

13 mm gypsum board

air film

interior

EG00382F

‌Figure A-9.25.5.2.

Example of a wall section showing thermal resistance inboard and outboard of a plane of low air and vapour permeance

Table A-9.25.5.2.

Minimum Thicknesses of Low-Permeance Insulating Sheathing

Celsius Heating Degree-days	Min. RSI Ratio	38 × 89 Framing					38 × 140 Framing
		Min. Outboard Thermal Resistance, RSI	Min. Sheathing Thickness, mm				Min. Outboard Thermal Resistance, RSI	Min. Sheathing Thickness, mm
			Sheathing Thermal Resistance, RSI/mm					Sheathing Thermal Resistance, RSI/mm
			0.0300	0.0325	0.0350	0.0400		0.0300	0.0325	0.0350	0.0400
≤ 4999	0.20	0.46	10	10	9	8	0.72	19	17	16	14
5000 to 5999	0.30	0.69	18	17	16	14	1.07	31	28	26	23
6000 to 6999	0.35	0.81	22	20	19	16	1.25	37	34	32	28
7000 to 7999	0.40	0.92	26	24	22	19	1.43	43	39	37	32
8000 to 8999	0.50	1.16	34	31	29	25	1.79	55	50	47	41
9000 to 9999	0.55	1.27	37	34	32	28	1.97	61	56	52	45
10000 to 10999	0.60	1.39	41	38	35	31	2.15	67	61	57	50
11000 to 11999	0.65	1.50	45	42	39	34	2.33	73	67	62	54
≥ 12000	0.75	1.73	53	49	45	40	2.69	85	78	72	63

Division B A-9.27.2.

References

“Exposure Guidelines for Residential Indoor Air Quality,” Environmental Health Directorate, Health Protection Branch, Health Canada, Ottawa, April 1987 (Revised July 1989).
ANSI/ASHRAE 62, “Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality.”

‌A-9.26.1.1.(1) Platforms that Effectively Serve as Roofs. Decks, balconies, exterior walkways and similar exterior surfaces effectively serve as roofs where these platforms do not permit the free drainage of water through the deck. When water is driven by wind across the deck (roof) surface, it can be driven upward when it encounters an interruption.

‌A-9.26.2.3.(4) Fasteners for Treated Shingles. Where shingles or shakes have been chemically treated with a preservative or a fire retardant, the fastener should be of a material known to be compatible with the chemicals used in the treatment.

‌A-9.26.4.1. Junctions between Roofs and Walls or Guards. Drainage of water from decks and other platforms that effectively serve as roofs will be blocked by walls, and blocked or restricted by guards where significant lengths and heights of material are connected to the deck. Without proper flashing at such roof-wall junctions or roof-guard junctions, water will generally leak into the adjoining constructions and can penetrate into supporting constructions below. Exceptions include platforms where waterproof curbs of sufficient height are cast-in or where the deck and wall or guard are unit-formed. In these cases, the monolithic deck-wall or deck-guard junctions will minimize the likelihood of water ingress. (See also Note A-9.26.1.1.(1).)

‌A-9.26.17.1.(1) Installation of Concrete Roof Tiles. Where concrete roof tiles are to be installed, the dead load imposed by this material should be considered in determining the minimum sizes and maximum spans of the supporting roof members.

‌A-9.27.1.1.(5) EIFS on Walls with Cold-Formed Steel Stud Framing. While Part 9 permits the installation of exterior insulation finish systems on walls with cold-formed steel stud framing, the design of loadbearing steel walls is outside the scope of Part 9 and is addressed in Part 4 (see Sentence 9.24.1.1.(2)).

A-9.27.2. Required Protection from Precipitation. Part 5 and Part 9 of the NBC recognize that mass walls and face-sealed, concealed barrier and rainscreen assemblies have their place in the Canadian context.

Mass walls are generally constructed of cast-in-place concrete or masonry. Without cladding or surface finish, they can be exposed to precipitation for a significant period before moisture will penetrate from the exterior to the interior. The critical characteristics of these walls are related to thickness, mass, and moisture transfer properties, such as shedding, absorption and moisture diffusivity.

Face-sealed assemblies have only a single plane of protection. Sealant installed between cladding elements and other envelope components is part of the air barrier system and is exposed to the weather. Face-sealed assemblies are appropriate where it can be demonstrated that they will provide acceptable performance with respect to the health and safety of the occupants, the operation of building services and the provision of conditions suitable for the intended occupancy. These assemblies, however, require more intensive, regular and ongoing maintenance, and should only be selected on the basis of life-cycle costing considering the risk of failure and all implications should failure occur. Climate loads such as wind-driven rain, for example, should

be considered. Face-sealed assemblies are not recommended where the building owner may not be aware of the maintenance issue or where regular maintenance may be problematic.

Concealed barrier assemblies include both a first and second plane of protection. The first plane comprises the cladding, which is intended to handle the majority of the precipitation load. The second plane of protection is intended to handle any water that penetrates the cladding plane. It allows for the dissipation of this water, primarily by gravity drainage, and provides a barrier to further ingress.

Like concealed barrier assemblies, rainscreen assemblies include both a first and second plane of protection. The first plane comprises the cladding, which is designed and constructed to handle virtually all of the precipitation load. The second plane of protection is designed and constructed to handle only very small quantities of incidental water; composition of the second plane is described in Note A-9.27.3.1. In these assemblies, the air barrier system, which plays a role in controlling precipitation ingress due to air pressure difference, is protected from the elements. (See Figure A-9.27.2.)

A-9.27.2.1.(1) Division B

rain penetration control elements

first plane of protection (cladding)

second plane of protection (air space and sheathing membrane)

first plane of protection (cladding)

second plane of protection (insulating sheathing)

first plane of protection (composite cladding)

rain penetration control elements

second plane of protection

(2 layers

of sheathing membrane)

inner boundary of second plane of protection

heat, air and vapour control elements with structural elements and finishes

(a)

heat, air and vapour control elements with structural elements and finishes

(b)

heat, air and vapour control elements with structural elements and finishes

(c)

EG02060A

Figure A-9.27.2.

Generic rainscreen assemblies

The cladding assembly described in Sentence 9.27.2.2.(4) is a basic rainscreen assembly. This approach is required for residential buildings where a higher level of ongoing performance is expected without significant maintenance. This approach, however, is recommended in all cases.

The cladding assemblies described in Sentence 9.27.2.2.(5) are also rainscreen assemblies. The assembly described in Clause 9.27.2.2.(1)(c) is again a basic rainscreen assembly. A wall with a capillary break as described in Clause 9.27.2.2.(1)(a) is an open rainscreen assembly. Walls with a capillary break as described in Clause 9.27.2.2.(1)(b) have been referred to as drainscreen assemblies.

‌A-9.27.2.1.(1) Minimizing Precipitation Ingress. The total prevention of precipitation ingress into wall assemblies is difficult to achieve and, depending on the wall design and construction, may not be absolutely necessary. The amount of moisture that enters a wall, and the frequency with which this occurs,

must be limited. The occurrence of ingress must be sufficiently rare, accumulation sufficiently small and drying sufficiently rapid to prevent the deterioration of moisture-susceptible materials and the growth of fungi.

A-9.27.2.2. Required Levels of Protection from Precipitation. Precursors to Part 9 and all editions of the NBC containing a Part 9 applying to housing and small buildings included a performance-based provision requiring that cladding provide protection from the weather for inboard materials. Industry requested that Part 9 provide additional guidance to assist in determining the minimum levels of protection from precipitation to be provided by cladding assemblies. As with all requirements in the NBC, the new requirements in Article 9.27.2.2. describe the minimum cladding assembly configuration. Designers must still consider local accepted good practice, demonstrated performance and the specific conditions to which a particular wall will be exposed when designing or selecting a cladding assembly.

Division B A-9.27.3.1.

Capillary Breaks

The properties that are necessary for a material or assembly to provide a capillary break, and quantitative values for those properties, have not been defined. Among the material properties that need to be addressed are water absorption and susceptibility to moisture-related deterioration. Among the assembly characteristics to be considered are bridging of spaces by water droplets, venting and drainage.

Clause 9.27.2.2.(1)(a) describes the capillary break configuration typical of open rainscreen construction. The minimum 10 mm will avoid bridging of the space by water droplets and allow some construction tolerance.

Clause 9.27.2.2.(1)(b) describes a variation on the typical open rainscreen configuration. Products used to provide the capillary break include a variety of non-moisture-susceptible, open-mesh materials.

Clause 9.27.2.2.(1)(c) describes a configuration that is typical of that provided by horizontal vinyl and metal siding, without contoured insulating backing. The air space behind the cladding components and the loose installation reduce the likelihood of moisture becoming trapped and promote drying by airflow.

Clause 9.27.2.2.(1)(d) recognizes the demonstrated performance of masonry cavity walls and masonry veneer walls.

Moisture Index

The moisture index (MI) for a particular location reflects both the wetting and drying characteristics of the climate and depends on

annual rainfall, and
the temperature and relative humidity of the outdoor ambient air. MI values are derived from detailed research and calculations.

Due to a lack of definitive data, the MI values identified in Sentence 9.27.2.2.(5), which trigger exceptions to or additional precipitation protection, are based on expert opinion. Designers should consider local experience and demonstrated performance when selecting materials and assemblies for protection from precipitation. For further information on MI, see Appendix C.

A-9.27.3.1. Second Plane of Protection. As specified in Sentence 9.27.3.1.(1), the second plane of protection consists of a drainage plane with an appropriate material serving as the inner boundary and flashing to dissipate rainwater or meltwater to the exterior.

Drainage Plane

Except for masonry walls, the simplest configuration of a drainage plane is merely a vertical interface between materials that will allow gravity to draw the moisture down to the flashing to allow it to dissipate to the exterior. It does not necessarily need to be constructed as a clear drainage space (air space).

For masonry walls, an open rainscreen assembly is required; that is, an assembly with first and second planes of protection where the drainage plane is constructed as a drained and vented air space. Such construction also constitutes best practice for walls other than masonry walls.

Section 9.20. requires drainage spaces of 25 mm for masonry veneer walls and 50 mm for cavity walls. In other than masonry walls, the drainage space in an open rainscreen assembly should be at least 10 mm deep. Drainage holes must be designed in conjunction with the flashing.

Sheathing Membrane

The sheathing membrane described in Article 9.27.3.2. is not a waterproof material. When installed to serve as the inner boundary of the second plane of protection, and when that plane of protection includes

a drainage space at least 10 mm deep, the performance of the identified sheathing membrane has been demonstrated to be adequate. This is because the material is expected to have to handle only a very small quantity of water that penetrates the first plane of protection.

If the 10 mm drainage space is reduced or interrupted, the drainage capacity and the capillary break provided by the space will be reduced. In these cases, the material selected to serve as the inner boundary may need to be upgraded to provide greater water resistance in order to protect moisture-susceptible materials in the backing wall.

A-9.27.3.4.(2) Division B

Appropriate Level of Protection

It is recognized that many cladding assemblies with no space or with discontinuous space behind the cladding, and with the sheathing membrane material identified in Article 9.27.3.2., have provided acceptable performance with a range of precipitation loads imposed on them. Vinyl and metal strip siding, and shake and shingle cladding, for example, are installed with discontinuous drained spaces, and have demonstrated acceptable performance in most conditions. Lapped wood and composite strip sidings, depending on their profiles, may or may not provide discontinuous spaces, and generally provide little drainage. Cladding assemblies with limited drainage capability that use a sheathing membrane meeting the minimum requirements are not recommended where they may be exposed to high precipitation loads or where the level of protection provided by the cladding is unknown or questionable. Local practice with demonstrated performance should be considered. (See also Article 9.27.2.2. and Note A-9.27.2.2.)

‌A-9.27.3.4.(2) Detailing of Joints in Exterior Insulating Sheathing. The shape of a joint is critical to its ability to shed water. Tongue and groove, and lapped joints can shed water if oriented correctly. Butt joints can drain to either side and so should not be used unless they are sealed. However, detailing of joints requires attention not just to the shape of the joint but also to the materials that form the joint. For example, even if properly shaped, the joints in insulating sheathing with an integral sheathing membrane could not be expected to shed water if the insulating material absorbs water, unless the membrane extends through the joints.

‌A-9.27.3.5.(1) Sheathing Membranes in lieu of Sheathing. Article 9.23.17.1. indicates that sheathing must be installed only where the cladding requires intermediate fastening between supports (studs) or where the cladding requires a solid backing. Cladding such as brick or panels would be exempt from

this requirement and in these cases a double layer of sheathing membrane would generally be needed. The exception (Article 9.27.3.6.) applies only to those types of cladding that provide a face seal to the weather.

A-9.27.3.6. Sheathing Membrane under Face Sealed Cladding. The purpose of sheathing membrane on walls is to reduce air infiltration and to control the entry of wind-driven rain. Certain types of cladding consisting of very large sheets or panels with well-sealed joints will perform this function, eliminating the need for sheathing membrane. This is true of the metal cladding with lock-seamed joints sometimes used on mobile homes. However, it does not apply to metal or plastic siding applied in narrow strips which is intended to simulate the appearance of lapped wood siding. Such material does not act as a substitute for sheathing membrane since it incorporates provision for venting the wall cavity and has many loosely-fitted joints which cannot be counted on to prevent the entry of wind and rain.

‌Furthermore, certain types of sheathing systems can perform the function of the sheathing membrane. Where it can be demonstrated that a sheathing material is at least as impervious to air and water penetration as sheathing membrane and that its jointing system results in joints that are at least as impervious to air and water penetration as the material itself, sheathing membrane may be omitted.

A-9.27.3.8.(1) Required Flashing.

Horizontal Offsets

Where a horizontal offset in the cladding is provided by a single cladding element, there is no joint between the offset and the cladding above. In this case, and provided the cladding material on the offset provides effective protection for the construction below, flashing is not required.

Changes in Substrate

In certain situations, flashing should be installed at a change of substrate: for example, where stucco cladding is installed on a wood-frame assembly, extending down over a masonry or cast-in-place concrete foundation and applied directly to it. Such an application does not take into account the potential for shrinkage of the wood frame and cuts off the drainage route for moisture that may accumulate behind the stucco on the frame construction.

Division B A-9.27.3.8.(4)

wood-frame construction

flashing omitted

required flashing

EG02061B

‌Figure A-9.27.3.8.(1)

Flashing at change in substrate

‌A-9.27.3.8.(3) Flashing over Curved-Head Openings. The requirement for flashing over openings depends on the vertical distance from the top of the trim over the opening to the bottom of the eave compared to the horizontal projection of the eave. In the case of curved-head openings, the vertical distance from the top of the trim increases as one moves away from the centre of the opening. For these openings, the top of the trim must be taken as the lowest height before the trim becomes vertical. (See Figure A-9.27.3.8.(3).)

bottom of eave

vertical distance from bottom of eave to top of trim

top of trim for curved-head openings

EG02062A

‌Figure A-9.27.3.8.(3)

Flashing over curved-head openings

A-9.27.3.8.(4) Flashing Configuration and Positive Drainage.

Flashing Configuration

A 6% slope is recognized as the minimum that will provide effective flashing drainage. The 10 mm vertical lap over the building element below and the 5 mm offset are prescribed to reduce transfer by capillarity and surface tension. Figure A-9.27.3.8.(4) illustrates two examples of flashing configurations.

A-9.27.3.8.(5) Division B

50 mm

minimum upstand

10 mm

minimum lap over element below

5 mm minimum offset

EG02063D

Figure A-9.27.3.8.(4)

Examples of flashing configurations showing upstands, horizontal offsets and vertical laps

Maintaining Positive Slope

Sentence 9.27.3.8.(4) requires that the minimum 6% flashing slope remain after expected shrinkage of the building frame. Similarly, Sentence 9.26.3.1.(4) requires that a positive slope remain on roofs and similar constructions after expected shrinkage of the building frame.

For Part 9 wood-frame constructions, expected wood shrinkage can be determined based on the average equilibrium moisture content (MC) of wood, within the building envelope assembly, in various regions of the country (see Table A-9.27.3.8.(4)).

Table A-9.27.3.8.(4)

Equilibrium Moisture Content for Wood

Regions	Equilibrium MC, %(1)
British Columbia and Atlantic Canada	10
Ontario and Quebec	8
Prairies and the North	7

Notes to Table A-9.27.3.8.(4):

(1) CWC 2000, “Wood Reference Handbook.”

For three-storey constructions to which Part 9 applies, cumulative longitudinal shrinkage is negligible. Shrinkage need only be calculated for horizontal framing members using the following formula (from CWC 1997, “Introduction to Wood Building Technology”):

Shrinkage = (total horizontal member height) × (initial MC - equilibrium MC) × (.002)

A-9.27.3.8.(5) Protection against Precipitation Ingress at the Sill-to-Cladding Joint. Many windows are configured in such a way that a line of sealant is the only protection against water ingress at the sill-to-cladding joint—a location that is exposed to all of the water that flows down the window. In the past, many windows were constructed with self-flashing sills—sills that extend beyond the face of the cladding and have a drip on the underside to divert water away from the sill-to-cladding joint. This sill configuration was considered to be accepted good practice and is recognized today as providing a degree of redundancy in precipitation protection.

Self-flashing sills are sills that

slope toward the exterior where the sills have an upward facing surface that extends beyond the jambs,
where installed over a masonry sill, extend not less than 25 mm beyond the inner face of that sill,
incorporate a drip positioned not less than 5 mm outward from the outer face of the cladding below or not less than 15 mm beyond the inner edge of a masonry sill, and
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
Division B A-9.27.11.1.(1)
- terminate at the jambs or, where the face of the jambs is not at least flush with the face of the cladding and the sills extend beyond the jambs, incorporate end dams sufficiently high to protect against overflow in wind-driven rain conditions.
  A wind pressure of 10 Pa can raise water 1 mm. Thus, for example, if a window is exposed to a driving rain wind pressure of 200 Pa, end dams should be at least 20 mm high.
  
  25-mm extension beyond inner
  face of masonry sill
  6% slope
  drip positioned 5 mm beyond cladding or 15 mm beyond inner face of masonry sill
  
  EG02064A

‌Figure A-9.27.3.8.(5)

Examples of configurations of self-flashing sills

A-9.27.4.2.(1) Selection and Installation of Sealants. Analysis of many sealant joint failures indicates that the majority of failures can be attributed to improper joint preparation and deficient installation of the sealant and various joint components. The following ASTM guidelines describe several aspects that should be considered when applying sealants in unprotected environments to achieve a durable application:

ASTM C1193, “Standard Specification for Use of Joint Sealants,”
ASTM C1299, “Standard Guide for Use in Selection of Liquid-Applied Sealants,” and
ASTM C1472, “Standard Guide for Calculating Movement and Other Effects When Establishing Sealant Joint Width.”
The sealant manufacturer's literature should always be consulted for recommended procedures and materials.

A-9.27.5.4.(2) Attachment of Cladding to Flat Wall ICF Units where the 1-in-50 HWP Exceeds 0.60 kPa. For locations where the 1-in-50 hourly wind pressure is greater than 0.60 kPa, the results of testing fasteners to ASTM D1761, “Standard Test Methods for Mechanical Fasteners in Wood and Wood-Based Materials,” must be obtained from a testing facility or from the insulating concrete form
manufacturer to confirm their ultimate strengths for both direct withdrawal and lateral shear. In accordance with limit states design as described in Subsection 4.1.3., the factored resistances of the fastener must be equal to or greater than the factored loads on the fastener at the spacing proposed by the designer. In order to align with the limit states design procedures used to develop Table 9.27.5.4.-B, the factored resistances must be calculated by applying a reduction factor of Φ = 0.35 to the fastener's ultimate strengths, and the factored loads must lie within the area under the line of linear interaction in a diagram that plots the factored lateral shear resistance of the fastener against its factored direct withdrawal resistance.
‌A-9.27.5.7. Penetration of Fasteners. Where cladding is applied to sheathing that is not suitable for fastening, the fastener length must be increased to maintain the minimum fastener penetration depth into the nail-holding base substrate, as specified in Article 9.27.5.7.‌

‌A-9.27.9.2.(2) Grooves in Hardboard Cladding. Grooves deeper than that specified may be used in thicker cladding, provided they do not reduce the thickness to less than the required thickness minus 1.5 mm.
A-9.27.10.2.(2) Thickness of Grade O-2 OSB. In using Table 9.27.8.2. to determine the thickness of Grade O-2 OSB cladding, substitute “face orientation” for “face grain” in the column headings.
A-9.27.11.1.(1) Steel Sheet Products. The minimum thickness of 0.33 mm stated in
Sentence 9.27.11.1.(1) refers to the total thickness of the materials, i.e., the combination of the minimum thickness of the base steel (0.29 mm) and the minimum coating thickness required by CSSBI 23M, “Standard for Residential Steel Cladding.” Note that the terms “siding” and “cladding” are often used interchangeably.
© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by the National Research Council of Canada, 2022 © Sa Majesté le Roi du chef du Canada, représenté par le Conseil national de recherches du Canada, 2022
‌A-9.27.11.1.(2) and (3) Division B

‌A-9.27.11.1.(2) and (3) Material Standards for Aluminum Cladding. Compliance with Sentence 9.27.11.1.(2) and CAN/CGSB-93.2-M, “Prefinished Aluminum Siding, Soffits, and Fascia, for Residential Use,” is required for aluminum siding that is installed in horizontal or vertical strips. Compliance with Sentence 9.27.11.1.(3) and CAN/CGSB-93.1-M, “Sheet, Aluminum Alloy, Prefinished, Residential,” is required for aluminum cladding that is installed in large sheets.

A-9.27.14.1.(1) Geometrically Defined Drainage Cavity. “Geometrically defined drainage cavity” (GDDC) refers to the channels, grooves or profiles cut into the insulation backing of an EIFS panel for the purpose of providing a way for water that gets behind the system to drain out. The channels, grooves or profiles of one panel need to connect to the channels, grooves or profiles of adjacent panels in order for drainage to occur consistently and uniformly across the entire EIFS. While the size of a channel, groove or profile can be verified by inspecting a single panel, the intent of Sentence 9.27.14.1.(1) is that the required drainage capacity be achieved across the entire system.
‌Additional information on the design and installation of EIFS can be found in

the “EIFS Practice Manual,” published by the EIFS Council of Canada, and
the manufacturer's literature.
A-9.27.14.2.(2)(a) Substrates for Exterior Insulation Finish Systems. The list of acceptable substrates for each type of EIFS can be found in a system's respective test report to CAN/ULC-S716.1, “Standard for Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS) - Materials and Systems”; however, the following substrates are generally considered acceptable:
minimum 11 mm thick exposure 1 OSB classified as PS2 exterior wall sheathing
minimum 11 mm thick exterior-rated plywood sheathing
minimum 12.7 mm thick exterior gypsum sheathing conforming to ASTM C1177/C1177M, “Standard Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum Substrate for Use as Sheathing”
cementitious panels
fibre-cement panels
concrete block
‌clay masonry
cast-in-place concrete

‌Note that, in some cases, the list of acceptable substrates may be limited by the EIFS manufacturer.

A-Table 9.28.4.3. Stucco Lath. Paper-backed welded wire lath may also be used on horizontal surfaces provided its characteristics are suitable for such application.

A-9.29.5.1.(3) Application of Gypsum Board to Flat ICF Walls. ASTM C840, “Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board,” specifies requirements for the anchorage of gypsum board panels to flat wall ICF units in the section on System XVI. While the standard practice for the application of gypsum board panels over traditional vertical wood studs or metal framing members is to align the vertical joints of the panels on a supporting member, ASTM C840 requires that the vertical joints between the panels be positioned halfway between the web fastening strips of the flat wall ICF units to minimize damage to the edges of the panels during screw anchorage. The full surface of the flat wall ICF insulation panels (backed by the concrete cores) provides solid, continuous support of the taped gypsum board panel joints, which protects them from potential deflection, cracking and impact damage.

A-9.30.1.2.(1) Water Resistance. In some areas of buildings, water and other substances may frequently be splashed or spilled onto the floor. It is preferable, in such areas, that the finish flooring be a type that will not absorb moisture or permit it to pass through; otherwise, both the flooring itself and the subfloor beneath it may deteriorate. Also, particularly in food preparation areas and bathrooms, unsanitary conditions may be created by the absorbed moisture. Where absorbent or permeable flooring materials are used in these areas, they should be installed in such a way that they can be conveniently removed periodically for cleaning or replacement, i.e., they should not be glued or nailed down. Also, if the subfloor is a type that is susceptible

to moisture damage (this includes virtually all of the wood-based subfloor materials used in wood-frame construction), it should be protected by an impermeable membrane placed between the finish flooring and the subfloor. The minimum degree of impermeability required by Sentence 9.30.1.2.(1) would be provided by such materials as polyethylene, aluminum foil, and most single-ply roofing membranes (EPDM, PVC).

‌Division B A-9.32.1.2.(2)

A-9.31.6.2.(3) Securement of Service Water Heaters.

Service water heaters must be secured to the structure to prevent overturning in areas where Sa(0.2) > 0.55.

EG02099A

‌Figure A-9.31.6.2.(3)

Securement of service water heater using strapping fastened to floor joists overhead

A-9.32.1.2.(2) Application of Subsection 9.32.3. and Ventilation of Houses Containing a Secondary Suite.

Ventilation for Smoke Control

The control of smoke transfer between dwelling units in a house with a secondary suite, or between the dwelling units and other spaces in the house, is a critical safety issue. Although providing a second ventilation system to serve the two dwelling units is expensive—and potentially difficult in an existing building—it is necessary to achieving a minimum acceptable level of fire safety.

Alternative solutions to providing separate ventilation systems for the dwelling units must address smoke control. Although smoke dampers restrict the spread of smoke by automatically closing in the event of a fire, their installation in a ventilation system that serves both dwelling units in a house with a secondary suite is not considered to be a workable solution because they are very expensive, require regular inspection and maintenance, and must be reset after every activation.

Ventilation for Air Exchange

The provision of a ventilation system for the purpose of maintaining acceptable indoor air quality is

a critical health issue. However, Sentence 9.32.1.2.(3) allows exits and public corridors in houses with a secondary suite to be unventilated. Lack of active ventilation of these spaces is considered acceptable because occupants do not spend long periods of time there and because exits are somewhat naturally ventilated when doors are opened.

A-9.32.1.3.(2) Division B

Considering the cost of installing separate ventilation systems, Sentence 9.32.1.2.(4) also exempts ancillary spaces in houses with a secondary suite from the requirement to be ventilated, provided that make-up air is supplied in accordance with Article 9.32.3.8.

A-9.32.1.3.(2) Venting of Laundry-Drying Equipment. Sentence 9.32.1.3.(2) applies to the piping and ducting located within the wall assembly and not to the often flexible duct used to connect the appliance to the rigid exhaust vent duct.

A-9.32.3. Heating-Season Mechanical Ventilation. For many years, houses were constructed without mechanical ventilation systems. They relied on natural air leakage through the building envelope for winter ventilation. However, houses have become progressively more airtight through the introduction of new products and practices, e.g., the substitution of panel sheathings, such as plywood and waferboard, for board sheathing, the replacement of paper-backed insulation batts with friction-fit batts and polyethylene film, improved caulking materials, and tighter windows and doors.

Following the energy crisis in the early 1970s, considerable emphasis was placed on reducing air leakage in order to conserve energy. Electric heating systems were encouraged and higher efficiency furnaces were developed, which further reduced air change rates in buildings. This led to concern that the natural air change in dwelling units might be insufficient in some instances to provide adequate indoor air quality. Condensation problems resulting from higher humidity levels were also a concern.

Evolution of NBC Ventilation Requirements

Mechanical ventilation requirements in the NBC have evolved from a simple requirement in the 1980 edition that exhaust fans be incorporated in electrically heated houses, through requirements in the 1985 and 1990 editions that all houses have mechanical ventilation systems capable of exchanging the indoor air for outdoor air at a specified rate: 0.5 air changes per hour in the 1985 edition and 0.3 air changes per hour in the 1990 edition.

The 1995 NBC addressed not only the overall air change rate created by the mechanical ventilation system but also the need to ensure that the outdoor air brought into the house by the system is distributed throughout the house.

Current Requirements

The current requirements are a further refinement. The ventilation systems described herein are essentially the same as those described in the 1995 NBC but additional provisions have been included with the following goals in mind:

provisions that are easier to understand,
reduced probability that outdoor air distributed through a forced-air heating system will be cool enough to cause premature deterioration of the furnace heat exchanger, and
reduced probability that the ventilation system will cause excessive depressurization of the dwelling unit.

To some extent, the first of these goals conflicts with the other two and its achievement has suffered accordingly. Only in the manner of determining the capacity of the principal ventilation fan [see Sentence 9.32.3.3.(2)] has any significant simplification been achieved.

‌Index

A

Abbreviations acronyms, 1.3.2.1.

symbols and, 1.2.2.1. terms and, 1.4.1.2.[A]

Acceptable solutions, 1.1.2.1., 1.2.1.1.[A]

Access

attics or roof spaces, 3.6.4.4., 9.19.2.1.

chimneys, 6.3.3.4.

crawl spaces, 3.6.4.6., 9.18.2.1., 9.18.4.1.

fire dampers, 3.1.8.10. hatchways to roof, 9.19.2.1.

horizontal service spaces, 3.6.4.5., 9.18.2.1.,

9.18.4.1., 9.19.2.1.

HVAC equipment, 6.2.1.6., 6.3.2.15., 9.33.4.4.

smoke dampers, 3.1.8.11.

Access to exits

capacity, 3.3.1.17., 9.9.3.

corridors in assembly occupancy, 3.3.2.6. corridor width, 3.3.1.9.

dead-end corridors, 9.9.7.3.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

dimensions, 9.9.3.

doors, 3.3.1.13., 3.3.2.7., 9.9.6., 9.9.7.4.

doors, sliding, 3.3.1.12.

doors, transparent, 3.3.1.20.

dwelling units, 9.9.9.

flame-spread rating, 9.10.21.6. within floor areas, 3.3.1.3. headroom clearance, 3.3.1.8., 9.9.3.4. independent access to, 9.9.7.5. lighting, 9.9.12.2.

podiums, terraces, platforms and contained open spaces, 9.9.7.1.

residential occupancy, 3.3.4.4.

roofs, 3.3.1.3., 9.9.7.1.

service rooms, 9.9.7.5.

suites, 9.9.7.2.

transparent panels, 3.3.1.20.

travel distance, 9.9.7.6.

when exits are means of egress, 9.9.7. width, 9.9.3.2., 9.9.3.3.

Access for firefighting

access routes, 3.2.5.4., 3.2.5.5., 3.2.5.6.

basements, 3.2.5.2., 9.10.20.2.

and building size determination, 1.3.3.4.[A]

provisions, 9.10.20.

roof area, 3.2.5.3.

storeys below ground, 3.2.2.15. storeys above grade, 3.2.5.1. street frontages, 3.2.2.10.

Accessibility (see Barrier-free)

Accessible change space, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.13.

Access openings

construction barricades, 8.2.1.3.

HVAC systems, 6.8.1.1.

Access panels, 3.2.5.1., 9.10.20.1.

Access routes design, 3.2.5.6.

location, 3.2.5.5., 9.10.20.3.

need for, 3.2.5.4.

self-service storage buildings, 3.9.2.3. as streets, 3.2.2.10.

Adaptable seats, 3.8.2.3., 3.8.3.22.

Adaptive technology (see Assistive listening systems) Adfreezing, 1.4.1.2.[A], 4.2.4.4.

Adhesives

ceramic wall tiles, 9.29.10.3. ducts, 3.6.5.4., 9.33.6.4.

Administration of the Code, 2.2.[C]

Admixtures concrete, 9.3.1.8.

mortar and grout, 9.20.3.2.

Aggregate

for built-up-roofing, 9.26.11.1., 9.26.11.4.

for concrete, 9.3.1.1., 9.3.1.4., 9.3.1.7.

for mortar, 5.9.1.1., 9.20.3.1., 9.20.3.2., 9.29.10.2.

for stucco, 9.28.2.2., 9.28.5.1.

Air

circulation, 6.3.2.7., 9.33.6.7.

discharged from evaporative heat rejection, 6.3.2.15.

distribution, 9.33.6.11.

duct systems, 6.3.2.

flow through and around insulation, 5.3.1.3., 9.19.1.3., 9.25.2.3., 9.25.2.4.

intakes, 6.3.2.9., 6.3.2.15.

leakage, 3.1.8.4., 5.1.1.1., 5.4.1.1., 5.9.3.4., 5.9.4.1.,

9.25.5.1.

leakage resistance, 5.4.1.1., 5.4.1.2., 9.13.4., 9.18.6.2.,

9.25.5.1.

makeup, 6.3.2.8., 9.32.3.8.

permeance, 9.25.5.1.

return ducts, 6.3.2.11.

[A] – Reference occurs in Division A. [C] – Reference occurs in Division C. All other references occur in Division B.

tempering, 9.32.3.4., 9.32.3.8.

transfer, 5.1.1.1., 5.2.1.3.

Air barrier assemblies, 5.4.1.1., 5.4.1.2.

Air barrier systems

airtightness, 5.4.1.1., 9.36.2.9., 9.36.2.10.

assemblies in contact with the ground, 9.13.4., 9.25.3.6.

continuity, 5.4.1.1., 9.25.3.3., 9.36.2.9.

crawl space floors, 9.18.6.2. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

deflections, 5.2.2.1.

energy efficiency, 9.36.2.9.

environmental loads, 5.1.4.1.

environmental separation, 5.1.1.1.

floors-on-ground, 9.18.6.2., 9.25.3.6. housing and small buildings, 9.25.3. installation, 9.23.2.2., 9.25.3.3.

material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.18.6.2., 9.25.3.2.,

9.25.3.6.

properties, 9.25.3.1., 9.25.5.1.

properties of, 5.4.1.1., 9.25.3.2.

repair garages, 9.10.9.19.

requirement for, 9.25.3.1.

storage garages, 9.10.9.18.

Airborne sound rating, 3.3.4.6., 5.8.1.2., 9.11. Air cleaning devices, 6.3.2.14.

Air-conditioning systems and equipment access, 6.2.1.6., 6.8.1.1., 9.33.4.4.

cleaning, 6.2.1.6., 9.33.4.4.

continuity of insulation, 9.36.3.5. cooling units, 6.6.1.1.

design, 6.2.1., 9.33.1.1., 9.33.3.2., 9.33.4.1., 9.33.5.3.

energy efficiency, 9.36.

fire safety characteristics, 6.9.1.1., 9.33.6.

installation, 6.2.1., 6.6.1.1., 9.32.3.2., 9.33.1.1.,

9.33.4., 9.33.5.2., 9.33.9.1.

installation standards, 6.2.1.5., 9.33.5.2., 9.33.5.3.,

9.33.6.7.

performance requirements, 9.36.3.10.

protection from freezing, 6.2.1.6., 9.33.4.5.

structural movement, 6.2.1.4., 9.33.4.7.

system pressure, 6.2.1.3., 9.33.4.6.

temperature controls, 9.36.3.6.

Air contaminants, 6.3.1.5., 6.3.2.3., 6.3.2.9., 6.3.2.14.

Air duct systems

application of Code, 6.3.2.1.

clearance of ducts and plenums, 6.3.2.6. connections, 6.3.2.4.

drain pans, 6.3.2.2.

duct coverings and linings, 6.3.2.5. filters, 6.3.2.13.

interconnection, 6.3.2.7.

makeup air, 6.3.2.8.

materials, 6.3.2.3.

openings, 6.8.1.2.

supply, return, intake and exhaust air openings, 6.3.2.9.

tape, 6.3.2.19.

vibration isolation connectors, 6.3.2.18.

Air filters, 6.3.2.13., 6.8.1.3., 9.33.6.14.

Air intakes

area, 9.32.3.13.

connection, 9.33.6.6.

grilles, 6.3.2.9., 9.33.6.10.

labeling, 9.32.3.13.

location, 6.3.2.9., 6.3.3.1., 9.32.3.13., 9.33.6.10.,

9.33.6.12.

protection, 6.3.2.9., 6.3.2.15., 9.32.3.13., 9.33.6.10.

Air leakage metric, 9.36.6.

Air outlets

diffusers, 9.33.6.10., 9.33.6.11.

grilles, 6.3.2.9., 9.32.3.13., 9.33.6.10.

labeling, 9.32.3.13.

location, 6.3.2.9., 9.32.3.13., 9.33.6.10., 9.33.6.11.

protection, 6.3.2.9., 9.32.3.13., 9.33.6.10.

warm air heating, 9.33.6.10., 9.33.6.11.

Air quality, emergency power supply, 3.2.7.9.

Air-supported structures

clearance to flammable material, 3.1.18.4. clearance to other structures, 3.1.18.3. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

electrical systems, 3.1.18.7. emergency air supply, 3.1.18.6. fire protection, 9.10.1.3.

fire safety restrictions, 3.1.18.2. flame resistance, 3.1.18.5. means of egress, 3.1.18.1.

roof coverings, 3.1.15.2. structural design basis, 4.4.1.1.

Airtightness

building envelope, 9.36.2.9., 9.36.2.10., 9.36.6. buildings and dwelling units, 9.36.6. determination of, 9.36.6.3.

energy conservation measures, 9.36.8. energy conservation points, 9.36.8. guarded test, 9.36.6.

level, 9.36.6., 9.36.8.8.

material standards, 5.9.1.1.

measurement, 9.36.6.3.

measuring, 9.36.6.

requirement for, 5.4.1.1.

unguarded test, 9.36.6.

windows, doors and skylights, 5.9.2.3., 9.7.4.

Air washers, 6.3.2.16.

Aisles

with adaptable seats, 3.8.3.22. with fixed seats, 3.3.2.5. within floor areas, 3.3.1.10. leading to exits, 3.4.2.5. minimum clear width, 3.3.2.1.

outdoor places of assembly, 3.3.2.11. with steps, handrails for, 3.3.2.10. width, 3.4.3.2.

Alarm signal

audibility, 3.2.4.17., 3.2.4.18. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

design, 3.2.4.4.

high buildings, 3.2.6.7.

silencing, 3.2.4.6.

sound pressure, 3.2.4.18., 9.10.19.4.

system monitoring, 3.2.4.15.

Alert signal

audibility, 3.2.4.17., 3.2.4.18.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

design, 3.2.4.4.

high buildings, 3.2.6.7.

system monitoring, 3.2.4.15.

Alterations to buildings, 1.1.1.1.[A], 1.4.1.2.[A]

Alternative materials, 1.2.2.1.[A] Alternative solutions, 1.2.1.1.[A], 2.3.1.[C]

Aluminum

flashing, 9.20.13.1., 9.26.4.2., 9.27.3.7., 9.28.1.5.

nails, 9.26.2.3.

roofing, 9.26.13.1.

siding, 9.27.11.1.

structural design basis, 4.3.5.

Ammonium nitrate, 3.3.6.6.

Anchorage

anchor bolts, 9.20.11.6., 9.20.17.6.

columns, 9.23.6.2., 9.35.4.3.

concrete stairs, 9.8.10.2.

cornices, 9.20.11.5.

floors, 9.20.11.

foundations, 9.23.6., 9.35.4.3.

framing, 9.23.6.

horizontal force factor, 4.1.8.18. lateral loads, 9.23.6.1.

masonry, 9.20.9., 9.20.11.

masonry walls to wood-frame construction, 9.20.11.3., 9.20.11.4.

roofs, 9.20.11., 9.20.17.6.

sills, 9.20.11.5.

small buildings, 9.23.6.3.

walls, 9.20.11., 9.23.3.4.

Anhydrous ammonia, storage, 3.3.6.3.

Annual energy consumption building envelope, 9.36.5.6. climatic data calculations, 9.36.5.5. definition, 9.36.5.2.

HVAC systems, 9.36.5.7.

modeling, proposed house, 9.36.5.9. - 9.36.5.12.

modeling, reference house, 9.36.5.13. - 9.36.5.16.

performance compliance, 9.36.5.3. performance compliance calculations, 9.36.5.4. service water heating systems, 9.36.5.8.

Annunciators, fire alarm, 3.2.4.8., 3.2.4.9., 3.2.4.15.,

3.2.5.14., 3.2.7.10.

Antennas and antenna-supporting structures wind loads, 4.1.7.6., 4.1.7.11.

Apparent sound transmission class (ASTC) calculation of, 5.8.1.2., 5.8.1.4., 5.8.1.5., 9.11.1.2.

compliance, 5.8.1.3., 9.11.1.3.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

Appliances

(see also Heating appliances; Heating systems and equipment; Heating, ventilating and air-conditioning (HVAC) systems and equipment)

in access to exit, 3.3.1.2.

air-conditioning, 6.2.1., 9.33.4.1., 9.33.5.2.

characteristics, 1.2.2.1.[A]

cooling, 6.2.1., 6.6.1.1., 9.33.4.1., 9.33.5.2., 9.33.9.1.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

in exit, 3.4.4.4.

exterior, 3.6.1.5.

fuel-fired, 3.6.2.1., 9.10.10.4.

heating, 6.2.1.1., 9.33.4.1., 9.33.5.2.

location, 3.6.1.5., 6.3.2.17., 6.4.1.1., 9.10.10.4.

in means of egress, 9.9.5.7.

outdoor location, 6.2.1.6., 6.3.2.17., 6.4.1.2.

protection from freezing, 6.2.1.6., 9.33.4.5.

rooftop, 3.6.1.5., 3.6.2.1., 6.4.1.2., 9.10.1.3.

solid-fuel-burning, 3.6.2.1., 6.2.1.5., 9.33.5.3. storage, 1.2.2.2.[A]

used, 1.2.2.3.[A]

ventilating, 6.2.1., 9.32.3.2.

Application of National Building Code divisions A, B, C, 1.3.[A]

factory-constructed buildings, 1.1.1.1.[A] farm buildings, 1.1.1.1.[A]

new buildings, 1.1.1.1.[A] objectives, 2.1.1.[A], 3.2.[A]

seasonally and intermittently occupied buildings, 9.1.1.1.

Arches

fire-resistance ratings, 9.10.8.3.

in storeys below ground, 3.2.2.15. supporting floor above basement, 3.2.1.4. supporting masonry over openings, 9.20.5.2. supporting service room/space, 3.1.7.5.

Arch roofs, snow and rain loads, 4.1.6.10. Areas of refuge, 3.3.3.6.

Areas and spaces design, 9.5.

dimensions, 9.5.1.1.

Arena-type buildings

building classification, 3.1.2.3. building height exceptions, 3.2.1.1. roof assemblies, 3.2.2.17.

seating, 3.3.2.2.

Artesian groundwater, 1.4.1.2.[A], 4.2.5.5.

Asbestos in air distribution systems and equipment, 6.2.1.7., 9.33.4.8.

Assembly areas

loads on floor or roof, 4.1.5.3. loads on tributary areas, 4.1.5.8. sway forces and load, 4.1.5.10.

Assembly occupancy (Group A)

air-supported structure as, 3.1.18.6. assistive listening devices, 3.8.2.9., 3.8.3.19.

building classification, 3.1.2.1.

corridors, 3.3.2.6. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

doors, 3.3.2.7.

fire protection, 3.2.2.17., 3.2.2.20. - 3.2.2.35., 9.10.1.3.

fire safety within floor areas, 3.3.1., 3.3.2.1. location of smoke/fire dampers, 3.1.8.7. occupant load, 3.1.17.1.

safety glazing, 3.3.2.17.

signals to fire department, 3.2.4.7. visible alarm signals, 3.2.4.19. washrooms, 3.7.2.

wheelchair spaces, 3.8.2.3.

Assistive listening systems, 3.8.2.9., 3.8.2.10., 3.8.3.19.

Atomizers, 6.3.2.16.

Attendant booths, 6.3.1.3.

Attics or roof spaces access, 3.6.4.4., 9.19.2.

clearances, 9.19.1.3.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

exterior wall enclosing, 3.2.3.3.

fire blocks, 3.1.11.1., 3.1.11.5., 9.10.16.1.

fire protection, 9.10.12.4.

foamed plastics in, 3.1.4.2., 9.10.17.10. housing and small buildings, 9.19. insulation, 9.25.2.4.

loads, 4.1.5.3., 9.4.2.4.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.3. service spaces, 3.6.1.1.

soffits protection, 3.2.3.16.

venting, 5.3.1.2., 6.3.1.2., 9.19.1.

Audible signal devices, 3.2.4.17., 3.2.4.18.

Auditoriums

size and construction, 3.2.2.21., 3.2.2.22.

seating, 3.3.2.4.

Authority having jurisdiction, 1.4.1.2.[A]

Automatic locking devices, 3.3.4.5.

Automatic sprinkler systems (see Sprinkler systems)

B

Backdraft prevention, 6.3.2.10., 9.32.3.13.

Backfill

(see also Fill) excavations, 9.12.3.

material, 4.2.5.8., 9.12.3.3.

Backfilling

beneath foundations, 4.2.5.8.

grading, 9.12.3.2.

placement, 4.2.5.8., 9.12.3.1.

review, 4.2.2.3.

Bacteria, minimizing growth of, 6.3.1.5., 6.3.2.15.,

6.3.2.16.

Balance stops, 9.33.6.9.

Balconies

as access to exit, 9.9.9.3. concealed spaces in, 3.1.11.5.

doors and door hardware, 3.3.1.13. earthquake load and effects, 4.1.8.18. exception to travel limit, 9.9.9.1.

exterior, 3.2.2.11.

guards around, 3.3.1.18., 9.8.8.

horizontal exits, 3.4.6.10.

limiting distance, 3.2.3.6.

loads on floor or roof, 4.1.5.3., 4.1.5.4., 9.4.2.3.

occupant load, 3.1.17.1.

snow loads, 9.4.2.3.

sprinkler systems, 3.2.5.12.

wind loads, 4.1.7.5., 4.1.7.6.

Banks, 3.4.6.17.

Barricades, construction and demolition sites, 8.2.1.3., 8.2.3.3.

Barrier-free

accessible change space, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.13. adult-size change table, 3.8.3.13. balconies, 3.3.1.7.

bathtubs, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.18.

clear floor area/space, 3.3.3.5., 3.4.6.10., 3.7.2.8.,

3.8.3.2., 3.8.3.6. - 3.8.3.8., 3.8.3.10. - 3.8.3.13.,

3.8.3.16. - 3.8.3.18., 3.8.3.21.

controls, 3.8.2.6., 3.8.3.8.

counters, 3.8.2.11., 3.8.3.20.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

design standards, 3.8., 3.8.3.1., 9.5.2. doors and doorways, 3.8.3.6. drinking fountains, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.10.

elevators, 3.3.1.7., 3.5.2.1., 3.8.2.3., 3.8.3.7.

entrances, 3.8.2.2.

exterior walks, 3.8.3.3.

floor areas, 3.8.2.3.

floor surfaces, 3.8.3.2.

lavatories, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.16.

parking areas, 3.8.2.5.

path of travel (see Path of travel, barrier-free) ramps, 3.8.3.5.

service counters, 3.8.2.9., 3.8.2.11., 3.8.3.20.

showers, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.17.

signs, 3.8.2.10., 3.8.3.9.

soap and towel dispensers, 3.8.3.16., 3.8.3.17.

spaces in seating areas, 3.8.2.3., 3.8.3.22. tactile attention indicators, 3.3.1.19. telephone shelves, 3.8.2.11., 3.8.3.21.

transfer space, 3.8.3.12., 3.8.3.13., 3.8.3.17. universal dressing and shower room, 3.8.2.8.,

3.8.3.17.

universal washrooms, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.13.

urinals, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.15.

vestibules, 3.8.3.6.

washrooms, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.9., 3.8.3.12., 3.8.3.16.

water bottle filling station, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.11.

water closets, 3.8.3.12., 3.8.3.14.

Barriers

across transparent panels, 3.3.1.20. preventing exit obstruction, 3.4.6.11., 9.9.11.2.

Basements

access, 3.2.5.2., 9.10.20.2.

ceiling height, 9.5.3.1.

crawl spaces considered as, 3.2.2.9., 9.10.8.9. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

exit signs, 3.4.5.3.

fire containment, 3.2.1.5.

fire protection, 3.2.2.15., 9.10.1.3.

fire-resistance of floor assemblies over, 3.2.1.4. fire separations, 9.10.9.4., 9.10.9.16.

heating requirements, 9.33.3.1. industrial occupancy (Group F), 3.3.5.3. insulation, 9.25.2.2.

large or multi-storey, 9.10.1.3. lighting, 9.34.2.3., 9.34.2.4.

residential occupancy (Group C), 3.2.2.47. storage garages, 3.1.10.3., 3.2.1.2., 9.10.4.3.

supply outlets, 9.33.6.11.

Bathroom accessories, 3.7.2.3., 3.7.2.8., 3.8.3.8.,

3.8.3.12., 3.8.3.16., 3.8.3.18.

Bathrooms

doorways, 9.4.4.3.

flame-spread rating, 3.1.13.3.

Bathtubs, 3.7.2.8., 3.8.3.18., 9.6.1.4.

Beams

bearing, 9.23.8.1.

built-up, 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.4., 9.23.8.3.

dimensions, 9.23.4.1.

glued-laminated, 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.4. in heavy timber construction, 3.1.4.7. lumber grade, 9.3.2.1.

preservative treatment, 9.23.2.2., 9.23.2.3.

ridge, 9.23.14.8.

spans, 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.4.

spans, maximum, 9.23.4.

steel, 9.23.4.3., 9.23.8.2.

supported on masonry or concrete, 9.10.9.11., 9.15.5., 9.20.8.3., 9.20.8.4., 9.21.5.3., 9.23.2.2.,

9.23.2.3.

to support floors, 9.23.8. wood, 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.4.

Bearing surface, 1.4.1.2.[A]

Bedrooms

means of egress, 9.9.10.1. mechanical ventilation, 9.32.2.3.

natural ventilation, 9.32.2.2.

windows, 9.9.10.1.

Bio-contaminants, minimizing growth of, 6.3.1.5., 6.3.2.15.

Bleachers

aisles, 3.3.2.5.

guards, 3.3.2.9.

inspection, 4.1.5.12.

load analysis, 4.1.5.12.

locking, 4.1.5.12.

seats, 3.3.2.5.

steps, 3.3.2.5., 3.3.2.12.

Blocking

cladding, 9.27.5.2.

cladding and interior finishing materials, 9.23.10.5. doors, 9.7.5.2.

with handrails, 9.8.7.7.

joists, 9.23.9.3., 9.23.9.4., 9.23.14.9.

nailing, 9.23.3.4.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.2. rafters and joints, 9.23.14.7.

roof edges, 9.23.16.6., 9.23.16.7.

subflooring, 9.23.15.3.

walls, 9.23.9.8., 9.23.10.2.

Boarding and lodging houses, 9.10.9.16. Boiler rooms, 3.6.2.2., 9.10.10.4.

Boilers

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A] installation standard, 6.2.1.5.

performance requirements, 9.36.3.10.

Bonding

intersecting masonry walls, 9.20.11.2. masonry, 9.20.9.

Book shelves, 3.3.2.13.

Braced wall bands, 1.4.1.2.[A], 9.23.13.4., 9.23.13.5.

Braced wall panels

anchorage, 9.23.6.1., 9.23.13.5. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A] fastening, 9.23.3.4., 9.23.3.5.

gypsum board, 9.29.5.9.

lateral loads, 9.23.13.5., 9.23.13.6.

plywood, 9.29.6.3.

and wall supports, 9.23.9.8.

Bracing, wood-frame walls, 9.23.13., 9.23.13.4.,

9.23.13.5.

Breeching, 1.4.1.2.[A] Bridging floor joists, 9.23.9.4. Builder (see Constructor)

Building area

assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 1), 3.2.2.20.

assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 2), 3.2.2.23.

assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 3), 3.2.2.29.

business and personal services occupancy (Group D), 3.2.2.56.

care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B Division 1), 3.2.2.36., 3.2.2.37.

care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B Division 2), 3.2.2.38. - 3.2.2.41.

care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B Division 3), 3.2.2.42. - 3.2.2.46.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A] determination, 1.3.3.4.[A]

determination of fire safety requirements, 3.2.2.5. high-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F,

Division 1), 3.2.2.72.

low-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 3), 3.2.2.82.

medium-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 2), 3.2.2.76.

mercantile occupancy (Group E), 3.2.2.66. residential occupancy (Group C), 3.2.2.47. self-service storage buildings, 3.9.2.1.

Building assemblies

effective thermal resistance, 9.36.2.6. fire-resistance rating, 3.1.7.5.

off-site review, 2.2.7.5.[C]

replacement options, 9.36.2.11. thermal resistance calculation, 9.36.2.4.

Building classification

by major occupancy, 3.1.2.1., 9.10.2. for wind load calculations, 4.1.7.2.

Building, definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

Building envelope

energy efficiency, 9.36.2.

energy performance calculations, 9.36.5.6.

energy performance modeling, 9.36.5.10., 9.36.5.14.

replacement options, 9.36.2.11. thermal resistance calculation, 9.36.2.4.

Building height

access route design, 3.2.5.6.

assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 1), 3.2.2.20.

assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 2), 3.2.2.23.

assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 3), 3.2.2.29.

business and personal services occupancy (Group D), 3.2.2.56., 3.2.2.59., 3.2.2.60.

care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B Division 1), 3.2.2.36., 3.2.2.37.

care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B Division 2), 3.2.2.38. - 3.2.2.41.

care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B Division 3), 3.2.2.42. - 3.2.2.46.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

determination, 1.3.3.4.[A], 3.2.1.1., 9.10.4. determination of fire safety requirements, 3.2.2.5. exceptions, 3.2.1.1.

garages as separate buildings, 9.10.4.3.

high-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 1), 3.2.2.72.

low-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 3), 3.2.2.82.

medium-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 2), 3.2.2.76.

mercantile occupancy (Group E), 3.2.2.66. mezzanines excluded, 9.10.4.1.

mezzanines included, 9.10.4.2.

residential occupancy (Group C), 3.2.2.47., 3.2.2.51., 3.2.2.52.

rooftop enclosures excluded, 9.10.4.4.

Building services

barrier-free controls, 3.8.3.8. emergency power supply, 3.2.7.9. and fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.2. and firewalls, 3.1.10.1.

penetrating fire separations and fire-rated assemblies, 9.10.9.6.

Building size determination application of Code, 1.3.3.4.[A] inclusions, 9.10.4.1.

relative to occupancy, 3.2.2.1., 9.10.8.

Built-up roofing, 9.26.11.

Business and personal services occupancy (Group D) classification, 3.1.2.1., 9.10.2.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

emergency power for fire alarm systems, 3.2.7.8. emergency power for lighting, 3.2.7.4.

exit stairs, 9.9.4.7.

exposing building face, 9.10.14.5. fire access route design, 3.2.5.6. fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.1., 9.10.18.

fire protection, 3.2.2.56. - 3.2.2.65.

fire-resistance rating, 9.10.8.

fire safety within floor areas, 3.3.1. flame-spread rating, 9.10.17.

occupant load, 3.1.17.1.

sprinkler systems, 3.2.5.12.

washrooms, 3.7.2.

C

Cabinetry, around cooktops, 9.10.22.3.

Cables

in air barrier systems, 9.36.2.10.

in combustible construction, 3.1.4.3. elevator, 3.1.5.22.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.21. penetrating fire separations, 3.1.9.2.

in plenums, 3.6.4.3.

Caissons (see Pile foundations)

Calculations and analyses

heat, air and moisture transfer, 5.2.1.2., 5.2.1.3. HVAC equipment and systems, 6.2.1.1., 9.33.4.1. limit states design, 4.1.3.

snow, rain and ice load, 4.1.6. structural, 2.2.4.5.[C], 4

wind load, 4.1.7., 5.2.1.3., 5.2.2.2.

Canopies

fabrics, 3.1.16.1.

for vertically separated openings, 3.2.3.17. wind loads, 4.1.7.12.

Capacity of exit, 3.4.3.2.

Carbon monoxide

alarms, 9.32.3.8., 9.32.3.9.

concentration, 6.3.1.3.

detectors, 6.3.1.3., 6.9.3.1., 9.32.3.8., 9.32.3.9.

Care, definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

Care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B) air circulation, 6.3.2.7.

building classification, 3.1.2.1. carbon monoxide alarms, 6.9.3.1. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

door hold-open devices, 3.1.8.14. doorway width, 3.3.3.4.

electromagnetic locks, 3.4.6.17.

emergency lighting, 3.2.7.3. emergency power supply, 3.2.7.6.

evaporative heat rejection systems, 6.3.2.15. fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.1., 3.2.4.18.

fire protection, 3.2.2.36. - 3.2.2.46.

fire safety within floor areas, 3.3.1., 3.3.3., 3.3.3.1. location of smoke/fire dampers, 3.1.8.7. occupant load, 3.1.17.1.

ramp slope maximum, 3.4.6.7. as residential occupancy, 3.1.2.5.

self-closing door hardware, 3.1.8.13. sleeping room exits, 3.4.1.6.

smoke alarms, 3.2.4.20.

smoke detectors, 3.2.4.11.

sprinkler systems, 3.2.2.19., 3.2.5.12. visible alarm signals, 3.2.4.19.

Carpets, 3.1.13.1.

Carports

concrete for floors, 9.3.1.6. for dwelling units, 9.35.

spatial separation from other buildings, 9.10.14.1., 9.10.14.4.

walls, 9.35.4.1., 9.35.4.3.

Catch basins, 9.14.6.4.

Caulking

(see also Sealants)

for ceramic wall tile, 9.29.10.5. door frames, 9.20.13.11.

material standards, 9.29.10.5.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.2. requirements, 9.27.4., 9.27.4.1.

sill plates, 9.23.7.2.

stucco, 9.28.1.5.

windows and frames, 9.7.6.2., 9.20.13.11.

Cavity walls corbelling, 9.20.12.2.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

flashing, 9.20.13.5., 9.20.13.6.

framing supported by, 9.20.8.2. height and thickness, 9.20.6.2. lateral support, 9.20.10.1.

mortar droppings, 9.20.13.10.

precipitation protection, 9.27.2.2.

tying, 9.20.9.4.

Ceiling membranes

fire-resistance rating, 3.6.4.3., 9.10.3.4. fire stop flaps, 9.10.13.14.

openings in, 3.1.9.5., 9.10.5., 9.10.9.6., 9.10.9.7.

suspended, 9.10.3.4.

Ceiling panels, factory-assembled, 3.1.5.7.

Ceilings

air barrier systems, 9.25.3. area, calculating, 9.36.2.3.

assembly used as plenum, 3.1.9.6. in corridors, 3.1.13.6.

effective thermal resistance, 9.36.2.6. fastened to floor joists, 9.23.9.4. finish, 3.1.5.12., 9.29.

foamed plastics in, 9.10.17.10. framing, 9.23.14.

framing around openings, 9.23.14.2. height, 9.5.3.

joists, 9.23.14.1., 9.23.14.7.

thermal insulation, 9.25.1.1. Cement, standards for, 9.3.1.2.

Central alarm and control facility, 3.2.4.22., 3.2.6.4., 3.2.6.7.

Ceramic tile

as flooring, 9.30.6.

installation, 9.29.10.1.

as interior finish, 9.29.10.

subfloor, 9.23.15.5.

underlay, 9.23.15.5., 9.30.2.1., 9.30.2.2.

Chases, 9.20.7.

Children's custodial homes (see also Home-type care occupancy), 3.1.2.5., 3.2.4.3., 9.10.2.2.

Chimneys

access ladders, 6.3.3.4.

airtightness, 9.36.2.10.

bracing, 9.21.4.5.

caps, 9.21.4.6.

cleanouts, 9.21.4.7.

clearances, 6.3.3.1., 9.21.5., 9.25.3.3.

concrete, 1.4.1.2.[A], 6.3.3.2., 9.21., 9.21.4.2.,

9.33.10.3.

construction, 9.21.4. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

design of, 6.3.3.2., 9.20.2.3., 9.21., 9.33.10.3.

earthquake loads and effects, 4.1.8.18. factory-built, 1.4.1.2.[A], 9.33.10.2.

fireplace, 9.21.2.4., 9.21.2.5.

flashing, 9.21.4.6., 9.21.4.10., 9.26.4.4., 9.26.4.6.,

9.26.4.8.

flues, 9.21.2., 9.21.4.4.

footings, 9.21.4.3.

fuel-fired appliances, 6.3.3.1., 9.33.10.1.

incinerators, 9.10.10.5., 9.21.2.1.

lateral stability, 9.21.4.5. liners (see Liners, chimney)

masonry, 1.4.1.2.[A], 6.3.3.2., 9.21., 9.21.4.1.,

9.33.10.3.

metal, 6.3.3.3., 9.33.10.2.

saddles, 9.26.4.8.

sealing, 9.21.5.2.

venting equipment, 6.3.3.1.

walls, 9.21.1.2.

wall thickness, 9.21.4.8.

Chutes

linen, 3.6.3.3., 9.10.1.3.

refuse, 3.6.3.3., 9.10.1.3.

sprinklers, 3.6.3.3.

venting, 3.6.3.3.

Cladding attachment, 9.27.5.

for braced wall panels, 9.23.13.6. combustible, 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5.

in combustible construction, 3.1.4.8. exposing building face, 3.2.3.7.

fastening to flat wall insulating concrete form units, 9.27.5.4.

fastening to steel studs, 9.24.1.4. housing and small buildings, 9.27.

installation, 5.6.1.2., 5.9.1.1., 9.27.2.4., 9.27.3.6.,

9.27.5.

interior, 3.1.13.1.

noncombustible, 3.1.4.8., 3.2.3.7., 3.2.3.9. in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.5. protection against precipitation, 5.6. requirement for, 5.6.1.1., 9.27.2.1.

sealing, 5.6.2.1., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.4.

on steel studs, 9.24.1.5.

support of, 9.20.5., 9.23.10.5., 9.24.3.4.

waterproofing, 9.27.4.

wind loads, 4.1.7.5., 4.1.7.6., 4.1.7.14.

Cladding, clay tile, 9.23.4.5.

Cladding, concrete design, 9.20.6.6.

water absorption, 9.20.2.6.

weight, 9.20.2.6.

Cladding, decorative, 3.1.5.24.

Cladding, exterior insulation finish systems application, 9.27.14.1.

design and installation, 9.27.14.3. materials, 9.27.14.2.

Cladding, hardboard clearances, 9.27.2.4., 9.27.9.5.

dimensions, 9.27.9.2.

housing and small buildings, 9.27.9. installation, 9.27.2.4., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.5., 9.27.9.3.

material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.9.1.

Cladding, insulated vinyl siding and vinyl siding housing and small buildings, 9.27.12. installation, 9.27.5., 9.27.12.2.

material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.12.1.

Cladding, lumber dimensions, 9.27.6.2.

housing and small buildings, 9.27.6. installation, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.2.4., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.5.

material standards, 5.9.1.1.

Cladding, masonry

bonding and tying, 9.20.9. flashing, 9.20.13.

housing and small buildings, 9.20., 9.27.2.2.

installation, 5.6.1.2.

material standards, 5.9.1.1.

mortar joints, 9.20.4.

support of, 9.20.5.

Cladding, metal

housing and small buildings, 9.27.11. installation, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.5.

material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.11.1.

Cladding, OSB and waferboard clearances, 9.27.2.4., 9.27.10.4.

dimensions, 9.27.10.2.

housing and small buildings, 9.27.10. installation, 9.27.2.4., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.5., 9.27.10.3.,

9.27.10.4.

material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.10.1.

Cladding, plywood dimensions, 9.27.8.2.

housing and small buildings, 9.27.8. installation, 9.27.2.4., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.5., 9.27.8.3.

material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.8.1.

sealing, 5.6.2.1., 9.27.8.3., 9.27.8.4.

Cladding, polypropylene attachment, 9.27.13.2.

material standards, 9.27.13.1.

Cladding, stone, 9.20.6.6.

Cladding, waferboard (see Cladding, OSB and waferboard)

Cladding, wood shingles and shakes grades, 9.27.7.1.

housing and small buildings, 9.27.7. material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.7.1.

Classification of buildings/building parts by major occupancy, 3.1.2.1., 9.10.2. for wind load calculations, 4.1.7.2.

Clearances

(see also Headroom clearance)

air discharged from, 6.3.2.15., 6.3.3.1. attic or roof spaces, 9.19.1.3. chimneys, 6.3.3.1., 9.21.5., 9.25.3.3.

cladding above ground, 9.27.2.4. cladding to roof, 9.27.2.4. combustible framing, 9.22.9.3.

combustible material, 6.3.2.6., 9.22.9., 9.33.6.8.

cooktops, 9.10.22.1.

crawl spaces, 9.18.4.1.

door frames, 9.27.9.5., 9.27.10.4.

ducts, 6.3.2.6., 9.22.9.4., 9.33.6.8.

electric ranges, 9.10.22.1.

furnace plenums, 6.3.2.6., 9.33.6.8.

furnaces, 6.2.1.5., 9.33.5.2.

gas-fired ranges, 9.10.22.1.

gas vents, 9.25.3.3.

above ground, 9.15.4.6., 9.27.2.4.

handrails, 9.8.7.5.

hardboard siding, 9.27.9.5., 9.27.10.4.

heating and air-conditioning equipment, 6.2.1.5., 9.33.5.2.

ovens, 9.10.22.1.

pipes, 6.7.1.2., 9.33.8.3.

propane ranges, 9.10.22.1. siding above ground, 9.27.2.4. siding to roof, 9.27.2.4.

smoke chambers, 9.22.9.3.

solid-fuel-burning appliances, 9.33.5.3. solid-fuel fired appliances, 6.2.1.5. stucco from ground, 9.28.1.4.

supply ducts, 6.3.2.6., 9.33.6.8.

unit heaters, 6.4.2.1.

vented products of combustion, 6.3.3.1. window frames, 9.27.9.5., 9.27.10.4.

wood-frame construction, 9.23.2.2.

wood above ground, 9.3.2.9., 9.23.2.3.

Climatic data, 1.1.3., 9.36.5.5.

Closures

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

door latches, 3.1.8.15., 3.4.6.16., 9.10.13.9.

elevator shaft openings, 3.2.6.5. exterior wall openings, 3.2.3.5.

fire dampers, 3.1.8.7., 3.1.8.8., 3.1.8.10., 9.10.13.13.

fire-protection rating, 3.1.8.4., 3.1.8.5., 9.10.13.1.

in fire separations, 3.2.8.2., 3.3.3.5., 9.10.9.3.,

9.10.13., 9.10.13.8.

glass blocks, 3.1.8.16., 3.2.3.5., 9.10.13.7.

hold-open devices, 3.1.8.14., 9.10.13.11.

installation, 3.1.8.5., 9.10.13.1.

maximum openings, 3.1.8.6. protection of exit facilities, 3.2.3.13.

self-closing devices, 3.1.8.13., 3.4.6.13., 9.9.6.7.,

9.10.13.10., 9.10.13.15.

smoke dampers, 3.1.8.7., 3.1.8.9., 3.1.8.11.

temperature limits, 3.1.8.17.

twenty-minute, 3.1.8.12.

unprotected openings, 3.2.3.1.

wired glass, 3.1.8.16., 3.2.3.5.

Cold weather requirements concrete, 9.3.1.9.

excavations, 9.12.1.3.

gypsum board, 9.29.5.10.

HVAC systems and equipment, 6.2.1.6., 9.33.4.5.

masonry, 9.20.14.

stucco, 9.28.6.1.

Collar ties, 9.23.14.7.

Columns

anchorage, 9.23.6.2., 9.35.4.3.

carports, 9.35.3.4., 9.35.4.2., 9.35.4.3.

concrete, 9.17.6.

fire-resistance rating, 9.10.8.3.

garages, 9.35.4.2., 9.35.4.3.

heavy timber construction, 3.1.4.7. housing and small buildings, 9.17. lateral support, 9.17.2.2.

masonry, 9.17.5.

steel, 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5., 9.17.3.

supported on masonry or concrete, 9.20.8.4. wood, 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5., 9.17.4.

Combustible cladding, 3.2.3.7., 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.2.

Combustible construction definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

exterior cladding, 3.1.4.8.

fire-retardant-treated wood in, 3.1.4.5., 3.1.4.8.

foamed plastics in, 3.1.4.2., 9.10.17.10.

heavy timber in, 3.1.4.6., 3.1.4.7.

materials permitted, 3.1.4.1.

projections, 9.10.12.4., 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5.

raceways in, 3.1.4.4.

supports, 3.1.8.2., 9.10.9.10.

wires and cables in, 3.1.4.3. Combustible content, 3.2.8.8.

Combustible dusts definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

and fire hose nozzles, 3.2.5.11.

Combustible fibres definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

storage building classification, 3.1.2.6.

Combustible gases

compressed, indoor storage, 3.3.6.3. storage, 3.3.6.2.

Combustible liquids definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

storage, 3.3.2.16., 3.3.4.3.

storage and dispensing rooms, 3.3.6.4.

Combustible materials

clearances to ducts, 3.6.5.6., 6.3.2.6., 9.33.6.8. in combustible construction, 3.1.4.1.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.2., 3.1.5.6.,

9.10.6.

storage, 3.3.6.2.

Combustible piping

drain, waste and vent, 3.1.9.4., 9.10.9.7. in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.19.

in sprinkler systems, 3.1.9.4., 3.2.5.13., 9.10.9.6. in vacuum cleaning systems, 3.1.9.4.

for water distribution, 3.1.9.4., 9.10.9.6.

Combustible projections

exposing building face, 3.2.3.6., 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5.

at firewalls, 3.1.10.7.

limiting distance, 3.2.3.6.

soffit protection, 3.2.3.16., 9.10.12.4.

Combustible refuse storage, 3.6.2.5. Combustion venting, 6.3.3.1., 9.32.3.8.

Commercial cooking equipment, 3.3.1.2., 6.3.1.6.,

9.10.1.4., 9.10.13.13.

Communication, voice (see Voice communication systems)

Compatibility

fasteners for cladding, 9.27.5.5. resistance to deterioration, 5.1.4.2.

Compliance

definition, 1.2.1.1.[A]

energy performance, 2.2.8.3.[C]

Concealed spaces

fire blocks in, 3.1.11.1., 3.1.11.3., 3.1.11.4., 3.1.11.5.,

3.1.11.7., 9.10.16., 9.10.16.1.

above fire separations, 3.1.8.3.

fire separations in, 3.6.4.2., 3.6.4.3., 9.10.9.12.

insulation, 3.1.11.2.

Concrete

admixtures, 9.3.1.8.

aggregate for, 9.3.1.1., 9.3.1.4., 9.3.1.7. cantilevered precast steps, 9.8.10. cellular, 9.20.2.4.

chimneys, 1.4.1.2.[A], 6.3.3.2., 9.21., 9.33.10.3.

cold weather requirements, 9.3.1.9. columns, 9.17.6.

dampproofing, 9.13.2.3., 9.13.2.4., 9.13.2.5.

design, 4.2.3.5., 4.2.3.6., 9.3.1., 9.4.1.1.

flues, 9.21.

foundations, 4.2.3.5., 4.2.3.6., 9.15.

joints, 9.15.4.9.

mixes, 9.3.1.7.

plain, reinforced and prestressed, 4.3.3., 9.3.1.

roof tiles, 9.26.2.1., 9.26.17.

slabs, for floors-on-ground, 9.16.4., 9.25.2.3.,

9.33.6.7.

stairs, 9.8.9.2., 9.8.10.

standards for, 9.3.1.1., 9.3.1.3.

strength, compressive, 9.3.1.6. structural design basis, 4.3.3.1. sulphate-resistant, 9.3.1.3.

surface finish, 9.16.4.1.

as thermal barrier, 3.1.5.14., 3.1.5.15.

topping, 9.16.4.2., 9.23.4.4.

water used in, 9.3.1.5.

Concrete block, 9.15.2.2., 9.17.5.1., 9.20.2.6.

Condensation control

air barrier systems, 9.25.3.1. in exhaust ducts, 6.3.2.10. and heat transfer, 5.3.1.2.

properties, 9.25.5.1. scope of Code, 5.1.1.1.

thermal insulation, 9.25.2.1. vapour barrier properties, 5.5.1.2. vapour barriers, 9.25.4.3.

Conditioned space, 1.4.1.2.[A] Conflicting requirements, 1.5.1.2.[A] Connected buildings, 3.2.6.3.

Construction

relative to occupancy, 9.10.8. review of work, 2.2.7.2.[C] types, 9.10.6.

Construction camps, 9.10.21.

Construction sites excavations, 8.2.2.

guard persons, 8.2.1.4.

repair of damaged public property, 8.2.3.4. safety measures, 8.1.

unoccupied, 8.2.1.5.

use of streets or public property, 8.2.3. vehicular traffic control, 8.2.4. warning lights, 8.2.3.5.

waste material, 8.2.5.

Constructor, definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

Contained use areas definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

doors and door hardware, 3.3.1.13., 3.4.6.11.,

3.4.6.16.

fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.1. fire annunciators, 3.2.4.8.

fire separations, 3.3.3.7.

smoke detectors, 3.2.4.11.

sprinkler system requirements, 3.2.2.19.

Contaminated air

minimum distances of air intakes from, 6.3.2.9. movement, 3.2.6.2., 3.2.6.3.

removal, 6.3.1.5., 6.3.2.14.

Continental seating, 3.3.2.4.

Controls

barrier-free, 3.8.2.6., 3.8.3.8., 3.8.3.10., 3.8.3.17.,

3.8.3.18.

feedback signal, 3.8.3.8.

location, 3.8.3.8.

operation, 3.8.3.8.

temperature, 9.33.4.3.

visible, 3.8.3.8.

Convalescent homes

fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.3.

as residential occupancies, 3.1.2.5., 9.10.2.2.

Convectors, 9.33.7.1.

Cooking equipment, commercial, 3.3.1.2., 6.3.1.6.,

9.10.1.4., 9.10.13.13.

Cooktops

(see also Stoves)

clearances, 9.10.22.1., 9.10.22.2.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

fans, 9.32.3.11.

hoods, 9.32.3.11.

installation, 9.10.22.1., 9.33.5.3.

protection around, 9.10.22.3.

Coolers, walk-in, 3.1.4.2., 3.1.5.7., 9.10.17.10.

Cooling systems and equipment installation, 6.6.1.1., 9.33.9.1.

structural movement, 4.1.8.18., 6.2.1.4., 9.33.4.7.

system pressure, 6.2.1.3., 9.33.4.6.

Corbelling, 9.15.4.8., 9.20.12.

Cornices, 3.1.11.5.

Corridors

assembly occupancy, 3.3.2.6.

care, treatment or detention occupancy, 3.3.3.3., 3.3.3.5.

dead-end, 3.1.8.17., 3.3.1.9., 3.3.3.3., 3.3.4.4., 9.9.7.3.

dimensions, 3.3.1.9., 9.9.5.2.

doors opening into, 3.3.1.11., 9.9.6.1.

emergency lighting, 3.2.7.3.

fire separations, 9.10.9.17.

flame-spread rating, 3.1.13.6., 9.10.21.6.

illumination, 3.2.7.1., 3.2.7.3.

loads on floor or roof, 4.1.5.3., 4.1.5.4. obstructions, 3.3.1.9., 9.9.5.2., 9.9.5.3., 9.9.6.1.

paired doors in, 3.3.3.3.

protruding building elements, 3.3.1.8., 9.9.5.3. serving patients' sleeping rooms, 3.3.3.5. sliding glass partitions, 9.6.1.4.

smoke detectors, 3.2.4.11.

temperature rise and area limits exception, 3.1.8.19. transparent doors in, 3.3.1.20.

transparent panels in, 3.3.1.20. width, 3.3.1.9., 9.9.3.3., 9.9.5.2.

width, in dwelling units, 9.5.4.1. windows in, 3.3.1.20.

Corrosion protection

service water heaters, 9.31.6.3. steel beams, 9.23.8.2.

steel lintels, 9.20.5.2.

Corrosion resistance

elements in environmental separators, 5.1.4.2. fasteners for cladding, 9.27.5.5.

masonry connectors, 9.20.16.1.

plumbing, 9.31.2.2.

screens and grilles, 6.3.2.9., 9.32.3.13. service water heaters, 9.31.6.3.

Counters

for service to the public, 3.8.3.1., 3.8.3.20. for telephones, 3.8.3.21.

Covered ways, 8.2.1.1., 8.2.1.2.

Coverings

ducts, 3.6.5.4., 6.3.2.5., 9.33.6.4.

pipes, 6.3.2.5.

Crack control joints, 9.15.4.9.

Cranes, loads due to, 4.1.3.2., 4.1.5.11.

Crawl spaces

access, 3.6.4.6., 9.18.2.1., 9.18.4.1.

air barrier systems in, 9.18.1.3. application of Code, 3.6.1.1. clearance, 9.18.4.1.

drainage, 9.18.5.

fire blocks in, 3.1.11.1., 3.1.11.6.

fire resistance of floors over, 9.10.8.1., 9.10.9.4. fire separations, 3.3.1.4.

flame-spread rating, 9.18.7.1.

ground cover, 9.18.6.

heated, 9.13.4.2., 9.18.1.3., 9.33.3.1.

housing and small buildings, 9.18. insulation, 9.18.1.3., 9.25.2.2., 9.25.2.3.

regulated as basements, 3.2.2.9., 9.10.8.9.

return-air inlets, 9.33.6.12.

supply outlets, 9.33.6.11.

unheated, 9.18.1.3.

vapour barrier in, 9.18.1.3. ventilation, 6.3.1.2., 9.18.3.

as warm-air plenums, 9.18.7.1.

Curbs, repair and storage garages, 3.3.5.4., 9.8.8.4. Curtain walls (see Fenestration)

Curved roofs, snow and rain loads, 4.1.6.10. Cutting operations room, 3.3.1.26.

D

Dampers

adjustable, 9.33.6.9.

fireplaces, 9.22.6.1.

Dampproofing

crawl spaces, 9.18.6.

floors, 9.23.2.3.

floors-on-ground, 9.13.2.1., 9.13.2.6.

foundations, 9.13.2.

installation, 9.13.2.4.

material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.13.2.2. preparation of surface, 9.13.2.3. protection from groundwater, 5.7.3.4.

protection of interior finishes, 9.13.2.5., 9.20.13.9.,

9.23.2.3.

requirement for, 9.13.2.1.

walls, 9.13.2.1., 9.13.2.3., 9.13.2.4., 9.20.13.9.,

9.23.2.3.

Dance halls

access to exit, 3.3.1.17. principal entrances, 3.4.2.6.

Dangerous goods

access openings, 3.2.5.1. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A] hazardous areas design, 3.3.6. process plants, 3.3.6.8., 3.3.6.9.

storage, 3.3.6.2., 3.3.6.3.

Dead-end corridors, 3.1.8.17., 3.3.1.9., 3.3.3.3., 3.3.4.4.,

9.9.7.3.

Dead loads, 1.4.1.2.[A], 4.1.3.2., 4.1.4., 9.4.3.1.

Decay, protection against, 9.3.2.9., 9.23.2.2., 9.23.2.3. (see also Deterioration)

Decking for wood shingled roofs, 9.26.9.1.

Decks

foundations, 9.12.2.2.

snow loads, 9.4.2.3.

sprinkler systems, 3.2.5.12.

Deep foundations damaged, 4.2.7.6.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

design, 4.2.7.2.

installation, 4.2.7.5.

load testing, 4.2.7.2.

location and alignment, 4.2.7.3., 4.2.7.4.

Definitions of words and phrases, 1.4.1.2.[A], 4.1.3.1.

Deflections

air barrier systems, 5.2.2.1., 5.4.1.1.

structure, 4.1.3.5., 4.1.8.1., 4.1.8.3., 4.1.8.13., 9.4.3.

Deformation resistance, 5.2.2.1., 9.12.2.2., 9.15.1.3. Demolition sites, safety measures, 8.1.1.3.

Depressurization, protection against, 9.32.3.8.

Design

environmental separation, 5

HVAC systems, 6.2.1.1., 9.33.1.1., 9.33.4.1.

structural, 4, 9.4.

Design calculations and analyses, 2.2.4.5.[C]

Designer

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

of parts and components, 2.2.4.4.[C]

as reviewer of work, 2.2.7.2.[C], 2.2.7.3.[C], 2.2.7.4.[C]

signature requirements, 2.2.4.2.[C], 2.2.4.4.[C] structural, requirements for, 2.2.1.2.[C] subsurface inspection, 4.2.2.3., 4.2.2.4., 4.2.4.1.

Design temperatures

indoor, 5.2.1.2., 5.3.1.2., 5.5.1.2., 9.33.3.1.

outdoor, 1.1.3.1., 5.2.1.1., 5.3.1.2., 5.5.1.2., 6.2.1.2.,

9.33.3.2., 9.33.5.1.

Detectors

carbon monoxide, 6.3.1.3., 6.9.3.1., 9.32.3.8.,

9.32.3.9.

fire, 1.4.1.2.[A], 3.2.4.4., 3.2.4.10.

heat, 1.4.1.2.[A], 9.10.18.3., 9.10.18.4.

smoke, 1.4.1.2.[A], 3.1.8.14., 3.2.4.8., 3.2.4.11.,

3.2.4.12., 3.2.4.14., 3.2.4.20., 3.2.4.21., 3.6.2.7.,

6.9.2.2., 9.10.18., 9.10.18.3., 9.10.18.4., 9.10.18.5.,

9.10.21.7.

sprinklers installed in lieu of, 9.10.18.4.

Detention occupancy (see Care, treatment or detention occupancy)

Deterioration

resistance to, 5.1.4.2., 9.20.16.1.

Diaphragms, earthquake design, 4.1.8.1., 4.1.8.11.,

4.1.8.15., 4.1.8.18.

Differential movement columns, 9.17.2.2.

decks and other accessible platforms, 9.12.2.2., 9.23.6.2.

elements in environmental separation, 5.1.4.1., 5.2.2.1.

metal and vinyl cladding, 9.27.5.6. Diffusers, 3.6.5.7., 9.33.6.10., 9.33.6.11.

Direct-vented, 1.4.1.2.[A]

Dispensing rooms, flammable and combustible liquids, 3.3.6.4.

Distilled beverage alcohol, 1.4.1.2.[A] Distilleries, 1.4.1.2.[A], 3.2.5.11.

Distribution panel, emergency lighting, 3.2.7.10. Domes, snow and rain loads, 4.1.6.10.

Door assemblies

as fire-protection closures, 3.1.8.5. leakage rates, 3.1.8.4.

Door frames

caulking, 9.20.13.11.

sealant, 9.27.4.1.

steel, 9.10.13.6.

thermal breaks, 9.7.3.3.

wood, 9.10.13.3.

Doors

airtightness, 9.36.2.9., 9.36.2.10.

area, calculating, 9.36.2.3.

barrier-free path of travel, 3.8.3.6. in bedrooms, 9.9.10.1.

containing foamed plastics, 3.1.4.2.

in corridors, 3.3.1.13., 3.3.3.3., 9.9.6.1., 9.10.13.

dimensions, 3.3.3.4., 9.5.5., 9.9.6.3.

direction of swing, 3.3.1.11., 3.3.3.3., 3.4.6.10.,

3.4.6.12., 3.6.2.6., 9.9.6.5., 9.10.13.12.

between dwelling unit and garage, 9.10.13.15. in dwelling units, 3.1.13.2.

emergency crossover access to floor areas, 3.4.6.18. energy conservation measures, 9.36.8.

energy conservation points, 9.36.8.

for exits, 3.1.8.14., 3.4.5.1., 3.4.6.11., 3.4.6.12.,

3.4.6.16., 9.9.6.

exterior, 5.3.1.2., 5.4.1.2., 9.7.4.3., 9.7.5.2.

in fire separations, 3.1.8.12. - 3.1.8.15., 3.1.8.17.,

3.3.3.5., 9.10.13.

flame-spread rating, 3.1.13.2., 3.1.13.7., 9.10.17.1. force required to open, 9.9.6.8.

glass or transparent, 3.3.1.20., 3.4.1.8., 9.6., 9.6.1.3.,

9.9.4.3.

hardware (see Hardware for doors) housing and small buildings, 9.7. incinerator rooms, 3.6.2.6.

installation, 9.7.6.

at landings, 9.8.6.2.

manufactured and pre-assembled, 9.7.4.

in means of egress, 3.3.1.13., 3.4.6.10., 3.4.6.11.,

9.9.6., 9.9.7., 9.10.13.

in means of egress from dwelling units, 9.9.9. in means of egress from suites, 9.9.6., 9.9.7.4.,

9.9.7.6., 9.9.8.

near steps or stairs, 3.4.6.11., 9.8.6.2., 9.9.6.6. opening onto landings, 9.8.6.3. performance expectations, 9.7.3.

power operators, 3.8.2.7., 3.8.3.6.

protection, 9.8.8.1.

resistance to forced entry, 9.7.5.2. revolving, 3.4.6.15., 9.9.6.4.

service rooms, 3.6.2.6., 9.10.13.12.

site-built, 9.7.5.

sliding (see Sliding doors)

in smoke-tight barriers, 9.10.9.3. of solid core wood, 9.10.13.

standards for, 5.3.1.2., 5.4.1.2., 9.7.4., 9.10.13.2.

storage garages, 9.9.6.4.

storage suites, 9.9.6.4.

storm, 5.9.2.4., 9.6.1.4., 9.7.3.1., 9.7.3.3.

temperature limits, 3.1.8.17.

thermal breaks, 5.9.2.4., 9.7.3.3.

thermal characteristics, 9.36.2.7.

thresholds, 3.3.1.13., 3.4.6.1., 3.8.3.6., 3.8.3.17.

water-closet stalls, 3.8.3.12.

Door stops, 9.10.13.16.

Doorways

(see also Doors)

barrier-free path of travel, 3.8.3.6. bathrooms, 9.5.5.3.

dimensions, 3.3.3.4., 3.4.3.2., 9.5.5., 9.7.2.2., 9.9.6.2.,

9.9.6.3.

between dwelling unit and garage, 9.10.13.15. dwelling units, 9.5.5.1.

headroom clearance, 3.4.3.4.

at landings, 9.8.6.2., 9.8.6.3. means of egress, 3.3.1.5.

means of egress from dwelling units, 9.9.9. means of egress from suites, 3.3.1.3., 3.3.1.5.,

9.9.7.2., 9.9.7.4., 9.9.7.6., 9.9.8.

near stairs, 9.8.6.2.

obstructions, 9.9.6.1., 9.9.6.3. at ramp landings, 9.8.6.3. secondary suites, 9.5.5.1.

service rooms, 9.9.5.9.

water-closet rooms, 9.5.5.2.

width, 3.3.3.4., 3.4.3.2.

Downspouts, 5.6.2.2., 9.14.6.5., 9.26.18.1.

Draft stops, 3.2.8.6.

Drainage

above-ground masonry walls, 9.20.13.9. building envelopes, 5.6.2.2.

crawl spaces, 9.18.5.

disposal, 5.6.2.2., 9.14.5.

evacuation site, 9.14.4.3.

floors, 9.16.3.3.

floors-on-ground, 9.16.3.

footings, 9.14.

foundations, 9.14.2., 9.35.3.3.

granular layer installation, 9.14.4.2., 9.14.4.4.

granular layers, 9.14.2.1., 9.14.4.

granular material, 9.14.4.1. housing and small buildings, 9.14. pipes, 9.14.3.

pipes and tiles installation, 9.14.3.3. roofs, 5.6.2.2., 9.26.18.

second plane of protection, 9.27.3. surface water, 5.7., 9.12.3.2., 9.14., 9.14.6.

tiles, 9.14.3.

underground ducts, 6.3.2.12., 9.33.6.7.

Drainage systems, sanitary, 1.4.1.2.[A], 9.31., 9.31.2.1.,

9.31.5.

(see also Plumbing)

Drain pans, 6.3.2.2.

Drains

floors, 9.31.4.3.

from noncombustible water closets, 9.10.9.7. roofs, 5.6.2.2., 9.26.18.2.

Drain, waste and vent piping, 3.1.9.4., 9.10.9.7. (see also Plumbing)

Draperies, in exits, 9.9.5.6.

Drift limits, earthquake design, 4.1.8.1., 4.1.8.13. Drilling of framing members, 9.23.5.1.

Drinking fountains, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.10.

Dry standpipes, 3.2.5.9.

Dry wells, 9.14.5.3.

Ducts

access, 3.6.4.5., 6.2.1.6., 9.33.4.4.

access openings, 6.3.2.4.

adhesives, 3.6.5.4., 9.33.6.4. air filters in, 6.8.1.3. aluminum, 9.33.6.5.

in ceiling spaces, 3.1.9.5., 9.10.5.1.

cleaning, 6.2.1.6., 9.33.4.4.

clearances, 3.6.5.6., 6.3.2.6., 9.22.9.4., 9.33.6.8.

combustible, 3.6.5.1., 9.33.6.2.

in or beneath concrete slabs, 9.33.6.7. connections, 6.3.2.4., 9.33.6.6., 9.33.6.7.

connectors, 3.6.5.1., 6.3.2.3., 6.3.2.18., 9.33.6.2.

construction, 9.33.6.6.

for cooking equipment, 3.1.8.8., 3.1.8.9., 3.6.3.5.

coverings, 3.6.5.4., 6.3.2.5., 9.10.17.12., 9.33.6.4.

design, 6.2.3., 9.33.6.1., 9.33.6.5.

dimensions, 9.32.3.11.

drainage, 6.3.2.12., 9.33.6.7.

drain pans, 6.3.2.2.

exhaust (see Exhaust ducts) in exits, 6.9.2.4.

in fire-rated assemblies, 3.1.9.5., 9.10.5.1., 9.10.9.6.

firestops, 9.33.6.6.

fittings, 6.3.2.3., 9.32.3.11., 9.33.6.2., 9.33.6.5.

galvanized, 9.33.6.5.

installation, 6.2.3., 9.33.6.1., 9.33.6.7.

insulation, 3.6.5.4., 6.3.2.5., 9.32.3.11., 9.33.6.4.

interconnection, 6.3.2.7., 9.33.6.7.

joints, 6.3.2.4., 9.32.3.11., 9.33.6.3., 9.33.6.6., 9.33.6.7.

leakage, 6.3.2.7.

linings, 3.6.5.4., 6.3.2.5., 9.10.17.12., 9.33.6.4.

materials, 6.3.2.3., 9.32.3.11., 9.33.6.2.

metal, 9.33.6.5.

noncombustible, 3.1.8.8., 3.1.8.9., 3.6.5.1. in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.18. penetrating fire blocks, 9.10.16.4.

penetrating fire separations, 3.1.8.7., 3.1.8.8.,

3.1.8.9., 9.10.9.6., 9.10.13.13.

penetrating firestops, 3.1.11.7.

return air systems, 1.4.1.2.[A], 3.6.5.8., 6.3.2.11.,

9.33.6.7., 9.33.6.13.

sealing, 3.6.5.3., 6.3.2.19., 9.32.3.11., 9.33.6.3.,

9.33.6.7.

smoke detectors in, 6.9.2.2. supply, 9.32.3.11., 9.33.6.7.

systems, 6.2.3., 9.33.6.

trunk, 9.33.6.7.

underground, 6.3.2.12., 9.33.6.7.

ventilation, 6.2.3., 9.32.3.11., 9.33.6.2.

Duct-type smoke detectors, 3.2.4.12. Dumbwaiters, 3.5.1.1., 3.5.2.1., 3.5.3.2.

Dusts, hazardous, 6.9.1.2.

Dwelling units

combustible projections, 3.2.3.6., 9.10.14.5. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

doors in means of egress, 9.9.6. door swing, 3.4.6.12., 9.9.6.5.

doorways, 9.5.5., 9.9.6.2., 9.9.6.3.

egress, 3.3.4.4., 9.9.9.

electrical outlets, 9.34.2.2.

exception for combustible projections, 9.10.15.5. fire alarms, 9.10.18.2.

fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.1. fire detectors, 3.2.4.10.

fire protection, 3.2.2.47. - 3.2.2.55., 9.10.

fire-protection closures, 3.1.8.5.

fire-resistance rating, 9.10.8.10.

fire separations, 3.3.4.2., 9.9.4., 9.10.9.4., 9.10.9.13.,

9.10.9.14., 9.10.9.16.

firewalls, 9.10.11.2.

floors-on-ground, 9.16.1.3.

guards, 3.3.4.7., 9.8., 9.8.8.

hallways, 9.5.4.1.

handrails, 3.3.4.7., 9.8., 9.8.7.

height of rooms and spaces, 3.7.1.1., 9.5.3. landings, 9.8.6., 9.8.6.3.

manual fire alarm stations, 3.2.4.16. ramps, 9.8., 9.8.5.2.

secondary suites, 9.1.2.1.

in self-service storage buildings, 3.9.3.1. shared egress facilities, 9.9.9.3.

smoke alarms, 3.2.4.20., 9.10.19.

sound control, 3.3.4.6., 5.8.1.1., 9.11. spatial separation between houses, 9.10.15. sprinkler systems, 3.2.5.12.

stairs, 3.3.4.7., 9.8.

travel limit to exits, 9.9.9.1.

uniformity of runs in flights with mixed treads, 9.8.4.5.

water closets, 9.31.4.1.

Dynamic procedure

earthquake load and effects calculations, 4.1.8.12. wind load calculations, 4.1.7.8.

E

Earthquake design

accidental torsional effects, 4.1.8.1., 4.1.8.12. additional performance requirements, 4.1.8.23. additional system restrictions, 4.1.8.10. analysis, 4.1.8.1., 4.1.8.7.

anchorage of building frames, 9.23.6.1. bracing to resist lateral loads, 9.23.13. building strength and stability, 4.1.3.2. deflections, 4.1.8.1., 4.1.8.13.

direction of loading, 4.1.8.8. dynamic analysis, 4.1.8.12.

equivalent static force analysis, 4.1.8.11. fasteners for sheathing or subflooring, 9.23.3.5. foundations, 4.1.8.15. - 4.1.8.17.

general requirements, 4.1.8.3.

joints in top plates of loadbearing walls, 9.23.11.4. masonry walls, 9.20.1.2., 9.20.15.

notation, 4.1.8.2.

roof sheathing, 9.23.16.1.

seismic force modification factors and general restrictions, 4.1.8.9.

seismic isolation, 4.1.8.19., 4.1.8.20.

site designation, 4.1.8.4.

site properties, 4.1.8.4.

structural irregularities, 4.1.8.6., 4.1.8.10.

structural separation, 4.1.8.14.

supplemental energy dissipation, 4.1.8.21., 4.1.8.22.

Eave projections, 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5., 9.26.5.

Eave protection, 9.26.2.1., 9.26.5.1., 9.26.5.2.

Effective thermal resistance (RSI value), definition, 9.36.1.2.

Egress (see Doors; Doorways; Means of egress) Egress doorways, 3.3.1.5., 3.3.1.6.

Electrical conductors protection of, 3.2.7.10.

tests, 3.2.7.10.

Electrical equipment, 3.6.1.2., 9.33.5.2., 9.34. Electrical equipment vaults, 3.6.2.7.

Electrical supervision, fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.9.

Electrical wiring exit signs, 3.4.5.3.

housing and small buildings, 9.34. service facilities, 3.6.1.2.

Electric cables, storage, 3.3.6.2.

Electromagnetic locking device, 3.3.1.13., 3.4.6.16.,

3.4.6.18., 9.9.6.7.

Elevating devices, 3.8.2.3., 3.8.3.7.

Elevator cables, 3.1.5.22.

Elevator cars, flame-spread rating, 3.1.13.11.

Elevators

application of Code, 3.5.1.1.

barrier-free path of travel, 3.3.1.7., 3.8.2.3., 3.8.3.2.,

3.8.3.7.

combustible travelling cables for elevators, 3.1.5.22. dimensions, 3.5.4.1.

earthquake design, 4.1.8.18.

emergency operation, 3.2.6.4., 3.2.7.9.

emergency recall, 3.2.4.14., 3.2.6.4.

for firefighters, 3.2.6.5., 3.2.7.9.

fire protection, 9.10.1.3.

flame-spread rating, 3.1.13.7.

high buildings, 3.2.7.9.

hoistway noise, 5.8.1.1.

hoistways, 3.2.6.4., 3.2.6.6., 3.2.8.4., 3.5.3.1., 3.5.3.3.,

3.5.4.2., 9.10.18.4.

limited-use/limited-application (LULA), 3.5.4.1.

machine rooms, 3.2.1.1., 3.2.2.14., 3.2.5.12., 3.5.3.3.

not a means of egress, 9.9.2.3. smoke detectors, 3.2.4.11., 3.2.4.14.

standards, 3.5.2.1., 3.8.3.7.

Emergency cables and conductors, 3.2.7.10. Emergency elevators, 3.2.6.4., 3.2.6.5., 3.2.7.9.

Emergency lighting, 3.2.7.3., 3.2.7.4., 3.2.7.10., 9.9.12.,

9.9.12.3.

Emergency power supply exit signs, 9.9.11.3.

installation, 3.2.7.5., 3.6.2.8.

lighting, 3.2.7.4., 9.9.12.3.

smoke alarms, 9.10.19.4.

Emergency return, elevators, 3.2.4.14., 3.2.6.4. Encapsulated mass timber construction, 3.1.6.

combustible roofing materials, 3.1.6.7. combustible stairs, 3.1.6.13.

combustible window sashes and frames, 3.1.6.8. determination of encapsulation ratings, 3.1.6.5. encapsulation of mass timber elements, 3.1.6.4. encapsulation materials, 3.1.6.6.

exposed construction materials and components in concealed spaces, 3.1.6.16.

exterior cladding, 3.1.6.9.

materials permitted, 3.1.6.2.

nailing elements, 3.1.6.11. penetration by outlet boxes, 3.1.6.17.

spatial separation and exposure protection, 3.2.3.7., 3.2.3.19.

structural mass timber elements, 3.1.6.3.

EnerGuide rating system, 9.36.5.3.

Energy conservation measures and points above-ground opaque assemblies, 9.36.8.5. airtightness, 9.36.8.8.

building volume, 9.36.8.11. fenestration and doors, 9.36.8.6. HVAC systems, 9.36.8.9.

opaque building assemblies below-grade or in contact with ground, 9.36.8.7.

service water heating equipment, 9.36.8.10.

Energy efficiency

building envelope, 9.36.2.

definition, 9.36.1.2.

energy performance compliance, 9.36.5. housing and small buildings, 9.36.

HVAC systems and equipment, 9.36.3. service water heating systems, 9.36.4.

Energy performance compliance, 9.36.5.

definitions, 9.36.5.2.

drawings and specifications, 2.2.8.[C]

tier, 9.36.7., 9.36.8.

Engineered wood as siding, 5.9.1.1. Entrances, barrier-free, 3.8.2.2.

Environmental loads, 5.1.4.1., 5.2.1., 5.2.1.3., 5.9.3.2.

Environmental separation air leakage, 9.25., 9.25.3. application of Code, 5

compliance with standards, 5.9.1.1. condensation control, 9.25.

crawl spaces, 9.18.

dampproofing, 9.13., 9.13.2.

drawings and specifications, 2.2.5.2.[C]

fire (see Fire separations) heat transfer, 9.25., 9.25.2.

roof spaces, 9.19.

soil gas control, 9.13., 9.13.4.

sound control, 5.8.1., 9.11.

waterproofing, 9.13., 9.13.3.

Equipment

air-conditioning, 9.33.5. characteristics, 1.2.2.1.[A]

cooking, 3.3.1.2., 6.3.1.6., 9.10.1.4., 9.10.13.13.

electrical installations, 9.33.5.2., 9.34.1.1.

HVAC, 6.1.1.2., 9.33.1.1., 9.33.5.

loads on floors and roofs, 4.1.5.3. odour removal, 9.33.6.14.

space cooling, 9.33.5.2., 9.33.9.

space heating, 9.33.5.2.

storage, 1.2.2.2.[A]

used, 1.2.2.3.[A]

Escalators, 3.2.8.2., 3.5.1.1., 3.5.2.1., 3.8.2.4., 9.10.1.3.

earthquake design, 4.1.8.18.

illumination, 3.2.7.1.

Evaporative air coolers, 6.3.2.16. Evaporative heat rejection systems, 6.3.2.15.

Excavations backfill, 9.12.3.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

housing and small buildings, 9.12. native soil, 9.12.1.1.

organic material, 9.12.1.1.

protection from freezing, 4.2.5.7., 9.12.1.3.

safety measures, 8.2.2.

structural design, 4.2.5.

support of, 4.2.5.3.

water control, 4.2.5.5.

water in, 8.2.2.1., 9.12.1.2.

Exhaust

capacity, 9.32.3.3., 9.32.3.4., 9.32.3.7.

discharge, 6.3.2.10.

ducts, 6.3.2.10.

fans, 9.32.3.7.

to garages, 6.3.2.10.

intakes, 9.32.3.3., 9.32.3.5., 9.32.3.7.

outlets, 3.6.5.7., 6.3.2.10.

systems, 3.2.6.6., 3.2.8.7., 3.3.1.21., 9.10.9.20.

Exhaust air openings, 6.3.2.9.

Exhaust ducts combining, 6.3.2.10.

condensation, 6.3.2.10.

connection, 6.3.2.10.

containing air from conditioned spaces, 6.3.2.10. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

fire dampers in, 9.10.13.13. fire dampers waived, 3.1.8.8.

insulation, 6.3.2.5., 9.32.3.11., 9.33.6.4.

interconnection, 6.3.2.7., 6.3.2.10.

laboratory enclosures, 6.3.4.3.

of non-mechanical ventilating systems, 6.3.2.10. serving cooking equipment, 6.3.2.10.

serving laundry equipment, 6.3.2.10., 9.32.1.3. serving rooms containing WC, urinals, showers,

slop sinks, 6.3.2.10.

serving more than one fire compartment, 9.10.9.20. smoke dampers waived, 3.1.8.9.

vertical service spaces, 3.6.3.4.

Exhibitions, 3.1.2.3.

Existing buildings, application of Code, 1.1.1.1.[A]

Exits

aggregate width, 3.4.3.1., 3.4.3.2., 9.9.3.

appliances in, 9.9.5.7.

balconies, 3.4.4.1.

capacity, 3.4.3.2.

combustible glazing restrictions, 3.4.1.10. concealed exits, 3.4.6.11., 3.8.3.6.

convergence, 3.4.1.2.

cumulative width, 3.4.3.2. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A] distance between, 3.4.2.3.

door hardware, 3.4.6.16., 3.4.6.17.

doors, 3.2.3.13., 3.4.3.3., 3.4.6.11., 3.4.6.13., 3.4.6.16.,

9.7.2.2.

door swing, 3.4.6.12.

ducts in, 6.9.2.4.

dwelling units, 3.3.4.4., 9.9.9.

emergency access, 3.4.6.18.

emergency lighting, 3.2.7.3., 9.9.12.

exterior passageways, 3.1.13.10., 3.4.1.5.

finish, interior, 9.10.17. fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.1.

fire hose connections, 3.2.5.10. fire separations, 3.4.4.1., 9.9.4. from floor areas, 9.9.8. general requirements, 9.9.2.

glass block in, 3.2.3.13., 9.9.4.3. - 9.9.4.7.

glass doors, 9.6., 9.9.4.3.

glass and transparent panels and doors, 3.4.1.8. guards, 3.4.6.6.

headroom clearance, 3.4.3.4., 9.8.2.2., 9.9.3.4.,

9.9.6.2.

horizontal, 3.4.1.4., 3.4.1.6., 9.9.2.1.

housing and small buildings, 9.9. integrity, 3.4.4.4., 9.9.4.2.

interconnected floor space, 3.2.8.4., 3.4.3.2.

landings, 9.8.1.3.

level, lowest, and smoke contamination, 3.2.6.2. levels, 1.4.1.2.[A], 3.2.6.2.

lighting, 3.2.7.1., 9.9.12.

loads on floor or roof, 4.1.5.3. through lobbies, 3.4.4.2., 9.9.8.5.

location, 3.4.2.5., 9.9.8.4.

manual fire alarm stations, 3.2.4.16. from mezzanine, 3.4.2.2., 9.9.8.6.

minimum number, 3.4.2.1.

mirror restrictions, 3.4.1.9., 9.9.5.6.

number, 9.9.7.1., 9.9.7.2., 9.9.8.2., 9.9.9.

obstructions, 3.4.6.11., 9.9.5., 9.9.5.5., 9.9.6.1.,

9.9.6.2., 9.9.11.2.

obstructions permitted, 3.4.3.3.

protected floor space, 3.2.8.5., 3.4.3.2.

purpose, 9.9.2.2.

ramps, 3.4.5.3.

revolving doors, 3.4.6.15., 9.9.6.4.

rooms opening into, 3.4.4.4., 9.9.5.9., 9.9.8.5.

secondary suites, 9.9.9.

separation, 3.4.1.2.

service rooms under, 3.6.2.2., 9.9.5.8.

signs, 3.4.5.1., 3.4.5.3., 9.9.11., 9.9.11.3.

smoke detectors, 3.2.4.11.

stairs, 3.4.5.3., 3.4.6.8., 3.4.6.9., 9.8.1.3., 9.8.2.1.,

9.8.3.1.

storage garages, 9.9.6.4.

storeys, 1.4.1.2.[A], 3.2.6.2.

tactile signs, 3.4.5.2., 3.4.6.16., 3.4.6.18., 3.8.3.9.

travel distance, 3.4.2.1., 3.4.2.3., 3.4.2.4., 9.9.8.2.

types, 3.4.1.4., 9.9.2.1.

visibility, 9.9.11.2.

wall openings near, 9.9.4.4. weather protection, 3.4.6.11.

width, 3.4.3.3., 9.9.3.2., 9.9.3.3., 9.9.8.3.

windows, 3.2.3.13., 9.7.2.2., 9.9.4.

wired glass in, 3.2.3.13., 9.9.4.3. - 9.9.4.6.

Expansion and contraction

elements in environmental separation, 5.1.4.1., 5.2.2.1.

heating and cooling systems, 6.2.1.3., 9.33.4.6.,

9.33.8.1.

metal and vinyl siding, 9.27.5.6. piping, 6.7.1.1., 9.33.8.1.

structural, 4.1.2.1.

Explosion venting, 3.3.1.21.

Exposing building face area, 3.2.3.2.

area and aspect ratio, 9.10.14.5.

area and location, 9.10.14.2., 9.10.15.2.

construction, 3.2.3.7., 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

exits, 3.2.3.13.

fire resistance waived, 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5. first storey facing a street, 9.10.14.4. garage serving a dwelling unit, 9.10.14.5. glazed openings, 9.10.15.2.

limiting distance, 3.2.3.5., 3.2.3.6., 3.2.3.7., 9.10.14.5.,

9.10.15.5.

low-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 3), 3.2.3.11.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.5. protection of, 3.2.3.8.

restrictions on combustible projections, 3.2.3.6., 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5.

spatial separation between buildings, 9.10.14., 9.10.15.

structural members, 3.2.3.9.

unlimited openings, 3.2.3.10., 9.10.14.4., 9.10.15.4.

unprotected openings, 3.2.3.1., 3.2.3.2., 3.2.3.12.,

9.10.14.4., 9.10.15.4.

Exterior areas, loads on, 4.1.5.5.

Exterior insulation finish systems, 5.9.4., 9.27.14.

Exterior ornamentations

earthquake loads, 4.1.8.1., 4.1.8.18.

wind loads, 4.1.7.11.

F

Fabrics, for canopies and marquees, 3.1.16.1.

Factories

loads on floor or roof, 4.1.5.3. storage areas, 4.1.5.3.

Factory-built chimneys, 1.4.1.2.[A], 9.33.10.2. Factory-constructed buildings, 1.1.1.1.[A] Falsework, 4.1.1.3.

Fans

access, 6.2.1.6., 9.33.4.4.

auxiliary, 9.32.3.4.

bathrooms, 9.32.3.3.

capacity, 9.32.3.3., 9.32.3.10.

controls, 9.32.3.3.

cooktops, 9.32.3.7., 9.32.3.11.

dehumidistat, 9.32.3.3., 9.32.3.7. emergency power supply, 3.2.7.9. emergency stoppage, 3.2.6.2.

exhaust, 9.32.3.3., 9.32.3.5.

housing and small buildings, 9.32.3.

installation, 6.3.2.17., 9.32.3.3. - 9.32.3.6., 9.32.3.10.

kitchens, 9.32.3.3., 9.32.3.7.

location, 6.3.2.17., 9.32.3.2.

noise, 9.32.3.2.

sound ratings, 9.32.3.10.

standards for, 9.32.3.10.

supplementary exhaust, 9.32.3.7.

supply, 9.32.3.4., 9.32.3.5.

vibration, 9.32.3.2.

Farm buildings

application of Code, 1.1.1.1.[A], 1.3.3.5.[A]

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

automatic sprinkler systems, 2.2.4.2. classification, 2.1.4.1.

dangerous goods storage, 2.2.8.7. design of bins and silos, 2.3.1.1.

electrical wiring and equipment, 2.2.1.15. exceptions in determining building height, 2.2.2.2. exhaust ventilation and explosion venting, 2.2.8.2. farm machinery and vehicles, 2.3.2.4.

fire detectors, 2.2.3.7.

geotechnical design parameters, 2.3.1.1.

liquid manure storage tanks, 2.3.1.1., 2.3.2.5., 2.3.4. loads due to earthquakes, 2.3.4.

loads due to snow, 2.3.3.

loads due to use and occupancy, 2.3.2.

loads supported on a floor or suspended from a ceiling, 2.3.2.1.

location of heating appliances, 2.4.3.1. means of egress, 2.2.6.1.

minimum lighting requirements, 2.2.5.1. occupant load, 2.2.1.17.

required ventilation, 2.4.2.1.

separation of occupancies, 2.2.1.4. unobstructed slipper roofs, 2.3.3.1.

Fasteners

cladding, 9.27.5.4.

dimensions, 9.27.5.4.

gypsum board, 9.29.5.5.

roofing, 9.26.2.3., 9.26.2.4.

siding, 9.27.5.4.

standard for, 9.23.3.1.

stucco, 9.28.3.1., 9.28.3.2.

Fastening

cladding, 9.27.5.4.

furring, 9.29.3.2.

gypsum board, 9.29.5.8., 9.29.5.9.

hardboard finish, 9.29.7.3.

plywood finish, 9.29.6.3.

sheathing, 9.23.3.5.

shingles, 9.26.7.4., 9.26.8.4., 9.26.8.5.

siding, 9.27.5.4.

steel framing, 9.24.3.6.

steel studs, 9.24.1.4.

stucco lath, 9.28.4.6.

subflooring, 9.23.3.5.

underlay, 9.30.2.3.

wood-frame construction, 9.23.3.

wood shingles and shakes, 9.26.9.5., 9.26.10.3. Faucets and other bathroom accessories, 3.7.2.3.,

3.7.2.8., 3.8.3.8., 3.8.3.12., 3.8.3.16., 3.8.3.18.

Fences, at construction and demolition sites, 8.2.1.3.

Fenestration

area, calculating, 9.36.2.3.

definition, 9.36.1.2.

energy conservation measures, 9.36.8. energy conservation points, 9.36.8. heat transfer, 5.9.3.3.

resistance to water penetration, 5.9.3.5. structural and environmental loads, 5.9.3.2. thermal characteristics, 9.36.2.2., 9.36.2.7. thermal resistance calculation, 9.36.2.11. types, 5.9.3.1.

water penetration, 5.9.3.5.

Fibreboard fastening, 9.29.8.3.

installation, 9.29.8.3., 9.29.8.4. as insulating finish, 9.29.8. material standard, 9.29.8.1.

nailing, 9.29.8.3.

as roof sheathing, 9.23.16.7. thickness, 9.29.8.2.

as wall sheathing, 9.23.17.2., 9.23.17.3.

Fill

beneath floors-on-ground, 9.16.2.1., 9.16.2.2.

beneath footings, 9.15.3.2.

beneath foundations, 4.2.4.13.

Filters, air, 6.8.1.3., 9.33.6.14.

Finishes

interior (see Interior finishes) slip-resistant, 3.4.6.1.

Fire alarm and detection systems annunciators, 3.2.4.8.

audibility, 3.2.4.18., 3.2.4.21.

audible alert and alarm signals, 3.2.4.17. central alarm and control facility, 3.2.6.7. central vacuum shutdown, 3.2.4.13. continuity, 3.2.4.2.

design, 9.10.18.3.

and door hold-open devices, 3.1.8.14. electrical supervision, 3.2.4.9. emergency power supply, 3.2.7.8. fire detectors, 3.2.4.4., 3.2.4.10.

fire separations for, 3.6.2.8. installation, 3.2.4.1., 3.2.4.5., 9.10.18.3.

manual stations, 3.2.4.16.

requirements, 9.10.18.

residential fire warning systems, 3.2.4.21., 9.10.19.8.

signal devices, 3.2.4.18.

signals to fire department, 3.2.4.7. silencing, 3.2.4.6.

single stage systems, 3.2.4.3., 3.2.4.4., 3.2.4.7.

smoke alarms, 3.2.4.20.

smoke alarms interconnection, 9.10.19.5. smoke detectors, 3.2.4.11., 3.2.4.12., 9.10.18.,

9.10.18.5.

sprinkler systems, 3.2.4.8.

testing, 3.2.4.5.

two-stage systems, 3.2.4.3., 3.2.4.4., 3.2.4.7.

types, 3.2.4.3.

vacuum cleaning systems, 9.10.18.7. visible signal devices, 3.2.4.19.

voice communication systems, 3.2.4.22. waterflow trigger, 3.2.5.14.

Fire blocks

(see also Firestops)

in concealed spaces, 3.1.11., 3.1.11.5., 9.10.16. in crawl spaces, 3.1.11.6.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

in eave overhangs, 3.2.3.16.

in encapsulated mass timber construction, 3.1.11.3., 3.1.11.5., 3.1.11.7.

in floor assemblies, 3.1.11.5.

in mansard and gambrel roofs, 3.1.11.5., 9.10.16.1. materials, 3.1.11.7., 9.10.16.3.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.2., 3.1.11.3. pipes and ducts in, 9.10.16.4.

in roof assemblies, 3.1.11.5., 3.1.11.7.

between vertical and horizontal spaces, 3.1.11.4. in walls/wall assemblies, 3.1.11.2., 9.10.16.2.

Fire chambers, 9.22.4.

Fire compartments annunciators, 3.2.4.8.

basements, 3.2.1.5.

combustible sprinkler piping, 3.2.5.13. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

exits, 3.2.3.13.

exposing building face area, 3.2.3.2.

unprotected openings, 3.2.3.1.

wall exposed to another wall, 3.2.3.14.

Fire curtains, 3.3.2.14.

Fire dampers

(see also Dampers) access, 3.1.8.10.

as closures, 3.1.8.5.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

in ducts, 9.10.13.13.

in fire separations, 3.1.8.7. in HVAC systems, 6.9.2.1. installation, 3.1.8.10.

leakage rates, 3.1.8.4.

in non-loadbearing walls, 9.24.3.7. penetrating fire separations, 9.10.9.6. waived, 3.1.8.8.

Fire department

access routes, 3.2.5.4., 3.2.5.6.

limiting distance, 9.10.15.3.

signals to, 3.2.4.7., 3.2.4.9., 3.2.6.7.

Fire department connections on buildings, 3.2.5.5., 3.2.5.9., 3.2.5.15.

Fire detectors, 1.4.1.2.[A], 3.2.4.4., 3.2.4.10.

Fire escapes access, 3.4.7.3.

balconies, 3.4.7.3.

closures, 3.4.7.4.

construction, 3.4.7.2.

dwelling units, 3.4.7.3.

existing buildings, 3.4.7.1.

as means of egress, 3.4.1.4., 9.9.2.3.

protection of, 3.4.7.4. scope of Code, 3.4.7.1. stairs, 3.4.6.8., 3.4.7.5.

Fire extinguishers, 3.2.5.16., 9.10.20.4., 9.10.21.8. Fire extinguishing systems, industrial occupancies,

3.3.5.2.

Firefighters, 3.2.6.2., 3.2.6.5., 3.2.8.7.

Firefighting (see Access for firefighting) Firefighting services (see Fire department) Fire hose cabinets, 3.2.5.11.

Fire hose nozzles, 3.2.5.11.

Fire hose stations, 3.2.5.11., 9.10.21.9.

Fire load, 1.4.1.2.[A], 3.2.2.91., 3.2.3.11.

Fireplaces

airtightness, 9.36.2.9.

chimneys, 9.21.2.5., 9.21.2.6.

clearances, 9.22.9.

combustion air, 9.22.1.4.

concrete materials, 9.22.1.2. continuity of insulation, 9.36.2.5. dampers, 9.22.6.1.

design and installation, 6.9.4.2. factory-built, 9.22.8.

fire chamber, 9.22.4.

footings, 9.22.1.3.

hearth, 9.22.5.

housing and small buildings, 9.22., 9.33.5.4.

inserts, 9.22.10.

liners (see Liners, fireplace) masonry materials, 9.22.1.2.

protection against depressurization, 9.32.3.8. smoke chambers, 9.22.7.

walls, 9.22.3.

Fire protection

air-supported structures, 3.1.18.

building classification, 3.1.2.

combustible construction, 3.1.4.

commissioning of life safety and fire protection systems, 9.10.1.2.

components, 2.2.3.[C], 3.1.1.4.

construction camps, 9.10.21.

cooktops, 9.10.22.

crawl spaces, 9.18.7.

dwelling units, 9.10.

electric ranges, 9.10.22.

electrical conductors, 3.2.7.10.

exceptions, 3.2.2.3.

exits, 9.9.4.

fire-resistance ratings, 3.1.7. fire safety plan, 1.1.4.

gas ranges, 9.10.22.

limiting distance and spatial separation between buildings, 3.2.3.1.

multiple occupancy requirements, 3.1.3. noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.

ovens, 9.10.22.

penetrations in fire separations and fire-rated assemblies, 3.1.9.1.

propane ranges, 9.10.22.

structural, 3.2.2.3.

structural members, 3.2.3.9.

tents, 3.1.18.

testing of integrated fire protection and life safety systems, 9.10.1.2.

tests, 3.2.9.1.

Fire-protection rating

of closures, 3.1.8.4., 3.1.8.5. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

of doors, 3.1.8.12.

exceptions, 9.10.13.2., 9.10.13.5., 9.10.13.7.

of fire dampers, 3.1.8.7. tests, 3.1.8.4., 9.10.3.1.

Fire protection systems, 3.2.5.17., 9.10.18., 9.10.20.5.

Fire pumps, 3.2.4.9., 3.2.5.9., 3.2.5.18., 9.10.1.3.

Fire-resistance ratings about, 9.10.3.

arena-type building roof assemblies, 3.2.2.17. ceilings, 9.10.3.3.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A] determination of, 3.1.7.1., 9.10.3.1.

doors, 5.3.1.2.

encapsulated mass timber construction, 3.1.7.5. exemptions, 3.1.7.2., 9.10.8., 9.10.8.11., 9.10.14.

exits, 9.9.4.2.

exposing building face, 3.2.3.7. fire separations, 3.1.7.3.

firewalls, 3.1.7.3., 3.1.10.2., 9.10.3.3.

floors and floor assemblies, 3.1.7.3., 3.2.1.4.,

9.10.3.1., 9.10.3.3., 9.10.8.

grease duct enclosures, 3.6.3.5. membrane ceilings, 9.10.3.4.

minimum, 3.1.7.4.

relation to occupancy and height, 9.10.8. roofs, 9.10.8.

separation of suites, 3.3.1.1., 9.10.9.15., 9.10.9.16.

steel framing, 9.24.2.4., 9.24.3.2.

supporting construction, 3.1.7.5., 9.10.8.3.

test methods, 9.10.3.1.

vertical fire separations, 9.10.3.3. walls, 9.10.3.3.

walls, exterior, 3.1.7.2., 3.1.7.3., 3.2.3.7., 3.2.3.11.,

9.10.3.1., 9.10.3.3., 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5.

walls, interior, 9.10.3.1., 9.10.3.3.

walls, loadbearing, 3.1.7.5., 9.10.8.3.

windows, 5.3.1.2.

Fire-retardant-treated wood

in assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 2), 3.2.2.25.

in assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 3), 3.2.2.32.

in business and personal services occupancy (Group D), 3.2.2.62.

in combustible construction, 3.1.4.5., 3.1.4.8. for decorative cladding, 3.1.5.24.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

in low-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 3), 3.2.2.85.

in medium-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 2), 3.2.2.78.

in mercantile occupancy (Group E), 3.2.2.68.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.5., 3.1.5.12.,

3.1.13.8.

in roof systems, 3.1.14.1.

Fire safety

and building size, 3.2.1.1., 3.2.2.1., 9.10.8.

construction sites, 8.1.1.1.

demolition sites, 8.1.1.1.

in HVAC systems and equipment, 6.9.1.1., 9.33.6. and occupancy, 9.10.8.

self-service storage buildings, 3.9.2. tests, 3.2.9.1.

Fire separations

airtightness of windows and doors in, 5.4.1.2., 5.9.2.3.

barrier-free floor areas, 3.3.1.7. boarding and lodging houses, 9.10.9.16. on building face, 3.2.3.2.

business and personal services occupancy, 3.3.1.1. care, treatment or detention occupancy, 3.3.3.1. closures in, 3.1.8.1., 3.1.8.4., 3.1.8.5., 9.10.13.

in combustible construction, 3.1.8.2. construction camps, 9.10.21.2. containment in basements, 3.2.1.5.

continuity, 3.1.8.1., 3.1.8.3., 9.10.9.2., 9.10.11.2.

crawl spaces, 3.2.2.9., 9.10.9.4.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

and door hold-open devices, 3.1.8.14.

and door self-closing devices, 3.1.8.13. dumbwaiters, 3.5.3.2.

dwelling units, 3.3.4.2., 9.10.9.13., 9.10.9.14.,

9.10.9.15.

elevator machine rooms, 3.5.3.3. elevators, 3.2.6.5., 3.5.3.1.

exits, 3.4.4.1., 9.9.4.

fire dampers in, 3.1.8.7.

fire-resistance rating, 3.1.7.3.

firestops, 3.1.9.1.

firewalls, 3.1.10.1.

floor assemblies, 3.3.4.2. floors over basements, 3.2.1.4.

garages, 9.10.4.3., 9.10.9.18., 9.10.9.19.

grease duct enclosures, 3.6.3.5. horizontal, 3.1.8.8.

in horizontal service spaces, 3.1.8.3. horizontal service spaces, 3.6.4.2., 9.10.9.12.

industrial occupancy (group F), 3.3.5.1., 9.10.9.13.,

9.10.9.14., 9.10.9.18., 9.10.9.19.

integrity, 9.10.9.3.

interconnected floor spaces, 9.10.9.5. interior walls, 9.10.12.3.

laboratory ventilation enclosures, 3.3.1.21. libraries, 3.3.2.13.

and major occupancy, 9.10.9.13., 9.10.9.18.,

9.10.9.19.

meeting of two exterior walls, 9.10.12.3. mercantile occupancy (group E), 3.3.1.1. mezzanines, 3.2.1.6., 3.2.8.1.

and multiple occupancies, 3.1.3.1., 9.10.9.13.,

9.10.10.

between openings, 3.2.3.17.

openings in, 3.1.8.1., 3.1.8.6., 3.1.8.17., 3.2.8.2.,

9.10.13., 9.24.3.7.

openings protected by glass blocks or wired glass, 3.1.8.16.

operating, recovery and delivery rooms, 3.3.3.6. protected floor spaces, 3.2.8.5.

public corridors, 3.3.1.4., 9.10.9.17.

rating, 9.10.3.

repair garages, 3.3.5.5.

residential occupancy (Group C), 3.2.2.47., 3.3.4.2.,

9.10.9.13., 9.10.9.14., 9.10.9.16.

rooftop enclosures, 3.2.2.14.

between rooms and spaces within buildings, 9.10.9. secondary suites, 9.10.9.4., 9.10.9.16., 9.10.9.17.,

9.10.10.4., 9.10.11.2., 9.10.12.3.

self-service storage buildings, 3.9.3.1. self-storage warehouses, 3.3.5.9.

service penetrations, 3.1.9.1., 3.1.9.2., 3.1.9.5.,

9.10.9.6.

service rooms, 3.6.2.1., 9.10.8.5., 9.10.10.

soffit protection, 9.10.12.4.

steel framing, 9.24.2.4., 9.24.3.7. storage of dangerous goods, 3.3.6.2.

storage garages, 3.2.1.2., 3.3.4.2., 3.3.5.6., 3.3.5.7.

storage rooms, 3.3.4.3., 9.10.10.6. storeys below ground, 3.2.2.15.

suites, 3.3.1.1., 3.3.4.2., 9.10.9.15., 9.10.9.16.

temperature rise and area limits, 3.1.8.19.

theatre stages, 3.3.2.14.

thermal breaks in windows and doors in, 5.3.1.2. twenty-minute closures, 3.1.8.12.

vehicular passageways, 3.2.3.18.

vertical, 3.1.8.8., 3.1.8.9. vertical service spaces, 3.6.3.1. in vertical shafts, 3.1.8.3. vestibules, 3.2.8.4.

walkways, 3.2.3.19., 3.2.3.20.

wall exposed to another wall, 3.2.3.14. watertightness of windows and doors in, 5.9.2.3. between zones in hospitals or nursing homes,

3.3.3.5.

Fire stop flaps, 1.4.1.2.[A], 3.6.4.3., 9.10.13.14.

Firestops

general, 3.1.8.3., 3.1.9.1.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.2. pipes and ducts in, 3.1.9.1., 3.1.9.4., 9.10.9.6.,

9.33.6.6.

and service penetrations, 3.1.9.2., 3.1.9.3., 9.10.9.7.

Firewalls

combustible projections, 3.1.10.7.

construction, 9.10.11.

continuity, 3.1.10.3.

continuity of insulation, 9.36.2.5. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

exemptions, 9.10.11.2.

exterior walls meeting, 3.1.10.6. and fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.2.

fire-resistance rating, 3.1.7.3., 3.1.10.2., 9.10.3.3.,

9.10.11.3.

maximum openings in, 3.1.10.5. mezzanines, 3.2.8.1.

parapets, 3.1.10.4.

party walls as, 9.10.11.1. penetrations in, 3.1.9.1. separating buildings, 1.3.3.4.[A]

structural stability, 3.1.10.1., 4.1.5.17.

support of, 3.1.10.1., 4.1.5.17.

First storey, 1.4.1.2.[A], 3.2.2.15., 3.2.5.1., 3.2.8.2.

Fixed seats, 3.3.2.4.

Fixed seats, bench type without arms, 3.3.2.8. Flags, for directing traffic, 8.2.4.2.

Flame-spread rating

bathrooms, 3.1.13.3., 9.10.17.11.

business and personal services occupancy, 9.10.17. combustible insulation, 3.1.5.14., 9.10.17.10.,

9.10.17.12.

combustible piping, 3.1.5.19.

combustible skylights, 9.10.17.9.

corridors, 9.10.17.2., 9.10.17.5.

crawl spaces, 9.18.7.1.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

diffusers and grilles, 9.33.6.10. doors, 3.1.13.2., 9.7.2.2., 9.10.17.1.

ducts, linings and coverings, 9.10.17.12., 9.33.6.4.

elevator cars, 3.1.13.7., 3.1.13.11.

exits, 3.1.13.2., 3.1.13.7., 3.1.13.8., 9.10.17.2.

exterior exit passageways, 3.1.13.10., 9.10.17.4.

fire-retardant-treated wood, 3.1.4.5.

firewalls, 9.10.11.3.

foamed plastic insulation, 3.1.5.15., 9.10.17.10.

glazing, 3.1.5.4., 3.1.13.2., 9.10.17., 9.10.17.1.,

9.10.17.6., 9.10.17.9.

gypsum board, 9.29.5.2.

high buildings, 3.1.13.7.

industrial occupancy, 9.10.17.

insulation, 5.9.1.1., 9.25.2.2.

insulation in concealed spaces, 9.10.17. insulation in noncombustible construction,

3.1.5.14., 3.1.5.15.

interior finishes, 3.1.5.12., 9.10.17.

light diffusers and lenses, 3.1.13.4., 9.10.17.6.,

9.10.17.8.

lobbies, 3.1.13.2., 9.10.17.3.

mercantile occupancy, 9.10.17.

public corridors, 3.1.13.6., 9.10.17.

residential occupancy, 3.1.13.3., 9.10.17.

service rooms, 3.1.13.7., 9.10.17.

skylights, 3.1.5.4., 3.1.13.2., 9.7.2.2., 9.10.17.,

9.10.17.1., 9.10.17.6., 9.10.17.9.

tests, 3.1.12.1., 9.10.3.2.

vehicular passageways, 3.1.13.2. ventilated laboratory enclosures, 6.3.4.4. vestibules, 3.1.13.7.

windows, 9.7.2.2.

Flammable gases (see Combustible gases)

Flammable liquids definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

door thresholds, 3.3.1.13., 3.4.6.1. piping for, in trench, 6.9.1.2. storage, 3.3.2.16., 3.3.4.3., 3.3.6.2.

storage and dispensing rooms, 3.3.6.4.

Flashing, chimney caps, 9.21.4.6.

junctions with other materials, 9.21.4.10.

Flashing, doors, 9.7.6.2.

Flashing, roof

built-up-roofing at cant strips, 9.26.11.10. built-up-roofing to masonry, 9.26.4.6.

built-up-roofing to other than masonry, 9.26.4.7. at intersections, 9.26.4.

materials, 9.26.2.1., 9.26.4.2., 9.26.4.3.

purpose, 9.26.1.2.

sealing and drainage, 5.6.2.1. shingles to masonry, 9.26.4.4.

shingles to other than masonry, 9.26.4.5. valley, 9.26.4.3.

Flashing, skylights, 9.7.6.2.

Flashing, wall

cavity walls, 9.20.13.5., 9.20.13.6.

fastening, 9.20.13.2.

installation, 9.20.13.3., 9.27.3.8.

masonry veneer, 9.20.13.6.

masonry walls, 9.20.13.

materials, 9.20.13.1., 9.27.3.7. sealing and drainage, 5.6.2.1. stucco, 9.28.1.5.

Flashing, windows, 9.7.6.2., 9.20.13.3., 9.20.13.4.

Flash point, 1.4.1.2.[A]

Flat roofs, wind loads, 4.1.7.6.

Flat wall insulating concrete forms, 5.9.1.1. Flight, 1.4.1.2.[A]

(see also Stairs)

Floor areas

barrier-free design, 9.5.2.

barrier-free path of travel, 3.3.1.7.

care, treatment or detention occupancy, 3.3.3.1. combination rooms, 9.5.1.2.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

emergency access, 3.4.6.18.

general requirements, 3.3.1.

secondary suites, 9.1.2.1.

self-service storage buildings, 3.9.3. separation of suites, 3.3.1.1. termination, 9.10.12.1.

Flooring

ceramic tile, 9.23.15.5., 9.30.6.

finish, 9.30.1.4.

in hazardous materials storage area, 3.3.6.7. housing and small buildings, 9.30.

parquet, 9.30.4.

supports, 9.30.1.3.

underlay, 9.30.2.

water-resistant membranes, 9.30.1.2.

wood strip, 9.23.15.5., 9.30.3. Floor joists, support of, 9.15.5.1. Floor numbers

Arabic numerals, 3.4.6.19., 9.9.11.5.

elevator hoistways, 3.5.4.2.

exits, 3.4.6.19., 9.9.11.5.

Floors

acting as diaphragms, 4.1.8.1., 4.1.8.11., 4.1.8.15.,

4.1.8.18.

air barrier systems, 9.25.3. anchorage, 9.20.11.1.

cantilevered, 9.23.9.9.

combustible elements in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.10.

concrete topping, 9.23.4.4.

construction camps, 9.10.21.3.

dampproofing, 9.13.2.1.

drains, 9.31.4.3.

fire-resistance ratings, 3.1.7.3., 9.10.3.1., 9.10.8.1.,

9.10.8.8.

as fire separations, 9.10.9.4. framing, 9.23.4.

garages, 9.35.2.2.

in heavy timber construction, 3.1.4.7. joists, 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.4., 9.23.9.

loads due to use of, 4.1.5.

loads on, 9.23.1.1., 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.4.

subfloors, 9.23.15.

supports, 3.2.1.4., 9.30.1.3.

thermal insulation, 9.25.1.1.

vibrations, 4.1.3.6.

Floors-on-ground concrete, 9.16.4.

dampproofing, 9.13.2.1., 9.13.2.6.

drainage, 9.16.3.

in dwelling units, 9.16.1.3.

in housing and small buildings, 9.16. hydrostatic uplift, 9.16.3.2.

material beneath, 9.16.2.

soil gas control, 9.13.4., 9.25.3.6.

thermal resistance, 9.36.2.8.

Flue collars, 1.4.1.2.[A]

Flue pipes, 1.4.1.2.[A], 9.21.1.2.

Flues, chimney connections, 9.21.2.2. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

dimensions, 9.21.2.4., 9.21.2.5., 9.21.4.4.

fireplace, 9.21.2.5.

inclination, 9.21.2.3. masonry and concrete, 9.21. oval, 9.21.2.6.

rectangular, 9.21.2.5.

round, 9.21.2.5.

slope, 9.21.2.3.

standard for, 9.21.2.

Foamed plastic dampproofing, 9.13.2.5.

insulation, 3.1.5.14., 3.1.5.15., 3.6.3.2., 5.3.1.3.,

9.10.17.10., 9.25.2.2., 9.33.6.4.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.2., 3.1.5.7.,

3.1.5.14., 3.1.5.15.

protection of, 3.1.4.2., 9.10.17.10.

vapour barrier, 9.25.4.2.

Footbridges, 4.1.5.3.

Footings

area for column spacing, 9.15.3.3., 9.15.3.4., 9.15.3.7.

chimneys, 9.15.3.1., 9.21.4.3.

design, 9.4.4.1.

dimensions, 9.15.3.

drainage, 9.14.

fireplaces, 9.15.3.1., 9.22.1.3. granular drainage layer, 9.14.4. housing and small buildings, 9.15.

non-loadbearing masonry walls, 9.15.3.6. projections, 9.15.3.8.

stepped, 9.15.3.9.

thickness, 9.15.3.8.

trenches, 9.12.4.1.

width, 9.15.3.3., 9.15.3.4., 9.15.3.5., 9.15.3.6., 9.15.3.8.

Forced-air furnace, 1.4.1.2.[A]

Forced-air heating systems

Formwork, 4.1.1.3.

Foundations adfreezing, 4.2.4.4.

backfilling, 4.2.5.8., 9.12.3.

capacity in weaker soil or rock, 9.4.4.2.

of concrete, 4.2.3.5., 9.3.1.6., 9.3.1.7., 9.15.1.1.,

9.15.2., 9.15.4.

of concrete block, 9.15.4.2. dampproofing, 9.13.2.

deep, 1.4.1.2.[A], 4.2.7.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

for deformation-resistant buildings, 9.12.2.2., 9.15.1.3.

depth, 4.2.4.4., 9.12.2.

design, 4.2.4., 9.4.4., 9.15.1.1.

drainage, 9.14.2., 9.35.3.3.

drawings and specifications, 2.2.4.6.[C], 2.2.4.7.[C], 4.2.2.2.

dynamic loading, 4.2.4.7.

earthquake design, 4.1.8.16., 4.1.8.17.

eccentric loading, 4.2.4.6.

equivalent approaches to design, 4.1.1.5. excavations, 4.2.5., 9.12.

extension above ground, 9.15.4.6. on filled ground, 4.2.4.13.

of flat insulating concrete forms, 5.9.1.1., 9.15.1.1., 9.15.3.3., 9.15.4., 9.15.4.5.

footing size, 9.15.3.

frost action, 4.2.4.4., 9.12.2.2. on frozen ground, 9.12.1.3.

for garages and carports, 9.35.3. granular drainage layer, 9.14.4.

and groundwater level, 4.2.4.9., 9.4.4.3. for housing and small buildings, 9.15. hydrostatic pressure, 4.2.4.8., 9.16.3.2.

insulation, 9.25.2.2., 9.25.2.3.

lateral support, 9.15.4.2., 9.15.4.3., 9.15.4.4., 9.15.4.5.

limit states design, 4.2.4.1. loads, 4.2.4.1.

of masonry, 4.2.3.3., 4.2.3.4., 9.15.1.1., 9.15.2.,

9.15.4., 9.15.4.10.

materials, 4.2.3., 9.15.2.

movement, 4.2.4.1., 9.12.2.2.

on organic soils, 9.12.1.1.

on permafrost, 4.2.4.10., 9.15.1.2.

of permanent form material, 9.15.4.1. pier type, 9.15.2.3.

protection from surface water, 5.7.1.1. review, 4.2.2.3.

on rock, 9.15.3.1., 9.15.3.2.

shallow, 1.4.1.2.[A], 4.2.6.

site stability, 4.1.8.17.

on sloping ground, 4.2.4.5. special, 4.2.8.

stairs with, 9.12.2.2.

of steel, 4.2.3.7.

structural design, 4.2.4.14.

subsurface investigation, 4.2.2.1., 4.2.4.2. supporting floor joists, 9.15.5.1.

on swelling and shrinking soils, 4.2.4.11., 9.4.4.4. thermal resistance, 9.36.2.8.

thickness, 9.15.4.2., 9.15.4.7.

trenches beneath, 9.12.4.

vertical reinforcement, 9.15.4.6.

walls, 9.4.4.6., 9.15.4., 9.36.2.8.

of wood, 4.2.3.1., 4.2.3.2., 9.15.1.1., 9.15.2.4.

for wood-frame construction, 9.15.1.1., 9.15.2.4.

Foundation units definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

drawing alterations, 2.2.4.7.[C]

Framing

anchorage, 9.23.6.

ceiling, 9.23.14.

drilling, 9.23.5.1.

maximum spans, 9.23.4.

notching, 9.23.5.2.

over openings, 9.23.12.

roof, 9.23.14.

sheet steel stud, 9.24.

supported on masonry or concrete, 9.20.8. trusses, 9.23.14.11.

wood-frame construction, 9.23.

Freezers, walk-in, 3.1.4.2., 3.1.5.7., 9.10.17.10.

Freezing, protection from (see Protection from freezing)

Frost action

(see also Frost penetration, depth; Protection from freezing)

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A] floors-on-ground, 9.16.2.2.

soil under foundations, 9.4.4.4.

Frost penetration, depth, 1.1.3.2., 9.12.2.2.

Fuel dispensing facilities, 3.3.5.8., 9.10.1.3. Fuel supply, shut-off valves, 3.2.7.7.

Functional statements application, 3.1.[A] list of, 3.2.1.[A]

Furnaces

capacity, 9.33.3.1., 9.33.5.1.

clearances, 6.2.1.5., 9.33.5.2., 9.33.6.8.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

forced-air, 1.4.1.2.[A]

installation, 6.2.1.6., 9.33.5.2.

performance requirements, 9.36.3.10.

plenums, 9.33.6.6., 9.33.6.7., 9.33.6.8.

Furring

cladding, 9.27.5.3.

dimensions, 9.29.3.1.

fastening, 9.29.3.2.

interior finish, 9.29.3.

metal thickness, 9.24.1.3.

nailing, 9.29.3.2.

stucco lath, 9.28.4.4.

G

Gable roofs

snow and rain loads, 4.1.6.9. wind loads, 4.1.7.6.

Galvanized sheet metal, 9.3.3.2.

Gambrel roof

fire blocks, 9.10.16.1.

venting, 9.19.1.4.

Garages

columns, 9.35.4.2., 9.35.4.3.

detached, 9.10.14.4., 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.4., 9.10.15.5.,

9.35.3.3.

doors, 9.10.13.15., 9.36.2.9.

for dwelling units, 9.7.5.2., 9.10.9.18., 9.35.

exhaust discharge into, 6.3.2.10. floors, 9.3.1.6., 9.35.2.2.

foundations, 9.35.3.

guards and guardrails, 9.8.8.4. interconnection of ducting, 6.3.2.7., 9.33.6.7.

lighting, 9.34.2.6.

loads on floor or roof, 4.1.5.3. open-air, 9.10.14.4.

pressure, 6.3.1.3.

repair (see Repair garages) resistance to forced entry, 9.7.5.2. storage (see Storage garages) ventilation, 3.3.5.4., 6.3.1.3., 9.32.1.1.

walls, 9.35.4.1., 9.35.4.3.

Gas-burning equipment, installation standard, 6.2.1.5., 9.33.5.2.

Gases, hazardous, 6.9.1.2.

Gas mains, under buildings, 3.2.3.21.

Gas vents

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

materials and installation, 9.33.10.1. sealing around, 9.25.3.3.

Girders, in heavy timber construction, 3.1.4.7.

Glass

design, 9.6.1.3.

doors, 3.3.1.20., 9.6.1.4., 9.7.5.2.

earthquake design, 4.1.8.18.

in exits, 3.4.1.8.

in fire separations, 3.2.3.13., 5.3.1.2., 9.10.13.5.

in guards, 9.8.8.7.

panels, 3.3.1.20.

public areas, 9.6.1.4., 9.7.5. safety (see Safety glass) sidelights, 9.6.1.4.

spandrel, 5.9.1.1.

standards for, 5.9.1.1., 9.6.1.2., 9.6.1.3., 9.6.1.4.,

9.7.5.2., 9.8.8.7.

structural design basis, 4.3.6. structural strength, 9.6.1.3.

thermal breaks, 5.9.2.4., 9.7.3.3.

thickness, 9.6.1.3.

types of, 9.6.1.4.

wired (see Wired glass)

Glass block assemblies, thermal characteristics, 9.36.2.7.

Glass blocks

area limits, 3.1.8.18.

as closures, 3.1.8.5., 9.10.13.7.

excluding, and temperature limits, 3.1.8.19. in exits, 9.9.4.3. - 9.9.4.6.

in fire separations, 3.1.8.16. in glazed openings, 9.10.15.4.

not to be used as closures, 3.2.3.5.

not in fireplaces or chimneys, 9.20.2.3. protection of exit facilities, 3.2.3.13. reinforcing, 9.20.9.6.

in unprotected openings, 3.2.3.12., 9.10.14.4. Glass-reinforced polyester roofing, 9.26.14.1. Glazed architectural structures (see Fenestration)

Glazed openings, 9.10.15., 9.10.15.2., 9.10.15.4.

Glazing

in doors, 9.7.1.1.

exit restrictions, 3.4.1.10.

in fire separations, 3.1.8.16.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.4. in public areas, 9.8.8.1.

in shower or bathroom, 9.6.1.4.

in unprotected openings, 3.2.3.12.

wired glass, 3.1.8.16., 3.1.8.18., 3.1.8.19., 3.2.3.5.

Glued-laminated timber

beams, 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.4.

flooring, 3.1.4.7.

lintels, 9.23.12.3.

Grab bars

bathtubs, 3.7.2.8., 3.8.3.18.

loads on, 9.31.2.3.

showers, 3.8.3.17.

universal washrooms, 3.8.3.13.

washrooms, 3.7.2.7., 3.8.3.12.

Grade, 1.4.1.2.[A], 3.2.3.18., 3.2.5.1.

Grading, site

backfill, 9.8.10.3., 9.12.3.2.

environmental separation, 5.1.2.1.

excavations, 9.14.4.3.

surface drainage, 9.14.6.

water control, 5.7.1.1., 9.16.3., 9.18.5.

Granular material

beneath floors-on-ground, 9.16.1.1., 9.16.2.1.

beneath footings and foundations, 9.14.2.1., 9.14.4.

Grease duct enclosures, 3.6.3.5.

Ground cover

crawl spaces, heated, 9.18.6.2. crawl spaces, unheated, 9.18.6.1. warm-air plenums, 9.18.7.1.

Groundwater

around excavations, 4.2.5.5. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

and foundations, 2.2.4.6.[C], 4.2.2.1., 4.2.2.4.,

4.2.4.3., 4.2.4.9.

level, 1.4.1.2.[A], 4.2.4.9., 9.4.4.3., 9.14.5.3., 9.15.3.4.,

9.16.3.1.

protection from, 5.7.3.

Group A occupancy (see Assembly occupancy)

Group B occupancy (see Care, treatment or detention occupancy)

Group C occupancy (see Residential occupancy)

Group D occupancy (see Business and personal services occupancy)

Group E occupancy (see Mercantile occupancy) Group F occupancy (see Industrial occupancy) Grout, 9.20.3.2.

Guards (devices)

balconies and decks, 4.1.7.5., 9.8.8.1., 9.8.8.3. cane-detectable, on doors, 3.8.3.6. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

doorways, 9.8.8.1.

dwelling units, 3.3.4.7., 9.8.1.

exits, 3.4.6.6.

fire escapes, 3.4.7.6.

fixed seats, 3.3.2.9.

garages, 3.3.5.4., 9.8.8.4.

glass, 9.8.8.7.

height, 3.3.1.18., 3.3.5.4., 3.4.6.6., 9.8.8.3.

housing and small buildings, 9.8.8. industrial occupancies, 3.3.5.10.

landings, 3.4.6.6., 9.8.8.3.

loads, 3.3.5.4., 4.1.5.14., 9.8.8.2., 9.8.8.4.

means of egress, 9.9.1.1.

to not facilitate climbing, 9.8.8.6. openable windows, 3.3.4.8.

openings through, 3.3.1.18., 3.4.6.6., 3.4.7.6., 9.8.8.5.

porches, 9.8.8.3.

as protection for vehicles, 4.1.5.15. ramps, 3.4.6.6., 3.8.3.5., 9.8.8.1., 9.8.8.4.

secondary suites, 9.8.1.

stairs, 3.4.6.6.

where required, 9.8.8.1.

windows in public areas, 3.3.1.20. windows in residential occupancy, 9.8.8.1.

Guards (human), for danger zones, 8.2.1.4.

Gypsum board

application standard, 9.29.5.1.

on exposing building face, 3.2.3.7. fasteners for, 9.29.5.5.

fastening, 9.29.5.8., 9.29.5.9.

as fire separation in exit, 9.9.4.2. as firestop, 3.1.11.7.

installation, 9.29.5.3., 9.29.5.8., 9.29.5.9.

as interior finish, 9.29.5. material standard, 9.29.5.2.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.13. standards, 9.10.9.2.

as thermal barrier, 3.1.5.14., 3.1.5.15.

as wall sheathing, 9.23.17.2., 9.23.17.3.

Gypsum lath, 9.29.4.1.

Gypsum panel, 5.9.1.1.

H

Hallways (see Corridors)

Handrails

in aisles with steps, 3.3.2.10. attachment, 9.8.7.7.

continuity, 3.4.6.5., 9.8.7.2.

design, 9.8.7.7.

in dwelling units, 3.3.4.7., 9.8.1., 9.8.7.1.

ergonomic design, 9.8.7.5.

graspability, 3.4.6.5., 9.8.7.5.

height, 3.4.6.5., 9.8.7.4.

in housing and small buildings, 9.8.7. loads, 3.4.6.5., 4.1.5.14., 9.8.7.7.

in means of egress, 9.9.1.1.

projecting into means of egress, 3.4.3.3. projecting into stair or ramp, 9.8.7.6. for ramps, 3.4.6.5., 3.8.3.5., 9.8.7.

in secondary suites, 9.8.1., 9.8.7.

for stairs, 3.4.6.5., 3.4.6.9., 9.8.7.

termination, 9.8.7.3.

Hardboard

as cladding, 9.27.2.4., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.5.

fastening, 9.29.7.3.

as insulating finish, 9.25.5.1. as interior finish, 9.29.7.

material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.9.1., 9.29.7.1.

nailing, 9.29.7.3.

as siding, 9.27.2.4., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.9.

thickness, 9.3.2.7., 9.29.7.2.

as underlay, 9.30.2.2.

as wall sheathing, 9.25.5.1.

Hardware for doors access to exit, 3.3.1.13.

automatic locking devices, 3.3.4.5. bolts, 9.7.5.2.

closers in barrier-free path of travel, 3.8.3.6. closures, 3.1.8.5.

door release devices, 3.3.1.13., 3.3.2.7., 3.4.6.16.,

9.9.6.7.

height, 3.4.6.16.

hinges, 9.7.5.2.

hold-open devices, 3.1.8.14., 9.10.13.11.

locks and latches, 3.3.1.13., 3.4.6.16., 3.4.6.17.,

3.4.6.18., 9.7.5.2., 9.9.6.7., 9.9.6.8., 9.10.13.9.

power operators, 3.8.3.6.

self-closing devices, 3.1.8.13., 3.4.6.13., 9.9.6.7.,

9.10.13.10., 9.10.13.15.

strikeplates, 9.7.5.2.

on transparent doors and panels, 3.3.1.20. universal washrooms, 3.8.3.13.

Hatchways, 9.19.2.1., 9.25.3.3.

Hazardous substances explosion venting, 3.3.1.21.

fire detectors, 3.2.4.10.

fire protection, 9.10.1.3.

heat and smoke detection, 9.10.18.4. prohibited in basements, 3.3.5.3. safety within floor areas, 3.3.1.2. storage, 9.10.1.3.

Headroom clearance access to exits, 9.9.3.4.

doorways, 3.4.3.4., 9.5.5.1.

exits, 3.4.3.4., 9.9.3.4.

stairways, 3.4.3.4., 9.8.2.2.

Hearths, fireplace extensions, 9.22.5.1.

standard for, 9.22.5.

support, 9.22.5.2.

Heat detectors, 1.4.1.2.[A], 9.10.18.3., 9.10.18.4.

Heating appliances

capacity, 9.33.3.1., 9.33.5.1.

design, 6.4.1.2., 9.33.5.3.

installation, 6.2.1.6.

installation standards, 6.2.1.5., 9.33.5.2., 9.33.5.3.

location, 6.4.1.1.

Heating coils, service water heaters, 9.31.6.5.

Heating systems and equipment access, 6.2.1.6., 6.8.1.1., 9.33.4.4.

asbestos in, 6.2.1.7., 9.33.4.8.

capacity, 9.33.3.1., 9.33.5.1.

cleaning, 6.2.1.6., 9.33.4.4.

continuity of insulation, 9.36.3.5.

design, 6.2.1.1., 6.4.1.2., 9.33.1.1., 9.33.4.1., 9.33.5.3.

drawings and specifications, 2.2.6.2.[C]

earthquake design, 4.1.8.18.

energy efficiency, 9.36.

fire safety characteristics, 6.9.1.1., 9.33.6.2. - 9.33.6.4.

installation, 6.2.1., 9.33.1.1., 9.33.4.1.

installation standards, 6.2.1.1., 6.2.1.5., 9.33.5.2.,

9.33.5.3.

location, 6.4.1.1.

performance requirements, 9.36.3.10.

protection from freezing, 6.2.1.6., 9.33.4.5. in residential buildings, 9.33.2.1.

solid-fuel-burning, 6.2.1.5., 9.33.5.3.

structural movement, 6.2.1.4., 9.33.4.7.

system pressure, 6.2.1.3., 9.33.4.6.

temperature controls, 9.33.4.3., 9.36.3.6.

Heating, ventilating and air-conditioning (HVAC) systems and equipment

access, 6.2.1.1., 6.2.1.6., 6.8.1.1., 9.33.4.4.

air duct systems, 6.3.2.

air intakes and outlet dampers, 9.36.3.3. airtightness, 9.36.2.10.

application of Code, 6 asbestos in, 6.2.1.7., 9.33.4.8.

cleaning, 6.2.1.6., 9.33.4.4.

contaminant transfer prevention, 9.33.4.8. continuity of insulation, 9.36.3.5.

design, 6.2., 6.2.1.1., 6.4.1.2., 9.32.3.2., 9.33.1.1.,

9.33.4.1., 9.33.5.3.

drawings and specifications, 2.2.6.2.[C]

earthquake design, 4.1.8.18.

energy conservation measures, 9.36.8. energy conservation points, 9.36.8. energy efficiency, 9.36., 9.36.3.

energy performance calculations, 9.36.5.7.

energy performance modeling, 9.36.5.11., 9.36.5.15. equipment and ducts, 9.36.3.2.

fire safety characteristics, 6.9.1.1., 9.33.6.2. - 9.33.6.4.

heat recovery, 9.36.3.8., 9.36.3.9.

humidification, 6.3.2.16., 9.36.3.7.

installation, 6.2., 9.32.3.2., 9.33.1.1., 9.33.4.1.

installation standards, 6.2.1.1., 6.2.1.5., 9.33.5.2.,

9.33.5.3.

outdoor design conditions, 6.2.1.2. performance requirements, 9.36.3.10.

piping, 9.36.3.4.

protection from freezing, 6.2.1.6., 9.33.4.5.

structural movement, 6.2.1.4., 9.33.4.7.

system pressure, 6.2.1.3., 9.33.4.6.

temperature controls, 9.36.3.6.

Heat pumps, 9.36.3.6., 9.36.3.10.

Heat recovery

indoor pools and hot tubs, 9.36.3.8. ventilation systems, 9.36.3.9.

Heat recovery ventilators balancing, 9.32.3.12.

capacity, 6.3.1.4., 9.32.3.10.

condensate, 9.32.3.12.

installation, 6.3.1.4., 9.32.3.12.

standards for, 9.32.3.10.

Heat transfer

application of Code, 5.1.1.1.

calculations and analyses, 5.2.1.3. exterior insulation finish systems, 5.9.4.1.

performance in doors, windows and skylights, 5.9.2.4., 9.7.3.2.

performance in other fenestration assemblies, 5.9.3.3.

and required thermal insulation, 9.25.2.1. thermal resistance of assemblies, 5.3.1., 5.3.1.2.

Heavy timber construction

assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 1), 3.2.2.21.

assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 3), 3.2.2.30., 3.2.2.31.

assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 4), 3.2.2.35.

construction of exposing building faces, 9.10.15.5. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

dimensions, 3.1.4.7.

exposing building faces, 9.10.14.5. fire resistance, 9.10.6.2.

fire safety requirements, 3.1.4.7. flame-spread rating, 3.1.13.8.

high-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 1), 3.2.2.73.

low-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 3), 3.2.2.89., 3.2.2.90.

roofs, 3.2.2.16.

structural members, 3.2.3.9.

walkways, 3.2.3.19.

when permissible, 3.1.4.6., 3.2.2.16.

Height

access to exit, 3.3.1.8., 9.9.3.4.

between landings, 9.8.3.3., 9.8.4.4., 9.8.5.5.

ceilings, 9.5.3.

doorways, 9.5.5., 9.9.6.2.

exits, 9.9.3.4., 9.9.6.2.

guards, 9.8.8.3.

handrails, 9.8.7.4.

mezzanines, 9.5.3.2.

over landings, 9.8.6.4.

over ramps, 9.8.5.3.

over stairs, 9.8.2.2.

rooms and spaces, 9.5.3.1. storage garages, 9.5.3.3., 9.9.3.4.

Helicopter landing areas, 3.2.4.7., 3.2.4.16., 4.1.5.13.,

9.23.16.7.

High buildings

additional requirements, 3.2.6.1.

anchorage, 9.23.6.1.

central alarm and control facility, 3.2.6.7. construction site protection of public, 8.2.3.2. interior finishes, 3.1.13.7.

smoke control system testing, 3.2.6.9. smoke movement limits, 3.2.6.2. vertical transportation in, 3.5.1.1. voice communication systems, 3.2.6.8. wind loads, 4.1.7.3.

High-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 1)

building classification, 3.1.2.1. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

egress doorways, 3.3.1.5.

fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.1., 3.2.4.3.

fire protection, 3.2.2.72. - 3.2.2.75.

occupant load, 3.1.17.1.

safety within floor areas, 3.3.1.2.

High importance buildings, 4.1.8.1., 4.1.8.5., 4.1.8.10.,

4.1.8.13., 4.1.8.23.

Hipped roofs, wind loads, 4.1.7.6. Hold-open devices, 3.1.8.14., 9.10.13.11.

Home-type care occupancy (Group B, Division 4) (see also Children's custodial homes and

convalescent homes)

air-handling system, 9.10.2.2.

building classification, 9.10.2.1.

emergency lighting, 9.10.2.2. means of egress, 9.10.2.2.

residential fire warning system, 9.10.2.2. sleeping accommodations, 9.10.2.2.

sprinklers, 9.10.2.2.

Horizontal exits balconies, 3.4.6.10.

bridges, 3.4.6.10.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

hose station beside, 3.2.5.11. and other types of exits, 3.4.1.4. restricted use, 3.4.1.6.

vestibules, 3.4.6.10.

width, 3.4.6.10.

Horizontal service spaces access, 3.6.4.5.

application of Code, 3.6.1.1., 3.6.4.1.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

fire blocks in, 3.1.11.5.

above fire separations, 3.1.8.3., 9.10.9.12. fire separations for, 3.6.4.2.

sprinkler systems, 3.2.5.14.

Hose connections, 3.2.5.9., 3.2.5.10.

Hospitals, 3.1.8.13., 3.3.3.5., 3.4.1.6.

Hot tubs, heat recovery, 9.36.3.8. Hot water supply, 9.31.4.2.

Housing and small buildings (see also Dwelling units) air leakage, 9.25.

cladding, 9.27.

columns, 9.17.

concrete materials, 9.3.1.

condensation control, 9.25.

crawl spaces, 9.18.

dampproofing, 9.13.

design of areas and spaces, 9.5. drainage, 9.14.

electrical facilities, 9.34.

energy efficiency, 9.36.

excavations, 9.12.

fire protection, 9.10.

fireplaces, 9.22.

flooring, 9.30.

floors-on-ground, 9.16. footings and foundations, 9.15. glass, 9.6.

heat transfer, 9.25.

heating and air-conditioning, 9.33. interior wall and ceiling finishes, 9.29. lumber and wood products for, 9.3.2. masonry and concrete chimneys, 9.21.

masonry and insulating concrete walls, 9.20. materials, systems and equipment, 9.3. means of egress, 9.9.

plumbing facilities, 9.31.

roof spaces, 9.19.

roofing, 9.26.

sheet steel stud wall framing, 9.24. soil gas control, 9.13.

sound control, 9.11.

stairs, ramps, handrails and guards, 9.8. structural requirements, 9.4.

stucco, 9.28.

ventilation, 9.32.

waterproofing, 9.13.

windows, doors and skylights, 9.7. wood-frame construction, 9.23.

Humidification, 6.3.2.16., 9.36.3.7.

HVAC (see Heating, ventilating and air-conditioning (HVAC) systems and equipment)

Hydrants, 3.2.5.5., 3.2.5.15.

Hydronic heating design, 9.33.4.1.

installation, 9.33.4.2.

secondary suites, 9.33.1.1.

Hydrostatic pressure, 4.2.4.8., 5.7.2., 9.13.3.1., 9.16.3.2.

I

Ice, accumulation, 4.1.6.2., 4.1.6.15., 4.1.7.11., 5.3.1.2.,

5.6.2.2.

Impeded egress zones definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

door release hardware, 3.4.6.16., 9.9.6.7. doors and door hardware, 3.3.1.13.

fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.1. fire annunciators, 3.2.4.8.

sliding doors, 3.4.6.14.

sprinkler system requirements, 3.2.2.19. Importance categories for buildings, 4.1.2.1.

Importance factors earthquake loads, 4.1.8.5.

snow loads, 4.1.6.2.

wind loads, 4.1.7.3.

Incinerator rooms, 3.6.2.4., 9.10.10.5.

Indirect service water heaters (see Service water heaters)

Indoor design temperature, 5.2.1.2., 5.3.1.2., 5.5.1.2.,

9.33.3.1.

Indoor pools

heat recovery, 9.36.3.8.

temperature controls, 9.36.4.6.

water heaters, 9.36.4.2.

Industrial occupancy (Group F)

(see also High-hazard industrial occupancy; Low-hazard industrial occupancy; Medium-hazard industrial occupancy)

classification, 9.10.2.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

door thresholds, rooms with flammable liquids, 3.3.1.13., 3.4.6.1.

exposing building face, 9.10.14.5. fire alarm systems, 9.10.18.

fire-resistance rating, 9.10.8.

fire separations, 9.10.9.13., 9.10.9.14.

flame-spread rating, 9.10.17.

guards, 3.3.5.10., 9.8.8.5.

ramps and stairways, 3.3.1.14., 3.4.6.7., 3.4.6.8. self-service storage buildings, 3.9.1.3. washrooms, 3.7.2.

Information required for proposed work, 2.2.2.1.[C]

Institutional occupancy (see Care, treatment or detention occupancy)

Insulation

attic or roof spaces, 9.25.2.4. basements, 9.25.2.2.

combustible, in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.14., 3.1.5.15.

concealed spaces, 3.1.11.2.

continuity of, 9.36.2.5.

crawl spaces, 9.25.2.2., 9.25.2.3.

ducts, 3.1.5.18., 6.3.2.5., 9.32.3.11., 9.33.6.4.

environmental separation, 5.1.1.1.

exposure to exterior space on ground, 5.1.2.1. foamed plastic, 3.1.5.14., 3.1.5.15., 5.3.1.3.,

9.10.17.10., 9.25.2.2., 9.33.6.4.

foundations, 9.12.2.2., 9.25.2.2., 9.25.2.3.

installation, 5.3.1.3., 9.25.2.3., 9.27.3.4.

loose-fill, 9.25.2.4.

materials, 9.25.2.2.

material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.25.2.2.

pipes, 3.1.5.18., 6.5.1.1., 9.33.8.2., 9.33.8.4.

plenums, 9.33.6.4.

properties, 9.25.5.1.

protection of, 9.10.17.10., 9.25.2.3.

requirement for, 5.3.1.1., 9.25.2.1.

roofs, 9.25.2.2.

slabs-on-ground, 9.25.2.3.

spray-applied, 5.3.1.3., 9.25.2.5. supported by gypsum board, 9.29.5.4. thermal, 9.25.2.

thermal resistance, 5.3.1.

walls, 9.25.2.4.

wall sheathing, 9.23.17.2., 9.23.17.3., 9.27.3.4.

wires and cables, 3.1.5.21.

Interconnected floor spaces, 1.4.1.2.[A], 3.2.3.2., 3.2.8.2., 3.2.8.8., 9.10.9.5.

Interconnection of duct systems, 6.3.2.7., 6.3.2.10.,

9.33.6.7.

Interior finishes

bathrooms in residential suites, 3.1.13.3. for braced wall panels, 9.23.13.6. ceilings, 9.23.9.4., 9.29.

dampproofing, 9.13.2.5.

elevator cars, 3.1.13.11.

encapsulated mass timber construction, 3.1.13.12. exterior exit passageway, 3.1.13.10.

fastening to steel studs, 9.24.1.4. flame-spread limits, 9.10.17.

flame-spread rating, 3.1.13.2.

floors, 9.30.

gypsum board, 9.29.5.

hardboard, 9.29.7.

high buildings, 3.1.13.7.

insulating fibreboard, 9.29.8.

light diffusers and lenses, 3.1.13.4. masonry walls, 9.20.13.9.

materials, 3.1.13.1.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.12., 3.1.13.8.

OSB, 9.29.9.

particle board, 9.29.9.

plastering, 9.29.4.

plywood, 9.29.6.

public corridor ceilings, 3.1.13.6. skylights, 3.1.13.5.

on steel studs, 9.24.1.5. support, 9.23.10.5., 9.24.3.4.

tiles, 9.29.10.

underground walkways, 3.1.13.9.

waferboard, 9.29.9.

walls, 9.29.

waterproof, 9.29.2.

J

Janitors' rooms, 3.2.4.10., 3.3.1.22., 9.10.18.4.

Joints and connections for ducts, 9.33.6.2., 9.33.6.3., 9.33.6.6., 9.33.6.7.

Joists

bearing, 9.23.9.1.

cantilevered, 9.23.9.9.

ceilings, 9.23.14.1., 9.23.14.7.

continuity, 9.23.14.1.

dimensions, 9.23.4.1., 9.23.14.7., 9.23.14.10.

end bearing length, 9.23.14.3.

floors, 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.4., 9.23.9.

framing around openings, 9.23.14.2. header, 9.23.9.5., 9.23.9.7.

lumber grade, 9.3.2.1.

nailing, 9.23.3.4., 9.23.9.3., 9.23.14.9.

preservative treatment, 9.23.2.2., 9.23.2.3.

roofs, 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.5., 9.23.14.1., 9.23.14.7.,

9.23.14.9.

spans, 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.4., 9.23.4.5.,

9.23.14.7., 9.23.14.10.

strapping, bridging and furring, 9.23.9.4. support, 9.23.14.7.

supported on beams, 9.23.9.2.

supported on masonry or concrete, 9.20.8.2., 9.20.8.3., 9.21.5.3., 9.23.2.2., 9.23.2.3.

supporting walls, 9.23.9.8.

tail, 9.23.9.7.

trimmer, 9.23.9.6.

wood, 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.4., 9.23.4.5.

Junction boxes, electrical, 3.1.5.2., 9.10.9.6.

K

Kitchens

commercial cooking equipment, 3.3.1.2., 6.3.1.6.,

9.10.1.4., 9.10.13.13.

emergency lighting, 3.2.7.3.

exhaust ducts, 3.1.8.8., 3.1.8.9., 6.3.2.10., 9.32.3.11.

exhaust fans, 9.32.3.3., 9.32.3.7.

exhaust outlets, 6.3.2.10. grease duct enclosures, 3.6.3.5. loads on floor or roof, 4.1.5.3.

L

Laboratories

enclosure exhaust ventilation, 3.3.1.21., 6.3.4.3. live loads on floor or roof, 4.1.5.3.

ventilation, 6.3.4.

Landings

barrier-free, 3.8.3.5.

configurations, 9.8.6.3.

dimensions, 3.4.3.4., 3.4.6.4., 9.8.6.3.

at doorways, 3.4.3.3., 3.4.6.3., 9.8.6.2., 9.8.6.3.,

9.9.6.1.

fire escapes, 3.4.7.7.

guards, 3.4.6.6., 9.8.8.

height between, 3.4.6.3., 9.8.3.3., 9.8.4.4., 9.8.5.5.

height over, 9.8.6.4.

in housing and small buildings, 9.8.6. omitted, 3.4.6.3.

openings in, 3.4.6.4. as part of exit, 9.8.1.3. on ramps, 9.8.6.

slip-resistance, 3.4.6.1., 9.8.9.6.

on stairs, 9.8.6.

Lateral loads anchorage, 9.23.6.1.

braced wall bands, 9.23.13.4., 9.23.13.5.

braced wall panels, 9.23.13.5., 9.23.13.6.

bracing considerations, 9.23.13.7.

bracing requirements, 9.23.13., 9.23.13.1. fasteners for framing, 9.23.3.4.

fasteners for sheathing and subfloors, 9.23.3.5. floor joists supporting walls, 9.23.9.8.

lumber roof sheathing, 9.23.16.5. materials, 9.23.13.6.

particleboard, OSB or waferboard finishes, 9.29.9.3. plywood finish, 9.29.6.3.

roof sheathing, required, 9.23.16.1. spacing of nails in gypsum board, 9.29.5.8.

spacing of screws in gypsum board, 9.29.5.9.

Lath, plaster gypsum, 9.29.4.1.

metal, 9.29.4.1.

Lath, stucco

attachment to sheathing, 9.27.5.1. dimensions, 9.28.4.3.

fastening, 9.27.5.7., 9.27.7.5., 9.28.4.6.

installation, 9.28.4.2., 9.28.4.5., 9.28.4.6.

materials, 9.28.4.1., 9.28.4.3.

nailing, 9.27.5., 9.28.4.6.

self-furring, 9.28.4.4.

standard for, 9.28.4.

stapling, 9.27.5., 9.28.4.6.

uses, 9.28.1.2.

Lattice structures, ice loading, 4.1.6.15. Laundry-drying equipment, 9.32.1.3.

Laundry rooms, 3.2.4.10., 3.3.1.23., 9.10.18.4.

Lavatories, 3.7.2.3., 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.16.

Legionella, 6.2.1.1., 6.3.2.15., 6.3.2.16.

Libraries, 3.3.2.13., 4.1.5.3.

Licensed beverage establishments access to exit, 3.3.1.17. principal entrances, 3.4.2.6.

Life safety systems, 3.2.9.1., 9.10.1.2.

Light diffusers and lenses, 3.1.13.4., 9.10.17.6.,

9.10.17.8.

Lighting

basements, 9.34.2.3., 9.34.2.4.

elements, 3.1.13.1., 9.10.17.6., 9.10.17.8.

emergency, 3.2.7.3., 3.2.7.4., 9.9.12.3., 9.34.2.7.,

9.34.3.

entrances, 9.34.2.1.

exits, 3.2.7.1.

fixtures, recessed, 3.2.7.2., 9.34.1.4. garages and carports, 9.34.2.6. levels, 9.9.12.2., 9.9.12.3.

levels, minimum, 3.2.7.1. means of egress, 9.9.12. outlets for, 3.2.7.1., 9.34.2.

public corridors, 3.2.7.1., 9.9.12.2., 9.9.12.3. public and service areas, 9.34.2.7. stairways, 9.34.2.3.

Lightning protection systems, 3.6.1.3.

Limited-use/limited-application elevators (LULA), 3.5.4.1.

Limiting distance

between construction camp buildings, 9.10.21.5. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

exposing building face, 3.2.3.5., 3.2.3.6., 3.2.3.7.,

9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5.

exterior walls, 9.10.3.3.

fire department response time, 3.2.3.1. and firefighting services, 9.10.15.3.

fire-resistance rating exception, 3.1.7.2. less than 1.2 m, 3.2.3.5.

low-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 3), 3.2.3.11.

maximum concentrated area, 3.2.3.1.

spatial separation between buildings, 3.2.3.1., 9.10.14.3., 9.10.15.

unprotected openings, 3.2.3.1., 3.2.3.10. wall exposed to another wall, 3.2.3.14.

Limit states design application, 4.1.3.

dead load, 4.1.3.2. definition of terms, 4.1.3.1.

effect of factored loads, 4.1.3.2.

fatigue check, 4.1.3.3.

importance factors, 4.1.6.2., 4.1.8.5.

load factors, 4.1.3.2.

resistance, 4.1.3.2.

serviceability check, 4.1.3.4. strength and stability check, 4.1.3.2.

Linen chutes, 3.6.3.3., 9.10.1.3.

Liners, chimney clay, 9.21.3.3.

clearances, 9.21.3.8.

concrete, 9.21.3.5.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

extensions, 9.21.3.10.

firebrick, 9.21.3.4.

installation, 9.21.3.7.

separation, 9.21.4.9.

standard for, 9.21.3.

Liners, fireplace firebrick, 9.22.2.2.

standard for, 9.22.2.

steel, 9.22.2.3.

wall thickness, 9.22.3.

Linings

for ducts and plenums, 3.1.5.18., 6.3.2.5., 9.33.6.4.

for radiators and convectors, 6.4.3.1., 9.33.7.1.

Lintels

dimensions, 9.23.12.3.

fireplaces, 9.22.1.2.

nailing, 9.23.12.3.

spans, 9.23.12.3.

steel, 3.2.2.3., 9.10.7.1., 9.20.5.2., 9.22.1.2.

supporting masonry over openings, 9.20.5.2. wood, 9.23.12.

Liquids, combustible (see Combustible liquids) Liquids, flammable (see Flammable liquids) Liquids, hazardous, 6.9.1.2.

Live loads (see Loads) Loadbearing, definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

Loads

in attics, 9.4.2.4.

bearing pressure for soil or rock, 9.4.4.1. climatic, 1.1.3., 5.2.1.1.

combinations, 4.1.3.2.

concentrated, 4.1.5.9.

dead, 1.4.1.2.[A], 4.1.3.2., 4.1.4., 9.4.3.1.

deflections under, 4.1.3.5., 9.4.3.

design requirement, 4.1.1.3.

in dining areas, 4.1.5.3., 4.1.5.6.

due to crane, 4.1.3.2., 4.1.5.11.

due to earthquakes, 4.1.3.2., 4.1.8. due to ice, 4.1.6.15.

due to partitions, 4.1.4.1. due to resonance, 4.1.3.6.

due to snow and rain, 4.1.6., 4.1.6.4., 9.4.2.2., 9.4.2.3. due to sway forces, 4.1.5.10.

due to use and occupancy, 4.1.5. during construction, 4.1.1.3.

eccentric, on foundations, 4.2.4.6. environmental, 5.1.4.1., 5.2.1., 5.2.1.3. on exterior areas, 4.1.5.5.

on firewalls, 4.1.5.17.

on floors, 4.1.5.3., 9.23.1.1., 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2.,

9.23.4.4.

on foundations, 4.2.4.1., 9.4.4.6. full and partial, 4.1.5.3.

on grab bars, 3.7.2.7., 9.31.2.3.

on guards, 3.3.5.4., 4.1.5.14., 9.8.8.2., 9.8.8.4.

on handrails, 3.4.6.5., 4.1.5.14., 9.8.7.7.

and helipads, 4.1.5.13.

hydrostatic, 4.2.4.8., 9.13.3.1., 9.16.3.2.

impact of machinery and equipment, 4.1.5.11. lateral (see Lateral loads)

limit states, 4.1.3.

live, 1.4.1.2.[A], 4.1.5.

with more than one occupancy, 4.1.5.7. not specified, 4.1.2.2.

permanent, 4.1.3.2.

on ramps, 9.8.9.1.

on residential balconies, 4.1.5.3., 9.4.2.3.

on retaining walls, 9.4.4.5., 9.4.4.6.

specified, 4.1.2., 9.4.2.

on stairs, 9.8.9.1.

structural, 4.1., 9.4.

structural, on environmental separators, 5.1.4.1., 5.2.2.

and structural strength, 5.2.2. variation with tributary area, 4.1.5.8. on vehicle guardrails, 4.1.5.15. vibration, 4.1.3.6.

on walls acting as guards, 4.1.5.16. wind (see Wind load)

Lobbies, 3.4.4.2., 9.9.8.5., 9.10.17.3.

(see also Vestibules)

Locking devices automatic, 3.3.4.5.

contained use area, 3.3.1.13.

electromagnetic, 3.3.1.13., 3.4.6.16., 3.4.6.18., 9.9.6.7.

impeded egress zone, 3.3.1.13. principal entrances, 9.9.6.7.

Locks, deadbolt, 9.7.5.2.

Low buildings, wind loads, 4.1.7.5., 4.1.7.6.

Lowest exit level, 3.2.6.2., 3.4.3.2., 3.4.5.3., 9.9.11.4.

Low fire load, 3.2.2.91., 3.2.3.11.

Low-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 3)

building classification, 3.1.2.1. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.1., 9.10.18.

fire protection, 3.2.2.82. - 3.2.2.92., 3.2.3.11. fire safety within floor areas, 3.3.1., 3.3.5. occupant load, 3.1.17.1.

Lumber

dimensions, 9.3.2.6.

firestops, 3.1.11.7.

grades, 9.3.2.1., 9.3.2.2., 9.3.2.3.

for housing and small buildings, 9.3.2. moisture content, 9.3.2.5.

protection from termites and decay, 9.3.2.9.

sheathing, 9.23.16.5.

structural uses, 9.3.2.9.

undersized, 9.3.2.8.

M

Main entrances (see Principal entrances)

Major occupancy

and building classification, 3.1.2.1., 9.10.2.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

occupancy combination prohibitions, 3.1.3.2.

Major occupancy and fire safety requirements building area determination, 3.2.2.5. exceptions, 3.2.2.8.

fire separations, 3.1.3.1.

multiple occupancies, 3.1.3., 3.2.2.4., 3.2.2.6.,

9.10.2., 9.10.9.13., 9.10.9.18., 9.10.9.19.

superimposed occupancies, 3.2.2.7.

Makeup air

and depressurization protection, 9.32.3.8. fans, 9.32.3.10.

requirements, 6.3.2.8.

for subfloor depressurization, 9.13.4.3. venting of laundry-drying, 6.3.2.10.

Make-up water connections, 6.3.2.15., 6.3.2.16.

Mansard roofs firestopping, 3.1.11.5.

sheathing, 9.23.17.6.

venting, 9.19.1.4.

Manual stations, fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.4., 3.2.4.16. Manufactured buildings, foundations, 9.12.2.2.,

9.15.1.3.

Marquees, 3.1.5.24., 3.1.16.1., 3.2.2.3.

Masonry

bonding, 9.20.9., 9.20.11.2.

chases and recesses, 9.20.7.

chimneys, 1.4.1.2.[A], 6.3.3.2., 9.21., 9.33.10.3.

cold weather requirements, 9.20.14. columns, 9.17.5.

corbelling, 9.20.12.

dampproofing, 9.13.2.3.

earthquake reinforcement, 9.20.1.2., 9.20.15. exposure to weather, 9.20.2.6.

flashing, 9.20.13., 9.26.4.4., 9.26.4.6.

flues, 9.21.

foundations, 4.2.3.3., 4.2.3.4., 9.15.1.1., 9.15.2.,

9.15.4., 9.15.4.10.

grout, 9.20.3.2.

installation, 5.6.1.2., 9.15.2.2., 9.15.2.3., 9.20.

joints, 9.20.4., 9.20.9.1.

lateral support, 9.20.10.

material standards, 5.6.1.2., 5.9.1.1., 9.15.2.2.,

9.17.5.1.

mortar, 9.20.3.1., 9.20.3.2.

parapet walls, 9.20.6.5.

for pilasters, 9.15.5.3. solid, 1.4.1.2.[A]

structural design basis, 4.3.2.1. stucco on, 9.28.1.3.

supporting beams, 9.15.5.2.

supporting floor joists, 9.15.5.1. support of loads, 9.20.5., 9.20.8.

as thermal barrier, 3.1.5.14., 3.1.5.15.

ties, 9.20.9.5.

tying, 9.20.9., 9.20.11.2.

units, 1.4.1.2.[A], 9.20.2., 9.20.2.1.

used brick, 9.20.2.2.

veneer, 9.20.6.4., 9.20.8.5., 9.20.9.5., 9.20.12.3.

walls, 9.20.

weep holes, 5.6.2.1., 9.20.13.5., 9.20.13.6., 9.20.13.8.

Mastics, 3.1.5.2.

Materials

braced wall panels, 9.23.13.6. characteristics, 1.2.2.1.[A]

cladding, hardboard, factory-finished, 9.27.9.1. cladding, lumber, 9.27.6.1.

cladding, OSB and waferboard, 9.27.10.1. cladding, plywood, 9.27.8.1.

cladding, strip steel, 9.27.11.1. cladding, vinyl, 9.27.12.1. columns, unit masonry, 9.17.5.1. columns, wood, 9.17.4.2.

combustible, in noncombustible construction, 9.10.6.

concrete, 9.3.1.

dampproofing, 9.13.2.2.

design requirements, 4.3. drainage tile and pipe, 9.14.3.1. ducts, 6.3.2.3., 9.32.3.11., 9.33.6.2.

eave protection, 9.26.5.2.

exterior insulation finish systems, 9.27.14. fibreboard, insulating, 9.29.8.1.

fire blocks, 9.10.16.3.

firestops, 3.1.9.1., 3.1.11.7.

flashing, 9.20.13.1., 9.26.4.2., 9.27.3.7.

foundations, 4.2.3.

glass, 9.6.1.2.

granular, beneath floors, 9.16.2. gypsum products, 9.29.5.2.

hardboard, 9.29.7.1.

for housing and small buildings, 9.30. lumber and wood products, 9.3.2. metal, 9.3.3.

particleboard finish, 9.29.9.1.

pipes for heating and cooling systems, 6.7.1.1., 9.33.8.1.

review of, 2.2.7.4.[C] roofing, 9.26.2.1.

roof sheathing, 9.23.16.2.

sealants, 9.27.4.2.

shingles and shakes, 9.27.7.1. standards, 1.5.[A], 5.9.1.1.

steel studs and runners, 9.24.1.2. storage, 1.2.2.2.[A], 9.10.1.3.

subflooring, 9.23.15.2.

testing, 4.1.1.5.

thermal characteristics, 9.36.2.2.

underlay, panel-type, 9.30.2.2.

used, 1.2.2.3.[A]

waterproofing, 9.13.3.2., 9.29.2.2.

Materials, appliances, systems and equipment characteristics, 1.2.2.1.[A]

storage, 1.2.2.2.[A]

used, 1.2.2.3.[A]

Means of egress (see also Exits)

from air-supported structures, 3.1.18.1.

from care, treatment or detention occupancy, 3.3.3.3.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

dimensions, 9.9.3.

through doors and windows in dwelling units, 9.7.2.2.

from dwelling units, 3.3.4.4., 9.9.9. exterior passageways as, 3.2.2.12. and fire hose cabinets, 3.2.5.11. within floor areas, 3.3.1.3.

from housing and small buildings, 9.9. lighting of, 9.9.12.2.

obstructions in, 3.3.1.24., 3.4.3.3., 9.9.5., 9.9.5.5.,

9.9.11.2.

from outdoor places of assembly, 3.3.2.11. from secondary suites, 9.9.9.

sliding doors in, 3.3.1.12. from tents, 3.1.18.1.

transparent panels or doors in, 3.3.1.20., 9.6.1.4. with two separate exits, 9.9.9.2.

Measurement, rooms and spaces, 9.5.1.1. Mechanical systems and equipment (see

Heatingventilating and air-conditioning (HVAC) systems and equipment)

Mechanical ventilation (see Ventilation) Medical gas piping, 3.7.3.1., 9.31.1.1.

Medium-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 2)

ammonium nitrate storage, 3.3.6.6. building classification, 3.1.2.1.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.1., 9.10.18.

fire protection, 3.2.2.76. - 3.2.2.81.

fire safety within floor areas, 3.3.1., 3.3.5. occupant load, 3.1.17.1.

Mercantile occupancy (Group E) classification, 3.1.2.1., 9.10.2.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

exit stairs, 9.9.4.7.

exposing building face, 9.10.14.5. fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.1., 9.10.18.

fire protection, 3.2.2.66. - 3.2.2.71.

fire-resistance rating, 9.10.8.

fire safety within floor areas, 3.3.1. flame-spread rating, 9.10.17.

occupant load, 3.1.17.1.

security, 3.4.6.17.

Metal

cladding, 5.6.1., 5.9.1.1., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.5.6., 9.27.11.

for housing and small buildings, 9.3.3. galvanized sheet, 9.3.3.2.

roof deck assembly, 3.1.14.2. sheet thickness, 9.3.3.1.

siding, 5.6.1., 5.9.1.1., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.5.6., 9.27.11.

Mezzanines

application of requirements to exterior passageways, 3.2.2.12.

assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 1), 3.2.2.20.

assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 2), 3.2.2.23.

assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 3), 3.2.2.29.

and building height, 3.2.1.1., 9.10.4.1., 9.10.4.2. business and personal services occupancy

(Group D), 3.2.2.56.

care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B, Division 1), 3.2.2.36., 3.2.2.37.

care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B, Division 2), 3.2.2.38. - 3.2.2.41.

care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B, Division 3), 3.2.2.42. - 3.2.2.46.

ceiling height, 9.5.3.2. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

fire-resistance rating, 3.2.2.17., 9.10.8.6., 9.10.9.4.

fire separations, 3.2.1.6., 3.2.8.1., 9.10.12.1.

guards, 3.3.1.18., 9.8.8.1.

gymnasiums, swimming pools, arenas and rinks, 3.2.2.17.

high-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 1), 3.2.2.72.

loads on floor or roof, 4.1.5.3., 4.1.5.4.

low-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 3), 3.2.2.82.

means of egress, 3.4.2.2., 9.9.8.6.

medium-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 2), 3.2.2.76.

mercantile occupancy (Group E), 3.2.2.66. occupant load, 3.1.17.1.

openings in floor assemblies, 3.2.8.2. residential occupancy (Group C), 3.2.2.47. termination, 9.10.12.1.

Micro-organisms, minimizing growth of, 6.3.2.2., 6.3.2.15., 6.3.2.16.

Mild climate indicator, 9.25.4.2., 9.25.5.1.

Millwork, combustible, 3.1.5.9.

Mirrors

in exits, 9.9.5.6.

in washrooms, 3.8.3.16.

Misters, 6.3.2.16.

Moisture

diffusion, 5.1.1.1., 5.5.1.2. flooring resistant to, 9.30.1.2.

protection against, application of Code, 9.13.1.1. resistant backing for wall tile, 9.29.10.4. transfer, 5.1.1.1., 5.2.1.3., 5.5.1.2.

Moisture index, 9.27.2.2.

Mortar

aggregate for, 5.9.1.1., 9.20.3.1., 9.20.3.2., 9.29.10.2.

as base for ceramic wall tile, 9.29.10.2. cold weather requirements, 9.20.14. joints, 9.20.4.

material standards, 9.20.3.1.

mixes, 9.20.3.2.

standard for, 9.20.3.

uses, 9.20.3.2.

Movement, differential columns, 9.17.2.2.

decks and other accessible platforms, 9.12.2.2., 9.23.6.2.

elements in environmental separation, 5.1.4.1., 5.2.2.1.

metal and vinyl cladding, 9.27.5.6.

Moving walks, 3.2.8.2., 3.8.2.3., 3.8.2.4., 9.8.1.4.

Multiple occupancies

and building classification, 9.10.2.

building size and construction requirements, 3.2.2.4.

fire separations, 3.1.3.

requirements decided by most restricted occupancy, 3.2.2.6.

separation of repair garages, 9.10.9.19. separation of residential occupancies, 9.10.9.13. separation of storage garages, 9.10.9.18.

N

Nailing

bracing, 9.23.10.2.

built-up beams, 9.23.8.3.

cladding, 9.27.5., 9.27.7.3.

columns, 9.17.4.2.

fibreboard finish, 9.29.8.3.

framing, 9.23.3.4.

furring, 9.29.3.2.

gypsum board, 9.29.5.5., 9.29.5.8.

hardboard finish, 9.29.7.3.

joists, 9.23.9.2., 9.23.9.3., 9.23.14.9.

lintels, 9.23.12., 9.23.12.3.

OSB finish, 9.29.9.3.

particleboard finish, 9.29.9.3.

plywood finish, 9.29.6.3. prevention of splitting, 9.23.3.3. rafters, 9.23.14.4.

shingles, 9.26.7.4., 9.26.7.6., 9.26.8.5., 9.27.7.3.

siding, 9.27.5., 9.27.7.3.

stucco, 9.28.3.2.

subflooring, 9.23.3.5., 9.23.15.6.

underlay, 9.30.2.3.

waferboard finish, 9.29.9.3.

wall plates, 9.23.11.3.

wood-frame construction, 9.23.3.

wood shingles and shakes, 9.26.9.5., 9.26.10.4. wood strip flooring, 9.30.3.3.

Nailing and supporting elements fire blocks required, 3.1.11.3.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.8.

Nails

for cladding, 9.27.5., 9.27.5.4., 9.27.7.3.

diameters, 9.23.3.1.

dimensions, 9.23.3.5., 9.26.2.3., 9.27.5.4.

for fibreboard finish, 9.29.8.3. for gypsum board, 9.29.5.6. length, 9.23.3.2.

for OSB finish, 9.29.9.3.

for particleboard finish, 9.29.9.3. for roofing, 9.23.3.5., 9.26.2.3.

for shingles, 9.26.7.4.

standard for, 9.23.3.1., 9.26.2.3., 9.29.5.6.

for underlay, 9.30.2.3.

for waferboard finish, 9.29.9.3.

National Building Code acceptable solutions, 1.2.1.1.[A] administration, 2.2.[C] alternative solutions, 1.2.1.1.[A]

application, 1.1.1.[A], 1.1.1.[C], 1.3.[A], 2.1.1.[A],

3.1.[A]

compliance, 2.2.[A]

conflicting requirements, 1.5.1.2.[A]

objectives, 2.2.1.1.[A]

referenced documents, 1.3.1., 1.5.1.[A] scope, 1.1.1.[C], 1.3.1.[B]

Noise, protection from, 5.8., 9.32.3.10.

Noncombustible cladding, 3.1.4.8., 3.1.5.5., 3.2.3.7.,

3.2.3.9.

Noncombustible construction

assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 1), 3.2.2.20., 3.2.2.21.

assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 2), 3.2.2.23., 3.2.2.24.

assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 3), 3.2.2.29.

assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 4), 3.2.2.35.

business and personal services occupancy (Group D), 3.2.2.56.

care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B, Division 1), 3.2.2.36., 3.2.2.37.

care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B, Division 2), 3.2.2.38. - 3.2.2.41.

care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B, Division 3), 3.2.2.42. - 3.2.2.46.

combustible ducts, 3.1.5.18.

combustible elements, 3.1.5.6., 3.1.5.16., 9.10.6.1. combustible finishes in, 3.1.5.12.

ducts (combustible) in, 3.1.5.18. exposing building face, 3.2.3.7. exterior walls, 3.1.5.5., 3.1.5.6.

factory-assembled panels, 3.1.5.7.

firestops, 3.1.11.3.

firewalls, 3.1.10.1., 3.1.10.2.

flame-spread rating, 3.1.13.8. glazing and skylights, 3.1.5.4.

high-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 1), 3.2.2.72., 3.2.2.73.

low-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 3), 3.2.2.82., 3.2.2.89.

materials permitted in, 3.1.5.1.

medium-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 2), 3.2.2.76., 3.2.2.77.

mercantile occupancy (Group E), 3.2.2.66. metal roof decks, 3.1.14.2.

minor combustible components, 3.1.5.2. nailing elements, 3.1.5.8.

non-metallic raceways in, 3.1.5.23. partitions in, 3.1.5.16.

plumbing fixtures, 3.1.5.20.

residential occupancy (Group C), 3.2.2.47. roofing materials, 3.1.5.3.

support of, 9.10.8.4.

vehicular passageways, 3.2.3.18.

walkways, 3.2.3.19., 3.2.3.20.

wires and cables, 3.1.5.21., 3.1.5.22.

Noncombustible materials

permitted in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.1. return air ducts, 3.6.5.8.

Notching of framing members, 9.23.5.2. Nursing homes, 3.1.8.13., 3.3.3.5., 3.4.1.6.

O

Objectives of the Code application, 2.1.1.2.[A], 3.2.[A]

definition, 2.2.1.1.[A]

Obstructions

in corridors, 3.3.1.9., 9.9.5.2., 9.9.5.3., 9.9.6.1.

in doorways, 9.9.6.1., 9.9.6.3.

in exits, 3.4.3.3., 9.9.5., 9.9.5.5., 9.9.6.1., 9.9.6.2.

in means of egress, 3.3.1.24., 9.9.5., 9.9.5.5.

Occupancy

and building classification, 3.1.2.1., 9.10.2. and building size determination, 1.3.3.4.[A] combination prohibitions, 3.1.3.2., 9.10.9.14.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

and live loads, 4.1.5.3.

multiple (see Multiple occupancies)

Occupant load

and access to exits, 9.9.7.1. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

and exit stairway, 3.4.3.1.

and fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.1. fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.22.

fire safety requirements, 3.1.17.1. and means of egress, 9.9.1.3.

and seating, 3.3.2.2.

Odour removal equipment, 6.8.1.3., 9.33.6.14.

Office areas, 4.1.5.3.

Oil-burning equipment, 6.2.1.5., 9.33.5.2. Open-air storage garages, 9.10.18.8.

Open-air storey

access route, 3.2.5.4.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

exposing building face, 9.10.14.4.

fire containment exception, 3.2.1.5., 3.2.2.82. low-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F,

Division 3), 3.2.2.92.

storage garages, 6.3.1.3.

unprotected openings, 3.2.3.10.

Openings

in barrier-free path of travel, 3.8.3.2.

care, treatment or detention occupancy, 3.3.3.2. for ducts, 6.3.2.9., 9.10.5.1., 9.33.6.10.

for escalators, 3.2.8.2.

in exposing building face, 9.10.14., 9.10.15.

in exterior walls, 3.2.3.13., 3.2.3.17., 9.10.12.3. for fire dampers, 9.24.3.7.

fire protection, 9.10.1.3.

in fire separations, 3.1.8.1., 3.1.8.6., 3.2.3.13., 3.3.3.2.,

3.4.4.4., 9.10.5., 9.10.9.3., 9.10.13., 9.10.13.8.

through floor assemblies, interconnected floor spaces, 3.2.8.

in garage floors, 3.3.5.4. in guards, 9.8.8.5.

guards for, 3.3.1.18., 3.4.6.6.

in membrane ceilings, 3.1.9.5., 9.10.5. for moving walks, 3.2.8.2.

for natural ventilation, 9.32.2.2. near exterior exits, 9.9.4.4. - 9.9.4.6.

onto landings, 3.4.6.4.

in repair garages, 3.3.3.2. for stairways, 3.2.8.2.

support of masonry above, 9.20.5.2.

in walls above adjoining roof, 9.10.12.2.

in walls exposed to adjoining roof, 3.2.3.15.

Operating rooms, 3.3.3.6., 4.1.5.3. Oriented strand board (see OSB) Orphanages, 3.2.4.3.

OSB

as cladding, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.2.4., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.5.,

9.27.10.

fire blocks, 9.10.16.3.

fire protection of soffits, 9.10.12.4. firestopping, 3.1.11.7.

as interior finish, 9.29.9. material, 9.3.2.4.

material standard, 5.9.1.1., 9.23.15.2., 9.23.16.2.,

9.23.17.2., 9.27.10.1., 9.29.9.1., 9.30.2.2.

as roof sheathing, 9.3.2.4., 9.23.3.5., 9.23.16.2.

as siding, 9.27.2.4., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.5., 9.27.10.

as subflooring, 9.3.2.4., 9.23.15.2., 9.23.15.5.

thickness, 9.3.2.7.

as underlay, 9.30.2.

as wall sheathing, 9.3.2.4., 9.23.3.5., 9.23.10.2.,

9.23.13., 9.23.17.2., 9.23.17.5.

Outdoor places of assembly, 3.3.2.11. Outdoor process equipment, 3.2.3.21.

Outdoors

air quality, 6.2.1.2., 6.3.2.14.

air supply rates, 6.3.1.1., 6.3.1.3.

design temperatures, 1.1.3.1., 5.2.1.1., 5.3.1.2.,

5.5.1.2., 6.2.1.2., 9.33.3.2., 9.33.5.1.

Outlet boxes, electrical

combustible, in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.2.

penetrating fire separations, 3.1.9.2., 3.1.9.3.,

9.10.5.1., 9.10.9.6.

Ovens, fire protection, 9.10.22. Owner, definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

Oxidizing gases (see Combustible gases)

P

Paint

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.2. on steel columns, 9.17.3.3., 9.23.8.2.

Parapets

design, 4.1.8.18., 5.6.2.2., 9.20.6.5.

firewalls as, 3.1.10.4.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.3. wind loads, 4.1.7.5., 4.1.7.6.

Parging

of above-grade masonry, 9.20.13.9. for dampproofing, 9.13.2.3., 9.13.2.4. of foundation walls, 9.15.6.

for protection of insulation, 9.25.2.3. for waterproofing, 9.13.3.3.

Parking areas access, 3.8.2.5.

barrier-free path of travel, 3.8.2.5. ventilation, 6.3.1.3.

Parking decks on roofs, 4.1.5.5. Parking garages (see Storage garages)

Parking structures, structural design basis, 4.4.2.1.

Particleboard

as interior finish, 9.29.9.

material standard, 9.23.15.2., 9.29.9.1., 9.30.2.2.

subflooring, 9.23.15.2.

thickness, 9.3.2.7.

underlay, 9.30.2.2.

Partitions

dead loads, 4.1.4.1.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

exceptions for mezzanines, 3.2.8.2. in lieu of sliding doors, 3.3.1.12.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.16. sliding glass, 3.3.1.20.

Party walls

airtightness, 9.36.2.10. continuity of insulation, 9.36.2.5. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

fire separations, 9.10.9.

as firewalls, 3.2.3.4., 9.10.11.1. not as firewalls, 9.10.11.2.

Passageways

as exits, 3.4.1.4.

as means of egress, 9.9.2.1. vehicular, 3.2.3.18.

Passageways, exterior

as access to exit, 9.9.9.3. exemptions, 3.4.4.3.

as exits, 3.3.1.15., 3.4.1.5.

fire-resistance rating, 9.10.8.8.

fire separations, 9.9.4.2.

flame-spread rating, 9.10.17.4.

interior finishes, 3.1.13.10. as means of egress, 3.2.2.12.

Passenger elevating device dimensions, 3.5.4.1.

Passenger loading zones, 3.8.2.5., 3.8.3.4. Passenger pickup areas, barrier-free, 3.8.3.1.

Path of travel, barrier-free

access to storeys served by escalators and moving walks, 3.8.2.3.

apartment buildings, 9.5.2.3. application of Code, 3.8.2.1. doors and doorways, 3.8.3.6. drinking fountains, 3.8.3.10.

elevators, 3.3.1.7., 3.8.2.3., 3.8.3.2., 3.8.3.7.

exterior, 3.8.2.2., 3.8.2.3., 3.8.2.5., 3.8.2.7., 3.8.3.2.,

3.8.3.3., 3.8.3.5., 3.8.3.13.

floor areas, 3.3.1.7., 9.5.2.2.

parking areas, 3.8.2.5.

protruding building elements, 3.3.1.8. signs, 3.8.2.4.

storage garage, 3.8.2.5.

universal shower and dressing room, 3.8.3.17. universal washrooms, 3.8.3.13.

walkways, 3.8.3.3.

wheelchair spaces, 3.8.2.3., 3.8.3.22.

width, 3.8.3.2.

Patients' bedrooms, 3.3.3.5., 3.4.1.6., 4.1.5.3.

Pedestrian traffic, construction sites, 8.2.3.1., 8.2.3.2.

Penetrations in fire assemblies, 3.1.4.2., 3.1.5.23., 3.1.9.

Penthouses, 3.6.1.1., 4.1.8.1., 4.1.8.6., 4.1.8.11., 4.1.8.18.

Perched groundwater, 1.4.1.2.[A], 4.2.5.5.

Permafrost, 4.2.4.10., 9.15.1.2.

Piers

anchoring to, 9.20.11.6.

dimensions, 9.35.3.4.

Pier-type foundations, 9.15.2.3.

Pilasters, 9.15.5.3., 9.20.8.4.

Pile foundations, 1.4.1.2.[A], 4.1.8.16., 4.2.3.8.

Pipes

clearances, 6.7.1.2., 9.33.8.3. combustible (see Combustible piping) corrosion protection, 9.31.2.2.

coverings, 3.6.5.5.

drainage, 9.14.3.

expansion and contraction, 6.7.1.1., 9.33.8.1. for heating and cooling systems, 9.33.8. insulation, 3.6.5.5., 6.5.1.1., 9.33.8.2., 9.33.8.4.

materials, 6.7.1.1., 9.14.3.1. for medical gas, 3.7.3.1. metal, 9.14.3., 9.31.2.2.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.18., 3.1.5.19.

penetrating fire separations, 3.1.9.4., 9.10.9.6.,

9.10.9.7.

plumbing, 9.31.2.2.

polypropylene, 3.1.5.19.

for service water heating systems, 9.36.4.4. in shafts, 6.7.1.5.

sleeves for, 6.7.1.4., 9.33.8.4.

standards for drainage, 9.14.3.1. support, 6.7.1.1., 9.33.8.1.

Plans, specifications and calculations administration, 2.2.[C]

energy performance compliance, 2.2.8.[C] environmental separation, 2.2.5.2.[C]

fire protection components, 2.2.3.[C] foundations, 2.2.4.[C], 2.2.4.6.[C], 2.2.4.7.[C]

general information, 2.2.2.1.[C] HVAC systems, 2.2.6.2.[C], 6.1.3.1. site, 2.2.2.2.[C]

sprinkler systems, 2.2.3.2.[C] structural, 2.2.4.[C], 4.1.1.4.

Plastering, 9.29.4.

Plaster, material standard, 9.29.4.1.

Plates

fastening of, 9.23.3.4.

sill, 9.23.7.

wall, 9.23.11.

Platform equipped passenger-elevating device, 3.8.2.3., 3.8.3.2.

Platforms, serving as roofs, 9.26.1.1.

Plenums

in air duct systems, 3.6.5.1., 6.3.2.3. ceiling assemblies used as, 3.1.9.6. ceilings used as, 3.6.4.3.

clearances, 3.6.5.6., 6.3.2.6., 9.33.6.8.

combustible, 9.33.6.2.

in combustible construction, 3.1.4.3. connectors, 9.33.6.2.

construction, 6.3.2.3., 9.33.6.6.

coverings, 3.6.5.4., 6.3.2.5., 9.33.6.4.

crawl spaces used as, 9.18.7.1. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

fittings, 6.3.2.3., 9.33.6.2.

furnace, 9.33.6.6., 9.33.6.7., 9.33.6.8.

insulation, 6.3.2.5., 9.33.6.4.

linings, 3.6.5.4., 6.3.2.5., 9.33.6.4.

materials, 6.3.2.3., 9.33.6.2., 9.33.6.3.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.18. return air, 3.6.4.3., 9.32.3.4.

tape used for, 6.3.2.19.

Plumbing

barrier-free design, 3.8.2.8.

combustible piping, 3.1.5.20., 9.10.9.7.

in dwelling units, 3.7.2., 9.31.

facilities required, 3.7.2., 3.8.2.8., 9.31.4.

fixtures, 3.1.5.20., 3.7.2., 9.31.4.

Plumbing services, 7 Plumbing systems

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

design and installation, 7.1.2.1. in dwelling units, 7.1.3.2. facilities required, 7.1.3.

Plywood

as cladding, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.2.4., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.5.,

9.27.8.

fastening, 9.29.6.3.

fire blocks, 9.10.16.3.

fire protection of soffits, 9.10.12.4. firestops, 3.1.11.7.

grooved, 9.29.6.2.

as interior finish, 9.29.6. lapped strips, 9.27.8.5.

material, 9.3.2.4.

material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.23.15.2., 9.23.16.2.,

9.23.17.2., 9.27.8.1., 9.30.2.2.

as roof sheathing, 9.3.2.4., 9.23.3.5., 9.23.16.2.,

9.23.16.6., 9.23.16.7.

as siding, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.8.

as subflooring, 9.23.3.5., 9.23.15.

thickness, 9.3.2.7., 9.29.6.1.

as underlay, 9.30.2.

as wall sheathing, 9.23.3.5., 9.23.10.2., 9.23.13.,

9.23.17.2., 9.23.17.5.

Police stations, 3.1.2.4.

Pool heaters, 9.36.4.2.

Portable fire extinguishers, 3.2.5.16., 9.10.20.4.,

9.10.21.8.

Post-disaster buildings definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

earthquake load and effects, 4.1.8.1., 4.1.8.5.,

4.1.8.10., 4.1.8.13., 4.1.8.18., 4.1.8.23.

loads and effects, 4.1.2.1. snow loads, 4.1.6.2.

structural loads, 5.2.2.1.

wind loads, 4.1.7.3.

Potable water systems, 9.31.3.

Power door operators, 3.8.2.7., 3.8.3.6.

Power-operated doors, 3.8.2.7., 3.8.3.6.

Precipitation

ingress, 5.6.1.1., 5.6.2.1., 9.27.2.

protection from, 5.6.1.1., 5.6.2.1., 9.20.13., 9.26.

Pressure piping, 6.2.1.5., 9.33.5.2.

Pressure vessels, 9.33.5.2.

Principal entrances

access routes, 3.2.5.4., 3.2.5.5.

door requirements, 9.7.2.1.

as exits, 3.3.1.17., 3.4.2.6.

latching, locking and opening mechanisms, 9.9.6.7. manual fire alarm stations, 3.2.4.16.

as means of egress, 9.9.2.4.

Private sewage disposal systems (see Sewage disposal systems, private)

Process plants

basements and pits, 3.3.6.9. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A] volatile liquids, 3.3.6.9.

Protected floor space, 1.4.1.2.[A], 3.2.8.5., 3.4.3.2.

Protection from freezing (see also Frost action) concrete, 9.3.1.9.

concrete stairs, 9.8.10.3.

excavations, 9.12.1.3.

fire hose stations, 9.10.21.9.

fire protection systems, 3.2.5.17., 9.10.20.5.

foundations, 9.12.1.3.

gypsum board, 9.29.5.10.

HVAC systems and equipment, 6.2.1.6., 9.33.4.,

9.33.4.5.

masonry, 9.20.14.1.

stucco, 9.28.6.1.

Protection from high temperature piping, 6.7.1.4., 9.33.8.4.

Public areas

glass used in, 3.3.1.14., 9.6.1.4.

transparent panels used in, 3.3.1.20., 9.6.1.4., 9.7.5.

windows in, 3.3.1.20., 9.7.5.

Public corridors

(see also Corridors)

access to exit, 9.9.9.1., 9.9.9.3.

containing occupancy, 9.10.17.7.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

doors and door hardware, 3.3.1.13. doors opening onto, 9.10.13.12. emergency lighting, 3.2.7.3., 9.9.12.3.

exit signs, 3.4.5.3.

fire separations, 3.3.1.4.

flame-spread rating, 3.1.13.6., 9.10.17.2., 9.10.17.5.

lighting, 3.2.7.1., 9.9.12.2.

serving sprinklered buildings, 3.3.1.1. smoke control measures, 3.2.6.2. travel distance to exit, 3.4.2.5.

width, 3.3.1.9.

Public thoroughfares, 3.2.3.9., 3.2.5.6., 9.10.20.3.

Public ways

combustible projections near, 3.2.3.6.

at construction sites, 8.2.1.1., 8.2.3.2., 8.2.3.5.,

8.2.4.1.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

Pyritic soil and rock drainage, 9.14.2.1., 9.14.4.1.

beneath floors-on-ground, 9.16.2.2.

and footings, 9.15.3.2.

foundations on, 9.4.4.4. not in backfill, 9.12.3.3.

R

Raceways

collapse of, in firewalls, 3.1.10.1.

in combustible construction, 3.1.4.4. earthquake design, 4.1.8.18.

in exit areas, 3.4.4.4.

and fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.2.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.21., 3.1.5.23. penetrating fire separations, 9.10.9.6.

in plenums, 3.6.4.3.

Radiation from interior fires, control, 3.2.3.1., 9.10.14., 9.10.15.

Radiators, 6.7.1.3., 9.33.7.1.

Radon gas infiltration

depressurization system, 9.32.3.8. and HVAC design, 6.2.1.1. required resistance to, 5.4.1.1.

rough-in for subfloor depressurization system, 9.13.4.3.

Rafters

anchoring to masonry, 9.20.11.4. continuity, 9.23.14.1.

deflection, 9.4.3.1.

dimensions, 9.23.4.2., 9.23.14.6., 9.23.14.7.

fastening, 9.23.3.4., 9.23.14.4. framing around openings, 9.23.14.2. hip and valley, 9.23.14.6. installation, 9.23.14.4.

lumber grade, 9.3.2.1.

nailing, 9.23.3.4., 9.23.14.4.

ridge support, 9.23.14.8.

shaping, 9.23.14.5.

spans, 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.5., 9.23.14.7.

support, 9.23.14.3., 9.23.14.7.

in wood-frame construction, 9.23.14.

Rain loads, 4.1.6.4., 4.1.6.12., 9.4.2.2.

(see also Moisture index)

Rain penetration control, 5.6., 9.20.13., 9.26., 9.27.4.

Ramps

barrier-free, 3.8.2.2., 3.8.3.2., 3.8.3.5., 9.8.5.1.

barrier-free floor areas, 3.3.1.7. basement, 3.4.5.3.

at doors, 9.8.6.2., 9.9.4.4.

for dwelling units, 9.8.1.

as exits, 3.4.1.4., 9.8.1.3., 9.9.2.1.

exit signs, 9.9.11.4.

finishes, 9.8.9.6.

in garages, 9.8.8.4.

guards, 3.4.6.6., 3.8.3.5., 9.8.8.

handrails, 3.4.6.5., 3.8.3.5., 9.8.7., 9.8.7.1.

height, 9.8.5.5.

height over, 9.8.5.3.

for housing and small buildings, 9.8.5. landings on, 3.4.6.3., 9.8.6.

loads, 9.8.9.1.

rise, 9.8.5.5.

safety requirements, 3.3.1.14. for secondary suites, 9.8.1. slip-resistance, 3.4.6.1., 9.8.9.6.

slope, 3.4.6.7., 3.8.3.5., 9.8.5.4.

width, 3.4.3.2., 9.8.5.2.

Ranges (see Stoves)

Receptacles, electrical, 9.34.1.1., 9.34.2.2.

Recessed lighting fixtures, 3.2.7.2., 9.34.1.4.

Recesses, 9.20.7.

Referenced documents, 1.3.1., 1.5.1.[A]

Reference house definition, 9.36.5.2.

modeling of energy performance,

9.36.5.13. - 9.36.5.16.

Refrigerating systems and equipment

in housing and small buildings, 9.33.9. installation, 6.2.1.5., 6.6.1.1., 9.33.5.2., 9.33.9.1.

Refuse

bins, 3.6.3.3.

chutes, 3.6.3.3., 5.8.1.1., 9.10.1.3.

combustible, 9.10.10.6.

rooms, 3.6.2.5., 3.6.3.3.

Registers and outlets

(see also Air outlets; Diffusers)

exhaust, 6.3.2.10., 9.32.3.13.

heating, 9.33.6.10., 9.33.6.11.

over pipeless furnaces, 9.33.6.8. ventilation, 9.32.3.5., 9.32.3.6.

Reinforced concrete, 4.3.3.1., 9.3.1.1.

Reinforcing

concrete block foundations, 9.20.15.2. earthquakes, 9.20.1.2., 9.20.15.

glass block, 9.20.9.6.

insulating concrete form walls, 9.3.1.1., 9.15.4.5.,

9.20.17.

masonry, 9.20.15.

stucco, 9.28.1.2., 9.28.4.5.

Repair garages definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

design, 4.4.2.1.

fire separation requirements, 9.10.9.19. in industrial occupancies, 3.3.5.4.

separation from care, treatment or detention occupancies, 3.3.3.2.

solid-fuel burning appliances prohibited in, 3.6.2.1. Residential fire warning systems, 3.2.4.21., 9.10.19.8. Residential occupancy (Group C)

classification, 3.1.2.1., 9.10.2.

convalescent and children's homes as, 3.1.2.5. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

door hold-open devices, 3.1.8.14.

emergency power for fire alarm systems, 3.2.7.8. emergency power for lighting, 3.2.7.4.

fire access route design, 3.2.5.6.

fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.1., 3.2.4.11., 3.2.4.18.,

9.10.18.

fire protection, 3.2.2.47. - 3.2.2.55.

fire-resistance rating, 9.10.8.

fire safety within floor areas, 3.3.1., 3.3.4.1. fire separations, 9.10.9.13., 9.10.9.14., 9.10.9.16.

firewalls, 9.10.11.2.

flame-spread rating, 3.1.13.3., 9.10.17.

lighting requirements, 3.2.7.1.

location of smoke/fire dampers, 3.1.8.7. occupant load, 3.1.17.1.

ramp slope maximum, 3.4.6.7. smoke alarms, 3.2.4.20., 9.10.19. smoke control measures, 3.2.6.2. sprinkler piping, 3.2.5.13.

sprinkler systems, 3.2.5.12.

storage lockers, 3.1.5.17.

Resilient flooring, 9.30.2.1., 9.30.5.

Resistance to deterioration, 5.1.4.2., 9.20.16.1. (see also Corrosion protection; Corrosion

resistance; Decay, protection against)

Resistance to forced entry doors, 9.7.5.2.

windows, 9.7.5.3.

Resistant design, earthquake load, 4.1.3.2. Restaurants, 3.2.4.1., 3.3.2.15., 6.3.1.6.

Return air inlets, 9.33.6.12.

Return air systems, 3.6.5.8., 6.3.2.11., 9.33.6.13. (see also Air intakes; Ducts)

Return ducts, 1.4.1.2.[A], 6.3.2.11., 9.33.6.13.

Review of work, 2.2.7.[C] Revolving doors, 3.4.6.15., 9.9.6.4.

Rim joists

airtightness, 9.36.2.10. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

effective thermal resistance, 9.36.2.6. and exterior wall framing, 9.23.3.4.

Risers

aisle steps, 3.3.2.5.

bleacher steps, 3.3.2.12.

curved flights, 3.3.1.16.

dimensions, 3.4.6.8., 9.8.4.1.

minimum number, 3.4.6.2., 9.8.3.2.

restaurant stairs, 3.3.2.15.

uniformity and tolerances, 3.4.6.8., 9.8.4.4.

Rock

bearing pressure, 9.4.4.1., 9.4.4.2. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A] foundations on, 9.12.2.2.

Rock, pyritic

drainage, 9.14.2.1., 9.14.4.1.

beneath floors-on-ground, 9.16.2.2.

and footings, 9.15.3.2.

foundations on, 9.4.4.4. not in backfill, 9.12.3.3.

Roof aggregate, 9.26.11.1., 9.26.11.4.

Roof arches (see Roof and ceiling framing)

Roof assemblies

effective thermal resistance, 9.36.2.6.

fire-resistance rating, 3.1.7.5., 3.2.2.17., 3.2.2.25.,

3.2.2.35., 3.2.2.50., 3.2.2.53., 3.2.2.58., 3.2.2.62.,

3.2.2.68., 3.2.2.78., 3.2.2.83., 3.2.2.85.

fire-retardant-treated wood roof systems, 3.1.14.1. gymnasiums, swimming pools, arenas and rinks,

3.2.2.17.

metal roof deck assemblies, 3.1.14.2.

non-contiguous, 3.1.15.2., 3.2.2.51., 3.2.2.60.

Roof and ceiling framing

bearing on cavity walls, 9.20.8.2. earthquake design, 4.1.8.18.

fire-resistance rating, 3.1.7.3.

in heavy timber construction, 3.1.4.7. loads on, 9.4.2.2., 9.4.2.4.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.3. sheathing, 9.3.2.4., 9.23.16.

trusses, 9.4.2.2., 9.23.5.5., 9.23.14.11.

in wood-frame construction, 9.23.14. Roof coverings, 3.1.15.1., 3.1.15.2., 9.26.

(see also Roofing)

Roofing

(see also Roof covering)

asphalt-coated glass-base sheets, 5.9.1.1.

asphalt shingles, 5.6.1.2., 5.9.1.1., 9.26.1.3., 9.26.2.1.,

9.26.7., 9.26.8.

bituminous, 9.26.2.1.

built-up, 5.9.1.1., 9.26.11.

built-up materials, 9.26.2.1.

cedar shingles and shakes, 9.26.2.1., 9.26.3.1.,

9.26.10.

clay tile, 9.23.4.5.

concrete tile, 5.9.1.1., 9.23.4.5., 9.26.2.1., 9.26.17.

definition, 9.26.1.1.

elastomeric sheets, 5.9.1.1., 9.26.2.1.

fasteners, 9.26.2.3., 9.26.2.4.

flashing, 9.26.4.

glass-reinforced polyester, 9.26.14.

installation alternatives, 9.26.1.3. installation of materials, 9.26.2.2. installation standards, 5.6.1.2.

material standards, 9.26.2.1.

metal, 9.26.13.

nails, 9.26.2.3.

over wood-based sheathing, 9.26.11.8.

polyvinyl chloride sheets, 5.6.1.2., 5.9.1.1., 9.26.2.1.,

9.26.16.

prefabricated bituminous membranes, 9.26.2.1. prefabricated modified bituminous sheets, 5.9.1.1. requirement for, 5.6.1.1., 9.26.1.2.

rubberized asphalt, 5.6.1.2., 9.26.2.1., 9.26.15.

selvage, 9.26.12.

slope of, 9.26.3.

standards for, 5.9.1.1.

staples, 9.26.2.4.

vegetative, 5.6.1.2.

wood shakes, 9.26.10.

wood shingles, 9.26.9.

Roof parking decks design, 4.1.5.5.

Roofs

access, 3.2.5.3.

acting as diaphragms, 4.1.8.15., 4.1.8.18.

anchorage of, 9.20.11.1., 9.20.11.4., 9.20.17.6.

appliances mounted on, 3.6.1.5., 6.4.1.2., 9.10.1.3. arched or curved, snow loads, 4.1.6.10.

beams, 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.5.

considered as walls, 3.2.1.3., 9.10.1.1.

definition, 9.26.1.1.

deflection, 9.4.3.1.

drains, 5.6.2.2., 9.26.18.2.

egress from, 3.3.1.3., 9.9.7.1.

fire blocks, 9.10.16.1.

fire rating, 9.10.3.3.

fire-resistance rating, 9.10.8.1., 9.10.8.2., 9.10.8.7.

fire-retardant-treated wood, 3.1.14.1.

fire separations, 3.2.2.13.

firewall termination, 3.1.10.3.

framing, 9.23.4., 9.23.14.

framing around openings, 9.23.14.2. gable, snow loads, 4.1.6.9.

guards, 3.3.1.18.

heavy timber construction, 3.1.4.7., 3.2.2.16.

helipad loads, 4.1.5.13.

insulation, 9.25.2.2.

joists, 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.5., 9.23.14.1., 9.23.14.7.,

9.23.14.9.

loads due to use, 4.1.5., 9.4.2.4.

metal decking, 3.1.14.2.

multi-level, 4.1.6.5., 9.4.2.2.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.3.

parapets, 3.1.5.3., 3.1.10.4., 4.1.7.5., 4.1.7.6., 4.1.8.1.,

4.1.8.18., 5.6.2.2., 9.20.6.5.

rain loads, 4.1.6.4., 5.6.2.2., 9.4.2.2.

ridge support, 9.23.14.8.

scuppers, 4.1.6.4.

sheathing installation, 9.23.16.3., 9.23.16.4.,

9.23.16.6.

sheathing materials, 9.3.2.1., 9.3.2.4., 9.23.16.2.,

9.23.16.5., 9.23.16.7.

sloped, 4.1.6.12., 9.10.1.1.

snow loads, 4.1.6.2., 4.1.6.3., 4.1.6.5., 4.1.6.7.,

4.1.6.8., 4.1.6.11., 4.1.6.12., 9.4.2.2.

sprinklers in lieu of structural fire resistance, 9.10.8.2.

supporting an occupancy, 3.2.2.13., 9.10.8.7.

trusses, 9.4.2.2., 9.23.5.5., 9.23.14.11.

of underground structures, 9.13.1.1., 9.13.3.,

9.25.3.5.

venting, 9.19.1.

wind loads, 4.1.7.6., 5.2.2.2.

Roof spaces (see Attics or roof spaces)

Rooftop

air-handling equipment, 6.3.2.17.

appliances, 3.6.1.5., 3.6.2.1., 6.4.1.2., 9.10.1.3.

enclosures, 3.2.1.1., 3.2.2.14., 9.10.4.4.

Rooms, height, 3.7.1.1., 9.5.3.

Runners, sheet steel framing fastening, 9.24.3.1.

in fire-rated walls, 9.24.3.2. installation, 9.24.3.1.

metal thickness, 9.24.1.3., 9.24.2.3., 9.24.2.4.

at openings, 9.24.2.4.

Runs, stairs

aisle steps, 3.3.2.5.

bleacher steps, 3.3.2.12.

curved flights, 3.3.1.16. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A] landing dimensions, 3.4.6.4.

minimum, 3.4.6.8.

rectangular treads, 9.8.4.2.

tapered treads, 3.3.1.16., 3.4.6.9., 9.8.4.3.

uniformity and tolerances, 9.8.4.4., 9.8.4.5.

S

Safety glass

in guards, 9.8.8.7.

on revolving doors, 3.4.6.15. standards for, 9.6.1.2.

transparent panels and doors, 3.3.1.20., 3.4.1.8.

uses, 9.6.1.4.

washrooms, 3.7.2.4.

Safety of public, construction and demolition sites, 8.2.

Sanitary drainage systems, 1.4.1.2.[A], 9.31., 9.31.2.1.,

9.31.5.

Sawtooth roofs, wind loads, 4.1.7.6. Scaffolding, 4.1.1.3.

Screens

in exhaust outlets, 6.3.2.9., 9.32.3.13.

in intake openings, 6.3.2.9., 9.32.3.13.

in natural ventilation openings, 9.32.2.2.

Screw installation gypsum board, 9.29.5.9.

sheet steel framing, 9.24.1.5., 9.24.3.1.

Screws

dimensions, 9.23.3.5.

fastening to steel studs, 9.24.1.4.

for gypsum board, 9.29.5.5., 9.29.5.7.

sheathing, 9.23.3.5.

standard for, 9.23.3.1., 9.24.1.4., 9.29.5.7.

subflooring, 9.23.3.5.

wood-frame construction, 9.23.3.5.

Sealants

cladding, 9.27.4., 9.27.8.4., 9.27.9.3., 9.27.9.4.,

9.27.10.3.

material properties, 9.27.4.2.

material standards, 9.27.4.2.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.2.

siding, 9.27.4., 9.27.8.4., 9.27.9.3., 9.27.9.4., 9.27.10.3.

windows, doors and skylights, 9.7.6.2.

Sealing

(see also Air barrier systems; Soil gas control; Waterproofing)

against precipitation, 5.6.2., 9.27.4. against soil gas, 9.25.3.6.

air barrier systems, 5.4.1.1., 9.10.9.18., 9.10.9.19.,

9.25.3.3.

at chimneys, 9.21.5.2., 9.25.3.3.

ducts, 3.6.5.3., 6.3.2.19., 9.32.3.11., 9.33.6.3., 9.33.6.7.

floors-on-ground, 9.25.3.6. at gas vents, 9.25.3.3. ground cover, 9.18.6.2.

sill plates, 9.23.7.2.

windows, doors and skylights, 9.7.6., 9.20.13.11.,

9.27.4.

Seasonally and intermittently occupied buildings application of Part 9, 9.1.1.1.

Seating

adaptable seats, 3.8.2.3., 3.8.3.22.

aisle width, 3.3.2.1.

not fixed, 3.3.2.2.

occupant load, 3.3.2.2., 4.1.5.10.

in showers, 3.8.3.17.

wheelchair space, 3.8.2.3., 3.8.3.22.

Secondary suites

ceiling height, 9.5.3.1.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

doors, direction of swing, 9.9.6.5. doors in means of egress, 9.9.6. doorways, 9.5.5., 9.9.6.2., 9.9.6.3.

egress, 9.9.9.

electrical outlets, 9.34.2.3.

fire protection, 9.10.8.

fire-resistance rating, 9.10.8.8.

fire separations, 9.9.4., 9.10.9.4., 9.10.9.16.,

9.10.9.17., 9.10.10.4., 9.10.12.3.

firewalls, 9.10.11.2. floor area limits, 9.1.2.1. guards, 9.8., 9.8.8.

handrails, 9.8., 9.8.7.

heating and air-conditioning, 9.33.1.1., 9.33.3.1.,

9.33.3.2.

height of rooms and spaces, 9.5.3. landings, 9.8.6., 9.8.6.3.

ramps, 9.8., 9.8.5.2.

smoke alarms, 9.10.19.

soffit protection, 9.10.12.4.

sound control, 9.11.

spatial separation, 9.10.15.

sprinkler systems, 3.2.5.12.

stairs, 9.8.

ventilation, 9.32.1.2., 9.32.3.8., 9.32.3.9.

Seismic category, 4.1.8.5.

Seismic data, 1.1.3.

Seismic isolation

definitions and analysis, 4.1.8.19. design provisions, 4.1.8.20.

Seismic loads (see Earthquake design)

Self-closing devices, 3.1.8.13., 3.4.6.13., 9.9.6.7.,

9.10.13.10., 9.10.13.15.

Self-contained emergency lighting, 3.2.7.4., 9.9.12.3. Self-service storage buildings, 3.9.

Self-storage warehouses, 3.3.5.9., 9.9.6.4. Septic disposal beds, 9.14.6.2.

Serviceability, 4.1.3.4.

Service counters, barrier-free, 3.8.2.9., 3.8.2.11.,

3.8.3.20.

Service lines under buildings, 3.2.3.21.

Service rooms

access to exit, 9.9.7.5. application of Code, 3.6.1.1. and building height, 9.10.4.4.

carbon monoxide alarms, 9.32.3.9. construction supporting, 9.10.8.5. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

doors, 9.10.13.12.

doors and door hardware, 3.3.1.13., 3.4.6.11.

emergency lighting, 3.2.7.3.

exits, 3.4.4.4., 3.6.2.2.

fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.2. fire detectors, 3.2.4.10.

fire resistance of supporting construction, 3.1.7.5. fire separations, 3.6.2.1., 9.10.10.3.

heat and smoke detectors, 9.10.18.4.

for housing and small buildings, 9.10.10. loads on floor or roof, 4.1.5.3.

opening into exit, 9.9.5.9. ramps and stairways, 3.3.1.14.

rooftop, 3.2.1.1., 3.2.2.14., 9.10.4.4.

service equipment in, 3.6.2.3. under exits, 9.9.5.8.

Service spaces

and building height, 3.2.1.1. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

egress, 3.3.1.25.

emergency lighting, 3.2.7.3.

exits, 3.4.4.4.

fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.18.

horizontal (see Horizontal service spaces) lightning protection systems, 3.6.1.3. means of egress, 3.3.1.3.

protection of electrical conductors, 3.2.7.10. ramps and stairways, 3.3.1.14.

signage, 3.3.1.25.

sprinkler systems, 3.2.5.14. storage use prohibition, 3.6.1.4. travel distance to exit, 3.4.2.4.

vertical (see Vertical service spaces)

Service water heaters definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

in housing and small buildings, 9.31.6. indirect, 1.4.1.2.[A]

protection from corrosion, 9.31.6.3. steel, 9.31.6.3.

storage type, 1.4.1.2.[A], 9.31.6.2., 9.31.6.3.

Service water heating systems

energy conservation measures, 9.36.8. energy conservation points, 9.36.8. energy efficiency, 9.36., 9.36.4.

energy performance calculations, 9.36.5.8.

energy performance modeling, 9.36.5.12., 9.36.5.16.

equipment efficiency, 9.36.4.2.

temperature controls, 9.36.4.5.

Sewage disposal, 9.14.5., 9.31.2.1., 9.31.5.

Sewage disposal systems, private, 1.4.1.2.[A], 9.31.2.1., 9.31.5.2.

Shafts

installation, 6.7.1.5.

opening into an interconnected floor space, 3.2.8.4. piping in, 6.7.1.5.

service, 9.10.1.3.

Shakes, wood cladding, 9.27.7.

dimensions, 9.27.7.2., 9.27.7.6.

eave protection, 9.26.5.1., 9.26.10.7.

flashing, 9.26.10.6.

grades, 9.26.10.8., 9.27.7.1.

installation, 9.27.5., 9.27.7.3.

material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.26.2.1., 9.27.7.1.

roofing, 9.26.10.

spacing and joints, 9.26.10.3. underlay, 9.26.10.2.

Shallow foundations damaged, 4.2.6.4.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

design, 4.2.6.1.

footing design, 9.4.4.1.

incorrect placement, 4.2.6.3.

support, 4.2.6.2.

Sheathing

(see also Subflooring)

for braced wall panels, 9.23.13.6.

for bracing and lateral support, 9.23.10.2.

in exposing building face, 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.2.

fastening, 9.23.3.5.

fibreboard as, 9.23.16.7.

installation, 9.23.3.5., 9.23.16.3., 9.23.16.4.,

9.23.17.4., 9.23.17.5.

insulating, 9.20.13.6., 9.27.3.4.

low permeance, 9.25.5.1.

lumber as, 9.3.2.1., 9.23.16.5., 9.23.17.2., 9.23.17.4.

material standards, 9.23.16.2., 9.23.17.2., 9.26.2.1. in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.3.

OSB as, 9.3.2.4., 9.23.16.2., 9.23.17.2.

plywood as, 9.3.2.4., 9.23.16.2., 9.23.17.2.

roofs, 9.3.2.1., 9.3.2.4., 9.23.16., 9.26.2.1.

on steel studs, 9.24.1.5.

beneath stucco, 9.28.1.1., 9.28.4.2.

support, 9.23.10.5., 9.24.3.4.

thickness, 9.23.16.7., 9.23.17.2.

waferboard as, 9.3.2.4., 9.23.16.2., 9.23.17.2.

walls, 9.3.2.1., 9.3.2.4., 9.23.17.

Sheathing membranes installation, 9.27.3.3. - 9.27.3.6.

insulation, 9.27.3.5.

interior of masonry walls, 9.20.13.9. mansard roofs, 9.23.17.6.

material standard, 9.27.3.2.

for precipitation protection, 9.27.3.1. - 9.27.3.6.

Sheathing paper (see Sheathing membranes)

Shingles, asphalt

eave protection, 9.26.5.1., 9.26.7.7.

flashing, 9.26.4.

installation, 9.26.1.3., 9.26.7., 9.26.8.

material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.26.2.1.

Shingles, wood cladding, 9.27.7.

dimensions, 9.26.9.3., 9.27.7.2., 9.27.7.6.

eave protection, 9.26.9.8.

exposure, 9.26.9.6.

flashing, 9.26.9.7.

grade, 9.26.9.2., 9.27.7.1.

installation, 9.26.9.4., 9.27.2.4., 9.27.5., 9.27.7.3.

materials, 9.27.7.1.

material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.26.2.1., 9.27.7.1.

roofing, 9.26.9.

Shop drawings, review of work, 2.2.7.3.[C] Showers, 3.8.3.17.

Sidelights, 3.3.1.20., 9.6.1.4., 9.7.1.1., 9.7.2.1., 9.9.4.3.

Sidewalks, 4.1.5.3., 8.2.1.2., 8.2.3.1.

Siding (see Cladding)

Signs

barrier-free accessibility, 3.8.2.4., 3.8.2.10., 3.8.3.9.

construction sites, 8.2.3.3., 8.2.3.5., 8.2.4.1.

directing traffic, 8.2.4.3.

directional, 3.4.5.1., 3.8.2.10., 9.9.11.3.

egress points, 3.3.1.25.

emergency crossover access to floor areas, 3.4.6.18. exit obstruction prevention, 3.4.6.11., 9.9.11.2.

exits, 3.4.5.1., 9.9.11., 9.9.11.3.

floor numbers, 3.4.6.19., 3.5.4.2., 9.9.11.5.

graphical symbols, 3.4.5.3.

occupant load, 3.1.17.1. stairs and ramps, 9.9.11.4.

tactile signs, 3.4.5.2., 3.4.6.16., 3.4.6.18., 3.8.3.9.

visual information signs, 3.4.6.16., 3.4.6.18., 3.8.3.9.,

9.9.11.2.

Silencing devices, 3.2.4.18., 3.2.4.20., 3.2.4.22., 3.2.6.7.

Sill plates

dimensions, 9.23.7.1.

leveling, 9.23.7.2.

sealing, 9.23.7.2.

standard for, 9.23.7. Site plans, 2.2.2.2.[C]

Site stability, earthquake design, 4.1.8.17.

Skylights

airtightness, 9.36.2.9., 9.36.2.10.

area, 9.10.17.9.

in area calculations, 9.10.17.6. combustible, in corridors, 3.1.13.5.

in compartments that are not sprinklered, 9.10.12.2. flame-spread rating, 3.1.13.2., 9.10.17.1.

glass standards, 9.6.1.3.

in housing and small buildings, 9.7. installation, 9.7.6.

manufactured and pre-assembled, 9.7.4. in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.4. performance expectations, 9.7.3.

requirements, 9.7.2.2.

on roof adjacent to wall with windows, 3.2.3.15. site-built, 9.7.5.

standards for, 5.4.1.2., 5.9.2.1., 5.9.2.2., 9.7.4.

thermal characteristics, 9.7.3.3., 9.36.2.7.

Slabs-on-ground

concrete, 9.16.4.

ducts in or beneath, 9.33.6.7. finishing, 9.16.4.1., 9.16.4.2.

insulation, 9.25.2.3.

thickness, 9.16.4.3.

Sleepers, 9.30.1.3.

Slide escapes, 3.4.1.6.

Sliding doors

barrier-free, 3.8.3.6.

exits, 3.4.6.14.

glass used in, 9.6.1.4.

as means of egress, 3.3.1.12., 9.9.6.4.

performance expectations, 9.7.3.1., 9.7.3.2.

standards for, 5.3.1.2., 5.4.1.2., 9.7.4.2.

Slip-resistance

barrier-free path of travel, 3.8.3.2. bathtubs, 3.8.3.18.

exterior walks, 3.8.3.3.

ramps and stairways, 3.3.1.14., 3.4.6.1.

showers, 3.8.3.17.

treads and landings, 9.8.9.6.

Smoke

circulation prevention, 3.2.4.12., 9.10.18.5.

contamination, 3.2.6.2., 3.2.8.4.

control of, 3.1.8.14., 3.2.6.1., 3.2.6.9., 3.3.1.7., 3.3.3.5.,

3.3.3.7.

Smoke alarms definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

in housing and small buildings, 9.10.19. interconnection, 9.10.19.5.

location, 9.10.19.3.

maintenance and care instructions, 9.10.19.7. power supply, 9.10.19.4.

requirements, 3.2.4.20., 9.10.19.1.

silencing, 9.10.19.6.

smoke detectors in lieu of, 3.2.4.20., 3.2.4.21. sound patterns, 9.10.19.2.

Smoke barrier doors, 3.2.3.20. Smoke barriers, 9.10.9.2., 9.10.9.17.

Smoke chambers clearances, 9.22.9.3.

slope, 9.22.7.1.

standard for, 9.22.7.

wall thickness, 9.22.7.2.

Smoke dampers access, 3.1.8.11.

as closures, 3.1.8.5.

in fire separations, 3.1.8.7. installation, 3.1.8.11.

leakage rates, 3.1.8.4.

waived, 3.1.8.9.

Smoke detectors

in air-handling systems, 6.9.2.2., 9.10.18.5.

annunciators, 3.2.4.8.

for construction camps, 9.10.21.7. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

design and installation, 9.10.18.3. duct-type, 3.2.4.12.

in electrical equipment rooms, 3.6.2.7. in elevators, 3.2.4.11., 3.2.4.14.

in fire alarm systems, 9.10.18.

in lieu of smoke alarms, 3.2.4.20., 3.2.4.21., 9.10.19.4., 9.10.19.8.

and release of hold-open devices, 3.1.8.14. requirements, 3.2.4.11., 9.10.18.4.

Smoke developed classification duct requirements, 3.6.5.1.

high buildings, 3.1.13.7.

plenum requirements, 3.6.4.3.

tests, 3.1.12.1.

Smoke shafts (venting to aid firefighting), 3.2.6.6. Smoke stacks (venting for chimneys), 6.3.3.3.

Snow accumulation, 4.1.6.2., 4.1.6.3., 4.1.6.7., 4.1.6.10.,

5.6.2.2.

Snow loads

arch roofs, 4.1.6.10.

areas adjacent to roof projections, 4.1.6.7. basic load factors, 4.1.6.2., 9.4.2.2.

curved roofs, 4.1.6.10.

domes, 4.1.6.10.

due to sliding, 4.1.6.11. exterior platforms, 9.4.2.3. full and partial, 4.1.6.3. gable roofs, 4.1.6.9.

and gap between roof and higher roof, 4.1.6.6. multi-level roofs, 4.1.6.5., 9.4.2.2.

snow drift at roof corners, 4.1.6.8., 4.1.6.13. specified, 4.1.6.2., 9.4.2.2.

and structural design, 4.1.6.

valleys in curved or sloped roofs, 4.1.6.12. weight calculations for drifts, 4.1.6.13.

Snow removal, 4.1.6.14.

Soffits

projections, 3.2.3.6., 9.10.14., 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.,

9.10.15.4., 9.10.15.5.

protection of, 3.2.3.16., 9.10.12.4.

venting, 9.19.1.2., 9.19.1.3., 9.25.2.4.

Soft conversion application, 9.4.2.1.

general, 9.4.1.1.

limitations, 9.23.1.1.

review of construction dimensions, 2.2.7.6.[C]

Soil gas control

application of Code, 9.13.1.1. crawl spaces, 9.13.4.2.

floors-on-ground, 9.16.2.1., 9.25.3.6.

requirements, 5.4.1.1., 9.13.4., 9.13.4.2. walls in contact with the ground, 9.25.3.4.

Soil, pyritic

drainage, 9.14.2.1., 9.14.4.1.

beneath floors-on-ground, 9.16.2.2.

and footings, 9.15.3.2.

foundations on, 9.4.4.4. not in backfill, 9.12.3.3.

Soils

bearing pressure, 9.4.4.1., 9.4.4.2.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

erosion control, 5.6.2.2.

excavations, 4.2.5., 9.12.

beneath footings and foundations, 9.12.4.1., 9.15.1.1., 9.15.3.2.

identification and classification, 4.2.4.3., 9.4.4.

subsurface investigation, 4.2.2.1., 4.2.4.1., 4.2.4.2.

swelling and shrinking, 4.2.4.11., 9.4.4.4., 9.12.3.3.,

9.14.2.1., 9.14.4.1., 9.15.3.2., 9.16.2.2.

temperature, 5.2.1.1., 5.2.1.3., 9.12.2.2., 9.16.2.2.

Solar domestic hot water systems, 9.36.4.3.

Solar panels

snow loads, 4.1.6.16.

wind loads, 4.1.7.13.

Solar thermal systems, 9.36.3.11.

Solid-fuel-burning appliances

carbon monoxide alarms, 6.9.3.1., 9.32.3.9.

design, 9.33.5.3.

fireplace inserts and hearth-mounted stoves, 9.22.10.

and fire separations, 3.6.2.1.

installation standard, 6.2.1.5., 9.22.10.2., 9.33.5.3.

Solid masonry, 1.4.1.2.[A]

Solid masonry units, 1.4.1.2.[A], 9.15.5.1.

Sound

protection from, 3.3.4.6., 5.1.1.1., 5.8.1., 9.11. rating for fans, 9.32.3.10.

smoke alarms, 9.10.19.3.

Sound transmission class (STC) calculation of, 5.8.1.2., 9.11.1.2.

compliance, 5.8.1.3., 9.11.1.3.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

Space heaters

design and standards, 9.33.5.3. performance requirements, 9.36.3.10.

Space heating appliances definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

installation standards, 9.33.5.2.

Spans

maximums, 9.23.4.

steel, 9.23.4.3.

wood, 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.4., 9.23.4.5.

Spatial separation between buildings, 3.2.3., 9.10.14.,

9.10.21.5.

Spatial separation between houses, 3.2.3. Special structures, 3.2.2.2.

Sprinklered buildings or spaces egress from bedrooms, 9.9.10.1.

fire-resistance rating, 9.10.8.2., 9.10.9.17., 9.10.10.6.

fire separations, 3.3.1.4., 3.6.2.5., 9.10.9.6., 9.10.9.15.,

9.10.9.17., 9.10.10.6.

heat and smoke detection, 9.10.18.4. limiting distance, 9.10.14.3.

lobbies, 3.4.4.2., 9.9.8.5.

openings in exposing building faces, 3.2.3.1., 9.10.14.4., 9.10.15.4.

openings in fire separations, 9.10.13.8. and safety within floor areas, 3.3. service spaces, 3.6.

soffit protection, 9.10.12.4.

and travel distance, 3.4.2.4., 3.4.2.5., 9.9.8.1., 9.9.8.2.,

9.9.8.6.

Sprinklered, definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

Sprinkler systems

for arena-type buildings, 3.1.2.3.

for assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 1), 3.2.2.20.

for assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 2), 3.2.2.23., 3.2.2.24., 3.2.2.26., 3.2.2.27.

for assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 3), 3.2.2.29., 3.2.2.31., 3.2.2.33.

for assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 4), 3.2.2.35.

for barrier-free floor areas, 3.3.1.7. for basements, 3.2.1.5.

for business and personal services occupancy (Group D), 3.2.2.56., 3.2.2.57., 3.2.2.59., 3.2.2.60.,

3.2.2.61., 3.2.2.63., 3.2.2.65.

for care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B, Division 1), 3.2.2.36., 3.2.2.37.

for care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B, Division 2), 3.2.2.38. - 3.2.2.41.

for care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B, Division 3), 3.2.2.42. - 3.2.2.46.

combustible pipes in, 3.1.9.4., 3.2.5.13., 9.10.9.6.

construction of, 3.2.5.12.

for contained use areas, 3.3.3.7. and controlled egress, 3.4.6.17. for corridors, 3.1.13.6., 3.3.2.6.

design, 3.2.5.12.

and door hold-open devices, 3.1.8.14. and egress doorways, 3.3.1.5. electrical supervision, 3.2.4.9. exceptions for mezzanines, 3.2.8.2. for exposing building face, 3.2.3.2.

and fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.1., 3.2.4.7., 3.2.4.8.,

9.10.18.4.

fire department connection, 3.2.5.15. and firefighting access, 3.2.5.1.

fire hose connections, 3.2.5.10. fire hose stations, 3.2.5.11.

fire separations in residential occupancy, 3.3.4.2. flame-spread rating, 3.1.13.8.

for garages, 3.2.1.2., 3.3.5.4., 3.3.5.7.

in heavy timber construction, 3.1.4.7., 3.2.2.16. for high buildings, 3.1.13.7.

for high-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 1), 3.2.2.72. - 3.2.2.74.

for impeded egress areas, 3.2.2.19. installation, 3.2.5.12., 9.10.1.3.

for interconnected floor space, 3.2.8.3. for libraries, 3.3.2.13.

in lieu of fire detectors, 3.2.4.10. limiting distance, 3.2.3.1.

for low-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 3), 3.2.2.82., 3.2.2.84., 3.2.2.86., 3.2.2.88.,

3.2.2.90.

for medium-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F Division 2), 3.2.2.76., 3.2.2.77., 3.2.2.79., 3.2.2.81.

for mercantile occupancy (Group E), 3.2.2.66., 3.2.2.67., 3.2.2.69., 3.2.2.71.

and metal roof deck, 3.1.14.2.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.19. plans, 2.2.3.2.[C]

for repair garages, 3.3.5.4. required, 3.2.2.18.

for residential occupancy (Group C),

3.2.2.47. - 3.2.2.49., 3.2.2.51., 3.2.2.52.,

3.2.2.55., 3.2.5.12.

self-storage warehouses, 3.3.5.9.

and separation of public corridors, 3.3.1.4. and separation of suites, 3.3.1.1.

and service penetrations, 3.1.9.4. for service spaces, 3.2.5.14.

and soffit protection, 3.2.3.16. stages, 3.3.2.14.

and standpipes, 3.2.5.8., 3.2.5.9.

for storage garages, 3.2.1.2., 3.3.5.4., 3.3.5.7. for storage rooms, 3.3.4.3.

for storeys below ground, 3.2.2.15. system monitoring, 3.2.4.15.

testing, 3.2.5.12.

for theatres, 3.3.2.14.

for underground walkways, 3.2.3.20.

and unprotected openings, 3.2.3.1., 3.2.3.12.,

3.2.3.14., 3.2.3.15., 3.2.3.17.

Stability, structural, 4.1.3.2.

Stages, theatrical, 1.4.1.2.[A], 3.3.1.18., 3.3.2.14.

Stairs

cantilevered, 9.8.9.2., 9.8.10. clear height over, 9.8.2.2. concrete, 9.8.9.2., 9.8.10.

construction, 9.8.9.

curved, 3.3.1.16., 3.4.6.5., 3.4.6.9., 9.8.3.1.

dimensions, 3.3.2.15., 9.8.2.

doors onto, 3.4.6.3., 3.4.6.11., 9.8.6.2., 9.9.4.4.,

9.9.6.6.

in dwelling units, 3.3.4.7., 9.8.

for exits, 9.8.1.3., 9.8.2.1., 9.8.3.1., 9.9.9.3.

exit signs with, 9.9.11.4.

exterior, 9.3.1.6., 9.8.9.2., 9.8.9.3.

finishes, 3.4.6.1., 9.8.9.6.

fire blocks required, 3.1.11.4., 9.10.16.1. on fire escapes, 3.4.7.5.

with foundations, 9.12.2.2.

guards for, 9.8.8.

handrails, 3.4.6.5., 9.8.7., 9.8.7.1.

height of, 9.8.3.3.

horizontal exit prohibition, 3.4.6.10. landings (see Landings)

loads on, 9.8.9.1.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.11. nosings, 9.8.4.8.

permitted configurations, 9.8.3.1.

in restaurants, 3.3.2.15.

rise, 3.4.6.8., 9.8.3.3., 9.8.4.1., 9.8.4.4.

risers (see Risers) runs (see Runs, stairs)

in secondary suites, 9.8.

slip-resistance, 3.4.6.1., 9.8.9.6.

spiral, 9.8.3.1., 9.8.4.7.

tolerances, 9.8.4.4. treads (see Treads) vertical rise, 3.4.6.3.

width, 9.8.2.1.

winders, 9.8.3.1., 9.8.4.6.

wood, 9.8.9.3., 9.8.9.4.

Stairways

as exits, 3.2.3.13., 3.4.1.4., 3.4.2.3., 3.4.3.3., 3.4.6.6.,

9.9.4.7.

headroom clearance, 3.4.3.4., 9.8.2.2., 9.8.6.4.

landings, 3.4.3.3.

lighting, 3.2.7.1., 9.9.12.2., 9.34.2.3.

in means of egress, 9.9.1.1. mezzanine egress, 9.9.8.6.

projections into, 9.8.7.6.

requirements, 3.3.1.14.

rooftop enclosures, 3.2.2.14.

weather protection, 3.3.5.4., 3.4.6.11.

width, 3.4.3.2., 3.4.3.3., 9.8.2.1.

Standards, materials, 1.5.[A], 5.9.1.1.

Standpipe systems

in construction camps, 9.10.21.9. design, 3.2.5.9.

fire department connection, 3.2.5.15. fire hose connections, 3.2.5.10.

fire protection, 9.10.1.3.

installation, 3.2.5.9.

requirements, 3.2.5.8.

testing, 3.2.5.9.

trouble switch, 3.2.4.9.

Staples

for cladding, 9.27.5.4.

dimensions, 9.23.3.5., 9.26.2.4., 9.27.5.4.

for roofing, 9.26.2.4.

for sheathing, 9.23.3.5. for stucco lath, 9.28.3.2. for subflooring, 9.23.3.5.

for underlay, 9.30.2.3.

for wood strip flooring, 9.30.3.4.

Stapling

asphalt shingles, 9.26.7.4., 9.26.7.6., 9.26.8.5.

cladding, 9.27.5.4., 9.27.7.3.

plywood finish, 9.29.6.3.

roofing, 9.26.7.4., 9.26.7.6., 9.26.8.5., 9.26.9.5.

sheathing, 9.23.3.5.

sheathing membrane, 9.27.3.5.

siding, 9.27.5.4., 9.27.7.3.

subflooring, 9.23.3.5.

underlay, 9.30.2.3.

wood-frame construction, 9.23.3.

wood shingles and shakes, 9.26.9.5., 9.27.7.3. wood strip flooring, 9.30.3.4.

Static procedure, wind load calculations, 4.1.7.3.

Steel

beams, 9.23.4.3., 9.23.8.2.

cold-formed, structural design basis, 4.3.4.2. columns, 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5., 9.17.3.

design, 9.4.1.1.

door frames, 9.10.13.6.

fire protection, 3.2.2.3., 9.10.7.

flashing, 9.20.13.1., 9.27.3.7.

in foundations, 4.2.3.7.

in foundations, high-strength tendons in, 4.2.3.9. framing, 9.24.

lintels, 9.20.5.2., 9.22.1.2.

protection from corrosion, 4.2.3.10., 5.1.4.2., 9.3.3.2.,

9.17.3.3., 9.20.5.2., 9.20.16., 9.23.8.2.

roofing, 5.9.1.1., 9.26.13.

runners, 9.24.1.2., 9.24.1.3., 9.24.2.3., 9.24.2.4.,

9.24.3.1., 9.24.3.2., 9.24.3.6.

siding, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.11.1.

structural design basis, 4.3.4.

studs, 9.24.1.1., 9.24.2.1., 9.24.2.2., 9.24.2.4., 9.24.2.5.,

9.24.3.2.

Stone

facings, 9.20.6.6.

masonry units, 9.20.2.5.

veneer, 9.20.8.5.

Storage

of ammonium nitrate, 3.3.6.6. of anhydrous ammonia, 3.3.6.3. on the building site, 1.2.2.2.[A] of dangerous goods, 3.3.6.2.

of flammable and combustible liquids, 3.3.6.4. of flammable, toxic and oxidizing gases, 3.3.6.3. of materials, 1.2.2.2.[A], 9.10.1.3.

outdoors, 3.2.3.21.

of tires, 3.3.6.5.

Storage areas, theatres, 3.3.2.14.

Storage bins

for ash, 6.9.4.1.

for solid fuel, 6.7.2.1.

Storage buildings, self-service application of Code, 3.9.1.2. definition, 3.9.1.1.

fire safety, 3.9.2.

floor areas, 3.9.3.

occupancy classification, 3.9.1.3.

sanitary facilities, 3.9.3.2.

Storage garages

(see also Garages)

access through vestibule, 3.3.5.7. in basements, 9.10.4.3.

in buildings with superimposed major occupancies, 3.2.2.7.

carbon monoxide alarms, 6.9.3.1. cladding, 9.10.14.5.

construction, 9.10.14.5., 9.35. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

design, 4.4.2.1.

doors, 9.9.6.4., 9.10.17.10.

exhaust to, 6.3.2.10.

exposing building face, 9.10.14.4., 9.10.14.5.

fire alarms, 3.2.4.1., 9.10.18.8.

fire separations, 3.3.5.6., 9.10.9.18.

headroom clearance, 3.3.1.8.

height, 3.3.5.4., 9.5.3.3., 9.9.3.4.

interconnection of ducting, 6.3.2.7., 9.33.6.7.

limiting distance, 9.10.14.4.

in low-hazard industrial occupancies (Group F, Division 3), 3.2.2.92.

open-air, 9.10.14.4., 9.10.18.8.

openings for vehicular ramps, 3.2.8.2.

pressure less than in adjoining occupancies, 6.3.1.3. as separate buildings, 3.2.1.2.

standpipes requirement, 3.2.5.9.

unprotected openings in, 3.2.3.10., 9.10.14.4.

ventilation, 3.3.5.4., 6.3.1.3., 9.32.1.1.

Storage lockers, 3.1.5.17.

Storage racks, design, 4.1.8.18., 4.4.3.1.

Storage rooms

in assembly occupancy, 3.3.2.16. for combustible garbage, 9.10.10.6. electrical outlets in, 9.34.2.5.

fire alarm and detection systems, 9.10.18.6. fire detectors in, 3.2.4.10., 9.10.18.4.

fire separations, 3.3.4.3., 3.6.2.5., 9.10.10.6.

for flammable and combustible liquids, 3.3.6.4. flooring in areas of dangerous goods, 3.3.6.7.

Storage tanks, 3.1.1.3., 4.1.8.18.

Storage-type service water heaters, 1.4.1.2.[A], 9.31.6.2., 9.31.6.3.

Storefronts (see Fenestration)

Storeys

below ground, 3.2.2.15. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

open-air, 1.4.1.2.[A], 3.2.1.5., 3.2.2.82., 3.2.2.92.,

3.2.3.10., 3.2.5.4., 6.3.1.3., 9.10.14.4.

sprinkler system requirements, 3.2.2.18.

Stoves

design and installation standard, 9.33.5.2., 9.33.5.3.

hearth-mounted, 9.22.10.

installation, 9.10.22.1. Strandboard (see OSB)

Strapping, floor joists, 9.23.3.4., 9.23.9.3., 9.23.9.4.

Streets

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

exposing building face on, 9.10.14.4. fire access routes, 3.2.2.10.

repairs following construction, 8.2.3.4.

safe passage past construction sites, 8.2.3.1., 8.2.3.2. unprotected openings facing, 3.2.3.10.

Stress reversal, 4.1.3.2. Structural design

Code requirements, 4

housing and small buildings, 9.4. limit states design, 4.1.3.

and structural loads, 5.2.2. Structural drawings, 2.2.4.3.[C]

Structural fire protection, 3.2.2.3., 3.2.3.9., 9.10.8. Structural loads and design procedures, 4.1., 5.2.2.,

5.9.3.2., 9.4.

exterior insulation finish systems, 5.9.4.1.

Structural movement

mechanical systems and equipment, 4.1.8.18., 6.2.1.4., 9.33.4.7.

service water heaters, 9.31.6.2.

Structures, special, 3.2.2.2.

Stucco

aggregate for, 9.28.2.2., 9.28.5.1.

application, 9.28.6.

fasteners, 9.28.3.1., 9.28.3.2.

flashing for, 9.28.1.5.

ground clearance, 9.28.1.4.

for housing and small buildings, 9.28. installation, 9.28.1.2., 9.28.1.3., 9.28.3.1., 9.28.3.2.,

9.28.6.

lath (see Lath, stucco) materials, 9.28.2., 9.28.5.

sheathing beneath, 9.28.1.1., 9.28.4.2.

staples for, 9.28.3.

thickness, 9.28.6.

Studs, steel

bracing and lateral support, 9.24.1.5. dimensions, 9.24.2.1., 9.24.2.5.

fastening, 9.24.1.4., 9.24.3.6.

in fire-rated walls, 9.24.2.4., 9.24.3.2. in housing and small buildings, 9.24.

metal thickness, 9.24.1.3., 9.24.2.2., 9.24.2.4.,

9.24.2.5.

notching and drilling, 9.23.5.3.

at openings, 9.24.2.4., 9.24.3.5., 9.24.3.7.

orientation, 9.24.3.3.

spacing, 9.24.2.1., 9.24.2.5.

standard for, 9.24.1.2.

Studs, wood bracing, 9.23.10.2.

continuity, 9.23.10.4.

at corners and intersections, 9.23.10.5. dimensions, 9.23.10.1.

lateral support, 9.23.10.2.

lumber grade, 9.3.2.1. notching and drilling, 9.23.5.3. at openings, 9.23.10.6.

orientation, 9.23.10.3.

spacing, 9.23.10.1.

standard for, 9.24.1.2.

Subflooring

depressurization, 9.13.4., 9.13.4.3. direction of installation, 9.23.15.4. edge support, 9.23.15.3.

lumber, 9.23.15.7.

materials, 9.23.15.2., 9.23.15.7.

nailing, 9.23.15.6.

thickness, 9.23.15.5.

wood-frame construction, 9.23.15.

Subsurface investigation, 1.4.1.2.[A], 2.2.4.6.[C], 4.2.2.,

4.2.4.2.

Suites

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

doors and door hardware, 3.3.1.13. fire separations, 9.10.9.15., 9.10.9.16.

separation of, 3.3.1.1.

smoke control measures, 3.2.6.2.

Sump pits, 9.14.5.2.

Sumps, evaporative air coolers and air washers, 6.3.2.16.

Supervisory signal and switch for alarms, 3.2.4.9., 3.2.6.7.

Supplemental energy dissipation definitions and analysis, 4.1.8.21. design considerations, 4.1.8.22.

Supply air

capacity, 9.32.2.3., 9.32.3.6., 9.32.3.7., 9.33.3.1.,

9.33.5.1., 9.33.6.11.

diffusers, 9.33.6.10., 9.33.6.11.

duct clearances, 3.6.5.6.

ducts, 1.4.1.2.[A], 6.3.2.7., 9.32.3.4., 9.32.3.11.,

9.33.6.5., 9.33.6.11.

fans, 9.32.3.4., 9.32.3.5., 9.32.3.6.

outlets, 9.32.3.5., 9.32.3.6., 9.33.6.10., 9.33.6.11.

systems, 9.32.3.4., 9.32.3.6., 9.33.5.

tempering, 6.3.2.8., 9.32.3.4., 9.32.3.5., 9.32.3.8.,

9.32.3.11.

Supporting construction, fire-resistance rating, 3.1.7.5.

Supports beams, 9.23.8.

cladding, 9.20.5., 9.23.10.5., 9.24.3.4.

combustible construction, 3.1.8.2., 9.10.9.10.

excavations, 4.2.5.3.

firewalls, 3.1.10.1., 4.1.5.17.

floors, 3.2.1.4., 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.4., 9.23.8.3.,

9.30.1.3.

hearths, 9.22.5.2.

interior finishes, 9.23.10.5., 9.24.3.4.

joists, 9.23.14.7.

noncombustible construction, 9.10.8.4.

pipes, 6.7.1.1., 9.33.8.1.

walls, 9.23.9.8.

Surface temperature

of pipes, 6.7.1.4., 9.33.8.2.

of radiators, 6.7.1.3., 9.33.7.2.

Swinging doors, 3.8.3.6.

Symbols, 1.2.2.1., 1.4.2.1.[A]

Systems

characteristics, 1.2.2.1.[A] storage, 1.2.2.2.[A]

used, 1.2.2.3.[A]

T

Tablet arms, 3.3.2.4.

Tape, sealing, 3.1.5.2., 3.6.5.3., 6.3.2.19., 9.33.6.3.

Telephones, 3.2.4.22., 3.2.6.7., 3.4.6.17., 3.8.3.21.

Temperature

indoor design, 5.2.1.2., 5.3.1.2., 5.5.1.2., 9.33.3.1.

outdoor design, 1.1.3.1., 5.2.1.1., 5.3.1.2., 5.5.1.2.,

6.2.1.2., 9.33.3.2., 9.33.5.1.

of pipes, 6.7.1.4., 9.33.8.2.

of radiators, 6.7.1.3., 9.33.7.2.

soils, 5.2.1.1., 5.2.1.3., 9.12.2.2., 9.16.2.2.

supply air, 9.33.6.11.

transfer calculations, 5.2.1.3.

Temperature controls HVAC systems, 9.36.3.6.

indoor pools, 9.36.4.6.

service water heating systems, 9.36.4.5.

Tempering of makeup air, 6.3.2.8., 9.32.3.4., 9.32.3.5.,

9.32.3.8.

Tents

clearance to flammable material, 3.1.18.4. clearance to other structures, 3.1.18.3. electrical systems, 3.1.18.7.

fire protection, 9.10.1.3.

fire safety restrictions, 3.1.18.2. flame resistance, 3.1.18.5. means of egress, 3.1.18.1.

roof coverings, 3.1.15.2.

Termites, protection against, 4.3.1.3., 9.3.2.9., 9.12.1.1.,

9.15.5.1.

Tests

building fire safety, 3.2.9.1.

fire-protection rating, 3.1.8.4., 9.10.3.1.

fire-resistance rating, 3.1.7.1., 9.10.3.1.

flame-spread rating, 3.1.12.1., 3.1.13.4., 6.9.1.1.,

9.10.3.2., 9.33.6.3., 9.33.6.4.

load, 4.1.1.5., 4.2.4.1., 9.23.14.11.

roof coverings, 3.1.15.1.

smoke developed classification, 3.1.12.1. smoke movement in high buildings, 3.2.6.9. sound transmission, 5.8.1.2., 9.11.1.2.

vapour permeance, 9.25.4.2.

Theatres, 1.4.1.2.[A], 3.3.2.14.

Thermal barriers

for foamed plastic, 9.10.17.10.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.14., 3.1.5.15.

Thermal breaks, 5.9.2.4., 9.7.3.3.

Thermal bridging, 5.3.1.3., 9.25.1., 9.25.5.1. Thermal insulation systems, 6.5.

Thermal resistance

building assemblies, 9.36.2.4., 9.36.2.6.

building assemblies below grade or in contact with ground, 9.36.2.8.

location and installation of materials, 5.3.1.3.

materials in the building envelope, 9.25.5.1. replacement options, 9.36.2.11.

requirements, 5.3.1., 9.25.1.

windows, doors and skylights, 9.36.2.7.

Thermal systems, solar, 9.36.3.11. Ticket booths, 6.3.1.3.

Tiered

performance requirements, 9.36.1.3., 9.36.7.

prescriptive requirements, 9.36.1.3., 9.36.8.

Tile

clay, 9.23.4.5.

concrete, 9.23.4.5.

Tile, drainage, 9.14.3.

Tile, floor, 9.30.2.1., 9.30.2.2., 9.30.6.

Tile, roof

concrete, 5.9.1.1., 9.26.2.1.

eave protection, 9.26.5.1.

installation, 9.26.17.

Tile, wall

installation, 9.29.10.1.

moisture-resistant backing, 9.29.10.4.

Tires, storage, 3.3.6.5.

Top plates, walls, 9.23.5.4., 9.23.11.4.

Towers

earthquake loads and effects, 4.1.8.1., 4.1.8.18.

wind loads, 4.1.7.11.

Toxic gases, storage, 3.3.6.3. Trade shows, 3.1.2.3.

Traffic control, construction sites, 8.2.4. Transformer vaults, 3.6.2.7., 9.10.1.3.

Transparent panels, 3.3.1.20., 3.4.1.8., 9.6.1.4., 9.7.2.1.

Transponder, for fire alarm, 3.2.7.10.

Travel distance

banks and mercantile facilities, 3.4.6.17. to egress doorways, 3.3.1.5., 3.3.1.6.

to exit, 3.4.2.1., 3.4.2.3., 3.4.2.4., 9.9.8.2.

in fire compartments, 3.3.3.5. measurement of, 9.9.8.1.

mezzanines, 9.9.8.6.

and number of required exits, 9.9.8.2. rooms and suites, 9.9.7.4., 9.9.7.6.

to unlocked doors, 3.4.6.18.

Treads

dimensions, 3.3.1.16., 3.4.6.8., 9.8.4., 9.8.4.3.

finishes, 9.8.9.6.

mixed, 9.8.4.5.

nosings, 9.8.4.8.

rectangular, 9.8.3.1., 9.8.4.1., 9.8.4.2.

slip-resistance, 3.4.6.1., 9.8.9.6.

tapered, 3.3.1.16., 3.4.6.9., 9.8.3.1., 9.8.4.1., 9.8.4.3.,

9.8.4.4.

thickness, 9.8.9.5.

uniformity and tolerances, 9.8.4.4. in winders, 9.8.4.6.

Treatment occupancy (see Care, treatment or detention occupancy)

Trench, for piping of flammable liquids, 6.9.1.2. Trim, for windows, doors and skylights, 9.7.6.2. Trouble signals, 3.2.4.8., 3.2.4.9., 3.2.6.7.

Trusses

design, 9.4.1.1., 9.4.2.2., 9.23.14.11.

lumber grade, 9.3.2.1.

maximum deflections, 9.23.14.11.

snow loads, 9.4.2.2.

Tubing for pneumatic controls, 3.1.5.2., 3.6.4.3.

Turnstiles, 3.4.3.3., 9.9.5.4., 9.9.5.5.

Tying (see Anchorage)

U

Underground ducts, 6.3.2.12., 9.33.6.7.

Underground walkways, 3.1.13.9., 3.2.3.20., 3.2.7.3.,

9.9.12.3.

Underlay

fastening, 9.30.2.3.

for flooring, 9.30.2.

hardboard, 9.30.2.2.

installation, 9.26.6.2., 9.26.10.2., 9.30.2.3.

materials, 9.26.6.1., 9.30.2.2., 9.30.2.5.

material standards, 9.30.2.2.

nailing, 9.30.2.3.

OSB, 9.30.2.2.

particleboard, 9.30.2.2.

plywood, 9.30.2.2.

roofing, 9.26.6., 9.26.10.2.

beneath shakes, 9.26.10.2.

beneath shingles, 9.26.6.

stapling, 9.30.2.3.

thickness, 9.30.2.2. Unit heaters, 1.4.1.2.[A]

Universal washrooms, 3.8.3.13.

emergency lighting, 3.2.7.3.

Unprotected openings (see also Openings) area increase, 3.2.3.12.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

in exposing building face, 3.2.3.7. in exterior walls, 3.2.3.1.

in floors, 9.10.1.3.

maximum area, 9.10.14.4.

and spatial separation between buildings, 9.10.14., 9.10.15.

unlimited, 3.2.3.10.

in wall exposed to another wall, 3.2.3.14.

Unsafe conditions, 1.4.1.2.[A] Unstable liquids, 1.4.1.2.[A] Unusual structures, 3.2.2.2.

Urinals, barrier-free design, limited mobility, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.15.

V

Vacuum cleaning systems emergency shutdown, 3.2.4.13. fire safety shutdown, 9.10.18.7.

penetrating fire separations, 3.1.9.4., 9.10.9.6.

suites served, 9.10.9.21.

Vapour

diffusion, 5.1.1.1., 5.2.1.2., 5.2.1.3., 5.5., 5.9.4.1.,

9.25.4.1., 9.25.5.1.

permeance, 5.5.1.2., 9.25.4.2., 9.25.5.1.

transfer, 5.1.1.1., 5.2.1.2., 5.2.1.3.

Vapour barriers

and dampproofing, 9.13.2.5. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

in housing and small buildings, 9.25.4. installation, 5.5.1.2., 9.23.2.2., 9.25.4.3.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.2. permeance, 5.5.1.2., 9.25.4.2.

products used, 9.25.4.3.

required resistance to vapour diffusion, 5.5.1.1. requirements, 9.25.4.1.

standards for, 5.9.1.1., 9.25.4.2.

Vapour pressure, 5.5.1.1.

Vehicular passageways, 3.1.13.2., 3.2.3.18.

Vehicular ramps, 3.2.8.2., 3.3.1.18., 9.8.8.4.

Vehicular traffic, construction sites, 8.2.3.1., 8.2.4.1.

Veneer

flashing, 5.6.2.1., 9.20.13.3.

masonry, 5.6.1.2., 9.20.6.4., 9.20.8.5., 9.20.9.5.,

9.20.12.3.

Vent connectors, 1.4.1.2.[A]

Ventilating systems (see Heating, ventilating and air-conditioning (HVAC) systems and equipment)

Ventilation

of air contaminants, 6.3.1.5.

attic or roof spaces, 6.3.1.2., 9.19.1.

capacity, 9.32.2.3., 9.32.3.3.

crawl spaces, 6.3.1.2., 9.18.3., 9.18.3.1., 9.18.3.2.

definition, 1.4.1.2.[A] direct-vent, 9.32.3.8.

dwelling units, 6.3.1.1., 9.32. electrical equipment vaults, 3.6.2.7.

exhaust, 3.3.1.21., 9.10.9.20., 9.32.3.6., 9.32.3.13.

exhaust ducts and outlets, 6.3.2.10. garages, 3.3.5.4.

housing and small buildings, 9.32. for laboratories, 6.3.4.

mechanical, 6.3.1.1., 6.3.1.3. - 6.9.1.2., 9.32.2.3.,

9.32.3., 9.32.3.3. - 9.32.3.6.

natural, 9.32.2.2.

outlets, 9.32.3.5., 9.32.3.6.

requirements, 6.2.2., 6.3.1.1., 9.32.1.2., 9.32.2.1.,

9.32.3.1.

residential, 6.3.1.1.

restaurants, 6.3.1.6.

secondary suites, 9.32.1.2., 9.32.3.8., 9.32.3.9.

storage garages, 3.3.5.7., 6.3.1.3., 9.32.1.1.

windows for, 9.32.2.2.

Venting

air space in building envelopes, 9.25.5.1., 9.27.2.2. attic or roof spaces, 5.3.1.2., 6.3.1.2., 9.19.1.

chimneys, 9.21., 9.33.10.1.

combustion products, 6.3.3.1., 9.32.3.8., 9.33.10.1.

crawl spaces, 6.3.1.2., 9.18.3., 9.18.3.1., 9.18.3.2.

explosion relief devices, 3.3.1.21. firefighting, 3.2.8.7.

firefighting in high buildings, 3.2.6.6., 3.2.6.9.

heating appliances, 9.21., 9.33.5.2., 9.33.5.3.,

9.33.10.1.

laundry-drying equipment, 9.32.1.3. mansard or gambrel roofs, 9.19.1.4. soffits, 9.19.1.2., 9.19.1.3., 9.25.2.4.

Vents

area, 9.19.1.2.

gas, 9.33.10.1.

installation, 9.19.1.2. in stair shafts, 3.2.6.2. standard for, 9.19.1.2.

Vertical service spaces

application of Code, 3.6.1.1., 3.6.3.1. combustible piping in, 3.1.9.4. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

for dumbwaiters, 3.5.3.2.

elevator machinery, 3.5.3.3.

exhaust ducts, 3.6.3.4., 9.10.9.20.

fire dampers, 9.10.13.13.

fire protection, 9.10.1.3.

fire separations, 3.6.3.1.

flame-spread rating, 3.1.13.2. penetrating floor assemblies, 3.2.8.1.

Vestibules

(see also Lobbies)

access to storage garages, 3.3.5.7. barrier-free doors, 3.8.3.6.

and closure devices, 3.1.8.19.

elevators for use by firefighters, 3.2.6.5. garages, 3.3.5.4.

high buildings, 3.1.13.7.

horizontal exits, 3.4.6.10. interconnected floor space, 3.2.8.4.

Vibrations

combustible isolation connector, 3.6.5.2., 6.3.2.18.

floors, 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2.

limit states design, 4.1.3.6. Visible signal devices, 3.2.4.19. Visual disability, 3.3.1.9.

Voice communication systems

central alarm and control facility, 3.2.6.7. emergency power supply, 3.2.7.8.

high buildings, 3.2.6.8.

requirements, 3.2.4.22.

speakers, 3.2.4.22.

use of alarm circuitry, 3.2.4.18.

W

Waferboard

as cladding, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.2.4., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.5.,

9.27.10.

fire blocks, 9.10.16.3.

fire protection of soffits, 9.10.12.4. firestops, 3.1.11.7.

as interior finish, 9.29.9. material, 9.3.2.4.

material standard, 5.9.1.1., 9.23.15.2., 9.23.16.2.,

9.23.17.2., 9.27.10.1., 9.29.9.1., 9.30.2.2.

as roof sheathing, 9.3.2.4., 9.23.3.5., 9.23.16.

as siding, 9.27.3.6., 9.27.5., 9.27.10.

as subflooring, 9.3.2.4., 9.23.3.5., 9.23.15.2.,

9.23.15.5.

thickness, 9.3.2.7.

as underlay, 9.30.2.

as wall sheathing, 9.3.2.4., 9.23.3.5., 9.23.10.2.,

9.23.17.2., 9.23.17.5.

Walk-in coolers/freezers, 3.1.4.2., 3.1.5.7., 9.10.17.10.

Walks, moving, 3.2.8.2., 3.8.2.3., 3.8.2.4., 9.8.1.4.

Walkways

barrier-free path of travel, 3.8.3.3. between buildings, 3.2.3.19.

construction camps, 9.10.21.4.

construction sites, 8.2.1.1. definition, 1.4.1.2.[A]

exterior, 3.8.3.3., 9.9.4.2., 9.9.9.3., 9.10.8.8., 9.10.17.4.

fire protection, 9.10.1.3.

smoke detectors, 3.2.4.11.

underground, 3.1.13.9., 3.2.3.20., 3.2.7.3., 9.9.12.3.

Wall membranes, 9.10.5.

Wall panels

braced (see Braced wall panels) factory-assembled, 3.1.5.7.

Wall plates, 9.23.3.4., 9.23.11.

Walls

anchorage, 9.20.11., 9.23.3.4., 9.35.4.3.

area, calculating, 9.36.2.3.

bracing, 9.23.10.2., 9.23.13.

in carports, 9.35.4.1., 9.35.4.3.

cladding, 9.27.

continuity of insulation, 9.36.2.5.

exposed to adjoining roof, 3.2.3.15., 9.10.12.2. fire blocks in, 9.10.16.2.

fire-resistance rating, 3.2.3.7., 3.2.3.11., 9.10.8.3.,

9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5.

firewalls (see Firewalls) foamed plastics in, 9.10.17.10. foundations, 4.2., 9.15.4.

framing, 9.23.10., 9.24.

garages, 9.35.4.1.

as guards, 4.1.5.16.

in health facilities, 3.3.3.5. height, 9.20.6.

intersecting, anchorage, 9.20.11.

lateral support, 9.20.10., 9.23.10.2.

loadbearing, 3.2.1.4., 9.10.8.3., 9.23.9.8., 9.23.10.1.,

9.23.10.2., 9.23.10.6., 9.23.12.2., 9.23.12.3.,

9.24.1.1.

masonry, 5.6.1.2., 9.20., 9.25.3.4.

masonry veneer, 5.6.1.2., 9.20.6.4.

non-loadbearing, 9.23.9.8., 9.23.10.1., 9.23.10.6.,

9.23.12.1., 9.24.

openings in loadbearing, 9.23.10.6., 9.23.12.2.,

9.23.12.3.

openings in non-loadbearing, 9.23.10.6., 9.23.12.1.,

9.24.2.4., 9.24.3.5., 9.24.3.7.

in public corridors, 9.10.17.5. recesses, 9.20.7.

retaining, 9.3.2.9., 9.4.4.5., 9.4.4.6.

sheathing, 9.23.13., 9.23.17., 9.27.3.4., 9.27.3.5.

steel stud, 9.24.

support on framed floors, 9.23.9.8. supports, 9.23.9.8.

thermal insulation, 9.25.1.1.

thickness, 9.20.6.

wind loads, 4.1.7.5., 4.1.7.6.

Walls, exterior

in combustible construction, 3.1.4.8. continuity of insulation, 9.36.2.5. enclosing attic or roof space, 3.2.3.3.

exposed to another wall, 3.2.3.14., 9.10.12.3.

fire-resistance rating, 3.1.7.2., 3.1.7.3., 3.2.3.7.,

3.2.3.11., 9.10.3.1., 9.10.3.3., 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5.

at firewall, 3.1.10.6.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.5., 3.1.5.6. restrictions on combustible projections, 3.2.3.6.,

9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5.

thickness, 9.20.6.1.

Walls, interior airtightness, 9.36.2.10.

finish, 9.29.

not fire separations, 9.10.12.3. thickness, 9.20.6.3.

Wall studs (see Studs, steel; Studs, wood)

Warehouses

door swing, 3.3.1.11.

loads on floor or roof, 4.1.5.3. self-storage, 3.3.5.9., 9.9.6.4.

Warm air outlets, 9.33.6.10., 9.33.6.11. Warning lights, construction sites, 8.2.3.5. Wash fountains, circular, 3.7.2.3.

Washrooms

(see also Bathrooms)

barrier-free, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.9., 3.8.3.12., 3.8.3.16.

emergency lighting, 3.2.7.3.

floor drains, 3.7.2.6.

requirements, 3.7.2.2.

self-service storage buildings, 3.9.3.2. signage, 3.8.3.9.

surface protection, 3.7.2.5.

universal, 3.8.3.13.

Waste material chutes, 8.2.5.4.

enclosures, 8.2.5.3.

removal, 8.2.5.2.

Water

bottle filling station, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.11.

drainage, 5.6.2.2., 9.14.

drainage disposal, 9.14.5.

in excavations, 9.12.1.2. flooring resistant to, 9.30.1.2. ingress, 5.7.1.1.

protection against, application of Code, 9.13.1.1. protection against, in exterior insulation finish

systems, 5.9.4.1.

protection against, in fenestration, 5.9.3.5. protection against hydrostatic pressure, 5.7.2. protection from groundwater, 5.7.3.

required protection against, 5.7.1.2. surface, 5.7., 5.7.1.1.

Water closets bathtubs, 3.7.2.8.

doorways, 9.5.5.2.

in dwelling units, 9.31.4.1. floor drains, 3.7.2.6.

grab bars, 3.7.2.7.

for persons with disabilities, 3.8.3.14.

for persons with limited mobility, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.15. requirements, 3.7.2.2.

stalls, 3.8.3.12.

surface protection, 3.7.2.5.

Waterflow detecting devices, 3.2.4.4., 3.2.4.7., 3.2.4.15.,

3.2.5.14., 3.2.6.7.

Water heaters, solar, 9.36.4.3. Waterproof flooring, 9.30.1.2.

Waterproofing

floors-on-ground, 9.13.3.1., 9.13.3.5.

installation, 5.6.1.2., 9.13.3.4.

installation standards, 9.26.15.1.

material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.13.3.2., 9.26.2.1. preparation of surface, 9.13.3.3.

protection from groundwater, 5.7.3.3. requirement for, 9.13.3.1.

roofs, 5.6.1.2., 9.13.3.1., 9.26.2.1.

walls, 9.13.3.1., 9.13.3.3., 9.13.3.4.

Waterproof interior wall finish, 9.29.2.

Water supply

for firefighting, 3.2.5.7., 3.2.5.9., 3.2.7.9.

hot water, 9.31.4.2.

potable water, 9.31.3.

Water supply valves, 3.2.4.9.

Water systems

dwelling units, 9.31.3.

potable water, 9.31.3.1.

Weep holes, 9.20.13.5., 9.20.13.6., 9.20.13.8.

Welding operations room, 3.3.1.26.

Wells

dry, 9.14.5.3.

water supply, 9.14.6.2.

Wheelchair spaces, and path of travel, 3.8.2.3., 3.8.3.22.

Wheelchair turning space, universal washrooms, 3.8.3.13.

Winders, 9.8.3.1., 9.8.4.1., 9.8.4.4., 9.8.4.6.

Wind load

and air barrier systems, 9.25.3.2. anchorage of building frames, 9.23.6.1. bracing to resist, 9.23.13.

calculation of, 4.1.7., 5.2.1.3., 5.2.2.2.

dynamic effects, 4.1.7.2.

dynamic procedure, 4.1.7.8.

environmental separation, 5.1.4.1. exterior ornamentations, equipment and

appendages, 4.1.7.11.

external pressure coefficients, 4.1.7.5. external pressure coefficients, low buildings,

4.1.7.6.

fasteners for sheathing or subflooring, 9.23.3.5. full and partial, 4.1.7.9.

interior walls and partitions, 4.1.7.10. internal pressure coefficient, 4.1.7.7. pressure differences due to, 4.1.7.10., 5.4.1.2.

roof sheathing, 9.23.16.1.

specified, 4.1.7.1.

static procedure, 4.1.7.3. and structural design, 4.1.7.

structural strength, 9.4.1.1., 9.6.1.3.

topographic factor, 4.1.7.4., 9.6.1.3. wind tunnel procedure, 4.1.7.14.

Windows

airtightness, 5.9.1.1., 5.9.2.3., 9.7.4., 9.36.2.9.,

9.36.2.10.

barriers or railings with, 3.3.1.20. in bedrooms, 9.9.10.1.

caulking and sealing, 9.7.4., 9.20.13.11., 9.27.4.

as closures, 3.1.8.5.

dimensions, 9.32.2.2.

in exits, 9.9.4.5.

in exposing building faces, 9.10.14.4., 9.10.15.4.

flashing, 9.20.13.3., 9.20.13.4., 9.20.13.12., 9.27.3.8.

glass thickness, 9.6.1.3.

for housing and small buildings, 9.7. installation, 9.7.6.

manufactured and pre-assembled, 9.7.4. as means of egress, 9.7.2.2.

for natural ventilation, 9.32.2.2.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.4. not a means of egress, 9.9.2.3.

opening into window wells, 9.9.10.1. openings, 9.8.8.1., 9.9.10.1.

performance expectations, 9.7.3.

protection of, 3.3.4.8.

protection in public areas, 9.8.8.1. protection in residential occupancy, 9.8.8.1. requirements, 9.7.2.2.

resistance to forced entry, 9.7.5.3. sills, 9.20.13.12., 9.27.3.8.

site-built, 9.7.5.

standard for, 5.9.1.1., 5.9.2.2., 9.7.4.

thermal breaks, 5.9.2.4., 9.7.3.3.

thermal resistance calculation, 9.36.2.11. thermal transmittance (U-value), 9.7.3.3. unobstructed opening area, 9.9.10.1., 9.32.2.2.

watertightness, 5.9.1.1., 5.9.2.3., 9.7.4.

wind load resistance, 5.2.2.2., 9.7.4.

Window walls (see Fenestration) Window wells, 9.9.10.1., 9.14.6.3. Wind tunnel procedure, 4.1.7.14.

Wired glass

area limits, 3.1.8.18.

area limits waived, 3.1.8.19. as closure, 9.10.13.5.

in exits, 3.2.3.13., 9.9.4.3.

in fire separations, 3.1.8.16. in guards, 9.8.8.7.

not to be used as closures, 3.2.3.5. temperature rise limits waived, 3.1.8.19. in transparent panels and doors, 3.3.1.20.

in unprotected openings, 3.2.3.12., 9.10.14.4.

uses, 9.6.1.4.

in windows, doors and skylights, 5.9.1.1., 5.9.2.1.

Wires and cables

in combustible construction, 3.1.4.3. electrical, 3.2.6.5., 9.34., 9.34.1.5.

in fire separations, 9.10.9.6.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.21. penetrating fire separations, 3.1.9.2.

in plenums, 3.6.4.3.

protection of electrical conductors, 3.2.7.10. storage, 3.3.6.2.

Wood

bracing, 9.23.13.

cant strips, 9.26.4.6., 9.26.4.7., 9.26.11.10.

columns, 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5., 9.17.4., 9.35.4.2.

design and construction, 9.23. door frames, 9.10.13.3.

doors, 9.7.5.2.

fire-resistance rating, 9.10.6.2.

fire-retardant-treated (see Fire-retardant-treated wood)

floor beams, 9.23.8.1.

floor joists, 9.23.9.

flooring, 9.30.3., 9.30.4.

floors-on-ground, 9.16.5.

floor supports, 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.4., 9.23.8.3.,

9.30.1.3.

foundations, 4.2.3.1., 4.2.3.2., 9.15.1.1., 9.15.2.4.

in heavy timber construction, 3.1.4.7.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.2., 3.1.5.3.,

3.1.5.5., 3.1.5.8., 3.1.5.10.

preservative treatment, 4.2.3.2., 9.8.9.3., 9.23.2.2.,

9.23.2.3.

roofs, 3.1.14.1., 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.5., 9.23.16.

shingles and shakes, 9.26.2.1., 9.26.2.3., 9.26.3.1.,

9.26.9., 9.26.10., 9.27.7.

siding, 9.27.6., 9.27.7., 9.27.8., 9.27.9., 9.27.10.

stairs, 9.8.9.3., 9.8.9.4.

structural design basis, 4.3.1.

Wood blocking

cladding, 9.23.10.5., 9.27.5.2.

doors, 9.7.5.2.

with handrails, 9.8.7.7.

interior finishing materials, 9.23.10.5. joists, 9.23.9.3., 9.23.9.4., 9.23.14.9.

nailing, 9.23.3.4.

in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.2. rafters and joists, 9.23.14.7.

roof edges, 9.23.16.6., 9.23.16.7.

subflooring, 9.23.15.3.

walls, 9.23.9.8., 9.23.10.2.

Wood-burning appliances

chimney liners, 9.21.3.9., 9.22.2.3.

chimneys and flues, 6.3.3.2., 6.3.3.3., 9.21.1.1.,

9.21.2.1., 9.21.2.2., 9.33.10.2.

ducts serving, 3.6.5.8., 9.33.6.13.

factory-built fireplaces, 9.22.1.4., 9.22.8.1.

hearth-mounted stoves, 9.22.10.

inserts, 9.22.10.

installation, 3.6.2.1.

installation standard, 6.2.1.5., 9.22.10.2., 9.31.6.2.

masonry fireplaces, 9.22.

product standards, 9.22.2.3., 9.22.8.1., 9.22.10.1.,

9.33.5.3.

protection against depressurization, 9.32.3.8. venting, 6.3.3.1., 9.33.10.1.

Wood-frame construction

alternative structural components, 9.23.1.1. beams to support floors, 9.23.8.

bracing for earthquake and wind loads, 9.23.13. fasteners, 9.23.3.

floor joists, 9.23.9.

framing over openings, 9.23.12. housing and small buildings, 9.23. maximum spans, 9.23.4.

notching and drilling, 9.23.5. roof and ceiling framing, 9.23.14. roof sheathing, 9.23.16.

sill plates, 9.23.7.

subflooring, 9.23.15.

wall plates, 9.23.11.

wall sheathing, 9.23.17.

wall studs, 9.23.10.

Wood products

dimensions, 9.3.2.6., 9.3.2.7.

for housing and small buildings, 9.3.2. preservative treatment, 9.3.2.9. protection against moisture, 9.3.2.9. undersized, 9.3.2.8.

Workmanship review, 2.2.7.4.[C]

Y

Yard, as access for firefighters, 9.10.20.3.

‌Conversion Factors

To Convert	To	Multiply by
°C	°F	1.8 and add 32
kg	lb.	2.205
kPa	lbf/in.2(psi)	0.1450
kPa	lbf/ft.2	20.88
kW	Btu/h	3412
L	gal. (imp.)	0.2200
L/s	gal./min (gpm)	13.20
lx	ft.-candle	0.09290
m	ft.	3.281
m2	ft.2	10.76
m3	ft.3	35.31
mm	in.	0.03937
m3/h	ft.3/min (cfm)	0.5886
m/s	ft./min	196.8
MJ	Btu	947.8
N	lbf	0.2248
ng/(Pa×s×m2)	Btu/h	3.412

Fire-Resistance Rating of Fire Separation	Minimum Fire-Protection Rating of Closure
45 min	45 min
1 h	45 min
1.5 h	1 h
‌2 h	1.5 h
3 h	2 h
4 h	3 h

Limiting Distance, m	Maximum Area of Individual Unprotected Openings, m2
‌1.2	0.35
1.5	0.78
2.0	1.88

Occupancy of Floor Area	Maximum Floor Area, m2	Maximum Travel Distance, m
Group A	150	15
Group B	75	10
Group C	100	15
Group D	200	25
Group E	150	15
Group F, Division 2	150	10
Group F, Division 3	200	15

	1. Vestibule vented to outdoors or pressurized
building A


			building B	grade


	1	tunnel

Importance Category	Importance Factor, Is
Importance Category	ULS	SLS
Low	0.8	0.9
‌Normal	1	0.9
High	1.15	0.9
Post-disaster	1.25	0.9

Importance Category	Importance Factor, IW
Importance Category	ULS	SLS
Low	0.8	0.75
‌Normal	1	0.75
High	1.15	0.75
Post-disaster	1.25	0.75

Shape of Hill or Escarpment	ΔSmax(1)		k
Shape of Hill or Escarpment	ΔSmax(1)		x < 0	x ≥ 0
2-dimensional hill	2.2Hh/Lh	3	1.5	1.5
2-dimensional escarpment	1.3Hh/Lh	2.5	1.5	4
3-dimensional axi-symmetrical hill	1.6Hh/Lh	4	1.5	1.5

Period, T, in s	Design Spectral Acceleration, S(T)
≤ 0.2	Sa(0.2,X) or Sa(0.5,X), whichever is greater
0.5	Sa(0.5,X)
1.0	Sa(1.0,X)
‌2.0	Sa(2.0,X)
5.0	Sa(5.0,X)
10.0	Sa(10.0,X)

Importance Category	Importance Factor, IE
Importance Category	ULS	SLS(1)
Low	0.8
Normal	1.0	(2)
High	1.3
Post-disaster	1.5

Seismic Category(1)	IES(0.2)	IES(1.0)
SC1	IES(0.2) < 0.2	IES(1.0) < 0.1
SC2	0.2 ≤ IES(0.2) < 0.35	0.1 ≤ IES(1.0) < 0.2
SC3	0.35 ≤ IES(0.2) ≤ 0.75	0.2 ≤ IES(1.0) ≤ 0.3
SC4	IES(0.2) > 0.75	IES(1.0) > 0.3

Performance Class	Maximum Air Leakage Rate, L/(s×m2), at a Pressure Differential of 75 Pa
1	0.05
2	0.10
‌3	0.15
4	0.20
5	0.50

Steam or Water Temperature, °C	Minimum Clearance, mm
‌Up to 95	No clearance
Above 95 to 120	15
‌Above 120	25

Stair Type	Rectangular Treads, Tapered Treads and Winders
	Rise, mm
	Max.	Min.
Private(1)	200	125
Public(2)	180	125

Stair Type	Rectangular Treads
	Run, mm
	Max.	Min.
Private(1)	355	255
Public(2)	No limit	280

Required Fire-Resistance Rating of Fire Separation	Minimum Fire-Protection Rating of Closure
30 or 45 min	20 min(1)
1 h	45 min(1)
1.5 h	1 h
2 h	1.5 h
3 h	2 h
‌4 h	3 h

Maximum Ratio of Width to Height of Exposing Building Face	Maximum Area of Exposing Building Face, m2
1:1	88
2:1	102
‌3:1	129
4:1	161
5:1	195

No. of Floors Supported	Minimum Width of Strip Footings, mm		Minimum Footing Area for Columns Spaced 3 m o.c.,(1) m2
No. of Floors Supported	Supporting Exterior Walls(2)	Supporting Interior Walls(3)	Minimum Footing Area for Columns Spaced 3 m o.c.,(1) m2
1	250	200	0.4
2	350	350	0.75
3	450	500	1.0

Maximum Vertical Spacing, mm	Maximum Horizontal Spacing, mm
‌400	800
500	600
600	400

Maximum Clear Floor Span, m	Maximum Anchor Bolt Spacing, mm
Maximum Clear Floor Span, m	Staggered 12.7 mm Diameter Anchor Bolts	Staggered 16 mm Diameter Anchor Bolts
2.44	450	500
3.0	400	450
4.0	300	400
5.0	275	325

Minimum Length of Nails, mm	Minimum Diameter of Nails, mm
57	2.87
63	3.25
‌76	3.66
82	3.66
101 or greater	4.88

BUILDING

National Building Code of Canada

2020

Table of Contents

‌Preface‌

Relationship of the NBC to Standards Development and Conformity Assessment

Canadian Commission on Building and Fire Codes and Standing Committees

Division A

Compliance, Objectives and Functional Statements

Part 1 Compliance

Part 1 Compliance

‌Section 1.1. General‌‌

‌Section 1.2. Compliance‌‌

‌Section 1.3. Divisions A, B and C of this Code

‌Section 1.4. Terms and Abbreviations

‌Section 1.5. Referenced Documents and Organizations‌

‌Notes to Part 1 Compliance

Part 2 Objectives

Part 2 Objectives

‌Section 2.1. Application‌

‌Section 2.2. Objectives‌

‌Notes to Part 2 Objectives

Part 3

Functional Statements

‌Part 3

Functional Statements

‌Section 3.1. Application‌

‌Section 3.2. Functional Statements

‌Notes to Part 3 Functional Statements

Division B

Acceptable Solutions

Part 1 General

Part 1 General

‌Section 1.1. General‌

‌Section 1.2. Terms and Abbreviations

‌Section 1.3. Referenced Documents and Organizations‌

‌Notes to Part 1 General

‌Part 2

Farm Buildings

Part 2

Farm Buildings

‌Section 2.1. General‌

‌Section 2.2. Fire Protection and Occupant Safety

‌Section 2.3. Structural Loads and Procedures‌‌

‌Section 2.4. Heating, Ventilating and Air-Conditioning‌

‌Section 2.5. Objectives and Functional Statements

‌Notes to Part 2 Farm Buildings

Part 3

‌Fire Protection, Occupant Safety and Accessibility

Part 3

Fire Protection, Occupant Safety and Accessibility

‌Section 3.1. General‌

‌Section 3.2. Building Fire Safety‌

‌Section 3.3. Safety within Floor Areas‌

‌Section 3.4. Exits

‌Section 3.5. Vertical Transportation‌

‌Section 3.6. Service Facilities‌

‌Section 3.7. Health Requirements‌

‌Section 3.8. Accessibility‌

‌Section 3.9. Self-service Storage Buildings‌

‌Section 3.10. Objectives and Functional Statements

Notes to Part 3

‌Fire Protection, Occupant Safety and Accessibility

‌Part 4

Structural Design

‌Part 4

Structural Design

‌Section 4.1. Structural Loads and Procedures‌

‌Section 4.2. Foundations

‌Section 4.3. Design Requirements for Structural Materials‌‌

‌Section 4.4. Design Requirements for Special Structures‌‌

‌Section 4.5. Objectives and Functional Statements

‌Notes to Part 4 Structural Design

‌Part 5

Environmental Separation

Part 5

Environmental Separation

‌Section 5.1. General‌‌

‌Section 5.2. Loads and Procedures‌

‌Section 5.3. Heat Transfer‌

Roof Slope	Maximum Exposure, mm
	No.1 or A Grade Length of Shingle, mm			No. 2 or B Grade Length of Shingle, mm
	‌400	450	600	400	450	600
< 1 in 3 ≥ 1 in 3	100 125	115 140	165 190	90 100	100 115	140 165

Shake or Shingle Length, mm	Maximum Exposure, mm		Minimum Butt Thickness, mm
Shake or Shingle Length, mm	Single Coursing	Double Coursing	Minimum Butt Thickness, mm
‌400	190	305	10
450	216	356	11
‌600	292	406	13

Spacing of Supports, mm	Minimum Thickness, mm
Spacing of Supports, mm	Face Grain Parallel to Supports	Face Grain Right Angles to Supports
400	8	6
600	11	8

Sieve Sizes, mm	% Aggregate Passing Sieve
Sieve Sizes, mm	Maximum	Minimum
4	—	100
2	—	90
1	90	60
‌0.5	60	45
0.25	30	10
‌0.125	5	—

‌Materials, volume
Portland Cement	Masonry Cement	Lime	Aggregate
1	—	0.25 to 1	3.25 to 4 parts per part of cementitious material
‌1	1	—	3.25 to 4 parts per part of cementitious material

Required Fire-Resistance Rating of Assembly	Minimum Penetration, mm
	Walls		Ceilings
	Nails	Screws	Nails	Screws
Not required	20	15	20	15
‌45 min	20	20	30	30
1h	20	20	45	45
‌1.5 h	20	20	60	60

Finish Floor Thickness, mm	Minimum Length of Flooring Nails, mm	Maximum Spacing of Flooring Nails, mm
7.9	38(1)	200
11.1	51	300
19.0	57	400
25.4	63	400
31.7	70	600
38.1	83	600

Number of Bedrooms in Dwelling Unit	Normal Operating Exhaust Capacity of Principal Ventilation Fan, L/s
Number of Bedrooms in Dwelling Unit	Minimum	Maximum
1	16	24
2	18	28
3	22	32
4	26	38
5	30	45
More than 5	System must comply with Clause 9.32.3.1.(1)(a)

Steam or Water Temperature (T), °C	Minimum Clearance, mm
T ≤ 95	no clearance required
95 < T ≤ 120	15
T > 120	25

Airtightness Levels	Airtightness Metrics
	ACH50	NLA10, cm2/m2	NLR50, L/s×m2
	Maximum Airtightness Values
AL-1A	2.5	1.20	0.89
AL-2A	2.0	0.96	0.71
AL-3A	1.5	0.72	0.53